diff --git a/.appveyor.yml b/.appveyor.yml deleted file mode 100644 index 000b8572..00000000 --- a/.appveyor.yml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -environment: - global: - E2D_WITHOUT_AUDIO: true - E2D_WITHOUT_GRAPHICS: true - -image: - - Visual Studio 2017 - - Visual Studio 2019 - -platform: - - x86 - - x64 - -configuration: - - Debug - - Release - -for: - -- - matrix: - only: - - platform: x86 - configuration: Debug - build_script: - - scripts\build_debug_x86.bat - -- - matrix: - only: - - platform: x64 - configuration: Debug - build_script: - - scripts\build_debug_x64.bat - -- - matrix: - only: - - platform: x86 - configuration: Release - build_script: - - scripts\build_release_x86.bat - -- - matrix: - only: - - platform: x64 - configuration: Release - build_script: - - scripts\build_release_x64.bat - -before_build: - - git submodule update --init --recursive diff --git a/.clang_complete b/.clang_complete deleted file mode 100644 index 2bd003f9..00000000 --- a/.clang_complete +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ --Iheaders --Iheaders/3rdparty --Iheaders/3rdparty/imgui --Iheaders/3rdparty/pugixml - --Isources --Isources/3rdparty - --Imodules/defer.hpp/headers --Imodules/ecs.hpp/headers --Imodules/enum.hpp/headers --Imodules/flat.hpp/headers --Imodules/promise.hpp/headers - --Imodules/glew/include --Imodules/glfw/include - --std=c++17 --stdlib=libc++ diff --git a/.codecov.yml b/.codecov.yml deleted file mode 100644 index c2c97dd1..00000000 --- a/.codecov.yml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -ignore: - - "untests/*" - - "samples/*" - - "*/3rdparty/*" - - "*/modules/*" diff --git a/.github/workflows/darwin.yml b/.github/workflows/darwin.yml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..005dc738 --- /dev/null +++ b/.github/workflows/darwin.yml @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +name: darwin + +on: [push, pull_request] + +env: + E2D_WITHOUT_AUDIO: true + E2D_WITHOUT_GRAPHICS: true + +jobs: + build: + runs-on: ${{matrix.config.os}} + strategy: + fail-fast: false + matrix: + config: + # https://github.com/actions/virtual-environments/tree/main/images/macos + - { os: "macos-10.15", xcode: "10.3", arch: "x64" } + - { os: "macos-12", xcode: "14.2", arch: "x64" } + name: "xcode-${{matrix.config.xcode}}" + steps: + - name: Setup + run: brew install cmake ninja + - name: Checkout + uses: actions/checkout@v3 + with: + lfs: true + submodules: true + - name: Select Xcode + run: sudo xcode-select --switch "/Applications/Xcode_${{matrix.config.xcode}}.app" + - name: Build + run: | + cmake --preset macos-${{matrix.config.arch}} + cmake --build --preset macos-${{matrix.config.arch}}-release + - name: Test + run: | + ctest --preset macos-${{matrix.config.arch}}-release diff --git a/.github/workflows/linux.yml b/.github/workflows/linux.yml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2313eba8 --- /dev/null +++ b/.github/workflows/linux.yml @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +name: linux + +on: [push, pull_request] + +env: + E2D_WITHOUT_AUDIO: true + E2D_WITHOUT_GRAPHICS: true + +jobs: + build: + runs-on: ${{matrix.config.os}} + strategy: + fail-fast: false + matrix: + config: + # https://github.com/actions/virtual-environments/tree/main/images/linux + - { os: "ubuntu-20.04", cc: "gcc-7", cxx: "g++-7" } + - { os: "ubuntu-20.04", cc: "clang-7", cxx: "clang++-7" } + - { os: "ubuntu-22.04", cc: "gcc-12", cxx: "g++-12" } + - { os: "ubuntu-22.04", cc: "clang-14", cxx: "clang++-14" } + name: "${{matrix.config.cxx}}" + steps: + - name: Setup + run: sudo apt-get -y install cmake ninja-build libx11-dev libgl1-mesa-dev libxrandr-dev libxinerama-dev libxcursor-dev libxi-dev ${{matrix.config.cc}} ${{matrix.config.cxx}} + - name: Checkout + uses: actions/checkout@v3 + with: + lfs: true + submodules: true + - name: Build + run: | + cmake --preset linux-${{matrix.config.cc}} + cmake --build --preset linux-${{matrix.config.cc}}-release + - name: Test + run: | + ctest --preset linux-${{matrix.config.cc}}-release diff --git a/.github/workflows/windows.yml b/.github/workflows/windows.yml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5760ae0b --- /dev/null +++ b/.github/workflows/windows.yml @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +name: windows + +on: [push, pull_request] + +env: + E2D_WITHOUT_AUDIO: true + E2D_WITHOUT_GRAPHICS: true + +jobs: + build: + runs-on: ${{matrix.config.os}} + strategy: + fail-fast: false + matrix: + config: + # https://github.com/actions/virtual-environments/tree/main/images/win + - { os: "windows-2019", vc: "msvc2019", arch: "x86" } + - { os: "windows-2019", vc: "msvc2019", arch: "x64" } + - { os: "windows-2022", vc: "msvc2022", arch: "x86" } + - { os: "windows-2022", vc: "msvc2022", arch: "x64" } + name: "${{matrix.config.vc}} ${{matrix.config.arch}}" + steps: + - name: Setup + run: choco install cmake ninja + - name: Checkout + uses: actions/checkout@v3 + with: + lfs: true + submodules: true + - name: Select MSVC + uses: ilammy/msvc-dev-cmd@v1 + - name: Build + run: | + cmake --preset windows-${{matrix.config.arch}}-${{matrix.config.vc}} + cmake --build --preset windows-${{matrix.config.arch}}-${{matrix.config.vc}}-release + - name: Test + run: | + ctest --preset windows-${{matrix.config.arch}}-${{matrix.config.vc}}-release diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore index fbbb86d5..e8483462 100644 --- a/.gitignore +++ b/.gitignore @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -.vs/* -.vscode/* build/* +.clangd/* .DS_Store CMakeSettings.json CMakeLists.txt.user diff --git a/.gitmodules b/.gitmodules index fc3f5c19..353644e8 100644 --- a/.gitmodules +++ b/.gitmodules @@ -13,9 +13,6 @@ [submodule "modules/rapidjson"] path = modules/rapidjson url = https://github.com/Tencent/rapidjson -[submodule "modules/glew"] - path = modules/glew - url = https://github.com/Perlmint/glew-cmake [submodule "modules/glfw"] path = modules/glfw url = https://github.com/glfw/glfw diff --git a/.travis.yml b/.travis.yml deleted file mode 100644 index 824c132d..00000000 --- a/.travis.yml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,149 +0,0 @@ -language: cpp - -env: - global: - - E2D_WITHOUT_AUDIO=true - - E2D_WITHOUT_GRAPHICS=true - -matrix: - include: - - # - # linux (g++-7) - # - - - os: linux - dist: xenial - stage: linux - name: debug, g++-7 - addons: { apt: { sources: ["ubuntu-toolchain-r-test"], packages: ["libx11-dev", "libgl1-mesa-dev", "xorg-dev", "g++-7"] } } - env: CC=gcc-7 CXX=g++-7 - script: ./scripts/build_debug.sh - - - os: linux - dist: xenial - stage: linux - name: release, g++-7 - addons: { apt: { sources: ["ubuntu-toolchain-r-test"], packages: ["libx11-dev", "libgl1-mesa-dev", "xorg-dev", "g++-7"] } } - env: CC=gcc-7 CXX=g++-7 - script: ./scripts/build_release.sh - - # - # linux (g++-8) - # - - - os: linux - dist: xenial - stage: linux - name: debug, g++-8 - addons: { apt: { sources: ["ubuntu-toolchain-r-test"], packages: ["libx11-dev", "libgl1-mesa-dev", "xorg-dev", "g++-8"] } } - env: CC=gcc-8 CXX=g++-8 - script: ./scripts/build_debug.sh - - - os: linux - dist: xenial - stage: linux - name: release, g++-8 - addons: { apt: { sources: ["ubuntu-toolchain-r-test"], packages: ["libx11-dev", "libgl1-mesa-dev", "xorg-dev", "g++-8"] } } - env: CC=gcc-8 CXX=g++-8 - script: ./scripts/build_release.sh - - # - # linux (clang++-5.0) - # - - - os: linux - dist: xenial - stage: linux - name: debug, clang++-5.0 - addons: { apt: { sources: ["ubuntu-toolchain-r-test", "llvm-toolchain-xenial-5.0"], packages: ["libx11-dev", "libgl1-mesa-dev", "xorg-dev", "g++-7", "clang-5.0"] } } - env: CC=clang-5.0 CXX=clang++-5.0 - script: ./scripts/build_debug.sh - - - os: linux - dist: xenial - stage: linux - name: release, clang++-5.0 - addons: { apt: { sources: ["ubuntu-toolchain-r-test", "llvm-toolchain-xenial-5.0"], packages: ["libx11-dev", "libgl1-mesa-dev", "xorg-dev", "g++-7", "clang-5.0"] } } - env: CC=clang-5.0 CXX=clang++-5.0 - script: ./scripts/build_release.sh - - # - # linux (clang++-6.0) - # - - - os: linux - dist: xenial - stage: linux - name: debug, clang++-6.0 - addons: { apt: { sources: ["ubuntu-toolchain-r-test", "llvm-toolchain-xenial-6.0"], packages: ["libx11-dev", "libgl1-mesa-dev", "xorg-dev", "g++-7", "clang-6.0"] } } - env: CC=clang-6.0 CXX=clang++-6.0 - script: ./scripts/build_debug.sh - - - os: linux - dist: xenial - stage: linux - name: release, clang++-6.0 - addons: { apt: { sources: ["ubuntu-toolchain-r-test", "llvm-toolchain-xenial-6.0"], packages: ["libx11-dev", "libgl1-mesa-dev", "xorg-dev", "g++-7", "clang-6.0"] } } - env: CC=clang-6.0 CXX=clang++-6.0 - script: ./scripts/build_release.sh - - # - # macosx (xcode10) - # - - - os: osx - osx_image: xcode10 - stage: macosx - name: debug, xcode10 - addons: { homebrew: { packages: ["git-lfs"], update: true } } - script: ./scripts/build_debug.sh - - - os: osx - osx_image: xcode10 - stage: macosx - name: release, xcode10 - addons: { homebrew: { packages: ["git-lfs"], update: true } } - script: ./scripts/build_release.sh - - # - # macosx (xcode11) - # - - - os: osx - osx_image: xcode11 - stage: macosx - name: debug, xcode11 - addons: { homebrew: { packages: ["git-lfs"], update: true } } - script: ./scripts/build_debug.sh - - - os: osx - osx_image: xcode11 - stage: macosx - name: release, xcode11 - addons: { homebrew: { packages: ["git-lfs"], update: true } } - script: ./scripts/build_release.sh - - # - # coverage - # - - - os: osx - osx_image: xcode10 - stage: coverage - name: coverage, xcode10 - addons: { homebrew: { packages: ["git-lfs", "lcov"], update: true } } - script: ./scripts/upload_coverage.sh - -before_install: - - if [ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" == 'linux' ]; then - mkdir $HOME/cmake; - export PATH="$HOME/cmake/bin:$PATH"; - travis_retry wget -q https://cmake.org/files/v3.11/cmake-3.11.4-Linux-x86_64.sh; - sh cmake-3.11.4-Linux-x86_64.sh --prefix=$HOME/cmake --exclude-subdir --skip-license; - fi - -before_script: - - git submodule update --init --recursive - - git lfs install - - git lfs pull diff --git a/.vscode/launch.json b/.vscode/launch.json new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f432300a --- /dev/null +++ b/.vscode/launch.json @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +{ + "version": "0.2.0", + "configurations": [{ + "name": "LLDB Debug", + "type": "lldb", + "request": "launch", + "program": "${command:cmake.launchTargetPath}", + "args": [], + "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}" + }] +} diff --git a/.vscode/settings.json b/.vscode/settings.json new file mode 100644 index 00000000..408f1f7d --- /dev/null +++ b/.vscode/settings.json @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +{ + "[cpp]": { + "files.encoding": "utf8", + "files.insertFinalNewline": true, + "files.trimFinalNewlines": true, + "files.trimTrailingWhitespace": true + }, + "[cmake]": { + "files.encoding": "utf8", + "files.insertFinalNewline": true, + "files.trimFinalNewlines": true, + "files.trimTrailingWhitespace": true + }, + "[python]": { + "files.encoding": "utf8", + "files.insertFinalNewline": true, + "files.trimFinalNewlines": true, + "files.trimTrailingWhitespace": true + }, + "[yaml]": { + "files.encoding": "utf8", + "files.insertFinalNewline": true, + "files.trimFinalNewlines": true, + "files.trimTrailingWhitespace": true + }, + "clangd.arguments": [ + "--all-scopes-completion", + "--background-index", + "--clang-tidy", + "--compile-commands-dir=${workspaceFolder}/.clangd", + "--completion-style=detailed", + "--header-insertion=never" + ], + "cmake.copyCompileCommands": "${workspaceFolder}/.clangd/compile_commands.json" +} diff --git a/BUILD_INSTRUCTIONS.md b/BUILD_INSTRUCTIONS.md index e23c0a6e..7f09a33f 100644 --- a/BUILD_INSTRUCTIONS.md +++ b/BUILD_INSTRUCTIONS.md @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ - [git](https://git-scm.com/) - [git-lfs](https://git-lfs.github.com/) -- [cmake](https://cmake.org/) **>= 3.11** -- [gcc](https://www.gnu.org/software/gcc/) **>= 7** or [clang](https://clang.llvm.org/) **>= 5.0** or [msvc](https://visualstudio.microsoft.com/) **>= 2017** +- [cmake](https://cmake.org/) **>= 3.21** +- [gcc](https://www.gnu.org/software/gcc/) **>= 7** or [clang](https://clang.llvm.org/) **>= 7** or [msvc](https://visualstudio.microsoft.com/) **>= 2019** or [xcode](https://developer.apple.com/xcode/) **>= 10.3** ## * Cloning @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ $ open enduro2d.xcodeproj # or Visual Studio project $ cd your_engine_repository_directory $ mkdir msvc-build && cd msvc-build -$ cmake -G "Visual Studio 15 2017" .. +$ cmake -G "Visual Studio 16 2019" .. $ start enduro2d.sln ``` diff --git a/CMakeLists.txt b/CMakeLists.txt index 3b1c0959..f366c61d 100644 --- a/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/CMakeLists.txt @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.11 FATAL_ERROR) +cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.21 FATAL_ERROR) if(NOT DEFINED PROJECT_NAME) set(E2D_BUILD_AS_STANDALONE ON) @@ -116,6 +116,9 @@ file(GLOB_RECURSE E2D_3RDPARTY # e2d external 3rd party # +find_package(OpenGL REQUIRED) +find_package(Threads REQUIRED) + add_subdirectory(modules/defer.hpp) add_subdirectory(modules/ecs.hpp) add_subdirectory(modules/enum.hpp) @@ -130,12 +133,6 @@ set(GLFW_BUILD_EXAMPLES OFF CACHE INTERNAL "" FORCE) add_subdirectory(modules/glfw) set_target_properties(glfw PROPERTIES FOLDER modules) -set(glew-cmake_BUILD_SHARED OFF CACHE INTERNAL "" FORCE) -set(glew-cmake_BUILD_MULTI_CONTEXT OFF CACHE INTERNAL "" FORCE) - -add_subdirectory(modules/glew) -set_target_properties(libglew_static PROPERTIES FOLDER modules) - # # e2d library target # @@ -159,7 +156,8 @@ target_link_libraries(${PROJECT_NAME} target_link_libraries(${PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE glfw - PRIVATE libglew_static + PRIVATE OpenGL::GL + PRIVATE Threads::Threads PRIVATE $<$:winmm.lib>) target_include_directories(${PROJECT_NAME} @@ -168,7 +166,8 @@ target_include_directories(${PROJECT_NAME} PUBLIC headers/3rdparty/imgui PUBLIC headers/3rdparty/pugixml PRIVATE sources - PRIVATE sources/3rdparty) + PRIVATE sources/3rdparty + PRIVATE sources/3rdparty/glad) target_compile_options(${PROJECT_NAME} PRIVATE diff --git a/CMakePresets.json b/CMakePresets.json new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c0d48e40 --- /dev/null +++ b/CMakePresets.json @@ -0,0 +1,344 @@ +{ + "version": 3, + + "cmakeMinimumRequired": { + "major": 3, + "minor": 21, + "patch": 0 + }, + + "configurePresets": [ + { + "name": "ninja-base", + "hidden": true, + "generator": "Ninja Multi-Config", + "binaryDir": "${sourceDir}/build/${presetName}", + "installDir": "${sourceDir}/install/${presetName}", + "cacheVariables": { + "CMAKE_EXPORT_COMPILE_COMMANDS": true + } + }, + { + "name": "linux-base", + "hidden": true, + "inherits": "ninja-base", + "condition": { + "type": "equals", + "lhs": "${hostSystemName}", + "rhs": "Linux" + } + }, + { + "name": "linux-clang-7", + "inherits": "linux-base", + "cacheVariables": { + "CMAKE_C_COMPILER": "clang-7", + "CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER": "clang++-7" + } + }, + { + "name": "linux-clang-14", + "inherits": "linux-base", + "cacheVariables": { + "CMAKE_C_COMPILER": "clang-14", + "CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER": "clang++-14" + } + }, + { + "name": "linux-gcc-7", + "inherits": "linux-base", + "cacheVariables": { + "CMAKE_C_COMPILER": "gcc-7", + "CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER": "g++-7" + } + }, + { + "name": "linux-gcc-12", + "inherits": "linux-base", + "cacheVariables": { + "CMAKE_C_COMPILER": "gcc-12", + "CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER": "g++-12" + } + }, + { + "name": "macos-base", + "hidden": true, + "inherits": "ninja-base", + "condition": { + "type": "equals", + "lhs": "${hostSystemName}", + "rhs": "Darwin" + } + }, + { + "name": "macos-arm64", + "inherits": "macos-base", + "architecture": { + "value": "arm64", + "strategy": "external" + } + }, + { + "name": "macos-arm64-san", + "inherits": "macos-arm64", + "cacheVariables": { + "E2D_BUILD_WITH_ASAN": true, + "E2D_BUILD_WITH_UBSAN": true + } + }, + { + "name": "macos-x64", + "inherits": "macos-base", + "architecture": { + "value": "x64", + "strategy": "external" + } + }, + { + "name": "macos-x64-san", + "inherits": "macos-x64", + "cacheVariables": { + "E2D_BUILD_WITH_ASAN": true, + "E2D_BUILD_WITH_UBSAN": true + } + }, + { + "name": "windows-base", + "hidden": true, + "inherits": "ninja-base", + "condition": { + "type": "equals", + "lhs": "${hostSystemName}", + "rhs": "Windows" + } + }, + { + "name": "windows-x86-msvc2019", + "inherits": "windows-base", + "architecture": { + "value": "x86", + "strategy": "external" + }, + "toolset": { + "value": "v142,host=x64", + "strategy": "external" + }, + "cacheVariables": { + "CMAKE_C_COMPILER": "cl", + "CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER": "cl" + } + }, + { + "name": "windows-x64-msvc2019", + "inherits": "windows-base", + "architecture": { + "value": "x64", + "strategy": "external" + }, + "toolset": { + "value": "v142,host=x64", + "strategy": "external" + }, + "cacheVariables": { + "CMAKE_C_COMPILER": "cl", + "CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER": "cl" + } + }, + { + "name": "windows-x86-msvc2022", + "inherits": "windows-base", + "architecture": { + "value": "x86", + "strategy": "external" + }, + "toolset": { + "value": "v143,host=x64", + "strategy": "external" + }, + "cacheVariables": { + "CMAKE_C_COMPILER": "cl", + "CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER": "cl" + } + }, + { + "name": "windows-x64-msvc2022", + "inherits": "windows-base", + "architecture": { + "value": "x64", + "strategy": "external" + }, + "toolset": { + "value": "v143,host=x64", + "strategy": "external" + }, + "cacheVariables": { + "CMAKE_C_COMPILER": "cl", + "CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER": "cl" + } + } + ], + + "buildPresets": [ + { + "name": "linux-clang-7-debug", + "configuration": "Debug", + "configurePreset": "linux-clang-7" + }, + { + "name": "linux-clang-7-release", + "configuration": "Release", + "configurePreset": "linux-clang-7" + }, + { + "name": "linux-clang-14-debug", + "configuration": "Debug", + "configurePreset": "linux-clang-14" + }, + { + "name": "linux-clang-14-release", + "configuration": "Release", + "configurePreset": "linux-clang-14" + }, + { + "name": "linux-gcc-7-debug", + "configuration": "Debug", + "configurePreset": "linux-gcc-7" + }, + { + "name": "linux-gcc-7-release", + "configuration": "Release", + "configurePreset": "linux-gcc-7" + }, + { + "name": "linux-gcc-12-debug", + "configuration": "Debug", + "configurePreset": "linux-gcc-12" + }, + { + "name": "linux-gcc-12-release", + "configuration": "Release", + "configurePreset": "linux-gcc-12" + }, + { + "name": "macos-arm64-debug", + "configuration": "Debug", + "configurePreset": "macos-arm64-san" + }, + { + "name": "macos-arm64-release", + "configuration": "Release", + "configurePreset": "macos-arm64" + }, + { + "name": "macos-x64-debug", + "configuration": "Debug", + "configurePreset": "macos-x64-san" + }, + { + "name": "macos-x64-release", + "configuration": "Release", + "configurePreset": "macos-x64" + }, + { + "name": "windows-x86-msvc2019-debug", + "configuration": "Debug", + "configurePreset": "windows-x86-msvc2019" + }, + { + "name": "windows-x86-msvc2019-release", + "configuration": "Release", + "configurePreset": "windows-x86-msvc2019" + }, + { + "name": "windows-x64-msvc2019-debug", + "configuration": "Debug", + "configurePreset": "windows-x64-msvc2019" + }, + { + "name": "windows-x64-msvc2019-release", + "configuration": "Release", + "configurePreset": "windows-x64-msvc2019" + }, + { + "name": "windows-x86-msvc2022-debug", + "configuration": "Debug", + "configurePreset": "windows-x86-msvc2022" + }, + { + "name": "windows-x86-msvc2022-release", + "configuration": "Release", + "configurePreset": "windows-x86-msvc2022" + }, + { + "name": "windows-x64-msvc2022-debug", + "configuration": "Debug", + "configurePreset": "windows-x64-msvc2022" + }, + { + "name": "windows-x64-msvc2022-release", + "configuration": "Release", + "configurePreset": "windows-x64-msvc2022" + } + ], + + "testPresets": [ + { + "name": "test-base", + "hidden": true, + "output": { + "verbosity": "verbose" + }, + "configuration": "Release" + }, + { + "name": "linux-clang-7-release", + "inherits": "test-base", + "configurePreset": "linux-clang-7" + }, + { + "name": "linux-clang-14-release", + "inherits": "test-base", + "configurePreset": "linux-clang-14" + }, + { + "name": "linux-gcc-7-release", + "inherits": "test-base", + "configurePreset": "linux-gcc-7" + }, + { + "name": "linux-gcc-12-release", + "inherits": "test-base", + "configurePreset": "linux-gcc-12" + }, + { + "name": "macos-arm64-release", + "inherits": "test-base", + "configurePreset": "macos-arm64" + }, + { + "name": "macos-x64-release", + "inherits": "test-base", + "configurePreset": "macos-x64" + }, + { + "name": "windows-x86-msvc2019-release", + "inherits": "test-base", + "configurePreset": "windows-x86-msvc2019" + }, + { + "name": "windows-x64-msvc2019-release", + "inherits": "test-base", + "configurePreset": "windows-x64-msvc2019" + }, + { + "name": "windows-x86-msvc2022-release", + "inherits": "test-base", + "configurePreset": "windows-x86-msvc2022" + }, + { + "name": "windows-x64-msvc2022-release", + "inherits": "test-base", + "configurePreset": "windows-x64-msvc2022" + } + ] +} diff --git a/README.md b/README.md index 00a36434..79fe432c 100644 --- a/README.md +++ b/README.md @@ -2,12 +2,11 @@ > Yet another 2d game engine of dreams -[![travis][badge.travis]][travis] -[![appveyor][badge.appveyor]][appveyor] -[![codecov][badge.codecov]][codecov] +[![linux][badge.linux]][linux] +[![darwin][badge.darwin]][darwin] +[![windows][badge.windows]][windows] [![language][badge.language]][language] [![license][badge.license]][license] -[![paypal][badge.paypal]][paypal] ## [Build Instructions](./BUILD_INSTRUCTIONS.md) @@ -15,16 +14,14 @@ ## [License (MIT)](./LICENSE.md) -[badge.travis]: https://img.shields.io/travis/enduro2d/enduro2d/main.svg?logo=travis -[badge.appveyor]: https://img.shields.io/appveyor/ci/BlackMATov/enduro2d/main.svg?logo=appveyor -[badge.codecov]: https://img.shields.io/codecov/c/github/enduro2d/enduro2d/main.svg?logo=codecov -[badge.language]: https://img.shields.io/badge/language-C%2B%2B17-yellow.svg -[badge.license]: https://img.shields.io/badge/license-MIT-blue.svg -[badge.paypal]: https://img.shields.io/badge/donate-PayPal-orange.svg?logo=paypal&colorA=00457C +[badge.darwin]: https://img.shields.io/github/actions/workflow/status/enduro2d/enduro2d/.github/workflows/darwin.yml?label=Xcode&logo=xcode +[badge.linux]: https://img.shields.io/github/actions/workflow/status/enduro2d/enduro2d/.github/workflows/linux.yml?label=GCC%2FClang&logo=linux +[badge.windows]: https://img.shields.io/github/actions/workflow/status/enduro2d/enduro2d/.github/workflows/windows.yml?label=Visual%20Studio&logo=visual-studio +[badge.language]: https://img.shields.io/badge/language-C%2B%2B17-yellow +[badge.license]: https://img.shields.io/badge/license-MIT-blue -[travis]: https://travis-ci.org/enduro2d/enduro2d -[appveyor]: https://ci.appveyor.com/project/BlackMATov/enduro2d -[codecov]: https://codecov.io/gh/enduro2d/enduro2d +[darwin]: https://github.com/enduro2d/enduro2d/actions?query=workflow%3Adarwin +[linux]: https://github.com/enduro2d/enduro2d/actions?query=workflow%3Alinux +[windows]: https://github.com/enduro2d/enduro2d/actions?query=workflow%3Awindows [language]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/C%2B%2B17 -[license]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MIT_License -[paypal]: https://www.paypal.me/matov +[license]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MIT_License \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imconfig.h b/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imconfig.h index ab4c90d0..197fba90 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imconfig.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imconfig.h @@ -1,63 +1,20 @@ -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// COMPILE-TIME OPTIONS FOR DEAR IMGUI -// Runtime options (clipboard callbacks, enabling various features, etc.) can generally be set via the ImGuiIO structure. -// You can use ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() before calling ImGui::CreateContext() to rewire memory allocation functions. -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// A) You may edit imconfig.h (and not overwrite it when updating Dear ImGui, or maintain a patch/branch with your modifications to imconfig.h) -// B) or add configuration directives in your own file and compile with #define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" -// If you do so you need to make sure that configuration settings are defined consistently _everywhere_ Dear ImGui is used, which include -// the imgui*.cpp files but also _any_ of your code that uses Dear ImGui. This is because some compile-time options have an affect on data structures. -// Defining those options in imconfig.h will ensure every compilation unit gets to see the same data structure layouts. -// Call IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() from your .cpp files to verify that the data structures your files are using are matching the ones imgui.cpp is using. -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - #pragma once #include #include -//---- Define assertion handler. Defaults to calling assert(). -#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) E2D_ASSERT(_EXPR) -//#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) ((void)(_EXPR)) // Disable asserts +#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) E2D_ASSERT(_EXPR) -//---- Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows -// Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility. -//#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllexport ) -//#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllimport ) - -//---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums names. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to avoid using soon-to-be obsolete function/names. #define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -//---- Don't implement demo windows functionality (ShowDemoWindow()/ShowStyleEditor()/ShowUserGuide() methods will be empty) -// It is very strongly recommended to NOT disable the demo windows during development. Please read the comments in imgui_demo.cpp. #define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS -#define IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS -//---- Don't implement some functions to reduce linkage requirements. -#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default clipboard handler. Won't use and link with OpenClipboard/GetClipboardData/CloseClipboard etc. -#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default IME handler. Won't use and link with ImmGetContext/ImmSetCompositionWindow. -#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, ime). -#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [OSX] Implement default OSX clipboard handler (need to link with '-framework ApplicationServices'). -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFormatString/ImFormatStringV so you can implement them yourself if you don't want to link with vsnprintf. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFabs/ImSqrt/ImPow/ImFmod/ImCos/ImSin/ImAcos/ImAtan2 wrapper so you can implement them yourself. Declare your prototypes in imconfig.h. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS // Don't implement default allocators calling malloc()/free() to avoid linking with them. You will need to call ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(). +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS +#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS -//---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h as a convenience -//#define IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H - -//---- Pack colors to BGRA8 instead of RGBA8 (to avoid converting from one to another) -//#define IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR - -//---- Avoid multiple STB libraries implementations, or redefine path/filenames to prioritize another version -// By default the embedded implementations are declared static and not available outside of imgui cpp files. -//#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_truetype.h" -//#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h" -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION - -//---- Define constructor and implicit cast operators to convert back<>forth between your math types and ImVec2/ImVec4. -// This will be inlined as part of ImVec2 and ImVec4 class declarations. -//* #define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA \ ImVec2(const e2d::v2f& f) { x = f.x; y = f.y; } \ operator e2d::v2f() const { return e2d::v2f(x,y); } @@ -65,32 +22,3 @@ #define IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA \ ImVec4(const e2d::v4f& f) { x = f.x; y = f.y; z = f.z; w = f.w; } \ operator e2d::v4f() const { return e2d::v4f(x,y,z,w); } -//*/ - -//---- Using 32-bits vertex indices (default is 16-bits) is one way to allow large meshes with more than 64K vertices. -// Your renderer back-end will need to support it (most example renderer back-ends support both 16/32-bits indices). -// Another way to allow large meshes while keeping 16-bits indices is to handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset in your renderer. -// Read about ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset for details. -//#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int - -//---- Override ImDrawCallback signature (will need to modify renderer back-ends accordingly) -//struct ImDrawList; -//struct ImDrawCmd; -//typedef void (*MyImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd, void* my_renderer_user_data); -//#define ImDrawCallback MyImDrawCallback - -//---- Debug Tools -// Use 'Metrics->Tools->Item Picker' to pick widgets with the mouse and break into them for easy debugging. -//#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK IM_ASSERT(0) -//#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK __debugbreak() -// Have the Item Picker break in the ItemAdd() function instead of ItemHoverable() - which is earlier in the code, will catch a few extra items, allow picking items other than Hovered one. -// This adds a small runtime cost which is why it is not enabled by default. -//#define IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX - -//---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace, here or in your own headers files. -/* -namespace ImGui -{ - void MyFunction(const char* name, const MyMatrix44& v); -} -*/ diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imgui.h b/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imgui.h index 06377b88..fc40641f 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imgui.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imgui.h @@ -1,55 +1,66 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.76 +// dear imgui, v1.89.2 // (headers) // Help: // - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq // - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. -// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code. All applications in examples/ are doing that. +// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. // Read imgui.cpp for details, links and comments. // Resources: // - FAQ http://dearimgui.org/faq // - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui // - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases -// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3075 (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5243 (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) // - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary -// - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki // - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues +// Getting Started? +// - For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running or issues loading fonts: +// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above. + +// Library Version +// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals, e.g. '#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM > 12345') +#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.89.2" +#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 18920 +#define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE +#define IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT // Viewport WIP branch +#define IMGUI_HAS_DOCK // Docking WIP branch + /* Index of this file: -// Header mess -// Forward declarations and basic types -// ImGui API (Dear ImGui end-user API) -// Flags & Enumerations -// Memory allocations macros -// ImVector<> -// ImGuiStyle -// ImGuiIO -// Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiWindowClass, ImGuiPayload) -// Obsolete functions -// Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor) -// Draw List API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) -// Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont) -// Platform interface for multi-viewport support (ImGuiPlatformIO, ImGuiPlatformMonitor, ImGuiViewportFlags, ImGuiViewport) +// [SECTION] Header mess +// [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types +// [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions +// [SECTION] Flags & Enumerations +// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<> +// [SECTION] ImGuiStyle +// [SECTION] ImGuiIO +// [SECTION] Misc data structures (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData, ImGuiSizeCallbackData, ImGuiWindowClass, ImGuiPayload, ImGuiTableSortSpecs, ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs) +// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor) +// [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCallback, ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawFlags, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) +// [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFont) +// [SECTION] Viewports (ImGuiViewportFlags, ImGuiViewport) +// [SECTION] Platform Dependent Interfaces (ImGuiPlatformIO, ImGuiPlatformMonitor, ImGuiPlatformImeData) +// [SECTION] Obsolete functions and types */ #pragma once -// Configuration file with compile-time options (edit imconfig.h or #define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG to your own filename) +// Configuration file with compile-time options +// (edit imconfig.h or '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "myfilename.h" from your build system') #ifdef IMGUI_USER_CONFIG #include IMGUI_USER_CONFIG #endif -#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H) || defined(IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H) #include "imconfig.h" -#endif #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Header mess +// [SECTION] Header mess //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Includes @@ -58,16 +69,8 @@ Index of this file: #include // ptrdiff_t, NULL #include // memset, memmove, memcpy, strlen, strchr, strcpy, strcmp -// Version -// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals. Work in progress versions typically starts at XYY99 then bounce up to XYY00, XYY01 etc. when release tagging happens) -#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.76" -#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 17600 -#define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) -#define IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT 1 // Viewport WIP branch -#define IMGUI_HAS_DOCK 1 // Docking WIP branch - // Define attributes of all API symbols declarations (e.g. for DLL under Windows) -// IMGUI_API is used for core imgui functions, IMGUI_IMPL_API is used for the default bindings files (imgui_impl_xxx.h) +// IMGUI_API is used for core imgui functions, IMGUI_IMPL_API is used for the default backends files (imgui_impl_xxx.h) // Using dear imgui via a shared library is not recommended, because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility (also function call overhead, as dear imgui is a call-heavy API) #ifndef IMGUI_API #define IMGUI_API @@ -81,22 +84,37 @@ Index of this file: #include #define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) assert(_EXPR) // You can override the default assert handler by editing imconfig.h #endif -#if !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)) -#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, FMT+1))) // To apply printf-style warnings to our functions. +#define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR) ((int)(sizeof(_ARR) / sizeof(*(_ARR)))) // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers! +#define IM_UNUSED(_VAR) ((void)(_VAR)) // Used to silence "unused variable warnings". Often useful as asserts may be stripped out from final builds. +#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) offsetof(_TYPE, _MEMBER) // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Standardized as offsetof() in C++11 +#define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert), sizeof(ImDrawIdx)) + +// Helper Macros - IM_FMTARGS, IM_FMTLIST: Apply printf-style warnings to our formatting functions. +#if !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && defined(__MINGW32__) && !defined(__clang__) +#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, FMT+1))) +#define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) __attribute__((format(gnu_printf, FMT, 0))) +#elif !defined(IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF) && (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)) +#define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, FMT+1))) #define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, 0))) #else #define IM_FMTARGS(FMT) #define IM_FMTLIST(FMT) #endif -#define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR) ((int)(sizeof(_ARR) / sizeof(*_ARR))) // Size of a static C-style array. Don't use on pointers! -#define IM_UNUSED(_VAR) ((void)_VAR) // Used to silence "unused variable warnings". Often useful as asserts may be stripped out from final builds. -#if (__cplusplus >= 201100) -#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) offsetof(_TYPE, _MEMBER) // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Standardized as offsetof() in C++11 + +// Disable some of MSVC most aggressive Debug runtime checks in function header/footer (used in some simple/low-level functions) +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && !defined(IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID) +#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF __pragma(runtime_checks("",off)) __pragma(check_stack(off)) __pragma(strict_gs_check(push,off)) +#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE __pragma(runtime_checks("",restore)) __pragma(check_stack()) __pragma(strict_gs_check(pop)) #else -#define IM_OFFSETOF(_TYPE,_MEMBER) ((size_t)&(((_TYPE*)0)->_MEMBER)) // Offset of _MEMBER within _TYPE. Old style macro. +#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF +#define IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE #endif // Warnings +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (push) +#pragma warning (disable: 26495) // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6). +#endif #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic push #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" @@ -105,12 +123,12 @@ Index of this file: #endif #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic push -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead #endif //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Forward declarations and basic types +// [SECTION] Forward declarations and basic types //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Forward declarations @@ -123,6 +141,7 @@ struct ImDrawListSplitter; // Helper to split a draw list into differen struct ImDrawVert; // A single vertex (pos + uv + col = 20 bytes by default. Override layout with IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT) struct ImFont; // Runtime data for a single font within a parent ImFontAtlas struct ImFontAtlas; // Runtime data for multiple fonts, bake multiple fonts into a single texture, TTF/OTF font loader +struct ImFontBuilderIO; // Opaque interface to a font builder (stb_truetype or FreeType). struct ImFontConfig; // Configuration data when adding a font or merging fonts struct ImFontGlyph; // A single font glyph (code point + coordinates within in ImFontAtlas + offset) struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder; // Helper to build glyph ranges from text/string data @@ -130,36 +149,48 @@ struct ImColor; // Helper functions to create a color that c struct ImGuiContext; // Dear ImGui context (opaque structure, unless including imgui_internal.h) struct ImGuiIO; // Main configuration and I/O between your application and ImGui struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData; // Shared state of InputText() when using custom ImGuiInputTextCallback (rare/advanced use) +struct ImGuiKeyData; // Storage for ImGuiIO and IsKeyDown(), IsKeyPressed() etc functions. struct ImGuiListClipper; // Helper to manually clip large list of items -struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame; // Helper for running a block of code not more than once a frame, used by IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME macro +struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame; // Helper for running a block of code not more than once a frame struct ImGuiPayload; // User data payload for drag and drop operations -struct ImGuiPlatformIO; // Multi-viewport support: interface for Platform/Renderer back-ends + viewports to render +struct ImGuiPlatformIO; // Multi-viewport support: interface for Platform/Renderer backends + viewports to render struct ImGuiPlatformMonitor; // Multi-viewport support: user-provided bounds for each connected monitor/display. Used when positioning popups and tooltips to avoid them straddling monitors +struct ImGuiPlatformImeData; // Platform IME data for io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function. struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData; // Callback data when using SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() (rare/advanced use) struct ImGuiStorage; // Helper for key->value storage struct ImGuiStyle; // Runtime data for styling/colors +struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs; // Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more) +struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs; // Sorting specification for one column of a table struct ImGuiTextBuffer; // Helper to hold and append into a text buffer (~string builder) struct ImGuiTextFilter; // Helper to parse and apply text filters (e.g. "aaaaa[,bbbbb][,ccccc]") -struct ImGuiViewport; // Viewport (generally ~1 per window to output to at the OS level. Need per-platform support to use multiple viewports) -struct ImGuiWindowClass; // Window class (rare/advanced uses: provide hints to the platform back-end via altered viewport flags and parent/child info) +struct ImGuiViewport; // A Platform Window (always 1 unless multi-viewport are enabled. One per platform window to output to). In the future may represent Platform Monitor +struct ImGuiWindowClass; // Window class (rare/advanced uses: provide hints to the platform backend via altered viewport flags and parent/child info) -// Enums/Flags (declared as int for compatibility with old C++, to allow using as flags and to not pollute the top of this file) +// Enumerations +// - We don't use strongly typed enums much because they add constraints (can't extend in private code, can't store typed in bit fields, extra casting on iteration) // - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists! -// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.NavigateTo") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. // With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. +enum ImGuiKey : int; // -> enum ImGuiKey // Enum: A key identifier (ImGuiKey_XXX or ImGuiMod_XXX value) typedef int ImGuiCol; // -> enum ImGuiCol_ // Enum: A color identifier for styling typedef int ImGuiCond; // -> enum ImGuiCond_ // Enum: A condition for many Set*() functions typedef int ImGuiDataType; // -> enum ImGuiDataType_ // Enum: A primary data type typedef int ImGuiDir; // -> enum ImGuiDir_ // Enum: A cardinal direction -typedef int ImGuiKey; // -> enum ImGuiKey_ // Enum: A key identifier (ImGui-side enum) -typedef int ImGuiNavInput; // -> enum ImGuiNavInput_ // Enum: An input identifier for navigation typedef int ImGuiMouseButton; // -> enum ImGuiMouseButton_ // Enum: A mouse button identifier (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle) -typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor; // -> enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ // Enum: A mouse cursor identifier +typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor; // -> enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ // Enum: A mouse cursor shape +typedef int ImGuiSortDirection; // -> enum ImGuiSortDirection_ // Enum: A sorting direction (ascending or descending) typedef int ImGuiStyleVar; // -> enum ImGuiStyleVar_ // Enum: A variable identifier for styling -typedef int ImDrawCornerFlags; // -> enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList::AddRect(), AddRectFilled() etc. -typedef int ImDrawListFlags; // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList -typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags; // -> enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ // Flags: for ImFontAtlas +typedef int ImGuiTableBgTarget; // -> enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ // Enum: A color target for TableSetBgColor() + +// Flags (declared as int for compatibility with old C++, to allow using as flags without overhead, and to not pollute the top of this file) +// - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _central column_ below to find the actual flags/enum lists! +// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. +typedef int ImDrawFlags; // -> enum ImDrawFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList functions +typedef int ImDrawListFlags; // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList instance +typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags; // -> enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ // Flags: for ImFontAtlas build typedef int ImGuiBackendFlags; // -> enum ImGuiBackendFlags_ // Flags: for io.BackendFlags +typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags; // -> enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ // Flags: for InvisibleButton() typedef int ImGuiColorEditFlags; // -> enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ // Flags: for ColorEdit4(), ColorPicker4() etc. typedef int ImGuiConfigFlags; // -> enum ImGuiConfigFlags_ // Flags: for io.ConfigFlags typedef int ImGuiComboFlags; // -> enum ImGuiComboFlags_ // Flags: for BeginCombo() @@ -168,23 +199,45 @@ typedef int ImGuiDragDropFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ // Flags: f typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ // Flags: for IsWindowFocused() typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags; // -> enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ // Flags: for IsItemHovered(), IsWindowHovered() etc. typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ // Flags: for InputText(), InputTextMultiline() -typedef int ImGuiKeyModFlags; // -> enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ // Flags: for io.KeyMods (Ctrl/Shift/Alt/Super) +typedef int ImGuiKeyChord; // -> ImGuiKey | ImGuiMod_XXX // Flags: for storage only for now: an ImGuiKey optionally OR-ed with one or more ImGuiMod_XXX values. +typedef int ImGuiPopupFlags; // -> enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ // Flags: for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ // Flags: for Selectable() +typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ // Flags: for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. typedef int ImGuiTabBarFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTabBar() typedef int ImGuiTabItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTabItem() +typedef int ImGuiTableFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTableFlags_ // Flags: For BeginTable() +typedef int ImGuiTableColumnFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_// Flags: For TableSetupColumn() +typedef int ImGuiTableRowFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_ // Flags: For TableNextRow() typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ // Flags: for TreeNode(), TreeNodeEx(), CollapsingHeader() typedef int ImGuiViewportFlags; // -> enum ImGuiViewportFlags_ // Flags: for ImGuiViewport typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags; // -> enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ // Flags: for Begin(), BeginChild() -// Other types -#ifndef ImTextureID // ImTextureID [configurable type: override in imconfig.h with '#define ImTextureID xxx'] -typedef void* ImTextureID; // User data for rendering back-end to identify a texture. This is whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID for details. +// ImTexture: user data for renderer backend to identify a texture [Compile-time configurable type] +// - To use something else than an opaque void* pointer: override with e.g. '#define ImTextureID MyTextureType*' in your imconfig.h file. +// - This can be whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID for details. +#ifndef ImTextureID +typedef void* ImTextureID; // Default: store a pointer or an integer fitting in a pointer (most renderer backends are ok with that) #endif -typedef unsigned int ImGuiID; // A unique ID used by widgets, typically hashed from a stack of string. -typedef int (*ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData *data); -typedef void (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data); -// Decoded character types +// ImDrawIdx: vertex index. [Compile-time configurable type] +// - To use 16-bit indices + allow large meshes: backend need to set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' and handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset (recommended). +// - To use 32-bit indices: override with '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' in your imconfig.h file. +#ifndef ImDrawIdx +typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx; // Default: 16-bit (for maximum compatibility with renderer backends) +#endif + +// Scalar data types +typedef unsigned int ImGuiID;// A unique ID used by widgets (typically the result of hashing a stack of string) +typedef signed char ImS8; // 8-bit signed integer +typedef unsigned char ImU8; // 8-bit unsigned integer +typedef signed short ImS16; // 16-bit signed integer +typedef unsigned short ImU16; // 16-bit unsigned integer +typedef signed int ImS32; // 32-bit signed integer == int +typedef unsigned int ImU32; // 32-bit unsigned integer (often used to store packed colors) +typedef signed long long ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer +typedef unsigned long long ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer + +// Character types // (we generally use UTF-8 encoded string in the API. This is storage specifically for a decoded character used for keyboard input and display) typedef unsigned short ImWchar16; // A single decoded U16 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. typedef unsigned int ImWchar32; // A single decoded U32 character/code point. We encode them as multi bytes UTF-8 when used in strings. @@ -194,59 +247,50 @@ typedef ImWchar32 ImWchar; typedef ImWchar16 ImWchar; #endif -// Basic scalar data types -typedef signed char ImS8; // 8-bit signed integer -typedef unsigned char ImU8; // 8-bit unsigned integer -typedef signed short ImS16; // 16-bit signed integer -typedef unsigned short ImU16; // 16-bit unsigned integer -typedef signed int ImS32; // 32-bit signed integer == int -typedef unsigned int ImU32; // 32-bit unsigned integer (often used to store packed colors) -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) -typedef signed __int64 ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer (pre and post C++11 with Visual Studio) -typedef unsigned __int64 ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer (pre and post C++11 with Visual Studio) -#elif (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)) && (__cplusplus < 201100) -#include -typedef int64_t ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer (pre C++11) -typedef uint64_t ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer (pre C++11) -#else -typedef signed long long ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer (post C++11) -typedef unsigned long long ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer (post C++11) -#endif +// Callback and functions types +typedef int (*ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data); // Callback function for ImGui::InputText() +typedef void (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data); // Callback function for ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() +typedef void* (*ImGuiMemAllocFunc)(size_t sz, void* user_data); // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() +typedef void (*ImGuiMemFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data); // Function signature for ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() -// 2D vector (often used to store positions or sizes) +// ImVec2: 2D vector used to store positions, sizes etc. [Compile-time configurable type] +// This is a frequently used type in the API. Consider using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA to create implicit cast from/to our preferred type. +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF struct ImVec2 { float x, y; - ImVec2() { x = y = 0.0f; } - ImVec2(float _x, float _y) { x = _x; y = _y; } - float operator[] (size_t idx) const { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine. - float& operator[] (size_t idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx <= 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine. + constexpr ImVec2() : x(0.0f), y(0.0f) { } + constexpr ImVec2(float _x, float _y) : x(_x), y(_y) { } + float operator[] (size_t idx) const { IM_ASSERT(idx == 0 || idx == 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine. + float& operator[] (size_t idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx == 0 || idx == 1); return (&x)[idx]; } // We very rarely use this [] operator, the assert overhead is fine. #ifdef IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec2. #endif }; -// 4D vector (often used to store floating-point colors) +// ImVec4: 4D vector used to store clipping rectangles, colors etc. [Compile-time configurable type] struct ImVec4 { - float x, y, z, w; - ImVec4() { x = y = z = w = 0.0f; } - ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w) { x = _x; y = _y; z = _z; w = _w; } + float x, y, z, w; + constexpr ImVec4() : x(0.0f), y(0.0f), z(0.0f), w(0.0f) { } + constexpr ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w) : x(_x), y(_y), z(_z), w(_w) { } #ifdef IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA // Define additional constructors and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back and forth between your math types and ImVec4. #endif }; +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGui: Dear ImGui end-user API -// (This is a namespace. You can add extra ImGui:: functions in your own separate file. Please don't modify imgui source files!) +// [SECTION] Dear ImGui end-user API functions +// (Note that ImGui:: being a namespace, you can add extra ImGui:: functions in your own separate file. Please don't modify imgui source files!) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- namespace ImGui { // Context creation and access - // Each context create its own ImFontAtlas by default. You may instance one yourself and pass it to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between imgui contexts. - // None of those functions is reliant on the current context. + // - Each context create its own ImFontAtlas by default. You may instance one yourself and pass it to CreateContext() to share a font atlas between contexts. + // - DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() + // for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for details. IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas = NULL); IMGUI_API void DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx = NULL); // NULL = destroy current context IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GetCurrentContext(); @@ -257,29 +301,32 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle& GetStyle(); // access the Style structure (colors, sizes). Always use PushStyleCol(), PushStyleVar() to modify style mid-frame! IMGUI_API void NewFrame(); // start a new Dear ImGui frame, you can submit any command from this point until Render()/EndFrame(). IMGUI_API void EndFrame(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame. automatically called by Render(). If you don't need to render data (skipping rendering) you may call EndFrame() without Render()... but you'll have wasted CPU already! If you don't need to render, better to not create any windows and not call NewFrame() at all! - IMGUI_API void Render(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame, finalize the draw data. You can get call GetDrawData() to obtain it and run your rendering function (up to v1.60, this used to call io.RenderDrawListsFn(). Nowadays, we allow and prefer calling your render function yourself.) + IMGUI_API void Render(); // ends the Dear ImGui frame, finalize the draw data. You can then get call GetDrawData(). IMGUI_API ImDrawData* GetDrawData(); // valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame(). this is what you have to render. // Demo, Debug, Information - IMGUI_API void ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Demo window (previously called ShowTestWindow). demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application! + IMGUI_API void ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Demo window. demonstrate most ImGui features. call this to learn about the library! try to make it always available in your application! + IMGUI_API void ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Metrics/Debugger window. display Dear ImGui internals: windows, draw commands, various internal state, etc. + IMGUI_API void ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Debug Log window. display a simplified log of important dear imgui events. + IMGUI_API void ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Stack Tool window. hover items with mouse to query information about the source of their unique ID. IMGUI_API void ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create About window. display Dear ImGui version, credits and build/system information. - IMGUI_API void ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open = NULL); // create Debug/Metrics window. display Dear ImGui internals: draw commands (with individual draw calls and vertices), window list, basic internal state, etc. IMGUI_API void ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref = NULL); // add style editor block (not a window). you can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it uses the default style) IMGUI_API bool ShowStyleSelector(const char* label); // add style selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the default styles. IMGUI_API void ShowFontSelector(const char* label); // add font selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the loaded fonts. - IMGUI_API void ShowUserGuide(); // add basic help/info block (not a window): how to manipulate ImGui as a end-user (mouse/keyboard controls). - IMGUI_API const char* GetVersion(); // get the compiled version string e.g. "1.23" (essentially the compiled value for IMGUI_VERSION) + IMGUI_API void ShowUserGuide(); // add basic help/info block (not a window): how to manipulate ImGui as an end-user (mouse/keyboard controls). + IMGUI_API const char* GetVersion(); // get the compiled version string e.g. "1.80 WIP" (essentially the value for IMGUI_VERSION from the compiled version of imgui.cpp) // Styles IMGUI_API void StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // new, recommended style (default) - IMGUI_API void StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // classic imgui style IMGUI_API void StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // best used with borders and a custom, thicker font + IMGUI_API void StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // classic imgui style // Windows // - Begin() = push window to the stack and start appending to it. End() = pop window from the stack. - // - You may append multiple times to the same window during the same frame. // - Passing 'bool* p_open != NULL' shows a window-closing widget in the upper-right corner of the window, // which clicking will set the boolean to false when clicked. + // - You may append multiple times to the same window during the same frame by calling Begin()/End() pairs multiple times. + // Some information such as 'flags' or 'p_open' will only be considered by the first call to Begin(). // - Begin() return false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting // anything to the window. Always call a matching End() for each Begin() call, regardless of its return value! // [Important: due to legacy reason, this is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, @@ -293,9 +340,12 @@ namespace ImGui // - Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window. Child windows can embed their own child. // - For each independent axis of 'size': ==0.0f: use remaining host window size / >0.0f: fixed size / <0.0f: use remaining window size minus abs(size) / Each axis can use a different mode, e.g. ImVec2(0,400). // - BeginChild() returns false to indicate the window is collapsed or fully clipped, so you may early out and omit submitting anything to the window. - // Always call a matching EndChild() for each BeginChild() call, regardless of its return value [as with Begin: this is due to legacy reason and inconsistent with most BeginXXX functions apart from the regular Begin() which behaves like BeginChild().] - IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); + // Always call a matching EndChild() for each BeginChild() call, regardless of its return value. + // [Important: due to legacy reason, this is inconsistent with most other functions such as BeginMenu/EndMenu, + // BeginPopup/EndPopup, etc. where the EndXXX call should only be called if the corresponding BeginXXX function + // returned true. Begin and BeginChild are the only odd ones out. Will be fixed in a future update.] + IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void EndChild(); // Windows Utilities @@ -306,46 +356,50 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags=0); // is current window hovered (and typically: not blocked by a popup/modal)? see flags for options. NB: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to imgui or to your app, you should use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! Please read the FAQ! IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetWindowDrawList(); // get draw list associated to the current window, to append your own drawing primitives IMGUI_API float GetWindowDpiScale(); // get DPI scale currently associated to the current window's viewport. - IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport*GetWindowViewport(); // get viewport currently associated to the current window. IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowPos(); // get current window position in screen space (useful if you want to do your own drawing via the DrawList API) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowSize(); // get current window size IMGUI_API float GetWindowWidth(); // get current window width (shortcut for GetWindowSize().x) IMGUI_API float GetWindowHeight(); // get current window height (shortcut for GetWindowSize().y) + IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport*GetWindowViewport(); // get viewport currently associated to the current window. - // Prefer using SetNextXXX functions (before Begin) rather that SetXXX functions (after Begin). - IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0, const ImVec2& pivot = ImVec2(0,0)); // set next window position. call before Begin(). use pivot=(0.5f,0.5f) to center on given point, etc. + // Window manipulation + // - Prefer using SetNextXXX functions (before Begin) rather that SetXXX functions (after Begin). + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0, const ImVec2& pivot = ImVec2(0, 0)); // set next window position. call before Begin(). use pivot=(0.5f,0.5f) to center on given point, etc. IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. call before Begin() IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback = NULL, void* custom_callback_data = NULL); // set next window size limits. use -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. Sizes will be rounded down. Use callback to apply non-trivial programmatic constraints. IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size); // set next window content size (~ scrollable client area, which enforce the range of scrollbars). Not including window decorations (title bar, menu bar, etc.) nor WindowPadding. set an axis to 0.0f to leave it automatic. call before Begin() IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window collapsed state. call before Begin() IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowFocus(); // set next window to be focused / top-most. call before Begin() + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll); // set next window scrolling value (use < 0.0f to not affect a given axis). IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha); // set next window background color alpha. helper to easily override the Alpha component of ImGuiCol_WindowBg/ChildBg/PopupBg. you may also use ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground. IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowViewport(ImGuiID viewport_id); // set next window viewport IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window position - call within Begin()/End(). prefer using SetNextWindowPos(), as this may incur tearing and side-effects. - IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window size - call within Begin()/End(). set to ImVec2(0,0) to force an auto-fit. prefer using SetNextWindowSize(), as this may incur tearing and minor side-effects. + IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window size - call within Begin()/End(). set to ImVec2(0, 0) to force an auto-fit. prefer using SetNextWindowSize(), as this may incur tearing and minor side-effects. IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // (not recommended) set current window collapsed state. prefer using SetNextWindowCollapsed(). IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(); // (not recommended) set current window to be focused / top-most. prefer using SetNextWindowFocus(). - IMGUI_API void SetWindowFontScale(float scale); // set font scale. Adjust IO.FontGlobalScale if you want to scale all windows. This is an old API! For correct scaling, prefer to reload font + rebuild ImFontAtlas + call style.ScaleAllSizes(). + IMGUI_API void SetWindowFontScale(float scale); // [OBSOLETE] set font scale. Adjust IO.FontGlobalScale if you want to scale all windows. This is an old API! For correct scaling, prefer to reload font + rebuild ImFontAtlas + call style.ScaleAllSizes(). IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window position. IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set named window collapsed state IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(const char* name); // set named window to be focused / top-most. use NULL to remove focus. // Content region - // - Those functions are bound to be redesigned soon (they are confusing, incomplete and return values in local window coordinates which increases confusion) - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMax(); // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates + // - Retrieve available space from a given point. GetContentRegionAvail() is frequently useful. + // - Those functions are bound to be redesigned (they are confusing, incomplete and the Min/Max return values are in local window coordinates which increases confusion) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionAvail(); // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos() - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMin(); // content boundaries min (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax(); // content boundaries max (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be override with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates - IMGUI_API float GetWindowContentRegionWidth(); // + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMax(); // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMin(); // content boundaries min for the full window (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax(); // content boundaries max for the full window (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be overridden with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates // Windows Scrolling - IMGUI_API float GetScrollX(); // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()] - IMGUI_API float GetScrollY(); // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()] - IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxX(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.X - WindowSize.X - IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxY(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.Y - WindowSize.Y - IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(float scroll_x); // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()] - IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(float scroll_y); // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()] + // - Any change of Scroll will be applied at the beginning of next frame in the first call to Begin(). + // - You may instead use SetNextWindowScroll() prior to calling Begin() to avoid this delay, as an alternative to using SetScrollX()/SetScrollY(). + IMGUI_API float GetScrollX(); // get scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxX()] + IMGUI_API float GetScrollY(); // get scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxY()] + IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(float scroll_x); // set scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxX()] + IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(float scroll_y); // set scrolling amount [0 .. GetScrollMaxY()] + IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxX(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.x - WindowSize.x - DecorationsSize.x + IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxY(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.y - WindowSize.y - DecorationsSize.y IMGUI_API void SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_x_ratio=0.0: left, 0.5: center, 1.0: right. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead. IMGUI_API void SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_y_ratio=0.0: top, 0.5: center, 1.0: bottom. When using to make a "default/current item" visible, consider using SetItemDefaultFocus() instead. IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make given position visible. Generally GetCursorStartPos() + offset to compute a valid position. @@ -354,46 +408,49 @@ namespace ImGui // Parameters stacks (shared) IMGUI_API void PushFont(ImFont* font); // use NULL as a shortcut to push default font IMGUI_API void PopFont(); - IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col); // modify a style color. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame(). IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col); IMGUI_API void PopStyleColor(int count = 1); - IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val); - IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val); + IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val); // modify a style float variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame(). + IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val); // modify a style ImVec2 variable. always use this if you modify the style after NewFrame(). IMGUI_API void PopStyleVar(int count = 1); - IMGUI_API const ImVec4& GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx); // retrieve style color as stored in ImGuiStyle structure. use to feed back into PushStyleColor(), otherwise use GetColorU32() to get style color with style alpha baked in. - IMGUI_API ImFont* GetFont(); // get current font - IMGUI_API float GetFontSize(); // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API - IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f); // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier - IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied - IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImU32 col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied - - // Parameters stacks (current window) - IMGUI_API void PushItemWidth(float item_width); // push width of items for common large "item+label" widgets. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -1.0f always align width to the right side). 0.0f = default to ~2/3 of windows width, - IMGUI_API void PopItemWidth(); - IMGUI_API void SetNextItemWidth(float item_width); // set width of the _next_ common large "item+label" widget. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -1.0f always align width to the right side) - IMGUI_API float CalcItemWidth(); // width of item given pushed settings and current cursor position. NOT necessarily the width of last item unlike most 'Item' functions. - IMGUI_API void PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_local_pos_x = 0.0f); // push word-wrapping position for Text*() commands. < 0.0f: no wrapping; 0.0f: wrap to end of window (or column); > 0.0f: wrap at 'wrap_pos_x' position in window local space - IMGUI_API void PopTextWrapPos(); - IMGUI_API void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus); // allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets + IMGUI_API void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus); // == tab stop enable. Allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets IMGUI_API void PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); IMGUI_API void PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat); // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (using io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate setting). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame. IMGUI_API void PopButtonRepeat(); + // Parameters stacks (current window) + IMGUI_API void PushItemWidth(float item_width); // push width of items for common large "item+label" widgets. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side). + IMGUI_API void PopItemWidth(); + IMGUI_API void SetNextItemWidth(float item_width); // set width of the _next_ common large "item+label" widget. >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -FLT_MIN always align width to the right side) + IMGUI_API float CalcItemWidth(); // width of item given pushed settings and current cursor position. NOT necessarily the width of last item unlike most 'Item' functions. + IMGUI_API void PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_local_pos_x = 0.0f); // push word-wrapping position for Text*() commands. < 0.0f: no wrapping; 0.0f: wrap to end of window (or column); > 0.0f: wrap at 'wrap_pos_x' position in window local space + IMGUI_API void PopTextWrapPos(); + + // Style read access + // - Use the ShowStyleEditor() function to interactively see/edit the colors. + IMGUI_API ImFont* GetFont(); // get current font + IMGUI_API float GetFontSize(); // get current font size (= height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); // get UV coordinate for a while pixel, useful to draw custom shapes via the ImDrawList API + IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f); // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList + IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList + IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImU32 col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied, packed as a 32-bit value suitable for ImDrawList + IMGUI_API const ImVec4& GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx); // retrieve style color as stored in ImGuiStyle structure. use to feed back into PushStyleColor(), otherwise use GetColorU32() to get style color with style alpha baked in. + // Cursor / Layout // - By "cursor" we mean the current output position. // - The typical widget behavior is to output themselves at the current cursor position, then move the cursor one line down. - // - You can call SameLine() between widgets to undo the last carriage return and output at the right of the preceeding widget. + // - You can call SameLine() between widgets to undo the last carriage return and output at the right of the preceding widget. // - Attention! We currently have inconsistencies between window-local and absolute positions we will aim to fix with future API: // Window-local coordinates: SameLine(), GetCursorPos(), SetCursorPos(), GetCursorStartPos(), GetContentRegionMax(), GetWindowContentRegion*(), PushTextWrapPos() // Absolute coordinate: GetCursorScreenPos(), SetCursorScreenPos(), all ImDrawList:: functions. IMGUI_API void Separator(); // separator, generally horizontal. inside a menu bar or in horizontal layout mode, this becomes a vertical separator. IMGUI_API void SameLine(float offset_from_start_x=0.0f, float spacing=-1.0f); // call between widgets or groups to layout them horizontally. X position given in window coordinates. - IMGUI_API void NewLine(); // undo a SameLine() or force a new line when in an horizontal-layout context. + IMGUI_API void NewLine(); // undo a SameLine() or force a new line when in a horizontal-layout context. IMGUI_API void Spacing(); // add vertical spacing. IMGUI_API void Dummy(const ImVec2& size); // add a dummy item of given size. unlike InvisibleButton(), Dummy() won't take the mouse click or be navigable into. - IMGUI_API void Indent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position toward the right, by style.IndentSpacing or indent_w if != 0 - IMGUI_API void Unindent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position back to the left, by style.IndentSpacing or indent_w if != 0 + IMGUI_API void Indent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position toward the right, by indent_w, or style.IndentSpacing if indent_w <= 0 + IMGUI_API void Unindent(float indent_w = 0.0f); // move content position back to the left, by indent_w, or style.IndentSpacing if indent_w <= 0 IMGUI_API void BeginGroup(); // lock horizontal starting position IMGUI_API void EndGroup(); // unlock horizontal starting position + capture the whole group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorPos(); // cursor position in window coordinates (relative to window position) @@ -403,8 +460,8 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosX(float local_x); // GetWindowPos() + GetCursorPos() == GetCursorScreenPos() etc.) IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosY(float local_y); // IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorStartPos(); // initial cursor position in window coordinates - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates (0..io.DisplaySize) or natural OS coordinates when using multiple viewport. Useful to work with ImDrawList API. - IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos); // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates (0..io.DisplaySize) or natural OS coordinates when using multiple viewport. + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position in absolute coordinates (useful to work with ImDrawList API). generally top-left == GetMainViewport()->Pos == (0,0) in single viewport mode, and bottom-right == GetMainViewport()->Pos+Size == io.DisplaySize in single-viewport mode. + IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos); // cursor position in absolute coordinates IMGUI_API void AlignTextToFramePadding(); // vertically align upcoming text baseline to FramePadding.y so that it will align properly to regularly framed items (call if you have text on a line before a framed item) IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeight(); // ~ FontSize IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of text) @@ -412,11 +469,15 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API float GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); // ~ FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2 + style.ItemSpacing.y (distance in pixels between 2 consecutive lines of framed widgets) // ID stack/scopes - // - Read the FAQ for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui. If you are creating widgets in a loop you most - // likely want to push a unique identifier (e.g. object pointer, loop index) to uniquely differentiate them. - // - The resulting ID are hashes of the entire stack. + // Read the FAQ (docs/FAQ.md or http://dearimgui.org/faq) for more details about how ID are handled in dear imgui. + // - Those questions are answered and impacted by understanding of the ID stack system: + // - "Q: Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it?" + // - "Q: How can I have widgets with an empty label?" + // - "Q: How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?" + // - Short version: ID are hashes of the entire ID stack. If you are creating widgets in a loop you most likely + // want to push a unique identifier (e.g. object pointer, loop index) to uniquely differentiate them. // - You can also use the "Label##foobar" syntax within widget label to distinguish them from each others. - // - In this header file we use the "label"/"name" terminology to denote a string that will be displayed and used as an ID, + // - In this header file we use the "label"/"name" terminology to denote a string that will be displayed + used as an ID, // whereas "str_id" denote a string that is only used as an ID and not normally displayed. IMGUI_API void PushID(const char* str_id); // push string into the ID stack (will hash string). IMGUI_API void PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end); // push string into the ID stack (will hash string). @@ -445,72 +506,83 @@ namespace ImGui // Widgets: Main // - Most widgets return true when the value has been changed or when pressed/selected // - You may also use one of the many IsItemXXX functions (e.g. IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) to query widget state. - IMGUI_API bool Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // button + IMGUI_API bool Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // button IMGUI_API bool SmallButton(const char* label); // button with FramePadding=(0,0) to easily embed within text - IMGUI_API bool InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size); // button behavior without the visuals, frequently useful to build custom behaviors using the public api (along with IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) + IMGUI_API bool InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); // flexible button behavior without the visuals, frequently useful to build custom behaviors using the public api (along with IsItemActive, IsItemHovered, etc.) IMGUI_API bool ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir); // square button with an arrow shape - IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0)); - IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1)); // <0 frame_padding uses default frame padding settings. 0 for no padding IMGUI_API bool Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v); + IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, int* flags, int flags_value); IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value); IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, bool active); // use with e.g. if (RadioButton("one", my_value==1)) { my_value = 1; } IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button); // shortcut to handle the above pattern when value is an integer - IMGUI_API void ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-1,0), const char* overlay = NULL); - IMGUI_API void Bullet(); // draw a small circle and keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses + IMGUI_API void ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0), const char* overlay = NULL); + IMGUI_API void Bullet(); // draw a small circle + keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses - // Widgets: Combo Box + // Widgets: Images + // - Read about ImTextureID here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples + IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0)); + IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); + + // Widgets: Combo Box (Dropdown) // - The BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() items. - // - The old Combo() api are helpers over BeginCombo()/EndCombo() which are kept available for convenience purpose. + // - The old Combo() api are helpers over BeginCombo()/EndCombo() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analogous to how ListBox are created. IMGUI_API bool BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void EndCombo(); // only call EndCombo() if BeginCombo() returns true! IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); // Separate items with \0 within a string, end item-list with \0\0. e.g. "One\0Two\0Three\0" IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool(*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items = -1); - // Widgets: Drags - // - CTRL+Click on any drag box to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped and can go off-bounds. - // - For all the Float2/Float3/Float4/Int2/Int3/Int4 versions of every functions, note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. You can pass address of your first element out of a contiguous set, e.g. &myvector.x + // Widgets: Drag Sliders + // - CTRL+Click on any drag box to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped by default and can go off-bounds. Use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp to always clamp. + // - For all the Float2/Float3/Float4/Int2/Int3/Int4 versions of every function, note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v', + // the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. You can pass address of your first element out of a contiguous set, e.g. &myvector.x // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc. + // - Format string may also be set to NULL or use the default format ("%f" or "%d"). // - Speed are per-pixel of mouse movement (v_speed=0.2f: mouse needs to move by 5 pixels to increase value by 1). For gamepad/keyboard navigation, minimum speed is Max(v_speed, minimum_step_at_given_precision). - // - Use v_min < v_max to clamp edits to given limits. Note that CTRL+Click manual input can override those limits. + // - Use v_min < v_max to clamp edits to given limits. Note that CTRL+Click manual input can override those limits if ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is not used. // - Use v_max = FLT_MAX / INT_MAX etc to avoid clamping to a maximum, same with v_min = -FLT_MAX / INT_MIN to avoid clamping to a minimum. - // - Use v_min > v_max to lock edits. - IMGUI_API bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound - IMGUI_API bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", const char* format_max = NULL, float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d"); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound - IMGUI_API bool DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d"); - IMGUI_API bool DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d"); - IMGUI_API bool DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d"); - IMGUI_API bool DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", const char* format_max = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f); + // - We use the same sets of flags for DragXXX() and SliderXXX() functions as the features are the same and it makes it easier to swap them. + // - Legacy: Pre-1.78 there are DragXXX() function signatures that take a final `float power=1.0f' argument instead of the `ImGuiSliderFlags flags=0' argument. + // If you get a warning converting a float to ImGuiSliderFlags, read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 + IMGUI_API bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound + IMGUI_API bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", const char* format_max = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound + IMGUI_API bool DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* format = "%d", const char* format_max = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed = 1.0f, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed = 1.0f, const void* p_min = NULL, const void* p_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); - // Widgets: Sliders - // - CTRL+Click on any slider to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped and can go off-bounds. + // Widgets: Regular Sliders + // - CTRL+Click on any slider to turn them into an input box. Manually input values aren't clamped by default and can go off-bounds. Use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp to always clamp. // - Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc. - IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); // adjust format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix for in-slider labels or unit display. Use power!=1.0 for power curve sliders - IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min = -360.0f, float v_degrees_max = +360.0f, const char* format = "%.0f deg"); - IMGUI_API bool SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d"); - IMGUI_API bool SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d"); - IMGUI_API bool SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d"); - IMGUI_API bool SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d"); - IMGUI_API bool SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d"); - IMGUI_API bool VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f); + // - Format string may also be set to NULL or use the default format ("%f" or "%d"). + // - Legacy: Pre-1.78 there are SliderXXX() function signatures that take a final `float power=1.0f' argument instead of the `ImGuiSliderFlags flags=0' argument. + // If you get a warning converting a float to ImGuiSliderFlags, read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 + IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); // adjust format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix for in-slider labels or unit display. + IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min = -360.0f, float v_degrees_max = +360.0f, const char* format = "%.0f deg", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); // Widgets: Input with Keyboard // - If you want to use InputText() with std::string or any custom dynamic string type, see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h and comments in imgui_demo.cpp. // - Most of the ImGuiInputTextFlags flags are only useful for InputText() and not for InputFloatX, InputIntX, InputDouble etc. IMGUI_API bool InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API bool InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); IMGUI_API bool InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); IMGUI_API bool InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step = 0.0f, float step_fast = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); @@ -524,14 +596,14 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_step = NULL, const void* p_step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_step = NULL, const void* p_step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); - // Widgets: Color Editor/Picker (tip: the ColorEdit* functions have a little colored preview square that can be left-clicked to open a picker, and right-clicked to open an option menu.) + // Widgets: Color Editor/Picker (tip: the ColorEdit* functions have a little color square that can be left-clicked to open a picker, and right-clicked to open an option menu.) // - Note that in C++ a 'float v[X]' function argument is the _same_ as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. // - You can pass the address of a first float element out of a contiguous structure, e.g. &myvector.x IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, const float* ref_col = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0,0)); // display a colored square/button, hover for details, return true when pressed. + IMGUI_API bool ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // display a color square/button, hover for details, return true when pressed. IMGUI_API void SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); // initialize current options (generally on application startup) if you want to select a default format, picker type, etc. User will be able to change many settings, unless you pass the _NoOptions flag to your calls. // Widgets: Trees @@ -547,28 +619,32 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); IMGUI_API void TreePush(const char* str_id); // ~ Indent()+PushId(). Already called by TreeNode() when returning true, but you can call TreePush/TreePop yourself if desired. - IMGUI_API void TreePush(const void* ptr_id = NULL); // " + IMGUI_API void TreePush(const void* ptr_id); // " IMGUI_API void TreePop(); // ~ Unindent()+PopId() IMGUI_API float GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(); // horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode*() or Bullet() == (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2) for a regular unframed TreeNode IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop(). - IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_open' isn't NULL, display an additional small close button on upper right of the header + IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_visible != NULL': if '*p_visible==true' display an additional small close button on upper right of the header which will set the bool to false when clicked, if '*p_visible==false' don't display the header. IMGUI_API void SetNextItemOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next TreeNode/CollapsingHeader open state. // Widgets: Selectables // - A selectable highlights when hovered, and can display another color when selected. // - Neighbors selectable extend their highlight bounds in order to leave no gap between them. This is so a series of selected Selectable appear contiguous. - IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // "bool selected" carry the selection state (read-only). Selectable() is clicked is returns true so you can modify your selection state. size.x==0.0: use remaining width, size.x>0.0: specify width. size.y==0.0: use label height, size.y>0.0: specify height - IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // "bool* p_selected" point to the selection state (read-write), as a convenient helper. + IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // "bool selected" carry the selection state (read-only). Selectable() is clicked is returns true so you can modify your selection state. size.x==0.0: use remaining width, size.x>0.0: specify width. size.y==0.0: use label height, size.y>0.0: specify height + IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // "bool* p_selected" point to the selection state (read-write), as a convenient helper. // Widgets: List Boxes - // - FIXME: To be consistent with all the newer API, ListBoxHeader/ListBoxFooter should in reality be called BeginListBox/EndListBox. Will rename them. + // - This is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild/EndChild with some stylistic changes. + // - The BeginListBox()/EndListBox() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() or any items. + // - The simplified/old ListBox() api are helpers over BeginListBox()/EndListBox() which are kept available for convenience purpose. This is analoguous to how Combos are created. + // - Choose frame width: size.x > 0.0f: custom / size.x < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: right-align / size.x = 0.0f (default): use current ItemWidth + // - Choose frame height: size.y > 0.0f: custom / size.y < 0.0f or -FLT_MIN: bottom-align / size.y = 0.0f (default): arbitrary default height which can fit ~7 items + IMGUI_API bool BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)); // open a framed scrolling region + IMGUI_API void EndListBox(); // only call EndListBox() if BeginListBox() returned true! IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); - IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // use if you want to reimplement ListBox() will custom data or interactions. if the function return true, you can output elements then call ListBoxFooter() afterwards. - IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // " - IMGUI_API void ListBoxFooter(); // terminate the scrolling region. only call ListBoxFooter() if ListBoxHeader() returned true! // Widgets: Data Plotting + // - Consider using ImPlot (https://github.com/epezent/implot) which is much better! IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float)); IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0)); IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float)); @@ -585,47 +661,126 @@ namespace ImGui // - Use BeginMenuBar() on a window ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar to append to its menu bar. // - Use BeginMainMenuBar() to create a menu bar at the top of the screen and append to it. // - Use BeginMenu() to create a menu. You can call BeginMenu() multiple time with the same identifier to append more items to it. + // - Not that MenuItem() keyboardshortcuts are displayed as a convenience but _not processed_ by Dear ImGui at the moment. IMGUI_API bool BeginMenuBar(); // append to menu-bar of current window (requires ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag set on parent window). IMGUI_API void EndMenuBar(); // only call EndMenuBar() if BeginMenuBar() returns true! IMGUI_API bool BeginMainMenuBar(); // create and append to a full screen menu-bar. IMGUI_API void EndMainMenuBar(); // only call EndMainMenuBar() if BeginMainMenuBar() returns true! IMGUI_API bool BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled = true); // create a sub-menu entry. only call EndMenu() if this returns true! IMGUI_API void EndMenu(); // only call EndMenu() if BeginMenu() returns true! - IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated. shortcuts are displayed for convenience but not processed by ImGui at the moment + IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated. IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated + toggle (*p_selected) if p_selected != NULL // Tooltips - // - Tooltip are windows following the mouse which do not take focus away. + // - Tooltip are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away. IMGUI_API void BeginTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window. to create full-featured tooltip (with any kind of items). IMGUI_API void EndTooltip(); IMGUI_API void SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip, typically use with ImGui::IsItemHovered(). override any previous call to SetTooltip(). IMGUI_API void SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); // Popups, Modals - // The properties of popups windows are: - // - They block normal mouse hovering detection outside them. (*) - // - Unless modal, they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE. - // - Their visibility state (~bool) is held internally by imgui instead of being held by the programmer as we are used to with regular Begin() calls. - // User can manipulate the visibility state by calling OpenPopup(). - // - We default to use the right mouse (ImGuiMouseButton_Right=1) for the Popup Context functions. - // (*) You can use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) to bypass it and detect hovering even when normally blocked by a popup. - // Those three properties are connected. The library needs to hold their visibility state because it can close popups at any time. - IMGUI_API void OpenPopup(const char* str_id); // call to mark popup as open (don't call every frame!). popups are closed when user click outside, or if CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block. By default, Selectable()/MenuItem() are calling CloseCurrentPopup(). Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level). - IMGUI_API bool BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it. only call EndPopup() if BeginPopup() returns true! - IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 1); // helper to open and begin popup when clicked on last item. if you can pass a NULL str_id only if the previous item had an id. If you want to use that on a non-interactive item such as Text() you need to pass in an explicit ID here. read comments in .cpp! - IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 1, bool also_over_items = true); // helper to open and begin popup when clicked on current window. - IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 1); // helper to open and begin popup when clicked in void (where there are no imgui windows). - IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // modal dialog (regular window with title bar, block interactions behind the modal window, can't close the modal window by clicking outside) - IMGUI_API void EndPopup(); // only call EndPopup() if BeginPopupXXX() returns true! - IMGUI_API bool OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 1); // helper to open popup when clicked on last item (note: actually triggers on the mouse _released_ event to be consistent with popup behaviors). return true when just opened. - IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id); // return true if the popup is open at the current begin-ed level of the popup stack. - IMGUI_API void CloseCurrentPopup(); // close the popup we have begin-ed into. clicking on a MenuItem or Selectable automatically close the current popup. + // - They block normal mouse hovering detection (and therefore most mouse interactions) behind them. + // - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE. + // - Their visibility state (~bool) is held internally instead of being held by the programmer as we are used to with regular Begin*() calls. + // - The 3 properties above are related: we need to retain popup visibility state in the library because popups may be closed as any time. + // - You can bypass the hovering restriction by using ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup when calling IsItemHovered() or IsWindowHovered(). + // - IMPORTANT: Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID stack, so OpenPopup and BeginPopup generally needs to be at the same level of the stack. + // This is sometimes leading to confusing mistakes. May rework this in the future. - // Columns + // Popups: begin/end functions + // - BeginPopup(): query popup state, if open start appending into the window. Call EndPopup() afterwards. ImGuiWindowFlags are forwarded to the window. + // - BeginPopupModal(): block every interaction behind the window, cannot be closed by user, add a dimming background, has a title bar. + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it. + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the modal is open, and you can start outputting to it. + IMGUI_API void EndPopup(); // only call EndPopup() if BeginPopupXXX() returns true! + + // Popups: open/close functions + // - OpenPopup(): set popup state to open. ImGuiPopupFlags are available for opening options. + // - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE. + // - CloseCurrentPopup(): use inside the BeginPopup()/EndPopup() scope to close manually. + // - CloseCurrentPopup() is called by default by Selectable()/MenuItem() when activated (FIXME: need some options). + // - Use ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup to avoid opening a popup if there's already one at the same level. This is equivalent to e.g. testing for !IsAnyPopupOpen() prior to OpenPopup(). + // - Use IsWindowAppearing() after BeginPopup() to tell if a window just opened. + // - IMPORTANT: Notice that for OpenPopupOnItemClick() we exceptionally default flags to 1 (== ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight) for backward compatibility with older API taking 'int mouse_button = 1' parameter + IMGUI_API void OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 0); // call to mark popup as open (don't call every frame!). + IMGUI_API void OpenPopup(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 0); // id overload to facilitate calling from nested stacks + IMGUI_API void OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // helper to open popup when clicked on last item. Default to ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight == 1. (note: actually triggers on the mouse _released_ event to be consistent with popup behaviors) + IMGUI_API void CloseCurrentPopup(); // manually close the popup we have begin-ed into. + + // Popups: open+begin combined functions helpers + // - Helpers to do OpenPopup+BeginPopup where the Open action is triggered by e.g. hovering an item and right-clicking. + // - They are convenient to easily create context menus, hence the name. + // - IMPORTANT: Notice that BeginPopupContextXXX takes ImGuiPopupFlags just like OpenPopup() and unlike BeginPopup(). For full consistency, we may add ImGuiWindowFlags to the BeginPopupContextXXX functions in the future. + // - IMPORTANT: Notice that we exceptionally default their flags to 1 (== ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight) for backward compatibility with older API taking 'int mouse_button = 1' parameter, so if you add other flags remember to re-add the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight. + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // open+begin popup when clicked on last item. Use str_id==NULL to associate the popup to previous item. If you want to use that on a non-interactive item such as Text() you need to pass in an explicit ID here. read comments in .cpp! + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1);// open+begin popup when clicked on current window. + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = 1); // open+begin popup when clicked in void (where there are no windows). + + // Popups: query functions + // - IsPopupOpen(): return true if the popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack. + // - IsPopupOpen() with ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId: return true if any popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack. + // - IsPopupOpen() with ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel: return true if any popup is open. + IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags flags = 0); // return true if the popup is open. + + // Tables + // - Full-featured replacement for old Columns API. + // - See Demo->Tables for demo code. See top of imgui_tables.cpp for general commentary. + // - See ImGuiTableFlags_ and ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ enums for a description of available flags. + // The typical call flow is: + // - 1. Call BeginTable(), early out if returning false. + // - 2. Optionally call TableSetupColumn() to submit column name/flags/defaults. + // - 3. Optionally call TableSetupScrollFreeze() to request scroll freezing of columns/rows. + // - 4. Optionally call TableHeadersRow() to submit a header row. Names are pulled from TableSetupColumn() data. + // - 5. Populate contents: + // - In most situations you can use TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex(N) to start appending into a column. + // - If you are using tables as a sort of grid, where every column is holding the same type of contents, + // you may prefer using TableNextColumn() instead of TableNextRow() + TableSetColumnIndex(). + // TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap-around into the next row if needed. + // - IMPORTANT: Comparatively to the old Columns() API, we need to call TableNextColumn() for the first column! + // - Summary of possible call flow: + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // TableNextRow() -> TableSetColumnIndex(0) -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableSetColumnIndex(1) -> Text("Hello 1") // OK + // TableNextRow() -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 1") // OK + // TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 0") -> TableNextColumn() -> Text("Hello 1") // OK: TableNextColumn() automatically gets to next row! + // TableNextRow() -> Text("Hello 0") // Not OK! Missing TableSetColumnIndex() or TableNextColumn()! Text will not appear! + // -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // - 5. Call EndTable() + IMGUI_API bool BeginTable(const char* str_id, int column, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), float inner_width = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API void EndTable(); // only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true! + IMGUI_API void TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags = 0, float min_row_height = 0.0f); // append into the first cell of a new row. + IMGUI_API bool TableNextColumn(); // append into the next column (or first column of next row if currently in last column). Return true when column is visible. + IMGUI_API bool TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n); // append into the specified column. Return true when column is visible. + + // Tables: Headers & Columns declaration + // - Use TableSetupColumn() to specify label, resizing policy, default width/weight, id, various other flags etc. + // - Use TableHeadersRow() to create a header row and automatically submit a TableHeader() for each column. + // Headers are required to perform: reordering, sorting, and opening the context menu. + // The context menu can also be made available in columns body using ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody. + // - You may manually submit headers using TableNextRow() + TableHeader() calls, but this is only useful in + // some advanced use cases (e.g. adding custom widgets in header row). + // - Use TableSetupScrollFreeze() to lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled. + IMGUI_API void TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = 0, float init_width_or_weight = 0.0f, ImGuiID user_id = 0); + IMGUI_API void TableSetupScrollFreeze(int cols, int rows); // lock columns/rows so they stay visible when scrolled. + IMGUI_API void TableHeadersRow(); // submit all headers cells based on data provided to TableSetupColumn() + submit context menu + IMGUI_API void TableHeader(const char* label); // submit one header cell manually (rarely used) + + // Tables: Sorting & Miscellaneous functions + // - Sorting: call TableGetSortSpecs() to retrieve latest sort specs for the table. NULL when not sorting. + // When 'sort_specs->SpecsDirty == true' you should sort your data. It will be true when sorting specs have + // changed since last call, or the first time. Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, + // else you may wastefully sort your data every frame! + // - Functions args 'int column_n' treat the default value of -1 as the same as passing the current column index. + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSortSpecs* TableGetSortSpecs(); // get latest sort specs for the table (NULL if not sorting). Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable(). + IMGUI_API int TableGetColumnCount(); // return number of columns (value passed to BeginTable) + IMGUI_API int TableGetColumnIndex(); // return current column index. + IMGUI_API int TableGetRowIndex(); // return current row index. + IMGUI_API const char* TableGetColumnName(int column_n = -1); // return "" if column didn't have a name declared by TableSetupColumn(). Pass -1 to use current column. + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableColumnFlags TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n = -1); // return column flags so you can query their Enabled/Visible/Sorted/Hovered status flags. Pass -1 to use current column. + IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool v);// change user accessible enabled/disabled state of a column. Set to false to hide the column. User can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody) + IMGUI_API void TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n = -1); // change the color of a cell, row, or column. See ImGuiTableBgTarget_ flags for details. + + // Legacy Columns API (prefer using Tables!) // - You can also use SameLine(pos_x) to mimic simplified columns. - // - The columns API is work-in-progress and rather lacking (columns are arguably the worst part of dear imgui at the moment!) - // - There is a maximum of 64 columns. - // - Currently working on new 'Tables' api which will replace columns around Q2 2020 (see GitHub #2957). IMGUI_API void Columns(int count = 1, const char* id = NULL, bool border = true); IMGUI_API void NextColumn(); // next column, defaults to current row or next row if the current row is finished IMGUI_API int GetColumnIndex(); // get current column index @@ -636,25 +791,31 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API int GetColumnsCount(); // Tab Bars, Tabs - // Note: Tabs are automatically created by the docking system. Use this to create tab bars/tabs yourself without docking being involved. + // - Note: Tabs are automatically created by the docking system (when in 'docking' branch). Use this to create tab bars/tabs yourself. IMGUI_API bool BeginTabBar(const char* str_id, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags = 0); // create and append into a TabBar IMGUI_API void EndTabBar(); // only call EndTabBar() if BeginTabBar() returns true! - IMGUI_API bool BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0);// create a Tab. Returns true if the Tab is selected. + IMGUI_API bool BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open = NULL, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0); // create a Tab. Returns true if the Tab is selected. IMGUI_API void EndTabItem(); // only call EndTabItem() if BeginTabItem() returns true! + IMGUI_API bool TabItemButton(const char* label, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags = 0); // create a Tab behaving like a button. return true when clicked. cannot be selected in the tab bar. IMGUI_API void SetTabItemClosed(const char* tab_or_docked_window_label); // notify TabBar or Docking system of a closed tab/window ahead (useful to reduce visual flicker on reorderable tab bars). For tab-bar: call after BeginTabBar() and before Tab submissions. Otherwise call with a window name. // Docking // [BETA API] Enable with io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable. // Note: You can use most Docking facilities without calling any API. You DO NOT need to call DockSpace() to use Docking! - // - To dock windows: if io.ConfigDockingWithShift == false (default) drag window from their title bar. - // - To dock windows: if io.ConfigDockingWithShift == true: hold SHIFT anywhere while moving windows. - // About DockSpace: + // - Drag from window title bar or their tab to dock/undock. Hold SHIFT to disable docking/undocking. + // - Drag from window menu button (upper-left button) to undock an entire node (all windows). + // - When io.ConfigDockingWithShift == true, you instead need to hold SHIFT to _enable_ docking/undocking. + // About dockspaces: // - Use DockSpace() to create an explicit dock node _within_ an existing window. See Docking demo for details. - // - DockSpace() needs to be submitted _before_ any window they can host. If you use a dockspace, submit it early in your app. - IMGUI_API void DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags = 0, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class = NULL); - IMGUI_API ImGuiID DockSpaceOverViewport(ImGuiViewport* viewport = NULL, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags = 0, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class = NULL); - IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowDockID(ImGuiID dock_id, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window dock id (FIXME-DOCK) - IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowClass(const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class); // set next window class (rare/advanced uses: provide hints to the platform back-end via altered viewport flags and parent/child info) + // - Use DockSpaceOverViewport() to create an explicit dock node covering the screen or a specific viewport. + // This is often used with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode. + // - Important: Dockspaces need to be submitted _before_ any window they can host. Submit it early in your frame! + // - Important: Dockspaces need to be kept alive if hidden, otherwise windows docked into it will be undocked. + // e.g. if you have multiple tabs with a dockspace inside each tab: submit the non-visible dockspaces with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly. + IMGUI_API ImGuiID DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags = 0, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class = NULL); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID DockSpaceOverViewport(const ImGuiViewport* viewport = NULL, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags = 0, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class = NULL); + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowDockID(ImGuiID dock_id, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // set next window dock id + IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowClass(const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class); // set next window class (control docking compatibility + provide hints to platform backend via custom viewport flags and platform parent/child relationship) IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowDockID(); IMGUI_API bool IsWindowDocked(); // is current window docked into another window? @@ -666,18 +827,30 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void LogFinish(); // stop logging (close file, etc.) IMGUI_API void LogButtons(); // helper to display buttons for logging to tty/file/clipboard IMGUI_API void LogText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // pass text data straight to log (without being displayed) + IMGUI_API void LogTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); // Drag and Drop - // - [BETA API] API may evolve! - IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // call when the current item is active. If this return true, you can call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource() - IMGUI_API bool SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t sz, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // type is a user defined string of maximum 32 characters. Strings starting with '_' are reserved for dear imgui internal types. Data is copied and held by imgui. + // - On source items, call BeginDragDropSource(), if it returns true also call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource(). + // - On target candidates, call BeginDragDropTarget(), if it returns true also call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget(). + // - If you stop calling BeginDragDropSource() the payload is preserved however it won't have a preview tooltip (we currently display a fallback "..." tooltip, see #1725) + // - An item can be both drag source and drop target. + IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // call after submitting an item which may be dragged. when this return true, you can call SetDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropSource() + IMGUI_API bool SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t sz, ImGuiCond cond = 0); // type is a user defined string of maximum 32 characters. Strings starting with '_' are reserved for dear imgui internal types. Data is copied and held by imgui. Return true when payload has been accepted. IMGUI_API void EndDragDropSource(); // only call EndDragDropSource() if BeginDragDropSource() returns true! IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTarget(); // call after submitting an item that may receive a payload. If this returns true, you can call AcceptDragDropPayload() + EndDragDropTarget() IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDropFlags flags = 0); // accept contents of a given type. If ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery is set you can peek into the payload before the mouse button is released. IMGUI_API void EndDragDropTarget(); // only call EndDragDropTarget() if BeginDragDropTarget() returns true! IMGUI_API const ImGuiPayload* GetDragDropPayload(); // peek directly into the current payload from anywhere. may return NULL. use ImGuiPayload::IsDataType() to test for the payload type. + // Disabling [BETA API] + // - Disable all user interactions and dim items visuals (applying style.DisabledAlpha over current colors) + // - Those can be nested but it cannot be used to enable an already disabled section (a single BeginDisabled(true) in the stack is enough to keep everything disabled) + // - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it. + IMGUI_API void BeginDisabled(bool disabled = true); + IMGUI_API void EndDisabled(); + // Clipping + // - Mouse hovering is affected by ImGui::PushClipRect() calls, unlike direct calls to ImDrawList::PushClipRect() which are render only. IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect); IMGUI_API void PopClipRect(); @@ -686,41 +859,49 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetItemDefaultFocus(); // make last item the default focused item of a window. IMGUI_API void SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset = 0); // focus keyboard on the next widget. Use positive 'offset' to access sub components of a multiple component widget. Use -1 to access previous widget. - // Item/Widgets Utilities - // - Most of the functions are referring to the last/previous item we submitted. + // Item/Widgets Utilities and Query Functions + // - Most of the functions are referring to the previous Item that has been submitted. // - See Demo Window under "Widgets->Querying Status" for an interactive visualization of most of those functions. IMGUI_API bool IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0); // is the last item hovered? (and usable, aka not blocked by a popup, etc.). See ImGuiHoveredFlags for more options. IMGUI_API bool IsItemActive(); // is the last item active? (e.g. button being held, text field being edited. This will continuously return true while holding mouse button on an item. Items that don't interact will always return false) IMGUI_API bool IsItemFocused(); // is the last item focused for keyboard/gamepad navigation? - IMGUI_API bool IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 0); // is the last item clicked? (e.g. button/node just clicked on) == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered() + IMGUI_API bool IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = 0); // is the last item hovered and mouse clicked on? (**) == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered()Important. (**) this is NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g. Button(). Read comments in function definition. IMGUI_API bool IsItemVisible(); // is the last item visible? (items may be out of sight because of clipping/scrolling) IMGUI_API bool IsItemEdited(); // did the last item modify its underlying value this frame? or was pressed? This is generally the same as the "bool" return value of many widgets. IMGUI_API bool IsItemActivated(); // was the last item just made active (item was previously inactive). - IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivated(); // was the last item just made inactive (item was previously active). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing. - IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); // was the last item just made inactive and made a value change when it was active? (e.g. Slider/Drag moved). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing. Note that you may get false positives (some widgets such as Combo()/ListBox()/Selectable() will return true even when clicking an already selected item). + IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivated(); // was the last item just made inactive (item was previously active). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that require continuous editing. + IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); // was the last item just made inactive and made a value change when it was active? (e.g. Slider/Drag moved). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that require continuous editing. Note that you may get false positives (some widgets such as Combo()/ListBox()/Selectable() will return true even when clicking an already selected item). IMGUI_API bool IsItemToggledOpen(); // was the last item open state toggled? set by TreeNode(). IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemHovered(); // is any item hovered? IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemActive(); // is any item active? IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemFocused(); // is any item focused? + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetItemID(); // get ID of last item (~~ often same ImGui::GetID(label) beforehand) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMin(); // get upper-left bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMax(); // get lower-right bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectSize(); // get size of last item IMGUI_API void SetItemAllowOverlap(); // allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. sometimes useful with invisible buttons, selectables, etc. to catch unused area. + // Viewports + // - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows. + // - In 'docking' branch with multi-viewport enabled, we extend this concept to have multiple active viewports. + // - In the future we will extend this concept further to also represent Platform Monitor and support a "no main platform window" operation mode. + IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport* GetMainViewport(); // return primary/default viewport. This can never be NULL. + + // Background/Foreground Draw Lists + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(); // get background draw list for the viewport associated to the current window. this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents. + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(); // get foreground draw list for the viewport associated to the current window. this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport); // get background draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents. + IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport); // get foreground draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. + // Miscellaneous Utilities IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size); // test if rectangle (of given size, starting from cursor position) is visible / not clipped. IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max); // test if rectangle (in screen space) is visible / not clipped. to perform coarse clipping on user's side. IMGUI_API double GetTime(); // get global imgui time. incremented by io.DeltaTime every frame. IMGUI_API int GetFrameCount(); // get global imgui frame count. incremented by 1 every frame. - IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(); // get background draw list for the viewport associated to the current window. this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents. - IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(); // get foreground draw list for the viewport associated to the current window. this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. - IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport); // get background draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the first rendering one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text behind dear imgui contents. - IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport); // get foreground draw list for the given viewport. this draw list will be the last rendered one. Useful to quickly draw shapes/text over dear imgui contents. IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData* GetDrawListSharedData(); // you may use this when creating your own ImDrawList instances. IMGUI_API const char* GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx); // get a string corresponding to the enum value (for display, saving, etc.). IMGUI_API void SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage); // replace current window storage with our own (if you want to manipulate it yourself, typically clear subsection of it) IMGUI_API ImGuiStorage* GetStateStorage(); - IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // calculate coarse clipping for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using the ImGuiListClipper higher-level helper if you can. IMGUI_API bool BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame IMGUI_API void EndChildFrame(); // always call EndChildFrame() regardless of BeginChildFrame() return values (which indicates a collapsed/clipped window) @@ -733,35 +914,38 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v); IMGUI_API void ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b); - // Inputs Utilities: Keyboard - // - For 'int user_key_index' you can use your own indices/enums according to how your back-end/engine stored them in io.KeysDown[]. - // - We don't know the meaning of those value. You can use GetKeyIndex() to map a ImGuiKey_ value into the user index. - IMGUI_API int GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey imgui_key); // map ImGuiKey_* values into user's key index. == io.KeyMap[key] - IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(int user_key_index); // is key being held. == io.KeysDown[user_key_index]. - IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(int user_key_index, bool repeat = true); // was key pressed (went from !Down to Down)? if repeat=true, uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate - IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(int user_key_index); // was key released (went from Down to !Down)? - IMGUI_API int GetKeyPressedAmount(int key_index, float repeat_delay, float rate); // uses provided repeat rate/delay. return a count, most often 0 or 1 but might be >1 if RepeatRate is small enough that DeltaTime > RepeatRate - IMGUI_API void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard_value = true); // attention: misleading name! manually override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard_value"; after the next NewFrame() call. + // Inputs Utilities: Keyboard/Mouse/Gamepad + // - the ImGuiKey enum contains all possible keyboard, mouse and gamepad inputs (e.g. ImGuiKey_A, ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp...). + // - before v1.87, we used ImGuiKey to carry native/user indices as defined by each backends. About use of those legacy ImGuiKey values: + // - without IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO (legacy support): you can still use your legacy native/user indices (< 512) according to how your backend/engine stored them in io.KeysDown[], but need to cast them to ImGuiKey. + // - with IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO (this is the way forward): any use of ImGuiKey will assert with key < 512. GetKeyIndex() is pass-through and therefore deprecated (gone if IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined). + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key); // is key being held. + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true); // was key pressed (went from !Down to Down)? if repeat=true, uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key); // was key released (went from Down to !Down)? + IMGUI_API int GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float rate); // uses provided repeat rate/delay. return a count, most often 0 or 1 but might be >1 if RepeatRate is small enough that DeltaTime > RepeatRate + IMGUI_API const char* GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key); // [DEBUG] returns English name of the key. Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared. + IMGUI_API void SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard); // Override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typically when true it instructs your app to ignore inputs). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard"; after the next NewFrame() call. - // Inputs Utilities: Mouse + // Inputs Utilities: Mouse specific // - To refer to a mouse button, you may use named enums in your code e.g. ImGuiMouseButton_Left, ImGuiMouseButton_Right. // - You can also use regular integer: it is forever guaranteed that 0=Left, 1=Right, 2=Middle. // - Dragging operations are only reported after mouse has moved a certain distance away from the initial clicking position (see 'lock_threshold' and 'io.MouseDraggingThreshold') IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button); // is mouse button held? - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat = false); // did mouse button clicked? (went from !Down to Down) + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat = false); // did mouse button clicked? (went from !Down to Down). Same as GetMouseClickedCount() == 1. IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button); // did mouse button released? (went from Down to !Down) - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button); // did mouse button double-clicked? a double-click returns false in IsMouseClicked(). uses io.MouseDoubleClickTime. + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button); // did mouse button double-clicked? Same as GetMouseClickedCount() == 2. (note that a double-click will also report IsMouseClicked() == true) + IMGUI_API int GetMouseClickedCount(ImGuiMouseButton button); // return the number of successive mouse-clicks at the time where a click happen (otherwise 0). IMGUI_API bool IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip = true);// is mouse hovering given bounding rect (in screen space). clipped by current clipping settings, but disregarding of other consideration of focus/window ordering/popup-block. IMGUI_API bool IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos = NULL); // by convention we use (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote that there is no mouse available - IMGUI_API bool IsAnyMouseDown(); // is any mouse button held? + IMGUI_API bool IsAnyMouseDown(); // [WILL OBSOLETE] is any mouse button held? This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid. IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePos(); // shortcut to ImGui::GetIO().MousePos provided by user, to be consistent with other calls IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup(); // retrieve mouse position at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into (helper to avoid user backing that value themselves) IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // is mouse dragging? (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is pressed or was just released. This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once (if lock_threshold < -1.0f, uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold) IMGUI_API void ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button = 0); // - IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor(); // get desired cursor type, reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you - IMGUI_API void SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type); // set desired cursor type - IMGUI_API void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse_value = true); // attention: misleading name! manually override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is entirely left for your application to handle). This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureMouse = want_capture_mouse_value;" after the next NewFrame() call. + IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor(); // get desired mouse cursor shape. Important: reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this is updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you + IMGUI_API void SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type); // set desired mouse cursor shape + IMGUI_API void SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse); // Override io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typical when true it instucts your app to ignore inputs). This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureMouse = want_capture_mouse;" after the next NewFrame() call. // Clipboard Utilities // - Also see the LogToClipboard() function to capture GUI into clipboard, or easily output text data to the clipboard. @@ -771,39 +955,43 @@ namespace ImGui // Settings/.Ini Utilities // - The disk functions are automatically called if io.IniFilename != NULL (default is "imgui.ini"). // - Set io.IniFilename to NULL to load/save manually. Read io.WantSaveIniSettings description about handling .ini saving manually. + // - Important: default value "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir! Most apps will want to lock this to an absolute path (e.g. same path as executables). IMGUI_API void LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename); // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame(). NewFrame() automatically calls LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(io.IniFilename). IMGUI_API void LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size=0); // call after CreateContext() and before the first call to NewFrame() to provide .ini data from your own data source. IMGUI_API void SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename); // this is automatically called (if io.IniFilename is not empty) a few seconds after any modification that should be reflected in the .ini file (and also by DestroyContext). IMGUI_API const char* SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_ini_size = NULL); // return a zero-terminated string with the .ini data which you can save by your own mean. call when io.WantSaveIniSettings is set, then save data by your own mean and clear io.WantSaveIniSettings. // Debug Utilities + IMGUI_API void DebugTextEncoding(const char* text); IMGUI_API bool DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version_str, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_drawvert, size_t sz_drawidx); // This is called by IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() macro. // Memory Allocators - // - All those functions are not reliant on the current context. - // - If you reload the contents of imgui.cpp at runtime, you may need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() again because we use global storage for those. - IMGUI_API void SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void (*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data = NULL); + // - Those functions are not reliant on the current context. + // - DLL users: heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() + // for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. Read "Context and Memory Allocators" section of imgui.cpp for more details. + IMGUI_API void SetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc free_func, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API void GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc* p_free_func, void** p_user_data); IMGUI_API void* MemAlloc(size_t size); IMGUI_API void MemFree(void* ptr); // (Optional) Platform/OS interface for multi-viewport support // Read comments around the ImGuiPlatformIO structure for more details. // Note: You may use GetWindowViewport() to get the current viewport of the current window. - IMGUI_API ImGuiPlatformIO& GetPlatformIO(); // platform/renderer functions, for back-end to setup + viewports list. - IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport* GetMainViewport(); // main viewport. same as GetPlatformIO().MainViewport == GetPlatformIO().Viewports[0]. + IMGUI_API ImGuiPlatformIO& GetPlatformIO(); // platform/renderer functions, for backend to setup + viewports list. IMGUI_API void UpdatePlatformWindows(); // call in main loop. will call CreateWindow/ResizeWindow/etc. platform functions for each secondary viewport, and DestroyWindow for each inactive viewport. IMGUI_API void RenderPlatformWindowsDefault(void* platform_render_arg = NULL, void* renderer_render_arg = NULL); // call in main loop. will call RenderWindow/SwapBuffers platform functions for each secondary viewport which doesn't have the ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized flag set. May be reimplemented by user for custom rendering needs. - IMGUI_API void DestroyPlatformWindows(); // call DestroyWindow platform functions for all viewports. call from back-end Shutdown() if you need to close platform windows before imgui shutdown. otherwise will be called by DestroyContext(). - IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport* FindViewportByID(ImGuiID id); // this is a helper for back-ends. - IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport* FindViewportByPlatformHandle(void* platform_handle); // this is a helper for back-ends. the type platform_handle is decided by the back-end (e.g. HWND, MyWindow*, GLFWwindow* etc.) + IMGUI_API void DestroyPlatformWindows(); // call DestroyWindow platform functions for all viewports. call from backend Shutdown() if you need to close platform windows before imgui shutdown. otherwise will be called by DestroyContext(). + IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport* FindViewportByID(ImGuiID id); // this is a helper for backends. + IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport* FindViewportByPlatformHandle(void* platform_handle); // this is a helper for backends. the type platform_handle is decided by the backend (e.g. HWND, MyWindow*, GLFWwindow* etc.) } // namespace ImGui //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Flags & Enumerations +// [SECTION] Flags & Enumerations //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Flags for ImGui::Begin() +// (Those are per-window flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges and io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly) enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ { ImGuiWindowFlags_None = 0, @@ -812,7 +1000,7 @@ enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove = 1 << 2, // Disable user moving the window ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar = 1 << 3, // Disable scrollbars (window can still scroll with mouse or programmatically) ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse = 1 << 4, // Disable user vertically scrolling with mouse wheel. On child window, mouse wheel will be forwarded to the parent unless NoScrollbar is also set. - ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse = 1 << 5, // Disable user collapsing window by double-clicking on it. Also referred to as "window menu button" within a docking node. + ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse = 1 << 5, // Disable user collapsing window by double-clicking on it. Also referred to as Window Menu Button (e.g. within a docking node). ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize = 1 << 6, // Resize every window to its content every frame ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground = 1 << 7, // Disable drawing background color (WindowBg, etc.) and outside border. Similar as using SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.0f). ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings = 1 << 8, // Never load/save settings in .ini file @@ -826,7 +1014,7 @@ enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 16, // Ensure child windows without border uses style.WindowPadding (ignored by default for non-bordered child windows, because more convenient) ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs = 1 << 18, // No gamepad/keyboard navigation within the window ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 19, // No focusing toward this window with gamepad/keyboard navigation (e.g. skipped by CTRL+TAB) - ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 20, // Append '*' to title without affecting the ID, as a convenience to avoid using the ### operator. When used in a tab/docking context, tab is selected on closure and closure is deferred by one frame to allow code to cancel the closure (with a confirmation popup, etc.) without flicker. + ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 20, // Display a dot next to the title. When used in a tab/docking context, tab is selected when clicking the X + closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar. ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking = 1 << 21, // Disable docking of this window ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus, @@ -834,20 +1022,17 @@ enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus, // [Internal] - ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened = 1 << 23, // [BETA] Allow gamepad/keyboard navigation to cross over parent border to this child (only use on child that have no scrolling!) + ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened = 1 << 23, // [BETA] On child window: allow gamepad/keyboard navigation to cross over parent border to this child or between sibling child windows. ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow = 1 << 24, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild() ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip = 1 << 25, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginTooltip() ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup = 1 << 26, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopup() ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal = 1 << 27, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopupModal() ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu = 1 << 28, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu() - ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost = 1 << 29 // Don't use! For internal use by Begin()/NewFrame() - - // [Obsolete] - //ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders = 1 << 7, // --> Set style.FrameBorderSize=1.0f or style.WindowBorderSize=1.0f to enable borders around items or windows. - //ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide = 1 << 17, // --> Set io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges=true and make sure mouse cursors are supported by back-end (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) + ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost = 1 << 29, // Don't use! For internal use by Begin()/NewFrame() }; // Flags for ImGui::InputText() +// (Those are per-item flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink and io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive) enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ { ImGuiInputTextFlags_None = 0, @@ -864,15 +1049,19 @@ enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput = 1 << 10, // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 11, // In multi-line mode, unfocus with Enter, add new line with Ctrl+Enter (default is opposite: unfocus with Ctrl+Enter, add line with Enter). ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll = 1 << 12, // Disable following the cursor horizontally - ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = 1 << 13, // Insert mode + ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite = 1 << 13, // Overwrite mode ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 14, // Read-only mode ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password = 1 << 15, // Password mode, display all characters as '*' ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo = 1 << 16, // Disable undo/redo. Note that input text owns the text data while active, if you want to provide your own undo/redo stack you need e.g. to call ClearActiveID(). ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific = 1 << 17, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input) ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize = 1 << 18, // Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. Notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size). You will be provided a new BufSize in the callback and NEED to honor it. (see misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example of using this) - // [Internal] - ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline = 1 << 20, // For internal use by InputTextMultiline() - ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited = 1 << 21 // For internal use by functions using InputText() before reformatting data + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit = 1 << 19, // Callback on any edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll = 1 << 20, // Escape key clears content if not empty, and deactivate otherwise (contrast to default behavior of Escape to revert) + + // Obsolete names (will be removed soon) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite // [renamed in 1.82] name was not matching behavior +#endif }; // Flags for ImGui::TreeNodeEx(), ImGui::CollapsingHeader*() @@ -880,7 +1069,7 @@ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ { ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None = 0, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected = 1 << 0, // Draw as selected - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed = 1 << 1, // Full colored frame (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed = 1 << 1, // Draw frame with background (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 2, // Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen = 1 << 3, // Don't do a TreePush() when open (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) = no extra indent nor pushing on ID stack ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog = 1 << 4, // Don't automatically and temporarily open node when Logging is active (by default logging will automatically open tree nodes) @@ -894,18 +1083,41 @@ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth = 1 << 12, // Extend hit box to the left-most and right-most edges (bypass the indented area). ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = 1 << 13, // (WIP) Nav: left direction may move to this TreeNode() from any of its child (items submitted between TreeNode and TreePop) //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen = 1 << 14, // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog, +}; + +// Flags for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() functions. +// - To be backward compatible with older API which took an 'int mouse_button = 1' argument, we need to treat +// small flags values as a mouse button index, so we encode the mouse button in the first few bits of the flags. +// It is therefore guaranteed to be legal to pass a mouse button index in ImGuiPopupFlags. +// - For the same reason, we exceptionally default the ImGuiPopupFlags argument of BeginPopupContextXXX functions to 1 instead of 0. +// IMPORTANT: because the default parameter is 1 (==ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight), if you rely on the default parameter +// and want to use another flag, you need to pass in the ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight flag explicitly. +// - Multiple buttons currently cannot be combined/or-ed in those functions (we could allow it later). +enum ImGuiPopupFlags_ +{ + ImGuiPopupFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonLeft = 0, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Left Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 0 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Left) + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight = 1, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Right Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 1 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Right) + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMiddle = 2, // For BeginPopupContext*(): open on Middle Mouse release. Guaranteed to always be == 2 (same as ImGuiMouseButton_Middle) + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_ = 0x1F, + ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = 1, + ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup = 1 << 5, // For OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(): don't open if there's already a popup at the same level of the popup stack + ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems = 1 << 6, // For BeginPopupContextWindow(): don't return true when hovering items, only when hovering empty space + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId = 1 << 7, // For IsPopupOpen(): ignore the ImGuiID parameter and test for any popup. + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel = 1 << 8, // For IsPopupOpen(): search/test at any level of the popup stack (default test in the current level) + ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopup = ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId | ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel, }; // Flags for ImGui::Selectable() enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ { ImGuiSelectableFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 0, // Clicking this don't close parent popup window + ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 0, // Clicking this doesn't close parent popup window ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 1, // Selectable frame can span all columns (text will still fit in current column) ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick = 1 << 2, // Generate press events on double clicks too ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled = 1 << 3, // Cannot be selected, display grayed out text - ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 4 // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one + ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 4, // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginCombo() @@ -919,7 +1131,7 @@ enum ImGuiComboFlags_ ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest = 1 << 4, // As many fitting items as possible ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton = 1 << 5, // Display on the preview box without the square arrow button ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview = 1 << 6, // Display only a square arrow button - ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ = ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest + ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ = ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest, }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginTabBar() @@ -935,27 +1147,166 @@ enum ImGuiTabBarFlags_ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown = 1 << 6, // Resize tabs when they don't fit ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll = 1 << 7, // Add scroll buttons when tabs don't fit ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll, - ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_ = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown + ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_ = ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown, }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginTabItem() enum ImGuiTabItemFlags_ { ImGuiTabItemFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 0, // Append '*' to title without affecting the ID, as a convenience to avoid using the ### operator. Also: tab is selected on closure and closure is deferred by one frame to allow code to undo it without flicker. + ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument = 1 << 0, // Display a dot next to the title + tab is selected when clicking the X + closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar. ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected = 1 << 1, // Trigger flag to programmatically make the tab selected when calling BeginTabItem() ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton = 1 << 2, // Disable behavior of closing tabs (that are submitted with p_open != NULL) with middle mouse button. You can still repro this behavior on user's side with if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseClicked(2)) *p_open = false. - ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId = 1 << 3 // Don't call PushID(tab->ID)/PopID() on BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem() + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId = 1 << 3, // Don't call PushID(tab->ID)/PopID() on BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem() + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 4, // Disable tooltip for the given tab + ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 5, // Disable reordering this tab or having another tab cross over this tab + ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading = 1 << 6, // Enforce the tab position to the left of the tab bar (after the tab list popup button) + ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing = 1 << 7, // Enforce the tab position to the right of the tab bar (before the scrolling buttons) +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::BeginTable() +// - Important! Sizing policies have complex and subtle side effects, much more so than you would expect. +// Read comments/demos carefully + experiment with live demos to get acquainted with them. +// - The DEFAULT sizing policies are: +// - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit if ScrollX is on, or if host window has ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize. +// - Default to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame if ScrollX is off. +// - When ScrollX is off: +// - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch with same weight. +// - Columns sizing policy allowed: Stretch (default), Fixed/Auto. +// - Fixed Columns (if any) will generally obtain their requested width (unless the table cannot fit them all). +// - Stretch Columns will share the remaining width according to their respective weight. +// - Mixed Fixed/Stretch columns is possible but has various side-effects on resizing behaviors. +// The typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns. +// (this is because the visible order of columns have subtle but necessary effects on how they react to manual resizing). +// - When ScrollX is on: +// - Table defaults to ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit -> all Columns defaults to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed +// - Columns sizing policy allowed: Fixed/Auto mostly. +// - Fixed Columns can be enlarged as needed. Table will show a horizontal scrollbar if needed. +// - When using auto-resizing (non-resizable) fixed columns, querying the content width to use item right-alignment e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN) doesn't make sense, would create a feedback loop. +// - Using Stretch columns OFTEN DOES NOT MAKE SENSE if ScrollX is on, UNLESS you have specified a value for 'inner_width' in BeginTable(). +// If you specify a value for 'inner_width' then effectively the scrolling space is known and Stretch or mixed Fixed/Stretch columns become meaningful again. +// - Read on documentation at the top of imgui_tables.cpp for details. +enum ImGuiTableFlags_ +{ + // Features + ImGuiTableFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable = 1 << 0, // Enable resizing columns. + ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable = 1 << 1, // Enable reordering columns in header row (need calling TableSetupColumn() + TableHeadersRow() to display headers) + ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable = 1 << 2, // Enable hiding/disabling columns in context menu. + ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable = 1 << 3, // Enable sorting. Call TableGetSortSpecs() to obtain sort specs. Also see ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti and ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings = 1 << 4, // Disable persisting columns order, width and sort settings in the .ini file. + ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody = 1 << 5, // Right-click on columns body/contents will display table context menu. By default it is available in TableHeadersRow(). + // Decorations + ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg = 1 << 6, // Set each RowBg color with ImGuiCol_TableRowBg or ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt (equivalent of calling TableSetBgColor with ImGuiTableBgFlags_RowBg0 on each row manually) + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH = 1 << 7, // Draw horizontal borders between rows. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH = 1 << 8, // Draw horizontal borders at the top and bottom. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV = 1 << 9, // Draw vertical borders between columns. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV = 1 << 10, // Draw vertical borders on the left and right sides. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw horizontal borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV, // Draw vertical borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH, // Draw inner borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH, // Draw outer borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_Borders = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter, // Draw all borders. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody = 1 << 11, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style + ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize = 1 << 12, // [ALPHA] Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers). -> May move to style + // Sizing Policy (read above for defaults) + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit = 1 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching contents width. + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame = 2 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthFixed or _WidthAuto (if resizable or not resizable), matching the maximum contents width of all columns. Implicitly enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible. + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp = 3 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights proportional to each columns contents widths. + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame = 4 << 13, // Columns default to _WidthStretch with default weights all equal, unless overridden by TableSetupColumn(). + // Sizing Extra Options + ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX = 1 << 16, // Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value. Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY = 1 << 17, // Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible = 1 << 18, // Disable keeping column always minimally visible when ScrollX is off and table gets too small. Not recommended if columns are resizable. + ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths = 1 << 19, // Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth. + // Clipping + ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip = 1 << 20, // Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with TableSetupScrollFreeze(). + // Padding + ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX = 1 << 21, // Default if BordersOuterV is on. Enable outermost padding. Generally desirable if you have headers. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX = 1 << 22, // Default if BordersOuterV is off. Disable outermost padding. + ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX = 1 << 23, // Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off). + // Scrolling + ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX = 1 << 24, // Enable horizontal scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. Changes default sizing policy. Because this creates a child window, ScrollY is currently generally recommended when using ScrollX. + ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY = 1 << 25, // Enable vertical scrolling. Require 'outer_size' parameter of BeginTable() to specify the container size. + // Sorting + ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti = 1 << 26, // Hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1). + ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate = 1 << 27, // Allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0). + + // [Internal] Combinations and masks + ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_ = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame, +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::TableSetupColumn() +enum ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ +{ + // Input configuration flags + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled = 1 << 0, // Overriding/master disable flag: hide column, won't show in context menu (unlike calling TableSetColumnEnabled() which manipulates the user accessible state) + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide = 1 << 1, // Default as a hidden/disabled column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort = 1 << 2, // Default as a sorting column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch = 1 << 3, // Column will stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling disabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingStretchSame or _SizingStretchProp). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed = 1 << 4, // Column will not stretch. Preferable with horizontal scrolling enabled (default if table sizing policy is _SizingFixedFit and table is resizable). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 5, // Disable manual resizing. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder = 1 << 6, // Disable manual reordering this column, this will also prevent other columns from crossing over this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide = 1 << 7, // Disable ability to hide/disable this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip = 1 << 8, // Disable clipping for this column (all NoClip columns will render in a same draw command). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort = 1 << 9, // Disable ability to sort on this field (even if ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is set on the table). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending = 1 << 10, // Disable ability to sort in the ascending direction. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending = 1 << 11, // Disable ability to sort in the descending direction. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel = 1 << 12, // TableHeadersRow() will not submit label for this column. Convenient for some small columns. Name will still appear in context menu. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth = 1 << 13, // Disable header text width contribution to automatic column width. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending = 1 << 14, // Make the initial sort direction Ascending when first sorting on this column (default). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending = 1 << 15, // Make the initial sort direction Descending when first sorting on this column. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable = 1 << 16, // Use current Indent value when entering cell (default for column 0). + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable = 1 << 17, // Ignore current Indent value when entering cell (default for columns > 0). Indentation changes _within_ the cell will still be honored. + + // Output status flags, read-only via TableGetColumnFlags() + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled = 1 << 24, // Status: is enabled == not hidden by user/api (referred to as "Hide" in _DefaultHide and _NoHide) flags. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible = 1 << 25, // Status: is visible == is enabled AND not clipped by scrolling. + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted = 1 << 26, // Status: is currently part of the sort specs + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered = 1 << 27, // Status: is hovered by mouse + + // [Internal] Combinations and masks + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_ = ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered, + ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_ = 1 << 30, // [Internal] Disable user resizing this column directly (it may however we resized indirectly from its left edge) +}; + +// Flags for ImGui::TableNextRow() +enum ImGuiTableRowFlags_ +{ + ImGuiTableRowFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers = 1 << 0, // Identify header row (set default background color + width of its contents accounted differently for auto column width) +}; + +// Enum for ImGui::TableSetBgColor() +// Background colors are rendering in 3 layers: +// - Layer 0: draw with RowBg0 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg0 if set. +// - Layer 1: draw with RowBg1 color if set, otherwise draw with ColumnBg1 if set. +// - Layer 2: draw with CellBg color if set. +// The purpose of the two row/columns layers is to let you decide if a background color change should override or blend with the existing color. +// When using ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg on the table, each row has the RowBg0 color automatically set for odd/even rows. +// If you set the color of RowBg0 target, your color will override the existing RowBg0 color. +// If you set the color of RowBg1 or ColumnBg1 target, your color will blend over the RowBg0 color. +enum ImGuiTableBgTarget_ +{ + ImGuiTableBgTarget_None = 0, + ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0 = 1, // Set row background color 0 (generally used for background, automatically set when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is used) + ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1 = 2, // Set row background color 1 (generally used for selection marking) + ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg = 3, // Set cell background color (top-most color) }; // Flags for ImGui::IsWindowFocused() enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ { ImGuiFocusedFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows = 1 << 0, // IsWindowFocused(): Return true if any children of the window is focused - ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow = 1 << 1, // IsWindowFocused(): Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy) - ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow = 1 << 2, // IsWindowFocused(): Return true if any window is focused. Important: If you are trying to tell how to dispatch your low-level inputs, do NOT use this. Use 'io.WantCaptureMouse' instead! Please read the FAQ! - ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows + ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows = 1 << 0, // Return true if any children of the window is focused + ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow = 1 << 1, // Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy) + ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow = 1 << 2, // Return true if any window is focused. Important: If you are trying to tell how to dispatch your low-level inputs, do NOT use this. Use 'io.WantCaptureMouse' instead! Please read the FAQ! + ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy = 1 << 3, // Do not consider popup hierarchy (do not treat popup emitter as parent of popup) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow) + ImGuiFocusedFlags_DockHierarchy = 1 << 4, // Consider docking hierarchy (treat dockspace host as parent of docked window) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow) + ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows, }; // Flags for ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsWindowHovered() @@ -967,13 +1318,21 @@ enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows = 1 << 0, // IsWindowHovered() only: Return true if any children of the window is hovered ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow = 1 << 1, // IsWindowHovered() only: Test from root window (top most parent of the current hierarchy) ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow = 1 << 2, // IsWindowHovered() only: Return true if any window is hovered - ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup = 1 << 3, // Return true even if a popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window - //ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByModal = 1 << 4, // Return true even if a modal popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window. FIXME-TODO: Unavailable yet. - ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem = 1 << 5, // Return true even if an active item is blocking access to this item/window. Useful for Drag and Drop patterns. - ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped = 1 << 6, // Return true even if the position is obstructed or overlapped by another window - ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled = 1 << 7, // Return true even if the item is disabled + ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy = 1 << 3, // IsWindowHovered() only: Do not consider popup hierarchy (do not treat popup emitter as parent of popup) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow) + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy = 1 << 4, // IsWindowHovered() only: Consider docking hierarchy (treat dockspace host as parent of docked window) (when used with _ChildWindows or _RootWindow) + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup = 1 << 5, // Return true even if a popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window + //ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByModal = 1 << 6, // Return true even if a modal popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window. FIXME-TODO: Unavailable yet. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem = 1 << 7, // Return true even if an active item is blocking access to this item/window. Useful for Drag and Drop patterns. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped = 1 << 8, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the position is obstructed or overlapped by another window + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled = 1 << 9, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the item is disabled + ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride = 1 << 10, // Disable using gamepad/keyboard navigation state when active, always query mouse. ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped, - ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows + ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows, + + // Hovering delays (for tooltips) + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal = 1 << 11, // Return true after io.HoverDelayNormal elapsed (~0.30 sec) + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort = 1 << 12, // Return true after io.HoverDelayShort elapsed (~0.10 sec) + ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay = 1 << 13, // Disable shared delay system where moving from one item to the next keeps the previous timer for a short time (standard for tooltips with long delays) }; // Flags for ImGui::DockSpace(), shared/inherited by child nodes. @@ -987,8 +1346,8 @@ enum ImGuiDockNodeFlags_ ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingInCentralNode = 1 << 2, // Shared // Disable docking inside the Central Node, which will be always kept empty. ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode = 1 << 3, // Shared // Enable passthru dockspace: 1) DockSpace() will render a ImGuiCol_WindowBg background covering everything excepted the Central Node when empty. Meaning the host window should probably use SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.0f) prior to Begin() when using this. 2) When Central Node is empty: let inputs pass-through + won't display a DockingEmptyBg background. See demo for details. ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit = 1 << 4, // Shared/Local // Disable splitting the node into smaller nodes. Useful e.g. when embedding dockspaces into a main root one (the root one may have splitting disabled to reduce confusion). Note: when turned off, existing splits will be preserved. - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize = 1 << 5, // Shared/Local // Disable resizing node using the splitter/separators. Useful with programatically setup dockspaces. - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar = 1 << 6 // Shared/Local // Tab bar will automatically hide when there is a single window in the dock node. + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize = 1 << 5, // Shared/Local // Disable resizing node using the splitter/separators. Useful with programmatically setup dockspaces. + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar = 1 << 6, // Shared/Local // Tab bar will automatically hide when there is a single window in the dock node. }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(), ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload() @@ -996,8 +1355,8 @@ enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ { ImGuiDragDropFlags_None = 0, // BeginDragDropSource() flags - ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 0, // By default, a successful call to BeginDragDropSource opens a tooltip so you can display a preview or description of the source contents. This flag disable this behavior. - ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover = 1 << 1, // By default, when dragging we clear data so that IsItemHovered() will return false, to avoid subsequent user code submitting tooltips. This flag disable this behavior so you can still call IsItemHovered() on the source item. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 0, // Disable preview tooltip. By default, a successful call to BeginDragDropSource opens a tooltip so you can display a preview or description of the source contents. This flag disables this behavior. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover = 1 << 1, // By default, when dragging we clear data so that IsItemHovered() will return false, to avoid subsequent user code submitting tooltips. This flag disables this behavior so you can still call IsItemHovered() on the source item. ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers = 1 << 2, // Disable the behavior that allows to open tree nodes and collapsing header by holding over them while dragging a source item. ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID = 1 << 3, // Allow items such as Text(), Image() that have no unique identifier to be used as drag source, by manufacturing a temporary identifier based on their window-relative position. This is extremely unusual within the dear imgui ecosystem and so we made it explicit. ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern = 1 << 4, // External source (from outside of dear imgui), won't attempt to read current item/window info. Will always return true. Only one Extern source can be active simultaneously. @@ -1006,7 +1365,7 @@ enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery = 1 << 10, // AcceptDragDropPayload() will returns true even before the mouse button is released. You can then call IsDelivery() to test if the payload needs to be delivered. ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect = 1 << 11, // Do not draw the default highlight rectangle when hovering over target. ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 12, // Request hiding the BeginDragDropSource tooltip from the BeginDragDropTarget site. - ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptPeekOnly = ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect // For peeking ahead and inspecting the payload before delivery. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptPeekOnly = ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect, // For peeking ahead and inspecting the payload before delivery. }; // Standard Drag and Drop payload types. You can define you own payload types using short strings. Types starting with '_' are defined by Dear ImGui. @@ -1040,10 +1399,23 @@ enum ImGuiDir_ ImGuiDir_COUNT }; -// User fill ImGuiIO.KeyMap[] array with indices into the ImGuiIO.KeysDown[512] array -enum ImGuiKey_ +// A sorting direction +enum ImGuiSortDirection_ { - ImGuiKey_Tab, + ImGuiSortDirection_None = 0, + ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending = 1, // Ascending = 0->9, A->Z etc. + ImGuiSortDirection_Descending = 2 // Descending = 9->0, Z->A etc. +}; + +// A key identifier (ImGuiKey_XXX or ImGuiMod_XXX value): can represent Keyboard, Mouse and Gamepad values. +// All our named keys are >= 512. Keys value 0 to 511 are left unused as legacy native/opaque key values (< 1.87). +// Since >= 1.89 we increased typing (went from int to enum), some legacy code may need a cast to ImGuiKey. +// Read details about the 1.87 and 1.89 transition : https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4921 +enum ImGuiKey : int +{ + // Keyboard + ImGuiKey_None = 0, + ImGuiKey_Tab = 512, // == ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, @@ -1058,99 +1430,161 @@ enum ImGuiKey_ ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKey_Escape, - ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter, - ImGuiKey_A, // for text edit CTRL+A: select all - ImGuiKey_C, // for text edit CTRL+C: copy - ImGuiKey_V, // for text edit CTRL+V: paste - ImGuiKey_X, // for text edit CTRL+X: cut - ImGuiKey_Y, // for text edit CTRL+Y: redo - ImGuiKey_Z, // for text edit CTRL+Z: undo - ImGuiKey_COUNT + ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl, ImGuiKey_LeftShift, ImGuiKey_LeftAlt, ImGuiKey_LeftSuper, + ImGuiKey_RightCtrl, ImGuiKey_RightShift, ImGuiKey_RightAlt, ImGuiKey_RightSuper, + ImGuiKey_Menu, + ImGuiKey_0, ImGuiKey_1, ImGuiKey_2, ImGuiKey_3, ImGuiKey_4, ImGuiKey_5, ImGuiKey_6, ImGuiKey_7, ImGuiKey_8, ImGuiKey_9, + ImGuiKey_A, ImGuiKey_B, ImGuiKey_C, ImGuiKey_D, ImGuiKey_E, ImGuiKey_F, ImGuiKey_G, ImGuiKey_H, ImGuiKey_I, ImGuiKey_J, + ImGuiKey_K, ImGuiKey_L, ImGuiKey_M, ImGuiKey_N, ImGuiKey_O, ImGuiKey_P, ImGuiKey_Q, ImGuiKey_R, ImGuiKey_S, ImGuiKey_T, + ImGuiKey_U, ImGuiKey_V, ImGuiKey_W, ImGuiKey_X, ImGuiKey_Y, ImGuiKey_Z, + ImGuiKey_F1, ImGuiKey_F2, ImGuiKey_F3, ImGuiKey_F4, ImGuiKey_F5, ImGuiKey_F6, + ImGuiKey_F7, ImGuiKey_F8, ImGuiKey_F9, ImGuiKey_F10, ImGuiKey_F11, ImGuiKey_F12, + ImGuiKey_Apostrophe, // ' + ImGuiKey_Comma, // , + ImGuiKey_Minus, // - + ImGuiKey_Period, // . + ImGuiKey_Slash, // / + ImGuiKey_Semicolon, // ; + ImGuiKey_Equal, // = + ImGuiKey_LeftBracket, // [ + ImGuiKey_Backslash, // \ (this text inhibit multiline comment caused by backslash) + ImGuiKey_RightBracket, // ] + ImGuiKey_GraveAccent, // ` + ImGuiKey_CapsLock, + ImGuiKey_ScrollLock, + ImGuiKey_NumLock, + ImGuiKey_PrintScreen, + ImGuiKey_Pause, + ImGuiKey_Keypad0, ImGuiKey_Keypad1, ImGuiKey_Keypad2, ImGuiKey_Keypad3, ImGuiKey_Keypad4, + ImGuiKey_Keypad5, ImGuiKey_Keypad6, ImGuiKey_Keypad7, ImGuiKey_Keypad8, ImGuiKey_Keypad9, + ImGuiKey_KeypadDecimal, + ImGuiKey_KeypadDivide, + ImGuiKey_KeypadMultiply, + ImGuiKey_KeypadSubtract, + ImGuiKey_KeypadAdd, + ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, + ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual, + + // Gamepad (some of those are analog values, 0.0f to 1.0f) // NAVIGATION ACTION + // (download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets) + ImGuiKey_GamepadStart, // Menu (Xbox) + (Switch) Start/Options (PS) + ImGuiKey_GamepadBack, // View (Xbox) - (Switch) Share (PS) + ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, // X (Xbox) Y (Switch) Square (PS) // Tap: Toggle Menu. Hold: Windowing mode (Focus/Move/Resize windows) + ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, // B (Xbox) A (Switch) Circle (PS) // Cancel / Close / Exit + ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, // Y (Xbox) X (Switch) Triangle (PS) // Text Input / On-screen Keyboard + ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, // A (Xbox) B (Switch) Cross (PS) // Activate / Open / Toggle / Tweak + ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, // D-pad Left // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, // D-pad Right // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, // D-pad Up // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, // D-pad Down // Move / Tweak / Resize Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, // L Bumper (Xbox) L (Switch) L1 (PS) // Tweak Slower / Focus Previous (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, // R Bumper (Xbox) R (Switch) R1 (PS) // Tweak Faster / Focus Next (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadL2, // L Trig. (Xbox) ZL (Switch) L2 (PS) [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadR2, // R Trig. (Xbox) ZR (Switch) R2 (PS) [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadL3, // L Stick (Xbox) L3 (Switch) L3 (PS) + ImGuiKey_GamepadR3, // R Stick (Xbox) R3 (Switch) R3 (PS) + ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, // [Analog] // Move Window (in Windowing mode) + ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickLeft, // [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickRight, // [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickUp, // [Analog] + ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown, // [Analog] + + // Aliases: Mouse Buttons (auto-submitted from AddMouseButtonEvent() calls) + // - This is mirroring the data also written to io.MouseDown[], io.MouseWheel, in a format allowing them to be accessed via standard key API. + ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, ImGuiKey_MouseRight, ImGuiKey_MouseMiddle, ImGuiKey_MouseX1, ImGuiKey_MouseX2, ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, + + // [Internal] Reserved for mod storage + ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl, ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift, ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt, ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper, + ImGuiKey_COUNT, + + // Keyboard Modifiers (explicitly submitted by backend via AddKeyEvent() calls) + // - This is mirroring the data also written to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt, io.KeySuper, in a format allowing + // them to be accessed via standard key API, allowing calls such as IsKeyPressed(), IsKeyReleased(), querying duration etc. + // - Code polling every key (e.g. an interface to detect a key press for input mapping) might want to ignore those + // and prefer using the real keys (e.g. ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl, ImGuiKey_RightCtrl instead of ImGuiMod_Ctrl). + // - In theory the value of keyboard modifiers should be roughly equivalent to a logical or of the equivalent left/right keys. + // In practice: it's complicated; mods are often provided from different sources. Keyboard layout, IME, sticky keys and + // backends tend to interfere and break that equivalence. The safer decision is to relay that ambiguity down to the end-user... + ImGuiMod_None = 0, + ImGuiMod_Ctrl = 1 << 12, // Ctrl + ImGuiMod_Shift = 1 << 13, // Shift + ImGuiMod_Alt = 1 << 14, // Option/Menu + ImGuiMod_Super = 1 << 15, // Cmd/Super/Windows + ImGuiMod_Shortcut = 1 << 11, // Alias for Ctrl (non-macOS) _or_ Super (macOS). + ImGuiMod_Mask_ = 0xF800, // 5-bits + + // [Internal] Prior to 1.87 we required user to fill io.KeysDown[512] using their own native index + the io.KeyMap[] array. + // We are ditching this method but keeping a legacy path for user code doing e.g. IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_CODE) + ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN = 512, + ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END = ImGuiKey_COUNT, + ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN, +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT, // Size of KeysData[]: only hold named keys + ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN, // First key stored in io.KeysData[0]. Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET). +#else + ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE = ImGuiKey_COUNT, // Size of KeysData[]: hold legacy 0..512 keycodes + named keys + ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET = 0, // First key stored in io.KeysData[0]. Accesses to io.KeysData[] must use (key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET). +#endif + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiKey_ModCtrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiKey_ModShift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiKey_ModAlt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKey_ModSuper = ImGuiMod_Super, // Renamed in 1.89 + ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter = ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, // Renamed in 1.87 +#endif }; -// To test io.KeyMods (which is a combination of individual fields io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt set by user/back-end) -enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO +// OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from July 2022): ImGuiNavInput and io.NavInputs[]. +// Official backends between 1.60 and 1.86: will keep working and feed gamepad inputs as long as IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is not set. +// Custom backends: feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums. +enum ImGuiNavInput { - ImGuiKeyModFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl = 1 << 0, - ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift = 1 << 1, - ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt = 1 << 2, - ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super = 1 << 3 -}; - -// Gamepad/Keyboard navigation -// Keyboard: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on your io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] arrays. -// Gamepad: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. Back-end: set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad and fill the io.NavInputs[] fields before calling NewFrame(). Note that io.NavInputs[] is cleared by EndFrame(). -// Read instructions in imgui.cpp for more details. Download PNG/PSD at http://goo.gl/9LgVZW. -enum ImGuiNavInput_ -{ - // Gamepad Mapping - ImGuiNavInput_Activate, // activate / open / toggle / tweak value // e.g. Cross (PS4), A (Xbox), A (Switch), Space (Keyboard) - ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, // cancel / close / exit // e.g. Circle (PS4), B (Xbox), B (Switch), Escape (Keyboard) - ImGuiNavInput_Input, // text input / on-screen keyboard // e.g. Triang.(PS4), Y (Xbox), X (Switch), Return (Keyboard) - ImGuiNavInput_Menu, // tap: toggle menu / hold: focus, move, resize // e.g. Square (PS4), X (Xbox), Y (Switch), Alt (Keyboard) - ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, // move / tweak / resize window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. D-pad Left/Right/Up/Down (Gamepads), Arrow keys (Keyboard) - ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, // - ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, // - ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, // - ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, // scroll / move window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. Left Analog Stick Left/Right/Up/Down - ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, // - ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, // - ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, // - ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, // next window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. L1 or L2 (PS4), LB or LT (Xbox), L or ZL (Switch) - ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, // prev window (w/ PadMenu) // e.g. R1 or R2 (PS4), RB or RT (Xbox), R or ZL (Switch) - ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow, // slower tweaks // e.g. L1 or L2 (PS4), LB or LT (Xbox), L or ZL (Switch) - ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast, // faster tweaks // e.g. R1 or R2 (PS4), RB or RT (Xbox), R or ZL (Switch) - - // [Internal] Don't use directly! This is used internally to differentiate keyboard from gamepad inputs for behaviors that require to differentiate them. - // Keyboard behavior that have no corresponding gamepad mapping (e.g. CTRL+TAB) will be directly reading from io.KeysDown[] instead of io.NavInputs[]. - ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, // toggle menu // = io.KeyAlt - ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, // move left // = Arrow keys - ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, // move right - ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, // move up - ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, // move down + ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, + ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow, ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast, ImGuiNavInput_COUNT, - ImGuiNavInput_InternalStart_ = ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_ }; +#endif // Configuration flags stored in io.ConfigFlags. Set by user/application. enum ImGuiConfigFlags_ { ImGuiConfigFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard = 1 << 0, // Master keyboard navigation enable flag. NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on io.KeysDown[]. - ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad = 1 << 1, // Master gamepad navigation enable flag. This is mostly to instruct your imgui back-end to fill io.NavInputs[]. Back-end also needs to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad. - ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. May be useful on TV/console systems where moving a virtual mouse is awkward. Will update io.MousePos and set io.WantSetMousePos=true. If enabled you MUST honor io.WantSetMousePos requests in your binding, otherwise ImGui will react as if the mouse is jumping around back and forth. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard = 1 << 0, // Master keyboard navigation enable flag. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad = 1 << 1, // Master gamepad navigation enable flag. Backend also needs to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. May be useful on TV/console systems where moving a virtual mouse is awkward. Will update io.MousePos and set io.WantSetMousePos=true. If enabled you MUST honor io.WantSetMousePos requests in your backend, otherwise ImGui will react as if the mouse is jumping around back and forth. ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard = 1 << 3, // Instruct navigation to not set the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag when io.NavActive is set. - ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse = 1 << 4, // Instruct imgui to clear mouse position/buttons in NewFrame(). This allows ignoring the mouse information set by the back-end. - ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange = 1 << 5, // Instruct back-end to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility. Use if the back-end cursor changes are interfering with yours and you don't want to use SetMouseCursor() to change mouse cursor. You may want to honor requests from imgui by reading GetMouseCursor() yourself instead. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse = 1 << 4, // Instruct imgui to clear mouse position/buttons in NewFrame(). This allows ignoring the mouse information set by the backend. + ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange = 1 << 5, // Instruct backend to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility. Use if the backend cursor changes are interfering with yours and you don't want to use SetMouseCursor() to change mouse cursor. You may want to honor requests from imgui by reading GetMouseCursor() yourself instead. // [BETA] Docking ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable = 1 << 6, // Docking enable flags. // [BETA] Viewports // When using viewports it is recommended that your default value for ImGuiCol_WindowBg is opaque (Alpha=1.0) so transition to a viewport won't be noticeable. - ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable = 1 << 10, // Viewport enable flags (require both ImGuiConfigFlags_PlatformHasViewports + ImGuiConfigFlags_RendererHasViewports set by the respective back-ends) + ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable = 1 << 10, // Viewport enable flags (require both ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports + ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports set by the respective backends) ImGuiConfigFlags_DpiEnableScaleViewports= 1 << 14, // [BETA: Don't use] FIXME-DPI: Reposition and resize imgui windows when the DpiScale of a viewport changed (mostly useful for the main viewport hosting other window). Note that resizing the main window itself is up to your application. ImGuiConfigFlags_DpiEnableScaleFonts = 1 << 15, // [BETA: Don't use] FIXME-DPI: Request bitmap-scaled fonts to match DpiScale. This is a very low-quality workaround. The correct way to handle DPI is _currently_ to replace the atlas and/or fonts in the Platform_OnChangedViewport callback, but this is all early work in progress. - // User storage (to allow your back-end/engine to communicate to code that may be shared between multiple projects. Those flags are not used by core Dear ImGui) + // User storage (to allow your backend/engine to communicate to code that may be shared between multiple projects. Those flags are NOT used by core Dear ImGui) ImGuiConfigFlags_IsSRGB = 1 << 20, // Application is SRGB-aware. - ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen = 1 << 21 // Application is using a touch screen instead of a mouse. + ImGuiConfigFlags_IsTouchScreen = 1 << 21, // Application is using a touch screen instead of a mouse. }; -// Back-end capabilities flags stored in io.BackendFlags. Set by imgui_impl_xxx or custom back-end. +// Backend capabilities flags stored in io.BackendFlags. Set by imgui_impl_xxx or custom backend. enum ImGuiBackendFlags_ { ImGuiBackendFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad = 1 << 0, // Back-end Platform supports gamepad and currently has one connected. - ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors = 1 << 1, // Back-end Platform supports honoring GetMouseCursor() value to change the OS cursor shape. - ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Back-end Platform supports io.WantSetMousePos requests to reposition the OS mouse position (only used if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is set). - ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset = 1 << 3, // Back-end Renderer supports ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset. This enables output of large meshes (64K+ vertices) while still using 16-bit indices. + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad = 1 << 0, // Backend Platform supports gamepad and currently has one connected. + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors = 1 << 1, // Backend Platform supports honoring GetMouseCursor() value to change the OS cursor shape. + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos = 1 << 2, // Backend Platform supports io.WantSetMousePos requests to reposition the OS mouse position (only used if ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos is set). + ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset = 1 << 3, // Backend Renderer supports ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset. This enables output of large meshes (64K+ vertices) while still using 16-bit indices. // [BETA] Viewports - ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports = 1 << 10, // Back-end Platform supports multiple viewports. - ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport=1 << 11, // Back-end Platform supports setting io.MouseHoveredViewport to the viewport directly under the mouse _IGNORING_ viewports with the ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs flag and _REGARDLESS_ of whether another viewport is focused and may be capturing the mouse. This information is _NOT EASY_ to provide correctly with most high-level engines! Don't set this without studying how the examples/ back-end handle it! - ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports = 1 << 12 // Back-end Renderer supports multiple viewports. + ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports = 1 << 10, // Backend Platform supports multiple viewports. + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport=1 << 11, // Backend Platform supports calling io.AddMouseViewportEvent() with the viewport under the mouse. IF POSSIBLE, ignore viewports with the ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs flag (Win32 backend, GLFW 3.30+ backend can do this, SDL backend cannot). If this cannot be done, Dear ImGui needs to use a flawed heuristic to find the viewport under. + ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports = 1 << 12, // Backend Renderer supports multiple viewports. }; // Enumeration for PushStyleColor() / PopStyleColor() @@ -1186,10 +1620,10 @@ enum ImGuiCol_ ImGuiCol_Separator, ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive, - ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip, + ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip, // Resize grip in lower-right and lower-left corners of windows. ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered, ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive, - ImGuiCol_Tab, + ImGuiCol_Tab, // TabItem in a TabBar ImGuiCol_TabHovered, ImGuiCol_TabActive, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused, @@ -1200,32 +1634,32 @@ enum ImGuiCol_ ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered, ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram, ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered, + ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg, // Table header background + ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong, // Table outer and header borders (prefer using Alpha=1.0 here) + ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight, // Table inner borders (prefer using Alpha=1.0 here) + ImGuiCol_TableRowBg, // Table row background (even rows) + ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt, // Table row background (odd rows) ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, - ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget, + ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget, // Rectangle highlighting a drop target ImGuiCol_NavHighlight, // Gamepad/keyboard: current highlighted item ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, // Highlight window when using CTRL+TAB ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind the CTRL+TAB window list, when active ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind a modal window, when one is active ImGuiCol_COUNT - - // Obsolete names (will be removed) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening = ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg // [renamed in 1.63] - //, ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered// [unused since 1.60+] the close button now uses regular button colors. -#endif }; // Enumeration for PushStyleVar() / PopStyleVar() to temporarily modify the ImGuiStyle structure. // - The enum only refers to fields of ImGuiStyle which makes sense to be pushed/popped inside UI code. // During initialization or between frames, feel free to just poke into ImGuiStyle directly. // - Tip: Use your programming IDE navigation facilities on the names in the _second column_ below to find the actual members and their description. -// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.NavigateTo") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. // With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. // - When changing this enum, you need to update the associated internal table GStyleVarInfo[] accordingly. This is where we link enum values to members offset/type. enum ImGuiStyleVar_ { // Enum name --------------------- // Member in ImGuiStyle structure (see ImGuiStyle for descriptions) ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, // float Alpha + ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha, // float DisabledAlpha ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, // ImVec2 WindowPadding ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, // float WindowRounding ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize, // float WindowBorderSize @@ -1241,6 +1675,7 @@ enum ImGuiStyleVar_ ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemSpacing ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing, // ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, // float IndentSpacing + ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding, // ImVec2 CellPadding ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize, // float ScrollbarSize ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding, // float ScrollbarRounding ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, // float GrabMinSize @@ -1249,11 +1684,19 @@ enum ImGuiStyleVar_ ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign, // ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, // ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT +}; - // Obsolete names (will be removed) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ = ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT // [renamed in 1.60] -#endif +// Flags for InvisibleButton() [extended in imgui_internal.h] +enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ +{ + ImGuiButtonFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft = 1 << 0, // React on left mouse button (default) + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight = 1 << 1, // React on right mouse button + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle = 1 << 2, // React on center mouse button + + // [Internal] + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle, + ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft, }; // Flags for ColorEdit3() / ColorEdit4() / ColorPicker3() / ColorPicker4() / ColorButton() @@ -1261,13 +1704,13 @@ enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ { ImGuiColorEditFlags_None = 0, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha = 1 << 1, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: ignore Alpha component (will only read 3 components from the input pointer). - ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker = 1 << 2, // // ColorEdit: disable picker when clicking on colored square. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker = 1 << 2, // // ColorEdit: disable picker when clicking on color square. ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions = 1 << 3, // // ColorEdit: disable toggling options menu when right-clicking on inputs/small preview. - ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview = 1 << 4, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable colored square preview next to the inputs. (e.g. to show only the inputs) - ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs = 1 << 5, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable inputs sliders/text widgets (e.g. to show only the small preview colored square). + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview = 1 << 4, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable color square preview next to the inputs. (e.g. to show only the inputs) + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs = 1 << 5, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable inputs sliders/text widgets (e.g. to show only the small preview color square). ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip = 1 << 6, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton: disable tooltip when hovering the preview. ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel = 1 << 7, // // ColorEdit, ColorPicker: disable display of inline text label (the label is still forwarded to the tooltip and picker). - ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview = 1 << 8, // // ColorPicker: disable bigger color preview on right side of the picker, use small colored square preview instead. + ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview = 1 << 8, // // ColorPicker: disable bigger color preview on right side of the picker, use small color square preview instead. ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop = 1 << 9, // // ColorEdit: disable drag and drop target. ColorButton: disable drag and drop source. ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder = 1 << 10, // // ColorButton: disable border (which is enforced by default) @@ -1288,17 +1731,33 @@ enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ // Defaults Options. You can set application defaults using SetColorEditOptions(). The intent is that you probably don't want to // override them in most of your calls. Let the user choose via the option menu and/or call SetColorEditOptions() once during startup. - ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8|ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB|ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB|ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar, + ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar, // [Internal] Masks - ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB|ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV|ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex, - ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8|ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float, - ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel|ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar, - ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB|ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV + ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex, + ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float, + ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar, + ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV, + + // Obsolete names (will be removed) + // ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex // [renamed in 1.69] +}; + +// Flags for DragFloat(), DragInt(), SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. +// We use the same sets of flags for DragXXX() and SliderXXX() functions as the features are the same and it makes it easier to swap them. +// (Those are per-item flags. There are shared flags in ImGuiIO: io.ConfigDragClickToInputText) +enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ +{ + ImGuiSliderFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp = 1 << 4, // Clamp value to min/max bounds when input manually with CTRL+Click. By default CTRL+Click allows going out of bounds. + ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic = 1 << 5, // Make the widget logarithmic (linear otherwise). Consider using ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat with this if using a format-string with small amount of digits. + ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat = 1 << 6, // Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the display format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits) + ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput = 1 << 7, // Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget + ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_ = 0x7000000F, // [Internal] We treat using those bits as being potentially a 'float power' argument from the previous API that has got miscast to this enum, and will trigger an assert if needed. // Obsolete names (will be removed) #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV, ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex // [renamed in 1.69] + ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput = ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp, // [renamed in 1.79] #endif }; @@ -1313,25 +1772,20 @@ enum ImGuiMouseButton_ }; // Enumeration for GetMouseCursor() -// User code may request binding to display given cursor by calling SetMouseCursor(), which is why we have some cursors that are marked unused here +// User code may request backend to display given cursor by calling SetMouseCursor(), which is why we have some cursors that are marked unused here enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ { ImGuiMouseCursor_None = -1, ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow = 0, ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput, // When hovering over InputText, etc. ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll, // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions) - ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS, // When hovering over an horizontal border + ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS, // When hovering over a horizontal border ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW, // When hovering over a vertical border or a column ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW, // When hovering over the bottom-left corner of a window ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE, // When hovering over the bottom-right corner of a window ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand, // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions. Use for e.g. hyperlinks) ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed, // When hovering something with disallowed interaction. Usually a crossed circle. ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT - - // Obsolete names (will be removed) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - , ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ = ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT // [renamed in 1.60] -#endif }; // Enumeration for ImGui::SetWindow***(), SetNextWindow***(), SetNextItem***() functions @@ -1339,30 +1793,34 @@ enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ // Important: Treat as a regular enum! Do NOT combine multiple values using binary operators! All the functions above treat 0 as a shortcut to ImGuiCond_Always. enum ImGuiCond_ { - ImGuiCond_Always = 1 << 0, // Set the variable - ImGuiCond_Once = 1 << 1, // Set the variable once per runtime session (only the first call with succeed) + ImGuiCond_None = 0, // No condition (always set the variable), same as _Always + ImGuiCond_Always = 1 << 0, // No condition (always set the variable), same as _None + ImGuiCond_Once = 1 << 1, // Set the variable once per runtime session (only the first call will succeed) ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver = 1 << 2, // Set the variable if the object/window has no persistently saved data (no entry in .ini file) - ImGuiCond_Appearing = 1 << 3 // Set the variable if the object/window is appearing after being hidden/inactive (or the first time) + ImGuiCond_Appearing = 1 << 3, // Set the variable if the object/window is appearing after being hidden/inactive (or the first time) }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helpers: Memory allocations macros -// IM_MALLOC(), IM_FREE(), IM_NEW(), IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(), IM_DELETE() -// We call C++ constructor on own allocated memory via the placement "new(ptr) Type()" syntax. -// Defining a custom placement new() with a dummy parameter allows us to bypass including which on some platforms complains when user has disabled exceptions. +// [SECTION] Helpers: Memory allocations macros, ImVector<> //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -struct ImNewDummy {}; -inline void* operator new(size_t, ImNewDummy, void* ptr) { return ptr; } -inline void operator delete(void*, ImNewDummy, void*) {} // This is only required so we can use the symmetrical new() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// IM_MALLOC(), IM_FREE(), IM_NEW(), IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(), IM_DELETE() +// We call C++ constructor on own allocated memory via the placement "new(ptr) Type()" syntax. +// Defining a custom placement new() with a custom parameter allows us to bypass including which on some platforms complains when user has disabled exceptions. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImNewWrapper {}; +inline void* operator new(size_t, ImNewWrapper, void* ptr) { return ptr; } +inline void operator delete(void*, ImNewWrapper, void*) {} // This is only required so we can use the symmetrical new() #define IM_ALLOC(_SIZE) ImGui::MemAlloc(_SIZE) #define IM_FREE(_PTR) ImGui::MemFree(_PTR) -#define IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(_PTR) new(ImNewDummy(), _PTR) -#define IM_NEW(_TYPE) new(ImNewDummy(), ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(_TYPE))) _TYPE +#define IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(_PTR) new(ImNewWrapper(), _PTR) +#define IM_NEW(_TYPE) new(ImNewWrapper(), ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(_TYPE))) _TYPE template void IM_DELETE(T* p) { if (p) { p->~T(); ImGui::MemFree(p); } } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helper: ImVector<> +// ImVector<> // Lightweight std::vector<>-like class to avoid dragging dependencies (also, some implementations of STL with debug enabled are absurdly slow, we bypass it so our code runs fast in debug). //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - You generally do NOT need to care or use this ever. But we need to make it available in imgui.h because some of our public structures are relying on it. @@ -1372,6 +1830,7 @@ template void IM_DELETE(T* p) { if (p) { p->~T(); ImGui::MemFree(p // Do NOT use this class as a std::vector replacement in your own code! Many of the structures used by dear imgui can be safely initialized by a zero-memset. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF template struct ImVector { @@ -1387,17 +1846,21 @@ struct ImVector // Constructors, destructor inline ImVector() { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; } inline ImVector(const ImVector& src) { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; operator=(src); } - inline ImVector& operator=(const ImVector& src) { clear(); resize(src.Size); memcpy(Data, src.Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); return *this; } - inline ~ImVector() { if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); } + inline ImVector& operator=(const ImVector& src) { clear(); resize(src.Size); if (src.Data) memcpy(Data, src.Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); return *this; } + inline ~ImVector() { if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); } // Important: does not destruct anything + + inline void clear() { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; IM_FREE(Data); Data = NULL; } } // Important: does not destruct anything + inline void clear_delete() { for (int n = 0; n < Size; n++) IM_DELETE(Data[n]); clear(); } // Important: never called automatically! always explicit. + inline void clear_destruct() { for (int n = 0; n < Size; n++) Data[n].~T(); clear(); } // Important: never called automatically! always explicit. inline bool empty() const { return Size == 0; } inline int size() const { return Size; } inline int size_in_bytes() const { return Size * (int)sizeof(T); } + inline int max_size() const { return 0x7FFFFFFF / (int)sizeof(T); } inline int capacity() const { return Capacity; } - inline T& operator[](int i) { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; } - inline const T& operator[](int i) const { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; } + inline T& operator[](int i) { IM_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < Size); return Data[i]; } + inline const T& operator[](int i) const { IM_ASSERT(i >= 0 && i < Size); return Data[i]; } - inline void clear() { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; IM_FREE(Data); Data = NULL; } } inline T* begin() { return Data; } inline const T* begin() const { return Data; } inline T* end() { return Data + Size; } @@ -1408,20 +1871,21 @@ struct ImVector inline const T& back() const { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size - 1]; } inline void swap(ImVector& rhs) { int rhs_size = rhs.Size; rhs.Size = Size; Size = rhs_size; int rhs_cap = rhs.Capacity; rhs.Capacity = Capacity; Capacity = rhs_cap; T* rhs_data = rhs.Data; rhs.Data = Data; Data = rhs_data; } - inline int _grow_capacity(int sz) const { int new_capacity = Capacity ? (Capacity + Capacity/2) : 8; return new_capacity > sz ? new_capacity : sz; } + inline int _grow_capacity(int sz) const { int new_capacity = Capacity ? (Capacity + Capacity / 2) : 8; return new_capacity > sz ? new_capacity : sz; } inline void resize(int new_size) { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); Size = new_size; } inline void resize(int new_size, const T& v) { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); if (new_size > Size) for (int n = Size; n < new_size; n++) memcpy(&Data[n], &v, sizeof(v)); Size = new_size; } inline void shrink(int new_size) { IM_ASSERT(new_size <= Size); Size = new_size; } // Resize a vector to a smaller size, guaranteed not to cause a reallocation inline void reserve(int new_capacity) { if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return; T* new_data = (T*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(T)); if (Data) { memcpy(new_data, Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(T)); IM_FREE(Data); } Data = new_data; Capacity = new_capacity; } + inline void reserve_discard(int new_capacity) { if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return; if (Data) IM_FREE(Data); Data = (T*)IM_ALLOC((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(T)); Capacity = new_capacity; } // NB: It is illegal to call push_back/push_front/insert with a reference pointing inside the ImVector data itself! e.g. v.push_back(v[10]) is forbidden. inline void push_back(const T& v) { if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); memcpy(&Data[Size], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; } inline void pop_back() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); Size--; } inline void push_front(const T& v) { if (Size == 0) push_back(v); else insert(Data, v); } - inline T* erase(const T* it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + 1, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - 1) * sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; } - inline T* erase(const T* it, const T* it_last){ IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size && it_last > it && it_last <= Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t count = it_last - it; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + count, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - count) * sizeof(T)); Size -= (int)count; return Data + off; } - inline T* erase_unsorted(const T* it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (it < Data+Size-1) memcpy(Data + off, Data + Size - 1, sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; } - inline T* insert(const T* it, const T& v) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); if (off < (int)Size) memmove(Data + off + 1, Data + off, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off) * sizeof(T)); memcpy(&Data[off], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; return Data + off; } + inline T* erase(const T* it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + 1, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - 1) * sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; } + inline T* erase(const T* it, const T* it_last){ IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size && it_last >= it && it_last <= Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t count = it_last - it; const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; memmove(Data + off, Data + off + count, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - (size_t)count) * sizeof(T)); Size -= (int)count; return Data + off; } + inline T* erase_unsorted(const T* it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (it < Data + Size - 1) memcpy(Data + off, Data + Size - 1, sizeof(T)); Size--; return Data + off; } + inline T* insert(const T* it, const T& v) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); if (off < (int)Size) memmove(Data + off + 1, Data + off, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off) * sizeof(T)); memcpy(&Data[off], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; return Data + off; } inline bool contains(const T& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data++ == v) return true; return false; } inline T* find(const T& v) { T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; } inline const T* find(const T& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data == v) break; else ++data; return data; } @@ -1429,9 +1893,11 @@ struct ImVector inline bool find_erase_unsorted(const T& v) { const T* it = find(v); if (it < Data + Size) { erase_unsorted(it); return true; } return false; } inline int index_from_ptr(const T* it) const { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data + Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; } }; +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGuiStyle +// [SECTION] ImGuiStyle +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // You may modify the ImGui::GetStyle() main instance during initialization and before NewFrame(). // During the frame, use ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_XXXX)/PopStyleVar() to alter the main style values, // and ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_XXX)/PopStyleColor() for colors. @@ -1440,10 +1906,11 @@ struct ImVector struct ImGuiStyle { float Alpha; // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui. + float DisabledAlpha; // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha. ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Padding within a window. - float WindowRounding; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. + float WindowRounding; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. float WindowBorderSize; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly). - ImVec2 WindowMinSize; // Minimum window size. This is a global setting. If you want to constraint individual windows, use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). + ImVec2 WindowMinSize; // Minimum window size. This is a global setting. If you want to constrain individual windows, use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). ImVec2 WindowTitleAlign; // Alignment for title bar text. Defaults to (0.0f,0.5f) for left-aligned,vertically centered. ImGuiDir WindowMenuButtonPosition; // Side of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (None/Left/Right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left. float ChildRounding; // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. @@ -1455,6 +1922,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyle float FrameBorderSize; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly). ImVec2 ItemSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines. ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label). + ImVec2 CellPadding; // Padding within a table cell ImVec2 TouchExtraPadding; // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much! float IndentSpacing; // Horizontal indentation when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2). float ColumnsMinSpacing; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). @@ -1462,18 +1930,21 @@ struct ImGuiStyle float ScrollbarRounding; // Radius of grab corners for scrollbar. float GrabMinSize; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar. float GrabRounding; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs. + float LogSliderDeadzone; // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero. float TabRounding; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. float TabBorderSize; // Thickness of border around tabs. + float TabMinWidthForCloseButton; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. ImGuiDir ColorButtonPosition; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign; // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f, 0.5f) (centered). ImVec2 SelectableTextAlign; // Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. ImVec2 DisplayWindowPadding; // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. ImVec2 DisplaySafeAreaPadding; // If you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Apply to popups/tooltips as well regular windows. NB: Prefer configuring your TV sets correctly! float MouseCursorScale; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). We apply per-monitor DPI scaling over this scale. May be removed later. - bool AntiAliasedLines; // Enable anti-aliasing on lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. - bool AntiAliasedFill; // Enable anti-aliasing on filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.) + bool AntiAliasedLines; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). + bool AntiAliasedLinesUseTex; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). + bool AntiAliasedFill; // Enable anti-aliased edges around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality. - float CircleSegmentMaxError; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. + float CircleTessellationMaxError; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. ImVec4 Colors[ImGuiCol_COUNT]; IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle(); @@ -1481,31 +1952,43 @@ struct ImGuiStyle }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGuiIO +// [SECTION] ImGuiIO +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Communicate most settings and inputs/outputs to Dear ImGui using this structure. // Access via ImGui::GetIO(). Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [Internal] Storage used by IsKeyDown(), IsKeyPressed() etc functions. +// If prior to 1.87 you used io.KeysDownDuration[] (which was marked as internal), you should use GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration and *NOT* io.KeysData[key]->DownDuration. +struct ImGuiKeyData +{ + bool Down; // True for if key is down + float DownDuration; // Duration the key has been down (<0.0f: not pressed, 0.0f: just pressed, >0.0f: time held) + float DownDurationPrev; // Last frame duration the key has been down + float AnalogValue; // 0.0f..1.0f for gamepad values +}; + struct ImGuiIO { //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Configuration (fill once) // Default value + // Configuration // Default value //------------------------------------------------------------------ ImGuiConfigFlags ConfigFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiConfigFlags_ enum. Set by user/application. Gamepad/keyboard navigation options, etc. - ImGuiBackendFlags BackendFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiBackendFlags_ enum. Set by back-end (imgui_impl_xxx files or custom back-end) to communicate features supported by the back-end. - ImVec2 DisplaySize; // // Main display size, in pixels. This is for the default viewport. - float DeltaTime; // = 1.0f/60.0f // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds. + ImGuiBackendFlags BackendFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiBackendFlags_ enum. Set by backend (imgui_impl_xxx files or custom backend) to communicate features supported by the backend. + ImVec2 DisplaySize; // // Main display size, in pixels (generally == GetMainViewport()->Size). May change every frame. + float DeltaTime; // = 1.0f/60.0f // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds. May change every frame. float IniSavingRate; // = 5.0f // Minimum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds. - const char* IniFilename; // = "imgui.ini" // Path to .ini file. Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving, if e.g. you want to manually load/save from memory. + const char* IniFilename; // = "imgui.ini" // Path to .ini file (important: default "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir!). Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving or if you want to manually call LoadIniSettingsXXX() / SaveIniSettingsXXX() functions. const char* LogFilename; // = "imgui_log.txt"// Path to .log file (default parameter to ImGui::LogToFile when no file is specified). float MouseDoubleClickTime; // = 0.30f // Time for a double-click, in seconds. float MouseDoubleClickMaxDist; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels. float MouseDragThreshold; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging. - int KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // // Map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state. - float KeyRepeatDelay; // = 0.250f // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.). + float KeyRepeatDelay; // = 0.275f // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.). float KeyRepeatRate; // = 0.050f // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds. - void* UserData; // = NULL // Store your own data for retrieval by callbacks. + float HoverDelayNormal; // = 0.30 sec // Delay on hovering before IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal) returns true. + float HoverDelayShort; // = 0.10 sec // Delay on hovering before IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) returns true. + void* UserData; // = NULL // Store your own data. ImFontAtlas*Fonts; // // Font atlas: load, rasterize and pack one or more fonts into a single texture. float FontGlobalScale; // = 1.0f // Global scale all fonts @@ -1522,28 +2005,31 @@ struct ImGuiIO // Viewport options (when ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable is set) bool ConfigViewportsNoAutoMerge; // = false; // Set to make all floating imgui windows always create their own viewport. Otherwise, they are merged into the main host viewports when overlapping it. May also set ImGuiViewportFlags_NoAutoMerge on individual viewport. bool ConfigViewportsNoTaskBarIcon; // = false // Disable default OS task bar icon flag for secondary viewports. When a viewport doesn't want a task bar icon, ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon will be set on it. - bool ConfigViewportsNoDecoration; // = true // [BETA] Disable default OS window decoration flag for secondary viewports. When a viewport doesn't want window decorations, ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration will be set on it. Enabling decoration can create subsequent issues at OS levels (e.g. minimum window size). - bool ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent; // = false // Disable default OS parenting to main viewport for secondary viewports. By default, viewports are marked with ParentViewportId = , expecting the platform back-end to setup a parent/child relationship between the OS windows (some back-end may ignore this). Set to true if you want the default to be 0, then all viewports will be top-level OS windows. + bool ConfigViewportsNoDecoration; // = true // Disable default OS window decoration flag for secondary viewports. When a viewport doesn't want window decorations, ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration will be set on it. Enabling decoration can create subsequent issues at OS levels (e.g. minimum window size). + bool ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent; // = false // Disable default OS parenting to main viewport for secondary viewports. By default, viewports are marked with ParentViewportId = , expecting the platform backend to setup a parent/child relationship between the OS windows (some backend may ignore this). Set to true if you want the default to be 0, then all viewports will be top-level OS windows. // Miscellaneous options - bool MouseDrawCursor; // = false // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by back-end implementations. - bool ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl (was called io.OptMacOSXBehaviors prior to 1.63) - bool ConfigInputTextCursorBlink; // = true // Set to false to disable blinking cursor, for users who consider it distracting. (was called: io.OptCursorBlink prior to 1.63) + bool MouseDrawCursor; // = false // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by backend implementations. + bool ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl. + bool ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue; // = true // Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates. + bool ConfigInputTextCursorBlink; // = true // Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting). + bool ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive; // = false // [BETA] Pressing Enter will keep item active and select contents (single-line only). + bool ConfigDragClickToInputText; // = false // [BETA] Enable turning DragXXX widgets into text input with a simple mouse click-release (without moving). Not desirable on devices without a keyboard. bool ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges; // = true // Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner. This requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback. (This used to be a per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide flag) - bool ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false // [BETA] Set to true to only allow moving windows when clicked+dragged from the title bar. Windows without a title bar are not affected. - float ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer;// = 60.0f // [BETA] Compact window memory usage when unused. Set to -1.0f to disable. + bool ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false // Enable allowing to move windows only when clicking on their title bar. Does not apply to windows without a title bar. + float ConfigMemoryCompactTimer; // = 60.0f // Timer (in seconds) to free transient windows/tables memory buffers when unused. Set to -1.0f to disable. //------------------------------------------------------------------ // Platform Functions - // (the imgui_impl_xxxx back-end files are setting those up for you) + // (the imgui_impl_xxxx backend files are setting those up for you) //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Optional: Platform/Renderer back-end name (informational only! will be displayed in About Window) + User data for back-end/wrappers to store their own stuff. + // Optional: Platform/Renderer backend name (informational only! will be displayed in About Window) + User data for backend/wrappers to store their own stuff. const char* BackendPlatformName; // = NULL const char* BackendRendererName; // = NULL - void* BackendPlatformUserData; // = NULL // User data for platform back-end - void* BackendRendererUserData; // = NULL // User data for renderer back-end - void* BackendLanguageUserData; // = NULL // User data for non C++ programming language back-end + void* BackendPlatformUserData; // = NULL // User data for platform backend + void* BackendRendererUserData; // = NULL // User data for renderer backend + void* BackendLanguageUserData; // = NULL // User data for non C++ programming language backend // Optional: Access OS clipboard // (default to use native Win32 clipboard on Windows, otherwise uses a private clipboard. Override to access OS clipboard on other architectures) @@ -1551,36 +2037,35 @@ struct ImGuiIO void (*SetClipboardTextFn)(void* user_data, const char* text); void* ClipboardUserData; + // Optional: Notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME on Windows) + // (default to use native imm32 api on Windows) + void (*SetPlatformImeDataFn)(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - // [OBSOLETE since 1.60+] Rendering function, will be automatically called in Render(). Please call your rendering function yourself now! - // You can obtain the ImDrawData* by calling ImGui::GetDrawData() after Render(). See example applications if you are unsure of how to implement this. - void (*RenderDrawListsFn)(ImDrawData* data); + void* ImeWindowHandle; // = NULL // [Obsolete] Set ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw instead. Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning. #else - // This is only here to keep ImGuiIO the same size/layout, so that IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS can exceptionally be used outside of imconfig.h. - void* RenderDrawListsFnUnused; + void* _UnusedPadding; // Unused field to keep data structure the same size. #endif //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Input - Fill before calling NewFrame() + // Input - Call before calling NewFrame() //------------------------------------------------------------------ - ImVec2 MousePos; // Mouse position, in pixels. Set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) if mouse is unavailable (on another screen, etc.) - bool MouseDown[5]; // Mouse buttons: 0=left, 1=right, 2=middle + extras. ImGui itself mostly only uses left button (BeginPopupContext** are using right button). Others buttons allows us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API. - float MouseWheel; // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text. - float MouseWheelH; // Mouse wheel Horizontal. Most users don't have a mouse with an horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all back-ends. - ImGuiID MouseHoveredViewport; // (Optional) When using multiple viewports: viewport the OS mouse cursor is hovering _IGNORING_ viewports with the ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs flag, and _REGARDLESS_ of whether another viewport is focused. Set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport if you can provide this info. If you don't imgui will infer the value using the rectangles and last focused time of the viewports it knows about (ignoring other OS windows). - bool KeyCtrl; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Control - bool KeyShift; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Shift - bool KeyAlt; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Alt - bool KeySuper; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Cmd/Super/Windows - bool KeysDown[512]; // Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys). - float NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; // Gamepad inputs. Cleared back to zero by EndFrame(). Keyboard keys will be auto-mapped and be written here by NewFrame(). + // Input Functions + IMGUI_API void AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down); // Queue a new key down/up event. Key should be "translated" (as in, generally ImGuiKey_A matches the key end-user would use to emit an 'A' character) + IMGUI_API void AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float v); // Queue a new key down/up event for analog values (e.g. ImGuiKey_Gamepad_ values). Dead-zones should be handled by the backend. + IMGUI_API void AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y); // Queue a mouse position update. Use -FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX to signify no mouse (e.g. app not focused and not hovered) + IMGUI_API void AddMouseButtonEvent(int button, bool down); // Queue a mouse button change + IMGUI_API void AddMouseWheelEvent(float wh_x, float wh_y); // Queue a mouse wheel update + IMGUI_API void AddMouseViewportEvent(ImGuiID id); // Queue a mouse hovered viewport. Requires backend to set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport to call this (for multi-viewport support). + IMGUI_API void AddFocusEvent(bool focused); // Queue a gain/loss of focus for the application (generally based on OS/platform focus of your window) + IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c); // Queue a new character input + IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c); // Queue a new character input from a UTF-16 character, it can be a surrogate + IMGUI_API void AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* str); // Queue a new characters input from a UTF-8 string - // Functions - IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c); // Queue new character input - IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c); // Queue new character input from an UTF-16 character, it can be a surrogate - IMGUI_API void AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* str); // Queue new characters input from an UTF-8 string - IMGUI_API void ClearInputCharacters(); // Clear the text input buffer manually + IMGUI_API void SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index = -1); // [Optional] Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices + specify native keycode, scancode. + IMGUI_API void SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events); // Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen. + IMGUI_API void ClearInputCharacters(); // [Internal] Clear the text input buffer manually + IMGUI_API void ClearInputKeys(); // [Internal] Release all keys //------------------------------------------------------------------ // Output - Updated by NewFrame() or EndFrame()/Render() @@ -1588,58 +2073,87 @@ struct ImGuiIO // generally easier and more correct to use their state BEFORE calling NewFrame(). See FAQ for details!) //------------------------------------------------------------------ - bool WantCaptureMouse; // Set when Dear ImGui will use mouse inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass on mouse inputs to imgui). (e.g. unclicked mouse is hovering over an imgui window, widget is active, mouse was clicked over an imgui window, etc.). - bool WantCaptureKeyboard; // Set when Dear ImGui will use keyboard inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass keyboard inputs to imgui). (e.g. InputText active, or an imgui window is focused and navigation is enabled, etc.). - bool WantTextInput; // Mobile/console: when set, you may display an on-screen keyboard. This is set by Dear ImGui when it wants textual keyboard input to happen (e.g. when a InputText widget is active). - bool WantSetMousePos; // MousePos has been altered, back-end should reposition mouse on next frame. Rarely used! Set only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag is enabled. - bool WantSaveIniSettings; // When manual .ini load/save is active (io.IniFilename == NULL), this will be set to notify your application that you can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory() and save yourself. Important: clear io.WantSaveIniSettings yourself after saving! - bool NavActive; // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is currently allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events) = a window is focused and it doesn't use the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag. - bool NavVisible; // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is visible and allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events). - float Framerate; // Application framerate estimate, in frame per second. Solely for convenience. Rolling average estimation based on io.DeltaTime over 120 frames. - int MetricsRenderVertices; // Vertices output during last call to Render() - int MetricsRenderIndices; // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3 - int MetricsRenderWindows; // Number of visible windows - int MetricsActiveWindows; // Number of active windows - int MetricsActiveAllocations; // Number of active allocations, updated by MemAlloc/MemFree based on current context. May be off if you have multiple imgui contexts. - ImVec2 MouseDelta; // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are invalid (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX), so a disappearing/reappearing mouse won't have a huge delta. + bool WantCaptureMouse; // Set when Dear ImGui will use mouse inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass on mouse inputs to imgui). (e.g. unclicked mouse is hovering over an imgui window, widget is active, mouse was clicked over an imgui window, etc.). + bool WantCaptureKeyboard; // Set when Dear ImGui will use keyboard inputs, in this case do not dispatch them to your main game/application (either way, always pass keyboard inputs to imgui). (e.g. InputText active, or an imgui window is focused and navigation is enabled, etc.). + bool WantTextInput; // Mobile/console: when set, you may display an on-screen keyboard. This is set by Dear ImGui when it wants textual keyboard input to happen (e.g. when a InputText widget is active). + bool WantSetMousePos; // MousePos has been altered, backend should reposition mouse on next frame. Rarely used! Set only when ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag is enabled. + bool WantSaveIniSettings; // When manual .ini load/save is active (io.IniFilename == NULL), this will be set to notify your application that you can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory() and save yourself. Important: clear io.WantSaveIniSettings yourself after saving! + bool NavActive; // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is currently allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events) = a window is focused and it doesn't use the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag. + bool NavVisible; // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation is visible and allowed (will handle ImGuiKey_NavXXX events). + float Framerate; // Estimate of application framerate (rolling average over 60 frames, based on io.DeltaTime), in frame per second. Solely for convenience. Slow applications may not want to use a moving average or may want to reset underlying buffers occasionally. + int MetricsRenderVertices; // Vertices output during last call to Render() + int MetricsRenderIndices; // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3 + int MetricsRenderWindows; // Number of visible windows + int MetricsActiveWindows; // Number of active windows + int MetricsActiveAllocations; // Number of active allocations, updated by MemAlloc/MemFree based on current context. May be off if you have multiple imgui contexts. + ImVec2 MouseDelta; // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are invalid (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX), so a disappearing/reappearing mouse won't have a huge delta. + + // Legacy: before 1.87, we required backend to fill io.KeyMap[] (imgui->native map) during initialization and io.KeysDown[] (native indices) every frame. + // This is still temporarily supported as a legacy feature. However the new preferred scheme is for backend to call io.AddKeyEvent(). + // Old (<1.87): ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space]) --> New (1.87+) ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + int KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Input: map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array which represent your "native" keyboard state. The first 512 are now unused and should be kept zero. Legacy backend will write into KeyMap[] using ImGuiKey_ indices which are always >512. + bool KeysDown[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Input: Keyboard keys that are pressed (ideally left in the "native" order your engine has access to keyboard keys, so you can use your own defines/enums for keys). This used to be [512] sized. It is now ImGuiKey_COUNT to allow legacy io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex(...)] to work without an overflow. + float NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; // [LEGACY] Since 1.88, NavInputs[] was removed. Backends from 1.60 to 1.86 won't build. Feed gamepad inputs via io.AddKeyEvent() and ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX enums. +#endif //------------------------------------------------------------------ // [Internal] Dear ImGui will maintain those fields. Forward compatibility not guaranteed! //------------------------------------------------------------------ - ImGuiKeyModFlags KeyMods; // Key mods flags (same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags), updated by NewFrame() - ImVec2 MousePosPrev; // Previous mouse position (note that MouseDelta is not necessary == MousePos-MousePosPrev, in case either position is invalid) - ImVec2 MouseClickedPos[5]; // Position at time of clicking - double MouseClickedTime[5]; // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click) - bool MouseClicked[5]; // Mouse button went from !Down to Down - bool MouseDoubleClicked[5]; // Has mouse button been double-clicked? - bool MouseReleased[5]; // Mouse button went from Down to !Down - bool MouseDownOwned[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds. - bool MouseDownWasDoubleClick[5]; // Track if button down was a double-click - float MouseDownDuration[5]; // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked) - float MouseDownDurationPrev[5]; // Previous time the mouse button has been down - ImVec2 MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[5]; // Maximum distance, absolute, on each axis, of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point - float MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5]; // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point - float KeysDownDuration[512]; // Duration the keyboard key has been down (0.0f == just pressed) - float KeysDownDurationPrev[512]; // Previous duration the key has been down - float NavInputsDownDuration[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; - float NavInputsDownDurationPrev[ImGuiNavInput_COUNT]; - ImWchar16 InputQueueSurrogate; // For AddInputCharacterUTF16 - ImVector InputQueueCharacters; // Queue of _characters_ input (obtained by platform back-end). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper. + // Main Input State + // (this block used to be written by backend, since 1.87 it is best to NOT write to those directly, call the AddXXX functions above instead) + // (reading from those variables is fair game, as they are extremely unlikely to be moving anywhere) + ImVec2 MousePos; // Mouse position, in pixels. Set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX) if mouse is unavailable (on another screen, etc.) + bool MouseDown[5]; // Mouse buttons: 0=left, 1=right, 2=middle + extras (ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT == 5). Dear ImGui mostly uses left and right buttons. Other buttons allow us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API. + float MouseWheel; // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text. + float MouseWheelH; // Mouse wheel Horizontal. Most users don't have a mouse with a horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all backends. + ImGuiID MouseHoveredViewport; // (Optional) Modify using io.AddMouseViewportEvent(). With multi-viewports: viewport the OS mouse is hovering. If possible _IGNORING_ viewports with the ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs flag is much better (few backends can handle that). Set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport if you can provide this info. If you don't imgui will infer the value using the rectangles and last focused time of the viewports it knows about (ignoring other OS windows). + bool KeyCtrl; // Keyboard modifier down: Control + bool KeyShift; // Keyboard modifier down: Shift + bool KeyAlt; // Keyboard modifier down: Alt + bool KeySuper; // Keyboard modifier down: Cmd/Super/Windows + + // Other state maintained from data above + IO function calls + ImGuiKeyChord KeyMods; // Key mods flags (any of ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Super flags, same as io.KeyCtrl/KeyShift/KeyAlt/KeySuper but merged into flags. DOES NOT CONTAINS ImGuiMod_Shortcut which is pretranslated). Read-only, updated by NewFrame() + ImGuiKeyData KeysData[ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE]; // Key state for all known keys. Use IsKeyXXX() functions to access this. + bool WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose; // Alternative to WantCaptureMouse: (WantCaptureMouse == true && WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose == false) when a click over void is expected to close a popup. + ImVec2 MousePosPrev; // Previous mouse position (note that MouseDelta is not necessary == MousePos-MousePosPrev, in case either position is invalid) + ImVec2 MouseClickedPos[5]; // Position at time of clicking + double MouseClickedTime[5]; // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click) + bool MouseClicked[5]; // Mouse button went from !Down to Down (same as MouseClickedCount[x] != 0) + bool MouseDoubleClicked[5]; // Has mouse button been double-clicked? (same as MouseClickedCount[x] == 2) + ImU16 MouseClickedCount[5]; // == 0 (not clicked), == 1 (same as MouseClicked[]), == 2 (double-clicked), == 3 (triple-clicked) etc. when going from !Down to Down + ImU16 MouseClickedLastCount[5]; // Count successive number of clicks. Stays valid after mouse release. Reset after another click is done. + bool MouseReleased[5]; // Mouse button went from Down to !Down + bool MouseDownOwned[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window or over void blocked by a popup. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds. + bool MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window. + float MouseDownDuration[5]; // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked) + float MouseDownDurationPrev[5]; // Previous time the mouse button has been down + ImVec2 MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[5]; // Maximum distance, absolute, on each axis, of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point + float MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5]; // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point (used for moving thresholds) + float PenPressure; // Touch/Pen pressure (0.0f to 1.0f, should be >0.0f only when MouseDown[0] == true). Helper storage currently unused by Dear ImGui. + bool AppFocusLost; // Only modify via AddFocusEvent() + bool AppAcceptingEvents; // Only modify via SetAppAcceptingEvents() + ImS8 BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays; // -1: unknown, 0: using AddKeyEvent(), 1: using legacy io.KeysDown[] + bool BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray; // 0: using AddKeyAnalogEvent(), 1: writing to legacy io.NavInputs[] directly + ImWchar16 InputQueueSurrogate; // For AddInputCharacterUTF16() + ImVector InputQueueCharacters; // Queue of _characters_ input (obtained by platform backend). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper. IMGUI_API ImGuiIO(); }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Misc data structures +// [SECTION] Misc data structures //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Shared state of InputText(), passed as an argument to your callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used. // The callback function should return 0 by default. // Callbacks (follow a flag name and see comments in ImGuiInputTextFlags_ declarations for more details) +// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit: Callback on buffer edit (note that InputText() already returns true on edit, the callback is useful mainly to manipulate the underlying buffer while focus is active) +// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways: Callback on each iteration // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion: Callback on pressing TAB // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory: Callback on pressing Up/Down arrows -// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways: Callback on each iteration // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter: Callback on character inputs to replace or discard them. Modify 'EventChar' to replace or discard, or return 1 in callback to discard. // - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize: Callback on buffer capacity changes request (beyond 'buf_size' parameter value), allowing the string to grow. struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData @@ -1666,14 +2180,16 @@ struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextCallbackData(); IMGUI_API void DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count); IMGUI_API void InsertChars(int pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); - bool HasSelection() const { return SelectionStart != SelectionEnd; } + void SelectAll() { SelectionStart = 0; SelectionEnd = BufTextLen; } + void ClearSelection() { SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = BufTextLen; } + bool HasSelection() const { return SelectionStart != SelectionEnd; } }; // Resizing callback data to apply custom constraint. As enabled by SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Callback is called during the next Begin(). // NB: For basic min/max size constraint on each axis you don't need to use the callback! The SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() parameters are enough. struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData { - void* UserData; // Read-only. What user passed to SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() + void* UserData; // Read-only. What user passed to SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Generally store an integer or float in here (need reinterpret_cast<>). ImVec2 Pos; // Read-only. Window position, for reference. ImVec2 CurrentSize; // Read-only. Current window size. ImVec2 DesiredSize; // Read-write. Desired size, based on user's mouse position. Write to this field to restrain resizing. @@ -1683,21 +2199,21 @@ struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData // Important: the content of this class is still highly WIP and likely to change and be refactored // before we stabilize Docking features. Please be mindful if using this. // Provide hints: -// - To the platform back-end via altered viewport flags (enable/disable OS decoration, OS task bar icons, etc.) -// - To the platform back-end for OS level parent/child relationships of viewport. +// - To the platform backend via altered viewport flags (enable/disable OS decoration, OS task bar icons, etc.) +// - To the platform backend for OS level parent/child relationships of viewport. // - To the docking system for various options and filtering. struct ImGuiWindowClass { ImGuiID ClassId; // User data. 0 = Default class (unclassed). Windows of different classes cannot be docked with each others. - ImGuiID ParentViewportId; // Hint for the platform back-end. If non-zero, the platform back-end can create a parent<>child relationship between the platform windows. Not conforming back-ends are free to e.g. parent every viewport to the main viewport or not. + ImGuiID ParentViewportId; // Hint for the platform backend. -1: use default. 0: request platform backend to not parent the platform. != 0: request platform backend to create a parent<>child relationship between the platform windows. Not conforming backends are free to e.g. parent every viewport to the main viewport or not. ImGuiViewportFlags ViewportFlagsOverrideSet; // Viewport flags to set when a window of this class owns a viewport. This allows you to enforce OS decoration or task bar icon, override the defaults on a per-window basis. ImGuiViewportFlags ViewportFlagsOverrideClear; // Viewport flags to clear when a window of this class owns a viewport. This allows you to enforce OS decoration or task bar icon, override the defaults on a per-window basis. + ImGuiTabItemFlags TabItemFlagsOverrideSet; // [EXPERIMENTAL] TabItem flags to set when a window of this class gets submitted into a dock node tab bar. May use with ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading or ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing. ImGuiDockNodeFlags DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet; // [EXPERIMENTAL] Dock node flags to set when a window of this class is hosted by a dock node (it doesn't have to be selected!) - ImGuiDockNodeFlags DockNodeFlagsOverrideClear; // [EXPERIMENTAL] bool DockingAlwaysTabBar; // Set to true to enforce single floating windows of this class always having their own docking node (equivalent of setting the global io.ConfigDockingAlwaysTabBar) - bool DockingAllowUnclassed; // Set to true to allow windows of this class to be docked/merged with an unclassed window. + bool DockingAllowUnclassed; // Set to true to allow windows of this class to be docked/merged with an unclassed window. // FIXME-DOCK: Move to DockNodeFlags override? - ImGuiWindowClass() { ClassId = 0; ParentViewportId = 0; ViewportFlagsOverrideSet = ViewportFlagsOverrideClear = 0x00; DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet = DockNodeFlagsOverrideClear = 0x00; DockingAlwaysTabBar = false; DockingAllowUnclassed = true; } + ImGuiWindowClass() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ParentViewportId = (ImGuiID)-1; DockingAllowUnclassed = true; } }; // Data payload for Drag and Drop operations: AcceptDragDropPayload(), GetDragDropPayload() @@ -1711,7 +2227,7 @@ struct ImGuiPayload ImGuiID SourceId; // Source item id ImGuiID SourceParentId; // Source parent id (if available) int DataFrameCount; // Data timestamp - char DataType[32+1]; // Data type tag (short user-supplied string, 32 characters max) + char DataType[32 + 1]; // Data type tag (short user-supplied string, 32 characters max) bool Preview; // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse has been hovering the target item (nb: handle overlapping drag targets) bool Delivery; // Set when AcceptDragDropPayload() was called and mouse button is released over the target item. @@ -1722,42 +2238,32 @@ struct ImGuiPayload bool IsDelivery() const { return Delivery; } }; -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Obsolete functions (Will be removed! Read 'API BREAKING CHANGES' section in imgui.cpp for details) -// Please keep your copy of dear imgui up to date! Occasionally set '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h to stay ahead. -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -namespace ImGui +// Sorting specification for one column of a table (sizeof == 12 bytes) +struct ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs { - // OBSOLETED in 1.72 (from July 2019) - static inline void TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() { SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.71 (from June 2019) - static inline void SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool open, ImGuiCond cond = 0) { SetNextItemOpen(open, cond); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.70 (from May 2019) - static inline float GetContentRegionAvailWidth() { return GetContentRegionAvail().x; } - // OBSOLETED in 1.69 (from Mar 2019) - static inline ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList() { return GetForegroundDrawList(); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.66 (from Sep 2018) - static inline void SetScrollHere(float center_ratio=0.5f){ SetScrollHereY(center_ratio); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (between Aug 2018 and Sept 2018) - static inline bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() { return IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); } - // OBSOLETED in 1.61 (between Apr 2018 and Aug 2018) - IMGUI_API bool InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); // Use the 'const char* format' version instead of 'decimal_precision'! - IMGUI_API bool InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0); - // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (between Dec 2017 and Apr 2018) - static inline bool IsAnyWindowFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow); } - static inline bool IsAnyWindowHovered() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); } - static inline ImVec2 CalcItemRectClosestPoint(const ImVec2& pos, bool on_edge = false, float outward = 0.f) { IM_UNUSED(on_edge); IM_UNUSED(outward); IM_ASSERT(0); return pos; } -} -typedef ImGuiInputTextCallback ImGuiTextEditCallback; // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (from Aug 2018): made the names consistent -typedef ImGuiInputTextCallbackData ImGuiTextEditCallbackData; -#endif + ImGuiID ColumnUserID; // User id of the column (if specified by a TableSetupColumn() call) + ImS16 ColumnIndex; // Index of the column + ImS16 SortOrder; // Index within parent ImGuiTableSortSpecs (always stored in order starting from 0, tables sorted on a single criteria will always have a 0 here) + ImGuiSortDirection SortDirection : 8; // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending (you can use this or SortSign, whichever is more convenient for your sort function) + + ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +// Sorting specifications for a table (often handling sort specs for a single column, occasionally more) +// Obtained by calling TableGetSortSpecs(). +// When 'SpecsDirty == true' you can sort your data. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since last call, or the first time. +// Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, else you may wastefully sort your data every frame! +struct ImGuiTableSortSpecs +{ + const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* Specs; // Pointer to sort spec array. + int SpecsCount; // Sort spec count. Most often 1. May be > 1 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti is enabled. May be == 0 when ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate is enabled. + bool SpecsDirty; // Set to true when specs have changed since last time! Use this to sort again, then clear the flag. + + ImGuiTableSortSpecs() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helpers +// [SECTION] Helpers (ImGuiOnceUponAFrame, ImGuiTextFilter, ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiStorage, ImGuiListClipper, ImColor) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Helper: Unicode defines @@ -1768,7 +2274,7 @@ typedef ImGuiInputTextCallbackData ImGuiTextEditCallbackData; #define IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX 0xFFFF // Maximum Unicode code point supported by this build. #endif -// Helper: Execute a block of code at maximum once a frame. Convenient if you want to quickly create an UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times every frame. +// Helper: Execute a block of code at maximum once a frame. Convenient if you want to quickly create a UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times every frame. // Usage: static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame oaf; if (oaf) ImGui::Text("This will be called only once per frame"); struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame { @@ -1876,40 +2382,53 @@ struct ImGuiStorage }; // Helper: Manually clip large list of items. -// If you are submitting lots of evenly spaced items and you have a random access to the list, you can perform coarse clipping based on visibility to save yourself from processing those items at all. +// If you have lots evenly spaced items and you have random access to the list, you can perform coarse +// clipping based on visibility to only submit items that are in view. // The clipper calculates the range of visible items and advance the cursor to compensate for the non-visible items we have skipped. -// ImGui already clip items based on their bounds but it needs to measure text size to do so. Coarse clipping before submission makes this cost and your own data fetching/submission cost null. +// (Dear ImGui already clip items based on their bounds but: it needs to first layout the item to do so, and generally +// fetching/submitting your own data incurs additional cost. Coarse clipping using ImGuiListClipper allows you to easily +// scale using lists with tens of thousands of items without a problem) // Usage: -// ImGuiListClipper clipper(1000); // we have 1000 elements, evenly spaced. -// while (clipper.Step()) -// for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) -// ImGui::Text("line number %d", i); -// - Step 0: the clipper let you process the first element, regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height (step skipped if we passed a known height as second arg to constructor). -// - Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element, calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element. -// - (Step 2: dummy step only required if an explicit items_height was passed to constructor or Begin() and user call Step(). Does nothing and switch to Step 3.) -// - Step 3: the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop. +// ImGuiListClipper clipper; +// clipper.Begin(1000); // We have 1000 elements, evenly spaced. +// while (clipper.Step()) +// for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) +// ImGui::Text("line number %d", i); +// Generally what happens is: +// - Clipper lets you process the first element (DisplayStart = 0, DisplayEnd = 1) regardless of it being visible or not. +// - User code submit that one element. +// - Clipper can measure the height of the first element +// - Clipper calculate the actual range of elements to display based on the current clipping rectangle, position the cursor before the first visible element. +// - User code submit visible elements. +// - The clipper also handles various subtleties related to keyboard/gamepad navigation, wrapping etc. struct ImGuiListClipper { - int DisplayStart, DisplayEnd; - int ItemsCount; + int DisplayStart; // First item to display, updated by each call to Step() + int DisplayEnd; // End of items to display (exclusive) + int ItemsCount; // [Internal] Number of items + float ItemsHeight; // [Internal] Height of item after a first step and item submission can calculate it + float StartPosY; // [Internal] Cursor position at the time of Begin() or after table frozen rows are all processed + void* TempData; // [Internal] Internal data - // [Internal] - int StepNo; - float ItemsHeight; - float StartPosY; - - // items_count: Use -1 to ignore (you can call Begin later). Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step). + // items_count: Use INT_MAX if you don't know how many items you have (in which case the cursor won't be advanced in the final step) // items_height: Use -1.0f to be calculated automatically on first step. Otherwise pass in the distance between your items, typically GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(). - // If you don't specify an items_height, you NEED to call Step(). If you specify items_height you may call the old Begin()/End() api directly, but prefer calling Step(). - ImGuiListClipper(int items_count = -1, float items_height = -1.0f) { Begin(items_count, items_height); } // NB: Begin() initialize every fields (as we allow user to call Begin/End multiple times on a same instance if they want). - ~ImGuiListClipper() { IM_ASSERT(ItemsCount == -1); } // Assert if user forgot to call End() or Step() until false. + IMGUI_API ImGuiListClipper(); + IMGUI_API ~ImGuiListClipper(); + IMGUI_API void Begin(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f); + IMGUI_API void End(); // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false. + IMGUI_API bool Step(); // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items. - IMGUI_API bool Step(); // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items. - IMGUI_API void Begin(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f); // Automatically called by constructor if you passed 'items_count' or by Step() in Step 1. - IMGUI_API void End(); // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false. + // Call ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() before first call to Step() if you need a range of items to be displayed regardless of visibility. + IMGUI_API void ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_min, int item_max); // item_max is exclusive e.g. use (42, 42+1) to make item 42 always visible BUT due to alignment/padding of certain items it is likely that an extra item may be included on either end of the display range. + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + inline ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ItemsCount = -1; Begin(items_count, items_height); } // [removed in 1.79] +#endif }; // Helpers macros to generate 32-bit encoded colors +// User can declare their own format by #defining the 5 _SHIFT/_MASK macros in their imconfig file. +#ifndef IM_COL32_R_SHIFT #ifdef IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR #define IM_COL32_R_SHIFT 16 #define IM_COL32_G_SHIFT 8 @@ -1923,6 +2442,7 @@ struct ImGuiListClipper #define IM_COL32_A_SHIFT 24 #define IM_COL32_A_MASK 0xFF000000 #endif +#endif #define IM_COL32(R,G,B,A) (((ImU32)(A)<>IM_COL32_R_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; Value.y = (float)((rgba>>IM_COL32_G_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; Value.z = (float)((rgba>>IM_COL32_B_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; Value.w = (float)((rgba>>IM_COL32_A_SHIFT)&0xFF) * sc; } - ImColor(float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f) { Value.x = r; Value.y = g; Value.z = b; Value.w = a; } - ImColor(const ImVec4& col) { Value = col; } + constexpr ImColor() { } + constexpr ImColor(float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f) : Value(r, g, b, a) { } + constexpr ImColor(const ImVec4& col) : Value(col) {} + ImColor(int r, int g, int b, int a = 255) { float sc = 1.0f / 255.0f; Value.x = (float)r * sc; Value.y = (float)g * sc; Value.z = (float)b * sc; Value.w = (float)a * sc; } + ImColor(ImU32 rgba) { float sc = 1.0f / 255.0f; Value.x = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.y = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.z = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.w = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; } inline operator ImU32() const { return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(Value); } inline operator ImVec4() const { return Value; } // FIXME-OBSOLETE: May need to obsolete/cleanup those helpers. inline void SetHSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f){ ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, Value.x, Value.y, Value.z); Value.w = a; } - static ImColor HSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f) { float r,g,b; ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, r, g, b); return ImColor(r,g,b,a); } + static ImColor HSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f) { float r, g, b; ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, r, g, b); return ImColor(r, g, b, a); } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Draw List API (ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) +// [SECTION] Drawing API (ImDrawCmd, ImDrawIdx, ImDrawVert, ImDrawChannel, ImDrawListSplitter, ImDrawListFlags, ImDrawList, ImDrawData) // Hold a series of drawing commands. The user provides a renderer for ImDrawData which essentially contains an array of ImDrawList. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// The maximum line width to bake anti-aliased textures for. Build atlas with ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines to disable baking. +#ifndef IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX +#define IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX (63) +#endif + // ImDrawCallback: Draw callbacks for advanced uses [configurable type: override in imconfig.h] // NB: You most likely do NOT need to use draw callbacks just to create your own widget or customized UI rendering, // you can poke into the draw list for that! Draw callback may be useful for example to: // A) Change your GPU render state, // B) render a complex 3D scene inside a UI element without an intermediate texture/render target, etc. // The expected behavior from your rendering function is 'if (cmd.UserCallback != NULL) { cmd.UserCallback(parent_list, cmd); } else { RenderTriangles() }' -// If you want to override the signature of ImDrawCallback, you can simply use e.g. '#define ImDrawCallback MyDrawCallback' (in imconfig.h) + update rendering back-end accordingly. +// If you want to override the signature of ImDrawCallback, you can simply use e.g. '#define ImDrawCallback MyDrawCallback' (in imconfig.h) + update rendering backend accordingly. #ifndef ImDrawCallback typedef void (*ImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* parent_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd); #endif -// Special Draw callback value to request renderer back-end to reset the graphics/render state. -// The renderer back-end needs to handle this special value, otherwise it will crash trying to call a function at this address. +// Special Draw callback value to request renderer backend to reset the graphics/render state. +// The renderer backend needs to handle this special value, otherwise it will crash trying to call a function at this address. // This is useful for example if you submitted callbacks which you know have altered the render state and you want it to be restored. // It is not done by default because they are many perfectly useful way of altering render state for imgui contents (e.g. changing shader/blending settings before an Image call). #define ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState (ImDrawCallback)(-1) // Typically, 1 command = 1 GPU draw call (unless command is a callback) -// Pre 1.71 back-ends will typically ignore the VtxOffset/IdxOffset fields. When 'io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' -// is enabled, those fields allow us to render meshes larger than 64K vertices while keeping 16-bit indices. +// - VtxOffset: When 'io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled, +// this fields allow us to render meshes larger than 64K vertices while keeping 16-bit indices. +// Backends made for <1.71. will typically ignore the VtxOffset fields. +// - The ClipRect/TextureId/VtxOffset fields must be contiguous as we memcmp() them together (this is asserted for). struct ImDrawCmd { - unsigned int ElemCount; // Number of indices (multiple of 3) to be rendered as triangles. Vertices are stored in the callee ImDrawList's vtx_buffer[] array, indices in idx_buffer[]. - ImVec4 ClipRect; // Clipping rectangle (x1, y1, x2, y2). Subtract ImDrawData->DisplayPos to get clipping rectangle in "viewport" coordinates - ImTextureID TextureId; // User-provided texture ID. Set by user in ImfontAtlas::SetTexID() for fonts or passed to Image*() functions. Ignore if never using images or multiple fonts atlas. - unsigned int VtxOffset; // Start offset in vertex buffer. Pre-1.71 or without ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset: always 0. With ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset: may be >0 to support meshes larger than 64K vertices with 16-bit indices. - unsigned int IdxOffset; // Start offset in index buffer. Always equal to sum of ElemCount drawn so far. - ImDrawCallback UserCallback; // If != NULL, call the function instead of rendering the vertices. clip_rect and texture_id will be set normally. - void* UserCallbackData; // The draw callback code can access this. + ImVec4 ClipRect; // 4*4 // Clipping rectangle (x1, y1, x2, y2). Subtract ImDrawData->DisplayPos to get clipping rectangle in "viewport" coordinates + ImTextureID TextureId; // 4-8 // User-provided texture ID. Set by user in ImfontAtlas::SetTexID() for fonts or passed to Image*() functions. Ignore if never using images or multiple fonts atlas. + unsigned int VtxOffset; // 4 // Start offset in vertex buffer. ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset: always 0, otherwise may be >0 to support meshes larger than 64K vertices with 16-bit indices. + unsigned int IdxOffset; // 4 // Start offset in index buffer. + unsigned int ElemCount; // 4 // Number of indices (multiple of 3) to be rendered as triangles. Vertices are stored in the callee ImDrawList's vtx_buffer[] array, indices in idx_buffer[]. + ImDrawCallback UserCallback; // 4-8 // If != NULL, call the function instead of rendering the vertices. clip_rect and texture_id will be set normally. + void* UserCallbackData; // 4-8 // The draw callback code can access this. - ImDrawCmd() { ElemCount = 0; TextureId = (ImTextureID)NULL; VtxOffset = IdxOffset = 0; UserCallback = NULL; UserCallbackData = NULL; } + ImDrawCmd() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // Also ensure our padding fields are zeroed + + // Since 1.83: returns ImTextureID associated with this draw call. Warning: DO NOT assume this is always same as 'TextureId' (we will change this function for an upcoming feature) + inline ImTextureID GetTexID() const { return TextureId; } }; -// Vertex index, default to 16-bit -// To allow large meshes with 16-bit indices: set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' and handle ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset in the renderer back-end (recommended). -// To use 32-bit indices: override with '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' in imconfig.h. -#ifndef ImDrawIdx -typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx; -#endif - // Vertex layout #ifndef IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT struct ImDrawVert @@ -2005,27 +2528,36 @@ struct ImDrawVert #else // You can override the vertex format layout by defining IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT in imconfig.h // The code expect ImVec2 pos (8 bytes), ImVec2 uv (8 bytes), ImU32 col (4 bytes), but you can re-order them or add other fields as needed to simplify integration in your engine. -// The type has to be described within the macro (you can either declare the struct or use a typedef). This is because ImVec2/ImU32 are likely not declared a the time you'd want to set your type up. +// The type has to be described within the macro (you can either declare the struct or use a typedef). This is because ImVec2/ImU32 are likely not declared at the time you'd want to set your type up. // NOTE: IMGUI DOESN'T CLEAR THE STRUCTURE AND DOESN'T CALL A CONSTRUCTOR SO ANY CUSTOM FIELD WILL BE UNINITIALIZED. IF YOU ADD EXTRA FIELDS (SUCH AS A 'Z' COORDINATES) YOU WILL NEED TO CLEAR THEM DURING RENDER OR TO IGNORE THEM. IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT; #endif -// For use by ImDrawListSplitter. +// [Internal] For use by ImDrawList +struct ImDrawCmdHeader +{ + ImVec4 ClipRect; + ImTextureID TextureId; + unsigned int VtxOffset; +}; + +// [Internal] For use by ImDrawListSplitter struct ImDrawChannel { ImVector _CmdBuffer; ImVector _IdxBuffer; }; + // Split/Merge functions are used to split the draw list into different layers which can be drawn into out of order. -// This is used by the Columns api, so items of each column can be batched together in a same draw call. +// This is used by the Columns/Tables API, so items of each column can be batched together in a same draw call. struct ImDrawListSplitter { int _Current; // Current channel number (0) int _Count; // Number of active channels (1+) ImVector _Channels; // Draw channels (not resized down so _Count might be < Channels.Size) - inline ImDrawListSplitter() { Clear(); } + inline ImDrawListSplitter() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } inline ~ImDrawListSplitter() { ClearFreeMemory(); } inline void Clear() { _Current = 0; _Count = 1; } // Do not clear Channels[] so our allocations are reused next frame IMGUI_API void ClearFreeMemory(); @@ -2034,26 +2566,35 @@ struct ImDrawListSplitter IMGUI_API void SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channel_idx); }; -enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ +// Flags for ImDrawList functions +// (Legacy: bit 0 must always correspond to ImDrawFlags_Closed to be backward compatible with old API using a bool. Bits 1..3 must be unused) +enum ImDrawFlags_ { - ImDrawCornerFlags_None = 0, - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft = 1 << 0, // 0x1 - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight = 1 << 1, // 0x2 - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft = 1 << 2, // 0x4 - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight = 1 << 3, // 0x8 - ImDrawCornerFlags_Top = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight, // 0x3 - ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, // 0xC - ImDrawCornerFlags_Left = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft, // 0x5 - ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, // 0xA - ImDrawCornerFlags_All = 0xF // In your function calls you may use ~0 (= all bits sets) instead of ImDrawCornerFlags_All, as a convenience + ImDrawFlags_None = 0, + ImDrawFlags_Closed = 1 << 0, // PathStroke(), AddPolyline(): specify that shape should be closed (Important: this is always == 1 for legacy reason) + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft = 1 << 4, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding top-left corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x01. + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight = 1 << 5, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding top-right corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x02. + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft = 1 << 6, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding bottom-left corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Was 0x04. + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight = 1 << 7, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): enable rounding bottom-right corner only (when rounding > 0.0f, we default to all corners). Wax 0x08. + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone = 1 << 8, // AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect(): disable rounding on all corners (when rounding > 0.0f). This is NOT zero, NOT an implicit flag! + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight, + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft, + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight, + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_ = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Default to ALL corners if none of the _RoundCornersXX flags are specified. + ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_ = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone, }; +// Flags for ImDrawList instance. Those are set automatically by ImGui:: functions from ImGuiIO settings, and generally not manipulated directly. +// It is however possible to temporarily alter flags between calls to ImDrawList:: functions. enum ImDrawListFlags_ { - ImDrawListFlags_None = 0, - ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines = 1 << 0, // Lines are anti-aliased (*2 the number of triangles for 1.0f wide line, otherwise *3 the number of triangles) - ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill = 1 << 1, // Filled shapes have anti-aliased edges (*2 the number of vertices) - ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset = 1 << 2 // Can emit 'VtxOffset > 0' to allow large meshes. Set when 'ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled. + ImDrawListFlags_None = 0, + ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines = 1 << 0, // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders (*2 the number of triangles for 1.0f wide line or lines thin enough to be drawn using textures, otherwise *3 the number of triangles) + ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = 1 << 1, // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures when possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). + ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill = 1 << 2, // Enable anti-aliased edge around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles). + ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset = 1 << 3, // Can emit 'VtxOffset > 0' to allow large meshes. Set when 'ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset' is enabled. }; // Draw command list @@ -2062,7 +2603,8 @@ enum ImDrawListFlags_ // Each dear imgui window contains its own ImDrawList. You can use ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() to // access the current window draw list and draw custom primitives. // You can interleave normal ImGui:: calls and adding primitives to the current draw list. -// All positions are generally in pixel coordinates (generally top-left at 0,0, bottom-right at io.DisplaySize, unless multiple viewports are used), but you are totally free to apply whatever transformation matrix to want to the data (if you apply such transformation you'll want to apply it to ClipRect as well) +// In single viewport mode, top-left is == GetMainViewport()->Pos (generally 0,0), bottom-right is == GetMainViewport()->Pos+Size (generally io.DisplaySize). +// You are totally free to apply whatever transformation matrix to want to the data (depending on the use of the transformation you may want to apply it to ClipRect as well!) // Important: Primitives are always added to the list and not culled (culling is done at higher-level by ImGui:: functions), if you use this API a lot consider coarse culling your drawn objects. struct ImDrawList { @@ -2073,21 +2615,23 @@ struct ImDrawList ImDrawListFlags Flags; // Flags, you may poke into these to adjust anti-aliasing settings per-primitive. // [Internal, used while building lists] - const ImDrawListSharedData* _Data; // Pointer to shared draw data (you can use ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() to get the one from current ImGui context) + unsigned int _VtxCurrentIdx; // [Internal] generally == VtxBuffer.Size unless we are past 64K vertices, in which case this gets reset to 0. + ImDrawListSharedData* _Data; // Pointer to shared draw data (you can use ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() to get the one from current ImGui context) const char* _OwnerName; // Pointer to owner window's name for debugging - unsigned int _VtxCurrentOffset; // [Internal] Always 0 unless 'Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset'. - unsigned int _VtxCurrentIdx; // [Internal] Generally == VtxBuffer.Size unless we are past 64K vertices, in which case this gets reset to 0. ImDrawVert* _VtxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within VtxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much) ImDrawIdx* _IdxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within IdxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much) ImVector _ClipRectStack; // [Internal] ImVector _TextureIdStack; // [Internal] ImVector _Path; // [Internal] current path building - ImDrawListSplitter _Splitter; // [Internal] for channels api + ImDrawCmdHeader _CmdHeader; // [Internal] template of active commands. Fields should match those of CmdBuffer.back(). + ImDrawListSplitter _Splitter; // [Internal] for channels api (note: prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter!) + float _FringeScale; // [Internal] anti-alias fringe is scaled by this value, this helps to keep things sharp while zooming at vertex buffer content // If you want to create ImDrawList instances, pass them ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() or create and use your own ImDrawListSharedData (so you can use ImDrawList without ImGui) - ImDrawList(const ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { _Data = shared_data; _OwnerName = NULL; Clear(); } - ~ImDrawList() { ClearFreeMemory(); } - IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(ImVec2 clip_rect_min, ImVec2 clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect = false); // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling) + ImDrawList(ImDrawListSharedData* shared_data) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); _Data = shared_data; } + + ~ImDrawList() { _ClearFreeMemory(); } + IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect = false); // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling) IMGUI_API void PushClipRectFullScreen(); IMGUI_API void PopClipRect(); IMGUI_API void PushTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id); @@ -2096,27 +2640,30 @@ struct ImDrawList inline ImVec2 GetClipRectMax() const { const ImVec4& cr = _ClipRectStack.back(); return ImVec2(cr.z, cr.w); } // Primitives + // - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing. // - For rectangular primitives, "p_min" and "p_max" represent the upper-left and lower-right corners. // - For circle primitives, use "num_segments == 0" to automatically calculate tessellation (preferred). + // In older versions (until Dear ImGui 1.77) the AddCircle functions defaulted to num_segments == 12. // In future versions we will use textures to provide cheaper and higher-quality circles. - // Use AddNgon() and AddNgonFilled() functions if you need to guaranteed a specific number of sides. + // Use AddNgon() and AddNgonFilled() functions if you need to guarantee a specific number of sides. IMGUI_API void AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API void AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All, float thickness = 1.0f); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size), rounding_corners_flags: 4 bits corresponding to which corner to round - IMGUI_API void AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size) + IMGUI_API void AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size) + IMGUI_API void AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); // a: upper-left, b: lower-right (== upper-left + size) IMGUI_API void AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left); IMGUI_API void AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f); IMGUI_API void AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col); IMGUI_API void AddTriangle(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f); IMGUI_API void AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col); - IMGUI_API void AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 12, float thickness = 1.0f); - IMGUI_API void AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 12); + IMGUI_API void AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 0, float thickness = 1.0f); + IMGUI_API void AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 0); IMGUI_API void AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness = 1.0f); IMGUI_API void AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments); IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL); IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, float wrap_width = 0.0f, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect = NULL); - IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness); - IMGUI_API void AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order. - IMGUI_API void AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); + IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness); + IMGUI_API void AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points) + IMGUI_API void AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0); // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points) // Image primitives // - Read FAQ to understand what ImTextureID is. @@ -2124,18 +2671,20 @@ struct ImDrawList // - "uv_min" and "uv_max" represent the normalized texture coordinates to use for those corners. Using (0,0)->(1,1) texture coordinates will generally display the entire texture. IMGUI_API void AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv_max = ImVec2(1, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE); IMGUI_API void AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv2 = ImVec2(1, 0), const ImVec2& uv3 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec2& uv4 = ImVec2(0, 1), ImU32 col = IM_COL32_WHITE); - IMGUI_API void AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All); + IMGUI_API void AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); // Stateful path API, add points then finish with PathFillConvex() or PathStroke() + // - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing. inline void PathClear() { _Path.Size = 0; } inline void PathLineTo(const ImVec2& pos) { _Path.push_back(pos); } - inline void PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos) { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path.Data[_Path.Size-1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); } - inline void PathFillConvex(ImU32 col) { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; } // Note: Anti-aliased filling requires points to be in clockwise order. - inline void PathStroke(ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, closed, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; } - IMGUI_API void PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 10); - IMGUI_API void PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12); // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle - IMGUI_API void PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0); - IMGUI_API void PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_All); + inline void PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos) { if (_Path.Size == 0 || memcmp(&_Path.Data[_Path.Size - 1], &pos, 8) != 0) _Path.push_back(pos); } + inline void PathFillConvex(ImU32 col) { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col); _Path.Size = 0; } + inline void PathStroke(ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags = 0, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, flags, thickness); _Path.Size = 0; } + IMGUI_API void PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 0); + IMGUI_API void PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12); // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle + IMGUI_API void PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0); // Cubic Bezier (4 control points) + IMGUI_API void PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments = 0); // Quadratic Bezier (3 control points) + IMGUI_API void PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); // Advanced IMGUI_API void AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data); // Your rendering function must check for 'UserCallback' in ImDrawCmd and call the function instead of rendering triangles. @@ -2146,26 +2695,40 @@ struct ImDrawList // - Use to split render into layers. By switching channels to can render out-of-order (e.g. submit FG primitives before BG primitives) // - Use to minimize draw calls (e.g. if going back-and-forth between multiple clipping rectangles, prefer to append into separate channels then merge at the end) // - FIXME-OBSOLETE: This API shouldn't have been in ImDrawList in the first place! - // Prefer using your own persistent copy of ImDrawListSplitter as you can stack them. + // Prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter as you can stack them. // Using the ImDrawList::ChannelsXXXX you cannot stack a split over another. inline void ChannelsSplit(int count) { _Splitter.Split(this, count); } inline void ChannelsMerge() { _Splitter.Merge(this); } inline void ChannelsSetCurrent(int n) { _Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(this, n); } - // Internal helpers - // NB: all primitives needs to be reserved via PrimReserve() beforehand! - IMGUI_API void Clear(); - IMGUI_API void ClearFreeMemory(); + // Advanced: Primitives allocations + // - We render triangles (three vertices) + // - All primitives needs to be reserved via PrimReserve() beforehand. IMGUI_API void PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count); IMGUI_API void PrimUnreserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count); IMGUI_API void PrimRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col); // Axis aligned rectangle (composed of two triangles) IMGUI_API void PrimRectUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, ImU32 col); IMGUI_API void PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& d, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, const ImVec2& uv_c, const ImVec2& uv_d, ImU32 col); - inline void PrimWriteVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col){ _VtxWritePtr->pos = pos; _VtxWritePtr->uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr->col = col; _VtxWritePtr++; _VtxCurrentIdx++; } - inline void PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx) { *_IdxWritePtr = idx; _IdxWritePtr++; } - inline void PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col) { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); } - IMGUI_API void UpdateClipRect(); - IMGUI_API void UpdateTextureID(); + inline void PrimWriteVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col) { _VtxWritePtr->pos = pos; _VtxWritePtr->uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr->col = col; _VtxWritePtr++; _VtxCurrentIdx++; } + inline void PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx) { *_IdxWritePtr = idx; _IdxWritePtr++; } + inline void PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col) { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); } // Write vertex with unique index + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + inline void AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0) { AddBezierCubic(p1, p2, p3, p4, col, thickness, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021) + inline void PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments = 0) { PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); } // OBSOLETED in 1.80 (Jan 2021) +#endif + + // [Internal helpers] + IMGUI_API void _ResetForNewFrame(); + IMGUI_API void _ClearFreeMemory(); + IMGUI_API void _PopUnusedDrawCmd(); + IMGUI_API void _TryMergeDrawCmds(); + IMGUI_API void _OnChangedClipRect(); + IMGUI_API void _OnChangedTextureID(); + IMGUI_API void _OnChangedVtxOffset(); + IMGUI_API int _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const; + IMGUI_API void _PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_sample, int a_max_sample, int a_step); + IMGUI_API void _PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments); }; // All draw data to render a Dear ImGui frame @@ -2174,25 +2737,24 @@ struct ImDrawList struct ImDrawData { bool Valid; // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called. - ImDrawList** CmdLists; // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here. int CmdListsCount; // Number of ImDrawList* to render int TotalIdxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's IdxBuffer.Size int TotalVtxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's VtxBuffer.Size - ImVec2 DisplayPos; // Upper-left position of the viewport to render (== upper-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) - ImVec2 DisplaySize; // Size of the viewport to render (== io.DisplaySize for the main viewport) (DisplayPos + DisplaySize == lower-right of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) + ImDrawList** CmdLists; // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here. + ImVec2 DisplayPos; // Top-left position of the viewport to render (== top-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) (== GetMainViewport()->Pos for the main viewport, == (0.0) in most single-viewport applications) + ImVec2 DisplaySize; // Size of the viewport to render (== GetMainViewport()->Size for the main viewport, == io.DisplaySize in most single-viewport applications) ImVec2 FramebufferScale; // Amount of pixels for each unit of DisplaySize. Based on io.DisplayFramebufferScale. Generally (1,1) on normal display, (2,2) on OSX with Retina display. ImGuiViewport* OwnerViewport; // Viewport carrying the ImDrawData instance, might be of use to the renderer (generally not). // Functions - ImDrawData() { Valid = false; Clear(); } - ~ImDrawData() { Clear(); } - void Clear() { Valid = false; CmdLists = NULL; CmdListsCount = TotalVtxCount = TotalIdxCount = 0; DisplayPos = DisplaySize = FramebufferScale = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f); OwnerViewport = NULL; } // The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext! + ImDrawData() { Clear(); } + void Clear() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext! IMGUI_API void DeIndexAllBuffers(); // Helper to convert all buffers from indexed to non-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering! IMGUI_API void ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale); // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than Dear ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution. }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFont) +// [SECTION] Font API (ImFontConfig, ImFontGlyph, ImFontAtlasFlags, ImFontAtlas, ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder, ImFont) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- struct ImFontConfig @@ -2202,8 +2764,8 @@ struct ImFontConfig bool FontDataOwnedByAtlas; // true // TTF/OTF data ownership taken by the container ImFontAtlas (will delete memory itself). int FontNo; // 0 // Index of font within TTF/OTF file float SizePixels; // // Size in pixels for rasterizer (more or less maps to the resulting font height). - int OversampleH; // 3 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details. - int OversampleV; // 1 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. We don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis. + int OversampleH; // 3 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Note the difference between 2 and 3 is minimal so you can reduce this to 2 to save memory. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details. + int OversampleV; // 1 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. This is not really useful as we don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis. bool PixelSnapH; // false // Align every glyph to pixel boundary. Useful e.g. if you are merging a non-pixel aligned font with the default font. If enabled, you can set OversampleH/V to 1. ImVec2 GlyphExtraSpacing; // 0, 0 // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs. Only X axis is supported for now. ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // 0, 0 // Offset all glyphs from this font input. @@ -2211,7 +2773,7 @@ struct ImFontConfig float GlyphMinAdvanceX; // 0 // Minimum AdvanceX for glyphs, set Min to align font icons, set both Min/Max to enforce mono-space font float GlyphMaxAdvanceX; // FLT_MAX // Maximum AdvanceX for glyphs bool MergeMode; // false // Merge into previous ImFont, so you can combine multiple inputs font into one ImFont (e.g. ASCII font + icons + Japanese glyphs). You may want to use GlyphOffset.y when merge font of different heights. - unsigned int RasterizerFlags; // 0x00 // Settings for custom font rasterizer (e.g. ImGuiFreeType). Leave as zero if you aren't using one. + unsigned int FontBuilderFlags; // 0 // Settings for custom font builder. THIS IS BUILDER IMPLEMENTATION DEPENDENT. Leave as zero if unsure. float RasterizerMultiply; // 1.0f // Brighten (>1.0f) or darken (<1.0f) font output. Brightening small fonts may be a good workaround to make them more readable. ImWchar EllipsisChar; // -1 // Explicitly specify unicode codepoint of ellipsis character. When fonts are being merged first specified ellipsis will be used. @@ -2226,8 +2788,9 @@ struct ImFontConfig // (Note: some language parsers may fail to convert the 31+1 bitfield members, in this case maybe drop store a single u32 or we can rework this) struct ImFontGlyph { - unsigned int Codepoint : 31; // 0x0000..0xFFFF - unsigned int Visible : 1; // Flag to allow early out when rendering + unsigned int Colored : 1; // Flag to indicate glyph is colored and should generally ignore tinting (make it usable with no shift on little-endian as this is used in loops) + unsigned int Visible : 1; // Flag to indicate glyph has no visible pixels (e.g. space). Allow early out when rendering. + unsigned int Codepoint : 30; // 0x0000..0x10FFFF float AdvanceX; // Distance to next character (= data from font + ImFontConfig::GlyphExtraSpacing.x baked in) float X0, Y0, X1, Y1; // Glyph corners float U0, V0, U1, V1; // Texture coordinates @@ -2252,21 +2815,23 @@ struct ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder // See ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectXXX functions. struct ImFontAtlasCustomRect { - unsigned int ID; // Input // User ID. Use < 0x110000 to map into a font glyph, >= 0x110000 for other/internal/custom texture data. unsigned short Width, Height; // Input // Desired rectangle dimension unsigned short X, Y; // Output // Packed position in Atlas - float GlyphAdvanceX; // Input // For custom font glyphs only (ID < 0x110000): glyph xadvance - ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // Input // For custom font glyphs only (ID < 0x110000): glyph display offset - ImFont* Font; // Input // For custom font glyphs only (ID < 0x110000): target font - ImFontAtlasCustomRect() { ID = 0xFFFFFFFF; Width = Height = 0; X = Y = 0xFFFF; GlyphAdvanceX = 0.0f; GlyphOffset = ImVec2(0,0); Font = NULL; } + unsigned int GlyphID; // Input // For custom font glyphs only (ID < 0x110000) + float GlyphAdvanceX; // Input // For custom font glyphs only: glyph xadvance + ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // Input // For custom font glyphs only: glyph display offset + ImFont* Font; // Input // For custom font glyphs only: target font + ImFontAtlasCustomRect() { Width = Height = 0; X = Y = 0xFFFF; GlyphID = 0; GlyphAdvanceX = 0.0f; GlyphOffset = ImVec2(0, 0); Font = NULL; } bool IsPacked() const { return X != 0xFFFF; } }; +// Flags for ImFontAtlas build enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ { ImFontAtlasFlags_None = 0, ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight = 1 << 0, // Don't round the height to next power of two - ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors = 1 << 1 // Don't build software mouse cursors into the atlas + ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors = 1 << 1, // Don't build software mouse cursors into the atlas (save a little texture memory) + ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines = 1 << 2, // Don't build thick line textures into the atlas (save a little texture memory, allow support for point/nearest filtering). The AntiAliasedLinesUseTex features uses them, otherwise they will be rendered using polygons (more expensive for CPU/GPU). }; // Load and rasterize multiple TTF/OTF fonts into a same texture. The font atlas will build a single texture holding: @@ -2285,7 +2850,7 @@ enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ // - Important: By default, AddFontFromMemoryTTF() takes ownership of the data. Even though we are not writing to it, we will free the pointer on destruction. // You can set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed, // - Even though many functions are suffixed with "TTF", OTF data is supported just as well. -// - This is an old API and it is currently awkward for those and and various other reasons! We will address them in the future! +// - This is an old API and it is currently awkward for those and various other reasons! We will address them in the future! struct ImFontAtlas { IMGUI_API ImFontAtlas(); @@ -2309,7 +2874,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas IMGUI_API bool Build(); // Build pixels data. This is called automatically for you by the GetTexData*** functions. IMGUI_API void GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL); // 1 byte per-pixel IMGUI_API void GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL); // 4 bytes-per-pixel - bool IsBuilt() const { return Fonts.Size > 0 && (TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL || TexPixelsRGBA32 != NULL); } + bool IsBuilt() const { return Fonts.Size > 0 && TexReady; } // Bit ambiguous: used to detect when user didn't build texture but effectively we should check TexID != 0 except that would be backend dependent... void SetTexID(ImTextureID id) { TexID = id; } //------------------------------------------- @@ -2320,8 +2885,9 @@ struct ImFontAtlas // NB: Make sure that your string are UTF-8 and NOT in your local code page. In C++11, you can create UTF-8 string literal using the u8"Hello world" syntax. See FAQ for details. // NB: Consider using ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to build glyph ranges from textual data. IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesDefault(); // Basic Latin, Extended Latin + IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesGreek(); // Default + Greek and Coptic IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesKorean(); // Default + Korean characters - IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesJapanese(); // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 1946 Ideographs + IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesJapanese(); // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 2999 Ideographs IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesChineseFull(); // Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + full set of about 21000 CJK Unified Ideographs IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon();// Default + Half-Width + Japanese Hiragana/Katakana + set of 2500 CJK Unified Ideographs for common simplified Chinese IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesCyrillic(); // Default + about 400 Cyrillic characters @@ -2333,13 +2899,15 @@ struct ImFontAtlas //------------------------------------------- // You can request arbitrary rectangles to be packed into the atlas, for your own purposes. - // After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels. - // You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point), - // so you can render e.g. custom colorful icons and use them as regular glyphs. - // Read docs/FONTS.txt for more details about using colorful icons. - IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectRegular(unsigned int id, int width, int height); // Id needs to be >= 0x110000. Id >= 0x80000000 are reserved for ImGui and ImDrawList - IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset = ImVec2(0,0)); // Id needs to be < 0x110000 to register a rectangle to map into a specific font. - const ImFontAtlasCustomRect*GetCustomRectByIndex(int index) const { if (index < 0) return NULL; return &CustomRects[index]; } + // - After calling Build(), you can query the rectangle position and render your pixels. + // - If you render colored output, set 'atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = true' as this may help some backends decide of prefered texture format. + // - You can also request your rectangles to be mapped as font glyph (given a font + Unicode point), + // so you can render e.g. custom colorful icons and use them as regular glyphs. + // - Read docs/FONTS.md for more details about using colorful icons. + // - Note: this API may be redesigned later in order to support multi-monitor varying DPI settings. + IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectRegular(int width, int height); + IMGUI_API int AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset = ImVec2(0, 0)); + ImFontAtlasCustomRect* GetCustomRectByIndex(int index) { IM_ASSERT(index >= 0); return &CustomRects[index]; } // [Internal] IMGUI_API void CalcCustomRectUV(const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max) const; @@ -2349,14 +2917,17 @@ struct ImFontAtlas // Members //------------------------------------------- - bool Locked; // Marked as Locked by ImGui::NewFrame() so attempt to modify the atlas will assert. ImFontAtlasFlags Flags; // Build flags (see ImFontAtlasFlags_) ImTextureID TexID; // User data to refer to the texture once it has been uploaded to user's graphic systems. It is passed back to you during rendering via the ImDrawCmd structure. int TexDesiredWidth; // Texture width desired by user before Build(). Must be a power-of-two. If have many glyphs your graphics API have texture size restrictions you may want to increase texture width to decrease height. - int TexGlyphPadding; // Padding between glyphs within texture in pixels. Defaults to 1. If your rendering method doesn't rely on bilinear filtering you may set this to 0. + int TexGlyphPadding; // Padding between glyphs within texture in pixels. Defaults to 1. If your rendering method doesn't rely on bilinear filtering you may set this to 0 (will also need to set AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = false). + bool Locked; // Marked as Locked by ImGui::NewFrame() so attempt to modify the atlas will assert. + void* UserData; // Store your own atlas related user-data (if e.g. you have multiple font atlas). // [Internal] // NB: Access texture data via GetTexData*() calls! Which will setup a default font for you. + bool TexReady; // Set when texture was built matching current font input + bool TexPixelsUseColors; // Tell whether our texture data is known to use colors (rather than just alpha channel), in order to help backend select a format. unsigned char* TexPixelsAlpha8; // 1 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight unsigned int* TexPixelsRGBA32; // 4 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight * 4 int TexWidth; // Texture width calculated during Build(). @@ -2365,13 +2936,20 @@ struct ImFontAtlas ImVec2 TexUvWhitePixel; // Texture coordinates to a white pixel ImVector Fonts; // Hold all the fonts returned by AddFont*. Fonts[0] is the default font upon calling ImGui::NewFrame(), use ImGui::PushFont()/PopFont() to change the current font. ImVector CustomRects; // Rectangles for packing custom texture data into the atlas. - ImVector ConfigData; // Internal data - int CustomRectIds[1]; // Identifiers of custom texture rectangle used by ImFontAtlas/ImDrawList + ImVector ConfigData; // Configuration data + ImVec4 TexUvLines[IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1]; // UVs for baked anti-aliased lines -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - typedef ImFontAtlasCustomRect CustomRect; // OBSOLETED in 1.72+ - typedef ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder GlyphRangesBuilder; // OBSOLETED in 1.67+ -#endif + // [Internal] Font builder + const ImFontBuilderIO* FontBuilderIO; // Opaque interface to a font builder (default to stb_truetype, can be changed to use FreeType by defining IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE). + unsigned int FontBuilderFlags; // Shared flags (for all fonts) for custom font builder. THIS IS BUILD IMPLEMENTATION DEPENDENT. Per-font override is also available in ImFontConfig. + + // [Internal] Packing data + int PackIdMouseCursors; // Custom texture rectangle ID for white pixel and mouse cursors + int PackIdLines; // Custom texture rectangle ID for baked anti-aliased lines + + // [Obsolete] + //typedef ImFontAtlasCustomRect CustomRect; // OBSOLETED in 1.72+ + //typedef ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder GlyphRangesBuilder; // OBSOLETED in 1.67+ }; // Font runtime data and rendering @@ -2383,23 +2961,23 @@ struct ImFont float FallbackAdvanceX; // 4 // out // = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX float FontSize; // 4 // in // // Height of characters/line, set during loading (don't change after loading) - // Members: Hot ~36/48 bytes (for CalcTextSize + render loop) + // Members: Hot ~28/40 bytes (for CalcTextSize + render loop) ImVector IndexLookup; // 12-16 // out // // Sparse. Index glyphs by Unicode code-point. ImVector Glyphs; // 12-16 // out // // All glyphs. const ImFontGlyph* FallbackGlyph; // 4-8 // out // = FindGlyph(FontFallbackChar) - ImVec2 DisplayOffset; // 8 // in // = (0,0) // Offset font rendering by xx pixels // Members: Cold ~32/40 bytes ImFontAtlas* ContainerAtlas; // 4-8 // out // // What we has been loaded into const ImFontConfig* ConfigData; // 4-8 // in // // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData short ConfigDataCount; // 2 // in // ~ 1 // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Bigger than 1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont. - ImWchar FallbackChar; // 2 // in // = '?' // Replacement character if a glyph isn't found. Only set via SetFallbackChar() - ImWchar EllipsisChar; // 2 // out // = -1 // Character used for ellipsis rendering. + ImWchar FallbackChar; // 2 // out // = FFFD/'?' // Character used if a glyph isn't found. + ImWchar EllipsisChar; // 2 // out // = '...' // Character used for ellipsis rendering. + ImWchar DotChar; // 2 // out // = '.' // Character used for ellipsis rendering (if a single '...' character isn't found) bool DirtyLookupTables; // 1 // out // float Scale; // 4 // in // = 1.f // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetWindowFontScale() float Ascent, Descent; // 4+4 // out // // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize] int MetricsTotalSurface;// 4 // out // // Total surface in pixels to get an idea of the font rasterization/texture cost (not exact, we approximate the cost of padding between glyphs) - ImU8 Used4kPagesMap[(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX+1)/4096/8]; // 2 bytes if ImWchar=ImWchar16, 34 bytes if ImWchar==ImWchar32. Store 1-bit for each block of 4K codepoints that has one active glyph. This is mainly used to facilitate iterations accross all used codepoints. + ImU8 Used4kPagesMap[(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX+1)/4096/8]; // 2 bytes if ImWchar=ImWchar16, 34 bytes if ImWchar==ImWchar32. Store 1-bit for each block of 4K codepoints that has one active glyph. This is mainly used to facilitate iterations across all used codepoints. // Methods IMGUI_API ImFont(); @@ -2414,29 +2992,92 @@ struct ImFont // 'wrap_width' enable automatic word-wrapping across multiple lines to fit into given width. 0.0f to disable. IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, const char** remaining = NULL) const; // utf8 IMGUI_API const char* CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const; - IMGUI_API void RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const; - IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width = 0.0f, bool cpu_fine_clip = false) const; + IMGUI_API void RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const; + IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width = 0.0f, bool cpu_fine_clip = false) const; // [Internal] Don't use! IMGUI_API void BuildLookupTable(); IMGUI_API void ClearOutputData(); IMGUI_API void GrowIndex(int new_size); - IMGUI_API void AddGlyph(ImWchar c, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x); + IMGUI_API void AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* src_cfg, ImWchar c, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x); IMGUI_API void AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst = true); // Makes 'dst' character/glyph points to 'src' character/glyph. Currently needs to be called AFTER fonts have been built. IMGUI_API void SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible); - IMGUI_API void SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c); IMGUI_API bool IsGlyphRangeUnused(unsigned int c_begin, unsigned int c_last); }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [BETA] Platform interface for multi-viewport support +// [SECTION] Viewports //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// (Optional) This is completely optional, for advanced users! + +// Flags stored in ImGuiViewport::Flags, giving indications to the platform backends. +enum ImGuiViewportFlags_ +{ + ImGuiViewportFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow = 1 << 0, // Represent a Platform Window + ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor = 1 << 1, // Represent a Platform Monitor (unused yet) + ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp = 1 << 2, // Platform Window: is created/managed by the application (rather than a dear imgui backend) + ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration = 1 << 3, // Platform Window: Disable platform decorations: title bar, borders, etc. (generally set all windows, but if ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsDecoration is set we only set this on popups/tooltips) + ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon = 1 << 4, // Platform Window: Disable platform task bar icon (generally set on popups/tooltips, or all windows if ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsNoTaskBarIcon is set) + ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing = 1 << 5, // Platform Window: Don't take focus when created. + ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnClick = 1 << 6, // Platform Window: Don't take focus when clicked on. + ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs = 1 << 7, // Platform Window: Make mouse pass through so we can drag this window while peaking behind it. + ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear = 1 << 8, // Platform Window: Renderer doesn't need to clear the framebuffer ahead (because we will fill it entirely). + ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost = 1 << 9, // Platform Window: Display on top (for tooltips only). + ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized = 1 << 10, // Platform Window: Window is minimized, can skip render. When minimized we tend to avoid using the viewport pos/size for clipping window or testing if they are contained in the viewport. + ImGuiViewportFlags_NoAutoMerge = 1 << 11, // Platform Window: Avoid merging this window into another host window. This can only be set via ImGuiWindowClass viewport flags override (because we need to now ahead if we are going to create a viewport in the first place!). + ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows = 1 << 12, // Main viewport: can host multiple imgui windows (secondary viewports are associated to a single window). +}; + +// - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows. +// - With multi-viewport enabled, we extend this concept to have multiple active viewports. +// - In the future we will extend this concept further to also represent Platform Monitor and support a "no main platform window" operation mode. +// - About Main Area vs Work Area: +// - Main Area = entire viewport. +// - Work Area = entire viewport minus sections used by main menu bars (for platform windows), or by task bar (for platform monitor). +// - Windows are generally trying to stay within the Work Area of their host viewport. +struct ImGuiViewport +{ + ImGuiID ID; // Unique identifier for the viewport + ImGuiViewportFlags Flags; // See ImGuiViewportFlags_ + ImVec2 Pos; // Main Area: Position of the viewport (Dear ImGui coordinates are the same as OS desktop/native coordinates) + ImVec2 Size; // Main Area: Size of the viewport. + ImVec2 WorkPos; // Work Area: Position of the viewport minus task bars, menus bars, status bars (>= Pos) + ImVec2 WorkSize; // Work Area: Size of the viewport minus task bars, menu bars, status bars (<= Size) + float DpiScale; // 1.0f = 96 DPI = No extra scale. + ImGuiID ParentViewportId; // (Advanced) 0: no parent. Instruct the platform backend to setup a parent/child relationship between platform windows. + ImDrawData* DrawData; // The ImDrawData corresponding to this viewport. Valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame(). + + // Platform/Backend Dependent Data + // Our design separate the Renderer and Platform backends to facilitate combining default backends with each others. + // When our create your own backend for a custom engine, it is possible that both Renderer and Platform will be handled + // by the same system and you may not need to use all the UserData/Handle fields. + // The library never uses those fields, they are merely storage to facilitate backend implementation. + void* RendererUserData; // void* to hold custom data structure for the renderer (e.g. swap chain, framebuffers etc.). generally set by your Renderer_CreateWindow function. + void* PlatformUserData; // void* to hold custom data structure for the OS / platform (e.g. windowing info, render context). generally set by your Platform_CreateWindow function. + void* PlatformHandle; // void* for FindViewportByPlatformHandle(). (e.g. suggested to use natural platform handle such as HWND, GLFWWindow*, SDL_Window*) + void* PlatformHandleRaw; // void* to hold lower-level, platform-native window handle (under Win32 this is expected to be a HWND, unused for other platforms), when using an abstraction layer like GLFW or SDL (where PlatformHandle would be a SDL_Window*) + bool PlatformWindowCreated; // Platform window has been created (Platform_CreateWindow() has been called). This is false during the first frame where a viewport is being created. + bool PlatformRequestMove; // Platform window requested move (e.g. window was moved by the OS / host window manager, authoritative position will be OS window position) + bool PlatformRequestResize; // Platform window requested resize (e.g. window was resized by the OS / host window manager, authoritative size will be OS window size) + bool PlatformRequestClose; // Platform window requested closure (e.g. window was moved by the OS / host window manager, e.g. pressing ALT-F4) + + ImGuiViewport() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + ~ImGuiViewport() { IM_ASSERT(PlatformUserData == NULL && RendererUserData == NULL); } + + // Helpers + ImVec2 GetCenter() const { return ImVec2(Pos.x + Size.x * 0.5f, Pos.y + Size.y * 0.5f); } + ImVec2 GetWorkCenter() const { return ImVec2(WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x * 0.5f, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y * 0.5f); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Platform Dependent Interfaces (for e.g. multi-viewport support) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [BETA] (Optional) This is completely optional, for advanced users! // If you are new to Dear ImGui and trying to integrate it into your engine, you can probably ignore this for now. // // This feature allows you to seamlessly drag Dear ImGui windows outside of your application viewport. // This is achieved by creating new Platform/OS windows on the fly, and rendering into them. -// Dear ImGui manages the viewport structures, and the back-end create and maintain one Platform/OS window for each of those viewports. +// Dear ImGui manages the viewport structures, and the backend create and maintain one Platform/OS window for each of those viewports. // // See Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary for details about some of the terminology. // See Thread https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1542 for gifs, news and questions about this evolving feature. @@ -2446,18 +3087,18 @@ struct ImFont // - So e.g. ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(0,0)) will position a window relative to your primary monitor! // - If you want to position windows relative to your main application viewport, use ImGui::GetMainViewport()->Pos as a base position. // -// Steps to use multi-viewports in your application, when using a default back-end from the examples/ folder: +// Steps to use multi-viewports in your application, when using a default backend from the examples/ folder: // - Application: Enable feature with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable'. -// - Back-end: The back-end initialization will setup all necessary ImGuiPlatformIO's functions and update monitors info every frame. +// - Backend: The backend initialization will setup all necessary ImGuiPlatformIO's functions and update monitors info every frame. // - Application: In your main loop, call ImGui::UpdatePlatformWindows(), ImGui::RenderPlatformWindowsDefault() after EndFrame() or Render(). // - Application: Fix absolute coordinates used in ImGui::SetWindowPos() or ImGui::SetNextWindowPos() calls. // -// Steps to use multi-viewports in your application, when using a custom back-end: +// Steps to use multi-viewports in your application, when using a custom backend: // - Important: THIS IS NOT EASY TO DO and comes with many subtleties not described here! // It's also an experimental feature, so some of the requirements may evolve. -// Consider using default back-ends if you can. Either way, carefully follow and refer to examples/ back-ends for details. +// Consider using default backends if you can. Either way, carefully follow and refer to examples/ backends for details. // - Application: Enable feature with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable'. -// - Back-end: Hook ImGuiPlatformIO's Platform_* and Renderer_* callbacks (see below). +// - Backend: Hook ImGuiPlatformIO's Platform_* and Renderer_* callbacks (see below). // Set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports' and 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports'. // Update ImGuiPlatformIO's Monitors list every frame. // Update MousePos every frame, in absolute coordinates. @@ -2466,7 +3107,7 @@ struct ImFont // - Application: Fix absolute coordinates used in ImGui::SetWindowPos() or ImGui::SetNextWindowPos() calls. // // About ImGui::RenderPlatformWindowsDefault(): -// - This function is a mostly a _helper_ for the common-most cases, and to facilitate using default back-ends. +// - This function is a mostly a _helper_ for the common-most cases, and to facilitate using default backends. // - You can check its simple source code to understand what it does. // It basically iterates secondary viewports and call 4 functions that are setup in ImGuiPlatformIO, if available: // Platform_RenderWindow(), Renderer_RenderWindow(), Platform_SwapBuffers(), Renderer_SwapBuffers() @@ -2481,7 +3122,7 @@ struct ImFont struct ImGuiPlatformIO { //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Input - Back-end interface/functions + Monitor List + // Input - Backend interface/functions + Monitor List //------------------------------------------------------------------ // (Optional) Platform functions (e.g. Win32, GLFW, SDL2) @@ -2494,7 +3135,7 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformIO // The general idea is that NewFrame() we will read the current Platform/OS state, and UpdatePlatformWindows() will write to it. // // The functions are designed so we can mix and match 2 imgui_impl_xxxx files, one for the Platform (~window/input handling), one for Renderer. - // Custom engine back-ends will often provide both Platform and Renderer interfaces and so may not need to use all functions. + // Custom engine backends will often provide both Platform and Renderer interfaces and so may not need to use all functions. // Platform functions are typically called before their Renderer counterpart, apart from Destroy which are called the other way. // Platform function --------------------------------------------------- Called by ----- @@ -2509,13 +3150,12 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformIO bool (*Platform_GetWindowFocus)(ImGuiViewport* vp); // . . U . . // bool (*Platform_GetWindowMinimized)(ImGuiViewport* vp); // N . . . . // Get platform window minimized state. When minimized, we generally won't attempt to get/set size and contents will be culled more easily void (*Platform_SetWindowTitle)(ImGuiViewport* vp, const char* str); // . . U . . // Set platform window title (given an UTF-8 string) - void (*Platform_SetWindowAlpha)(ImGuiViewport* vp, float alpha); // . . U . . // (Optional) Setup window transparency - void (*Platform_UpdateWindow)(ImGuiViewport* vp); // . . U . . // (Optional) Called by UpdatePlatformWindows(). Optional hook to allow the platform back-end from doing general book-keeping every frame. + void (*Platform_SetWindowAlpha)(ImGuiViewport* vp, float alpha); // . . U . . // (Optional) Setup global transparency (not per-pixel transparency) + void (*Platform_UpdateWindow)(ImGuiViewport* vp); // . . U . . // (Optional) Called by UpdatePlatformWindows(). Optional hook to allow the platform backend from doing general book-keeping every frame. void (*Platform_RenderWindow)(ImGuiViewport* vp, void* render_arg); // . . . R . // (Optional) Main rendering (platform side! This is often unused, or just setting a "current" context for OpenGL bindings). 'render_arg' is the value passed to RenderPlatformWindowsDefault(). void (*Platform_SwapBuffers)(ImGuiViewport* vp, void* render_arg); // . . . R . // (Optional) Call Present/SwapBuffers (platform side! This is often unused!). 'render_arg' is the value passed to RenderPlatformWindowsDefault(). float (*Platform_GetWindowDpiScale)(ImGuiViewport* vp); // N . . . . // (Optional) [BETA] FIXME-DPI: DPI handling: Return DPI scale for this viewport. 1.0f = 96 DPI. - void (*Platform_OnChangedViewport)(ImGuiViewport* vp); // . F . . . // (Optional) [BETA] FIXME-DPI: DPI handling: Called during Begin() every time the viewport we are outputting into changes, so back-end has a chance to swap fonts to adjust style. - void (*Platform_SetImeInputPos)(ImGuiViewport* vp, ImVec2 pos); // . F . . . // (Optional) Set IME (Input Method Editor, e.g. for Asian languages) input position, so text preview appears over the imgui input box. FIXME: The call timing of this is inconsistent because we want to support without multi-viewports. + void (*Platform_OnChangedViewport)(ImGuiViewport* vp); // . F . . . // (Optional) [BETA] FIXME-DPI: DPI handling: Called during Begin() every time the viewport we are outputting into changes, so backend has a chance to swap fonts to adjust style. int (*Platform_CreateVkSurface)(ImGuiViewport* vp, ImU64 vk_inst, const void* vk_allocators, ImU64* out_vk_surface); // (Optional) For a Vulkan Renderer to call into Platform code (since the surface creation needs to tie them both). // (Optional) Renderer functions (e.g. DirectX, OpenGL, Vulkan) @@ -2526,7 +3166,7 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformIO void (*Renderer_SwapBuffers)(ImGuiViewport* vp, void* render_arg); // . . . R . // (Optional) Call Present/SwapBuffers. 'render_arg' is the value passed to RenderPlatformWindowsDefault(). // (Optional) Monitor list - // - Updated by: app/back-end. Update every frame to dynamically support changing monitor or DPI configuration. + // - Updated by: app/backend. Update every frame to dynamically support changing monitor or DPI configuration. // - Used by: dear imgui to query DPI info, clamp popups/tooltips within same monitor and not have them straddle monitors. ImVector Monitors; @@ -2536,7 +3176,6 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformIO // Viewports list (the list is updated by calling ImGui::EndFrame or ImGui::Render) // (in the future we will attempt to organize this feature to remove the need for a "main viewport") - ImGuiViewport* MainViewport; // Guaranteed to be == Viewports[0] ImVector Viewports; // Main viewports, followed by all secondary viewports. ImGuiPlatformIO() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // Zero clear }; @@ -2546,68 +3185,145 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformIO struct ImGuiPlatformMonitor { ImVec2 MainPos, MainSize; // Coordinates of the area displayed on this monitor (Min = upper left, Max = bottom right) - ImVec2 WorkPos, WorkSize; // (Optional) Coordinates without task bars / side bars / menu bars. imgui uses this to avoid positioning popups/tooltips inside this region. + ImVec2 WorkPos, WorkSize; // Coordinates without task bars / side bars / menu bars. Used to avoid positioning popups/tooltips inside this region. If you don't have this info, please copy the value for MainPos/MainSize. float DpiScale; // 1.0f = 96 DPI ImGuiPlatformMonitor() { MainPos = MainSize = WorkPos = WorkSize = ImVec2(0, 0); DpiScale = 1.0f; } }; -// Flags stored in ImGuiViewport::Flags, giving indications to the platform back-ends. -enum ImGuiViewportFlags_ +// (Optional) Support for IME (Input Method Editor) via the io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function. +struct ImGuiPlatformImeData { - ImGuiViewportFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration = 1 << 0, // Platform Window: Disable platform decorations: title bar, borders, etc. (generally set all windows, but if ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsDecoration is set we only set this on popups/tooltips) - ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon = 1 << 1, // Platform Window: Disable platform task bar icon (generally set on popups/tooltips, or all windows if ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsNoTaskBarIcon is set) - ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing = 1 << 2, // Platform Window: Don't take focus when created. - ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnClick = 1 << 3, // Platform Window: Don't take focus when clicked on. - ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs = 1 << 4, // Platform Window: Make mouse pass through so we can drag this window while peaking behind it. - ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear = 1 << 5, // Platform Window: Renderer doesn't need to clear the framebuffer ahead (because we will fill it entirely). - ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost = 1 << 6, // Platform Window: Display on top (for tooltips only). - ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized = 1 << 7, // Platform Window: Window is minimized, can skip render. When minimized we tend to avoid using the viewport pos/size for clipping window or testing if they are contained in the viewport. - ImGuiViewportFlags_NoAutoMerge = 1 << 8, // Platform Window: Avoid merging this window into another host window. This can only be set via ImGuiWindowClass viewport flags override (because we need to now ahead if we are going to create a viewport in the first place!). - ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows = 1 << 9 // Main viewport: can host multiple imgui windows (secondary viewports are associated to a single window). + bool WantVisible; // A widget wants the IME to be visible + ImVec2 InputPos; // Position of the input cursor + float InputLineHeight; // Line height + + ImGuiPlatformImeData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; -// The viewports created and managed by Dear ImGui. The role of the platform back-end is to create the platform/OS windows corresponding to each viewport. -// - Main Area = entire viewport. -// - Work Area = entire viewport minus sections optionally used by menu bars, status bars. Some positioning code will prefer to use this. Window are also trying to stay within this area. -struct ImGuiViewport +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Obsolete functions and types +// (Will be removed! Read 'API BREAKING CHANGES' section in imgui.cpp for details) +// Please keep your copy of dear imgui up to date! Occasionally set '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h to stay ahead. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +namespace ImGui { - ImGuiID ID; // Unique identifier for the viewport - ImGuiViewportFlags Flags; // See ImGuiViewportFlags_ - ImVec2 Pos; // Main Area: Position of the viewport (the imgui coordinates are the same as OS desktop/native coordinates) - ImVec2 Size; // Main Area: Size of the viewport. - ImVec2 WorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset from Pos to top-left corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,+main_menu_bar_height). Work Area is Full Area but without menu-bars/status-bars (so WorkArea always fit inside Pos/Size!) - ImVec2 WorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset from Pos+Size to bottom-right corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,-status_bar_height). - float DpiScale; // 1.0f = 96 DPI = No extra scale. - ImDrawData* DrawData; // The ImDrawData corresponding to this viewport. Valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame(). - ImGuiID ParentViewportId; // (Advanced) 0: no parent. Instruct the platform back-end to setup a parent/child relationship between platform windows. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + IMGUI_API ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key); // map ImGuiKey_* values into legacy native key index. == io.KeyMap[key] +#else + static inline ImGuiKey GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key) { IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END && "ImGuiKey and native_index was merged together and native_index is disabled by IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO. Please switch to ImGuiKey."); return key; } +#endif +} - // Our design separate the Renderer and Platform back-ends to facilitate combining default back-ends with each others. - // When our create your own back-end for a custom engine, it is possible that both Renderer and Platform will be handled - // by the same system and you may not need to use all the UserData/Handle fields. - // The library never uses those fields, they are merely storage to facilitate back-end implementation. - void* RendererUserData; // void* to hold custom data structure for the renderer (e.g. swap chain, framebuffers etc.). generally set by your Renderer_CreateWindow function. - void* PlatformUserData; // void* to hold custom data structure for the OS / platform (e.g. windowing info, render context). generally set by your Platform_CreateWindow function. - void* PlatformHandle; // void* for FindViewportByPlatformHandle(). (e.g. suggested to use natural platform handle such as HWND, GLFWWindow*, SDL_Window*) - void* PlatformHandleRaw; // void* to hold lower-level, platform-native window handle (e.g. the HWND) when using an abstraction layer like GLFW or SDL (where PlatformHandle would be a SDL_Window*) - bool PlatformRequestMove; // Platform window requested move (e.g. window was moved by the OS / host window manager, authoritative position will be OS window position) - bool PlatformRequestResize; // Platform window requested resize (e.g. window was resized by the OS / host window manager, authoritative size will be OS window size) - bool PlatformRequestClose; // Platform window requested closure (e.g. window was moved by the OS / host window manager, e.g. pressing ALT-F4) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +namespace ImGui +{ + // OBSOLETED in 1.89 (from August 2022) + IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); // Use new ImageButton() signature (explicit item id, regular FramePadding) + // OBSOLETED in 1.88 (from May 2022) + static inline void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool want_capture_keyboard = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(want_capture_keyboard); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. + static inline void CaptureMouseFromApp(bool want_capture_mouse = true) { SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(want_capture_mouse); } // Renamed as name was misleading + removed default value. + // OBSOLETED in 1.86 (from November 2021) + IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // Calculate coarse clipping for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper. + // OBSOLETED in 1.85 (from August 2021) + static inline float GetWindowContentRegionWidth() { return GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x; } + // OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021) + IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // Helper to calculate size from items_count and height_in_items + static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)) { return BeginListBox(label, size); } + static inline void ListBoxFooter() { EndListBox(); } - ImGuiViewport() { ID = 0; Flags = 0; DpiScale = 0.0f; DrawData = NULL; ParentViewportId = 0; RendererUserData = PlatformUserData = PlatformHandle = PlatformHandleRaw = NULL; PlatformRequestMove = PlatformRequestResize = PlatformRequestClose = false; } - ~ImGuiViewport() { IM_ASSERT(PlatformUserData == NULL && RendererUserData == NULL); } + // Some of the older obsolete names along with their replacement (commented out so they are not reported in IDE) + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.79 (from August 2020) + //static inline void OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mb = 1) { OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, mb); } // Bool return value removed. Use IsWindowAppearing() in BeginPopup() instead. Renamed in 1.77, renamed back in 1.79. Sorry! + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020): Old drag/sliders functions that took a 'float power > 1.0f' argument instead of ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic. See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for details. + //IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f); // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //IMGUI_API bool SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f); // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //IMGUI_API bool SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f); // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //static inline bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power = 1.0f) { return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); } // OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020) + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.77 and before + //static inline bool BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mb, bool over_items) { return BeginPopupContextWindow(str_id, mb | (over_items ? 0 : ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.77 (from June 2020) + //static inline void TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() { SetCursorPosX(GetCursorPosX() + GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); } // OBSOLETED in 1.72 (from July 2019) + //static inline void SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool open, ImGuiCond cond = 0) { SetNextItemOpen(open, cond); } // OBSOLETED in 1.71 (from June 2019) + //static inline float GetContentRegionAvailWidth() { return GetContentRegionAvail().x; } // OBSOLETED in 1.70 (from May 2019) + //static inline ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList() { return GetForegroundDrawList(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.69 (from Mar 2019) + //static inline void SetScrollHere(float ratio = 0.5f) { SetScrollHereY(ratio); } // OBSOLETED in 1.66 (from Nov 2018) + //static inline bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() { return IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (from Aug 2018) + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.60 and before + //static inline bool IsAnyWindowFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow); } // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (from Apr 2018) + //static inline bool IsAnyWindowHovered() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); } // OBSOLETED in 1.60 (between Dec 2017 and Apr 2018) + //static inline void ShowTestWindow() { return ShowDemoWindow(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017) + //static inline bool IsRootWindowFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017) + //static inline bool IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() { return IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootAndChildWindows); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017) + //static inline void SetNextWindowContentWidth(float w) { SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017) + //static inline float GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing() { return GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.53 (between Oct 2017 and Dec 2017) + //IMGUI_API bool Begin(char* name, bool* p_open, ImVec2 size_first_use, float bg_alpha = -1.0f, ImGuiWindowFlags flags=0); // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017): Equivalent of using SetNextWindowSize(size, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver) and SetNextWindowBgAlpha(). + //static inline bool IsRootWindowOrAnyChildHovered() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows); } // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017) + //static inline void AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() { AlignTextToFramePadding(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017) + //static inline void SetNextWindowPosCenter(ImGuiCond c=0) { SetNextWindowPos(GetMainViewport()->GetCenter(), c, ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.52 (between Aug 2017 and Oct 2017) + //static inline bool IsItemHoveredRect() { return IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly); } // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017) + //static inline bool IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(const ImVec2&) { IM_ASSERT(0); return false; } // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017): This was misleading and partly broken. You probably want to use the io.WantCaptureMouse flag instead. + //static inline bool IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); } // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017) + //static inline bool IsMouseHoveringWindow() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem); } // OBSOLETED in 1.51 (between Jun 2017 and Aug 2017) + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.50 and before + //static inline bool CollapsingHeader(char* label, const char* str_id, bool framed = true, bool default_open = false) { return CollapsingHeader(label, (default_open ? (1 << 5) : 0)); } // OBSOLETED in 1.49 + //static inline ImFont*GetWindowFont() { return GetFont(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.48 + //static inline float GetWindowFontSize() { return GetFontSize(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.48 + //static inline void SetScrollPosHere() { SetScrollHere(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.42 +} - // Access work-area rectangle - ImVec2 GetWorkPos() { return ImVec2(Pos.x + WorkOffsetMin.x, Pos.y + WorkOffsetMin.y); } - ImVec2 GetWorkSize() { return ImVec2(Size.x - WorkOffsetMin.x + WorkOffsetMax.x, Size.y - WorkOffsetMin.y + WorkOffsetMax.y); } // This not clamped +// OBSOLETED in 1.82 (from Mars 2021): flags for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), AddImageRounded(), PathRect() +typedef ImDrawFlags ImDrawCornerFlags; +enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ +{ + ImDrawCornerFlags_None = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone, // Was == 0 prior to 1.82, this is now == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone which is != 0 and not implicit + ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft, // Was == 0x01 (1 << 0) prior to 1.82. Order matches ImDrawFlags_NoRoundCorner* flag (we exploit this internally). + ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight, // Was == 0x02 (1 << 1) prior to 1.82. + ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft, // Was == 0x04 (1 << 2) prior to 1.82. + ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight, // Was == 0x08 (1 << 3) prior to 1.82. + ImDrawCornerFlags_All = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll, // Was == 0x0F prior to 1.82 + ImDrawCornerFlags_Top = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight, + ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, + ImDrawCornerFlags_Left = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft, + ImDrawCornerFlags_Right = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, }; +// RENAMED and MERGED both ImGuiKey_ModXXX and ImGuiModFlags_XXX into ImGuiMod_XXX (from September 2022) +// RENAMED ImGuiKeyModFlags -> ImGuiModFlags in 1.88 (from April 2022). Exceptionally commented out ahead of obscolescence schedule to reduce confusion and because they were not meant to be used in the first place. +typedef ImGuiKeyChord ImGuiModFlags; // == int. We generally use ImGuiKeyChord to mean "a ImGuiKey or-ed with any number of ImGuiMod_XXX value", but you may store only mods in there. +enum ImGuiModFlags_ { ImGuiModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiModFlags_Shift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiModFlags_Alt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiModFlags_Super = ImGuiMod_Super }; +//typedef ImGuiKeyChord ImGuiKeyModFlags; // == int +//enum ImGuiKeyModFlags_ { ImGuiKeyModFlags_None = 0, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl = ImGuiMod_Ctrl, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift = ImGuiMod_Shift, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt = ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super = ImGuiMod_Super }; + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + +// RENAMED IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW > IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS in 1.88 (from June 2022) +#if defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS) +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS +#endif +#if defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) +#error IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW was renamed to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS, please use new name. +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic pop #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic pop #endif +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (pop) +#endif + // Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h (convenient for user to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h) #ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H #include "imgui_user.h" diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imgui_internal.h b/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imgui_internal.h index e026cd8d..aebbce21 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imgui_internal.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imgui_internal.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.76 +// dear imgui, v1.89.2 // (internal structures/api) // You may use this file to debug, understand or extend ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility! @@ -9,15 +9,33 @@ /* Index of this file: -// Header mess -// Forward declarations -// STB libraries includes -// Context pointer -// Generic helpers -// Misc data structures -// Main imgui context -// Tab bar, tab item -// Internal API + +// [SECTION] Header mess +// [SECTION] Forward declarations +// [SECTION] Context pointer +// [SECTION] STB libraries includes +// [SECTION] Macros +// [SECTION] Generic helpers +// [SECTION] ImDrawList support +// [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures +// [SECTION] Inputs support +// [SECTION] Clipper support +// [SECTION] Navigation support +// [SECTION] Columns support +// [SECTION] Multi-select support +// [SECTION] Docking support +// [SECTION] Viewport support +// [SECTION] Settings support +// [SECTION] Localization support +// [SECTION] Metrics, Debug tools +// [SECTION] Generic context hooks +// [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main imgui context) +// [SECTION] ImGuiWindowTempData, ImGuiWindow +// [SECTION] Tab bar, Tab item support +// [SECTION] Table support +// [SECTION] ImGui internal API +// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas internal API +// [SECTION] Test Engine specific hooks (imgui_test_engine) */ @@ -25,11 +43,11 @@ Index of this file: #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Header mess +// [SECTION] Header mess //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #ifndef IMGUI_VERSION -#error Must include imgui.h before imgui_internal.h +#include "imgui.h" #endif #include // FILE*, sscanf @@ -37,40 +55,60 @@ Index of this file: #include // sqrtf, fabsf, fmodf, powf, floorf, ceilf, cosf, sinf #include // INT_MIN, INT_MAX +// Enable SSE intrinsics if available +#if (defined __SSE__ || defined __x86_64__ || defined _M_X64 || (defined(_M_IX86_FP) && (_M_IX86_FP >= 1))) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_SSE) +#define IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE +#include +#endif + // Visual Studio warnings #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma warning (push) -#pragma warning (disable: 4251) // class 'xxx' needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of struct 'xxx' // when IMGUI_API is set to__declspec(dllexport) +#pragma warning (disable: 4251) // class 'xxx' needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of struct 'xxx' // when IMGUI_API is set to__declspec(dllexport) +#pragma warning (disable: 26812) // The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). [MSVC Static Analyzer) +#pragma warning (disable: 26495) // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6). +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later +#pragma warning (disable: 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types +#endif #endif // Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic push -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // for stb_textedit.h -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes" // for stb_textedit.h +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok, for ImFloorSigned() +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // for stb_textedit.h +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes" // for stb_textedit.h #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" -#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant") #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" -#endif -#if __has_warning("-Wdouble-promotion") #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" -#endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-noreturn" // warning: function 'xxx' could be declared with attribute 'noreturn' #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic push -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead #endif // Legacy defines -#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS // Renamed in 1.74 +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS // Renamed in 1.74 #error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS #endif -#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Renamed in 1.74 +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Renamed in 1.74 #error Use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS #endif +// Enable stb_truetype by default unless FreeType is enabled. +// You can compile with both by defining both IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE and IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE together. +#ifndef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE +#define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE +#endif + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Forward declarations +// [SECTION] Forward declarations //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- struct ImBitVector; // Store 1-bit per value @@ -78,49 +116,75 @@ struct ImRect; // An axis-aligned rectangle (2 points) struct ImDrawDataBuilder; // Helper to build a ImDrawData instance struct ImDrawListSharedData; // Data shared between all ImDrawList instances struct ImGuiColorMod; // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it -struct ImGuiColumnData; // Storage data for a single column -struct ImGuiColumns; // Storage data for a columns set struct ImGuiContext; // Main Dear ImGui context +struct ImGuiContextHook; // Hook for extensions like ImGuiTestEngine struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo; // Type information associated to a ImGuiDataType enum struct ImGuiDockContext; // Docking system context +struct ImGuiDockRequest; // Docking system dock/undock queued request struct ImGuiDockNode; // Docking system node (hold a list of Windows OR two child dock nodes) struct ImGuiDockNodeSettings; // Storage for a dock node in .ini file (we preserve those even if the associated dock node isn't active during the session) struct ImGuiGroupData; // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() struct ImGuiInputTextState; // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box -struct ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup; // Backup and restore IsItemHovered() internal data +struct ImGuiLastItemData; // Status storage for last submitted items +struct ImGuiLocEntry; // A localization entry. struct ImGuiMenuColumns; // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only -struct ImGuiNavMoveResult; // Result of a gamepad/keyboard directional navigation move query result +struct ImGuiNavItemData; // Result of a gamepad/keyboard directional navigation move query result +struct ImGuiMetricsConfig; // Storage for ShowMetricsWindow() and DebugNodeXXX() functions struct ImGuiNextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions struct ImGuiNextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions +struct ImGuiOldColumnData; // Storage data for a single column for legacy Columns() api +struct ImGuiOldColumns; // Storage data for a columns set for legacy Columns() api struct ImGuiPopupData; // Storage for current popup stack struct ImGuiSettingsHandler; // Storage for one type registered in the .ini file +struct ImGuiStackSizes; // Storage of stack sizes for debugging/asserting struct ImGuiStyleMod; // Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it struct ImGuiTabBar; // Storage for a tab bar struct ImGuiTabItem; // Storage for a tab item (within a tab bar) +struct ImGuiTable; // Storage for a table +struct ImGuiTableColumn; // Storage for one column of a table +struct ImGuiTableInstanceData; // Storage for one instance of a same table +struct ImGuiTableTempData; // Temporary storage for one table (one per table in the stack), shared between tables. +struct ImGuiTableSettings; // Storage for a table .ini settings +struct ImGuiTableColumnsSettings; // Storage for a column .ini settings struct ImGuiWindow; // Storage for one window -struct ImGuiWindowTempData; // Temporary storage for one window (that's the data which in theory we could ditch at the end of the frame) +struct ImGuiWindowTempData; // Temporary storage for one window (that's the data which in theory we could ditch at the end of the frame, in practice we currently keep it for each window) struct ImGuiWindowSettings; // Storage for a window .ini settings (we keep one of those even if the actual window wasn't instanced during this session) +// Enumerations // Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the center columns to find the actual flags/enum lists. +enum ImGuiLocKey : int; // -> enum ImGuiLocKey // Enum: a localization entry for translation. typedef int ImGuiDataAuthority; // -> enum ImGuiDataAuthority_ // Enum: for storing the source authority (dock node vs window) of a field typedef int ImGuiLayoutType; // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_ // Enum: Horizontal or vertical -typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags; // -> enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ // Flags: for ButtonEx(), ButtonBehavior() -typedef int ImGuiColumnsFlags; // -> enum ImGuiColumnsFlags_ // Flags: BeginColumns() -typedef int ImGuiDragFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDragFlags_ // Flags: for DragBehavior() -typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag() -typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ // Flags: for DC.LastItemStatusFlags + +// Flags +typedef int ImGuiActivateFlags; // -> enum ImGuiActivateFlags_ // Flags: for navigation/focus function (will be for ActivateItem() later) +typedef int ImGuiDebugLogFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_ // Flags: for ShowDebugLogWindow(), g.DebugLogFlags +typedef int ImGuiInputFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputFlags_ // Flags: for IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() etc. +typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag(), g.LastItemData.InFlags +typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ // Flags: for g.LastItemData.StatusFlags +typedef int ImGuiOldColumnFlags; // -> enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ // Flags: for BeginColumns() typedef int ImGuiNavHighlightFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ // Flags: for RenderNavHighlight() -typedef int ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_ // Flags: for GetNavInputAmount2d() typedef int ImGuiNavMoveFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ // Flags: for navigation requests typedef int ImGuiNextItemDataFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ // Flags: for SetNextItemXXX() functions typedef int ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_// Flags: for SetNextWindowXXX() functions +typedef int ImGuiScrollFlags; // -> enum ImGuiScrollFlags_ // Flags: for ScrollToItem() and navigation requests typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ // Flags: for SeparatorEx() -typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ // Flags: for SliderBehavior() typedef int ImGuiTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTextFlags_ // Flags: for TextEx() typedef int ImGuiTooltipFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ // Flags: for BeginTooltipEx() +typedef void (*ImGuiErrorLogCallback)(void* user_data, const char* fmt, ...); + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Context pointer +// See implementation of this variable in imgui.cpp for comments and details. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef GImGui +extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui; // Current implicit context pointer +#endif + //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// STB libraries includes +// [SECTION] STB libraries includes //------------------------------------------------------------------------- namespace ImStb @@ -130,7 +194,7 @@ namespace ImStb #undef STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE #define STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING ImGuiInputTextState #define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ImWchar -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE -1.0f +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE (-1.0f) #define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99 #define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999 #include "imstb_textedit.h" @@ -138,36 +202,39 @@ namespace ImStb } // namespace ImStb //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Context pointer +// [SECTION] Macros //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#ifndef GImGui -extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui; // Current implicit context pointer -#endif - // Internal Drag and Drop payload types. String starting with '_' are reserved for Dear ImGui. #define IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW "_IMWINDOW" // Payload == ImGuiWindow* -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Macros -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Debug Logging -#ifndef IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(_FMT,...) printf("[%05d] " _FMT, GImGui->FrameCount, __VA_ARGS__) +// Debug Printing Into TTY +// (since IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18729: IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG was reworked into IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF (and removed framecount from it). If you were using a #define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG please rename) +#ifndef IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF(_FMT,...) printf(_FMT, __VA_ARGS__) +#else +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF(_FMT,...) ((void)0) +#endif #endif -// Debug Logging for selected systems. Remove the '((void)0) //' to enable. -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP(...) ((void)0) // IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__) -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT(...) ((void)0) // IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__) -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING(...) ((void)0) // IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__) +// Debug Logging for ShowDebugLogWindow(). This is designed for relatively rare events so please don't spam. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...) ImGui::DebugLog(__VA_ARGS__) +#else +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(...) ((void)0) +#endif +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) +#define IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT(...) do { if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG(__VA_ARGS__); } while (0) // Static Asserts -#if (__cplusplus >= 201100) #define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) static_assert(_COND, "") -#else -#define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) typedef char static_assertion_##__line__[(_COND)?1:-1] -#endif // "Paranoid" Debug Asserts are meant to only be enabled during specific debugging/work, otherwise would slow down the code too much. // We currently don't have many of those so the effect is currently negligible, but onward intent to add more aggressive ones in the code. @@ -191,7 +258,10 @@ extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui; // Current implicit context pointer #else #define IM_NEWLINE "\n" #endif +#ifndef IM_TABSIZE // Until we move this to runtime and/or add proper tab support, at least allow users to compile-time override #define IM_TABSIZE (4) +#endif +#define IM_MEMALIGN(_OFF,_ALIGN) (((_OFF) + ((_ALIGN) - 1)) & ~((_ALIGN) - 1)) // Memory align e.g. IM_ALIGN(0,4)=0, IM_ALIGN(1,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(4,4)=4, IM_ALIGN(5,4)=8 #define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL) ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f))) // Unsaturated, for display purpose #define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL) ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f)) // Saturated, always output 0..255 #define IM_FLOOR(_VAL) ((float)(int)(_VAL)) // ImFloor() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds @@ -204,30 +274,64 @@ extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui; // Current implicit context pointer #define IMGUI_CDECL #endif +// Warnings +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) +#define IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(XXXX) __pragma(warning(suppress: XXXX)) +#else +#define IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(XXXX) +#endif + +// Debug Tools +// Use 'Metrics/Debugger->Tools->Item Picker' to break into the call-stack of a specific item. +// This will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() which you may redefine yourself. See https://github.com/scottt/debugbreak for more reference. +#ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK +#if defined (_MSC_VER) +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __debugbreak() +#elif defined(__clang__) +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __builtin_debugtrap() +#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)) +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile("int $0x03") +#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__thumb__) +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xde01") +#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__arm__) && !defined(__thumb__) +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ volatile(".inst 0xe7f001f0"); +#else +#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() IM_ASSERT(0) // It is expected that you define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() into something that will break nicely in a debugger! +#endif +#endif // #ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Generic helpers +// [SECTION] Generic helpers // Note that the ImXXX helpers functions are lower-level than ImGui functions. // ImGui functions or the ImGui context are never called/used from other ImXXX functions. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// - Helpers: Misc +// - Helpers: Hashing +// - Helpers: Sorting // - Helpers: Bit manipulation -// - Helpers: String, Formatting +// - Helpers: String +// - Helpers: Formatting // - Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions // - Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators // - Helpers: Maths // - Helpers: Geometry -// - Helpers: Bit arrays +// - Helper: ImVec1 +// - Helper: ImVec2ih +// - Helper: ImRect +// - Helper: ImBitArray // - Helper: ImBitVector +// - Helper: ImSpan<>, ImSpanAllocator<> // - Helper: ImPool<> // - Helper: ImChunkStream<> +// - Helper: ImGuiTextIndex //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helpers: Misc -#define ImQsort qsort -IMGUI_API ImU32 ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed = 0); -IMGUI_API ImU32 ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImU32 seed = 0); -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -static inline ImU32 ImHash(const void* data, int size, ImU32 seed = 0) { return size ? ImHashData(data, (size_t)size, seed) : ImHashStr((const char*)data, 0, seed); } // [moved to ImHashStr/ImHashData in 1.68] +// Helpers: Hashing +IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed = 0); +IMGUI_API ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data, size_t data_size = 0, ImU32 seed = 0); + +// Helpers: Sorting +#ifndef ImQsort +static inline void ImQsort(void* base, size_t count, size_t size_of_element, int(IMGUI_CDECL *compare_func)(void const*, void const*)) { if (count > 1) qsort(base, count, size_of_element, compare_func); } #endif // Helpers: Color Blending @@ -235,9 +339,10 @@ IMGUI_API ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b); // Helpers: Bit manipulation static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(int v) { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; } +static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(ImU64 v) { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; } static inline int ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v) { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; } -// Helpers: String, Formatting +// Helpers: String IMGUI_API int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2); IMGUI_API int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count); IMGUI_API void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count); @@ -250,42 +355,54 @@ IMGUI_API const ImWchar*ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* bu IMGUI_API const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end); IMGUI_API void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* str); IMGUI_API const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str); +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF +static inline char ImToUpper(char c) { return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') ? c &= ~32 : c; } +static inline bool ImCharIsBlankA(char c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; } +static inline bool ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; } +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE + +// Helpers: Formatting IMGUI_API int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); IMGUI_API int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); +IMGUI_API void ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(3); +IMGUI_API void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(3); IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* format); IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* format); IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* format, char* buf, size_t buf_size); +IMGUI_API void ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size); +IMGUI_API const char* ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size); IMGUI_API int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* format, int default_value); -static inline bool ImCharIsBlankA(char c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; } -static inline bool ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; } // Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar conversions -IMGUI_API int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return output UTF-8 bytes count -IMGUI_API int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // read one character. return input UTF-8 bytes count -IMGUI_API int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_remaining = NULL); // return input UTF-8 bytes count -IMGUI_API int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count) -IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8 -IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8 +IMGUI_API const char* ImTextCharToUtf8(char out_buf[5], unsigned int c); // return out_buf +IMGUI_API int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return output UTF-8 bytes count +IMGUI_API int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // read one character. return input UTF-8 bytes count +IMGUI_API int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_remaining = NULL); // return input UTF-8 bytes count +IMGUI_API int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count) +IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8 +IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8 // Helpers: ImVec2/ImVec4 operators // We are keeping those disabled by default so they don't leak in user space, to allow user enabling implicit cast operators between ImVec2 and their own types (using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA etc.) // We unfortunately don't have a unary- operator for ImVec2 because this would needs to be defined inside the class itself. #ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS -static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x*rhs, lhs.y*rhs); } -static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x/rhs, lhs.y/rhs); } -static inline ImVec2 operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x+rhs.x, lhs.y+rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x-rhs.x, lhs.y-rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x*rhs.x, lhs.y*rhs.y); } -static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x/rhs.x, lhs.y/rhs.y); } +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF +static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs, lhs.y * rhs); } +static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs, lhs.y / rhs); } +static inline ImVec2 operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs.x, lhs.y / rhs.y); } static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs; lhs.y *= rhs; return lhs; } static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs; lhs.y /= rhs; return lhs; } static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x += rhs.x; lhs.y += rhs.y; return lhs; } static inline ImVec2& operator-=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x -= rhs.x; lhs.y -= rhs.y; return lhs; } static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs.x; lhs.y *= rhs.y; return lhs; } static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs.x; lhs.y /= rhs.y; return lhs; } -static inline ImVec4 operator+(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x+rhs.x, lhs.y+rhs.y, lhs.z+rhs.z, lhs.w+rhs.w); } -static inline ImVec4 operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x-rhs.x, lhs.y-rhs.y, lhs.z-rhs.z, lhs.w-rhs.w); } -static inline ImVec4 operator*(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x*rhs.x, lhs.y*rhs.y, lhs.z*rhs.z, lhs.w*rhs.w); } +static inline ImVec4 operator+(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x + rhs.x, lhs.y + rhs.y, lhs.z + rhs.z, lhs.w + rhs.w); } +static inline ImVec4 operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y, lhs.z - rhs.z, lhs.w - rhs.w); } +static inline ImVec4 operator*(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y, lhs.z * rhs.z, lhs.w * rhs.w); } +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE #endif // Helpers: File System @@ -298,7 +415,6 @@ static inline ImU64 ImFileGetSize(ImFileHandle) static inline ImU64 ImFileRead(void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle) { return 0; } static inline ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void*, ImU64, ImU64, ImFileHandle) { return 0; } #endif - #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS typedef FILE* ImFileHandle; IMGUI_API ImFileHandle ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode); @@ -312,6 +428,7 @@ IMGUI_API ImU64 ImFileWrite(const void* data, ImU64 size, ImU64 coun IMGUI_API void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_file_size = NULL, int padding_bytes = 0); // Helpers: Maths +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF // - Wrapper for standard libs functions. (Note that imgui_demo.cpp does _not_ use them to keep the code easy to copy) #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS #define ImFabs(X) fabsf(X) @@ -322,10 +439,23 @@ IMGUI_API void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* #define ImAcos(X) acosf(X) #define ImAtan2(Y, X) atan2f((Y), (X)) #define ImAtof(STR) atof(STR) -#define ImFloorStd(X) floorf(X) // We already uses our own ImFloor() { return (float)(int)v } internally so the standard one wrapper is named differently (it's used by e.g. stb_truetype) +//#define ImFloorStd(X) floorf(X) // We use our own, see ImFloor() and ImFloorSigned() #define ImCeil(X) ceilf(X) static inline float ImPow(float x, float y) { return powf(x, y); } // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImPow with either float/double and need the precision static inline double ImPow(double x, double y) { return pow(x, y); } +static inline float ImLog(float x) { return logf(x); } // DragBehaviorT/SliderBehaviorT uses ImLog with either float/double and need the precision +static inline double ImLog(double x) { return log(x); } +static inline int ImAbs(int x) { return x < 0 ? -x : x; } +static inline float ImAbs(float x) { return fabsf(x); } +static inline double ImAbs(double x) { return fabs(x); } +static inline float ImSign(float x) { return (x < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : (x > 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } // Sign operator - returns -1, 0 or 1 based on sign of argument +static inline double ImSign(double x) { return (x < 0.0) ? -1.0 : (x > 0.0) ? 1.0 : 0.0; } +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_SSE +static inline float ImRsqrt(float x) { return _mm_cvtss_f32(_mm_rsqrt_ss(_mm_set_ss(x))); } +#else +static inline float ImRsqrt(float x) { return 1.0f / sqrtf(x); } +#endif +static inline double ImRsqrt(double x) { return 1.0 / sqrt(x); } #endif // - ImMin/ImMax/ImClamp/ImLerp/ImSwap are used by widgets which support variety of types: signed/unsigned int/long long float/double // (Exceptionally using templates here but we could also redefine them for those types) @@ -344,21 +474,27 @@ static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float t) static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& t) { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t.x, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t.y); } static inline ImVec4 ImLerp(const ImVec4& a, const ImVec4& b, float t) { return ImVec4(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t, a.z + (b.z - a.z) * t, a.w + (b.w - a.w) * t); } static inline float ImSaturate(float f) { return (f < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (f > 1.0f) ? 1.0f : f; } -static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec2& lhs) { return lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y; } -static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec4& lhs) { return lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y + lhs.z*lhs.z + lhs.w*lhs.w; } -static inline float ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value) { float d = lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y; if (d > 0.0f) return 1.0f / ImSqrt(d); return fail_value; } +static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec2& lhs) { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); } +static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec4& lhs) { return (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y) + (lhs.z * lhs.z) + (lhs.w * lhs.w); } +static inline float ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value) { float d = (lhs.x * lhs.x) + (lhs.y * lhs.y); if (d > 0.0f) return ImRsqrt(d); return fail_value; } static inline float ImFloor(float f) { return (float)(int)(f); } +static inline float ImFloorSigned(float f) { return (float)((f >= 0 || (float)(int)f == f) ? (int)f : (int)f - 1); } // Decent replacement for floorf() static inline ImVec2 ImFloor(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2((float)(int)(v.x), (float)(int)(v.y)); } +static inline ImVec2 ImFloorSigned(const ImVec2& v) { return ImVec2(ImFloorSigned(v.x), ImFloorSigned(v.y)); } static inline int ImModPositive(int a, int b) { return (a + b) % b; } static inline float ImDot(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b) { return a.x * b.x + a.y * b.y; } static inline ImVec2 ImRotate(const ImVec2& v, float cos_a, float sin_a) { return ImVec2(v.x * cos_a - v.y * sin_a, v.x * sin_a + v.y * cos_a); } static inline float ImLinearSweep(float current, float target, float speed) { if (current < target) return ImMin(current + speed, target); if (current > target) return ImMax(current - speed, target); return current; } static inline ImVec2 ImMul(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); } +static inline bool ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(float f) { return f <= -16777216 || f >= 16777216; } +static inline float ImExponentialMovingAverage(float avg, float sample, int n) { avg -= avg / n; avg += sample / n; return avg; } +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE // Helpers: Geometry -IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t); // Cubic Bezier -IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments); // For curves with explicit number of segments -IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol);// For auto-tessellated curves you can use tess_tol = style.CurveTessellationTol +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t); +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments); // For curves with explicit number of segments +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol);// For auto-tessellated curves you can use tess_tol = style.CurveTessellationTol +IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImBezierQuadraticCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, float t); IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p); IMGUI_API bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); @@ -366,347 +502,42 @@ IMGUI_API void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& inline float ImTriangleArea(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c) { return ImFabs((a.x * (b.y - c.y)) + (b.x * (c.y - a.y)) + (c.x * (a.y - b.y))) * 0.5f; } IMGUI_API ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy); -// Helpers: Bit arrays -inline bool ImBitArrayTestBit(const ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); return (arr[n >> 5] & mask) != 0; } -inline void ImBitArrayClearBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] &= ~mask; } -inline void ImBitArraySetBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] |= mask; } -inline void ImBitArraySetBitRange(ImU32* arr, int n, int n2) -{ - while (n <= n2) - { - int a_mod = (n & 31); - int b_mod = ((n2 >= n + 31) ? 31 : (n2 & 31)) + 1; - ImU32 mask = (ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << b_mod) - 1) & ~(ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << a_mod) - 1); - arr[n >> 5] |= mask; - n = (n + 32) & ~31; - } -} - -// Helper: ImBitVector -// Store 1-bit per value. -struct IMGUI_API ImBitVector -{ - ImVector Storage; - void Create(int sz) { Storage.resize((sz + 31) >> 5); memset(Storage.Data, 0, (size_t)Storage.Size * sizeof(Storage.Data[0])); } - void Clear() { Storage.clear(); } - bool TestBit(int n) const { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage.Data, n); } - void SetBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage.Data, n); } - void ClearBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage.Data, n); } -}; - -// Helper: ImPool<> -// Basic keyed storage for contiguous instances, slow/amortized insertion, O(1) indexable, O(Log N) queries by ID over a dense/hot buffer, -// Honor constructor/destructor. Add/remove invalidate all pointers. Indexes have the same lifetime as the associated object. -typedef int ImPoolIdx; -template -struct IMGUI_API ImPool -{ - ImVector Buf; // Contiguous data - ImGuiStorage Map; // ID->Index - ImPoolIdx FreeIdx; // Next free idx to use - - ImPool() { FreeIdx = 0; } - ~ImPool() { Clear(); } - T* GetByKey(ImGuiID key) { int idx = Map.GetInt(key, -1); return (idx != -1) ? &Buf[idx] : NULL; } - T* GetByIndex(ImPoolIdx n) { return &Buf[n]; } - ImPoolIdx GetIndex(const T* p) const { IM_ASSERT(p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); return (ImPoolIdx)(p - Buf.Data); } - T* GetOrAddByKey(ImGuiID key) { int* p_idx = Map.GetIntRef(key, -1); if (*p_idx != -1) return &Buf[*p_idx]; *p_idx = FreeIdx; return Add(); } - bool Contains(const T* p) const { return (p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); } - void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < Map.Data.Size; n++) { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx != -1) Buf[idx].~T(); } Map.Clear(); Buf.clear(); FreeIdx = 0; } - T* Add() { int idx = FreeIdx; if (idx == Buf.Size) { Buf.resize(Buf.Size + 1); FreeIdx++; } else { FreeIdx = *(int*)&Buf[idx]; } IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&Buf[idx]) T(); return &Buf[idx]; } - void Remove(ImGuiID key, const T* p) { Remove(key, GetIndex(p)); } - void Remove(ImGuiID key, ImPoolIdx idx) { Buf[idx].~T(); *(int*)&Buf[idx] = FreeIdx; FreeIdx = idx; Map.SetInt(key, -1); } - void Reserve(int capacity) { Buf.reserve(capacity); Map.Data.reserve(capacity); } - int GetSize() const { return Buf.Size; } -}; - -// Helper: ImChunkStream<> -// Build and iterate a contiguous stream of variable-sized structures. -// This is used by Settings to store persistent data while reducing allocation count. -// We store the chunk size first, and align the final size on 4 bytes boundaries (this what the '(X + 3) & ~3' statement is for) -// The tedious/zealous amount of casting is to avoid -Wcast-align warnings. -template -struct IMGUI_API ImChunkStream -{ - ImVector Buf; - - void clear() { Buf.clear(); } - bool empty() const { return Buf.Size == 0; } - int size() const { return Buf.Size; } - T* alloc_chunk(size_t sz) { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; sz = ((HDR_SZ + sz) + 3u) & ~3u; int off = Buf.Size; Buf.resize(off + (int)sz); ((int*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off))[0] = (int)sz; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off + (int)HDR_SZ); } - T* begin() { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; if (!Buf.Data) return NULL; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + HDR_SZ); } - T* next_chunk(T* p) { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); p = (T*)(void*)((char*)(void*)p + chunk_size(p)); if (p == (T*)(void*)((char*)end() + HDR_SZ)) return (T*)0; IM_ASSERT(p < end()); return p; } - int chunk_size(const T* p) { return ((const int*)p)[-1]; } - T* end() { return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + Buf.Size); } - int offset_from_ptr(const T* p) { IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); const ptrdiff_t off = (const char*)p - Buf.Data; return (int)off; } - T* ptr_from_offset(int off) { IM_ASSERT(off >= 4 && off < Buf.Size); return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off); } -}; - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Misc data structures -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ -{ - ImGuiButtonFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat = 1 << 0, // hold to repeat - ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick = 1 << 1, // return true on click (mouse down event) - ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease = 1 << 2, // [Default] return true on click + release on same item <-- this is what the majority of Button are using - ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere = 1 << 3, // return true on click + release even if the release event is not done while hovering the item - ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease = 1 << 4, // return true on release (default requires click+release) - ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick = 1 << 5, // return true on double-click (default requires click+release) - ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold = 1 << 6, // return true when held into while we are drag and dropping another item (used by e.g. tree nodes, collapsing headers) - ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren = 1 << 7, // allow interactions even if a child window is overlapping - ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 8, // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable, use along with SetItemAllowOverlap() - ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 9, // disable automatically closing parent popup on press // [UNUSED] - ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled = 1 << 10, // disable interactions - ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine = 1 << 11, // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine - ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers = 1 << 12, // disable mouse interaction if a key modifier is held - ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId = 1 << 13, // don't set ActiveId while holding the mouse (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick only) - ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 14, // don't override navigation focus when activated - ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus = 1 << 15, // don't report as hovered when nav focus is on this item - ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft = 1 << 16, // [Default] react on left mouse button - ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight = 1 << 17, // react on right mouse button - ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle = 1 << 18, // react on center mouse button - - ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle, - ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonShift_ = 16, - ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft, - ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold, - ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease -}; - -enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ -{ - ImGuiSliderFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical = 1 << 0 -}; - -enum ImGuiDragFlags_ -{ - ImGuiDragFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiDragFlags_Vertical = 1 << 0 -}; - -enum ImGuiColumnsFlags_ -{ - // Default: 0 - ImGuiColumnsFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder = 1 << 0, // Disable column dividers - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths = 1 << 2, // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns - ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = 1 << 3, // Disable forcing columns to fit within window - ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize= 1 << 4 // (WIP) Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove. -}; - -// Extend ImGuiSelectableFlags_ -enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_ -{ - // NB: need to be in sync with last value of ImGuiSelectableFlags_ - ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID = 1 << 20, - ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick = 1 << 21, // Override button behavior to react on Click (default is Click+Release) - ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease = 1 << 22, // Override button behavior to react on Release (default is Click+Release) - ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 23, // Span all avail width even if we declared less for layout purpose. FIXME: We may be able to remove this (added in 6251d379, 2bcafc86 for menus) - ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld= 1 << 24, // Always show active when held, even is not hovered. This concept could probably be renamed/formalized somehow. - ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover = 1 << 25 -}; - -// Extend ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ -enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlagsPrivate_ -{ - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 20 -}; - -enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ -{ - ImGuiSeparatorFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal = 1 << 0, // Axis default to current layout type, so generally Horizontal unless e.g. in a menu bar - ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical = 1 << 1, - ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 2 -}; - -// Transient per-window flags, reset at the beginning of the frame. For child window, inherited from parent on first Begin(). -// This is going to be exposed in imgui.h when stabilized enough. -enum ImGuiItemFlags_ -{ - ImGuiItemFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop = 1 << 0, // false - ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat = 1 << 1, // false // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings. - ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled = 1 << 2, // false // [BETA] Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals yet. See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211 - ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav = 1 << 3, // false - ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus = 1 << 4, // false - ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5, // false // MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closes current Popup window - ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue = 1 << 6, // false // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets) - ImGuiItemFlags_Default_ = 0 -}; - -// Storage for LastItem data -enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ -{ - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect = 1 << 0, - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect = 1 << 1, - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited = 1 << 2, // Value exposed by item was edited in the current frame (should match the bool return value of most widgets) - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection = 1 << 3, // Set when Selectable(), TreeNode() reports toggling a selection. We can't report "Selected" because reporting the change allows us to handle clipping with less issues. - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen = 1 << 4, // Set when TreeNode() reports toggling their open state. - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated = 1 << 5, // Set if the widget/group is able to provide data for the ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated flag. - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated = 1 << 6 // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set. - -#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - , // [imgui_tests only] - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable = 1 << 10, // - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened = 1 << 11, // - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable = 1 << 12, // - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked = 1 << 13 // -#endif -}; - -enum ImGuiTextFlags_ -{ - ImGuiTextFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText = 1 << 0 -}; - -enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ -{ - ImGuiTooltipFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip = 1 << 0 // Override will clear/ignore previously submitted tooltip (defaults to append) -}; - -// FIXME: this is in development, not exposed/functional as a generic feature yet. -// Horizontal/Vertical enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2 -enum ImGuiLayoutType_ -{ - ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal = 0, - ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical = 1 -}; - -enum ImGuiLogType -{ - ImGuiLogType_None = 0, - ImGuiLogType_TTY, - ImGuiLogType_File, - ImGuiLogType_Buffer, - ImGuiLogType_Clipboard -}; - -// X/Y enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2 -enum ImGuiAxis -{ - ImGuiAxis_None = -1, - ImGuiAxis_X = 0, - ImGuiAxis_Y = 1 -}; - -enum ImGuiPlotType -{ - ImGuiPlotType_Lines, - ImGuiPlotType_Histogram -}; - -enum ImGuiInputSource -{ - ImGuiInputSource_None = 0, - ImGuiInputSource_Mouse, - ImGuiInputSource_Nav, - ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard, // Only used occasionally for storage, not tested/handled by most code - ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad, // " - ImGuiInputSource_COUNT -}; - -// FIXME-NAV: Clarify/expose various repeat delay/rate -enum ImGuiInputReadMode -{ - ImGuiInputReadMode_Down, - ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed, - ImGuiInputReadMode_Released, - ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat, - ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow, - ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast -}; - -enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ -{ - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault = 1 << 0, - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin = 1 << 1, - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw = 1 << 2, // Draw rectangular highlight if (g.NavId == id) _even_ when using the mouse. - ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding = 1 << 3 -}; - -enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_ -{ - ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard = 1 << 0, - ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad = 1 << 1, - ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick = 1 << 2 -}; - -enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ -{ - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX = 1 << 0, // On failed request, restart from opposite side - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY = 1 << 1, - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX = 1 << 2, // On failed request, request from opposite side one line down (when NavDir==right) or one line up (when NavDir==left) - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY = 1 << 3, // This is not super useful for provided for completeness - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId = 1 << 4, // Allow scoring and considering the current NavId as a move target candidate. This is used when the move source is offset (e.g. pressing PageDown actually needs to send a Up move request, if we are pressing PageDown from the bottom-most item we need to stay in place) - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet = 1 << 5, // Store alternate result in NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet that only comprise elements that are already fully visible. - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge = 1 << 6 -}; - -enum ImGuiNavForward -{ - ImGuiNavForward_None, - ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued, - ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive -}; - -enum ImGuiNavLayer -{ - ImGuiNavLayer_Main = 0, // Main scrolling layer - ImGuiNavLayer_Menu = 1, // Menu layer (access with Alt/ImGuiNavInput_Menu) - ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT -}; - -enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy -{ - ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default, - ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox -}; - -// 1D vector (this odd construct is used to facilitate the transition between 1D and 2D, and the maintenance of some branches/patches) +// Helper: ImVec1 (1D vector) +// (this odd construct is used to facilitate the transition between 1D and 2D, and the maintenance of some branches/patches) +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF struct ImVec1 { float x; - ImVec1() { x = 0.0f; } - ImVec1(float _x) { x = _x; } + constexpr ImVec1() : x(0.0f) { } + constexpr ImVec1(float _x) : x(_x) { } }; -// 2D vector (half-size integer) +// Helper: ImVec2ih (2D vector, half-size integer, for long-term packed storage) struct ImVec2ih { short x, y; - ImVec2ih() { x = y = 0; } - ImVec2ih(short _x, short _y) { x = _x; y = _y; } - explicit ImVec2ih(const ImVec2& rhs) { x = (short)rhs.x; y = (short)rhs.y; } + constexpr ImVec2ih() : x(0), y(0) {} + constexpr ImVec2ih(short _x, short _y) : x(_x), y(_y) {} + constexpr explicit ImVec2ih(const ImVec2& rhs) : x((short)rhs.x), y((short)rhs.y) {} }; -// 2D axis aligned bounding-box -// NB: we can't rely on ImVec2 math operators being available here +// Helper: ImRect (2D axis aligned bounding-box) +// NB: we can't rely on ImVec2 math operators being available here! struct IMGUI_API ImRect { ImVec2 Min; // Upper-left ImVec2 Max; // Lower-right - ImRect() : Min(0.0f, 0.0f), Max(0.0f, 0.0f) {} - ImRect(const ImVec2& min, const ImVec2& max) : Min(min), Max(max) {} - ImRect(const ImVec4& v) : Min(v.x, v.y), Max(v.z, v.w) {} - ImRect(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2) : Min(x1, y1), Max(x2, y2) {} + constexpr ImRect() : Min(0.0f, 0.0f), Max(0.0f, 0.0f) {} + constexpr ImRect(const ImVec2& min, const ImVec2& max) : Min(min), Max(max) {} + constexpr ImRect(const ImVec4& v) : Min(v.x, v.y), Max(v.z, v.w) {} + constexpr ImRect(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2) : Min(x1, y1), Max(x2, y2) {} ImVec2 GetCenter() const { return ImVec2((Min.x + Max.x) * 0.5f, (Min.y + Max.y) * 0.5f); } ImVec2 GetSize() const { return ImVec2(Max.x - Min.x, Max.y - Min.y); } float GetWidth() const { return Max.x - Min.x; } float GetHeight() const { return Max.y - Min.y; } + float GetArea() const { return (Max.x - Min.x) * (Max.y - Min.y); } ImVec2 GetTL() const { return Min; } // Top-left ImVec2 GetTR() const { return ImVec2(Max.x, Min.y); } // Top-right ImVec2 GetBL() const { return ImVec2(Min.x, Max.y); } // Bottom-left @@ -725,193 +556,208 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImRect void ClipWithFull(const ImRect& r) { Min = ImClamp(Min, r.Min, r.Max); Max = ImClamp(Max, r.Min, r.Max); } // Full version, ensure both points are fully clipped. void Floor() { Min.x = IM_FLOOR(Min.x); Min.y = IM_FLOOR(Min.y); Max.x = IM_FLOOR(Max.x); Max.y = IM_FLOOR(Max.y); } bool IsInverted() const { return Min.x > Max.x || Min.y > Max.y; } + ImVec4 ToVec4() const { return ImVec4(Min.x, Min.y, Max.x, Max.y); } }; +IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_RESTORE -// Type information associated to one ImGuiDataType. Retrieve with DataTypeGetInfo(). -struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo +// Helper: ImBitArray +inline bool ImBitArrayTestBit(const ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); return (arr[n >> 5] & mask) != 0; } +inline void ImBitArrayClearBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] &= ~mask; } +inline void ImBitArraySetBit(ImU32* arr, int n) { ImU32 mask = (ImU32)1 << (n & 31); arr[n >> 5] |= mask; } +inline void ImBitArraySetBitRange(ImU32* arr, int n, int n2) // Works on range [n..n2) { - size_t Size; // Size in byte - const char* PrintFmt; // Default printf format for the type - const char* ScanFmt; // Default scanf format for the type -}; - -// Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it -struct ImGuiColorMod -{ - ImGuiCol Col; - ImVec4 BackupValue; -}; - -// Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it. Data type inferred from the variable. -struct ImGuiStyleMod -{ - ImGuiStyleVar VarIdx; - union { int BackupInt[2]; float BackupFloat[2]; }; - ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, int v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupInt[0] = v; } - ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v; } - ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, ImVec2 v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v.x; BackupFloat[1] = v.y; } -}; - -// Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() -struct ImGuiGroupData -{ - ImVec2 BackupCursorPos; - ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos; - ImVec1 BackupIndent; - ImVec1 BackupGroupOffset; - ImVec2 BackupCurrLineSize; - float BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset; - ImGuiID BackupActiveIdIsAlive; - bool BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; - bool EmitItem; -}; - -// Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only.. This is very short-sighted/throw-away code and NOT a generic helper. -struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMenuColumns -{ - float Spacing; - float Width, NextWidth; - float Pos[3], NextWidths[3]; - - ImGuiMenuColumns(); - void Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear); - float DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2); - float CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w) const; -}; - -// Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box -// For a given item ID, access with ImGui::GetInputTextState() -struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState -{ - ImGuiID ID; // widget id owning the text state - int CurLenW, CurLenA; // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format. UTF-8 length is valid even if TextA is not. - ImVector TextW; // edit buffer, we need to persist but can't guarantee the persistence of the user-provided buffer. so we copy into own buffer. - ImVector TextA; // temporary UTF8 buffer for callbacks and other operations. this is not updated in every code-path! size=capacity. - ImVector InitialTextA; // backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered) - bool TextAIsValid; // temporary UTF8 buffer is not initially valid before we make the widget active (until then we pull the data from user argument) - int BufCapacityA; // end-user buffer capacity - float ScrollX; // horizontal scrolling/offset - ImStb::STB_TexteditState Stb; // state for stb_textedit.h - float CursorAnim; // timer for cursor blink, reset on every user action so the cursor reappears immediately - bool CursorFollow; // set when we want scrolling to follow the current cursor position (not always!) - bool SelectedAllMouseLock; // after a double-click to select all, we ignore further mouse drags to update selection - ImGuiInputTextFlags UserFlags; // Temporarily set while we call user's callback - ImGuiInputTextCallback UserCallback; // " - void* UserCallbackData; // " - - ImGuiInputTextState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } - void ClearText() { CurLenW = CurLenA = 0; TextW[0] = 0; TextA[0] = 0; CursorClamp(); } - void ClearFreeMemory() { TextW.clear(); TextA.clear(); InitialTextA.clear(); } - int GetUndoAvailCount() const { return Stb.undostate.undo_point; } - int GetRedoAvailCount() const { return STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - Stb.undostate.redo_point; } - void OnKeyPressed(int key); // Cannot be inline because we call in code in stb_textedit.h implementation - - // Cursor & Selection - void CursorAnimReset() { CursorAnim = -0.30f; } // After a user-input the cursor stays on for a while without blinking - void CursorClamp() { Stb.cursor = ImMin(Stb.cursor, CurLenW); Stb.select_start = ImMin(Stb.select_start, CurLenW); Stb.select_end = ImMin(Stb.select_end, CurLenW); } - bool HasSelection() const { return Stb.select_start != Stb.select_end; } - void ClearSelection() { Stb.select_start = Stb.select_end = Stb.cursor; } - void SelectAll() { Stb.select_start = 0; Stb.cursor = Stb.select_end = CurLenW; Stb.has_preferred_x = 0; } -}; - -// Windows data saved in imgui.ini file -// Because we never destroy or rename ImGuiWindowSettings, we can store the names in a separate buffer easily. -// (this is designed to be stored in a ImChunkStream buffer, with the variable-length Name following our structure) -struct ImGuiWindowSettings -{ - ImGuiID ID; - ImVec2ih Pos; // NB: Settings position are stored RELATIVE to the viewport! Whereas runtime ones are absolute positions. - ImVec2ih Size; - ImVec2ih ViewportPos; - ImGuiID ViewportId; - ImGuiID DockId; // ID of last known DockNode (even if the DockNode is invisible because it has only 1 active window), or 0 if none. - ImGuiID ClassId; // ID of window class if specified - short DockOrder; // Order of the last time the window was visible within its DockNode. This is used to reorder windows that are reappearing on the same frame. Same value between windows that were active and windows that were none are possible. - bool Collapsed; - - ImGuiWindowSettings() { ID = 0; Pos = Size = ViewportPos = ImVec2ih(0, 0); ViewportId = DockId = ClassId = 0; DockOrder = -1; Collapsed = false; } - char* GetName() { return (char*)(this + 1); } -}; - -struct ImGuiSettingsHandler -{ - const char* TypeName; // Short description stored in .ini file. Disallowed characters: '[' ']' - ImGuiID TypeHash; // == ImHashStr(TypeName) - void* (*ReadOpenFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, const char* name); // Read: Called when entering into a new ini entry e.g. "[Window][Name]" - void (*ReadLineFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, void* entry, const char* line); // Read: Called for every line of text within an ini entry - void (*WriteAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* out_buf); // Write: Output every entries into 'out_buf' - void* UserData; - - ImGuiSettingsHandler() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } -}; - -// Storage for current popup stack -struct ImGuiPopupData -{ - ImGuiID PopupId; // Set on OpenPopup() - ImGuiWindow* Window; // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup() - ImGuiWindow* SourceWindow; // Set on OpenPopup() copy of NavWindow at the time of opening the popup - int OpenFrameCount; // Set on OpenPopup() - ImGuiID OpenParentId; // Set on OpenPopup(), we need this to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) - ImVec2 OpenPopupPos; // Set on OpenPopup(), preferred popup position (typically == OpenMousePos when using mouse) - ImVec2 OpenMousePos; // Set on OpenPopup(), copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup - - ImGuiPopupData() { PopupId = 0; Window = SourceWindow = NULL; OpenFrameCount = -1; OpenParentId = 0; } -}; - -struct ImGuiColumnData -{ - float OffsetNorm; // Column start offset, normalized 0.0 (far left) -> 1.0 (far right) - float OffsetNormBeforeResize; - ImGuiColumnsFlags Flags; // Not exposed - ImRect ClipRect; - - ImGuiColumnData() { OffsetNorm = OffsetNormBeforeResize = 0.0f; Flags = ImGuiColumnsFlags_None; } -}; - -struct ImGuiColumns -{ - ImGuiID ID; - ImGuiColumnsFlags Flags; - bool IsFirstFrame; - bool IsBeingResized; - int Current; - int Count; - float OffMinX, OffMaxX; // Offsets from HostWorkRect.Min.x - float LineMinY, LineMaxY; - float HostCursorPosY; // Backup of CursorPos at the time of BeginColumns() - float HostCursorMaxPosX; // Backup of CursorMaxPos at the time of BeginColumns() - ImRect HostClipRect; // Backup of ClipRect at the time of BeginColumns() - ImRect HostWorkRect; // Backup of WorkRect at the time of BeginColumns() - ImVector Columns; - ImDrawListSplitter Splitter; - - ImGuiColumns() { Clear(); } - void Clear() + n2--; + while (n <= n2) { - ID = 0; - Flags = ImGuiColumnsFlags_None; - IsFirstFrame = false; - IsBeingResized = false; - Current = 0; - Count = 1; - OffMinX = OffMaxX = 0.0f; - LineMinY = LineMaxY = 0.0f; - HostCursorPosY = 0.0f; - HostCursorMaxPosX = 0.0f; - Columns.clear(); + int a_mod = (n & 31); + int b_mod = (n2 > (n | 31) ? 31 : (n2 & 31)) + 1; + ImU32 mask = (ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << b_mod) - 1) & ~(ImU32)(((ImU64)1 << a_mod) - 1); + arr[n >> 5] |= mask; + n = (n + 32) & ~31; } +} + +// Helper: ImBitArray class (wrapper over ImBitArray functions) +// Store 1-bit per value. +template +struct ImBitArray +{ + ImU32 Storage[(BITCOUNT + 31) >> 5]; + ImBitArray() { ClearAllBits(); } + void ClearAllBits() { memset(Storage, 0, sizeof(Storage)); } + void SetAllBits() { memset(Storage, 255, sizeof(Storage)); } + bool TestBit(int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n); } + void SetBit(int n) { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage, n); } + void ClearBit(int n) { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage, n); } + void SetBitRange(int n, int n2) { n += OFFSET; n2 += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT && n2 > n && n2 <= BITCOUNT); ImBitArraySetBitRange(Storage, n, n2); } // Works on range [n..n2) + bool operator[](int n) const { n += OFFSET; IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < BITCOUNT); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage, n); } }; +// Helper: ImBitVector +// Store 1-bit per value. +struct IMGUI_API ImBitVector +{ + ImVector Storage; + void Create(int sz) { Storage.resize((sz + 31) >> 5); memset(Storage.Data, 0, (size_t)Storage.Size * sizeof(Storage.Data[0])); } + void Clear() { Storage.clear(); } + bool TestBit(int n) const { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); return ImBitArrayTestBit(Storage.Data, n); } + void SetBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArraySetBit(Storage.Data, n); } + void ClearBit(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n < (Storage.Size << 5)); ImBitArrayClearBit(Storage.Data, n); } +}; + +// Helper: ImSpan<> +// Pointing to a span of data we don't own. +template +struct ImSpan +{ + T* Data; + T* DataEnd; + + // Constructors, destructor + inline ImSpan() { Data = DataEnd = NULL; } + inline ImSpan(T* data, int size) { Data = data; DataEnd = data + size; } + inline ImSpan(T* data, T* data_end) { Data = data; DataEnd = data_end; } + + inline void set(T* data, int size) { Data = data; DataEnd = data + size; } + inline void set(T* data, T* data_end) { Data = data; DataEnd = data_end; } + inline int size() const { return (int)(ptrdiff_t)(DataEnd - Data); } + inline int size_in_bytes() const { return (int)(ptrdiff_t)(DataEnd - Data) * (int)sizeof(T); } + inline T& operator[](int i) { T* p = Data + i; IM_ASSERT(p >= Data && p < DataEnd); return *p; } + inline const T& operator[](int i) const { const T* p = Data + i; IM_ASSERT(p >= Data && p < DataEnd); return *p; } + + inline T* begin() { return Data; } + inline const T* begin() const { return Data; } + inline T* end() { return DataEnd; } + inline const T* end() const { return DataEnd; } + + // Utilities + inline int index_from_ptr(const T* it) const { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < DataEnd); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; } +}; + +// Helper: ImSpanAllocator<> +// Facilitate storing multiple chunks into a single large block (the "arena") +// - Usage: call Reserve() N times, allocate GetArenaSizeInBytes() worth, pass it to SetArenaBasePtr(), call GetSpan() N times to retrieve the aligned ranges. +template +struct ImSpanAllocator +{ + char* BasePtr; + int CurrOff; + int CurrIdx; + int Offsets[CHUNKS]; + int Sizes[CHUNKS]; + + ImSpanAllocator() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + inline void Reserve(int n, size_t sz, int a=4) { IM_ASSERT(n == CurrIdx && n < CHUNKS); CurrOff = IM_MEMALIGN(CurrOff, a); Offsets[n] = CurrOff; Sizes[n] = (int)sz; CurrIdx++; CurrOff += (int)sz; } + inline int GetArenaSizeInBytes() { return CurrOff; } + inline void SetArenaBasePtr(void* base_ptr) { BasePtr = (char*)base_ptr; } + inline void* GetSpanPtrBegin(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrIdx == CHUNKS); return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n]); } + inline void* GetSpanPtrEnd(int n) { IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < CHUNKS && CurrIdx == CHUNKS); return (void*)(BasePtr + Offsets[n] + Sizes[n]); } + template + inline void GetSpan(int n, ImSpan* span) { span->set((T*)GetSpanPtrBegin(n), (T*)GetSpanPtrEnd(n)); } +}; + +// Helper: ImPool<> +// Basic keyed storage for contiguous instances, slow/amortized insertion, O(1) indexable, O(Log N) queries by ID over a dense/hot buffer, +// Honor constructor/destructor. Add/remove invalidate all pointers. Indexes have the same lifetime as the associated object. +typedef int ImPoolIdx; +template +struct ImPool +{ + ImVector Buf; // Contiguous data + ImGuiStorage Map; // ID->Index + ImPoolIdx FreeIdx; // Next free idx to use + ImPoolIdx AliveCount; // Number of active/alive items (for display purpose) + + ImPool() { FreeIdx = AliveCount = 0; } + ~ImPool() { Clear(); } + T* GetByKey(ImGuiID key) { int idx = Map.GetInt(key, -1); return (idx != -1) ? &Buf[idx] : NULL; } + T* GetByIndex(ImPoolIdx n) { return &Buf[n]; } + ImPoolIdx GetIndex(const T* p) const { IM_ASSERT(p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); return (ImPoolIdx)(p - Buf.Data); } + T* GetOrAddByKey(ImGuiID key) { int* p_idx = Map.GetIntRef(key, -1); if (*p_idx != -1) return &Buf[*p_idx]; *p_idx = FreeIdx; return Add(); } + bool Contains(const T* p) const { return (p >= Buf.Data && p < Buf.Data + Buf.Size); } + void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < Map.Data.Size; n++) { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx != -1) Buf[idx].~T(); } Map.Clear(); Buf.clear(); FreeIdx = AliveCount = 0; } + T* Add() { int idx = FreeIdx; if (idx == Buf.Size) { Buf.resize(Buf.Size + 1); FreeIdx++; } else { FreeIdx = *(int*)&Buf[idx]; } IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&Buf[idx]) T(); AliveCount++; return &Buf[idx]; } + void Remove(ImGuiID key, const T* p) { Remove(key, GetIndex(p)); } + void Remove(ImGuiID key, ImPoolIdx idx) { Buf[idx].~T(); *(int*)&Buf[idx] = FreeIdx; FreeIdx = idx; Map.SetInt(key, -1); AliveCount--; } + void Reserve(int capacity) { Buf.reserve(capacity); Map.Data.reserve(capacity); } + + // To iterate a ImPool: for (int n = 0; n < pool.GetMapSize(); n++) if (T* t = pool.TryGetMapData(n)) { ... } + // Can be avoided if you know .Remove() has never been called on the pool, or AliveCount == GetMapSize() + int GetAliveCount() const { return AliveCount; } // Number of active/alive items in the pool (for display purpose) + int GetBufSize() const { return Buf.Size; } + int GetMapSize() const { return Map.Data.Size; } // It is the map we need iterate to find valid items, since we don't have "alive" storage anywhere + T* TryGetMapData(ImPoolIdx n) { int idx = Map.Data[n].val_i; if (idx == -1) return NULL; return GetByIndex(idx); } +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + int GetSize() { return GetMapSize(); } // For ImPlot: should use GetMapSize() from (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18304) +#endif +}; + +// Helper: ImChunkStream<> +// Build and iterate a contiguous stream of variable-sized structures. +// This is used by Settings to store persistent data while reducing allocation count. +// We store the chunk size first, and align the final size on 4 bytes boundaries. +// The tedious/zealous amount of casting is to avoid -Wcast-align warnings. +template +struct ImChunkStream +{ + ImVector Buf; + + void clear() { Buf.clear(); } + bool empty() const { return Buf.Size == 0; } + int size() const { return Buf.Size; } + T* alloc_chunk(size_t sz) { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; sz = IM_MEMALIGN(HDR_SZ + sz, 4u); int off = Buf.Size; Buf.resize(off + (int)sz); ((int*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off))[0] = (int)sz; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off + (int)HDR_SZ); } + T* begin() { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; if (!Buf.Data) return NULL; return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + HDR_SZ); } + T* next_chunk(T* p) { size_t HDR_SZ = 4; IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); p = (T*)(void*)((char*)(void*)p + chunk_size(p)); if (p == (T*)(void*)((char*)end() + HDR_SZ)) return (T*)0; IM_ASSERT(p < end()); return p; } + int chunk_size(const T* p) { return ((const int*)p)[-1]; } + T* end() { return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + Buf.Size); } + int offset_from_ptr(const T* p) { IM_ASSERT(p >= begin() && p < end()); const ptrdiff_t off = (const char*)p - Buf.Data; return (int)off; } + T* ptr_from_offset(int off) { IM_ASSERT(off >= 4 && off < Buf.Size); return (T*)(void*)(Buf.Data + off); } + void swap(ImChunkStream& rhs) { rhs.Buf.swap(Buf); } + +}; + +// Helper: ImGuiTextIndex<> +// Maintain a line index for a text buffer. This is a strong candidate to be moved into the public API. +struct ImGuiTextIndex +{ + ImVector LineOffsets; + int EndOffset = 0; // Because we don't own text buffer we need to maintain EndOffset (may bake in LineOffsets?) + + void clear() { LineOffsets.clear(); EndOffset = 0; } + int size() { return LineOffsets.Size; } + const char* get_line_begin(const char* base, int n) { return base + LineOffsets[n]; } + const char* get_line_end(const char* base, int n) { return base + (n + 1 < LineOffsets.Size ? (LineOffsets[n + 1] - 1) : EndOffset); } + void append(const char* base, int old_size, int new_size); +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImDrawList support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // ImDrawList: Helper function to calculate a circle's segment count given its radius and a "maximum error" value. -#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN 12 +// Estimation of number of circle segment based on error is derived using method described in https://stackoverflow.com/a/2244088/15194693 +// Number of segments (N) is calculated using equation: +// N = ceil ( pi / acos(1 - error / r) ) where r > 0, error <= r +// Our equation is significantly simpler that one in the post thanks for choosing segment that is +// perpendicular to X axis. Follow steps in the article from this starting condition and you will +// will get this result. +// +// Rendering circles with an odd number of segments, while mathematically correct will produce +// asymmetrical results on the raster grid. Therefore we're rounding N to next even number (7->8, 8->8, 9->10 etc.) +#define IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN(_V) ((((_V) + 1) / 2) * 2) +#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN 4 #define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX 512 -#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(_RAD,_MAXERROR) ImClamp((int)((IM_PI * 2.0f) / ImAcos(((_RAD) - (_MAXERROR)) / (_RAD))), IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX) +#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(_RAD,_MAXERROR) ImClamp(IM_ROUNDUP_TO_EVEN((int)ImCeil(IM_PI / ImAcos(1 - ImMin((_MAXERROR), (_RAD)) / (_RAD)))), IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MIN, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX) -// ImDrawList: You may set this to higher values (e.g. 2 or 3) to increase tessellation of fast rounded corners path. -#ifndef IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER -#define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER 1 +// Raw equation from IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC rewritten for 'r' and 'error'. +#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(_N,_MAXERROR) ((_MAXERROR) / (1 - ImCos(IM_PI / ImMax((float)(_N), IM_PI)))) +#define IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_ERROR(_N,_RAD) ((1 - ImCos(IM_PI / ImMax((float)(_N), IM_PI))) / (_RAD)) + +// ImDrawList: Lookup table size for adaptive arc drawing, cover full circle. +#ifndef IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE +#define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE 48 // Number of samples in lookup table. #endif +#define IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE // Sample index _PathArcToFastEx() for 360 angle. // Data shared between all ImDrawList instances // You may want to create your own instance of this if you want to use ImDrawList completely without ImGui. In that case, watch out for future changes to this structure. @@ -925,66 +771,342 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData ImVec4 ClipRectFullscreen; // Value for PushClipRectFullscreen() ImDrawListFlags InitialFlags; // Initial flags at the beginning of the frame (it is possible to alter flags on a per-drawlist basis afterwards) + // [Internal] Temp write buffer + ImVector TempBuffer; + // [Internal] Lookup tables - ImVec2 ArcFastVtx[12 * IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER]; // FIXME: Bake rounded corners fill/borders in atlas - ImU8 CircleSegmentCounts[64]; // Precomputed segment count for given radius (array index + 1) before we calculate it dynamically (to avoid calculation overhead) + ImVec2 ArcFastVtx[IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE]; // Sample points on the quarter of the circle. + float ArcFastRadiusCutoff; // Cutoff radius after which arc drawing will fallback to slower PathArcTo() + ImU8 CircleSegmentCounts[64]; // Precomputed segment count for given radius before we calculate it dynamically (to avoid calculation overhead) + const ImVec4* TexUvLines; // UV of anti-aliased lines in the atlas ImDrawListSharedData(); - void SetCircleSegmentMaxError(float max_error); + void SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error); }; struct ImDrawDataBuilder { ImVector Layers[2]; // Global layers for: regular, tooltip - void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].resize(0); } - void ClearFreeMemory() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].clear(); } + void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].resize(0); } + void ClearFreeMemory() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].clear(); } + int GetDrawListCount() const { int count = 0; for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) count += Layers[n].Size; return count; } IMGUI_API void FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); }; -// ImGuiViewport Private/Internals fields (cardinal sin: we are using inheritance!) -// Note that every instance of ImGuiViewport is in fact a ImGuiViewportP. -struct ImGuiViewportP : public ImGuiViewport -{ - int Idx; - int LastFrameActive; // Last frame number this viewport was activated by a window - int LastFrameDrawLists[2]; // Last frame number the background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists were used - int LastFrontMostStampCount; // Last stamp number from when a window hosted by this viewport was made front-most (by comparing this value between two viewport we have an implicit viewport z-order - ImGuiID LastNameHash; - ImVec2 LastPos; - float Alpha; // Window opacity (when dragging dockable windows/viewports we make them transparent) - float LastAlpha; - short PlatformMonitor; - bool PlatformWindowCreated; - ImGuiWindow* Window; // Set when the viewport is owned by a window (and ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows is NOT set) - ImDrawList* DrawLists[2]; // Convenience background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists. We use them to draw software mouser cursor when io.MouseDrawCursor is set and to draw most debug overlays. - ImDrawData DrawDataP; - ImDrawDataBuilder DrawDataBuilder; - ImVec2 LastPlatformPos; - ImVec2 LastPlatformSize; - ImVec2 LastRendererSize; - ImVec2 CurrWorkOffsetMin; // Work area top-left offset being increased during the frame - ImVec2 CurrWorkOffsetMax; // Work area bottom-right offset being decreased during the frame +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - ImGuiViewportP() { Idx = -1; LastFrameActive = LastFrameDrawLists[0] = LastFrameDrawLists[1] = LastFrontMostStampCount = -1; LastNameHash = 0; Alpha = LastAlpha = 1.0f; PlatformMonitor = -1; PlatformWindowCreated = false; Window = NULL; DrawLists[0] = DrawLists[1] = NULL; LastPlatformPos = LastPlatformSize = LastRendererSize = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); } - ~ImGuiViewportP() { if (DrawLists[0]) IM_DELETE(DrawLists[0]); if (DrawLists[1]) IM_DELETE(DrawLists[1]); } - ImRect GetMainRect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); } - ImRect GetWorkRect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x + WorkOffsetMin.x, Pos.y + WorkOffsetMin.y, Pos.x + Size.x + WorkOffsetMax.x, Pos.y + Size.y + WorkOffsetMax.y); } - void ClearRequestFlags() { PlatformRequestClose = PlatformRequestMove = PlatformRequestResize = false; } +// Flags used by upcoming items +// - input: PushItemFlag() manipulates g.CurrentItemFlags, ItemAdd() calls may add extra flags. +// - output: stored in g.LastItemData.InFlags +// Current window shared by all windows. +// This is going to be exposed in imgui.h when stabilized enough. +enum ImGuiItemFlags_ +{ + // Controlled by user + ImGuiItemFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop = 1 << 0, // false // Disable keyboard tabbing (FIXME: should merge with _NoNav) + ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat = 1 << 1, // false // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings. + ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled = 1 << 2, // false // Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals. See BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled(). See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211 + ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav = 1 << 3, // false // Disable keyboard/gamepad directional navigation (FIXME: should merge with _NoTabStop) + ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus = 1 << 4, // false // Disable item being a candidate for default focus (e.g. used by title bar items) + ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5, // false // Disable MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closing their popup window + ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue = 1 << 6, // false // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets) + ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 7, // false // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed. + ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck = 1 << 8, // false // Disable hoverable check in ItemHoverable() + + // Controlled by widget code + ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable = 1 << 10, // false // [WIP] Auto-activate input mode when tab focused. Currently only used and supported by a few items before it becomes a generic feature. }; -struct ImGuiNavMoveResult +// Status flags for an already submitted item +// - output: stored in g.LastItemData.StatusFlags +enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ { - ImGuiWindow* Window; // Best candidate window - ImGuiID ID; // Best candidate ID - ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Best candidate focus scope ID - float DistBox; // Best candidate box distance to current NavId - float DistCenter; // Best candidate center distance to current NavId - float DistAxial; - ImRect RectRel; // Best candidate bounding box in window relative space + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect = 1 << 0, // Mouse position is within item rectangle (does NOT mean that the window is in correct z-order and can be hovered!, this is only one part of the most-common IsItemHovered test) + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect = 1 << 1, // g.LastItemData.DisplayRect is valid + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited = 1 << 2, // Value exposed by item was edited in the current frame (should match the bool return value of most widgets) + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection = 1 << 3, // Set when Selectable(), TreeNode() reports toggling a selection. We can't report "Selected", only state changes, in order to easily handle clipping with less issues. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen = 1 << 4, // Set when TreeNode() reports toggling their open state. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated = 1 << 5, // Set if the widget/group is able to provide data for the ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated flag. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated = 1 << 6, // Only valid if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated is set. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow = 1 << 7, // Override the HoveredWindow test to allow cross-window hover testing. + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing = 1 << 8, // Set when the Focusable item just got focused by Tabbing (FIXME: to be removed soon) + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible = 1 << 9, // [WIP] Set when item is overlapping the current clipping rectangle (Used internally. Please don't use yet: API/system will change as we refactor Itemadd()). - ImGuiNavMoveResult() { Clear(); } - void Clear() { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; RectRel = ImRect(); } +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable = 1 << 20, // Item is an openable (e.g. TreeNode) + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened = 1 << 21, // + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable = 1 << 22, // Item is a checkable (e.g. CheckBox, MenuItem) + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked = 1 << 23, // +#endif +}; + +// Extend ImGuiInputTextFlags_ +enum ImGuiInputTextFlagsPrivate_ +{ + // [Internal] + ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline = 1 << 26, // For internal use by InputTextMultiline() + ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited = 1 << 27, // For internal use by functions using InputText() before reformatting data + ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem = 1 << 28, // For internal use by TempInputText(), will skip calling ItemAdd(). Require bounding-box to strictly match. +}; + +// Extend ImGuiButtonFlags_ +enum ImGuiButtonFlagsPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick = 1 << 4, // return true on click (mouse down event) + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease = 1 << 5, // [Default] return true on click + release on same item <-- this is what the majority of Button are using + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere = 1 << 6, // return true on click + release even if the release event is not done while hovering the item + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease = 1 << 7, // return true on release (default requires click+release) + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick = 1 << 8, // return true on double-click (default requires click+release) + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold = 1 << 9, // return true when held into while we are drag and dropping another item (used by e.g. tree nodes, collapsing headers) + ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat = 1 << 10, // hold to repeat + ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren = 1 << 11, // allow interactions even if a child window is overlapping + ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 12, // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable, use along with SetItemAllowOverlap() + ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 13, // disable automatically closing parent popup on press // [UNUSED] + //ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled = 1 << 14, // disable interactions -> use BeginDisabled() or ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled + ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine = 1 << 15, // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers = 1 << 16, // disable mouse interaction if a key modifier is held + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId = 1 << 17, // don't set ActiveId while holding the mouse (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick only) + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 18, // don't override navigation focus when activated (FIXME: this is essentially used everytime an item uses ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, but because legacy specs don't requires LastItemData to be set ButtonBehavior(), we can't poll g.LastItemData.InFlags) + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoveredOnFocus = 1 << 19, // don't report as hovered when nav focus is on this item + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoSetKeyOwner = 1 << 20, // don't set key/input owner on the initial click (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!) + ImGuiButtonFlags_NoTestKeyOwner = 1 << 21, // don't test key/input owner when polling the key (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!) + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold, + ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_ = ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease, +}; + +// Extend ImGuiComboFlags_ +enum ImGuiComboFlagsPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview = 1 << 20, // enable BeginComboPreview() +}; + +// Extend ImGuiSliderFlags_ +enum ImGuiSliderFlagsPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical = 1 << 20, // Should this slider be orientated vertically? + ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 21, +}; + +// Extend ImGuiSelectableFlags_ +enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_ +{ + // NB: need to be in sync with last value of ImGuiSelectableFlags_ + ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID = 1 << 20, + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav = 1 << 21, // (WIP) Auto-select when moved into. This is not exposed in public API as to handle multi-select and modifiers we will need user to explicitly control focus scope. May be replaced with a BeginSelection() API. + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick = 1 << 22, // Override button behavior to react on Click (default is Click+Release) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease = 1 << 23, // Override button behavior to react on Release (default is Click+Release) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 24, // Span all avail width even if we declared less for layout purpose. FIXME: We may be able to remove this (added in 6251d379, 2bcafc86 for menus) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover = 1 << 25, // Set Nav/Focus ID on mouse hover (used by MenuItem) + ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing = 1 << 26, // Disable padding each side with ItemSpacing * 0.5f + ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner = 1 << 27, // Don't set key/input owner on the initial click (note: mouse buttons are keys! often, the key in question will be ImGuiKey_MouseLeft!) +}; + +// Extend ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ +enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlagsPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 20, +}; + +enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ +{ + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal = 1 << 0, // Axis default to current layout type, so generally Horizontal unless e.g. in a menu bar + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical = 1 << 1, + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 2, +}; + +enum ImGuiTextFlags_ +{ + ImGuiTextFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText = 1 << 0, +}; + +enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ +{ + ImGuiTooltipFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip = 1 << 0, // Override will clear/ignore previously submitted tooltip (defaults to append) +}; + +// FIXME: this is in development, not exposed/functional as a generic feature yet. +// Horizontal/Vertical enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2 +enum ImGuiLayoutType_ +{ + ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal = 0, + ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical = 1 +}; + +enum ImGuiLogType +{ + ImGuiLogType_None = 0, + ImGuiLogType_TTY, + ImGuiLogType_File, + ImGuiLogType_Buffer, + ImGuiLogType_Clipboard, +}; + +// X/Y enums are fixed to 0/1 so they may be used to index ImVec2 +enum ImGuiAxis +{ + ImGuiAxis_None = -1, + ImGuiAxis_X = 0, + ImGuiAxis_Y = 1 +}; + +enum ImGuiPlotType +{ + ImGuiPlotType_Lines, + ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, +}; + +enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy +{ + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default, + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox, + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip, +}; + +struct ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage +{ + ImU8 Data[8]; // Can fit any data up to ImGuiDataType_COUNT +}; + +// Type information associated to one ImGuiDataType. Retrieve with DataTypeGetInfo(). +struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo +{ + size_t Size; // Size in bytes + const char* Name; // Short descriptive name for the type, for debugging + const char* PrintFmt; // Default printf format for the type + const char* ScanFmt; // Default scanf format for the type +}; + +// Extend ImGuiDataType_ +enum ImGuiDataTypePrivate_ +{ + ImGuiDataType_String = ImGuiDataType_COUNT + 1, + ImGuiDataType_Pointer, + ImGuiDataType_ID, +}; + +// Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it +struct ImGuiColorMod +{ + ImGuiCol Col; + ImVec4 BackupValue; +}; + +// Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it. Data type inferred from the variable. +struct ImGuiStyleMod +{ + ImGuiStyleVar VarIdx; + union { int BackupInt[2]; float BackupFloat[2]; }; + ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, int v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupInt[0] = v; } + ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v; } + ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, ImVec2 v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v.x; BackupFloat[1] = v.y; } +}; + +// Storage data for BeginComboPreview()/EndComboPreview() +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiComboPreviewData +{ + ImRect PreviewRect; + ImVec2 BackupCursorPos; + ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos; + ImVec2 BackupCursorPosPrevLine; + float BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset; + ImGuiLayoutType BackupLayout; + + ImGuiComboPreviewData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +// Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiGroupData +{ + ImGuiID WindowID; + ImVec2 BackupCursorPos; + ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos; + ImVec1 BackupIndent; + ImVec1 BackupGroupOffset; + ImVec2 BackupCurrLineSize; + float BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset; + ImGuiID BackupActiveIdIsAlive; + bool BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; + bool BackupHoveredIdIsAlive; + bool EmitItem; +}; + +// Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only.. This is very short-sighted/throw-away code and NOT a generic helper. +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMenuColumns +{ + ImU32 TotalWidth; + ImU32 NextTotalWidth; + ImU16 Spacing; + ImU16 OffsetIcon; // Always zero for now + ImU16 OffsetLabel; // Offsets are locked in Update() + ImU16 OffsetShortcut; + ImU16 OffsetMark; + ImU16 Widths[4]; // Width of: Icon, Label, Shortcut, Mark (accumulators for current frame) + + ImGuiMenuColumns() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + void Update(float spacing, bool window_reappearing); + float DeclColumns(float w_icon, float w_label, float w_shortcut, float w_mark); + void CalcNextTotalWidth(bool update_offsets); +}; + +// Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box +// For a given item ID, access with ImGui::GetInputTextState() +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState +{ + ImGuiContext* Ctx; // parent dear imgui context + ImGuiID ID; // widget id owning the text state + int CurLenW, CurLenA; // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format. UTF-8 length is valid even if TextA is not. + ImVector TextW; // edit buffer, we need to persist but can't guarantee the persistence of the user-provided buffer. so we copy into own buffer. + ImVector TextA; // temporary UTF8 buffer for callbacks and other operations. this is not updated in every code-path! size=capacity. + ImVector InitialTextA; // backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered) + bool TextAIsValid; // temporary UTF8 buffer is not initially valid before we make the widget active (until then we pull the data from user argument) + int BufCapacityA; // end-user buffer capacity + float ScrollX; // horizontal scrolling/offset + ImStb::STB_TexteditState Stb; // state for stb_textedit.h + float CursorAnim; // timer for cursor blink, reset on every user action so the cursor reappears immediately + bool CursorFollow; // set when we want scrolling to follow the current cursor position (not always!) + bool SelectedAllMouseLock; // after a double-click to select all, we ignore further mouse drags to update selection + bool Edited; // edited this frame + ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // copy of InputText() flags. may be used to check if e.g. ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set. + + ImGuiInputTextState(ImGuiContext* ctx) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); Ctx = ctx;} + void ClearText() { CurLenW = CurLenA = 0; TextW[0] = 0; TextA[0] = 0; CursorClamp(); } + void ClearFreeMemory() { TextW.clear(); TextA.clear(); InitialTextA.clear(); } + int GetUndoAvailCount() const { return Stb.undostate.undo_point; } + int GetRedoAvailCount() const { return STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - Stb.undostate.redo_point; } + void OnKeyPressed(int key); // Cannot be inline because we call in code in stb_textedit.h implementation + + // Cursor & Selection + void CursorAnimReset() { CursorAnim = -0.30f; } // After a user-input the cursor stays on for a while without blinking + void CursorClamp() { Stb.cursor = ImMin(Stb.cursor, CurLenW); Stb.select_start = ImMin(Stb.select_start, CurLenW); Stb.select_end = ImMin(Stb.select_end, CurLenW); } + bool HasSelection() const { return Stb.select_start != Stb.select_end; } + void ClearSelection() { Stb.select_start = Stb.select_end = Stb.cursor; } + int GetCursorPos() const { return Stb.cursor; } + int GetSelectionStart() const { return Stb.select_start; } + int GetSelectionEnd() const { return Stb.select_end; } + void SelectAll() { Stb.select_start = 0; Stb.cursor = Stb.select_end = CurLenW; Stb.has_preferred_x = 0; } +}; + +// Storage for current popup stack +struct ImGuiPopupData +{ + ImGuiID PopupId; // Set on OpenPopup() + ImGuiWindow* Window; // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup() + ImGuiWindow* BackupNavWindow;// Set on OpenPopup(), a NavWindow that will be restored on popup close + int ParentNavLayer; // Resolved on BeginPopup(). Actually a ImGuiNavLayer type (declared down below), initialized to -1 which is not part of an enum, but serves well-enough as "not any of layers" value + int OpenFrameCount; // Set on OpenPopup() + ImGuiID OpenParentId; // Set on OpenPopup(), we need this to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) + ImVec2 OpenPopupPos; // Set on OpenPopup(), preferred popup position (typically == OpenMousePos when using mouse) + ImVec2 OpenMousePos; // Set on OpenPopup(), copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup + + ImGuiPopupData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ParentNavLayer = OpenFrameCount = -1; } }; enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_ @@ -997,9 +1119,10 @@ enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_ ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint = 1 << 4, ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus = 1 << 5, ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha = 1 << 6, - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport = 1 << 7, - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasDock = 1 << 8, - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowClass = 1 << 9 + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll = 1 << 7, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport = 1 << 8, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasDock = 1 << 9, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowClass = 1 << 10, }; // Storage for SetNexWindow** functions @@ -1014,6 +1137,7 @@ struct ImGuiNextWindowData ImVec2 PosPivotVal; ImVec2 SizeVal; ImVec2 ContentSizeVal; + ImVec2 ScrollVal; bool PosUndock; bool CollapsedVal; ImRect SizeConstraintRect; @@ -1033,7 +1157,7 @@ enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ { ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None = 0, ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth = 1 << 0, - ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen = 1 << 1 + ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasOpen = 1 << 1, }; struct ImGuiNextItemData @@ -1048,29 +1172,409 @@ struct ImGuiNextItemData inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()! }; -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Tabs -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Status storage for the last submitted item +struct ImGuiLastItemData +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImGuiItemFlags InFlags; // See ImGuiItemFlags_ + ImGuiItemStatusFlags StatusFlags; // See ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ + ImRect Rect; // Full rectangle + ImRect NavRect; // Navigation scoring rectangle (not displayed) + ImRect DisplayRect; // Display rectangle (only if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set) + + ImGuiLastItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes +{ + short SizeOfIDStack; + short SizeOfColorStack; + short SizeOfStyleVarStack; + short SizeOfFontStack; + short SizeOfFocusScopeStack; + short SizeOfGroupStack; + short SizeOfItemFlagsStack; + short SizeOfBeginPopupStack; + short SizeOfDisabledStack; + + ImGuiStackSizes() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + void SetToCurrentState(); + void CompareWithCurrentState(); +}; + +// Data saved for each window pushed into the stack +struct ImGuiWindowStackData +{ + ImGuiWindow* Window; + ImGuiLastItemData ParentLastItemDataBackup; + ImGuiStackSizes StackSizesOnBegin; // Store size of various stacks for asserting +}; struct ImGuiShrinkWidthItem { - int Index; - float Width; + int Index; + float Width; + float InitialWidth; }; struct ImGuiPtrOrIndex { - void* Ptr; // Either field can be set, not both. e.g. Dock node tab bars are loose while BeginTabBar() ones are in a pool. - int Index; // Usually index in a main pool. + void* Ptr; // Either field can be set, not both. e.g. Dock node tab bars are loose while BeginTabBar() ones are in a pool. + int Index; // Usually index in a main pool. - ImGuiPtrOrIndex(void* ptr) { Ptr = ptr; Index = -1; } - ImGuiPtrOrIndex(int index) { Ptr = NULL; Index = index; } + ImGuiPtrOrIndex(void* ptr) { Ptr = ptr; Index = -1; } + ImGuiPtrOrIndex(int index) { Ptr = NULL; Index = index; } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Docking +// [SECTION] Inputs support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +typedef ImBitArray ImBitArrayForNamedKeys; + +// [Internal] Key ranges +#define ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN 0 +#define ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END 512 +#define ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN (ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN) +#define ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END (ImGuiKey_GamepadStart) +#define ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN (ImGuiKey_GamepadStart) +#define ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END (ImGuiKey_GamepadRStickDown + 1) +#define ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN (ImGuiKey_MouseLeft) +#define ImGuiKey_Mouse_END (ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY + 1) +#define ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN (ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN) +#define ImGuiKey_Aliases_END (ImGuiKey_Mouse_END) + +// [Internal] Named shortcuts for Navigation +#define ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow ImGuiMod_Ctrl +#define ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast ImGuiMod_Shift +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow ImGuiKey_GamepadL1 +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast ImGuiKey_GamepadR1 +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft +#define ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp + +enum ImGuiInputEventType +{ + ImGuiInputEventType_None = 0, + ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos, + ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel, + ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton, + ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport, + ImGuiInputEventType_Key, + ImGuiInputEventType_Text, + ImGuiInputEventType_Focus, + ImGuiInputEventType_COUNT +}; + +enum ImGuiInputSource +{ + ImGuiInputSource_None = 0, + ImGuiInputSource_Mouse, + ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard, + ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad, + ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard, // Currently only used by InputText() + ImGuiInputSource_Nav, // Stored in g.ActiveIdSource only + ImGuiInputSource_COUNT +}; + +// FIXME: Structures in the union below need to be declared as anonymous unions appears to be an extension? +// Using ImVec2() would fail on Clang 'union member 'MousePos' has a non-trivial default constructor' +struct ImGuiInputEventMousePos { float PosX, PosY; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel { float WheelX, WheelY; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventMouseButton { int Button; bool Down; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventMouseViewport { ImGuiID HoveredViewportID; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventKey { ImGuiKey Key; bool Down; float AnalogValue; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventText { unsigned int Char; }; +struct ImGuiInputEventAppFocused { bool Focused; }; + +struct ImGuiInputEvent +{ + ImGuiInputEventType Type; + ImGuiInputSource Source; + union + { + ImGuiInputEventMousePos MousePos; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos + ImGuiInputEventMouseWheel MouseWheel; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel + ImGuiInputEventMouseButton MouseButton; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton + ImGuiInputEventMouseViewport MouseViewport; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport + ImGuiInputEventKey Key; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key + ImGuiInputEventText Text; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text + ImGuiInputEventAppFocused AppFocused; // if Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus + }; + bool AddedByTestEngine; + + ImGuiInputEvent() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +// Input function taking an 'ImGuiID owner_id' argument defaults to (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any == 0) aka don't test ownership, which matches legacy behavior. +#define ImGuiKeyOwner_Any ((ImGuiID)0) // Accept key that have an owner, UNLESS a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. +#define ImGuiKeyOwner_None ((ImGuiID)-1) // Require key to have no owner. + +typedef ImS16 ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex; + +// Routing table entry (sizeof() == 16 bytes) +struct ImGuiKeyRoutingData +{ + ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex NextEntryIndex; + ImU16 Mods; // Technically we'd only need 4-bits but for simplify we store ImGuiMod_ values which need 16-bits. ImGuiMod_Shortcut is already translated to Ctrl/Super. + ImU8 RoutingNextScore; // Lower is better (0: perfect score) + ImGuiID RoutingCurr; + ImGuiID RoutingNext; + + ImGuiKeyRoutingData() { NextEntryIndex = -1; Mods = 0; RoutingNextScore = 255; RoutingCurr = RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; } +}; + +// Routing table: maintain a desired owner for each possible key-chord (key + mods), and setup owner in NewFrame() when mods are matching. +// Stored in main context (1 instance) +struct ImGuiKeyRoutingTable +{ + ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex Index[ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT]; // Index of first entry in Entries[] + ImVector Entries; + ImVector EntriesNext; // Double-buffer to avoid reallocation (could use a shared buffer) + + ImGuiKeyRoutingTable() { Clear(); } + void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Index); n++) Index[n] = -1; Entries.clear(); EntriesNext.clear(); } +}; + +// This extends ImGuiKeyData but only for named keys (legacy keys don't support the new features) +// Stored in main context (1 per named key). In the future it might be merged into ImGuiKeyData. +struct ImGuiKeyOwnerData +{ + ImGuiID OwnerCurr; + ImGuiID OwnerNext; + bool LockThisFrame; // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until end of frame). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame. + bool LockUntilRelease; // Reading this key requires explicit owner id (until key is released). Set by ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. When this is true LockThisFrame is always true as well. + + ImGuiKeyOwnerData() { OwnerCurr = OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; LockThisFrame = LockUntilRelease = false; } +}; + +// Flags for extended versions of IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() +// Don't mistake with ImGuiInputTextFlags! (for ImGui::InputText() function) +enum ImGuiInputFlags_ +{ + // Flags for IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), Shortcut() + ImGuiInputFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat = 1 << 0, // Return true on successive repeats. Default for legacy IsKeyPressed(). NOT Default for legacy IsMouseClicked(). MUST BE == 1. + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault = 1 << 1, // Repeat rate: Regular (default) + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove = 1 << 2, // Repeat rate: Fast + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak = 1 << 3, // Repeat rate: Faster + ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak, + + // Flags for SetItemKeyOwner() + ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered = 1 << 4, // Only set if item is hovered (default to both) + ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive = 1 << 5, // Only set if item is active (default to both) + ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive, + ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered | ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive, + + // Flags for SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() + ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame = 1 << 6, // Access to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared at end of frame. This is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. + ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease = 1 << 7, // Access to key data will require EXPLICIT owner ID (ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0 will NOT accepted for polling). Cleared when the key is released or at end of each frame if key is released. This is useful to make input-owner-aware code steal keys from non-input-owner-aware code. + + // Routing policies for Shortcut() + low-level SetShortcutRouting() + // - The general idea is that several callers register interest in a shortcut, and only one owner gets it. + // - When a policy (other than _RouteAlways) is set, Shortcut() will register itself with SetShortcutRouting(), + // allowing the system to decide where to route the input among other route-aware calls. + // - Shortcut() uses ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused by default: meaning that a simple Shortcut() poll + // will register a route and only succeed when parent window is in the focus stack and if no-one + // with a higher priority is claiming the shortcut. + // - Using ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways is roughly equivalent to doing e.g. IsKeyPressed(key) + testing mods. + // - Priorities: GlobalHigh > Focused (when owner is active item) > Global > Focused (when focused window) > GlobalLow. + // - Can select only 1 policy among all available. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused = 1 << 8, // (Default) Register focused route: Accept inputs if window is in focus stack. Deep-most focused window takes inputs. ActiveId takes inputs over deep-most focused window. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow = 1 << 9, // Register route globally (lowest priority: unless a focused window or active item registered the route) -> recommended Global priority. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal = 1 << 10, // Register route globally (medium priority: unless an active item registered the route, e.g. CTRL+A registered by InputText). + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh = 1 << 11, // Register route globally (highest priority: unlikely you need to use that: will interfere with every active items) + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh, // _Always not part of this! + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways = 1 << 12, // Do not register route, poll keys directly. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused= 1 << 13, // Global routes will not be applied if underlying background/void is focused (== no Dear ImGui windows are focused). Useful for overlay applications. + ImGuiInputFlags_RouteExtraMask_ = ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused, + + // [Internal] Mask of which function support which flags + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_, + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_ | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteExtraMask_, + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner = ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease, + ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetItemKeyOwner = ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner | ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_, +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Clipper support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImGuiListClipperRange +{ + int Min; + int Max; + bool PosToIndexConvert; // Begin/End are absolute position (will be converted to indices later) + ImS8 PosToIndexOffsetMin; // Add to Min after converting to indices + ImS8 PosToIndexOffsetMax; // Add to Min after converting to indices + + static ImGuiListClipperRange FromIndices(int min, int max) { ImGuiListClipperRange r = { min, max, false, 0, 0 }; return r; } + static ImGuiListClipperRange FromPositions(float y1, float y2, int off_min, int off_max) { ImGuiListClipperRange r = { (int)y1, (int)y2, true, (ImS8)off_min, (ImS8)off_max }; return r; } +}; + +// Temporary clipper data, buffers shared/reused between instances +struct ImGuiListClipperData +{ + ImGuiListClipper* ListClipper; + float LossynessOffset; + int StepNo; + int ItemsFrozen; + ImVector Ranges; + + ImGuiListClipperData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + void Reset(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) { ListClipper = clipper; StepNo = ItemsFrozen = 0; Ranges.resize(0); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Navigation support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum ImGuiActivateFlags_ +{ + ImGuiActivateFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput = 1 << 0, // Favor activation that requires keyboard text input (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default if keyboard is available. + ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak = 1 << 1, // Favor activation for tweaking with arrows or gamepad (e.g. for Slider/Drag). Default if keyboard is not available. + ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState = 1 << 2, // Request widget to preserve state if it can (e.g. InputText will try to preserve cursor/selection) +}; + +// Early work-in-progress API for ScrollToItem() +enum ImGuiScrollFlags_ +{ + ImGuiScrollFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX = 1 << 0, // If item is not visible: scroll as little as possible on X axis to bring item back into view [default for X axis] + ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY = 1 << 1, // If item is not visible: scroll as little as possible on Y axis to bring item back into view [default for Y axis for windows that are already visible] + ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX = 1 << 2, // If item is not visible: scroll to make the item centered on X axis [rarely used] + ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY = 1 << 3, // If item is not visible: scroll to make the item centered on Y axis + ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX = 1 << 4, // Always center the result item on X axis [rarely used] + ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY = 1 << 5, // Always center the result item on Y axis [default for Y axis for appearing window) + ImGuiScrollFlags_NoScrollParent = 1 << 6, // Disable forwarding scrolling to parent window if required to keep item/rect visible (only scroll window the function was applied to). + ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_ = ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX, + ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_ = ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY, +}; + +enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ +{ + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault = 1 << 0, + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin = 1 << 1, + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw = 1 << 2, // Draw rectangular highlight if (g.NavId == id) _even_ when using the mouse. + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding = 1 << 3, +}; + +enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ +{ + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX = 1 << 0, // On failed request, restart from opposite side + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY = 1 << 1, + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX = 1 << 2, // On failed request, request from opposite side one line down (when NavDir==right) or one line up (when NavDir==left) + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY = 1 << 3, // This is not super useful but provided for completeness + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId = 1 << 4, // Allow scoring and considering the current NavId as a move target candidate. This is used when the move source is offset (e.g. pressing PageDown actually needs to send a Up move request, if we are pressing PageDown from the bottom-most item we need to stay in place) + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet = 1 << 5, // Store alternate result in NavMoveResultLocalVisible that only comprise elements that are already fully visible (used by PageUp/PageDown) + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY = 1 << 6, // Force scrolling to min/max (used by Home/End) // FIXME-NAV: Aim to remove or reword, probably unnecessary + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded = 1 << 7, + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult = 1 << 8, // Dummy scoring for debug purpose, don't apply result + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi = 1 << 9, + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing = 1 << 10, // == Focus + Activate if item is Inputable + DontChangeNavHighlight + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate = 1 << 11, + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight = 1 << 12, // Do not alter the visible state of keyboard vs mouse nav highlight +}; + +enum ImGuiNavLayer +{ + ImGuiNavLayer_Main = 0, // Main scrolling layer + ImGuiNavLayer_Menu = 1, // Menu layer (access with Alt) + ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT +}; + +struct ImGuiNavItemData +{ + ImGuiWindow* Window; // Init,Move // Best candidate window (result->ItemWindow->RootWindowForNav == request->Window) + ImGuiID ID; // Init,Move // Best candidate item ID + ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Init,Move // Best candidate focus scope ID + ImRect RectRel; // Init,Move // Best candidate bounding box in window relative space + ImGuiItemFlags InFlags; // ????,Move // Best candidate item flags + float DistBox; // Move // Best candidate box distance to current NavId + float DistCenter; // Move // Best candidate center distance to current NavId + float DistAxial; // Move // Best candidate axial distance to current NavId + + ImGuiNavItemData() { Clear(); } + void Clear() { Window = NULL; ID = FocusScopeId = 0; InFlags = 0; DistBox = DistCenter = DistAxial = FLT_MAX; } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Columns support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Flags for internal's BeginColumns(). Prefix using BeginTable() nowadays! +enum ImGuiOldColumnFlags_ +{ + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder = 1 << 0, // Disable column dividers + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths = 1 << 2, // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = 1 << 3, // Disable forcing columns to fit within window + ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = 1 << 4, // (WIP) Restore pre-1.51 behavior of extending the parent window contents size but _without affecting the columns width at all_. Will eventually remove. + + // Obsolete names (will be removed) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiColumnsFlags_None = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_None, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow, + ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize = ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize, +#endif +}; + +struct ImGuiOldColumnData +{ + float OffsetNorm; // Column start offset, normalized 0.0 (far left) -> 1.0 (far right) + float OffsetNormBeforeResize; + ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags; // Not exposed + ImRect ClipRect; + + ImGuiOldColumnData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +struct ImGuiOldColumns +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImGuiOldColumnFlags Flags; + bool IsFirstFrame; + bool IsBeingResized; + int Current; + int Count; + float OffMinX, OffMaxX; // Offsets from HostWorkRect.Min.x + float LineMinY, LineMaxY; + float HostCursorPosY; // Backup of CursorPos at the time of BeginColumns() + float HostCursorMaxPosX; // Backup of CursorMaxPos at the time of BeginColumns() + ImRect HostInitialClipRect; // Backup of ClipRect at the time of BeginColumns() + ImRect HostBackupClipRect; // Backup of ClipRect during PushColumnsBackground()/PopColumnsBackground() + ImRect HostBackupParentWorkRect;//Backup of WorkRect at the time of BeginColumns() + ImVector Columns; + ImDrawListSplitter Splitter; + + ImGuiOldColumns() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Multi-select support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT +// +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_MULTI_SELECT + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Docking support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG 0 // Dock host: background fill +#define DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_FG 1 // Dock host: decorations and contents + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + // Extend ImGuiDockNodeFlags_ enum ImGuiDockNodeFlagsPrivate_ { @@ -1082,10 +1586,18 @@ enum ImGuiDockNodeFlagsPrivate_ ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton = 1 << 14, // Local, Saved // Disable window/docking menu (that one that appears instead of the collapse button) ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton = 1 << 15, // Local, Saved // ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking = 1 << 16, // Local, Saved // Disable any form of docking in this dockspace or individual node. (On a whole dockspace, this pretty much defeat the purpose of using a dockspace at all). Note: when turned on, existing docked nodes will be preserved. + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitMe = 1 << 17, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Prevent another window/node from splitting this node. + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitOther = 1 << 18, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Prevent this node from splitting another window/node. + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverMe = 1 << 19, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Prevent another window/node to be docked over this node. + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverOther = 1 << 20, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Prevent this node to be docked over another window or non-empty node. + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverEmpty = 1 << 21, // [EXPERIMENTAL] Prevent this node to be docked over an empty node (e.g. DockSpace with no other windows) + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX = 1 << 22, // [EXPERIMENTAL] + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY = 1 << 23, // [EXPERIMENTAL] ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SharedFlagsInheritMask_ = ~0, - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsMask_ = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking, + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeFlagsMask_ = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY, + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsMask_ = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeFlagsMask_ | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_ = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsMask_ & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace, // When splitting those flags are moved to the inheriting child, never duplicated - ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SavedFlagsMask_ = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SavedFlagsMask_ = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeFlagsMask_ | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking }; // Store the source authority (dock node vs window) of a field @@ -1093,7 +1605,7 @@ enum ImGuiDataAuthority_ { ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto, ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode, - ImGuiDataAuthority_Window + ImGuiDataAuthority_Window, }; enum ImGuiDockNodeState @@ -1101,15 +1613,18 @@ enum ImGuiDockNodeState ImGuiDockNodeState_Unknown, ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseSingleWindow, ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseWindowsAreResizing, - ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowVisible + ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowVisible, }; -// sizeof() 116~160 -struct ImGuiDockNode +// sizeof() 156~192 +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiDockNode { ImGuiID ID; - ImGuiDockNodeFlags SharedFlags; // Flags shared by all nodes of a same dockspace hierarchy (inherited from the root node) - ImGuiDockNodeFlags LocalFlags; // Flags specific to this node + ImGuiDockNodeFlags SharedFlags; // (Write) Flags shared by all nodes of a same dockspace hierarchy (inherited from the root node) + ImGuiDockNodeFlags LocalFlags; // (Write) Flags specific to this node + ImGuiDockNodeFlags LocalFlagsInWindows; // (Write) Flags specific to this node, applied from windows + ImGuiDockNodeFlags MergedFlags; // (Read) Effective flags (== SharedFlags | LocalFlagsInNode | LocalFlagsInWindows) + ImGuiDockNodeState State; ImGuiDockNode* ParentNode; ImGuiDockNode* ChildNodes[2]; // [Split node only] Child nodes (left/right or top/bottom). Consider switching to an array. ImVector Windows; // Note: unordered list! Iterate TabBar->Tabs for user-order. @@ -1119,12 +1634,13 @@ struct ImGuiDockNode ImVec2 SizeRef; // [Split node only] Last explicitly written-to size (overridden when using a splitter affecting the node), used to calculate Size. ImGuiAxis SplitAxis; // [Split node only] Split axis (X or Y) ImGuiWindowClass WindowClass; // [Root node only] + ImU32 LastBgColor; - ImGuiDockNodeState State; ImGuiWindow* HostWindow; ImGuiWindow* VisibleWindow; // Generally point to window which is ID is == SelectedTabID, but when CTRL+Tabbing this can be a different window. ImGuiDockNode* CentralNode; // [Root node only] Pointer to central node. ImGuiDockNode* OnlyNodeWithWindows; // [Root node only] Set when there is a single visible node within the hierarchy. + int CountNodeWithWindows; // [Root node only] int LastFrameAlive; // Last frame number the node was updated or kept alive explicitly with DockSpace() + ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly int LastFrameActive; // Last frame number the node was updated. int LastFrameFocused; // Last frame number the node was focused. @@ -1136,33 +1652,259 @@ struct ImGuiDockNode ImGuiDataAuthority AuthorityForViewport :3; bool IsVisible :1; // Set to false when the node is hidden (usually disabled as it has no active window) bool IsFocused :1; - bool HasCloseButton :1; + bool IsBgDrawnThisFrame :1; + bool HasCloseButton :1; // Provide space for a close button (if any of the docked window has one). Note that button may be hidden on window without one. bool HasWindowMenuButton :1; - bool EnableCloseButton :1; + bool HasCentralNodeChild :1; bool WantCloseAll :1; // Set when closing all tabs at once. bool WantLockSizeOnce :1; bool WantMouseMove :1; // After a node extraction we need to transition toward moving the newly created host window bool WantHiddenTabBarUpdate :1; bool WantHiddenTabBarToggle :1; - bool MarkedForPosSizeWrite :1; // Update by DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize() write-filtering ImGuiDockNode(ImGuiID id); ~ImGuiDockNode(); bool IsRootNode() const { return ParentNode == NULL; } - bool IsDockSpace() const { return (LocalFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) != 0; } - bool IsFloatingNode() const { return ParentNode == NULL && (LocalFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) == 0; } - bool IsCentralNode() const { return (LocalFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode) != 0; } - bool IsHiddenTabBar() const { return (LocalFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar) != 0; } // Hidden tab bar can be shown back by clicking the small triangle - bool IsNoTabBar() const { return (LocalFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar) != 0; } // Never show a tab bar + bool IsDockSpace() const { return (MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) != 0; } + bool IsFloatingNode() const { return ParentNode == NULL && (MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) == 0; } + bool IsCentralNode() const { return (MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode) != 0; } + bool IsHiddenTabBar() const { return (MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar) != 0; } // Hidden tab bar can be shown back by clicking the small triangle + bool IsNoTabBar() const { return (MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar) != 0; } // Never show a tab bar bool IsSplitNode() const { return ChildNodes[0] != NULL; } bool IsLeafNode() const { return ChildNodes[0] == NULL; } bool IsEmpty() const { return ChildNodes[0] == NULL && Windows.Size == 0; } - ImGuiDockNodeFlags GetMergedFlags() const { return SharedFlags | LocalFlags; } ImRect Rect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); } + + void SetLocalFlags(ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags) { LocalFlags = flags; UpdateMergedFlags(); } + void UpdateMergedFlags() { MergedFlags = SharedFlags | LocalFlags | LocalFlagsInWindows; } +}; + +// List of colors that are stored at the time of Begin() into Docked Windows. +// We currently store the packed colors in a simple array window->DockStyle.Colors[]. +// A better solution may involve appending into a log of colors in ImGuiContext + store offsets into those arrays in ImGuiWindow, +// but it would be more complex as we'd need to double-buffer both as e.g. drop target may refer to window from last frame. +enum ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol +{ + ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_Text, + ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_Tab, + ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabHovered, + ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabActive, + ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabUnfocused, + ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabUnfocusedActive, + ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT +}; + +struct ImGuiWindowDockStyle +{ + ImU32 Colors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT]; +}; + +struct ImGuiDockContext +{ + ImGuiStorage Nodes; // Map ID -> ImGuiDockNode*: Active nodes + ImVector Requests; + ImVector NodesSettings; + bool WantFullRebuild; + ImGuiDockContext() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Viewport support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// ImGuiViewport Private/Internals fields (cardinal sin: we are using inheritance!) +// Every instance of ImGuiViewport is in fact a ImGuiViewportP. +struct ImGuiViewportP : public ImGuiViewport +{ + int Idx; + int LastFrameActive; // Last frame number this viewport was activated by a window + int LastFrontMostStampCount;// Last stamp number from when a window hosted by this viewport was made front-most (by comparing this value between two viewport we have an implicit viewport z-order + ImGuiID LastNameHash; + ImVec2 LastPos; + float Alpha; // Window opacity (when dragging dockable windows/viewports we make them transparent) + float LastAlpha; + short PlatformMonitor; + ImGuiWindow* Window; // Set when the viewport is owned by a window (and ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows is NOT set) + int DrawListsLastFrame[2]; // Last frame number the background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists were used + ImDrawList* DrawLists[2]; // Convenience background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists. We use them to draw software mouser cursor when io.MouseDrawCursor is set and to draw most debug overlays. + ImDrawData DrawDataP; + ImDrawDataBuilder DrawDataBuilder; + ImVec2 LastPlatformPos; + ImVec2 LastPlatformSize; + ImVec2 LastRendererSize; + ImVec2 WorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset from Pos to top-left corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,+main_menu_bar_height). Work Area is Full Area but without menu-bars/status-bars (so WorkArea always fit inside Pos/Size!) + ImVec2 WorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset from Pos+Size to bottom-right corner of Work Area. Generally (0,0) or (0,-status_bar_height). + ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally >= 0.0f. + ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally <= 0.0f. + + ImGuiViewportP() { Idx = -1; LastFrameActive = DrawListsLastFrame[0] = DrawListsLastFrame[1] = LastFrontMostStampCount = -1; LastNameHash = 0; Alpha = LastAlpha = 1.0f; PlatformMonitor = -1; Window = NULL; DrawLists[0] = DrawLists[1] = NULL; LastPlatformPos = LastPlatformSize = LastRendererSize = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); } + ~ImGuiViewportP() { if (DrawLists[0]) IM_DELETE(DrawLists[0]); if (DrawLists[1]) IM_DELETE(DrawLists[1]); } + void ClearRequestFlags() { PlatformRequestClose = PlatformRequestMove = PlatformRequestResize = false; } + + // Calculate work rect pos/size given a set of offset (we have 1 pair of offset for rect locked from last frame data, and 1 pair for currently building rect) + ImVec2 CalcWorkRectPos(const ImVec2& off_min) const { return ImVec2(Pos.x + off_min.x, Pos.y + off_min.y); } + ImVec2 CalcWorkRectSize(const ImVec2& off_min, const ImVec2& off_max) const { return ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, Size.x - off_min.x + off_max.x), ImMax(0.0f, Size.y - off_min.y + off_max.y)); } + void UpdateWorkRect() { WorkPos = CalcWorkRectPos(WorkOffsetMin); WorkSize = CalcWorkRectSize(WorkOffsetMin, WorkOffsetMax); } // Update public fields + + // Helpers to retrieve ImRect (we don't need to store BuildWorkRect as every access tend to change it, hence the code asymmetry) + ImRect GetMainRect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); } + ImRect GetWorkRect() const { return ImRect(WorkPos.x, WorkPos.y, WorkPos.x + WorkSize.x, WorkPos.y + WorkSize.y); } + ImRect GetBuildWorkRect() const { ImVec2 pos = CalcWorkRectPos(BuildWorkOffsetMin); ImVec2 size = CalcWorkRectSize(BuildWorkOffsetMin, BuildWorkOffsetMax); return ImRect(pos.x, pos.y, pos.x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Main Dear ImGui context +// [SECTION] Settings support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Windows data saved in imgui.ini file +// Because we never destroy or rename ImGuiWindowSettings, we can store the names in a separate buffer easily. +// (this is designed to be stored in a ImChunkStream buffer, with the variable-length Name following our structure) +struct ImGuiWindowSettings +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImVec2ih Pos; // NB: Settings position are stored RELATIVE to the viewport! Whereas runtime ones are absolute positions. + ImVec2ih Size; + ImVec2ih ViewportPos; + ImGuiID ViewportId; + ImGuiID DockId; // ID of last known DockNode (even if the DockNode is invisible because it has only 1 active window), or 0 if none. + ImGuiID ClassId; // ID of window class if specified + short DockOrder; // Order of the last time the window was visible within its DockNode. This is used to reorder windows that are reappearing on the same frame. Same value between windows that were active and windows that were none are possible. + bool Collapsed; + bool WantApply; // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context) + + ImGuiWindowSettings() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); DockOrder = -1; } + char* GetName() { return (char*)(this + 1); } +}; + +struct ImGuiSettingsHandler +{ + const char* TypeName; // Short description stored in .ini file. Disallowed characters: '[' ']' + ImGuiID TypeHash; // == ImHashStr(TypeName) + void (*ClearAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); // Clear all settings data + void (*ReadInitFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); // Read: Called before reading (in registration order) + void* (*ReadOpenFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, const char* name); // Read: Called when entering into a new ini entry e.g. "[Window][Name]" + void (*ReadLineFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, void* entry, const char* line); // Read: Called for every line of text within an ini entry + void (*ApplyAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); // Read: Called after reading (in registration order) + void (*WriteAllFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* out_buf); // Write: Output every entries into 'out_buf' + void* UserData; + + ImGuiSettingsHandler() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Localization support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This is experimental and not officially supported, it'll probably fall short of features, if/when it does we may backtrack. +enum ImGuiLocKey : int +{ + ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne, + ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit, + ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault, + ImGuiLocKey_TableResetOrder, + ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar, + ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup, + ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled, + ImGuiLocKey_DockingHideTabBar, + ImGuiLocKey_COUNT +}; + +struct ImGuiLocEntry +{ + ImGuiLocKey Key; + const char* Text; +}; + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Metrics, Debug Tools +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_ +{ + // Event types + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId = 1 << 0, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus = 1 << 1, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup = 1 << 2, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav = 1 << 3, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper = 1 << 4, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO = 1 << 5, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking = 1 << 6, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport = 1 << 7, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_ = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking | ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport, + ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY = 1 << 10, // Also send output to TTY +}; + +struct ImGuiMetricsConfig +{ + bool ShowDebugLog; + bool ShowStackTool; + bool ShowWindowsRects; + bool ShowWindowsBeginOrder; + bool ShowTablesRects; + bool ShowDrawCmdMesh; + bool ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes; + bool ShowDockingNodes; + int ShowWindowsRectsType; + int ShowTablesRectsType; + + ImGuiMetricsConfig() + { + ShowDebugLog = ShowStackTool = ShowWindowsRects = ShowWindowsBeginOrder = ShowTablesRects = false; + ShowDrawCmdMesh = true; + ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes = true; + ShowDockingNodes = false; + ShowWindowsRectsType = ShowTablesRectsType = -1; + } +}; + +struct ImGuiStackLevelInfo +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImS8 QueryFrameCount; // >= 1: Query in progress + bool QuerySuccess; // Obtained result from DebugHookIdInfo() + ImGuiDataType DataType : 8; + char Desc[57]; // Arbitrarily sized buffer to hold a result (FIXME: could replace Results[] with a chunk stream?) FIXME: Now that we added CTRL+C this should be fixed. + + ImGuiStackLevelInfo() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +// State for Stack tool queries +struct ImGuiStackTool +{ + int LastActiveFrame; + int StackLevel; // -1: query stack and resize Results, >= 0: individual stack level + ImGuiID QueryId; // ID to query details for + ImVector Results; + bool CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC; + float CopyToClipboardLastTime; + + ImGuiStackTool() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); CopyToClipboardLastTime = -FLT_MAX; } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Generic context hooks +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +typedef void (*ImGuiContextHookCallback)(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHook* hook); +enum ImGuiContextHookType { ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown, ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_ }; + +struct ImGuiContextHook +{ + ImGuiID HookId; // A unique ID assigned by AddContextHook() + ImGuiContextHookType Type; + ImGuiID Owner; + ImGuiContextHookCallback Callback; + void* UserData; + + ImGuiContextHook() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImGuiContext (main Dear ImGui context) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- struct ImGuiContext @@ -1171,6 +1913,8 @@ struct ImGuiContext bool FontAtlasOwnedByContext; // IO.Fonts-> is owned by the ImGuiContext and will be destructed along with it. ImGuiIO IO; ImGuiPlatformIO PlatformIO; + ImVector InputEventsQueue; // Input events which will be tricked/written into IO structure. + ImVector InputEventsTrail; // Past input events processed in NewFrame(). This is to allow domain-specific application to access e.g mouse/pen trail. ImGuiStyle Style; ImGuiConfigFlags ConfigFlagsCurrFrame; // = g.IO.ConfigFlags at the time of NewFrame() ImGuiConfigFlags ConfigFlagsLastFrame; @@ -1186,27 +1930,35 @@ struct ImGuiContext bool WithinFrameScope; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame() bool WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame() when the implicit debug window has been pushed bool WithinEndChild; // Set within EndChild() + bool GcCompactAll; // Request full GC + bool TestEngineHookItems; // Will call test engine hooks: ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(), ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log() + void* TestEngine; // Test engine user data // Windows state ImVector Windows; // Windows, sorted in display order, back to front - ImVector WindowsFocusOrder; // Windows, sorted in focus order, back to front. (FIXME: We could only store root windows here! Need to sort out the Docking equivalent which is RootWindowDockStop and is unfortunately a little more dynamic) + ImVector WindowsFocusOrder; // Root windows, sorted in focus order, back to front. ImVector WindowsTempSortBuffer; // Temporary buffer used in EndFrame() to reorder windows so parents are kept before their child - ImVector CurrentWindowStack; + ImVector CurrentWindowStack; ImGuiStorage WindowsById; // Map window's ImGuiID to ImGuiWindow* int WindowsActiveCount; // Number of unique windows submitted by frame + ImVec2 WindowsHoverPadding; // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING) ImGuiWindow* CurrentWindow; // Window being drawn into - ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindow; // Will catch mouse inputs - ImGuiWindow* HoveredRootWindow; // Will catch mouse inputs (for focus/move only) + ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindow; // Window the mouse is hovering. Will typically catch mouse inputs. ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow; // Hovered window ignoring MovingWindow. Only set if MovingWindow is set. - ImGuiWindow* MovingWindow; // Track the window we clicked on (in order to preserve focus). The actually window that is moved is generally MovingWindow->RootWindow. + ImGuiWindow* MovingWindow; // Track the window we clicked on (in order to preserve focus). The actual window that is moved is generally MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree. ImGuiWindow* WheelingWindow; // Track the window we started mouse-wheeling on. Until a timer elapse or mouse has moved, generally keep scrolling the same window even if during the course of scrolling the mouse ends up hovering a child window. ImVec2 WheelingWindowRefMousePos; - float WheelingWindowTimer; + int WheelingWindowStartFrame; // This may be set one frame before WheelingWindow is != NULL + float WheelingWindowReleaseTimer; + ImVec2 WheelingWindowWheelRemainder; + ImVec2 WheelingAxisAvg; // Item/widgets state and tracking information - ImGuiID HoveredId; // Hovered widget - bool HoveredIdAllowOverlap; + ImGuiID DebugHookIdInfo; // Will call core hooks: DebugHookIdInfo() from GetID functions, used by Stack Tool [next HoveredId/ActiveId to not pull in an extra cache-line] + ImGuiID HoveredId; // Hovered widget, filled during the frame ImGuiID HoveredIdPreviousFrame; + bool HoveredIdAllowOverlap; + bool HoveredIdDisabled; // At least one widget passed the rect test, but has been discarded by disabled flag or popup inhibit. May be true even if HoveredId == 0. float HoveredIdTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time float HoveredIdNotActiveTimer; // Measure contiguous hovering time where the item has not been active ImGuiID ActiveId; // Active widget @@ -1214,12 +1966,10 @@ struct ImGuiContext float ActiveIdTimer; bool ActiveIdIsJustActivated; // Set at the time of activation for one frame bool ActiveIdAllowOverlap; // Active widget allows another widget to steal active id (generally for overlapping widgets, but not always) + bool ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss; // Disable losing active id if the active id window gets unfocused. bool ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore; // Track whether the active id led to a press (this is to allow changing between PressOnClick and PressOnRelease without pressing twice). Used by range_select branch. bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore; // Was the value associated to the widget Edited over the course of the Active state. bool ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame; - ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav move requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it) - ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav inputs. - ImU64 ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask; // Active widget will want to read those key inputs. When we grow the ImGuiKey enum we'll need to either to order the enum to make useful keys come first, either redesign this into e.g. a small array. ImVec2 ActiveIdClickOffset; // Clicked offset from upper-left corner, if applicable (currently only set by ButtonBehavior) ImGuiWindow* ActiveIdWindow; ImGuiInputSource ActiveIdSource; // Activating with mouse or nav (gamepad/keyboard) @@ -1231,16 +1981,36 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiID LastActiveId; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId, useful for animation. float LastActiveIdTimer; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId timer since the beginning of activation, useful for animation. + // [EXPERIMENTAL] Key/Input Ownership + Shortcut Routing system + // - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given key, we can link to an owner. + // - Input query can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_None (== -1) or a custom ID. + // - Routing is requested ahead of time for a given chord (Key + Mods) and granted in NewFrame(). + ImGuiKeyOwnerData KeysOwnerData[ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT]; + ImGuiKeyRoutingTable KeysRoutingTable; + ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask; // Active widget will want to read those nav move requests (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it) + bool ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys; // Active widget will want to read all keyboard keys inputs. (FIXME: This is a shortcut for not taking ownership of 100+ keys but perhaps best to not have the inconsistency) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + ImU32 ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask; // If you used this. Since (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804) : 'g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel);' becomes 'SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId) and/or SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId);' +#endif + // Next window/item data - ImGuiNextWindowData NextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions + ImGuiID CurrentFocusScopeId; // == g.FocusScopeStack.back() + ImGuiItemFlags CurrentItemFlags; // == g.ItemFlagsStack.back() + ImGuiID DebugLocateId; // Storage for DebugLocateItemOnHover() feature: this is read by ItemAdd() so we keep it in a hot/cached location ImGuiNextItemData NextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions + ImGuiLastItemData LastItemData; // Storage for last submitted item (setup by ItemAdd) + ImGuiNextWindowData NextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions // Shared stacks - ImVector ColorModifiers; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - ImVector StyleModifiers; // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() - ImVector FontStack; // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() + ImVector ColorStack; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector StyleVarStack; // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector FontStack; // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() - inherited by Begin() + ImVector FocusScopeStack; // Stack for PushFocusScope()/PopFocusScope() - inherited by BeginChild(), pushed into by Begin() + ImVectorItemFlagsStack; // Stack for PushItemFlag()/PopItemFlag() - inherited by Begin() + ImVectorGroupStack; // Stack for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() - not inherited by Begin() ImVectorOpenPopupStack; // Which popups are open (persistent) ImVectorBeginPopupStack; // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame) + int BeginMenuCount; // Viewports ImVector Viewports; // Active viewports (always 1+, and generally 1 unless multi-viewports are enabled). Each viewports hold their copy of ImDrawData. @@ -1248,63 +2018,67 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiViewportP* CurrentViewport; // We track changes of viewport (happening in Begin) so we can call Platform_OnChangedViewport() ImGuiViewportP* MouseViewport; ImGuiViewportP* MouseLastHoveredViewport; // Last known viewport that was hovered by mouse (even if we are not hovering any viewport any more) + honoring the _NoInputs flag. - ImGuiID PlatformLastFocusedViewport; // Record of last focused platform window/viewport, when this changes we stamp the viewport as front-most + ImGuiID PlatformLastFocusedViewportId; + ImGuiPlatformMonitor FallbackMonitor; // Virtual monitor used as fallback if backend doesn't provide monitor information. int ViewportFrontMostStampCount; // Every time the front-most window changes, we stamp its viewport with an incrementing counter // Gamepad/keyboard Navigation - ImGuiWindow* NavWindow; // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusWindow' + ImGuiWindow* NavWindow; // Focused window for navigation. Could be called 'FocusedWindow' ImGuiID NavId; // Focused item for navigation - ImGuiID NavFocusScopeId; - ImGuiID NavActivateId; // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem() - ImGuiID NavActivateDownId; // ~~ IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0 - ImGuiID NavActivatePressedId; // ~~ IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate) ? NavId : 0 - ImGuiID NavInputId; // ~~ IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Input) ? NavId : 0 - ImGuiID NavJustTabbedId; // Just tabbed to this id. + ImGuiID NavFocusScopeId; // Identify a selection scope (selection code often wants to "clear other items" when landing on an item of the selection set) + ImGuiID NavActivateId; // ~~ (g.ActiveId == 0) && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)) ? NavId : 0, also set when calling ActivateItem() + ImGuiID NavActivateDownId; // ~~ IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 + ImGuiID NavActivatePressedId; // ~~ IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate) ? NavId : 0 (no repeat) + ImGuiID NavActivateInputId; // ~~ IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput) ? NavId : 0; ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput will be set and NavActivateId will be 0. + ImGuiActivateFlags NavActivateFlags; ImGuiID NavJustMovedToId; // Just navigated to this id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). ImGuiID NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId; // Just navigated to this focus scope id (result of a successfully MoveRequest). - ImGuiKeyModFlags NavJustMovedToKeyMods; + ImGuiKeyChord NavJustMovedToKeyMods; ImGuiID NavNextActivateId; // Set by ActivateItem(), queued until next frame. + ImGuiActivateFlags NavNextActivateFlags; ImGuiInputSource NavInputSource; // Keyboard or Gamepad mode? THIS WILL ONLY BE None or NavGamepad or NavKeyboard. - ImRect NavScoringRect; // Rectangle used for scoring, in screen space. Based of window->DC.NavRefRectRel[], modified for directional navigation scoring. - int NavScoringCount; // Metrics for debugging ImGuiNavLayer NavLayer; // Layer we are navigating on. For now the system is hard-coded for 0=main contents and 1=menu/title bar, may expose layers later. - int NavIdTabCounter; // == NavWindow->DC.FocusIdxTabCounter at time of NavId processing - bool NavIdIsAlive; // Nav widget has been seen this frame ~~ NavRefRectRel is valid + bool NavIdIsAlive; // Nav widget has been seen this frame ~~ NavRectRel is valid bool NavMousePosDirty; // When set we will update mouse position if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) if set (NB: this not enabled by default) bool NavDisableHighlight; // When user starts using mouse, we hide gamepad/keyboard highlight (NB: but they are still available, which is why NavDisableHighlight isn't always != NavDisableMouseHover) bool NavDisableMouseHover; // When user starts using gamepad/keyboard, we hide mouse hovering highlight until mouse is touched again. - bool NavAnyRequest; // ~~ NavMoveRequest || NavInitRequest + + // Navigation: Init & Move Requests + bool NavAnyRequest; // ~~ NavMoveRequest || NavInitRequest this is to perform early out in ItemAdd() bool NavInitRequest; // Init request for appearing window to select first item bool NavInitRequestFromMove; - ImGuiID NavInitResultId; - ImRect NavInitResultRectRel; - bool NavMoveFromClampedRefRect; // Set by manual scrolling, if we scroll to a point where NavId isn't visible we reset navigation from visible items - bool NavMoveRequest; // Move request for this frame - ImGuiNavMoveFlags NavMoveRequestFlags; - ImGuiNavForward NavMoveRequestForward; // None / ForwardQueued / ForwardActive (this is used to navigate sibling parent menus from a child menu) - ImGuiKeyModFlags NavMoveRequestKeyMods; - ImGuiDir NavMoveDir, NavMoveDirLast; // Direction of the move request (left/right/up/down), direction of the previous move request + ImGuiID NavInitResultId; // Init request result (first item of the window, or one for which SetItemDefaultFocus() was called) + ImRect NavInitResultRectRel; // Init request result rectangle (relative to parent window) + bool NavMoveSubmitted; // Move request submitted, will process result on next NewFrame() + bool NavMoveScoringItems; // Move request submitted, still scoring incoming items + bool NavMoveForwardToNextFrame; + ImGuiNavMoveFlags NavMoveFlags; + ImGuiScrollFlags NavMoveScrollFlags; + ImGuiKeyChord NavMoveKeyMods; + ImGuiDir NavMoveDir; // Direction of the move request (left/right/up/down) + ImGuiDir NavMoveDirForDebug; ImGuiDir NavMoveClipDir; // FIXME-NAV: Describe the purpose of this better. Might want to rename? - ImGuiNavMoveResult NavMoveResultLocal; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow - ImGuiNavMoveResult NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow that are mostly visible (when using ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet flag) - ImGuiNavMoveResult NavMoveResultOther; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow's flattened hierarchy (when using ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened flag) + ImRect NavScoringRect; // Rectangle used for scoring, in screen space. Based of window->NavRectRel[], modified for directional navigation scoring. + ImRect NavScoringNoClipRect; // Some nav operations (such as PageUp/PageDown) enforce a region which clipper will attempt to always keep submitted + int NavScoringDebugCount; // Metrics for debugging + int NavTabbingDir; // Generally -1 or +1, 0 when tabbing without a nav id + int NavTabbingCounter; // >0 when counting items for tabbing + ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultLocal; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow + ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultLocalVisible; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow that are mostly visible (when using ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet flag) + ImGuiNavItemData NavMoveResultOther; // Best move request candidate within NavWindow's flattened hierarchy (when using ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened flag) + ImGuiNavItemData NavTabbingResultFirst; // First tabbing request candidate within NavWindow and flattened hierarchy - // Navigation: Windowing (CTRL+TAB, holding Menu button + directional pads to move/resize) - ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTarget; // When selecting a window (holding Menu+FocusPrev/Next, or equivalent of CTRL-TAB) this window is temporarily displayed top-most. - ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTargetAnim; // Record of last valid NavWindowingTarget until DimBgRatio and NavWindowingHighlightAlpha becomes 0.0f - ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingList; + // Navigation: Windowing (CTRL+TAB for list, or Menu button + keys or directional pads to move/resize) + ImGuiKeyChord ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext; // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab, for reconfiguration (see #4828) + ImGuiKeyChord ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev; // = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab + ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTarget; // Target window when doing CTRL+Tab (or Pad Menu + FocusPrev/Next), this window is temporarily displayed top-most! + ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTargetAnim; // Record of last valid NavWindowingTarget until DimBgRatio and NavWindowingHighlightAlpha becomes 0.0f, so the fade-out can stay on it. + ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingListWindow; // Internal window actually listing the CTRL+Tab contents float NavWindowingTimer; float NavWindowingHighlightAlpha; bool NavWindowingToggleLayer; - - // Legacy Focus/Tabbing system (older than Nav, active even if Nav is disabled, misnamed. FIXME-NAV: This needs a redesign!) - ImGuiWindow* FocusRequestCurrWindow; // - ImGuiWindow* FocusRequestNextWindow; // - int FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular; // Any item being requested for focus, stored as an index (we on layout to be stable between the frame pressing TAB and the next frame, semi-ouch) - int FocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop; // Tab item being requested for focus, stored as an index - int FocusRequestNextCounterRegular; // Stored for next frame - int FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop; // " - bool FocusTabPressed; // + ImVec2 NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos; + ImVec2 NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize; // Render float DimBgRatio; // 0.0..1.0 animation when fading in a dimming background (for modal window and CTRL+TAB list) @@ -1325,41 +2099,67 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiID DragDropAcceptIdCurr; // Target item id (set at the time of accepting the payload) ImGuiID DragDropAcceptIdPrev; // Target item id from previous frame (we need to store this to allow for overlapping drag and drop targets) int DragDropAcceptFrameCount; // Last time a target expressed a desire to accept the source + ImGuiID DragDropHoldJustPressedId; // Set when holding a payload just made ButtonBehavior() return a press. ImVector DragDropPayloadBufHeap; // We don't expose the ImVector<> directly, ImGuiPayload only holds pointer+size unsigned char DragDropPayloadBufLocal[16]; // Local buffer for small payloads + // Clipper + int ClipperTempDataStacked; + ImVector ClipperTempData; + + // Tables + ImGuiTable* CurrentTable; + int TablesTempDataStacked; // Temporary table data size (because we leave previous instances undestructed, we generally don't use TablesTempData.Size) + ImVector TablesTempData; // Temporary table data (buffers reused/shared across instances, support nesting) + ImPool Tables; // Persistent table data + ImVector TablesLastTimeActive; // Last used timestamp of each tables (SOA, for efficient GC) + ImVector DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer; + // Tab bars ImGuiTabBar* CurrentTabBar; ImPool TabBars; ImVector CurrentTabBarStack; ImVector ShrinkWidthBuffer; + // Hover Delay system + ImGuiID HoverDelayId; + ImGuiID HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame; + float HoverDelayTimer; // Currently used IsItemHovered(), generally inferred from g.HoveredIdTimer but kept uncleared until clear timer elapse. + float HoverDelayClearTimer; // Currently used IsItemHovered(): grace time before g.TooltipHoverTimer gets cleared. + // Widget state - ImVec2 LastValidMousePos; + ImVec2 MouseLastValidPos; ImGuiInputTextState InputTextState; ImFont InputTextPasswordFont; ImGuiID TempInputId; // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc. ImGuiColorEditFlags ColorEditOptions; // Store user options for color edit widgets - float ColorEditLastHue; // Backup of last Hue associated to LastColor[3], so we can restore Hue in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips - float ColorEditLastSat; // Backup of last Saturation associated to LastColor[3], so we can restore Saturation in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips - float ColorEditLastColor[3]; + float ColorEditLastHue; // Backup of last Hue associated to LastColor, so we can restore Hue in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips + float ColorEditLastSat; // Backup of last Saturation associated to LastColor, so we can restore Saturation in lossy RGB<>HSV round trips + ImU32 ColorEditLastColor; // RGB value with alpha set to 0. ImVec4 ColorPickerRef; // Initial/reference color at the time of opening the color picker. + ImGuiComboPreviewData ComboPreviewData; + float SliderGrabClickOffset; + float SliderCurrentAccum; // Accumulated slider delta when using navigation controls. + bool SliderCurrentAccumDirty; // Has the accumulated slider delta changed since last time we tried to apply it? bool DragCurrentAccumDirty; float DragCurrentAccum; // Accumulator for dragging modification. Always high-precision, not rounded by end-user precision settings float DragSpeedDefaultRatio; // If speed == 0.0f, uses (max-min) * DragSpeedDefaultRatio float ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter; // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage? - int TooltipOverrideCount; + float DisabledAlphaBackup; // Backup for style.Alpha for BeginDisabled() + short DisabledStackSize; + short TooltipOverrideCount; ImVector ClipboardHandlerData; // If no custom clipboard handler is defined ImVector MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame; // A list of menu IDs that were rendered at least once // Platform support - ImVec2 PlatformImePos; // Cursor position request & last passed to the OS Input Method Editor - ImVec2 PlatformImeLastPos; - ImGuiViewportP* PlatformImePosViewport; + ImGuiPlatformImeData PlatformImeData; // Data updated by current frame + ImGuiPlatformImeData PlatformImeDataPrev; // Previous frame data (when changing we will call io.SetPlatformImeDataFn + ImGuiID PlatformImeViewport; + char PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; // '.' or *localeconv()->decimal_point // Extensions // FIXME: We could provide an API to register one slot in an array held in ImGuiContext? - ImGuiDockContext* DockContext; + ImGuiDockContext DockContext; // Settings bool SettingsLoaded; @@ -1367,12 +2167,20 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiTextBuffer SettingsIniData; // In memory .ini settings ImVector SettingsHandlers; // List of .ini settings handlers ImChunkStream SettingsWindows; // ImGuiWindow .ini settings entries + ImChunkStream SettingsTables; // ImGuiTable .ini settings entries + ImVector Hooks; // Hooks for extensions (e.g. test engine) + ImGuiID HookIdNext; // Next available HookId + + // Localization + const char* LocalizationTable[ImGuiLocKey_COUNT]; // Capture/Logging - bool LogEnabled; - ImGuiLogType LogType; + bool LogEnabled; // Currently capturing + ImGuiLogType LogType; // Capture target ImFileHandle LogFile; // If != NULL log to stdout/ file ImGuiTextBuffer LogBuffer; // Accumulation buffer when log to clipboard. This is pointer so our GImGui static constructor doesn't call heap allocators. + const char* LogNextPrefix; + const char* LogNextSuffix; float LogLinePosY; bool LogLineFirstItem; int LogDepthRef; @@ -1380,59 +2188,71 @@ struct ImGuiContext int LogDepthToExpandDefault; // Default/stored value for LogDepthMaxExpand if not specified in the LogXXX function call. // Debug Tools - bool DebugItemPickerActive; - ImGuiID DebugItemPickerBreakId; // Will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() when encountering this id + ImGuiDebugLogFlags DebugLogFlags; + ImGuiTextBuffer DebugLogBuf; + ImGuiTextIndex DebugLogIndex; + ImU8 DebugLocateFrames; // For DebugLocateItemOnHover(). This is used together with DebugLocateId which is in a hot/cached spot above. + bool DebugItemPickerActive; // Item picker is active (started with DebugStartItemPicker()) + ImU8 DebugItemPickerMouseButton; + ImGuiID DebugItemPickerBreakId; // Will call IM_DEBUG_BREAK() when encountering this ID + ImGuiMetricsConfig DebugMetricsConfig; + ImGuiStackTool DebugStackTool; + ImGuiDockNode* DebugHoveredDockNode; // Hovered dock node. // Misc - float FramerateSecPerFrame[120]; // Calculate estimate of framerate for user over the last 2 seconds. + float FramerateSecPerFrame[60]; // Calculate estimate of framerate for user over the last 60 frames.. int FramerateSecPerFrameIdx; + int FramerateSecPerFrameCount; float FramerateSecPerFrameAccum; - int WantCaptureMouseNextFrame; // Explicit capture via CaptureKeyboardFromApp()/CaptureMouseFromApp() sets those flags - int WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame; + int WantCaptureMouseNextFrame; // Explicit capture override via SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse()/SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(). Default to -1. + int WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame; // " int WantTextInputNextFrame; - char TempBuffer[1024*3+1]; // Temporary text buffer + ImVector TempBuffer; // Temporary text buffer ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) + : InputTextState(this) { Initialized = false; ConfigFlagsCurrFrame = ConfigFlagsLastFrame = ImGuiConfigFlags_None; + FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true; Font = NULL; FontSize = FontBaseSize = 0.0f; - FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true; IO.Fonts = shared_font_atlas ? shared_font_atlas : IM_NEW(ImFontAtlas)(); Time = 0.0f; FrameCount = 0; FrameCountEnded = FrameCountPlatformEnded = FrameCountRendered = -1; WithinFrameScope = WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = WithinEndChild = false; + GcCompactAll = false; + TestEngineHookItems = false; + TestEngine = NULL; WindowsActiveCount = 0; CurrentWindow = NULL; HoveredWindow = NULL; - HoveredRootWindow = NULL; HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; MovingWindow = NULL; WheelingWindow = NULL; - WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f; + WheelingWindowStartFrame = -1; + WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f; - HoveredId = 0; + DebugHookIdInfo = 0; + HoveredId = HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0; HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; - HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0; + HoveredIdDisabled = false; HoveredIdTimer = HoveredIdNotActiveTimer = 0.0f; ActiveId = 0; ActiveIdIsAlive = 0; ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false; ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; + ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false; ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false; ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false; ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; - ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; - ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; - ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0x00; - ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1,-1); + ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1, -1); ActiveIdWindow = NULL; ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; - ActiveIdMouseButton = 0; + ActiveIdMouseButton = -1; ActiveIdPreviousFrame = 0; ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false; ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore = false; @@ -1440,21 +2260,29 @@ struct ImGuiContext LastActiveId = 0; LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; + ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; + ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; +#endif + + CurrentFocusScopeId = 0; + CurrentItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; + BeginMenuCount = 0; + CurrentDpiScale = 0.0f; CurrentViewport = NULL; MouseViewport = MouseLastHoveredViewport = NULL; - PlatformLastFocusedViewport = 0; + PlatformLastFocusedViewportId = 0; ViewportFrontMostStampCount = 0; NavWindow = NULL; - NavId = NavFocusScopeId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = NavInputId = 0; - NavJustTabbedId = NavJustMovedToId = NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = NavNextActivateId = 0; - NavJustMovedToKeyMods = ImGuiKeyModFlags_None; + NavId = NavFocusScopeId = NavActivateId = NavActivateDownId = NavActivatePressedId = NavActivateInputId = 0; + NavJustMovedToId = NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = NavNextActivateId = 0; + NavActivateFlags = NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; + NavJustMovedToKeyMods = ImGuiMod_None; NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; - NavScoringRect = ImRect(); - NavScoringCount = 0; NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - NavIdTabCounter = INT_MAX; NavIdIsAlive = false; NavMousePosDirty = false; NavDisableHighlight = true; @@ -1463,22 +2291,23 @@ struct ImGuiContext NavInitRequest = false; NavInitRequestFromMove = false; NavInitResultId = 0; - NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = false; - NavMoveRequest = false; - NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; - NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_None; - NavMoveRequestKeyMods = ImGuiKeyModFlags_None; - NavMoveDir = NavMoveDirLast = NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_None; + NavMoveSubmitted = false; + NavMoveScoringItems = false; + NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false; + NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; + NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None; + NavMoveKeyMods = ImGuiMod_None; + NavMoveDir = NavMoveDirForDebug = NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_None; + NavScoringDebugCount = 0; + NavTabbingDir = 0; + NavTabbingCounter = 0; - NavWindowingTarget = NavWindowingTargetAnim = NavWindowingList = NULL; + ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Tab; + ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev = ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Tab; + NavWindowingTarget = NavWindowingTargetAnim = NavWindowingListWindow = NULL; NavWindowingTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; - FocusRequestCurrWindow = FocusRequestNextWindow = NULL; - FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = FocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; - FocusRequestNextCounterRegular = FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; - FocusTabPressed = false; - DimBgRatio = 0.0f; MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; @@ -1491,81 +2320,98 @@ struct ImGuiContext DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = 0.0f; DragDropAcceptIdPrev = DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0; DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1; + DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0; memset(DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); + ClipperTempDataStacked = 0; + + CurrentTable = NULL; + TablesTempDataStacked = 0; CurrentTabBar = NULL; - LastValidMousePos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + HoverDelayId = HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame = 0; + HoverDelayTimer = HoverDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; + TempInputId = 0; - ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault; + ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_; ColorEditLastHue = ColorEditLastSat = 0.0f; - ColorEditLastColor[0] = ColorEditLastColor[1] = ColorEditLastColor[2] = FLT_MAX; + ColorEditLastColor = 0; + SliderGrabClickOffset = 0.0f; + SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; + SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false; DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f; DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 1.0f / 100.0f; ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f; + DisabledAlphaBackup = 0.0f; + DisabledStackSize = 0; TooltipOverrideCount = 0; - PlatformImePos = PlatformImeLastPos = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - PlatformImePosViewport = 0; - - DockContext = NULL; + PlatformImeData.InputPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + PlatformImeDataPrev.InputPos = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f); // Different to ensure initial submission + PlatformImeViewport = 0; + PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = '.'; SettingsLoaded = false; SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; + HookIdNext = 0; + + memset(LocalizationTable, 0, sizeof(LocalizationTable)); LogEnabled = false; LogType = ImGuiLogType_None; + LogNextPrefix = LogNextSuffix = NULL; LogFile = NULL; LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX; LogLineFirstItem = false; LogDepthRef = 0; LogDepthToExpand = LogDepthToExpandDefault = 2; + DebugLogFlags = ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY; + DebugLocateId = 0; + DebugLocateFrames = 0; DebugItemPickerActive = false; + DebugItemPickerMouseButton = ImGuiMouseButton_Left; DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; + DebugHoveredDockNode = NULL; memset(FramerateSecPerFrame, 0, sizeof(FramerateSecPerFrame)); - FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = 0; + FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = FramerateSecPerFrameCount = 0; FramerateSecPerFrameAccum = 0.0f; WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = WantTextInputNextFrame = -1; - memset(TempBuffer, 0, sizeof(TempBuffer)); } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGuiWindow +// [SECTION] ImGuiWindowTempData, ImGuiWindow //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Transient per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the DC variable name in ImGuiWindow. -// FIXME: That's theory, in practice the delimitation between ImGuiWindow and ImGuiWindowTempData is quite tenuous and could be reconsidered. +// (That's theory, in practice the delimitation between ImGuiWindow and ImGuiWindowTempData is quite tenuous and could be reconsidered..) +// (This doesn't need a constructor because we zero-clear it as part of ImGuiWindow and all frame-temporary data are setup on Begin) struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData { // Layout ImVec2 CursorPos; // Current emitting position, in absolute coordinates. ImVec2 CursorPosPrevLine; ImVec2 CursorStartPos; // Initial position after Begin(), generally ~ window position + WindowPadding. - ImVec2 CursorMaxPos; // Used to implicitly calculate the size of our contents, always growing during the frame. Used to calculate window->ContentSize at the beginning of next frame + ImVec2 CursorMaxPos; // Used to implicitly calculate ContentSize at the beginning of next frame, for scrolling range and auto-resize. Always growing during the frame. + ImVec2 IdealMaxPos; // Used to implicitly calculate ContentSizeIdeal at the beginning of next frame, for auto-resize only. Always growing during the frame. ImVec2 CurrLineSize; ImVec2 PrevLineSize; float CurrLineTextBaseOffset; // Baseline offset (0.0f by default on a new line, generally == style.FramePadding.y when a framed item has been added). float PrevLineTextBaseOffset; + bool IsSameLine; + bool IsSetPos; ImVec1 Indent; // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.) ImVec1 ColumnsOffset; // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API. ImVec1 GroupOffset; - - // Last item status - ImGuiID LastItemId; // ID for last item - ImGuiItemStatusFlags LastItemStatusFlags; // Status flags for last item (see ImGuiItemStatusFlags_) - ImRect LastItemRect; // Interaction rect for last item - ImRect LastItemDisplayRect; // End-user display rect for last item (only valid if LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) + ImVec2 CursorStartPosLossyness;// Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos due to really large scrolling amount. This is used by clipper to compensentate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation ImGuiNavLayer NavLayerCurrent; // Current layer, 0..31 (we currently only use 0..1) - int NavLayerCurrentMask; // = (1 << NavLayerCurrent) used by ItemAdd prior to clipping. - int NavLayerActiveMask; // Which layer have been written to (result from previous frame) - int NavLayerActiveMaskNext; // Which layer have been written to (buffer for current frame) - ImGuiID NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; // Current focus scope ID while appending + short NavLayersActiveMask; // Which layers have been written to (result from previous frame) + short NavLayersActiveMaskNext;// Which layers have been written to (accumulator for current frame) bool NavHideHighlightOneFrame; bool NavHasScroll; // Set when scrolling can be used (ScrollMax > 0.0f) @@ -1577,57 +2423,17 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData ImU32 TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask; // Store a copy of !g.NavIdIsAlive for TreeDepth 0..31.. Could be turned into a ImU64 if necessary. ImVector ChildWindows; ImGuiStorage* StateStorage; // Current persistent per-window storage (store e.g. tree node open/close state) - ImGuiColumns* CurrentColumns; // Current columns set + ImGuiOldColumns* CurrentColumns; // Current columns set + int CurrentTableIdx; // Current table index (into g.Tables) ImGuiLayoutType LayoutType; ImGuiLayoutType ParentLayoutType; // Layout type of parent window at the time of Begin() - int FocusCounterRegular; // (Legacy Focus/Tabbing system) Sequential counter, start at -1 and increase as assigned via FocusableItemRegister() (FIXME-NAV: Needs redesign) - int FocusCounterTabStop; // (Legacy Focus/Tabbing system) Same, but only count widgets which you can Tab through. // Local parameters stacks // We store the current settings outside of the vectors to increase memory locality (reduce cache misses). The vectors are rarely modified. Also it allows us to not heap allocate for short-lived windows which are not using those settings. - ImGuiItemFlags ItemFlags; // == ItemFlagsStack.back() [empty == ImGuiItemFlags_Default] - float ItemWidth; // == ItemWidthStack.back(). 0.0: default, >0.0: width in pixels, <0.0: align xx pixels to the right of window - float TextWrapPos; // == TextWrapPosStack.back() [empty == -1.0f] - ImVectorItemFlagsStack; - ImVector ItemWidthStack; - ImVector TextWrapPosStack; - ImVectorGroupStack; - short StackSizesBackup[6]; // Store size of various stacks for asserting - - ImGuiWindowTempData() - { - CursorPos = CursorPosPrevLine = CursorStartPos = CursorMaxPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - CurrLineSize = PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - CurrLineTextBaseOffset = PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; - Indent = ImVec1(0.0f); - ColumnsOffset = ImVec1(0.0f); - GroupOffset = ImVec1(0.0f); - - LastItemId = 0; - LastItemStatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None; - LastItemRect = LastItemDisplayRect = ImRect(); - - NavLayerActiveMask = NavLayerActiveMaskNext = 0x00; - NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main); - NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = 0; - NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false; - NavHasScroll = false; - - MenuBarAppending = false; - MenuBarOffset = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - TreeDepth = 0; - TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00; - StateStorage = NULL; - CurrentColumns = NULL; - LayoutType = ParentLayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; - FocusCounterRegular = FocusCounterTabStop = -1; - - ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_Default_; - ItemWidth = 0.0f; - TextWrapPos = -1.0f; - memset(StackSizesBackup, 0, sizeof(StackSizesBackup)); - } + float ItemWidth; // Current item width (>0.0: width in pixels, <0.0: align xx pixels to the right of window). + float TextWrapPos; // Current text wrap pos. + ImVector ItemWidthStack; // Store item widths to restore (attention: .back() is not == ItemWidth) + ImVector TextWrapPosStack; // Store text wrap pos to restore (attention: .back() is not == TextWrapPos) }; // Storage for one window @@ -1637,7 +2443,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow ImGuiID ID; // == ImHashStr(Name) ImGuiWindowFlags Flags, FlagsPreviousFrame; // See enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ ImGuiWindowClass WindowClass; // Advanced users only. Set with SetNextWindowClass() - ImGuiViewportP* Viewport; // Always set in Begin(), only inactive windows may have a NULL value here + ImGuiViewportP* Viewport; // Always set in Begin(). Inactive windows may have a NULL value here if their viewport was discarded. ImGuiID ViewportId; // We backup the viewport id (since the viewport may disappear or never be created if the window is inactive) ImVec2 ViewportPos; // We backup the viewport position (since the viewport may disappear or never be created if the window is inactive) int ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend; // Reset to -1 every frame (index is guaranteed to be valid between NewFrame..EndFrame), only used in the Appearing frame of a tooltip/popup to enforce clamping to a given monitor @@ -1645,17 +2451,23 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow ImVec2 Size; // Current size (==SizeFull or collapsed title bar size) ImVec2 SizeFull; // Size when non collapsed ImVec2 ContentSize; // Size of contents/scrollable client area (calculated from the extents reach of the cursor) from previous frame. Does not include window decoration or window padding. + ImVec2 ContentSizeIdeal; ImVec2 ContentSizeExplicit; // Size of contents/scrollable client area explicitly request by the user via SetNextWindowContentSize(). ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Window padding at the time of Begin(). - float WindowRounding; // Window rounding at the time of Begin(). + float WindowRounding; // Window rounding at the time of Begin(). May be clamped lower to avoid rendering artifacts with title bar, menu bar etc. float WindowBorderSize; // Window border size at the time of Begin(). + float DecoOuterSizeX1, DecoOuterSizeY1; // Left/Up offsets. Sum of non-scrolling outer decorations (X1 generally == 0.0f. Y1 generally = TitleBarHeight + MenuBarHeight). Locked during Begin(). + float DecoOuterSizeX2, DecoOuterSizeY2; // Right/Down offsets (X2 generally == ScrollbarSize.x, Y2 == ScrollbarSizes.y). + float DecoInnerSizeX1, DecoInnerSizeY1; // Applied AFTER/OVER InnerRect. Specialized for Tables as they use specialized form of clipping and frozen rows/columns are inside InnerRect (and not part of regular decoration sizes). int NameBufLen; // Size of buffer storing Name. May be larger than strlen(Name)! ImGuiID MoveId; // == window->GetID("#MOVE") + ImGuiID TabId; // == window->GetID("#TAB") ImGuiID ChildId; // ID of corresponding item in parent window (for navigation to return from child window to parent window) ImVec2 Scroll; ImVec2 ScrollMax; ImVec2 ScrollTarget; // target scroll position. stored as cursor position with scrolling canceled out, so the highest point is always 0.0f. (FLT_MAX for no change) ImVec2 ScrollTargetCenterRatio; // 0.0f = scroll so that target position is at top, 0.5f = scroll so that target position is centered + ImVec2 ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist; // 0.0f = no snapping, >0.0f snapping threshold ImVec2 ScrollbarSizes; // Size taken by each scrollbars on their smaller axis. Pay attention! ScrollbarSizes.x == width of the vertical scrollbar, ScrollbarSizes.y = height of the horizontal scrollbar. bool ScrollbarX, ScrollbarY; // Are scrollbars visible? bool ViewportOwned; @@ -1666,76 +2478,88 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow bool WantCollapseToggle; bool SkipItems; // Set when items can safely be all clipped (e.g. window not visible or collapsed) bool Appearing; // Set during the frame where the window is appearing (or re-appearing) - bool Hidden; // Do not display (== (HiddenFrames*** > 0)) + bool Hidden; // Do not display (== HiddenFrames*** > 0) bool IsFallbackWindow; // Set on the "Debug##Default" window. + bool IsExplicitChild; // Set when passed _ChildWindow, left to false by BeginDocked() bool HasCloseButton; // Set when the window has a close button (p_open != NULL) signed char ResizeBorderHeld; // Current border being held for resize (-1: none, otherwise 0-3) short BeginCount; // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs) - short BeginOrderWithinParent; // Order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0. - short BeginOrderWithinContext; // Order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues. + short BeginCountPreviousFrame; // Number of Begin() during the previous frame + short BeginOrderWithinParent; // Begin() order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0. + short BeginOrderWithinContext; // Begin() order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues. + short FocusOrder; // Order within WindowsFocusOrder[], altered when windows are focused. ImGuiID PopupId; // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling) ImS8 AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY; ImS8 AutoFitChildAxises; bool AutoFitOnlyGrows; ImGuiDir AutoPosLastDirection; - int HiddenFramesCanSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames - int HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames while allowing items to be submitted so we can measure their size - ImGuiCond SetWindowPosAllowFlags; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowPos() use. - ImGuiCond SetWindowSizeAllowFlags; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowSize() use. - ImGuiCond SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowCollapsed() use. - ImGuiCond SetWindowDockAllowFlags; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowDock() use. + ImS8 HiddenFramesCanSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames + ImS8 HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems; // Hide the window for N frames while allowing items to be submitted so we can measure their size + ImS8 HiddenFramesForRenderOnly; // Hide the window until frame N at Render() time only + ImS8 DisableInputsFrames; // Disable window interactions for N frames + ImGuiCond SetWindowPosAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowPos() use. + ImGuiCond SetWindowSizeAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowSize() use. + ImGuiCond SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowCollapsed() use. + ImGuiCond SetWindowDockAllowFlags : 8; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowDock() use. ImVec2 SetWindowPosVal; // store window position when using a non-zero Pivot (position set needs to be processed when we know the window size) - ImVec2 SetWindowPosPivot; // store window pivot for positioning. ImVec2(0,0) when positioning from top-left corner; ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f) for centering; ImVec2(1,1) for bottom right. + ImVec2 SetWindowPosPivot; // store window pivot for positioning. ImVec2(0, 0) when positioning from top-left corner; ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) for centering; ImVec2(1, 1) for bottom right. ImVector IDStack; // ID stack. ID are hashes seeded with the value at the top of the stack. (In theory this should be in the TempData structure) ImGuiWindowTempData DC; // Temporary per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame. This used to be called ImGuiDrawContext, hence the "DC" variable name. - // The best way to understand what those rectangles are is to use the 'Metrics -> Tools -> Show windows rectangles' viewer. + // The best way to understand what those rectangles are is to use the 'Metrics->Tools->Show Windows Rectangles' viewer. // The main 'OuterRect', omitted as a field, is window->Rect(). ImRect OuterRectClipped; // == Window->Rect() just after setup in Begin(). == window->Rect() for root window. ImRect InnerRect; // Inner rectangle (omit title bar, menu bar, scroll bar) ImRect InnerClipRect; // == InnerRect shrunk by WindowPadding*0.5f on each side, clipped within viewport or parent clip rect. - ImRect WorkRect; // Cover the whole scrolling region, shrunk by WindowPadding*1.0f on each side. This is meant to replace ContentRegionRect over time (from 1.71+ onward). + ImRect WorkRect; // Initially covers the whole scrolling region. Reduced by containers e.g columns/tables when active. Shrunk by WindowPadding*1.0f on each side. This is meant to replace ContentRegionRect over time (from 1.71+ onward). + ImRect ParentWorkRect; // Backup of WorkRect before entering a container such as columns/tables. Used by e.g. SpanAllColumns functions to easily access. Stacked containers are responsible for maintaining this. // FIXME-WORKRECT: Could be a stack? ImRect ClipRect; // Current clipping/scissoring rectangle, evolve as we are using PushClipRect(), etc. == DrawList->clip_rect_stack.back(). ImRect ContentRegionRect; // FIXME: This is currently confusing/misleading. It is essentially WorkRect but not handling of scrolling. We currently rely on it as right/bottom aligned sizing operation need some size to rely on. - ImVec2ih HitTestHoleSize, HitTestHoleOffset; + ImVec2ih HitTestHoleSize; // Define an optional rectangular hole where mouse will pass-through the window. + ImVec2ih HitTestHoleOffset; int LastFrameActive; // Last frame number the window was Active. int LastFrameJustFocused; // Last frame number the window was made Focused. float LastTimeActive; // Last timestamp the window was Active (using float as we don't need high precision there) float ItemWidthDefault; ImGuiStorage StateStorage; - ImVector ColumnsStorage; + ImVector ColumnsStorage; float FontWindowScale; // User scale multiplier per-window, via SetWindowFontScale() float FontDpiScale; int SettingsOffset; // Offset into SettingsWindows[] (offsets are always valid as we only grow the array from the back) ImDrawList* DrawList; // == &DrawListInst (for backward compatibility reason with code using imgui_internal.h we keep this a pointer) ImDrawList DrawListInst; - ImGuiWindow* ParentWindow; // If we are a child _or_ popup window, this is pointing to our parent. Otherwise NULL. - ImGuiWindow* RootWindow; // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. - ImGuiWindow* RootWindowDockStop; // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. Doesn't cross through dock nodes. We use this so IsWindowFocused() can behave consistently regardless of docking state. + ImGuiWindow* ParentWindow; // If we are a child _or_ popup _or_ docked window, this is pointing to our parent. Otherwise NULL. + ImGuiWindow* ParentWindowInBeginStack; + ImGuiWindow* RootWindow; // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. Doesn't cross through popups/dock nodes. + ImGuiWindow* RootWindowPopupTree; // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. Cross through popups parent<>child. + ImGuiWindow* RootWindowDockTree; // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. Cross through dock nodes. ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which will display TitleBgActive color when this window is active. ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForNav; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which doesn't have the NavFlattened flag. ImGuiWindow* NavLastChildNavWindow; // When going to the menu bar, we remember the child window we came from. (This could probably be made implicit if we kept g.Windows sorted by last focused including child window.) ImGuiID NavLastIds[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Last known NavId for this window, per layer (0/1) ImRect NavRectRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Reference rectangle, in window relative space + ImGuiID NavRootFocusScopeId; // Focus Scope ID at the time of Begin() - bool MemoryCompacted; - int MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity; + int MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity; // Backup of last idx/vtx count, so when waking up the window we can preallocate and avoid iterative alloc/copy int MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity; + bool MemoryCompacted; // Set when window extraneous data have been garbage collected // Docking + bool DockIsActive :1; // When docking artifacts are actually visible. When this is set, DockNode is guaranteed to be != NULL. ~~ (DockNode != NULL) && (DockNode->Windows.Size > 1). + bool DockNodeIsVisible :1; + bool DockTabIsVisible :1; // Is our window visible this frame? ~~ is the corresponding tab selected? + bool DockTabWantClose :1; + short DockOrder; // Order of the last time the window was visible within its DockNode. This is used to reorder windows that are reappearing on the same frame. Same value between windows that were active and windows that were none are possible. + ImGuiWindowDockStyle DockStyle; ImGuiDockNode* DockNode; // Which node are we docked into. Important: Prefer testing DockIsActive in many cases as this will still be set when the dock node is hidden. ImGuiDockNode* DockNodeAsHost; // Which node are we owning (for parent windows) ImGuiID DockId; // Backup of last valid DockNode->ID, so single window remember their dock node id even when they are not bound any more ImGuiItemStatusFlags DockTabItemStatusFlags; ImRect DockTabItemRect; - short DockOrder; // Order of the last time the window was visible within its DockNode. This is used to reorder windows that are reappearing on the same frame. Same value between windows that were active and windows that were none are possible. - bool DockIsActive :1; // When docking artifacts are actually visible. When this is set, DockNode is guaranteed to be != NULL. ~~ (DockNode != NULL) && (DockNode->Windows.Size > 1). - bool DockTabIsVisible :1; // Is our window visible this frame? ~~ is the corresponding tab selected? - bool DockTabWantClose :1; public: ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name); @@ -1744,35 +2568,19 @@ public: ImGuiID GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL); ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr); ImGuiID GetID(int n); - ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL); - ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(const void* ptr); - ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(int n); ImGuiID GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs); - // We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWidow. - ImRect Rect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x+Size.x, Pos.y+Size.y); } - float CalcFontSize() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; float scale = g.FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale * FontDpiScale; if (ParentWindow) scale *= ParentWindow->FontWindowScale; return scale; } - float TitleBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; } - ImRect TitleBarRect() const { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight())); } - float MenuBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? DC.MenuBarOffset.y + CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f; } - ImRect MenuBarRect() const { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight(); return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight()); } -}; - -// Backup and restore just enough data to be able to use IsItemHovered() on item A after another B in the same window has overwritten the data. -struct ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup -{ - ImGuiID LastItemId; - ImGuiItemStatusFlags LastItemStatusFlags; - ImRect LastItemRect; - ImRect LastItemDisplayRect; - - ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup() { Backup(); } - void Backup() { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; LastItemId = window->DC.LastItemId; LastItemStatusFlags = window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags; LastItemRect = window->DC.LastItemRect; LastItemDisplayRect = window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect; } - void Restore() const { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; window->DC.LastItemId = LastItemId; window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = LastItemStatusFlags; window->DC.LastItemRect = LastItemRect; window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect = LastItemDisplayRect; } + // We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWindow. + ImRect Rect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x + Size.x, Pos.y + Size.y); } + float CalcFontSize() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; float scale = g.FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale * FontDpiScale; if (ParentWindow) scale *= ParentWindow->FontWindowScale; return scale; } + float TitleBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; } + ImRect TitleBarRect() const { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight())); } + float MenuBarHeight() const { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? DC.MenuBarOffset.y + CalcFontSize() + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f; } + ImRect MenuBarRect() const { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight(); return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight()); } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Tab bar, tab item +// [SECTION] Tab bar, Tab item support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Extend ImGuiTabBarFlags_ @@ -1780,18 +2588,20 @@ enum ImGuiTabBarFlagsPrivate_ { ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode = 1 << 20, // Part of a dock node [we don't use this in the master branch but it facilitate branch syncing to keep this around] ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused = 1 << 21, - ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings = 1 << 22 // FIXME: Settings are handled by the docking system, this only request the tab bar to mark settings dirty when reordering tabs + ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings = 1 << 22, // FIXME: Settings are handled by the docking system, this only request the tab bar to mark settings dirty when reordering tabs }; // Extend ImGuiTabItemFlags_ enum ImGuiTabItemFlagsPrivate_ { + ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_ = ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing, ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton = 1 << 20, // Track whether p_open was set or not (we'll need this info on the next frame to recompute ContentWidth during layout) - ImGuiTabItemFlags_Unsorted = 1 << 21, // [Docking] Trailing tabs with the _Unsorted flag will be sorted based on the DockOrder of their Window. - ImGuiTabItemFlags_Preview = 1 << 22 // [Docking] Display tab shape for docking preview (height is adjusted slightly to compensate for the yet missing tab bar) + ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button = 1 << 21, // Used by TabItemButton, change the tab item behavior to mimic a button + ImGuiTabItemFlags_Unsorted = 1 << 22, // [Docking] Trailing tabs with the _Unsorted flag will be sorted based on the DockOrder of their Window. + ImGuiTabItemFlags_Preview = 1 << 23, // [Docking] Display tab shape for docking preview (height is adjusted slightly to compensate for the yet missing tab bar) }; -// Storage for one active tab item (sizeof() 32~40 bytes) +// Storage for one active tab item (sizeof() 48 bytes) struct ImGuiTabItem { ImGuiID ID; @@ -1799,40 +2609,51 @@ struct ImGuiTabItem ImGuiWindow* Window; // When TabItem is part of a DockNode's TabBar, we hold on to a window. int LastFrameVisible; int LastFrameSelected; // This allows us to infer an ordered list of the last activated tabs with little maintenance - int NameOffset; // When Window==NULL, offset to name within parent ImGuiTabBar::TabsNames float Offset; // Position relative to beginning of tab float Width; // Width currently displayed - float ContentWidth; // Width of actual contents, stored during BeginTabItem() call + float ContentWidth; // Width of label, stored during BeginTabItem() call + float RequestedWidth; // Width optionally requested by caller, -1.0f is unused + ImS32 NameOffset; // When Window==NULL, offset to name within parent ImGuiTabBar::TabsNames + ImS16 BeginOrder; // BeginTabItem() order, used to re-order tabs after toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable + ImS16 IndexDuringLayout; // Index only used during TabBarLayout() + bool WantClose; // Marked as closed by SetTabItemClosed() - ImGuiTabItem() { ID = 0; Flags = ImGuiTabItemFlags_None; Window = NULL; LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; NameOffset = -1; Offset = Width = ContentWidth = 0.0f; } + ImGuiTabItem() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameVisible = LastFrameSelected = -1; RequestedWidth = -1.0f; NameOffset = -1; BeginOrder = IndexDuringLayout = -1; } }; -// Storage for a tab bar (sizeof() 92~96 bytes) -struct ImGuiTabBar +// Storage for a tab bar (sizeof() 152 bytes) +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar { ImVector Tabs; + ImGuiTabBarFlags Flags; ImGuiID ID; // Zero for tab-bars used by docking ImGuiID SelectedTabId; // Selected tab/window - ImGuiID NextSelectedTabId; + ImGuiID NextSelectedTabId; // Next selected tab/window. Will also trigger a scrolling animation ImGuiID VisibleTabId; // Can occasionally be != SelectedTabId (e.g. when previewing contents for CTRL+TAB preview) int CurrFrameVisible; int PrevFrameVisible; ImRect BarRect; - float LastTabContentHeight; // Record the height of contents submitted below the tab bar - float OffsetMax; // Distance from BarRect.Min.x, locked during layout - float OffsetMaxIdeal; // Ideal offset if all tabs were visible and not clipped - float OffsetNextTab; // Distance from BarRect.Min.x, incremented with each BeginTabItem() call, not used if ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable if set. + float CurrTabsContentsHeight; + float PrevTabsContentsHeight; // Record the height of contents submitted below the tab bar + float WidthAllTabs; // Actual width of all tabs (locked during layout) + float WidthAllTabsIdeal; // Ideal width if all tabs were visible and not clipped float ScrollingAnim; float ScrollingTarget; float ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility; float ScrollingSpeed; - ImGuiTabBarFlags Flags; + float ScrollingRectMinX; + float ScrollingRectMaxX; ImGuiID ReorderRequestTabId; - ImS8 ReorderRequestDir; + ImS16 ReorderRequestOffset; + ImS8 BeginCount; bool WantLayout; bool VisibleTabWasSubmitted; - short LastTabItemIdx; // For BeginTabItem()/EndTabItem() + bool TabsAddedNew; // Set to true when a new tab item or button has been added to the tab bar during last frame + ImS16 TabsActiveCount; // Number of tabs submitted this frame. + ImS16 LastTabItemIdx; // Index of last BeginTabItem() tab for use by EndTabItem() + float ItemSpacingY; ImVec2 FramePadding; // style.FramePadding locked at the time of BeginTabBar() + ImVec2 BackupCursorPos; ImGuiTextBuffer TabsNames; // For non-docking tab bar we re-append names in a contiguous buffer. ImGuiTabBar(); @@ -1847,8 +2668,274 @@ struct ImGuiTabBar }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Internal API -// No guarantee of forward compatibility here. +// [SECTION] Table support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#define IM_COL32_DISABLE IM_COL32(0,0,0,1) // Special sentinel code which cannot be used as a regular color. +#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS 64 // sizeof(ImU64) * 8. This is solely because we frequently encode columns set in a ImU64. +#define IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS (4 + 64 * 2) // See TableSetupDrawChannels() + +// Our current column maximum is 64 but we may raise that in the future. +typedef ImS8 ImGuiTableColumnIdx; +typedef ImU8 ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx; + +// [Internal] sizeof() ~ 104 +// We use the terminology "Enabled" to refer to a column that is not Hidden by user/api. +// We use the terminology "Clipped" to refer to a column that is out of sight because of scrolling/clipping. +// This is in contrast with some user-facing api such as IsItemVisible() / IsRectVisible() which use "Visible" to mean "not clipped". +struct ImGuiTableColumn +{ + ImGuiTableColumnFlags Flags; // Flags after some patching (not directly same as provided by user). See ImGuiTableColumnFlags_ + float WidthGiven; // Final/actual width visible == (MaxX - MinX), locked in TableUpdateLayout(). May be > WidthRequest to honor minimum width, may be < WidthRequest to honor shrinking columns down in tight space. + float MinX; // Absolute positions + float MaxX; + float WidthRequest; // Master width absolute value when !(Flags & _WidthStretch). When Stretch this is derived every frame from StretchWeight in TableUpdateLayout() + float WidthAuto; // Automatic width + float StretchWeight; // Master width weight when (Flags & _WidthStretch). Often around ~1.0f initially. + float InitStretchWeightOrWidth; // Value passed to TableSetupColumn(). For Width it is a content width (_without padding_). + ImRect ClipRect; // Clipping rectangle for the column + ImGuiID UserID; // Optional, value passed to TableSetupColumn() + float WorkMinX; // Contents region min ~(MinX + CellPaddingX + CellSpacingX1) == cursor start position when entering column + float WorkMaxX; // Contents region max ~(MaxX - CellPaddingX - CellSpacingX2) + float ItemWidth; // Current item width for the column, preserved across rows + float ContentMaxXFrozen; // Contents maximum position for frozen rows (apart from headers), from which we can infer content width. + float ContentMaxXUnfrozen; + float ContentMaxXHeadersUsed; // Contents maximum position for headers rows (regardless of freezing). TableHeader() automatically softclip itself + report ideal desired size, to avoid creating extraneous draw calls + float ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal; + ImS16 NameOffset; // Offset into parent ColumnsNames[] + ImGuiTableColumnIdx DisplayOrder; // Index within Table's IndexToDisplayOrder[] (column may be reordered by users) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx IndexWithinEnabledSet; // Index within enabled/visible set (<= IndexToDisplayOrder) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx PrevEnabledColumn; // Index of prev enabled/visible column within Columns[], -1 if first enabled/visible column + ImGuiTableColumnIdx NextEnabledColumn; // Index of next enabled/visible column within Columns[], -1 if last enabled/visible column + ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortOrder; // Index of this column within sort specs, -1 if not sorting on this column, 0 for single-sort, may be >0 on multi-sort + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelCurrent; // Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[] + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelFrozen; // Draw channels for frozen rows (often headers) + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DrawChannelUnfrozen; // Draw channels for unfrozen rows + bool IsEnabled; // IsUserEnabled && (Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled) == 0 + bool IsUserEnabled; // Is the column not marked Hidden by the user? (unrelated to being off view, e.g. clipped by scrolling). + bool IsUserEnabledNextFrame; + bool IsVisibleX; // Is actually in view (e.g. overlapping the host window clipping rectangle, not scrolled). + bool IsVisibleY; + bool IsRequestOutput; // Return value for TableSetColumnIndex() / TableNextColumn(): whether we request user to output contents or not. + bool IsSkipItems; // Do we want item submissions to this column to be completely ignored (no layout will happen). + bool IsPreserveWidthAuto; + ImS8 NavLayerCurrent; // ImGuiNavLayer in 1 byte + ImU8 AutoFitQueue; // Queue of 8 values for the next 8 frames to request auto-fit + ImU8 CannotSkipItemsQueue; // Queue of 8 values for the next 8 frames to disable Clipped/SkipItem + ImU8 SortDirection : 2; // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending + ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailCount : 2; // Number of available sort directions (0 to 3) + ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailMask : 4; // Mask of available sort directions (1-bit each) + ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailList; // Ordered of available sort directions (2-bits each) + + ImGuiTableColumn() + { + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + StretchWeight = WidthRequest = -1.0f; + NameOffset = -1; + DisplayOrder = IndexWithinEnabledSet = -1; + PrevEnabledColumn = NextEnabledColumn = -1; + SortOrder = -1; + SortDirection = ImGuiSortDirection_None; + DrawChannelCurrent = DrawChannelFrozen = DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImU8)-1; + } +}; + +// Transient cell data stored per row. +// sizeof() ~ 6 +struct ImGuiTableCellData +{ + ImU32 BgColor; // Actual color + ImGuiTableColumnIdx Column; // Column number +}; + +// Per-instance data that needs preserving across frames (seemingly most others do not need to be preserved aside from debug needs, does that needs they could be moved to ImGuiTableTempData ?) +struct ImGuiTableInstanceData +{ + float LastOuterHeight; // Outer height from last frame + float LastFirstRowHeight; // Height of first row from last frame (FIXME: this is used as "header height" and may be reworked) + float LastFrozenHeight; // Height of frozen section from last frame + + ImGuiTableInstanceData() { LastOuterHeight = LastFirstRowHeight = LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f; } +}; + +// FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a stacked ImGuiTableTempData: e.g. SortSpecs, incoming RowData +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImGuiTableFlags Flags; + void* RawData; // Single allocation to hold Columns[], DisplayOrderToIndex[] and RowCellData[] + ImGuiTableTempData* TempData; // Transient data while table is active. Point within g.CurrentTableStack[] + ImSpan Columns; // Point within RawData[] + ImSpan DisplayOrderToIndex; // Point within RawData[]. Store display order of columns (when not reordered, the values are 0...Count-1) + ImSpan RowCellData; // Point within RawData[]. Store cells background requests for current row. + ImU64 EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder; // Column DisplayOrder -> IsEnabled map + ImU64 EnabledMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsEnabled map (== not hidden by user/api) in a format adequate for iterating column without touching cold data + ImU64 VisibleMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsVisibleX|IsVisibleY map (== not hidden by user/api && not hidden by scrolling/cliprect) + ImU64 RequestOutputMaskByIndex; // Column Index -> IsVisible || AutoFit (== expect user to submit items) + ImGuiTableFlags SettingsLoadedFlags; // Which data were loaded from the .ini file (e.g. when order is not altered we won't save order) + int SettingsOffset; // Offset in g.SettingsTables + int LastFrameActive; + int ColumnsCount; // Number of columns declared in BeginTable() + int CurrentRow; + int CurrentColumn; + ImS16 InstanceCurrent; // Count of BeginTable() calls with same ID in the same frame (generally 0). This is a little bit similar to BeginCount for a window, but multiple table with same ID look are multiple tables, they are just synched. + ImS16 InstanceInteracted; // Mark which instance (generally 0) of the same ID is being interacted with + float RowPosY1; + float RowPosY2; + float RowMinHeight; // Height submitted to TableNextRow() + float RowTextBaseline; + float RowIndentOffsetX; + ImGuiTableRowFlags RowFlags : 16; // Current row flags, see ImGuiTableRowFlags_ + ImGuiTableRowFlags LastRowFlags : 16; + int RowBgColorCounter; // Counter for alternating background colors (can be fast-forwarded by e.g clipper), not same as CurrentRow because header rows typically don't increase this. + ImU32 RowBgColor[2]; // Background color override for current row. + ImU32 BorderColorStrong; + ImU32 BorderColorLight; + float BorderX1; + float BorderX2; + float HostIndentX; + float MinColumnWidth; + float OuterPaddingX; + float CellPaddingX; // Padding from each borders + float CellPaddingY; + float CellSpacingX1; // Spacing between non-bordered cells + float CellSpacingX2; + float InnerWidth; // User value passed to BeginTable(), see comments at the top of BeginTable() for details. + float ColumnsGivenWidth; // Sum of current column width + float ColumnsAutoFitWidth; // Sum of ideal column width in order nothing to be clipped, used for auto-fitting and content width submission in outer window + float ColumnsStretchSumWeights; // Sum of weight of all enabled stretching columns + float ResizedColumnNextWidth; + float ResizeLockMinContentsX2; // Lock minimum contents width while resizing down in order to not create feedback loops. But we allow growing the table. + float RefScale; // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes. + ImRect OuterRect; // Note: for non-scrolling table, OuterRect.Max.y is often FLT_MAX until EndTable(), unless a height has been specified in BeginTable(). + ImRect InnerRect; // InnerRect but without decoration. As with OuterRect, for non-scrolling tables, InnerRect.Max.y is + ImRect WorkRect; + ImRect InnerClipRect; + ImRect BgClipRect; // We use this to cpu-clip cell background color fill, evolve during the frame as we cross frozen rows boundaries + ImRect Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd; // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG0/1 channel. This tends to be == OuterWindow->ClipRect at BeginTable() because output in BG0/BG1 is cpu-clipped + ImRect Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd; // Actual ImDrawCmd clip rect for BG2 channel. This tends to be a correct, tight-fit, because output to BG2 are done by widgets relying on regular ClipRect. + ImRect HostClipRect; // This is used to check if we can eventually merge our columns draw calls into the current draw call of the current window. + ImRect HostBackupInnerClipRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->ClipRect during PushTableBackground()/PopTableBackground() + ImGuiWindow* OuterWindow; // Parent window for the table + ImGuiWindow* InnerWindow; // Window holding the table data (== OuterWindow or a child window) + ImGuiTextBuffer ColumnsNames; // Contiguous buffer holding columns names + ImDrawListSplitter* DrawSplitter; // Shortcut to TempData->DrawSplitter while in table. Isolate draw commands per columns to avoid switching clip rect constantly + ImGuiTableInstanceData InstanceDataFirst; + ImVector InstanceDataExtra; // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would be good. + ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs SortSpecsSingle; + ImVector SortSpecsMulti; // FIXME-OPT: Using a small-vector pattern would be good. + ImGuiTableSortSpecs SortSpecs; // Public facing sorts specs, this is what we return in TableGetSortSpecs() + ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortSpecsCount; + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsEnabledCount; // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsEnabledFixedCount; // Number of enabled columns (<= ColumnsCount) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx DeclColumnsCount; // Count calls to TableSetupColumn() + ImGuiTableColumnIdx HoveredColumnBody; // Index of column whose visible region is being hovered. Important: == ColumnsCount when hovering empty region after the right-most column! + ImGuiTableColumnIdx HoveredColumnBorder; // Index of column whose right-border is being hovered (for resizing). + ImGuiTableColumnIdx AutoFitSingleColumn; // Index of single column requesting auto-fit. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ResizedColumn; // Index of column being resized. Reset when InstanceCurrent==0. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx LastResizedColumn; // Index of column being resized from previous frame. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx HeldHeaderColumn; // Index of column header being held. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ReorderColumn; // Index of column being reordered. (not cleared) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ReorderColumnDir; // -1 or +1 + ImGuiTableColumnIdx LeftMostEnabledColumn; // Index of left-most non-hidden column. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx RightMostEnabledColumn; // Index of right-most non-hidden column. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx LeftMostStretchedColumn; // Index of left-most stretched column. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx RightMostStretchedColumn; // Index of right-most stretched column. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ContextPopupColumn; // Column right-clicked on, of -1 if opening context menu from a neutral/empty spot + ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeRowsRequest; // Requested frozen rows count + ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeRowsCount; // Actual frozen row count (== FreezeRowsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeColumnsRequest; // Requested frozen columns count + ImGuiTableColumnIdx FreezeColumnsCount; // Actual frozen columns count (== FreezeColumnsRequest, or == 0 when no scrolling offset) + ImGuiTableColumnIdx RowCellDataCurrent; // Index of current RowCellData[] entry in current row + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx DummyDrawChannel; // Redirect non-visible columns here. + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx Bg2DrawChannelCurrent; // For Selectable() and other widgets drawing across columns after the freezing line. Index within DrawSplitter.Channels[] + ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen; + bool IsLayoutLocked; // Set by TableUpdateLayout() which is called when beginning the first row. + bool IsInsideRow; // Set when inside TableBeginRow()/TableEndRow(). + bool IsInitializing; + bool IsSortSpecsDirty; + bool IsUsingHeaders; // Set when the first row had the ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers flag. + bool IsContextPopupOpen; // Set when default context menu is open (also see: ContextPopupColumn, InstanceInteracted). + bool IsSettingsRequestLoad; + bool IsSettingsDirty; // Set when table settings have changed and needs to be reported into ImGuiTableSetttings data. + bool IsDefaultDisplayOrder; // Set when display order is unchanged from default (DisplayOrder contains 0...Count-1) + bool IsResetAllRequest; + bool IsResetDisplayOrderRequest; + bool IsUnfrozenRows; // Set when we got past the frozen row. + bool IsDefaultSizingPolicy; // Set if user didn't explicitly set a sizing policy in BeginTable() + bool HasScrollbarYCurr; // Whether ANY instance of this table had a vertical scrollbar during the current frame. + bool HasScrollbarYPrev; // Whether ANY instance of this table had a vertical scrollbar during the previous. + bool MemoryCompacted; + bool HostSkipItems; // Backup of InnerWindow->SkipItem at the end of BeginTable(), because we will overwrite InnerWindow->SkipItem on a per-column basis + + ImGuiTable() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastFrameActive = -1; } + ~ImGuiTable() { IM_FREE(RawData); } +}; + +// Transient data that are only needed between BeginTable() and EndTable(), those buffers are shared (1 per level of stacked table). +// - Accessing those requires chasing an extra pointer so for very frequently used data we leave them in the main table structure. +// - We also leave out of this structure data that tend to be particularly useful for debugging/metrics. +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTableTempData +{ + int TableIndex; // Index in g.Tables.Buf[] pool + float LastTimeActive; // Last timestamp this structure was used + + ImVec2 UserOuterSize; // outer_size.x passed to BeginTable() + ImDrawListSplitter DrawSplitter; + + ImRect HostBackupWorkRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->WorkRect at the end of BeginTable() + ImRect HostBackupParentWorkRect; // Backup of InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect at the end of BeginTable() + ImVec2 HostBackupPrevLineSize; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.PrevLineSize at the end of BeginTable() + ImVec2 HostBackupCurrLineSize; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CurrLineSize at the end of BeginTable() + ImVec2 HostBackupCursorMaxPos; // Backup of InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos at the end of BeginTable() + ImVec1 HostBackupColumnsOffset; // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ColumnsOffset at the end of BeginTable() + float HostBackupItemWidth; // Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidth at the end of BeginTable() + int HostBackupItemWidthStackSize;//Backup of OuterWindow->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size at the end of BeginTable() + + ImGuiTableTempData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastTimeActive = -1.0f; } +}; + +// sizeof() ~ 12 +struct ImGuiTableColumnSettings +{ + float WidthOrWeight; + ImGuiID UserID; + ImGuiTableColumnIdx Index; + ImGuiTableColumnIdx DisplayOrder; + ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortOrder; + ImU8 SortDirection : 2; + ImU8 IsEnabled : 1; // "Visible" in ini file + ImU8 IsStretch : 1; + + ImGuiTableColumnSettings() + { + WidthOrWeight = 0.0f; + UserID = 0; + Index = -1; + DisplayOrder = SortOrder = -1; + SortDirection = ImGuiSortDirection_None; + IsEnabled = 1; + IsStretch = 0; + } +}; + +// This is designed to be stored in a single ImChunkStream (1 header followed by N ImGuiTableColumnSettings, etc.) +struct ImGuiTableSettings +{ + ImGuiID ID; // Set to 0 to invalidate/delete the setting + ImGuiTableFlags SaveFlags; // Indicate data we want to save using the Resizable/Reorderable/Sortable/Hideable flags (could be using its own flags..) + float RefScale; // Reference scale to be able to rescale columns on font/dpi changes. + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsCount; + ImGuiTableColumnIdx ColumnsCountMax; // Maximum number of columns this settings instance can store, we can recycle a settings instance with lower number of columns but not higher + bool WantApply; // Set when loaded from .ini data (to enable merging/loading .ini data into an already running context) + + ImGuiTableSettings() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* GetColumnSettings() { return (ImGuiTableColumnSettings*)(this + 1); } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImGui internal API +// No guarantee of forward compatibility here! //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- namespace ImGui @@ -1863,13 +2950,17 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByName(const char* name); IMGUI_API void UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcWindowExpectedSize(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API bool IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent, bool popup_hierarchy, bool dock_hierarchy); + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent); + IMGUI_API bool IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below); IMGUI_API bool IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API ImRect GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond = 0); IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond = 0); IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond = 0); + IMGUI_API void SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size); + inline ImRect WindowRectAbsToRel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x - off.x, r.Min.y - off.y, r.Max.x - off.x, r.Max.y - off.y); } + inline ImRect WindowRectRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x + off.x, r.Min.y + off.y, r.Max.x + off.x, r.Max.y + off.y); } // Windows: Display Order and Focus Order IMGUI_API void FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); @@ -1877,6 +2968,9 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayBehind(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* above_window); + IMGUI_API int FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* window); // Fonts, drawing IMGUI_API void SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font); @@ -1884,40 +2978,63 @@ namespace ImGui inline ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window) { return GetForegroundDrawList(window->Viewport); } // Init - IMGUI_API void Initialize(ImGuiContext* context); - IMGUI_API void Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context); // Since 1.60 this is a _private_ function. You can call DestroyContext() to destroy the context created by CreateContext(). + IMGUI_API void Initialize(); + IMGUI_API void Shutdown(); // Since 1.60 this is a _private_ function. You can call DestroyContext() to destroy the context created by CreateContext(). // NewFrame + IMGUI_API void UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs); IMGUI_API void UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(); IMGUI_API void StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDockNode* node, bool undock_floating_node); IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame(); IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame(); + // Generic context hooks + IMGUI_API ImGuiID AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* context, const ImGuiContextHook* hook); + IMGUI_API void RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiID hook_to_remove); + IMGUI_API void CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* context, ImGuiContextHookType type); + // Viewports - IMGUI_API void TranslateWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImVec2& old_pos, const ImVec2& new_pos); - IMGUI_API void ScaleWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, float scale); - IMGUI_API void DestroyPlatformWindow(ImGuiViewportP* viewport); - IMGUI_API void ShowViewportThumbnails(); + IMGUI_API void TranslateWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImVec2& old_pos, const ImVec2& new_pos); + IMGUI_API void ScaleWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, float scale); + IMGUI_API void DestroyPlatformWindow(ImGuiViewportP* viewport); + IMGUI_API void SetWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport); + IMGUI_API void SetCurrentViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport); + IMGUI_API const ImGuiPlatformMonitor* GetViewportPlatformMonitor(ImGuiViewport* viewport); + IMGUI_API ImGuiViewportP* FindHoveredViewportFromPlatformWindowStack(const ImVec2& mouse_platform_pos); // Settings IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(); IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void ClearIniSettings(); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name); + IMGUI_API void AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler); + IMGUI_API void RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name); IMGUI_API ImGuiSettingsHandler* FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name); + // Localization + IMGUI_API void LocalizeRegisterEntries(const ImGuiLocEntry* entries, int count); + inline const char* LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const char* msg = g.LocalizationTable[key]; return msg ? msg : "*Missing Text*"; } + // Scrolling - IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_x); - IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y); - IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio = 0.5f); - IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio = 0.5f); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect); + IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_x); + IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_y); + IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio); + IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio); + + // Early work-in-progress API (ScrollToItem() will become public) + IMGUI_API void ScrollToItem(ImGuiScrollFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void ScrollToRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags = 0); +//#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + inline void ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect) { ScrollToRect(window, rect, ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY); } +//#endif // Basic Accessors - inline ImGuiID GetItemID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId; } - inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags; } + inline ImGuiItemStatusFlags GetItemStatusFlags(){ ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; } + inline ImGuiItemFlags GetItemFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.LastItemData.InFlags; } inline ImGuiID GetActiveID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveId; } inline ImGuiID GetFocusID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavId; } IMGUI_API void SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window); @@ -1927,85 +3044,171 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API void KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API void MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id); // Mark data associated to given item as "edited", used by IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function. - IMGUI_API void PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); // Push given value at the top of the ID stack (whereas PushID combines old and new hashes) + IMGUI_API void PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); // Push given value as-is at the top of the ID stack (whereas PushID combines old and new hashes) + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetIDWithSeed(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end, ImGuiID seed); // Basic Helpers for widget code IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f); - IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f); - IMGUI_API bool ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL); + inline void ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f) { ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_baseline_y); } // FIXME: This is a misleading API since we expect CursorPos to be bb.Min. + IMGUI_API bool ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API bool IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool clip_even_when_logged); - IMGUI_API bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id); // Return true if focus is requested - IMGUI_API void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API bool IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags, const ImRect& item_rect); IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h); IMGUI_API float CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x); IMGUI_API void PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float width_full); - IMGUI_API void PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled); - IMGUI_API void PopItemFlag(); - IMGUI_API bool IsItemToggledSelection(); // Was the last item selection toggled? (after Selectable(), TreeNode() etc. We only returns toggle _event_ in order to handle clipping correctly) + IMGUI_API bool IsItemToggledSelection(); // Was the last item selection toggled? (after Selectable(), TreeNode() etc. We only returns toggle _event_ in order to handle clipping correctly) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMaxAbs(); IMGUI_API void ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess); + // Parameter stacks (shared) + IMGUI_API void PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled); + IMGUI_API void PopItemFlag(); + // Logging/Capture - IMGUI_API void LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth); // -> BeginCapture() when we design v2 api, for now stay under the radar by using the old name. - IMGUI_API void LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth = -1); // Start logging/capturing to internal buffer + IMGUI_API void LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth); // -> BeginCapture() when we design v2 api, for now stay under the radar by using the old name. + IMGUI_API void LogToBuffer(int auto_open_depth = -1); // Start logging/capturing to internal buffer + IMGUI_API void LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); + IMGUI_API void LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix); // Popups, Modals, Tooltips IMGUI_API bool BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags); - IMGUI_API void OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = ImGuiPopupFlags_None); IMGUI_API void ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); IMGUI_API void ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); - IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id); // Test for id within current popup stack level (currently begin-ed into); this doesn't scan the whole popup stack! + IMGUI_API void ClosePopupsExceptModals(); + IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags); IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags); - IMGUI_API void BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags); + IMGUI_API void BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags); + IMGUI_API ImRect GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostPopupModal(); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal(); IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy = ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy); - // Navigation + // Menus + IMGUI_API bool BeginViewportSideBar(const char* name, ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiDir dir, float size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags); + IMGUI_API bool BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled = true); + IMGUI_API bool MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true); + + // Combos + IMGUI_API bool BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags flags); + IMGUI_API bool BeginComboPreview(); + IMGUI_API void EndComboPreview(); + + // Gamepad/Keyboard Navigation IMGUI_API void NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit); + IMGUI_API void NavInitRequestApplyResult(); IMGUI_API bool NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet(); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestCancel(); - IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, const ImRect& bb_rel, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestApplyResult(); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); - IMGUI_API float GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiInputReadMode mode, float slow_factor = 0.0f, float fast_factor = 0.0f); - IMGUI_API int CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate); IMGUI_API void ActivateItem(ImGuiID id); // Remotely activate a button, checkbox, tree node etc. given its unique ID. activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again. - IMGUI_API void SetNavID(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id); - IMGUI_API void SetNavIDWithRectRel(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel); - - // Focus scope (WIP) - IMGUI_API void PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id); // Note: this is storing in same stack as IDStack, so Push/Pop mismatch will be reported there. - IMGUI_API void PopFocusScope(); - inline ImGuiID GetFocusScopeID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavFocusScopeId; } + IMGUI_API void SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel); // Inputs // FIXME: Eventually we should aim to move e.g. IsActiveIdUsingKey() into IsKeyXXX functions. - inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir dir) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask & (1 << dir)) != 0; } - inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavInput(ImGuiNavInput input) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << input)) != 0; } - inline bool IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(key < 64); return (g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask & ((ImU64)1 << key)) != 0; } + inline bool IsNamedKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; } + inline bool IsNamedKeyOrModKey(ImGuiKey key) { return (key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END) || key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl || key == ImGuiMod_Shift || key == ImGuiMod_Alt || key == ImGuiMod_Super || key == ImGuiMod_Shortcut; } + inline bool IsLegacyKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; } + inline bool IsKeyboardKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END; } + inline bool IsGamepadKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; } + inline bool IsMouseKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Mouse_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Mouse_END; } + inline bool IsAliasKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_Aliases_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Aliases_END; } + inline ImGuiKeyChord ConvertShortcutMod(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut); return (key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Shortcut) | (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? ImGuiMod_Super : ImGuiMod_Ctrl); } + inline ImGuiKey ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(ImGuiKey key) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (key == ImGuiMod_Ctrl) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl; + if (key == ImGuiMod_Shift) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModShift; + if (key == ImGuiMod_Alt) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModAlt; + if (key == ImGuiMod_Super) return ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper; + if (key == ImGuiMod_Shortcut) return (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? ImGuiKey_ReservedForModSuper : ImGuiKey_ReservedForModCtrl); + return key; + } + + IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key); + IMGUI_API void GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, char* out_buf, int out_buf_size); + inline ImGuiKey MouseButtonToKey(ImGuiMouseButton button) { IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); return (ImGuiKey)(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft + button); } IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); - inline bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const int key_index = g.IO.KeyMap[key]; return (key_index >= 0) ? IsKeyPressed(key_index, repeat) : false; } - inline bool IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput n) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.NavInputs[n] > 0.0f; } - inline bool IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode rm) { return (GetNavInputAmount(n, rm) > 0.0f); } - IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyModFlags GetMergedKeyModFlags(); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey key_left, ImGuiKey key_right, ImGuiKey key_up, ImGuiKey key_down); + IMGUI_API float GetNavTweakPressedAmount(ImGuiAxis axis); + IMGUI_API int CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate); + IMGUI_API void GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags flags, float* repeat_delay, float* repeat_rate); + IMGUI_API void SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys(); + inline bool IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir dir) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask & (1 << dir)) != 0; } + + // [EXPERIMENTAL] Low-Level: Key/Input Ownership + // - The idea is that instead of "eating" a given input, we can link to an owner id. + // - Ownership is most often claimed as a result of reacting to a press/down event (but occasionally may be claimed ahead). + // - Input queries can then read input by specifying ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0), ImGuiKeyOwner_None (== -1) or a custom ID. + // - Legacy input queries (without specifying an owner or _Any or _None) are equivalent to using ImGuiKeyOwner_Any (== 0). + // - Input ownership is automatically released on the frame after a key is released. Therefore: + // - for ownership registration happening as a result of a down/press event, the SetKeyOwner() call may be done once (common case). + // - for ownership registration happening ahead of a down/press event, the SetKeyOwner() call needs to be made every frame (happens if e.g. claiming ownership on hover). + // - SetItemKeyOwner() is a shortcut for common simple case. A custom widget will probably want to call SetKeyOwner() multiple times directly based on its interaction state. + // - This is marked experimental because not all widgets are fully honoring the Set/Test idioms. We will need to move forward step by step. + // Please open a GitHub Issue to submit your usage scenario or if there's a use case you need solved. + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key); + IMGUI_API void SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); // Set key owner to last item if it is hovered or active. Equivalent to 'if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) { SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID());'. + IMGUI_API bool TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); // Test that key is either not owned, either owned by 'owner_id' + inline ImGuiKeyOwnerData* GetKeyOwnerData(ImGuiKey key) { if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key); IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return &GImGui->KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; } + + // [EXPERIMENTAL] High-Level: Input Access functions w/ support for Key/Input Ownership + // - Important: legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) _DEFAULTS_ to repeat, new IsKeyPressed() requires _EXPLICIT_ ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat flag. + // - Expected to be later promoted to public API, the prototypes are designed to replace existing ones (since owner_id can default to Any == 0) + // - Specifying a value for 'ImGuiID owner' will test that EITHER the key is NOT owned (UNLESS locked), EITHER the key is owned by 'owner'. + // Legacy functions use ImGuiKeyOwner_Any meaning that they typically ignore ownership, unless a call to SetKeyOwner() explicitly used ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame or ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease. + // - Binding generators may want to ignore those for now, or suffix them with Ex() until we decide if this gets moved into public API. + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); // Important: when transitioning from old to new IsKeyPressed(): old API has "bool repeat = true", so would default to repeat. New API requiress explicit ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat. + IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id); + + // [EXPERIMENTAL] Shortcut Routing + // - ImGuiKeyChord = a ImGuiKey optionally OR-red with ImGuiMod_Alt/ImGuiMod_Ctrl/ImGuiMod_Shift/ImGuiMod_Super. + // ImGuiKey_C (accepted by functions taking ImGuiKey or ImGuiKeyChord) + // ImGuiKey_C | ImGuiMod_Ctrl (accepted by functions taking ImGuiKeyChord) + // ONLY ImGuiMod_XXX values are legal to 'OR' with an ImGuiKey. You CANNOT 'OR' two ImGuiKey values. + // - When using one of the routing flags (e.g. ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused): routes requested ahead of time given a chord (key + modifiers) and a routing policy. + // - Routes are resolved during NewFrame(): if keyboard modifiers are matching current ones: SetKeyOwner() is called + route is granted for the frame. + // - Route is granted to a single owner. When multiple requests are made we have policies to select the winning route. + // - Multiple read sites may use the same owner id and will all get the granted route. + // - For routing: when owner_id is 0 we use the current Focus Scope ID as a default owner in order to identify our location. + IMGUI_API bool Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id = 0, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id = 0, ImGuiInputFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id); + IMGUI_API ImGuiKeyRoutingData* GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord); // Docking // (some functions are only declared in imgui.cpp, see Docking section) IMGUI_API void DockContextInitialize(ImGuiContext* ctx); IMGUI_API void DockContextShutdown(ImGuiContext* ctx); - IMGUI_API void DockContextOnLoadSettings(ImGuiContext* ctx); + IMGUI_API void DockContextClearNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID root_id, bool clear_settings_refs); // Use root_id==0 to clear all IMGUI_API void DockContextRebuildNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx); - IMGUI_API void DockContextUpdateUndocking(ImGuiContext* ctx); - IMGUI_API void DockContextUpdateDocking(ImGuiContext* ctx); + IMGUI_API void DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking(ImGuiContext* ctx); + IMGUI_API void DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking(ImGuiContext* ctx); + IMGUI_API void DockContextEndFrame(ImGuiContext* ctx); IMGUI_API ImGuiID DockContextGenNodeID(ImGuiContext* ctx); IMGUI_API void DockContextQueueDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode* target_node, ImGuiWindow* payload, ImGuiDir split_dir, float split_ratio, bool split_outer); IMGUI_API void DockContextQueueUndockWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void DockContextQueueUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node); - IMGUI_API bool DockContextCalcDropPosForDocking(ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode* target_node, ImGuiWindow* payload, ImGuiDir split_dir, bool split_outer, ImVec2* out_pos); - inline ImGuiDockNode* DockNodeGetRootNode(ImGuiDockNode* node) { while (node->ParentNode) node = node->ParentNode; return node; } - inline ImGuiDockNode* GetWindowDockNode() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DockNode; } + IMGUI_API bool DockContextCalcDropPosForDocking(ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode* target_node, ImGuiWindow* payload_window, ImGuiDockNode* payload_node, ImGuiDir split_dir, bool split_outer, ImVec2* out_pos); + IMGUI_API ImGuiDockNode*DockContextFindNodeByID(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API bool DockNodeBeginAmendTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node); + IMGUI_API void DockNodeEndAmendTabBar(); + inline ImGuiDockNode* DockNodeGetRootNode(ImGuiDockNode* node) { while (node->ParentNode) node = node->ParentNode; return node; } + inline bool DockNodeIsInHierarchyOf(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiDockNode* parent) { while (node) { if (node == parent) return true; node = node->ParentNode; } return false; } + inline int DockNodeGetDepth(const ImGuiDockNode* node) { int depth = 0; while (node->ParentNode) { node = node->ParentNode; depth++; } return depth; } + inline ImGuiID DockNodeGetWindowMenuButtonId(const ImGuiDockNode* node) { return ImHashStr("#COLLAPSE", 0, node->ID); } + inline ImGuiDockNode* GetWindowDockNode() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DockNode; } IMGUI_API bool GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnTabBar(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open); IMGUI_API void BeginDockableDragDropSource(ImGuiWindow* window); @@ -2026,8 +3229,8 @@ namespace ImGui inline ImGuiDockNode* DockBuilderGetCentralNode(ImGuiID node_id) { ImGuiDockNode* node = DockBuilderGetNode(node_id); if (!node) return NULL; return DockNodeGetRootNode(node)->CentralNode; } IMGUI_API ImGuiID DockBuilderAddNode(ImGuiID node_id = 0, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void DockBuilderRemoveNode(ImGuiID node_id); // Remove node and all its child, undock all windows - IMGUI_API void DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows(ImGuiID node_id, bool clear_persistent_docking_references = true); - IMGUI_API void DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(ImGuiID node_id); // Remove all split/hierarchy. All remaining docked windows will be re-docked to the root. + IMGUI_API void DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows(ImGuiID node_id, bool clear_settings_refs = true); + IMGUI_API void DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(ImGuiID node_id); // Remove all split/hierarchy. All remaining docked windows will be re-docked to the remaining root node (node_id). IMGUI_API void DockBuilderSetNodePos(ImGuiID node_id, ImVec2 pos); IMGUI_API void DockBuilderSetNodeSize(ImGuiID node_id, ImVec2 size); IMGUI_API ImGuiID DockBuilderSplitNode(ImGuiID node_id, ImGuiDir split_dir, float size_ratio_for_node_at_dir, ImGuiID* out_id_at_dir, ImGuiID* out_id_at_opposite_dir); // Create 2 child nodes in this parent node. @@ -2036,21 +3239,89 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void DockBuilderCopyWindowSettings(const char* src_name, const char* dst_name); IMGUI_API void DockBuilderFinish(ImGuiID node_id); + // [EXPERIMENTAL] Focus Scope + // This is generally used to identify a unique input location (for e.g. a selection set) + // There is one per window (automatically set in Begin), but: + // - Selection patterns generally need to react (e.g. clear a selection) when landing on one item of the set. + // So in order to identify a set multiple lists in same window may each need a focus scope. + // If you imagine an hypothetical BeginSelectionGroup()/EndSelectionGroup() api, it would likely call PushFocusScope()/EndFocusScope() + // - Shortcut routing also use focus scope as a default location identifier if an owner is not provided. + // We don't use the ID Stack for this as it is common to want them separate. + IMGUI_API void PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void PopFocusScope(); + inline ImGuiID GetCurrentFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentFocusScopeId; } // Focus scope we are outputting into, set by PushFocusScope() + // Drag and Drop + IMGUI_API bool IsDragDropActive(); IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API void ClearDragDrop(); IMGUI_API bool IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted(); + IMGUI_API void RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb); - // Internal Columns API (this is not exposed because we will encourage transitioning to the Tables api) - IMGUI_API void BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int count, ImGuiColumnsFlags flags = 0); // setup number of columns. use an identifier to distinguish multiple column sets. close with EndColumns(). - IMGUI_API void EndColumns(); // close columns + // Internal Columns API (this is not exposed because we will encourage transitioning to the Tables API) + IMGUI_API void SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect); + IMGUI_API void BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int count, ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = 0); // setup number of columns. use an identifier to distinguish multiple column sets. close with EndColumns(). + IMGUI_API void EndColumns(); // close columns IMGUI_API void PushColumnClipRect(int column_index); IMGUI_API void PushColumnsBackground(); IMGUI_API void PopColumnsBackground(); IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int count); - IMGUI_API ImGuiColumns* FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API float GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiColumns* columns, float offset_norm); - IMGUI_API float GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiColumns* columns, float offset); + IMGUI_API ImGuiOldColumns* FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API float GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset_norm); + IMGUI_API float GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset); + + // Tables: Candidates for public API + IMGUI_API void TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n = -1); + IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width); + IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs); + IMGUI_API int TableGetHoveredColumn(); // May use (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered) instead. Return hovered column. return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered. + IMGUI_API float TableGetHeaderRowHeight(); + IMGUI_API void TablePushBackgroundChannel(); + IMGUI_API void TablePopBackgroundChannel(); + + // Tables: Internals + inline ImGuiTable* GetCurrentTable() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentTable; } + IMGUI_API ImGuiTable* TableFindByID(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API bool BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& outer_size = ImVec2(0, 0), float inner_width = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API void TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count); + IMGUI_API void TableBeginApplyRequests(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API bool TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table); + inline ImGuiTableInstanceData* TableGetInstanceData(ImGuiTable* table, int instance_no) { if (instance_no == 0) return &table->InstanceDataFirst; return &table->InstanceDataExtra[instance_no - 1]; } + IMGUI_API void TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column); + IMGUI_API void TableFixColumnSortDirection(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column); + IMGUI_API float TableGetColumnWidthAuto(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column); + IMGUI_API void TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); + IMGUI_API void TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API ImRect TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); + IMGUI_API const char* TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID TableGetColumnResizeID(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no = 0); + IMGUI_API float TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); + IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n); + IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTableTempData* table); + IMGUI_API void TableGcCompactSettings(); + + // Tables: Settings + IMGUI_API void TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableResetSettings(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableGetBoundSettings(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler(); + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableSettingsCreate(ImGuiID id, int columns_count); + IMGUI_API ImGuiTableSettings* TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id); // Tab Bars IMGUI_API bool BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabBarFlags flags, ImGuiDockNode* dock_node); @@ -2059,85 +3330,93 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void TabBarAddTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags, ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id); IMGUI_API void TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab); - IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int dir); + IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset); + IMGUI_API void TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos); + IMGUI_API bool TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); IMGUI_API bool TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* docked_window); - IMGUI_API ImVec2 TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 TabItemCalcSize(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col); - IMGUI_API bool TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id); + IMGUI_API void TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id, bool is_contents_visible, bool* out_just_closed, bool* out_text_clipped); // Render helpers // AVOID USING OUTSIDE OF IMGUI.CPP! NOT FOR PUBLIC CONSUMPTION. THOSE FUNCTIONS ARE A MESS. THEIR SIGNATURE AND BEHAVIOR WILL CHANGE, THEY NEED TO BE REFACTORED INTO SOMETHING DECENT. // NB: All position are in absolute pixels coordinates (we are never using window coordinates internally) IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_hash = true); IMGUI_API void RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width); - IMGUI_API void RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0,0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL); + IMGUI_API void RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL); IMGUI_API void RenderTextClippedEx(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL); IMGUI_API void RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, float clip_max_x, float ellipsis_max_x, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known); IMGUI_API void RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border = true, float rounding = 0.0f); IMGUI_API void RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding = 0.0f); - IMGUI_API void RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners_flags = ~0); + IMGUI_API void RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding = 0.0f, ImDrawFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault); // Navigation highlight IMGUI_API const char* FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Find the optional ## from which we stop displaying text. - IMGUI_API void LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); + IMGUI_API void RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow); // Render helpers (those functions don't access any ImGui state!) IMGUI_API void RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImGuiDir dir, float scale = 1.0f); IMGUI_API void RenderBullet(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col); IMGUI_API void RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz); - IMGUI_API void RenderMouseCursor(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow); IMGUI_API void RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col); IMGUI_API void RenderArrowDockMenu(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, float sz, ImU32 col); IMGUI_API void RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, ImU32 col, float x_start_norm, float x_end_norm, float rounding); - IMGUI_API void RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImRect outer, ImRect inner, ImU32 col, float rounding); - -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - // [1.71: 2019/06/07: Updating prototypes of some of the internal functions. Leaving those for reference for a short while] - inline void RenderArrow(ImVec2 pos, ImGuiDir dir, float scale=1.0f) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); RenderArrow(window->DrawList, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), dir, scale); } - inline void RenderBullet(ImVec2 pos) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); RenderBullet(window->DrawList, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); } -#endif + IMGUI_API void RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& outer, const ImRect& inner, ImU32 col, float rounding); + IMGUI_API ImDrawFlags CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(const ImRect& r_in, const ImRect& r_outer, float threshold); // Widgets IMGUI_API void TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, ImGuiTextFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col); + IMGUI_API void SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags); + IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value); + IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value); + + // Widgets: Window Decorations IMGUI_API bool CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos); IMGUI_API bool CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiDockNode* dock_node); - IMGUI_API bool ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis); - IMGUI_API bool ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* p_scroll_v, float avail_v, float contents_v, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners); + IMGUI_API bool ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS64* p_scroll_v, ImS64 avail_v, ImS64 contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags); IMGUI_API ImRect GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis); IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis); - IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowResizeID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n); // 0..3: corners, 4..7: borders - IMGUI_API void SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags); + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowResizeCornerID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n); // 0..3: corners + IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir); // Widgets low-level behaviors IMGUI_API bool ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiDragFlags flags); - IMGUI_API bool SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); - IMGUI_API bool SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend = 0.0f, float hover_visibility_delay = 0.0f); + IMGUI_API bool DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags); + IMGUI_API bool SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); + IMGUI_API bool SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend = 0.0f, float hover_visibility_delay = 0.0f, ImU32 bg_col = 0); IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging IMGUI_API void TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID id, bool open); + IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags); // Return open state. Consume previous SetNextItemOpen() data, if any. May return true when logging. // Template functions are instantiated in imgui_widgets.cpp for a finite number of types. // To use them externally (for custom widget) you may need an "extern template" statement in your code in order to link to existing instances and silence Clang warnings (see #2036). // e.g. " extern template IMGUI_API float RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, float v); " - template IMGUI_API bool DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, float v_speed, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiDragFlags flags); - template IMGUI_API bool SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); - template IMGUI_API float SliderCalcRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T v, T v_min, T v_max, float power, float linear_zero_pos); - template IMGUI_API T RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, T v); + template IMGUI_API float ScaleRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T v, T v_min, T v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_size); + template IMGUI_API T ScaleValueFromRatioT(ImGuiDataType data_type, float t, T v_min, T v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_size); + template IMGUI_API bool DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, float v_speed, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags); + template IMGUI_API bool SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, T v_min, T v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); + template IMGUI_API T RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, T v); + template IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlagsT(const char* label, T* flags, T flags_value); // Data type helpers IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type); IMGUI_API int DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* p_data, const char* format); - IMGUI_API void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, void* arg_1, const void* arg_2); - IMGUI_API bool DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format); + IMGUI_API void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2); + IMGUI_API bool DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format); + IMGUI_API int DataTypeCompare(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2); + IMGUI_API bool DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max); // InputText IMGUI_API bool InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); IMGUI_API bool TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags); - IMGUI_API bool TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format); + IMGUI_API bool TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min = NULL, const void* p_clamp_max = NULL); inline bool TempInputIsActive(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveId == id && g.TempInputId == id); } - inline ImGuiInputTextState* GetInputTextState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.InputTextState.ID == id) ? &g.InputTextState : NULL; } // Get input text state if active + inline ImGuiInputTextState* GetInputTextState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (id != 0 && g.InputTextState.ID == id) ? &g.InputTextState : NULL; } // Get input text state if active // Color IMGUI_API void ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); @@ -2152,53 +3431,107 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp); // Garbage collection + IMGUI_API void GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers(); IMGUI_API void GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window); + // Debug Log + IMGUI_API void DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); + IMGUI_API void DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + // Debug Tools - inline void DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max, col); } + IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); + IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id); // Call sparingly: only 1 at the same time! + IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id); // Only call on reaction to a mouse Hover: because only 1 at the same time! + IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); + inline void DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, col); } inline void DebugStartItemPicker() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.DebugItemPickerActive = true; } + IMGUI_API void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas); + IMGUI_API void DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDockNode(ImGuiDockNode* node, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeFontGlyph(ImFont* font, const ImFontGlyph* glyph); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector* windows, const char* label); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(ImGuiWindow** windows, int windows_size, ImGuiWindow* parent_in_begin_stack); + IMGUI_API void DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport); + IMGUI_API void DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list); + IMGUI_API void DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb); + + // Obsolete functions +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + inline void SetItemUsingMouseWheel() { SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY); } // Changed in 1.89 + inline bool TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0) { return TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags); } // Renamed in 1.89 + + // Refactored focus/nav/tabbing system in 1.82 and 1.84. If you have old/custom copy-and-pasted widgets that used FocusableItemRegister(): + // (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18209: using 'ItemAdd(....)' and 'bool tab_focused = FocusableItemRegister(...)' + // (Old) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18209: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemAddFlags_Focusable)' and 'bool tab_focused = (GetItemStatusFlags() & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Focused) != 0' + // (New) IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18413: using 'ItemAdd(..., ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)' and 'bool tab_focused = (GetItemStatusFlags() & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedTabbing) != 0 || g.NavActivateInputId == id' (WIP) + // Widget code are simplified as there's no need to call FocusableItemUnregister() while managing the transition from regular widget to TempInputText() + inline bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); IM_UNUSED(id); return false; } // -> pass ImGuiItemAddFlags_Inputable flag to ItemAdd() + inline void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window) { IM_ASSERT(0); IM_UNUSED(window); } // -> unnecessary: TempInputText() uses ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem +#endif +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + inline bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true) { IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); return IsKeyPressed(key, repeat); } // Removed in 1.87: Mapping from named key is always identity! +#endif } // namespace ImGui -// ImFontAtlas internals -IMGUI_API bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_multiply_factor); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride); -// Debug Tools -// Use 'Metrics->Tools->Item Picker' to break into the call-stack of a specific item. -#ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK -#if defined(__clang__) -#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __builtin_debugtrap() -#elif defined (_MSC_VER) -#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() __debugbreak() -#else -#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() IM_ASSERT(0) // It is expected that you define IM_DEBUG_BREAK() into something that will break nicely in a debugger! +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas internal API +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This structure is likely to evolve as we add support for incremental atlas updates +struct ImFontBuilderIO +{ + bool (*FontBuilder_Build)(ImFontAtlas* atlas); +}; + +// Helper for font builder +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE +IMGUI_API const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype(); #endif -#endif // #ifndef IM_DEBUG_BREAK +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned int in_marker_pixel_value); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_multiply_factor); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride); + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Test Engine specific hooks (imgui_test_engine) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Test Engine Hooks (imgui_tests) -//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_PreNewFrame(ImGuiContext* ctx); -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_PostNewFrame(ImGuiContext* ctx); -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiItemStatusFlags flags); -extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* fmt, ...); -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB, _ID) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, _BB, _ID) // Register item bounding box -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS) // Register item label and status flags (optional) -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT, ...) ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(&g, _FMT, __VA_ARGS__) // Custom log entry from user land into test log +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiItemStatusFlags flags); +extern void ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* fmt, ...); +extern const char* ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id); + +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, _BB, _ID) // Register item bounding box +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemInfo(&g, _ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS) // Register item label and status flags (optional) +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT,...) if (g.TestEngineHookItems) ImGuiTestEngineHook_Log(&g, _FMT, __VA_ARGS__) // Custom log entry from user land into test log #else -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB, _ID) do { } while (0) -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID, _LABEL, _FLAGS) do { } while (0) -#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_LOG(_FMT, ...) do { } while (0) +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(_BB,_ID) ((void)0) +#define IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(_ID,_LABEL,_FLAGS) ((void)g) #endif +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic pop #elif defined(__GNUC__) diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imgui_stdlib.h b/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imgui_stdlib.h index f860b0c7..61afc098 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imgui_stdlib.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imgui_stdlib.h @@ -1,10 +1,6 @@ // dear imgui: wrappers for C++ standard library (STL) types (std::string, etc.) // This is also an example of how you may wrap your own similar types. -// Compatibility: -// - std::string support is only guaranteed to work from C++11. -// If you try to use it pre-C++11, please share your findings (w/ info about compiler/architecture) - // Changelog: // - v0.10: Initial version. Added InputText() / InputTextMultiline() calls with std::string diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h b/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h index ff2a85df..f6917e7a 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h @@ -1,15 +1,19 @@ // [DEAR IMGUI] -// This is a slightly modified version of stb_rect_pack.h 1.00. -// Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb: -// - Added STBRP__CDECL +// This is a slightly modified version of stb_rect_pack.h 1.01. // Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. - -// stb_rect_pack.h - v1.00 - public domain - rectangle packing +// +// stb_rect_pack.h - v1.01 - public domain - rectangle packing // Sean Barrett 2014 // // Useful for e.g. packing rectangular textures into an atlas. // Does not do rotation. // +// Before #including, +// +// #define STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION +// +// in the file that you want to have the implementation. +// // Not necessarily the awesomest packing method, but better than // the totally naive one in stb_truetype (which is primarily what // this is meant to replace). @@ -34,13 +38,14 @@ // Minor features // Martins Mozeiko // github:IntellectualKitty -// +// // Bugfixes / warning fixes // Jeremy Jaussaud // Fabian Giesen // // Version history: // +// 1.01 (2021-07-11) always use large rect mode, expose STBRP__MAXVAL in public section // 1.00 (2019-02-25) avoid small space waste; gracefully fail too-wide rectangles // 0.99 (2019-02-07) warning fixes // 0.11 (2017-03-03) return packing success/fail result @@ -81,11 +86,10 @@ typedef struct stbrp_context stbrp_context; typedef struct stbrp_node stbrp_node; typedef struct stbrp_rect stbrp_rect; -#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS typedef int stbrp_coord; -#else -typedef unsigned short stbrp_coord; -#endif + +#define STBRP__MAXVAL 0x7fffffff +// Mostly for internal use, but this is the maximum supported coordinate value. STBRP_DEF int stbrp_pack_rects (stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects); // Assign packed locations to rectangles. The rectangles are of type @@ -213,10 +217,9 @@ struct stbrp_context #define STBRP_ASSERT assert #endif -// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL #ifdef _MSC_VER #define STBRP__NOTUSED(v) (void)(v) -#define STBRP__CDECL __cdecl +#define STBRP__CDECL __cdecl #else #define STBRP__NOTUSED(v) (void)sizeof(v) #define STBRP__CDECL @@ -262,9 +265,6 @@ STBRP_DEF void stbrp_setup_allow_out_of_mem(stbrp_context *context, int allow_ou STBRP_DEF void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *context, int width, int height, stbrp_node *nodes, int num_nodes) { int i; -#ifndef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS - STBRP_ASSERT(width <= 0xffff && height <= 0xffff); -#endif for (i=0; i < num_nodes-1; ++i) nodes[i].next = &nodes[i+1]; @@ -283,11 +283,7 @@ STBRP_DEF void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *context, int width, int height, context->extra[0].y = 0; context->extra[0].next = &context->extra[1]; context->extra[1].x = (stbrp_coord) width; -#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS context->extra[1].y = (1<<30); -#else - context->extra[1].y = 65535; -#endif context->extra[1].next = NULL; } @@ -433,7 +429,7 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(stbrp_context *c, int widt if (y <= best_y) { if (y < best_y || waste < best_waste || (waste==best_waste && xpos < best_x)) { best_x = xpos; - STBRP_ASSERT(y <= best_y); + //STBRP_ASSERT(y <= best_y); [DEAR IMGUI] best_y = y; best_waste = waste; best = prev; @@ -441,7 +437,7 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(stbrp_context *c, int widt } } tail = tail->next; - } + } } fr.prev_link = best; @@ -529,7 +525,6 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_pack_rectangle(stbrp_context *context, i return res; } -// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL static int STBRP__CDECL rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b) { const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a; @@ -541,7 +536,6 @@ static int STBRP__CDECL rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b) return (p->w > q->w) ? -1 : (p->w < q->w); } -// [DEAR IMGUI] Added STBRP__CDECL static int STBRP__CDECL rect_original_order(const void *a, const void *b) { const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a; @@ -549,12 +543,6 @@ static int STBRP__CDECL rect_original_order(const void *a, const void *b) return (p->was_packed < q->was_packed) ? -1 : (p->was_packed > q->was_packed); } -#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS -#define STBRP__MAXVAL 0xffffffff -#else -#define STBRP__MAXVAL 0xffff -#endif - STBRP_DEF int stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects) { int i, all_rects_packed = 1; @@ -602,38 +590,38 @@ This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of -this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in -the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to -use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies -of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER -LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. -Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this -software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. -In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this -software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public -domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to -the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an -overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to this software under copyright law. -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */ diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imstb_textedit.h b/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imstb_textedit.h index 2077d02a..a8a82311 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imstb_textedit.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imstb_textedit.h @@ -1,10 +1,11 @@ // [DEAR IMGUI] -// This is a slightly modified version of stb_textedit.h 1.13. +// This is a slightly modified version of stb_textedit.h 1.14. // Those changes would need to be pushed into nothings/stb: // - Fix in stb_textedit_discard_redo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/321) +// - Fix in stb_textedit_find_charpos to handle last line (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6000) // Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. -// stb_textedit.h - v1.13 - public domain - Sean Barrett +// stb_textedit.h - v1.14 - public domain - Sean Barrett // Development of this library was sponsored by RAD Game Tools // // This C header file implements the guts of a multi-line text-editing @@ -19,7 +20,7 @@ // texts, as its performance does not scale and it has limited undo). // // Non-trivial behaviors are modelled after Windows text controls. -// +// // // LICENSE // @@ -35,6 +36,7 @@ // // VERSION HISTORY // +// 1.14 (2021-07-11) page up/down, various fixes // 1.13 (2019-02-07) fix bug in undo size management // 1.12 (2018-01-29) user can change STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE, fix redo to avoid crash // 1.11 (2017-03-03) fix HOME on last line, dragging off single-line textfield @@ -58,6 +60,7 @@ // Ulf Winklemann: move-by-word in 1.1 // Fabian Giesen: secondary key inputs in 1.5 // Martins Mozeiko: STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove in 1.6 +// Louis Schnellbach: page up/down in 1.14 // // Bugfixes: // Scott Graham @@ -93,8 +96,8 @@ // moderate sizes. The undo system does no memory allocations, so // it grows STB_TexteditState by the worst-case storage which is (in bytes): // -// [4 + 3 * sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE)] * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATE_COUNT -// + sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHAR_COUNT +// [4 + 3 * sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE)] * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT +// + sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT // // // Implementation mode: @@ -148,6 +151,8 @@ // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT keyboard input to move cursor right // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP keyboard input to move cursor up // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN keyboard input to move cursor down +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP keyboard input to move cursor up a page +// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN keyboard input to move cursor down a page // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART keyboard input to move cursor to start of line // e.g. HOME // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND keyboard input to move cursor to end of line // e.g. END // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART keyboard input to move cursor to start of text // e.g. ctrl-HOME @@ -170,14 +175,10 @@ // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 secondary keyboard input to move cursor to start of text // STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND2 secondary keyboard input to move cursor to end of text // -// Todo: -// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP keyboard input to move cursor up a page -// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN keyboard input to move cursor down a page -// // Keyboard input must be encoded as a single integer value; e.g. a character code // and some bitflags that represent shift states. to simplify the interface, SHIFT must // be a bitflag, so we can test the shifted state of cursor movements to allow selection, -// i.e. (STB_TEXTED_K_RIGHT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) should be shifted right-arrow. +// i.e. (STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) should be shifted right-arrow. // // You can encode other things, such as CONTROL or ALT, in additional bits, and // then test for their presence in e.g. STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT. For example, @@ -219,20 +220,20 @@ // call this with the mouse x,y on a mouse down; it will update the cursor // and reset the selection start/end to the cursor point. the x,y must // be relative to the text widget, with (0,0) being the top left. -// +// // drag: // call this with the mouse x,y on a mouse drag/up; it will update the // cursor and the selection end point -// +// // cut: // call this to delete the current selection; returns true if there was // one. you should FIRST copy the current selection to the system paste buffer. // (To copy, just copy the current selection out of the string yourself.) -// +// // paste: // call this to paste text at the current cursor point or over the current // selection if there is one. -// +// // key: // call this for keyboard inputs sent to the textfield. you can use it // for "key down" events or for "translated" key events. if you need to @@ -243,7 +244,7 @@ // clear. STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTYPE defaults to int, but you can #define it to // anything other type you wante before including. // -// +// // When rendering, you can read the cursor position and selection state from // the STB_TexteditState. // @@ -337,6 +338,10 @@ typedef struct // each textfield keeps its own insert mode state. to keep an app-wide // insert mode, copy this value in/out of the app state + int row_count_per_page; + // page size in number of row. + // this value MUST be set to >0 for pageup or pagedown in multilines documents. + ///////////////////// // // private data @@ -520,29 +525,14 @@ static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *s int z = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str); int i=0, first; - if (n == z) { - // if it's at the end, then find the last line -- simpler than trying to - // explicitly handle this case in the regular code - if (single_line) { - STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, 0); - find->y = 0; - find->first_char = 0; - find->length = z; - find->height = r.ymax - r.ymin; - find->x = r.x1; - } else { - find->y = 0; - find->x = 0; - find->height = 1; - while (i < z) { - STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, i); - prev_start = i; - i += r.num_chars; - } - find->first_char = i; - find->length = 0; - find->prev_first = prev_start; - } + if (n == z && single_line) { + // special case if it's at the end (may not be needed?) + STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, 0); + find->y = 0; + find->first_char = 0; + find->length = z; + find->height = r.ymax - r.ymin; + find->x = r.x1; return; } @@ -553,9 +543,13 @@ static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *s STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, i); if (n < i + r.num_chars) break; + if (i + r.num_chars == z && z > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, z - 1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE) // [DEAR IMGUI] special handling for last line + break; // [DEAR IMGUI] prev_start = i; i += r.num_chars; find->y += r.baseline_y_delta; + if (i == z) // [DEAR IMGUI] + break; // [DEAR IMGUI] } find->first_char = first = i; @@ -714,9 +708,7 @@ static int stb_textedit_paste_internal(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditSta state->has_preferred_x = 0; return 1; } - // remove the undo since we didn't actually insert the characters - if (state->undostate.undo_point) - --state->undostate.undo_point; + // note: paste failure will leave deleted selection, may be restored with an undo (see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/734 for details) return 0; } @@ -762,7 +754,7 @@ retry: state->insert_mode = !state->insert_mode; break; #endif - + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO: stb_text_undo(str, state); state->has_preferred_x = 0; @@ -777,7 +769,7 @@ retry: // if currently there's a selection, move cursor to start of selection if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) stb_textedit_move_to_first(state); - else + else if (state->cursor > 0) --state->cursor; state->has_preferred_x = 0; @@ -826,7 +818,7 @@ retry: #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT: - if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) stb_textedit_move_to_last(str, state); else { state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT(str, state->cursor); @@ -855,12 +847,16 @@ retry: break; case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN: - case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: { + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: { StbFindState find; StbTexteditRow row; - int i, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0; + int i, j, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0; + int is_page = (key & ~STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) == STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN; + int row_count = is_page ? state->row_count_per_page : 1; - if (state->single_line) { + if (!is_page && state->single_line) { // on windows, up&down in single-line behave like left&right key = STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); goto retry; @@ -869,17 +865,25 @@ retry: if (sel) stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state); else if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) - stb_textedit_move_to_last(str,state); + stb_textedit_move_to_last(str, state); // compute current position of cursor point stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line); - // now find character position down a row - if (find.length) { - float goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x; - float x; + for (j = 0; j < row_count; ++j) { + float x, goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x; int start = find.first_char + find.length; + + if (find.length == 0) + break; + + // [DEAR IMGUI] + // going down while being on the last line shouldn't bring us to that line end + if (STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, find.first_char + find.length - 1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE) + break; + + // now find character position down a row state->cursor = start; STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&row, str, state->cursor); x = row.x0; @@ -901,17 +905,25 @@ retry: if (sel) state->select_end = state->cursor; + + // go to next line + find.first_char = find.first_char + find.length; + find.length = row.num_chars; } break; } - + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP: - case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: { + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP: + case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: { StbFindState find; StbTexteditRow row; - int i, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0; + int i, j, prev_scan, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0; + int is_page = (key & ~STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) == STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP; + int row_count = is_page ? state->row_count_per_page : 1; - if (state->single_line) { + if (!is_page && state->single_line) { // on windows, up&down become left&right key = STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT | (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); goto retry; @@ -926,11 +938,14 @@ retry: stb_textedit_clamp(str, state); stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line); - // can only go up if there's a previous row - if (find.prev_first != find.first_char) { + for (j = 0; j < row_count; ++j) { + float x, goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x; + + // can only go up if there's a previous row + if (find.prev_first == find.first_char) + break; + // now find character position up a row - float goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x; - float x; state->cursor = find.prev_first; STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&row, str, state->cursor); x = row.x0; @@ -952,6 +967,14 @@ retry: if (sel) state->select_end = state->cursor; + + // go to previous line + // (we need to scan previous line the hard way. maybe we could expose this as a new API function?) + prev_scan = find.prev_first > 0 ? find.prev_first - 1 : 0; + while (prev_scan > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, prev_scan - 1) != STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE) + --prev_scan; + find.first_char = find.prev_first; + find.prev_first = prev_scan; } break; } @@ -981,7 +1004,7 @@ retry: } state->has_preferred_x = 0; break; - + #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2: #endif @@ -998,7 +1021,7 @@ retry: state->select_start = state->select_end = 0; state->has_preferred_x = 0; break; - + #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART2 | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: #endif @@ -1075,10 +1098,6 @@ retry: state->has_preferred_x = 0; break; } - -// @TODO: -// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP - move cursor up a page -// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN - move cursor down a page } } @@ -1134,7 +1153,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_discard_redo(StbUndoState *state) state->undo_rec[i].char_storage += n; } // now move all the redo records towards the end of the buffer; the first one is at 'redo_point' - // {DEAR IMGUI] + // [DEAR IMGUI] size_t move_size = (size_t)((STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_point - 1) * sizeof(state->undo_rec[0])); const char* buf_begin = (char*)state->undo_rec; (void)buf_begin; const char* buf_end = (char*)state->undo_rec + sizeof(state->undo_rec); (void)buf_end; @@ -1350,6 +1369,7 @@ static void stb_textedit_clear_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_single_lin state->initialized = 1; state->single_line = (unsigned char) is_single_line; state->insert_mode = 0; + state->row_count_per_page = 0; } // API initialize @@ -1380,38 +1400,38 @@ This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of -this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in -the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to -use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies -of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER -LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. -Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this -software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. -In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this -software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public -domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to -the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an -overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to this software under copyright law. -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */ diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imstb_truetype.h b/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imstb_truetype.h index b4bdbd86..35c827e6 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imstb_truetype.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/imgui/imstb_truetype.h @@ -1,10 +1,19 @@ // [DEAR IMGUI] -// This is a slightly modified version of stb_truetype.h 1.20. +// This is a slightly modified version of stb_truetype.h 1.26. // Mostly fixing for compiler and static analyzer warnings. // Grep for [DEAR IMGUI] to find the changes. -// stb_truetype.h - v1.20 - public domain -// authored from 2009-2016 by Sean Barrett / RAD Game Tools +// stb_truetype.h - v1.26 - public domain +// authored from 2009-2021 by Sean Barrett / RAD Game Tools +// +// ======================================================================= +// +// NO SECURITY GUARANTEE -- DO NOT USE THIS ON UNTRUSTED FONT FILES +// +// This library does no range checking of the offsets found in the file, +// meaning an attacker can use it to read arbitrary memory. +// +// ======================================================================= // // This library processes TrueType files: // parse files @@ -37,11 +46,11 @@ // Daniel Ribeiro Maciel // // Bug/warning reports/fixes: -// "Zer" on mollyrocket Fabian "ryg" Giesen -// Cass Everitt Martins Mozeiko -// stoiko (Haemimont Games) Cap Petschulat -// Brian Hook Omar Cornut -// Walter van Niftrik github:aloucks +// "Zer" on mollyrocket Fabian "ryg" Giesen github:NiLuJe +// Cass Everitt Martins Mozeiko github:aloucks +// stoiko (Haemimont Games) Cap Petschulat github:oyvindjam +// Brian Hook Omar Cornut github:vassvik +// Walter van Niftrik Ryan Griege // David Gow Peter LaValle // David Given Sergey Popov // Ivan-Assen Ivanov Giumo X. Clanjor @@ -49,11 +58,17 @@ // Johan Duparc Thomas Fields // Hou Qiming Derek Vinyard // Rob Loach Cort Stratton -// Kenney Phillis Jr. github:oyvindjam -// Brian Costabile github:vassvik -// +// Kenney Phillis Jr. Brian Costabile +// Ken Voskuil (kaesve) +// // VERSION HISTORY // +// 1.26 (2021-08-28) fix broken rasterizer +// 1.25 (2021-07-11) many fixes +// 1.24 (2020-02-05) fix warning +// 1.23 (2020-02-02) query SVG data for glyphs; query whole kerning table (but only kern not GPOS) +// 1.22 (2019-08-11) minimize missing-glyph duplication; fix kerning if both 'GPOS' and 'kern' are defined +// 1.21 (2019-02-25) fix warning // 1.20 (2019-02-07) PackFontRange skips missing codepoints; GetScaleFontVMetrics() // 1.19 (2018-02-11) GPOS kerning, STBTT_fmod // 1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function @@ -212,7 +227,7 @@ // // Advancing for the next character: // Call GlyphHMetrics, and compute 'current_point += SF * advance'. -// +// // // ADVANCED USAGE // @@ -248,19 +263,6 @@ // recommend it. // // -// SOURCE STATISTICS (based on v0.6c, 2050 LOC) -// -// Documentation & header file 520 LOC \___ 660 LOC documentation -// Sample code 140 LOC / -// Truetype parsing 620 LOC ---- 620 LOC TrueType -// Software rasterization 240 LOC \. -// Curve tessellation 120 LOC \__ 550 LOC Bitmap creation -// Bitmap management 100 LOC / -// Baked bitmap interface 70 LOC / -// Font name matching & access 150 LOC ---- 150 -// C runtime library abstraction 60 LOC ---- 60 -// -// // PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS FOR 1.06: // // 32-bit 64-bit @@ -275,8 +277,8 @@ //// SAMPLE PROGRAMS //// // -// Incomplete text-in-3d-api example, which draws quads properly aligned to be lossless -// +// Incomplete text-in-3d-api example, which draws quads properly aligned to be lossless. +// See "tests/truetype_demo_win32.c" for a complete version. #if 0 #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION // force following include to generate implementation #include "stb_truetype.h" @@ -302,6 +304,8 @@ void my_stbtt_initfont(void) void my_stbtt_print(float x, float y, char *text) { // assume orthographic projection with units = screen pixels, origin at top left + glEnable(GL_BLEND); + glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, ftex); glBegin(GL_QUADS); @@ -309,10 +313,10 @@ void my_stbtt_print(float x, float y, char *text) if (*text >= 32 && *text < 128) { stbtt_aligned_quad q; stbtt_GetBakedQuad(cdata, 512,512, *text-32, &x,&y,&q,1);//1=opengl & d3d10+,0=d3d9 - glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y0); - glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y0); - glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y1); - glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y1); + glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y0); + glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y0); + glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y1); + glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y1); } ++text; } @@ -350,7 +354,7 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) } return 0; } -#endif +#endif // // Output: // @@ -364,9 +368,9 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) // :@@. M@M // @@@o@@@@ // :M@@V:@@. -// +// ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// +// // Complete program: print "Hello World!" banner, with bugs // #if 0 @@ -667,7 +671,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, cons // Calling these functions in sequence is roughly equivalent to calling // stbtt_PackFontRanges(). If you more control over the packing of multiple // fonts, or if you want to pack custom data into a font texture, take a look -// at the source to of stbtt_PackFontRanges() and create a custom version +// at the source to of stbtt_PackFontRanges() and create a custom version // using these functions, e.g. call GatherRects multiple times, // building up a single array of rects, then call PackRects once, // then call RenderIntoRects repeatedly. This may result in a @@ -719,7 +723,7 @@ struct stbtt_fontinfo int numGlyphs; // number of glyphs, needed for range checking - int loca,head,glyf,hhea,hmtx,kern,gpos; // table locations as offset from start of .ttf + int loca,head,glyf,hhea,hmtx,kern,gpos,svg; // table locations as offset from start of .ttf int index_map; // a cmap mapping for our chosen character encoding int indexToLocFormat; // format needed to map from glyph index to glyph @@ -802,6 +806,18 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, int *x0, int *y0, int *x1, int *y1); // as above, but takes one or more glyph indices for greater efficiency +typedef struct stbtt_kerningentry +{ + int glyph1; // use stbtt_FindGlyphIndex + int glyph2; + int advance; +} stbtt_kerningentry; + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetKerningTableLength(const stbtt_fontinfo *info); +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetKerningTable(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_kerningentry* table, int table_length); +// Retrieves a complete list of all of the kerning pairs provided by the font +// stbtt_GetKerningTable never writes more than table_length entries and returns how many entries it did write. +// The table will be sorted by (a.glyph1 == b.glyph1)?(a.glyph2 < b.glyph2):(a.glyph1 < b.glyph1) ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // @@ -846,6 +862,12 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_vertex *vertices); // frees the data allocated above +STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_FindSVGDoc(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl); +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint, const char **svg); +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl, const char **svg); +// fills svg with the character's SVG data. +// returns data size or 0 if SVG not found. + ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // // BITMAP RENDERING @@ -975,7 +997,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetCodepointSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, floa // and computing from that can allow drop-out prevention). // // The algorithm has not been optimized at all, so expect it to be slow -// if computing lots of characters or very large sizes. +// if computing lots of characters or very large sizes. @@ -1347,6 +1369,22 @@ static stbtt__buf stbtt__get_subrs(stbtt__buf cff, stbtt__buf fontdict) return stbtt__cff_get_index(&cff); } +// since most people won't use this, find this table the first time it's needed +static int stbtt__get_svg(stbtt_fontinfo *info) +{ + stbtt_uint32 t; + if (info->svg < 0) { + t = stbtt__find_table(info->data, info->fontstart, "SVG "); + if (t) { + stbtt_uint32 offset = ttULONG(info->data + t + 2); + info->svg = t + offset; + } else { + info->svg = 0; + } + } + return info->svg; +} + static int stbtt_InitFont_internal(stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *data, int fontstart) { stbtt_uint32 cmap, t; @@ -1426,6 +1464,8 @@ static int stbtt_InitFont_internal(stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *data, in else info->numGlyphs = 0xffff; + info->svg = -1; + // find a cmap encoding table we understand *now* to avoid searching // later. (todo: could make this installable) // the same regardless of glyph. @@ -1509,12 +1549,12 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codep search += 2; { - stbtt_uint16 offset, start; + stbtt_uint16 offset, start, last; stbtt_uint16 item = (stbtt_uint16) ((search - endCount) >> 1); - STBTT_assert(unicode_codepoint <= ttUSHORT(data + endCount + 2*item)); start = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*2 + 2 + 2*item); - if (unicode_codepoint < start) + last = ttUSHORT(data + endCount + 2*item); + if (unicode_codepoint < start || unicode_codepoint > last) return 0; offset = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*6 + 2 + 2*item); @@ -1732,7 +1772,7 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s if (i != 0) num_vertices = stbtt__close_shape(vertices, num_vertices, was_off, start_off, sx,sy,scx,scy,cx,cy); - // now start the new one + // now start the new one start_off = !(flags & 1); if (start_off) { // if we start off with an off-curve point, then when we need to find a point on the curve @@ -1774,7 +1814,7 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s } } num_vertices = stbtt__close_shape(vertices, num_vertices, was_off, start_off, sx,sy,scx,scy,cx,cy); - } else if (numberOfContours == -1) { + } else if (numberOfContours < 0) { // Compound shapes. int more = 1; stbtt_uint8 *comp = data + g + 10; @@ -1785,7 +1825,7 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s int comp_num_verts = 0, i; stbtt_vertex *comp_verts = 0, *tmp = 0; float mtx[6] = {1,0,0,1,0,0}, m, n; - + flags = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2; gidx = ttSHORT(comp); comp+=2; @@ -1815,7 +1855,7 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s mtx[2] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; mtx[3] = ttSHORT(comp)/16384.0f; comp+=2; } - + // Find transformation scales. m = (float) STBTT_sqrt(mtx[0]*mtx[0] + mtx[1]*mtx[1]); n = (float) STBTT_sqrt(mtx[2]*mtx[2] + mtx[3]*mtx[3]); @@ -1841,7 +1881,7 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s if (comp_verts) STBTT_free(comp_verts, info->userdata); return 0; } - if (num_vertices > 0) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); //-V595 + if (num_vertices > 0 && vertices) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); STBTT_memcpy(tmp+num_vertices, comp_verts, comp_num_verts*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); if (vertices) STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); vertices = tmp; @@ -1851,9 +1891,6 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s // More components ? more = flags & (1<<5); } - } else if (numberOfContours < 0) { - // @TODO other compound variations? - STBTT_assert(0); } else { // numberOfCounters == 0, do nothing } @@ -1971,7 +2008,7 @@ static stbtt__buf stbtt__cid_get_glyph_subrs(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gly start = end; } } - if (fdselector == -1) stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); + if (fdselector == -1) return stbtt__new_buf(NULL, 0); // [DEAR IMGUI] fixed, see #6007 and nothings/stb#1422 return stbtt__get_subrs(info->cff, stbtt__cff_index_get(info->fontdicts, fdselector)); } @@ -2107,7 +2144,7 @@ static int stbtt__run_charstring(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, st subrs = stbtt__cid_get_glyph_subrs(info, glyph_index); has_subrs = 1; } - // fallthrough + // FALLTHROUGH case 0x1D: // callgsubr if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("call(g|)subr stack"); v = (int) s[--sp]; @@ -2212,7 +2249,7 @@ static int stbtt__run_charstring(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, st } break; default: - if (b0 != 255 && b0 != 28 && (b0 < 32 || b0 > 254)) //-V560 + if (b0 != 255 && b0 != 28 && b0 < 32) return STBTT__CSERR("reserved operator"); // push immediate @@ -2282,7 +2319,49 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_inde } } -static int stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetKerningTableLength(const stbtt_fontinfo *info) +{ + stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern; + + // we only look at the first table. it must be 'horizontal' and format 0. + if (!info->kern) + return 0; + if (ttUSHORT(data+2) < 1) // number of tables, need at least 1 + return 0; + if (ttUSHORT(data+8) != 1) // horizontal flag must be set in format + return 0; + + return ttUSHORT(data+10); +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetKerningTable(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_kerningentry* table, int table_length) +{ + stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern; + int k, length; + + // we only look at the first table. it must be 'horizontal' and format 0. + if (!info->kern) + return 0; + if (ttUSHORT(data+2) < 1) // number of tables, need at least 1 + return 0; + if (ttUSHORT(data+8) != 1) // horizontal flag must be set in format + return 0; + + length = ttUSHORT(data+10); + if (table_length < length) + length = table_length; + + for (k = 0; k < length; k++) + { + table[k].glyph1 = ttUSHORT(data+18+(k*6)); + table[k].glyph2 = ttUSHORT(data+20+(k*6)); + table[k].advance = ttSHORT(data+22+(k*6)); + } + + return length; +} + +static int stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) { stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern; stbtt_uint32 needle, straw; @@ -2312,245 +2391,225 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph return 0; } -static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetCoverageIndex(stbtt_uint8 *coverageTable, int glyph) +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetCoverageIndex(stbtt_uint8 *coverageTable, int glyph) { - stbtt_uint16 coverageFormat = ttUSHORT(coverageTable); - switch(coverageFormat) { - case 1: { - stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); + stbtt_uint16 coverageFormat = ttUSHORT(coverageTable); + switch (coverageFormat) { + case 1: { + stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); - // Binary search. - stbtt_int32 l=0, r=glyphCount-1, m; - int straw, needle=glyph; - while (l <= r) { - stbtt_uint8 *glyphArray = coverageTable + 4; - stbtt_uint16 glyphID; - m = (l + r) >> 1; - glyphID = ttUSHORT(glyphArray + 2 * m); - straw = glyphID; - if (needle < straw) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > straw) - l = m + 1; - else { - return m; - } + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=glyphCount-1, m; + int straw, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *glyphArray = coverageTable + 4; + stbtt_uint16 glyphID; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + glyphID = ttUSHORT(glyphArray + 2 * m); + straw = glyphID; + if (needle < straw) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > straw) + l = m + 1; + else { + return m; } - } break; + } + break; + } - case 2: { - stbtt_uint16 rangeCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); - stbtt_uint8 *rangeArray = coverageTable + 4; + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 rangeCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); + stbtt_uint8 *rangeArray = coverageTable + 4; - // Binary search. - stbtt_int32 l=0, r=rangeCount-1, m; - int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; - while (l <= r) { - stbtt_uint8 *rangeRecord; - m = (l + r) >> 1; - rangeRecord = rangeArray + 6 * m; - strawStart = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord); - strawEnd = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 2); - if (needle < strawStart) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > strawEnd) - l = m + 1; - else { - stbtt_uint16 startCoverageIndex = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 4); - return startCoverageIndex + glyph - strawStart; - } + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=rangeCount-1, m; + int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *rangeRecord; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + rangeRecord = rangeArray + 6 * m; + strawStart = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord); + strawEnd = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 2); + if (needle < strawStart) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > strawEnd) + l = m + 1; + else { + stbtt_uint16 startCoverageIndex = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 4); + return startCoverageIndex + glyph - strawStart; } - } break; + } + break; + } - default: { - // There are no other cases. - STBTT_assert(0); - } break; - } + default: return -1; // unsupported + } - return -1; + return -1; } static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphClass(stbtt_uint8 *classDefTable, int glyph) { - stbtt_uint16 classDefFormat = ttUSHORT(classDefTable); - switch(classDefFormat) - { - case 1: { - stbtt_uint16 startGlyphID = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); - stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 4); - stbtt_uint8 *classDef1ValueArray = classDefTable + 6; + stbtt_uint16 classDefFormat = ttUSHORT(classDefTable); + switch (classDefFormat) + { + case 1: { + stbtt_uint16 startGlyphID = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); + stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 4); + stbtt_uint8 *classDef1ValueArray = classDefTable + 6; - if (glyph >= startGlyphID && glyph < startGlyphID + glyphCount) - return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classDef1ValueArray + 2 * (glyph - startGlyphID)); + if (glyph >= startGlyphID && glyph < startGlyphID + glyphCount) + return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classDef1ValueArray + 2 * (glyph - startGlyphID)); + break; + } - // [DEAR IMGUI] Commented to fix static analyzer warning - //classDefTable = classDef1ValueArray + 2 * glyphCount; - } break; + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 classRangeCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); + stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecords = classDefTable + 4; - case 2: { - stbtt_uint16 classRangeCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); - stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecords = classDefTable + 4; + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=classRangeCount-1, m; + int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecord; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + classRangeRecord = classRangeRecords + 6 * m; + strawStart = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord); + strawEnd = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 2); + if (needle < strawStart) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > strawEnd) + l = m + 1; + else + return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 4); + } + break; + } - // Binary search. - stbtt_int32 l=0, r=classRangeCount-1, m; - int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; - while (l <= r) { - stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecord; - m = (l + r) >> 1; - classRangeRecord = classRangeRecords + 6 * m; - strawStart = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord); - strawEnd = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 2); - if (needle < strawStart) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > strawEnd) - l = m + 1; - else - return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 4); - } + default: + return -1; // Unsupported definition type, return an error. + } - // [DEAR IMGUI] Commented to fix static analyzer warning - //classDefTable = classRangeRecords + 6 * classRangeCount; - } break; - - default: { - // There are no other cases. - STBTT_assert(0); - } break; - } - - return -1; + // "All glyphs not assigned to a class fall into class 0". (OpenType spec) + return 0; } // Define to STBTT_assert(x) if you want to break on unimplemented formats. #define STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(x) -static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) { - stbtt_uint16 lookupListOffset; - stbtt_uint8 *lookupList; - stbtt_uint16 lookupCount; - stbtt_uint8 *data; - stbtt_int32 i; + stbtt_uint16 lookupListOffset; + stbtt_uint8 *lookupList; + stbtt_uint16 lookupCount; + stbtt_uint8 *data; + stbtt_int32 i, sti; - if (!info->gpos) return 0; + if (!info->gpos) return 0; - data = info->data + info->gpos; + data = info->data + info->gpos; - if (ttUSHORT(data+0) != 1) return 0; // Major version 1 - if (ttUSHORT(data+2) != 0) return 0; // Minor version 0 + if (ttUSHORT(data+0) != 1) return 0; // Major version 1 + if (ttUSHORT(data+2) != 0) return 0; // Minor version 0 - lookupListOffset = ttUSHORT(data+8); - lookupList = data + lookupListOffset; - lookupCount = ttUSHORT(lookupList); + lookupListOffset = ttUSHORT(data+8); + lookupList = data + lookupListOffset; + lookupCount = ttUSHORT(lookupList); - for (i=0; i= pairSetCount) return 0; - // Binary search. - while (l <= r) { - stbtt_uint16 secondGlyph; - stbtt_uint8 *pairValue; - m = (l + r) >> 1; - pairValue = pairValueArray + (2 + valueRecordPairSizeInBytes) * m; - secondGlyph = ttUSHORT(pairValue); - straw = secondGlyph; - if (needle < straw) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > straw) - l = m + 1; - else { - stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(pairValue + 2); - return xAdvance; - } - } - } break; + needle=glyph2; + r=pairValueCount-1; + l=0; - case 2: { - stbtt_uint16 valueFormat1 = ttUSHORT(table + 4); - stbtt_uint16 valueFormat2 = ttUSHORT(table + 6); + // Binary search. + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint16 secondGlyph; + stbtt_uint8 *pairValue; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + pairValue = pairValueArray + (2 + valueRecordPairSizeInBytes) * m; + secondGlyph = ttUSHORT(pairValue); + straw = secondGlyph; + if (needle < straw) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > straw) + l = m + 1; + else { + stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(pairValue + 2); + return xAdvance; + } + } + } else + return 0; + break; + } - stbtt_uint16 classDef1Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 8); - stbtt_uint16 classDef2Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 10); - int glyph1class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef1Offset, glyph1); - int glyph2class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef2Offset, glyph2); + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 valueFormat1 = ttUSHORT(table + 4); + stbtt_uint16 valueFormat2 = ttUSHORT(table + 6); + if (valueFormat1 == 4 && valueFormat2 == 0) { // Support more formats? + stbtt_uint16 classDef1Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 8); + stbtt_uint16 classDef2Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 10); + int glyph1class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef1Offset, glyph1); + int glyph2class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef2Offset, glyph2); - stbtt_uint16 class1Count = ttUSHORT(table + 12); - stbtt_uint16 class2Count = ttUSHORT(table + 14); - STBTT_assert(glyph1class < class1Count); - STBTT_assert(glyph2class < class2Count); + stbtt_uint16 class1Count = ttUSHORT(table + 12); + stbtt_uint16 class2Count = ttUSHORT(table + 14); + stbtt_uint8 *class1Records, *class2Records; + stbtt_int16 xAdvance; - // TODO: Support more formats. - STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(valueFormat1 == 4); - if (valueFormat1 != 4) return 0; - STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(valueFormat2 == 0); - if (valueFormat2 != 0) return 0; + if (glyph1class < 0 || glyph1class >= class1Count) return 0; // malformed + if (glyph2class < 0 || glyph2class >= class2Count) return 0; // malformed - if (glyph1class >= 0 && glyph1class < class1Count && glyph2class >= 0 && glyph2class < class2Count) { - stbtt_uint8 *class1Records = table + 16; - stbtt_uint8 *class2Records = class1Records + 2 * (glyph1class * class2Count); - stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(class2Records + 2 * glyph2class); - return xAdvance; - } - } break; - - default: { - // There are no other cases. - STBTT_assert(0); - break; - } // [DEAR IMGUI] removed ; - } - } - break; - } // [DEAR IMGUI] removed ; + class1Records = table + 16; + class2Records = class1Records + 2 * (glyph1class * class2Count); + xAdvance = ttSHORT(class2Records + 2 * glyph2class); + return xAdvance; + } else + return 0; + break; + } default: - // TODO: Implement other stuff. - break; - } - } + return 0; // Unsupported position format + } + } + } - return 0; + return 0; } STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int g1, int g2) @@ -2559,8 +2618,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int g1, int if (info->gpos) xAdvance += stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(info, g1, g2); - - if (info->kern) + else if (info->kern) xAdvance += stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(info, g1, g2); return xAdvance; @@ -2621,6 +2679,45 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_vertex *v) STBTT_free(v, info->userdata); } +STBTT_DEF stbtt_uint8 *stbtt_FindSVGDoc(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl) +{ + int i; + stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data; + stbtt_uint8 *svg_doc_list = data + stbtt__get_svg((stbtt_fontinfo *) info); + + int numEntries = ttUSHORT(svg_doc_list); + stbtt_uint8 *svg_docs = svg_doc_list + 2; + + for(i=0; i= ttUSHORT(svg_doc)) && (gl <= ttUSHORT(svg_doc + 2))) + return svg_doc; + } + return 0; +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl, const char **svg) +{ + stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data; + stbtt_uint8 *svg_doc; + + if (info->svg == 0) + return 0; + + svg_doc = stbtt_FindSVGDoc(info, gl); + if (svg_doc != NULL) { + *svg = (char *) data + info->svg + ttULONG(svg_doc + 4); + return ttULONG(svg_doc + 8); + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint, const char **svg) +{ + return stbtt_GetGlyphSVG(info, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, unicode_codepoint), svg); +} + ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // // antialiasing software rasterizer @@ -2746,7 +2843,7 @@ static stbtt__active_edge *stbtt__new_active(stbtt__hheap *hh, stbtt__edge *e, i float dxdy = (e->x1 - e->x0) / (e->y1 - e->y0); STBTT_assert(z != NULL); if (!z) return z; - + // round dx down to avoid overshooting if (dxdy < 0) z->dx = -STBTT_ifloor(STBTT_FIX * -dxdy); @@ -2824,7 +2921,7 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges(unsigned char *scanline, int len, stbtt__ac } } } - + e = e->next; } } @@ -2970,6 +3067,23 @@ static void stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(float *scanline, int x, stbtt__active_edg } } +static float stbtt__sized_trapezoid_area(float height, float top_width, float bottom_width) +{ + STBTT_assert(top_width >= 0); + STBTT_assert(bottom_width >= 0); + return (top_width + bottom_width) / 2.0f * height; +} + +static float stbtt__position_trapezoid_area(float height, float tx0, float tx1, float bx0, float bx1) +{ + return stbtt__sized_trapezoid_area(height, tx1 - tx0, bx1 - bx0); +} + +static float stbtt__sized_triangle_area(float height, float width) +{ + return height * width / 2; +} + static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, int len, stbtt__active_edge *e, float y_top) { float y_bottom = y_top+1; @@ -3024,13 +3138,13 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, float height; // simple case, only spans one pixel int x = (int) x_top; - height = sy1 - sy0; + height = (sy1 - sy0) * e->direction; STBTT_assert(x >= 0 && x < len); - scanline[x] += e->direction * (1-((x_top - x) + (x_bottom-x))/2) * height; - scanline_fill[x] += e->direction * height; // everything right of this pixel is filled + scanline[x] += stbtt__position_trapezoid_area(height, x_top, x+1.0f, x_bottom, x+1.0f); + scanline_fill[x] += height; // everything right of this pixel is filled } else { int x,x1,x2; - float y_crossing, step, sign, area; + float y_crossing, y_final, step, sign, area; // covers 2+ pixels if (x_top > x_bottom) { // flip scanline vertically; signed area is the same @@ -3042,32 +3156,83 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, dx = -dx; dy = -dy; t = x0, x0 = xb, xb = t; - // [DEAR IMGUI] Fix static analyzer warning - (void)dx; // [ImGui: fix static analyzer warning] } + STBTT_assert(dy >= 0); + STBTT_assert(dx >= 0); x1 = (int) x_top; x2 = (int) x_bottom; // compute intersection with y axis at x1+1 - y_crossing = (x1+1 - x0) * dy + y_top; + y_crossing = y_top + dy * (x1+1 - x0); + + // compute intersection with y axis at x2 + y_final = y_top + dy * (x2 - x0); + + // x1 x_top x2 x_bottom + // y_top +------|-----+------------+------------+--------|---+------------+ + // | | | | | | + // | | | | | | + // sy0 | Txxxxx|............|............|............|............| + // y_crossing | *xxxxx.......|............|............|............| + // | | xxxxx..|............|............|............| + // | | /- xx*xxxx........|............|............| + // | | dy < | xxxxxx..|............|............| + // y_final | | \- | xx*xxx.........|............| + // sy1 | | | | xxxxxB...|............| + // | | | | | | + // | | | | | | + // y_bottom +------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+ + // + // goal is to measure the area covered by '.' in each pixel + + // if x2 is right at the right edge of x1, y_crossing can blow up, github #1057 + // @TODO: maybe test against sy1 rather than y_bottom? + if (y_crossing > y_bottom) + y_crossing = y_bottom; sign = e->direction; - // area of the rectangle covered from y0..y_crossing - area = sign * (y_crossing-sy0); - // area of the triangle (x_top,y0), (x+1,y0), (x+1,y_crossing) - scanline[x1] += area * (1-((x_top - x1)+(x1+1-x1))/2); - step = sign * dy; + // area of the rectangle covered from sy0..y_crossing + area = sign * (y_crossing-sy0); + + // area of the triangle (x_top,sy0), (x1+1,sy0), (x1+1,y_crossing) + scanline[x1] += stbtt__sized_triangle_area(area, x1+1 - x_top); + + // check if final y_crossing is blown up; no test case for this + if (y_final > y_bottom) { + int denom = (x2 - (x1+1)); + y_final = y_bottom; + if (denom != 0) { // [DEAR IMGUI] Avoid div by zero (https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/1316) + dy = (y_final - y_crossing ) / denom; // if denom=0, y_final = y_crossing, so y_final <= y_bottom + } + } + + // in second pixel, area covered by line segment found in first pixel + // is always a rectangle 1 wide * the height of that line segment; this + // is exactly what the variable 'area' stores. it also gets a contribution + // from the line segment within it. the THIRD pixel will get the first + // pixel's rectangle contribution, the second pixel's rectangle contribution, + // and its own contribution. the 'own contribution' is the same in every pixel except + // the leftmost and rightmost, a trapezoid that slides down in each pixel. + // the second pixel's contribution to the third pixel will be the + // rectangle 1 wide times the height change in the second pixel, which is dy. + + step = sign * dy * 1; // dy is dy/dx, change in y for every 1 change in x, + // which multiplied by 1-pixel-width is how much pixel area changes for each step in x + // so the area advances by 'step' every time + for (x = x1+1; x < x2; ++x) { - scanline[x] += area + step/2; + scanline[x] += area + step/2; // area of trapezoid is 1*step/2 area += step; } - y_crossing += dy * (x2 - (x1+1)); + STBTT_assert(STBTT_fabs(area) <= 1.01f); // accumulated error from area += step unless we round step down + STBTT_assert(sy1 > y_final-0.01f); - STBTT_assert(STBTT_fabs(area) <= 1.01f); - - scanline[x2] += area + sign * (1-((x2-x2)+(x_bottom-x2))/2) * (sy1-y_crossing); + // area covered in the last pixel is the rectangle from all the pixels to the left, + // plus the trapezoid filled by the line segment in this pixel all the way to the right edge + scanline[x2] += area + sign * stbtt__position_trapezoid_area(sy1-y_final, (float) x2, x2+1.0f, x_bottom, x2+1.0f); + // the rest of the line is filled based on the total height of the line segment in this pixel scanline_fill[x2] += sign * (sy1-sy0); } } else { @@ -3075,6 +3240,9 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, // clipping logic. since this does not match the intended use // of this library, we use a different, very slow brute // force implementation + // note though that this does happen some of the time because + // x_top and x_bottom can be extrapolated at the top & bottom of + // the shape and actually lie outside the bounding box int x; for (x=0; x < len; ++x) { // cases: @@ -3554,7 +3722,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info { int ix0,iy0,ix1,iy1; stbtt__bitmap gbm; - stbtt_vertex *vertices; + stbtt_vertex *vertices; int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &vertices); if (scale_x == 0) scale_x = scale_y; @@ -3577,7 +3745,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info if (height) *height = gbm.h; if (xoff ) *xoff = ix0; if (yoff ) *yoff = iy0; - + if (gbm.w && gbm.h) { gbm.pixels = (unsigned char *) STBTT_malloc(gbm.w * gbm.h, info->userdata); if (gbm.pixels) { @@ -3588,7 +3756,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info } STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); return gbm.pixels; -} +} STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int glyph, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) { @@ -3600,7 +3768,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigne int ix0,iy0; stbtt_vertex *vertices; int num_verts = stbtt_GetGlyphShape(info, glyph, &vertices); - stbtt__bitmap gbm; + stbtt__bitmap gbm; stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info, glyph, scale_x, scale_y, shift_x, shift_y, &ix0,&iy0,0,0); gbm.pixels = output; @@ -3622,7 +3790,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char * STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) { return stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info, scale_x, scale_y,shift_x,shift_y, stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info,codepoint), width,height,xoff,yoff); -} +} STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int oversample_x, int oversample_y, float *sub_x, float *sub_y, int codepoint) { @@ -3637,7 +3805,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmapSubpixel(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, uns STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_GetCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) { return stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapSubpixel(info, scale_x, scale_y, 0.0f,0.0f, codepoint, width,height,xoff,yoff); -} +} STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeCodepointBitmap(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, unsigned char *output, int out_w, int out_h, int out_stride, float scale_x, float scale_y, int codepoint) { @@ -3762,7 +3930,7 @@ static void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *con, int pw, int ph, stbrp_node *no con->y = 0; con->bottom_y = 0; STBTT__NOTUSED(nodes); - STBTT__NOTUSED(num_nodes); + STBTT__NOTUSED(num_nodes); } static void stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *con, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects) @@ -3989,6 +4157,7 @@ static float stbtt__oversample_shift(int oversample) STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects) { int i,j,k; + int missing_glyph_added = 0; k=0; for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) { @@ -4000,7 +4169,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stb int x0,y0,x1,y1; int codepoint = ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints == NULL ? ranges[i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + j : ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints[j]; int glyph = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint); - if (glyph == 0 && spc->skip_missing) { + if (glyph == 0 && (spc->skip_missing || missing_glyph_added)) { rects[k].w = rects[k].h = 0; } else { stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info,glyph, @@ -4010,6 +4179,8 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stb &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1); rects[k].w = (stbrp_coord) (x1-x0 + spc->padding + spc->h_oversample-1); rects[k].h = (stbrp_coord) (y1-y0 + spc->padding + spc->v_oversample-1); + if (glyph == 0) + missing_glyph_added = 1; } ++k; } @@ -4044,7 +4215,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixelPrefilter(const stbtt_fontinfo *info // rects array must be big enough to accommodate all characters in the given ranges STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects) { - int i,j,k, return_value = 1; + int i,j,k, missing_glyph = -1, return_value = 1; // save current values int old_h_over = spc->h_oversample; @@ -4109,6 +4280,13 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const bc->yoff = (float) y0 * recip_v + sub_y; bc->xoff2 = (x0 + r->w) * recip_h + sub_x; bc->yoff2 = (y0 + r->h) * recip_v + sub_y; + + if (glyph == 0) + missing_glyph = j; + } else if (spc->skip_missing) { + return_value = 0; + } else if (r->was_packed && r->w == 0 && r->h == 0 && missing_glyph >= 0) { + ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j] = ranges[i].chardata_for_range[missing_glyph]; } else { return_value = 0; // if any fail, report failure } @@ -4132,7 +4310,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbrp_rect STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges) { stbtt_fontinfo info; - int i,j,n, return_value; // [DEAR IMGUI] removed = 1 + int i, j, n, return_value; // [DEAR IMGUI] removed = 1; //stbrp_context *context = (stbrp_context *) spc->pack_info; stbrp_rect *rects; @@ -4147,7 +4325,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char n = 0; for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) n += ranges[i].num_chars; - + rects = (stbrp_rect *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(*rects) * n, spc->user_allocator_context); if (rects == NULL) return 0; @@ -4158,7 +4336,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char n = stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(spc, &info, ranges, num_ranges, rects); stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(spc, rects, n); - + return_value = stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(spc, &info, ranges, num_ranges, rects); STBTT_free(rects, spc->user_allocator_context); @@ -4301,15 +4479,14 @@ static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex float y_frac; int winding = 0; - orig[0] = x; - //orig[1] = y; // [DEAR IMGUI] commmented double assignment - // make sure y never passes through a vertex of the shape y_frac = (float) STBTT_fmod(y, 1.0f); if (y_frac < 0.01f) y += 0.01f; else if (y_frac > 0.99f) y -= 0.01f; + + orig[0] = x; orig[1] = y; // test a ray from (-infinity,y) to (x,y) @@ -4319,7 +4496,7 @@ static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex int x1 = (int) verts[i ].x, y1 = (int) verts[i ].y; if (y > STBTT_min(y0,y1) && y < STBTT_max(y0,y1) && x > STBTT_min(x0,x1)) { float x_inter = (y - y0) / (y1 - y0) * (x1-x0) + x0; - if (x_inter < x) + if (x_inter < x) winding += (y0 < y1) ? 1 : -1; } } @@ -4345,7 +4522,7 @@ static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex y1 = (int)verts[i ].y; if (y > STBTT_min(y0,y1) && y < STBTT_max(y0,y1) && x > STBTT_min(x0,x1)) { float x_inter = (y - y0) / (y1 - y0) * (x1-x0) + x0; - if (x_inter < x) + if (x_inter < x) winding += (y0 < y1) ? 1 : -1; } } else { @@ -4357,7 +4534,7 @@ static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex if (hits[1][0] < 0) winding += (hits[1][1] < 0 ? -1 : 1); } - } + } } } return winding; @@ -4371,35 +4548,35 @@ static float stbtt__cuberoot( float x ) return (float) STBTT_pow( x,1.0f/3.0f); } -// x^3 + c*x^2 + b*x + a = 0 +// x^3 + a*x^2 + b*x + c = 0 static int stbtt__solve_cubic(float a, float b, float c, float* r) { - float s = -a / 3; - float p = b - a*a / 3; - float q = a * (2*a*a - 9*b) / 27 + c; + float s = -a / 3; + float p = b - a*a / 3; + float q = a * (2*a*a - 9*b) / 27 + c; float p3 = p*p*p; - float d = q*q + 4*p3 / 27; - if (d >= 0) { - float z = (float) STBTT_sqrt(d); - float u = (-q + z) / 2; - float v = (-q - z) / 2; - u = stbtt__cuberoot(u); - v = stbtt__cuberoot(v); - r[0] = s + u + v; - return 1; - } else { - float u = (float) STBTT_sqrt(-p/3); - float v = (float) STBTT_acos(-STBTT_sqrt(-27/p3) * q / 2) / 3; // p3 must be negative, since d is negative - float m = (float) STBTT_cos(v); + float d = q*q + 4*p3 / 27; + if (d >= 0) { + float z = (float) STBTT_sqrt(d); + float u = (-q + z) / 2; + float v = (-q - z) / 2; + u = stbtt__cuberoot(u); + v = stbtt__cuberoot(v); + r[0] = s + u + v; + return 1; + } else { + float u = (float) STBTT_sqrt(-p/3); + float v = (float) STBTT_acos(-STBTT_sqrt(-27/p3) * q / 2) / 3; // p3 must be negative, since d is negative + float m = (float) STBTT_cos(v); float n = (float) STBTT_cos(v-3.141592/2)*1.732050808f; - r[0] = s + u * 2 * m; - r[1] = s - u * (m + n); - r[2] = s - u * (m - n); + r[0] = s + u * 2 * m; + r[1] = s - u * (m + n); + r[2] = s - u * (m - n); //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[0]+a)*r[0]+b)*r[0]+c) < 0.05f); // these asserts may not be safe at all scales, though they're in bezier t parameter units so maybe? //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[1]+a)*r[1]+b)*r[1]+c) < 0.05f); //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[2]+a)*r[2]+b)*r[2]+c) < 0.05f); - return 3; + return 3; } } @@ -4410,12 +4587,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc int w,h; unsigned char *data; - // if one scale is 0, use same scale for both - if (scale_x == 0) scale_x = scale_y; - if (scale_y == 0) { - if (scale_x == 0) return NULL; // if both scales are 0, return NULL - scale_y = scale_x; - } + if (scale == 0) return NULL; stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info, glyph, scale, scale, 0.0f,0.0f, &ix0,&iy0,&ix1,&iy1); @@ -4438,7 +4610,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc // invert for y-downwards bitmaps scale_y = -scale_y; - + { int x,y,i,j; float *precompute; @@ -4481,18 +4653,17 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc for (i=0; i < num_verts; ++i) { float x0 = verts[i].x*scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y*scale_y; - // check against every point here rather than inside line/curve primitives -- @TODO: wrong if multiple 'moves' in a row produce a garbage point, and given culling, probably more efficient to do within line/curve - float dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy); - if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist) - min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); - - if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline) { + if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline && precompute[i] != 0.0f) { float x1 = verts[i-1].x*scale_x, y1 = verts[i-1].y*scale_y; + float dist,dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy); + if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist) + min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); + // coarse culling against bbox //if (sx > STBTT_min(x0,x1)-min_dist && sx < STBTT_max(x0,x1)+min_dist && // sy > STBTT_min(y0,y1)-min_dist && sy < STBTT_max(y0,y1)+min_dist) - float dist = (float) STBTT_fabs((x1-x0)*(y0-sy) - (y1-y0)*(x0-sx)) * precompute[i]; + dist = (float) STBTT_fabs((x1-x0)*(y0-sy) - (y1-y0)*(x0-sx)) * precompute[i]; STBTT_assert(i != 0); if (dist < min_dist) { // check position along line @@ -4519,7 +4690,8 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc float ax = x1-x0, ay = y1-y0; float bx = x0 - 2*x1 + x2, by = y0 - 2*y1 + y2; float mx = x0 - sx, my = y0 - sy; - float res[3],px,py,t,it; + float res[3] = {0.f,0.f,0.f}; + float px,py,t,it,dist2; float a_inv = precompute[i]; if (a_inv == 0.0) { // if a_inv is 0, it's 2nd degree so use quadratic formula float a = 3*(ax*bx + ay*by); @@ -4546,6 +4718,10 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc float d = (mx*ax+my*ay) * a_inv; num = stbtt__solve_cubic(b, c, d, res); } + dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy); + if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist) + min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); + if (num >= 1 && res[0] >= 0.0f && res[0] <= 1.0f) { t = res[0], it = 1.0f - t; px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2; @@ -4587,7 +4763,7 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc STBTT_free(verts, info->userdata); } return data; -} +} STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetCodepointSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float scale, int codepoint, int padding, unsigned char onedge_value, float pixel_dist_scale, int *width, int *height, int *xoff, int *yoff) { @@ -4605,7 +4781,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeSDF(unsigned char *bitmap, void *userdata) // // check if a utf8 string contains a prefix which is the utf16 string; if so return length of matching utf8 string -static stbtt_int32 stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(stbtt_uint8 *s1, stbtt_int32 len1, stbtt_uint8 *s2, stbtt_int32 len2) +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(stbtt_uint8 *s1, stbtt_int32 len1, stbtt_uint8 *s2, stbtt_int32 len2) { stbtt_int32 i=0; @@ -4644,7 +4820,7 @@ static stbtt_int32 stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix(stbtt_uint8 *s1, s return i; } -static int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal(char *s1, int len1, char *s2, int len2) +static int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_internal(char *s1, int len1, char *s2, int len2) { return len1 == stbtt__CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian_prefix((stbtt_uint8*) s1, len1, (stbtt_uint8*) s2, len2); } @@ -4773,7 +4949,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap(const unsigned char *data, int offset, STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(const unsigned char *data, int index) { - return stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex_internal((unsigned char *) data, index); + return stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex_internal((unsigned char *) data, index); } STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetNumberOfFonts(const unsigned char *data) @@ -4805,6 +4981,12 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian(const char *s1, int len1, const // FULL VERSION HISTORY // +// 1.25 (2021-07-11) many fixes +// 1.24 (2020-02-05) fix warning +// 1.23 (2020-02-02) query SVG data for glyphs; query whole kerning table (but only kern not GPOS) +// 1.22 (2019-08-11) minimize missing-glyph duplication; fix kerning if both 'GPOS' and 'kern' are defined +// 1.21 (2019-02-25) fix warning +// 1.20 (2019-02-07) PackFontRange skips missing codepoints; GetScaleFontVMetrics() // 1.19 (2018-02-11) OpenType GPOS kerning (horizontal only), STBTT_fmod // 1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function // 1.17 (2017-07-23) make more arguments const; doc fix @@ -4866,38 +5048,38 @@ This software is available under 2 licenses -- choose whichever you prefer. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ALTERNATIVE A - MIT License Copyright (c) 2017 Sean Barrett -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of -this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in -the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to -use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies -of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of +this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in +the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to +use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies +of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER -LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, +OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ALTERNATIVE B - Public Domain (www.unlicense.org) This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain. -Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this -software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, +Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute this +software, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any means. -In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this -software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public -domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to -the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an -overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to +In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors of this +software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the software to the public +domain. We make this dedication for the benefit of the public at large and to +the detriment of our heirs and successors. We intend this dedication to be an +overt act of relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to this software under copyright law. -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN -ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE +AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN +ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ */ diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/pugixml/pugiconfig.hpp b/headers/3rdparty/pugixml/pugiconfig.hpp index 2fb69180..88b2f2ae 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/pugixml/pugiconfig.hpp +++ b/headers/3rdparty/pugixml/pugiconfig.hpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** - * pugixml parser - version 1.10 + * pugixml parser - version 1.13 * -------------------------------------------------------- - * Copyright (C) 2006-2019, by Arseny Kapoulkine (arseny.kapoulkine@gmail.com) + * Copyright (C) 2006-2022, by Arseny Kapoulkine (arseny.kapoulkine@gmail.com) * Report bugs and download new versions at https://pugixml.org/ * * This library is distributed under the MIT License. See notice at the end @@ -40,6 +40,9 @@ // #define PUGIXML_MEMORY_OUTPUT_STACK 10240 // #define PUGIXML_MEMORY_XPATH_PAGE_SIZE 4096 +// Tune this constant to adjust max nesting for XPath queries +// #define PUGIXML_XPATH_DEPTH_LIMIT 1024 + // Uncomment this to switch to header-only version // #define PUGIXML_HEADER_ONLY @@ -49,7 +52,7 @@ #endif /** - * Copyright (c) 2006-2019 Arseny Kapoulkine + * Copyright (c) 2006-2022 Arseny Kapoulkine * * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/pugixml/pugixml.hpp b/headers/3rdparty/pugixml/pugixml.hpp index da8ff36c..050df154 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/pugixml/pugixml.hpp +++ b/headers/3rdparty/pugixml/pugixml.hpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** - * pugixml parser - version 1.10 + * pugixml parser - version 1.13 * -------------------------------------------------------- - * Copyright (C) 2006-2019, by Arseny Kapoulkine (arseny.kapoulkine@gmail.com) + * Copyright (C) 2006-2022, by Arseny Kapoulkine (arseny.kapoulkine@gmail.com) * Report bugs and download new versions at https://pugixml.org/ * * This library is distributed under the MIT License. See notice at the end @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ * Copyright (C) 2003, by Kristen Wegner (kristen@tima.net) */ -#ifndef PUGIXML_VERSION // Define version macro; evaluates to major * 1000 + minor * 10 + patch so that it's safe to use in less-than comparisons // Note: pugixml used major * 100 + minor * 10 + patch format up until 1.9 (which had version identifier 190); starting from pugixml 1.10, the minor version number is two digits -# define PUGIXML_VERSION 1100 +#ifndef PUGIXML_VERSION +# define PUGIXML_VERSION 1130 // 1.13 #endif // Include user configuration file (this can define various configuration macros) @@ -111,6 +111,17 @@ # endif #endif +// If C++ is 2011 or higher, use 'nullptr' +#ifndef PUGIXML_NULL +# if __cplusplus >= 201103 +# define PUGIXML_NULL nullptr +# elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1600 +# define PUGIXML_NULL nullptr +# else +# define PUGIXML_NULL 0 +# endif +#endif + // Character interface macros #ifdef PUGIXML_WCHAR_MODE # define PUGIXML_TEXT(t) L ## t @@ -263,6 +274,9 @@ namespace pugi // Nodes are indented depending on their depth in DOM tree, a default declaration is output if document has none. const unsigned int format_default = format_indent; + const int default_double_precision = 17; + const int default_float_precision = 9; + // Forward declarations struct xml_attribute_struct; struct xml_node_struct; @@ -300,6 +314,8 @@ namespace pugi It begin() const { return _begin; } It end() const { return _end; } + bool empty() const { return _begin == _end; } + private: It _begin, _end; }; @@ -402,6 +418,7 @@ namespace pugi // Set attribute name/value (returns false if attribute is empty or there is not enough memory) bool set_name(const char_t* rhs); + bool set_value(const char_t* rhs, size_t sz); bool set_value(const char_t* rhs); // Set attribute value with type conversion (numbers are converted to strings, boolean is converted to "true"/"false") @@ -410,7 +427,9 @@ namespace pugi bool set_value(long rhs); bool set_value(unsigned long rhs); bool set_value(double rhs); + bool set_value(double rhs, int precision); bool set_value(float rhs); + bool set_value(float rhs, int precision); bool set_value(bool rhs); #ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_LONG_LONG @@ -534,6 +553,7 @@ namespace pugi // Set node name/value (returns false if node is empty, there is not enough memory, or node can not have name/value) bool set_name(const char_t* rhs); + bool set_value(const char_t* rhs, size_t sz); bool set_value(const char_t* rhs); // Add attribute with specified name. Returns added attribute, or empty attribute on errors. @@ -576,10 +596,16 @@ namespace pugi bool remove_attribute(const xml_attribute& a); bool remove_attribute(const char_t* name); + // Remove all attributes + bool remove_attributes(); + // Remove specified child bool remove_child(const xml_node& n); bool remove_child(const char_t* name); + // Remove all children + bool remove_children(); + // Parses buffer as an XML document fragment and appends all nodes as children of the current node. // Copies/converts the buffer, so it may be deleted or changed after the function returns. // Note: append_buffer allocates memory that has the lifetime of the owning document; removing the appended nodes does not immediately reclaim that memory. @@ -650,15 +676,15 @@ namespace pugi #ifndef PUGIXML_NO_XPATH // Select single node by evaluating XPath query. Returns first node from the resulting node set. - xpath_node select_node(const char_t* query, xpath_variable_set* variables = 0) const; + xpath_node select_node(const char_t* query, xpath_variable_set* variables = PUGIXML_NULL) const; xpath_node select_node(const xpath_query& query) const; // Select node set by evaluating XPath query - xpath_node_set select_nodes(const char_t* query, xpath_variable_set* variables = 0) const; + xpath_node_set select_nodes(const char_t* query, xpath_variable_set* variables = PUGIXML_NULL) const; xpath_node_set select_nodes(const xpath_query& query) const; // (deprecated: use select_node instead) Select single node by evaluating XPath query. - PUGIXML_DEPRECATED xpath_node select_single_node(const char_t* query, xpath_variable_set* variables = 0) const; + PUGIXML_DEPRECATED xpath_node select_single_node(const char_t* query, xpath_variable_set* variables = PUGIXML_NULL) const; PUGIXML_DEPRECATED xpath_node select_single_node(const xpath_query& query) const; #endif @@ -753,6 +779,7 @@ namespace pugi bool as_bool(bool def = false) const; // Set text (returns false if object is empty or there is not enough memory) + bool set(const char_t* rhs, size_t sz); bool set(const char_t* rhs); // Set text with type conversion (numbers are converted to strings, boolean is converted to "true"/"false") @@ -761,7 +788,9 @@ namespace pugi bool set(long rhs); bool set(unsigned long rhs); bool set(double rhs); + bool set(double rhs, int precision); bool set(float rhs); + bool set(float rhs, int precision); bool set(bool rhs); #ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_LONG_LONG @@ -829,10 +858,10 @@ namespace pugi xml_node& operator*() const; xml_node* operator->() const; - const xml_node_iterator& operator++(); + xml_node_iterator& operator++(); xml_node_iterator operator++(int); - const xml_node_iterator& operator--(); + xml_node_iterator& operator--(); xml_node_iterator operator--(int); }; @@ -871,10 +900,10 @@ namespace pugi xml_attribute& operator*() const; xml_attribute* operator->() const; - const xml_attribute_iterator& operator++(); + xml_attribute_iterator& operator++(); xml_attribute_iterator operator++(int); - const xml_attribute_iterator& operator--(); + xml_attribute_iterator& operator--(); xml_attribute_iterator operator--(int); }; @@ -907,10 +936,10 @@ namespace pugi xml_node& operator*() const; xml_node* operator->() const; - const xml_named_node_iterator& operator++(); + xml_named_node_iterator& operator++(); xml_named_node_iterator operator++(int); - const xml_named_node_iterator& operator--(); + xml_named_node_iterator& operator--(); xml_named_node_iterator operator--(int); private: @@ -1199,7 +1228,7 @@ namespace pugi public: // Construct a compiled object from XPath expression. // If PUGIXML_NO_EXCEPTIONS is not defined, throws xpath_exception on compilation errors. - explicit xpath_query(const char_t* query, xpath_variable_set* variables = 0); + explicit xpath_query(const char_t* query, xpath_variable_set* variables = PUGIXML_NULL); // Constructor xpath_query(); @@ -1452,7 +1481,7 @@ namespace std #endif /** - * Copyright (c) 2006-2019 Arseny Kapoulkine + * Copyright (c) 2006-2022 Arseny Kapoulkine * * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/allocators.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/allocators.h index cc67c897..ddcf4781 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/allocators.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/allocators.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at @@ -16,6 +16,14 @@ #define RAPIDJSON_ALLOCATORS_H_ #include "rapidjson.h" +#include "internal/meta.h" + +#include +#include + +#if RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11 +#include +#endif RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE_BEGIN @@ -77,19 +85,26 @@ public: static const bool kNeedFree = true; void* Malloc(size_t size) { if (size) // behavior of malloc(0) is implementation defined. - return std::malloc(size); + return RAPIDJSON_MALLOC(size); else return NULL; // standardize to returning NULL. } void* Realloc(void* originalPtr, size_t originalSize, size_t newSize) { (void)originalSize; if (newSize == 0) { - std::free(originalPtr); + RAPIDJSON_FREE(originalPtr); return NULL; } - return std::realloc(originalPtr, newSize); + return RAPIDJSON_REALLOC(originalPtr, newSize); + } + static void Free(void *ptr) RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT { RAPIDJSON_FREE(ptr); } + + bool operator==(const CrtAllocator&) const RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT { + return true; + } + bool operator!=(const CrtAllocator&) const RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT { + return false; } - static void Free(void *ptr) { std::free(ptr); } }; /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -113,16 +128,64 @@ public: */ template class MemoryPoolAllocator { + //! Chunk header for perpending to each chunk. + /*! Chunks are stored as a singly linked list. + */ + struct ChunkHeader { + size_t capacity; //!< Capacity of the chunk in bytes (excluding the header itself). + size_t size; //!< Current size of allocated memory in bytes. + ChunkHeader *next; //!< Next chunk in the linked list. + }; + + struct SharedData { + ChunkHeader *chunkHead; //!< Head of the chunk linked-list. Only the head chunk serves allocation. + BaseAllocator* ownBaseAllocator; //!< base allocator created by this object. + size_t refcount; + bool ownBuffer; + }; + + static const size_t SIZEOF_SHARED_DATA = RAPIDJSON_ALIGN(sizeof(SharedData)); + static const size_t SIZEOF_CHUNK_HEADER = RAPIDJSON_ALIGN(sizeof(ChunkHeader)); + + static inline ChunkHeader *GetChunkHead(SharedData *shared) + { + return reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(shared) + SIZEOF_SHARED_DATA); + } + static inline uint8_t *GetChunkBuffer(SharedData *shared) + { + return reinterpret_cast(shared->chunkHead) + SIZEOF_CHUNK_HEADER; + } + + static const size_t kDefaultChunkCapacity = RAPIDJSON_ALLOCATOR_DEFAULT_CHUNK_CAPACITY; //!< Default chunk capacity. + public: static const bool kNeedFree = false; //!< Tell users that no need to call Free() with this allocator. (concept Allocator) + static const bool kRefCounted = true; //!< Tell users that this allocator is reference counted on copy //! Constructor with chunkSize. /*! \param chunkSize The size of memory chunk. The default is kDefaultChunkSize. \param baseAllocator The allocator for allocating memory chunks. */ + explicit MemoryPoolAllocator(size_t chunkSize = kDefaultChunkCapacity, BaseAllocator* baseAllocator = 0) : - chunkHead_(0), chunk_capacity_(chunkSize), userBuffer_(0), baseAllocator_(baseAllocator), ownBaseAllocator_(0) + chunk_capacity_(chunkSize), + baseAllocator_(baseAllocator ? baseAllocator : RAPIDJSON_NEW(BaseAllocator)()), + shared_(static_cast(baseAllocator_ ? baseAllocator_->Malloc(SIZEOF_SHARED_DATA + SIZEOF_CHUNK_HEADER) : 0)) { + RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(baseAllocator_ != 0); + RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(shared_ != 0); + if (baseAllocator) { + shared_->ownBaseAllocator = 0; + } + else { + shared_->ownBaseAllocator = baseAllocator_; + } + shared_->chunkHead = GetChunkHead(shared_); + shared_->chunkHead->capacity = 0; + shared_->chunkHead->size = 0; + shared_->chunkHead->next = 0; + shared_->ownBuffer = true; + shared_->refcount = 1; } //! Constructor with user-supplied buffer. @@ -136,41 +199,101 @@ public: \param baseAllocator The allocator for allocating memory chunks. */ MemoryPoolAllocator(void *buffer, size_t size, size_t chunkSize = kDefaultChunkCapacity, BaseAllocator* baseAllocator = 0) : - chunkHead_(0), chunk_capacity_(chunkSize), userBuffer_(buffer), baseAllocator_(baseAllocator), ownBaseAllocator_(0) + chunk_capacity_(chunkSize), + baseAllocator_(baseAllocator), + shared_(static_cast(AlignBuffer(buffer, size))) { - RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(buffer != 0); - RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(size > sizeof(ChunkHeader)); - chunkHead_ = reinterpret_cast(buffer); - chunkHead_->capacity = size - sizeof(ChunkHeader); - chunkHead_->size = 0; - chunkHead_->next = 0; + RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(size >= SIZEOF_SHARED_DATA + SIZEOF_CHUNK_HEADER); + shared_->chunkHead = GetChunkHead(shared_); + shared_->chunkHead->capacity = size - SIZEOF_SHARED_DATA - SIZEOF_CHUNK_HEADER; + shared_->chunkHead->size = 0; + shared_->chunkHead->next = 0; + shared_->ownBaseAllocator = 0; + shared_->ownBuffer = false; + shared_->refcount = 1; } + MemoryPoolAllocator(const MemoryPoolAllocator& rhs) RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT : + chunk_capacity_(rhs.chunk_capacity_), + baseAllocator_(rhs.baseAllocator_), + shared_(rhs.shared_) + { + RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT_ASSERT(shared_->refcount > 0); + ++shared_->refcount; + } + MemoryPoolAllocator& operator=(const MemoryPoolAllocator& rhs) RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT + { + RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT_ASSERT(rhs.shared_->refcount > 0); + ++rhs.shared_->refcount; + this->~MemoryPoolAllocator(); + baseAllocator_ = rhs.baseAllocator_; + chunk_capacity_ = rhs.chunk_capacity_; + shared_ = rhs.shared_; + return *this; + } + +#if RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11_RVALUE_REFS + MemoryPoolAllocator(MemoryPoolAllocator&& rhs) RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT : + chunk_capacity_(rhs.chunk_capacity_), + baseAllocator_(rhs.baseAllocator_), + shared_(rhs.shared_) + { + RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT_ASSERT(rhs.shared_->refcount > 0); + rhs.shared_ = 0; + } + MemoryPoolAllocator& operator=(MemoryPoolAllocator&& rhs) RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT + { + RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT_ASSERT(rhs.shared_->refcount > 0); + this->~MemoryPoolAllocator(); + baseAllocator_ = rhs.baseAllocator_; + chunk_capacity_ = rhs.chunk_capacity_; + shared_ = rhs.shared_; + rhs.shared_ = 0; + return *this; + } +#endif + //! Destructor. /*! This deallocates all memory chunks, excluding the user-supplied buffer. */ - ~MemoryPoolAllocator() { + ~MemoryPoolAllocator() RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT { + if (!shared_) { + // do nothing if moved + return; + } + if (shared_->refcount > 1) { + --shared_->refcount; + return; + } Clear(); - RAPIDJSON_DELETE(ownBaseAllocator_); + BaseAllocator *a = shared_->ownBaseAllocator; + if (shared_->ownBuffer) { + baseAllocator_->Free(shared_); + } + RAPIDJSON_DELETE(a); } - //! Deallocates all memory chunks, excluding the user-supplied buffer. - void Clear() { - while (chunkHead_ && chunkHead_ != userBuffer_) { - ChunkHeader* next = chunkHead_->next; - baseAllocator_->Free(chunkHead_); - chunkHead_ = next; + //! Deallocates all memory chunks, excluding the first/user one. + void Clear() RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT { + RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT_ASSERT(shared_->refcount > 0); + for (;;) { + ChunkHeader* c = shared_->chunkHead; + if (!c->next) { + break; + } + shared_->chunkHead = c->next; + baseAllocator_->Free(c); } - if (chunkHead_ && chunkHead_ == userBuffer_) - chunkHead_->size = 0; // Clear user buffer + shared_->chunkHead->size = 0; } //! Computes the total capacity of allocated memory chunks. /*! \return total capacity in bytes. */ - size_t Capacity() const { + size_t Capacity() const RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT { + RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT_ASSERT(shared_->refcount > 0); size_t capacity = 0; - for (ChunkHeader* c = chunkHead_; c != 0; c = c->next) + for (ChunkHeader* c = shared_->chunkHead; c != 0; c = c->next) capacity += c->capacity; return capacity; } @@ -178,25 +301,35 @@ public: //! Computes the memory blocks allocated. /*! \return total used bytes. */ - size_t Size() const { + size_t Size() const RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT { + RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT_ASSERT(shared_->refcount > 0); size_t size = 0; - for (ChunkHeader* c = chunkHead_; c != 0; c = c->next) + for (ChunkHeader* c = shared_->chunkHead; c != 0; c = c->next) size += c->size; return size; } + //! Whether the allocator is shared. + /*! \return true or false. + */ + bool Shared() const RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT { + RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT_ASSERT(shared_->refcount > 0); + return shared_->refcount > 1; + } + //! Allocates a memory block. (concept Allocator) void* Malloc(size_t size) { + RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT_ASSERT(shared_->refcount > 0); if (!size) return NULL; size = RAPIDJSON_ALIGN(size); - if (chunkHead_ == 0 || chunkHead_->size + size > chunkHead_->capacity) + if (RAPIDJSON_UNLIKELY(shared_->chunkHead->size + size > shared_->chunkHead->capacity)) if (!AddChunk(chunk_capacity_ > size ? chunk_capacity_ : size)) return NULL; - void *buffer = reinterpret_cast(chunkHead_) + RAPIDJSON_ALIGN(sizeof(ChunkHeader)) + chunkHead_->size; - chunkHead_->size += size; + void *buffer = GetChunkBuffer(shared_) + shared_->chunkHead->size; + shared_->chunkHead->size += size; return buffer; } @@ -205,6 +338,7 @@ public: if (originalPtr == 0) return Malloc(newSize); + RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT_ASSERT(shared_->refcount > 0); if (newSize == 0) return NULL; @@ -216,10 +350,10 @@ public: return originalPtr; // Simply expand it if it is the last allocation and there is sufficient space - if (originalPtr == reinterpret_cast(chunkHead_) + RAPIDJSON_ALIGN(sizeof(ChunkHeader)) + chunkHead_->size - originalSize) { + if (originalPtr == GetChunkBuffer(shared_) + shared_->chunkHead->size - originalSize) { size_t increment = static_cast(newSize - originalSize); - if (chunkHead_->size + increment <= chunkHead_->capacity) { - chunkHead_->size += increment; + if (shared_->chunkHead->size + increment <= shared_->chunkHead->capacity) { + shared_->chunkHead->size += increment; return originalPtr; } } @@ -235,50 +369,325 @@ public: } //! Frees a memory block (concept Allocator) - static void Free(void *ptr) { (void)ptr; } // Do nothing + static void Free(void *ptr) RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT { (void)ptr; } // Do nothing + + //! Compare (equality) with another MemoryPoolAllocator + bool operator==(const MemoryPoolAllocator& rhs) const RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT { + RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT_ASSERT(shared_->refcount > 0); + RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT_ASSERT(rhs.shared_->refcount > 0); + return shared_ == rhs.shared_; + } + //! Compare (inequality) with another MemoryPoolAllocator + bool operator!=(const MemoryPoolAllocator& rhs) const RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT { + return !operator==(rhs); + } private: - //! Copy constructor is not permitted. - MemoryPoolAllocator(const MemoryPoolAllocator& rhs) /* = delete */; - //! Copy assignment operator is not permitted. - MemoryPoolAllocator& operator=(const MemoryPoolAllocator& rhs) /* = delete */; - //! Creates a new chunk. /*! \param capacity Capacity of the chunk in bytes. \return true if success. */ bool AddChunk(size_t capacity) { if (!baseAllocator_) - ownBaseAllocator_ = baseAllocator_ = RAPIDJSON_NEW(BaseAllocator)(); - if (ChunkHeader* chunk = reinterpret_cast(baseAllocator_->Malloc(RAPIDJSON_ALIGN(sizeof(ChunkHeader)) + capacity))) { + shared_->ownBaseAllocator = baseAllocator_ = RAPIDJSON_NEW(BaseAllocator)(); + if (ChunkHeader* chunk = static_cast(baseAllocator_->Malloc(SIZEOF_CHUNK_HEADER + capacity))) { chunk->capacity = capacity; chunk->size = 0; - chunk->next = chunkHead_; - chunkHead_ = chunk; + chunk->next = shared_->chunkHead; + shared_->chunkHead = chunk; return true; } else return false; } - static const int kDefaultChunkCapacity = RAPIDJSON_ALLOCATOR_DEFAULT_CHUNK_CAPACITY; //!< Default chunk capacity. + static inline void* AlignBuffer(void* buf, size_t &size) + { + RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT_ASSERT(buf != 0); + const uintptr_t mask = sizeof(void*) - 1; + const uintptr_t ubuf = reinterpret_cast(buf); + if (RAPIDJSON_UNLIKELY(ubuf & mask)) { + const uintptr_t abuf = (ubuf + mask) & ~mask; + RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(size >= abuf - ubuf); + buf = reinterpret_cast(abuf); + size -= abuf - ubuf; + } + return buf; + } - //! Chunk header for perpending to each chunk. - /*! Chunks are stored as a singly linked list. - */ - struct ChunkHeader { - size_t capacity; //!< Capacity of the chunk in bytes (excluding the header itself). - size_t size; //!< Current size of allocated memory in bytes. - ChunkHeader *next; //!< Next chunk in the linked list. + size_t chunk_capacity_; //!< The minimum capacity of chunk when they are allocated. + BaseAllocator* baseAllocator_; //!< base allocator for allocating memory chunks. + SharedData *shared_; //!< The shared data of the allocator +}; + +namespace internal { + template + struct IsRefCounted : + public FalseType + { }; + template + struct IsRefCounted::Type> : + public TrueType + { }; +} + +template +inline T* Realloc(A& a, T* old_p, size_t old_n, size_t new_n) +{ + RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT_ASSERT(old_n <= std::numeric_limits::max() / sizeof(T) && new_n <= std::numeric_limits::max() / sizeof(T)); + return static_cast(a.Realloc(old_p, old_n * sizeof(T), new_n * sizeof(T))); +} + +template +inline T *Malloc(A& a, size_t n = 1) +{ + return Realloc(a, NULL, 0, n); +} + +template +inline void Free(A& a, T *p, size_t n = 1) +{ + static_cast(Realloc(a, p, n, 0)); +} + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +RAPIDJSON_DIAG_PUSH +RAPIDJSON_DIAG_OFF(effc++) // std::allocator can safely be inherited +#endif + +template +class StdAllocator : + public std::allocator +{ + typedef std::allocator allocator_type; +#if RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11 + typedef std::allocator_traits traits_type; +#else + typedef allocator_type traits_type; +#endif + +public: + typedef BaseAllocator BaseAllocatorType; + + StdAllocator() RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT : + allocator_type(), + baseAllocator_() + { } + + StdAllocator(const StdAllocator& rhs) RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT : + allocator_type(rhs), + baseAllocator_(rhs.baseAllocator_) + { } + + template + StdAllocator(const StdAllocator& rhs) RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT : + allocator_type(rhs), + baseAllocator_(rhs.baseAllocator_) + { } + +#if RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11_RVALUE_REFS + StdAllocator(StdAllocator&& rhs) RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT : + allocator_type(std::move(rhs)), + baseAllocator_(std::move(rhs.baseAllocator_)) + { } +#endif +#if RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11 + using propagate_on_container_move_assignment = std::true_type; + using propagate_on_container_swap = std::true_type; +#endif + + /* implicit */ + StdAllocator(const BaseAllocator& allocator) RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT : + allocator_type(), + baseAllocator_(allocator) + { } + + ~StdAllocator() RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT + { } + + template + struct rebind { + typedef StdAllocator other; }; - ChunkHeader *chunkHead_; //!< Head of the chunk linked-list. Only the head chunk serves allocation. - size_t chunk_capacity_; //!< The minimum capacity of chunk when they are allocated. - void *userBuffer_; //!< User supplied buffer. - BaseAllocator* baseAllocator_; //!< base allocator for allocating memory chunks. - BaseAllocator* ownBaseAllocator_; //!< base allocator created by this object. + typedef typename traits_type::size_type size_type; + typedef typename traits_type::difference_type difference_type; + + typedef typename traits_type::value_type value_type; + typedef typename traits_type::pointer pointer; + typedef typename traits_type::const_pointer const_pointer; + +#if RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11 + + typedef typename std::add_lvalue_reference::type &reference; + typedef typename std::add_lvalue_reference::type>::type &const_reference; + + pointer address(reference r) const RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT + { + return std::addressof(r); + } + const_pointer address(const_reference r) const RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT + { + return std::addressof(r); + } + + size_type max_size() const RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT + { + return traits_type::max_size(*this); + } + + template + void construct(pointer p, Args&&... args) + { + traits_type::construct(*this, p, std::forward(args)...); + } + void destroy(pointer p) + { + traits_type::destroy(*this, p); + } + +#else // !RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11 + + typedef typename allocator_type::reference reference; + typedef typename allocator_type::const_reference const_reference; + + pointer address(reference r) const RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT + { + return allocator_type::address(r); + } + const_pointer address(const_reference r) const RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT + { + return allocator_type::address(r); + } + + size_type max_size() const RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT + { + return allocator_type::max_size(); + } + + void construct(pointer p, const_reference r) + { + allocator_type::construct(p, r); + } + void destroy(pointer p) + { + allocator_type::destroy(p); + } + +#endif // !RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11 + + template + U* allocate(size_type n = 1, const void* = 0) + { + return RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE::Malloc(baseAllocator_, n); + } + template + void deallocate(U* p, size_type n = 1) + { + RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE::Free(baseAllocator_, p, n); + } + + pointer allocate(size_type n = 1, const void* = 0) + { + return allocate(n); + } + void deallocate(pointer p, size_type n = 1) + { + deallocate(p, n); + } + +#if RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11 + using is_always_equal = std::is_empty; +#endif + + template + bool operator==(const StdAllocator& rhs) const RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT + { + return baseAllocator_ == rhs.baseAllocator_; + } + template + bool operator!=(const StdAllocator& rhs) const RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT + { + return !operator==(rhs); + } + + //! rapidjson Allocator concept + static const bool kNeedFree = BaseAllocator::kNeedFree; + static const bool kRefCounted = internal::IsRefCounted::Value; + void* Malloc(size_t size) + { + return baseAllocator_.Malloc(size); + } + void* Realloc(void* originalPtr, size_t originalSize, size_t newSize) + { + return baseAllocator_.Realloc(originalPtr, originalSize, newSize); + } + static void Free(void *ptr) RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT + { + BaseAllocator::Free(ptr); + } + +private: + template + friend class StdAllocator; // access to StdAllocator.* + + BaseAllocator baseAllocator_; }; +#if !RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX17 // std::allocator deprecated in C++17 +template +class StdAllocator : + public std::allocator +{ + typedef std::allocator allocator_type; + +public: + typedef BaseAllocator BaseAllocatorType; + + StdAllocator() RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT : + allocator_type(), + baseAllocator_() + { } + + StdAllocator(const StdAllocator& rhs) RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT : + allocator_type(rhs), + baseAllocator_(rhs.baseAllocator_) + { } + + template + StdAllocator(const StdAllocator& rhs) RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT : + allocator_type(rhs), + baseAllocator_(rhs.baseAllocator_) + { } + + /* implicit */ + StdAllocator(const BaseAllocator& baseAllocator) RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT : + allocator_type(), + baseAllocator_(baseAllocator) + { } + + ~StdAllocator() RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT + { } + + template + struct rebind { + typedef StdAllocator other; + }; + + typedef typename allocator_type::value_type value_type; + +private: + template + friend class StdAllocator; // access to StdAllocator.* + + BaseAllocator baseAllocator_; +}; +#endif + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +RAPIDJSON_DIAG_POP +#endif + RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE_END #endif // RAPIDJSON_ENCODINGS_H_ diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/cursorstreamwrapper.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/cursorstreamwrapper.h index 52c11a7c..fd6513db 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/cursorstreamwrapper.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/cursorstreamwrapper.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/document.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/document.h index 68aaae7e..2cd9a70a 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/document.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/document.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at @@ -42,12 +42,21 @@ RAPIDJSON_DIAG_OFF(4244) // conversion from kXxxFlags to 'uint16_t', possible lo RAPIDJSON_DIAG_OFF(effc++) #endif // __GNUC__ +#ifdef GetObject +// see https://github.com/Tencent/rapidjson/issues/1448 +// a former included windows.h might have defined a macro called GetObject, which affects +// GetObject defined here. This ensures the macro does not get applied +#pragma push_macro("GetObject") +#define RAPIDJSON_WINDOWS_GETOBJECT_WORKAROUND_APPLIED +#undef GetObject +#endif + #ifndef RAPIDJSON_NOMEMBERITERATORCLASS #include // std::random_access_iterator_tag #endif -#if RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11_RVALUE_REFS -#include // std::move +#if RAPIDJSON_USE_MEMBERSMAP +#include // std::multimap #endif RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE_BEGIN @@ -66,7 +75,7 @@ class GenericDocument; User can define this to use CrtAllocator or MemoryPoolAllocator. */ #ifndef RAPIDJSON_DEFAULT_ALLOCATOR -#define RAPIDJSON_DEFAULT_ALLOCATOR MemoryPoolAllocator +#define RAPIDJSON_DEFAULT_ALLOCATOR ::RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE::MemoryPoolAllocator<::RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE::CrtAllocator> #endif /*! \def RAPIDJSON_DEFAULT_STACK_ALLOCATOR @@ -76,7 +85,7 @@ class GenericDocument; User can define this to use CrtAllocator or MemoryPoolAllocator. */ #ifndef RAPIDJSON_DEFAULT_STACK_ALLOCATOR -#define RAPIDJSON_DEFAULT_STACK_ALLOCATOR CrtAllocator +#define RAPIDJSON_DEFAULT_STACK_ALLOCATOR ::RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE::CrtAllocator #endif /*! \def RAPIDJSON_VALUE_DEFAULT_OBJECT_CAPACITY @@ -289,12 +298,14 @@ class GenericMemberIterator; //! non-const GenericMemberIterator template class GenericMemberIterator { +public: //! use plain pointer as iterator type typedef GenericMember* Iterator; }; //! const GenericMemberIterator template class GenericMemberIterator { +public: //! use plain const pointer as iterator type typedef const GenericMember* Iterator; }; @@ -730,18 +741,8 @@ public: template GenericValue(const GenericValue& rhs, Allocator& allocator, bool copyConstStrings = false) { switch (rhs.GetType()) { - case kObjectType: { - SizeType count = rhs.data_.o.size; - Member* lm = reinterpret_cast(allocator.Malloc(count * sizeof(Member))); - const typename GenericValue::Member* rm = rhs.GetMembersPointer(); - for (SizeType i = 0; i < count; i++) { - new (&lm[i].name) GenericValue(rm[i].name, allocator, copyConstStrings); - new (&lm[i].value) GenericValue(rm[i].value, allocator, copyConstStrings); - } - data_.f.flags = kObjectFlag; - data_.o.size = data_.o.capacity = count; - SetMembersPointer(lm); - } + case kObjectType: + DoCopyMembers(rhs, allocator, copyConstStrings); break; case kArrayType: { SizeType count = rhs.data_.a.size; @@ -877,25 +878,30 @@ public: /*! Need to destruct elements of array, members of object, or copy-string. */ ~GenericValue() { - if (Allocator::kNeedFree) { // Shortcut by Allocator's trait + // With RAPIDJSON_USE_MEMBERSMAP, the maps need to be destroyed to release + // their Allocator if it's refcounted (e.g. MemoryPoolAllocator). + if (Allocator::kNeedFree || (RAPIDJSON_USE_MEMBERSMAP+0 && + internal::IsRefCounted::Value)) { switch(data_.f.flags) { case kArrayFlag: { GenericValue* e = GetElementsPointer(); for (GenericValue* v = e; v != e + data_.a.size; ++v) v->~GenericValue(); - Allocator::Free(e); + if (Allocator::kNeedFree) { // Shortcut by Allocator's trait + Allocator::Free(e); + } } break; case kObjectFlag: - for (MemberIterator m = MemberBegin(); m != MemberEnd(); ++m) - m->~Member(); - Allocator::Free(GetMembersPointer()); + DoFreeMembers(); break; case kCopyStringFlag: - Allocator::Free(const_cast(GetStringPointer())); + if (Allocator::kNeedFree) { // Shortcut by Allocator's trait + Allocator::Free(const_cast(GetStringPointer())); + } break; default: @@ -914,8 +920,13 @@ public: */ GenericValue& operator=(GenericValue& rhs) RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT { if (RAPIDJSON_LIKELY(this != &rhs)) { + // Can't destroy "this" before assigning "rhs", otherwise "rhs" + // could be used after free if it's an sub-Value of "this", + // hence the temporary danse. + GenericValue temp; + temp.RawAssign(rhs); this->~GenericValue(); - RawAssign(rhs); + RawAssign(temp); } return *this; } @@ -1067,6 +1078,7 @@ public: */ template RAPIDJSON_DISABLEIF_RETURN((internal::OrExpr,internal::IsGenericValue >), (bool)) operator==(const T& rhs) const { return *this == GenericValue(rhs); } +#ifndef __cpp_impl_three_way_comparison //! Not-equal-to operator /*! \return !(*this == rhs) */ @@ -1091,6 +1103,7 @@ public: */ template friend RAPIDJSON_DISABLEIF_RETURN((internal::IsGenericValue), (bool)) operator!=(const T& lhs, const GenericValue& rhs) { return !(rhs == lhs); } //@} +#endif //!@name Type //@{ @@ -1217,13 +1230,28 @@ public: else { RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(false); // see above note - // This will generate -Wexit-time-destructors in clang - // static GenericValue NullValue; - // return NullValue; - - // Use static buffer and placement-new to prevent destruction - static char buffer[sizeof(GenericValue)]; +#if RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11 + // Use thread-local storage to prevent races between threads. + // Use static buffer and placement-new to prevent destruction, with + // alignas() to ensure proper alignment. + alignas(GenericValue) thread_local static char buffer[sizeof(GenericValue)]; return *new (buffer) GenericValue(); +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1900 + // There's no way to solve both thread locality and proper alignment + // simultaneously. + __declspec(thread) static char buffer[sizeof(GenericValue)]; + return *new (buffer) GenericValue(); +#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) + // This will generate -Wexit-time-destructors in clang, but that's + // better than having under-alignment. + __thread static GenericValue buffer; + return buffer; +#else + // Don't know what compiler this is, so don't know how to ensure + // thread-locality. + static GenericValue buffer; + return buffer; +#endif } } template @@ -1256,10 +1284,7 @@ public: */ GenericValue& MemberReserve(SizeType newCapacity, Allocator &allocator) { RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(IsObject()); - if (newCapacity > data_.o.capacity) { - SetMembersPointer(reinterpret_cast(allocator.Realloc(GetMembersPointer(), data_.o.capacity * sizeof(Member), newCapacity * sizeof(Member)))); - data_.o.capacity = newCapacity; - } + DoReserveMembers(newCapacity, allocator); return *this; } @@ -1333,11 +1358,7 @@ public: MemberIterator FindMember(const GenericValue& name) { RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(IsObject()); RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(name.IsString()); - MemberIterator member = MemberBegin(); - for ( ; member != MemberEnd(); ++member) - if (name.StringEqual(member->name)) - break; - return member; + return DoFindMember(name); } template ConstMemberIterator FindMember(const GenericValue& name) const { return const_cast(*this).FindMember(name); } @@ -1366,14 +1387,7 @@ public: GenericValue& AddMember(GenericValue& name, GenericValue& value, Allocator& allocator) { RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(IsObject()); RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(name.IsString()); - - ObjectData& o = data_.o; - if (o.size >= o.capacity) - MemberReserve(o.capacity == 0 ? kDefaultObjectCapacity : (o.capacity + (o.capacity + 1) / 2), allocator); - Member* members = GetMembersPointer(); - members[o.size].name.RawAssign(name); - members[o.size].value.RawAssign(value); - o.size++; + DoAddMember(name, value, allocator); return *this; } @@ -1507,9 +1521,7 @@ public: */ void RemoveAllMembers() { RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(IsObject()); - for (MemberIterator m = MemberBegin(); m != MemberEnd(); ++m) - m->~Member(); - data_.o.size = 0; + DoClearMembers(); } //! Remove a member in object by its name. @@ -1553,14 +1565,7 @@ public: RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(data_.o.size > 0); RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(GetMembersPointer() != 0); RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(m >= MemberBegin() && m < MemberEnd()); - - MemberIterator last(GetMembersPointer() + (data_.o.size - 1)); - if (data_.o.size > 1 && m != last) - *m = *last; // Move the last one to this place - else - m->~Member(); // Only one left, just destroy - --data_.o.size; - return m; + return DoRemoveMember(m); } //! Remove a member from an object by iterator. @@ -1592,13 +1597,7 @@ public: RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(first >= MemberBegin()); RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(first <= last); RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(last <= MemberEnd()); - - MemberIterator pos = MemberBegin() + (first - MemberBegin()); - for (MemberIterator itr = pos; itr != last; ++itr) - itr->~Member(); - std::memmove(static_cast(&*pos), &*last, static_cast(MemberEnd() - last) * sizeof(Member)); - data_.o.size -= static_cast(last - first); - return pos; + return DoEraseMembers(first, last); } //! Erase a member in object by its name. @@ -1627,7 +1626,9 @@ public: } Object GetObject() { RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(IsObject()); return Object(*this); } + Object GetObj() { RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(IsObject()); return Object(*this); } ConstObject GetObject() const { RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(IsObject()); return ConstObject(*this); } + ConstObject GetObj() const { RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(IsObject()); return ConstObject(*this); } //@} @@ -1849,12 +1850,12 @@ public: //!@name String //@{ - const Ch* GetString() const { RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(IsString()); return (data_.f.flags & kInlineStrFlag) ? data_.ss.str : GetStringPointer(); } + const Ch* GetString() const { RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(IsString()); return DataString(data_); } //! Get the length of string. /*! Since rapidjson permits "\\u0000" in the json string, strlen(v.GetString()) may not equal to v.GetStringLength(). */ - SizeType GetStringLength() const { RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(IsString()); return ((data_.f.flags & kInlineStrFlag) ? (data_.ss.GetLength()) : data_.s.length); } + SizeType GetStringLength() const { RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(IsString()); return DataStringLength(data_); } //! Set this value as a string without copying source string. /*! This version has better performance with supplied length, and also support string containing null character. @@ -1965,7 +1966,7 @@ public: case kArrayType: if (RAPIDJSON_UNLIKELY(!handler.StartArray())) return false; - for (const GenericValue* v = Begin(); v != End(); ++v) + for (ConstValueIterator v = Begin(); v != End(); ++v) if (RAPIDJSON_UNLIKELY(!v->Accept(handler))) return false; return handler.EndArray(data_.a.size); @@ -2001,17 +2002,18 @@ private: // Initial flags of different types. kNullFlag = kNullType, - kTrueFlag = kTrueType | kBoolFlag, - kFalseFlag = kFalseType | kBoolFlag, - kNumberIntFlag = kNumberType | kNumberFlag | kIntFlag | kInt64Flag, - kNumberUintFlag = kNumberType | kNumberFlag | kUintFlag | kUint64Flag | kInt64Flag, - kNumberInt64Flag = kNumberType | kNumberFlag | kInt64Flag, - kNumberUint64Flag = kNumberType | kNumberFlag | kUint64Flag, - kNumberDoubleFlag = kNumberType | kNumberFlag | kDoubleFlag, - kNumberAnyFlag = kNumberType | kNumberFlag | kIntFlag | kInt64Flag | kUintFlag | kUint64Flag | kDoubleFlag, - kConstStringFlag = kStringType | kStringFlag, - kCopyStringFlag = kStringType | kStringFlag | kCopyFlag, - kShortStringFlag = kStringType | kStringFlag | kCopyFlag | kInlineStrFlag, + // These casts are added to suppress the warning on MSVC about bitwise operations between enums of different types. + kTrueFlag = static_cast(kTrueType) | static_cast(kBoolFlag), + kFalseFlag = static_cast(kFalseType) | static_cast(kBoolFlag), + kNumberIntFlag = static_cast(kNumberType) | static_cast(kNumberFlag | kIntFlag | kInt64Flag), + kNumberUintFlag = static_cast(kNumberType) | static_cast(kNumberFlag | kUintFlag | kUint64Flag | kInt64Flag), + kNumberInt64Flag = static_cast(kNumberType) | static_cast(kNumberFlag | kInt64Flag), + kNumberUint64Flag = static_cast(kNumberType) | static_cast(kNumberFlag | kUint64Flag), + kNumberDoubleFlag = static_cast(kNumberType) | static_cast(kNumberFlag | kDoubleFlag), + kNumberAnyFlag = static_cast(kNumberType) | static_cast(kNumberFlag | kIntFlag | kInt64Flag | kUintFlag | kUint64Flag | kDoubleFlag), + kConstStringFlag = static_cast(kStringType) | static_cast(kStringFlag), + kCopyStringFlag = static_cast(kStringType) | static_cast(kStringFlag | kCopyFlag), + kShortStringFlag = static_cast(kStringType) | static_cast(kStringFlag | kCopyFlag | kInlineStrFlag), kObjectFlag = kObjectType, kArrayFlag = kArrayType, @@ -2102,6 +2104,13 @@ private: Flag f; }; // 16 bytes in 32-bit mode, 24 bytes in 64-bit mode, 16 bytes in 64-bit with RAPIDJSON_48BITPOINTER_OPTIMIZATION + static RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE const Ch* DataString(const Data& data) { + return (data.f.flags & kInlineStrFlag) ? data.ss.str : RAPIDJSON_GETPOINTER(Ch, data.s.str); + } + static RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE SizeType DataStringLength(const Data& data) { + return (data.f.flags & kInlineStrFlag) ? data.ss.GetLength() : data.s.length; + } + RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE const Ch* GetStringPointer() const { return RAPIDJSON_GETPOINTER(Ch, data_.s.str); } RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE const Ch* SetStringPointer(const Ch* str) { return RAPIDJSON_SETPOINTER(Ch, data_.s.str, str); } RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE GenericValue* GetElementsPointer() const { return RAPIDJSON_GETPOINTER(GenericValue, data_.a.elements); } @@ -2109,6 +2118,286 @@ private: RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE Member* GetMembersPointer() const { return RAPIDJSON_GETPOINTER(Member, data_.o.members); } RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE Member* SetMembersPointer(Member* members) { return RAPIDJSON_SETPOINTER(Member, data_.o.members, members); } +#if RAPIDJSON_USE_MEMBERSMAP + + struct MapTraits { + struct Less { + bool operator()(const Data& s1, const Data& s2) const { + SizeType n1 = DataStringLength(s1), n2 = DataStringLength(s2); + int cmp = std::memcmp(DataString(s1), DataString(s2), sizeof(Ch) * (n1 < n2 ? n1 : n2)); + return cmp < 0 || (cmp == 0 && n1 < n2); + } + }; + typedef std::pair Pair; + typedef std::multimap > Map; + typedef typename Map::iterator Iterator; + }; + typedef typename MapTraits::Map Map; + typedef typename MapTraits::Less MapLess; + typedef typename MapTraits::Pair MapPair; + typedef typename MapTraits::Iterator MapIterator; + + // + // Layout of the members' map/array, re(al)located according to the needed capacity: + // + // {Map*}<>{capacity}<>{Member[capacity]}<>{MapIterator[capacity]} + // + // (where <> stands for the RAPIDJSON_ALIGN-ment, if needed) + // + + static RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE size_t GetMapLayoutSize(SizeType capacity) { + return RAPIDJSON_ALIGN(sizeof(Map*)) + + RAPIDJSON_ALIGN(sizeof(SizeType)) + + RAPIDJSON_ALIGN(capacity * sizeof(Member)) + + capacity * sizeof(MapIterator); + } + + static RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE SizeType &GetMapCapacity(Map* &map) { + return *reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(&map) + + RAPIDJSON_ALIGN(sizeof(Map*))); + } + + static RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE Member* GetMapMembers(Map* &map) { + return reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(&map) + + RAPIDJSON_ALIGN(sizeof(Map*)) + + RAPIDJSON_ALIGN(sizeof(SizeType))); + } + + static RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE MapIterator* GetMapIterators(Map* &map) { + return reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(&map) + + RAPIDJSON_ALIGN(sizeof(Map*)) + + RAPIDJSON_ALIGN(sizeof(SizeType)) + + RAPIDJSON_ALIGN(GetMapCapacity(map) * sizeof(Member))); + } + + static RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE Map* &GetMap(Member* members) { + RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(members != 0); + return *reinterpret_cast(reinterpret_cast(members) - + RAPIDJSON_ALIGN(sizeof(SizeType)) - + RAPIDJSON_ALIGN(sizeof(Map*))); + } + + // Some compilers' debug mechanisms want all iterators to be destroyed, for their accounting.. + RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE MapIterator DropMapIterator(MapIterator& rhs) { +#if RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11 + MapIterator ret = std::move(rhs); +#else + MapIterator ret = rhs; +#endif + rhs.~MapIterator(); + return ret; + } + + Map* &DoReallocMap(Map** oldMap, SizeType newCapacity, Allocator& allocator) { + Map **newMap = static_cast(allocator.Malloc(GetMapLayoutSize(newCapacity))); + GetMapCapacity(*newMap) = newCapacity; + if (!oldMap) { + *newMap = new (allocator.Malloc(sizeof(Map))) Map(MapLess(), allocator); + } + else { + *newMap = *oldMap; + size_t count = (*oldMap)->size(); + std::memcpy(static_cast(GetMapMembers(*newMap)), + static_cast(GetMapMembers(*oldMap)), + count * sizeof(Member)); + MapIterator *oldIt = GetMapIterators(*oldMap), + *newIt = GetMapIterators(*newMap); + while (count--) { + new (&newIt[count]) MapIterator(DropMapIterator(oldIt[count])); + } + Allocator::Free(oldMap); + } + return *newMap; + } + + RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE Member* DoAllocMembers(SizeType capacity, Allocator& allocator) { + return GetMapMembers(DoReallocMap(0, capacity, allocator)); + } + + void DoReserveMembers(SizeType newCapacity, Allocator& allocator) { + ObjectData& o = data_.o; + if (newCapacity > o.capacity) { + Member* oldMembers = GetMembersPointer(); + Map **oldMap = oldMembers ? &GetMap(oldMembers) : 0, + *&newMap = DoReallocMap(oldMap, newCapacity, allocator); + RAPIDJSON_SETPOINTER(Member, o.members, GetMapMembers(newMap)); + o.capacity = newCapacity; + } + } + + template + MemberIterator DoFindMember(const GenericValue& name) { + if (Member* members = GetMembersPointer()) { + Map* &map = GetMap(members); + MapIterator mit = map->find(reinterpret_cast(name.data_)); + if (mit != map->end()) { + return MemberIterator(&members[mit->second]); + } + } + return MemberEnd(); + } + + void DoClearMembers() { + if (Member* members = GetMembersPointer()) { + Map* &map = GetMap(members); + MapIterator* mit = GetMapIterators(map); + for (SizeType i = 0; i < data_.o.size; i++) { + map->erase(DropMapIterator(mit[i])); + members[i].~Member(); + } + data_.o.size = 0; + } + } + + void DoFreeMembers() { + if (Member* members = GetMembersPointer()) { + GetMap(members)->~Map(); + for (SizeType i = 0; i < data_.o.size; i++) { + members[i].~Member(); + } + if (Allocator::kNeedFree) { // Shortcut by Allocator's trait + Map** map = &GetMap(members); + Allocator::Free(*map); + Allocator::Free(map); + } + } + } + +#else // !RAPIDJSON_USE_MEMBERSMAP + + RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE Member* DoAllocMembers(SizeType capacity, Allocator& allocator) { + return Malloc(allocator, capacity); + } + + void DoReserveMembers(SizeType newCapacity, Allocator& allocator) { + ObjectData& o = data_.o; + if (newCapacity > o.capacity) { + Member* newMembers = Realloc(allocator, GetMembersPointer(), o.capacity, newCapacity); + RAPIDJSON_SETPOINTER(Member, o.members, newMembers); + o.capacity = newCapacity; + } + } + + template + MemberIterator DoFindMember(const GenericValue& name) { + MemberIterator member = MemberBegin(); + for ( ; member != MemberEnd(); ++member) + if (name.StringEqual(member->name)) + break; + return member; + } + + void DoClearMembers() { + for (MemberIterator m = MemberBegin(); m != MemberEnd(); ++m) + m->~Member(); + data_.o.size = 0; + } + + void DoFreeMembers() { + for (MemberIterator m = MemberBegin(); m != MemberEnd(); ++m) + m->~Member(); + Allocator::Free(GetMembersPointer()); + } + +#endif // !RAPIDJSON_USE_MEMBERSMAP + + void DoAddMember(GenericValue& name, GenericValue& value, Allocator& allocator) { + ObjectData& o = data_.o; + if (o.size >= o.capacity) + DoReserveMembers(o.capacity ? (o.capacity + (o.capacity + 1) / 2) : kDefaultObjectCapacity, allocator); + Member* members = GetMembersPointer(); + Member* m = members + o.size; + m->name.RawAssign(name); + m->value.RawAssign(value); +#if RAPIDJSON_USE_MEMBERSMAP + Map* &map = GetMap(members); + MapIterator* mit = GetMapIterators(map); + new (&mit[o.size]) MapIterator(map->insert(MapPair(m->name.data_, o.size))); +#endif + ++o.size; + } + + MemberIterator DoRemoveMember(MemberIterator m) { + ObjectData& o = data_.o; + Member* members = GetMembersPointer(); +#if RAPIDJSON_USE_MEMBERSMAP + Map* &map = GetMap(members); + MapIterator* mit = GetMapIterators(map); + SizeType mpos = static_cast(&*m - members); + map->erase(DropMapIterator(mit[mpos])); +#endif + MemberIterator last(members + (o.size - 1)); + if (o.size > 1 && m != last) { +#if RAPIDJSON_USE_MEMBERSMAP + new (&mit[mpos]) MapIterator(DropMapIterator(mit[&*last - members])); + mit[mpos]->second = mpos; +#endif + *m = *last; // Move the last one to this place + } + else { + m->~Member(); // Only one left, just destroy + } + --o.size; + return m; + } + + MemberIterator DoEraseMembers(ConstMemberIterator first, ConstMemberIterator last) { + ObjectData& o = data_.o; + MemberIterator beg = MemberBegin(), + pos = beg + (first - beg), + end = MemberEnd(); +#if RAPIDJSON_USE_MEMBERSMAP + Map* &map = GetMap(GetMembersPointer()); + MapIterator* mit = GetMapIterators(map); +#endif + for (MemberIterator itr = pos; itr != last; ++itr) { +#if RAPIDJSON_USE_MEMBERSMAP + map->erase(DropMapIterator(mit[itr - beg])); +#endif + itr->~Member(); + } +#if RAPIDJSON_USE_MEMBERSMAP + if (first != last) { + // Move remaining members/iterators + MemberIterator next = pos + (last - first); + for (MemberIterator itr = pos; next != end; ++itr, ++next) { + std::memcpy(static_cast(&*itr), &*next, sizeof(Member)); + SizeType mpos = static_cast(itr - beg); + new (&mit[mpos]) MapIterator(DropMapIterator(mit[next - beg])); + mit[mpos]->second = mpos; + } + } +#else + std::memmove(static_cast(&*pos), &*last, + static_cast(end - last) * sizeof(Member)); +#endif + o.size -= static_cast(last - first); + return pos; + } + + template + void DoCopyMembers(const GenericValue& rhs, Allocator& allocator, bool copyConstStrings) { + RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(rhs.GetType() == kObjectType); + + data_.f.flags = kObjectFlag; + SizeType count = rhs.data_.o.size; + Member* lm = DoAllocMembers(count, allocator); + const typename GenericValue::Member* rm = rhs.GetMembersPointer(); +#if RAPIDJSON_USE_MEMBERSMAP + Map* &map = GetMap(lm); + MapIterator* mit = GetMapIterators(map); +#endif + for (SizeType i = 0; i < count; i++) { + new (&lm[i].name) GenericValue(rm[i].name, allocator, copyConstStrings); + new (&lm[i].value) GenericValue(rm[i].value, allocator, copyConstStrings); +#if RAPIDJSON_USE_MEMBERSMAP + new (&mit[i]) MapIterator(map->insert(MapPair(lm[i].name.data_, i))); +#endif + } + data_.o.size = data_.o.capacity = count; + SetMembersPointer(lm); + } + // Initialize this value as array with initial data, without calling destructor. void SetArrayRaw(GenericValue* values, SizeType count, Allocator& allocator) { data_.f.flags = kArrayFlag; @@ -2126,9 +2415,16 @@ private: void SetObjectRaw(Member* members, SizeType count, Allocator& allocator) { data_.f.flags = kObjectFlag; if (count) { - Member* m = static_cast(allocator.Malloc(count * sizeof(Member))); + Member* m = DoAllocMembers(count, allocator); SetMembersPointer(m); std::memcpy(static_cast(m), members, count * sizeof(Member)); +#if RAPIDJSON_USE_MEMBERSMAP + Map* &map = GetMap(m); + MapIterator* mit = GetMapIterators(map); + for (SizeType i = 0; i < count; i++) { + new (&mit[i]) MapIterator(map->insert(MapPair(m[i].name.data_, i))); + } +#endif } else SetMembersPointer(0); @@ -2205,6 +2501,7 @@ public: typedef typename Encoding::Ch Ch; //!< Character type derived from Encoding. typedef GenericValue ValueType; //!< Value type of the document. typedef Allocator AllocatorType; //!< Allocator type from template parameter. + typedef StackAllocator StackAllocatorType; //!< StackAllocator type from template parameter. //! Constructor /*! Creates an empty document of specified type. @@ -2249,6 +2546,13 @@ public: #endif ~GenericDocument() { + // Clear the ::ValueType before ownAllocator is destroyed, ~ValueType() + // runs last and may access its elements or members which would be freed + // with an allocator like MemoryPoolAllocator (CrtAllocator does not + // free its data when destroyed, but MemoryPoolAllocator does). + if (ownAllocator_) { + ValueType::SetNull(); + } Destroy(); } @@ -2609,6 +2913,7 @@ public: GenericArray& operator=(const GenericArray& rhs) { value_ = rhs.value_; return *this; } ~GenericArray() {} + operator ValueType&() const { return value_; } SizeType Size() const { return value_.Size(); } SizeType Capacity() const { return value_.Capacity(); } bool Empty() const { return value_.Empty(); } @@ -2664,6 +2969,7 @@ public: GenericObject& operator=(const GenericObject& rhs) { value_ = rhs.value_; return *this; } ~GenericObject() {} + operator ValueType&() const { return value_; } SizeType MemberCount() const { return value_.MemberCount(); } SizeType MemberCapacity() const { return value_.MemberCapacity(); } bool ObjectEmpty() const { return value_.ObjectEmpty(); } @@ -2729,4 +3035,9 @@ private: RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE_END RAPIDJSON_DIAG_POP +#ifdef RAPIDJSON_WINDOWS_GETOBJECT_WORKAROUND_APPLIED +#pragma pop_macro("GetObject") +#undef RAPIDJSON_WINDOWS_GETOBJECT_WORKAROUND_APPLIED +#endif + #endif // RAPIDJSON_DOCUMENT_H_ diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/encodedstream.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/encodedstream.h index 223601c0..cf046b89 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/encodedstream.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/encodedstream.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/encodings.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/encodings.h index 0b244679..50ad18bd 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/encodings.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/encodings.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/error/en.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/error/en.h index 2db838bf..c87b04eb 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/error/en.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/error/en.h @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. -// -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at // // http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT // -// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed -// under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR -// CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed +// under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR +// CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the // specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. #ifndef RAPIDJSON_ERROR_EN_H_ @@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ inline const RAPIDJSON_ERROR_CHARTYPE* GetParseError_En(ParseErrorCode parseErro case kParseErrorDocumentEmpty: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("The document is empty."); case kParseErrorDocumentRootNotSingular: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("The document root must not be followed by other values."); - + case kParseErrorValueInvalid: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Invalid value."); - + case kParseErrorObjectMissName: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Missing a name for object member."); case kParseErrorObjectMissColon: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Missing a colon after a name of object member."); case kParseErrorObjectMissCommaOrCurlyBracket: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Missing a comma or '}' after an object member."); - + case kParseErrorArrayMissCommaOrSquareBracket: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Missing a comma or ']' after an array element."); case kParseErrorStringUnicodeEscapeInvalidHex: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Incorrect hex digit after \\u escape in string."); @@ -65,6 +65,108 @@ inline const RAPIDJSON_ERROR_CHARTYPE* GetParseError_En(ParseErrorCode parseErro } } +//! Maps error code of validation into error message. +/*! + \ingroup RAPIDJSON_ERRORS + \param validateErrorCode Error code obtained from validator. + \return the error message. + \note User can make a copy of this function for localization. + Using switch-case is safer for future modification of error codes. +*/ +inline const RAPIDJSON_ERROR_CHARTYPE* GetValidateError_En(ValidateErrorCode validateErrorCode) { + switch (validateErrorCode) { + case kValidateErrors: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("One or more validation errors have occurred"); + case kValidateErrorNone: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("No error."); + + case kValidateErrorMultipleOf: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Number '%actual' is not a multiple of the 'multipleOf' value '%expected'."); + case kValidateErrorMaximum: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Number '%actual' is greater than the 'maximum' value '%expected'."); + case kValidateErrorExclusiveMaximum: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Number '%actual' is greater than or equal to the 'exclusiveMaximum' value '%expected'."); + case kValidateErrorMinimum: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Number '%actual' is less than the 'minimum' value '%expected'."); + case kValidateErrorExclusiveMinimum: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Number '%actual' is less than or equal to the 'exclusiveMinimum' value '%expected'."); + + case kValidateErrorMaxLength: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("String '%actual' is longer than the 'maxLength' value '%expected'."); + case kValidateErrorMinLength: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("String '%actual' is shorter than the 'minLength' value '%expected'."); + case kValidateErrorPattern: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("String '%actual' does not match the 'pattern' regular expression."); + + case kValidateErrorMaxItems: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Array of length '%actual' is longer than the 'maxItems' value '%expected'."); + case kValidateErrorMinItems: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Array of length '%actual' is shorter than the 'minItems' value '%expected'."); + case kValidateErrorUniqueItems: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Array has duplicate items at indices '%duplicates' but 'uniqueItems' is true."); + case kValidateErrorAdditionalItems: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Array has an additional item at index '%disallowed' that is not allowed by the schema."); + + case kValidateErrorMaxProperties: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Object has '%actual' members which is more than 'maxProperties' value '%expected'."); + case kValidateErrorMinProperties: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Object has '%actual' members which is less than 'minProperties' value '%expected'."); + case kValidateErrorRequired: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Object is missing the following members required by the schema: '%missing'."); + case kValidateErrorAdditionalProperties: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Object has an additional member '%disallowed' that is not allowed by the schema."); + case kValidateErrorPatternProperties: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Object has 'patternProperties' that are not allowed by the schema."); + case kValidateErrorDependencies: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Object has missing property or schema dependencies, refer to following errors."); + + case kValidateErrorEnum: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Property has a value that is not one of its allowed enumerated values."); + case kValidateErrorType: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Property has a type '%actual' that is not in the following list: '%expected'."); + + case kValidateErrorOneOf: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Property did not match any of the sub-schemas specified by 'oneOf', refer to following errors."); + case kValidateErrorOneOfMatch: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Property matched more than one of the sub-schemas specified by 'oneOf', indices '%matches'."); + case kValidateErrorAllOf: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Property did not match all of the sub-schemas specified by 'allOf', refer to following errors."); + case kValidateErrorAnyOf: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Property did not match any of the sub-schemas specified by 'anyOf', refer to following errors."); + case kValidateErrorNot: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Property matched the sub-schema specified by 'not'."); + + case kValidateErrorReadOnly: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Property is read-only but has been provided when validation is for writing."); + case kValidateErrorWriteOnly: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Property is write-only but has been provided when validation is for reading."); + + default: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Unknown error."); + } +} + +//! Maps error code of schema document compilation into error message. +/*! + \ingroup RAPIDJSON_ERRORS + \param schemaErrorCode Error code obtained from compiling the schema document. + \return the error message. + \note User can make a copy of this function for localization. + Using switch-case is safer for future modification of error codes. +*/ + inline const RAPIDJSON_ERROR_CHARTYPE* GetSchemaError_En(SchemaErrorCode schemaErrorCode) { + switch (schemaErrorCode) { + case kSchemaErrorNone: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("No error."); + + case kSchemaErrorStartUnknown: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Pointer '%value' to start of schema does not resolve to a location in the document."); + case kSchemaErrorRefPlainName: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("$ref fragment '%value' must be a JSON pointer."); + case kSchemaErrorRefInvalid: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("$ref must not be an empty string."); + case kSchemaErrorRefPointerInvalid: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("$ref fragment '%value' is not a valid JSON pointer at offset '%offset'."); + case kSchemaErrorRefUnknown: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("$ref '%value' does not resolve to a location in the target document."); + case kSchemaErrorRefCyclical: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("$ref '%value' is cyclical."); + case kSchemaErrorRefNoRemoteProvider: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("$ref is remote but there is no remote provider."); + case kSchemaErrorRefNoRemoteSchema: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("$ref '%value' is remote but the remote provider did not return a schema."); + case kSchemaErrorRegexInvalid: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Invalid regular expression '%value' in 'pattern' or 'patternProperties'."); + case kSchemaErrorSpecUnknown: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("JSON schema draft or OpenAPI version is not recognized."); + case kSchemaErrorSpecUnsupported: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("JSON schema draft or OpenAPI version is not supported."); + case kSchemaErrorSpecIllegal: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Both JSON schema draft and OpenAPI version found in document."); + case kSchemaErrorReadOnlyAndWriteOnly: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Property must not be both 'readOnly' and 'writeOnly'."); + + default: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Unknown error."); + } + } + +//! Maps error code of pointer parse into error message. +/*! + \ingroup RAPIDJSON_ERRORS + \param pointerParseErrorCode Error code obtained from pointer parse. + \return the error message. + \note User can make a copy of this function for localization. + Using switch-case is safer for future modification of error codes. +*/ +inline const RAPIDJSON_ERROR_CHARTYPE* GetPointerParseError_En(PointerParseErrorCode pointerParseErrorCode) { + switch (pointerParseErrorCode) { + case kPointerParseErrorNone: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("No error."); + + case kPointerParseErrorTokenMustBeginWithSolidus: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("A token must begin with a '/'."); + case kPointerParseErrorInvalidEscape: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Invalid escape."); + case kPointerParseErrorInvalidPercentEncoding: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Invalid percent encoding in URI fragment."); + case kPointerParseErrorCharacterMustPercentEncode: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("A character must be percent encoded in a URI fragment."); + + default: return RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING("Unknown error."); + } +} + RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE_END #ifdef __clang__ diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/error/error.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/error/error.h index 9311d2f0..cae345db 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/error/error.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/error/error.h @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. -// -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at // // http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT // -// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed -// under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR -// CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed +// under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR +// CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the // specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. #ifndef RAPIDJSON_ERROR_ERROR_H_ @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ RAPIDJSON_DIAG_OFF(padded) /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // RAPIDJSON_ERROR_STRING -//! Macro for converting string literial to \ref RAPIDJSON_ERROR_CHARTYPE[]. +//! Macro for converting string literal to \ref RAPIDJSON_ERROR_CHARTYPE[]. /*! \ingroup RAPIDJSON_ERRORS By default this conversion macro does nothing. On Windows, user can define this macro as \c _T(x) for supporting both @@ -152,6 +152,130 @@ private: */ typedef const RAPIDJSON_ERROR_CHARTYPE* (*GetParseErrorFunc)(ParseErrorCode); +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// ValidateErrorCode + +//! Error codes when validating. +/*! \ingroup RAPIDJSON_ERRORS + \see GenericSchemaValidator +*/ +enum ValidateErrorCode { + kValidateErrors = -1, //!< Top level error code when kValidateContinueOnErrorsFlag set. + kValidateErrorNone = 0, //!< No error. + + kValidateErrorMultipleOf, //!< Number is not a multiple of the 'multipleOf' value. + kValidateErrorMaximum, //!< Number is greater than the 'maximum' value. + kValidateErrorExclusiveMaximum, //!< Number is greater than or equal to the 'maximum' value. + kValidateErrorMinimum, //!< Number is less than the 'minimum' value. + kValidateErrorExclusiveMinimum, //!< Number is less than or equal to the 'minimum' value. + + kValidateErrorMaxLength, //!< String is longer than the 'maxLength' value. + kValidateErrorMinLength, //!< String is longer than the 'maxLength' value. + kValidateErrorPattern, //!< String does not match the 'pattern' regular expression. + + kValidateErrorMaxItems, //!< Array is longer than the 'maxItems' value. + kValidateErrorMinItems, //!< Array is shorter than the 'minItems' value. + kValidateErrorUniqueItems, //!< Array has duplicate items but 'uniqueItems' is true. + kValidateErrorAdditionalItems, //!< Array has additional items that are not allowed by the schema. + + kValidateErrorMaxProperties, //!< Object has more members than 'maxProperties' value. + kValidateErrorMinProperties, //!< Object has less members than 'minProperties' value. + kValidateErrorRequired, //!< Object is missing one or more members required by the schema. + kValidateErrorAdditionalProperties, //!< Object has additional members that are not allowed by the schema. + kValidateErrorPatternProperties, //!< See other errors. + kValidateErrorDependencies, //!< Object has missing property or schema dependencies. + + kValidateErrorEnum, //!< Property has a value that is not one of its allowed enumerated values. + kValidateErrorType, //!< Property has a type that is not allowed by the schema. + + kValidateErrorOneOf, //!< Property did not match any of the sub-schemas specified by 'oneOf'. + kValidateErrorOneOfMatch, //!< Property matched more than one of the sub-schemas specified by 'oneOf'. + kValidateErrorAllOf, //!< Property did not match all of the sub-schemas specified by 'allOf'. + kValidateErrorAnyOf, //!< Property did not match any of the sub-schemas specified by 'anyOf'. + kValidateErrorNot, //!< Property matched the sub-schema specified by 'not'. + + kValidateErrorReadOnly, //!< Property is read-only but has been provided when validation is for writing + kValidateErrorWriteOnly //!< Property is write-only but has been provided when validation is for reading +}; + +//! Function pointer type of GetValidateError(). +/*! \ingroup RAPIDJSON_ERRORS + + This is the prototype for \c GetValidateError_X(), where \c X is a locale. + User can dynamically change locale in runtime, e.g.: +\code + GetValidateErrorFunc GetValidateError = GetValidateError_En; // or whatever + const RAPIDJSON_ERROR_CHARTYPE* s = GetValidateError(validator.GetInvalidSchemaCode()); +\endcode +*/ +typedef const RAPIDJSON_ERROR_CHARTYPE* (*GetValidateErrorFunc)(ValidateErrorCode); + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// SchemaErrorCode + +//! Error codes when validating. +/*! \ingroup RAPIDJSON_ERRORS + \see GenericSchemaValidator +*/ +enum SchemaErrorCode { + kSchemaErrorNone = 0, //!< No error. + + kSchemaErrorStartUnknown, //!< Pointer to start of schema does not resolve to a location in the document + kSchemaErrorRefPlainName, //!< $ref fragment must be a JSON pointer + kSchemaErrorRefInvalid, //!< $ref must not be an empty string + kSchemaErrorRefPointerInvalid, //!< $ref fragment is not a valid JSON pointer at offset + kSchemaErrorRefUnknown, //!< $ref does not resolve to a location in the target document + kSchemaErrorRefCyclical, //!< $ref is cyclical + kSchemaErrorRefNoRemoteProvider, //!< $ref is remote but there is no remote provider + kSchemaErrorRefNoRemoteSchema, //!< $ref is remote but the remote provider did not return a schema + kSchemaErrorRegexInvalid, //!< Invalid regular expression in 'pattern' or 'patternProperties' + kSchemaErrorSpecUnknown, //!< JSON schema draft or OpenAPI version is not recognized + kSchemaErrorSpecUnsupported, //!< JSON schema draft or OpenAPI version is not supported + kSchemaErrorSpecIllegal, //!< Both JSON schema draft and OpenAPI version found in document + kSchemaErrorReadOnlyAndWriteOnly //!< Property must not be both 'readOnly' and 'writeOnly' +}; + +//! Function pointer type of GetSchemaError(). +/*! \ingroup RAPIDJSON_ERRORS + + This is the prototype for \c GetSchemaError_X(), where \c X is a locale. + User can dynamically change locale in runtime, e.g.: +\code + GetSchemaErrorFunc GetSchemaError = GetSchemaError_En; // or whatever + const RAPIDJSON_ERROR_CHARTYPE* s = GetSchemaError(validator.GetInvalidSchemaCode()); +\endcode +*/ +typedef const RAPIDJSON_ERROR_CHARTYPE* (*GetSchemaErrorFunc)(SchemaErrorCode); + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// PointerParseErrorCode + +//! Error code of JSON pointer parsing. +/*! \ingroup RAPIDJSON_ERRORS + \see GenericPointer::GenericPointer, GenericPointer::GetParseErrorCode +*/ +enum PointerParseErrorCode { + kPointerParseErrorNone = 0, //!< The parse is successful + + kPointerParseErrorTokenMustBeginWithSolidus, //!< A token must begin with a '/' + kPointerParseErrorInvalidEscape, //!< Invalid escape + kPointerParseErrorInvalidPercentEncoding, //!< Invalid percent encoding in URI fragment + kPointerParseErrorCharacterMustPercentEncode //!< A character must percent encoded in URI fragment +}; + +//! Function pointer type of GetPointerParseError(). +/*! \ingroup RAPIDJSON_ERRORS + + This is the prototype for \c GetPointerParseError_X(), where \c X is a locale. + User can dynamically change locale in runtime, e.g.: +\code + GetPointerParseErrorFunc GetPointerParseError = GetPointerParseError_En; // or whatever + const RAPIDJSON_ERROR_CHARTYPE* s = GetPointerParseError(pointer.GetParseErrorCode()); +\endcode +*/ +typedef const RAPIDJSON_ERROR_CHARTYPE* (*GetPointerParseErrorFunc)(PointerParseErrorCode); + + RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE_END #ifdef __clang__ diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/filereadstream.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/filereadstream.h index 6b343707..f8bb43cb 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/filereadstream.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/filereadstream.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/filewritestream.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/filewritestream.h index 8b48fee1..5d89588c 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/filewritestream.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/filewritestream.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/fwd.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/fwd.h index b74a2b81..d62f77f0 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/fwd.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/fwd.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/biginteger.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/biginteger.h index 8eb87c7c..af487380 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/biginteger.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/biginteger.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at @@ -19,7 +19,11 @@ #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && defined(_M_AMD64) #include // for _umul128 +#if !defined(_ARM64EC_) #pragma intrinsic(_umul128) +#else +#pragma comment(lib,"softintrin") +#endif #endif RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE_BEGIN @@ -37,7 +41,8 @@ public: digits_[0] = u; } - BigInteger(const char* decimals, size_t length) : count_(1) { + template + BigInteger(const Ch* decimals, size_t length) : count_(1) { RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(length > 0); digits_[0] = 0; size_t i = 0; @@ -221,7 +226,8 @@ public: bool IsZero() const { return count_ == 1 && digits_[0] == 0; } private: - void AppendDecimal64(const char* begin, const char* end) { + template + void AppendDecimal64(const Ch* begin, const Ch* end) { uint64_t u = ParseUint64(begin, end); if (IsZero()) *this = u; @@ -236,11 +242,12 @@ private: digits_[count_++] = digit; } - static uint64_t ParseUint64(const char* begin, const char* end) { + template + static uint64_t ParseUint64(const Ch* begin, const Ch* end) { uint64_t r = 0; - for (const char* p = begin; p != end; ++p) { - RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(*p >= '0' && *p <= '9'); - r = r * 10u + static_cast(*p - '0'); + for (const Ch* p = begin; p != end; ++p) { + RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(*p >= Ch('0') && *p <= Ch('9')); + r = r * 10u + static_cast(*p - Ch('0')); } return r; } diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/clzll.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/clzll.h index 6cd79234..8fc5118a 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/clzll.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/clzll.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ #include "../rapidjson.h" -#if defined(_MSC_VER) +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(UNDER_CE) #include #if defined(_WIN64) #pragma intrinsic(_BitScanReverse64) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ inline uint32_t clzll(uint64_t x) { // infinite loop in the software implementation. RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(x != 0); -#if defined(_MSC_VER) +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(UNDER_CE) unsigned long r = 0; #if defined(_WIN64) _BitScanReverse64(&r, x); @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ inline uint32_t clzll(uint64_t x) { return static_cast(__builtin_clzll(x)); #else // naive version - uint32_t r; + uint32_t r = 0; while (!(x & (static_cast(1) << 63))) { x <<= 1; ++r; diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/diyfp.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/diyfp.h index 8f7d853a..f7d46539 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/diyfp.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/diyfp.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at @@ -25,7 +25,11 @@ #if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_M_AMD64) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) #include +#if !defined(_ARM64EC_) #pragma intrinsic(_umul128) +#else +#pragma comment(lib,"softintrin") +#endif #endif RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE_BEGIN diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/dtoa.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/dtoa.h index bf2e9b2e..cd456721 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/dtoa.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/dtoa.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at @@ -58,7 +58,11 @@ inline int CountDecimalDigit32(uint32_t n) { } inline void DigitGen(const DiyFp& W, const DiyFp& Mp, uint64_t delta, char* buffer, int* len, int* K) { - static const uint32_t kPow10[] = { 1, 10, 100, 1000, 10000, 100000, 1000000, 10000000, 100000000, 1000000000 }; + static const uint64_t kPow10[] = { 1ULL, 10ULL, 100ULL, 1000ULL, 10000ULL, 100000ULL, 1000000ULL, 10000000ULL, 100000000ULL, + 1000000000ULL, 10000000000ULL, 100000000000ULL, 1000000000000ULL, + 10000000000000ULL, 100000000000000ULL, 1000000000000000ULL, + 10000000000000000ULL, 100000000000000000ULL, 1000000000000000000ULL, + 10000000000000000000ULL }; const DiyFp one(uint64_t(1) << -Mp.e, Mp.e); const DiyFp wp_w = Mp - W; uint32_t p1 = static_cast(Mp.f >> -one.e); @@ -86,7 +90,7 @@ inline void DigitGen(const DiyFp& W, const DiyFp& Mp, uint64_t delta, char* buff uint64_t tmp = (static_cast(p1) << -one.e) + p2; if (tmp <= delta) { *K += kappa; - GrisuRound(buffer, *len, delta, tmp, static_cast(kPow10[kappa]) << -one.e, wp_w.f); + GrisuRound(buffer, *len, delta, tmp, kPow10[kappa] << -one.e, wp_w.f); return; } } @@ -103,7 +107,7 @@ inline void DigitGen(const DiyFp& W, const DiyFp& Mp, uint64_t delta, char* buff if (p2 < delta) { *K += kappa; int index = -kappa; - GrisuRound(buffer, *len, delta, p2, one.f, wp_w.f * (index < 9 ? kPow10[index] : 0)); + GrisuRound(buffer, *len, delta, p2, one.f, wp_w.f * (index < 20 ? kPow10[index] : 0)); return; } } diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/ieee754.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/ieee754.h index c2684ba2..68c9e966 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/ieee754.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/ieee754.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/itoa.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/itoa.h index 9b1c45cc..9fe8c932 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/itoa.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/itoa.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/meta.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/meta.h index d401edf8..27092dc0 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/meta.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/meta.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/pow10.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/pow10.h index 02f475d7..eae1a43e 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/pow10.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/pow10.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/regex.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/regex.h index af7e06de..6446c403 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/regex.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/regex.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/stack.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/stack.h index 45dca6a8..73abd706 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/stack.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/stack.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/strfunc.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/strfunc.h index 226439a7..b698a8f4 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/strfunc.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/strfunc.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at @@ -45,6 +45,20 @@ inline SizeType StrLen(const wchar_t* s) { return SizeType(std::wcslen(s)); } +//! Custom strcmpn() which works on different character types. +/*! \tparam Ch Character type (e.g. char, wchar_t, short) + \param s1 Null-terminated input string. + \param s2 Null-terminated input string. + \return 0 if equal +*/ +template +inline int StrCmp(const Ch* s1, const Ch* s2) { + RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(s1 != 0); + RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(s2 != 0); + while(*s1 && (*s1 == *s2)) { s1++; s2++; } + return static_cast(*s1) < static_cast(*s2) ? -1 : static_cast(*s1) > static_cast(*s2); +} + //! Returns number of code points in a encoded string. template bool CountStringCodePoint(const typename Encoding::Ch* s, SizeType length, SizeType* outCount) { diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/strtod.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/strtod.h index dfca22b6..55f0e380 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/strtod.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/strtod.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at @@ -128,17 +128,18 @@ inline bool StrtodFast(double d, int p, double* result) { } // Compute an approximation and see if it is within 1/2 ULP -inline bool StrtodDiyFp(const char* decimals, int dLen, int dExp, double* result) { +template +inline bool StrtodDiyFp(const Ch* decimals, int dLen, int dExp, double* result) { uint64_t significand = 0; int i = 0; // 2^64 - 1 = 18446744073709551615, 1844674407370955161 = 0x1999999999999999 for (; i < dLen; i++) { if (significand > RAPIDJSON_UINT64_C2(0x19999999, 0x99999999) || - (significand == RAPIDJSON_UINT64_C2(0x19999999, 0x99999999) && decimals[i] > '5')) + (significand == RAPIDJSON_UINT64_C2(0x19999999, 0x99999999) && decimals[i] > Ch('5'))) break; - significand = significand * 10u + static_cast(decimals[i] - '0'); + significand = significand * 10u + static_cast(decimals[i] - Ch('0')); } - if (i < dLen && decimals[i] >= '5') // Rounding + if (i < dLen && decimals[i] >= Ch('5')) // Rounding significand++; int remaining = dLen - i; @@ -205,7 +206,8 @@ inline bool StrtodDiyFp(const char* decimals, int dLen, int dExp, double* result return halfWay - static_cast(error) >= precisionBits || precisionBits >= halfWay + static_cast(error); } -inline double StrtodBigInteger(double approx, const char* decimals, int dLen, int dExp) { +template +inline double StrtodBigInteger(double approx, const Ch* decimals, int dLen, int dExp) { RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(dLen >= 0); const BigInteger dInt(decimals, static_cast(dLen)); Double a(approx); @@ -223,7 +225,8 @@ inline double StrtodBigInteger(double approx, const char* decimals, int dLen, in return a.NextPositiveDouble(); } -inline double StrtodFullPrecision(double d, int p, const char* decimals, size_t length, size_t decimalPosition, int exp) { +template +inline double StrtodFullPrecision(double d, int p, const Ch* decimals, size_t length, size_t decimalPosition, int exp) { RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(d >= 0.0); RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(length >= 1); diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/swap.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/swap.h index 666e49f9..2cf92f93 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/swap.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/internal/swap.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/istreamwrapper.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/istreamwrapper.h index c4950b9d..01437ec0 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/istreamwrapper.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/istreamwrapper.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/memorybuffer.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/memorybuffer.h index 39bee1de..ffbc41ed 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/memorybuffer.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/memorybuffer.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/memorystream.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/memorystream.h index 1d71d8a4..77af6c99 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/memorystream.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/memorystream.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/ostreamwrapper.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/ostreamwrapper.h index 6f4667c0..11ed4d33 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/ostreamwrapper.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/ostreamwrapper.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/pointer.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/pointer.h index b8143b63..05b1704d 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/pointer.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/pointer.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at @@ -16,7 +16,9 @@ #define RAPIDJSON_POINTER_H_ #include "document.h" +#include "uri.h" #include "internal/itoa.h" +#include "error/error.h" // PointerParseErrorCode #ifdef __clang__ RAPIDJSON_DIAG_PUSH @@ -30,19 +32,6 @@ RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE_BEGIN static const SizeType kPointerInvalidIndex = ~SizeType(0); //!< Represents an invalid index in GenericPointer::Token -//! Error code of parsing. -/*! \ingroup RAPIDJSON_ERRORS - \see GenericPointer::GenericPointer, GenericPointer::GetParseErrorCode -*/ -enum PointerParseErrorCode { - kPointerParseErrorNone = 0, //!< The parse is successful - - kPointerParseErrorTokenMustBeginWithSolidus, //!< A token must begin with a '/' - kPointerParseErrorInvalidEscape, //!< Invalid escape - kPointerParseErrorInvalidPercentEncoding, //!< Invalid percent encoding in URI fragment - kPointerParseErrorCharacterMustPercentEncode //!< A character must percent encoded in URI fragment -}; - /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // GenericPointer @@ -68,10 +57,10 @@ enum PointerParseErrorCode { supplied tokens eliminates these. GenericPointer depends on GenericDocument and GenericValue. - + \tparam ValueType The value type of the DOM tree. E.g. GenericValue > \tparam Allocator The allocator type for allocating memory for internal representation. - + \note GenericPointer uses same encoding of ValueType. However, Allocator of GenericPointer is independent of Allocator of Value. */ @@ -80,8 +69,10 @@ class GenericPointer { public: typedef typename ValueType::EncodingType EncodingType; //!< Encoding type from Value typedef typename ValueType::Ch Ch; //!< Character type from Value + typedef GenericUri UriType; - //! A token is the basic units of internal representation. + + //! A token is the basic units of internal representation. /*! A JSON pointer string representation "/foo/123" is parsed to two tokens: "foo" and 123. 123 will be represented in both numeric form and string form. @@ -163,7 +154,7 @@ public: GenericPointer(const Token* tokens, size_t tokenCount) : allocator_(), ownAllocator_(), nameBuffer_(), tokens_(const_cast(tokens)), tokenCount_(tokenCount), parseErrorOffset_(), parseErrorCode_(kPointerParseErrorNone) {} //! Copy constructor. - GenericPointer(const GenericPointer& rhs) : allocator_(rhs.allocator_), ownAllocator_(), nameBuffer_(), tokens_(), tokenCount_(), parseErrorOffset_(), parseErrorCode_(kPointerParseErrorNone) { + GenericPointer(const GenericPointer& rhs) : allocator_(), ownAllocator_(), nameBuffer_(), tokens_(), tokenCount_(), parseErrorOffset_(), parseErrorCode_(kPointerParseErrorNone) { *this = rhs; } @@ -520,6 +511,70 @@ public: //@} + //!@name Compute URI + //@{ + + //! Compute the in-scope URI for a subtree. + // For use with JSON pointers into JSON schema documents. + /*! + \param root Root value of a DOM sub-tree to be resolved. It can be any value other than document root. + \param rootUri Root URI + \param unresolvedTokenIndex If the pointer cannot resolve a token in the pointer, this parameter can obtain the index of unresolved token. + \param allocator Allocator for Uris + \return Uri if it can be resolved. Otherwise null. + + \note + There are only 3 situations when a URI cannot be resolved: + 1. A value in the path is not an array nor object. + 2. An object value does not contain the token. + 3. A token is out of range of an array value. + + Use unresolvedTokenIndex to retrieve the token index. + */ + UriType GetUri(ValueType& root, const UriType& rootUri, size_t* unresolvedTokenIndex = 0, Allocator* allocator = 0) const { + static const Ch kIdString[] = { 'i', 'd', '\0' }; + static const ValueType kIdValue(kIdString, 2); + UriType base = UriType(rootUri, allocator); + RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(IsValid()); + ValueType* v = &root; + for (const Token *t = tokens_; t != tokens_ + tokenCount_; ++t) { + switch (v->GetType()) { + case kObjectType: + { + // See if we have an id, and if so resolve with the current base + typename ValueType::MemberIterator m = v->FindMember(kIdValue); + if (m != v->MemberEnd() && (m->value).IsString()) { + UriType here = UriType(m->value, allocator).Resolve(base, allocator); + base = here; + } + m = v->FindMember(GenericValue(GenericStringRef(t->name, t->length))); + if (m == v->MemberEnd()) + break; + v = &m->value; + } + continue; + case kArrayType: + if (t->index == kPointerInvalidIndex || t->index >= v->Size()) + break; + v = &((*v)[t->index]); + continue; + default: + break; + } + + // Error: unresolved token + if (unresolvedTokenIndex) + *unresolvedTokenIndex = static_cast(t - tokens_); + return UriType(allocator); + } + return base; + } + + UriType GetUri(const ValueType& root, const UriType& rootUri, size_t* unresolvedTokenIndex = 0, Allocator* allocator = 0) const { + return GetUri(const_cast(root), rootUri, unresolvedTokenIndex, allocator); + } + + //!@name Query value //@{ @@ -634,7 +689,7 @@ public: ValueType& GetWithDefault(GenericDocument& document, const Ch* defaultValue) const { return GetWithDefault(document, defaultValue, document.GetAllocator()); } - + #if RAPIDJSON_HAS_STDSTRING //! Query a value in a document with default std::basic_string. template @@ -928,7 +983,7 @@ private: } i++; - + // Escaping "~0" -> '~', "~1" -> '/' if (c == '~') { if (i < length) { diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/prettywriter.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/prettywriter.h index 94eeb69d..fe45df1d 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/prettywriter.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/prettywriter.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/rapidjson.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/rapidjson.h index 329ce92b..5ea69479 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/rapidjson.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/rapidjson.h @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. -// -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at // // http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT // -// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed -// under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR -// CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed +// under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR +// CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the // specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. #ifndef RAPIDJSON_RAPIDJSON_H_ @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ /*!\file rapidjson.h \brief common definitions and configuration - + \see RAPIDJSON_CONFIG */ @@ -124,6 +124,19 @@ #define RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE_END } #endif +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// __cplusplus macro + +//!@cond RAPIDJSON_HIDDEN_FROM_DOXYGEN + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) +#define RAPIDJSON_CPLUSPLUS _MSVC_LANG +#else +#define RAPIDJSON_CPLUSPLUS __cplusplus +#endif + +//!@endcond + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // RAPIDJSON_HAS_STDSTRING @@ -149,6 +162,24 @@ #include #endif // RAPIDJSON_HAS_STDSTRING +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// RAPIDJSON_USE_MEMBERSMAP + +/*! \def RAPIDJSON_USE_MEMBERSMAP + \ingroup RAPIDJSON_CONFIG + \brief Enable RapidJSON support for object members handling in a \c std::multimap + + By defining this preprocessor symbol to \c 1, \ref rapidjson::GenericValue object + members are stored in a \c std::multimap for faster lookup and deletion times, a + trade off with a slightly slower insertion time and a small object allocat(or)ed + memory overhead. + + \hideinitializer +*/ +#ifndef RAPIDJSON_USE_MEMBERSMAP +#define RAPIDJSON_USE_MEMBERSMAP 0 // not by default +#endif + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // RAPIDJSON_NO_INT64DEFINE @@ -164,7 +195,7 @@ */ #ifndef RAPIDJSON_NO_INT64DEFINE //!@cond RAPIDJSON_HIDDEN_FROM_DOXYGEN -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER < 1800) // Visual Studio 2013 +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER < 1800) // Visual Studio 2013 #include "msinttypes/stdint.h" #include "msinttypes/inttypes.h" #else @@ -246,7 +277,7 @@ # elif defined(RAPIDJSON_DOXYGEN_RUNNING) # define RAPIDJSON_ENDIAN # else -# error Unknown machine endianness detected. User needs to define RAPIDJSON_ENDIAN. +# error Unknown machine endianness detected. User needs to define RAPIDJSON_ENDIAN. # endif #endif // RAPIDJSON_ENDIAN @@ -411,7 +442,7 @@ RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE_END // Prefer C++11 static_assert, if available #ifndef RAPIDJSON_STATIC_ASSERT -#if __cplusplus >= 201103L || ( defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1800 ) +#if RAPIDJSON_CPLUSPLUS >= 201103L || ( defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1800 ) #define RAPIDJSON_STATIC_ASSERT(x) \ static_assert(x, RAPIDJSON_STRINGIFY(x)) #endif // C++11 @@ -482,7 +513,7 @@ RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE_END //!@cond RAPIDJSON_HIDDEN_FROM_DOXYGEN -#define RAPIDJSON_MULTILINEMACRO_BEGIN do { +#define RAPIDJSON_MULTILINEMACRO_BEGIN do { #define RAPIDJSON_MULTILINEMACRO_END \ } while((void)0, 0) @@ -541,8 +572,14 @@ RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE_END /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // C++11 features +#ifndef RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11 +#define RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11 (RAPIDJSON_CPLUSPLUS >= 201103L) +#endif + #ifndef RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11_RVALUE_REFS -#if defined(__clang__) +#if RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11 +#define RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11_RVALUE_REFS 1 +#elif defined(__clang__) #if __has_feature(cxx_rvalue_references) && \ (defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(_LIBCPP_VERSION) || defined(__GLIBCXX__) && __GLIBCXX__ >= 20080306) #define RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11_RVALUE_REFS 1 @@ -559,8 +596,14 @@ RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE_END #endif #endif // RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11_RVALUE_REFS +#if RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11_RVALUE_REFS +#include // std::move +#endif + #ifndef RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11_NOEXCEPT -#if defined(__clang__) +#if RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11 +#define RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11_NOEXCEPT 1 +#elif defined(__clang__) #define RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11_NOEXCEPT __has_feature(cxx_noexcept) #elif (defined(RAPIDJSON_GNUC) && (RAPIDJSON_GNUC >= RAPIDJSON_VERSION_CODE(4,6,0)) && defined(__GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__)) || \ (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1900) || \ @@ -570,11 +613,13 @@ RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE_END #define RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11_NOEXCEPT 0 #endif #endif +#ifndef RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT #if RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11_NOEXCEPT #define RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT noexcept #else -#define RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT /* noexcept */ +#define RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT throw() #endif // RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11_NOEXCEPT +#endif // no automatic detection, yet #ifndef RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11_TYPETRAITS @@ -600,9 +645,17 @@ RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE_END /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // C++17 features -#if defined(__has_cpp_attribute) -# if __has_cpp_attribute(fallthrough) -# define RAPIDJSON_DELIBERATE_FALLTHROUGH [[fallthrough]] +#ifndef RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX17 +#define RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX17 (RAPIDJSON_CPLUSPLUS >= 201703L) +#endif + +#if RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX17 +# define RAPIDJSON_DELIBERATE_FALLTHROUGH [[fallthrough]] +#elif defined(__has_cpp_attribute) +# if __has_cpp_attribute(clang::fallthrough) +# define RAPIDJSON_DELIBERATE_FALLTHROUGH [[clang::fallthrough]] +# elif __has_cpp_attribute(fallthrough) +# define RAPIDJSON_DELIBERATE_FALLTHROUGH __attribute__((fallthrough)) # else # define RAPIDJSON_DELIBERATE_FALLTHROUGH # endif @@ -628,17 +681,29 @@ RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE_END #ifndef RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT_ASSERT #ifdef RAPIDJSON_ASSERT_THROWS -#if RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11_NOEXCEPT -#define RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT_ASSERT(x) -#else #include #define RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT_ASSERT(x) assert(x) -#endif // RAPIDJSON_HAS_CXX11_NOEXCEPT #else #define RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT_ASSERT(x) RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(x) #endif // RAPIDJSON_ASSERT_THROWS #endif // RAPIDJSON_NOEXCEPT_ASSERT +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// malloc/realloc/free + +#ifndef RAPIDJSON_MALLOC +///! customization point for global \c malloc +#define RAPIDJSON_MALLOC(size) std::malloc(size) +#endif +#ifndef RAPIDJSON_REALLOC +///! customization point for global \c realloc +#define RAPIDJSON_REALLOC(ptr, new_size) std::realloc(ptr, new_size) +#endif +#ifndef RAPIDJSON_FREE +///! customization point for global \c free +#define RAPIDJSON_FREE(ptr) std::free(ptr) +#endif + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // new/delete @@ -666,7 +731,7 @@ enum Type { kFalseType = 1, //!< false kTrueType = 2, //!< true kObjectType = 3, //!< object - kArrayType = 4, //!< array + kArrayType = 4, //!< array kStringType = 5, //!< string kNumberType = 6 //!< number }; diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/reader.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/reader.h index 0f85032a..55546601 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/reader.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/reader.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at @@ -1023,15 +1023,23 @@ private: is.Take(); unsigned codepoint = ParseHex4(is, escapeOffset); RAPIDJSON_PARSE_ERROR_EARLY_RETURN_VOID; - if (RAPIDJSON_UNLIKELY(codepoint >= 0xD800 && codepoint <= 0xDBFF)) { - // Handle UTF-16 surrogate pair - if (RAPIDJSON_UNLIKELY(!Consume(is, '\\') || !Consume(is, 'u'))) + if (RAPIDJSON_UNLIKELY(codepoint >= 0xD800 && codepoint <= 0xDFFF)) { + // high surrogate, check if followed by valid low surrogate + if (RAPIDJSON_LIKELY(codepoint <= 0xDBFF)) { + // Handle UTF-16 surrogate pair + if (RAPIDJSON_UNLIKELY(!Consume(is, '\\') || !Consume(is, 'u'))) + RAPIDJSON_PARSE_ERROR(kParseErrorStringUnicodeSurrogateInvalid, escapeOffset); + unsigned codepoint2 = ParseHex4(is, escapeOffset); + RAPIDJSON_PARSE_ERROR_EARLY_RETURN_VOID; + if (RAPIDJSON_UNLIKELY(codepoint2 < 0xDC00 || codepoint2 > 0xDFFF)) + RAPIDJSON_PARSE_ERROR(kParseErrorStringUnicodeSurrogateInvalid, escapeOffset); + codepoint = (((codepoint - 0xD800) << 10) | (codepoint2 - 0xDC00)) + 0x10000; + } + // single low surrogate + else + { RAPIDJSON_PARSE_ERROR(kParseErrorStringUnicodeSurrogateInvalid, escapeOffset); - unsigned codepoint2 = ParseHex4(is, escapeOffset); - RAPIDJSON_PARSE_ERROR_EARLY_RETURN_VOID; - if (RAPIDJSON_UNLIKELY(codepoint2 < 0xDC00 || codepoint2 > 0xDFFF)) - RAPIDJSON_PARSE_ERROR(kParseErrorStringUnicodeSurrogateInvalid, escapeOffset); - codepoint = (((codepoint - 0xD800) << 10) | (codepoint2 - 0xDC00)) + 0x10000; + } } TEncoding::Encode(os, codepoint); } @@ -1396,11 +1404,11 @@ private: } #endif // RAPIDJSON_NEON - template + template class NumberStream; - template - class NumberStream { + template + class NumberStream { public: typedef typename InputStream::Ch Ch; @@ -1413,7 +1421,7 @@ private: size_t Tell() { return is.Tell(); } size_t Length() { return 0; } - const char* Pop() { return 0; } + const StackCharacter* Pop() { return 0; } protected: NumberStream& operator=(const NumberStream&); @@ -1421,45 +1429,47 @@ private: InputStream& is; }; - template - class NumberStream : public NumberStream { - typedef NumberStream Base; + template + class NumberStream : public NumberStream { + typedef NumberStream Base; public: - NumberStream(GenericReader& reader, InputStream& is) : Base(reader, is), stackStream(reader.stack_) {} + NumberStream(GenericReader& reader, InputStream& s) : Base(reader, s), stackStream(reader.stack_) {} RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE Ch TakePush() { - stackStream.Put(static_cast(Base::is.Peek())); + stackStream.Put(static_cast(Base::is.Peek())); return Base::is.Take(); } - RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE void Push(char c) { + RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE void Push(StackCharacter c) { stackStream.Put(c); } size_t Length() { return stackStream.Length(); } - const char* Pop() { + const StackCharacter* Pop() { stackStream.Put('\0'); return stackStream.Pop(); } private: - StackStream stackStream; + StackStream stackStream; }; - template - class NumberStream : public NumberStream { - typedef NumberStream Base; + template + class NumberStream : public NumberStream { + typedef NumberStream Base; public: - NumberStream(GenericReader& reader, InputStream& is) : Base(reader, is) {} + NumberStream(GenericReader& reader, InputStream& s) : Base(reader, s) {} RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE Ch Take() { return Base::TakePush(); } }; template void ParseNumber(InputStream& is, Handler& handler) { + typedef typename internal::SelectIf, typename TargetEncoding::Ch, char>::Type NumberCharacter; + internal::StreamLocalCopy copy(is); - NumberStream(s.Length()); - StringStream srcStream(s.Pop()); + GenericStringStream > srcStream(s.Pop()); StackStream dstStream(stack_); while (numCharsToCopy--) { - Transcoder, TargetEncoding>::Transcode(srcStream, dstStream); + Transcoder, TargetEncoding>::Transcode(srcStream, dstStream); } dstStream.Put('\0'); const typename TargetEncoding::Ch* str = dstStream.Pop(); @@ -1697,7 +1707,7 @@ private: } else { size_t length = s.Length(); - const char* decimal = s.Pop(); // Pop stack no matter if it will be used or not. + const NumberCharacter* decimal = s.Pop(); // Pop stack no matter if it will be used or not. if (useDouble) { int p = exp + expFrac; diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/schema.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/schema.h index fc39d06c..6e51177a 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/schema.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/schema.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available-> -// +// // Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip-> All rights reserved-> // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except @@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ // // http://opensource->org/licenses/MIT // -// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed -// under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR -// CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied-> See the License for the +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed +// under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR +// CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied-> See the License for the // specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License-> #ifndef RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_H_ @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ #include "document.h" #include "pointer.h" #include "stringbuffer.h" +#include "error/en.h" +#include "uri.h" #include // abs, floor #if !defined(RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_USE_INTERNALREGEX) @@ -48,10 +50,6 @@ #define RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_VERBOSE 0 #endif -#if RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_VERBOSE -#include "stringbuffer.h" -#endif - RAPIDJSON_DIAG_PUSH #if defined(__GNUC__) @@ -76,50 +74,163 @@ RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE_BEGIN namespace internal { -inline void PrintInvalidKeyword(const char* keyword) { - printf("Fail keyword: %s\n", keyword); +inline void PrintInvalidKeywordData(const char* keyword) { + printf(" Fail keyword: '%s'\n", keyword); } -inline void PrintInvalidKeyword(const wchar_t* keyword) { - wprintf(L"Fail keyword: %ls\n", keyword); +inline void PrintInvalidKeywordData(const wchar_t* keyword) { + wprintf(L" Fail keyword: '%ls'\n", keyword); } -inline void PrintInvalidDocument(const char* document) { - printf("Fail document: %s\n\n", document); +inline void PrintInvalidDocumentData(const char* document) { + printf(" Fail document: '%s'\n", document); } -inline void PrintInvalidDocument(const wchar_t* document) { - wprintf(L"Fail document: %ls\n\n", document); +inline void PrintInvalidDocumentData(const wchar_t* document) { + wprintf(L" Fail document: '%ls'\n", document); } -inline void PrintValidatorPointers(unsigned depth, const char* s, const char* d) { - printf("S: %*s%s\nD: %*s%s\n\n", depth * 4, " ", s, depth * 4, " ", d); +inline void PrintValidatorPointersData(const char* s, const char* d, unsigned depth) { + printf(" Sch: %*s'%s'\n Doc: %*s'%s'\n", depth * 4, " ", s, depth * 4, " ", d); } -inline void PrintValidatorPointers(unsigned depth, const wchar_t* s, const wchar_t* d) { - wprintf(L"S: %*ls%ls\nD: %*ls%ls\n\n", depth * 4, L" ", s, depth * 4, L" ", d); +inline void PrintValidatorPointersData(const wchar_t* s, const wchar_t* d, unsigned depth) { + wprintf(L" Sch: %*ls'%ls'\n Doc: %*ls'%ls'\n", depth * 4, L" ", s, depth * 4, L" ", d); +} + +inline void PrintSchemaIdsData(const char* base, const char* local, const char* resolved) { + printf(" Resolving id: Base: '%s', Local: '%s', Resolved: '%s'\n", base, local, resolved); +} + +inline void PrintSchemaIdsData(const wchar_t* base, const wchar_t* local, const wchar_t* resolved) { + wprintf(L" Resolving id: Base: '%ls', Local: '%ls', Resolved: '%ls'\n", base, local, resolved); +} + +inline void PrintMethodData(const char* method) { + printf("%s\n", method); +} + +inline void PrintMethodData(const char* method, bool b) { + printf("%s, Data: '%s'\n", method, b ? "true" : "false"); +} + +inline void PrintMethodData(const char* method, int64_t i) { + printf("%s, Data: '%" PRId64 "'\n", method, i); +} + +inline void PrintMethodData(const char* method, uint64_t u) { + printf("%s, Data: '%" PRIu64 "'\n", method, u); +} + +inline void PrintMethodData(const char* method, double d) { + printf("%s, Data: '%lf'\n", method, d); +} + +inline void PrintMethodData(const char* method, const char* s) { + printf("%s, Data: '%s'\n", method, s); +} + +inline void PrintMethodData(const char* method, const wchar_t* s) { + wprintf(L"%hs, Data: '%ls'\n", method, s); +} + +inline void PrintMethodData(const char* method, const char* s1, const char* s2) { + printf("%s, Data: '%s', '%s'\n", method, s1, s2); +} + +inline void PrintMethodData(const char* method, const wchar_t* s1, const wchar_t* s2) { + wprintf(L"%hs, Data: '%ls', '%ls'\n", method, s1, s2); } } // namespace internal #endif // RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_VERBOSE +#ifndef RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT +#if RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_VERBOSE +#define RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(name, ...) internal::Print##name##Data(__VA_ARGS__) +#else +#define RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(name, ...) +#endif +#endif + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN -#if RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_VERBOSE -#define RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_VERBOSE(keyword) internal::PrintInvalidKeyword(keyword) -#else -#define RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_VERBOSE(keyword) -#endif - -#define RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(keyword)\ +#define RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(code)\ RAPIDJSON_MULTILINEMACRO_BEGIN\ - context.invalidKeyword = keyword.GetString();\ - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_VERBOSE(keyword.GetString());\ + context.invalidCode = code;\ + context.invalidKeyword = SchemaType::GetValidateErrorKeyword(code).GetString();\ + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(InvalidKeyword, context.invalidKeyword);\ return false;\ RAPIDJSON_MULTILINEMACRO_END +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// ValidateFlag + +/*! \def RAPIDJSON_VALIDATE_DEFAULT_FLAGS + \ingroup RAPIDJSON_CONFIG + \brief User-defined kValidateDefaultFlags definition. + + User can define this as any \c ValidateFlag combinations. +*/ +#ifndef RAPIDJSON_VALIDATE_DEFAULT_FLAGS +#define RAPIDJSON_VALIDATE_DEFAULT_FLAGS kValidateNoFlags +#endif + +//! Combination of validate flags +/*! \see + */ +enum ValidateFlag { + kValidateNoFlags = 0, //!< No flags are set. + kValidateContinueOnErrorFlag = 1, //!< Don't stop after first validation error. + kValidateReadFlag = 2, //!< Validation is for a read semantic. + kValidateWriteFlag = 4, //!< Validation is for a write semantic. + kValidateDefaultFlags = RAPIDJSON_VALIDATE_DEFAULT_FLAGS //!< Default validate flags. Can be customized by defining RAPIDJSON_VALIDATE_DEFAULT_FLAGS +}; + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Specification +enum SchemaDraft { + kDraftUnknown = -1, + kDraftNone = 0, + kDraft03 = 3, + kDraftMin = 4, //!< Current minimum supported draft + kDraft04 = 4, + kDraft05 = 5, + kDraftMax = 5, //!< Current maximum supported draft + kDraft06 = 6, + kDraft07 = 7, + kDraft2019_09 = 8, + kDraft2020_12 = 9 +}; + +enum OpenApiVersion { + kVersionUnknown = -1, + kVersionNone = 0, + kVersionMin = 2, //!< Current minimum supported version + kVersion20 = 2, + kVersion30 = 3, + kVersionMax = 3, //!< Current maximum supported version + kVersion31 = 4, +}; + +struct Specification { + Specification(SchemaDraft d) : draft(d), oapi(kVersionNone) {} + Specification(OpenApiVersion o) : oapi(o) { + if (oapi == kVersion20) draft = kDraft04; + else if (oapi == kVersion30) draft = kDraft05; + else if (oapi == kVersion31) draft = kDraft2020_12; + else draft = kDraft04; + } + ~Specification() {} + bool IsSupported() const { + return ((draft >= kDraftMin && draft <= kDraftMax) && ((oapi == kVersionNone) || (oapi >= kVersionMin && oapi <= kVersionMax))); + } + SchemaDraft draft; + OpenApiVersion oapi; +}; + /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // Forward declarations @@ -138,6 +249,8 @@ class ISchemaValidator { public: virtual ~ISchemaValidator() {} virtual bool IsValid() const = 0; + virtual void SetValidateFlags(unsigned flags) = 0; + virtual unsigned GetValidateFlags() const = 0; }; /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -147,7 +260,7 @@ template class ISchemaStateFactory { public: virtual ~ISchemaStateFactory() {} - virtual ISchemaValidator* CreateSchemaValidator(const SchemaType&) = 0; + virtual ISchemaValidator* CreateSchemaValidator(const SchemaType&, const bool inheritContinueOnErrors) = 0; virtual void DestroySchemaValidator(ISchemaValidator* validator) = 0; virtual void* CreateHasher() = 0; virtual uint64_t GetHashCode(void* hasher) = 0; @@ -201,14 +314,17 @@ public: virtual void AddDependencySchemaError(const SValue& souceName, ISchemaValidator* subvalidator) = 0; virtual bool EndDependencyErrors() = 0; - virtual void DisallowedValue() = 0; + virtual void DisallowedValue(const ValidateErrorCode code) = 0; virtual void StartDisallowedType() = 0; virtual void AddExpectedType(const typename SchemaType::ValueType& expectedType) = 0; virtual void EndDisallowedType(const typename SchemaType::ValueType& actualType) = 0; virtual void NotAllOf(ISchemaValidator** subvalidators, SizeType count) = 0; virtual void NoneOf(ISchemaValidator** subvalidators, SizeType count) = 0; virtual void NotOneOf(ISchemaValidator** subvalidators, SizeType count) = 0; + virtual void MultipleOneOf(SizeType index1, SizeType index2) = 0; virtual void Disallowed() = 0; + virtual void DisallowedWhenWriting() = 0; + virtual void DisallowedWhenReading() = 0; }; @@ -229,10 +345,10 @@ public: bool Uint(unsigned u) { Number n; n.u.u = u; n.d = static_cast(u); return WriteNumber(n); } bool Int64(int64_t i) { Number n; n.u.i = i; n.d = static_cast(i); return WriteNumber(n); } bool Uint64(uint64_t u) { Number n; n.u.u = u; n.d = static_cast(u); return WriteNumber(n); } - bool Double(double d) { - Number n; + bool Double(double d) { + Number n; if (d < 0) n.u.i = static_cast(d); - else n.u.u = static_cast(d); + else n.u.u = static_cast(d); n.d = d; return WriteNumber(n); } @@ -326,12 +442,14 @@ struct SchemaValidationContext { kPatternValidatorWithAdditionalProperty }; - SchemaValidationContext(SchemaValidatorFactoryType& f, ErrorHandlerType& eh, const SchemaType* s) : + SchemaValidationContext(SchemaValidatorFactoryType& f, ErrorHandlerType& eh, const SchemaType* s, unsigned fl = 0) : factory(f), error_handler(eh), schema(s), + flags(fl), valueSchema(), invalidKeyword(), + invalidCode(), hasher(), arrayElementHashCodes(), validators(), @@ -352,13 +470,19 @@ struct SchemaValidationContext { if (hasher) factory.DestroryHasher(hasher); if (validators) { - for (SizeType i = 0; i < validatorCount; i++) - factory.DestroySchemaValidator(validators[i]); + for (SizeType i = 0; i < validatorCount; i++) { + if (validators[i]) { + factory.DestroySchemaValidator(validators[i]); + } + } factory.FreeState(validators); } if (patternPropertiesValidators) { - for (SizeType i = 0; i < patternPropertiesValidatorCount; i++) - factory.DestroySchemaValidator(patternPropertiesValidators[i]); + for (SizeType i = 0; i < patternPropertiesValidatorCount; i++) { + if (patternPropertiesValidators[i]) { + factory.DestroySchemaValidator(patternPropertiesValidators[i]); + } + } factory.FreeState(patternPropertiesValidators); } if (patternPropertiesSchemas) @@ -370,8 +494,10 @@ struct SchemaValidationContext { SchemaValidatorFactoryType& factory; ErrorHandlerType& error_handler; const SchemaType* schema; + unsigned flags; const SchemaType* valueSchema; const Ch* invalidKeyword; + ValidateErrorCode invalidCode; void* hasher; // Only validator access void* arrayElementHashCodes; // Only validator access this ISchemaValidator** validators; @@ -404,11 +530,14 @@ public: typedef Schema SchemaType; typedef GenericValue SValue; typedef IValidationErrorHandler ErrorHandler; + typedef GenericUri UriType; friend class GenericSchemaDocument; - Schema(SchemaDocumentType* schemaDocument, const PointerType& p, const ValueType& value, const ValueType& document, AllocatorType* allocator) : + Schema(SchemaDocumentType* schemaDocument, const PointerType& p, const ValueType& value, const ValueType& document, AllocatorType* allocator, const UriType& id = UriType()) : allocator_(allocator), uri_(schemaDocument->GetURI(), *allocator), + id_(id, allocator), + spec_(schemaDocument->GetSpecification()), pointer_(p, allocator), typeless_(schemaDocument->GetTypeless()), enum_(), @@ -441,14 +570,43 @@ public: maxLength_(~SizeType(0)), exclusiveMinimum_(false), exclusiveMaximum_(false), - defaultValueLength_(0) + defaultValueLength_(0), + readOnly_(false), + writeOnly_(false), + nullable_(false) { + GenericStringBuffer sb; + p.StringifyUriFragment(sb); + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "Schema::Schema", sb.GetString(), id.GetString()); + typedef typename ValueType::ConstValueIterator ConstValueIterator; typedef typename ValueType::ConstMemberIterator ConstMemberIterator; + // PR #1393 + // Early add this Schema and its $ref(s) in schemaDocument's map to avoid infinite + // recursion (with recursive schemas), since schemaDocument->getSchema() is always + // checked before creating a new one. Don't cache typeless_, though. + if (this != typeless_) { + typedef typename SchemaDocumentType::SchemaEntry SchemaEntry; + SchemaEntry *entry = schemaDocument->schemaMap_.template Push(); + new (entry) SchemaEntry(pointer_, this, true, allocator_); + schemaDocument->AddSchemaRefs(this); + } + if (!value.IsObject()) return; + // If we have an id property, resolve it with the in-scope id + // Not supported for open api 2.0 or 3.0 + if (spec_.oapi != kVersion20 && spec_.oapi != kVersion30) + if (const ValueType* v = GetMember(value, GetIdString())) { + if (v->IsString()) { + UriType local(*v, allocator); + id_ = local.Resolve(id_, allocator); + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(SchemaIds, id.GetString(), v->GetString(), id_.GetString()); + } + } + if (const ValueType* v = GetMember(value, GetTypeString())) { type_ = 0; if (v->IsString()) @@ -458,7 +616,7 @@ public: AddType(*itr); } - if (const ValueType* v = GetMember(value, GetEnumString())) + if (const ValueType* v = GetMember(value, GetEnumString())) { if (v->IsArray() && v->Size() > 0) { enum_ = static_cast(allocator_->Malloc(sizeof(uint64_t) * v->Size())); for (ConstValueIterator itr = v->Begin(); itr != v->End(); ++itr) { @@ -470,17 +628,21 @@ public: enum_[enumCount_++] = h.GetHashCode(); } } - - if (schemaDocument) { - AssignIfExist(allOf_, *schemaDocument, p, value, GetAllOfString(), document); - AssignIfExist(anyOf_, *schemaDocument, p, value, GetAnyOfString(), document); - AssignIfExist(oneOf_, *schemaDocument, p, value, GetOneOfString(), document); } - if (const ValueType* v = GetMember(value, GetNotString())) { - schemaDocument->CreateSchema(¬_, p.Append(GetNotString(), allocator_), *v, document); - notValidatorIndex_ = validatorCount_; - validatorCount_++; + if (schemaDocument) + AssignIfExist(allOf_, *schemaDocument, p, value, GetAllOfString(), document); + + // AnyOf, OneOf, Not not supported for open api 2.0 + if (schemaDocument && spec_.oapi != kVersion20) { + AssignIfExist(anyOf_, *schemaDocument, p, value, GetAnyOfString(), document); + AssignIfExist(oneOf_, *schemaDocument, p, value, GetOneOfString(), document); + + if (const ValueType* v = GetMember(value, GetNotString())) { + schemaDocument->CreateSchema(¬_, p.Append(GetNotString(), allocator_), *v, document, id_); + notValidatorIndex_ = validatorCount_; + validatorCount_++; + } } // Object @@ -495,12 +657,14 @@ public: if (properties && properties->IsObject()) for (ConstMemberIterator itr = properties->MemberBegin(); itr != properties->MemberEnd(); ++itr) AddUniqueElement(allProperties, itr->name); - + if (required && required->IsArray()) for (ConstValueIterator itr = required->Begin(); itr != required->End(); ++itr) if (itr->IsString()) AddUniqueElement(allProperties, *itr); + // Dependencies not supported for open api 2.0 and 3.0 + if (spec_.oapi != kVersion20 && spec_.oapi != kVersion30) if (dependencies && dependencies->IsObject()) for (ConstMemberIterator itr = dependencies->MemberBegin(); itr != dependencies->MemberEnd(); ++itr) { AddUniqueElement(allProperties, itr->name); @@ -526,10 +690,12 @@ public: for (ConstMemberIterator itr = properties->MemberBegin(); itr != properties->MemberEnd(); ++itr) { SizeType index; if (FindPropertyIndex(itr->name, &index)) - schemaDocument->CreateSchema(&properties_[index].schema, q.Append(itr->name, allocator_), itr->value, document); + schemaDocument->CreateSchema(&properties_[index].schema, q.Append(itr->name, allocator_), itr->value, document, id_); } } + // PatternProperties not supported for open api 2.0 and 3.0 + if (spec_.oapi != kVersion20 && spec_.oapi != kVersion30) if (const ValueType* v = GetMember(value, GetPatternPropertiesString())) { PointerType q = p.Append(GetPatternPropertiesString(), allocator_); patternProperties_ = static_cast(allocator_->Malloc(sizeof(PatternProperty) * v->MemberCount())); @@ -537,8 +703,9 @@ public: for (ConstMemberIterator itr = v->MemberBegin(); itr != v->MemberEnd(); ++itr) { new (&patternProperties_[patternPropertyCount_]) PatternProperty(); - patternProperties_[patternPropertyCount_].pattern = CreatePattern(itr->name); - schemaDocument->CreateSchema(&patternProperties_[patternPropertyCount_].schema, q.Append(itr->name, allocator_), itr->value, document); + PointerType r = q.Append(itr->name, allocator_); + patternProperties_[patternPropertyCount_].pattern = CreatePattern(itr->name, schemaDocument, r); + schemaDocument->CreateSchema(&patternProperties_[patternPropertyCount_].schema, r, itr->value, document, id_); patternPropertyCount_++; } } @@ -553,6 +720,8 @@ public: } } + // Dependencies not supported for open api 2.0 and 3.0 + if (spec_.oapi != kVersion20 && spec_.oapi != kVersion30) if (dependencies && dependencies->IsObject()) { PointerType q = p.Append(GetDependenciesString(), allocator_); hasDependencies_ = true; @@ -570,7 +739,7 @@ public: } else if (itr->value.IsObject()) { hasSchemaDependencies_ = true; - schemaDocument->CreateSchema(&properties_[sourceIndex].dependenciesSchema, q.Append(itr->name, allocator_), itr->value, document); + schemaDocument->CreateSchema(&properties_[sourceIndex].dependenciesSchema, q.Append(itr->name, allocator_), itr->value, document, id_); properties_[sourceIndex].dependenciesValidatorIndex = validatorCount_; validatorCount_++; } @@ -582,7 +751,7 @@ public: if (v->IsBool()) additionalProperties_ = v->GetBool(); else if (v->IsObject()) - schemaDocument->CreateSchema(&additionalPropertiesSchema_, p.Append(GetAdditionalPropertiesString(), allocator_), *v, document); + schemaDocument->CreateSchema(&additionalPropertiesSchema_, p.Append(GetAdditionalPropertiesString(), allocator_), *v, document, id_); } AssignIfExist(minProperties_, value, GetMinPropertiesString()); @@ -592,23 +761,25 @@ public: if (const ValueType* v = GetMember(value, GetItemsString())) { PointerType q = p.Append(GetItemsString(), allocator_); if (v->IsObject()) // List validation - schemaDocument->CreateSchema(&itemsList_, q, *v, document); + schemaDocument->CreateSchema(&itemsList_, q, *v, document, id_); else if (v->IsArray()) { // Tuple validation itemsTuple_ = static_cast(allocator_->Malloc(sizeof(const Schema*) * v->Size())); SizeType index = 0; for (ConstValueIterator itr = v->Begin(); itr != v->End(); ++itr, index++) - schemaDocument->CreateSchema(&itemsTuple_[itemsTupleCount_++], q.Append(index, allocator_), *itr, document); + schemaDocument->CreateSchema(&itemsTuple_[itemsTupleCount_++], q.Append(index, allocator_), *itr, document, id_); } } AssignIfExist(minItems_, value, GetMinItemsString()); AssignIfExist(maxItems_, value, GetMaxItemsString()); + // AdditionalItems not supported for openapi 2.0 and 3.0 + if (spec_.oapi != kVersion20 && spec_.oapi != kVersion30) if (const ValueType* v = GetMember(value, GetAdditionalItemsString())) { if (v->IsBool()) additionalItems_ = v->GetBool(); else if (v->IsObject()) - schemaDocument->CreateSchema(&additionalItemsSchema_, p.Append(GetAdditionalItemsString(), allocator_), *v, document); + schemaDocument->CreateSchema(&additionalItemsSchema_, p.Append(GetAdditionalItemsString(), allocator_), *v, document, id_); } AssignIfExist(uniqueItems_, value, GetUniqueItemsString()); @@ -618,7 +789,7 @@ public: AssignIfExist(maxLength_, value, GetMaxLengthString()); if (const ValueType* v = GetMember(value, GetPatternString())) - pattern_ = CreatePattern(*v); + pattern_ = CreatePattern(*v, schemaDocument, p.Append(GetPatternString(), allocator_)); // Number if (const ValueType* v = GetMember(value, GetMinimumString())) @@ -641,6 +812,23 @@ public: if (v->IsString()) defaultValueLength_ = v->GetStringLength(); + // ReadOnly - open api only (until draft 7 supported) + // WriteOnly - open api 3 only (until draft 7 supported) + // Both can't be true + if (spec_.oapi != kVersionNone) + AssignIfExist(readOnly_, value, GetReadOnlyString()); + if (spec_.oapi >= kVersion30) + AssignIfExist(writeOnly_, value, GetWriteOnlyString()); + if (readOnly_ && writeOnly_) + schemaDocument->SchemaError(kSchemaErrorReadOnlyAndWriteOnly, p); + + // Nullable - open api 3 only + // If true add 'null' as allowable type + if (spec_.oapi >= kVersion30) { + AssignIfExist(nullable_, value, GetNullableString()); + if (nullable_) + AddType(GetNullString()); + } } ~Schema() { @@ -668,11 +856,20 @@ public: return uri_; } + const UriType& GetId() const { + return id_; + } + + const Specification& GetSpecification() const { + return spec_; + } + const PointerType& GetPointer() const { return pointer_; } bool BeginValue(Context& context) const { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "Schema::BeginValue"); if (context.inArray) { if (uniqueItems_) context.valueUniqueness = true; @@ -688,7 +885,11 @@ public: context.valueSchema = typeless_; else { context.error_handler.DisallowedItem(context.arrayElementIndex); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetItemsString()); + // Must set valueSchema for when kValidateContinueOnErrorFlag is set, else reports spurious type error + context.valueSchema = typeless_; + // Must bump arrayElementIndex for when kValidateContinueOnErrorFlag is set + context.arrayElementIndex++; + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorAdditionalItems); } } else @@ -700,6 +901,8 @@ public: } RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE bool EndValue(Context& context) const { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "Schema::EndValue"); + // Only check pattern properties if we have validators if (context.patternPropertiesValidatorCount > 0) { bool otherValid = false; SizeType count = context.patternPropertiesValidatorCount; @@ -716,115 +919,127 @@ public: if (context.objectPatternValidatorType == Context::kPatternValidatorOnly) { if (!patternValid) { context.error_handler.PropertyViolations(context.patternPropertiesValidators, count); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetPatternPropertiesString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorPatternProperties); } } else if (context.objectPatternValidatorType == Context::kPatternValidatorWithProperty) { if (!patternValid || !otherValid) { context.error_handler.PropertyViolations(context.patternPropertiesValidators, count + 1); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetPatternPropertiesString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorPatternProperties); } } else if (!patternValid && !otherValid) { // kPatternValidatorWithAdditionalProperty) context.error_handler.PropertyViolations(context.patternPropertiesValidators, count + 1); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetPatternPropertiesString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorPatternProperties); } } - if (enum_) { + // For enums only check if we have a hasher + if (enum_ && context.hasher) { const uint64_t h = context.factory.GetHashCode(context.hasher); for (SizeType i = 0; i < enumCount_; i++) if (enum_[i] == h) goto foundEnum; - context.error_handler.DisallowedValue(); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetEnumString()); + context.error_handler.DisallowedValue(kValidateErrorEnum); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorEnum); foundEnum:; } - if (allOf_.schemas) - for (SizeType i = allOf_.begin; i < allOf_.begin + allOf_.count; i++) - if (!context.validators[i]->IsValid()) { - context.error_handler.NotAllOf(&context.validators[allOf_.begin], allOf_.count); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetAllOfString()); - } - - if (anyOf_.schemas) { - for (SizeType i = anyOf_.begin; i < anyOf_.begin + anyOf_.count; i++) - if (context.validators[i]->IsValid()) - goto foundAny; - context.error_handler.NoneOf(&context.validators[anyOf_.begin], anyOf_.count); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetAnyOfString()); - foundAny:; - } + // Only check allOf etc if we have validators + if (context.validatorCount > 0) { + if (allOf_.schemas) + for (SizeType i = allOf_.begin; i < allOf_.begin + allOf_.count; i++) + if (!context.validators[i]->IsValid()) { + context.error_handler.NotAllOf(&context.validators[allOf_.begin], allOf_.count); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorAllOf); + } - if (oneOf_.schemas) { - bool oneValid = false; - for (SizeType i = oneOf_.begin; i < oneOf_.begin + oneOf_.count; i++) - if (context.validators[i]->IsValid()) { - if (oneValid) { - context.error_handler.NotOneOf(&context.validators[oneOf_.begin], oneOf_.count); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetOneOfString()); - } else - oneValid = true; - } - if (!oneValid) { - context.error_handler.NotOneOf(&context.validators[oneOf_.begin], oneOf_.count); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetOneOfString()); + if (anyOf_.schemas) { + for (SizeType i = anyOf_.begin; i < anyOf_.begin + anyOf_.count; i++) + if (context.validators[i]->IsValid()) + goto foundAny; + context.error_handler.NoneOf(&context.validators[anyOf_.begin], anyOf_.count); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorAnyOf); + foundAny:; } - } - if (not_ && context.validators[notValidatorIndex_]->IsValid()) { - context.error_handler.Disallowed(); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetNotString()); + if (oneOf_.schemas) { + bool oneValid = false; + SizeType firstMatch = 0; + for (SizeType i = oneOf_.begin; i < oneOf_.begin + oneOf_.count; i++) + if (context.validators[i]->IsValid()) { + if (oneValid) { + context.error_handler.MultipleOneOf(firstMatch, i - oneOf_.begin); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorOneOfMatch); + } else { + oneValid = true; + firstMatch = i - oneOf_.begin; + } + } + if (!oneValid) { + context.error_handler.NotOneOf(&context.validators[oneOf_.begin], oneOf_.count); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorOneOf); + } + } + + if (not_ && context.validators[notValidatorIndex_]->IsValid()) { + context.error_handler.Disallowed(); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorNot); + } } return true; } bool Null(Context& context) const { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "Schema::Null"); if (!(type_ & (1 << kNullSchemaType))) { DisallowedType(context, GetNullString()); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetTypeString()); - } - return CreateParallelValidator(context); - } - - bool Bool(Context& context, bool) const { - if (!(type_ & (1 << kBooleanSchemaType))) { - DisallowedType(context, GetBooleanString()); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetTypeString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorType); } return CreateParallelValidator(context); } + bool Bool(Context& context, bool b) const { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "Schema::Bool", b); + if (!CheckBool(context, b)) + return false; + return CreateParallelValidator(context); + } + bool Int(Context& context, int i) const { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "Schema::Int", (int64_t)i); if (!CheckInt(context, i)) return false; return CreateParallelValidator(context); } bool Uint(Context& context, unsigned u) const { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "Schema::Uint", (uint64_t)u); if (!CheckUint(context, u)) return false; return CreateParallelValidator(context); } bool Int64(Context& context, int64_t i) const { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "Schema::Int64", i); if (!CheckInt(context, i)) return false; return CreateParallelValidator(context); } bool Uint64(Context& context, uint64_t u) const { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "Schema::Uint64", u); if (!CheckUint(context, u)) return false; return CreateParallelValidator(context); } bool Double(Context& context, double d) const { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "Schema::Double", d); if (!(type_ & (1 << kNumberSchemaType))) { DisallowedType(context, GetNumberString()); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetTypeString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorType); } if (!minimum_.IsNull() && !CheckDoubleMinimum(context, d)) @@ -832,17 +1047,18 @@ public: if (!maximum_.IsNull() && !CheckDoubleMaximum(context, d)) return false; - + if (!multipleOf_.IsNull() && !CheckDoubleMultipleOf(context, d)) return false; - + return CreateParallelValidator(context); } - + bool String(Context& context, const Ch* str, SizeType length, bool) const { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "Schema::String", str); if (!(type_ & (1 << kStringSchemaType))) { DisallowedType(context, GetStringString()); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetTypeString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorType); } if (minLength_ != 0 || maxLength_ != SizeType(~0)) { @@ -850,27 +1066,28 @@ public: if (internal::CountStringCodePoint(str, length, &count)) { if (count < minLength_) { context.error_handler.TooShort(str, length, minLength_); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetMinLengthString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorMinLength); } if (count > maxLength_) { context.error_handler.TooLong(str, length, maxLength_); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetMaxLengthString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorMaxLength); } } } if (pattern_ && !IsPatternMatch(pattern_, str, length)) { context.error_handler.DoesNotMatch(str, length); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetPatternString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorPattern); } return CreateParallelValidator(context); } bool StartObject(Context& context) const { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "Schema::StartObject"); if (!(type_ & (1 << kObjectSchemaType))) { DisallowedType(context, GetObjectString()); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetTypeString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorType); } if (hasDependencies_ || hasRequired_) { @@ -887,8 +1104,10 @@ public: return CreateParallelValidator(context); } - + bool Key(Context& context, const Ch* str, SizeType len, bool) const { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "Schema::Key", str); + if (patternProperties_) { context.patternPropertiesSchemaCount = 0; for (SizeType i = 0; i < patternPropertyCount_; i++) @@ -915,7 +1134,7 @@ public: } if (additionalPropertiesSchema_) { - if (additionalPropertiesSchema_ && context.patternPropertiesSchemaCount > 0) { + if (context.patternPropertiesSchemaCount > 0) { context.patternPropertiesSchemas[context.patternPropertiesSchemaCount++] = additionalPropertiesSchema_; context.valueSchema = typeless_; context.valuePatternValidatorType = Context::kPatternValidatorWithAdditionalProperty; @@ -930,14 +1149,17 @@ public: } if (context.patternPropertiesSchemaCount == 0) { // patternProperties are not additional properties + // Must set valueSchema for when kValidateContinueOnErrorFlag is set, else reports spurious type error + context.valueSchema = typeless_; context.error_handler.DisallowedProperty(str, len); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetAdditionalPropertiesString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorAdditionalProperties); } return true; } bool EndObject(Context& context, SizeType memberCount) const { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "Schema::EndObject"); if (hasRequired_) { context.error_handler.StartMissingProperties(); for (SizeType index = 0; index < propertyCount_; index++) @@ -945,17 +1167,17 @@ public: if (properties_[index].schema->defaultValueLength_ == 0 ) context.error_handler.AddMissingProperty(properties_[index].name); if (context.error_handler.EndMissingProperties()) - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetRequiredString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorRequired); } if (memberCount < minProperties_) { context.error_handler.TooFewProperties(memberCount, minProperties_); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetMinPropertiesString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorMinProperties); } if (memberCount > maxProperties_) { context.error_handler.TooManyProperties(memberCount, maxProperties_); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetMaxPropertiesString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorMaxProperties); } if (hasDependencies_) { @@ -978,40 +1200,83 @@ public: } } if (context.error_handler.EndDependencyErrors()) - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetDependenciesString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorDependencies); } return true; } bool StartArray(Context& context) const { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "Schema::StartArray"); + context.arrayElementIndex = 0; + context.inArray = true; // Ensure we note that we are in an array + if (!(type_ & (1 << kArraySchemaType))) { DisallowedType(context, GetArrayString()); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetTypeString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorType); } - context.arrayElementIndex = 0; - context.inArray = true; - return CreateParallelValidator(context); } bool EndArray(Context& context, SizeType elementCount) const { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "Schema::EndArray"); context.inArray = false; - + if (elementCount < minItems_) { context.error_handler.TooFewItems(elementCount, minItems_); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetMinItemsString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorMinItems); } - + if (elementCount > maxItems_) { context.error_handler.TooManyItems(elementCount, maxItems_); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetMaxItemsString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorMaxItems); } return true; } + static const ValueType& GetValidateErrorKeyword(ValidateErrorCode validateErrorCode) { + switch (validateErrorCode) { + case kValidateErrorMultipleOf: return GetMultipleOfString(); + case kValidateErrorMaximum: return GetMaximumString(); + case kValidateErrorExclusiveMaximum: return GetMaximumString(); // Same + case kValidateErrorMinimum: return GetMinimumString(); + case kValidateErrorExclusiveMinimum: return GetMinimumString(); // Same + + case kValidateErrorMaxLength: return GetMaxLengthString(); + case kValidateErrorMinLength: return GetMinLengthString(); + case kValidateErrorPattern: return GetPatternString(); + + case kValidateErrorMaxItems: return GetMaxItemsString(); + case kValidateErrorMinItems: return GetMinItemsString(); + case kValidateErrorUniqueItems: return GetUniqueItemsString(); + case kValidateErrorAdditionalItems: return GetAdditionalItemsString(); + + case kValidateErrorMaxProperties: return GetMaxPropertiesString(); + case kValidateErrorMinProperties: return GetMinPropertiesString(); + case kValidateErrorRequired: return GetRequiredString(); + case kValidateErrorAdditionalProperties: return GetAdditionalPropertiesString(); + case kValidateErrorPatternProperties: return GetPatternPropertiesString(); + case kValidateErrorDependencies: return GetDependenciesString(); + + case kValidateErrorEnum: return GetEnumString(); + case kValidateErrorType: return GetTypeString(); + + case kValidateErrorOneOf: return GetOneOfString(); + case kValidateErrorOneOfMatch: return GetOneOfString(); // Same + case kValidateErrorAllOf: return GetAllOfString(); + case kValidateErrorAnyOf: return GetAnyOfString(); + case kValidateErrorNot: return GetNotString(); + + case kValidateErrorReadOnly: return GetReadOnlyString(); + case kValidateErrorWriteOnly: return GetWriteOnlyString(); + + default: return GetNullString(); + } + } + + // Generate functions for string literal according to Ch #define RAPIDJSON_STRING_(name, ...) \ static const ValueType& Get##name##String() {\ @@ -1054,6 +1319,14 @@ public: RAPIDJSON_STRING_(ExclusiveMaximum, 'e', 'x', 'c', 'l', 'u', 's', 'i', 'v', 'e', 'M', 'a', 'x', 'i', 'm', 'u', 'm') RAPIDJSON_STRING_(MultipleOf, 'm', 'u', 'l', 't', 'i', 'p', 'l', 'e', 'O', 'f') RAPIDJSON_STRING_(DefaultValue, 'd', 'e', 'f', 'a', 'u', 'l', 't') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(Schema, '$', 's', 'c', 'h', 'e', 'm', 'a') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(Ref, '$', 'r', 'e', 'f') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(Id, 'i', 'd') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(Swagger, 's', 'w', 'a', 'g', 'g', 'e', 'r') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(OpenApi, 'o', 'p', 'e', 'n', 'a', 'p', 'i') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(ReadOnly, 'r', 'e', 'a', 'd', 'O', 'n', 'l', 'y') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(WriteOnly, 'w', 'r', 'i', 't', 'e', 'O', 'n', 'l', 'y') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(Nullable, 'n', 'u', 'l', 'l', 'a', 'b', 'l', 'e') #undef RAPIDJSON_STRING_ @@ -1119,7 +1392,7 @@ private: out.schemas = static_cast(allocator_->Malloc(out.count * sizeof(const Schema*))); memset(out.schemas, 0, sizeof(Schema*)* out.count); for (SizeType i = 0; i < out.count; i++) - schemaDocument.CreateSchema(&out.schemas[i], q.Append(i, allocator_), (*v)[i], document); + schemaDocument.CreateSchema(&out.schemas[i], q.Append(i, allocator_), (*v)[i], document, id_); out.begin = validatorCount_; validatorCount_ += out.count; } @@ -1128,10 +1401,11 @@ private: #if RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_USE_INTERNALREGEX template - RegexType* CreatePattern(const ValueType& value) { + RegexType* CreatePattern(const ValueType& value, SchemaDocumentType* sd, const PointerType& p) { if (value.IsString()) { RegexType* r = new (allocator_->Malloc(sizeof(RegexType))) RegexType(value.GetString(), allocator_); if (!r->IsValid()) { + sd->SchemaErrorValue(kSchemaErrorRegexInvalid, p, value.GetString(), value.GetStringLength()); r->~RegexType(); AllocatorType::Free(r); r = 0; @@ -1147,13 +1421,14 @@ private: } #elif RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_USE_STDREGEX template - RegexType* CreatePattern(const ValueType& value) { + RegexType* CreatePattern(const ValueType& value, SchemaDocumentType* sd, const PointerType& p) { if (value.IsString()) { RegexType *r = static_cast(allocator_->Malloc(sizeof(RegexType))); try { return new (r) RegexType(value.GetString(), std::size_t(value.GetStringLength()), std::regex_constants::ECMAScript); } - catch (const std::regex_error&) { + catch (const std::regex_error& e) { + sd->SchemaErrorValue(kSchemaErrorRegexInvalid, p, value.GetString(), value.GetStringLength()); AllocatorType::Free(r); } } @@ -1166,7 +1441,9 @@ private: } #else template - RegexType* CreatePattern(const ValueType&) { return 0; } + RegexType* CreatePattern(const ValueType&) { + return 0; + } static bool IsPatternMatch(const RegexType*, const Ch *, SizeType) { return true; } #endif // RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_USE_STDREGEX @@ -1181,6 +1458,9 @@ private: else if (type == GetNumberString() ) type_ |= (1 << kNumberSchemaType) | (1 << kIntegerSchemaType); } + // Creates parallel validators for allOf, anyOf, oneOf, not and schema dependencies, if required. + // Also creates a hasher for enums and array uniqueness, if required. + // Also a useful place to add type-independent error checks. bool CreateParallelValidator(Context& context) const { if (enum_ || context.arrayUniqueness) context.hasher = context.factory.CreateHasher(); @@ -1188,33 +1468,45 @@ private: if (validatorCount_) { RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(context.validators == 0); context.validators = static_cast(context.factory.MallocState(sizeof(ISchemaValidator*) * validatorCount_)); + std::memset(context.validators, 0, sizeof(ISchemaValidator*) * validatorCount_); context.validatorCount = validatorCount_; + // Always return after first failure for these sub-validators if (allOf_.schemas) - CreateSchemaValidators(context, allOf_); + CreateSchemaValidators(context, allOf_, false); if (anyOf_.schemas) - CreateSchemaValidators(context, anyOf_); - + CreateSchemaValidators(context, anyOf_, false); + if (oneOf_.schemas) - CreateSchemaValidators(context, oneOf_); - + CreateSchemaValidators(context, oneOf_, false); + if (not_) - context.validators[notValidatorIndex_] = context.factory.CreateSchemaValidator(*not_); - + context.validators[notValidatorIndex_] = context.factory.CreateSchemaValidator(*not_, false); + if (hasSchemaDependencies_) { for (SizeType i = 0; i < propertyCount_; i++) if (properties_[i].dependenciesSchema) - context.validators[properties_[i].dependenciesValidatorIndex] = context.factory.CreateSchemaValidator(*properties_[i].dependenciesSchema); + context.validators[properties_[i].dependenciesValidatorIndex] = context.factory.CreateSchemaValidator(*properties_[i].dependenciesSchema, false); } } + // Add any other type-independent checks here + if (readOnly_ && (context.flags & kValidateWriteFlag)) { + context.error_handler.DisallowedWhenWriting(); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorReadOnly); + } + if (writeOnly_ && (context.flags & kValidateReadFlag)) { + context.error_handler.DisallowedWhenReading(); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorWriteOnly); + } + return true; } - void CreateSchemaValidators(Context& context, const SchemaArray& schemas) const { + void CreateSchemaValidators(Context& context, const SchemaArray& schemas, const bool inheritContinueOnErrors) const { for (SizeType i = 0; i < schemas.count; i++) - context.validators[schemas.begin + i] = context.factory.CreateSchemaValidator(*schemas.schemas[i]); + context.validators[schemas.begin + i] = context.factory.CreateSchemaValidator(*schemas.schemas[i], inheritContinueOnErrors); } // O(n) @@ -1222,7 +1514,7 @@ private: SizeType len = name.GetStringLength(); const Ch* str = name.GetString(); for (SizeType index = 0; index < propertyCount_; index++) - if (properties_[index].name.GetStringLength() == len && + if (properties_[index].name.GetStringLength() == len && (std::memcmp(properties_[index].name.GetString(), str, sizeof(Ch) * len) == 0)) { *outIndex = index; @@ -1231,22 +1523,30 @@ private: return false; } + bool CheckBool(Context& context, bool) const { + if (!(type_ & (1 << kBooleanSchemaType))) { + DisallowedType(context, GetBooleanString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorType); + } + return true; + } + bool CheckInt(Context& context, int64_t i) const { if (!(type_ & ((1 << kIntegerSchemaType) | (1 << kNumberSchemaType)))) { DisallowedType(context, GetIntegerString()); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetTypeString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorType); } if (!minimum_.IsNull()) { if (minimum_.IsInt64()) { if (exclusiveMinimum_ ? i <= minimum_.GetInt64() : i < minimum_.GetInt64()) { context.error_handler.BelowMinimum(i, minimum_, exclusiveMinimum_); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetMinimumString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(exclusiveMinimum_ ? kValidateErrorExclusiveMinimum : kValidateErrorMinimum); } } else if (minimum_.IsUint64()) { context.error_handler.BelowMinimum(i, minimum_, exclusiveMinimum_); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetMinimumString()); // i <= max(int64_t) < minimum.GetUint64() + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(exclusiveMinimum_ ? kValidateErrorExclusiveMinimum : kValidateErrorMinimum); // i <= max(int64_t) < minimum.GetUint64() } else if (!CheckDoubleMinimum(context, static_cast(i))) return false; @@ -1256,7 +1556,7 @@ private: if (maximum_.IsInt64()) { if (exclusiveMaximum_ ? i >= maximum_.GetInt64() : i > maximum_.GetInt64()) { context.error_handler.AboveMaximum(i, maximum_, exclusiveMaximum_); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetMaximumString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(exclusiveMaximum_ ? kValidateErrorExclusiveMaximum : kValidateErrorMaximum); } } else if (maximum_.IsUint64()) { } @@ -1269,7 +1569,7 @@ private: if (multipleOf_.IsUint64()) { if (static_cast(i >= 0 ? i : -i) % multipleOf_.GetUint64() != 0) { context.error_handler.NotMultipleOf(i, multipleOf_); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetMultipleOfString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorMultipleOf); } } else if (!CheckDoubleMultipleOf(context, static_cast(i))) @@ -1282,14 +1582,14 @@ private: bool CheckUint(Context& context, uint64_t i) const { if (!(type_ & ((1 << kIntegerSchemaType) | (1 << kNumberSchemaType)))) { DisallowedType(context, GetIntegerString()); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetTypeString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorType); } if (!minimum_.IsNull()) { if (minimum_.IsUint64()) { if (exclusiveMinimum_ ? i <= minimum_.GetUint64() : i < minimum_.GetUint64()) { context.error_handler.BelowMinimum(i, minimum_, exclusiveMinimum_); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetMinimumString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(exclusiveMinimum_ ? kValidateErrorExclusiveMinimum : kValidateErrorMinimum); } } else if (minimum_.IsInt64()) @@ -1302,12 +1602,12 @@ private: if (maximum_.IsUint64()) { if (exclusiveMaximum_ ? i >= maximum_.GetUint64() : i > maximum_.GetUint64()) { context.error_handler.AboveMaximum(i, maximum_, exclusiveMaximum_); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetMaximumString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(exclusiveMaximum_ ? kValidateErrorExclusiveMaximum : kValidateErrorMaximum); } } else if (maximum_.IsInt64()) { context.error_handler.AboveMaximum(i, maximum_, exclusiveMaximum_); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetMaximumString()); // i >= 0 > maximum_ + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(exclusiveMaximum_ ? kValidateErrorExclusiveMaximum : kValidateErrorMaximum); // i >= 0 > maximum_ } else if (!CheckDoubleMaximum(context, static_cast(i))) return false; @@ -1317,7 +1617,7 @@ private: if (multipleOf_.IsUint64()) { if (i % multipleOf_.GetUint64() != 0) { context.error_handler.NotMultipleOf(i, multipleOf_); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetMultipleOfString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorMultipleOf); } } else if (!CheckDoubleMultipleOf(context, static_cast(i))) @@ -1330,7 +1630,7 @@ private: bool CheckDoubleMinimum(Context& context, double d) const { if (exclusiveMinimum_ ? d <= minimum_.GetDouble() : d < minimum_.GetDouble()) { context.error_handler.BelowMinimum(d, minimum_, exclusiveMinimum_); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetMinimumString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(exclusiveMinimum_ ? kValidateErrorExclusiveMinimum : kValidateErrorMinimum); } return true; } @@ -1338,7 +1638,7 @@ private: bool CheckDoubleMaximum(Context& context, double d) const { if (exclusiveMaximum_ ? d >= maximum_.GetDouble() : d > maximum_.GetDouble()) { context.error_handler.AboveMaximum(d, maximum_, exclusiveMaximum_); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetMaximumString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(exclusiveMaximum_ ? kValidateErrorExclusiveMaximum : kValidateErrorMaximum); } return true; } @@ -1349,7 +1649,7 @@ private: double r = a - q * b; if (r > 0.0) { context.error_handler.NotMultipleOf(d, multipleOf_); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(GetMultipleOfString()); + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorMultipleOf); } return true; } @@ -1383,7 +1683,7 @@ private: struct PatternProperty { PatternProperty() : schema(), pattern() {} - ~PatternProperty() { + ~PatternProperty() { if (pattern) { pattern->~RegexType(); AllocatorType::Free(pattern); @@ -1395,6 +1695,8 @@ private: AllocatorType* allocator_; SValue uri_; + UriType id_; + Specification spec_; PointerType pointer_; const SchemaType* typeless_; uint64_t* enum_; @@ -1437,8 +1739,12 @@ private: SValue multipleOf_; bool exclusiveMinimum_; bool exclusiveMaximum_; - + SizeType defaultValueLength_; + + bool readOnly_; + bool writeOnly_; + bool nullable_; }; template @@ -1480,9 +1786,18 @@ template class IGenericRemoteSchemaDocumentProvider { public: typedef typename SchemaDocumentType::Ch Ch; + typedef typename SchemaDocumentType::ValueType ValueType; + typedef typename SchemaDocumentType::AllocatorType AllocatorType; virtual ~IGenericRemoteSchemaDocumentProvider() {} virtual const SchemaDocumentType* GetRemoteDocument(const Ch* uri, SizeType length) = 0; + virtual const SchemaDocumentType* GetRemoteDocument(const GenericUri uri, Specification& spec) { + // Default implementation just calls through for compatibility + // Following line suppresses unused parameter warning + (void)spec; + // printf("GetRemoteDocument: %d %d\n", spec.draft, spec.oapi); + return GetRemoteDocument(uri.GetBaseString(), uri.GetBaseStringLength()); + } }; /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// @@ -1507,7 +1822,9 @@ public: typedef typename EncodingType::Ch Ch; typedef internal::Schema SchemaType; typedef GenericPointer PointerType; - typedef GenericValue URIType; + typedef GenericValue GValue; + typedef GenericUri UriType; + typedef GenericStringRef StringRefType; friend class internal::Schema; template friend class GenericSchemaValidator; @@ -1521,46 +1838,53 @@ public: \param uriLength Length of \c name, in code points. \param remoteProvider An optional remote schema document provider for resolving remote reference. Can be null. \param allocator An optional allocator instance for allocating memory. Can be null. + \param pointer An optional JSON pointer to the start of the schema document + \param spec Optional schema draft or OpenAPI version. Used if no specification in document. Defaults to draft-04. */ explicit GenericSchemaDocument(const ValueType& document, const Ch* uri = 0, SizeType uriLength = 0, - IRemoteSchemaDocumentProviderType* remoteProvider = 0, Allocator* allocator = 0) : + IRemoteSchemaDocumentProviderType* remoteProvider = 0, Allocator* allocator = 0, + const PointerType& pointer = PointerType(), // PR #1393 + const Specification& spec = Specification(kDraft04)) : remoteProvider_(remoteProvider), allocator_(allocator), ownAllocator_(), root_(), typeless_(), schemaMap_(allocator, kInitialSchemaMapSize), - schemaRef_(allocator, kInitialSchemaRefSize) + schemaRef_(allocator, kInitialSchemaRefSize), + spec_(spec), + error_(kObjectType), + currentError_() { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "GenericSchemaDocument::GenericSchemaDocument"); if (!allocator_) ownAllocator_ = allocator_ = RAPIDJSON_NEW(Allocator)(); Ch noUri[1] = {0}; uri_.SetString(uri ? uri : noUri, uriLength, *allocator_); + docId_ = UriType(uri_, allocator_); typeless_ = static_cast(allocator_->Malloc(sizeof(SchemaType))); - new (typeless_) SchemaType(this, PointerType(), ValueType(kObjectType).Move(), ValueType(kObjectType).Move(), allocator_); + new (typeless_) SchemaType(this, PointerType(), ValueType(kObjectType).Move(), ValueType(kObjectType).Move(), allocator_, docId_); + + // Establish the schema draft or open api version. + // We only ever look for '$schema' or 'swagger' or 'openapi' at the root of the document. + SetSchemaSpecification(document); // Generate root schema, it will call CreateSchema() to create sub-schemas, - // And call AddRefSchema() if there are $ref. - CreateSchemaRecursive(&root_, PointerType(), document, document); - - // Resolve $ref - while (!schemaRef_.Empty()) { - SchemaRefEntry* refEntry = schemaRef_.template Pop(1); - if (const SchemaType* s = GetSchema(refEntry->target)) { - if (refEntry->schema) - *refEntry->schema = s; - - // Create entry in map if not exist - if (!GetSchema(refEntry->source)) { - new (schemaMap_.template Push()) SchemaEntry(refEntry->source, const_cast(s), false, allocator_); - } - } - else if (refEntry->schema) - *refEntry->schema = typeless_; - - refEntry->~SchemaRefEntry(); + // And call HandleRefSchema() if there are $ref. + // PR #1393 use input pointer if supplied + root_ = typeless_; + if (pointer.GetTokenCount() == 0) { + CreateSchemaRecursive(&root_, pointer, document, document, docId_); + } + else if (const ValueType* v = pointer.Get(document)) { + CreateSchema(&root_, pointer, *v, document, docId_); + } + else { + GenericStringBuffer sb; + pointer.StringifyUriFragment(sb); + SchemaErrorValue(kSchemaErrorStartUnknown, PointerType(), sb.GetString(), static_cast(sb.GetSize() / sizeof(Ch))); } RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(root_ != 0); @@ -1578,7 +1902,11 @@ public: typeless_(rhs.typeless_), schemaMap_(std::move(rhs.schemaMap_)), schemaRef_(std::move(rhs.schemaRef_)), - uri_(std::move(rhs.uri_)) + uri_(std::move(rhs.uri_)), + docId_(std::move(rhs.docId_)), + spec_(rhs.spec_), + error_(std::move(rhs.error_)), + currentError_(std::move(rhs.currentError_)) { rhs.remoteProvider_ = 0; rhs.allocator_ = 0; @@ -1597,26 +1925,87 @@ public: Allocator::Free(typeless_); } + // these may contain some allocator data so clear before deleting ownAllocator_ + uri_.SetNull(); + error_.SetNull(); + currentError_.SetNull(); + RAPIDJSON_DELETE(ownAllocator_); } - const URIType& GetURI() const { return uri_; } + const GValue& GetURI() const { return uri_; } + + const Specification& GetSpecification() const { return spec_; } + bool IsSupportedSpecification() const { return spec_.IsSupported(); } + + //! Static method to get the specification of any schema document + // Returns kDraftNone if document is silent + static const Specification GetSpecification(const ValueType& document) { + SchemaDraft draft = GetSchemaDraft(document); + if (draft != kDraftNone) + return Specification(draft); + else { + OpenApiVersion oapi = GetOpenApiVersion(document); + if (oapi != kVersionNone) + return Specification(oapi); + } + return Specification(kDraftNone); + } //! Get the root schema. const SchemaType& GetRoot() const { return *root_; } -private: + //! Gets the error object. + GValue& GetError() { return error_; } + const GValue& GetError() const { return error_; } + + static const StringRefType& GetSchemaErrorKeyword(SchemaErrorCode schemaErrorCode) { + switch (schemaErrorCode) { + case kSchemaErrorStartUnknown: return GetStartUnknownString(); + case kSchemaErrorRefPlainName: return GetRefPlainNameString(); + case kSchemaErrorRefInvalid: return GetRefInvalidString(); + case kSchemaErrorRefPointerInvalid: return GetRefPointerInvalidString(); + case kSchemaErrorRefUnknown: return GetRefUnknownString(); + case kSchemaErrorRefCyclical: return GetRefCyclicalString(); + case kSchemaErrorRefNoRemoteProvider: return GetRefNoRemoteProviderString(); + case kSchemaErrorRefNoRemoteSchema: return GetRefNoRemoteSchemaString(); + case kSchemaErrorRegexInvalid: return GetRegexInvalidString(); + case kSchemaErrorSpecUnknown: return GetSpecUnknownString(); + case kSchemaErrorSpecUnsupported: return GetSpecUnsupportedString(); + case kSchemaErrorSpecIllegal: return GetSpecIllegalString(); + case kSchemaErrorReadOnlyAndWriteOnly: return GetReadOnlyAndWriteOnlyString(); + default: return GetNullString(); + } + } + + //! Default error method + void SchemaError(const SchemaErrorCode code, const PointerType& location) { + currentError_ = GValue(kObjectType); + AddCurrentError(code, location); + } + + //! Method for error with single string value insert + void SchemaErrorValue(const SchemaErrorCode code, const PointerType& location, const Ch* value, SizeType length) { + currentError_ = GValue(kObjectType); + currentError_.AddMember(GetValueString(), GValue(value, length, *allocator_).Move(), *allocator_); + AddCurrentError(code, location); + } + + //! Method for error with invalid pointer + void SchemaErrorPointer(const SchemaErrorCode code, const PointerType& location, const Ch* value, SizeType length, const PointerType& pointer) { + currentError_ = GValue(kObjectType); + currentError_.AddMember(GetValueString(), GValue(value, length, *allocator_).Move(), *allocator_); + currentError_.AddMember(GetOffsetString(), static_cast(pointer.GetParseErrorOffset() / sizeof(Ch)), *allocator_); + AddCurrentError(code, location); + } + + private: //! Prohibit copying GenericSchemaDocument(const GenericSchemaDocument&); //! Prohibit assignment GenericSchemaDocument& operator=(const GenericSchemaDocument&); - struct SchemaRefEntry { - SchemaRefEntry(const PointerType& s, const PointerType& t, const SchemaType** outSchema, Allocator *allocator) : source(s, allocator), target(t, allocator), schema(outSchema) {} - PointerType source; - PointerType target; - const SchemaType** schema; - }; + typedef const PointerType* SchemaRefPtr; // PR #1393 struct SchemaEntry { SchemaEntry(const PointerType& p, SchemaType* s, bool o, Allocator* allocator) : pointer(p, allocator), schema(s), owned(o) {} @@ -1631,79 +2020,361 @@ private: bool owned; }; - void CreateSchemaRecursive(const SchemaType** schema, const PointerType& pointer, const ValueType& v, const ValueType& document) { - if (schema) - *schema = typeless_; + void AddErrorInstanceLocation(GValue& result, const PointerType& location) { + GenericStringBuffer sb; + location.StringifyUriFragment(sb); + GValue instanceRef(sb.GetString(), static_cast(sb.GetSize() / sizeof(Ch)), *allocator_); + result.AddMember(GetInstanceRefString(), instanceRef, *allocator_); + } + void AddError(GValue& keyword, GValue& error) { + typename GValue::MemberIterator member = error_.FindMember(keyword); + if (member == error_.MemberEnd()) + error_.AddMember(keyword, error, *allocator_); + else { + if (member->value.IsObject()) { + GValue errors(kArrayType); + errors.PushBack(member->value, *allocator_); + member->value = errors; + } + member->value.PushBack(error, *allocator_); + } + } + + void AddCurrentError(const SchemaErrorCode code, const PointerType& location) { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(InvalidKeyword, GetSchemaErrorKeyword(code)); + currentError_.AddMember(GetErrorCodeString(), code, *allocator_); + AddErrorInstanceLocation(currentError_, location); + AddError(GValue(GetSchemaErrorKeyword(code)).Move(), currentError_); + } + +#define RAPIDJSON_STRING_(name, ...) \ + static const StringRefType& Get##name##String() {\ + static const Ch s[] = { __VA_ARGS__, '\0' };\ + static const StringRefType v(s, static_cast(sizeof(s) / sizeof(Ch) - 1)); \ + return v;\ + } + + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(InstanceRef, 'i', 'n', 's', 't', 'a', 'n', 'c', 'e', 'R', 'e', 'f') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(ErrorCode, 'e', 'r', 'r', 'o', 'r', 'C', 'o', 'd', 'e') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(Value, 'v', 'a', 'l', 'u', 'e') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(Offset, 'o', 'f', 'f', 's', 'e', 't') + + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(Null, 'n', 'u', 'l', 'l') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(SpecUnknown, 'S', 'p', 'e', 'c', 'U', 'n', 'k', 'n', 'o', 'w', 'n') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(SpecUnsupported, 'S', 'p', 'e', 'c', 'U', 'n', 's', 'u', 'p', 'p', 'o', 'r', 't', 'e', 'd') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(SpecIllegal, 'S', 'p', 'e', 'c', 'I', 'l', 'l', 'e', 'g', 'a', 'l') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(StartUnknown, 'S', 't', 'a', 'r', 't', 'U', 'n', 'k', 'n', 'o', 'w', 'n') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(RefPlainName, 'R', 'e', 'f', 'P', 'l', 'a', 'i', 'n', 'N', 'a', 'm', 'e') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(RefInvalid, 'R', 'e', 'f', 'I', 'n', 'v', 'a', 'l', 'i', 'd') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(RefPointerInvalid, 'R', 'e', 'f', 'P', 'o', 'i', 'n', 't', 'e', 'r', 'I', 'n', 'v', 'a', 'l', 'i', 'd') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(RefUnknown, 'R', 'e', 'f', 'U', 'n', 'k', 'n', 'o', 'w', 'n') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(RefCyclical, 'R', 'e', 'f', 'C', 'y', 'c', 'l', 'i', 'c', 'a', 'l') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(RefNoRemoteProvider, 'R', 'e', 'f', 'N', 'o', 'R', 'e', 'm', 'o', 't', 'e', 'P', 'r', 'o', 'v', 'i', 'd', 'e', 'r') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(RefNoRemoteSchema, 'R', 'e', 'f', 'N', 'o', 'R', 'e', 'm', 'o', 't', 'e', 'S', 'c', 'h', 'e', 'm', 'a') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(ReadOnlyAndWriteOnly, 'R', 'e', 'a', 'd', 'O', 'n', 'l', 'y', 'A', 'n', 'd', 'W', 'r', 'i', 't', 'e', 'O', 'n', 'l', 'y') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(RegexInvalid, 'R', 'e', 'g', 'e', 'x', 'I', 'n', 'v', 'a', 'l', 'i', 'd') + +#undef RAPIDJSON_STRING_ + + // Static method to get schema draft of any schema document + static SchemaDraft GetSchemaDraft(const ValueType& document) { + static const Ch kDraft03String[] = { 'h', 't', 't', 'p', ':', '/', '/', 'j', 's', 'o', 'n', '-', 's', 'c', 'h', 'e', 'm', 'a', '.', 'o', 'r', 'g', '/', 'd', 'r', 'a', 'f', 't', '-', '0', '3', '/', 's', 'c', 'h', 'e', 'm', 'a', '#', '\0' }; + static const Ch kDraft04String[] = { 'h', 't', 't', 'p', ':', '/', '/', 'j', 's', 'o', 'n', '-', 's', 'c', 'h', 'e', 'm', 'a', '.', 'o', 'r', 'g', '/', 'd', 'r', 'a', 'f', 't', '-', '0', '4', '/', 's', 'c', 'h', 'e', 'm', 'a', '#', '\0' }; + static const Ch kDraft05String[] = { 'h', 't', 't', 'p', ':', '/', '/', 'j', 's', 'o', 'n', '-', 's', 'c', 'h', 'e', 'm', 'a', '.', 'o', 'r', 'g', '/', 'd', 'r', 'a', 'f', 't', '-', '0', '5', '/', 's', 'c', 'h', 'e', 'm', 'a', '#', '\0' }; + static const Ch kDraft06String[] = { 'h', 't', 't', 'p', ':', '/', '/', 'j', 's', 'o', 'n', '-', 's', 'c', 'h', 'e', 'm', 'a', '.', 'o', 'r', 'g', '/', 'd', 'r', 'a', 'f', 't', '-', '0', '6', '/', 's', 'c', 'h', 'e', 'm', 'a', '#', '\0' }; + static const Ch kDraft07String[] = { 'h', 't', 't', 'p', ':', '/', '/', 'j', 's', 'o', 'n', '-', 's', 'c', 'h', 'e', 'm', 'a', '.', 'o', 'r', 'g', '/', 'd', 'r', 'a', 'f', 't', '-', '0', '7', '/', 's', 'c', 'h', 'e', 'm', 'a', '#', '\0' }; + static const Ch kDraft2019_09String[] = { 'h', 't', 't', 'p', 's', ':', '/', '/', 'j', 's', 'o', 'n', '-', 's', 'c', 'h', 'e', 'm', 'a', '.', 'o', 'r', 'g', '/', 'd', 'r', 'a', 'f', 't', '/', '2', '0', '1', '9', '-', '0', '9', '/', 's', 'c', 'h', 'e', 'm', 'a', '\0' }; + static const Ch kDraft2020_12String[] = { 'h', 't', 't', 'p', 's', ':', '/', '/', 'j', 's', 'o', 'n', '-', 's', 'c', 'h', 'e', 'm', 'a', '.', 'o', 'r', 'g', '/', 'd', 'r', 'a', 'f', 't', '/', '2', '0', '2', '0', '-', '1', '2', '/', 's', 'c', 'h', 'e', 'm', 'a', '\0' }; + + if (!document.IsObject()) { + return kDraftNone; + } + + // Get the schema draft from the $schema keyword at the supplied location + typename ValueType::ConstMemberIterator itr = document.FindMember(SchemaType::GetSchemaString()); + if (itr != document.MemberEnd()) { + if (!itr->value.IsString()) return kDraftUnknown; + const UriType draftUri(itr->value); + // Check base uri for match + if (draftUri.Match(UriType(kDraft04String), false)) return kDraft04; + if (draftUri.Match(UriType(kDraft05String), false)) return kDraft05; + if (draftUri.Match(UriType(kDraft06String), false)) return kDraft06; + if (draftUri.Match(UriType(kDraft07String), false)) return kDraft07; + if (draftUri.Match(UriType(kDraft03String), false)) return kDraft03; + if (draftUri.Match(UriType(kDraft2019_09String), false)) return kDraft2019_09; + if (draftUri.Match(UriType(kDraft2020_12String), false)) return kDraft2020_12; + return kDraftUnknown; + } + // $schema not found + return kDraftNone; + } + + + // Get open api version of any schema document + static OpenApiVersion GetOpenApiVersion(const ValueType& document) { + static const Ch kVersion20String[] = { '2', '.', '0', '\0' }; + static const Ch kVersion30String[] = { '3', '.', '0', '.', '\0' }; // ignore patch level + static const Ch kVersion31String[] = { '3', '.', '1', '.', '\0' }; // ignore patch level + static SizeType len = internal::StrLen(kVersion30String); + + if (!document.IsObject()) { + return kVersionNone; + } + + // Get the open api version from the swagger / openapi keyword at the supplied location + typename ValueType::ConstMemberIterator itr = document.FindMember(SchemaType::GetSwaggerString()); + if (itr == document.MemberEnd()) itr = document.FindMember(SchemaType::GetOpenApiString()); + if (itr != document.MemberEnd()) { + if (!itr->value.IsString()) return kVersionUnknown; + const ValueType kVersion20Value(kVersion20String); + if (kVersion20Value == itr->value) return kVersion20; // must match 2.0 exactly + const ValueType kVersion30Value(kVersion30String); + if (itr->value.GetStringLength() > len && kVersion30Value == ValueType(itr->value.GetString(), len)) return kVersion30; // must match 3.0.x + const ValueType kVersion31Value(kVersion31String); + if (itr->value.GetStringLength() > len && kVersion31Value == ValueType(itr->value.GetString(), len)) return kVersion31; // must match 3.1.x + return kVersionUnknown; + } + // swagger or openapi not found + return kVersionNone; + } + + // Get the draft of the schema or the open api version (which implies the draft). + // Report an error if schema draft or open api version not supported or not recognized, or both in document, and carry on. + void SetSchemaSpecification(const ValueType& document) { + // Look for '$schema', 'swagger' or 'openapi' keyword at document root + SchemaDraft docDraft = GetSchemaDraft(document); + OpenApiVersion docOapi = GetOpenApiVersion(document); + // Error if both in document + if (docDraft != kDraftNone && docOapi != kVersionNone) + SchemaError(kSchemaErrorSpecIllegal, PointerType()); + // Use document draft or open api version if present or use spec from constructor + if (docDraft != kDraftNone) + spec_ = Specification(docDraft); + else if (docOapi != kVersionNone) + spec_ = Specification(docOapi); + // Error if draft or version unknown + if (spec_.draft == kDraftUnknown || spec_.oapi == kVersionUnknown) + SchemaError(kSchemaErrorSpecUnknown, PointerType()); + else if (!spec_.IsSupported()) + SchemaError(kSchemaErrorSpecUnsupported, PointerType()); + } + + // Changed by PR #1393 + void CreateSchemaRecursive(const SchemaType** schema, const PointerType& pointer, const ValueType& v, const ValueType& document, const UriType& id) { if (v.GetType() == kObjectType) { - const SchemaType* s = GetSchema(pointer); - if (!s) - CreateSchema(schema, pointer, v, document); + UriType newid = UriType(CreateSchema(schema, pointer, v, document, id), allocator_); for (typename ValueType::ConstMemberIterator itr = v.MemberBegin(); itr != v.MemberEnd(); ++itr) - CreateSchemaRecursive(0, pointer.Append(itr->name, allocator_), itr->value, document); + CreateSchemaRecursive(0, pointer.Append(itr->name, allocator_), itr->value, document, newid); } else if (v.GetType() == kArrayType) for (SizeType i = 0; i < v.Size(); i++) - CreateSchemaRecursive(0, pointer.Append(i, allocator_), v[i], document); + CreateSchemaRecursive(0, pointer.Append(i, allocator_), v[i], document, id); } - void CreateSchema(const SchemaType** schema, const PointerType& pointer, const ValueType& v, const ValueType& document) { + // Changed by PR #1393 + const UriType& CreateSchema(const SchemaType** schema, const PointerType& pointer, const ValueType& v, const ValueType& document, const UriType& id) { RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(pointer.IsValid()); + GenericStringBuffer sb; + pointer.StringifyUriFragment(sb); + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "GenericSchemaDocument::CreateSchema", sb.GetString(), id.GetString()); if (v.IsObject()) { - if (!HandleRefSchema(pointer, schema, v, document)) { - SchemaType* s = new (allocator_->Malloc(sizeof(SchemaType))) SchemaType(this, pointer, v, document, allocator_); - new (schemaMap_.template Push()) SchemaEntry(pointer, s, true, allocator_); + if (const SchemaType* sc = GetSchema(pointer)) { + if (schema) + *schema = sc; + AddSchemaRefs(const_cast(sc)); + } + else if (!HandleRefSchema(pointer, schema, v, document, id)) { + // The new schema constructor adds itself and its $ref(s) to schemaMap_ + SchemaType* s = new (allocator_->Malloc(sizeof(SchemaType))) SchemaType(this, pointer, v, document, allocator_, id); if (schema) *schema = s; + return s->GetId(); } } + else { + if (schema) + *schema = typeless_; + AddSchemaRefs(typeless_); + } + return id; } - bool HandleRefSchema(const PointerType& source, const SchemaType** schema, const ValueType& v, const ValueType& document) { - static const Ch kRefString[] = { '$', 'r', 'e', 'f', '\0' }; - static const ValueType kRefValue(kRefString, 4); - - typename ValueType::ConstMemberIterator itr = v.FindMember(kRefValue); + // Changed by PR #1393 + // TODO should this return a UriType& ? + bool HandleRefSchema(const PointerType& source, const SchemaType** schema, const ValueType& v, const ValueType& document, const UriType& id) { + typename ValueType::ConstMemberIterator itr = v.FindMember(SchemaType::GetRefString()); if (itr == v.MemberEnd()) return false; + GenericStringBuffer sb; + source.StringifyUriFragment(sb); + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "GenericSchemaDocument::HandleRefSchema", sb.GetString(), id.GetString()); + // Resolve the source pointer to the $ref'ed schema (finally) + new (schemaRef_.template Push()) SchemaRefPtr(&source); + if (itr->value.IsString()) { SizeType len = itr->value.GetStringLength(); - if (len > 0) { - const Ch* s = itr->value.GetString(); - SizeType i = 0; - while (i < len && s[i] != '#') // Find the first # - i++; - - if (i > 0) { // Remote reference, resolve immediately - if (remoteProvider_) { - if (const GenericSchemaDocument* remoteDocument = remoteProvider_->GetRemoteDocument(s, i)) { - PointerType pointer(&s[i], len - i, allocator_); - if (pointer.IsValid()) { - if (const SchemaType* sc = remoteDocument->GetSchema(pointer)) { - if (schema) - *schema = sc; - new (schemaMap_.template Push()) SchemaEntry(source, const_cast(sc), false, allocator_); - return true; + if (len == 0) + SchemaError(kSchemaErrorRefInvalid, source); + else { + // First resolve $ref against the in-scope id + UriType scopeId = UriType(id, allocator_); + UriType ref = UriType(itr->value, allocator_).Resolve(scopeId, allocator_); + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(SchemaIds, id.GetString(), itr->value.GetString(), ref.GetString()); + // See if the resolved $ref minus the fragment matches a resolved id in this document + // Search from the root. Returns the subschema in the document and its absolute JSON pointer. + PointerType basePointer = PointerType(); + const ValueType *base = FindId(document, ref, basePointer, docId_, false); + if (!base) { + // Remote reference - call the remote document provider + if (!remoteProvider_) + SchemaError(kSchemaErrorRefNoRemoteProvider, source); + else { + if (const GenericSchemaDocument* remoteDocument = remoteProvider_->GetRemoteDocument(ref, spec_)) { + const Ch* s = ref.GetFragString(); + len = ref.GetFragStringLength(); + if (len <= 1 || s[1] == '/') { + // JSON pointer fragment, absolute in the remote schema + const PointerType pointer(s, len, allocator_); + if (!pointer.IsValid()) + SchemaErrorPointer(kSchemaErrorRefPointerInvalid, source, s, len, pointer); + else { + // Get the subschema + if (const SchemaType *sc = remoteDocument->GetSchema(pointer)) { + if (schema) + *schema = sc; + AddSchemaRefs(const_cast(sc)); + return true; + } else + SchemaErrorValue(kSchemaErrorRefUnknown, source, ref.GetString(), ref.GetStringLength()); } - } - } + } else + // Plain name fragment, not allowed in remote schema + SchemaErrorValue(kSchemaErrorRefPlainName, source, s, len); + } else + SchemaErrorValue(kSchemaErrorRefNoRemoteSchema, source, ref.GetString(), ref.GetStringLength()); } } - else if (s[i] == '#') { // Local reference, defer resolution - PointerType pointer(&s[i], len - i, allocator_); - if (pointer.IsValid()) { - if (const ValueType* nv = pointer.Get(document)) - if (HandleRefSchema(source, schema, *nv, document)) + else { // Local reference + const Ch* s = ref.GetFragString(); + len = ref.GetFragStringLength(); + if (len <= 1 || s[1] == '/') { + // JSON pointer fragment, relative to the resolved URI + const PointerType relPointer(s, len, allocator_); + if (!relPointer.IsValid()) + SchemaErrorPointer(kSchemaErrorRefPointerInvalid, source, s, len, relPointer); + else { + // Get the subschema + if (const ValueType *pv = relPointer.Get(*base)) { + // Now get the absolute JSON pointer by adding relative to base + PointerType pointer(basePointer, allocator_); + for (SizeType i = 0; i < relPointer.GetTokenCount(); i++) + pointer = pointer.Append(relPointer.GetTokens()[i], allocator_); + if (IsCyclicRef(pointer)) + SchemaErrorValue(kSchemaErrorRefCyclical, source, ref.GetString(), ref.GetStringLength()); + else { + // Call CreateSchema recursively, but first compute the in-scope id for the $ref target as we have jumped there + // TODO: cache pointer <-> id mapping + size_t unresolvedTokenIndex; + scopeId = pointer.GetUri(document, docId_, &unresolvedTokenIndex, allocator_); + CreateSchema(schema, pointer, *pv, document, scopeId); + return true; + } + } else + SchemaErrorValue(kSchemaErrorRefUnknown, source, ref.GetString(), ref.GetStringLength()); + } + } else { + // Plain name fragment, relative to the resolved URI + // Not supported in open api 2.0 and 3.0 + PointerType pointer(allocator_); + if (spec_.oapi == kVersion20 || spec_.oapi == kVersion30) + SchemaErrorValue(kSchemaErrorRefPlainName, source, s, len); + // See if the fragment matches an id in this document. + // Search from the base we just established. Returns the subschema in the document and its absolute JSON pointer. + else if (const ValueType *pv = FindId(*base, ref, pointer, UriType(ref.GetBaseString(), ref.GetBaseStringLength(), allocator_), true, basePointer)) { + if (IsCyclicRef(pointer)) + SchemaErrorValue(kSchemaErrorRefCyclical, source, ref.GetString(), ref.GetStringLength()); + else { + // Call CreateSchema recursively, but first compute the in-scope id for the $ref target as we have jumped there + // TODO: cache pointer <-> id mapping + size_t unresolvedTokenIndex; + scopeId = pointer.GetUri(document, docId_, &unresolvedTokenIndex, allocator_); + CreateSchema(schema, pointer, *pv, document, scopeId); return true; - - new (schemaRef_.template Push()) SchemaRefEntry(source, pointer, schema, allocator_); - return true; + } + } else + SchemaErrorValue(kSchemaErrorRefUnknown, source, ref.GetString(), ref.GetStringLength()); } } } } + + // Invalid/Unknown $ref + if (schema) + *schema = typeless_; + AddSchemaRefs(typeless_); + return true; + } + + //! Find the first subschema with a resolved 'id' that matches the specified URI. + // If full specified use all URI else ignore fragment. + // If found, return a pointer to the subschema and its JSON pointer. + // TODO cache pointer <-> id mapping + ValueType* FindId(const ValueType& doc, const UriType& finduri, PointerType& resptr, const UriType& baseuri, bool full, const PointerType& here = PointerType()) const { + SizeType i = 0; + ValueType* resval = 0; + UriType tempuri = UriType(finduri, allocator_); + UriType localuri = UriType(baseuri, allocator_); + if (doc.GetType() == kObjectType) { + // Establish the base URI of this object + typename ValueType::ConstMemberIterator m = doc.FindMember(SchemaType::GetIdString()); + if (m != doc.MemberEnd() && m->value.GetType() == kStringType) { + localuri = UriType(m->value, allocator_).Resolve(baseuri, allocator_); + } + // See if it matches + if (localuri.Match(finduri, full)) { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "GenericSchemaDocument::FindId (match)", full ? localuri.GetString() : localuri.GetBaseString()); + resval = const_cast(&doc); + resptr = here; + return resval; + } + // No match, continue looking + for (m = doc.MemberBegin(); m != doc.MemberEnd(); ++m) { + if (m->value.GetType() == kObjectType || m->value.GetType() == kArrayType) { + resval = FindId(m->value, finduri, resptr, localuri, full, here.Append(m->name.GetString(), m->name.GetStringLength(), allocator_)); + } + if (resval) break; + } + } else if (doc.GetType() == kArrayType) { + // Continue looking + for (typename ValueType::ConstValueIterator v = doc.Begin(); v != doc.End(); ++v) { + if (v->GetType() == kObjectType || v->GetType() == kArrayType) { + resval = FindId(*v, finduri, resptr, localuri, full, here.Append(i, allocator_)); + } + if (resval) break; + i++; + } + } + return resval; + } + + // Added by PR #1393 + void AddSchemaRefs(SchemaType* schema) { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "GenericSchemaDocument::AddSchemaRefs"); + while (!schemaRef_.Empty()) { + SchemaRefPtr *ref = schemaRef_.template Pop(1); + SchemaEntry *entry = schemaMap_.template Push(); + new (entry) SchemaEntry(**ref, schema, false, allocator_); + } + } + + // Added by PR #1393 + bool IsCyclicRef(const PointerType& pointer) const { + for (const SchemaRefPtr* ref = schemaRef_.template Bottom(); ref != schemaRef_.template End(); ++ref) + if (pointer == **ref) + return true; return false; } @@ -1732,8 +2403,12 @@ private: const SchemaType* root_; //!< Root schema. SchemaType* typeless_; internal::Stack schemaMap_; // Stores created Pointer -> Schemas - internal::Stack schemaRef_; // Stores Pointer from $ref and schema which holds the $ref - URIType uri_; + internal::Stack schemaRef_; // Stores Pointer(s) from $ref(s) until resolved + GValue uri_; // Schema document URI + UriType docId_; + Specification spec_; + GValue error_; + GValue currentError_; }; //! GenericSchemaDocument using Value type. @@ -1763,8 +2438,7 @@ template < class GenericSchemaValidator : public internal::ISchemaStateFactory, public internal::ISchemaValidator, - public internal::IValidationErrorHandler -{ + public internal::IValidationErrorHandler { public: typedef typename SchemaDocumentType::SchemaType SchemaType; typedef typename SchemaDocumentType::PointerType PointerType; @@ -1797,11 +2471,11 @@ public: error_(kObjectType), currentError_(), missingDependents_(), - valid_(true) -#if RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_VERBOSE - , depth_(0) -#endif + valid_(true), + flags_(kValidateDefaultFlags), + depth_(0) { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "GenericSchemaValidator::GenericSchemaValidator"); } //! Constructor with output handler. @@ -1828,11 +2502,11 @@ public: error_(kObjectType), currentError_(), missingDependents_(), - valid_(true) -#if RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_VERBOSE - , depth_(0) -#endif + valid_(true), + flags_(kValidateDefaultFlags), + depth_(0) { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "GenericSchemaValidator::GenericSchemaValidator (output handler)"); } //! Destructor. @@ -1846,31 +2520,60 @@ public: while (!schemaStack_.Empty()) PopSchema(); documentStack_.Clear(); + ResetError(); + } + + //! Reset the error state. + void ResetError() { error_.SetObject(); currentError_.SetNull(); missingDependents_.SetNull(); valid_ = true; } - //! Checks whether the current state is valid. - // Implementation of ISchemaValidator - virtual bool IsValid() const { return valid_; } + //! Implementation of ISchemaValidator + void SetValidateFlags(unsigned flags) { + flags_ = flags; + } + virtual unsigned GetValidateFlags() const { + return flags_; + } + + virtual bool IsValid() const { + if (!valid_) return false; + if (GetContinueOnErrors() && !error_.ObjectEmpty()) return false; + return true; + } + //! End of Implementation of ISchemaValidator //! Gets the error object. ValueType& GetError() { return error_; } const ValueType& GetError() const { return error_; } //! Gets the JSON pointer pointed to the invalid schema. + // If reporting all errors, the stack will be empty. PointerType GetInvalidSchemaPointer() const { return schemaStack_.Empty() ? PointerType() : CurrentSchema().GetPointer(); } //! Gets the keyword of invalid schema. + // If reporting all errors, the stack will be empty, so return "errors". const Ch* GetInvalidSchemaKeyword() const { - return schemaStack_.Empty() ? 0 : CurrentContext().invalidKeyword; + if (!schemaStack_.Empty()) return CurrentContext().invalidKeyword; + if (GetContinueOnErrors() && !error_.ObjectEmpty()) return (const Ch*)GetErrorsString(); + return 0; + } + + //! Gets the error code of invalid schema. + // If reporting all errors, the stack will be empty, so return kValidateErrors. + ValidateErrorCode GetInvalidSchemaCode() const { + if (!schemaStack_.Empty()) return CurrentContext().invalidCode; + if (GetContinueOnErrors() && !error_.ObjectEmpty()) return kValidateErrors; + return kValidateErrorNone; } //! Gets the JSON pointer pointed to the invalid value. + // If reporting all errors, the stack will be empty. PointerType GetInvalidDocumentPointer() const { if (documentStack_.Empty()) { return PointerType(); @@ -1881,64 +2584,64 @@ public: } void NotMultipleOf(int64_t actual, const SValue& expected) { - AddNumberError(SchemaType::GetMultipleOfString(), ValueType(actual).Move(), expected); + AddNumberError(kValidateErrorMultipleOf, ValueType(actual).Move(), expected); } void NotMultipleOf(uint64_t actual, const SValue& expected) { - AddNumberError(SchemaType::GetMultipleOfString(), ValueType(actual).Move(), expected); + AddNumberError(kValidateErrorMultipleOf, ValueType(actual).Move(), expected); } void NotMultipleOf(double actual, const SValue& expected) { - AddNumberError(SchemaType::GetMultipleOfString(), ValueType(actual).Move(), expected); + AddNumberError(kValidateErrorMultipleOf, ValueType(actual).Move(), expected); } void AboveMaximum(int64_t actual, const SValue& expected, bool exclusive) { - AddNumberError(SchemaType::GetMaximumString(), ValueType(actual).Move(), expected, + AddNumberError(exclusive ? kValidateErrorExclusiveMaximum : kValidateErrorMaximum, ValueType(actual).Move(), expected, exclusive ? &SchemaType::GetExclusiveMaximumString : 0); } void AboveMaximum(uint64_t actual, const SValue& expected, bool exclusive) { - AddNumberError(SchemaType::GetMaximumString(), ValueType(actual).Move(), expected, + AddNumberError(exclusive ? kValidateErrorExclusiveMaximum : kValidateErrorMaximum, ValueType(actual).Move(), expected, exclusive ? &SchemaType::GetExclusiveMaximumString : 0); } void AboveMaximum(double actual, const SValue& expected, bool exclusive) { - AddNumberError(SchemaType::GetMaximumString(), ValueType(actual).Move(), expected, + AddNumberError(exclusive ? kValidateErrorExclusiveMaximum : kValidateErrorMaximum, ValueType(actual).Move(), expected, exclusive ? &SchemaType::GetExclusiveMaximumString : 0); } void BelowMinimum(int64_t actual, const SValue& expected, bool exclusive) { - AddNumberError(SchemaType::GetMinimumString(), ValueType(actual).Move(), expected, + AddNumberError(exclusive ? kValidateErrorExclusiveMinimum : kValidateErrorMinimum, ValueType(actual).Move(), expected, exclusive ? &SchemaType::GetExclusiveMinimumString : 0); } void BelowMinimum(uint64_t actual, const SValue& expected, bool exclusive) { - AddNumberError(SchemaType::GetMinimumString(), ValueType(actual).Move(), expected, + AddNumberError(exclusive ? kValidateErrorExclusiveMinimum : kValidateErrorMinimum, ValueType(actual).Move(), expected, exclusive ? &SchemaType::GetExclusiveMinimumString : 0); } void BelowMinimum(double actual, const SValue& expected, bool exclusive) { - AddNumberError(SchemaType::GetMinimumString(), ValueType(actual).Move(), expected, + AddNumberError(exclusive ? kValidateErrorExclusiveMinimum : kValidateErrorMinimum, ValueType(actual).Move(), expected, exclusive ? &SchemaType::GetExclusiveMinimumString : 0); } void TooLong(const Ch* str, SizeType length, SizeType expected) { - AddNumberError(SchemaType::GetMaxLengthString(), + AddNumberError(kValidateErrorMaxLength, ValueType(str, length, GetStateAllocator()).Move(), SValue(expected).Move()); } void TooShort(const Ch* str, SizeType length, SizeType expected) { - AddNumberError(SchemaType::GetMinLengthString(), + AddNumberError(kValidateErrorMinLength, ValueType(str, length, GetStateAllocator()).Move(), SValue(expected).Move()); } void DoesNotMatch(const Ch* str, SizeType length) { currentError_.SetObject(); currentError_.AddMember(GetActualString(), ValueType(str, length, GetStateAllocator()).Move(), GetStateAllocator()); - AddCurrentError(SchemaType::GetPatternString()); + AddCurrentError(kValidateErrorPattern); } void DisallowedItem(SizeType index) { currentError_.SetObject(); currentError_.AddMember(GetDisallowedString(), ValueType(index).Move(), GetStateAllocator()); - AddCurrentError(SchemaType::GetAdditionalItemsString(), true); + AddCurrentError(kValidateErrorAdditionalItems, true); } void TooFewItems(SizeType actualCount, SizeType expectedCount) { - AddNumberError(SchemaType::GetMinItemsString(), + AddNumberError(kValidateErrorMinItems, ValueType(actualCount).Move(), SValue(expectedCount).Move()); } void TooManyItems(SizeType actualCount, SizeType expectedCount) { - AddNumberError(SchemaType::GetMaxItemsString(), + AddNumberError(kValidateErrorMaxItems, ValueType(actualCount).Move(), SValue(expectedCount).Move()); } void DuplicateItems(SizeType index1, SizeType index2) { @@ -1947,15 +2650,15 @@ public: duplicates.PushBack(index2, GetStateAllocator()); currentError_.SetObject(); currentError_.AddMember(GetDuplicatesString(), duplicates, GetStateAllocator()); - AddCurrentError(SchemaType::GetUniqueItemsString(), true); + AddCurrentError(kValidateErrorUniqueItems, true); } void TooManyProperties(SizeType actualCount, SizeType expectedCount) { - AddNumberError(SchemaType::GetMaxPropertiesString(), + AddNumberError(kValidateErrorMaxProperties, ValueType(actualCount).Move(), SValue(expectedCount).Move()); } void TooFewProperties(SizeType actualCount, SizeType expectedCount) { - AddNumberError(SchemaType::GetMinPropertiesString(), + AddNumberError(kValidateErrorMinProperties, ValueType(actualCount).Move(), SValue(expectedCount).Move()); } void StartMissingProperties() { @@ -1970,7 +2673,7 @@ public: ValueType error(kObjectType); error.AddMember(GetMissingString(), currentError_, GetStateAllocator()); currentError_ = error; - AddCurrentError(SchemaType::GetRequiredString()); + AddCurrentError(kValidateErrorRequired); return true; } void PropertyViolations(ISchemaValidator** subvalidators, SizeType count) { @@ -1980,7 +2683,7 @@ public: void DisallowedProperty(const Ch* name, SizeType length) { currentError_.SetObject(); currentError_.AddMember(GetDisallowedString(), ValueType(name, length, GetStateAllocator()).Move(), GetStateAllocator()); - AddCurrentError(SchemaType::GetAdditionalPropertiesString(), true); + AddCurrentError(kValidateErrorAdditionalProperties, true); } void StartDependencyErrors() { @@ -1993,9 +2696,20 @@ public: missingDependents_.PushBack(ValueType(targetName, GetStateAllocator()).Move(), GetStateAllocator()); } void EndMissingDependentProperties(const SValue& sourceName) { - if (!missingDependents_.Empty()) - currentError_.AddMember(ValueType(sourceName, GetStateAllocator()).Move(), - missingDependents_, GetStateAllocator()); + if (!missingDependents_.Empty()) { + // Create equivalent 'required' error + ValueType error(kObjectType); + ValidateErrorCode code = kValidateErrorRequired; + error.AddMember(GetMissingString(), missingDependents_.Move(), GetStateAllocator()); + AddErrorCode(error, code); + AddErrorInstanceLocation(error, false); + // When appending to a pointer ensure its allocator is used + PointerType schemaRef = GetInvalidSchemaPointer().Append(SchemaType::GetValidateErrorKeyword(kValidateErrorDependencies), &GetInvalidSchemaPointer().GetAllocator()); + AddErrorSchemaLocation(error, schemaRef.Append(sourceName.GetString(), sourceName.GetStringLength(), &GetInvalidSchemaPointer().GetAllocator())); + ValueType wrapper(kObjectType); + wrapper.AddMember(ValueType(SchemaType::GetValidateErrorKeyword(code), GetStateAllocator()).Move(), error, GetStateAllocator()); + currentError_.AddMember(ValueType(sourceName, GetStateAllocator()).Move(), wrapper, GetStateAllocator()); + } } void AddDependencySchemaError(const SValue& sourceName, ISchemaValidator* subvalidator) { currentError_.AddMember(ValueType(sourceName, GetStateAllocator()).Move(), @@ -2007,13 +2721,13 @@ public: ValueType error(kObjectType); error.AddMember(GetErrorsString(), currentError_, GetStateAllocator()); currentError_ = error; - AddCurrentError(SchemaType::GetDependenciesString()); + AddCurrentError(kValidateErrorDependencies); return true; } - void DisallowedValue() { + void DisallowedValue(const ValidateErrorCode code = kValidateErrorEnum) { currentError_.SetObject(); - AddCurrentError(SchemaType::GetEnumString()); + AddCurrentError(code); } void StartDisallowedType() { currentError_.SetArray(); @@ -2026,22 +2740,40 @@ public: error.AddMember(GetExpectedString(), currentError_, GetStateAllocator()); error.AddMember(GetActualString(), ValueType(actualType, GetStateAllocator()).Move(), GetStateAllocator()); currentError_ = error; - AddCurrentError(SchemaType::GetTypeString()); + AddCurrentError(kValidateErrorType); } void NotAllOf(ISchemaValidator** subvalidators, SizeType count) { - for (SizeType i = 0; i < count; ++i) { - MergeError(static_cast(subvalidators[i])->GetError()); - } + // Treat allOf like oneOf and anyOf to match https://rapidjson.org/md_doc_schema.html#allOf-anyOf-oneOf + AddErrorArray(kValidateErrorAllOf, subvalidators, count); + //for (SizeType i = 0; i < count; ++i) { + // MergeError(static_cast(subvalidators[i])->GetError()); + //} } void NoneOf(ISchemaValidator** subvalidators, SizeType count) { - AddErrorArray(SchemaType::GetAnyOfString(), subvalidators, count); + AddErrorArray(kValidateErrorAnyOf, subvalidators, count); } void NotOneOf(ISchemaValidator** subvalidators, SizeType count) { - AddErrorArray(SchemaType::GetOneOfString(), subvalidators, count); + AddErrorArray(kValidateErrorOneOf, subvalidators, count); + } + void MultipleOneOf(SizeType index1, SizeType index2) { + ValueType matches(kArrayType); + matches.PushBack(index1, GetStateAllocator()); + matches.PushBack(index2, GetStateAllocator()); + currentError_.SetObject(); + currentError_.AddMember(GetMatchesString(), matches, GetStateAllocator()); + AddCurrentError(kValidateErrorOneOfMatch); } void Disallowed() { currentError_.SetObject(); - AddCurrentError(SchemaType::GetNotString()); + AddCurrentError(kValidateErrorNot); + } + void DisallowedWhenWriting() { + currentError_.SetObject(); + AddCurrentError(kValidateErrorReadOnly); + } + void DisallowedWhenReading() { + currentError_.SetObject(); + AddCurrentError(kValidateErrorWriteOnly); } #define RAPIDJSON_STRING_(name, ...) \ @@ -2058,26 +2790,21 @@ public: RAPIDJSON_STRING_(Disallowed, 'd', 'i', 's', 'a', 'l', 'l', 'o', 'w', 'e', 'd') RAPIDJSON_STRING_(Missing, 'm', 'i', 's', 's', 'i', 'n', 'g') RAPIDJSON_STRING_(Errors, 'e', 'r', 'r', 'o', 'r', 's') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(ErrorCode, 'e', 'r', 'r', 'o', 'r', 'C', 'o', 'd', 'e') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(ErrorMessage, 'e', 'r', 'r', 'o', 'r', 'M', 'e', 's', 's', 'a', 'g', 'e') RAPIDJSON_STRING_(Duplicates, 'd', 'u', 'p', 'l', 'i', 'c', 'a', 't', 'e', 's') + RAPIDJSON_STRING_(Matches, 'm', 'a', 't', 'c', 'h', 'e', 's') #undef RAPIDJSON_STRING_ -#if RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_VERBOSE -#define RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_HANDLE_BEGIN_VERBOSE_() \ -RAPIDJSON_MULTILINEMACRO_BEGIN\ - *documentStack_.template Push() = '\0';\ - documentStack_.template Pop(1);\ - internal::PrintInvalidDocument(documentStack_.template Bottom());\ -RAPIDJSON_MULTILINEMACRO_END -#else -#define RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_HANDLE_BEGIN_VERBOSE_() -#endif - #define RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_HANDLE_BEGIN_(method, arg1)\ if (!valid_) return false; \ - if (!BeginValue() || !CurrentSchema().method arg1) {\ - RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_HANDLE_BEGIN_VERBOSE_();\ - return valid_ = false;\ + if ((!BeginValue() && !GetContinueOnErrors()) || (!CurrentSchema().method arg1 && !GetContinueOnErrors())) {\ + *documentStack_.template Push() = '\0';\ + documentStack_.template Pop(1);\ + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(InvalidDocument, documentStack_.template Bottom());\ + valid_ = false;\ + return valid_;\ } #define RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_HANDLE_PARALLEL_(method, arg2)\ @@ -2093,7 +2820,8 @@ RAPIDJSON_MULTILINEMACRO_END } #define RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_HANDLE_END_(method, arg2)\ - return valid_ = EndValue() && (!outputHandler_ || outputHandler_->method arg2) + valid_ = (EndValue() || GetContinueOnErrors()) && (!outputHandler_ || outputHandler_->method arg2);\ + return valid_; #define RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_HANDLE_VALUE_(method, arg1, arg2) \ RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_HANDLE_BEGIN_ (method, arg1);\ @@ -2113,51 +2841,69 @@ RAPIDJSON_MULTILINEMACRO_END { RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_HANDLE_VALUE_(String, (CurrentContext(), str, length, copy), (str, length, copy)); } bool StartObject() { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "GenericSchemaValidator::StartObject"); RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_HANDLE_BEGIN_(StartObject, (CurrentContext())); RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_HANDLE_PARALLEL_(StartObject, ()); - return valid_ = !outputHandler_ || outputHandler_->StartObject(); + valid_ = !outputHandler_ || outputHandler_->StartObject(); + return valid_; } bool Key(const Ch* str, SizeType len, bool copy) { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "GenericSchemaValidator::Key", str); if (!valid_) return false; AppendToken(str, len); - if (!CurrentSchema().Key(CurrentContext(), str, len, copy)) return valid_ = false; + if (!CurrentSchema().Key(CurrentContext(), str, len, copy) && !GetContinueOnErrors()) { + valid_ = false; + return valid_; + } RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_HANDLE_PARALLEL_(Key, (str, len, copy)); - return valid_ = !outputHandler_ || outputHandler_->Key(str, len, copy); + valid_ = !outputHandler_ || outputHandler_->Key(str, len, copy); + return valid_; } - bool EndObject(SizeType memberCount) { + bool EndObject(SizeType memberCount) { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "GenericSchemaValidator::EndObject"); if (!valid_) return false; RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_HANDLE_PARALLEL_(EndObject, (memberCount)); - if (!CurrentSchema().EndObject(CurrentContext(), memberCount)) return valid_ = false; + if (!CurrentSchema().EndObject(CurrentContext(), memberCount) && !GetContinueOnErrors()) { + valid_ = false; + return valid_; + } RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_HANDLE_END_(EndObject, (memberCount)); } bool StartArray() { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "GenericSchemaValidator::StartArray"); RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_HANDLE_BEGIN_(StartArray, (CurrentContext())); RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_HANDLE_PARALLEL_(StartArray, ()); - return valid_ = !outputHandler_ || outputHandler_->StartArray(); + valid_ = !outputHandler_ || outputHandler_->StartArray(); + return valid_; } bool EndArray(SizeType elementCount) { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "GenericSchemaValidator::EndArray"); if (!valid_) return false; RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_HANDLE_PARALLEL_(EndArray, (elementCount)); - if (!CurrentSchema().EndArray(CurrentContext(), elementCount)) return valid_ = false; + if (!CurrentSchema().EndArray(CurrentContext(), elementCount) && !GetContinueOnErrors()) { + valid_ = false; + return valid_; + } RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_HANDLE_END_(EndArray, (elementCount)); } -#undef RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_HANDLE_BEGIN_VERBOSE_ #undef RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_HANDLE_BEGIN_ #undef RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_HANDLE_PARALLEL_ #undef RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_HANDLE_VALUE_ // Implementation of ISchemaStateFactory - virtual ISchemaValidator* CreateSchemaValidator(const SchemaType& root) { - return new (GetStateAllocator().Malloc(sizeof(GenericSchemaValidator))) GenericSchemaValidator(*schemaDocument_, root, documentStack_.template Bottom(), documentStack_.GetSize(), -#if RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_VERBOSE + virtual ISchemaValidator* CreateSchemaValidator(const SchemaType& root, const bool inheritContinueOnErrors) { + *documentStack_.template Push() = '\0'; + documentStack_.template Pop(1); + ISchemaValidator* sv = new (GetStateAllocator().Malloc(sizeof(GenericSchemaValidator))) GenericSchemaValidator(*schemaDocument_, root, documentStack_.template Bottom(), documentStack_.GetSize(), depth_ + 1, -#endif &GetStateAllocator()); + sv->SetValidateFlags(inheritContinueOnErrors ? GetValidateFlags() : GetValidateFlags() & ~(unsigned)kValidateContinueOnErrorFlag); + return sv; } virtual void DestroySchemaValidator(ISchemaValidator* validator) { @@ -2187,6 +2933,7 @@ RAPIDJSON_MULTILINEMACRO_END virtual void FreeState(void* p) { StateAllocator::Free(p); } + // End of implementation of ISchemaStateFactory private: typedef typename SchemaType::Context Context; @@ -2197,9 +2944,7 @@ private: const SchemaDocumentType& schemaDocument, const SchemaType& root, const char* basePath, size_t basePathSize, -#if RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_VERBOSE unsigned depth, -#endif StateAllocator* allocator = 0, size_t schemaStackCapacity = kDefaultSchemaStackCapacity, size_t documentStackCapacity = kDefaultDocumentStackCapacity) @@ -2214,11 +2959,11 @@ private: error_(kObjectType), currentError_(), missingDependents_(), - valid_(true) -#if RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_VERBOSE - , depth_(depth) -#endif + valid_(true), + flags_(kValidateDefaultFlags), + depth_(depth) { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "GenericSchemaValidator::GenericSchemaValidator (internal)", basePath && basePathSize ? basePath : ""); if (basePath && basePathSize) memcpy(documentStack_.template Push(basePathSize), basePath, basePathSize); } @@ -2229,14 +2974,19 @@ private: return *stateAllocator_; } + bool GetContinueOnErrors() const { + return flags_ & kValidateContinueOnErrorFlag; + } + bool BeginValue() { + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "GenericSchemaValidator::BeginValue"); if (schemaStack_.Empty()) PushSchema(root_); else { if (CurrentContext().inArray) internal::TokenHelper, Ch>::AppendIndexToken(documentStack_, CurrentContext().arrayElementIndex); - if (!CurrentSchema().BeginValue(CurrentContext())) + if (!CurrentSchema().BeginValue(CurrentContext()) && !GetContinueOnErrors()) return false; SizeType count = CurrentContext().patternPropertiesSchemaCount; @@ -2251,8 +3001,9 @@ private: ISchemaValidator**& va = CurrentContext().patternPropertiesValidators; SizeType& validatorCount = CurrentContext().patternPropertiesValidatorCount; va = static_cast(MallocState(sizeof(ISchemaValidator*) * count)); + std::memset(va, 0, sizeof(ISchemaValidator*) * count); for (SizeType i = 0; i < count; i++) - va[validatorCount++] = CreateSchemaValidator(*sa[i]); + va[validatorCount++] = CreateSchemaValidator(*sa[i], true); // Inherit continueOnError } CurrentContext().arrayUniqueness = valueUniqueness; @@ -2261,32 +3012,36 @@ private: } bool EndValue() { - if (!CurrentSchema().EndValue(CurrentContext())) + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(Method, "GenericSchemaValidator::EndValue"); + if (!CurrentSchema().EndValue(CurrentContext()) && !GetContinueOnErrors()) return false; -#if RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_VERBOSE GenericStringBuffer sb; - schemaDocument_->GetPointer(&CurrentSchema()).Stringify(sb); - + schemaDocument_->GetPointer(&CurrentSchema()).StringifyUriFragment(sb); *documentStack_.template Push() = '\0'; documentStack_.template Pop(1); - internal::PrintValidatorPointers(depth_, sb.GetString(), documentStack_.template Bottom()); -#endif - - uint64_t h = CurrentContext().arrayUniqueness ? static_cast(CurrentContext().hasher)->GetHashCode() : 0; + RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_PRINT(ValidatorPointers, sb.GetString(), documentStack_.template Bottom(), depth_); + void* hasher = CurrentContext().hasher; + uint64_t h = hasher && CurrentContext().arrayUniqueness ? static_cast(hasher)->GetHashCode() : 0; PopSchema(); if (!schemaStack_.Empty()) { Context& context = CurrentContext(); - if (context.valueUniqueness) { + // Only check uniqueness if there is a hasher + if (hasher && context.valueUniqueness) { HashCodeArray* a = static_cast(context.arrayElementHashCodes); if (!a) CurrentContext().arrayElementHashCodes = a = new (GetStateAllocator().Malloc(sizeof(HashCodeArray))) HashCodeArray(kArrayType); for (typename HashCodeArray::ConstValueIterator itr = a->Begin(); itr != a->End(); ++itr) if (itr->GetUint64() == h) { DuplicateItems(static_cast(itr - a->Begin()), a->Size()); - RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(SchemaType::GetUniqueItemsString()); + // Cleanup before returning if continuing + if (GetContinueOnErrors()) { + a->PushBack(h, GetStateAllocator()); + while (!documentStack_.Empty() && *documentStack_.template Pop(1) != '/'); + } + RAPIDJSON_INVALID_KEYWORD_RETURN(kValidateErrorUniqueItems); } a->PushBack(h, GetStateAllocator()); } @@ -2316,7 +3071,7 @@ private: } } - RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE void PushSchema(const SchemaType& schema) { new (schemaStack_.template Push()) Context(*this, *this, &schema); } + RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE void PushSchema(const SchemaType& schema) { new (schemaStack_.template Push()) Context(*this, *this, &schema, flags_); } RAPIDJSON_FORCEINLINE void PopSchema() { Context* c = schemaStack_.template Pop(1); @@ -2327,25 +3082,32 @@ private: c->~Context(); } - void AddErrorLocation(ValueType& result, bool parent) { + void AddErrorInstanceLocation(ValueType& result, bool parent) { GenericStringBuffer sb; PointerType instancePointer = GetInvalidDocumentPointer(); ((parent && instancePointer.GetTokenCount() > 0) - ? PointerType(instancePointer.GetTokens(), instancePointer.GetTokenCount() - 1) - : instancePointer).StringifyUriFragment(sb); + ? PointerType(instancePointer.GetTokens(), instancePointer.GetTokenCount() - 1) + : instancePointer).StringifyUriFragment(sb); ValueType instanceRef(sb.GetString(), static_cast(sb.GetSize() / sizeof(Ch)), - GetStateAllocator()); + GetStateAllocator()); result.AddMember(GetInstanceRefString(), instanceRef, GetStateAllocator()); - sb.Clear(); - memcpy(sb.Push(CurrentSchema().GetURI().GetStringLength()), - CurrentSchema().GetURI().GetString(), - CurrentSchema().GetURI().GetStringLength() * sizeof(Ch)); - GetInvalidSchemaPointer().StringifyUriFragment(sb); + } + + void AddErrorSchemaLocation(ValueType& result, PointerType schema = PointerType()) { + GenericStringBuffer sb; + SizeType len = CurrentSchema().GetURI().GetStringLength(); + if (len) memcpy(sb.Push(len), CurrentSchema().GetURI().GetString(), len * sizeof(Ch)); + if (schema.GetTokenCount()) schema.StringifyUriFragment(sb); + else GetInvalidSchemaPointer().StringifyUriFragment(sb); ValueType schemaRef(sb.GetString(), static_cast(sb.GetSize() / sizeof(Ch)), GetStateAllocator()); result.AddMember(GetSchemaRefString(), schemaRef, GetStateAllocator()); } + void AddErrorCode(ValueType& result, const ValidateErrorCode code) { + result.AddMember(GetErrorCodeString(), code, GetStateAllocator()); + } + void AddError(ValueType& keyword, ValueType& error) { typename ValueType::MemberIterator member = error_.FindMember(keyword); if (member == error_.MemberEnd()) @@ -2360,9 +3122,11 @@ private: } } - void AddCurrentError(const typename SchemaType::ValueType& keyword, bool parent = false) { - AddErrorLocation(currentError_, parent); - AddError(ValueType(keyword, GetStateAllocator(), false).Move(), currentError_); + void AddCurrentError(const ValidateErrorCode code, bool parent = false) { + AddErrorCode(currentError_, code); + AddErrorInstanceLocation(currentError_, parent); + AddErrorSchemaLocation(currentError_); + AddError(ValueType(SchemaType::GetValidateErrorKeyword(code), GetStateAllocator(), false).Move(), currentError_); } void MergeError(ValueType& other) { @@ -2371,24 +3135,24 @@ private: } } - void AddNumberError(const typename SchemaType::ValueType& keyword, ValueType& actual, const SValue& expected, + void AddNumberError(const ValidateErrorCode code, ValueType& actual, const SValue& expected, const typename SchemaType::ValueType& (*exclusive)() = 0) { currentError_.SetObject(); currentError_.AddMember(GetActualString(), actual, GetStateAllocator()); currentError_.AddMember(GetExpectedString(), ValueType(expected, GetStateAllocator()).Move(), GetStateAllocator()); if (exclusive) currentError_.AddMember(ValueType(exclusive(), GetStateAllocator()).Move(), true, GetStateAllocator()); - AddCurrentError(keyword); + AddCurrentError(code); } - void AddErrorArray(const typename SchemaType::ValueType& keyword, + void AddErrorArray(const ValidateErrorCode code, ISchemaValidator** subvalidators, SizeType count) { ValueType errors(kArrayType); for (SizeType i = 0; i < count; ++i) errors.PushBack(static_cast(subvalidators[i])->GetError(), GetStateAllocator()); currentError_.SetObject(); currentError_.AddMember(GetErrorsString(), errors, GetStateAllocator()); - AddCurrentError(keyword); + AddCurrentError(code); } const SchemaType& CurrentSchema() const { return *schemaStack_.template Top()->schema; } @@ -2408,9 +3172,8 @@ private: ValueType currentError_; ValueType missingDependents_; bool valid_; -#if RAPIDJSON_SCHEMA_VERBOSE + unsigned flags_; unsigned depth_; -#endif }; typedef GenericSchemaValidator SchemaValidator; @@ -2445,7 +3208,7 @@ public: \param is Input stream. \param sd Schema document. */ - SchemaValidatingReader(InputStream& is, const SchemaDocumentType& sd) : is_(is), sd_(sd), invalidSchemaKeyword_(), error_(kObjectType), isValid_(true) {} + SchemaValidatingReader(InputStream& is, const SchemaDocumentType& sd) : is_(is), sd_(sd), invalidSchemaKeyword_(), invalidSchemaCode_(kValidateErrorNone), error_(kObjectType), isValid_(true) {} template bool operator()(Handler& handler) { @@ -2463,6 +3226,7 @@ public: else { invalidSchemaPointer_ = validator.GetInvalidSchemaPointer(); invalidSchemaKeyword_ = validator.GetInvalidSchemaKeyword(); + invalidSchemaCode_ = validator.GetInvalidSchemaCode(); invalidDocumentPointer_ = validator.GetInvalidDocumentPointer(); error_.CopyFrom(validator.GetError(), allocator_); } @@ -2476,6 +3240,7 @@ public: const Ch* GetInvalidSchemaKeyword() const { return invalidSchemaKeyword_; } const PointerType& GetInvalidDocumentPointer() const { return invalidDocumentPointer_; } const ValueType& GetError() const { return error_; } + ValidateErrorCode GetInvalidSchemaCode() const { return invalidSchemaCode_; } private: InputStream& is_; @@ -2485,6 +3250,7 @@ private: PointerType invalidSchemaPointer_; const Ch* invalidSchemaKeyword_; PointerType invalidDocumentPointer_; + ValidateErrorCode invalidSchemaCode_; StackAllocator allocator_; ValueType error_; bool isValid_; diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/stream.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/stream.h index 7f2643e4..1fd70915 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/stream.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/stream.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/stringbuffer.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/stringbuffer.h index 4e38b82c..82ad3ca6 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/stringbuffer.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/stringbuffer.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/uri.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/uri.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f93e508a --- /dev/null +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/uri.h @@ -0,0 +1,481 @@ +// Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. +// +// (C) Copyright IBM Corporation 2021 +// +// Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except +// in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at +// +// http://opensource.org/licenses/MIT +// +// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed +// under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR +// CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the +// specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License. + +#ifndef RAPIDJSON_URI_H_ +#define RAPIDJSON_URI_H_ + +#include "internal/strfunc.h" + +#if defined(__clang__) +RAPIDJSON_DIAG_PUSH +RAPIDJSON_DIAG_OFF(c++98-compat) +#elif defined(_MSC_VER) +RAPIDJSON_DIAG_OFF(4512) // assignment operator could not be generated +#endif + +RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE_BEGIN + +/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// GenericUri + +template +class GenericUri { +public: + typedef typename ValueType::Ch Ch; +#if RAPIDJSON_HAS_STDSTRING + typedef std::basic_string String; +#endif + + //! Constructors + GenericUri(Allocator* allocator = 0) : uri_(), base_(), scheme_(), auth_(), path_(), query_(), frag_(), allocator_(allocator), ownAllocator_() { + } + + GenericUri(const Ch* uri, SizeType len, Allocator* allocator = 0) : uri_(), base_(), scheme_(), auth_(), path_(), query_(), frag_(), allocator_(allocator), ownAllocator_() { + Parse(uri, len); + } + + GenericUri(const Ch* uri, Allocator* allocator = 0) : uri_(), base_(), scheme_(), auth_(), path_(), query_(), frag_(), allocator_(allocator), ownAllocator_() { + Parse(uri, internal::StrLen(uri)); + } + + // Use with specializations of GenericValue + template GenericUri(const T& uri, Allocator* allocator = 0) : uri_(), base_(), scheme_(), auth_(), path_(), query_(), frag_(), allocator_(allocator), ownAllocator_() { + const Ch* u = uri.template Get(); // TypeHelper from document.h + Parse(u, internal::StrLen(u)); + } + +#if RAPIDJSON_HAS_STDSTRING + GenericUri(const String& uri, Allocator* allocator = 0) : uri_(), base_(), scheme_(), auth_(), path_(), query_(), frag_(), allocator_(allocator), ownAllocator_() { + Parse(uri.c_str(), internal::StrLen(uri.c_str())); + } +#endif + + //! Copy constructor + GenericUri(const GenericUri& rhs) : uri_(), base_(), scheme_(), auth_(), path_(), query_(), frag_(), allocator_(), ownAllocator_() { + *this = rhs; + } + + //! Copy constructor + GenericUri(const GenericUri& rhs, Allocator* allocator) : uri_(), base_(), scheme_(), auth_(), path_(), query_(), frag_(), allocator_(allocator), ownAllocator_() { + *this = rhs; + } + + //! Destructor. + ~GenericUri() { + Free(); + RAPIDJSON_DELETE(ownAllocator_); + } + + //! Assignment operator + GenericUri& operator=(const GenericUri& rhs) { + if (this != &rhs) { + // Do not delete ownAllocator + Free(); + Allocate(rhs.GetStringLength()); + auth_ = CopyPart(scheme_, rhs.scheme_, rhs.GetSchemeStringLength()); + path_ = CopyPart(auth_, rhs.auth_, rhs.GetAuthStringLength()); + query_ = CopyPart(path_, rhs.path_, rhs.GetPathStringLength()); + frag_ = CopyPart(query_, rhs.query_, rhs.GetQueryStringLength()); + base_ = CopyPart(frag_, rhs.frag_, rhs.GetFragStringLength()); + uri_ = CopyPart(base_, rhs.base_, rhs.GetBaseStringLength()); + CopyPart(uri_, rhs.uri_, rhs.GetStringLength()); + } + return *this; + } + + //! Getters + // Use with specializations of GenericValue + template void Get(T& uri, Allocator& allocator) { + uri.template Set(this->GetString(), allocator); // TypeHelper from document.h + } + + const Ch* GetString() const { return uri_; } + SizeType GetStringLength() const { return uri_ == 0 ? 0 : internal::StrLen(uri_); } + const Ch* GetBaseString() const { return base_; } + SizeType GetBaseStringLength() const { return base_ == 0 ? 0 : internal::StrLen(base_); } + const Ch* GetSchemeString() const { return scheme_; } + SizeType GetSchemeStringLength() const { return scheme_ == 0 ? 0 : internal::StrLen(scheme_); } + const Ch* GetAuthString() const { return auth_; } + SizeType GetAuthStringLength() const { return auth_ == 0 ? 0 : internal::StrLen(auth_); } + const Ch* GetPathString() const { return path_; } + SizeType GetPathStringLength() const { return path_ == 0 ? 0 : internal::StrLen(path_); } + const Ch* GetQueryString() const { return query_; } + SizeType GetQueryStringLength() const { return query_ == 0 ? 0 : internal::StrLen(query_); } + const Ch* GetFragString() const { return frag_; } + SizeType GetFragStringLength() const { return frag_ == 0 ? 0 : internal::StrLen(frag_); } + +#if RAPIDJSON_HAS_STDSTRING + static String Get(const GenericUri& uri) { return String(uri.GetString(), uri.GetStringLength()); } + static String GetBase(const GenericUri& uri) { return String(uri.GetBaseString(), uri.GetBaseStringLength()); } + static String GetScheme(const GenericUri& uri) { return String(uri.GetSchemeString(), uri.GetSchemeStringLength()); } + static String GetAuth(const GenericUri& uri) { return String(uri.GetAuthString(), uri.GetAuthStringLength()); } + static String GetPath(const GenericUri& uri) { return String(uri.GetPathString(), uri.GetPathStringLength()); } + static String GetQuery(const GenericUri& uri) { return String(uri.GetQueryString(), uri.GetQueryStringLength()); } + static String GetFrag(const GenericUri& uri) { return String(uri.GetFragString(), uri.GetFragStringLength()); } +#endif + + //! Equality operators + bool operator==(const GenericUri& rhs) const { + return Match(rhs, true); + } + + bool operator!=(const GenericUri& rhs) const { + return !Match(rhs, true); + } + + bool Match(const GenericUri& uri, bool full = true) const { + Ch* s1; + Ch* s2; + if (full) { + s1 = uri_; + s2 = uri.uri_; + } else { + s1 = base_; + s2 = uri.base_; + } + if (s1 == s2) return true; + if (s1 == 0 || s2 == 0) return false; + return internal::StrCmp(s1, s2) == 0; + } + + //! Resolve this URI against another (base) URI in accordance with URI resolution rules. + // See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986 + // Use for resolving an id or $ref with an in-scope id. + // Returns a new GenericUri for the resolved URI. + GenericUri Resolve(const GenericUri& baseuri, Allocator* allocator = 0) { + GenericUri resuri; + resuri.allocator_ = allocator; + // Ensure enough space for combining paths + resuri.Allocate(GetStringLength() + baseuri.GetStringLength() + 1); // + 1 for joining slash + + if (!(GetSchemeStringLength() == 0)) { + // Use all of this URI + resuri.auth_ = CopyPart(resuri.scheme_, scheme_, GetSchemeStringLength()); + resuri.path_ = CopyPart(resuri.auth_, auth_, GetAuthStringLength()); + resuri.query_ = CopyPart(resuri.path_, path_, GetPathStringLength()); + resuri.frag_ = CopyPart(resuri.query_, query_, GetQueryStringLength()); + resuri.RemoveDotSegments(); + } else { + // Use the base scheme + resuri.auth_ = CopyPart(resuri.scheme_, baseuri.scheme_, baseuri.GetSchemeStringLength()); + if (!(GetAuthStringLength() == 0)) { + // Use this auth, path, query + resuri.path_ = CopyPart(resuri.auth_, auth_, GetAuthStringLength()); + resuri.query_ = CopyPart(resuri.path_, path_, GetPathStringLength()); + resuri.frag_ = CopyPart(resuri.query_, query_, GetQueryStringLength()); + resuri.RemoveDotSegments(); + } else { + // Use the base auth + resuri.path_ = CopyPart(resuri.auth_, baseuri.auth_, baseuri.GetAuthStringLength()); + if (GetPathStringLength() == 0) { + // Use the base path + resuri.query_ = CopyPart(resuri.path_, baseuri.path_, baseuri.GetPathStringLength()); + if (GetQueryStringLength() == 0) { + // Use the base query + resuri.frag_ = CopyPart(resuri.query_, baseuri.query_, baseuri.GetQueryStringLength()); + } else { + // Use this query + resuri.frag_ = CopyPart(resuri.query_, query_, GetQueryStringLength()); + } + } else { + if (path_[0] == '/') { + // Absolute path - use all of this path + resuri.query_ = CopyPart(resuri.path_, path_, GetPathStringLength()); + resuri.RemoveDotSegments(); + } else { + // Relative path - append this path to base path after base path's last slash + size_t pos = 0; + if (!(baseuri.GetAuthStringLength() == 0) && baseuri.GetPathStringLength() == 0) { + resuri.path_[pos] = '/'; + pos++; + } + size_t lastslashpos = baseuri.GetPathStringLength(); + while (lastslashpos > 0) { + if (baseuri.path_[lastslashpos - 1] == '/') break; + lastslashpos--; + } + std::memcpy(&resuri.path_[pos], baseuri.path_, lastslashpos * sizeof(Ch)); + pos += lastslashpos; + resuri.query_ = CopyPart(&resuri.path_[pos], path_, GetPathStringLength()); + resuri.RemoveDotSegments(); + } + // Use this query + resuri.frag_ = CopyPart(resuri.query_, query_, GetQueryStringLength()); + } + } + } + // Always use this frag + resuri.base_ = CopyPart(resuri.frag_, frag_, GetFragStringLength()); + + // Re-constitute base_ and uri_ + resuri.SetBase(); + resuri.uri_ = resuri.base_ + resuri.GetBaseStringLength() + 1; + resuri.SetUri(); + return resuri; + } + + //! Get the allocator of this GenericUri. + Allocator& GetAllocator() { return *allocator_; } + +private: + // Allocate memory for a URI + // Returns total amount allocated + std::size_t Allocate(std::size_t len) { + // Create own allocator if user did not supply. + if (!allocator_) + ownAllocator_ = allocator_ = RAPIDJSON_NEW(Allocator)(); + + // Allocate one block containing each part of the URI (5) plus base plus full URI, all null terminated. + // Order: scheme, auth, path, query, frag, base, uri + // Note need to set, increment, assign in 3 stages to avoid compiler warning bug. + size_t total = (3 * len + 7) * sizeof(Ch); + scheme_ = static_cast(allocator_->Malloc(total)); + *scheme_ = '\0'; + auth_ = scheme_; + auth_++; + *auth_ = '\0'; + path_ = auth_; + path_++; + *path_ = '\0'; + query_ = path_; + query_++; + *query_ = '\0'; + frag_ = query_; + frag_++; + *frag_ = '\0'; + base_ = frag_; + base_++; + *base_ = '\0'; + uri_ = base_; + uri_++; + *uri_ = '\0'; + return total; + } + + // Free memory for a URI + void Free() { + if (scheme_) { + Allocator::Free(scheme_); + scheme_ = 0; + } + } + + // Parse a URI into constituent scheme, authority, path, query, & fragment parts + // Supports URIs that match regex ^(([^:/?#]+):)?(//([^/?#]*))?([^?#]*)(\?([^#]*))?(#(.*))? as per + // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986 + void Parse(const Ch* uri, std::size_t len) { + std::size_t start = 0, pos1 = 0, pos2 = 0; + Allocate(len); + + // Look for scheme ([^:/?#]+):)? + if (start < len) { + while (pos1 < len) { + if (uri[pos1] == ':') break; + pos1++; + } + if (pos1 != len) { + while (pos2 < len) { + if (uri[pos2] == '/') break; + if (uri[pos2] == '?') break; + if (uri[pos2] == '#') break; + pos2++; + } + if (pos1 < pos2) { + pos1++; + std::memcpy(scheme_, &uri[start], pos1 * sizeof(Ch)); + scheme_[pos1] = '\0'; + start = pos1; + } + } + } + // Look for auth (//([^/?#]*))? + // Note need to set, increment, assign in 3 stages to avoid compiler warning bug. + auth_ = scheme_ + GetSchemeStringLength(); + auth_++; + *auth_ = '\0'; + if (start < len - 1 && uri[start] == '/' && uri[start + 1] == '/') { + pos2 = start + 2; + while (pos2 < len) { + if (uri[pos2] == '/') break; + if (uri[pos2] == '?') break; + if (uri[pos2] == '#') break; + pos2++; + } + std::memcpy(auth_, &uri[start], (pos2 - start) * sizeof(Ch)); + auth_[pos2 - start] = '\0'; + start = pos2; + } + // Look for path ([^?#]*) + // Note need to set, increment, assign in 3 stages to avoid compiler warning bug. + path_ = auth_ + GetAuthStringLength(); + path_++; + *path_ = '\0'; + if (start < len) { + pos2 = start; + while (pos2 < len) { + if (uri[pos2] == '?') break; + if (uri[pos2] == '#') break; + pos2++; + } + if (start != pos2) { + std::memcpy(path_, &uri[start], (pos2 - start) * sizeof(Ch)); + path_[pos2 - start] = '\0'; + if (path_[0] == '/') + RemoveDotSegments(); // absolute path - normalize + start = pos2; + } + } + // Look for query (\?([^#]*))? + // Note need to set, increment, assign in 3 stages to avoid compiler warning bug. + query_ = path_ + GetPathStringLength(); + query_++; + *query_ = '\0'; + if (start < len && uri[start] == '?') { + pos2 = start + 1; + while (pos2 < len) { + if (uri[pos2] == '#') break; + pos2++; + } + if (start != pos2) { + std::memcpy(query_, &uri[start], (pos2 - start) * sizeof(Ch)); + query_[pos2 - start] = '\0'; + start = pos2; + } + } + // Look for fragment (#(.*))? + // Note need to set, increment, assign in 3 stages to avoid compiler warning bug. + frag_ = query_ + GetQueryStringLength(); + frag_++; + *frag_ = '\0'; + if (start < len && uri[start] == '#') { + std::memcpy(frag_, &uri[start], (len - start) * sizeof(Ch)); + frag_[len - start] = '\0'; + } + + // Re-constitute base_ and uri_ + base_ = frag_ + GetFragStringLength() + 1; + SetBase(); + uri_ = base_ + GetBaseStringLength() + 1; + SetUri(); + } + + // Reconstitute base + void SetBase() { + Ch* next = base_; + std::memcpy(next, scheme_, GetSchemeStringLength() * sizeof(Ch)); + next+= GetSchemeStringLength(); + std::memcpy(next, auth_, GetAuthStringLength() * sizeof(Ch)); + next+= GetAuthStringLength(); + std::memcpy(next, path_, GetPathStringLength() * sizeof(Ch)); + next+= GetPathStringLength(); + std::memcpy(next, query_, GetQueryStringLength() * sizeof(Ch)); + next+= GetQueryStringLength(); + *next = '\0'; + } + + // Reconstitute uri + void SetUri() { + Ch* next = uri_; + std::memcpy(next, base_, GetBaseStringLength() * sizeof(Ch)); + next+= GetBaseStringLength(); + std::memcpy(next, frag_, GetFragStringLength() * sizeof(Ch)); + next+= GetFragStringLength(); + *next = '\0'; + } + + // Copy a part from one GenericUri to another + // Return the pointer to the next part to be copied to + Ch* CopyPart(Ch* to, Ch* from, std::size_t len) { + RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(to != 0); + RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(from != 0); + std::memcpy(to, from, len * sizeof(Ch)); + to[len] = '\0'; + Ch* next = to + len + 1; + return next; + } + + // Remove . and .. segments from the path_ member. + // https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986 + // This is done in place as we are only removing segments. + void RemoveDotSegments() { + std::size_t pathlen = GetPathStringLength(); + std::size_t pathpos = 0; // Position in path_ + std::size_t newpos = 0; // Position in new path_ + + // Loop through each segment in original path_ + while (pathpos < pathlen) { + // Get next segment, bounded by '/' or end + size_t slashpos = 0; + while ((pathpos + slashpos) < pathlen) { + if (path_[pathpos + slashpos] == '/') break; + slashpos++; + } + // Check for .. and . segments + if (slashpos == 2 && path_[pathpos] == '.' && path_[pathpos + 1] == '.') { + // Backup a .. segment in the new path_ + // We expect to find a previously added slash at the end or nothing + RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(newpos == 0 || path_[newpos - 1] == '/'); + size_t lastslashpos = newpos; + // Make sure we don't go beyond the start segment + if (lastslashpos > 1) { + // Find the next to last slash and back up to it + lastslashpos--; + while (lastslashpos > 0) { + if (path_[lastslashpos - 1] == '/') break; + lastslashpos--; + } + // Set the new path_ position + newpos = lastslashpos; + } + } else if (slashpos == 1 && path_[pathpos] == '.') { + // Discard . segment, leaves new path_ unchanged + } else { + // Move any other kind of segment to the new path_ + RAPIDJSON_ASSERT(newpos <= pathpos); + std::memmove(&path_[newpos], &path_[pathpos], slashpos * sizeof(Ch)); + newpos += slashpos; + // Add slash if not at end + if ((pathpos + slashpos) < pathlen) { + path_[newpos] = '/'; + newpos++; + } + } + // Move to next segment + pathpos += slashpos + 1; + } + path_[newpos] = '\0'; + } + + Ch* uri_; // Everything + Ch* base_; // Everything except fragment + Ch* scheme_; // Includes the : + Ch* auth_; // Includes the // + Ch* path_; // Absolute if starts with / + Ch* query_; // Includes the ? + Ch* frag_; // Includes the # + + Allocator* allocator_; //!< The current allocator. It is either user-supplied or equal to ownAllocator_. + Allocator* ownAllocator_; //!< Allocator owned by this Uri. +}; + +//! GenericUri for Value (UTF-8, default allocator). +typedef GenericUri Uri; + +RAPIDJSON_NAMESPACE_END + +#if defined(__clang__) +RAPIDJSON_DIAG_POP +#endif + +#endif // RAPIDJSON_URI_H_ diff --git a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/writer.h b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/writer.h index e7fb873a..8b389219 100644 --- a/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/writer.h +++ b/headers/3rdparty/rapidjson/writer.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ // Tencent is pleased to support the open source community by making RapidJSON available. // -// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. All rights reserved. +// Copyright (C) 2015 THL A29 Limited, a Tencent company, and Milo Yip. // // Licensed under the MIT License (the "License"); you may not use this file except // in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at @@ -283,6 +283,8 @@ public: os_->Flush(); } + static const size_t kDefaultLevelDepth = 32; + protected: //! Information for each nested level struct Level { @@ -291,8 +293,6 @@ protected: bool inArray; //!< true if in array, otherwise in object }; - static const size_t kDefaultLevelDepth = 32; - bool WriteNull() { PutReserve(*os_, 4); PutUnsafe(*os_, 'n'); PutUnsafe(*os_, 'u'); PutUnsafe(*os_, 'l'); PutUnsafe(*os_, 'l'); return true; diff --git a/headers/enduro2d/core/_core.hpp b/headers/enduro2d/core/_core.hpp index 286891ac..418e29f9 100644 --- a/headers/enduro2d/core/_core.hpp +++ b/headers/enduro2d/core/_core.hpp @@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ #include "../math/_all.hpp" #include "../utils/_all.hpp" -#include #include -#include +#include +#include namespace e2d { diff --git a/headers/enduro2d/core/render.hpp b/headers/enduro2d/core/render.hpp index 9f103237..6facc72e 100644 --- a/headers/enduro2d/core/render.hpp +++ b/headers/enduro2d/core/render.hpp @@ -890,10 +890,6 @@ namespace e2d u32 max_vertex_attributes = 0; u32 max_vertex_texture_image_units = 0; - u32 max_varying_vectors = 0; - u32 max_vertex_uniform_vectors = 0; - u32 max_fragment_uniform_vectors = 0; - bool npot_texture_supported = false; bool depth_texture_supported = false; bool render_target_supported = false; diff --git a/headers/enduro2d/high/_high.hpp b/headers/enduro2d/high/_high.hpp index 62e10dd2..0653320c 100644 --- a/headers/enduro2d/high/_high.hpp +++ b/headers/enduro2d/high/_high.hpp @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ namespace e2d::ecsex Opts&&... opts) { static thread_local vector to_remove_components; - DEFER([](){ to_remove_components.clear(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ to_remove_components.clear(); }); owner.for_each_component([](const ecs::entity& e, const T&){ to_remove_components.push_back(e); @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ namespace e2d::ecsex std::tuple> components; const std::size_t begin_index = components.size(); - DEFER([begin_index](){ + DEFER_HPP([begin_index](){ components.erase( components.begin() + begin_index, components.end()); @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ namespace e2d::ecsex std::tuple> components; const std::size_t begin_index = components.size(); - DEFER([begin_index](){ + DEFER_HPP([begin_index](){ components.erase( components.begin() + begin_index, components.end()); @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ namespace e2d::ecsex std::tuple> components; const std::size_t begin_index = components.size(); - DEFER([begin_index](){ + DEFER_HPP([begin_index](){ components.erase( components.begin() + begin_index, components.end()); @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ namespace e2d::ecsex std::tuple> components; const std::size_t begin_index = components.size(); - DEFER([begin_index](){ + DEFER_HPP([begin_index](){ components.erase( components.begin() + begin_index, components.end()); diff --git a/headers/enduro2d/high/inspector.inl b/headers/enduro2d/high/inspector.inl index ae2467b9..4a0c694c 100644 --- a/headers/enduro2d/high/inspector.inl +++ b/headers/enduro2d/high/inspector.inl @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ namespace e2d::impl } ImGui::PushID(co.find()); - DEFER([](){ ImGui::PopID(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::PopID(); }); const bool inspector_opened = ImGui::CollapsingHeader( component_inspector::title, @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ namespace e2d::impl const char* component_popup_context_str_id = "e2d_component_popup_context"; if ( ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(component_popup_context_str_id) ) { - DEFER([](){ ImGui::EndPopup(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::EndPopup(); }); auto disabled_co = co.owner().template component>(); if ( bool enabled = !disabled_co; ImGui::Checkbox("Enabled", &enabled) ) { @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ namespace e2d::impl } ImGui::PushID(co.find()); - DEFER([](){ ImGui::PopID(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::PopID(); }); if ( !co.owner().template component>() ) { inspector_(co, ctx); diff --git a/headers/enduro2d/high/node.inl b/headers/enduro2d/high/node.inl index 53543315..8b271670 100644 --- a/headers/enduro2d/high/node.inl +++ b/headers/enduro2d/high/node.inl @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ namespace e2d::nodes static thread_local vector> parents; const std::size_t begin_index = parents.size(); - DEFER([begin_index](){ + DEFER_HPP([begin_index](){ parents.erase( parents.begin() + begin_index, parents.end()); @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ namespace e2d::nodes static thread_local vector> children; const std::size_t begin_index = children.size(); - DEFER([begin_index](){ + DEFER_HPP([begin_index](){ children.erase( children.begin() + begin_index, children.end()); @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ namespace e2d::nodes static thread_local vector> components; const std::size_t begin_index = components.size(); - DEFER([begin_index](){ + DEFER_HPP([begin_index](){ components.erase( components.begin() + begin_index, components.end()); @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ namespace e2d::nodes static thread_local vector> components; const std::size_t begin_index = components.size(); - DEFER([begin_index](){ + DEFER_HPP([begin_index](){ components.erase( components.begin() + begin_index, components.end()); diff --git a/headers/enduro2d/utils/imgui_utils.hpp b/headers/enduro2d/utils/imgui_utils.hpp index 9b4acdc4..5d3811f7 100644 --- a/headers/enduro2d/utils/imgui_utils.hpp +++ b/headers/enduro2d/utils/imgui_utils.hpp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ namespace e2d::imgui_utils template < typename... Args > void show_colored_text(const color& color, str_view fmt, Args&&... args) { ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, make_vec4(color)); - DEFER([](){ ImGui::PopStyleColor(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::PopStyleColor(); }); show_formatted_text(fmt, std::forward(args)...); } @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ namespace e2d::imgui_utils } if ( ImGui::BeginCombo(label_cstr, preview_cstr) ) { - DEFER([](){ ImGui::EndCombo(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::EndCombo(); }); for ( std::size_t i = 0; i < enum_hpp::size(); ++i ) { str_view item_name = enum_hpp::names()[i]; @@ -80,10 +80,10 @@ namespace e2d::imgui_utils template < typename F, typename... Args > void with_disabled_flag(F&& f, Args&&... args) { ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled, true); - DEFER([](){ ImGui::PopItemFlag(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::PopItemFlag(); }); ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, ImGui::GetStyle().Alpha * 0.5f); - DEFER([](){ ImGui::PopStyleVar(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::PopStyleVar(); }); std::invoke(std::forward(f), std::forward(args)...); } diff --git a/modules/catch2 b/modules/catch2 index 255aa5f2..ab6c7375 160000 --- a/modules/catch2 +++ b/modules/catch2 @@ -1 +1 @@ -Subproject commit 255aa5f2afe1a622c97422f65ace6ca915be0d8d +Subproject commit ab6c7375be9a8e71ee84c6f8537113f9f47daf99 diff --git a/modules/defer.hpp b/modules/defer.hpp index 6ea555b9..5c9178be 160000 --- a/modules/defer.hpp +++ b/modules/defer.hpp @@ -1 +1 @@ -Subproject commit 6ea555b98c58f002d843127186eeea4a905bb88c +Subproject commit 5c9178be4efe9361aabfd4cdea8c52141999b99d diff --git a/modules/ecs.hpp b/modules/ecs.hpp index a32eb1c6..7682c4ac 160000 --- a/modules/ecs.hpp +++ b/modules/ecs.hpp @@ -1 +1 @@ -Subproject commit a32eb1c602b2a659962cdabed33c69c8344750ac +Subproject commit 7682c4ace7aec302c5b64de2e7589e408265bcad diff --git a/modules/enum.hpp b/modules/enum.hpp index 3dea3449..16d93ad2 160000 --- a/modules/enum.hpp +++ b/modules/enum.hpp @@ -1 +1 @@ -Subproject commit 3dea3449e4860a4de3e094ae2fea89c90258e9bb +Subproject commit 16d93ad2b45e64e4f5f1780813dc6ada2e875cc8 diff --git a/modules/flat.hpp b/modules/flat.hpp index 2a2b4458..a0102183 160000 --- a/modules/flat.hpp +++ b/modules/flat.hpp @@ -1 +1 @@ -Subproject commit 2a2b4458427a6f75ec75b62da8421877a25f8ad1 +Subproject commit a01021835185a6fa60d2e22dd4ff54f24b5bc78c diff --git a/modules/glew b/modules/glew deleted file mode 160000 index 5ab6ba30..00000000 --- a/modules/glew +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -Subproject commit 5ab6ba3039b02290cc899a56ef6f50af2c649292 diff --git a/modules/glfw b/modules/glfw index 0a49ef0a..7482de60 160000 --- a/modules/glfw +++ b/modules/glfw @@ -1 +1 @@ -Subproject commit 0a49ef0a00baa3ab520ddc452f0e3b1e099c5589 +Subproject commit 7482de6071d21db77a7236155da44c172a7f6c9e diff --git a/modules/imgui b/modules/imgui index 7f8b076f..d822c653 160000 --- a/modules/imgui +++ b/modules/imgui @@ -1 +1 @@ -Subproject commit 7f8b076f2b5042aa88a95e0d334e599051176e44 +Subproject commit d822c65317ba881798bed8fce9ffba267d27dada diff --git a/modules/miniz b/modules/miniz index 4159f8c8..963a27a1 160000 --- a/modules/miniz +++ b/modules/miniz @@ -1 +1 @@ -Subproject commit 4159f8c8c3d91a76648107ce6adf54bb6f06e3a7 +Subproject commit 963a27a11217d01f87dd43f2ad7cb9c7934b704d diff --git a/modules/pnpoly.h b/modules/pnpoly.h index 5ba3fd8d..f411933b 160000 --- a/modules/pnpoly.h +++ b/modules/pnpoly.h @@ -1 +1 @@ -Subproject commit 5ba3fd8de6af2f81dbf687024fc6815310be5582 +Subproject commit f411933b9899e3c90496df85117dde0cdf126c7f diff --git a/modules/promise.hpp b/modules/promise.hpp index 3cef25b1..ab009cec 160000 --- a/modules/promise.hpp +++ b/modules/promise.hpp @@ -1 +1 @@ -Subproject commit 3cef25b174d192b5e8db48efc8a00a3621805a99 +Subproject commit ab009cece49fc999c6de41aa07cbee3ea390c16c diff --git a/modules/pugixml b/modules/pugixml index 3c59df55..a0e06433 160000 --- a/modules/pugixml +++ b/modules/pugixml @@ -1 +1 @@ -Subproject commit 3c59df555b93a7650ae0056da34bacde93f4ef8f +Subproject commit a0e064336317c9347a91224112af9933598714e9 diff --git a/modules/rapidjson b/modules/rapidjson index 8f4c021f..1ce516e5 160000 --- a/modules/rapidjson +++ b/modules/rapidjson @@ -1 +1 @@ -Subproject commit 8f4c021fa2f1e001d2376095928fc0532adf2ae6 +Subproject commit 1ce516e50bec548eb3273e5b8563d97a18ba233c diff --git a/modules/stb b/modules/stb index f54acd4e..8b5f1f37 160000 --- a/modules/stb +++ b/modules/stb @@ -1 +1 @@ -Subproject commit f54acd4e13430c5122cab4ca657705c84aa61b08 +Subproject commit 8b5f1f37b5b75829fc72d38e7b5d4bcbf8a26d55 diff --git a/modules/utfcpp b/modules/utfcpp index 944ef056..79835a5f 160000 --- a/modules/utfcpp +++ b/modules/utfcpp @@ -1 +1 @@ -Subproject commit 944ef0561ddcd33eb4fd94934538458b2b2de252 +Subproject commit 79835a5fa57271f07a90ed36123e30ae9741178e diff --git a/modules/yoga b/modules/yoga index 0be0e9fc..8a65d8b6 160000 --- a/modules/yoga +++ b/modules/yoga @@ -1 +1 @@ -Subproject commit 0be0e9fc0148aa609afdc31cb9670524f07050cb +Subproject commit 8a65d8b6dc65fbe71d3fdfc0d4274fc3d7b0452d diff --git a/samples/sources/sample_00/sample_00.cpp b/samples/sources/sample_00/sample_00.cpp index a058fd75..eb1a6a11 100644 --- a/samples/sources/sample_00/sample_00.cpp +++ b/samples/sources/sample_00/sample_00.cpp @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ namespace return false; } - if ( k.is_key_just_pressed(keyboard_key::f12) ) { + if ( k.is_key_just_pressed(keyboard_key::f1) ) { the().toggle_visible(!the().visible()); } diff --git a/samples/sources/sample_01/sample_01.cpp b/samples/sources/sample_01/sample_01.cpp index 8fbb7870..d8363285 100644 --- a/samples/sources/sample_01/sample_01.cpp +++ b/samples/sources/sample_01/sample_01.cpp @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ namespace return false; } - if ( k.is_key_just_pressed(keyboard_key::f12) ) { + if ( k.is_key_just_pressed(keyboard_key::f1) ) { the().toggle_visible(!the().visible()); } diff --git a/samples/sources/sample_02/sample_02.cpp b/samples/sources/sample_02/sample_02.cpp index 6b8c8703..e5499626 100644 --- a/samples/sources/sample_02/sample_02.cpp +++ b/samples/sources/sample_02/sample_02.cpp @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ namespace return false; } - if ( k.is_key_just_pressed(keyboard_key::f12) ) { + if ( k.is_key_just_pressed(keyboard_key::f1) ) { the().toggle_visible(!the().visible()); } diff --git a/samples/sources/sample_03/sample_03.cpp b/samples/sources/sample_03/sample_03.cpp index cfd8ef00..4b42d49b 100644 --- a/samples/sources/sample_03/sample_03.cpp +++ b/samples/sources/sample_03/sample_03.cpp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ namespace E2D_UNUSED(owner, event); const keyboard& k = the().keyboard(); - if ( k.is_key_just_released(keyboard_key::f12) ) { + if ( k.is_key_just_released(keyboard_key::f1) ) { the().toggle_visible(!the().visible()); } diff --git a/samples/sources/sample_04/sample_04.cpp b/samples/sources/sample_04/sample_04.cpp index 3624ddfa..bf1c6b27 100644 --- a/samples/sources/sample_04/sample_04.cpp +++ b/samples/sources/sample_04/sample_04.cpp @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ namespace E2D_UNUSED(owner, event); const keyboard& k = the().keyboard(); - if ( k.is_key_just_released(keyboard_key::f12) ) { + if ( k.is_key_just_released(keyboard_key::f1) ) { the().toggle_visible(!the().visible()); } diff --git a/samples/sources/sample_05/sample_05.cpp b/samples/sources/sample_05/sample_05.cpp index df1517aa..26c8dcca 100644 --- a/samples/sources/sample_05/sample_05.cpp +++ b/samples/sources/sample_05/sample_05.cpp @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ namespace return false; } - if ( k.is_key_just_pressed(keyboard_key::f12) ) { + if ( k.is_key_just_pressed(keyboard_key::f1) ) { the().toggle_visible(!the().visible()); } diff --git a/samples/sources/sample_06/sample_06.cpp b/samples/sources/sample_06/sample_06.cpp index 887e2259..fa062d55 100644 --- a/samples/sources/sample_06/sample_06.cpp +++ b/samples/sources/sample_06/sample_06.cpp @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ namespace E2D_UNUSED(owner, event); const keyboard& k = the().keyboard(); - if ( k.is_key_just_released(keyboard_key::f12) ) { + if ( k.is_key_just_released(keyboard_key::f1) ) { the().toggle_visible(!the().visible()); } diff --git a/samples/sources/sample_07/sample_07.cpp b/samples/sources/sample_07/sample_07.cpp index 3c6d0e2b..4560c8fe 100644 --- a/samples/sources/sample_07/sample_07.cpp +++ b/samples/sources/sample_07/sample_07.cpp @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ namespace E2D_UNUSED(owner, event); const keyboard& k = the().keyboard(); - if ( k.is_key_just_released(keyboard_key::f12) ) { + if ( k.is_key_just_released(keyboard_key::f1) ) { the().toggle_visible(!the().visible()); } diff --git a/samples/sources/sample_08/sample_08.cpp b/samples/sources/sample_08/sample_08.cpp index 89ee5962..5e9c2a3c 100644 --- a/samples/sources/sample_08/sample_08.cpp +++ b/samples/sources/sample_08/sample_08.cpp @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ namespace E2D_UNUSED(owner, event); const keyboard& k = the().keyboard(); - if ( k.is_key_just_released(keyboard_key::f12) ) { + if ( k.is_key_just_released(keyboard_key::f1) ) { the().toggle_visible(!the().visible()); } diff --git a/samples/sources/sample_09/sample_09.cpp b/samples/sources/sample_09/sample_09.cpp index 4a61d1cb..6d63bea3 100644 --- a/samples/sources/sample_09/sample_09.cpp +++ b/samples/sources/sample_09/sample_09.cpp @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ namespace E2D_UNUSED(owner, event); const keyboard& k = the().keyboard(); - if ( k.is_key_just_released(keyboard_key::f12) ) { + if ( k.is_key_just_released(keyboard_key::f1) ) { the().toggle_visible(!the().visible()); } diff --git a/scripts/build_all.bat b/scripts/build_all.bat deleted file mode 100644 index 9e778dcb..00000000 --- a/scripts/build_all.bat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -@echo off -set SCRIPT_DIR=%~dp0% -call %SCRIPT_DIR%\build_debug_x86.bat || goto :error -call %SCRIPT_DIR%\build_debug_x64.bat || goto :error -call %SCRIPT_DIR%\build_release_x86.bat || goto :error -call %SCRIPT_DIR%\build_release_x64.bat || goto :error - -goto :EOF - -:error -echo Failed with error #%errorlevel%. -exit /b %errorlevel% diff --git a/scripts/build_all.sh b/scripts/build_all.sh deleted file mode 100755 index d9cd585d..00000000 --- a/scripts/build_all.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -set -e -SCRIPT_DIR=`dirname "$BASH_SOURCE"` -$SCRIPT_DIR/build_debug.sh -$SCRIPT_DIR/build_release.sh diff --git a/scripts/build_clear.bat b/scripts/build_clear.bat deleted file mode 100644 index 44375fb9..00000000 --- a/scripts/build_clear.bat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -@echo off -set BUILD_DIR=%~dp0%\..\build -rmdir /s /q %BUILD_DIR% || goto :error - -goto :EOF - -:error -echo Failed with error #%errorlevel%. -exit /b %errorlevel% diff --git a/scripts/build_clear.sh b/scripts/build_clear.sh deleted file mode 100755 index ef8a2e36..00000000 --- a/scripts/build_clear.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -set -e -BUILD_DIR=`dirname "$BASH_SOURCE"`/../build -rm -rf $BUILD_DIR diff --git a/scripts/build_debug.sh b/scripts/build_debug.sh deleted file mode 100755 index a0690955..00000000 --- a/scripts/build_debug.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -set -e -BUILD_DIR=`dirname "$BASH_SOURCE"`/../build -mkdir -p $BUILD_DIR/Debug -pushd $BUILD_DIR/Debug -cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Debug ../.. -cmake --build . -ctest --verbose -popd diff --git a/scripts/build_debug_x64.bat b/scripts/build_debug_x64.bat deleted file mode 100644 index f80c2f3f..00000000 --- a/scripts/build_debug_x64.bat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -@echo off -set BUILD_DIR=%~dp0%\..\build -mkdir %BUILD_DIR%\Debug\x64 || goto :error -pushd %BUILD_DIR%\Debug\x64 || goto :error -cmake ..\..\.. -A x64 || goto :error -cmake --build . --config Debug || goto :error -ctest --verbose || goto :error -popd || goto :error - -goto :EOF - -:error -echo Failed with error #%errorlevel%. -exit /b %errorlevel% diff --git a/scripts/build_debug_x86.bat b/scripts/build_debug_x86.bat deleted file mode 100644 index ee051293..00000000 --- a/scripts/build_debug_x86.bat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -@echo off -set BUILD_DIR=%~dp0%\..\build -mkdir %BUILD_DIR%\Debug\x86 || goto :error -pushd %BUILD_DIR%\Debug\x86 || goto :error -cmake ..\..\.. -A Win32 || goto :error -cmake --build . --config Debug || goto :error -ctest --verbose || goto :error -popd || goto :error - -goto :EOF - -:error -echo Failed with error #%errorlevel%. -exit /b %errorlevel% diff --git a/scripts/build_release.sh b/scripts/build_release.sh deleted file mode 100755 index 1377504f..00000000 --- a/scripts/build_release.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -set -e -BUILD_DIR=`dirname "$BASH_SOURCE"`/../build -mkdir -p $BUILD_DIR/Release -pushd $BUILD_DIR/Release -cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release ../.. -cmake --build . -ctest --verbose -popd diff --git a/scripts/build_release_x64.bat b/scripts/build_release_x64.bat deleted file mode 100644 index 65e251e2..00000000 --- a/scripts/build_release_x64.bat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -@echo off -set BUILD_DIR=%~dp0%\..\build -mkdir %BUILD_DIR%\Release\x64 || goto :error -pushd %BUILD_DIR%\Release\x64 || goto :error -cmake ..\..\.. -A x64 || goto :error -cmake --build . --config Release || goto :error -ctest --verbose || goto :error -popd || goto :error - -goto :EOF - -:error -echo Failed with error #%errorlevel%. -exit /b %errorlevel% diff --git a/scripts/build_release_x86.bat b/scripts/build_release_x86.bat deleted file mode 100644 index 1be857bd..00000000 --- a/scripts/build_release_x86.bat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -@echo off -set BUILD_DIR=%~dp0%\..\build -mkdir %BUILD_DIR%\Release\x86 || goto :error -pushd %BUILD_DIR%\Release\x86 || goto :error -cmake ..\..\.. -A Win32 || goto :error -cmake --build . --config Release || goto :error -ctest --verbose || goto :error -popd || goto :error - -goto :EOF - -:error -echo Failed with error #%errorlevel%. -exit /b %errorlevel% diff --git a/scripts/cloc_all.sh b/scripts/cloc_all.sh index 0505905e..b919d1f8 100755 --- a/scripts/cloc_all.sh +++ b/scripts/cloc_all.sh @@ -1,20 +1,23 @@ #!/bin/bash -SCRIPT_DIR=`dirname "$BASH_SOURCE"` +DIR="$( cd "$( dirname "${BASH_SOURCE}" )" && pwd )" + +ROOT_DIR="${DIR}/.." + cloc \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../headers/enduro2d \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../sources/enduro2d \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../samples/bin \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../samples/sources \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../untests/bin \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../untests/sources \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/defer.hpp/headers \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/defer.hpp/untests \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/ecs.hpp/headers \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/ecs.hpp/untests \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/enum.hpp/headers \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/enum.hpp/untests \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/flat.hpp/headers \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/flat.hpp/untests \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/pnpoly.h \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/promise.hpp/headers \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/promise.hpp/untests + "${ROOT_DIR}/headers/enduro2d" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/sources/enduro2d" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/samples/bin" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/samples/sources" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/untests/bin" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/untests/sources" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/defer.hpp/headers" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/defer.hpp/untests" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/ecs.hpp/headers" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/ecs.hpp/untests" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/enum.hpp/headers" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/enum.hpp/untests" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/flat.hpp/headers" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/flat.hpp/untests" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/pnpoly.h" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/promise.hpp/headers" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/promise.hpp/untests" diff --git a/scripts/cloc_engine.sh b/scripts/cloc_engine.sh index 2d7bcd1b..65fadca4 100755 --- a/scripts/cloc_engine.sh +++ b/scripts/cloc_engine.sh @@ -1,11 +1,14 @@ #!/bin/bash -SCRIPT_DIR=`dirname "$BASH_SOURCE"` +DIR="$( cd "$( dirname "${BASH_SOURCE}" )" && pwd )" + +ROOT_DIR="${DIR}/.." + cloc \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../headers/enduro2d \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../sources/enduro2d \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/defer.hpp/headers \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/ecs.hpp/headers \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/enum.hpp/headers \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/flat.hpp/headers \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/pnpoly.h \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/promise.hpp/headers + "${ROOT_DIR}/headers/enduro2d" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/sources/enduro2d" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/defer.hpp/headers" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/ecs.hpp/headers" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/enum.hpp/headers" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/flat.hpp/headers" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/pnpoly.h" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/promise.hpp/headers" diff --git a/scripts/cloc_headers.sh b/scripts/cloc_headers.sh index beff52c2..02a1a42c 100755 --- a/scripts/cloc_headers.sh +++ b/scripts/cloc_headers.sh @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ #!/bin/bash -SCRIPT_DIR=`dirname "$BASH_SOURCE"` -cloc $SCRIPT_DIR/../headers/enduro2d +DIR="$( cd "$( dirname "${BASH_SOURCE}" )" && pwd )" + +ROOT_DIR="${DIR}/.." + +cloc \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/headers/enduro2d" diff --git a/scripts/cloc_modules.sh b/scripts/cloc_modules.sh index e9732f2a..472fc32e 100755 --- a/scripts/cloc_modules.sh +++ b/scripts/cloc_modules.sh @@ -1,14 +1,17 @@ #!/bin/bash -SCRIPT_DIR=`dirname "$BASH_SOURCE"` +DIR="$( cd "$( dirname "${BASH_SOURCE}" )" && pwd )" + +ROOT_DIR="${DIR}/.." + cloc \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/defer.hpp/headers \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/defer.hpp/untests \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/ecs.hpp/headers \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/ecs.hpp/untests \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/enum.hpp/headers \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/enum.hpp/untests \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/flat.hpp/headers \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/flat.hpp/untests \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/pnpoly.h \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/promise.hpp/headers \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../modules/promise.hpp/untests + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/defer.hpp/headers" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/defer.hpp/untests" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/ecs.hpp/headers" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/ecs.hpp/untests" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/enum.hpp/headers" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/enum.hpp/untests" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/flat.hpp/headers" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/flat.hpp/untests" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/pnpoly.h" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/promise.hpp/headers" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/modules/promise.hpp/untests" diff --git a/scripts/cloc_samples.sh b/scripts/cloc_samples.sh index cfe95c03..21fe21e4 100755 --- a/scripts/cloc_samples.sh +++ b/scripts/cloc_samples.sh @@ -1,5 +1,8 @@ #!/bin/bash -SCRIPT_DIR=`dirname "$BASH_SOURCE"` +DIR="$( cd "$( dirname "${BASH_SOURCE}" )" && pwd )" + +ROOT_DIR="${DIR}/.." + cloc \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../samples/bin \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../samples/sources + "${ROOT_DIR}/samples/bin" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/samples/sources" diff --git a/scripts/cloc_sources.sh b/scripts/cloc_sources.sh index 5b4301e1..6a8636d8 100755 --- a/scripts/cloc_sources.sh +++ b/scripts/cloc_sources.sh @@ -1,3 +1,7 @@ #!/bin/bash -SCRIPT_DIR=`dirname "$BASH_SOURCE"` -cloc $SCRIPT_DIR/../sources/enduro2d +DIR="$( cd "$( dirname "${BASH_SOURCE}" )" && pwd )" + +ROOT_DIR="${DIR}/.." + +cloc \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/sources/enduro2d" diff --git a/scripts/cloc_untests.sh b/scripts/cloc_untests.sh index 119b7549..1bd4d35a 100755 --- a/scripts/cloc_untests.sh +++ b/scripts/cloc_untests.sh @@ -1,5 +1,8 @@ #!/bin/bash -SCRIPT_DIR=`dirname "$BASH_SOURCE"` +DIR="$( cd "$( dirname "${BASH_SOURCE}" )" && pwd )" + +ROOT_DIR="${DIR}/.." + cloc \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../untests/bin \ - $SCRIPT_DIR/../untests/sources + "${ROOT_DIR}/untests/bin" \ + "${ROOT_DIR}/untests/sources" diff --git a/scripts/gen_msvc2017_project.bat b/scripts/gen_msvc2017_project.bat deleted file mode 100644 index 5cfca003..00000000 --- a/scripts/gen_msvc2017_project.bat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -@echo off -set BUILD_DIR=%~dp0%\..\build -mkdir %BUILD_DIR%\msvc2017 || goto :error -pushd %BUILD_DIR%\msvc2017 || goto :error -cmake -G "Visual Studio 15 2017" ..\.. || goto :error -start enduro2d.sln || goto :error -popd || goto :error - -goto :EOF - -:error -echo Failed with error #%errorlevel%. -exit /b %errorlevel% diff --git a/scripts/gen_msvc2019_project.bat b/scripts/gen_msvc2019_project.bat deleted file mode 100644 index 773d2cde..00000000 --- a/scripts/gen_msvc2019_project.bat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -@echo off -set BUILD_DIR=%~dp0%\..\build -mkdir %BUILD_DIR%\msvc2019 || goto :error -pushd %BUILD_DIR%\msvc2019 || goto :error -cmake -G "Visual Studio 16 2019" ..\.. || goto :error -start enduro2d.sln || goto :error -popd || goto :error - -goto :EOF - -:error -echo Failed with error #%errorlevel%. -exit /b %errorlevel% diff --git a/scripts/gen_xcode_project.sh b/scripts/gen_xcode_project.sh deleted file mode 100755 index f2a07694..00000000 --- a/scripts/gen_xcode_project.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -set -e -BUILD_DIR=`dirname "$BASH_SOURCE"`/../build -mkdir -p $BUILD_DIR/xcode -pushd $BUILD_DIR/xcode -cmake -G Xcode ../.. -open enduro2d.xcodeproj -popd diff --git a/scripts/pvs_analyze.sh b/scripts/pvs_analyze.sh index ef22f20a..0e855b9f 100755 --- a/scripts/pvs_analyze.sh +++ b/scripts/pvs_analyze.sh @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ #!/bin/bash set -e -BUILD_DIR=`dirname "$BASH_SOURCE"`/../build -mkdir -p $BUILD_DIR/pvs_analyze -pushd $BUILD_DIR/pvs_analyze -rm -rf pvs_report -cmake -DCMAKE_EXPORT_COMPILE_COMMANDS=On ../.. -pvs-studio-analyzer analyze\ - -e _deps\ - -e ../../untests\ - -e ../../modules\ - -e ../../headers/3rdparty\ - -e ../../sources/3rdparty\ +DIR="$( cd "$( dirname "${BASH_SOURCE}" )" && pwd )" + +ROOT_DIR="${DIR}/.." +BUILD_DIR="${ROOT_DIR}/build/pvs_analyze" + +mkdir -p "${BUILD_DIR}" +(cd "${BUILD_DIR}" && cmake "${ROOT_DIR}" -DCMAKE_EXPORT_COMPILE_COMMANDS=On) +(cd "${BUILD_DIR}" && pvs-studio-analyzer analyze\ + -e "${ROOT_DIR}/headers/3rdparty"\ + -e "${ROOT_DIR}/modules"\ + -e "${ROOT_DIR}/sources/3rdparty"\ + -e "${ROOT_DIR}/untests"\ -o pvs_report.log\ - -j8 -plog-converter -a GA:1,2 -t fullhtml -o pvs_report pvs_report.log -open pvs_report/index.html -popd + -j8) +(cd "${BUILD_DIR}" && rm -rf pvs_report) +(cd "${BUILD_DIR}" && plog-converter -a GA:1,2 -t fullhtml -o pvs_report pvs_report.log) +(cd "${BUILD_DIR}" && open pvs_report/index.html) diff --git a/scripts/update_imicons.sh b/scripts/update_imicons.sh index e053065b..71ef6378 100755 --- a/scripts/update_imicons.sh +++ b/scripts/update_imicons.sh @@ -1,28 +1,31 @@ #!/bin/bash -ROOT_DIR=`dirname "$BASH_SOURCE"`/.. -MODULES_DIR=$ROOT_DIR/modules -HEADERS_DIR=$ROOT_DIR/headers -SOURCES_DIR=$ROOT_DIR/sources -HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR=$HEADERS_DIR/3rdparty -SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR=$SOURCES_DIR/3rdparty +DIR="$( cd "$( dirname "${BASH_SOURCE}" )" && pwd )" -mkdir -p $MODULES_DIR -mkdir -p $HEADERS_DIR -mkdir -p $SOURCES_DIR -mkdir -p $HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR -mkdir -p $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR +ROOT_DIR="${DIR}/.." -HEADERS_IMICONS_DIR=$HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR/imicons -SOURCES_IMICONS_DIR=$SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/imicons -SOURCES_IMICONS_BUILD_DIR=$SOURCES_IMICONS_DIR/build +MODULES_DIR="${ROOT_DIR}/modules" +HEADERS_DIR="${ROOT_DIR}/headers" +SOURCES_DIR="${ROOT_DIR}/sources" +HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR="${HEADERS_DIR}/3rdparty" +SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR="${SOURCES_DIR}/3rdparty" -mkdir -p $HEADERS_IMICONS_DIR -mkdir -p $SOURCES_IMICONS_DIR -mkdir -p $SOURCES_IMICONS_BUILD_DIR +mkdir -p "${MODULES_DIR}" +mkdir -p "${HEADERS_DIR}" +mkdir -p "${SOURCES_DIR}" +mkdir -p "${HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR}" +mkdir -p "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}" -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/imgui/misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp $SOURCES_IMICONS_BUILD_DIR/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp +HEADERS_IMICONS_DIR="${HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR}/imicons" +SOURCES_IMICONS_DIR="${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/imicons" +SOURCES_IMICONS_BUILD_DIR="${SOURCES_IMICONS_DIR}/build" -pushd $SOURCES_IMICONS_BUILD_DIR +mkdir -p "${HEADERS_IMICONS_DIR}" +mkdir -p "${SOURCES_IMICONS_DIR}" +mkdir -p "${SOURCES_IMICONS_BUILD_DIR}" + +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/imgui/misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp" "${SOURCES_IMICONS_BUILD_DIR}/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp" + +pushd "${SOURCES_IMICONS_BUILD_DIR}" wget -q --show-progress -N https://github.com/FortAwesome/Font-Awesome/raw/master/webfonts/fa-solid-900.ttf wget -q --show-progress -N https://github.com/FortAwesome/Font-Awesome/raw/master/webfonts/fa-regular-400.ttf wget -q --show-progress -N https://github.com/google/material-design-icons/raw/master/font/MaterialIcons-Regular.ttf @@ -35,11 +38,11 @@ clang++ binary_to_compressed_c.cpp -o binary_to_compressed_c ./binary_to_compressed_c MaterialIcons-Regular.ttf md_regular > md_regular.bin.h popd -cp -fv $SOURCES_IMICONS_BUILD_DIR/fa_solid.bin.h $SOURCES_IMICONS_DIR -cp -fv $SOURCES_IMICONS_BUILD_DIR/fa_regular.bin.h $SOURCES_IMICONS_DIR -cp -fv $SOURCES_IMICONS_BUILD_DIR/md_regular.bin.h $SOURCES_IMICONS_DIR +cp -fv "${SOURCES_IMICONS_BUILD_DIR}/fa_solid.bin.h" "${SOURCES_IMICONS_DIR}" +cp -fv "${SOURCES_IMICONS_BUILD_DIR}/fa_regular.bin.h" "${SOURCES_IMICONS_DIR}" +cp -fv "${SOURCES_IMICONS_BUILD_DIR}/md_regular.bin.h" "${SOURCES_IMICONS_DIR}" -cp -fv $SOURCES_IMICONS_BUILD_DIR/IconsFontAwesome5.h $HEADERS_IMICONS_DIR/icons_fa.h -cp -fv $SOURCES_IMICONS_BUILD_DIR/IconsMaterialDesign.h $HEADERS_IMICONS_DIR/icons_md.h +cp -fv "${SOURCES_IMICONS_BUILD_DIR}/IconsFontAwesome5.h" "${HEADERS_IMICONS_DIR}/icons_fa.h" +cp -fv "${SOURCES_IMICONS_BUILD_DIR}/IconsMaterialDesign.h" "${HEADERS_IMICONS_DIR}/icons_md.h" -rm -rf $SOURCES_IMICONS_BUILD_DIR +rm -rf "${SOURCES_IMICONS_BUILD_DIR}" diff --git a/scripts/update_modules.sh b/scripts/update_modules.sh index 2fd53edf..0e05241d 100755 --- a/scripts/update_modules.sh +++ b/scripts/update_modules.sh @@ -1,109 +1,113 @@ #!/bin/bash -ROOT_DIR=`dirname "$BASH_SOURCE"`/.. +DIR="$( cd "$( dirname "${BASH_SOURCE}" )" && pwd )" -MODULES_DIR=$ROOT_DIR/modules -HEADERS_DIR=$ROOT_DIR/headers -SOURCES_DIR=$ROOT_DIR/sources -UNTESTS_DIR=$ROOT_DIR/untests +ROOT_DIR="${DIR}/.." -HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR=$HEADERS_DIR/3rdparty -SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR=$SOURCES_DIR/3rdparty +MODULES_DIR="${ROOT_DIR}/modules" +HEADERS_DIR="${ROOT_DIR}/headers" +SOURCES_DIR="${ROOT_DIR}/sources" +UNTESTS_DIR="${ROOT_DIR}/untests" -mkdir -p $MODULES_DIR -mkdir -p $HEADERS_DIR -mkdir -p $SOURCES_DIR -mkdir -p $UNTESTS_DIR -mkdir -p $HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR -mkdir -p $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR +HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR="${HEADERS_DIR}/3rdparty" +SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR="${SOURCES_DIR}/3rdparty" + +mkdir -p "${MODULES_DIR}" +mkdir -p "${HEADERS_DIR}" +mkdir -p "${SOURCES_DIR}" +mkdir -p "${UNTESTS_DIR}" +mkdir -p "${HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR}" +mkdir -p "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}" # # catch # -mkdir -p $UNTESTS_DIR/catch -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/catch2/single_include/catch2/catch.hpp $UNTESTS_DIR/catch/catch.hpp +mkdir -p "${UNTESTS_DIR}/catch" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/catch2/extras/catch_amalgamated.hpp" "${UNTESTS_DIR}/catch/catch_amalgamated.hpp" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/catch2/extras/catch_amalgamated.cpp" "${UNTESTS_DIR}/catch/catch_amalgamated.cpp" # # imgui # -mkdir -p $HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR/imgui -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/imgui/imgui_internal.h $HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR/imgui/imgui_internal.h -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/imgui/misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h $HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR/imgui/imgui_stdlib.h -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/imgui/imgui.h $HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR/imgui/imgui.h -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h $HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/imgui/imstb_textedit.h $HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR/imgui/imstb_textedit.h -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/imgui/imstb_truetype.h $HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR/imgui/imstb_truetype.h +mkdir -p "${HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR}/imgui" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/imgui/imgui_internal.h" "${HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR}/imgui/imgui_internal.h" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/imgui/misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h" "${HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR}/imgui/imgui_stdlib.h" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/imgui/imgui.h" "${HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR}/imgui/imgui.h" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h" "${HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR}/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/imgui/imstb_textedit.h" "${HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR}/imgui/imstb_textedit.h" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/imgui/imstb_truetype.h" "${HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR}/imgui/imstb_truetype.h" -mkdir -p $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/imgui -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/imgui/imgui.cpp $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/imgui/imgui.cpp -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/imgui/misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.cpp $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/imgui/imgui_stdlib.cpp +mkdir -p "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/imgui" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/imgui/imgui.cpp" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/imgui/imgui.cpp" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/imgui/misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.cpp" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/imgui/imgui_stdlib.cpp" # # miniz # -mkdir -p $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/miniz -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/miniz/miniz.c $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/miniz/miniz.c -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/miniz/miniz.h $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/miniz/miniz.h -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/miniz/miniz_common.h $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/miniz/miniz_common.h -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/miniz/miniz_tdef.c $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/miniz/miniz_tdef.c -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/miniz/miniz_tdef.h $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/miniz/miniz_tdef.h -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/miniz/miniz_tinfl.c $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/miniz/miniz_tinfl.c -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/miniz/miniz_tinfl.h $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/miniz/miniz_tinfl.h -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/miniz/miniz_zip.c $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/miniz/miniz_zip.c -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/miniz/miniz_zip.h $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/miniz/miniz_zip.h +mkdir -p "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/miniz" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/miniz/miniz.c" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/miniz/miniz.c" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/miniz/miniz.h" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/miniz/miniz.h" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/miniz/miniz_common.h" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/miniz/miniz_common.h" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/miniz/miniz_tdef.c" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/miniz/miniz_tdef.c" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/miniz/miniz_tdef.h" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/miniz/miniz_tdef.h" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/miniz/miniz_tinfl.c" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/miniz/miniz_tinfl.c" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/miniz/miniz_tinfl.h" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/miniz/miniz_tinfl.h" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/miniz/miniz_zip.c" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/miniz/miniz_zip.c" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/miniz/miniz_zip.h" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/miniz/miniz_zip.h" # # pnpoly # -mkdir -p $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/pnpoly.h -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/pnpoly.h/pnpoly.h $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/pnpoly.h/pnpoly.h +mkdir -p "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/pnpoly.h" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/pnpoly.h/pnpoly.h" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/pnpoly.h/pnpoly.h" # # pugixml # -mkdir -p $HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR/pugixml -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/pugixml/src/pugiconfig.hpp $HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR/pugixml/pugiconfig.hpp -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/pugixml/src/pugixml.hpp $HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR/pugixml/pugixml.hpp +mkdir -p "${HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR}/pugixml" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/pugixml/src/pugiconfig.hpp" "${HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR}/pugixml/pugiconfig.hpp" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/pugixml/src/pugixml.hpp" "${HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR}/pugixml/pugixml.hpp" -mkdir -p $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/pugixml -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/pugixml/src/pugixml.cpp $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/pugixml/pugixml.cpp +mkdir -p "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/pugixml" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/pugixml/src/pugixml.cpp" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/pugixml/pugixml.cpp" # # rapidjson # -mkdir -p $HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR/rapidjson -cp -rfv $MODULES_DIR/rapidjson/include/rapidjson/. $HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR/rapidjson +mkdir -p "${HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR}/rapidjson" +cp -rfv "${MODULES_DIR}/rapidjson/include/rapidjson/." "${HEADERS_RDPARTY_DIR}/rapidjson" # # stb # -mkdir -p $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/stb -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/stb/stb_image.h $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/stb/stb_image.h -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/stb/stb_image_resize.h $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/stb/stb_image_resize.h -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/stb/stb_image_write.h $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/stb/stb_image_write.h -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/stb/stb_rect_pack.h $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/stb/stb_rect_pack.h -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/stb/stb_sprintf.h $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/stb/stb_sprintf.h -cp -fv $MODULES_DIR/stb/stb_truetype.h $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/stb/stb_truetype.h +mkdir -p "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/stb" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/stb/stb_image.h" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/stb/stb_image.h" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/stb/stb_image_resize.h" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/stb/stb_image_resize.h" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/stb/stb_image_write.h" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/stb/stb_image_write.h" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/stb/stb_rect_pack.h" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/stb/stb_rect_pack.h" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/stb/stb_sprintf.h" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/stb/stb_sprintf.h" +cp -fv "${MODULES_DIR}/stb/stb_truetype.h" "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/stb/stb_truetype.h" # # utfcpp # -mkdir -p $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/utfcpp -cp -rfv $MODULES_DIR/utfcpp/source/. $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/utfcpp/ +mkdir -p "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/utfcpp" +cp -rfv "${MODULES_DIR}/utfcpp/source/." "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/utfcpp/" # # yoga # -mkdir -p $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/yoga -cp -rfv $MODULES_DIR/yoga/yoga/. $SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR/yoga/ +mkdir -p "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/yoga" +cp -rfv "${MODULES_DIR}/yoga/yoga/." "${SOURCES_RDPARTY_DIR}/yoga/" diff --git a/scripts/upload_coverage.sh b/scripts/upload_coverage.sh deleted file mode 100755 index 96dd9e15..00000000 --- a/scripts/upload_coverage.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/bash -set -e - -BUILD_DIR=`dirname "$BASH_SOURCE"`/../build -mkdir -p $BUILD_DIR/coverage -pushd $BUILD_DIR/coverage -cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Debug -DE2D_BUILD_WITH_COVERAGE=ON ../.. -cmake --build . - -lcov -d . -z -ctest --verbose - -lcov -d . -c -o "coverage.info" -lcov -r "coverage.info" "*/usr/*" "*/Xcode.app/*" "*/untests/*" "*/samples/*" "*/3rdparty/*" "*/modules/*" -o "coverage.info" -lcov -l "coverage.info" - -bash <(curl -s https://codecov.io/bash) || echo "Codecov did not collect coverage reports" -popd diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/glad/KHR/khrplatform.h b/sources/3rdparty/glad/KHR/khrplatform.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dd22d927 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/3rdparty/glad/KHR/khrplatform.h @@ -0,0 +1,290 @@ +#ifndef __khrplatform_h_ +#define __khrplatform_h_ + +/* +** Copyright (c) 2008-2018 The Khronos Group Inc. +** +** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a +** copy of this software and/or associated documentation files (the +** "Materials"), to deal in the Materials without restriction, including +** without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +** distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Materials, and to +** permit persons to whom the Materials are furnished to do so, subject to +** the following conditions: +** +** The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included +** in all copies or substantial portions of the Materials. +** +** THE MATERIALS ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, +** EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +** MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +** IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY +** CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, +** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE +** MATERIALS OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE MATERIALS. +*/ + +/* Khronos platform-specific types and definitions. + * + * The master copy of khrplatform.h is maintained in the Khronos EGL + * Registry repository at https://github.com/KhronosGroup/EGL-Registry + * The last semantic modification to khrplatform.h was at commit ID: + * 67a3e0864c2d75ea5287b9f3d2eb74a745936692 + * + * Adopters may modify this file to suit their platform. Adopters are + * encouraged to submit platform specific modifications to the Khronos + * group so that they can be included in future versions of this file. + * Please submit changes by filing pull requests or issues on + * the EGL Registry repository linked above. + * + * + * See the Implementer's Guidelines for information about where this file + * should be located on your system and for more details of its use: + * http://www.khronos.org/registry/implementers_guide.pdf + * + * This file should be included as + * #include + * by Khronos client API header files that use its types and defines. + * + * The types in khrplatform.h should only be used to define API-specific types. + * + * Types defined in khrplatform.h: + * khronos_int8_t signed 8 bit + * khronos_uint8_t unsigned 8 bit + * khronos_int16_t signed 16 bit + * khronos_uint16_t unsigned 16 bit + * khronos_int32_t signed 32 bit + * khronos_uint32_t unsigned 32 bit + * khronos_int64_t signed 64 bit + * khronos_uint64_t unsigned 64 bit + * khronos_intptr_t signed same number of bits as a pointer + * khronos_uintptr_t unsigned same number of bits as a pointer + * khronos_ssize_t signed size + * khronos_usize_t unsigned size + * khronos_float_t signed 32 bit floating point + * khronos_time_ns_t unsigned 64 bit time in nanoseconds + * khronos_utime_nanoseconds_t unsigned time interval or absolute time in + * nanoseconds + * khronos_stime_nanoseconds_t signed time interval in nanoseconds + * khronos_boolean_enum_t enumerated boolean type. This should + * only be used as a base type when a client API's boolean type is + * an enum. Client APIs which use an integer or other type for + * booleans cannot use this as the base type for their boolean. + * + * Tokens defined in khrplatform.h: + * + * KHRONOS_FALSE, KHRONOS_TRUE Enumerated boolean false/true values. + * + * KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 is 1 if 64 bit integers are supported; otherwise 0. + * KHRONOS_SUPPORT_FLOAT is 1 if floats are supported; otherwise 0. + * + * Calling convention macros defined in this file: + * KHRONOS_APICALL + * KHRONOS_APIENTRY + * KHRONOS_APIATTRIBUTES + * + * These may be used in function prototypes as: + * + * KHRONOS_APICALL void KHRONOS_APIENTRY funcname( + * int arg1, + * int arg2) KHRONOS_APIATTRIBUTES; + */ + +#if defined(__SCITECH_SNAP__) && !defined(KHRONOS_STATIC) +# define KHRONOS_STATIC 1 +#endif + +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Definition of KHRONOS_APICALL + *------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * This precedes the return type of the function in the function prototype. + */ +#if defined(KHRONOS_STATIC) + /* If the preprocessor constant KHRONOS_STATIC is defined, make the + * header compatible with static linking. */ +# define KHRONOS_APICALL +#elif defined(_WIN32) +# define KHRONOS_APICALL __declspec(dllimport) +#elif defined (__SYMBIAN32__) +# define KHRONOS_APICALL IMPORT_C +#elif defined(__ANDROID__) +# define KHRONOS_APICALL __attribute__((visibility("default"))) +#else +# define KHRONOS_APICALL +#endif + +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Definition of KHRONOS_APIENTRY + *------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * This follows the return type of the function and precedes the function + * name in the function prototype. + */ +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) && !defined(__SCITECH_SNAP__) + /* Win32 but not WinCE */ +# define KHRONOS_APIENTRY __stdcall +#else +# define KHRONOS_APIENTRY +#endif + +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Definition of KHRONOS_APIATTRIBUTES + *------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * This follows the closing parenthesis of the function prototype arguments. + */ +#if defined (__ARMCC_2__) +#define KHRONOS_APIATTRIBUTES __softfp +#else +#define KHRONOS_APIATTRIBUTES +#endif + +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * basic type definitions + *-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if (defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__SCO__) || defined(__USLC__) + + +/* + * Using + */ +#include +typedef int32_t khronos_int32_t; +typedef uint32_t khronos_uint32_t; +typedef int64_t khronos_int64_t; +typedef uint64_t khronos_uint64_t; +#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 1 +#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_FLOAT 1 + +#elif defined(__VMS ) || defined(__sgi) + +/* + * Using + */ +#include +typedef int32_t khronos_int32_t; +typedef uint32_t khronos_uint32_t; +typedef int64_t khronos_int64_t; +typedef uint64_t khronos_uint64_t; +#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 1 +#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_FLOAT 1 + +#elif defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__SCITECH_SNAP__) + +/* + * Win32 + */ +typedef __int32 khronos_int32_t; +typedef unsigned __int32 khronos_uint32_t; +typedef __int64 khronos_int64_t; +typedef unsigned __int64 khronos_uint64_t; +#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 1 +#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_FLOAT 1 + +#elif defined(__sun__) || defined(__digital__) + +/* + * Sun or Digital + */ +typedef int khronos_int32_t; +typedef unsigned int khronos_uint32_t; +#if defined(__arch64__) || defined(_LP64) +typedef long int khronos_int64_t; +typedef unsigned long int khronos_uint64_t; +#else +typedef long long int khronos_int64_t; +typedef unsigned long long int khronos_uint64_t; +#endif /* __arch64__ */ +#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 1 +#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_FLOAT 1 + +#elif 0 + +/* + * Hypothetical platform with no float or int64 support + */ +typedef int khronos_int32_t; +typedef unsigned int khronos_uint32_t; +#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 0 +#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_FLOAT 0 + +#else + +/* + * Generic fallback + */ +#include +typedef int32_t khronos_int32_t; +typedef uint32_t khronos_uint32_t; +typedef int64_t khronos_int64_t; +typedef uint64_t khronos_uint64_t; +#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 1 +#define KHRONOS_SUPPORT_FLOAT 1 + +#endif + + +/* + * Types that are (so far) the same on all platforms + */ +typedef signed char khronos_int8_t; +typedef unsigned char khronos_uint8_t; +typedef signed short int khronos_int16_t; +typedef unsigned short int khronos_uint16_t; + +/* + * Types that differ between LLP64 and LP64 architectures - in LLP64, + * pointers are 64 bits, but 'long' is still 32 bits. Win64 appears + * to be the only LLP64 architecture in current use. + */ +#ifdef _WIN64 +typedef signed long long int khronos_intptr_t; +typedef unsigned long long int khronos_uintptr_t; +typedef signed long long int khronos_ssize_t; +typedef unsigned long long int khronos_usize_t; +#else +typedef signed long int khronos_intptr_t; +typedef unsigned long int khronos_uintptr_t; +typedef signed long int khronos_ssize_t; +typedef unsigned long int khronos_usize_t; +#endif + +#if KHRONOS_SUPPORT_FLOAT +/* + * Float type + */ +typedef float khronos_float_t; +#endif + +#if KHRONOS_SUPPORT_INT64 +/* Time types + * + * These types can be used to represent a time interval in nanoseconds or + * an absolute Unadjusted System Time. Unadjusted System Time is the number + * of nanoseconds since some arbitrary system event (e.g. since the last + * time the system booted). The Unadjusted System Time is an unsigned + * 64 bit value that wraps back to 0 every 584 years. Time intervals + * may be either signed or unsigned. + */ +typedef khronos_uint64_t khronos_utime_nanoseconds_t; +typedef khronos_int64_t khronos_stime_nanoseconds_t; +#endif + +/* + * Dummy value used to pad enum types to 32 bits. + */ +#ifndef KHRONOS_MAX_ENUM +#define KHRONOS_MAX_ENUM 0x7FFFFFFF +#endif + +/* + * Enumerated boolean type + * + * Values other than zero should be considered to be true. Therefore + * comparisons should not be made against KHRONOS_TRUE. + */ +typedef enum { + KHRONOS_FALSE = 0, + KHRONOS_TRUE = 1, + KHRONOS_BOOLEAN_ENUM_FORCE_SIZE = KHRONOS_MAX_ENUM +} khronos_boolean_enum_t; + +#endif /* __khrplatform_h_ */ diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/glad/glad.c b/sources/3rdparty/glad/glad.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7cf5e220 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/3rdparty/glad/glad.c @@ -0,0 +1,1819 @@ +/* + + OpenGL, OpenGL ES loader generated by glad 0.1.34 on Sun Jan 17 18:21:57 2021. + + Language/Generator: C/C++ + Specification: gl + APIs: gl=2.1, gles2=2.0 + Profile: compatibility + Extensions: + GL_ARB_ES3_compatibility, + GL_ARB_depth_texture, + GL_ARB_framebuffer_object, + GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two, + GL_EXT_packed_depth_stencil, + GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc, + GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc, + GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc2, + GL_KHR_debug, + GL_OES_compressed_ETC1_RGB8_texture, + GL_OES_depth24, + GL_OES_depth_texture, + GL_OES_element_index_uint, + GL_OES_packed_depth_stencil, + GL_OES_texture_compression_astc, + GL_OES_texture_npot + Loader: True + Local files: False + Omit khrplatform: False + Reproducible: False + + Commandline: + --profile="compatibility" --api="gl=2.1,gles2=2.0" --generator="c" --spec="gl" --extensions="GL_ARB_ES3_compatibility,GL_ARB_depth_texture,GL_ARB_framebuffer_object,GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two,GL_EXT_packed_depth_stencil,GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc,GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc,GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc2,GL_KHR_debug,GL_OES_compressed_ETC1_RGB8_texture,GL_OES_depth24,GL_OES_depth_texture,GL_OES_element_index_uint,GL_OES_packed_depth_stencil,GL_OES_texture_compression_astc,GL_OES_texture_npot" + Online: + https://glad.dav1d.de/#profile=compatibility&language=c&specification=gl&loader=on&api=gl%3D2.1&api=gles2%3D2.0&extensions=GL_ARB_ES3_compatibility&extensions=GL_ARB_depth_texture&extensions=GL_ARB_framebuffer_object&extensions=GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two&extensions=GL_EXT_packed_depth_stencil&extensions=GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc&extensions=GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc&extensions=GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc2&extensions=GL_KHR_debug&extensions=GL_OES_compressed_ETC1_RGB8_texture&extensions=GL_OES_depth24&extensions=GL_OES_depth_texture&extensions=GL_OES_element_index_uint&extensions=GL_OES_packed_depth_stencil&extensions=GL_OES_texture_compression_astc&extensions=GL_OES_texture_npot +*/ + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +static void* get_proc(const char *namez); + +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) +#ifndef _WINDOWS_ +#undef APIENTRY +#endif +#include +static HMODULE libGL; + +typedef void* (APIENTRYP PFNWGLGETPROCADDRESSPROC_PRIVATE)(const char*); +static PFNWGLGETPROCADDRESSPROC_PRIVATE gladGetProcAddressPtr; + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#ifdef __has_include + #if __has_include() + #define HAVE_WINAPIFAMILY 1 + #endif +#elif _MSC_VER >= 1700 && !_USING_V110_SDK71_ + #define HAVE_WINAPIFAMILY 1 +#endif +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_WINAPIFAMILY + #include + #if !WINAPI_FAMILY_PARTITION(WINAPI_PARTITION_DESKTOP) && WINAPI_FAMILY_PARTITION(WINAPI_PARTITION_APP) + #define IS_UWP 1 + #endif +#endif + +static +int open_gl(void) { +#ifndef IS_UWP + libGL = LoadLibraryW(L"opengl32.dll"); + if(libGL != NULL) { + void (* tmp)(void); + tmp = (void(*)(void)) GetProcAddress(libGL, "wglGetProcAddress"); + gladGetProcAddressPtr = (PFNWGLGETPROCADDRESSPROC_PRIVATE) tmp; + return gladGetProcAddressPtr != NULL; + } +#endif + + return 0; +} + +static +void close_gl(void) { + if(libGL != NULL) { + FreeLibrary((HMODULE) libGL); + libGL = NULL; + } +} +#else +#include +static void* libGL; + +#if !defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(__HAIKU__) +typedef void* (APIENTRYP PFNGLXGETPROCADDRESSPROC_PRIVATE)(const char*); +static PFNGLXGETPROCADDRESSPROC_PRIVATE gladGetProcAddressPtr; +#endif + +static +int open_gl(void) { +#ifdef __APPLE__ + static const char *NAMES[] = { + "../Frameworks/OpenGL.framework/OpenGL", + "/Library/Frameworks/OpenGL.framework/OpenGL", + "/System/Library/Frameworks/OpenGL.framework/OpenGL", + "/System/Library/Frameworks/OpenGL.framework/Versions/Current/OpenGL" + }; +#else + static const char *NAMES[] = {"libGL.so.1", "libGL.so"}; +#endif + + unsigned int index = 0; + for(index = 0; index < (sizeof(NAMES) / sizeof(NAMES[0])); index++) { + libGL = dlopen(NAMES[index], RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL); + + if(libGL != NULL) { +#if defined(__APPLE__) || defined(__HAIKU__) + return 1; +#else + gladGetProcAddressPtr = (PFNGLXGETPROCADDRESSPROC_PRIVATE)dlsym(libGL, + "glXGetProcAddressARB"); + return gladGetProcAddressPtr != NULL; +#endif + } + } + + return 0; +} + +static +void close_gl(void) { + if(libGL != NULL) { + dlclose(libGL); + libGL = NULL; + } +} +#endif + +static +void* get_proc(const char *namez) { + void* result = NULL; + if(libGL == NULL) return NULL; + +#if !defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(__HAIKU__) + if(gladGetProcAddressPtr != NULL) { + result = gladGetProcAddressPtr(namez); + } +#endif + if(result == NULL) { +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) + result = (void*)GetProcAddress((HMODULE) libGL, namez); +#else + result = dlsym(libGL, namez); +#endif + } + + return result; +} + +int gladLoadGL(void) { + int status = 0; + + if(open_gl()) { + status = gladLoadGLLoader(&get_proc); + close_gl(); + } + + return status; +} + +struct gladGLversionStruct GLVersion = { 0, 0 }; + +#if defined(GL_ES_VERSION_3_0) || defined(GL_VERSION_3_0) +#define _GLAD_IS_SOME_NEW_VERSION 1 +#endif + +static int max_loaded_major; +static int max_loaded_minor; + +static const char *exts = NULL; +static int num_exts_i = 0; +static char **exts_i = NULL; + +static int get_exts(void) { +#ifdef _GLAD_IS_SOME_NEW_VERSION + if(max_loaded_major < 3) { +#endif + exts = (const char *)glGetString(GL_EXTENSIONS); +#ifdef _GLAD_IS_SOME_NEW_VERSION + } else { + unsigned int index; + + num_exts_i = 0; + glGetIntegerv(GL_NUM_EXTENSIONS, &num_exts_i); + if (num_exts_i > 0) { + exts_i = (char **)malloc((size_t)num_exts_i * (sizeof *exts_i)); + } + + if (exts_i == NULL) { + return 0; + } + + for(index = 0; index < (unsigned)num_exts_i; index++) { + const char *gl_str_tmp = (const char*)glGetStringi(GL_EXTENSIONS, index); + size_t len = strlen(gl_str_tmp); + + char *local_str = (char*)malloc((len+1) * sizeof(char)); + if(local_str != NULL) { + memcpy(local_str, gl_str_tmp, (len+1) * sizeof(char)); + } + exts_i[index] = local_str; + } + } +#endif + return 1; +} + +static void free_exts(void) { + if (exts_i != NULL) { + int index; + for(index = 0; index < num_exts_i; index++) { + free((char *)exts_i[index]); + } + free((void *)exts_i); + exts_i = NULL; + } +} + +static int has_ext(const char *ext) { +#ifdef _GLAD_IS_SOME_NEW_VERSION + if(max_loaded_major < 3) { +#endif + const char *extensions; + const char *loc; + const char *terminator; + extensions = exts; + if(extensions == NULL || ext == NULL) { + return 0; + } + + while(1) { + loc = strstr(extensions, ext); + if(loc == NULL) { + return 0; + } + + terminator = loc + strlen(ext); + if((loc == extensions || *(loc - 1) == ' ') && + (*terminator == ' ' || *terminator == '\0')) { + return 1; + } + extensions = terminator; + } +#ifdef _GLAD_IS_SOME_NEW_VERSION + } else { + int index; + if(exts_i == NULL) return 0; + for(index = 0; index < num_exts_i; index++) { + const char *e = exts_i[index]; + + if(exts_i[index] != NULL && strcmp(e, ext) == 0) { + return 1; + } + } + } +#endif + + return 0; +} +int GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_0 = 0; +int GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_1 = 0; +int GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_2 = 0; +int GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_3 = 0; +int GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_4 = 0; +int GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_5 = 0; +int GLAD_GL_VERSION_2_0 = 0; +int GLAD_GL_VERSION_2_1 = 0; +int GLAD_GL_ES_VERSION_2_0 = 0; +PFNGLACCUMPROC glad_glAccum = NULL; +PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREPROC glad_glActiveTexture = NULL; +PFNGLALPHAFUNCPROC glad_glAlphaFunc = NULL; +PFNGLARETEXTURESRESIDENTPROC glad_glAreTexturesResident = NULL; +PFNGLARRAYELEMENTPROC glad_glArrayElement = NULL; +PFNGLATTACHSHADERPROC glad_glAttachShader = NULL; +PFNGLBEGINPROC glad_glBegin = NULL; +PFNGLBEGINQUERYPROC glad_glBeginQuery = NULL; +PFNGLBINDATTRIBLOCATIONPROC glad_glBindAttribLocation = NULL; +PFNGLBINDBUFFERPROC glad_glBindBuffer = NULL; +PFNGLBINDFRAMEBUFFERPROC glad_glBindFramebuffer = NULL; +PFNGLBINDRENDERBUFFERPROC glad_glBindRenderbuffer = NULL; +PFNGLBINDTEXTUREPROC glad_glBindTexture = NULL; +PFNGLBITMAPPROC glad_glBitmap = NULL; +PFNGLBLENDCOLORPROC glad_glBlendColor = NULL; +PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONPROC glad_glBlendEquation = NULL; +PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEPROC glad_glBlendEquationSeparate = NULL; +PFNGLBLENDFUNCPROC glad_glBlendFunc = NULL; +PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEPROC glad_glBlendFuncSeparate = NULL; +PFNGLBUFFERDATAPROC glad_glBufferData = NULL; +PFNGLBUFFERSUBDATAPROC glad_glBufferSubData = NULL; +PFNGLCALLLISTPROC glad_glCallList = NULL; +PFNGLCALLLISTSPROC glad_glCallLists = NULL; +PFNGLCHECKFRAMEBUFFERSTATUSPROC glad_glCheckFramebufferStatus = NULL; +PFNGLCLEARPROC glad_glClear = NULL; +PFNGLCLEARACCUMPROC glad_glClearAccum = NULL; +PFNGLCLEARCOLORPROC glad_glClearColor = NULL; +PFNGLCLEARDEPTHPROC glad_glClearDepth = NULL; +PFNGLCLEARDEPTHFPROC glad_glClearDepthf = NULL; +PFNGLCLEARINDEXPROC glad_glClearIndex = NULL; +PFNGLCLEARSTENCILPROC glad_glClearStencil = NULL; +PFNGLCLIENTACTIVETEXTUREPROC glad_glClientActiveTexture = NULL; +PFNGLCLIPPLANEPROC glad_glClipPlane = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR3BPROC glad_glColor3b = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR3BVPROC glad_glColor3bv = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR3DPROC glad_glColor3d = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR3DVPROC glad_glColor3dv = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR3FPROC glad_glColor3f = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR3FVPROC glad_glColor3fv = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR3IPROC glad_glColor3i = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR3IVPROC glad_glColor3iv = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR3SPROC glad_glColor3s = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR3SVPROC glad_glColor3sv = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR3UBPROC glad_glColor3ub = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR3UBVPROC glad_glColor3ubv = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR3UIPROC glad_glColor3ui = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR3UIVPROC glad_glColor3uiv = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR3USPROC glad_glColor3us = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR3USVPROC glad_glColor3usv = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR4BPROC glad_glColor4b = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR4BVPROC glad_glColor4bv = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR4DPROC glad_glColor4d = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR4DVPROC glad_glColor4dv = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR4FPROC glad_glColor4f = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR4FVPROC glad_glColor4fv = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR4IPROC glad_glColor4i = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR4IVPROC glad_glColor4iv = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR4SPROC glad_glColor4s = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR4SVPROC glad_glColor4sv = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR4UBPROC glad_glColor4ub = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR4UBVPROC glad_glColor4ubv = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR4UIPROC glad_glColor4ui = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR4UIVPROC glad_glColor4uiv = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR4USPROC glad_glColor4us = NULL; +PFNGLCOLOR4USVPROC glad_glColor4usv = NULL; +PFNGLCOLORMASKPROC glad_glColorMask = NULL; +PFNGLCOLORMATERIALPROC glad_glColorMaterial = NULL; +PFNGLCOLORPOINTERPROC glad_glColorPointer = NULL; +PFNGLCOMPILESHADERPROC glad_glCompileShader = NULL; +PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGE1DPROC glad_glCompressedTexImage1D = NULL; +PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGE2DPROC glad_glCompressedTexImage2D = NULL; +PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGE3DPROC glad_glCompressedTexImage3D = NULL; +PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXSUBIMAGE1DPROC glad_glCompressedTexSubImage1D = NULL; +PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXSUBIMAGE2DPROC glad_glCompressedTexSubImage2D = NULL; +PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXSUBIMAGE3DPROC glad_glCompressedTexSubImage3D = NULL; +PFNGLCOPYPIXELSPROC glad_glCopyPixels = NULL; +PFNGLCOPYTEXIMAGE1DPROC glad_glCopyTexImage1D = NULL; +PFNGLCOPYTEXIMAGE2DPROC glad_glCopyTexImage2D = NULL; +PFNGLCOPYTEXSUBIMAGE1DPROC glad_glCopyTexSubImage1D = NULL; +PFNGLCOPYTEXSUBIMAGE2DPROC glad_glCopyTexSubImage2D = NULL; +PFNGLCOPYTEXSUBIMAGE3DPROC glad_glCopyTexSubImage3D = NULL; +PFNGLCREATEPROGRAMPROC glad_glCreateProgram = NULL; +PFNGLCREATESHADERPROC glad_glCreateShader = NULL; +PFNGLCULLFACEPROC glad_glCullFace = NULL; +PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSPROC glad_glDeleteBuffers = NULL; +PFNGLDELETEFRAMEBUFFERSPROC glad_glDeleteFramebuffers = NULL; +PFNGLDELETELISTSPROC glad_glDeleteLists = NULL; +PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMPROC glad_glDeleteProgram = NULL; +PFNGLDELETEQUERIESPROC glad_glDeleteQueries = NULL; +PFNGLDELETERENDERBUFFERSPROC glad_glDeleteRenderbuffers = NULL; +PFNGLDELETESHADERPROC glad_glDeleteShader = NULL; +PFNGLDELETETEXTURESPROC glad_glDeleteTextures = NULL; +PFNGLDEPTHFUNCPROC glad_glDepthFunc = NULL; +PFNGLDEPTHMASKPROC glad_glDepthMask = NULL; +PFNGLDEPTHRANGEPROC glad_glDepthRange = NULL; +PFNGLDEPTHRANGEFPROC glad_glDepthRangef = NULL; +PFNGLDETACHSHADERPROC glad_glDetachShader = NULL; +PFNGLDISABLEPROC glad_glDisable = NULL; +PFNGLDISABLECLIENTSTATEPROC glad_glDisableClientState = NULL; +PFNGLDISABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC glad_glDisableVertexAttribArray = NULL; +PFNGLDRAWARRAYSPROC glad_glDrawArrays = NULL; +PFNGLDRAWBUFFERPROC glad_glDrawBuffer = NULL; +PFNGLDRAWBUFFERSPROC glad_glDrawBuffers = NULL; +PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSPROC glad_glDrawElements = NULL; +PFNGLDRAWPIXELSPROC glad_glDrawPixels = NULL; +PFNGLDRAWRANGEELEMENTSPROC glad_glDrawRangeElements = NULL; +PFNGLEDGEFLAGPROC glad_glEdgeFlag = NULL; +PFNGLEDGEFLAGPOINTERPROC glad_glEdgeFlagPointer = NULL; +PFNGLEDGEFLAGVPROC glad_glEdgeFlagv = NULL; +PFNGLENABLEPROC glad_glEnable = NULL; +PFNGLENABLECLIENTSTATEPROC glad_glEnableClientState = NULL; +PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC glad_glEnableVertexAttribArray = NULL; +PFNGLENDPROC glad_glEnd = NULL; +PFNGLENDLISTPROC glad_glEndList = NULL; +PFNGLENDQUERYPROC glad_glEndQuery = NULL; +PFNGLEVALCOORD1DPROC glad_glEvalCoord1d = NULL; +PFNGLEVALCOORD1DVPROC glad_glEvalCoord1dv = NULL; +PFNGLEVALCOORD1FPROC glad_glEvalCoord1f = NULL; +PFNGLEVALCOORD1FVPROC glad_glEvalCoord1fv = NULL; +PFNGLEVALCOORD2DPROC glad_glEvalCoord2d = NULL; +PFNGLEVALCOORD2DVPROC glad_glEvalCoord2dv = NULL; +PFNGLEVALCOORD2FPROC glad_glEvalCoord2f = NULL; +PFNGLEVALCOORD2FVPROC glad_glEvalCoord2fv = NULL; +PFNGLEVALMESH1PROC glad_glEvalMesh1 = NULL; +PFNGLEVALMESH2PROC glad_glEvalMesh2 = NULL; +PFNGLEVALPOINT1PROC glad_glEvalPoint1 = NULL; +PFNGLEVALPOINT2PROC glad_glEvalPoint2 = NULL; +PFNGLFEEDBACKBUFFERPROC glad_glFeedbackBuffer = NULL; +PFNGLFINISHPROC glad_glFinish = NULL; +PFNGLFLUSHPROC glad_glFlush = NULL; +PFNGLFOGCOORDPOINTERPROC glad_glFogCoordPointer = NULL; +PFNGLFOGCOORDDPROC glad_glFogCoordd = NULL; +PFNGLFOGCOORDDVPROC glad_glFogCoorddv = NULL; +PFNGLFOGCOORDFPROC glad_glFogCoordf = NULL; +PFNGLFOGCOORDFVPROC glad_glFogCoordfv = NULL; +PFNGLFOGFPROC glad_glFogf = NULL; +PFNGLFOGFVPROC glad_glFogfv = NULL; +PFNGLFOGIPROC glad_glFogi = NULL; +PFNGLFOGIVPROC glad_glFogiv = NULL; +PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERRENDERBUFFERPROC glad_glFramebufferRenderbuffer = NULL; +PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURE2DPROC glad_glFramebufferTexture2D = NULL; +PFNGLFRONTFACEPROC glad_glFrontFace = NULL; +PFNGLFRUSTUMPROC glad_glFrustum = NULL; +PFNGLGENBUFFERSPROC glad_glGenBuffers = NULL; +PFNGLGENFRAMEBUFFERSPROC glad_glGenFramebuffers = NULL; +PFNGLGENLISTSPROC glad_glGenLists = NULL; +PFNGLGENQUERIESPROC glad_glGenQueries = NULL; +PFNGLGENRENDERBUFFERSPROC glad_glGenRenderbuffers = NULL; +PFNGLGENTEXTURESPROC glad_glGenTextures = NULL; +PFNGLGENERATEMIPMAPPROC glad_glGenerateMipmap = NULL; +PFNGLGETACTIVEATTRIBPROC glad_glGetActiveAttrib = NULL; +PFNGLGETACTIVEUNIFORMPROC glad_glGetActiveUniform = NULL; +PFNGLGETATTACHEDSHADERSPROC glad_glGetAttachedShaders = NULL; +PFNGLGETATTRIBLOCATIONPROC glad_glGetAttribLocation = NULL; +PFNGLGETBOOLEANVPROC glad_glGetBooleanv = NULL; +PFNGLGETBUFFERPARAMETERIVPROC glad_glGetBufferParameteriv = NULL; +PFNGLGETBUFFERPOINTERVPROC glad_glGetBufferPointerv = NULL; +PFNGLGETBUFFERSUBDATAPROC glad_glGetBufferSubData = NULL; +PFNGLGETCLIPPLANEPROC glad_glGetClipPlane = NULL; +PFNGLGETCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGEPROC glad_glGetCompressedTexImage = NULL; +PFNGLGETDOUBLEVPROC glad_glGetDoublev = NULL; +PFNGLGETERRORPROC glad_glGetError = NULL; +PFNGLGETFLOATVPROC glad_glGetFloatv = NULL; +PFNGLGETFRAMEBUFFERATTACHMENTPARAMETERIVPROC glad_glGetFramebufferAttachmentParameteriv = NULL; +PFNGLGETINTEGERVPROC glad_glGetIntegerv = NULL; +PFNGLGETLIGHTFVPROC glad_glGetLightfv = NULL; +PFNGLGETLIGHTIVPROC glad_glGetLightiv = NULL; +PFNGLGETMAPDVPROC glad_glGetMapdv = NULL; +PFNGLGETMAPFVPROC glad_glGetMapfv = NULL; +PFNGLGETMAPIVPROC glad_glGetMapiv = NULL; +PFNGLGETMATERIALFVPROC glad_glGetMaterialfv = NULL; +PFNGLGETMATERIALIVPROC glad_glGetMaterialiv = NULL; +PFNGLGETPIXELMAPFVPROC glad_glGetPixelMapfv = NULL; +PFNGLGETPIXELMAPUIVPROC glad_glGetPixelMapuiv = NULL; +PFNGLGETPIXELMAPUSVPROC glad_glGetPixelMapusv = NULL; +PFNGLGETPOINTERVPROC glad_glGetPointerv = NULL; +PFNGLGETPOLYGONSTIPPLEPROC glad_glGetPolygonStipple = NULL; +PFNGLGETPROGRAMINFOLOGPROC glad_glGetProgramInfoLog = NULL; +PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVPROC glad_glGetProgramiv = NULL; +PFNGLGETQUERYOBJECTIVPROC glad_glGetQueryObjectiv = NULL; +PFNGLGETQUERYOBJECTUIVPROC glad_glGetQueryObjectuiv = NULL; +PFNGLGETQUERYIVPROC glad_glGetQueryiv = NULL; +PFNGLGETRENDERBUFFERPARAMETERIVPROC glad_glGetRenderbufferParameteriv = NULL; +PFNGLGETSHADERINFOLOGPROC glad_glGetShaderInfoLog = NULL; +PFNGLGETSHADERPRECISIONFORMATPROC glad_glGetShaderPrecisionFormat = NULL; +PFNGLGETSHADERSOURCEPROC glad_glGetShaderSource = NULL; +PFNGLGETSHADERIVPROC glad_glGetShaderiv = NULL; +PFNGLGETSTRINGPROC glad_glGetString = NULL; +PFNGLGETTEXENVFVPROC glad_glGetTexEnvfv = NULL; +PFNGLGETTEXENVIVPROC glad_glGetTexEnviv = NULL; +PFNGLGETTEXGENDVPROC glad_glGetTexGendv = NULL; +PFNGLGETTEXGENFVPROC glad_glGetTexGenfv = NULL; +PFNGLGETTEXGENIVPROC glad_glGetTexGeniv = NULL; +PFNGLGETTEXIMAGEPROC glad_glGetTexImage = NULL; +PFNGLGETTEXLEVELPARAMETERFVPROC glad_glGetTexLevelParameterfv = NULL; +PFNGLGETTEXLEVELPARAMETERIVPROC glad_glGetTexLevelParameteriv = NULL; +PFNGLGETTEXPARAMETERFVPROC glad_glGetTexParameterfv = NULL; +PFNGLGETTEXPARAMETERIVPROC glad_glGetTexParameteriv = NULL; +PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC glad_glGetUniformLocation = NULL; +PFNGLGETUNIFORMFVPROC glad_glGetUniformfv = NULL; +PFNGLGETUNIFORMIVPROC glad_glGetUniformiv = NULL; +PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVPROC glad_glGetVertexAttribPointerv = NULL; +PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBDVPROC glad_glGetVertexAttribdv = NULL; +PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBFVPROC glad_glGetVertexAttribfv = NULL; +PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVPROC glad_glGetVertexAttribiv = NULL; +PFNGLHINTPROC glad_glHint = NULL; +PFNGLINDEXMASKPROC glad_glIndexMask = NULL; +PFNGLINDEXPOINTERPROC glad_glIndexPointer = NULL; +PFNGLINDEXDPROC glad_glIndexd = NULL; +PFNGLINDEXDVPROC glad_glIndexdv = NULL; +PFNGLINDEXFPROC glad_glIndexf = NULL; +PFNGLINDEXFVPROC glad_glIndexfv = NULL; +PFNGLINDEXIPROC glad_glIndexi = NULL; +PFNGLINDEXIVPROC glad_glIndexiv = NULL; +PFNGLINDEXSPROC glad_glIndexs = NULL; +PFNGLINDEXSVPROC glad_glIndexsv = NULL; +PFNGLINDEXUBPROC glad_glIndexub = NULL; +PFNGLINDEXUBVPROC glad_glIndexubv = NULL; +PFNGLINITNAMESPROC glad_glInitNames = NULL; +PFNGLINTERLEAVEDARRAYSPROC glad_glInterleavedArrays = NULL; +PFNGLISBUFFERPROC glad_glIsBuffer = NULL; +PFNGLISENABLEDPROC glad_glIsEnabled = NULL; +PFNGLISFRAMEBUFFERPROC glad_glIsFramebuffer = NULL; +PFNGLISLISTPROC glad_glIsList = NULL; +PFNGLISPROGRAMPROC glad_glIsProgram = NULL; +PFNGLISQUERYPROC glad_glIsQuery = NULL; +PFNGLISRENDERBUFFERPROC glad_glIsRenderbuffer = NULL; +PFNGLISSHADERPROC glad_glIsShader = NULL; +PFNGLISTEXTUREPROC glad_glIsTexture = NULL; +PFNGLLIGHTMODELFPROC glad_glLightModelf = NULL; +PFNGLLIGHTMODELFVPROC glad_glLightModelfv = NULL; +PFNGLLIGHTMODELIPROC glad_glLightModeli = NULL; +PFNGLLIGHTMODELIVPROC glad_glLightModeliv = NULL; +PFNGLLIGHTFPROC glad_glLightf = NULL; +PFNGLLIGHTFVPROC glad_glLightfv = NULL; +PFNGLLIGHTIPROC glad_glLighti = NULL; +PFNGLLIGHTIVPROC glad_glLightiv = NULL; +PFNGLLINESTIPPLEPROC glad_glLineStipple = NULL; +PFNGLLINEWIDTHPROC glad_glLineWidth = NULL; +PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC glad_glLinkProgram = NULL; +PFNGLLISTBASEPROC glad_glListBase = NULL; +PFNGLLOADIDENTITYPROC glad_glLoadIdentity = NULL; +PFNGLLOADMATRIXDPROC glad_glLoadMatrixd = NULL; +PFNGLLOADMATRIXFPROC glad_glLoadMatrixf = NULL; +PFNGLLOADNAMEPROC glad_glLoadName = NULL; +PFNGLLOADTRANSPOSEMATRIXDPROC glad_glLoadTransposeMatrixd = NULL; +PFNGLLOADTRANSPOSEMATRIXFPROC glad_glLoadTransposeMatrixf = NULL; +PFNGLLOGICOPPROC glad_glLogicOp = NULL; +PFNGLMAP1DPROC glad_glMap1d = NULL; +PFNGLMAP1FPROC glad_glMap1f = NULL; +PFNGLMAP2DPROC glad_glMap2d = NULL; +PFNGLMAP2FPROC glad_glMap2f = NULL; +PFNGLMAPBUFFERPROC glad_glMapBuffer = NULL; +PFNGLMAPGRID1DPROC glad_glMapGrid1d = NULL; +PFNGLMAPGRID1FPROC glad_glMapGrid1f = NULL; +PFNGLMAPGRID2DPROC glad_glMapGrid2d = NULL; +PFNGLMAPGRID2FPROC glad_glMapGrid2f = NULL; +PFNGLMATERIALFPROC glad_glMaterialf = NULL; +PFNGLMATERIALFVPROC glad_glMaterialfv = NULL; +PFNGLMATERIALIPROC glad_glMateriali = NULL; +PFNGLMATERIALIVPROC glad_glMaterialiv = NULL; +PFNGLMATRIXMODEPROC glad_glMatrixMode = NULL; +PFNGLMULTMATRIXDPROC glad_glMultMatrixd = NULL; +PFNGLMULTMATRIXFPROC glad_glMultMatrixf = NULL; +PFNGLMULTTRANSPOSEMATRIXDPROC glad_glMultTransposeMatrixd = NULL; +PFNGLMULTTRANSPOSEMATRIXFPROC glad_glMultTransposeMatrixf = NULL; +PFNGLMULTIDRAWARRAYSPROC glad_glMultiDrawArrays = NULL; +PFNGLMULTIDRAWELEMENTSPROC glad_glMultiDrawElements = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1DPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord1d = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1DVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord1dv = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1FPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord1f = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1FVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord1fv = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1IPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord1i = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1IVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord1iv = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1SPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord1s = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1SVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord1sv = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2DPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord2d = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2DVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord2dv = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2FPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord2f = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2FVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord2fv = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2IPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord2i = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2IVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord2iv = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2SPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord2s = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2SVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord2sv = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3DPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord3d = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3DVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord3dv = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3FPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord3f = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3FVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord3fv = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3IPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord3i = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3IVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord3iv = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3SPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord3s = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3SVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord3sv = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4DPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord4d = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4DVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord4dv = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4FPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord4f = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4FVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord4fv = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4IPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord4i = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4IVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord4iv = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4SPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord4s = NULL; +PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4SVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord4sv = NULL; +PFNGLNEWLISTPROC glad_glNewList = NULL; +PFNGLNORMAL3BPROC glad_glNormal3b = NULL; +PFNGLNORMAL3BVPROC glad_glNormal3bv = NULL; +PFNGLNORMAL3DPROC glad_glNormal3d = NULL; +PFNGLNORMAL3DVPROC glad_glNormal3dv = NULL; +PFNGLNORMAL3FPROC glad_glNormal3f = NULL; +PFNGLNORMAL3FVPROC glad_glNormal3fv = NULL; +PFNGLNORMAL3IPROC glad_glNormal3i = NULL; +PFNGLNORMAL3IVPROC glad_glNormal3iv = NULL; +PFNGLNORMAL3SPROC glad_glNormal3s = NULL; +PFNGLNORMAL3SVPROC glad_glNormal3sv = NULL; +PFNGLNORMALPOINTERPROC glad_glNormalPointer = NULL; +PFNGLORTHOPROC glad_glOrtho = NULL; +PFNGLPASSTHROUGHPROC glad_glPassThrough = NULL; +PFNGLPIXELMAPFVPROC glad_glPixelMapfv = NULL; +PFNGLPIXELMAPUIVPROC glad_glPixelMapuiv = NULL; +PFNGLPIXELMAPUSVPROC glad_glPixelMapusv = NULL; +PFNGLPIXELSTOREFPROC glad_glPixelStoref = NULL; +PFNGLPIXELSTOREIPROC glad_glPixelStorei = NULL; +PFNGLPIXELTRANSFERFPROC glad_glPixelTransferf = NULL; +PFNGLPIXELTRANSFERIPROC glad_glPixelTransferi = NULL; +PFNGLPIXELZOOMPROC glad_glPixelZoom = NULL; +PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERFPROC glad_glPointParameterf = NULL; +PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERFVPROC glad_glPointParameterfv = NULL; +PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERIPROC glad_glPointParameteri = NULL; +PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERIVPROC glad_glPointParameteriv = NULL; +PFNGLPOINTSIZEPROC glad_glPointSize = NULL; +PFNGLPOLYGONMODEPROC glad_glPolygonMode = NULL; +PFNGLPOLYGONOFFSETPROC glad_glPolygonOffset = NULL; +PFNGLPOLYGONSTIPPLEPROC glad_glPolygonStipple = NULL; +PFNGLPOPATTRIBPROC glad_glPopAttrib = NULL; +PFNGLPOPCLIENTATTRIBPROC glad_glPopClientAttrib = NULL; +PFNGLPOPMATRIXPROC glad_glPopMatrix = NULL; +PFNGLPOPNAMEPROC glad_glPopName = NULL; +PFNGLPRIORITIZETEXTURESPROC glad_glPrioritizeTextures = NULL; +PFNGLPUSHATTRIBPROC glad_glPushAttrib = NULL; +PFNGLPUSHCLIENTATTRIBPROC glad_glPushClientAttrib = NULL; +PFNGLPUSHMATRIXPROC glad_glPushMatrix = NULL; +PFNGLPUSHNAMEPROC glad_glPushName = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS2DPROC glad_glRasterPos2d = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS2DVPROC glad_glRasterPos2dv = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS2FPROC glad_glRasterPos2f = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS2FVPROC glad_glRasterPos2fv = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS2IPROC glad_glRasterPos2i = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS2IVPROC glad_glRasterPos2iv = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS2SPROC glad_glRasterPos2s = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS2SVPROC glad_glRasterPos2sv = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS3DPROC glad_glRasterPos3d = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS3DVPROC glad_glRasterPos3dv = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS3FPROC glad_glRasterPos3f = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS3FVPROC glad_glRasterPos3fv = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS3IPROC glad_glRasterPos3i = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS3IVPROC glad_glRasterPos3iv = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS3SPROC glad_glRasterPos3s = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS3SVPROC glad_glRasterPos3sv = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS4DPROC glad_glRasterPos4d = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS4DVPROC glad_glRasterPos4dv = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS4FPROC glad_glRasterPos4f = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS4FVPROC glad_glRasterPos4fv = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS4IPROC glad_glRasterPos4i = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS4IVPROC glad_glRasterPos4iv = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS4SPROC glad_glRasterPos4s = NULL; +PFNGLRASTERPOS4SVPROC glad_glRasterPos4sv = NULL; +PFNGLREADBUFFERPROC glad_glReadBuffer = NULL; +PFNGLREADPIXELSPROC glad_glReadPixels = NULL; +PFNGLRECTDPROC glad_glRectd = NULL; +PFNGLRECTDVPROC glad_glRectdv = NULL; +PFNGLRECTFPROC glad_glRectf = NULL; +PFNGLRECTFVPROC glad_glRectfv = NULL; +PFNGLRECTIPROC glad_glRecti = NULL; +PFNGLRECTIVPROC glad_glRectiv = NULL; +PFNGLRECTSPROC glad_glRects = NULL; +PFNGLRECTSVPROC glad_glRectsv = NULL; +PFNGLRELEASESHADERCOMPILERPROC glad_glReleaseShaderCompiler = NULL; +PFNGLRENDERMODEPROC glad_glRenderMode = NULL; +PFNGLRENDERBUFFERSTORAGEPROC glad_glRenderbufferStorage = NULL; +PFNGLROTATEDPROC glad_glRotated = NULL; +PFNGLROTATEFPROC glad_glRotatef = NULL; +PFNGLSAMPLECOVERAGEPROC glad_glSampleCoverage = NULL; +PFNGLSCALEDPROC glad_glScaled = NULL; +PFNGLSCALEFPROC glad_glScalef = NULL; +PFNGLSCISSORPROC glad_glScissor = NULL; +PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3BPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3b = NULL; +PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3BVPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3bv = NULL; +PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3DPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3d = NULL; +PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3DVPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3dv = NULL; +PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3FPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3f = NULL; +PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3FVPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3fv = NULL; +PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3IPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3i = NULL; +PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3IVPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3iv = NULL; +PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3SPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3s = NULL; +PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3SVPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3sv = NULL; +PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UBPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3ub = NULL; +PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UBVPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3ubv = NULL; +PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UIPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3ui = NULL; +PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UIVPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3uiv = NULL; +PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3USPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3us = NULL; +PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3USVPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3usv = NULL; +PFNGLSECONDARYCOLORPOINTERPROC glad_glSecondaryColorPointer = NULL; +PFNGLSELECTBUFFERPROC glad_glSelectBuffer = NULL; +PFNGLSHADEMODELPROC glad_glShadeModel = NULL; +PFNGLSHADERBINARYPROC glad_glShaderBinary = NULL; +PFNGLSHADERSOURCEPROC glad_glShaderSource = NULL; +PFNGLSTENCILFUNCPROC glad_glStencilFunc = NULL; +PFNGLSTENCILFUNCSEPARATEPROC glad_glStencilFuncSeparate = NULL; +PFNGLSTENCILMASKPROC glad_glStencilMask = NULL; +PFNGLSTENCILMASKSEPARATEPROC glad_glStencilMaskSeparate = NULL; +PFNGLSTENCILOPPROC glad_glStencilOp = NULL; +PFNGLSTENCILOPSEPARATEPROC glad_glStencilOpSeparate = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD1DPROC glad_glTexCoord1d = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD1DVPROC glad_glTexCoord1dv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD1FPROC glad_glTexCoord1f = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD1FVPROC glad_glTexCoord1fv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD1IPROC glad_glTexCoord1i = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD1IVPROC glad_glTexCoord1iv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD1SPROC glad_glTexCoord1s = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD1SVPROC glad_glTexCoord1sv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD2DPROC glad_glTexCoord2d = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD2DVPROC glad_glTexCoord2dv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD2FPROC glad_glTexCoord2f = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD2FVPROC glad_glTexCoord2fv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD2IPROC glad_glTexCoord2i = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD2IVPROC glad_glTexCoord2iv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD2SPROC glad_glTexCoord2s = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD2SVPROC glad_glTexCoord2sv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD3DPROC glad_glTexCoord3d = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD3DVPROC glad_glTexCoord3dv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD3FPROC glad_glTexCoord3f = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD3FVPROC glad_glTexCoord3fv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD3IPROC glad_glTexCoord3i = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD3IVPROC glad_glTexCoord3iv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD3SPROC glad_glTexCoord3s = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD3SVPROC glad_glTexCoord3sv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD4DPROC glad_glTexCoord4d = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD4DVPROC glad_glTexCoord4dv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD4FPROC glad_glTexCoord4f = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD4FVPROC glad_glTexCoord4fv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD4IPROC glad_glTexCoord4i = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD4IVPROC glad_glTexCoord4iv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD4SPROC glad_glTexCoord4s = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORD4SVPROC glad_glTexCoord4sv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXCOORDPOINTERPROC glad_glTexCoordPointer = NULL; +PFNGLTEXENVFPROC glad_glTexEnvf = NULL; +PFNGLTEXENVFVPROC glad_glTexEnvfv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXENVIPROC glad_glTexEnvi = NULL; +PFNGLTEXENVIVPROC glad_glTexEnviv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXGENDPROC glad_glTexGend = NULL; +PFNGLTEXGENDVPROC glad_glTexGendv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXGENFPROC glad_glTexGenf = NULL; +PFNGLTEXGENFVPROC glad_glTexGenfv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXGENIPROC glad_glTexGeni = NULL; +PFNGLTEXGENIVPROC glad_glTexGeniv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXIMAGE1DPROC glad_glTexImage1D = NULL; +PFNGLTEXIMAGE2DPROC glad_glTexImage2D = NULL; +PFNGLTEXIMAGE3DPROC glad_glTexImage3D = NULL; +PFNGLTEXPARAMETERFPROC glad_glTexParameterf = NULL; +PFNGLTEXPARAMETERFVPROC glad_glTexParameterfv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIPROC glad_glTexParameteri = NULL; +PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIVPROC glad_glTexParameteriv = NULL; +PFNGLTEXSUBIMAGE1DPROC glad_glTexSubImage1D = NULL; +PFNGLTEXSUBIMAGE2DPROC glad_glTexSubImage2D = NULL; +PFNGLTEXSUBIMAGE3DPROC glad_glTexSubImage3D = NULL; +PFNGLTRANSLATEDPROC glad_glTranslated = NULL; +PFNGLTRANSLATEFPROC glad_glTranslatef = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORM1FPROC glad_glUniform1f = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORM1FVPROC glad_glUniform1fv = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORM1IPROC glad_glUniform1i = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORM1IVPROC glad_glUniform1iv = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORM2FPROC glad_glUniform2f = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORM2FVPROC glad_glUniform2fv = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORM2IPROC glad_glUniform2i = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORM2IVPROC glad_glUniform2iv = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORM3FPROC glad_glUniform3f = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORM3FVPROC glad_glUniform3fv = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORM3IPROC glad_glUniform3i = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORM3IVPROC glad_glUniform3iv = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORM4FPROC glad_glUniform4f = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORM4FVPROC glad_glUniform4fv = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORM4IPROC glad_glUniform4i = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORM4IVPROC glad_glUniform4iv = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX2FVPROC glad_glUniformMatrix2fv = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX2X3FVPROC glad_glUniformMatrix2x3fv = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX2X4FVPROC glad_glUniformMatrix2x4fv = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX3FVPROC glad_glUniformMatrix3fv = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX3X2FVPROC glad_glUniformMatrix3x2fv = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX3X4FVPROC glad_glUniformMatrix3x4fv = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4FVPROC glad_glUniformMatrix4fv = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4X2FVPROC glad_glUniformMatrix4x2fv = NULL; +PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4X3FVPROC glad_glUniformMatrix4x3fv = NULL; +PFNGLUNMAPBUFFERPROC glad_glUnmapBuffer = NULL; +PFNGLUSEPROGRAMPROC glad_glUseProgram = NULL; +PFNGLVALIDATEPROGRAMPROC glad_glValidateProgram = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX2DPROC glad_glVertex2d = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX2DVPROC glad_glVertex2dv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX2FPROC glad_glVertex2f = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX2FVPROC glad_glVertex2fv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX2IPROC glad_glVertex2i = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX2IVPROC glad_glVertex2iv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX2SPROC glad_glVertex2s = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX2SVPROC glad_glVertex2sv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX3DPROC glad_glVertex3d = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX3DVPROC glad_glVertex3dv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX3FPROC glad_glVertex3f = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX3FVPROC glad_glVertex3fv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX3IPROC glad_glVertex3i = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX3IVPROC glad_glVertex3iv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX3SPROC glad_glVertex3s = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX3SVPROC glad_glVertex3sv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX4DPROC glad_glVertex4d = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX4DVPROC glad_glVertex4dv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX4FPROC glad_glVertex4f = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX4FVPROC glad_glVertex4fv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX4IPROC glad_glVertex4i = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX4IVPROC glad_glVertex4iv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX4SPROC glad_glVertex4s = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEX4SVPROC glad_glVertex4sv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1DPROC glad_glVertexAttrib1d = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1DVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib1dv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1FPROC glad_glVertexAttrib1f = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1FVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib1fv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1SPROC glad_glVertexAttrib1s = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1SVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib1sv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2DPROC glad_glVertexAttrib2d = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2DVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib2dv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2FPROC glad_glVertexAttrib2f = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2FVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib2fv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2SPROC glad_glVertexAttrib2s = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2SVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib2sv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3DPROC glad_glVertexAttrib3d = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3DVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib3dv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3FPROC glad_glVertexAttrib3f = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3FVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib3fv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3SPROC glad_glVertexAttrib3s = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3SVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib3sv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NBVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4Nbv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NIVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4Niv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NSVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4Nsv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUBPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4Nub = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUBVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4Nubv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUIVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4Nuiv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUSVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4Nusv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4BVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4bv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4DPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4d = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4DVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4dv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4FPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4f = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4FVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4fv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4IVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4iv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4SPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4s = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4SVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4sv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4UBVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4ubv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4UIVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4uiv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4USVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4usv = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERPROC glad_glVertexAttribPointer = NULL; +PFNGLVERTEXPOINTERPROC glad_glVertexPointer = NULL; +PFNGLVIEWPORTPROC glad_glViewport = NULL; +PFNGLWINDOWPOS2DPROC glad_glWindowPos2d = NULL; +PFNGLWINDOWPOS2DVPROC glad_glWindowPos2dv = NULL; +PFNGLWINDOWPOS2FPROC glad_glWindowPos2f = NULL; +PFNGLWINDOWPOS2FVPROC glad_glWindowPos2fv = NULL; +PFNGLWINDOWPOS2IPROC glad_glWindowPos2i = NULL; +PFNGLWINDOWPOS2IVPROC glad_glWindowPos2iv = NULL; +PFNGLWINDOWPOS2SPROC glad_glWindowPos2s = NULL; +PFNGLWINDOWPOS2SVPROC glad_glWindowPos2sv = NULL; +PFNGLWINDOWPOS3DPROC glad_glWindowPos3d = NULL; +PFNGLWINDOWPOS3DVPROC glad_glWindowPos3dv = NULL; +PFNGLWINDOWPOS3FPROC glad_glWindowPos3f = NULL; +PFNGLWINDOWPOS3FVPROC glad_glWindowPos3fv = NULL; +PFNGLWINDOWPOS3IPROC glad_glWindowPos3i = NULL; +PFNGLWINDOWPOS3IVPROC glad_glWindowPos3iv = NULL; +PFNGLWINDOWPOS3SPROC glad_glWindowPos3s = NULL; +PFNGLWINDOWPOS3SVPROC glad_glWindowPos3sv = NULL; +int GLAD_GL_ARB_ES3_compatibility = 0; +int GLAD_GL_ARB_depth_texture = 0; +int GLAD_GL_ARB_framebuffer_object = 0; +int GLAD_GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two = 0; +int GLAD_GL_EXT_packed_depth_stencil = 0; +int GLAD_GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc = 0; +int GLAD_GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc = 0; +int GLAD_GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc2 = 0; +int GLAD_GL_KHR_debug = 0; +int GLAD_GL_OES_compressed_ETC1_RGB8_texture = 0; +int GLAD_GL_OES_depth24 = 0; +int GLAD_GL_OES_depth_texture = 0; +int GLAD_GL_OES_element_index_uint = 0; +int GLAD_GL_OES_packed_depth_stencil = 0; +int GLAD_GL_OES_texture_compression_astc = 0; +int GLAD_GL_OES_texture_npot = 0; +PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURE1DPROC glad_glFramebufferTexture1D = NULL; +PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURE3DPROC glad_glFramebufferTexture3D = NULL; +PFNGLBLITFRAMEBUFFERPROC glad_glBlitFramebuffer = NULL; +PFNGLRENDERBUFFERSTORAGEMULTISAMPLEPROC glad_glRenderbufferStorageMultisample = NULL; +PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURELAYERPROC glad_glFramebufferTextureLayer = NULL; +PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGECONTROLPROC glad_glDebugMessageControl = NULL; +PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGEINSERTPROC glad_glDebugMessageInsert = NULL; +PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGECALLBACKPROC glad_glDebugMessageCallback = NULL; +PFNGLGETDEBUGMESSAGELOGPROC glad_glGetDebugMessageLog = NULL; +PFNGLPUSHDEBUGGROUPPROC glad_glPushDebugGroup = NULL; +PFNGLPOPDEBUGGROUPPROC glad_glPopDebugGroup = NULL; +PFNGLOBJECTLABELPROC glad_glObjectLabel = NULL; +PFNGLGETOBJECTLABELPROC glad_glGetObjectLabel = NULL; +PFNGLOBJECTPTRLABELPROC glad_glObjectPtrLabel = NULL; +PFNGLGETOBJECTPTRLABELPROC glad_glGetObjectPtrLabel = NULL; +PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGECONTROLKHRPROC glad_glDebugMessageControlKHR = NULL; +PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGEINSERTKHRPROC glad_glDebugMessageInsertKHR = NULL; +PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGECALLBACKKHRPROC glad_glDebugMessageCallbackKHR = NULL; +PFNGLGETDEBUGMESSAGELOGKHRPROC glad_glGetDebugMessageLogKHR = NULL; +PFNGLPUSHDEBUGGROUPKHRPROC glad_glPushDebugGroupKHR = NULL; +PFNGLPOPDEBUGGROUPKHRPROC glad_glPopDebugGroupKHR = NULL; +PFNGLOBJECTLABELKHRPROC glad_glObjectLabelKHR = NULL; +PFNGLGETOBJECTLABELKHRPROC glad_glGetObjectLabelKHR = NULL; +PFNGLOBJECTPTRLABELKHRPROC glad_glObjectPtrLabelKHR = NULL; +PFNGLGETOBJECTPTRLABELKHRPROC glad_glGetObjectPtrLabelKHR = NULL; +PFNGLGETPOINTERVKHRPROC glad_glGetPointervKHR = NULL; +static void load_GL_VERSION_1_0(GLADloadproc load) { + if(!GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_0) return; + glad_glCullFace = (PFNGLCULLFACEPROC)load("glCullFace"); + glad_glFrontFace = (PFNGLFRONTFACEPROC)load("glFrontFace"); + glad_glHint = (PFNGLHINTPROC)load("glHint"); + glad_glLineWidth = (PFNGLLINEWIDTHPROC)load("glLineWidth"); + glad_glPointSize = (PFNGLPOINTSIZEPROC)load("glPointSize"); + glad_glPolygonMode = (PFNGLPOLYGONMODEPROC)load("glPolygonMode"); + glad_glScissor = (PFNGLSCISSORPROC)load("glScissor"); + glad_glTexParameterf = (PFNGLTEXPARAMETERFPROC)load("glTexParameterf"); + glad_glTexParameterfv = (PFNGLTEXPARAMETERFVPROC)load("glTexParameterfv"); + glad_glTexParameteri = (PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIPROC)load("glTexParameteri"); + glad_glTexParameteriv = (PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIVPROC)load("glTexParameteriv"); + glad_glTexImage1D = (PFNGLTEXIMAGE1DPROC)load("glTexImage1D"); + glad_glTexImage2D = (PFNGLTEXIMAGE2DPROC)load("glTexImage2D"); + glad_glDrawBuffer = (PFNGLDRAWBUFFERPROC)load("glDrawBuffer"); + glad_glClear = (PFNGLCLEARPROC)load("glClear"); + glad_glClearColor = (PFNGLCLEARCOLORPROC)load("glClearColor"); + glad_glClearStencil = (PFNGLCLEARSTENCILPROC)load("glClearStencil"); + glad_glClearDepth = (PFNGLCLEARDEPTHPROC)load("glClearDepth"); + glad_glStencilMask = (PFNGLSTENCILMASKPROC)load("glStencilMask"); + glad_glColorMask = (PFNGLCOLORMASKPROC)load("glColorMask"); + glad_glDepthMask = (PFNGLDEPTHMASKPROC)load("glDepthMask"); + glad_glDisable = (PFNGLDISABLEPROC)load("glDisable"); + glad_glEnable = (PFNGLENABLEPROC)load("glEnable"); + glad_glFinish = (PFNGLFINISHPROC)load("glFinish"); + glad_glFlush = (PFNGLFLUSHPROC)load("glFlush"); + glad_glBlendFunc = (PFNGLBLENDFUNCPROC)load("glBlendFunc"); + glad_glLogicOp = (PFNGLLOGICOPPROC)load("glLogicOp"); + glad_glStencilFunc = (PFNGLSTENCILFUNCPROC)load("glStencilFunc"); + glad_glStencilOp = (PFNGLSTENCILOPPROC)load("glStencilOp"); + glad_glDepthFunc = (PFNGLDEPTHFUNCPROC)load("glDepthFunc"); + glad_glPixelStoref = (PFNGLPIXELSTOREFPROC)load("glPixelStoref"); + glad_glPixelStorei = (PFNGLPIXELSTOREIPROC)load("glPixelStorei"); + glad_glReadBuffer = (PFNGLREADBUFFERPROC)load("glReadBuffer"); + glad_glReadPixels = (PFNGLREADPIXELSPROC)load("glReadPixels"); + glad_glGetBooleanv = (PFNGLGETBOOLEANVPROC)load("glGetBooleanv"); + glad_glGetDoublev = (PFNGLGETDOUBLEVPROC)load("glGetDoublev"); + glad_glGetError = (PFNGLGETERRORPROC)load("glGetError"); + glad_glGetFloatv = (PFNGLGETFLOATVPROC)load("glGetFloatv"); + glad_glGetIntegerv = (PFNGLGETINTEGERVPROC)load("glGetIntegerv"); + glad_glGetString = (PFNGLGETSTRINGPROC)load("glGetString"); + glad_glGetTexImage = (PFNGLGETTEXIMAGEPROC)load("glGetTexImage"); + glad_glGetTexParameterfv = (PFNGLGETTEXPARAMETERFVPROC)load("glGetTexParameterfv"); + glad_glGetTexParameteriv = (PFNGLGETTEXPARAMETERIVPROC)load("glGetTexParameteriv"); + glad_glGetTexLevelParameterfv = (PFNGLGETTEXLEVELPARAMETERFVPROC)load("glGetTexLevelParameterfv"); + glad_glGetTexLevelParameteriv = (PFNGLGETTEXLEVELPARAMETERIVPROC)load("glGetTexLevelParameteriv"); + glad_glIsEnabled = (PFNGLISENABLEDPROC)load("glIsEnabled"); + glad_glDepthRange = (PFNGLDEPTHRANGEPROC)load("glDepthRange"); + glad_glViewport = (PFNGLVIEWPORTPROC)load("glViewport"); + glad_glNewList = (PFNGLNEWLISTPROC)load("glNewList"); + glad_glEndList = (PFNGLENDLISTPROC)load("glEndList"); + glad_glCallList = (PFNGLCALLLISTPROC)load("glCallList"); + glad_glCallLists = (PFNGLCALLLISTSPROC)load("glCallLists"); + glad_glDeleteLists = (PFNGLDELETELISTSPROC)load("glDeleteLists"); + glad_glGenLists = (PFNGLGENLISTSPROC)load("glGenLists"); + glad_glListBase = (PFNGLLISTBASEPROC)load("glListBase"); + glad_glBegin = (PFNGLBEGINPROC)load("glBegin"); + glad_glBitmap = (PFNGLBITMAPPROC)load("glBitmap"); + glad_glColor3b = (PFNGLCOLOR3BPROC)load("glColor3b"); + glad_glColor3bv = (PFNGLCOLOR3BVPROC)load("glColor3bv"); + glad_glColor3d = (PFNGLCOLOR3DPROC)load("glColor3d"); + glad_glColor3dv = (PFNGLCOLOR3DVPROC)load("glColor3dv"); + glad_glColor3f = (PFNGLCOLOR3FPROC)load("glColor3f"); + glad_glColor3fv = (PFNGLCOLOR3FVPROC)load("glColor3fv"); + glad_glColor3i = (PFNGLCOLOR3IPROC)load("glColor3i"); + glad_glColor3iv = (PFNGLCOLOR3IVPROC)load("glColor3iv"); + glad_glColor3s = (PFNGLCOLOR3SPROC)load("glColor3s"); + glad_glColor3sv = (PFNGLCOLOR3SVPROC)load("glColor3sv"); + glad_glColor3ub = (PFNGLCOLOR3UBPROC)load("glColor3ub"); + glad_glColor3ubv = (PFNGLCOLOR3UBVPROC)load("glColor3ubv"); + glad_glColor3ui = (PFNGLCOLOR3UIPROC)load("glColor3ui"); + glad_glColor3uiv = (PFNGLCOLOR3UIVPROC)load("glColor3uiv"); + glad_glColor3us = (PFNGLCOLOR3USPROC)load("glColor3us"); + glad_glColor3usv = (PFNGLCOLOR3USVPROC)load("glColor3usv"); + glad_glColor4b = (PFNGLCOLOR4BPROC)load("glColor4b"); + glad_glColor4bv = (PFNGLCOLOR4BVPROC)load("glColor4bv"); + glad_glColor4d = (PFNGLCOLOR4DPROC)load("glColor4d"); + glad_glColor4dv = (PFNGLCOLOR4DVPROC)load("glColor4dv"); + glad_glColor4f = (PFNGLCOLOR4FPROC)load("glColor4f"); + glad_glColor4fv = (PFNGLCOLOR4FVPROC)load("glColor4fv"); + glad_glColor4i = (PFNGLCOLOR4IPROC)load("glColor4i"); + glad_glColor4iv = (PFNGLCOLOR4IVPROC)load("glColor4iv"); + glad_glColor4s = (PFNGLCOLOR4SPROC)load("glColor4s"); + glad_glColor4sv = (PFNGLCOLOR4SVPROC)load("glColor4sv"); + glad_glColor4ub = (PFNGLCOLOR4UBPROC)load("glColor4ub"); + glad_glColor4ubv = (PFNGLCOLOR4UBVPROC)load("glColor4ubv"); + glad_glColor4ui = (PFNGLCOLOR4UIPROC)load("glColor4ui"); + glad_glColor4uiv = (PFNGLCOLOR4UIVPROC)load("glColor4uiv"); + glad_glColor4us = (PFNGLCOLOR4USPROC)load("glColor4us"); + glad_glColor4usv = (PFNGLCOLOR4USVPROC)load("glColor4usv"); + glad_glEdgeFlag = (PFNGLEDGEFLAGPROC)load("glEdgeFlag"); + glad_glEdgeFlagv = (PFNGLEDGEFLAGVPROC)load("glEdgeFlagv"); + glad_glEnd = (PFNGLENDPROC)load("glEnd"); + glad_glIndexd = (PFNGLINDEXDPROC)load("glIndexd"); + glad_glIndexdv = (PFNGLINDEXDVPROC)load("glIndexdv"); + glad_glIndexf = (PFNGLINDEXFPROC)load("glIndexf"); + glad_glIndexfv = (PFNGLINDEXFVPROC)load("glIndexfv"); + glad_glIndexi = (PFNGLINDEXIPROC)load("glIndexi"); + glad_glIndexiv = (PFNGLINDEXIVPROC)load("glIndexiv"); + glad_glIndexs = (PFNGLINDEXSPROC)load("glIndexs"); + glad_glIndexsv = (PFNGLINDEXSVPROC)load("glIndexsv"); + glad_glNormal3b = (PFNGLNORMAL3BPROC)load("glNormal3b"); + glad_glNormal3bv = (PFNGLNORMAL3BVPROC)load("glNormal3bv"); + glad_glNormal3d = (PFNGLNORMAL3DPROC)load("glNormal3d"); + glad_glNormal3dv = (PFNGLNORMAL3DVPROC)load("glNormal3dv"); + glad_glNormal3f = (PFNGLNORMAL3FPROC)load("glNormal3f"); + glad_glNormal3fv = (PFNGLNORMAL3FVPROC)load("glNormal3fv"); + glad_glNormal3i = (PFNGLNORMAL3IPROC)load("glNormal3i"); + glad_glNormal3iv = (PFNGLNORMAL3IVPROC)load("glNormal3iv"); + glad_glNormal3s = (PFNGLNORMAL3SPROC)load("glNormal3s"); + glad_glNormal3sv = (PFNGLNORMAL3SVPROC)load("glNormal3sv"); + glad_glRasterPos2d = (PFNGLRASTERPOS2DPROC)load("glRasterPos2d"); + glad_glRasterPos2dv = (PFNGLRASTERPOS2DVPROC)load("glRasterPos2dv"); + glad_glRasterPos2f = (PFNGLRASTERPOS2FPROC)load("glRasterPos2f"); + glad_glRasterPos2fv = (PFNGLRASTERPOS2FVPROC)load("glRasterPos2fv"); + glad_glRasterPos2i = (PFNGLRASTERPOS2IPROC)load("glRasterPos2i"); + glad_glRasterPos2iv = (PFNGLRASTERPOS2IVPROC)load("glRasterPos2iv"); + glad_glRasterPos2s = (PFNGLRASTERPOS2SPROC)load("glRasterPos2s"); + glad_glRasterPos2sv = (PFNGLRASTERPOS2SVPROC)load("glRasterPos2sv"); + glad_glRasterPos3d = (PFNGLRASTERPOS3DPROC)load("glRasterPos3d"); + glad_glRasterPos3dv = (PFNGLRASTERPOS3DVPROC)load("glRasterPos3dv"); + glad_glRasterPos3f = (PFNGLRASTERPOS3FPROC)load("glRasterPos3f"); + glad_glRasterPos3fv = (PFNGLRASTERPOS3FVPROC)load("glRasterPos3fv"); + glad_glRasterPos3i = (PFNGLRASTERPOS3IPROC)load("glRasterPos3i"); + glad_glRasterPos3iv = (PFNGLRASTERPOS3IVPROC)load("glRasterPos3iv"); + glad_glRasterPos3s = (PFNGLRASTERPOS3SPROC)load("glRasterPos3s"); + glad_glRasterPos3sv = (PFNGLRASTERPOS3SVPROC)load("glRasterPos3sv"); + glad_glRasterPos4d = (PFNGLRASTERPOS4DPROC)load("glRasterPos4d"); + glad_glRasterPos4dv = (PFNGLRASTERPOS4DVPROC)load("glRasterPos4dv"); + glad_glRasterPos4f = (PFNGLRASTERPOS4FPROC)load("glRasterPos4f"); + glad_glRasterPos4fv = (PFNGLRASTERPOS4FVPROC)load("glRasterPos4fv"); + glad_glRasterPos4i = (PFNGLRASTERPOS4IPROC)load("glRasterPos4i"); + glad_glRasterPos4iv = (PFNGLRASTERPOS4IVPROC)load("glRasterPos4iv"); + glad_glRasterPos4s = (PFNGLRASTERPOS4SPROC)load("glRasterPos4s"); + glad_glRasterPos4sv = (PFNGLRASTERPOS4SVPROC)load("glRasterPos4sv"); + glad_glRectd = (PFNGLRECTDPROC)load("glRectd"); + glad_glRectdv = (PFNGLRECTDVPROC)load("glRectdv"); + glad_glRectf = (PFNGLRECTFPROC)load("glRectf"); + glad_glRectfv = (PFNGLRECTFVPROC)load("glRectfv"); + glad_glRecti = (PFNGLRECTIPROC)load("glRecti"); + glad_glRectiv = (PFNGLRECTIVPROC)load("glRectiv"); + glad_glRects = (PFNGLRECTSPROC)load("glRects"); + glad_glRectsv = (PFNGLRECTSVPROC)load("glRectsv"); + glad_glTexCoord1d = (PFNGLTEXCOORD1DPROC)load("glTexCoord1d"); + glad_glTexCoord1dv = (PFNGLTEXCOORD1DVPROC)load("glTexCoord1dv"); + glad_glTexCoord1f = (PFNGLTEXCOORD1FPROC)load("glTexCoord1f"); + glad_glTexCoord1fv = (PFNGLTEXCOORD1FVPROC)load("glTexCoord1fv"); + glad_glTexCoord1i = (PFNGLTEXCOORD1IPROC)load("glTexCoord1i"); + glad_glTexCoord1iv = (PFNGLTEXCOORD1IVPROC)load("glTexCoord1iv"); + glad_glTexCoord1s = (PFNGLTEXCOORD1SPROC)load("glTexCoord1s"); + glad_glTexCoord1sv = (PFNGLTEXCOORD1SVPROC)load("glTexCoord1sv"); + glad_glTexCoord2d = (PFNGLTEXCOORD2DPROC)load("glTexCoord2d"); + glad_glTexCoord2dv = (PFNGLTEXCOORD2DVPROC)load("glTexCoord2dv"); + glad_glTexCoord2f = (PFNGLTEXCOORD2FPROC)load("glTexCoord2f"); + glad_glTexCoord2fv = (PFNGLTEXCOORD2FVPROC)load("glTexCoord2fv"); + glad_glTexCoord2i = (PFNGLTEXCOORD2IPROC)load("glTexCoord2i"); + glad_glTexCoord2iv = (PFNGLTEXCOORD2IVPROC)load("glTexCoord2iv"); + glad_glTexCoord2s = (PFNGLTEXCOORD2SPROC)load("glTexCoord2s"); + glad_glTexCoord2sv = (PFNGLTEXCOORD2SVPROC)load("glTexCoord2sv"); + glad_glTexCoord3d = (PFNGLTEXCOORD3DPROC)load("glTexCoord3d"); + glad_glTexCoord3dv = (PFNGLTEXCOORD3DVPROC)load("glTexCoord3dv"); + glad_glTexCoord3f = (PFNGLTEXCOORD3FPROC)load("glTexCoord3f"); + glad_glTexCoord3fv = (PFNGLTEXCOORD3FVPROC)load("glTexCoord3fv"); + glad_glTexCoord3i = (PFNGLTEXCOORD3IPROC)load("glTexCoord3i"); + glad_glTexCoord3iv = (PFNGLTEXCOORD3IVPROC)load("glTexCoord3iv"); + glad_glTexCoord3s = (PFNGLTEXCOORD3SPROC)load("glTexCoord3s"); + glad_glTexCoord3sv = (PFNGLTEXCOORD3SVPROC)load("glTexCoord3sv"); + glad_glTexCoord4d = (PFNGLTEXCOORD4DPROC)load("glTexCoord4d"); + glad_glTexCoord4dv = (PFNGLTEXCOORD4DVPROC)load("glTexCoord4dv"); + glad_glTexCoord4f = (PFNGLTEXCOORD4FPROC)load("glTexCoord4f"); + glad_glTexCoord4fv = (PFNGLTEXCOORD4FVPROC)load("glTexCoord4fv"); + glad_glTexCoord4i = (PFNGLTEXCOORD4IPROC)load("glTexCoord4i"); + glad_glTexCoord4iv = (PFNGLTEXCOORD4IVPROC)load("glTexCoord4iv"); + glad_glTexCoord4s = (PFNGLTEXCOORD4SPROC)load("glTexCoord4s"); + glad_glTexCoord4sv = (PFNGLTEXCOORD4SVPROC)load("glTexCoord4sv"); + glad_glVertex2d = (PFNGLVERTEX2DPROC)load("glVertex2d"); + glad_glVertex2dv = (PFNGLVERTEX2DVPROC)load("glVertex2dv"); + glad_glVertex2f = (PFNGLVERTEX2FPROC)load("glVertex2f"); + glad_glVertex2fv = (PFNGLVERTEX2FVPROC)load("glVertex2fv"); + glad_glVertex2i = (PFNGLVERTEX2IPROC)load("glVertex2i"); + glad_glVertex2iv = (PFNGLVERTEX2IVPROC)load("glVertex2iv"); + glad_glVertex2s = (PFNGLVERTEX2SPROC)load("glVertex2s"); + glad_glVertex2sv = (PFNGLVERTEX2SVPROC)load("glVertex2sv"); + glad_glVertex3d = (PFNGLVERTEX3DPROC)load("glVertex3d"); + glad_glVertex3dv = (PFNGLVERTEX3DVPROC)load("glVertex3dv"); + glad_glVertex3f = (PFNGLVERTEX3FPROC)load("glVertex3f"); + glad_glVertex3fv = (PFNGLVERTEX3FVPROC)load("glVertex3fv"); + glad_glVertex3i = (PFNGLVERTEX3IPROC)load("glVertex3i"); + glad_glVertex3iv = (PFNGLVERTEX3IVPROC)load("glVertex3iv"); + glad_glVertex3s = (PFNGLVERTEX3SPROC)load("glVertex3s"); + glad_glVertex3sv = (PFNGLVERTEX3SVPROC)load("glVertex3sv"); + glad_glVertex4d = (PFNGLVERTEX4DPROC)load("glVertex4d"); + glad_glVertex4dv = (PFNGLVERTEX4DVPROC)load("glVertex4dv"); + glad_glVertex4f = (PFNGLVERTEX4FPROC)load("glVertex4f"); + glad_glVertex4fv = (PFNGLVERTEX4FVPROC)load("glVertex4fv"); + glad_glVertex4i = (PFNGLVERTEX4IPROC)load("glVertex4i"); + glad_glVertex4iv = (PFNGLVERTEX4IVPROC)load("glVertex4iv"); + glad_glVertex4s = (PFNGLVERTEX4SPROC)load("glVertex4s"); + glad_glVertex4sv = (PFNGLVERTEX4SVPROC)load("glVertex4sv"); + glad_glClipPlane = (PFNGLCLIPPLANEPROC)load("glClipPlane"); + glad_glColorMaterial = (PFNGLCOLORMATERIALPROC)load("glColorMaterial"); + glad_glFogf = (PFNGLFOGFPROC)load("glFogf"); + glad_glFogfv = (PFNGLFOGFVPROC)load("glFogfv"); + glad_glFogi = (PFNGLFOGIPROC)load("glFogi"); + glad_glFogiv = (PFNGLFOGIVPROC)load("glFogiv"); + glad_glLightf = (PFNGLLIGHTFPROC)load("glLightf"); + glad_glLightfv = (PFNGLLIGHTFVPROC)load("glLightfv"); + glad_glLighti = (PFNGLLIGHTIPROC)load("glLighti"); + glad_glLightiv = (PFNGLLIGHTIVPROC)load("glLightiv"); + glad_glLightModelf = (PFNGLLIGHTMODELFPROC)load("glLightModelf"); + glad_glLightModelfv = (PFNGLLIGHTMODELFVPROC)load("glLightModelfv"); + glad_glLightModeli = (PFNGLLIGHTMODELIPROC)load("glLightModeli"); + glad_glLightModeliv = (PFNGLLIGHTMODELIVPROC)load("glLightModeliv"); + glad_glLineStipple = (PFNGLLINESTIPPLEPROC)load("glLineStipple"); + glad_glMaterialf = (PFNGLMATERIALFPROC)load("glMaterialf"); + glad_glMaterialfv = (PFNGLMATERIALFVPROC)load("glMaterialfv"); + glad_glMateriali = (PFNGLMATERIALIPROC)load("glMateriali"); + glad_glMaterialiv = (PFNGLMATERIALIVPROC)load("glMaterialiv"); + glad_glPolygonStipple = (PFNGLPOLYGONSTIPPLEPROC)load("glPolygonStipple"); + glad_glShadeModel = (PFNGLSHADEMODELPROC)load("glShadeModel"); + glad_glTexEnvf = (PFNGLTEXENVFPROC)load("glTexEnvf"); + glad_glTexEnvfv = (PFNGLTEXENVFVPROC)load("glTexEnvfv"); + glad_glTexEnvi = (PFNGLTEXENVIPROC)load("glTexEnvi"); + glad_glTexEnviv = (PFNGLTEXENVIVPROC)load("glTexEnviv"); + glad_glTexGend = (PFNGLTEXGENDPROC)load("glTexGend"); + glad_glTexGendv = (PFNGLTEXGENDVPROC)load("glTexGendv"); + glad_glTexGenf = (PFNGLTEXGENFPROC)load("glTexGenf"); + glad_glTexGenfv = (PFNGLTEXGENFVPROC)load("glTexGenfv"); + glad_glTexGeni = (PFNGLTEXGENIPROC)load("glTexGeni"); + glad_glTexGeniv = (PFNGLTEXGENIVPROC)load("glTexGeniv"); + glad_glFeedbackBuffer = (PFNGLFEEDBACKBUFFERPROC)load("glFeedbackBuffer"); + glad_glSelectBuffer = (PFNGLSELECTBUFFERPROC)load("glSelectBuffer"); + glad_glRenderMode = (PFNGLRENDERMODEPROC)load("glRenderMode"); + glad_glInitNames = (PFNGLINITNAMESPROC)load("glInitNames"); + glad_glLoadName = (PFNGLLOADNAMEPROC)load("glLoadName"); + glad_glPassThrough = (PFNGLPASSTHROUGHPROC)load("glPassThrough"); + glad_glPopName = (PFNGLPOPNAMEPROC)load("glPopName"); + glad_glPushName = (PFNGLPUSHNAMEPROC)load("glPushName"); + glad_glClearAccum = (PFNGLCLEARACCUMPROC)load("glClearAccum"); + glad_glClearIndex = (PFNGLCLEARINDEXPROC)load("glClearIndex"); + glad_glIndexMask = (PFNGLINDEXMASKPROC)load("glIndexMask"); + glad_glAccum = (PFNGLACCUMPROC)load("glAccum"); + glad_glPopAttrib = (PFNGLPOPATTRIBPROC)load("glPopAttrib"); + glad_glPushAttrib = (PFNGLPUSHATTRIBPROC)load("glPushAttrib"); + glad_glMap1d = (PFNGLMAP1DPROC)load("glMap1d"); + glad_glMap1f = (PFNGLMAP1FPROC)load("glMap1f"); + glad_glMap2d = (PFNGLMAP2DPROC)load("glMap2d"); + glad_glMap2f = (PFNGLMAP2FPROC)load("glMap2f"); + glad_glMapGrid1d = (PFNGLMAPGRID1DPROC)load("glMapGrid1d"); + glad_glMapGrid1f = (PFNGLMAPGRID1FPROC)load("glMapGrid1f"); + glad_glMapGrid2d = (PFNGLMAPGRID2DPROC)load("glMapGrid2d"); + glad_glMapGrid2f = (PFNGLMAPGRID2FPROC)load("glMapGrid2f"); + glad_glEvalCoord1d = (PFNGLEVALCOORD1DPROC)load("glEvalCoord1d"); + glad_glEvalCoord1dv = (PFNGLEVALCOORD1DVPROC)load("glEvalCoord1dv"); + glad_glEvalCoord1f = (PFNGLEVALCOORD1FPROC)load("glEvalCoord1f"); + glad_glEvalCoord1fv = (PFNGLEVALCOORD1FVPROC)load("glEvalCoord1fv"); + glad_glEvalCoord2d = (PFNGLEVALCOORD2DPROC)load("glEvalCoord2d"); + glad_glEvalCoord2dv = (PFNGLEVALCOORD2DVPROC)load("glEvalCoord2dv"); + glad_glEvalCoord2f = (PFNGLEVALCOORD2FPROC)load("glEvalCoord2f"); + glad_glEvalCoord2fv = (PFNGLEVALCOORD2FVPROC)load("glEvalCoord2fv"); + glad_glEvalMesh1 = (PFNGLEVALMESH1PROC)load("glEvalMesh1"); + glad_glEvalPoint1 = (PFNGLEVALPOINT1PROC)load("glEvalPoint1"); + glad_glEvalMesh2 = (PFNGLEVALMESH2PROC)load("glEvalMesh2"); + glad_glEvalPoint2 = (PFNGLEVALPOINT2PROC)load("glEvalPoint2"); + glad_glAlphaFunc = (PFNGLALPHAFUNCPROC)load("glAlphaFunc"); + glad_glPixelZoom = (PFNGLPIXELZOOMPROC)load("glPixelZoom"); + glad_glPixelTransferf = (PFNGLPIXELTRANSFERFPROC)load("glPixelTransferf"); + glad_glPixelTransferi = (PFNGLPIXELTRANSFERIPROC)load("glPixelTransferi"); + glad_glPixelMapfv = (PFNGLPIXELMAPFVPROC)load("glPixelMapfv"); + glad_glPixelMapuiv = (PFNGLPIXELMAPUIVPROC)load("glPixelMapuiv"); + glad_glPixelMapusv = (PFNGLPIXELMAPUSVPROC)load("glPixelMapusv"); + glad_glCopyPixels = (PFNGLCOPYPIXELSPROC)load("glCopyPixels"); + glad_glDrawPixels = (PFNGLDRAWPIXELSPROC)load("glDrawPixels"); + glad_glGetClipPlane = (PFNGLGETCLIPPLANEPROC)load("glGetClipPlane"); + glad_glGetLightfv = (PFNGLGETLIGHTFVPROC)load("glGetLightfv"); + glad_glGetLightiv = (PFNGLGETLIGHTIVPROC)load("glGetLightiv"); + glad_glGetMapdv = (PFNGLGETMAPDVPROC)load("glGetMapdv"); + glad_glGetMapfv = (PFNGLGETMAPFVPROC)load("glGetMapfv"); + glad_glGetMapiv = (PFNGLGETMAPIVPROC)load("glGetMapiv"); + glad_glGetMaterialfv = (PFNGLGETMATERIALFVPROC)load("glGetMaterialfv"); + glad_glGetMaterialiv = (PFNGLGETMATERIALIVPROC)load("glGetMaterialiv"); + glad_glGetPixelMapfv = (PFNGLGETPIXELMAPFVPROC)load("glGetPixelMapfv"); + glad_glGetPixelMapuiv = (PFNGLGETPIXELMAPUIVPROC)load("glGetPixelMapuiv"); + glad_glGetPixelMapusv = (PFNGLGETPIXELMAPUSVPROC)load("glGetPixelMapusv"); + glad_glGetPolygonStipple = (PFNGLGETPOLYGONSTIPPLEPROC)load("glGetPolygonStipple"); + glad_glGetTexEnvfv = (PFNGLGETTEXENVFVPROC)load("glGetTexEnvfv"); + glad_glGetTexEnviv = (PFNGLGETTEXENVIVPROC)load("glGetTexEnviv"); + glad_glGetTexGendv = (PFNGLGETTEXGENDVPROC)load("glGetTexGendv"); + glad_glGetTexGenfv = (PFNGLGETTEXGENFVPROC)load("glGetTexGenfv"); + glad_glGetTexGeniv = (PFNGLGETTEXGENIVPROC)load("glGetTexGeniv"); + glad_glIsList = (PFNGLISLISTPROC)load("glIsList"); + glad_glFrustum = (PFNGLFRUSTUMPROC)load("glFrustum"); + glad_glLoadIdentity = (PFNGLLOADIDENTITYPROC)load("glLoadIdentity"); + glad_glLoadMatrixf = (PFNGLLOADMATRIXFPROC)load("glLoadMatrixf"); + glad_glLoadMatrixd = (PFNGLLOADMATRIXDPROC)load("glLoadMatrixd"); + glad_glMatrixMode = (PFNGLMATRIXMODEPROC)load("glMatrixMode"); + glad_glMultMatrixf = (PFNGLMULTMATRIXFPROC)load("glMultMatrixf"); + glad_glMultMatrixd = (PFNGLMULTMATRIXDPROC)load("glMultMatrixd"); + glad_glOrtho = (PFNGLORTHOPROC)load("glOrtho"); + glad_glPopMatrix = (PFNGLPOPMATRIXPROC)load("glPopMatrix"); + glad_glPushMatrix = (PFNGLPUSHMATRIXPROC)load("glPushMatrix"); + glad_glRotated = (PFNGLROTATEDPROC)load("glRotated"); + glad_glRotatef = (PFNGLROTATEFPROC)load("glRotatef"); + glad_glScaled = (PFNGLSCALEDPROC)load("glScaled"); + glad_glScalef = (PFNGLSCALEFPROC)load("glScalef"); + glad_glTranslated = (PFNGLTRANSLATEDPROC)load("glTranslated"); + glad_glTranslatef = (PFNGLTRANSLATEFPROC)load("glTranslatef"); +} +static void load_GL_VERSION_1_1(GLADloadproc load) { + if(!GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_1) return; + glad_glDrawArrays = (PFNGLDRAWARRAYSPROC)load("glDrawArrays"); + glad_glDrawElements = (PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSPROC)load("glDrawElements"); + glad_glGetPointerv = (PFNGLGETPOINTERVPROC)load("glGetPointerv"); + glad_glPolygonOffset = (PFNGLPOLYGONOFFSETPROC)load("glPolygonOffset"); + glad_glCopyTexImage1D = (PFNGLCOPYTEXIMAGE1DPROC)load("glCopyTexImage1D"); + glad_glCopyTexImage2D = (PFNGLCOPYTEXIMAGE2DPROC)load("glCopyTexImage2D"); + glad_glCopyTexSubImage1D = (PFNGLCOPYTEXSUBIMAGE1DPROC)load("glCopyTexSubImage1D"); + glad_glCopyTexSubImage2D = (PFNGLCOPYTEXSUBIMAGE2DPROC)load("glCopyTexSubImage2D"); + glad_glTexSubImage1D = (PFNGLTEXSUBIMAGE1DPROC)load("glTexSubImage1D"); + glad_glTexSubImage2D = (PFNGLTEXSUBIMAGE2DPROC)load("glTexSubImage2D"); + glad_glBindTexture = (PFNGLBINDTEXTUREPROC)load("glBindTexture"); + glad_glDeleteTextures = (PFNGLDELETETEXTURESPROC)load("glDeleteTextures"); + glad_glGenTextures = (PFNGLGENTEXTURESPROC)load("glGenTextures"); + glad_glIsTexture = (PFNGLISTEXTUREPROC)load("glIsTexture"); + glad_glArrayElement = (PFNGLARRAYELEMENTPROC)load("glArrayElement"); + glad_glColorPointer = (PFNGLCOLORPOINTERPROC)load("glColorPointer"); + glad_glDisableClientState = (PFNGLDISABLECLIENTSTATEPROC)load("glDisableClientState"); + glad_glEdgeFlagPointer = (PFNGLEDGEFLAGPOINTERPROC)load("glEdgeFlagPointer"); + glad_glEnableClientState = (PFNGLENABLECLIENTSTATEPROC)load("glEnableClientState"); + glad_glIndexPointer = (PFNGLINDEXPOINTERPROC)load("glIndexPointer"); + glad_glInterleavedArrays = (PFNGLINTERLEAVEDARRAYSPROC)load("glInterleavedArrays"); + glad_glNormalPointer = (PFNGLNORMALPOINTERPROC)load("glNormalPointer"); + glad_glTexCoordPointer = (PFNGLTEXCOORDPOINTERPROC)load("glTexCoordPointer"); + glad_glVertexPointer = (PFNGLVERTEXPOINTERPROC)load("glVertexPointer"); + glad_glAreTexturesResident = (PFNGLARETEXTURESRESIDENTPROC)load("glAreTexturesResident"); + glad_glPrioritizeTextures = (PFNGLPRIORITIZETEXTURESPROC)load("glPrioritizeTextures"); + glad_glIndexub = (PFNGLINDEXUBPROC)load("glIndexub"); + glad_glIndexubv = (PFNGLINDEXUBVPROC)load("glIndexubv"); + glad_glPopClientAttrib = (PFNGLPOPCLIENTATTRIBPROC)load("glPopClientAttrib"); + glad_glPushClientAttrib = (PFNGLPUSHCLIENTATTRIBPROC)load("glPushClientAttrib"); +} +static void load_GL_VERSION_1_2(GLADloadproc load) { + if(!GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_2) return; + glad_glDrawRangeElements = (PFNGLDRAWRANGEELEMENTSPROC)load("glDrawRangeElements"); + glad_glTexImage3D = (PFNGLTEXIMAGE3DPROC)load("glTexImage3D"); + glad_glTexSubImage3D = (PFNGLTEXSUBIMAGE3DPROC)load("glTexSubImage3D"); + glad_glCopyTexSubImage3D = (PFNGLCOPYTEXSUBIMAGE3DPROC)load("glCopyTexSubImage3D"); +} +static void load_GL_VERSION_1_3(GLADloadproc load) { + if(!GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_3) return; + glad_glActiveTexture = (PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREPROC)load("glActiveTexture"); + glad_glSampleCoverage = (PFNGLSAMPLECOVERAGEPROC)load("glSampleCoverage"); + glad_glCompressedTexImage3D = (PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGE3DPROC)load("glCompressedTexImage3D"); + glad_glCompressedTexImage2D = (PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGE2DPROC)load("glCompressedTexImage2D"); + glad_glCompressedTexImage1D = (PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGE1DPROC)load("glCompressedTexImage1D"); + glad_glCompressedTexSubImage3D = (PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXSUBIMAGE3DPROC)load("glCompressedTexSubImage3D"); + glad_glCompressedTexSubImage2D = (PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXSUBIMAGE2DPROC)load("glCompressedTexSubImage2D"); + glad_glCompressedTexSubImage1D = (PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXSUBIMAGE1DPROC)load("glCompressedTexSubImage1D"); + glad_glGetCompressedTexImage = (PFNGLGETCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGEPROC)load("glGetCompressedTexImage"); + glad_glClientActiveTexture = (PFNGLCLIENTACTIVETEXTUREPROC)load("glClientActiveTexture"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord1d = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1DPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord1d"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord1dv = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1DVPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord1dv"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord1f = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1FPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord1f"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord1fv = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1FVPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord1fv"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord1i = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1IPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord1i"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord1iv = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1IVPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord1iv"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord1s = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1SPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord1s"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord1sv = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1SVPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord1sv"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord2d = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2DPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord2d"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord2dv = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2DVPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord2dv"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord2f = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2FPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord2f"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord2fv = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2FVPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord2fv"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord2i = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2IPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord2i"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord2iv = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2IVPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord2iv"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord2s = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2SPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord2s"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord2sv = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2SVPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord2sv"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord3d = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3DPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord3d"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord3dv = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3DVPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord3dv"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord3f = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3FPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord3f"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord3fv = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3FVPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord3fv"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord3i = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3IPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord3i"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord3iv = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3IVPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord3iv"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord3s = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3SPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord3s"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord3sv = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3SVPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord3sv"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord4d = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4DPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord4d"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord4dv = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4DVPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord4dv"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord4f = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4FPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord4f"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord4fv = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4FVPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord4fv"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord4i = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4IPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord4i"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord4iv = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4IVPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord4iv"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord4s = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4SPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord4s"); + glad_glMultiTexCoord4sv = (PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4SVPROC)load("glMultiTexCoord4sv"); + glad_glLoadTransposeMatrixf = (PFNGLLOADTRANSPOSEMATRIXFPROC)load("glLoadTransposeMatrixf"); + glad_glLoadTransposeMatrixd = (PFNGLLOADTRANSPOSEMATRIXDPROC)load("glLoadTransposeMatrixd"); + glad_glMultTransposeMatrixf = (PFNGLMULTTRANSPOSEMATRIXFPROC)load("glMultTransposeMatrixf"); + glad_glMultTransposeMatrixd = (PFNGLMULTTRANSPOSEMATRIXDPROC)load("glMultTransposeMatrixd"); +} +static void load_GL_VERSION_1_4(GLADloadproc load) { + if(!GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_4) return; + glad_glBlendFuncSeparate = (PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEPROC)load("glBlendFuncSeparate"); + glad_glMultiDrawArrays = (PFNGLMULTIDRAWARRAYSPROC)load("glMultiDrawArrays"); + glad_glMultiDrawElements = (PFNGLMULTIDRAWELEMENTSPROC)load("glMultiDrawElements"); + glad_glPointParameterf = (PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERFPROC)load("glPointParameterf"); + glad_glPointParameterfv = (PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERFVPROC)load("glPointParameterfv"); + glad_glPointParameteri = (PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERIPROC)load("glPointParameteri"); + glad_glPointParameteriv = (PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERIVPROC)load("glPointParameteriv"); + glad_glFogCoordf = (PFNGLFOGCOORDFPROC)load("glFogCoordf"); + glad_glFogCoordfv = (PFNGLFOGCOORDFVPROC)load("glFogCoordfv"); + glad_glFogCoordd = (PFNGLFOGCOORDDPROC)load("glFogCoordd"); + glad_glFogCoorddv = (PFNGLFOGCOORDDVPROC)load("glFogCoorddv"); + glad_glFogCoordPointer = (PFNGLFOGCOORDPOINTERPROC)load("glFogCoordPointer"); + glad_glSecondaryColor3b = (PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3BPROC)load("glSecondaryColor3b"); + glad_glSecondaryColor3bv = (PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3BVPROC)load("glSecondaryColor3bv"); + glad_glSecondaryColor3d = (PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3DPROC)load("glSecondaryColor3d"); + glad_glSecondaryColor3dv = (PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3DVPROC)load("glSecondaryColor3dv"); + glad_glSecondaryColor3f = (PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3FPROC)load("glSecondaryColor3f"); + glad_glSecondaryColor3fv = (PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3FVPROC)load("glSecondaryColor3fv"); + glad_glSecondaryColor3i = (PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3IPROC)load("glSecondaryColor3i"); + glad_glSecondaryColor3iv = (PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3IVPROC)load("glSecondaryColor3iv"); + glad_glSecondaryColor3s = (PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3SPROC)load("glSecondaryColor3s"); + glad_glSecondaryColor3sv = (PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3SVPROC)load("glSecondaryColor3sv"); + glad_glSecondaryColor3ub = (PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UBPROC)load("glSecondaryColor3ub"); + glad_glSecondaryColor3ubv = (PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UBVPROC)load("glSecondaryColor3ubv"); + glad_glSecondaryColor3ui = (PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UIPROC)load("glSecondaryColor3ui"); + glad_glSecondaryColor3uiv = (PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UIVPROC)load("glSecondaryColor3uiv"); + glad_glSecondaryColor3us = (PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3USPROC)load("glSecondaryColor3us"); + glad_glSecondaryColor3usv = (PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3USVPROC)load("glSecondaryColor3usv"); + glad_glSecondaryColorPointer = (PFNGLSECONDARYCOLORPOINTERPROC)load("glSecondaryColorPointer"); + glad_glWindowPos2d = (PFNGLWINDOWPOS2DPROC)load("glWindowPos2d"); + glad_glWindowPos2dv = (PFNGLWINDOWPOS2DVPROC)load("glWindowPos2dv"); + glad_glWindowPos2f = (PFNGLWINDOWPOS2FPROC)load("glWindowPos2f"); + glad_glWindowPos2fv = (PFNGLWINDOWPOS2FVPROC)load("glWindowPos2fv"); + glad_glWindowPos2i = (PFNGLWINDOWPOS2IPROC)load("glWindowPos2i"); + glad_glWindowPos2iv = (PFNGLWINDOWPOS2IVPROC)load("glWindowPos2iv"); + glad_glWindowPos2s = (PFNGLWINDOWPOS2SPROC)load("glWindowPos2s"); + glad_glWindowPos2sv = (PFNGLWINDOWPOS2SVPROC)load("glWindowPos2sv"); + glad_glWindowPos3d = (PFNGLWINDOWPOS3DPROC)load("glWindowPos3d"); + glad_glWindowPos3dv = (PFNGLWINDOWPOS3DVPROC)load("glWindowPos3dv"); + glad_glWindowPos3f = (PFNGLWINDOWPOS3FPROC)load("glWindowPos3f"); + glad_glWindowPos3fv = (PFNGLWINDOWPOS3FVPROC)load("glWindowPos3fv"); + glad_glWindowPos3i = (PFNGLWINDOWPOS3IPROC)load("glWindowPos3i"); + glad_glWindowPos3iv = (PFNGLWINDOWPOS3IVPROC)load("glWindowPos3iv"); + glad_glWindowPos3s = (PFNGLWINDOWPOS3SPROC)load("glWindowPos3s"); + glad_glWindowPos3sv = (PFNGLWINDOWPOS3SVPROC)load("glWindowPos3sv"); + glad_glBlendColor = (PFNGLBLENDCOLORPROC)load("glBlendColor"); + glad_glBlendEquation = (PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONPROC)load("glBlendEquation"); +} +static void load_GL_VERSION_1_5(GLADloadproc load) { + if(!GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_5) return; + glad_glGenQueries = (PFNGLGENQUERIESPROC)load("glGenQueries"); + glad_glDeleteQueries = (PFNGLDELETEQUERIESPROC)load("glDeleteQueries"); + glad_glIsQuery = (PFNGLISQUERYPROC)load("glIsQuery"); + glad_glBeginQuery = (PFNGLBEGINQUERYPROC)load("glBeginQuery"); + glad_glEndQuery = (PFNGLENDQUERYPROC)load("glEndQuery"); + glad_glGetQueryiv = (PFNGLGETQUERYIVPROC)load("glGetQueryiv"); + glad_glGetQueryObjectiv = (PFNGLGETQUERYOBJECTIVPROC)load("glGetQueryObjectiv"); + glad_glGetQueryObjectuiv = (PFNGLGETQUERYOBJECTUIVPROC)load("glGetQueryObjectuiv"); + glad_glBindBuffer = (PFNGLBINDBUFFERPROC)load("glBindBuffer"); + glad_glDeleteBuffers = (PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSPROC)load("glDeleteBuffers"); + glad_glGenBuffers = (PFNGLGENBUFFERSPROC)load("glGenBuffers"); + glad_glIsBuffer = (PFNGLISBUFFERPROC)load("glIsBuffer"); + glad_glBufferData = (PFNGLBUFFERDATAPROC)load("glBufferData"); + glad_glBufferSubData = (PFNGLBUFFERSUBDATAPROC)load("glBufferSubData"); + glad_glGetBufferSubData = (PFNGLGETBUFFERSUBDATAPROC)load("glGetBufferSubData"); + glad_glMapBuffer = (PFNGLMAPBUFFERPROC)load("glMapBuffer"); + glad_glUnmapBuffer = (PFNGLUNMAPBUFFERPROC)load("glUnmapBuffer"); + glad_glGetBufferParameteriv = (PFNGLGETBUFFERPARAMETERIVPROC)load("glGetBufferParameteriv"); + glad_glGetBufferPointerv = (PFNGLGETBUFFERPOINTERVPROC)load("glGetBufferPointerv"); +} +static void load_GL_VERSION_2_0(GLADloadproc load) { + if(!GLAD_GL_VERSION_2_0) return; + glad_glBlendEquationSeparate = (PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEPROC)load("glBlendEquationSeparate"); + glad_glDrawBuffers = (PFNGLDRAWBUFFERSPROC)load("glDrawBuffers"); + glad_glStencilOpSeparate = (PFNGLSTENCILOPSEPARATEPROC)load("glStencilOpSeparate"); + glad_glStencilFuncSeparate = (PFNGLSTENCILFUNCSEPARATEPROC)load("glStencilFuncSeparate"); + glad_glStencilMaskSeparate = (PFNGLSTENCILMASKSEPARATEPROC)load("glStencilMaskSeparate"); + glad_glAttachShader = (PFNGLATTACHSHADERPROC)load("glAttachShader"); + glad_glBindAttribLocation = (PFNGLBINDATTRIBLOCATIONPROC)load("glBindAttribLocation"); + glad_glCompileShader = (PFNGLCOMPILESHADERPROC)load("glCompileShader"); + glad_glCreateProgram = (PFNGLCREATEPROGRAMPROC)load("glCreateProgram"); + glad_glCreateShader = (PFNGLCREATESHADERPROC)load("glCreateShader"); + glad_glDeleteProgram = (PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMPROC)load("glDeleteProgram"); + glad_glDeleteShader = (PFNGLDELETESHADERPROC)load("glDeleteShader"); + glad_glDetachShader = (PFNGLDETACHSHADERPROC)load("glDetachShader"); + glad_glDisableVertexAttribArray = (PFNGLDISABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC)load("glDisableVertexAttribArray"); + glad_glEnableVertexAttribArray = (PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC)load("glEnableVertexAttribArray"); + glad_glGetActiveAttrib = (PFNGLGETACTIVEATTRIBPROC)load("glGetActiveAttrib"); + glad_glGetActiveUniform = (PFNGLGETACTIVEUNIFORMPROC)load("glGetActiveUniform"); + glad_glGetAttachedShaders = (PFNGLGETATTACHEDSHADERSPROC)load("glGetAttachedShaders"); + glad_glGetAttribLocation = (PFNGLGETATTRIBLOCATIONPROC)load("glGetAttribLocation"); + glad_glGetProgramiv = (PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVPROC)load("glGetProgramiv"); + glad_glGetProgramInfoLog = (PFNGLGETPROGRAMINFOLOGPROC)load("glGetProgramInfoLog"); + glad_glGetShaderiv = (PFNGLGETSHADERIVPROC)load("glGetShaderiv"); + glad_glGetShaderInfoLog = (PFNGLGETSHADERINFOLOGPROC)load("glGetShaderInfoLog"); + glad_glGetShaderSource = (PFNGLGETSHADERSOURCEPROC)load("glGetShaderSource"); + glad_glGetUniformLocation = (PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC)load("glGetUniformLocation"); + glad_glGetUniformfv = (PFNGLGETUNIFORMFVPROC)load("glGetUniformfv"); + glad_glGetUniformiv = (PFNGLGETUNIFORMIVPROC)load("glGetUniformiv"); + glad_glGetVertexAttribdv = (PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBDVPROC)load("glGetVertexAttribdv"); + glad_glGetVertexAttribfv = (PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBFVPROC)load("glGetVertexAttribfv"); + glad_glGetVertexAttribiv = (PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVPROC)load("glGetVertexAttribiv"); + glad_glGetVertexAttribPointerv = (PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVPROC)load("glGetVertexAttribPointerv"); + glad_glIsProgram = (PFNGLISPROGRAMPROC)load("glIsProgram"); + glad_glIsShader = (PFNGLISSHADERPROC)load("glIsShader"); + glad_glLinkProgram = (PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC)load("glLinkProgram"); + glad_glShaderSource = (PFNGLSHADERSOURCEPROC)load("glShaderSource"); + glad_glUseProgram = (PFNGLUSEPROGRAMPROC)load("glUseProgram"); + glad_glUniform1f = (PFNGLUNIFORM1FPROC)load("glUniform1f"); + glad_glUniform2f = (PFNGLUNIFORM2FPROC)load("glUniform2f"); + glad_glUniform3f = (PFNGLUNIFORM3FPROC)load("glUniform3f"); + glad_glUniform4f = (PFNGLUNIFORM4FPROC)load("glUniform4f"); + glad_glUniform1i = (PFNGLUNIFORM1IPROC)load("glUniform1i"); + glad_glUniform2i = (PFNGLUNIFORM2IPROC)load("glUniform2i"); + glad_glUniform3i = (PFNGLUNIFORM3IPROC)load("glUniform3i"); + glad_glUniform4i = (PFNGLUNIFORM4IPROC)load("glUniform4i"); + glad_glUniform1fv = (PFNGLUNIFORM1FVPROC)load("glUniform1fv"); + glad_glUniform2fv = (PFNGLUNIFORM2FVPROC)load("glUniform2fv"); + glad_glUniform3fv = (PFNGLUNIFORM3FVPROC)load("glUniform3fv"); + glad_glUniform4fv = (PFNGLUNIFORM4FVPROC)load("glUniform4fv"); + glad_glUniform1iv = (PFNGLUNIFORM1IVPROC)load("glUniform1iv"); + glad_glUniform2iv = (PFNGLUNIFORM2IVPROC)load("glUniform2iv"); + glad_glUniform3iv = (PFNGLUNIFORM3IVPROC)load("glUniform3iv"); + glad_glUniform4iv = (PFNGLUNIFORM4IVPROC)load("glUniform4iv"); + glad_glUniformMatrix2fv = (PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX2FVPROC)load("glUniformMatrix2fv"); + glad_glUniformMatrix3fv = (PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX3FVPROC)load("glUniformMatrix3fv"); + glad_glUniformMatrix4fv = (PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4FVPROC)load("glUniformMatrix4fv"); + glad_glValidateProgram = (PFNGLVALIDATEPROGRAMPROC)load("glValidateProgram"); + glad_glVertexAttrib1d = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1DPROC)load("glVertexAttrib1d"); + glad_glVertexAttrib1dv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1DVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib1dv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib1f = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1FPROC)load("glVertexAttrib1f"); + glad_glVertexAttrib1fv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1FVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib1fv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib1s = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1SPROC)load("glVertexAttrib1s"); + glad_glVertexAttrib1sv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1SVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib1sv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib2d = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2DPROC)load("glVertexAttrib2d"); + glad_glVertexAttrib2dv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2DVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib2dv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib2f = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2FPROC)load("glVertexAttrib2f"); + glad_glVertexAttrib2fv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2FVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib2fv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib2s = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2SPROC)load("glVertexAttrib2s"); + glad_glVertexAttrib2sv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2SVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib2sv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib3d = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3DPROC)load("glVertexAttrib3d"); + glad_glVertexAttrib3dv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3DVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib3dv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib3f = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3FPROC)load("glVertexAttrib3f"); + glad_glVertexAttrib3fv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3FVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib3fv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib3s = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3SPROC)load("glVertexAttrib3s"); + glad_glVertexAttrib3sv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3SVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib3sv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib4Nbv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NBVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib4Nbv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib4Niv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NIVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib4Niv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib4Nsv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NSVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib4Nsv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib4Nub = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUBPROC)load("glVertexAttrib4Nub"); + glad_glVertexAttrib4Nubv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUBVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib4Nubv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib4Nuiv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUIVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib4Nuiv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib4Nusv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUSVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib4Nusv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib4bv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4BVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib4bv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib4d = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4DPROC)load("glVertexAttrib4d"); + glad_glVertexAttrib4dv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4DVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib4dv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib4f = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4FPROC)load("glVertexAttrib4f"); + glad_glVertexAttrib4fv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4FVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib4fv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib4iv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4IVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib4iv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib4s = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4SPROC)load("glVertexAttrib4s"); + glad_glVertexAttrib4sv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4SVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib4sv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib4ubv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4UBVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib4ubv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib4uiv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4UIVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib4uiv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib4usv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4USVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib4usv"); + glad_glVertexAttribPointer = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERPROC)load("glVertexAttribPointer"); +} +static void load_GL_VERSION_2_1(GLADloadproc load) { + if(!GLAD_GL_VERSION_2_1) return; + glad_glUniformMatrix2x3fv = (PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX2X3FVPROC)load("glUniformMatrix2x3fv"); + glad_glUniformMatrix3x2fv = (PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX3X2FVPROC)load("glUniformMatrix3x2fv"); + glad_glUniformMatrix2x4fv = (PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX2X4FVPROC)load("glUniformMatrix2x4fv"); + glad_glUniformMatrix4x2fv = (PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4X2FVPROC)load("glUniformMatrix4x2fv"); + glad_glUniformMatrix3x4fv = (PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX3X4FVPROC)load("glUniformMatrix3x4fv"); + glad_glUniformMatrix4x3fv = (PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4X3FVPROC)load("glUniformMatrix4x3fv"); +} +static void load_GL_ARB_framebuffer_object(GLADloadproc load) { + if(!GLAD_GL_ARB_framebuffer_object) return; + glad_glIsRenderbuffer = (PFNGLISRENDERBUFFERPROC)load("glIsRenderbuffer"); + glad_glBindRenderbuffer = (PFNGLBINDRENDERBUFFERPROC)load("glBindRenderbuffer"); + glad_glDeleteRenderbuffers = (PFNGLDELETERENDERBUFFERSPROC)load("glDeleteRenderbuffers"); + glad_glGenRenderbuffers = (PFNGLGENRENDERBUFFERSPROC)load("glGenRenderbuffers"); + glad_glRenderbufferStorage = (PFNGLRENDERBUFFERSTORAGEPROC)load("glRenderbufferStorage"); + glad_glGetRenderbufferParameteriv = (PFNGLGETRENDERBUFFERPARAMETERIVPROC)load("glGetRenderbufferParameteriv"); + glad_glIsFramebuffer = (PFNGLISFRAMEBUFFERPROC)load("glIsFramebuffer"); + glad_glBindFramebuffer = (PFNGLBINDFRAMEBUFFERPROC)load("glBindFramebuffer"); + glad_glDeleteFramebuffers = (PFNGLDELETEFRAMEBUFFERSPROC)load("glDeleteFramebuffers"); + glad_glGenFramebuffers = (PFNGLGENFRAMEBUFFERSPROC)load("glGenFramebuffers"); + glad_glCheckFramebufferStatus = (PFNGLCHECKFRAMEBUFFERSTATUSPROC)load("glCheckFramebufferStatus"); + glad_glFramebufferTexture1D = (PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURE1DPROC)load("glFramebufferTexture1D"); + glad_glFramebufferTexture2D = (PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURE2DPROC)load("glFramebufferTexture2D"); + glad_glFramebufferTexture3D = (PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURE3DPROC)load("glFramebufferTexture3D"); + glad_glFramebufferRenderbuffer = (PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERRENDERBUFFERPROC)load("glFramebufferRenderbuffer"); + glad_glGetFramebufferAttachmentParameteriv = (PFNGLGETFRAMEBUFFERATTACHMENTPARAMETERIVPROC)load("glGetFramebufferAttachmentParameteriv"); + glad_glGenerateMipmap = (PFNGLGENERATEMIPMAPPROC)load("glGenerateMipmap"); + glad_glBlitFramebuffer = (PFNGLBLITFRAMEBUFFERPROC)load("glBlitFramebuffer"); + glad_glRenderbufferStorageMultisample = (PFNGLRENDERBUFFERSTORAGEMULTISAMPLEPROC)load("glRenderbufferStorageMultisample"); + glad_glFramebufferTextureLayer = (PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURELAYERPROC)load("glFramebufferTextureLayer"); +} +static void load_GL_KHR_debug(GLADloadproc load) { + if(!GLAD_GL_KHR_debug) return; + glad_glDebugMessageControl = (PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGECONTROLPROC)load("glDebugMessageControl"); + glad_glDebugMessageInsert = (PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGEINSERTPROC)load("glDebugMessageInsert"); + glad_glDebugMessageCallback = (PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGECALLBACKPROC)load("glDebugMessageCallback"); + glad_glGetDebugMessageLog = (PFNGLGETDEBUGMESSAGELOGPROC)load("glGetDebugMessageLog"); + glad_glPushDebugGroup = (PFNGLPUSHDEBUGGROUPPROC)load("glPushDebugGroup"); + glad_glPopDebugGroup = (PFNGLPOPDEBUGGROUPPROC)load("glPopDebugGroup"); + glad_glObjectLabel = (PFNGLOBJECTLABELPROC)load("glObjectLabel"); + glad_glGetObjectLabel = (PFNGLGETOBJECTLABELPROC)load("glGetObjectLabel"); + glad_glObjectPtrLabel = (PFNGLOBJECTPTRLABELPROC)load("glObjectPtrLabel"); + glad_glGetObjectPtrLabel = (PFNGLGETOBJECTPTRLABELPROC)load("glGetObjectPtrLabel"); + glad_glGetPointerv = (PFNGLGETPOINTERVPROC)load("glGetPointerv"); + glad_glDebugMessageControlKHR = (PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGECONTROLKHRPROC)load("glDebugMessageControlKHR"); + glad_glDebugMessageInsertKHR = (PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGEINSERTKHRPROC)load("glDebugMessageInsertKHR"); + glad_glDebugMessageCallbackKHR = (PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGECALLBACKKHRPROC)load("glDebugMessageCallbackKHR"); + glad_glGetDebugMessageLogKHR = (PFNGLGETDEBUGMESSAGELOGKHRPROC)load("glGetDebugMessageLogKHR"); + glad_glPushDebugGroupKHR = (PFNGLPUSHDEBUGGROUPKHRPROC)load("glPushDebugGroupKHR"); + glad_glPopDebugGroupKHR = (PFNGLPOPDEBUGGROUPKHRPROC)load("glPopDebugGroupKHR"); + glad_glObjectLabelKHR = (PFNGLOBJECTLABELKHRPROC)load("glObjectLabelKHR"); + glad_glGetObjectLabelKHR = (PFNGLGETOBJECTLABELKHRPROC)load("glGetObjectLabelKHR"); + glad_glObjectPtrLabelKHR = (PFNGLOBJECTPTRLABELKHRPROC)load("glObjectPtrLabelKHR"); + glad_glGetObjectPtrLabelKHR = (PFNGLGETOBJECTPTRLABELKHRPROC)load("glGetObjectPtrLabelKHR"); + glad_glGetPointervKHR = (PFNGLGETPOINTERVKHRPROC)load("glGetPointervKHR"); +} +static int find_extensionsGL(void) { + if (!get_exts()) return 0; + GLAD_GL_ARB_ES3_compatibility = has_ext("GL_ARB_ES3_compatibility"); + GLAD_GL_ARB_depth_texture = has_ext("GL_ARB_depth_texture"); + GLAD_GL_ARB_framebuffer_object = has_ext("GL_ARB_framebuffer_object"); + GLAD_GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two = has_ext("GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two"); + GLAD_GL_EXT_packed_depth_stencil = has_ext("GL_EXT_packed_depth_stencil"); + GLAD_GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc = has_ext("GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc"); + GLAD_GL_KHR_debug = has_ext("GL_KHR_debug"); + free_exts(); + return 1; +} + +static void find_coreGL(void) { + + /* Thank you @elmindreda + * https://github.com/elmindreda/greg/blob/master/templates/greg.c.in#L176 + * https://github.com/glfw/glfw/blob/master/src/context.c#L36 + */ + int i, major, minor; + + const char* version; + const char* prefixes[] = { + "OpenGL ES-CM ", + "OpenGL ES-CL ", + "OpenGL ES ", + NULL + }; + + version = (const char*) glGetString(GL_VERSION); + if (!version) return; + + for (i = 0; prefixes[i]; i++) { + const size_t length = strlen(prefixes[i]); + if (strncmp(version, prefixes[i], length) == 0) { + version += length; + break; + } + } + +/* PR #18 */ +#ifdef _MSC_VER + sscanf_s(version, "%d.%d", &major, &minor); +#else + sscanf(version, "%d.%d", &major, &minor); +#endif + + GLVersion.major = major; GLVersion.minor = minor; + max_loaded_major = major; max_loaded_minor = minor; + GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_0 = (major == 1 && minor >= 0) || major > 1; + GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_1 = (major == 1 && minor >= 1) || major > 1; + GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_2 = (major == 1 && minor >= 2) || major > 1; + GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_3 = (major == 1 && minor >= 3) || major > 1; + GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_4 = (major == 1 && minor >= 4) || major > 1; + GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_5 = (major == 1 && minor >= 5) || major > 1; + GLAD_GL_VERSION_2_0 = (major == 2 && minor >= 0) || major > 2; + GLAD_GL_VERSION_2_1 = (major == 2 && minor >= 1) || major > 2; + if (GLVersion.major > 2 || (GLVersion.major >= 2 && GLVersion.minor >= 1)) { + max_loaded_major = 2; + max_loaded_minor = 1; + } +} + +int gladLoadGLLoader(GLADloadproc load) { + GLVersion.major = 0; GLVersion.minor = 0; + glGetString = (PFNGLGETSTRINGPROC)load("glGetString"); + if(glGetString == NULL) return 0; + if(glGetString(GL_VERSION) == NULL) return 0; + find_coreGL(); + load_GL_VERSION_1_0(load); + load_GL_VERSION_1_1(load); + load_GL_VERSION_1_2(load); + load_GL_VERSION_1_3(load); + load_GL_VERSION_1_4(load); + load_GL_VERSION_1_5(load); + load_GL_VERSION_2_0(load); + load_GL_VERSION_2_1(load); + + if (!find_extensionsGL()) return 0; + load_GL_ARB_framebuffer_object(load); + load_GL_KHR_debug(load); + return GLVersion.major != 0 || GLVersion.minor != 0; +} + +static void load_GL_ES_VERSION_2_0(GLADloadproc load) { + if(!GLAD_GL_ES_VERSION_2_0) return; + glad_glActiveTexture = (PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREPROC)load("glActiveTexture"); + glad_glAttachShader = (PFNGLATTACHSHADERPROC)load("glAttachShader"); + glad_glBindAttribLocation = (PFNGLBINDATTRIBLOCATIONPROC)load("glBindAttribLocation"); + glad_glBindBuffer = (PFNGLBINDBUFFERPROC)load("glBindBuffer"); + glad_glBindFramebuffer = (PFNGLBINDFRAMEBUFFERPROC)load("glBindFramebuffer"); + glad_glBindRenderbuffer = (PFNGLBINDRENDERBUFFERPROC)load("glBindRenderbuffer"); + glad_glBindTexture = (PFNGLBINDTEXTUREPROC)load("glBindTexture"); + glad_glBlendColor = (PFNGLBLENDCOLORPROC)load("glBlendColor"); + glad_glBlendEquation = (PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONPROC)load("glBlendEquation"); + glad_glBlendEquationSeparate = (PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEPROC)load("glBlendEquationSeparate"); + glad_glBlendFunc = (PFNGLBLENDFUNCPROC)load("glBlendFunc"); + glad_glBlendFuncSeparate = (PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEPROC)load("glBlendFuncSeparate"); + glad_glBufferData = (PFNGLBUFFERDATAPROC)load("glBufferData"); + glad_glBufferSubData = (PFNGLBUFFERSUBDATAPROC)load("glBufferSubData"); + glad_glCheckFramebufferStatus = (PFNGLCHECKFRAMEBUFFERSTATUSPROC)load("glCheckFramebufferStatus"); + glad_glClear = (PFNGLCLEARPROC)load("glClear"); + glad_glClearColor = (PFNGLCLEARCOLORPROC)load("glClearColor"); + glad_glClearDepthf = (PFNGLCLEARDEPTHFPROC)load("glClearDepthf"); + glad_glClearStencil = (PFNGLCLEARSTENCILPROC)load("glClearStencil"); + glad_glColorMask = (PFNGLCOLORMASKPROC)load("glColorMask"); + glad_glCompileShader = (PFNGLCOMPILESHADERPROC)load("glCompileShader"); + glad_glCompressedTexImage2D = (PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGE2DPROC)load("glCompressedTexImage2D"); + glad_glCompressedTexSubImage2D = (PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXSUBIMAGE2DPROC)load("glCompressedTexSubImage2D"); + glad_glCopyTexImage2D = (PFNGLCOPYTEXIMAGE2DPROC)load("glCopyTexImage2D"); + glad_glCopyTexSubImage2D = (PFNGLCOPYTEXSUBIMAGE2DPROC)load("glCopyTexSubImage2D"); + glad_glCreateProgram = (PFNGLCREATEPROGRAMPROC)load("glCreateProgram"); + glad_glCreateShader = (PFNGLCREATESHADERPROC)load("glCreateShader"); + glad_glCullFace = (PFNGLCULLFACEPROC)load("glCullFace"); + glad_glDeleteBuffers = (PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSPROC)load("glDeleteBuffers"); + glad_glDeleteFramebuffers = (PFNGLDELETEFRAMEBUFFERSPROC)load("glDeleteFramebuffers"); + glad_glDeleteProgram = (PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMPROC)load("glDeleteProgram"); + glad_glDeleteRenderbuffers = (PFNGLDELETERENDERBUFFERSPROC)load("glDeleteRenderbuffers"); + glad_glDeleteShader = (PFNGLDELETESHADERPROC)load("glDeleteShader"); + glad_glDeleteTextures = (PFNGLDELETETEXTURESPROC)load("glDeleteTextures"); + glad_glDepthFunc = (PFNGLDEPTHFUNCPROC)load("glDepthFunc"); + glad_glDepthMask = (PFNGLDEPTHMASKPROC)load("glDepthMask"); + glad_glDepthRangef = (PFNGLDEPTHRANGEFPROC)load("glDepthRangef"); + glad_glDetachShader = (PFNGLDETACHSHADERPROC)load("glDetachShader"); + glad_glDisable = (PFNGLDISABLEPROC)load("glDisable"); + glad_glDisableVertexAttribArray = (PFNGLDISABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC)load("glDisableVertexAttribArray"); + glad_glDrawArrays = (PFNGLDRAWARRAYSPROC)load("glDrawArrays"); + glad_glDrawElements = (PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSPROC)load("glDrawElements"); + glad_glEnable = (PFNGLENABLEPROC)load("glEnable"); + glad_glEnableVertexAttribArray = (PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC)load("glEnableVertexAttribArray"); + glad_glFinish = (PFNGLFINISHPROC)load("glFinish"); + glad_glFlush = (PFNGLFLUSHPROC)load("glFlush"); + glad_glFramebufferRenderbuffer = (PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERRENDERBUFFERPROC)load("glFramebufferRenderbuffer"); + glad_glFramebufferTexture2D = (PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURE2DPROC)load("glFramebufferTexture2D"); + glad_glFrontFace = (PFNGLFRONTFACEPROC)load("glFrontFace"); + glad_glGenBuffers = (PFNGLGENBUFFERSPROC)load("glGenBuffers"); + glad_glGenerateMipmap = (PFNGLGENERATEMIPMAPPROC)load("glGenerateMipmap"); + glad_glGenFramebuffers = (PFNGLGENFRAMEBUFFERSPROC)load("glGenFramebuffers"); + glad_glGenRenderbuffers = (PFNGLGENRENDERBUFFERSPROC)load("glGenRenderbuffers"); + glad_glGenTextures = (PFNGLGENTEXTURESPROC)load("glGenTextures"); + glad_glGetActiveAttrib = (PFNGLGETACTIVEATTRIBPROC)load("glGetActiveAttrib"); + glad_glGetActiveUniform = (PFNGLGETACTIVEUNIFORMPROC)load("glGetActiveUniform"); + glad_glGetAttachedShaders = (PFNGLGETATTACHEDSHADERSPROC)load("glGetAttachedShaders"); + glad_glGetAttribLocation = (PFNGLGETATTRIBLOCATIONPROC)load("glGetAttribLocation"); + glad_glGetBooleanv = (PFNGLGETBOOLEANVPROC)load("glGetBooleanv"); + glad_glGetBufferParameteriv = (PFNGLGETBUFFERPARAMETERIVPROC)load("glGetBufferParameteriv"); + glad_glGetError = (PFNGLGETERRORPROC)load("glGetError"); + glad_glGetFloatv = (PFNGLGETFLOATVPROC)load("glGetFloatv"); + glad_glGetFramebufferAttachmentParameteriv = (PFNGLGETFRAMEBUFFERATTACHMENTPARAMETERIVPROC)load("glGetFramebufferAttachmentParameteriv"); + glad_glGetIntegerv = (PFNGLGETINTEGERVPROC)load("glGetIntegerv"); + glad_glGetProgramiv = (PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVPROC)load("glGetProgramiv"); + glad_glGetProgramInfoLog = (PFNGLGETPROGRAMINFOLOGPROC)load("glGetProgramInfoLog"); + glad_glGetRenderbufferParameteriv = (PFNGLGETRENDERBUFFERPARAMETERIVPROC)load("glGetRenderbufferParameteriv"); + glad_glGetShaderiv = (PFNGLGETSHADERIVPROC)load("glGetShaderiv"); + glad_glGetShaderInfoLog = (PFNGLGETSHADERINFOLOGPROC)load("glGetShaderInfoLog"); + glad_glGetShaderPrecisionFormat = (PFNGLGETSHADERPRECISIONFORMATPROC)load("glGetShaderPrecisionFormat"); + glad_glGetShaderSource = (PFNGLGETSHADERSOURCEPROC)load("glGetShaderSource"); + glad_glGetString = (PFNGLGETSTRINGPROC)load("glGetString"); + glad_glGetTexParameterfv = (PFNGLGETTEXPARAMETERFVPROC)load("glGetTexParameterfv"); + glad_glGetTexParameteriv = (PFNGLGETTEXPARAMETERIVPROC)load("glGetTexParameteriv"); + glad_glGetUniformfv = (PFNGLGETUNIFORMFVPROC)load("glGetUniformfv"); + glad_glGetUniformiv = (PFNGLGETUNIFORMIVPROC)load("glGetUniformiv"); + glad_glGetUniformLocation = (PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC)load("glGetUniformLocation"); + glad_glGetVertexAttribfv = (PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBFVPROC)load("glGetVertexAttribfv"); + glad_glGetVertexAttribiv = (PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVPROC)load("glGetVertexAttribiv"); + glad_glGetVertexAttribPointerv = (PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVPROC)load("glGetVertexAttribPointerv"); + glad_glHint = (PFNGLHINTPROC)load("glHint"); + glad_glIsBuffer = (PFNGLISBUFFERPROC)load("glIsBuffer"); + glad_glIsEnabled = (PFNGLISENABLEDPROC)load("glIsEnabled"); + glad_glIsFramebuffer = (PFNGLISFRAMEBUFFERPROC)load("glIsFramebuffer"); + glad_glIsProgram = (PFNGLISPROGRAMPROC)load("glIsProgram"); + glad_glIsRenderbuffer = (PFNGLISRENDERBUFFERPROC)load("glIsRenderbuffer"); + glad_glIsShader = (PFNGLISSHADERPROC)load("glIsShader"); + glad_glIsTexture = (PFNGLISTEXTUREPROC)load("glIsTexture"); + glad_glLineWidth = (PFNGLLINEWIDTHPROC)load("glLineWidth"); + glad_glLinkProgram = (PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC)load("glLinkProgram"); + glad_glPixelStorei = (PFNGLPIXELSTOREIPROC)load("glPixelStorei"); + glad_glPolygonOffset = (PFNGLPOLYGONOFFSETPROC)load("glPolygonOffset"); + glad_glReadPixels = (PFNGLREADPIXELSPROC)load("glReadPixels"); + glad_glReleaseShaderCompiler = (PFNGLRELEASESHADERCOMPILERPROC)load("glReleaseShaderCompiler"); + glad_glRenderbufferStorage = (PFNGLRENDERBUFFERSTORAGEPROC)load("glRenderbufferStorage"); + glad_glSampleCoverage = (PFNGLSAMPLECOVERAGEPROC)load("glSampleCoverage"); + glad_glScissor = (PFNGLSCISSORPROC)load("glScissor"); + glad_glShaderBinary = (PFNGLSHADERBINARYPROC)load("glShaderBinary"); + glad_glShaderSource = (PFNGLSHADERSOURCEPROC)load("glShaderSource"); + glad_glStencilFunc = (PFNGLSTENCILFUNCPROC)load("glStencilFunc"); + glad_glStencilFuncSeparate = (PFNGLSTENCILFUNCSEPARATEPROC)load("glStencilFuncSeparate"); + glad_glStencilMask = (PFNGLSTENCILMASKPROC)load("glStencilMask"); + glad_glStencilMaskSeparate = (PFNGLSTENCILMASKSEPARATEPROC)load("glStencilMaskSeparate"); + glad_glStencilOp = (PFNGLSTENCILOPPROC)load("glStencilOp"); + glad_glStencilOpSeparate = (PFNGLSTENCILOPSEPARATEPROC)load("glStencilOpSeparate"); + glad_glTexImage2D = (PFNGLTEXIMAGE2DPROC)load("glTexImage2D"); + glad_glTexParameterf = (PFNGLTEXPARAMETERFPROC)load("glTexParameterf"); + glad_glTexParameterfv = (PFNGLTEXPARAMETERFVPROC)load("glTexParameterfv"); + glad_glTexParameteri = (PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIPROC)load("glTexParameteri"); + glad_glTexParameteriv = (PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIVPROC)load("glTexParameteriv"); + glad_glTexSubImage2D = (PFNGLTEXSUBIMAGE2DPROC)load("glTexSubImage2D"); + glad_glUniform1f = (PFNGLUNIFORM1FPROC)load("glUniform1f"); + glad_glUniform1fv = (PFNGLUNIFORM1FVPROC)load("glUniform1fv"); + glad_glUniform1i = (PFNGLUNIFORM1IPROC)load("glUniform1i"); + glad_glUniform1iv = (PFNGLUNIFORM1IVPROC)load("glUniform1iv"); + glad_glUniform2f = (PFNGLUNIFORM2FPROC)load("glUniform2f"); + glad_glUniform2fv = (PFNGLUNIFORM2FVPROC)load("glUniform2fv"); + glad_glUniform2i = (PFNGLUNIFORM2IPROC)load("glUniform2i"); + glad_glUniform2iv = (PFNGLUNIFORM2IVPROC)load("glUniform2iv"); + glad_glUniform3f = (PFNGLUNIFORM3FPROC)load("glUniform3f"); + glad_glUniform3fv = (PFNGLUNIFORM3FVPROC)load("glUniform3fv"); + glad_glUniform3i = (PFNGLUNIFORM3IPROC)load("glUniform3i"); + glad_glUniform3iv = (PFNGLUNIFORM3IVPROC)load("glUniform3iv"); + glad_glUniform4f = (PFNGLUNIFORM4FPROC)load("glUniform4f"); + glad_glUniform4fv = (PFNGLUNIFORM4FVPROC)load("glUniform4fv"); + glad_glUniform4i = (PFNGLUNIFORM4IPROC)load("glUniform4i"); + glad_glUniform4iv = (PFNGLUNIFORM4IVPROC)load("glUniform4iv"); + glad_glUniformMatrix2fv = (PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX2FVPROC)load("glUniformMatrix2fv"); + glad_glUniformMatrix3fv = (PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX3FVPROC)load("glUniformMatrix3fv"); + glad_glUniformMatrix4fv = (PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4FVPROC)load("glUniformMatrix4fv"); + glad_glUseProgram = (PFNGLUSEPROGRAMPROC)load("glUseProgram"); + glad_glValidateProgram = (PFNGLVALIDATEPROGRAMPROC)load("glValidateProgram"); + glad_glVertexAttrib1f = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1FPROC)load("glVertexAttrib1f"); + glad_glVertexAttrib1fv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1FVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib1fv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib2f = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2FPROC)load("glVertexAttrib2f"); + glad_glVertexAttrib2fv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2FVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib2fv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib3f = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3FPROC)load("glVertexAttrib3f"); + glad_glVertexAttrib3fv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3FVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib3fv"); + glad_glVertexAttrib4f = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4FPROC)load("glVertexAttrib4f"); + glad_glVertexAttrib4fv = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4FVPROC)load("glVertexAttrib4fv"); + glad_glVertexAttribPointer = (PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERPROC)load("glVertexAttribPointer"); + glad_glViewport = (PFNGLVIEWPORTPROC)load("glViewport"); +} +static int find_extensionsGLES2(void) { + if (!get_exts()) return 0; + GLAD_GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc = has_ext("GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc"); + GLAD_GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc = has_ext("GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc"); + GLAD_GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc2 = has_ext("GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc2"); + GLAD_GL_KHR_debug = has_ext("GL_KHR_debug"); + GLAD_GL_OES_compressed_ETC1_RGB8_texture = has_ext("GL_OES_compressed_ETC1_RGB8_texture"); + GLAD_GL_OES_depth24 = has_ext("GL_OES_depth24"); + GLAD_GL_OES_depth_texture = has_ext("GL_OES_depth_texture"); + GLAD_GL_OES_element_index_uint = has_ext("GL_OES_element_index_uint"); + GLAD_GL_OES_packed_depth_stencil = has_ext("GL_OES_packed_depth_stencil"); + GLAD_GL_OES_texture_compression_astc = has_ext("GL_OES_texture_compression_astc"); + GLAD_GL_OES_texture_npot = has_ext("GL_OES_texture_npot"); + free_exts(); + return 1; +} + +static void find_coreGLES2(void) { + + /* Thank you @elmindreda + * https://github.com/elmindreda/greg/blob/master/templates/greg.c.in#L176 + * https://github.com/glfw/glfw/blob/master/src/context.c#L36 + */ + int i, major, minor; + + const char* version; + const char* prefixes[] = { + "OpenGL ES-CM ", + "OpenGL ES-CL ", + "OpenGL ES ", + NULL + }; + + version = (const char*) glGetString(GL_VERSION); + if (!version) return; + + for (i = 0; prefixes[i]; i++) { + const size_t length = strlen(prefixes[i]); + if (strncmp(version, prefixes[i], length) == 0) { + version += length; + break; + } + } + +/* PR #18 */ +#ifdef _MSC_VER + sscanf_s(version, "%d.%d", &major, &minor); +#else + sscanf(version, "%d.%d", &major, &minor); +#endif + + GLVersion.major = major; GLVersion.minor = minor; + max_loaded_major = major; max_loaded_minor = minor; + GLAD_GL_ES_VERSION_2_0 = (major == 2 && minor >= 0) || major > 2; + if (GLVersion.major > 2 || (GLVersion.major >= 2 && GLVersion.minor >= 0)) { + max_loaded_major = 2; + max_loaded_minor = 0; + } +} + +int gladLoadGLES2Loader(GLADloadproc load) { + GLVersion.major = 0; GLVersion.minor = 0; + glGetString = (PFNGLGETSTRINGPROC)load("glGetString"); + if(glGetString == NULL) return 0; + if(glGetString(GL_VERSION) == NULL) return 0; + find_coreGLES2(); + load_GL_ES_VERSION_2_0(load); + + if (!find_extensionsGLES2()) return 0; + load_GL_KHR_debug(load); + return GLVersion.major != 0 || GLVersion.minor != 0; +} + diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/glad/glad/glad.h b/sources/3rdparty/glad/glad/glad.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fac5ee1d --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/3rdparty/glad/glad/glad.h @@ -0,0 +1,3192 @@ +/* + + OpenGL, OpenGL ES loader generated by glad 0.1.34 on Sun Jan 17 18:21:57 2021. + + Language/Generator: C/C++ + Specification: gl + APIs: gl=2.1, gles2=2.0 + Profile: compatibility + Extensions: + GL_ARB_ES3_compatibility, + GL_ARB_depth_texture, + GL_ARB_framebuffer_object, + GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two, + GL_EXT_packed_depth_stencil, + GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc, + GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc, + GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc2, + GL_KHR_debug, + GL_OES_compressed_ETC1_RGB8_texture, + GL_OES_depth24, + GL_OES_depth_texture, + GL_OES_element_index_uint, + GL_OES_packed_depth_stencil, + GL_OES_texture_compression_astc, + GL_OES_texture_npot + Loader: True + Local files: False + Omit khrplatform: False + Reproducible: False + + Commandline: + --profile="compatibility" --api="gl=2.1,gles2=2.0" --generator="c" --spec="gl" --extensions="GL_ARB_ES3_compatibility,GL_ARB_depth_texture,GL_ARB_framebuffer_object,GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two,GL_EXT_packed_depth_stencil,GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc,GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc,GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc2,GL_KHR_debug,GL_OES_compressed_ETC1_RGB8_texture,GL_OES_depth24,GL_OES_depth_texture,GL_OES_element_index_uint,GL_OES_packed_depth_stencil,GL_OES_texture_compression_astc,GL_OES_texture_npot" + Online: + https://glad.dav1d.de/#profile=compatibility&language=c&specification=gl&loader=on&api=gl%3D2.1&api=gles2%3D2.0&extensions=GL_ARB_ES3_compatibility&extensions=GL_ARB_depth_texture&extensions=GL_ARB_framebuffer_object&extensions=GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two&extensions=GL_EXT_packed_depth_stencil&extensions=GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc&extensions=GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc&extensions=GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc2&extensions=GL_KHR_debug&extensions=GL_OES_compressed_ETC1_RGB8_texture&extensions=GL_OES_depth24&extensions=GL_OES_depth_texture&extensions=GL_OES_element_index_uint&extensions=GL_OES_packed_depth_stencil&extensions=GL_OES_texture_compression_astc&extensions=GL_OES_texture_npot +*/ + + +#ifndef __glad_h_ +#define __glad_h_ + +#ifdef __gl_h_ +#error OpenGL header already included, remove this include, glad already provides it +#endif +#define __gl_h_ + +#ifdef __gl2_h_ +#error OpenGL ES 2 header already included, remove this include, glad already provides it +#endif +#define __gl2_h_ + +#ifdef __gl3_h_ +#error OpenGL ES 3 header already included, remove this include, glad already provides it +#endif +#define __gl3_h_ + +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(APIENTRY) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__SCITECH_SNAP__) +#define APIENTRY __stdcall +#endif + +#ifndef APIENTRY +#define APIENTRY +#endif +#ifndef APIENTRYP +#define APIENTRYP APIENTRY * +#endif + +#ifndef GLAPIENTRY +#define GLAPIENTRY APIENTRY +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +struct gladGLversionStruct { + int major; + int minor; +}; + +typedef void* (* GLADloadproc)(const char *name); + +#ifndef GLAPI +# if defined(GLAD_GLAPI_EXPORT) +# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) +# if defined(GLAD_GLAPI_EXPORT_BUILD) +# if defined(__GNUC__) +# define GLAPI __attribute__ ((dllexport)) extern +# else +# define GLAPI __declspec(dllexport) extern +# endif +# else +# if defined(__GNUC__) +# define GLAPI __attribute__ ((dllimport)) extern +# else +# define GLAPI __declspec(dllimport) extern +# endif +# endif +# elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(GLAD_GLAPI_EXPORT_BUILD) +# define GLAPI __attribute__ ((visibility ("default"))) extern +# else +# define GLAPI extern +# endif +# else +# define GLAPI extern +# endif +#endif + +GLAPI struct gladGLversionStruct GLVersion; + +GLAPI int gladLoadGL(void); + +GLAPI int gladLoadGLLoader(GLADloadproc); + +GLAPI int gladLoadGLES2Loader(GLADloadproc); + +#include +typedef unsigned int GLenum; +typedef unsigned char GLboolean; +typedef unsigned int GLbitfield; +typedef void GLvoid; +typedef khronos_int8_t GLbyte; +typedef khronos_uint8_t GLubyte; +typedef khronos_int16_t GLshort; +typedef khronos_uint16_t GLushort; +typedef int GLint; +typedef unsigned int GLuint; +typedef khronos_int32_t GLclampx; +typedef int GLsizei; +typedef khronos_float_t GLfloat; +typedef khronos_float_t GLclampf; +typedef double GLdouble; +typedef double GLclampd; +typedef void *GLeglClientBufferEXT; +typedef void *GLeglImageOES; +typedef char GLchar; +typedef char GLcharARB; +#ifdef __APPLE__ +typedef void *GLhandleARB; +#else +typedef unsigned int GLhandleARB; +#endif +typedef khronos_uint16_t GLhalf; +typedef khronos_uint16_t GLhalfARB; +typedef khronos_int32_t GLfixed; +typedef khronos_intptr_t GLintptr; +typedef khronos_intptr_t GLintptrARB; +typedef khronos_ssize_t GLsizeiptr; +typedef khronos_ssize_t GLsizeiptrARB; +typedef khronos_int64_t GLint64; +typedef khronos_int64_t GLint64EXT; +typedef khronos_uint64_t GLuint64; +typedef khronos_uint64_t GLuint64EXT; +typedef struct __GLsync *GLsync; +struct _cl_context; +struct _cl_event; +typedef void (APIENTRY *GLDEBUGPROC)(GLenum source,GLenum type,GLuint id,GLenum severity,GLsizei length,const GLchar *message,const void *userParam); +typedef void (APIENTRY *GLDEBUGPROCARB)(GLenum source,GLenum type,GLuint id,GLenum severity,GLsizei length,const GLchar *message,const void *userParam); +typedef void (APIENTRY *GLDEBUGPROCKHR)(GLenum source,GLenum type,GLuint id,GLenum severity,GLsizei length,const GLchar *message,const void *userParam); +typedef void (APIENTRY *GLDEBUGPROCAMD)(GLuint id,GLenum category,GLenum severity,GLsizei length,const GLchar *message,void *userParam); +typedef unsigned short GLhalfNV; +typedef GLintptr GLvdpauSurfaceNV; +typedef void (APIENTRY *GLVULKANPROCNV)(void); +#define GL_DEPTH_BUFFER_BIT 0x00000100 +#define GL_STENCIL_BUFFER_BIT 0x00000400 +#define GL_COLOR_BUFFER_BIT 0x00004000 +#define GL_FALSE 0 +#define GL_TRUE 1 +#define GL_POINTS 0x0000 +#define GL_LINES 0x0001 +#define GL_LINE_LOOP 0x0002 +#define GL_LINE_STRIP 0x0003 +#define GL_TRIANGLES 0x0004 +#define GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP 0x0005 +#define GL_TRIANGLE_FAN 0x0006 +#define GL_QUADS 0x0007 +#define GL_NEVER 0x0200 +#define GL_LESS 0x0201 +#define GL_EQUAL 0x0202 +#define GL_LEQUAL 0x0203 +#define GL_GREATER 0x0204 +#define GL_NOTEQUAL 0x0205 +#define GL_GEQUAL 0x0206 +#define GL_ALWAYS 0x0207 +#define GL_ZERO 0 +#define GL_ONE 1 +#define GL_SRC_COLOR 0x0300 +#define GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_COLOR 0x0301 +#define GL_SRC_ALPHA 0x0302 +#define GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA 0x0303 +#define GL_DST_ALPHA 0x0304 +#define GL_ONE_MINUS_DST_ALPHA 0x0305 +#define GL_DST_COLOR 0x0306 +#define GL_ONE_MINUS_DST_COLOR 0x0307 +#define GL_SRC_ALPHA_SATURATE 0x0308 +#define GL_NONE 0 +#define GL_FRONT_LEFT 0x0400 +#define GL_FRONT_RIGHT 0x0401 +#define GL_BACK_LEFT 0x0402 +#define GL_BACK_RIGHT 0x0403 +#define GL_FRONT 0x0404 +#define GL_BACK 0x0405 +#define GL_LEFT 0x0406 +#define GL_RIGHT 0x0407 +#define GL_FRONT_AND_BACK 0x0408 +#define GL_NO_ERROR 0 +#define GL_INVALID_ENUM 0x0500 +#define GL_INVALID_VALUE 0x0501 +#define GL_INVALID_OPERATION 0x0502 +#define GL_OUT_OF_MEMORY 0x0505 +#define GL_CW 0x0900 +#define GL_CCW 0x0901 +#define GL_POINT_SIZE 0x0B11 +#define GL_POINT_SIZE_RANGE 0x0B12 +#define GL_POINT_SIZE_GRANULARITY 0x0B13 +#define GL_LINE_SMOOTH 0x0B20 +#define GL_LINE_WIDTH 0x0B21 +#define GL_LINE_WIDTH_RANGE 0x0B22 +#define GL_LINE_WIDTH_GRANULARITY 0x0B23 +#define GL_POLYGON_MODE 0x0B40 +#define GL_POLYGON_SMOOTH 0x0B41 +#define GL_CULL_FACE 0x0B44 +#define GL_CULL_FACE_MODE 0x0B45 +#define GL_FRONT_FACE 0x0B46 +#define GL_DEPTH_RANGE 0x0B70 +#define GL_DEPTH_TEST 0x0B71 +#define GL_DEPTH_WRITEMASK 0x0B72 +#define GL_DEPTH_CLEAR_VALUE 0x0B73 +#define GL_DEPTH_FUNC 0x0B74 +#define GL_STENCIL_TEST 0x0B90 +#define GL_STENCIL_CLEAR_VALUE 0x0B91 +#define GL_STENCIL_FUNC 0x0B92 +#define GL_STENCIL_VALUE_MASK 0x0B93 +#define GL_STENCIL_FAIL 0x0B94 +#define GL_STENCIL_PASS_DEPTH_FAIL 0x0B95 +#define GL_STENCIL_PASS_DEPTH_PASS 0x0B96 +#define GL_STENCIL_REF 0x0B97 +#define GL_STENCIL_WRITEMASK 0x0B98 +#define GL_VIEWPORT 0x0BA2 +#define GL_DITHER 0x0BD0 +#define GL_BLEND_DST 0x0BE0 +#define GL_BLEND_SRC 0x0BE1 +#define GL_BLEND 0x0BE2 +#define GL_LOGIC_OP_MODE 0x0BF0 +#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER 0x0C01 +#define GL_READ_BUFFER 0x0C02 +#define GL_SCISSOR_BOX 0x0C10 +#define GL_SCISSOR_TEST 0x0C11 +#define GL_COLOR_CLEAR_VALUE 0x0C22 +#define GL_COLOR_WRITEMASK 0x0C23 +#define GL_DOUBLEBUFFER 0x0C32 +#define GL_STEREO 0x0C33 +#define GL_LINE_SMOOTH_HINT 0x0C52 +#define GL_POLYGON_SMOOTH_HINT 0x0C53 +#define GL_UNPACK_SWAP_BYTES 0x0CF0 +#define GL_UNPACK_LSB_FIRST 0x0CF1 +#define GL_UNPACK_ROW_LENGTH 0x0CF2 +#define GL_UNPACK_SKIP_ROWS 0x0CF3 +#define GL_UNPACK_SKIP_PIXELS 0x0CF4 +#define GL_UNPACK_ALIGNMENT 0x0CF5 +#define GL_PACK_SWAP_BYTES 0x0D00 +#define GL_PACK_LSB_FIRST 0x0D01 +#define GL_PACK_ROW_LENGTH 0x0D02 +#define GL_PACK_SKIP_ROWS 0x0D03 +#define GL_PACK_SKIP_PIXELS 0x0D04 +#define GL_PACK_ALIGNMENT 0x0D05 +#define GL_MAX_TEXTURE_SIZE 0x0D33 +#define GL_MAX_VIEWPORT_DIMS 0x0D3A +#define GL_SUBPIXEL_BITS 0x0D50 +#define GL_TEXTURE_1D 0x0DE0 +#define GL_TEXTURE_2D 0x0DE1 +#define GL_TEXTURE_WIDTH 0x1000 +#define GL_TEXTURE_HEIGHT 0x1001 +#define GL_TEXTURE_BORDER_COLOR 0x1004 +#define GL_DONT_CARE 0x1100 +#define GL_FASTEST 0x1101 +#define GL_NICEST 0x1102 +#define GL_BYTE 0x1400 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE 0x1401 +#define GL_SHORT 0x1402 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT 0x1403 +#define GL_INT 0x1404 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT 0x1405 +#define GL_FLOAT 0x1406 +#define GL_STACK_OVERFLOW 0x0503 +#define GL_STACK_UNDERFLOW 0x0504 +#define GL_CLEAR 0x1500 +#define GL_AND 0x1501 +#define GL_AND_REVERSE 0x1502 +#define GL_COPY 0x1503 +#define GL_AND_INVERTED 0x1504 +#define GL_NOOP 0x1505 +#define GL_XOR 0x1506 +#define GL_OR 0x1507 +#define GL_NOR 0x1508 +#define GL_EQUIV 0x1509 +#define GL_INVERT 0x150A +#define GL_OR_REVERSE 0x150B +#define GL_COPY_INVERTED 0x150C +#define GL_OR_INVERTED 0x150D +#define GL_NAND 0x150E +#define GL_SET 0x150F +#define GL_TEXTURE 0x1702 +#define GL_COLOR 0x1800 +#define GL_DEPTH 0x1801 +#define GL_STENCIL 0x1802 +#define GL_STENCIL_INDEX 0x1901 +#define GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT 0x1902 +#define GL_RED 0x1903 +#define GL_GREEN 0x1904 +#define GL_BLUE 0x1905 +#define GL_ALPHA 0x1906 +#define GL_RGB 0x1907 +#define GL_RGBA 0x1908 +#define GL_POINT 0x1B00 +#define GL_LINE 0x1B01 +#define GL_FILL 0x1B02 +#define GL_KEEP 0x1E00 +#define GL_REPLACE 0x1E01 +#define GL_INCR 0x1E02 +#define GL_DECR 0x1E03 +#define GL_VENDOR 0x1F00 +#define GL_RENDERER 0x1F01 +#define GL_VERSION 0x1F02 +#define GL_EXTENSIONS 0x1F03 +#define GL_NEAREST 0x2600 +#define GL_LINEAR 0x2601 +#define GL_NEAREST_MIPMAP_NEAREST 0x2700 +#define GL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_NEAREST 0x2701 +#define GL_NEAREST_MIPMAP_LINEAR 0x2702 +#define GL_LINEAR_MIPMAP_LINEAR 0x2703 +#define GL_TEXTURE_MAG_FILTER 0x2800 +#define GL_TEXTURE_MIN_FILTER 0x2801 +#define GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_S 0x2802 +#define GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_T 0x2803 +#define GL_REPEAT 0x2901 +#define GL_CURRENT_BIT 0x00000001 +#define GL_POINT_BIT 0x00000002 +#define GL_LINE_BIT 0x00000004 +#define GL_POLYGON_BIT 0x00000008 +#define GL_POLYGON_STIPPLE_BIT 0x00000010 +#define GL_PIXEL_MODE_BIT 0x00000020 +#define GL_LIGHTING_BIT 0x00000040 +#define GL_FOG_BIT 0x00000080 +#define GL_ACCUM_BUFFER_BIT 0x00000200 +#define GL_VIEWPORT_BIT 0x00000800 +#define GL_TRANSFORM_BIT 0x00001000 +#define GL_ENABLE_BIT 0x00002000 +#define GL_HINT_BIT 0x00008000 +#define GL_EVAL_BIT 0x00010000 +#define GL_LIST_BIT 0x00020000 +#define GL_TEXTURE_BIT 0x00040000 +#define GL_SCISSOR_BIT 0x00080000 +#define GL_ALL_ATTRIB_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF +#define GL_QUAD_STRIP 0x0008 +#define GL_POLYGON 0x0009 +#define GL_ACCUM 0x0100 +#define GL_LOAD 0x0101 +#define GL_RETURN 0x0102 +#define GL_MULT 0x0103 +#define GL_ADD 0x0104 +#define GL_AUX0 0x0409 +#define GL_AUX1 0x040A +#define GL_AUX2 0x040B +#define GL_AUX3 0x040C +#define GL_2D 0x0600 +#define GL_3D 0x0601 +#define GL_3D_COLOR 0x0602 +#define GL_3D_COLOR_TEXTURE 0x0603 +#define GL_4D_COLOR_TEXTURE 0x0604 +#define GL_PASS_THROUGH_TOKEN 0x0700 +#define GL_POINT_TOKEN 0x0701 +#define GL_LINE_TOKEN 0x0702 +#define GL_POLYGON_TOKEN 0x0703 +#define GL_BITMAP_TOKEN 0x0704 +#define GL_DRAW_PIXEL_TOKEN 0x0705 +#define GL_COPY_PIXEL_TOKEN 0x0706 +#define GL_LINE_RESET_TOKEN 0x0707 +#define GL_EXP 0x0800 +#define GL_EXP2 0x0801 +#define GL_COEFF 0x0A00 +#define GL_ORDER 0x0A01 +#define GL_DOMAIN 0x0A02 +#define GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_I 0x0C70 +#define GL_PIXEL_MAP_S_TO_S 0x0C71 +#define GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_R 0x0C72 +#define GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_G 0x0C73 +#define GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_B 0x0C74 +#define GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_A 0x0C75 +#define GL_PIXEL_MAP_R_TO_R 0x0C76 +#define GL_PIXEL_MAP_G_TO_G 0x0C77 +#define GL_PIXEL_MAP_B_TO_B 0x0C78 +#define GL_PIXEL_MAP_A_TO_A 0x0C79 +#define GL_CURRENT_COLOR 0x0B00 +#define GL_CURRENT_INDEX 0x0B01 +#define GL_CURRENT_NORMAL 0x0B02 +#define GL_CURRENT_TEXTURE_COORDS 0x0B03 +#define GL_CURRENT_RASTER_COLOR 0x0B04 +#define GL_CURRENT_RASTER_INDEX 0x0B05 +#define GL_CURRENT_RASTER_TEXTURE_COORDS 0x0B06 +#define GL_CURRENT_RASTER_POSITION 0x0B07 +#define GL_CURRENT_RASTER_POSITION_VALID 0x0B08 +#define GL_CURRENT_RASTER_DISTANCE 0x0B09 +#define GL_POINT_SMOOTH 0x0B10 +#define GL_LINE_STIPPLE 0x0B24 +#define GL_LINE_STIPPLE_PATTERN 0x0B25 +#define GL_LINE_STIPPLE_REPEAT 0x0B26 +#define GL_LIST_MODE 0x0B30 +#define GL_MAX_LIST_NESTING 0x0B31 +#define GL_LIST_BASE 0x0B32 +#define GL_LIST_INDEX 0x0B33 +#define GL_POLYGON_STIPPLE 0x0B42 +#define GL_EDGE_FLAG 0x0B43 +#define GL_LIGHTING 0x0B50 +#define GL_LIGHT_MODEL_LOCAL_VIEWER 0x0B51 +#define GL_LIGHT_MODEL_TWO_SIDE 0x0B52 +#define GL_LIGHT_MODEL_AMBIENT 0x0B53 +#define GL_SHADE_MODEL 0x0B54 +#define GL_COLOR_MATERIAL_FACE 0x0B55 +#define GL_COLOR_MATERIAL_PARAMETER 0x0B56 +#define GL_COLOR_MATERIAL 0x0B57 +#define GL_FOG 0x0B60 +#define GL_FOG_INDEX 0x0B61 +#define GL_FOG_DENSITY 0x0B62 +#define GL_FOG_START 0x0B63 +#define GL_FOG_END 0x0B64 +#define GL_FOG_MODE 0x0B65 +#define GL_FOG_COLOR 0x0B66 +#define GL_ACCUM_CLEAR_VALUE 0x0B80 +#define GL_MATRIX_MODE 0x0BA0 +#define GL_NORMALIZE 0x0BA1 +#define GL_MODELVIEW_STACK_DEPTH 0x0BA3 +#define GL_PROJECTION_STACK_DEPTH 0x0BA4 +#define GL_TEXTURE_STACK_DEPTH 0x0BA5 +#define GL_MODELVIEW_MATRIX 0x0BA6 +#define GL_PROJECTION_MATRIX 0x0BA7 +#define GL_TEXTURE_MATRIX 0x0BA8 +#define GL_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH 0x0BB0 +#define GL_ALPHA_TEST 0x0BC0 +#define GL_ALPHA_TEST_FUNC 0x0BC1 +#define GL_ALPHA_TEST_REF 0x0BC2 +#define GL_LOGIC_OP 0x0BF1 +#define GL_AUX_BUFFERS 0x0C00 +#define GL_INDEX_CLEAR_VALUE 0x0C20 +#define GL_INDEX_WRITEMASK 0x0C21 +#define GL_INDEX_MODE 0x0C30 +#define GL_RGBA_MODE 0x0C31 +#define GL_RENDER_MODE 0x0C40 +#define GL_PERSPECTIVE_CORRECTION_HINT 0x0C50 +#define GL_POINT_SMOOTH_HINT 0x0C51 +#define GL_FOG_HINT 0x0C54 +#define GL_TEXTURE_GEN_S 0x0C60 +#define GL_TEXTURE_GEN_T 0x0C61 +#define GL_TEXTURE_GEN_R 0x0C62 +#define GL_TEXTURE_GEN_Q 0x0C63 +#define GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_I_SIZE 0x0CB0 +#define GL_PIXEL_MAP_S_TO_S_SIZE 0x0CB1 +#define GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_R_SIZE 0x0CB2 +#define GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_G_SIZE 0x0CB3 +#define GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_B_SIZE 0x0CB4 +#define GL_PIXEL_MAP_I_TO_A_SIZE 0x0CB5 +#define GL_PIXEL_MAP_R_TO_R_SIZE 0x0CB6 +#define GL_PIXEL_MAP_G_TO_G_SIZE 0x0CB7 +#define GL_PIXEL_MAP_B_TO_B_SIZE 0x0CB8 +#define GL_PIXEL_MAP_A_TO_A_SIZE 0x0CB9 +#define GL_MAP_COLOR 0x0D10 +#define GL_MAP_STENCIL 0x0D11 +#define GL_INDEX_SHIFT 0x0D12 +#define GL_INDEX_OFFSET 0x0D13 +#define GL_RED_SCALE 0x0D14 +#define GL_RED_BIAS 0x0D15 +#define GL_ZOOM_X 0x0D16 +#define GL_ZOOM_Y 0x0D17 +#define GL_GREEN_SCALE 0x0D18 +#define GL_GREEN_BIAS 0x0D19 +#define GL_BLUE_SCALE 0x0D1A +#define GL_BLUE_BIAS 0x0D1B +#define GL_ALPHA_SCALE 0x0D1C +#define GL_ALPHA_BIAS 0x0D1D +#define GL_DEPTH_SCALE 0x0D1E +#define GL_DEPTH_BIAS 0x0D1F +#define GL_MAX_EVAL_ORDER 0x0D30 +#define GL_MAX_LIGHTS 0x0D31 +#define GL_MAX_CLIP_PLANES 0x0D32 +#define GL_MAX_PIXEL_MAP_TABLE 0x0D34 +#define GL_MAX_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH 0x0D35 +#define GL_MAX_MODELVIEW_STACK_DEPTH 0x0D36 +#define GL_MAX_NAME_STACK_DEPTH 0x0D37 +#define GL_MAX_PROJECTION_STACK_DEPTH 0x0D38 +#define GL_MAX_TEXTURE_STACK_DEPTH 0x0D39 +#define GL_INDEX_BITS 0x0D51 +#define GL_RED_BITS 0x0D52 +#define GL_GREEN_BITS 0x0D53 +#define GL_BLUE_BITS 0x0D54 +#define GL_ALPHA_BITS 0x0D55 +#define GL_DEPTH_BITS 0x0D56 +#define GL_STENCIL_BITS 0x0D57 +#define GL_ACCUM_RED_BITS 0x0D58 +#define GL_ACCUM_GREEN_BITS 0x0D59 +#define GL_ACCUM_BLUE_BITS 0x0D5A +#define GL_ACCUM_ALPHA_BITS 0x0D5B +#define GL_NAME_STACK_DEPTH 0x0D70 +#define GL_AUTO_NORMAL 0x0D80 +#define GL_MAP1_COLOR_4 0x0D90 +#define GL_MAP1_INDEX 0x0D91 +#define GL_MAP1_NORMAL 0x0D92 +#define GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_1 0x0D93 +#define GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_2 0x0D94 +#define GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_3 0x0D95 +#define GL_MAP1_TEXTURE_COORD_4 0x0D96 +#define GL_MAP1_VERTEX_3 0x0D97 +#define GL_MAP1_VERTEX_4 0x0D98 +#define GL_MAP2_COLOR_4 0x0DB0 +#define GL_MAP2_INDEX 0x0DB1 +#define GL_MAP2_NORMAL 0x0DB2 +#define GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_1 0x0DB3 +#define GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_2 0x0DB4 +#define GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_3 0x0DB5 +#define GL_MAP2_TEXTURE_COORD_4 0x0DB6 +#define GL_MAP2_VERTEX_3 0x0DB7 +#define GL_MAP2_VERTEX_4 0x0DB8 +#define GL_MAP1_GRID_DOMAIN 0x0DD0 +#define GL_MAP1_GRID_SEGMENTS 0x0DD1 +#define GL_MAP2_GRID_DOMAIN 0x0DD2 +#define GL_MAP2_GRID_SEGMENTS 0x0DD3 +#define GL_TEXTURE_COMPONENTS 0x1003 +#define GL_TEXTURE_BORDER 0x1005 +#define GL_AMBIENT 0x1200 +#define GL_DIFFUSE 0x1201 +#define GL_SPECULAR 0x1202 +#define GL_POSITION 0x1203 +#define GL_SPOT_DIRECTION 0x1204 +#define GL_SPOT_EXPONENT 0x1205 +#define GL_SPOT_CUTOFF 0x1206 +#define GL_CONSTANT_ATTENUATION 0x1207 +#define GL_LINEAR_ATTENUATION 0x1208 +#define GL_QUADRATIC_ATTENUATION 0x1209 +#define GL_COMPILE 0x1300 +#define GL_COMPILE_AND_EXECUTE 0x1301 +#define GL_2_BYTES 0x1407 +#define GL_3_BYTES 0x1408 +#define GL_4_BYTES 0x1409 +#define GL_EMISSION 0x1600 +#define GL_SHININESS 0x1601 +#define GL_AMBIENT_AND_DIFFUSE 0x1602 +#define GL_COLOR_INDEXES 0x1603 +#define GL_MODELVIEW 0x1700 +#define GL_PROJECTION 0x1701 +#define GL_COLOR_INDEX 0x1900 +#define GL_LUMINANCE 0x1909 +#define GL_LUMINANCE_ALPHA 0x190A +#define GL_BITMAP 0x1A00 +#define GL_RENDER 0x1C00 +#define GL_FEEDBACK 0x1C01 +#define GL_SELECT 0x1C02 +#define GL_FLAT 0x1D00 +#define GL_SMOOTH 0x1D01 +#define GL_S 0x2000 +#define GL_T 0x2001 +#define GL_R 0x2002 +#define GL_Q 0x2003 +#define GL_MODULATE 0x2100 +#define GL_DECAL 0x2101 +#define GL_TEXTURE_ENV_MODE 0x2200 +#define GL_TEXTURE_ENV_COLOR 0x2201 +#define GL_TEXTURE_ENV 0x2300 +#define GL_EYE_LINEAR 0x2400 +#define GL_OBJECT_LINEAR 0x2401 +#define GL_SPHERE_MAP 0x2402 +#define GL_TEXTURE_GEN_MODE 0x2500 +#define GL_OBJECT_PLANE 0x2501 +#define GL_EYE_PLANE 0x2502 +#define GL_CLAMP 0x2900 +#define GL_CLIP_PLANE0 0x3000 +#define GL_CLIP_PLANE1 0x3001 +#define GL_CLIP_PLANE2 0x3002 +#define GL_CLIP_PLANE3 0x3003 +#define GL_CLIP_PLANE4 0x3004 +#define GL_CLIP_PLANE5 0x3005 +#define GL_LIGHT0 0x4000 +#define GL_LIGHT1 0x4001 +#define GL_LIGHT2 0x4002 +#define GL_LIGHT3 0x4003 +#define GL_LIGHT4 0x4004 +#define GL_LIGHT5 0x4005 +#define GL_LIGHT6 0x4006 +#define GL_LIGHT7 0x4007 +#define GL_COLOR_LOGIC_OP 0x0BF2 +#define GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_UNITS 0x2A00 +#define GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_POINT 0x2A01 +#define GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_LINE 0x2A02 +#define GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_FILL 0x8037 +#define GL_POLYGON_OFFSET_FACTOR 0x8038 +#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_1D 0x8068 +#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D 0x8069 +#define GL_TEXTURE_INTERNAL_FORMAT 0x1003 +#define GL_TEXTURE_RED_SIZE 0x805C +#define GL_TEXTURE_GREEN_SIZE 0x805D +#define GL_TEXTURE_BLUE_SIZE 0x805E +#define GL_TEXTURE_ALPHA_SIZE 0x805F +#define GL_DOUBLE 0x140A +#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_1D 0x8063 +#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_2D 0x8064 +#define GL_R3_G3_B2 0x2A10 +#define GL_RGB4 0x804F +#define GL_RGB5 0x8050 +#define GL_RGB8 0x8051 +#define GL_RGB10 0x8052 +#define GL_RGB12 0x8053 +#define GL_RGB16 0x8054 +#define GL_RGBA2 0x8055 +#define GL_RGBA4 0x8056 +#define GL_RGB5_A1 0x8057 +#define GL_RGBA8 0x8058 +#define GL_RGB10_A2 0x8059 +#define GL_RGBA12 0x805A +#define GL_RGBA16 0x805B +#define GL_CLIENT_PIXEL_STORE_BIT 0x00000001 +#define GL_CLIENT_VERTEX_ARRAY_BIT 0x00000002 +#define GL_CLIENT_ALL_ATTRIB_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF +#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_POINTER 0x808E +#define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_POINTER 0x808F +#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_POINTER 0x8090 +#define GL_INDEX_ARRAY_POINTER 0x8091 +#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_POINTER 0x8092 +#define GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_POINTER 0x8093 +#define GL_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_POINTER 0x0DF0 +#define GL_SELECTION_BUFFER_POINTER 0x0DF3 +#define GL_CLIENT_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH 0x0BB1 +#define GL_INDEX_LOGIC_OP 0x0BF1 +#define GL_MAX_CLIENT_ATTRIB_STACK_DEPTH 0x0D3B +#define GL_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_SIZE 0x0DF1 +#define GL_FEEDBACK_BUFFER_TYPE 0x0DF2 +#define GL_SELECTION_BUFFER_SIZE 0x0DF4 +#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY 0x8074 +#define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY 0x8075 +#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY 0x8076 +#define GL_INDEX_ARRAY 0x8077 +#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY 0x8078 +#define GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY 0x8079 +#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_SIZE 0x807A +#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_TYPE 0x807B +#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x807C +#define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_TYPE 0x807E +#define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x807F +#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE 0x8081 +#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_TYPE 0x8082 +#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x8083 +#define GL_INDEX_ARRAY_TYPE 0x8085 +#define GL_INDEX_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x8086 +#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_SIZE 0x8088 +#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_TYPE 0x8089 +#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x808A +#define GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x808C +#define GL_TEXTURE_LUMINANCE_SIZE 0x8060 +#define GL_TEXTURE_INTENSITY_SIZE 0x8061 +#define GL_TEXTURE_PRIORITY 0x8066 +#define GL_TEXTURE_RESIDENT 0x8067 +#define GL_ALPHA4 0x803B +#define GL_ALPHA8 0x803C +#define GL_ALPHA12 0x803D +#define GL_ALPHA16 0x803E +#define GL_LUMINANCE4 0x803F +#define GL_LUMINANCE8 0x8040 +#define GL_LUMINANCE12 0x8041 +#define GL_LUMINANCE16 0x8042 +#define GL_LUMINANCE4_ALPHA4 0x8043 +#define GL_LUMINANCE6_ALPHA2 0x8044 +#define GL_LUMINANCE8_ALPHA8 0x8045 +#define GL_LUMINANCE12_ALPHA4 0x8046 +#define GL_LUMINANCE12_ALPHA12 0x8047 +#define GL_LUMINANCE16_ALPHA16 0x8048 +#define GL_INTENSITY 0x8049 +#define GL_INTENSITY4 0x804A +#define GL_INTENSITY8 0x804B +#define GL_INTENSITY12 0x804C +#define GL_INTENSITY16 0x804D +#define GL_V2F 0x2A20 +#define GL_V3F 0x2A21 +#define GL_C4UB_V2F 0x2A22 +#define GL_C4UB_V3F 0x2A23 +#define GL_C3F_V3F 0x2A24 +#define GL_N3F_V3F 0x2A25 +#define GL_C4F_N3F_V3F 0x2A26 +#define GL_T2F_V3F 0x2A27 +#define GL_T4F_V4F 0x2A28 +#define GL_T2F_C4UB_V3F 0x2A29 +#define GL_T2F_C3F_V3F 0x2A2A +#define GL_T2F_N3F_V3F 0x2A2B +#define GL_T2F_C4F_N3F_V3F 0x2A2C +#define GL_T4F_C4F_N3F_V4F 0x2A2D +#define GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE_3_3_2 0x8032 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_4_4_4_4 0x8033 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_5_5_1 0x8034 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_8_8 0x8035 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_10_10_10_2 0x8036 +#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_3D 0x806A +#define GL_PACK_SKIP_IMAGES 0x806B +#define GL_PACK_IMAGE_HEIGHT 0x806C +#define GL_UNPACK_SKIP_IMAGES 0x806D +#define GL_UNPACK_IMAGE_HEIGHT 0x806E +#define GL_TEXTURE_3D 0x806F +#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_3D 0x8070 +#define GL_TEXTURE_DEPTH 0x8071 +#define GL_TEXTURE_WRAP_R 0x8072 +#define GL_MAX_3D_TEXTURE_SIZE 0x8073 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE_2_3_3_REV 0x8362 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_6_5 0x8363 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_5_6_5_REV 0x8364 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_4_4_4_4_REV 0x8365 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT_1_5_5_5_REV 0x8366 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_8_8_8_8_REV 0x8367 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_2_10_10_10_REV 0x8368 +#define GL_BGR 0x80E0 +#define GL_BGRA 0x80E1 +#define GL_MAX_ELEMENTS_VERTICES 0x80E8 +#define GL_MAX_ELEMENTS_INDICES 0x80E9 +#define GL_CLAMP_TO_EDGE 0x812F +#define GL_TEXTURE_MIN_LOD 0x813A +#define GL_TEXTURE_MAX_LOD 0x813B +#define GL_TEXTURE_BASE_LEVEL 0x813C +#define GL_TEXTURE_MAX_LEVEL 0x813D +#define GL_SMOOTH_POINT_SIZE_RANGE 0x0B12 +#define GL_SMOOTH_POINT_SIZE_GRANULARITY 0x0B13 +#define GL_SMOOTH_LINE_WIDTH_RANGE 0x0B22 +#define GL_SMOOTH_LINE_WIDTH_GRANULARITY 0x0B23 +#define GL_ALIASED_LINE_WIDTH_RANGE 0x846E +#define GL_RESCALE_NORMAL 0x803A +#define GL_LIGHT_MODEL_COLOR_CONTROL 0x81F8 +#define GL_SINGLE_COLOR 0x81F9 +#define GL_SEPARATE_SPECULAR_COLOR 0x81FA +#define GL_ALIASED_POINT_SIZE_RANGE 0x846D +#define GL_TEXTURE0 0x84C0 +#define GL_TEXTURE1 0x84C1 +#define GL_TEXTURE2 0x84C2 +#define GL_TEXTURE3 0x84C3 +#define GL_TEXTURE4 0x84C4 +#define GL_TEXTURE5 0x84C5 +#define GL_TEXTURE6 0x84C6 +#define GL_TEXTURE7 0x84C7 +#define GL_TEXTURE8 0x84C8 +#define GL_TEXTURE9 0x84C9 +#define GL_TEXTURE10 0x84CA +#define GL_TEXTURE11 0x84CB +#define GL_TEXTURE12 0x84CC +#define GL_TEXTURE13 0x84CD +#define GL_TEXTURE14 0x84CE +#define GL_TEXTURE15 0x84CF +#define GL_TEXTURE16 0x84D0 +#define GL_TEXTURE17 0x84D1 +#define GL_TEXTURE18 0x84D2 +#define GL_TEXTURE19 0x84D3 +#define GL_TEXTURE20 0x84D4 +#define GL_TEXTURE21 0x84D5 +#define GL_TEXTURE22 0x84D6 +#define GL_TEXTURE23 0x84D7 +#define GL_TEXTURE24 0x84D8 +#define GL_TEXTURE25 0x84D9 +#define GL_TEXTURE26 0x84DA +#define GL_TEXTURE27 0x84DB +#define GL_TEXTURE28 0x84DC +#define GL_TEXTURE29 0x84DD +#define GL_TEXTURE30 0x84DE +#define GL_TEXTURE31 0x84DF +#define GL_ACTIVE_TEXTURE 0x84E0 +#define GL_MULTISAMPLE 0x809D +#define GL_SAMPLE_ALPHA_TO_COVERAGE 0x809E +#define GL_SAMPLE_ALPHA_TO_ONE 0x809F +#define GL_SAMPLE_COVERAGE 0x80A0 +#define GL_SAMPLE_BUFFERS 0x80A8 +#define GL_SAMPLES 0x80A9 +#define GL_SAMPLE_COVERAGE_VALUE 0x80AA +#define GL_SAMPLE_COVERAGE_INVERT 0x80AB +#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP 0x8513 +#define GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_CUBE_MAP 0x8514 +#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_X 0x8515 +#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_X 0x8516 +#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Y 0x8517 +#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Y 0x8518 +#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_POSITIVE_Z 0x8519 +#define GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_NEGATIVE_Z 0x851A +#define GL_PROXY_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP 0x851B +#define GL_MAX_CUBE_MAP_TEXTURE_SIZE 0x851C +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGB 0x84ED +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA 0x84EE +#define GL_TEXTURE_COMPRESSION_HINT 0x84EF +#define GL_TEXTURE_COMPRESSED_IMAGE_SIZE 0x86A0 +#define GL_TEXTURE_COMPRESSED 0x86A1 +#define GL_NUM_COMPRESSED_TEXTURE_FORMATS 0x86A2 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_TEXTURE_FORMATS 0x86A3 +#define GL_CLAMP_TO_BORDER 0x812D +#define GL_CLIENT_ACTIVE_TEXTURE 0x84E1 +#define GL_MAX_TEXTURE_UNITS 0x84E2 +#define GL_TRANSPOSE_MODELVIEW_MATRIX 0x84E3 +#define GL_TRANSPOSE_PROJECTION_MATRIX 0x84E4 +#define GL_TRANSPOSE_TEXTURE_MATRIX 0x84E5 +#define GL_TRANSPOSE_COLOR_MATRIX 0x84E6 +#define GL_MULTISAMPLE_BIT 0x20000000 +#define GL_NORMAL_MAP 0x8511 +#define GL_REFLECTION_MAP 0x8512 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_ALPHA 0x84E9 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_LUMINANCE 0x84EA +#define GL_COMPRESSED_LUMINANCE_ALPHA 0x84EB +#define GL_COMPRESSED_INTENSITY 0x84EC +#define GL_COMBINE 0x8570 +#define GL_COMBINE_RGB 0x8571 +#define GL_COMBINE_ALPHA 0x8572 +#define GL_SOURCE0_RGB 0x8580 +#define GL_SOURCE1_RGB 0x8581 +#define GL_SOURCE2_RGB 0x8582 +#define GL_SOURCE0_ALPHA 0x8588 +#define GL_SOURCE1_ALPHA 0x8589 +#define GL_SOURCE2_ALPHA 0x858A +#define GL_OPERAND0_RGB 0x8590 +#define GL_OPERAND1_RGB 0x8591 +#define GL_OPERAND2_RGB 0x8592 +#define GL_OPERAND0_ALPHA 0x8598 +#define GL_OPERAND1_ALPHA 0x8599 +#define GL_OPERAND2_ALPHA 0x859A +#define GL_RGB_SCALE 0x8573 +#define GL_ADD_SIGNED 0x8574 +#define GL_INTERPOLATE 0x8575 +#define GL_SUBTRACT 0x84E7 +#define GL_CONSTANT 0x8576 +#define GL_PRIMARY_COLOR 0x8577 +#define GL_PREVIOUS 0x8578 +#define GL_DOT3_RGB 0x86AE +#define GL_DOT3_RGBA 0x86AF +#define GL_BLEND_DST_RGB 0x80C8 +#define GL_BLEND_SRC_RGB 0x80C9 +#define GL_BLEND_DST_ALPHA 0x80CA +#define GL_BLEND_SRC_ALPHA 0x80CB +#define GL_POINT_FADE_THRESHOLD_SIZE 0x8128 +#define GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT16 0x81A5 +#define GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT24 0x81A6 +#define GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT32 0x81A7 +#define GL_MIRRORED_REPEAT 0x8370 +#define GL_MAX_TEXTURE_LOD_BIAS 0x84FD +#define GL_TEXTURE_LOD_BIAS 0x8501 +#define GL_INCR_WRAP 0x8507 +#define GL_DECR_WRAP 0x8508 +#define GL_TEXTURE_DEPTH_SIZE 0x884A +#define GL_TEXTURE_COMPARE_MODE 0x884C +#define GL_TEXTURE_COMPARE_FUNC 0x884D +#define GL_POINT_SIZE_MIN 0x8126 +#define GL_POINT_SIZE_MAX 0x8127 +#define GL_POINT_DISTANCE_ATTENUATION 0x8129 +#define GL_GENERATE_MIPMAP 0x8191 +#define GL_GENERATE_MIPMAP_HINT 0x8192 +#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE_SOURCE 0x8450 +#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE 0x8451 +#define GL_FRAGMENT_DEPTH 0x8452 +#define GL_CURRENT_FOG_COORDINATE 0x8453 +#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_TYPE 0x8454 +#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x8455 +#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_POINTER 0x8456 +#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY 0x8457 +#define GL_COLOR_SUM 0x8458 +#define GL_CURRENT_SECONDARY_COLOR 0x8459 +#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_SIZE 0x845A +#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_TYPE 0x845B +#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x845C +#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_POINTER 0x845D +#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY 0x845E +#define GL_TEXTURE_FILTER_CONTROL 0x8500 +#define GL_DEPTH_TEXTURE_MODE 0x884B +#define GL_COMPARE_R_TO_TEXTURE 0x884E +#define GL_BLEND_COLOR 0x8005 +#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION 0x8009 +#define GL_CONSTANT_COLOR 0x8001 +#define GL_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_COLOR 0x8002 +#define GL_CONSTANT_ALPHA 0x8003 +#define GL_ONE_MINUS_CONSTANT_ALPHA 0x8004 +#define GL_FUNC_ADD 0x8006 +#define GL_FUNC_REVERSE_SUBTRACT 0x800B +#define GL_FUNC_SUBTRACT 0x800A +#define GL_MIN 0x8007 +#define GL_MAX 0x8008 +#define GL_BUFFER_SIZE 0x8764 +#define GL_BUFFER_USAGE 0x8765 +#define GL_QUERY_COUNTER_BITS 0x8864 +#define GL_CURRENT_QUERY 0x8865 +#define GL_QUERY_RESULT 0x8866 +#define GL_QUERY_RESULT_AVAILABLE 0x8867 +#define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER 0x8892 +#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER 0x8893 +#define GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8894 +#define GL_ELEMENT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8895 +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x889F +#define GL_READ_ONLY 0x88B8 +#define GL_WRITE_ONLY 0x88B9 +#define GL_READ_WRITE 0x88BA +#define GL_BUFFER_ACCESS 0x88BB +#define GL_BUFFER_MAPPED 0x88BC +#define GL_BUFFER_MAP_POINTER 0x88BD +#define GL_STREAM_DRAW 0x88E0 +#define GL_STREAM_READ 0x88E1 +#define GL_STREAM_COPY 0x88E2 +#define GL_STATIC_DRAW 0x88E4 +#define GL_STATIC_READ 0x88E5 +#define GL_STATIC_COPY 0x88E6 +#define GL_DYNAMIC_DRAW 0x88E8 +#define GL_DYNAMIC_READ 0x88E9 +#define GL_DYNAMIC_COPY 0x88EA +#define GL_SAMPLES_PASSED 0x8914 +#define GL_SRC1_ALPHA 0x8589 +#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8896 +#define GL_NORMAL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8897 +#define GL_COLOR_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8898 +#define GL_INDEX_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x8899 +#define GL_TEXTURE_COORD_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x889A +#define GL_EDGE_FLAG_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x889B +#define GL_SECONDARY_COLOR_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x889C +#define GL_FOG_COORDINATE_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x889D +#define GL_WEIGHT_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x889E +#define GL_FOG_COORD_SRC 0x8450 +#define GL_FOG_COORD 0x8451 +#define GL_CURRENT_FOG_COORD 0x8453 +#define GL_FOG_COORD_ARRAY_TYPE 0x8454 +#define GL_FOG_COORD_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x8455 +#define GL_FOG_COORD_ARRAY_POINTER 0x8456 +#define GL_FOG_COORD_ARRAY 0x8457 +#define GL_FOG_COORD_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING 0x889D +#define GL_SRC0_RGB 0x8580 +#define GL_SRC1_RGB 0x8581 +#define GL_SRC2_RGB 0x8582 +#define GL_SRC0_ALPHA 0x8588 +#define GL_SRC2_ALPHA 0x858A +#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_RGB 0x8009 +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_ENABLED 0x8622 +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_SIZE 0x8623 +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_STRIDE 0x8624 +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_TYPE 0x8625 +#define GL_CURRENT_VERTEX_ATTRIB 0x8626 +#define GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_POINT_SIZE 0x8642 +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_POINTER 0x8645 +#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_FUNC 0x8800 +#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_FAIL 0x8801 +#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_PASS_DEPTH_FAIL 0x8802 +#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_PASS_DEPTH_PASS 0x8803 +#define GL_MAX_DRAW_BUFFERS 0x8824 +#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER0 0x8825 +#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER1 0x8826 +#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER2 0x8827 +#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER3 0x8828 +#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER4 0x8829 +#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER5 0x882A +#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER6 0x882B +#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER7 0x882C +#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER8 0x882D +#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER9 0x882E +#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER10 0x882F +#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER11 0x8830 +#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER12 0x8831 +#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER13 0x8832 +#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER14 0x8833 +#define GL_DRAW_BUFFER15 0x8834 +#define GL_BLEND_EQUATION_ALPHA 0x883D +#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_ATTRIBS 0x8869 +#define GL_VERTEX_ATTRIB_ARRAY_NORMALIZED 0x886A +#define GL_MAX_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS 0x8872 +#define GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER 0x8B30 +#define GL_VERTEX_SHADER 0x8B31 +#define GL_MAX_FRAGMENT_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS 0x8B49 +#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS 0x8B4A +#define GL_MAX_VARYING_FLOATS 0x8B4B +#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS 0x8B4C +#define GL_MAX_COMBINED_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS 0x8B4D +#define GL_SHADER_TYPE 0x8B4F +#define GL_FLOAT_VEC2 0x8B50 +#define GL_FLOAT_VEC3 0x8B51 +#define GL_FLOAT_VEC4 0x8B52 +#define GL_INT_VEC2 0x8B53 +#define GL_INT_VEC3 0x8B54 +#define GL_INT_VEC4 0x8B55 +#define GL_BOOL 0x8B56 +#define GL_BOOL_VEC2 0x8B57 +#define GL_BOOL_VEC3 0x8B58 +#define GL_BOOL_VEC4 0x8B59 +#define GL_FLOAT_MAT2 0x8B5A +#define GL_FLOAT_MAT3 0x8B5B +#define GL_FLOAT_MAT4 0x8B5C +#define GL_SAMPLER_1D 0x8B5D +#define GL_SAMPLER_2D 0x8B5E +#define GL_SAMPLER_3D 0x8B5F +#define GL_SAMPLER_CUBE 0x8B60 +#define GL_SAMPLER_1D_SHADOW 0x8B61 +#define GL_SAMPLER_2D_SHADOW 0x8B62 +#define GL_DELETE_STATUS 0x8B80 +#define GL_COMPILE_STATUS 0x8B81 +#define GL_LINK_STATUS 0x8B82 +#define GL_VALIDATE_STATUS 0x8B83 +#define GL_INFO_LOG_LENGTH 0x8B84 +#define GL_ATTACHED_SHADERS 0x8B85 +#define GL_ACTIVE_UNIFORMS 0x8B86 +#define GL_ACTIVE_UNIFORM_MAX_LENGTH 0x8B87 +#define GL_SHADER_SOURCE_LENGTH 0x8B88 +#define GL_ACTIVE_ATTRIBUTES 0x8B89 +#define GL_ACTIVE_ATTRIBUTE_MAX_LENGTH 0x8B8A +#define GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER_DERIVATIVE_HINT 0x8B8B +#define GL_SHADING_LANGUAGE_VERSION 0x8B8C +#define GL_CURRENT_PROGRAM 0x8B8D +#define GL_POINT_SPRITE_COORD_ORIGIN 0x8CA0 +#define GL_LOWER_LEFT 0x8CA1 +#define GL_UPPER_LEFT 0x8CA2 +#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_REF 0x8CA3 +#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_VALUE_MASK 0x8CA4 +#define GL_STENCIL_BACK_WRITEMASK 0x8CA5 +#define GL_VERTEX_PROGRAM_TWO_SIDE 0x8643 +#define GL_POINT_SPRITE 0x8861 +#define GL_COORD_REPLACE 0x8862 +#define GL_MAX_TEXTURE_COORDS 0x8871 +#define GL_PIXEL_PACK_BUFFER 0x88EB +#define GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER 0x88EC +#define GL_PIXEL_PACK_BUFFER_BINDING 0x88ED +#define GL_PIXEL_UNPACK_BUFFER_BINDING 0x88EF +#define GL_FLOAT_MAT2x3 0x8B65 +#define GL_FLOAT_MAT2x4 0x8B66 +#define GL_FLOAT_MAT3x2 0x8B67 +#define GL_FLOAT_MAT3x4 0x8B68 +#define GL_FLOAT_MAT4x2 0x8B69 +#define GL_FLOAT_MAT4x3 0x8B6A +#define GL_SRGB 0x8C40 +#define GL_SRGB8 0x8C41 +#define GL_SRGB_ALPHA 0x8C42 +#define GL_SRGB8_ALPHA8 0x8C43 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB 0x8C48 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB_ALPHA 0x8C49 +#define GL_CURRENT_RASTER_SECONDARY_COLOR 0x845F +#define GL_SLUMINANCE_ALPHA 0x8C44 +#define GL_SLUMINANCE8_ALPHA8 0x8C45 +#define GL_SLUMINANCE 0x8C46 +#define GL_SLUMINANCE8 0x8C47 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SLUMINANCE 0x8C4A +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SLUMINANCE_ALPHA 0x8C4B +#define GL_FIXED 0x140C +#define GL_MAX_VERTEX_UNIFORM_VECTORS 0x8DFB +#define GL_MAX_VARYING_VECTORS 0x8DFC +#define GL_MAX_FRAGMENT_UNIFORM_VECTORS 0x8DFD +#define GL_IMPLEMENTATION_COLOR_READ_TYPE 0x8B9A +#define GL_IMPLEMENTATION_COLOR_READ_FORMAT 0x8B9B +#define GL_SHADER_COMPILER 0x8DFA +#define GL_SHADER_BINARY_FORMATS 0x8DF8 +#define GL_NUM_SHADER_BINARY_FORMATS 0x8DF9 +#define GL_LOW_FLOAT 0x8DF0 +#define GL_MEDIUM_FLOAT 0x8DF1 +#define GL_HIGH_FLOAT 0x8DF2 +#define GL_LOW_INT 0x8DF3 +#define GL_MEDIUM_INT 0x8DF4 +#define GL_HIGH_INT 0x8DF5 +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER 0x8D40 +#define GL_RENDERBUFFER 0x8D41 +#define GL_RGB565 0x8D62 +#define GL_STENCIL_INDEX8 0x8D48 +#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_WIDTH 0x8D42 +#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_HEIGHT 0x8D43 +#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_INTERNAL_FORMAT 0x8D44 +#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_RED_SIZE 0x8D50 +#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_GREEN_SIZE 0x8D51 +#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_BLUE_SIZE 0x8D52 +#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_ALPHA_SIZE 0x8D53 +#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_DEPTH_SIZE 0x8D54 +#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_STENCIL_SIZE 0x8D55 +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_OBJECT_TYPE 0x8CD0 +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_OBJECT_NAME 0x8CD1 +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_LEVEL 0x8CD2 +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP_FACE 0x8CD3 +#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT0 0x8CE0 +#define GL_DEPTH_ATTACHMENT 0x8D00 +#define GL_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT 0x8D20 +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_COMPLETE 0x8CD5 +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_ATTACHMENT 0x8CD6 +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_MISSING_ATTACHMENT 0x8CD7 +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_DIMENSIONS 0x8CD9 +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_UNSUPPORTED 0x8CDD +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_BINDING 0x8CA6 +#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_BINDING 0x8CA7 +#define GL_MAX_RENDERBUFFER_SIZE 0x84E8 +#define GL_INVALID_FRAMEBUFFER_OPERATION 0x0506 +#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_0 +#define GL_VERSION_1_0 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_0; +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCULLFACEPROC)(GLenum mode); +GLAPI PFNGLCULLFACEPROC glad_glCullFace; +#define glCullFace glad_glCullFace +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRONTFACEPROC)(GLenum mode); +GLAPI PFNGLFRONTFACEPROC glad_glFrontFace; +#define glFrontFace glad_glFrontFace +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLHINTPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum mode); +GLAPI PFNGLHINTPROC glad_glHint; +#define glHint glad_glHint +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLINEWIDTHPROC)(GLfloat width); +GLAPI PFNGLLINEWIDTHPROC glad_glLineWidth; +#define glLineWidth glad_glLineWidth +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOINTSIZEPROC)(GLfloat size); +GLAPI PFNGLPOINTSIZEPROC glad_glPointSize; +#define glPointSize glad_glPointSize +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOLYGONMODEPROC)(GLenum face, GLenum mode); +GLAPI PFNGLPOLYGONMODEPROC glad_glPolygonMode; +#define glPolygonMode glad_glPolygonMode +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSCISSORPROC)(GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height); +GLAPI PFNGLSCISSORPROC glad_glScissor; +#define glScissor glad_glScissor +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXPARAMETERFPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat param); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXPARAMETERFPROC glad_glTexParameterf; +#define glTexParameterf glad_glTexParameterf +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXPARAMETERFVPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXPARAMETERFVPROC glad_glTexParameterfv; +#define glTexParameterfv glad_glTexParameterfv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIPROC glad_glTexParameteri; +#define glTexParameteri glad_glTexParameteri +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIVPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXPARAMETERIVPROC glad_glTexParameteriv; +#define glTexParameteriv glad_glTexParameteriv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXIMAGE1DPROC)(GLenum target, GLint level, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const void *pixels); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXIMAGE1DPROC glad_glTexImage1D; +#define glTexImage1D glad_glTexImage1D +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXIMAGE2DPROC)(GLenum target, GLint level, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const void *pixels); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXIMAGE2DPROC glad_glTexImage2D; +#define glTexImage2D glad_glTexImage2D +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWBUFFERPROC)(GLenum buf); +GLAPI PFNGLDRAWBUFFERPROC glad_glDrawBuffer; +#define glDrawBuffer glad_glDrawBuffer +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARPROC)(GLbitfield mask); +GLAPI PFNGLCLEARPROC glad_glClear; +#define glClear glad_glClear +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARCOLORPROC)(GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue, GLfloat alpha); +GLAPI PFNGLCLEARCOLORPROC glad_glClearColor; +#define glClearColor glad_glClearColor +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARSTENCILPROC)(GLint s); +GLAPI PFNGLCLEARSTENCILPROC glad_glClearStencil; +#define glClearStencil glad_glClearStencil +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARDEPTHPROC)(GLdouble depth); +GLAPI PFNGLCLEARDEPTHPROC glad_glClearDepth; +#define glClearDepth glad_glClearDepth +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSTENCILMASKPROC)(GLuint mask); +GLAPI PFNGLSTENCILMASKPROC glad_glStencilMask; +#define glStencilMask glad_glStencilMask +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORMASKPROC)(GLboolean red, GLboolean green, GLboolean blue, GLboolean alpha); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLORMASKPROC glad_glColorMask; +#define glColorMask glad_glColorMask +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEPTHMASKPROC)(GLboolean flag); +GLAPI PFNGLDEPTHMASKPROC glad_glDepthMask; +#define glDepthMask glad_glDepthMask +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLEPROC)(GLenum cap); +GLAPI PFNGLDISABLEPROC glad_glDisable; +#define glDisable glad_glDisable +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLEPROC)(GLenum cap); +GLAPI PFNGLENABLEPROC glad_glEnable; +#define glEnable glad_glEnable +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFINISHPROC)(void); +GLAPI PFNGLFINISHPROC glad_glFinish; +#define glFinish glad_glFinish +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFLUSHPROC)(void); +GLAPI PFNGLFLUSHPROC glad_glFlush; +#define glFlush glad_glFlush +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDFUNCPROC)(GLenum sfactor, GLenum dfactor); +GLAPI PFNGLBLENDFUNCPROC glad_glBlendFunc; +#define glBlendFunc glad_glBlendFunc +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLOGICOPPROC)(GLenum opcode); +GLAPI PFNGLLOGICOPPROC glad_glLogicOp; +#define glLogicOp glad_glLogicOp +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSTENCILFUNCPROC)(GLenum func, GLint ref, GLuint mask); +GLAPI PFNGLSTENCILFUNCPROC glad_glStencilFunc; +#define glStencilFunc glad_glStencilFunc +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSTENCILOPPROC)(GLenum fail, GLenum zfail, GLenum zpass); +GLAPI PFNGLSTENCILOPPROC glad_glStencilOp; +#define glStencilOp glad_glStencilOp +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEPTHFUNCPROC)(GLenum func); +GLAPI PFNGLDEPTHFUNCPROC glad_glDepthFunc; +#define glDepthFunc glad_glDepthFunc +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELSTOREFPROC)(GLenum pname, GLfloat param); +GLAPI PFNGLPIXELSTOREFPROC glad_glPixelStoref; +#define glPixelStoref glad_glPixelStoref +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELSTOREIPROC)(GLenum pname, GLint param); +GLAPI PFNGLPIXELSTOREIPROC glad_glPixelStorei; +#define glPixelStorei glad_glPixelStorei +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREADBUFFERPROC)(GLenum src); +GLAPI PFNGLREADBUFFERPROC glad_glReadBuffer; +#define glReadBuffer glad_glReadBuffer +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLREADPIXELSPROC)(GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, void *pixels); +GLAPI PFNGLREADPIXELSPROC glad_glReadPixels; +#define glReadPixels glad_glReadPixels +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETBOOLEANVPROC)(GLenum pname, GLboolean *data); +GLAPI PFNGLGETBOOLEANVPROC glad_glGetBooleanv; +#define glGetBooleanv glad_glGetBooleanv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETDOUBLEVPROC)(GLenum pname, GLdouble *data); +GLAPI PFNGLGETDOUBLEVPROC glad_glGetDoublev; +#define glGetDoublev glad_glGetDoublev +typedef GLenum (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETERRORPROC)(void); +GLAPI PFNGLGETERRORPROC glad_glGetError; +#define glGetError glad_glGetError +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFLOATVPROC)(GLenum pname, GLfloat *data); +GLAPI PFNGLGETFLOATVPROC glad_glGetFloatv; +#define glGetFloatv glad_glGetFloatv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETINTEGERVPROC)(GLenum pname, GLint *data); +GLAPI PFNGLGETINTEGERVPROC glad_glGetIntegerv; +#define glGetIntegerv glad_glGetIntegerv +typedef const GLubyte * (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSTRINGPROC)(GLenum name); +GLAPI PFNGLGETSTRINGPROC glad_glGetString; +#define glGetString glad_glGetString +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXIMAGEPROC)(GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum format, GLenum type, void *pixels); +GLAPI PFNGLGETTEXIMAGEPROC glad_glGetTexImage; +#define glGetTexImage glad_glGetTexImage +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXPARAMETERFVPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETTEXPARAMETERFVPROC glad_glGetTexParameterfv; +#define glGetTexParameterfv glad_glGetTexParameterfv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXPARAMETERIVPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETTEXPARAMETERIVPROC glad_glGetTexParameteriv; +#define glGetTexParameteriv glad_glGetTexParameteriv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXLEVELPARAMETERFVPROC)(GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETTEXLEVELPARAMETERFVPROC glad_glGetTexLevelParameterfv; +#define glGetTexLevelParameterfv glad_glGetTexLevelParameterfv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXLEVELPARAMETERIVPROC)(GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETTEXLEVELPARAMETERIVPROC glad_glGetTexLevelParameteriv; +#define glGetTexLevelParameteriv glad_glGetTexLevelParameteriv +typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISENABLEDPROC)(GLenum cap); +GLAPI PFNGLISENABLEDPROC glad_glIsEnabled; +#define glIsEnabled glad_glIsEnabled +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEPTHRANGEPROC)(GLdouble n, GLdouble f); +GLAPI PFNGLDEPTHRANGEPROC glad_glDepthRange; +#define glDepthRange glad_glDepthRange +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVIEWPORTPROC)(GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height); +GLAPI PFNGLVIEWPORTPROC glad_glViewport; +#define glViewport glad_glViewport +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNEWLISTPROC)(GLuint list, GLenum mode); +GLAPI PFNGLNEWLISTPROC glad_glNewList; +#define glNewList glad_glNewList +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENDLISTPROC)(void); +GLAPI PFNGLENDLISTPROC glad_glEndList; +#define glEndList glad_glEndList +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCALLLISTPROC)(GLuint list); +GLAPI PFNGLCALLLISTPROC glad_glCallList; +#define glCallList glad_glCallList +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCALLLISTSPROC)(GLsizei n, GLenum type, const void *lists); +GLAPI PFNGLCALLLISTSPROC glad_glCallLists; +#define glCallLists glad_glCallLists +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETELISTSPROC)(GLuint list, GLsizei range); +GLAPI PFNGLDELETELISTSPROC glad_glDeleteLists; +#define glDeleteLists glad_glDeleteLists +typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENLISTSPROC)(GLsizei range); +GLAPI PFNGLGENLISTSPROC glad_glGenLists; +#define glGenLists glad_glGenLists +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLISTBASEPROC)(GLuint base); +GLAPI PFNGLLISTBASEPROC glad_glListBase; +#define glListBase glad_glListBase +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBEGINPROC)(GLenum mode); +GLAPI PFNGLBEGINPROC glad_glBegin; +#define glBegin glad_glBegin +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBITMAPPROC)(GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLfloat xorig, GLfloat yorig, GLfloat xmove, GLfloat ymove, const GLubyte *bitmap); +GLAPI PFNGLBITMAPPROC glad_glBitmap; +#define glBitmap glad_glBitmap +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR3BPROC)(GLbyte red, GLbyte green, GLbyte blue); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR3BPROC glad_glColor3b; +#define glColor3b glad_glColor3b +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR3BVPROC)(const GLbyte *v); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR3BVPROC glad_glColor3bv; +#define glColor3bv glad_glColor3bv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR3DPROC)(GLdouble red, GLdouble green, GLdouble blue); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR3DPROC glad_glColor3d; +#define glColor3d glad_glColor3d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR3DVPROC)(const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR3DVPROC glad_glColor3dv; +#define glColor3dv glad_glColor3dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR3FPROC)(GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR3FPROC glad_glColor3f; +#define glColor3f glad_glColor3f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR3FVPROC)(const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR3FVPROC glad_glColor3fv; +#define glColor3fv glad_glColor3fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR3IPROC)(GLint red, GLint green, GLint blue); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR3IPROC glad_glColor3i; +#define glColor3i glad_glColor3i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR3IVPROC)(const GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR3IVPROC glad_glColor3iv; +#define glColor3iv glad_glColor3iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR3SPROC)(GLshort red, GLshort green, GLshort blue); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR3SPROC glad_glColor3s; +#define glColor3s glad_glColor3s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR3SVPROC)(const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR3SVPROC glad_glColor3sv; +#define glColor3sv glad_glColor3sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR3UBPROC)(GLubyte red, GLubyte green, GLubyte blue); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR3UBPROC glad_glColor3ub; +#define glColor3ub glad_glColor3ub +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR3UBVPROC)(const GLubyte *v); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR3UBVPROC glad_glColor3ubv; +#define glColor3ubv glad_glColor3ubv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR3UIPROC)(GLuint red, GLuint green, GLuint blue); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR3UIPROC glad_glColor3ui; +#define glColor3ui glad_glColor3ui +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR3UIVPROC)(const GLuint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR3UIVPROC glad_glColor3uiv; +#define glColor3uiv glad_glColor3uiv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR3USPROC)(GLushort red, GLushort green, GLushort blue); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR3USPROC glad_glColor3us; +#define glColor3us glad_glColor3us +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR3USVPROC)(const GLushort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR3USVPROC glad_glColor3usv; +#define glColor3usv glad_glColor3usv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4BPROC)(GLbyte red, GLbyte green, GLbyte blue, GLbyte alpha); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR4BPROC glad_glColor4b; +#define glColor4b glad_glColor4b +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4BVPROC)(const GLbyte *v); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR4BVPROC glad_glColor4bv; +#define glColor4bv glad_glColor4bv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4DPROC)(GLdouble red, GLdouble green, GLdouble blue, GLdouble alpha); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR4DPROC glad_glColor4d; +#define glColor4d glad_glColor4d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4DVPROC)(const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR4DVPROC glad_glColor4dv; +#define glColor4dv glad_glColor4dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4FPROC)(GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue, GLfloat alpha); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR4FPROC glad_glColor4f; +#define glColor4f glad_glColor4f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4FVPROC)(const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR4FVPROC glad_glColor4fv; +#define glColor4fv glad_glColor4fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4IPROC)(GLint red, GLint green, GLint blue, GLint alpha); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR4IPROC glad_glColor4i; +#define glColor4i glad_glColor4i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4IVPROC)(const GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR4IVPROC glad_glColor4iv; +#define glColor4iv glad_glColor4iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4SPROC)(GLshort red, GLshort green, GLshort blue, GLshort alpha); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR4SPROC glad_glColor4s; +#define glColor4s glad_glColor4s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4SVPROC)(const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR4SVPROC glad_glColor4sv; +#define glColor4sv glad_glColor4sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4UBPROC)(GLubyte red, GLubyte green, GLubyte blue, GLubyte alpha); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR4UBPROC glad_glColor4ub; +#define glColor4ub glad_glColor4ub +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4UBVPROC)(const GLubyte *v); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR4UBVPROC glad_glColor4ubv; +#define glColor4ubv glad_glColor4ubv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4UIPROC)(GLuint red, GLuint green, GLuint blue, GLuint alpha); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR4UIPROC glad_glColor4ui; +#define glColor4ui glad_glColor4ui +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4UIVPROC)(const GLuint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR4UIVPROC glad_glColor4uiv; +#define glColor4uiv glad_glColor4uiv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4USPROC)(GLushort red, GLushort green, GLushort blue, GLushort alpha); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR4USPROC glad_glColor4us; +#define glColor4us glad_glColor4us +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLOR4USVPROC)(const GLushort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLOR4USVPROC glad_glColor4usv; +#define glColor4usv glad_glColor4usv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLEDGEFLAGPROC)(GLboolean flag); +GLAPI PFNGLEDGEFLAGPROC glad_glEdgeFlag; +#define glEdgeFlag glad_glEdgeFlag +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLEDGEFLAGVPROC)(const GLboolean *flag); +GLAPI PFNGLEDGEFLAGVPROC glad_glEdgeFlagv; +#define glEdgeFlagv glad_glEdgeFlagv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENDPROC)(void); +GLAPI PFNGLENDPROC glad_glEnd; +#define glEnd glad_glEnd +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLINDEXDPROC)(GLdouble c); +GLAPI PFNGLINDEXDPROC glad_glIndexd; +#define glIndexd glad_glIndexd +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLINDEXDVPROC)(const GLdouble *c); +GLAPI PFNGLINDEXDVPROC glad_glIndexdv; +#define glIndexdv glad_glIndexdv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLINDEXFPROC)(GLfloat c); +GLAPI PFNGLINDEXFPROC glad_glIndexf; +#define glIndexf glad_glIndexf +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLINDEXFVPROC)(const GLfloat *c); +GLAPI PFNGLINDEXFVPROC glad_glIndexfv; +#define glIndexfv glad_glIndexfv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLINDEXIPROC)(GLint c); +GLAPI PFNGLINDEXIPROC glad_glIndexi; +#define glIndexi glad_glIndexi +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLINDEXIVPROC)(const GLint *c); +GLAPI PFNGLINDEXIVPROC glad_glIndexiv; +#define glIndexiv glad_glIndexiv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLINDEXSPROC)(GLshort c); +GLAPI PFNGLINDEXSPROC glad_glIndexs; +#define glIndexs glad_glIndexs +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLINDEXSVPROC)(const GLshort *c); +GLAPI PFNGLINDEXSVPROC glad_glIndexsv; +#define glIndexsv glad_glIndexsv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMAL3BPROC)(GLbyte nx, GLbyte ny, GLbyte nz); +GLAPI PFNGLNORMAL3BPROC glad_glNormal3b; +#define glNormal3b glad_glNormal3b +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMAL3BVPROC)(const GLbyte *v); +GLAPI PFNGLNORMAL3BVPROC glad_glNormal3bv; +#define glNormal3bv glad_glNormal3bv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMAL3DPROC)(GLdouble nx, GLdouble ny, GLdouble nz); +GLAPI PFNGLNORMAL3DPROC glad_glNormal3d; +#define glNormal3d glad_glNormal3d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMAL3DVPROC)(const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLNORMAL3DVPROC glad_glNormal3dv; +#define glNormal3dv glad_glNormal3dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMAL3FPROC)(GLfloat nx, GLfloat ny, GLfloat nz); +GLAPI PFNGLNORMAL3FPROC glad_glNormal3f; +#define glNormal3f glad_glNormal3f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMAL3FVPROC)(const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLNORMAL3FVPROC glad_glNormal3fv; +#define glNormal3fv glad_glNormal3fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMAL3IPROC)(GLint nx, GLint ny, GLint nz); +GLAPI PFNGLNORMAL3IPROC glad_glNormal3i; +#define glNormal3i glad_glNormal3i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMAL3IVPROC)(const GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLNORMAL3IVPROC glad_glNormal3iv; +#define glNormal3iv glad_glNormal3iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMAL3SPROC)(GLshort nx, GLshort ny, GLshort nz); +GLAPI PFNGLNORMAL3SPROC glad_glNormal3s; +#define glNormal3s glad_glNormal3s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMAL3SVPROC)(const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLNORMAL3SVPROC glad_glNormal3sv; +#define glNormal3sv glad_glNormal3sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS2DPROC)(GLdouble x, GLdouble y); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS2DPROC glad_glRasterPos2d; +#define glRasterPos2d glad_glRasterPos2d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS2DVPROC)(const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS2DVPROC glad_glRasterPos2dv; +#define glRasterPos2dv glad_glRasterPos2dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS2FPROC)(GLfloat x, GLfloat y); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS2FPROC glad_glRasterPos2f; +#define glRasterPos2f glad_glRasterPos2f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS2FVPROC)(const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS2FVPROC glad_glRasterPos2fv; +#define glRasterPos2fv glad_glRasterPos2fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS2IPROC)(GLint x, GLint y); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS2IPROC glad_glRasterPos2i; +#define glRasterPos2i glad_glRasterPos2i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS2IVPROC)(const GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS2IVPROC glad_glRasterPos2iv; +#define glRasterPos2iv glad_glRasterPos2iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS2SPROC)(GLshort x, GLshort y); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS2SPROC glad_glRasterPos2s; +#define glRasterPos2s glad_glRasterPos2s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS2SVPROC)(const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS2SVPROC glad_glRasterPos2sv; +#define glRasterPos2sv glad_glRasterPos2sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS3DPROC)(GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS3DPROC glad_glRasterPos3d; +#define glRasterPos3d glad_glRasterPos3d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS3DVPROC)(const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS3DVPROC glad_glRasterPos3dv; +#define glRasterPos3dv glad_glRasterPos3dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS3FPROC)(GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS3FPROC glad_glRasterPos3f; +#define glRasterPos3f glad_glRasterPos3f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS3FVPROC)(const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS3FVPROC glad_glRasterPos3fv; +#define glRasterPos3fv glad_glRasterPos3fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS3IPROC)(GLint x, GLint y, GLint z); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS3IPROC glad_glRasterPos3i; +#define glRasterPos3i glad_glRasterPos3i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS3IVPROC)(const GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS3IVPROC glad_glRasterPos3iv; +#define glRasterPos3iv glad_glRasterPos3iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS3SPROC)(GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS3SPROC glad_glRasterPos3s; +#define glRasterPos3s glad_glRasterPos3s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS3SVPROC)(const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS3SVPROC glad_glRasterPos3sv; +#define glRasterPos3sv glad_glRasterPos3sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS4DPROC)(GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS4DPROC glad_glRasterPos4d; +#define glRasterPos4d glad_glRasterPos4d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS4DVPROC)(const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS4DVPROC glad_glRasterPos4dv; +#define glRasterPos4dv glad_glRasterPos4dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS4FPROC)(GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS4FPROC glad_glRasterPos4f; +#define glRasterPos4f glad_glRasterPos4f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS4FVPROC)(const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS4FVPROC glad_glRasterPos4fv; +#define glRasterPos4fv glad_glRasterPos4fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS4IPROC)(GLint x, GLint y, GLint z, GLint w); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS4IPROC glad_glRasterPos4i; +#define glRasterPos4i glad_glRasterPos4i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS4IVPROC)(const GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS4IVPROC glad_glRasterPos4iv; +#define glRasterPos4iv glad_glRasterPos4iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS4SPROC)(GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z, GLshort w); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS4SPROC glad_glRasterPos4s; +#define glRasterPos4s glad_glRasterPos4s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRASTERPOS4SVPROC)(const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLRASTERPOS4SVPROC glad_glRasterPos4sv; +#define glRasterPos4sv glad_glRasterPos4sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRECTDPROC)(GLdouble x1, GLdouble y1, GLdouble x2, GLdouble y2); +GLAPI PFNGLRECTDPROC glad_glRectd; +#define glRectd glad_glRectd +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRECTDVPROC)(const GLdouble *v1, const GLdouble *v2); +GLAPI PFNGLRECTDVPROC glad_glRectdv; +#define glRectdv glad_glRectdv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRECTFPROC)(GLfloat x1, GLfloat y1, GLfloat x2, GLfloat y2); +GLAPI PFNGLRECTFPROC glad_glRectf; +#define glRectf glad_glRectf +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRECTFVPROC)(const GLfloat *v1, const GLfloat *v2); +GLAPI PFNGLRECTFVPROC glad_glRectfv; +#define glRectfv glad_glRectfv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRECTIPROC)(GLint x1, GLint y1, GLint x2, GLint y2); +GLAPI PFNGLRECTIPROC glad_glRecti; +#define glRecti glad_glRecti +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRECTIVPROC)(const GLint *v1, const GLint *v2); +GLAPI PFNGLRECTIVPROC glad_glRectiv; +#define glRectiv glad_glRectiv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRECTSPROC)(GLshort x1, GLshort y1, GLshort x2, GLshort y2); +GLAPI PFNGLRECTSPROC glad_glRects; +#define glRects glad_glRects +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRECTSVPROC)(const GLshort *v1, const GLshort *v2); +GLAPI PFNGLRECTSVPROC glad_glRectsv; +#define glRectsv glad_glRectsv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD1DPROC)(GLdouble s); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD1DPROC glad_glTexCoord1d; +#define glTexCoord1d glad_glTexCoord1d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD1DVPROC)(const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD1DVPROC glad_glTexCoord1dv; +#define glTexCoord1dv glad_glTexCoord1dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD1FPROC)(GLfloat s); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD1FPROC glad_glTexCoord1f; +#define glTexCoord1f glad_glTexCoord1f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD1FVPROC)(const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD1FVPROC glad_glTexCoord1fv; +#define glTexCoord1fv glad_glTexCoord1fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD1IPROC)(GLint s); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD1IPROC glad_glTexCoord1i; +#define glTexCoord1i glad_glTexCoord1i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD1IVPROC)(const GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD1IVPROC glad_glTexCoord1iv; +#define glTexCoord1iv glad_glTexCoord1iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD1SPROC)(GLshort s); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD1SPROC glad_glTexCoord1s; +#define glTexCoord1s glad_glTexCoord1s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD1SVPROC)(const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD1SVPROC glad_glTexCoord1sv; +#define glTexCoord1sv glad_glTexCoord1sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD2DPROC)(GLdouble s, GLdouble t); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD2DPROC glad_glTexCoord2d; +#define glTexCoord2d glad_glTexCoord2d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD2DVPROC)(const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD2DVPROC glad_glTexCoord2dv; +#define glTexCoord2dv glad_glTexCoord2dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD2FPROC)(GLfloat s, GLfloat t); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD2FPROC glad_glTexCoord2f; +#define glTexCoord2f glad_glTexCoord2f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD2FVPROC)(const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD2FVPROC glad_glTexCoord2fv; +#define glTexCoord2fv glad_glTexCoord2fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD2IPROC)(GLint s, GLint t); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD2IPROC glad_glTexCoord2i; +#define glTexCoord2i glad_glTexCoord2i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD2IVPROC)(const GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD2IVPROC glad_glTexCoord2iv; +#define glTexCoord2iv glad_glTexCoord2iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD2SPROC)(GLshort s, GLshort t); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD2SPROC glad_glTexCoord2s; +#define glTexCoord2s glad_glTexCoord2s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD2SVPROC)(const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD2SVPROC glad_glTexCoord2sv; +#define glTexCoord2sv glad_glTexCoord2sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD3DPROC)(GLdouble s, GLdouble t, GLdouble r); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD3DPROC glad_glTexCoord3d; +#define glTexCoord3d glad_glTexCoord3d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD3DVPROC)(const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD3DVPROC glad_glTexCoord3dv; +#define glTexCoord3dv glad_glTexCoord3dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD3FPROC)(GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat r); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD3FPROC glad_glTexCoord3f; +#define glTexCoord3f glad_glTexCoord3f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD3FVPROC)(const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD3FVPROC glad_glTexCoord3fv; +#define glTexCoord3fv glad_glTexCoord3fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD3IPROC)(GLint s, GLint t, GLint r); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD3IPROC glad_glTexCoord3i; +#define glTexCoord3i glad_glTexCoord3i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD3IVPROC)(const GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD3IVPROC glad_glTexCoord3iv; +#define glTexCoord3iv glad_glTexCoord3iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD3SPROC)(GLshort s, GLshort t, GLshort r); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD3SPROC glad_glTexCoord3s; +#define glTexCoord3s glad_glTexCoord3s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD3SVPROC)(const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD3SVPROC glad_glTexCoord3sv; +#define glTexCoord3sv glad_glTexCoord3sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD4DPROC)(GLdouble s, GLdouble t, GLdouble r, GLdouble q); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD4DPROC glad_glTexCoord4d; +#define glTexCoord4d glad_glTexCoord4d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD4DVPROC)(const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD4DVPROC glad_glTexCoord4dv; +#define glTexCoord4dv glad_glTexCoord4dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD4FPROC)(GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat r, GLfloat q); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD4FPROC glad_glTexCoord4f; +#define glTexCoord4f glad_glTexCoord4f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD4FVPROC)(const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD4FVPROC glad_glTexCoord4fv; +#define glTexCoord4fv glad_glTexCoord4fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD4IPROC)(GLint s, GLint t, GLint r, GLint q); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD4IPROC glad_glTexCoord4i; +#define glTexCoord4i glad_glTexCoord4i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD4IVPROC)(const GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD4IVPROC glad_glTexCoord4iv; +#define glTexCoord4iv glad_glTexCoord4iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD4SPROC)(GLshort s, GLshort t, GLshort r, GLshort q); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD4SPROC glad_glTexCoord4s; +#define glTexCoord4s glad_glTexCoord4s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORD4SVPROC)(const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORD4SVPROC glad_glTexCoord4sv; +#define glTexCoord4sv glad_glTexCoord4sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX2DPROC)(GLdouble x, GLdouble y); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX2DPROC glad_glVertex2d; +#define glVertex2d glad_glVertex2d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX2DVPROC)(const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX2DVPROC glad_glVertex2dv; +#define glVertex2dv glad_glVertex2dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX2FPROC)(GLfloat x, GLfloat y); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX2FPROC glad_glVertex2f; +#define glVertex2f glad_glVertex2f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX2FVPROC)(const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX2FVPROC glad_glVertex2fv; +#define glVertex2fv glad_glVertex2fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX2IPROC)(GLint x, GLint y); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX2IPROC glad_glVertex2i; +#define glVertex2i glad_glVertex2i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX2IVPROC)(const GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX2IVPROC glad_glVertex2iv; +#define glVertex2iv glad_glVertex2iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX2SPROC)(GLshort x, GLshort y); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX2SPROC glad_glVertex2s; +#define glVertex2s glad_glVertex2s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX2SVPROC)(const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX2SVPROC glad_glVertex2sv; +#define glVertex2sv glad_glVertex2sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX3DPROC)(GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX3DPROC glad_glVertex3d; +#define glVertex3d glad_glVertex3d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX3DVPROC)(const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX3DVPROC glad_glVertex3dv; +#define glVertex3dv glad_glVertex3dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX3FPROC)(GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX3FPROC glad_glVertex3f; +#define glVertex3f glad_glVertex3f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX3FVPROC)(const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX3FVPROC glad_glVertex3fv; +#define glVertex3fv glad_glVertex3fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX3IPROC)(GLint x, GLint y, GLint z); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX3IPROC glad_glVertex3i; +#define glVertex3i glad_glVertex3i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX3IVPROC)(const GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX3IVPROC glad_glVertex3iv; +#define glVertex3iv glad_glVertex3iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX3SPROC)(GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX3SPROC glad_glVertex3s; +#define glVertex3s glad_glVertex3s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX3SVPROC)(const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX3SVPROC glad_glVertex3sv; +#define glVertex3sv glad_glVertex3sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX4DPROC)(GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX4DPROC glad_glVertex4d; +#define glVertex4d glad_glVertex4d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX4DVPROC)(const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX4DVPROC glad_glVertex4dv; +#define glVertex4dv glad_glVertex4dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX4FPROC)(GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX4FPROC glad_glVertex4f; +#define glVertex4f glad_glVertex4f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX4FVPROC)(const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX4FVPROC glad_glVertex4fv; +#define glVertex4fv glad_glVertex4fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX4IPROC)(GLint x, GLint y, GLint z, GLint w); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX4IPROC glad_glVertex4i; +#define glVertex4i glad_glVertex4i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX4IVPROC)(const GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX4IVPROC glad_glVertex4iv; +#define glVertex4iv glad_glVertex4iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX4SPROC)(GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z, GLshort w); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX4SPROC glad_glVertex4s; +#define glVertex4s glad_glVertex4s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEX4SVPROC)(const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEX4SVPROC glad_glVertex4sv; +#define glVertex4sv glad_glVertex4sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLIPPLANEPROC)(GLenum plane, const GLdouble *equation); +GLAPI PFNGLCLIPPLANEPROC glad_glClipPlane; +#define glClipPlane glad_glClipPlane +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORMATERIALPROC)(GLenum face, GLenum mode); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLORMATERIALPROC glad_glColorMaterial; +#define glColorMaterial glad_glColorMaterial +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGFPROC)(GLenum pname, GLfloat param); +GLAPI PFNGLFOGFPROC glad_glFogf; +#define glFogf glad_glFogf +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGFVPROC)(GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params); +GLAPI PFNGLFOGFVPROC glad_glFogfv; +#define glFogfv glad_glFogfv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGIPROC)(GLenum pname, GLint param); +GLAPI PFNGLFOGIPROC glad_glFogi; +#define glFogi glad_glFogi +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGIVPROC)(GLenum pname, const GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLFOGIVPROC glad_glFogiv; +#define glFogiv glad_glFogiv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLIGHTFPROC)(GLenum light, GLenum pname, GLfloat param); +GLAPI PFNGLLIGHTFPROC glad_glLightf; +#define glLightf glad_glLightf +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLIGHTFVPROC)(GLenum light, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params); +GLAPI PFNGLLIGHTFVPROC glad_glLightfv; +#define glLightfv glad_glLightfv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLIGHTIPROC)(GLenum light, GLenum pname, GLint param); +GLAPI PFNGLLIGHTIPROC glad_glLighti; +#define glLighti glad_glLighti +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLIGHTIVPROC)(GLenum light, GLenum pname, const GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLLIGHTIVPROC glad_glLightiv; +#define glLightiv glad_glLightiv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLIGHTMODELFPROC)(GLenum pname, GLfloat param); +GLAPI PFNGLLIGHTMODELFPROC glad_glLightModelf; +#define glLightModelf glad_glLightModelf +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLIGHTMODELFVPROC)(GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params); +GLAPI PFNGLLIGHTMODELFVPROC glad_glLightModelfv; +#define glLightModelfv glad_glLightModelfv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLIGHTMODELIPROC)(GLenum pname, GLint param); +GLAPI PFNGLLIGHTMODELIPROC glad_glLightModeli; +#define glLightModeli glad_glLightModeli +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLIGHTMODELIVPROC)(GLenum pname, const GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLLIGHTMODELIVPROC glad_glLightModeliv; +#define glLightModeliv glad_glLightModeliv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLINESTIPPLEPROC)(GLint factor, GLushort pattern); +GLAPI PFNGLLINESTIPPLEPROC glad_glLineStipple; +#define glLineStipple glad_glLineStipple +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATERIALFPROC)(GLenum face, GLenum pname, GLfloat param); +GLAPI PFNGLMATERIALFPROC glad_glMaterialf; +#define glMaterialf glad_glMaterialf +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATERIALFVPROC)(GLenum face, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params); +GLAPI PFNGLMATERIALFVPROC glad_glMaterialfv; +#define glMaterialfv glad_glMaterialfv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATERIALIPROC)(GLenum face, GLenum pname, GLint param); +GLAPI PFNGLMATERIALIPROC glad_glMateriali; +#define glMateriali glad_glMateriali +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATERIALIVPROC)(GLenum face, GLenum pname, const GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLMATERIALIVPROC glad_glMaterialiv; +#define glMaterialiv glad_glMaterialiv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOLYGONSTIPPLEPROC)(const GLubyte *mask); +GLAPI PFNGLPOLYGONSTIPPLEPROC glad_glPolygonStipple; +#define glPolygonStipple glad_glPolygonStipple +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSHADEMODELPROC)(GLenum mode); +GLAPI PFNGLSHADEMODELPROC glad_glShadeModel; +#define glShadeModel glad_glShadeModel +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXENVFPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat param); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXENVFPROC glad_glTexEnvf; +#define glTexEnvf glad_glTexEnvf +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXENVFVPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXENVFVPROC glad_glTexEnvfv; +#define glTexEnvfv glad_glTexEnvfv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXENVIPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint param); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXENVIPROC glad_glTexEnvi; +#define glTexEnvi glad_glTexEnvi +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXENVIVPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum pname, const GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXENVIVPROC glad_glTexEnviv; +#define glTexEnviv glad_glTexEnviv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXGENDPROC)(GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLdouble param); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXGENDPROC glad_glTexGend; +#define glTexGend glad_glTexGend +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXGENDVPROC)(GLenum coord, GLenum pname, const GLdouble *params); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXGENDVPROC glad_glTexGendv; +#define glTexGendv glad_glTexGendv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXGENFPROC)(GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLfloat param); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXGENFPROC glad_glTexGenf; +#define glTexGenf glad_glTexGenf +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXGENFVPROC)(GLenum coord, GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXGENFVPROC glad_glTexGenfv; +#define glTexGenfv glad_glTexGenfv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXGENIPROC)(GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLint param); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXGENIPROC glad_glTexGeni; +#define glTexGeni glad_glTexGeni +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXGENIVPROC)(GLenum coord, GLenum pname, const GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXGENIVPROC glad_glTexGeniv; +#define glTexGeniv glad_glTexGeniv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFEEDBACKBUFFERPROC)(GLsizei size, GLenum type, GLfloat *buffer); +GLAPI PFNGLFEEDBACKBUFFERPROC glad_glFeedbackBuffer; +#define glFeedbackBuffer glad_glFeedbackBuffer +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSELECTBUFFERPROC)(GLsizei size, GLuint *buffer); +GLAPI PFNGLSELECTBUFFERPROC glad_glSelectBuffer; +#define glSelectBuffer glad_glSelectBuffer +typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLRENDERMODEPROC)(GLenum mode); +GLAPI PFNGLRENDERMODEPROC glad_glRenderMode; +#define glRenderMode glad_glRenderMode +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLINITNAMESPROC)(void); +GLAPI PFNGLINITNAMESPROC glad_glInitNames; +#define glInitNames glad_glInitNames +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLOADNAMEPROC)(GLuint name); +GLAPI PFNGLLOADNAMEPROC glad_glLoadName; +#define glLoadName glad_glLoadName +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPASSTHROUGHPROC)(GLfloat token); +GLAPI PFNGLPASSTHROUGHPROC glad_glPassThrough; +#define glPassThrough glad_glPassThrough +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOPNAMEPROC)(void); +GLAPI PFNGLPOPNAMEPROC glad_glPopName; +#define glPopName glad_glPopName +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPUSHNAMEPROC)(GLuint name); +GLAPI PFNGLPUSHNAMEPROC glad_glPushName; +#define glPushName glad_glPushName +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARACCUMPROC)(GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue, GLfloat alpha); +GLAPI PFNGLCLEARACCUMPROC glad_glClearAccum; +#define glClearAccum glad_glClearAccum +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARINDEXPROC)(GLfloat c); +GLAPI PFNGLCLEARINDEXPROC glad_glClearIndex; +#define glClearIndex glad_glClearIndex +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLINDEXMASKPROC)(GLuint mask); +GLAPI PFNGLINDEXMASKPROC glad_glIndexMask; +#define glIndexMask glad_glIndexMask +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLACCUMPROC)(GLenum op, GLfloat value); +GLAPI PFNGLACCUMPROC glad_glAccum; +#define glAccum glad_glAccum +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOPATTRIBPROC)(void); +GLAPI PFNGLPOPATTRIBPROC glad_glPopAttrib; +#define glPopAttrib glad_glPopAttrib +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPUSHATTRIBPROC)(GLbitfield mask); +GLAPI PFNGLPUSHATTRIBPROC glad_glPushAttrib; +#define glPushAttrib glad_glPushAttrib +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAP1DPROC)(GLenum target, GLdouble u1, GLdouble u2, GLint stride, GLint order, const GLdouble *points); +GLAPI PFNGLMAP1DPROC glad_glMap1d; +#define glMap1d glad_glMap1d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAP1FPROC)(GLenum target, GLfloat u1, GLfloat u2, GLint stride, GLint order, const GLfloat *points); +GLAPI PFNGLMAP1FPROC glad_glMap1f; +#define glMap1f glad_glMap1f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAP2DPROC)(GLenum target, GLdouble u1, GLdouble u2, GLint ustride, GLint uorder, GLdouble v1, GLdouble v2, GLint vstride, GLint vorder, const GLdouble *points); +GLAPI PFNGLMAP2DPROC glad_glMap2d; +#define glMap2d glad_glMap2d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAP2FPROC)(GLenum target, GLfloat u1, GLfloat u2, GLint ustride, GLint uorder, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2, GLint vstride, GLint vorder, const GLfloat *points); +GLAPI PFNGLMAP2FPROC glad_glMap2f; +#define glMap2f glad_glMap2f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAPGRID1DPROC)(GLint un, GLdouble u1, GLdouble u2); +GLAPI PFNGLMAPGRID1DPROC glad_glMapGrid1d; +#define glMapGrid1d glad_glMapGrid1d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAPGRID1FPROC)(GLint un, GLfloat u1, GLfloat u2); +GLAPI PFNGLMAPGRID1FPROC glad_glMapGrid1f; +#define glMapGrid1f glad_glMapGrid1f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAPGRID2DPROC)(GLint un, GLdouble u1, GLdouble u2, GLint vn, GLdouble v1, GLdouble v2); +GLAPI PFNGLMAPGRID2DPROC glad_glMapGrid2d; +#define glMapGrid2d glad_glMapGrid2d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAPGRID2FPROC)(GLint un, GLfloat u1, GLfloat u2, GLint vn, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2); +GLAPI PFNGLMAPGRID2FPROC glad_glMapGrid2f; +#define glMapGrid2f glad_glMapGrid2f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLEVALCOORD1DPROC)(GLdouble u); +GLAPI PFNGLEVALCOORD1DPROC glad_glEvalCoord1d; +#define glEvalCoord1d glad_glEvalCoord1d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLEVALCOORD1DVPROC)(const GLdouble *u); +GLAPI PFNGLEVALCOORD1DVPROC glad_glEvalCoord1dv; +#define glEvalCoord1dv glad_glEvalCoord1dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLEVALCOORD1FPROC)(GLfloat u); +GLAPI PFNGLEVALCOORD1FPROC glad_glEvalCoord1f; +#define glEvalCoord1f glad_glEvalCoord1f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLEVALCOORD1FVPROC)(const GLfloat *u); +GLAPI PFNGLEVALCOORD1FVPROC glad_glEvalCoord1fv; +#define glEvalCoord1fv glad_glEvalCoord1fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLEVALCOORD2DPROC)(GLdouble u, GLdouble v); +GLAPI PFNGLEVALCOORD2DPROC glad_glEvalCoord2d; +#define glEvalCoord2d glad_glEvalCoord2d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLEVALCOORD2DVPROC)(const GLdouble *u); +GLAPI PFNGLEVALCOORD2DVPROC glad_glEvalCoord2dv; +#define glEvalCoord2dv glad_glEvalCoord2dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLEVALCOORD2FPROC)(GLfloat u, GLfloat v); +GLAPI PFNGLEVALCOORD2FPROC glad_glEvalCoord2f; +#define glEvalCoord2f glad_glEvalCoord2f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLEVALCOORD2FVPROC)(const GLfloat *u); +GLAPI PFNGLEVALCOORD2FVPROC glad_glEvalCoord2fv; +#define glEvalCoord2fv glad_glEvalCoord2fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLEVALMESH1PROC)(GLenum mode, GLint i1, GLint i2); +GLAPI PFNGLEVALMESH1PROC glad_glEvalMesh1; +#define glEvalMesh1 glad_glEvalMesh1 +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLEVALPOINT1PROC)(GLint i); +GLAPI PFNGLEVALPOINT1PROC glad_glEvalPoint1; +#define glEvalPoint1 glad_glEvalPoint1 +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLEVALMESH2PROC)(GLenum mode, GLint i1, GLint i2, GLint j1, GLint j2); +GLAPI PFNGLEVALMESH2PROC glad_glEvalMesh2; +#define glEvalMesh2 glad_glEvalMesh2 +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLEVALPOINT2PROC)(GLint i, GLint j); +GLAPI PFNGLEVALPOINT2PROC glad_glEvalPoint2; +#define glEvalPoint2 glad_glEvalPoint2 +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLALPHAFUNCPROC)(GLenum func, GLfloat ref); +GLAPI PFNGLALPHAFUNCPROC glad_glAlphaFunc; +#define glAlphaFunc glad_glAlphaFunc +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELZOOMPROC)(GLfloat xfactor, GLfloat yfactor); +GLAPI PFNGLPIXELZOOMPROC glad_glPixelZoom; +#define glPixelZoom glad_glPixelZoom +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELTRANSFERFPROC)(GLenum pname, GLfloat param); +GLAPI PFNGLPIXELTRANSFERFPROC glad_glPixelTransferf; +#define glPixelTransferf glad_glPixelTransferf +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELTRANSFERIPROC)(GLenum pname, GLint param); +GLAPI PFNGLPIXELTRANSFERIPROC glad_glPixelTransferi; +#define glPixelTransferi glad_glPixelTransferi +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELMAPFVPROC)(GLenum map, GLsizei mapsize, const GLfloat *values); +GLAPI PFNGLPIXELMAPFVPROC glad_glPixelMapfv; +#define glPixelMapfv glad_glPixelMapfv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELMAPUIVPROC)(GLenum map, GLsizei mapsize, const GLuint *values); +GLAPI PFNGLPIXELMAPUIVPROC glad_glPixelMapuiv; +#define glPixelMapuiv glad_glPixelMapuiv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPIXELMAPUSVPROC)(GLenum map, GLsizei mapsize, const GLushort *values); +GLAPI PFNGLPIXELMAPUSVPROC glad_glPixelMapusv; +#define glPixelMapusv glad_glPixelMapusv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYPIXELSPROC)(GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum type); +GLAPI PFNGLCOPYPIXELSPROC glad_glCopyPixels; +#define glCopyPixels glad_glCopyPixels +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWPIXELSPROC)(GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, const void *pixels); +GLAPI PFNGLDRAWPIXELSPROC glad_glDrawPixels; +#define glDrawPixels glad_glDrawPixels +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCLIPPLANEPROC)(GLenum plane, GLdouble *equation); +GLAPI PFNGLGETCLIPPLANEPROC glad_glGetClipPlane; +#define glGetClipPlane glad_glGetClipPlane +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETLIGHTFVPROC)(GLenum light, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETLIGHTFVPROC glad_glGetLightfv; +#define glGetLightfv glad_glGetLightfv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETLIGHTIVPROC)(GLenum light, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETLIGHTIVPROC glad_glGetLightiv; +#define glGetLightiv glad_glGetLightiv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMAPDVPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum query, GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLGETMAPDVPROC glad_glGetMapdv; +#define glGetMapdv glad_glGetMapdv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMAPFVPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum query, GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLGETMAPFVPROC glad_glGetMapfv; +#define glGetMapfv glad_glGetMapfv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMAPIVPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum query, GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLGETMAPIVPROC glad_glGetMapiv; +#define glGetMapiv glad_glGetMapiv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMATERIALFVPROC)(GLenum face, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETMATERIALFVPROC glad_glGetMaterialfv; +#define glGetMaterialfv glad_glGetMaterialfv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETMATERIALIVPROC)(GLenum face, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETMATERIALIVPROC glad_glGetMaterialiv; +#define glGetMaterialiv glad_glGetMaterialiv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPIXELMAPFVPROC)(GLenum map, GLfloat *values); +GLAPI PFNGLGETPIXELMAPFVPROC glad_glGetPixelMapfv; +#define glGetPixelMapfv glad_glGetPixelMapfv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPIXELMAPUIVPROC)(GLenum map, GLuint *values); +GLAPI PFNGLGETPIXELMAPUIVPROC glad_glGetPixelMapuiv; +#define glGetPixelMapuiv glad_glGetPixelMapuiv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPIXELMAPUSVPROC)(GLenum map, GLushort *values); +GLAPI PFNGLGETPIXELMAPUSVPROC glad_glGetPixelMapusv; +#define glGetPixelMapusv glad_glGetPixelMapusv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPOLYGONSTIPPLEPROC)(GLubyte *mask); +GLAPI PFNGLGETPOLYGONSTIPPLEPROC glad_glGetPolygonStipple; +#define glGetPolygonStipple glad_glGetPolygonStipple +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXENVFVPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETTEXENVFVPROC glad_glGetTexEnvfv; +#define glGetTexEnvfv glad_glGetTexEnvfv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXENVIVPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETTEXENVIVPROC glad_glGetTexEnviv; +#define glGetTexEnviv glad_glGetTexEnviv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXGENDVPROC)(GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLdouble *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETTEXGENDVPROC glad_glGetTexGendv; +#define glGetTexGendv glad_glGetTexGendv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXGENFVPROC)(GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETTEXGENFVPROC glad_glGetTexGenfv; +#define glGetTexGenfv glad_glGetTexGenfv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETTEXGENIVPROC)(GLenum coord, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETTEXGENIVPROC glad_glGetTexGeniv; +#define glGetTexGeniv glad_glGetTexGeniv +typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISLISTPROC)(GLuint list); +GLAPI PFNGLISLISTPROC glad_glIsList; +#define glIsList glad_glIsList +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRUSTUMPROC)(GLdouble left, GLdouble right, GLdouble bottom, GLdouble top, GLdouble zNear, GLdouble zFar); +GLAPI PFNGLFRUSTUMPROC glad_glFrustum; +#define glFrustum glad_glFrustum +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLOADIDENTITYPROC)(void); +GLAPI PFNGLLOADIDENTITYPROC glad_glLoadIdentity; +#define glLoadIdentity glad_glLoadIdentity +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLOADMATRIXFPROC)(const GLfloat *m); +GLAPI PFNGLLOADMATRIXFPROC glad_glLoadMatrixf; +#define glLoadMatrixf glad_glLoadMatrixf +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLOADMATRIXDPROC)(const GLdouble *m); +GLAPI PFNGLLOADMATRIXDPROC glad_glLoadMatrixd; +#define glLoadMatrixd glad_glLoadMatrixd +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMATRIXMODEPROC)(GLenum mode); +GLAPI PFNGLMATRIXMODEPROC glad_glMatrixMode; +#define glMatrixMode glad_glMatrixMode +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTMATRIXFPROC)(const GLfloat *m); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTMATRIXFPROC glad_glMultMatrixf; +#define glMultMatrixf glad_glMultMatrixf +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTMATRIXDPROC)(const GLdouble *m); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTMATRIXDPROC glad_glMultMatrixd; +#define glMultMatrixd glad_glMultMatrixd +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLORTHOPROC)(GLdouble left, GLdouble right, GLdouble bottom, GLdouble top, GLdouble zNear, GLdouble zFar); +GLAPI PFNGLORTHOPROC glad_glOrtho; +#define glOrtho glad_glOrtho +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOPMATRIXPROC)(void); +GLAPI PFNGLPOPMATRIXPROC glad_glPopMatrix; +#define glPopMatrix glad_glPopMatrix +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPUSHMATRIXPROC)(void); +GLAPI PFNGLPUSHMATRIXPROC glad_glPushMatrix; +#define glPushMatrix glad_glPushMatrix +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLROTATEDPROC)(GLdouble angle, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z); +GLAPI PFNGLROTATEDPROC glad_glRotated; +#define glRotated glad_glRotated +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLROTATEFPROC)(GLfloat angle, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z); +GLAPI PFNGLROTATEFPROC glad_glRotatef; +#define glRotatef glad_glRotatef +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSCALEDPROC)(GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z); +GLAPI PFNGLSCALEDPROC glad_glScaled; +#define glScaled glad_glScaled +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSCALEFPROC)(GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z); +GLAPI PFNGLSCALEFPROC glad_glScalef; +#define glScalef glad_glScalef +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTRANSLATEDPROC)(GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z); +GLAPI PFNGLTRANSLATEDPROC glad_glTranslated; +#define glTranslated glad_glTranslated +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTRANSLATEFPROC)(GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z); +GLAPI PFNGLTRANSLATEFPROC glad_glTranslatef; +#define glTranslatef glad_glTranslatef +#endif +#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_1 +#define GL_VERSION_1_1 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_1; +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWARRAYSPROC)(GLenum mode, GLint first, GLsizei count); +GLAPI PFNGLDRAWARRAYSPROC glad_glDrawArrays; +#define glDrawArrays glad_glDrawArrays +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSPROC)(GLenum mode, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices); +GLAPI PFNGLDRAWELEMENTSPROC glad_glDrawElements; +#define glDrawElements glad_glDrawElements +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPOINTERVPROC)(GLenum pname, void **params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETPOINTERVPROC glad_glGetPointerv; +#define glGetPointerv glad_glGetPointerv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOLYGONOFFSETPROC)(GLfloat factor, GLfloat units); +GLAPI PFNGLPOLYGONOFFSETPROC glad_glPolygonOffset; +#define glPolygonOffset glad_glPolygonOffset +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYTEXIMAGE1DPROC)(GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLint border); +GLAPI PFNGLCOPYTEXIMAGE1DPROC glad_glCopyTexImage1D; +#define glCopyTexImage1D glad_glCopyTexImage1D +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYTEXIMAGE2DPROC)(GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border); +GLAPI PFNGLCOPYTEXIMAGE2DPROC glad_glCopyTexImage2D; +#define glCopyTexImage2D glad_glCopyTexImage2D +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYTEXSUBIMAGE1DPROC)(GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width); +GLAPI PFNGLCOPYTEXSUBIMAGE1DPROC glad_glCopyTexSubImage1D; +#define glCopyTexSubImage1D glad_glCopyTexSubImage1D +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYTEXSUBIMAGE2DPROC)(GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height); +GLAPI PFNGLCOPYTEXSUBIMAGE2DPROC glad_glCopyTexSubImage2D; +#define glCopyTexSubImage2D glad_glCopyTexSubImage2D +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXSUBIMAGE1DPROC)(GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLenum type, const void *pixels); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXSUBIMAGE1DPROC glad_glTexSubImage1D; +#define glTexSubImage1D glad_glTexSubImage1D +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXSUBIMAGE2DPROC)(GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLenum type, const void *pixels); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXSUBIMAGE2DPROC glad_glTexSubImage2D; +#define glTexSubImage2D glad_glTexSubImage2D +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDTEXTUREPROC)(GLenum target, GLuint texture); +GLAPI PFNGLBINDTEXTUREPROC glad_glBindTexture; +#define glBindTexture glad_glBindTexture +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETETEXTURESPROC)(GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures); +GLAPI PFNGLDELETETEXTURESPROC glad_glDeleteTextures; +#define glDeleteTextures glad_glDeleteTextures +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENTEXTURESPROC)(GLsizei n, GLuint *textures); +GLAPI PFNGLGENTEXTURESPROC glad_glGenTextures; +#define glGenTextures glad_glGenTextures +typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISTEXTUREPROC)(GLuint texture); +GLAPI PFNGLISTEXTUREPROC glad_glIsTexture; +#define glIsTexture glad_glIsTexture +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLARRAYELEMENTPROC)(GLint i); +GLAPI PFNGLARRAYELEMENTPROC glad_glArrayElement; +#define glArrayElement glad_glArrayElement +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOLORPOINTERPROC)(GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const void *pointer); +GLAPI PFNGLCOLORPOINTERPROC glad_glColorPointer; +#define glColorPointer glad_glColorPointer +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLECLIENTSTATEPROC)(GLenum array); +GLAPI PFNGLDISABLECLIENTSTATEPROC glad_glDisableClientState; +#define glDisableClientState glad_glDisableClientState +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLEDGEFLAGPOINTERPROC)(GLsizei stride, const void *pointer); +GLAPI PFNGLEDGEFLAGPOINTERPROC glad_glEdgeFlagPointer; +#define glEdgeFlagPointer glad_glEdgeFlagPointer +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLECLIENTSTATEPROC)(GLenum array); +GLAPI PFNGLENABLECLIENTSTATEPROC glad_glEnableClientState; +#define glEnableClientState glad_glEnableClientState +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLINDEXPOINTERPROC)(GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const void *pointer); +GLAPI PFNGLINDEXPOINTERPROC glad_glIndexPointer; +#define glIndexPointer glad_glIndexPointer +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLINTERLEAVEDARRAYSPROC)(GLenum format, GLsizei stride, const void *pointer); +GLAPI PFNGLINTERLEAVEDARRAYSPROC glad_glInterleavedArrays; +#define glInterleavedArrays glad_glInterleavedArrays +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLNORMALPOINTERPROC)(GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const void *pointer); +GLAPI PFNGLNORMALPOINTERPROC glad_glNormalPointer; +#define glNormalPointer glad_glNormalPointer +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXCOORDPOINTERPROC)(GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const void *pointer); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXCOORDPOINTERPROC glad_glTexCoordPointer; +#define glTexCoordPointer glad_glTexCoordPointer +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXPOINTERPROC)(GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const void *pointer); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXPOINTERPROC glad_glVertexPointer; +#define glVertexPointer glad_glVertexPointer +typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLARETEXTURESRESIDENTPROC)(GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures, GLboolean *residences); +GLAPI PFNGLARETEXTURESRESIDENTPROC glad_glAreTexturesResident; +#define glAreTexturesResident glad_glAreTexturesResident +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPRIORITIZETEXTURESPROC)(GLsizei n, const GLuint *textures, const GLfloat *priorities); +GLAPI PFNGLPRIORITIZETEXTURESPROC glad_glPrioritizeTextures; +#define glPrioritizeTextures glad_glPrioritizeTextures +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLINDEXUBPROC)(GLubyte c); +GLAPI PFNGLINDEXUBPROC glad_glIndexub; +#define glIndexub glad_glIndexub +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLINDEXUBVPROC)(const GLubyte *c); +GLAPI PFNGLINDEXUBVPROC glad_glIndexubv; +#define glIndexubv glad_glIndexubv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOPCLIENTATTRIBPROC)(void); +GLAPI PFNGLPOPCLIENTATTRIBPROC glad_glPopClientAttrib; +#define glPopClientAttrib glad_glPopClientAttrib +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPUSHCLIENTATTRIBPROC)(GLbitfield mask); +GLAPI PFNGLPUSHCLIENTATTRIBPROC glad_glPushClientAttrib; +#define glPushClientAttrib glad_glPushClientAttrib +#endif +#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_2 +#define GL_VERSION_1_2 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_2; +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWRANGEELEMENTSPROC)(GLenum mode, GLuint start, GLuint end, GLsizei count, GLenum type, const void *indices); +GLAPI PFNGLDRAWRANGEELEMENTSPROC glad_glDrawRangeElements; +#define glDrawRangeElements glad_glDrawRangeElements +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXIMAGE3DPROC)(GLenum target, GLint level, GLint internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLint border, GLenum format, GLenum type, const void *pixels); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXIMAGE3DPROC glad_glTexImage3D; +#define glTexImage3D glad_glTexImage3D +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLTEXSUBIMAGE3DPROC)(GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLenum format, GLenum type, const void *pixels); +GLAPI PFNGLTEXSUBIMAGE3DPROC glad_glTexSubImage3D; +#define glTexSubImage3D glad_glTexSubImage3D +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOPYTEXSUBIMAGE3DPROC)(GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLint x, GLint y, GLsizei width, GLsizei height); +GLAPI PFNGLCOPYTEXSUBIMAGE3DPROC glad_glCopyTexSubImage3D; +#define glCopyTexSubImage3D glad_glCopyTexSubImage3D +#endif +#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_3 +#define GL_VERSION_1_3 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_3; +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREPROC)(GLenum texture); +GLAPI PFNGLACTIVETEXTUREPROC glad_glActiveTexture; +#define glActiveTexture glad_glActiveTexture +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSAMPLECOVERAGEPROC)(GLfloat value, GLboolean invert); +GLAPI PFNGLSAMPLECOVERAGEPROC glad_glSampleCoverage; +#define glSampleCoverage glad_glSampleCoverage +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGE3DPROC)(GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const void *data); +GLAPI PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGE3DPROC glad_glCompressedTexImage3D; +#define glCompressedTexImage3D glad_glCompressedTexImage3D +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGE2DPROC)(GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const void *data); +GLAPI PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGE2DPROC glad_glCompressedTexImage2D; +#define glCompressedTexImage2D glad_glCompressedTexImage2D +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGE1DPROC)(GLenum target, GLint level, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLint border, GLsizei imageSize, const void *data); +GLAPI PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGE1DPROC glad_glCompressedTexImage1D; +#define glCompressedTexImage1D glad_glCompressedTexImage1D +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXSUBIMAGE3DPROC)(GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLint zoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLsizei depth, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const void *data); +GLAPI PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXSUBIMAGE3DPROC glad_glCompressedTexSubImage3D; +#define glCompressedTexSubImage3D glad_glCompressedTexSubImage3D +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXSUBIMAGE2DPROC)(GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLint yoffset, GLsizei width, GLsizei height, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const void *data); +GLAPI PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXSUBIMAGE2DPROC glad_glCompressedTexSubImage2D; +#define glCompressedTexSubImage2D glad_glCompressedTexSubImage2D +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXSUBIMAGE1DPROC)(GLenum target, GLint level, GLint xoffset, GLsizei width, GLenum format, GLsizei imageSize, const void *data); +GLAPI PFNGLCOMPRESSEDTEXSUBIMAGE1DPROC glad_glCompressedTexSubImage1D; +#define glCompressedTexSubImage1D glad_glCompressedTexSubImage1D +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGEPROC)(GLenum target, GLint level, void *img); +GLAPI PFNGLGETCOMPRESSEDTEXIMAGEPROC glad_glGetCompressedTexImage; +#define glGetCompressedTexImage glad_glGetCompressedTexImage +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLIENTACTIVETEXTUREPROC)(GLenum texture); +GLAPI PFNGLCLIENTACTIVETEXTUREPROC glad_glClientActiveTexture; +#define glClientActiveTexture glad_glClientActiveTexture +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1DPROC)(GLenum target, GLdouble s); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1DPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord1d; +#define glMultiTexCoord1d glad_glMultiTexCoord1d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1DVPROC)(GLenum target, const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1DVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord1dv; +#define glMultiTexCoord1dv glad_glMultiTexCoord1dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1FPROC)(GLenum target, GLfloat s); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1FPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord1f; +#define glMultiTexCoord1f glad_glMultiTexCoord1f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1FVPROC)(GLenum target, const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1FVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord1fv; +#define glMultiTexCoord1fv glad_glMultiTexCoord1fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1IPROC)(GLenum target, GLint s); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1IPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord1i; +#define glMultiTexCoord1i glad_glMultiTexCoord1i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1IVPROC)(GLenum target, const GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1IVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord1iv; +#define glMultiTexCoord1iv glad_glMultiTexCoord1iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1SPROC)(GLenum target, GLshort s); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1SPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord1s; +#define glMultiTexCoord1s glad_glMultiTexCoord1s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1SVPROC)(GLenum target, const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD1SVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord1sv; +#define glMultiTexCoord1sv glad_glMultiTexCoord1sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2DPROC)(GLenum target, GLdouble s, GLdouble t); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2DPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord2d; +#define glMultiTexCoord2d glad_glMultiTexCoord2d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2DVPROC)(GLenum target, const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2DVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord2dv; +#define glMultiTexCoord2dv glad_glMultiTexCoord2dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2FPROC)(GLenum target, GLfloat s, GLfloat t); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2FPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord2f; +#define glMultiTexCoord2f glad_glMultiTexCoord2f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2FVPROC)(GLenum target, const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2FVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord2fv; +#define glMultiTexCoord2fv glad_glMultiTexCoord2fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2IPROC)(GLenum target, GLint s, GLint t); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2IPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord2i; +#define glMultiTexCoord2i glad_glMultiTexCoord2i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2IVPROC)(GLenum target, const GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2IVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord2iv; +#define glMultiTexCoord2iv glad_glMultiTexCoord2iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2SPROC)(GLenum target, GLshort s, GLshort t); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2SPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord2s; +#define glMultiTexCoord2s glad_glMultiTexCoord2s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2SVPROC)(GLenum target, const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD2SVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord2sv; +#define glMultiTexCoord2sv glad_glMultiTexCoord2sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3DPROC)(GLenum target, GLdouble s, GLdouble t, GLdouble r); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3DPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord3d; +#define glMultiTexCoord3d glad_glMultiTexCoord3d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3DVPROC)(GLenum target, const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3DVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord3dv; +#define glMultiTexCoord3dv glad_glMultiTexCoord3dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3FPROC)(GLenum target, GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat r); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3FPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord3f; +#define glMultiTexCoord3f glad_glMultiTexCoord3f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3FVPROC)(GLenum target, const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3FVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord3fv; +#define glMultiTexCoord3fv glad_glMultiTexCoord3fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3IPROC)(GLenum target, GLint s, GLint t, GLint r); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3IPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord3i; +#define glMultiTexCoord3i glad_glMultiTexCoord3i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3IVPROC)(GLenum target, const GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3IVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord3iv; +#define glMultiTexCoord3iv glad_glMultiTexCoord3iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3SPROC)(GLenum target, GLshort s, GLshort t, GLshort r); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3SPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord3s; +#define glMultiTexCoord3s glad_glMultiTexCoord3s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3SVPROC)(GLenum target, const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD3SVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord3sv; +#define glMultiTexCoord3sv glad_glMultiTexCoord3sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4DPROC)(GLenum target, GLdouble s, GLdouble t, GLdouble r, GLdouble q); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4DPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord4d; +#define glMultiTexCoord4d glad_glMultiTexCoord4d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4DVPROC)(GLenum target, const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4DVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord4dv; +#define glMultiTexCoord4dv glad_glMultiTexCoord4dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4FPROC)(GLenum target, GLfloat s, GLfloat t, GLfloat r, GLfloat q); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4FPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord4f; +#define glMultiTexCoord4f glad_glMultiTexCoord4f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4FVPROC)(GLenum target, const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4FVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord4fv; +#define glMultiTexCoord4fv glad_glMultiTexCoord4fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4IPROC)(GLenum target, GLint s, GLint t, GLint r, GLint q); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4IPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord4i; +#define glMultiTexCoord4i glad_glMultiTexCoord4i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4IVPROC)(GLenum target, const GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4IVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord4iv; +#define glMultiTexCoord4iv glad_glMultiTexCoord4iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4SPROC)(GLenum target, GLshort s, GLshort t, GLshort r, GLshort q); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4SPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord4s; +#define glMultiTexCoord4s glad_glMultiTexCoord4s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4SVPROC)(GLenum target, const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTITEXCOORD4SVPROC glad_glMultiTexCoord4sv; +#define glMultiTexCoord4sv glad_glMultiTexCoord4sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLOADTRANSPOSEMATRIXFPROC)(const GLfloat *m); +GLAPI PFNGLLOADTRANSPOSEMATRIXFPROC glad_glLoadTransposeMatrixf; +#define glLoadTransposeMatrixf glad_glLoadTransposeMatrixf +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLOADTRANSPOSEMATRIXDPROC)(const GLdouble *m); +GLAPI PFNGLLOADTRANSPOSEMATRIXDPROC glad_glLoadTransposeMatrixd; +#define glLoadTransposeMatrixd glad_glLoadTransposeMatrixd +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTTRANSPOSEMATRIXFPROC)(const GLfloat *m); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTTRANSPOSEMATRIXFPROC glad_glMultTransposeMatrixf; +#define glMultTransposeMatrixf glad_glMultTransposeMatrixf +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTTRANSPOSEMATRIXDPROC)(const GLdouble *m); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTTRANSPOSEMATRIXDPROC glad_glMultTransposeMatrixd; +#define glMultTransposeMatrixd glad_glMultTransposeMatrixd +#endif +#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_4 +#define GL_VERSION_1_4 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_4; +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEPROC)(GLenum sfactorRGB, GLenum dfactorRGB, GLenum sfactorAlpha, GLenum dfactorAlpha); +GLAPI PFNGLBLENDFUNCSEPARATEPROC glad_glBlendFuncSeparate; +#define glBlendFuncSeparate glad_glBlendFuncSeparate +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTIDRAWARRAYSPROC)(GLenum mode, const GLint *first, const GLsizei *count, GLsizei drawcount); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTIDRAWARRAYSPROC glad_glMultiDrawArrays; +#define glMultiDrawArrays glad_glMultiDrawArrays +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLMULTIDRAWELEMENTSPROC)(GLenum mode, const GLsizei *count, GLenum type, const void *const*indices, GLsizei drawcount); +GLAPI PFNGLMULTIDRAWELEMENTSPROC glad_glMultiDrawElements; +#define glMultiDrawElements glad_glMultiDrawElements +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERFPROC)(GLenum pname, GLfloat param); +GLAPI PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERFPROC glad_glPointParameterf; +#define glPointParameterf glad_glPointParameterf +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERFVPROC)(GLenum pname, const GLfloat *params); +GLAPI PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERFVPROC glad_glPointParameterfv; +#define glPointParameterfv glad_glPointParameterfv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERIPROC)(GLenum pname, GLint param); +GLAPI PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERIPROC glad_glPointParameteri; +#define glPointParameteri glad_glPointParameteri +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERIVPROC)(GLenum pname, const GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLPOINTPARAMETERIVPROC glad_glPointParameteriv; +#define glPointParameteriv glad_glPointParameteriv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGCOORDFPROC)(GLfloat coord); +GLAPI PFNGLFOGCOORDFPROC glad_glFogCoordf; +#define glFogCoordf glad_glFogCoordf +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGCOORDFVPROC)(const GLfloat *coord); +GLAPI PFNGLFOGCOORDFVPROC glad_glFogCoordfv; +#define glFogCoordfv glad_glFogCoordfv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGCOORDDPROC)(GLdouble coord); +GLAPI PFNGLFOGCOORDDPROC glad_glFogCoordd; +#define glFogCoordd glad_glFogCoordd +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGCOORDDVPROC)(const GLdouble *coord); +GLAPI PFNGLFOGCOORDDVPROC glad_glFogCoorddv; +#define glFogCoorddv glad_glFogCoorddv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFOGCOORDPOINTERPROC)(GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const void *pointer); +GLAPI PFNGLFOGCOORDPOINTERPROC glad_glFogCoordPointer; +#define glFogCoordPointer glad_glFogCoordPointer +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3BPROC)(GLbyte red, GLbyte green, GLbyte blue); +GLAPI PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3BPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3b; +#define glSecondaryColor3b glad_glSecondaryColor3b +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3BVPROC)(const GLbyte *v); +GLAPI PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3BVPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3bv; +#define glSecondaryColor3bv glad_glSecondaryColor3bv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3DPROC)(GLdouble red, GLdouble green, GLdouble blue); +GLAPI PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3DPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3d; +#define glSecondaryColor3d glad_glSecondaryColor3d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3DVPROC)(const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3DVPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3dv; +#define glSecondaryColor3dv glad_glSecondaryColor3dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3FPROC)(GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue); +GLAPI PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3FPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3f; +#define glSecondaryColor3f glad_glSecondaryColor3f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3FVPROC)(const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3FVPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3fv; +#define glSecondaryColor3fv glad_glSecondaryColor3fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3IPROC)(GLint red, GLint green, GLint blue); +GLAPI PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3IPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3i; +#define glSecondaryColor3i glad_glSecondaryColor3i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3IVPROC)(const GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3IVPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3iv; +#define glSecondaryColor3iv glad_glSecondaryColor3iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3SPROC)(GLshort red, GLshort green, GLshort blue); +GLAPI PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3SPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3s; +#define glSecondaryColor3s glad_glSecondaryColor3s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3SVPROC)(const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3SVPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3sv; +#define glSecondaryColor3sv glad_glSecondaryColor3sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UBPROC)(GLubyte red, GLubyte green, GLubyte blue); +GLAPI PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UBPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3ub; +#define glSecondaryColor3ub glad_glSecondaryColor3ub +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UBVPROC)(const GLubyte *v); +GLAPI PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UBVPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3ubv; +#define glSecondaryColor3ubv glad_glSecondaryColor3ubv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UIPROC)(GLuint red, GLuint green, GLuint blue); +GLAPI PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UIPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3ui; +#define glSecondaryColor3ui glad_glSecondaryColor3ui +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UIVPROC)(const GLuint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3UIVPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3uiv; +#define glSecondaryColor3uiv glad_glSecondaryColor3uiv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3USPROC)(GLushort red, GLushort green, GLushort blue); +GLAPI PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3USPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3us; +#define glSecondaryColor3us glad_glSecondaryColor3us +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3USVPROC)(const GLushort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLSECONDARYCOLOR3USVPROC glad_glSecondaryColor3usv; +#define glSecondaryColor3usv glad_glSecondaryColor3usv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSECONDARYCOLORPOINTERPROC)(GLint size, GLenum type, GLsizei stride, const void *pointer); +GLAPI PFNGLSECONDARYCOLORPOINTERPROC glad_glSecondaryColorPointer; +#define glSecondaryColorPointer glad_glSecondaryColorPointer +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2DPROC)(GLdouble x, GLdouble y); +GLAPI PFNGLWINDOWPOS2DPROC glad_glWindowPos2d; +#define glWindowPos2d glad_glWindowPos2d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2DVPROC)(const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLWINDOWPOS2DVPROC glad_glWindowPos2dv; +#define glWindowPos2dv glad_glWindowPos2dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2FPROC)(GLfloat x, GLfloat y); +GLAPI PFNGLWINDOWPOS2FPROC glad_glWindowPos2f; +#define glWindowPos2f glad_glWindowPos2f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2FVPROC)(const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLWINDOWPOS2FVPROC glad_glWindowPos2fv; +#define glWindowPos2fv glad_glWindowPos2fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2IPROC)(GLint x, GLint y); +GLAPI PFNGLWINDOWPOS2IPROC glad_glWindowPos2i; +#define glWindowPos2i glad_glWindowPos2i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2IVPROC)(const GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLWINDOWPOS2IVPROC glad_glWindowPos2iv; +#define glWindowPos2iv glad_glWindowPos2iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2SPROC)(GLshort x, GLshort y); +GLAPI PFNGLWINDOWPOS2SPROC glad_glWindowPos2s; +#define glWindowPos2s glad_glWindowPos2s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS2SVPROC)(const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLWINDOWPOS2SVPROC glad_glWindowPos2sv; +#define glWindowPos2sv glad_glWindowPos2sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3DPROC)(GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z); +GLAPI PFNGLWINDOWPOS3DPROC glad_glWindowPos3d; +#define glWindowPos3d glad_glWindowPos3d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3DVPROC)(const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLWINDOWPOS3DVPROC glad_glWindowPos3dv; +#define glWindowPos3dv glad_glWindowPos3dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3FPROC)(GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z); +GLAPI PFNGLWINDOWPOS3FPROC glad_glWindowPos3f; +#define glWindowPos3f glad_glWindowPos3f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3FVPROC)(const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLWINDOWPOS3FVPROC glad_glWindowPos3fv; +#define glWindowPos3fv glad_glWindowPos3fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3IPROC)(GLint x, GLint y, GLint z); +GLAPI PFNGLWINDOWPOS3IPROC glad_glWindowPos3i; +#define glWindowPos3i glad_glWindowPos3i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3IVPROC)(const GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLWINDOWPOS3IVPROC glad_glWindowPos3iv; +#define glWindowPos3iv glad_glWindowPos3iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3SPROC)(GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z); +GLAPI PFNGLWINDOWPOS3SPROC glad_glWindowPos3s; +#define glWindowPos3s glad_glWindowPos3s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLWINDOWPOS3SVPROC)(const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLWINDOWPOS3SVPROC glad_glWindowPos3sv; +#define glWindowPos3sv glad_glWindowPos3sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDCOLORPROC)(GLfloat red, GLfloat green, GLfloat blue, GLfloat alpha); +GLAPI PFNGLBLENDCOLORPROC glad_glBlendColor; +#define glBlendColor glad_glBlendColor +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONPROC)(GLenum mode); +GLAPI PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONPROC glad_glBlendEquation; +#define glBlendEquation glad_glBlendEquation +#endif +#ifndef GL_VERSION_1_5 +#define GL_VERSION_1_5 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_VERSION_1_5; +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENQUERIESPROC)(GLsizei n, GLuint *ids); +GLAPI PFNGLGENQUERIESPROC glad_glGenQueries; +#define glGenQueries glad_glGenQueries +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEQUERIESPROC)(GLsizei n, const GLuint *ids); +GLAPI PFNGLDELETEQUERIESPROC glad_glDeleteQueries; +#define glDeleteQueries glad_glDeleteQueries +typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISQUERYPROC)(GLuint id); +GLAPI PFNGLISQUERYPROC glad_glIsQuery; +#define glIsQuery glad_glIsQuery +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBEGINQUERYPROC)(GLenum target, GLuint id); +GLAPI PFNGLBEGINQUERYPROC glad_glBeginQuery; +#define glBeginQuery glad_glBeginQuery +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENDQUERYPROC)(GLenum target); +GLAPI PFNGLENDQUERYPROC glad_glEndQuery; +#define glEndQuery glad_glEndQuery +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETQUERYIVPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETQUERYIVPROC glad_glGetQueryiv; +#define glGetQueryiv glad_glGetQueryiv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETQUERYOBJECTIVPROC)(GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETQUERYOBJECTIVPROC glad_glGetQueryObjectiv; +#define glGetQueryObjectiv glad_glGetQueryObjectiv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETQUERYOBJECTUIVPROC)(GLuint id, GLenum pname, GLuint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETQUERYOBJECTUIVPROC glad_glGetQueryObjectuiv; +#define glGetQueryObjectuiv glad_glGetQueryObjectuiv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDBUFFERPROC)(GLenum target, GLuint buffer); +GLAPI PFNGLBINDBUFFERPROC glad_glBindBuffer; +#define glBindBuffer glad_glBindBuffer +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSPROC)(GLsizei n, const GLuint *buffers); +GLAPI PFNGLDELETEBUFFERSPROC glad_glDeleteBuffers; +#define glDeleteBuffers glad_glDeleteBuffers +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENBUFFERSPROC)(GLsizei n, GLuint *buffers); +GLAPI PFNGLGENBUFFERSPROC glad_glGenBuffers; +#define glGenBuffers glad_glGenBuffers +typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISBUFFERPROC)(GLuint buffer); +GLAPI PFNGLISBUFFERPROC glad_glIsBuffer; +#define glIsBuffer glad_glIsBuffer +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBUFFERDATAPROC)(GLenum target, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data, GLenum usage); +GLAPI PFNGLBUFFERDATAPROC glad_glBufferData; +#define glBufferData glad_glBufferData +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBUFFERSUBDATAPROC)(GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, const void *data); +GLAPI PFNGLBUFFERSUBDATAPROC glad_glBufferSubData; +#define glBufferSubData glad_glBufferSubData +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETBUFFERSUBDATAPROC)(GLenum target, GLintptr offset, GLsizeiptr size, void *data); +GLAPI PFNGLGETBUFFERSUBDATAPROC glad_glGetBufferSubData; +#define glGetBufferSubData glad_glGetBufferSubData +typedef void * (APIENTRYP PFNGLMAPBUFFERPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum access); +GLAPI PFNGLMAPBUFFERPROC glad_glMapBuffer; +#define glMapBuffer glad_glMapBuffer +typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNMAPBUFFERPROC)(GLenum target); +GLAPI PFNGLUNMAPBUFFERPROC glad_glUnmapBuffer; +#define glUnmapBuffer glad_glUnmapBuffer +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETBUFFERPARAMETERIVPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETBUFFERPARAMETERIVPROC glad_glGetBufferParameteriv; +#define glGetBufferParameteriv glad_glGetBufferParameteriv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETBUFFERPOINTERVPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum pname, void **params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETBUFFERPOINTERVPROC glad_glGetBufferPointerv; +#define glGetBufferPointerv glad_glGetBufferPointerv +#endif +#ifndef GL_VERSION_2_0 +#define GL_VERSION_2_0 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_VERSION_2_0; +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEPROC)(GLenum modeRGB, GLenum modeAlpha); +GLAPI PFNGLBLENDEQUATIONSEPARATEPROC glad_glBlendEquationSeparate; +#define glBlendEquationSeparate glad_glBlendEquationSeparate +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDRAWBUFFERSPROC)(GLsizei n, const GLenum *bufs); +GLAPI PFNGLDRAWBUFFERSPROC glad_glDrawBuffers; +#define glDrawBuffers glad_glDrawBuffers +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSTENCILOPSEPARATEPROC)(GLenum face, GLenum sfail, GLenum dpfail, GLenum dppass); +GLAPI PFNGLSTENCILOPSEPARATEPROC glad_glStencilOpSeparate; +#define glStencilOpSeparate glad_glStencilOpSeparate +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSTENCILFUNCSEPARATEPROC)(GLenum face, GLenum func, GLint ref, GLuint mask); +GLAPI PFNGLSTENCILFUNCSEPARATEPROC glad_glStencilFuncSeparate; +#define glStencilFuncSeparate glad_glStencilFuncSeparate +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSTENCILMASKSEPARATEPROC)(GLenum face, GLuint mask); +GLAPI PFNGLSTENCILMASKSEPARATEPROC glad_glStencilMaskSeparate; +#define glStencilMaskSeparate glad_glStencilMaskSeparate +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLATTACHSHADERPROC)(GLuint program, GLuint shader); +GLAPI PFNGLATTACHSHADERPROC glad_glAttachShader; +#define glAttachShader glad_glAttachShader +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDATTRIBLOCATIONPROC)(GLuint program, GLuint index, const GLchar *name); +GLAPI PFNGLBINDATTRIBLOCATIONPROC glad_glBindAttribLocation; +#define glBindAttribLocation glad_glBindAttribLocation +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCOMPILESHADERPROC)(GLuint shader); +GLAPI PFNGLCOMPILESHADERPROC glad_glCompileShader; +#define glCompileShader glad_glCompileShader +typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLCREATEPROGRAMPROC)(void); +GLAPI PFNGLCREATEPROGRAMPROC glad_glCreateProgram; +#define glCreateProgram glad_glCreateProgram +typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLCREATESHADERPROC)(GLenum type); +GLAPI PFNGLCREATESHADERPROC glad_glCreateShader; +#define glCreateShader glad_glCreateShader +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMPROC)(GLuint program); +GLAPI PFNGLDELETEPROGRAMPROC glad_glDeleteProgram; +#define glDeleteProgram glad_glDeleteProgram +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETESHADERPROC)(GLuint shader); +GLAPI PFNGLDELETESHADERPROC glad_glDeleteShader; +#define glDeleteShader glad_glDeleteShader +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDETACHSHADERPROC)(GLuint program, GLuint shader); +GLAPI PFNGLDETACHSHADERPROC glad_glDetachShader; +#define glDetachShader glad_glDetachShader +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDISABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC)(GLuint index); +GLAPI PFNGLDISABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC glad_glDisableVertexAttribArray; +#define glDisableVertexAttribArray glad_glDisableVertexAttribArray +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC)(GLuint index); +GLAPI PFNGLENABLEVERTEXATTRIBARRAYPROC glad_glEnableVertexAttribArray; +#define glEnableVertexAttribArray glad_glEnableVertexAttribArray +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETACTIVEATTRIBPROC)(GLuint program, GLuint index, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLint *size, GLenum *type, GLchar *name); +GLAPI PFNGLGETACTIVEATTRIBPROC glad_glGetActiveAttrib; +#define glGetActiveAttrib glad_glGetActiveAttrib +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETACTIVEUNIFORMPROC)(GLuint program, GLuint index, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLint *size, GLenum *type, GLchar *name); +GLAPI PFNGLGETACTIVEUNIFORMPROC glad_glGetActiveUniform; +#define glGetActiveUniform glad_glGetActiveUniform +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETATTACHEDSHADERSPROC)(GLuint program, GLsizei maxCount, GLsizei *count, GLuint *shaders); +GLAPI PFNGLGETATTACHEDSHADERSPROC glad_glGetAttachedShaders; +#define glGetAttachedShaders glad_glGetAttachedShaders +typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETATTRIBLOCATIONPROC)(GLuint program, const GLchar *name); +GLAPI PFNGLGETATTRIBLOCATIONPROC glad_glGetAttribLocation; +#define glGetAttribLocation glad_glGetAttribLocation +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVPROC)(GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETPROGRAMIVPROC glad_glGetProgramiv; +#define glGetProgramiv glad_glGetProgramiv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPROGRAMINFOLOGPROC)(GLuint program, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog); +GLAPI PFNGLGETPROGRAMINFOLOGPROC glad_glGetProgramInfoLog; +#define glGetProgramInfoLog glad_glGetProgramInfoLog +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERIVPROC)(GLuint shader, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETSHADERIVPROC glad_glGetShaderiv; +#define glGetShaderiv glad_glGetShaderiv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERINFOLOGPROC)(GLuint shader, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *infoLog); +GLAPI PFNGLGETSHADERINFOLOGPROC glad_glGetShaderInfoLog; +#define glGetShaderInfoLog glad_glGetShaderInfoLog +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERSOURCEPROC)(GLuint shader, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *source); +GLAPI PFNGLGETSHADERSOURCEPROC glad_glGetShaderSource; +#define glGetShaderSource glad_glGetShaderSource +typedef GLint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC)(GLuint program, const GLchar *name); +GLAPI PFNGLGETUNIFORMLOCATIONPROC glad_glGetUniformLocation; +#define glGetUniformLocation glad_glGetUniformLocation +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMFVPROC)(GLuint program, GLint location, GLfloat *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETUNIFORMFVPROC glad_glGetUniformfv; +#define glGetUniformfv glad_glGetUniformfv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETUNIFORMIVPROC)(GLuint program, GLint location, GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETUNIFORMIVPROC glad_glGetUniformiv; +#define glGetUniformiv glad_glGetUniformiv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBDVPROC)(GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLdouble *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBDVPROC glad_glGetVertexAttribdv; +#define glGetVertexAttribdv glad_glGetVertexAttribdv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBFVPROC)(GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLfloat *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBFVPROC glad_glGetVertexAttribfv; +#define glGetVertexAttribfv glad_glGetVertexAttribfv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVPROC)(GLuint index, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBIVPROC glad_glGetVertexAttribiv; +#define glGetVertexAttribiv glad_glGetVertexAttribiv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVPROC)(GLuint index, GLenum pname, void **pointer); +GLAPI PFNGLGETVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERVPROC glad_glGetVertexAttribPointerv; +#define glGetVertexAttribPointerv glad_glGetVertexAttribPointerv +typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISPROGRAMPROC)(GLuint program); +GLAPI PFNGLISPROGRAMPROC glad_glIsProgram; +#define glIsProgram glad_glIsProgram +typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISSHADERPROC)(GLuint shader); +GLAPI PFNGLISSHADERPROC glad_glIsShader; +#define glIsShader glad_glIsShader +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC)(GLuint program); +GLAPI PFNGLLINKPROGRAMPROC glad_glLinkProgram; +#define glLinkProgram glad_glLinkProgram +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSHADERSOURCEPROC)(GLuint shader, GLsizei count, const GLchar *const*string, const GLint *length); +GLAPI PFNGLSHADERSOURCEPROC glad_glShaderSource; +#define glShaderSource glad_glShaderSource +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUSEPROGRAMPROC)(GLuint program); +GLAPI PFNGLUSEPROGRAMPROC glad_glUseProgram; +#define glUseProgram glad_glUseProgram +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1FPROC)(GLint location, GLfloat v0); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORM1FPROC glad_glUniform1f; +#define glUniform1f glad_glUniform1f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM2FPROC)(GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORM2FPROC glad_glUniform2f; +#define glUniform2f glad_glUniform2f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM3FPROC)(GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORM3FPROC glad_glUniform3f; +#define glUniform3f glad_glUniform3f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM4FPROC)(GLint location, GLfloat v0, GLfloat v1, GLfloat v2, GLfloat v3); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORM4FPROC glad_glUniform4f; +#define glUniform4f glad_glUniform4f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1IPROC)(GLint location, GLint v0); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORM1IPROC glad_glUniform1i; +#define glUniform1i glad_glUniform1i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM2IPROC)(GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORM2IPROC glad_glUniform2i; +#define glUniform2i glad_glUniform2i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM3IPROC)(GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1, GLint v2); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORM3IPROC glad_glUniform3i; +#define glUniform3i glad_glUniform3i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM4IPROC)(GLint location, GLint v0, GLint v1, GLint v2, GLint v3); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORM4IPROC glad_glUniform4i; +#define glUniform4i glad_glUniform4i +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1FVPROC)(GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORM1FVPROC glad_glUniform1fv; +#define glUniform1fv glad_glUniform1fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM2FVPROC)(GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORM2FVPROC glad_glUniform2fv; +#define glUniform2fv glad_glUniform2fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM3FVPROC)(GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORM3FVPROC glad_glUniform3fv; +#define glUniform3fv glad_glUniform3fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM4FVPROC)(GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLfloat *value); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORM4FVPROC glad_glUniform4fv; +#define glUniform4fv glad_glUniform4fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM1IVPROC)(GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORM1IVPROC glad_glUniform1iv; +#define glUniform1iv glad_glUniform1iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM2IVPROC)(GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORM2IVPROC glad_glUniform2iv; +#define glUniform2iv glad_glUniform2iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM3IVPROC)(GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORM3IVPROC glad_glUniform3iv; +#define glUniform3iv glad_glUniform3iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORM4IVPROC)(GLint location, GLsizei count, const GLint *value); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORM4IVPROC glad_glUniform4iv; +#define glUniform4iv glad_glUniform4iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX2FVPROC)(GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX2FVPROC glad_glUniformMatrix2fv; +#define glUniformMatrix2fv glad_glUniformMatrix2fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX3FVPROC)(GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX3FVPROC glad_glUniformMatrix3fv; +#define glUniformMatrix3fv glad_glUniformMatrix3fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4FVPROC)(GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4FVPROC glad_glUniformMatrix4fv; +#define glUniformMatrix4fv glad_glUniformMatrix4fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVALIDATEPROGRAMPROC)(GLuint program); +GLAPI PFNGLVALIDATEPROGRAMPROC glad_glValidateProgram; +#define glValidateProgram glad_glValidateProgram +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1DPROC)(GLuint index, GLdouble x); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1DPROC glad_glVertexAttrib1d; +#define glVertexAttrib1d glad_glVertexAttrib1d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1DVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1DVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib1dv; +#define glVertexAttrib1dv glad_glVertexAttrib1dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1FPROC)(GLuint index, GLfloat x); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1FPROC glad_glVertexAttrib1f; +#define glVertexAttrib1f glad_glVertexAttrib1f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1FVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1FVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib1fv; +#define glVertexAttrib1fv glad_glVertexAttrib1fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1SPROC)(GLuint index, GLshort x); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1SPROC glad_glVertexAttrib1s; +#define glVertexAttrib1s glad_glVertexAttrib1s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1SVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB1SVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib1sv; +#define glVertexAttrib1sv glad_glVertexAttrib1sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2DPROC)(GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2DPROC glad_glVertexAttrib2d; +#define glVertexAttrib2d glad_glVertexAttrib2d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2DVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2DVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib2dv; +#define glVertexAttrib2dv glad_glVertexAttrib2dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2FPROC)(GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2FPROC glad_glVertexAttrib2f; +#define glVertexAttrib2f glad_glVertexAttrib2f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2FVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2FVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib2fv; +#define glVertexAttrib2fv glad_glVertexAttrib2fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2SPROC)(GLuint index, GLshort x, GLshort y); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2SPROC glad_glVertexAttrib2s; +#define glVertexAttrib2s glad_glVertexAttrib2s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2SVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB2SVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib2sv; +#define glVertexAttrib2sv glad_glVertexAttrib2sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3DPROC)(GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3DPROC glad_glVertexAttrib3d; +#define glVertexAttrib3d glad_glVertexAttrib3d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3DVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3DVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib3dv; +#define glVertexAttrib3dv glad_glVertexAttrib3dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3FPROC)(GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3FPROC glad_glVertexAttrib3f; +#define glVertexAttrib3f glad_glVertexAttrib3f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3FVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3FVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib3fv; +#define glVertexAttrib3fv glad_glVertexAttrib3fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3SPROC)(GLuint index, GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3SPROC glad_glVertexAttrib3s; +#define glVertexAttrib3s glad_glVertexAttrib3s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3SVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB3SVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib3sv; +#define glVertexAttrib3sv glad_glVertexAttrib3sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NBVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLbyte *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NBVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4Nbv; +#define glVertexAttrib4Nbv glad_glVertexAttrib4Nbv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NIVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NIVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4Niv; +#define glVertexAttrib4Niv glad_glVertexAttrib4Niv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NSVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NSVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4Nsv; +#define glVertexAttrib4Nsv glad_glVertexAttrib4Nsv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUBPROC)(GLuint index, GLubyte x, GLubyte y, GLubyte z, GLubyte w); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUBPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4Nub; +#define glVertexAttrib4Nub glad_glVertexAttrib4Nub +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUBVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLubyte *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUBVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4Nubv; +#define glVertexAttrib4Nubv glad_glVertexAttrib4Nubv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUIVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLuint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUIVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4Nuiv; +#define glVertexAttrib4Nuiv glad_glVertexAttrib4Nuiv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUSVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLushort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4NUSVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4Nusv; +#define glVertexAttrib4Nusv glad_glVertexAttrib4Nusv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4BVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLbyte *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4BVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4bv; +#define glVertexAttrib4bv glad_glVertexAttrib4bv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4DPROC)(GLuint index, GLdouble x, GLdouble y, GLdouble z, GLdouble w); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4DPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4d; +#define glVertexAttrib4d glad_glVertexAttrib4d +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4DVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLdouble *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4DVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4dv; +#define glVertexAttrib4dv glad_glVertexAttrib4dv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4FPROC)(GLuint index, GLfloat x, GLfloat y, GLfloat z, GLfloat w); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4FPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4f; +#define glVertexAttrib4f glad_glVertexAttrib4f +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4FVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLfloat *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4FVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4fv; +#define glVertexAttrib4fv glad_glVertexAttrib4fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4IVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4IVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4iv; +#define glVertexAttrib4iv glad_glVertexAttrib4iv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4SPROC)(GLuint index, GLshort x, GLshort y, GLshort z, GLshort w); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4SPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4s; +#define glVertexAttrib4s glad_glVertexAttrib4s +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4SVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLshort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4SVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4sv; +#define glVertexAttrib4sv glad_glVertexAttrib4sv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4UBVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLubyte *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4UBVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4ubv; +#define glVertexAttrib4ubv glad_glVertexAttrib4ubv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4UIVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLuint *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4UIVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4uiv; +#define glVertexAttrib4uiv glad_glVertexAttrib4uiv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4USVPROC)(GLuint index, const GLushort *v); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIB4USVPROC glad_glVertexAttrib4usv; +#define glVertexAttrib4usv glad_glVertexAttrib4usv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERPROC)(GLuint index, GLint size, GLenum type, GLboolean normalized, GLsizei stride, const void *pointer); +GLAPI PFNGLVERTEXATTRIBPOINTERPROC glad_glVertexAttribPointer; +#define glVertexAttribPointer glad_glVertexAttribPointer +#endif +#ifndef GL_VERSION_2_1 +#define GL_VERSION_2_1 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_VERSION_2_1; +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX2X3FVPROC)(GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX2X3FVPROC glad_glUniformMatrix2x3fv; +#define glUniformMatrix2x3fv glad_glUniformMatrix2x3fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX3X2FVPROC)(GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX3X2FVPROC glad_glUniformMatrix3x2fv; +#define glUniformMatrix3x2fv glad_glUniformMatrix3x2fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX2X4FVPROC)(GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX2X4FVPROC glad_glUniformMatrix2x4fv; +#define glUniformMatrix2x4fv glad_glUniformMatrix2x4fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4X2FVPROC)(GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4X2FVPROC glad_glUniformMatrix4x2fv; +#define glUniformMatrix4x2fv glad_glUniformMatrix4x2fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX3X4FVPROC)(GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX3X4FVPROC glad_glUniformMatrix3x4fv; +#define glUniformMatrix3x4fv glad_glUniformMatrix3x4fv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4X3FVPROC)(GLint location, GLsizei count, GLboolean transpose, const GLfloat *value); +GLAPI PFNGLUNIFORMMATRIX4X3FVPROC glad_glUniformMatrix4x3fv; +#define glUniformMatrix4x3fv glad_glUniformMatrix4x3fv +#endif +#ifndef GL_ES_VERSION_2_0 +#define GL_ES_VERSION_2_0 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_ES_VERSION_2_0; +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDFRAMEBUFFERPROC)(GLenum target, GLuint framebuffer); +GLAPI PFNGLBINDFRAMEBUFFERPROC glad_glBindFramebuffer; +#define glBindFramebuffer glad_glBindFramebuffer +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBINDRENDERBUFFERPROC)(GLenum target, GLuint renderbuffer); +GLAPI PFNGLBINDRENDERBUFFERPROC glad_glBindRenderbuffer; +#define glBindRenderbuffer glad_glBindRenderbuffer +typedef GLenum (APIENTRYP PFNGLCHECKFRAMEBUFFERSTATUSPROC)(GLenum target); +GLAPI PFNGLCHECKFRAMEBUFFERSTATUSPROC glad_glCheckFramebufferStatus; +#define glCheckFramebufferStatus glad_glCheckFramebufferStatus +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLCLEARDEPTHFPROC)(GLfloat d); +GLAPI PFNGLCLEARDEPTHFPROC glad_glClearDepthf; +#define glClearDepthf glad_glClearDepthf +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETEFRAMEBUFFERSPROC)(GLsizei n, const GLuint *framebuffers); +GLAPI PFNGLDELETEFRAMEBUFFERSPROC glad_glDeleteFramebuffers; +#define glDeleteFramebuffers glad_glDeleteFramebuffers +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDELETERENDERBUFFERSPROC)(GLsizei n, const GLuint *renderbuffers); +GLAPI PFNGLDELETERENDERBUFFERSPROC glad_glDeleteRenderbuffers; +#define glDeleteRenderbuffers glad_glDeleteRenderbuffers +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEPTHRANGEFPROC)(GLfloat n, GLfloat f); +GLAPI PFNGLDEPTHRANGEFPROC glad_glDepthRangef; +#define glDepthRangef glad_glDepthRangef +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERRENDERBUFFERPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum renderbuffertarget, GLuint renderbuffer); +GLAPI PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERRENDERBUFFERPROC glad_glFramebufferRenderbuffer; +#define glFramebufferRenderbuffer glad_glFramebufferRenderbuffer +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURE2DPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget, GLuint texture, GLint level); +GLAPI PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURE2DPROC glad_glFramebufferTexture2D; +#define glFramebufferTexture2D glad_glFramebufferTexture2D +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENERATEMIPMAPPROC)(GLenum target); +GLAPI PFNGLGENERATEMIPMAPPROC glad_glGenerateMipmap; +#define glGenerateMipmap glad_glGenerateMipmap +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENFRAMEBUFFERSPROC)(GLsizei n, GLuint *framebuffers); +GLAPI PFNGLGENFRAMEBUFFERSPROC glad_glGenFramebuffers; +#define glGenFramebuffers glad_glGenFramebuffers +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGENRENDERBUFFERSPROC)(GLsizei n, GLuint *renderbuffers); +GLAPI PFNGLGENRENDERBUFFERSPROC glad_glGenRenderbuffers; +#define glGenRenderbuffers glad_glGenRenderbuffers +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETFRAMEBUFFERATTACHMENTPARAMETERIVPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETFRAMEBUFFERATTACHMENTPARAMETERIVPROC glad_glGetFramebufferAttachmentParameteriv; +#define glGetFramebufferAttachmentParameteriv glad_glGetFramebufferAttachmentParameteriv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETRENDERBUFFERPARAMETERIVPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum pname, GLint *params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETRENDERBUFFERPARAMETERIVPROC glad_glGetRenderbufferParameteriv; +#define glGetRenderbufferParameteriv glad_glGetRenderbufferParameteriv +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETSHADERPRECISIONFORMATPROC)(GLenum shadertype, GLenum precisiontype, GLint *range, GLint *precision); +GLAPI PFNGLGETSHADERPRECISIONFORMATPROC glad_glGetShaderPrecisionFormat; +#define glGetShaderPrecisionFormat glad_glGetShaderPrecisionFormat +typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISFRAMEBUFFERPROC)(GLuint framebuffer); +GLAPI PFNGLISFRAMEBUFFERPROC glad_glIsFramebuffer; +#define glIsFramebuffer glad_glIsFramebuffer +typedef GLboolean (APIENTRYP PFNGLISRENDERBUFFERPROC)(GLuint renderbuffer); +GLAPI PFNGLISRENDERBUFFERPROC glad_glIsRenderbuffer; +#define glIsRenderbuffer glad_glIsRenderbuffer +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRELEASESHADERCOMPILERPROC)(void); +GLAPI PFNGLRELEASESHADERCOMPILERPROC glad_glReleaseShaderCompiler; +#define glReleaseShaderCompiler glad_glReleaseShaderCompiler +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRENDERBUFFERSTORAGEPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height); +GLAPI PFNGLRENDERBUFFERSTORAGEPROC glad_glRenderbufferStorage; +#define glRenderbufferStorage glad_glRenderbufferStorage +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLSHADERBINARYPROC)(GLsizei count, const GLuint *shaders, GLenum binaryFormat, const void *binary, GLsizei length); +GLAPI PFNGLSHADERBINARYPROC glad_glShaderBinary; +#define glShaderBinary glad_glShaderBinary +#endif +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGB8_ETC2 0x9274 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ETC2 0x9275 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGB8_PUNCHTHROUGH_ALPHA1_ETC2 0x9276 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_PUNCHTHROUGH_ALPHA1_ETC2 0x9277 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA8_ETC2_EAC 0x9278 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ETC2_EAC 0x9279 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_R11_EAC 0x9270 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SIGNED_R11_EAC 0x9271 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RG11_EAC 0x9272 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SIGNED_RG11_EAC 0x9273 +#define GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART_FIXED_INDEX 0x8D69 +#define GL_ANY_SAMPLES_PASSED_CONSERVATIVE 0x8D6A +#define GL_MAX_ELEMENT_INDEX 0x8D6B +#define GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT16_ARB 0x81A5 +#define GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT24_ARB 0x81A6 +#define GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT32_ARB 0x81A7 +#define GL_TEXTURE_DEPTH_SIZE_ARB 0x884A +#define GL_DEPTH_TEXTURE_MODE_ARB 0x884B +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_COLOR_ENCODING 0x8210 +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_COMPONENT_TYPE 0x8211 +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_RED_SIZE 0x8212 +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_GREEN_SIZE 0x8213 +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_BLUE_SIZE 0x8214 +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_ALPHA_SIZE 0x8215 +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_DEPTH_SIZE 0x8216 +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_STENCIL_SIZE 0x8217 +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_DEFAULT 0x8218 +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_UNDEFINED 0x8219 +#define GL_DEPTH_STENCIL_ATTACHMENT 0x821A +#define GL_DEPTH_STENCIL 0x84F9 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_24_8 0x84FA +#define GL_DEPTH24_STENCIL8 0x88F0 +#define GL_TEXTURE_STENCIL_SIZE 0x88F1 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_NORMALIZED 0x8C17 +#define GL_DRAW_FRAMEBUFFER_BINDING 0x8CA6 +#define GL_READ_FRAMEBUFFER 0x8CA8 +#define GL_DRAW_FRAMEBUFFER 0x8CA9 +#define GL_READ_FRAMEBUFFER_BINDING 0x8CAA +#define GL_RENDERBUFFER_SAMPLES 0x8CAB +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_LAYER 0x8CD4 +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_DRAW_BUFFER 0x8CDB +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_READ_BUFFER 0x8CDC +#define GL_MAX_COLOR_ATTACHMENTS 0x8CDF +#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT1 0x8CE1 +#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT2 0x8CE2 +#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT3 0x8CE3 +#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT4 0x8CE4 +#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT5 0x8CE5 +#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT6 0x8CE6 +#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT7 0x8CE7 +#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT8 0x8CE8 +#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT9 0x8CE9 +#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT10 0x8CEA +#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT11 0x8CEB +#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT12 0x8CEC +#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT13 0x8CED +#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT14 0x8CEE +#define GL_COLOR_ATTACHMENT15 0x8CEF +#define GL_STENCIL_INDEX1 0x8D46 +#define GL_STENCIL_INDEX4 0x8D47 +#define GL_STENCIL_INDEX16 0x8D49 +#define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_MULTISAMPLE 0x8D56 +#define GL_MAX_SAMPLES 0x8D57 +#define GL_INDEX 0x8222 +#define GL_DEPTH_STENCIL_EXT 0x84F9 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_24_8_EXT 0x84FA +#define GL_DEPTH24_STENCIL8_EXT 0x88F0 +#define GL_TEXTURE_STENCIL_SIZE_EXT 0x88F1 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGB_S3TC_DXT1_EXT 0x83F0 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_S3TC_DXT1_EXT 0x83F1 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_S3TC_DXT3_EXT 0x83F2 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_S3TC_DXT5_EXT 0x83F3 +#define GL_DEBUG_OUTPUT_SYNCHRONOUS 0x8242 +#define GL_DEBUG_NEXT_LOGGED_MESSAGE_LENGTH 0x8243 +#define GL_DEBUG_CALLBACK_FUNCTION 0x8244 +#define GL_DEBUG_CALLBACK_USER_PARAM 0x8245 +#define GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_API 0x8246 +#define GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_WINDOW_SYSTEM 0x8247 +#define GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_SHADER_COMPILER 0x8248 +#define GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_THIRD_PARTY 0x8249 +#define GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_APPLICATION 0x824A +#define GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_OTHER 0x824B +#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_ERROR 0x824C +#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_DEPRECATED_BEHAVIOR 0x824D +#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_UNDEFINED_BEHAVIOR 0x824E +#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_PORTABILITY 0x824F +#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_PERFORMANCE 0x8250 +#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_OTHER 0x8251 +#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_MARKER 0x8268 +#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_PUSH_GROUP 0x8269 +#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_POP_GROUP 0x826A +#define GL_DEBUG_SEVERITY_NOTIFICATION 0x826B +#define GL_MAX_DEBUG_GROUP_STACK_DEPTH 0x826C +#define GL_DEBUG_GROUP_STACK_DEPTH 0x826D +#define GL_BUFFER 0x82E0 +#define GL_SHADER 0x82E1 +#define GL_PROGRAM 0x82E2 +#define GL_QUERY 0x82E3 +#define GL_PROGRAM_PIPELINE 0x82E4 +#define GL_SAMPLER 0x82E6 +#define GL_MAX_LABEL_LENGTH 0x82E8 +#define GL_MAX_DEBUG_MESSAGE_LENGTH 0x9143 +#define GL_MAX_DEBUG_LOGGED_MESSAGES 0x9144 +#define GL_DEBUG_LOGGED_MESSAGES 0x9145 +#define GL_DEBUG_SEVERITY_HIGH 0x9146 +#define GL_DEBUG_SEVERITY_MEDIUM 0x9147 +#define GL_DEBUG_SEVERITY_LOW 0x9148 +#define GL_DEBUG_OUTPUT 0x92E0 +#define GL_CONTEXT_FLAG_DEBUG_BIT 0x00000002 +#define GL_DEBUG_OUTPUT_SYNCHRONOUS_KHR 0x8242 +#define GL_DEBUG_NEXT_LOGGED_MESSAGE_LENGTH_KHR 0x8243 +#define GL_DEBUG_CALLBACK_FUNCTION_KHR 0x8244 +#define GL_DEBUG_CALLBACK_USER_PARAM_KHR 0x8245 +#define GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_API_KHR 0x8246 +#define GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_WINDOW_SYSTEM_KHR 0x8247 +#define GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_SHADER_COMPILER_KHR 0x8248 +#define GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_THIRD_PARTY_KHR 0x8249 +#define GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_APPLICATION_KHR 0x824A +#define GL_DEBUG_SOURCE_OTHER_KHR 0x824B +#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_ERROR_KHR 0x824C +#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_DEPRECATED_BEHAVIOR_KHR 0x824D +#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_UNDEFINED_BEHAVIOR_KHR 0x824E +#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_PORTABILITY_KHR 0x824F +#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_KHR 0x8250 +#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_OTHER_KHR 0x8251 +#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_MARKER_KHR 0x8268 +#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_PUSH_GROUP_KHR 0x8269 +#define GL_DEBUG_TYPE_POP_GROUP_KHR 0x826A +#define GL_DEBUG_SEVERITY_NOTIFICATION_KHR 0x826B +#define GL_MAX_DEBUG_GROUP_STACK_DEPTH_KHR 0x826C +#define GL_DEBUG_GROUP_STACK_DEPTH_KHR 0x826D +#define GL_BUFFER_KHR 0x82E0 +#define GL_SHADER_KHR 0x82E1 +#define GL_PROGRAM_KHR 0x82E2 +#define GL_VERTEX_ARRAY_KHR 0x8074 +#define GL_QUERY_KHR 0x82E3 +#define GL_PROGRAM_PIPELINE_KHR 0x82E4 +#define GL_SAMPLER_KHR 0x82E6 +#define GL_MAX_LABEL_LENGTH_KHR 0x82E8 +#define GL_MAX_DEBUG_MESSAGE_LENGTH_KHR 0x9143 +#define GL_MAX_DEBUG_LOGGED_MESSAGES_KHR 0x9144 +#define GL_DEBUG_LOGGED_MESSAGES_KHR 0x9145 +#define GL_DEBUG_SEVERITY_HIGH_KHR 0x9146 +#define GL_DEBUG_SEVERITY_MEDIUM_KHR 0x9147 +#define GL_DEBUG_SEVERITY_LOW_KHR 0x9148 +#define GL_DEBUG_OUTPUT_KHR 0x92E0 +#define GL_CONTEXT_FLAG_DEBUG_BIT_KHR 0x00000002 +#define GL_STACK_OVERFLOW_KHR 0x0503 +#define GL_STACK_UNDERFLOW_KHR 0x0504 +#define GL_DISPLAY_LIST 0x82E7 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGB_PVRTC_4BPPV1_IMG 0x8C00 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGB_PVRTC_2BPPV1_IMG 0x8C01 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_PVRTC_4BPPV1_IMG 0x8C02 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_PVRTC_2BPPV1_IMG 0x8C03 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_PVRTC_2BPPV2_IMG 0x9137 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_PVRTC_4BPPV2_IMG 0x9138 +#define GL_ETC1_RGB8_OES 0x8D64 +#define GL_DEPTH_COMPONENT24_OES 0x81A6 +#define GL_DEPTH_STENCIL_OES 0x84F9 +#define GL_UNSIGNED_INT_24_8_OES 0x84FA +#define GL_DEPTH24_STENCIL8_OES 0x88F0 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_4x4_KHR 0x93B0 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_5x4_KHR 0x93B1 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_5x5_KHR 0x93B2 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_6x5_KHR 0x93B3 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_6x6_KHR 0x93B4 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_8x5_KHR 0x93B5 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_8x6_KHR 0x93B6 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_8x8_KHR 0x93B7 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_10x5_KHR 0x93B8 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_10x6_KHR 0x93B9 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_10x8_KHR 0x93BA +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_10x10_KHR 0x93BB +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_12x10_KHR 0x93BC +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_12x12_KHR 0x93BD +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_4x4_KHR 0x93D0 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_5x4_KHR 0x93D1 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_5x5_KHR 0x93D2 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_6x5_KHR 0x93D3 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_6x6_KHR 0x93D4 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_8x5_KHR 0x93D5 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_8x6_KHR 0x93D6 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_8x8_KHR 0x93D7 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_10x5_KHR 0x93D8 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_10x6_KHR 0x93D9 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_10x8_KHR 0x93DA +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_10x10_KHR 0x93DB +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_12x10_KHR 0x93DC +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_12x12_KHR 0x93DD +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_3x3x3_OES 0x93C0 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_4x3x3_OES 0x93C1 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_4x4x3_OES 0x93C2 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_4x4x4_OES 0x93C3 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_5x4x4_OES 0x93C4 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_5x5x4_OES 0x93C5 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_5x5x5_OES 0x93C6 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_6x5x5_OES 0x93C7 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_6x6x5_OES 0x93C8 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_RGBA_ASTC_6x6x6_OES 0x93C9 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_3x3x3_OES 0x93E0 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_4x3x3_OES 0x93E1 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_4x4x3_OES 0x93E2 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_4x4x4_OES 0x93E3 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_5x4x4_OES 0x93E4 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_5x5x4_OES 0x93E5 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_5x5x5_OES 0x93E6 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_6x5x5_OES 0x93E7 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_6x6x5_OES 0x93E8 +#define GL_COMPRESSED_SRGB8_ALPHA8_ASTC_6x6x6_OES 0x93E9 +#ifndef GL_ARB_ES3_compatibility +#define GL_ARB_ES3_compatibility 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_ARB_ES3_compatibility; +#endif +#ifndef GL_ARB_depth_texture +#define GL_ARB_depth_texture 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_ARB_depth_texture; +#endif +#ifndef GL_ARB_framebuffer_object +#define GL_ARB_framebuffer_object 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_ARB_framebuffer_object; +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURE1DPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget, GLuint texture, GLint level); +GLAPI PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURE1DPROC glad_glFramebufferTexture1D; +#define glFramebufferTexture1D glad_glFramebufferTexture1D +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURE3DPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLenum textarget, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLint zoffset); +GLAPI PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURE3DPROC glad_glFramebufferTexture3D; +#define glFramebufferTexture3D glad_glFramebufferTexture3D +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLBLITFRAMEBUFFERPROC)(GLint srcX0, GLint srcY0, GLint srcX1, GLint srcY1, GLint dstX0, GLint dstY0, GLint dstX1, GLint dstY1, GLbitfield mask, GLenum filter); +GLAPI PFNGLBLITFRAMEBUFFERPROC glad_glBlitFramebuffer; +#define glBlitFramebuffer glad_glBlitFramebuffer +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLRENDERBUFFERSTORAGEMULTISAMPLEPROC)(GLenum target, GLsizei samples, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height); +GLAPI PFNGLRENDERBUFFERSTORAGEMULTISAMPLEPROC glad_glRenderbufferStorageMultisample; +#define glRenderbufferStorageMultisample glad_glRenderbufferStorageMultisample +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURELAYERPROC)(GLenum target, GLenum attachment, GLuint texture, GLint level, GLint layer); +GLAPI PFNGLFRAMEBUFFERTEXTURELAYERPROC glad_glFramebufferTextureLayer; +#define glFramebufferTextureLayer glad_glFramebufferTextureLayer +#endif +#ifndef GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two +#define GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two; +#endif +#ifndef GL_EXT_packed_depth_stencil +#define GL_EXT_packed_depth_stencil 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_EXT_packed_depth_stencil; +#endif +#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc +#define GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc; +#endif +#ifndef GL_KHR_debug +#define GL_KHR_debug 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_KHR_debug; +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGECONTROLPROC)(GLenum source, GLenum type, GLenum severity, GLsizei count, const GLuint *ids, GLboolean enabled); +GLAPI PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGECONTROLPROC glad_glDebugMessageControl; +#define glDebugMessageControl glad_glDebugMessageControl +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGEINSERTPROC)(GLenum source, GLenum type, GLuint id, GLenum severity, GLsizei length, const GLchar *buf); +GLAPI PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGEINSERTPROC glad_glDebugMessageInsert; +#define glDebugMessageInsert glad_glDebugMessageInsert +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGECALLBACKPROC)(GLDEBUGPROC callback, const void *userParam); +GLAPI PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGECALLBACKPROC glad_glDebugMessageCallback; +#define glDebugMessageCallback glad_glDebugMessageCallback +typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETDEBUGMESSAGELOGPROC)(GLuint count, GLsizei bufSize, GLenum *sources, GLenum *types, GLuint *ids, GLenum *severities, GLsizei *lengths, GLchar *messageLog); +GLAPI PFNGLGETDEBUGMESSAGELOGPROC glad_glGetDebugMessageLog; +#define glGetDebugMessageLog glad_glGetDebugMessageLog +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPUSHDEBUGGROUPPROC)(GLenum source, GLuint id, GLsizei length, const GLchar *message); +GLAPI PFNGLPUSHDEBUGGROUPPROC glad_glPushDebugGroup; +#define glPushDebugGroup glad_glPushDebugGroup +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOPDEBUGGROUPPROC)(void); +GLAPI PFNGLPOPDEBUGGROUPPROC glad_glPopDebugGroup; +#define glPopDebugGroup glad_glPopDebugGroup +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLOBJECTLABELPROC)(GLenum identifier, GLuint name, GLsizei length, const GLchar *label); +GLAPI PFNGLOBJECTLABELPROC glad_glObjectLabel; +#define glObjectLabel glad_glObjectLabel +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETOBJECTLABELPROC)(GLenum identifier, GLuint name, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *label); +GLAPI PFNGLGETOBJECTLABELPROC glad_glGetObjectLabel; +#define glGetObjectLabel glad_glGetObjectLabel +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLOBJECTPTRLABELPROC)(const void *ptr, GLsizei length, const GLchar *label); +GLAPI PFNGLOBJECTPTRLABELPROC glad_glObjectPtrLabel; +#define glObjectPtrLabel glad_glObjectPtrLabel +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETOBJECTPTRLABELPROC)(const void *ptr, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *label); +GLAPI PFNGLGETOBJECTPTRLABELPROC glad_glGetObjectPtrLabel; +#define glGetObjectPtrLabel glad_glGetObjectPtrLabel +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGECONTROLKHRPROC)(GLenum source, GLenum type, GLenum severity, GLsizei count, const GLuint *ids, GLboolean enabled); +GLAPI PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGECONTROLKHRPROC glad_glDebugMessageControlKHR; +#define glDebugMessageControlKHR glad_glDebugMessageControlKHR +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGEINSERTKHRPROC)(GLenum source, GLenum type, GLuint id, GLenum severity, GLsizei length, const GLchar *buf); +GLAPI PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGEINSERTKHRPROC glad_glDebugMessageInsertKHR; +#define glDebugMessageInsertKHR glad_glDebugMessageInsertKHR +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGECALLBACKKHRPROC)(GLDEBUGPROCKHR callback, const void *userParam); +GLAPI PFNGLDEBUGMESSAGECALLBACKKHRPROC glad_glDebugMessageCallbackKHR; +#define glDebugMessageCallbackKHR glad_glDebugMessageCallbackKHR +typedef GLuint (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETDEBUGMESSAGELOGKHRPROC)(GLuint count, GLsizei bufSize, GLenum *sources, GLenum *types, GLuint *ids, GLenum *severities, GLsizei *lengths, GLchar *messageLog); +GLAPI PFNGLGETDEBUGMESSAGELOGKHRPROC glad_glGetDebugMessageLogKHR; +#define glGetDebugMessageLogKHR glad_glGetDebugMessageLogKHR +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPUSHDEBUGGROUPKHRPROC)(GLenum source, GLuint id, GLsizei length, const GLchar *message); +GLAPI PFNGLPUSHDEBUGGROUPKHRPROC glad_glPushDebugGroupKHR; +#define glPushDebugGroupKHR glad_glPushDebugGroupKHR +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLPOPDEBUGGROUPKHRPROC)(void); +GLAPI PFNGLPOPDEBUGGROUPKHRPROC glad_glPopDebugGroupKHR; +#define glPopDebugGroupKHR glad_glPopDebugGroupKHR +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLOBJECTLABELKHRPROC)(GLenum identifier, GLuint name, GLsizei length, const GLchar *label); +GLAPI PFNGLOBJECTLABELKHRPROC glad_glObjectLabelKHR; +#define glObjectLabelKHR glad_glObjectLabelKHR +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETOBJECTLABELKHRPROC)(GLenum identifier, GLuint name, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *label); +GLAPI PFNGLGETOBJECTLABELKHRPROC glad_glGetObjectLabelKHR; +#define glGetObjectLabelKHR glad_glGetObjectLabelKHR +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLOBJECTPTRLABELKHRPROC)(const void *ptr, GLsizei length, const GLchar *label); +GLAPI PFNGLOBJECTPTRLABELKHRPROC glad_glObjectPtrLabelKHR; +#define glObjectPtrLabelKHR glad_glObjectPtrLabelKHR +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETOBJECTPTRLABELKHRPROC)(const void *ptr, GLsizei bufSize, GLsizei *length, GLchar *label); +GLAPI PFNGLGETOBJECTPTRLABELKHRPROC glad_glGetObjectPtrLabelKHR; +#define glGetObjectPtrLabelKHR glad_glGetObjectPtrLabelKHR +typedef void (APIENTRYP PFNGLGETPOINTERVKHRPROC)(GLenum pname, void **params); +GLAPI PFNGLGETPOINTERVKHRPROC glad_glGetPointervKHR; +#define glGetPointervKHR glad_glGetPointervKHR +#endif +#ifndef GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc +#define GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_EXT_texture_compression_s3tc; +#endif +#ifndef GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc +#define GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc; +#endif +#ifndef GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc2 +#define GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc2 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_IMG_texture_compression_pvrtc2; +#endif +#ifndef GL_KHR_debug +#define GL_KHR_debug 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_KHR_debug; +#endif +#ifndef GL_OES_compressed_ETC1_RGB8_texture +#define GL_OES_compressed_ETC1_RGB8_texture 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_OES_compressed_ETC1_RGB8_texture; +#endif +#ifndef GL_OES_depth24 +#define GL_OES_depth24 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_OES_depth24; +#endif +#ifndef GL_OES_depth_texture +#define GL_OES_depth_texture 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_OES_depth_texture; +#endif +#ifndef GL_OES_element_index_uint +#define GL_OES_element_index_uint 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_OES_element_index_uint; +#endif +#ifndef GL_OES_packed_depth_stencil +#define GL_OES_packed_depth_stencil 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_OES_packed_depth_stencil; +#endif +#ifndef GL_OES_texture_compression_astc +#define GL_OES_texture_compression_astc 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_OES_texture_compression_astc; +#endif +#ifndef GL_OES_texture_npot +#define GL_OES_texture_npot 1 +GLAPI int GLAD_GL_OES_texture_npot; +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/imgui/imgui.cpp b/sources/3rdparty/imgui/imgui.cpp index 54743e34..c4063eb5 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/imgui/imgui.cpp +++ b/sources/3rdparty/imgui/imgui.cpp @@ -1,25 +1,29 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.76 +// dear imgui, v1.89.2 // (main code and documentation) // Help: // - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq // - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' below for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. -// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code. All applications in examples/ are doing that. +// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. // Read imgui.cpp for details, links and comments. // Resources: // - FAQ http://dearimgui.org/faq // - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui // - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases -// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3075 (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5243 (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) // - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary -// - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki // - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues +// Getting Started? +// - For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running or issues loading fonts: +// please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above. + // Developed by Omar Cornut and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub. // See LICENSE.txt for copyright and licensing details (standard MIT License). -// This library is free but I need your support to sustain development and maintenance. -// Businesses: you can support continued development via invoiced technical support, maintenance and sponsoring contracts. Please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.org". +// This library is free but needs your support to sustain development and maintenance. +// Businesses: you can support continued development via invoiced technical support, maintenance and sponsoring contracts. Please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.com". // Individuals: you can support continued development via donations. See docs/README or web page. // It is recommended that you don't modify imgui.cpp! It will become difficult for you to update the library. @@ -61,11 +65,13 @@ CODE // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Color functions) // [SECTION] ImGuiStorage // [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter -// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer +// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer, ImGuiTextIndex // [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper // [SECTION] STYLING // [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS +// [SECTION] INITIALIZATION, SHUTDOWN // [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!) +// [SECTION] INPUTS // [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING // [SECTION] LAYOUT // [SECTION] SCROLLING @@ -75,10 +81,13 @@ CODE // [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP // [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING // [SECTION] SETTINGS +// [SECTION] LOCALIZATION // [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS // [SECTION] DOCKING // [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS -// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUG WINDOW +// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW +// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG WINDOW +// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, STACK TOOL) */ @@ -94,14 +103,14 @@ CODE - Easy to use to create code-driven and data-driven tools. - Easy to use to create ad hoc short-lived tools and long-lived, more elaborate tools. - Easy to hack and improve. - - Minimize screen real-estate usage. - Minimize setup and maintenance. - Minimize state storage on user side. + - Minimize state synchronization. - Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.). - - Efficient runtime and memory consumption (NB- we do allocate when "growing" content e.g. creating a window,. - opening a tree node for the first time, etc. but a typical frame should not allocate anything). + - Efficient runtime and memory consumption. + + Designed for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! Some of the current weaknesses includes: - Designed for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! Some of the weaknesses includes: - Doesn't look fancy, doesn't animate. - Limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code. @@ -120,14 +129,13 @@ CODE - Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text. - CTRL+Left/Right to word jump. - CTRL+Shift+Left/Right to select words. - - CTRL+A our Double-Click to select all. + - CTRL+A or Double-Click to select all. - CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V to use OS clipboard/ - CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo. - ESCAPE to revert text to its original value. - - You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values. Use +- to subtract (because - would set a negative value!) - Controls are automatically adjusted for OSX to match standard OSX text editing operations. - General Keyboard controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard. - - General Gamepad controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad. See suggested mappings in imgui.h ImGuiNavInput_ + download PNG/PSD at http://goo.gl/9LgVZW + - General Gamepad controls: enable with ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad. Download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets PROGRAMMER GUIDE @@ -135,17 +143,17 @@ CODE READ FIRST ---------- - - Remember to read the FAQ (https://www.dearimgui.org/faq) - - Your code creates the UI, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone! The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction - or destruction steps, less superfluous data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, less bugs. + - Remember to check the wonderful Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) + - Your code creates the UI, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone! The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction or + destruction steps, less superfluous data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, fewer bugs. - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() for demo code demonstrating most features. - The library is designed to be built from sources. Avoid pre-compiled binaries and packaged versions. See imconfig.h to configure your build. - Dear ImGui is an implementation of the IMGUI paradigm (immediate-mode graphical user interface, a term coined by Casey Muratori). - You can learn about IMGUI principles at http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html, http://mollyrocket.com/861 & more links in the FAQ. + You can learn about IMGUI principles at http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html, http://mollyrocket.com/861 & more links in Wiki. - Dear ImGui is a "single pass" rasterizing implementation of the IMGUI paradigm, aimed at ease of use and high-performances. - For every application frame your UI code will be called only once. This is in contrast to e.g. Unity's own implementation of an IMGUI, + For every application frame, your UI code will be called only once. This is in contrast to e.g. Unity's implementation of an IMGUI, where the UI code is called multiple times ("multiple passes") from a single entry point. There are pros and cons to both approaches. - - Our origin are on the top-left. In axis aligned bounding boxes, Min = top-left, Max = bottom-right. + - Our origin is on the top-left. In axis aligned bounding boxes, Min = top-left, Max = bottom-right. - This codebase is also optimized to yield decent performances with typical "Debug" builds settings. - Please make sure you have asserts enabled (IM_ASSERT redirects to assert() by default, but can be redirected). If you get an assert, read the messages and comments around the assert. @@ -158,34 +166,36 @@ CODE HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI ---------------------------------------------- - - Overwrite all the sources files except for imconfig.h (if you have made modification to your copy of imconfig.h) - - Or maintain your own branch where you have imconfig.h modified. + - Overwrite all the sources files except for imconfig.h (if you have modified your copy of imconfig.h) + - Or maintain your own branch where you have imconfig.h modified as a top-most commit which you can regularly rebase over "master". + - You can also use '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h" to redirect configuration to your own file. - Read the "API BREAKING CHANGES" section (below). This is where we list occasional API breaking changes. If a function/type has been renamed / or marked obsolete, try to fix the name in your code before it is permanently removed from the public API. If you have a problem with a missing function/symbols, search for its name in the code, there will likely be a comment about it. Please report any issue to the GitHub page! - - Try to keep your copy of dear imgui reasonably up to date. + - To find out usage of old API, you can add '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in your configuration file. + - Try to keep your copy of Dear ImGui reasonably up to date. GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE --------------------------------------------------------------- - Run and study the examples and demo in imgui_demo.cpp to get acquainted with the library. - - In the majority of cases you should be able to use unmodified back-ends files available in the examples/ folder. - - Add the Dear ImGui source files to your projects or using your preferred build system. - It is recommended you build and statically link the .cpp files as part of your project and NOT as shared library (DLL). + - In the majority of cases you should be able to use unmodified backends files available in the backends/ folder. + - Add the Dear ImGui source files + selected backend source files to your projects or using your preferred build system. + It is recommended you build and statically link the .cpp files as part of your project and NOT as a shared library (DLL). - You can later customize the imconfig.h file to tweak some compile-time behavior, such as integrating Dear ImGui types with your own maths types. - When using Dear ImGui, your programming IDE is your friend: follow the declaration of variables, functions and types to find comments about them. - Dear ImGui never touches or knows about your GPU state. The only function that knows about GPU is the draw function that you provide. Effectively it means you can create widgets at any time in your code, regardless of considerations of being in "update" vs "render" - phases of your own application. All rendering information are stored into command-lists that you will retrieve after calling ImGui::Render(). - - Refer to the bindings and demo applications in the examples/ folder for instruction on how to setup your code. + phases of your own application. All rendering information is stored into command-lists that you will retrieve after calling ImGui::Render(). + - Refer to the backends and demo applications in the examples/ folder for instruction on how to setup your code. - If you are running over a standard OS with a common graphics API, you should be able to use unmodified imgui_impl_*** files from the examples/ folder. HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE -------------------------------------- - EXHIBIT 1: USING THE EXAMPLE BINDINGS (= imgui_impl_XXX.cpp files from the examples/ folder). - The sub-folders in examples/ contains examples applications following this structure. + EXHIBIT 1: USING THE EXAMPLE BACKENDS (= imgui_impl_XXX.cpp files from the backends/ folder). + The sub-folders in examples/ contain examples applications following this structure. // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts ImGui::CreateContext(); @@ -194,7 +204,7 @@ CODE // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later. // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font. - // Initialize helper Platform and Renderer bindings (here we are using imgui_impl_win32.cpp and imgui_impl_dx11.cpp) + // Initialize helper Platform and Renderer backends (here we are using imgui_impl_win32.cpp and imgui_impl_dx11.cpp) ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(hwnd); ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(g_pd3dDevice, g_pd3dDeviceContext); @@ -220,7 +230,7 @@ CODE ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown(); ImGui::DestroyContext(); - EXHIBIT 2: IMPLEMENTING CUSTOM BINDING / CUSTOM ENGINE + EXHIBIT 2: IMPLEMENTING CUSTOM BACKEND / CUSTOM ENGINE // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts ImGui::CreateContext(); @@ -235,26 +245,26 @@ CODE unsigned char* pixels = NULL; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); - // At this point you've got the texture data and you need to upload that your your graphic system: + // At this point you've got the texture data and you need to upload that to your graphic system: // After we have created the texture, store its pointer/identifier (_in whichever format your engine uses_) in 'io.Fonts->TexID'. // This will be passed back to your via the renderer. Basically ImTextureID == void*. Read FAQ for details about ImTextureID. MyTexture* texture = MyEngine::CreateTextureFromMemoryPixels(pixels, width, height, TEXTURE_TYPE_RGBA32) - io.Fonts->TexID = (void*)texture; + io.Fonts->SetTexID((void*)texture); // Application main loop while (true) { // Setup low-level inputs, e.g. on Win32: calling GetKeyboardState(), or write to those fields from your Windows message handlers, etc. - // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_NewFrame() function from one of the demo Platform bindings) + // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_NewFrame() function from one of the demo Platform Backends) io.DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f; // set the time elapsed since the previous frame (in seconds) io.DisplaySize.x = 1920.0f; // set the current display width io.DisplaySize.y = 1280.0f; // set the current display height here - io.MousePos = my_mouse_pos; // set the mouse position - io.MouseDown[0] = my_mouse_buttons[0]; // set the mouse button states - io.MouseDown[1] = my_mouse_buttons[1]; + io.AddMousePosEvent(mouse_x, mouse_y); // update mouse position + io.AddMouseButtonEvent(0, mouse_b[0]); // update mouse button states + io.AddMouseButtonEvent(1, mouse_b[1]); // update mouse button states // Call NewFrame(), after this point you can use ImGui::* functions anytime - // (So you want to try calling NewFrame() as early as you can in your mainloop to be able to use Dear ImGui everywhere) + // (So you want to try calling NewFrame() as early as you can in your main loop to be able to use Dear ImGui everywhere) ImGui::NewFrame(); // Most of your application code here @@ -274,21 +284,23 @@ CODE // Shutdown ImGui::DestroyContext(); - To decide whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard inputs to Dear ImGui to the rest your application, + To decide whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard inputs to Dear ImGui to the rest of your application, you should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags! Please read the FAQ and example applications for details about this! HOW A SIMPLE RENDERING FUNCTION MAY LOOK LIKE --------------------------------------------- - The bindings in impl_impl_XXX.cpp files contains many working implementations of a rendering function. + The backends in impl_impl_XXX.cpp files contain many working implementations of a rendering function. - void void MyImGuiRenderFunction(ImDrawData* draw_data) + void MyImGuiRenderFunction(ImDrawData* draw_data) { // TODO: Setup render state: alpha-blending enabled, no face culling, no depth testing, scissor enabled + // TODO: Setup texture sampling state: sample with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Use 'io.Fonts->Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines;' to allow point/nearest filtering. // TODO: Setup viewport covering draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize // TODO: Setup orthographic projection matrix cover draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize // TODO: Setup shader: vertex { float2 pos, float2 uv, u32 color }, fragment shader sample color from 1 texture, multiply by vertex color. + ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos; for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++) { const ImDrawList* cmd_list = draw_data->CmdLists[n]; @@ -303,26 +315,31 @@ CODE } else { - // The texture for the draw call is specified by pcmd->TextureId. - // The vast majority of draw calls will use the Dear ImGui texture atlas, which value you have set yourself during initialization. - MyEngineBindTexture((MyTexture*)pcmd->TextureId); + // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space + ImVec2 clip_min(pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y); + ImVec2 clip_max(pcmd->ClipRect.z - clip_off.x, pcmd->ClipRect.w - clip_off.y); + if (clip_max.x <= clip_min.x || clip_max.y <= clip_min.y) + continue; - // We are using scissoring to clip some objects. All low-level graphics API should supports it. + // We are using scissoring to clip some objects. All low-level graphics API should support it. // - If your engine doesn't support scissoring yet, you may ignore this at first. You will get some small glitches // (some elements visible outside their bounds) but you can fix that once everything else works! - // - Clipping coordinates are provided in imgui coordinates space (from draw_data->DisplayPos to draw_data->DisplayPos + draw_data->DisplaySize) - // In a single viewport application, draw_data->DisplayPos will always be (0,0) and draw_data->DisplaySize will always be == io.DisplaySize. - // However, in the interest of supporting multi-viewport applications in the future (see 'viewport' branch on github), - // always subtract draw_data->DisplayPos from clipping bounds to convert them to your viewport space. + // - Clipping coordinates are provided in imgui coordinates space: + // - For a given viewport, draw_data->DisplayPos == viewport->Pos and draw_data->DisplaySize == viewport->Size + // - In a single viewport application, draw_data->DisplayPos == (0,0) and draw_data->DisplaySize == io.DisplaySize, but always use GetMainViewport()->Pos/Size instead of hardcoding those values. + // - In the interest of supporting multi-viewport applications (see 'docking' branch on github), + // always subtract draw_data->DisplayPos from clipping bounds to convert them to your viewport space. // - Note that pcmd->ClipRect contains Min+Max bounds. Some graphics API may use Min+Max, other may use Min+Size (size being Max-Min) - ImVec2 pos = draw_data->DisplayPos; - MyEngineScissor((int)(pcmd->ClipRect.x - pos.x), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.y - pos.y), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.z - pos.x), (int)(pcmd->ClipRect.w - pos.y)); + MyEngineSetScissor(clip_min.x, clip_min.y, clip_max.x, clip_max.y); + + // The texture for the draw call is specified by pcmd->GetTexID(). + // The vast majority of draw calls will use the Dear ImGui texture atlas, which value you have set yourself during initialization. + MyEngineBindTexture((MyTexture*)pcmd->GetTexID()); // Render 'pcmd->ElemCount/3' indexed triangles. // By default the indices ImDrawIdx are 16-bit, you can change them to 32-bit in imconfig.h if your engine doesn't support 16-bit indices. - MyEngineDrawIndexedTriangles(pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer, vtx_buffer); + MyEngineDrawIndexedTriangles(pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer + pcmd->IdxOffset, vtx_buffer, pcmd->VtxOffset); } - idx_buffer += pcmd->ElemCount; } } } @@ -331,37 +348,33 @@ CODE USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS ------------------------------------------ - The gamepad/keyboard navigation is fairly functional and keeps being improved. - - Gamepad support is particularly useful to use Dear ImGui on a console system (e.g. PS4, Switch, XB1) without a mouse! - - You can ask questions and report issues at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/787 + - Gamepad support is particularly useful to use Dear ImGui on a console system (e.g. PlayStation, Switch, Xbox) without a mouse! - The initial focus was to support game controllers, but keyboard is becoming increasingly and decently usable. - Keyboard: - - Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. - NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on your io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] arrays. - - When keyboard navigation is active (io.NavActive + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard), the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag - will be set. For more advanced uses, you may want to read from: + - Application: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. + - When keyboard navigation is active (io.NavActive + ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard), + the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag will be set. For more advanced uses, you may want to read from: - io.NavActive: true when a window is focused and it doesn't have the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs flag set. - io.NavVisible: true when the navigation cursor is visible (and usually goes false when mouse is used). - or query focus information with e.g. IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow), IsItemFocused() etc. functions. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. - Gamepad: - - Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. - - Backend: Set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad + fill the io.NavInputs[] fields before calling NewFrame(). - Note that io.NavInputs[] is cleared by EndFrame(). - - See 'enum ImGuiNavInput_' in imgui.h for a description of inputs. For each entry of io.NavInputs[], set the following values: - 0.0f= not held. 1.0f= fully held. Pass intermediate 0.0f..1.0f values for analog triggers/sticks. - - We uses a simple >0.0f test for activation testing, and won't attempt to test for a dead-zone. - Your code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.). - - You can download PNG/PSD files depicting the gamepad controls for common controllers at: http://goo.gl/9LgVZW. - - If you need to share inputs between your game and the imgui parts, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing, with a buttons combo - to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. + - Application: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. + - Backend: Set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad + call io.AddKeyEvent/AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_Gamepad_XXX keys. + For analog values (0.0f to 1.0f), backend is responsible to handling a dead-zone and rescaling inputs accordingly. + Backend code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.). + - BEFORE 1.87, BACKENDS USED TO WRITE TO io.NavInputs[]. This is now obsolete. Please call io functions instead! + - You can download PNG/PSD files depicting the gamepad controls for common controllers at: http://dearimgui.org/controls_sheets + - If you need to share inputs between your game and the Dear ImGui interface, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing, + with a buttons combo to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. - Mouse: - - PS4 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock4 touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback. + - PS4/PS5 users: Consider emulating a mouse cursor with DualShock4 touch pad or a spare analog stick as a mouse-emulation fallback. - Consoles/Tablet/Phone users: Consider using a Synergy 1.x server (on your PC) + uSynergy.c (on your console/tablet/phone app) to share your PC mouse/keyboard. - On a TV/console system where readability may be lower or mouse inputs may be awkward, you may want to set the ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos flag. Enabling ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos + ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos instructs dear imgui to move your mouse cursor along with navigation movements. When enabled, the NewFrame() function may alter 'io.MousePos' and set 'io.WantSetMousePos' to notify you that it wants the mouse cursor to be moved. - When that happens your back-end NEEDS to move the OS or underlying mouse cursor on the next frame. Some of the binding in examples/ do that. - (If you set the NavEnableSetMousePos flag but don't honor 'io.WantSetMousePos' properly, imgui will misbehave as it will see your mouse as moving back and forth!) + When that happens your backend NEEDS to move the OS or underlying mouse cursor on the next frame. Some of the backends in examples/ do that. + (If you set the NavEnableSetMousePos flag but don't honor 'io.WantSetMousePos' properly, imgui will misbehave as it will see your mouse moving back and forth!) (In a setup when you may not have easy control over the mouse cursor, e.g. uSynergy.c doesn't expose moving remote mouse cursor, you may want to set a boolean to ignore your other external mouse positions until the external source is moved again.) @@ -371,18 +384,162 @@ CODE Occasionally introducing changes that are breaking the API. We try to make the breakage minor and easy to fix. Below is a change-log of API breaking changes only. If you are using one of the functions listed, expect to have to fix some code. - When you are not sure about a old symbol or function name, try using the Search/Find function of your IDE to look for comments or references in all imgui files. + When you are not sure about an old symbol or function name, try using the Search/Find function of your IDE to look for comments or references in all imgui files. You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details. - (Docking/Viewport Branch) - - 2019/XX/XX (1.XX) - when multi-viewports are enabled, all positions will be in your natural OS coordinates space. It means that: +(Docking/Viewport Branch) + - 2022/XX/XX (1.XX) - when multi-viewports are enabled, all positions will be in your natural OS coordinates space. It means that: - reference to hard-coded positions such as in SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(0,0)) are probably not what you want anymore. you may use GetMainViewport()->Pos to offset hard-coded positions, e.g. SetNextWindowPos(GetMainViewport()->Pos) - likewise io.MousePos and GetMousePos() will use OS coordinates. If you query mouse positions to interact with non-imgui coordinates you will need to offset them, e.g. subtract GetWindowViewport()->Pos. - - 2019/XX/XX (1.XX) - Moved IME support functions from io.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn, io.ImeWindowHandle to the PlatformIO api. - + - 2022/10/26 (1.89) - commented out redirecting OpenPopupContextItem() which was briefly the name of OpenPopupOnItemClick() from 1.77 to 1.79. + - 2022/10/12 (1.89) - removed runtime patching of invalid "%f"/"%0.f" format strings for DragInt()/SliderInt(). This was obsoleted in 1.61 (May 2018). See 1.61 changelog for details. + - 2022/09/26 (1.89) - renamed and merged keyboard modifiers key enums and flags into a same set. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete). + - ImGuiKey_ModCtrl and ImGuiModFlags_Ctrl -> ImGuiMod_Ctrl + - ImGuiKey_ModShift and ImGuiModFlags_Shift -> ImGuiMod_Shift + - ImGuiKey_ModAlt and ImGuiModFlags_Alt -> ImGuiMod_Alt + - ImGuiKey_ModSuper and ImGuiModFlags_Super -> ImGuiMod_Super + the ImGuiKey_ModXXX were introduced in 1.87 and mostly used by backends. + the ImGuiModFlags_XXX have been exposed in imgui.h but not really used by any public api only by third-party extensions. + exceptionally commenting out the older ImGuiKeyModFlags_XXX names ahead of obsolescence schedule to reduce confusion and because they were not meant to be used anyway. + - 2022/09/20 (1.89) - ImGuiKey is now a typed enum, allowing ImGuiKey_XXX symbols to be named in debuggers. + this will require uses of legacy backend-dependent indices to be casted, e.g. + - with imgui_impl_glfw: IsKeyPressed(GLFW_KEY_A) -> IsKeyPressed((ImGuiKey)GLFW_KEY_A); + - with imgui_impl_win32: IsKeyPressed('A') -> IsKeyPressed((ImGuiKey)'A') + - etc. However if you are upgrading code you might well use the better, backend-agnostic IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_A) now! + - 2022/09/12 (1.89) - removed the bizarre legacy default argument for 'TreePush(const void* ptr = NULL)', always pass a pointer value explicitly. NULL/nullptr is ok but require cast, e.g. TreePush((void*)nullptr); + - 2022/09/05 (1.89) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.77 and 1.78 (June 2020): + - DragScalar(), DragScalarN(), DragFloat(), DragFloat2(), DragFloat3(), DragFloat4(): For old signatures ending with (..., const char* format, float power = 1.0f) -> use (..., format ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) if power != 1.0f. + - SliderScalar(), SliderScalarN(), SliderFloat(), SliderFloat2(), SliderFloat3(), SliderFloat4(): For old signatures ending with (..., const char* format, float power = 1.0f) -> use (..., format ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) if power != 1.0f. + - BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiMouseButton, bool) -> use BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiPopupFlags) + - 2022/09/02 (1.89) - obsoleted using SetCursorPos()/SetCursorScreenPos() to extend parent window/cell boundaries. + this relates to when moving the cursor position beyond current boundaries WITHOUT submitting an item. + - previously this would make the window content size ~200x200: + Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); + - instead, please submit an item: + Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) + End(); + - alternative: + Begin(...) + Dummy(ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); + - content size is now only extended when submitting an item! + - with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' this will now be detected and assert. + - without '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' this will silently be fixed until we obsolete it. + - 2022/08/03 (1.89) - changed signature of ImageButton() function. Kept redirection function (will obsolete). + - added 'const char* str_id' parameter + removed 'int frame_padding = -1' parameter. + - old signature: bool ImageButton(ImTextureID tex_id, ImVec2 size, ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1)); + - used the ImTextureID value to create an ID. This was inconsistent with other functions, led to ID conflicts, and caused problems with engines using transient ImTextureID values. + - had a FramePadding override which was inconsistent with other functions and made the already-long signature even longer. + - new signature: bool ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID tex_id, ImVec2 size, ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1)); + - requires an explicit identifier. You may still use e.g. PushID() calls and then pass an empty identifier. + - always uses style.FramePadding for padding, to be consistent with other buttons. You may use PushStyleVar() to alter this. + - 2022/07/08 (1.89) - inputs: removed io.NavInputs[] and ImGuiNavInput enum (following 1.87 changes). + - Official backends from 1.87+ -> no issue. + - Official backends from 1.60 to 1.86 -> will build and convert gamepad inputs, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Need updating! + - Custom backends not writing to io.NavInputs[] -> no issue. + - Custom backends writing to io.NavInputs[] -> will build and convert gamepad inputs, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Need fixing! + - TL;DR: Backends should call io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX values instead of filling io.NavInput[]. + - 2022/06/15 (1.88) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS for correctness. kept support for old define (will obsolete). + - 2022/05/03 (1.88) - backends: osx: removed ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() from backend API in favor of backend automatically handling event capture. All ImGui_ImplOSX_HandleEvent() calls should be removed as they are now unnecessary. + - 2022/04/05 (1.88) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKeyModFlags to ImGuiModFlags. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete). This was never used in public API functions but technically present in imgui.h and ImGuiIO. + - 2022/01/20 (1.87) - inputs: reworded gamepad IO. + - Backend writing to io.NavInputs[] -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX values. + - 2022/01/19 (1.87) - sliders, drags: removed support for legacy arithmetic operators (+,+-,*,/) when inputing text. This doesn't break any api/code but a feature that used to be accessible by end-users (which seemingly no one used). + - 2022/01/17 (1.87) - inputs: reworked mouse IO. + - Backend writing to io.MousePos -> backend should call io.AddMousePosEvent() + - Backend writing to io.MouseDown[] -> backend should call io.AddMouseButtonEvent() + - Backend writing to io.MouseWheel -> backend should call io.AddMouseWheelEvent() + - Backend writing to io.MouseHoveredViewport -> backend should call io.AddMouseViewportEvent() [Docking branch w/ multi-viewports only] + note: for all calls to IO new functions, the Dear ImGui context should be bound/current. + read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4921 for details. + - 2022/01/10 (1.87) - inputs: reworked keyboard IO. Removed io.KeyMap[], io.KeysDown[] in favor of calling io.AddKeyEvent(). Removed GetKeyIndex(), now unecessary. All IsKeyXXX() functions now take ImGuiKey values. All features are still functional until IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO is defined. Read Changelog and Release Notes for details. + - IsKeyPressed(MY_NATIVE_KEY_XXX) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX) + - IsKeyPressed(GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_XXX)) -> use IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_XXX) + - Backend writing to io.KeyMap[],io.KeysDown[] -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() (+ call io.SetKeyEventNativeData() if you want legacy user code to stil function with legacy key codes). + - Backend writing to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift.. -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiMod_XXX values. *IF YOU PULLED CODE BETWEEN 2021/01/10 and 2021/01/27: We used to have a io.AddKeyModsEvent() function which was now replaced by io.AddKeyEvent() with ImGuiMod_XXX values.* + - one case won't work with backward compatibility: if your custom backend used ImGuiKey as mock native indices (e.g. "io.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_A] = ImGuiKey_A") because those values are now larger than the legacy KeyDown[] array. Will assert. + - inputs: added ImGuiKey_ModCtrl/ImGuiKey_ModShift/ImGuiKey_ModAlt/ImGuiKey_ModSuper values to submit keyboard modifiers using io.AddKeyEvent(), instead of writing directly to io.KeyCtrl, io.KeyShift, io.KeyAlt, io.KeySuper. + - 2022/01/05 (1.87) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter to ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter to align with new symbols. Kept redirection enum. + - 2022/01/05 (1.87) - removed io.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn() in favor of more flexible io.SetPlatformImeDataFn(). Removed 'void* io.ImeWindowHandle' in favor of writing to 'void* ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandleRaw'. + - 2022/01/01 (1.87) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.69, 1.70, 1.71, 1.72 (March-July 2019) + - ImGui::SetNextTreeNodeOpen() -> use ImGui::SetNextItemOpen() + - ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth() -> use ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x + - ImGui::TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() -> use ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); + - ImFontAtlas::CustomRect -> use ImFontAtlasCustomRect + - ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/HSV/HEX -> use ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/HSV/Hex + - 2021/12/20 (1.86) - backends: removed obsolete Marmalade backend (imgui_impl_marmalade.cpp) + example. Find last supported version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings + - 2021/11/04 (1.86) - removed CalcListClipping() function. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can return non-contiguous ranges. Please open an issue if you think you really need this function. + - 2021/08/23 (1.85) - removed GetWindowContentRegionWidth() function. keep inline redirection helper. can use 'GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x' instead for generally 'GetContentRegionAvail().x' is more useful. + - 2021/07/26 (1.84) - commented out redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.67 and 1.69 (March 2019): + - ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList() -> use ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList() + - ImFont::GlyphRangesBuilder -> use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder + - 2021/05/19 (1.83) - backends: obsoleted direct access to ImDrawCmd::TextureId in favor of calling ImDrawCmd::GetTexID(). + - if you are using official backends from the source tree: you have nothing to do. + - if you have copied old backend code or using your own: change access to draw_cmd->TextureId to draw_cmd->GetTexID(). + - 2021/03/12 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() to use ImDrawFlags instead of ImDrawCornersFlags. + - ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft + - ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight + - ImDrawCornerFlags_None -> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone etc. + flags now sanely defaults to 0 instead of 0x0F, consistent with all other flags in the API. + breaking: the default with rounding > 0.0f is now "round all corners" vs old implicit "round no corners": + - rounding == 0.0f + flags == 0 --> meant no rounding --> unchanged (common use) + - rounding > 0.0f + flags != 0 --> meant rounding --> unchanged (common use) + - rounding == 0.0f + flags != 0 --> meant no rounding --> unchanged (unlikely use) + - rounding > 0.0f + flags == 0 --> meant no rounding --> BREAKING (unlikely use): will now round all corners --> use ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or rounding == 0.0f. + this ONLY matters for hard coded use of 0 + rounding > 0.0f. Use of named ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone (new) or ImDrawCornerFlags_None (old) are ok. + the old ImDrawCornersFlags used awkward default values of ~0 or 0xF (4 lower bits set) to signify "round all corners" and we sometimes encouraged using them as shortcuts. + legacy path still support use of hard coded ~0 or any value from 0x1 or 0xF. They will behave the same with legacy paths enabled (will assert otherwise). + - 2021/03/11 (1.82) - removed redirecting functions/enums names that were marked obsolete in 1.66 (September 2018): + - ImGui::SetScrollHere() -> use ImGui::SetScrollHereY() + - 2021/03/11 (1.82) - clarified that ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), ImDrawList::PathArcToFast() won't render with radius < 0.0f. Previously it sorts of accidentally worked but would generally lead to counter-clockwise paths and have an effect on anti-aliasing. + - 2021/03/10 (1.82) - upgraded ImDrawList::AddPolyline() and PathStroke() "bool closed" parameter to "ImDrawFlags flags". The matching ImDrawFlags_Closed value is guaranteed to always stay == 1 in the future. + - 2021/02/22 (1.82) - (*undone in 1.84*) win32+mingw: Re-enabled IME functions by default even under MinGW. In July 2016, issue #738 had me incorrectly disable those default functions for MinGW. MinGW users should: either link with -limm32, either set their imconfig file with '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS'. + - 2021/02/17 (1.82) - renamed rarely used style.CircleSegmentMaxError (old default = 1.60f) to style.CircleTessellationMaxError (new default = 0.30f) as the meaning of the value changed. + - 2021/02/03 (1.81) - renamed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, ImVec2 size) to BeginListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - removed ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1) in favor of specifying size. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - renamed ListBoxFooter() to EndListBox(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2021/01/26 (1.81) - removed ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas(). Kept inline redirection function. Prefer using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE', but there's a runtime selection path available too. The shared extra flags parameters (very rarely used) are now stored in ImFontAtlas::FontBuilderFlags. + - renamed ImFontConfig::RasterizerFlags (used by FreeType) to ImFontConfig::FontBuilderFlags. + - renamed ImGuiFreeType::XXX flags to ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_XXX for consistency with other API. + - 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.63 (August 2018): + - ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() -> use ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(). + - ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening -> use ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg + - ImGuiInputTextCallback -> use ImGuiTextEditCallback + - ImGuiInputTextCallbackData -> use ImGuiTextEditCallbackData + - 2020/12/21 (1.80) - renamed ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve() to AddBezierCubic(), and PathBezierCurveTo() to PathBezierCubicCurveTo(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). + - 2020/12/04 (1.80) - added imgui_tables.cpp file! Manually constructed project files will need the new file added! + - 2020/11/18 (1.80) - renamed undocumented/internals ImGuiColumnsFlags_* to ImGuiOldColumnFlags_* in prevision of incoming Tables API. + - 2020/11/03 (1.80) - renamed io.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer to io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer as the feature will apply to other data structures + - 2020/10/14 (1.80) - backends: moved all backends files (imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp, imgui_impl_XXXX.h) from examples/ to backends/. + - 2020/10/12 (1.80) - removed redirecting functions/enums that were marked obsolete in 1.60 (April 2018): + - io.RenderDrawListsFn pointer -> use ImGui::GetDrawData() value and call the render function of your backend + - ImGui::IsAnyWindowFocused() -> use ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow) + - ImGui::IsAnyWindowHovered() -> use ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) + - ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ -> use ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT + - ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ -> use ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT + - removed redirecting functions names that were marked obsolete in 1.61 (May 2018): + - InputFloat (... int decimal_precision ...) -> use InputFloat (... const char* format ...) with format = "%.Xf" where X is your value for decimal_precision. + - same for InputFloat2()/InputFloat3()/InputFloat4() variants taking a `int decimal_precision` parameter. + - 2020/10/05 (1.79) - removed ImGuiListClipper: Renamed constructor parameters which created an ambiguous alternative to using the ImGuiListClipper::Begin() function, with misleading edge cases (note: imgui_memory_editor <0.40 from imgui_club/ used this old clipper API. Update your copy if needed). + - 2020/09/25 (1.79) - renamed ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput to ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete sooner because previous name was added recently). + - 2020/09/25 (1.79) - renamed style.TabMinWidthForUnselectedCloseButton to style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton. + - 2020/09/21 (1.79) - renamed OpenPopupContextItem() back to OpenPopupOnItemClick(), reverting the change from 1.77. For varieties of reason this is more self-explanatory. + - 2020/09/21 (1.79) - removed return value from OpenPopupOnItemClick() - returned true on mouse release on an item - because it is inconsistent with other popup APIs and makes others misleading. It's also and unnecessary: you can use IsWindowAppearing() after BeginPopup() for a similar result. + - 2020/09/17 (1.79) - removed ImFont::DisplayOffset in favor of ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset. DisplayOffset was applied after scaling and not very meaningful/useful outside of being needed by the default ProggyClean font. If you scaled this value after calling AddFontDefault(), this is now done automatically. It was also getting in the way of better font scaling, so let's get rid of it now! + - 2020/08/17 (1.78) - obsoleted use of the trailing 'float power=1.0f' parameter for DragFloat(), DragFloat2(), DragFloat3(), DragFloat4(), DragFloatRange2(), DragScalar(), DragScalarN(), SliderFloat(), SliderFloat2(), SliderFloat3(), SliderFloat4(), SliderScalar(), SliderScalarN(), VSliderFloat() and VSliderScalar(). + replaced the 'float power=1.0f' argument with integer-based flags defaulting to 0 (as with all our flags). + worked out a backward-compatibility scheme so hopefully most C++ codebase should not be affected. in short, when calling those functions: + - if you omitted the 'power' parameter (likely!), you are not affected. + - if you set the 'power' parameter to 1.0f (same as previous default value): 1/ your compiler may warn on float>int conversion, 2/ everything else will work. 3/ you can replace the 1.0f value with 0 to fix the warning, and be technically correct. + - if you set the 'power' parameter to >1.0f (to enable non-linear editing): 1/ your compiler may warn on float>int conversion, 2/ code will assert at runtime, 3/ in case asserts are disabled, the code will not crash and enable the _Logarithmic flag. 4/ you can replace the >1.0f value with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic to fix the warning/assert and get a _similar_ effect as previous uses of power >1.0f. + see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for all details. + kept inline redirection functions (will obsolete) apart for: DragFloatRange2(), VSliderFloat(), VSliderScalar(). For those three the 'float power=1.0f' version was removed directly as they were most unlikely ever used. + for shared code, you can version check at compile-time with `#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 17704`. + - obsoleted use of v_min > v_max in DragInt, DragFloat, DragScalar to lock edits (introduced in 1.73, was not demoed nor documented very), will be replaced by a more generic ReadOnly feature. You may use the ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly internal flag in the meantime. + - 2020/06/23 (1.77) - removed BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, int mouse_button, bool also_over_items) in favor of BeginPopupContextWindow(const char*, ImGuiPopupFlags flags) with ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOverItems. + - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - renamed OpenPopupOnItemClick() to OpenPopupContextItem(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). [NOTE: THIS WAS REVERTED IN 1.79] + - 2020/06/15 (1.77) - removed CalcItemRectClosestPoint() entry point which was made obsolete and asserting in December 2017. + - 2020/04/23 (1.77) - removed unnecessary ID (first arg) of ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular(). - 2020/01/22 (1.75) - ImDrawList::AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() functions don't accept negative radius any more. - 2019/12/17 (1.75) - [undid this change in 1.76] made Columns() limited to 64 columns by asserting above that limit. While the current code technically supports it, future code may not so we're putting the restriction ahead. - 2019/12/13 (1.75) - [imgui_internal.h] changed ImRect() default constructor initializes all fields to 0.0f instead of (FLT_MAX,FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX). If you used ImRect::Add() to create bounding boxes by adding multiple points into it, you may need to fix your initial value. @@ -396,7 +553,7 @@ CODE - ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding -> use ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlapMode -> use ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap - IMGUI_DISABLE_TEST_WINDOWS -> use IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS - - 2019/12/08 (1.75) - obsoleted calling ImDrawList::PrimReserve() with a negative count (which was the vaguely documented and rarely if ever used). Instead we added an explicit PrimUnreserve() API. + - 2019/12/08 (1.75) - obsoleted calling ImDrawList::PrimReserve() with a negative count (which was vaguely documented and rarely if ever used). Instead, we added an explicit PrimUnreserve() API. - 2019/12/06 (1.75) - removed implicit default parameter to IsMouseDragging(int button = 0) to be consistent with other mouse functions (none of the other functions have it). - 2019/11/21 (1.74) - ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular() now requires an ID larger than 0x110000 (instead of 0x10000) to conform with supporting Unicode planes 1-16 in a future update. ID below 0x110000 will now assert. - 2019/11/19 (1.74) - renamed IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS to IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS for consistency. @@ -424,7 +581,7 @@ CODE - 2019/04/29 (1.70) - removed GetContentRegionAvailWidth(), use GetContentRegionAvail().x instead. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - 2019/03/04 (1.69) - renamed GetOverlayDrawList() to GetForegroundDrawList(). Kept redirection function (will obsolete). - 2019/02/26 (1.69) - renamed ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX to ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV/ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex. Kept redirection enums (will obsolete). - - 2019/02/14 (1.68) - made it illegal/assert when io.DisplayTime == 0.0f (with an exception for the first frame). If for some reason your time step calculation gives you a zero value, replace it with a dummy small value! + - 2019/02/14 (1.68) - made it illegal/assert when io.DisplayTime == 0.0f (with an exception for the first frame). If for some reason your time step calculation gives you a zero value, replace it with an arbitrarily small value! - 2019/02/01 (1.68) - removed io.DisplayVisibleMin/DisplayVisibleMax (which were marked obsolete and removed from viewport/docking branch already). - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed io.InputCharacters[], marked internal as was always intended. Please don't access directly, and use AddInputCharacter() instead! - 2019/01/06 (1.67) - renamed ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder to ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete). @@ -445,10 +602,10 @@ CODE - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink to io.ConfigCursorBlink [-> io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink in 1.65], io.OptMacOSXBehaviors to ConfigMacOSXBehaviors for consistency. - 2018/07/22 (1.63) - changed ImGui::GetTime() return value from float to double to avoid accumulating floating point imprecisions over time. - 2018/07/08 (1.63) - style: renamed ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening to ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg for consistency with other features. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete). - - 2018/06/08 (1.62) - examples: the imgui_impl_xxx files have been split to separate platform (Win32, Glfw, SDL2, etc.) from renderer (DX11, OpenGL, Vulkan, etc.). - old bindings will still work as is, however prefer using the separated bindings as they will be updated to support multi-viewports. - when adopting new bindings follow the main.cpp code of your preferred examples/ folder to know which functions to call. - in particular, note that old bindings called ImGui::NewFrame() at the end of their ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function. + - 2018/06/08 (1.62) - examples: the imgui_impl_XXX files have been split to separate platform (Win32, GLFW, SDL2, etc.) from renderer (DX11, OpenGL, Vulkan, etc.). + old backends will still work as is, however prefer using the separated backends as they will be updated to support multi-viewports. + when adopting new backends follow the main.cpp code of your preferred examples/ folder to know which functions to call. + in particular, note that old backends called ImGui::NewFrame() at the end of their ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function. - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - renamed GetGlyphRangesChinese() to GetGlyphRangesChineseFull() to distinguish other variants and discourage using the full set. - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - TreeNodeEx()/TreeNodeBehavior(): the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader helper now include the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag. See Changelog for details. - 2018/05/03 (1.61) - DragInt(): the default compile-time format string has been changed from "%.0f" to "%d", as we are not using integers internally any more. @@ -458,7 +615,7 @@ CODE - 2018/04/28 (1.61) - obsoleted InputFloat() functions taking an optional "int decimal_precision" in favor of an equivalent and more flexible "const char* format", consistent with other functions. Kept redirection functions (will obsolete). - 2018/04/09 (1.61) - IM_DELETE() helper function added in 1.60 doesn't clear the input _pointer_ reference, more consistent with expectation and allows passing r-value. - - 2018/03/20 (1.60) - renamed io.WantMoveMouse to io.WantSetMousePos for consistency and ease of understanding (was added in 1.52, _not_ used by core and only honored by some binding ahead of merging the Nav branch). + - 2018/03/20 (1.60) - renamed io.WantMoveMouse to io.WantSetMousePos for consistency and ease of understanding (was added in 1.52, _not_ used by core and only honored by some backend ahead of merging the Nav branch). - 2018/03/12 (1.60) - removed ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered as the closing cross uses regular button colors now. - 2018/03/08 (1.60) - changed ImFont::DisplayOffset.y to default to 0 instead of +1. Fixed rounding of Ascent/Descent to match TrueType renderer. If you were adding or subtracting to ImFont::DisplayOffset check if your fonts are correctly aligned vertically. - 2018/03/03 (1.60) - renamed ImGuiStyleVar_Count_ to ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT and ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_ to ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT for consistency with other public enums. @@ -502,7 +659,7 @@ CODE - 2017/10/11 (1.52) - renamed AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets() to AlignTextToFramePadding(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - 2017/09/26 (1.52) - renamed ImFont::Glyph to ImFontGlyph. Kept redirection typedef (will obsolete). - 2017/09/25 (1.52) - removed SetNextWindowPosCenter() because SetNextWindowPos() now has the optional pivot information to do the same and more. Kept redirection function (will obsolete). - - 2017/08/25 (1.52) - io.MousePos needs to be set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) when mouse is unavailable/missing. Previously ImVec2(-1,-1) was enough but we now accept negative mouse coordinates. In your binding if you need to support unavailable mouse, make sure to replace "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1)" with "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)". + - 2017/08/25 (1.52) - io.MousePos needs to be set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) when mouse is unavailable/missing. Previously ImVec2(-1,-1) was enough but we now accept negative mouse coordinates. In your backend if you need to support unavailable mouse, make sure to replace "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1)" with "io.MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)". - 2017/08/22 (1.51) - renamed IsItemHoveredRect() to IsItemRectHovered(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). -> (1.52) use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly)! - renamed IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() to IsAnyWindowHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - renamed IsMouseHoveringWindow() to IsWindowRectHovered() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). @@ -515,16 +672,16 @@ CODE - 2017/08/09 (1.51) - removed ValueColor() helpers, they are equivalent to calling Text(label) + SameLine() + ColorButton(). - 2017/08/08 (1.51) - removed ColorEditMode() and ImGuiColorEditMode in favor of ImGuiColorEditFlags and parameters to the various Color*() functions. The SetColorEditOptions() allows to initialize default but the user can still change them with right-click context menu. - changed prototype of 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], bool show_alpha = true)' to 'ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0)', where passing flags = 0x01 is a safe no-op (hello dodgy backward compatibility!). - check and run the demo window, under "Color/Picker Widgets", to understand the various new options. - - changed prototype of rarely used 'ColorButton(ImVec4 col, bool small_height = false, bool outline_border = true)' to 'ColorButton(const char* desc_id, ImVec4 col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0,0))' + - changed prototype of rarely used 'ColorButton(ImVec4 col, bool small_height = false, bool outline_border = true)' to 'ColorButton(const char* desc_id, ImVec4 col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0, ImVec2 size = ImVec2(0, 0))' - 2017/07/20 (1.51) - removed IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(ImVec2), which was partly broken and misleading. ASSERT + redirect user to io.WantCaptureMouse - 2017/05/26 (1.50) - removed ImFontConfig::MergeGlyphCenterV in favor of a more multipurpose ImFontConfig::GlyphOffset. - 2017/05/01 (1.50) - renamed ImDrawList::PathFill() (rarely used directly) to ImDrawList::PathFillConvex() for clarity. - - 2016/11/06 (1.50) - BeginChild(const char*) now applies the stack id to the provided label, consistently with other functions as it should always have been. It shouldn't affect you unless (extremely unlikely) you were appending multiple times to a same child from different locations of the stack id. If that's the case, generate an id with GetId() and use it instead of passing string to BeginChild(). + - 2016/11/06 (1.50) - BeginChild(const char*) now applies the stack id to the provided label, consistently with other functions as it should always have been. It shouldn't affect you unless (extremely unlikely) you were appending multiple times to a same child from different locations of the stack id. If that's the case, generate an id with GetID() and use it instead of passing string to BeginChild(). - 2016/10/15 (1.50) - avoid 'void* user_data' parameter to io.SetClipboardTextFn/io.GetClipboardTextFn pointers. We pass io.ClipboardUserData to it. - 2016/09/25 (1.50) - style.WindowTitleAlign is now a ImVec2 (ImGuiAlign enum was removed). set to (0.5f,0.5f) for horizontal+vertical centering, (0.0f,0.0f) for upper-left, etc. - - 2016/07/30 (1.50) - SameLine(x) with x>0.0f is now relative to left of column/group if any, and not always to left of window. This was sort of always the intent and hopefully breakage should be minimal. + - 2016/07/30 (1.50) - SameLine(x) with x>0.0f is now relative to left of column/group if any, and not always to left of window. This was sort of always the intent and hopefully, breakage should be minimal. - 2016/05/12 (1.49) - title bar (using ImGuiCol_TitleBg/ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive colors) isn't rendered over a window background (ImGuiCol_WindowBg color) anymore. - If your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was 1.0f or you are using the default theme it will not affect you, otherwise if <1.0f you need tweak your custom theme to readjust for the fact that we don't draw a WindowBg background behind the title bar. + If your TitleBg/TitleBgActive alpha was 1.0f or you are using the default theme it will not affect you, otherwise if <1.0f you need to tweak your custom theme to readjust for the fact that we don't draw a WindowBg background behind the title bar. This helper function will convert an old TitleBg/TitleBgActive color into a new one with the same visual output, given the OLD color and the OLD WindowBg color: ImVec4 ConvertTitleBgCol(const ImVec4& win_bg_col, const ImVec4& title_bg_col) { float new_a = 1.0f - ((1.0f - win_bg_col.w) * (1.0f - title_bg_col.w)), k = title_bg_col.w / new_a; return ImVec4((win_bg_col.x * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.x) * k, (win_bg_col.y * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.y) * k, (win_bg_col.z * win_bg_col.w + title_bg_col.z) * k, new_a); } If this is confusing, pick the RGB value from title bar from an old screenshot and apply this as TitleBg/TitleBgActive. Or you may just create TitleBgActive from a tweaked TitleBg color. @@ -532,7 +689,7 @@ CODE - 2016/05/02 (1.49) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpened() to SetNextTreeNodeOpen(), no redirection. - 2016/05/01 (1.49) - obsoleted old signature of CollapsingHeader(const char* label, const char* str_id = NULL, bool display_frame = true, bool default_open = false) as extra parameters were badly designed and rarely used. You can replace the "default_open = true" flag in new API with CollapsingHeader(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen). - 2016/04/26 (1.49) - changed ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec4 rect) to ImDrawList::PushClipRect(Imvec2 min,ImVec2 max,bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect=false). Note that higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() is preferable because it will clip at logic/widget level, whereas ImDrawList::PushClipRect() only affect your renderer. - - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - removed style.WindowFillAlphaDefault setting which was redundant. Bake default BG alpha inside style.Colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] and all other Bg color values. (ref github issue #337). + - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - removed style.WindowFillAlphaDefault setting which was redundant. Bake default BG alpha inside style.Colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] and all other Bg color values. (ref GitHub issue #337). - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - renamed ImGuiCol_TooltipBg to ImGuiCol_PopupBg, used by popups/menus and tooltips. popups/menus were previously using ImGuiCol_WindowBg. (ref github issue #337) - 2016/03/21 (1.48) - renamed GetWindowFont() to GetFont(), GetWindowFontSize() to GetFontSize(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - 2016/03/02 (1.48) - InputText() completion/history/always callbacks: if you modify the text buffer manually (without using DeleteChars()/InsertChars() helper) you need to maintain the BufTextLen field. added an assert. @@ -549,7 +706,7 @@ CODE you need to render your textured triangles with bilinear filtering to benefit from sub-pixel positioning of text. - 2015/07/08 (1.43) - switched rendering data to use indexed rendering. this is saving a fair amount of CPU/GPU and enables us to get anti-aliasing for a marginal cost. this necessary change will break your rendering function! the fix should be very easy. sorry for that :( - - if you are using a vanilla copy of one of the imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp provided in the example, you just need to update your copy and you can ignore the rest. + - if you are using a vanilla copy of one of the imgui_impl_XXX.cpp provided in the example, you just need to update your copy and you can ignore the rest. - the signature of the io.RenderDrawListsFn handler has changed! old: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawList** const cmd_lists, int cmd_lists_count) new: ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawData* draw_data). @@ -563,7 +720,7 @@ CODE - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed SetScrollPosHere() to SetScrollFromCursorPos(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed GetScrollPosY() to GetScrollY(). Necessary to reduce confusion along with other scrolling functions, because positions (e.g. cursor position) are not equivalent to scrolling amount. - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed ImageButton() default bg_col parameter from (0,0,0,1) (black) to (0,0,0,0) (transparent) - makes a difference when texture have transparence - - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed Selectable() API from (label, selected, size) to (label, selected, flags, size). Size override should have been rarely be used. Sorry! + - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed Selectable() API from (label, selected, size) to (label, selected, flags, size). Size override should have been rarely used. Sorry! - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed GetWindowCollapsed() to IsWindowCollapsed() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed IsRectClipped() to IsRectVisible() for consistency. Note that return value is opposite! Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). - 2015/05/27 (1.40) - removed the third 'repeat_if_held' parameter from Button() - sorry! it was rarely used and inconsistent. Use PushButtonRepeat(true) / PopButtonRepeat() to enable repeat on desired buttons. @@ -587,9 +744,9 @@ CODE - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - big font/image API change! now loads TTF file. allow for multiple fonts. no need for a PNG loader. - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed GetDefaultFontData(). uses io.Fonts->GetTextureData*() API to retrieve uncompressed pixels. - old: const void* png_data; unsigned int png_size; ImGui::GetDefaultFontData(NULL, NULL, &png_data, &png_size); [..Upload texture to GPU..]; - - new: unsigned char* pixels; int width, height; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); [..Upload texture to GPU..]; io.Fonts->TexId = YourTexIdentifier; + - new: unsigned char* pixels; int width, height; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); [..Upload texture to GPU..]; io.Fonts->SetTexID(YourTexIdentifier); you now have more flexibility to load multiple TTF fonts and manage the texture buffer for internal needs. It is now recommended that you sample the font texture with bilinear interpolation. - - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - added texture identifier in ImDrawCmd passed to your render function (we can now render images). make sure to set io.Fonts->TexID. + - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - added texture identifier in ImDrawCmd passed to your render function (we can now render images). make sure to call io.Fonts->SetTexID() - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed IO.PixelCenterOffset (unnecessary, can be handled in user projection matrix) - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - removed ImGui::IsItemFocused() in favor of ImGui::IsItemActive() which handles all widgets - 2014/12/10 (1.18) - removed SetNewWindowDefaultPos() in favor of new generic API SetNextWindowPos(pos, ImGuiSetCondition_FirstUseEver) @@ -608,14 +765,17 @@ CODE FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ) ================================ - Read all answers online: https://www.dearimgui.org/faq, or in docs/FAQ.md (with a Markdown viewer) + Read all answers online: + https://www.dearimgui.org/faq or https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md (same url) + Read all answers locally (with a text editor or ideally a Markdown viewer): + docs/FAQ.md Some answers are copied down here to facilitate searching in code. Q&A: Basics =========== Q: Where is the documentation? - A: This library is poorly documented at the moment and expects of the user to be acquainted with C/C++. + A: This library is poorly documented at the moment and expects the user to be acquainted with C/C++. - Run the examples/ and explore them. - See demo code in imgui_demo.cpp and particularly the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function. - The demo covers most features of Dear ImGui, so you can read the code and see its output. @@ -625,148 +785,39 @@ CODE - The Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) has many resources and links. - The Glossary (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary) page also may be useful. - Your programming IDE is your friend, find the type or function declaration to find comments - associated to it. + associated with it. Q: What is this library called? Q: Which version should I get? >> This library is called "Dear ImGui", please don't call it "ImGui" :) - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq + >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq for details. Q&A: Integration ================ - Q: How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or to my application? + Q: How to get started? + A: Read 'PROGRAMMER GUIDE' above. Read examples/README.txt. + + Q: How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application? A: You should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags! - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq for fully detailed answer. You really want to read this. + >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq for a fully detailed answer. You really want to read this. Q. How can I enable keyboard controls? Q: How can I use this without a mouse, without a keyboard or without a screen? (gamepad, input share, remote display) - Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and the text or lines are blurry.. - Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around.. + Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and little squares are showing instead of text... + Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around... + Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are displaying outside their expected windows boundaries... >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq Q&A: Usage ---------- - Q: Why are multiple widgets reacting when I interact with a single one? - Q: How can I have multiple widgets with the same label or with an empty label? - A: A primer on labels and the ID Stack... - - Dear ImGui internally need to uniquely identify UI elements. - Elements that are typically not clickable (such as calls to the Text functions) don't need an ID. - Interactive widgets (such as calls to Button buttons) need a unique ID. - Unique ID are used internally to track active widgets and occasionally associate state to widgets. - Unique ID are implicitly built from the hash of multiple elements that identify the "path" to the UI element. - - - Unique ID are often derived from a string label: - - Button("OK"); // Label = "OK", ID = hash of (..., "OK") - Button("Cancel"); // Label = "Cancel", ID = hash of (..., "Cancel") - - - ID are uniquely scoped within windows, tree nodes, etc. which all pushes to the ID stack. Having - two buttons labeled "OK" in different windows or different tree locations is fine. - We used "..." above to signify whatever was already pushed to the ID stack previously: - - Begin("MyWindow"); - Button("OK"); // Label = "OK", ID = hash of ("MyWindow", "OK") - End(); - Begin("MyOtherWindow"); - Button("OK"); // Label = "OK", ID = hash of ("MyOtherWindow", "OK") - End(); - - - If you have a same ID twice in the same location, you'll have a conflict: - - Button("OK"); - Button("OK"); // ID collision! Interacting with either button will trigger the first one. - - Fear not! this is easy to solve and there are many ways to solve it! - - - Solving ID conflict in a simple/local context: - When passing a label you can optionally specify extra ID information within string itself. - Use "##" to pass a complement to the ID that won't be visible to the end-user. - This helps solving the simple collision cases when you know e.g. at compilation time which items - are going to be created: - - Begin("MyWindow"); - Button("Play"); // Label = "Play", ID = hash of ("MyWindow", "Play") - Button("Play##foo1"); // Label = "Play", ID = hash of ("MyWindow", "Play##foo1") // Different from above - Button("Play##foo2"); // Label = "Play", ID = hash of ("MyWindow", "Play##foo2") // Different from above - End(); - - - If you want to completely hide the label, but still need an ID: - - Checkbox("##On", &b); // Label = "", ID = hash of (..., "##On") // No visible label, just a checkbox! - - - Occasionally/rarely you might want change a label while preserving a constant ID. This allows - you to animate labels. For example you may want to include varying information in a window title bar, - but windows are uniquely identified by their ID. Use "###" to pass a label that isn't part of ID: - - Button("Hello###ID"); // Label = "Hello", ID = hash of (..., "###ID") - Button("World###ID"); // Label = "World", ID = hash of (..., "###ID") // Same as above, even though the label looks different - - sprintf(buf, "My game (%f FPS)###MyGame", fps); - Begin(buf); // Variable title, ID = hash of "MyGame" - - - Solving ID conflict in a more general manner: - Use PushID() / PopID() to create scopes and manipulate the ID stack, as to avoid ID conflicts - within the same window. This is the most convenient way of distinguishing ID when iterating and - creating many UI elements programmatically. - You can push a pointer, a string or an integer value into the ID stack. - Remember that ID are formed from the concatenation of _everything_ pushed into the ID stack. - At each level of the stack we store the seed used for items at this level of the ID stack. - - Begin("Window"); - for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) - { - PushID(i); // Push i to the id tack - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of ("Window", i, "Click") - PopID(); - } - for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) - { - MyObject* obj = Objects[i]; - PushID(obj); - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of ("Window", obj pointer, "Click") - PopID(); - } - for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) - { - MyObject* obj = Objects[i]; - PushID(obj->Name); - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of ("Window", obj->Name, "Click") - PopID(); - } - End(); - - - You can stack multiple prefixes into the ID stack: - - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of (..., "Click") - PushID("node"); - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of (..., "node", "Click") - PushID(my_ptr); - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of (..., "node", my_ptr, "Click") - PopID(); - PopID(); - - - Tree nodes implicitly creates a scope for you by calling PushID(). - - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of (..., "Click") - if (TreeNode("node")) // <-- this function call will do a PushID() for you (unless instructed not to, with a special flag) - { - Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of (..., "node", "Click") - TreePop(); - } - - - When working with trees, ID are used to preserve the open/close state of each tree node. - Depending on your use cases you may want to use strings, indices or pointers as ID. - e.g. when following a single pointer that may change over time, using a static string as ID - will preserve your node open/closed state when the targeted object change. - e.g. when displaying a list of objects, using indices or pointers as ID will preserve the - node open/closed state differently. See what makes more sense in your situation! - - Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it works? - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq and https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples - + Q: About the ID Stack system.. + - Why is my widget not reacting when I click on it? + - How can I have widgets with an empty label? + - How can I have multiple widgets with the same label? + - How can I have multiple windows with the same label? + Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it work? Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4? Q: How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)? Q: How can I display custom shapes? (using low-level ImDrawList API) @@ -775,11 +826,12 @@ CODE Q&A: Fonts, Text ================ + Q: How should I handle DPI in my application? Q: How can I load a different font than the default? Q: How can I easily use icons in my application? Q: How can I load multiple fonts? Q: How can I display and input non-Latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic? - >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq and docs/FONTS.txt + >> See https://www.dearimgui.org/faq and https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/edit/master/docs/FONTS.md Q&A: Concerns ============= @@ -794,16 +846,16 @@ CODE ============== Q: How can I help? - A: - Businesses: please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.org" if you work in a place using Dear ImGui! + A: - Businesses: please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.com" if you work in a place using Dear ImGui! We can discuss ways for your company to fund development via invoiced technical support, maintenance or sponsoring contacts. - This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding we can hire more people working on this project. + This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding, we can hire more people working on this project. - Individuals: you can support continued development via PayPal donations. See README. - - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the github issues, look at the Wiki, read docs/TODO.txt + - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the GitHub issues, look at the Wiki, read docs/TODO.txt and see how you want to help and can help! - Disclose your usage of Dear ImGui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere etc. - You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads (github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3075). Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers. - But even without visuals, disclosing your use of dear imgui help the library grow credibility, and help other teams and programmers with taking decisions. - - If you have issues or if you need to hack into the library, even if you don't expect any support it is useful that you share your issues (on github or privately). + You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads. Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers. + But even without visuals, disclosing your use of dear imgui helps the library grow credibility, and help other teams and programmers with taking decisions. + - If you have issues or if you need to hack into the library, even if you don't expect any support it is useful that you share your issues (on GitHub or privately). */ @@ -824,7 +876,6 @@ CODE #include "imgui_internal.h" // System includes -#include // toupper #include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf #if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier #include // intptr_t @@ -832,6 +883,11 @@ CODE #include // intptr_t #endif +// [Windows] On non-Visual Studio compilers, we default to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS unless explicitly enabled +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS +#endif + // [Windows] OS specific includes (optional) #if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FILE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) #define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS @@ -866,27 +922,30 @@ CODE #if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later #pragma warning (disable: 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types #endif +#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to an 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). +#pragma warning (disable: 26495) // [Static Analyzer] Variable 'XXX' is uninitialized. Always initialize a member variable (type.6). +#pragma warning (disable: 26812) // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). #endif // Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything #if defined(__clang__) -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning : unknown warning group '-Wformat-pedantic *' // not all warnings are known by all clang versions.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. great! -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning : use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning : comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning : format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" // warning : declaration requires an exit-time destructor // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors" // warning : declaration requires a global destructor // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning : implicit conversion changes signedness // -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-pedantic" // warning : format specifies type 'void *' but the argument has type 'xxxx *' // unreasonable, would lead to casting every %p arg to void*. probably enabled by -pedantic. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning : cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int' -#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning : zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 -#endif -#if __has_warning("-Wdouble-promotion") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! #endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" // warning: declaration requires an exit-time destructor // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors" // warning: declaration requires a global destructor // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-pedantic" // warning: format specifies type 'void *' but the argument has type 'xxxx *' // unreasonable, would lead to casting every %p arg to void*. probably enabled by -pedantic. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision #elif defined(__GNUC__) -// We disable -Wpragmas because GCC doesn't provide an has_warning equivalent and some forks/patches may not following the warning/version association. +// We disable -Wpragmas because GCC doesn't provide a has_warning equivalent and some forks/patches may not follow the warning/version association. #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size @@ -907,35 +966,38 @@ CODE static const float NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY = 0.20f; // Time before the highlight and screen dimming starts fading in static const float NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY = 0.15f; // Time before the window list starts to appear -// Window resizing from edges (when io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true and ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors is set in io.BackendFlags by back-end) -static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS = 4.0f; // Extend outside and inside windows. Affect FindHoveredWindow(). +// Window resizing from edges (when io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true and ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors is set in io.BackendFlags by backend) +static const float WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING = 4.0f; // Extend outside window for hovering/resizing (maxxed with TouchPadding) and inside windows for borders. Affect FindHoveredWindow(). static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.04f; // Reduce visual noise by only highlighting the border after a certain time. -static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER = 2.00f; // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certaint time, unless mouse moved. +static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER = 0.70f; // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certain time, unless mouse moved. // Docking static const float DOCKING_TRANSPARENT_PAYLOAD_ALPHA = 0.50f; // For use with io.ConfigDockingTransparentPayload. Apply to Viewport _or_ WindowBg in host viewport. +static const float DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE = 2.0f; //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS //------------------------------------------------------------------------- static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); -static void SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size); static void FindHoveredWindow(); -static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags); -static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window, bool snap_on_edges); +static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags); +static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window); static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list); static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window); // Settings +static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*); static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name); static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line); +static void WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*); static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf); // Platform Dependents default implementation for IO functions static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data); static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data, const char* text); +static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data); namespace ImGui { @@ -943,42 +1005,56 @@ namespace ImGui static void NavUpdate(); static void NavUpdateWindowing(); static void NavUpdateWindowingOverlay(); -static void NavUpdateMoveResult(); +static void NavUpdateCancelRequest(); +static void NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest(); +static void NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest(); static float NavUpdatePageUpPageDown(); static inline void NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); -static bool NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand); -static void NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, ImGuiID id); +static void NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest(); +static void NavEndFrame(); +static bool NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result); +static void NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result); +static void NavProcessItem(); +static void NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id); static ImVec2 NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); static void NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window); static ImGuiWindow* NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); +static void NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer); +static void NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); static int FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window); -// Error Checking +// Error Checking and Debug Tools static void ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks(); static void ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks(); -static void ErrorCheckBeginEndCompareStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write); +static void UpdateDebugToolItemPicker(); +static void UpdateDebugToolStackQueries(); + +// Inputs +static void UpdateKeyboardInputs(); +static void UpdateMouseInputs(); +static void UpdateMouseWheel(); +static void UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt); // Misc static void UpdateSettings(); -static void UpdateMouseInputs(); -static void UpdateMouseWheel(); -static void UpdateTabFocus(); -static void UpdateDebugToolItemPicker(); -static bool UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4]); +static bool UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect); static void RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window); static void RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, bool title_bar_is_highlight, bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips, int resize_grip_count, const ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], float resize_grip_draw_size); static void RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open); -static void EndFrameDrawDimmedBackgrounds(); +static void RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col); +static void RenderDimmedBackgrounds(); +static ImGuiWindow* FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window); // Viewports const ImGuiID IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID = 0x11111111; // Using an arbitrary constant instead of e.g. ImHashStr("ViewportDefault", 0); so it's easier to spot in the debugger. The exact value doesn't matter. static ImGuiViewportP* AddUpdateViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& platform_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiViewportFlags flags); +static void DestroyViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport); static void UpdateViewportsNewFrame(); static void UpdateViewportsEndFrame(); -static void UpdateSelectWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window); +static void WindowSelectViewport(ImGuiWindow* window); +static void WindowSyncOwnedViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack); static bool UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* host_viewport); static bool UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewports(ImGuiWindow* window); -static void SetCurrentViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport); static bool GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnViewport(ImGuiWindow* window); static int FindPlatformMonitorForPos(const ImVec2& pos); static int FindPlatformMonitorForRect(const ImRect& r); @@ -990,27 +1066,33 @@ static void UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor(ImGuiViewportP* viewport); // [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// DLL users: +// - Heaps and globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! +// - You will need to call SetCurrentContext() + SetAllocatorFunctions() for each static/DLL boundary you are calling from. +// - Same applies for hot-reloading mechanisms that are reliant on reloading DLL (note that many hot-reloading mechanisms work without DLL). +// - Using Dear ImGui via a shared library is not recommended, because of function call overhead and because we don't guarantee backward nor forward ABI compatibility. +// - Confused? In a debugger: add GImGui to your watch window and notice how its value changes depending on your current location (which DLL boundary you are in). + // Current context pointer. Implicitly used by all Dear ImGui functions. Always assumed to be != NULL. -// ImGui::CreateContext() will automatically set this pointer if it is NULL. Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext(). -// 1) Important: globals are not shared across DLL boundaries! If you use DLLs or any form of hot-reloading: you will need to call -// SetCurrentContext() (with the pointer you got from CreateContext) from each unique static/DLL boundary, and after each hot-reloading. -// In your debugger, add GImGui to your watch window and notice how its value changes depending on which location you are currently stepping into. -// 2) Important: Dear ImGui functions are not thread-safe because of this pointer. -// If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts, you can: -// - Change this variable to use thread local storage so each thread can refer to a different context, in imconfig.h: -// struct ImGuiContext; -// extern thread_local ImGuiContext* MyImGuiTLS; -// #define GImGui MyImGuiTLS -// And then define MyImGuiTLS in one of your cpp file. Note that thread_local is a C++11 keyword, earlier C++ uses compiler-specific keyword. -// - Future development aim to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586 -// - If you need a finite number of contexts, you may compile and use multiple instances of the ImGui code from different namespace. +// - ImGui::CreateContext() will automatically set this pointer if it is NULL. +// Change to a different context by calling ImGui::SetCurrentContext(). +// - Important: Dear ImGui functions are not thread-safe because of this pointer. +// If you want thread-safety to allow N threads to access N different contexts: +// - Change this variable to use thread local storage so each thread can refer to a different context, in your imconfig.h: +// struct ImGuiContext; +// extern thread_local ImGuiContext* MyImGuiTLS; +// #define GImGui MyImGuiTLS +// And then define MyImGuiTLS in one of your cpp files. Note that thread_local is a C++11 keyword, earlier C++ uses compiler-specific keyword. +// - Future development aims to make this context pointer explicit to all calls. Also read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/586 +// - If you need a finite number of contexts, you may compile and use multiple instances of the ImGui code from a different namespace. +// - DLL users: read comments above. #ifndef GImGui ImGuiContext* GImGui = NULL; #endif // Memory Allocator functions. Use SetAllocatorFunctions() to change them. -// If you use DLL hotreloading you might need to call SetAllocatorFunctions() after reloading code from this file. -// Otherwise, you probably don't want to modify them mid-program, and if you use global/static e.g. ImVector<> instances you may need to keep them accessible during program destruction. +// - You probably don't want to modify that mid-program, and if you use global/static e.g. ImVector<> instances you may need to keep them accessible during program destruction. +// - DLL users: read comments above. #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS static void* MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); return malloc(size); } static void FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); free(ptr); } @@ -1018,10 +1100,9 @@ static void FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_d static void* MallocWrapper(size_t size, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(size); IM_ASSERT(0); return NULL; } static void FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data) { IM_UNUSED(user_data); IM_UNUSED(ptr); IM_ASSERT(0); } #endif - -static void* (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size_t size, void* user_data) = MallocWrapper; -static void (*GImAllocatorFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data) = FreeWrapper; -static void* GImAllocatorUserData = NULL; +static ImGuiMemAllocFunc GImAllocatorAllocFunc = MallocWrapper; +static ImGuiMemFreeFunc GImAllocatorFreeFunc = FreeWrapper; +static void* GImAllocatorUserData = NULL; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO) @@ -1029,9 +1110,10 @@ static void* GImAllocatorUserData = NULL; ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() { - Alpha = 1.0f; // Global alpha applies to everything in ImGui + Alpha = 1.0f; // Global alpha applies to everything in Dear ImGui. + DisabledAlpha = 0.60f; // Additional alpha multiplier applied by BeginDisabled(). Multiply over current value of Alpha. WindowPadding = ImVec2(8,8); // Padding within a window - WindowRounding = 7.0f; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows + WindowRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. WindowBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. WindowMinSize = ImVec2(32,32); // Minimum window size WindowTitleAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment for title bar text @@ -1045,25 +1127,29 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() FrameBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. ItemSpacing = ImVec2(8,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines ItemInnerSpacing = ImVec2(4,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label) + CellPadding = ImVec2(4,2); // Padding within a table cell TouchExtraPadding = ImVec2(0,0); // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much! IndentSpacing = 21.0f; // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2). ColumnsMinSpacing = 6.0f; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). ScrollbarSize = 14.0f; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar ScrollbarRounding = 9.0f; // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar - GrabMinSize = 10.0f; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar + GrabMinSize = 12.0f; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar GrabRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs. + LogSliderDeadzone = 4.0f; // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero. TabRounding = 4.0f; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. TabBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around tabs. + TabMinWidthForCloseButton = 0.0f; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. ColorButtonPosition = ImGuiDir_Right; // Side of the color button in the ColorEdit4 widget (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Right. ButtonTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. SelectableTextAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f);// Alignment of selectable text. Defaults to (0.0f, 0.0f) (top-left aligned). It's generally important to keep this left-aligned if you want to lay multiple items on a same line. DisplayWindowPadding = ImVec2(19,19); // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImVec2(3,3); // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows. MouseCursorScale = 1.0f; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. - AntiAliasedLines = true; // Enable anti-aliasing on lines/borders. Disable if you are really short on CPU/GPU. - AntiAliasedFill = true; // Enable anti-aliasing on filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.) + AntiAliasedLines = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. + AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). + AntiAliasedFill = true; // Enable anti-aliased filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). CurveTessellationTol = 1.25f; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality. - CircleSegmentMaxError = 1.60f; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. + CircleTessellationMaxError = 0.30f; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. // Default theme ImGui::StyleColorsDark(this); @@ -1082,6 +1168,7 @@ void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor) FrameRounding = ImFloor(FrameRounding * scale_factor); ItemSpacing = ImFloor(ItemSpacing * scale_factor); ItemInnerSpacing = ImFloor(ItemInnerSpacing * scale_factor); + CellPadding = ImFloor(CellPadding * scale_factor); TouchExtraPadding = ImFloor(TouchExtraPadding * scale_factor); IndentSpacing = ImFloor(IndentSpacing * scale_factor); ColumnsMinSpacing = ImFloor(ColumnsMinSpacing * scale_factor); @@ -1089,7 +1176,9 @@ void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor) ScrollbarRounding = ImFloor(ScrollbarRounding * scale_factor); GrabMinSize = ImFloor(GrabMinSize * scale_factor); GrabRounding = ImFloor(GrabRounding * scale_factor); + LogSliderDeadzone = ImFloor(LogSliderDeadzone * scale_factor); TabRounding = ImFloor(TabRounding * scale_factor); + TabMinWidthForCloseButton = (TabMinWidthForCloseButton != FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(TabMinWidthForCloseButton * scale_factor) : FLT_MAX; DisplayWindowPadding = ImFloor(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor); DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImFloor(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor); MouseCursorScale = ImFloor(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor); @@ -1099,22 +1188,26 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() { // Most fields are initialized with zero memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); - IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseDown) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT && IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseClicked) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); // Our pre-C++11 IM_STATIC_ASSERT() macros triggers warning on modern compilers so we don't use it here. + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseDown) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT && IM_ARRAYSIZE(ImGuiIO::MouseClicked) == ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); // Settings ConfigFlags = ImGuiConfigFlags_None; BackendFlags = ImGuiBackendFlags_None; DisplaySize = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f); - DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f; + DeltaTime = 1.0f / 60.0f; IniSavingRate = 5.0f; - IniFilename = "imgui.ini"; + IniFilename = "imgui.ini"; // Important: "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir, most apps will want to lock this to an absolute path (e.g. same path as executables). LogFilename = "imgui_log.txt"; MouseDoubleClickTime = 0.30f; MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_COUNT; i++) KeyMap[i] = -1; +#endif KeyRepeatDelay = 0.275f; KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f; + HoverDelayNormal = 0.30f; + HoverDelayShort = 0.10f; UserData = NULL; Fonts = NULL; @@ -1142,10 +1235,13 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() #else ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = false; #endif + ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue = true; ConfigInputTextCursorBlink = true; + ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive = false; + ConfigDragClickToInputText = false; ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true; ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly = false; - ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer = 60.0f; + ConfigMemoryCompactTimer = 60.0f; // Platform Functions BackendPlatformName = BackendRendererName = NULL; @@ -1153,36 +1249,48 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; // Platform dependent default implementations SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; ClipboardUserData = NULL; - -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - RenderDrawListsFn = NULL; -#endif + SetPlatformImeDataFn = SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl; // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure!) MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f; for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDownDuration); i++) MouseDownDuration[i] = MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysDownDuration); i++) KeysDownDuration[i] = KeysDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(NavInputsDownDuration); i++) NavInputsDownDuration[i] = -1.0f; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); i++) { KeysData[i].DownDuration = KeysData[i].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; } + AppAcceptingEvents = true; + BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = (ImS8)-1; + BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = true; // assume using legacy array until proven wrong } // Pass in translated ASCII characters for text input. // - with glfw you can get those from the callback set in glfwSetCharCallback() // - on Windows you can get those using ToAscii+keyboard state, or via the WM_CHAR message +// FIXME: Should in theory be called "AddCharacterEvent()" to be consistent with new API void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(unsigned int c) { - InputQueueCharacters.push_back(c > 0 && c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX ? (ImWchar)c : IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + if (c == 0 || !AppAcceptingEvents) + return; + + ImGuiInputEvent e; + e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Text; + e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; + e.Text.Char = c; + g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); } // UTF16 strings use surrogate pairs to encode codepoints >= 0x10000, so // we should save the high surrogate. void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c) { + if ((c == 0 && InputQueueSurrogate == 0) || !AppAcceptingEvents) + return; + if ((c & 0xFC00) == 0xD800) // High surrogate, must save { if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0) - InputQueueCharacters.push_back(0xFFFD); + AddInputCharacter(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); InputQueueSurrogate = c; return; } @@ -1191,46 +1299,281 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacterUTF16(ImWchar16 c) if (InputQueueSurrogate != 0) { if ((c & 0xFC00) != 0xDC00) // Invalid low surrogate - InputQueueCharacters.push_back(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); - else if (IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX == (0xFFFF)) // Codepoint will not fit in ImWchar (extra parenthesis around 0xFFFF somehow fixes -Wunreachable-code with Clang) - cp = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; + { + AddInputCharacter(IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); + } else + { +#if IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX == 0xFFFF + cp = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // Codepoint will not fit in ImWchar +#else cp = (ImWchar)(((InputQueueSurrogate - 0xD800) << 10) + (c - 0xDC00) + 0x10000); +#endif + } + InputQueueSurrogate = 0; } - InputQueueCharacters.push_back(cp); + AddInputCharacter((unsigned)cp); } void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars) { + if (!AppAcceptingEvents) + return; while (*utf8_chars != 0) { unsigned int c = 0; utf8_chars += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, utf8_chars, NULL); - if (c > 0) - InputQueueCharacters.push_back((ImWchar)c); + if (c != 0) + AddInputCharacter(c); } } +// FIXME: Perhaps we could clear queued events as well? void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters() { InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); } +// FIXME: Perhaps we could clear queued events as well? +void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys() +{ +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + memset(KeysDown, 0, sizeof(KeysDown)); +#endif + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); n++) + { + KeysData[n].Down = false; + KeysData[n].DownDuration = -1.0f; + KeysData[n].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; + } + KeyCtrl = KeyShift = KeyAlt = KeySuper = false; + KeyMods = ImGuiMod_None; + MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDown); n++) + { + MouseDown[n] = false; + MouseDownDuration[n] = MouseDownDurationPrev[n] = -1.0f; + } + MouseWheel = MouseWheelH = 0.0f; +} + +static ImGuiInputEvent* FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType type, int arg = -1) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int n = g.InputEventsQueue.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) + { + ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[n]; + if (e->Type != type) + continue; + if (type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key && e->Key.Key != arg) + continue; + if (type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton && e->MouseButton.Button != arg) + continue; + return e; + } + return NULL; +} + +// Queue a new key down/up event. +// - ImGuiKey key: Translated key (as in, generally ImGuiKey_A matches the key end-user would use to emit an 'A' character) +// - bool down: Is the key down? use false to signify a key release. +// - float analog_value: 0.0f..1.0f +void ImGuiIO::AddKeyAnalogEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down, float analog_value) +{ + //if (e->Down) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("AddKeyEvent() Key='%s' %d, NativeKeycode = %d, NativeScancode = %d\n", ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key), e->Down, e->NativeKeycode, e->NativeScancode); } + if (key == ImGuiKey_None || !AppAcceptingEvents) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key)); // Backend needs to pass a valid ImGuiKey_ constant. 0..511 values are legacy native key codes which are not accepted by this API. + IM_ASSERT(!ImGui::IsAliasKey(key)); // Backend cannot submit ImGuiKey_MouseXXX values they are automatically inferred from AddMouseXXX() events. + IM_ASSERT(key != ImGuiMod_Shortcut); // We could easily support the translation here but it seems saner to not accept it (TestEngine perform a translation itself) + + // Verify that backend isn't mixing up using new io.AddKeyEvent() api and old io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] data. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + IM_ASSERT((BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == -1 || BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!"); + if (BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == -1) + for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++) + IM_ASSERT(KeyMap[n] == -1 && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!"); + BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 0; +#endif + if (ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key)) + BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray = false; + + // Filter duplicate (in particular: key mods and gamepad analog values are commonly spammed) + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType_Key, (int)key); + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(key); + const bool latest_key_down = latest_event ? latest_event->Key.Down : key_data->Down; + const float latest_key_analog = latest_event ? latest_event->Key.AnalogValue : key_data->AnalogValue; + if (latest_key_down == down && latest_key_analog == analog_value) + return; + + // Add event + ImGuiInputEvent e; + e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Key; + e.Source = ImGui::IsGamepadKey(key) ? ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad : ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; + e.Key.Key = key; + e.Key.Down = down; + e.Key.AnalogValue = analog_value; + g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); +} + +void ImGuiIO::AddKeyEvent(ImGuiKey key, bool down) +{ + if (!AppAcceptingEvents) + return; + AddKeyAnalogEvent(key, down, down ? 1.0f : 0.0f); +} + +// [Optional] Call after AddKeyEvent(). +// Specify native keycode, scancode + Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices. +// If you are writing a backend in 2022 or don't use IsKeyXXX() with native values that are not ImGuiKey values, you can avoid calling this. +void ImGuiIO::SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index) +{ + if (key == ImGuiKey_None) + return; + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsNamedKey(key)); // >= 512 + IM_ASSERT(native_legacy_index == -1 || ImGui::IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)native_legacy_index)); // >= 0 && <= 511 + IM_UNUSED(native_keycode); // Yet unused + IM_UNUSED(native_scancode); // Yet unused + + // Build native->imgui map so old user code can still call key functions with native 0..511 values. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + const int legacy_key = (native_legacy_index != -1) ? native_legacy_index : native_keycode; + if (!ImGui::IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)legacy_key)) + return; + KeyMap[legacy_key] = key; + KeyMap[key] = legacy_key; +#else + IM_UNUSED(key); + IM_UNUSED(native_legacy_index); +#endif +} + +// Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen. +void ImGuiIO::SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events) +{ + AppAcceptingEvents = accepting_events; +} + +// Queue a mouse move event +void ImGuiIO::AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + if (!AppAcceptingEvents) + return; + + // Apply same flooring as UpdateMouseInputs() + ImVec2 pos((x > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloorSigned(x) : x, (y > -FLT_MAX) ? ImFloorSigned(y) : y); + + // Filter duplicate + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos); + const ImVec2 latest_pos = latest_event ? ImVec2(latest_event->MousePos.PosX, latest_event->MousePos.PosY) : g.IO.MousePos; + if (latest_pos.x == pos.x && latest_pos.y == pos.y) + return; + + ImGuiInputEvent e; + e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos; + e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + e.MousePos.PosX = pos.x; + e.MousePos.PosY = pos.y; + g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); +} + +void ImGuiIO::AddMouseButtonEvent(int mouse_button, bool down) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + IM_ASSERT(mouse_button >= 0 && mouse_button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); + if (!AppAcceptingEvents) + return; + + // Filter duplicate + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton, (int)mouse_button); + const bool latest_button_down = latest_event ? latest_event->MouseButton.Down : g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button]; + if (latest_button_down == down) + return; + + ImGuiInputEvent e; + e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton; + e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + e.MouseButton.Button = mouse_button; + e.MouseButton.Down = down; + g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); +} + +// Queue a mouse wheel event (most mouse/API will only have a Y component) +void ImGuiIO::AddMouseWheelEvent(float wheel_x, float wheel_y) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + + // Filter duplicate (unlike most events, wheel values are relative and easy to filter) + if (!AppAcceptingEvents || (wheel_x == 0.0f && wheel_y == 0.0f)) + return; + + ImGuiInputEvent e; + e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel; + e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + e.MouseWheel.WheelX = wheel_x; + e.MouseWheel.WheelY = wheel_y; + g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); +} + +void ImGuiIO::AddMouseViewportEvent(ImGuiID viewport_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport); + if (!AppAcceptingEvents) + return; + + // Filter duplicate + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport); + const ImGuiID latest_viewport_id = latest_event ? latest_event->MouseViewport.HoveredViewportID : g.IO.MouseHoveredViewport; + if (latest_viewport_id == viewport_id) + return; + + ImGuiInputEvent e; + e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport; + e.Source = ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + e.MouseViewport.HoveredViewportID = viewport_id; + g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); +} + +void ImGuiIO::AddFocusEvent(bool focused) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(&g.IO == this && "Can only add events to current context."); + + // Filter duplicate + const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiInputEventType_Focus); + const bool latest_focused = latest_event ? latest_event->AppFocused.Focused : !g.IO.AppFocusLost; + if (latest_focused == focused) + return; + + ImGuiInputEvent e; + e.Type = ImGuiInputEventType_Focus; + e.AppFocused.Focused = focused; + g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (Geometry functions) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -ImVec2 ImBezierClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments) +ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, int num_segments) { - IM_ASSERT(num_segments > 0); // Use ImBezierClosestPointCasteljau() + IM_ASSERT(num_segments > 0); // Use ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau() ImVec2 p_last = p1; ImVec2 p_closest; float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX; float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments; for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++) { - ImVec2 p_current = ImBezierCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step); + ImVec2 p_current = ImBezierCubicCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step); ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p); float dist2 = ImLengthSqr(p - p_line); if (dist2 < p_closest_dist2) @@ -1244,7 +1587,7 @@ ImVec2 ImBezierClosestPoint(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3 } // Closely mimics PathBezierToCasteljau() in imgui_draw.cpp -static void BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(const ImVec2& p, ImVec2& p_closest, ImVec2& p_last, float& p_closest_dist2, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level) +static void ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(const ImVec2& p, ImVec2& p_closest, ImVec2& p_last, float& p_closest_dist2, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level) { float dx = x4 - x1; float dy = y4 - y1; @@ -1252,7 +1595,7 @@ static void BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(const ImVec2& p, ImVec2& p_closest, float d3 = ((x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx); d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2; d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3; - if ((d2+d3) * (d2+d3) < tess_tol * (dx*dx + dy*dy)) + if ((d2 + d3) * (d2 + d3) < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy)) { ImVec2 p_current(x4, y4); ImVec2 p_line = ImLineClosestPoint(p_last, p_current, p); @@ -1266,26 +1609,26 @@ static void BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(const ImVec2& p, ImVec2& p_closest, } else if (level < 10) { - float x12 = (x1+x2)*0.5f, y12 = (y1+y2)*0.5f; - float x23 = (x2+x3)*0.5f, y23 = (y2+y3)*0.5f; - float x34 = (x3+x4)*0.5f, y34 = (y3+y4)*0.5f; - float x123 = (x12+x23)*0.5f, y123 = (y12+y23)*0.5f; - float x234 = (x23+x34)*0.5f, y234 = (y23+y34)*0.5f; - float x1234 = (x123+x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123+y234)*0.5f; - BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1); - BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1); + float x12 = (x1 + x2)*0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2)*0.5f; + float x23 = (x2 + x3)*0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3)*0.5f; + float x34 = (x3 + x4)*0.5f, y34 = (y3 + y4)*0.5f; + float x123 = (x12 + x23)*0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23)*0.5f; + float x234 = (x23 + x34)*0.5f, y234 = (y23 + y34)*0.5f; + float x1234 = (x123 + x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234)*0.5f; + ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1); + ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1); } } // tess_tol is generally the same value you would find in ImGui::GetStyle().CurveTessellationTol // Because those ImXXX functions are lower-level than ImGui:: we cannot access this value automatically. -ImVec2 ImBezierClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol) +ImVec2 ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, const ImVec2& p, float tess_tol) { IM_ASSERT(tess_tol > 0.0f); ImVec2 p_last = p1; ImVec2 p_closest; float p_closest_dist2 = FLT_MAX; - BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, tess_tol, 0); + ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljauStep(p, p_closest, p_last, p_closest_dist2, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, tess_tol, 0); return p_closest; } @@ -1345,14 +1688,14 @@ ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2) { int d; - while ((d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; } + while ((d = ImToUpper(*str2) - ImToUpper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; } return d; } int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count) { int d = 0; - while (count > 0 && (d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; count--; } + while (count > 0 && (d = ImToUpper(*str2) - ImToUpper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; count--; } return d; } @@ -1419,14 +1762,14 @@ const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char if (!needle_end) needle_end = needle + strlen(needle); - const char un0 = (char)toupper(*needle); + const char un0 = (char)ImToUpper(*needle); while ((!haystack_end && *haystack) || (haystack_end && haystack < haystack_end)) { - if (toupper(*haystack) == un0) + if (ImToUpper(*haystack) == un0) { const char* b = needle + 1; for (const char* a = haystack + 1; b < needle_end; a++, b++) - if (toupper(*a) != toupper(*b)) + if (ImToUpper(*a) != ImToUpper(*b)) break; if (b == needle_end) return haystack; @@ -1470,8 +1813,12 @@ const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str) // designed using two-passes worst case, which probably could be improved using the stbsp_vsprintfcb() function.) #ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF #define STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION +#ifdef IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME +#include IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME +#else #include "stb_sprintf.h" #endif +#endif #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf) #define vsnprintf _vsnprintf @@ -1511,6 +1858,25 @@ int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args) } #endif // #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS +void ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args); + *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data; + if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; } + va_end(args); +} + +void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + int buf_len = ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size, fmt, args); + *out_buf = g.TempBuffer.Data; + if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = g.TempBuffer.Data + buf_len; } +} + // CRC32 needs a 1KB lookup table (not cache friendly) // Although the code to generate the table is simple and shorter than the table itself, using a const table allows us to easily: // - avoid an unnecessary branch/memory tap, - keep the ImHashXXX functions usable by static constructors, - make it thread-safe. @@ -1537,7 +1903,7 @@ static const ImU32 GCrc32LookupTable[256] = // Known size hash // It is ok to call ImHashData on a string with known length but the ### operator won't be supported. // FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements. -ImU32 ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) +ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) { ImU32 crc = ~seed; const unsigned char* data = (const unsigned char*)data_p; @@ -1553,7 +1919,7 @@ ImU32 ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) // - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed. // - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller/faster (measured ~10% diff in Debug build) // FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements. -ImU32 ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) +ImGuiID ImHashStr(const char* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed) { seed = ~seed; ImU32 crc = seed; @@ -1659,73 +2025,65 @@ void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* mode, size_t* out_f //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Convert UTF-8 to 32-bit character, process single character input. -// Based on stb_from_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/ +// A nearly-branchless UTF-8 decoder, based on work of Christopher Wellons (https://github.com/skeeto/branchless-utf8). // We handle UTF-8 decoding error by skipping forward. int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) { - unsigned int c = (unsigned int)-1; - const unsigned char* str = (const unsigned char*)in_text; - if (!(*str & 0x80)) + static const char lengths[32] = { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 0 }; + static const int masks[] = { 0x00, 0x7f, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x07 }; + static const uint32_t mins[] = { 0x400000, 0, 0x80, 0x800, 0x10000 }; + static const int shiftc[] = { 0, 18, 12, 6, 0 }; + static const int shifte[] = { 0, 6, 4, 2, 0 }; + int len = lengths[*(const unsigned char*)in_text >> 3]; + int wanted = len + !len; + + if (in_text_end == NULL) + in_text_end = in_text + wanted; // Max length, nulls will be taken into account. + + // Copy at most 'len' bytes, stop copying at 0 or past in_text_end. Branch predictor does a good job here, + // so it is fast even with excessive branching. + unsigned char s[4]; + s[0] = in_text + 0 < in_text_end ? in_text[0] : 0; + s[1] = in_text + 1 < in_text_end ? in_text[1] : 0; + s[2] = in_text + 2 < in_text_end ? in_text[2] : 0; + s[3] = in_text + 3 < in_text_end ? in_text[3] : 0; + + // Assume a four-byte character and load four bytes. Unused bits are shifted out. + *out_char = (uint32_t)(s[0] & masks[len]) << 18; + *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[1] & 0x3f) << 12; + *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[2] & 0x3f) << 6; + *out_char |= (uint32_t)(s[3] & 0x3f) << 0; + *out_char >>= shiftc[len]; + + // Accumulate the various error conditions. + int e = 0; + e = (*out_char < mins[len]) << 6; // non-canonical encoding + e |= ((*out_char >> 11) == 0x1b) << 7; // surrogate half? + e |= (*out_char > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) << 8; // out of range? + e |= (s[1] & 0xc0) >> 2; + e |= (s[2] & 0xc0) >> 4; + e |= (s[3] ) >> 6; + e ^= 0x2a; // top two bits of each tail byte correct? + e >>= shifte[len]; + + if (e) { - c = (unsigned int)(*str++); - *out_char = c; - return 1; + // No bytes are consumed when *in_text == 0 || in_text == in_text_end. + // One byte is consumed in case of invalid first byte of in_text. + // All available bytes (at most `len` bytes) are consumed on incomplete/invalid second to last bytes. + // Invalid or incomplete input may consume less bytes than wanted, therefore every byte has to be inspected in s. + wanted = ImMin(wanted, !!s[0] + !!s[1] + !!s[2] + !!s[3]); + *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; } - if ((*str & 0xe0) == 0xc0) - { - *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // will be invalid but not end of string - if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 2) return 1; - if (*str < 0xc2) return 2; - c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x1f) << 6); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 2; - c += (*str++ & 0x3f); - *out_char = c; - return 2; - } - if ((*str & 0xf0) == 0xe0) - { - *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // will be invalid but not end of string - if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 3) return 1; - if (*str == 0xe0 && (str[1] < 0xa0 || str[1] > 0xbf)) return 3; - if (*str == 0xed && str[1] > 0x9f) return 3; // str[1] < 0x80 is checked below - c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x0f) << 12); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 3; - c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 6); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 3; - c += (*str++ & 0x3f); - *out_char = c; - return 3; - } - if ((*str & 0xf8) == 0xf0) - { - *out_char = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; // will be invalid but not end of string - if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 4) return 1; - if (*str > 0xf4) return 4; - if (*str == 0xf0 && (str[1] < 0x90 || str[1] > 0xbf)) return 4; - if (*str == 0xf4 && str[1] > 0x8f) return 4; // str[1] < 0x80 is checked below - c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x07) << 18); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4; - c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 12); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4; - c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 6); - if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4; - c += (*str++ & 0x3f); - // utf-8 encodings of values used in surrogate pairs are invalid - if ((c & 0xFFFFF800) == 0xD800) return 4; - // If codepoint does not fit in ImWchar, use replacement character U+FFFD instead - if (c > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) c = IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID; - *out_char = c; - return 4; - } - *out_char = 0; - return 0; + + return wanted; } int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_text_remaining) { ImWchar* buf_out = buf; ImWchar* buf_end = buf + buf_size; - while (buf_out < buf_end-1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text) + while (buf_out < buf_end - 1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text) { unsigned int c; in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end); @@ -1754,7 +2112,7 @@ int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) } // Based on stb_to_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/ -static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c) +static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c) { if (c < 0x80) { @@ -1772,7 +2130,7 @@ static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c) { if (buf_size < 3) return 0; buf[0] = (char)(0xe0 + (c >> 12)); - buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c>> 6) & 0x3f)); + buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f)); buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f)); return 3; } @@ -1789,11 +2147,18 @@ static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c) return 0; } +const char* ImTextCharToUtf8(char out_buf[5], unsigned int c) +{ + int count = ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(out_buf, 5, c); + out_buf[count] = 0; + return out_buf; +} + // Not optimal but we very rarely use this function. int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) { - unsigned int dummy = 0; - return ImTextCharFromUtf8(&dummy, in_text, in_text_end); + unsigned int unused = 0; + return ImTextCharFromUtf8(&unused, in_text, in_text_end); } static inline int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(unsigned int c) @@ -1805,20 +2170,20 @@ static inline int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(unsigned int c) return 3; } -int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end) +int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* out_buf, int out_buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end) { - char* buf_out = buf; - const char* buf_end = buf + buf_size; - while (buf_out < buf_end-1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text) + char* buf_p = out_buf; + const char* buf_end = out_buf + out_buf_size; + while (buf_p < buf_end - 1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text) { unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++); if (c < 0x80) - *buf_out++ = (char)c; + *buf_p++ = (char)c; else - buf_out += ImTextCharToUtf8(buf_out, (int)(buf_end-buf_out-1), c); + buf_p += ImTextCharToUtf8_inline(buf_p, (int)(buf_end - buf_p - 1), c); } - *buf_out = 0; - return (int)(buf_out - buf); + *buf_p = 0; + return (int)(buf_p - out_buf); } int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end) @@ -1851,7 +2216,7 @@ IMGUI_API ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b) ImVec4 ImGui::ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in) { - float s = 1.0f/255.0f; + float s = 1.0f / 255.0f; return ImVec4( ((in >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s, ((in >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * s, @@ -1902,7 +2267,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& return; } - h = ImFmod(h, 1.0f) / (60.0f/360.0f); + h = ImFmod(h, 1.0f) / (60.0f / 360.0f); int i = (int)h; float f = h - (float)i; float p = v * (1.0f - s); @@ -1953,7 +2318,7 @@ void ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByKey() { struct StaticFunc { - static int IMGUI_CDECL PairCompareByID(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) + static int IMGUI_CDECL PairComparerByID(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { // We can't just do a subtraction because qsort uses signed integers and subtracting our ID doesn't play well with that. if (((const ImGuiStoragePair*)lhs)->key > ((const ImGuiStoragePair*)rhs)->key) return +1; @@ -1961,8 +2326,7 @@ void ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByKey() return 0; } }; - if (Data.Size > 1) - ImQsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), StaticFunc::PairCompareByID); + ImQsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(ImGuiStoragePair), StaticFunc::PairComparerByID); } int ImGuiStorage::GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val) const @@ -2074,18 +2438,15 @@ void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]" -ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter) +ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter) //-V1077 { + InputBuf[0] = 0; + CountGrep = 0; if (default_filter) { ImStrncpy(InputBuf, default_filter, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf)); Build(); } - else - { - InputBuf[0] = 0; - CountGrep = 0; - } } bool ImGuiTextFilter::Draw(const char* label, float width) @@ -2119,7 +2480,7 @@ void ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextRange::split(char separator, ImVector= 0 && new_size >= old_size && new_size >= EndOffset); + if (old_size == new_size) + return; + if (EndOffset == 0 || base[EndOffset - 1] == '\n') + LineOffsets.push_back(EndOffset); + const char* base_end = base + new_size; + for (const char* p = base + old_size; (p = (const char*)memchr(p, '\n', base_end - p)) != 0; ) + if (++p < base_end) // Don't push a trailing offset on last \n + LineOffsets.push_back((int)(intptr_t)(p - base)); + EndOffset = ImMax(EndOffset, new_size); +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper // This is currently not as flexible/powerful as it should be and really confusing/spaghetti, mostly because we changed // the API mid-way through development and support two ways to using the clipper, needs some rework (see TODO) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helper to calculate coarse clipping of large list of evenly sized items. -// NB: Prefer using the ImGuiListClipper higher-level helper if you can! Read comments and instructions there on how those use this sort of pattern. -// NB: 'items_count' is only used to clamp the result, if you don't know your count you can use INT_MAX +// FIXME-TABLE: This prevents us from using ImGuiListClipper _inside_ a table cell. +// The problem we have is that without a Begin/End scheme for rows using the clipper is ambiguous. +static bool GetSkipItemForListClipping() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return (g.CurrentTable ? g.CurrentTable->HostSkipItems : g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems); +} + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +// Legacy helper to calculate coarse clipping of large list of evenly sized items. +// This legacy API is not ideal because it assumes we will return a single contiguous rectangle. +// Prefer using ImGuiListClipper which can returns non-contiguous ranges. void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -2260,27 +2644,30 @@ void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items *out_items_display_end = items_count; return; } - if (window->SkipItems) + if (GetSkipItemForListClipping()) { *out_items_display_start = *out_items_display_end = 0; return; } - // We create the union of the ClipRect and the NavScoringRect which at worst should be 1 page away from ClipRect - ImRect unclipped_rect = window->ClipRect; - if (g.NavMoveRequest) - unclipped_rect.Add(g.NavScoringRect); + // We create the union of the ClipRect and the scoring rect which at worst should be 1 page away from ClipRect + // We don't include g.NavId's rectangle in there (unless g.NavJustMovedToId is set) because the rectangle enlargement can get costly. + ImRect rect = window->ClipRect; + if (g.NavMoveScoringItems) + rect.Add(g.NavScoringNoClipRect); if (g.NavJustMovedToId && window->NavLastIds[0] == g.NavJustMovedToId) - unclipped_rect.Add(ImRect(window->Pos + window->NavRectRel[0].Min, window->Pos + window->NavRectRel[0].Max)); + rect.Add(WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[0])); // Could store and use NavJustMovedToRectRel const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; - int start = (int)((unclipped_rect.Min.y - pos.y) / items_height); - int end = (int)((unclipped_rect.Max.y - pos.y) / items_height); + int start = (int)((rect.Min.y - pos.y) / items_height); + int end = (int)((rect.Max.y - pos.y) / items_height); // When performing a navigation request, ensure we have one item extra in the direction we are moving to - if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) + // FIXME: Verify this works with tabbing + const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav); + if (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) start--; - if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) + if (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) end++; start = ImClamp(start, 0, items_count); @@ -2288,93 +2675,278 @@ void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items *out_items_display_start = start; *out_items_display_end = end; } +#endif -static void SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height) +static void ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(ImVector& ranges, int offset = 0) +{ + if (ranges.Size - offset <= 1) + return; + + // Helper to order ranges and fuse them together if possible (bubble sort is fine as we are only sorting 2-3 entries) + for (int sort_end = ranges.Size - offset - 1; sort_end > 0; --sort_end) + for (int i = offset; i < sort_end + offset; ++i) + if (ranges[i].Min > ranges[i + 1].Min) + ImSwap(ranges[i], ranges[i + 1]); + + // Now fuse ranges together as much as possible. + for (int i = 1 + offset; i < ranges.Size; i++) + { + IM_ASSERT(!ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert && !ranges[i - 1].PosToIndexConvert); + if (ranges[i - 1].Max < ranges[i].Min) + continue; + ranges[i - 1].Min = ImMin(ranges[i - 1].Min, ranges[i].Min); + ranges[i - 1].Max = ImMax(ranges[i - 1].Max, ranges[i].Max); + ranges.erase(ranges.Data + i); + i--; + } +} + +static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height) { // Set cursor position and a few other things so that SetScrollHereY() and Columns() can work when seeking cursor. // FIXME: It is problematic that we have to do that here, because custom/equivalent end-user code would stumble on the same issue. - // The clipper should probably have a 4th step to display the last item in a regular manner. + // The clipper should probably have a final step to display the last item in a regular manner, maybe with an opt-out flag for data sets which may have costly seek? ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + float off_y = pos_y - window->DC.CursorPos.y; window->DC.CursorPos.y = pos_y; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, pos_y); + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, pos_y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_height; // Setting those fields so that SetScrollHereY() can properly function after the end of our clipper usage. window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = (line_height - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list. - if (ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns) + if (ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns) columns->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; // Setting this so that cell Y position are set properly + if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable) + { + if (table->IsInsideRow) + ImGui::TableEndRow(table); + table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + const int row_increase = (int)((off_y / line_height) + 0.5f); + //table->CurrentRow += row_increase; // Can't do without fixing TableEndRow() + table->RowBgColorCounter += row_increase; + } } -// Use case A: Begin() called from constructor with items_height<0, then called again from Sync() in StepNo 1 -// Use case B: Begin() called from constructor with items_height>0 -// FIXME-LEGACY: Ideally we should remove the Begin/End functions but they are part of the legacy API we still support. This is why some of the code in Step() calling Begin() and reassign some fields, spaghetti style. -void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int count, float items_height) +static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(ImGuiListClipper* clipper, int item_n) +{ + // StartPosY starts from ItemsFrozen hence the subtraction + // Perform the add and multiply with double to allow seeking through larger ranges + ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData; + float pos_y = (float)((double)clipper->StartPosY + data->LossynessOffset + (double)(item_n - data->ItemsFrozen) * clipper->ItemsHeight); + ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorAndSetupPrevLine(pos_y, clipper->ItemsHeight); +} + +ImGuiListClipper::ImGuiListClipper() +{ + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + ItemsCount = -1; +} + +ImGuiListClipper::~ImGuiListClipper() +{ + End(); +} + +void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int items_count, float items_height) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Begin(%d,%.2f) in '%s'\n", items_count, items_height, window->Name); + + if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable) + if (table->IsInsideRow) + ImGui::TableEndRow(table); StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; ItemsHeight = items_height; - ItemsCount = count; - StepNo = 0; - DisplayEnd = DisplayStart = -1; - if (ItemsHeight > 0.0f) - { - ImGui::CalcListClipping(ItemsCount, ItemsHeight, &DisplayStart, &DisplayEnd); // calculate how many to clip/display - if (DisplayStart > 0) - SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(StartPosY + DisplayStart * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); // advance cursor - StepNo = 2; - } + ItemsCount = items_count; + DisplayStart = -1; + DisplayEnd = 0; + + // Acquire temporary buffer + if (++g.ClipperTempDataStacked > g.ClipperTempData.Size) + g.ClipperTempData.resize(g.ClipperTempDataStacked, ImGuiListClipperData()); + ImGuiListClipperData* data = &g.ClipperTempData[g.ClipperTempDataStacked - 1]; + data->Reset(this); + data->LossynessOffset = window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness.y; + TempData = data; } void ImGuiListClipper::End() { - if (ItemsCount < 0) - return; - // In theory here we should assert that ImGui::GetCursorPosY() == StartPosY + DisplayEnd * ItemsHeight, but it feels saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user. - if (ItemsCount < INT_MAX) - SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(StartPosY + ItemsCount * ItemsHeight, ItemsHeight); // advance cursor + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData) + { + // In theory here we should assert that we are already at the right position, but it seems saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user. + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: End() in '%s'\n", g.CurrentWindow->Name); + if (ItemsCount >= 0 && ItemsCount < INT_MAX && DisplayStart >= 0) + ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, ItemsCount); + + // Restore temporary buffer and fix back pointers which may be invalidated when nesting + IM_ASSERT(data->ListClipper == this); + data->StepNo = data->Ranges.Size; + if (--g.ClipperTempDataStacked > 0) + { + data = &g.ClipperTempData[g.ClipperTempDataStacked - 1]; + data->ListClipper->TempData = data; + } + TempData = NULL; + } ItemsCount = -1; - StepNo = 3; +} + +void ImGuiListClipper::ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_min, int item_max) +{ + ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData; + IM_ASSERT(DisplayStart < 0); // Only allowed after Begin() and if there has not been a specified range yet. + IM_ASSERT(item_min <= item_max); + if (item_min < item_max) + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(item_min, item_max)); +} + +static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)clipper->TempData; + IM_ASSERT(data != NULL && "Called ImGuiListClipper::Step() too many times, or before ImGuiListClipper::Begin() ?"); + + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (table && table->IsInsideRow) + ImGui::TableEndRow(table); + + // No items + if (clipper->ItemsCount == 0 || GetSkipItemForListClipping()) + return false; + + // While we are in frozen row state, keep displaying items one by one, unclipped + // FIXME: Could be stored as a table-agnostic state. + if (data->StepNo == 0 && table != NULL && !table->IsUnfrozenRows) + { + clipper->DisplayStart = data->ItemsFrozen; + clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->ItemsFrozen + 1, clipper->ItemsCount); + if (clipper->DisplayStart < clipper->DisplayEnd) + data->ItemsFrozen++; + return true; + } + + // Step 0: Let you process the first element (regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height) + bool calc_clipping = false; + if (data->StepNo == 0) + { + clipper->StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + if (clipper->ItemsHeight <= 0.0f) + { + // Submit the first item (or range) so we can measure its height (generally the first range is 0..1) + data->Ranges.push_front(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(data->ItemsFrozen, data->ItemsFrozen + 1)); + clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[0].Min, data->ItemsFrozen); + clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[0].Max, clipper->ItemsCount); + data->StepNo = 1; + return true; + } + calc_clipping = true; // If on the first step with known item height, calculate clipping. + } + + // Step 1: Let the clipper infer height from first range + if (clipper->ItemsHeight <= 0.0f) + { + IM_ASSERT(data->StepNo == 1); + if (table) + IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY1 == clipper->StartPosY && table->RowPosY2 == window->DC.CursorPos.y); + + clipper->ItemsHeight = (window->DC.CursorPos.y - clipper->StartPosY) / (float)(clipper->DisplayEnd - clipper->DisplayStart); + bool affected_by_floating_point_precision = ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(clipper->StartPosY) || ImIsFloatAboveGuaranteedIntegerPrecision(window->DC.CursorPos.y); + if (affected_by_floating_point_precision) + clipper->ItemsHeight = window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; // FIXME: Technically wouldn't allow multi-line entries. + + IM_ASSERT(clipper->ItemsHeight > 0.0f && "Unable to calculate item height! First item hasn't moved the cursor vertically!"); + calc_clipping = true; // If item height had to be calculated, calculate clipping afterwards. + } + + // Step 0 or 1: Calculate the actual ranges of visible elements. + const int already_submitted = clipper->DisplayEnd; + if (calc_clipping) + { + if (g.LogEnabled) + { + // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(0, clipper->ItemsCount)); + } + else + { + // Add range selected to be included for navigation + const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav); + if (is_nav_request) + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min.y, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max.y, 0, 0)); + if (is_nav_request && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) && g.NavTabbingDir == -1) + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(clipper->ItemsCount - 1, clipper->ItemsCount)); + + // Add focused/active item + ImRect nav_rect_abs = ImGui::WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[0]); + if (g.NavId != 0 && window->NavLastIds[0] == g.NavId) + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(nav_rect_abs.Min.y, nav_rect_abs.Max.y, 0, 0)); + + // Add visible range + const int off_min = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1 : 0; + const int off_max = (is_nav_request && g.NavMoveClipDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? 1 : 0; + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y, off_min, off_max)); + } + + // Convert position ranges to item index ranges + // - Very important: when a starting position is after our maximum item, we set Min to (ItemsCount - 1). This allows us to handle most forms of wrapping. + // - Due to how Selectable extra padding they tend to be "unaligned" with exact unit in the item list, + // which with the flooring/ceiling tend to lead to 2 items instead of one being submitted. + for (int i = 0; i < data->Ranges.Size; i++) + if (data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert) + { + int m1 = (int)(((double)data->Ranges[i].Min - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight); + int m2 = (int)((((double)data->Ranges[i].Max - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight) + 0.999999f); + data->Ranges[i].Min = ImClamp(already_submitted + m1 + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexOffsetMin, already_submitted, clipper->ItemsCount - 1); + data->Ranges[i].Max = ImClamp(already_submitted + m2 + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexOffsetMax, data->Ranges[i].Min + 1, clipper->ItemsCount); + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert = false; + } + ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(data->Ranges, data->StepNo); + } + + // Step 0+ (if item height is given in advance) or 1+: Display the next range in line. + if (data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size) + { + clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Min, already_submitted); + clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Max, clipper->ItemsCount); + if (clipper->DisplayStart > already_submitted) //-V1051 + ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->DisplayStart); + data->StepNo++; + return true; + } + + // After the last step: Let the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), + // Advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop. + if (clipper->ItemsCount < INT_MAX) + ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->ItemsCount); + + return false; } bool ImGuiListClipper::Step() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - if (ItemsCount == 0 || window->SkipItems) + bool need_items_height = (ItemsHeight <= 0.0f); + bool ret = ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(this); + if (ret && (DisplayStart == DisplayEnd)) + ret = false; + if (g.CurrentTable && g.CurrentTable->IsUnfrozenRows == false) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): inside frozen table row.\n"); + if (need_items_height && ItemsHeight > 0.0f) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): computed ItemsHeight: %.2f.\n", ItemsHeight); + if (ret) { - ItemsCount = -1; - return false; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): display %d to %d.\n", DisplayStart, DisplayEnd); } - if (StepNo == 0) // Step 0: the clipper let you process the first element, regardless of it being visible or not, so we can measure the element height. + else { - DisplayStart = 0; - DisplayEnd = 1; - StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - StepNo = 1; - return true; - } - if (StepNo == 1) // Step 1: the clipper infer height from first element, calculate the actual range of elements to display, and position the cursor before the first element. - { - if (ItemsCount == 1) { ItemsCount = -1; return false; } - float items_height = window->DC.CursorPos.y - StartPosY; - IM_ASSERT(items_height > 0.0f); // If this triggers, it means Item 0 hasn't moved the cursor vertically - Begin(ItemsCount - 1, items_height); - DisplayStart++; - DisplayEnd++; - StepNo = 3; - return true; - } - if (StepNo == 2) // Step 2: dummy step only required if an explicit items_height was passed to constructor or Begin() and user still call Step(). Does nothing and switch to Step 3. - { - IM_ASSERT(DisplayStart >= 0 && DisplayEnd >= 0); - StepNo = 3; - return true; - } - if (StepNo == 3) // Step 3: the clipper validate that we have reached the expected Y position (corresponding to element DisplayEnd), advance the cursor to the end of the list and then returns 'false' to end the loop. + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): End.\n"); End(); - return false; + } + return ret; } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2426,7 +2998,7 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) ImGuiColorMod backup; backup.Col = idx; backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx]; - g.ColorModifiers.push_back(backup); + g.ColorStack.push_back(backup); g.Style.Colors[idx] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(col); } @@ -2436,18 +3008,23 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col) ImGuiColorMod backup; backup.Col = idx; backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx]; - g.ColorModifiers.push_back(backup); + g.ColorStack.push_back(backup); g.Style.Colors[idx] = col; } void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ColorStack.Size < count) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.ColorStack.Size > count, "Calling PopStyleColor() too many times: stack underflow."); + count = g.ColorStack.Size; + } while (count > 0) { - ImGuiColorMod& backup = g.ColorModifiers.back(); + ImGuiColorMod& backup = g.ColorStack.back(); g.Style.Colors[backup.Col] = backup.BackupValue; - g.ColorModifiers.pop_back(); + g.ColorStack.pop_back(); count--; } } @@ -2460,9 +3037,15 @@ struct ImGuiStyleVarInfo void* GetVarPtr(ImGuiStyle* style) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)style + Offset); } }; +static const ImGuiCol GWindowDockStyleColors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT] = +{ + ImGuiCol_Text, ImGuiCol_Tab, ImGuiCol_TabHovered, ImGuiCol_TabActive, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocused, ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive +}; + static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] = { { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, DisabledAlpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize @@ -2478,6 +3061,7 @@ static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] = { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, CellPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize @@ -2501,7 +3085,7 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; float* pvar = (float*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); - g.StyleModifiers.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); + g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); *pvar = val; return; } @@ -2515,7 +3099,7 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImVec2* pvar = (ImVec2*)var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); - g.StyleModifiers.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); + g.StyleVarStack.push_back(ImGuiStyleMod(idx, *pvar)); *pvar = val; return; } @@ -2525,15 +3109,20 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val) void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.StyleVarStack.Size < count) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.StyleVarStack.Size > count, "Calling PopStyleVar() too many times: stack underflow."); + count = g.StyleVarStack.Size; + } while (count > 0) { // We avoid a generic memcpy(data, &backup.Backup.., GDataTypeSize[info->Type] * info->Count), the overhead in Debug is not worth it. - ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleModifiers.back(); + ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleVarStack.back(); const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* info = GetStyleVarInfo(backup.VarIdx); void* data = info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 1) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; } else if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 2) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; ((float*)data)[1] = backup.BackupFloat[1]; } - g.StyleModifiers.pop_back(); + g.StyleVarStack.pop_back(); count--; } } @@ -2587,6 +3176,11 @@ const char* ImGui::GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx) case ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered: return "PlotLinesHovered"; case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram: return "PlotHistogram"; case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered: return "PlotHistogramHovered"; + case ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg: return "TableHeaderBg"; + case ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong: return "TableBorderStrong"; + case ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight: return "TableBorderLight"; + case ImGuiCol_TableRowBg: return "TableRowBg"; + case ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt: return "TableRowBgAlt"; case ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg: return "TextSelectedBg"; case ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget: return "DragDropTarget"; case ImGuiCol_NavHighlight: return "NavHighlight"; @@ -2736,7 +3330,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextEllipsis(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImVec2& pos_min, con int ellipsis_char_count = 1; if (ellipsis_char == (ImWchar)-1) { - ellipsis_char = (ImWchar)'.'; + ellipsis_char = font->DotChar; ellipsis_char_count = 3; } const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyph(ellipsis_char); @@ -2796,8 +3390,8 @@ void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border, const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize; if (border && border_size > 0.0f) { - window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min+ImVec2(1,1), p_max+ImVec2(1,1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); - window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); + window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size); + window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size); } } @@ -2808,8 +3402,8 @@ void ImGui::RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding) const float border_size = g.Style.FrameBorderSize; if (border_size > 0.0f) { - window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min+ImVec2(1,1), p_max+ImVec2(1,1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); - window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); + window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min + ImVec2(1, 1), p_max + ImVec2(1, 1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding, 0, border_size); + window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size); } } @@ -2831,117 +3425,320 @@ void ImGui::RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFl { const float THICKNESS = 2.0f; const float DISTANCE = 3.0f + THICKNESS * 0.5f; - display_rect.Expand(ImVec2(DISTANCE,DISTANCE)); + display_rect.Expand(ImVec2(DISTANCE, DISTANCE)); bool fully_visible = window->ClipRect.Contains(display_rect); if (!fully_visible) window->DrawList->PushClipRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max); - window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min + ImVec2(THICKNESS*0.5f,THICKNESS*0.5f), display_rect.Max - ImVec2(THICKNESS*0.5f,THICKNESS*0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, THICKNESS); + window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min + ImVec2(THICKNESS * 0.5f, THICKNESS * 0.5f), display_rect.Max - ImVec2(THICKNESS * 0.5f, THICKNESS * 0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, THICKNESS); if (!fully_visible) window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); } if (flags & ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin) { - window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, ~0, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddRect(display_rect.Min, display_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavHighlight), rounding, 0, 1.0f); } } +void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 base_pos, float base_scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); + ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = g.DrawListSharedData.Font->ContainerAtlas; + for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + { + // We scale cursor with current viewport/monitor, however Windows 10 for its own hardware cursor seems to be using a different scale factor. + ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4]; + if (!font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2])) + continue; + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; + const ImVec2 pos = base_pos - offset; + const float scale = base_scale * viewport->DpiScale; + if (!viewport->GetMainRect().Overlaps(ImRect(pos, pos + ImVec2(size.x + 2, size.y + 2) * scale))) + continue; + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(viewport); + ImTextureID tex_id = font_atlas->TexID; + draw_list->PushTextureID(tex_id); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(1, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(1, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(2, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_border); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size * scale, uv[0], uv[1], col_fill); + draw_list->PopTextureID(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] INITIALIZATION, SHUTDOWN +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Internal state access - if you want to share Dear ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself +// Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module +ImGuiContext* ImGui::GetCurrentContext() +{ + return GImGui; +} + +void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) +{ +#ifdef IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC + IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC(ctx); // For custom thread-based hackery you may want to have control over this. +#else + GImGui = ctx; +#endif +} + +void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc free_func, void* user_data) +{ + GImAllocatorAllocFunc = alloc_func; + GImAllocatorFreeFunc = free_func; + GImAllocatorUserData = user_data; +} + +// This is provided to facilitate copying allocators from one static/DLL boundary to another (e.g. retrieve default allocator of your executable address space) +void ImGui::GetAllocatorFunctions(ImGuiMemAllocFunc* p_alloc_func, ImGuiMemFreeFunc* p_free_func, void** p_user_data) +{ + *p_alloc_func = GImAllocatorAllocFunc; + *p_free_func = GImAllocatorFreeFunc; + *p_user_data = GImAllocatorUserData; +} + +ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) +{ + ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext(); + ImGuiContext* ctx = IM_NEW(ImGuiContext)(shared_font_atlas); + SetCurrentContext(ctx); + Initialize(); + if (prev_ctx != NULL) + SetCurrentContext(prev_ctx); // Restore previous context if any, else keep new one. + return ctx; +} + +void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) +{ + ImGuiContext* prev_ctx = GetCurrentContext(); + if (ctx == NULL) //-V1051 + ctx = prev_ctx; + SetCurrentContext(ctx); + Shutdown(); + SetCurrentContext((prev_ctx != ctx) ? prev_ctx : NULL); + IM_DELETE(ctx); +} + +// IMPORTANT: ###xxx suffixes must be same in ALL languages +static const ImGuiLocEntry GLocalizationEntriesEnUS[] = +{ + { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne, "Size column to fit###SizeOne" }, + { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit, "Size all columns to fit###SizeAll" }, + { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault, "Size all columns to default###SizeAll" }, + { ImGuiLocKey_TableResetOrder, "Reset order###ResetOrder" }, + { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar, "(Main menu bar)" }, + { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup, "(Popup)" }, + { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled, "(Untitled)" }, + { ImGuiLocKey_DockingHideTabBar, "Hide tab bar###HideTabBar" }, +}; + +void ImGui::Initialize() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(!g.Initialized && !g.SettingsLoaded); + + // Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow and ImGuiTable types + { + ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler; + ini_handler.TypeName = "Window"; + ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Window"); + ini_handler.ClearAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll; + ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen; + ini_handler.ReadLineFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine; + ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll; + ini_handler.WriteAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll; + AddSettingsHandler(&ini_handler); + } + TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler(); + + // Setup default localization table + LocalizeRegisterEntries(GLocalizationEntriesEnUS, IM_ARRAYSIZE(GLocalizationEntriesEnUS)); + + // Create default viewport + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = IM_NEW(ImGuiViewportP)(); + viewport->ID = IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID; + viewport->Idx = 0; + viewport->PlatformWindowCreated = true; + viewport->Flags = ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp; + g.Viewports.push_back(viewport); + g.TempBuffer.resize(1024 * 3 + 1, 0); + g.PlatformIO.Viewports.push_back(g.Viewports[0]); + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + // Initialize Docking + DockContextInitialize(&g); +#endif + + g.Initialized = true; +} + +// This function is merely here to free heap allocations. +void ImGui::Shutdown() +{ + // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext) + { + g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; + IM_DELETE(g.IO.Fonts); + } + g.IO.Fonts = NULL; + g.DrawListSharedData.TempBuffer.clear(); + + // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having initialized Dear ImGui. + if (!g.Initialized) + return; + + // Save settings (unless we haven't attempted to load them: CreateContext/DestroyContext without a call to NewFrame shouldn't save an empty file) + if (g.SettingsLoaded && g.IO.IniFilename != NULL) + SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); + + // Destroy platform windows + DestroyPlatformWindows(); + + // Shutdown extensions + DockContextShutdown(&g); + + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_Shutdown); + + // Clear everything else + g.Windows.clear_delete(); + g.WindowsFocusOrder.clear(); + g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.clear(); + g.CurrentWindow = NULL; + g.CurrentWindowStack.clear(); + g.WindowsById.Clear(); + g.NavWindow = NULL; + g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; + g.ActiveIdWindow = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL; + g.MovingWindow = NULL; + + g.KeysRoutingTable.Clear(); + + g.ColorStack.clear(); + g.StyleVarStack.clear(); + g.FontStack.clear(); + g.OpenPopupStack.clear(); + g.BeginPopupStack.clear(); + + g.CurrentViewport = g.MouseViewport = g.MouseLastHoveredViewport = NULL; + g.Viewports.clear_delete(); + + g.TabBars.Clear(); + g.CurrentTabBarStack.clear(); + g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.clear(); + + g.ClipperTempData.clear_destruct(); + + g.Tables.Clear(); + g.TablesTempData.clear_destruct(); + g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.clear(); + + g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); + g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.clear(); + g.InputTextState.ClearFreeMemory(); + + g.SettingsWindows.clear(); + g.SettingsHandlers.clear(); + + if (g.LogFile) + { +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS + if (g.LogFile != stdout) +#endif + ImFileClose(g.LogFile); + g.LogFile = NULL; + } + g.LogBuffer.clear(); + g.DebugLogBuf.clear(); + g.DebugLogIndex.clear(); + + g.Initialized = false; +} + +// No specific ordering/dependency support, will see as needed +ImGuiID ImGui::AddContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImGuiContextHook* hook) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + IM_ASSERT(hook->Callback != NULL && hook->HookId == 0 && hook->Type != ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_); + g.Hooks.push_back(*hook); + g.Hooks.back().HookId = ++g.HookIdNext; + return g.HookIdNext; +} + +// Deferred removal, avoiding issue with changing vector while iterating it +void ImGui::RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID hook_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + IM_ASSERT(hook_id != 0); + for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++) + if (g.Hooks[n].HookId == hook_id) + g.Hooks[n].Type = ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_; +} + +// Call context hooks (used by e.g. test engine) +// We assume a small number of hooks so all stored in same array +void ImGui::CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHookType hook_type) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++) + if (g.Hooks[n].Type == hook_type) + g.Hooks[n].Callback(&g, &g.Hooks[n]); +} + + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // ImGuiWindow is mostly a dumb struct. It merely has a constructor and a few helper methods -ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name) - : DrawListInst(&context->DrawListSharedData) +ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name) : DrawListInst(NULL) { + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); Name = ImStrdup(name); + NameBufLen = (int)strlen(name) + 1; ID = ImHashStr(name); IDStack.push_back(ID); - Flags = FlagsPreviousFrame = ImGuiWindowFlags_None; - Viewport = NULL; - ViewportId = 0; ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend = -1; ViewportPos = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - Size = SizeFull = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - ContentSize = ContentSizeExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - WindowRounding = 0.0f; - WindowBorderSize = 0.0f; - NameBufLen = (int)strlen(name) + 1; MoveId = GetID("#MOVE"); - ChildId = 0; - Scroll = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + TabId = GetID("#TAB"); ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); - ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - ScrollbarX = ScrollbarY = false; - ViewportOwned = false; - Active = WasActive = false; - WriteAccessed = false; - Collapsed = false; - WantCollapseToggle = false; - SkipItems = false; - Appearing = false; - Hidden = false; - IsFallbackWindow = false; - HasCloseButton = false; - ResizeBorderHeld = -1; - BeginCount = 0; - BeginOrderWithinParent = -1; - BeginOrderWithinContext = -1; - PopupId = 0; AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1; - AutoFitChildAxises = 0x00; - AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None; - HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 0; SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = SetWindowDockAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing; SetWindowPosVal = SetWindowPosPivot = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - - InnerRect = ImRect(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f); // Clear so the InnerRect.GetSize() code in Begin() doesn't lead to overflow even if the result isn't used. - LastFrameActive = -1; LastFrameJustFocused = -1; LastTimeActive = -1.0f; - ItemWidthDefault = 0.0f; FontWindowScale = FontDpiScale = 1.0f; SettingsOffset = -1; - - DrawList = &DrawListInst; - DrawList->_OwnerName = Name; - ParentWindow = NULL; - RootWindow = NULL; - RootWindowDockStop = NULL; - RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = NULL; - RootWindowForNav = NULL; - - NavLastIds[0] = NavLastIds[1] = 0; - NavRectRel[0] = NavRectRel[1] = ImRect(); - NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL; - - MemoryCompacted = false; - MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = 0; - - DockNode = DockNodeAsHost = NULL; - DockId = 0; - DockTabItemStatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None; DockOrder = -1; - DockIsActive = DockTabIsVisible = DockTabWantClose = false; + DrawList = &DrawListInst; + DrawList->_Data = &context->DrawListSharedData; + DrawList->_OwnerName = Name; + IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&WindowClass) ImGuiWindowClass(); } ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow() { IM_ASSERT(DrawList == &DrawListInst); IM_DELETE(Name); - for (int i = 0; i != ColumnsStorage.Size; i++) - ColumnsStorage[i].~ImGuiColumns(); + ColumnsStorage.clear_destruct(); } ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end) { ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); return id; } @@ -2949,7 +3746,9 @@ ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr) { ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_Pointer, ptr, NULL); return id; } @@ -2957,35 +3756,18 @@ ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(int n) { ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)(intptr_t)n, NULL); return id; } -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(const char* str, const char* str_end) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - return ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(const void* ptr) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - return ImHashData(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(int n) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - return ImHashData(&n, sizeof(n), seed); -} - // This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere. ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs) { ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - const int r_rel[4] = { (int)(r_abs.Min.x - Pos.x), (int)(r_abs.Min.y - Pos.y), (int)(r_abs.Max.x - Pos.x), (int)(r_abs.Max.y - Pos.y) }; + ImRect r_rel = ImGui::WindowRectAbsToRel(this, r_abs); ImGuiID id = ImHashData(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); return id; } @@ -2993,15 +3775,22 @@ static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.CurrentWindow = window; + g.CurrentTable = window && window->DC.CurrentTableIdx != -1 ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(window->DC.CurrentTableIdx) : NULL; if (window) g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); } +void ImGui::GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.ItemFlagsStack.clear(); + g.GroupStack.clear(); + TableGcCompactSettings(); +} + // Free up/compact internal window buffers, we can use this when a window becomes unused. -// This is currently unused by the library, but you may call this yourself for easy GC. // Not freed: -// - ImGuiWindow, ImGuiWindowSettings, Name -// - StateStorage, ColumnsStorage (may hold useful data) +// - ImGuiWindow, ImGuiWindowSettings, Name, StateStorage, ColumnsStorage (may hold useful data) // This should have no noticeable visual effect. When the window reappear however, expect new allocation/buffer growth/copy cost. void ImGui::GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window) { @@ -3009,12 +3798,10 @@ void ImGui::GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window) window->MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity = window->DrawList->IdxBuffer.Capacity; window->MemoryDrawListVtxCapacity = window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Capacity; window->IDStack.clear(); - window->DrawList->ClearFreeMemory(); + window->DrawList->_ClearFreeMemory(); window->DC.ChildWindows.clear(); - window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.clear(); window->DC.ItemWidthStack.clear(); window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.clear(); - window->DC.GroupStack.clear(); } void ImGui::GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window) @@ -3030,12 +3817,25 @@ void ImGui::GcAwakeTransientWindowBuffers(ImGuiWindow* window) void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // While most behaved code would make an effort to not steal active id during window move/drag operations, + // we at least need to be resilient to it. Cancelling the move is rather aggressive and users of 'master' branch + // may prefer the weird ill-defined half working situation ('docking' did assert), so may need to rework that. + if (g.MovingWindow != NULL && g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() cancel MovingWindow\n"); + g.MovingWindow = NULL; + } + + // Set active id g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = (g.ActiveId != id); if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetActiveID() old:0x%08X (window \"%s\") -> new:0x%08X (window \"%s\")\n", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "", id, window ? window->Name : ""); g.ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; g.ActiveIdHasBeenPressedBefore = false; g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = false; + g.ActiveIdMouseButton = -1; if (id != 0) { g.LastActiveId = id; @@ -3044,24 +3844,27 @@ void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) } g.ActiveId = id; g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; + g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = false; g.ActiveIdWindow = window; g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = false; if (id) { g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id; - g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id || g.NavJustTabbedId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? ImGuiInputSource_Nav : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? (ImGuiInputSource)ImGuiInputSource_Nav : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; } // Clear declaration of inputs claimed by the widget // (Please note that this is WIP and not all keys/inputs are thoroughly declared by all widgets yet) g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; + g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; - g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0x00; +#endif } void ImGui::ClearActiveID() { - SetActiveID(0, NULL); + SetActiveID(0, NULL); // g.ActiveId = 0; } void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id) @@ -3079,6 +3882,8 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::GetHoveredID() return g.HoveredId ? g.HoveredId : g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; } +// This is called by ItemAdd(). +// Code not using ItemAdd() may need to call this manually otherwise ActiveId will be cleared. In IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18717 this was called by GetID(). void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -3091,14 +3896,14 @@ void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id) void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id) { // This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(). - // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need need to fill the data. + // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need to fill the data. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.DragDropActive); IM_UNUSED(id); // Avoid unused variable warnings when asserts are compiled out. //IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId == id); g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true; g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true; - g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited; } static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) @@ -3107,20 +3912,26 @@ static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFla // FIXME-OPT: This could be cached/stored within the window. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.NavWindow) - if (ImGuiWindow* focused_root_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindow) - if (focused_root_window->WasActive && focused_root_window != window->RootWindow) + if (ImGuiWindow* focused_root_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindowDockTree) + if (focused_root_window->WasActive && focused_root_window != window->RootWindowDockTree) { // For the purpose of those flags we differentiate "standard popup" from "modal popup" - // NB: The order of those two tests is important because Modal windows are also Popups. + // NB: The 'else' is important because Modal windows are also Popups. + bool want_inhibit = false; if (focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) - return false; - if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) - return false; + want_inhibit = true; + else if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) + want_inhibit = true; + + // Inhibit hover unless the window is within the stack of our modal/popup + if (want_inhibit) + if (!ImGui::IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window->RootWindow, focused_root_window)) + return false; } // Filter by viewport if (window->Viewport != g.MouseViewport) - if (g.MovingWindow == NULL || window->RootWindow != g.MovingWindow->RootWindow) + if (g.MovingWindow == NULL || window->RootWindowDockTree != g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree) return false; return true; @@ -3133,40 +3944,71 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight) - return IsItemFocused(); + if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride)) + { + if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) + return false; + if (!IsItemFocused()) + return false; + } + else + { + // Test for bounding box overlap, as updated as ItemAdd() + ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; + if (!(status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) + return false; + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function - // Test for bounding box overlap, as updated as ItemAdd() - if (!(window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) - return false; - IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function + // Done with rectangle culling so we can perform heavier checks now + // Test if we are hovering the right window (our window could be behind another window) + // [2021/03/02] Reworked / reverted the revert, finally. Note we want e.g. BeginGroup/ItemAdd/EndGroup to work as well. (#3851) + // [2017/10/16] Reverted commit 344d48be3 and testing RootWindow instead. I believe it is correct to NOT test for RootWindow but this leaves us unable + // to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was + // the test that has been running for a long while. + if (g.HoveredWindow != window && (status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow) == 0) + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped) == 0) + return false; - // Test if we are hovering the right window (our window could be behind another window) - // [2017/10/16] Reverted commit 344d48be3 and testing RootWindow instead. I believe it is correct to NOT test for RootWindow but this leaves us unable to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. - // Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was the test that has been running for a long while. - //if (g.HoveredWindow != window) - // return false; - if (g.HoveredRootWindow != window->RootWindow && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped)) - return false; + // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged) + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) == 0) + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.LastItemData.ID && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) + if (g.ActiveId != window->MoveId && g.ActiveId != window->TabId) + return false; - // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged) - if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem)) - if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != window->DC.LastItemId && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != window->MoveId) + // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal. + // The ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup flag will be tested here. + if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck)) return false; - // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal. - // The ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup flag will be tested here. - if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags)) - return false; + // Test if the item is disabled + if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) + return false; - // Test if the item is disabled - if ((window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) - return false; + // Special handling for calling after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab. + // When the window is skipped/collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item (always ->MoveId submitted by Begin) + // will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case. + if (g.LastItemData.ID == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed) + return false; + } + + // Handle hover delay + // (some ideas: https://www.nngroup.com/articles/timing-exposing-content) + float delay; + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal) + delay = g.IO.HoverDelayNormal; + else if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) + delay = g.IO.HoverDelayShort; + else + delay = 0.0f; + if (delay > 0.0f) + { + ImGuiID hover_delay_id = (g.LastItemData.ID != 0) ? g.LastItemData.ID : window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect); + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay) && (g.HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame != hover_delay_id)) + g.HoverDelayTimer = 0.0f; + g.HoverDelayId = hover_delay_id; + return g.HoverDelayTimer >= delay; + } - // Special handling for the dummy item after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab. - // When the window is collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case. - if ((window->DC.LastItemId == window->ID || window->DC.LastItemId == window->MoveId) && window->WriteAccessed) - return false; return true; } @@ -3184,79 +4026,69 @@ bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) return false; if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) return false; - if (g.NavDisableMouseHover || !IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None)) - return false; - if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) - return false; - SetHoveredID(id); + // Done with rectangle culling so we can perform heavier checks now. + ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = (g.LastItemData.ID == id ? g.LastItemData.InFlags : g.CurrentItemFlags); + if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck) && !IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None)) + { + g.HoveredIdDisabled = true; + return false; + } - // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool! - // We perform the check here because SetHoveredID() is not frequently called (1~ time a frame), making - // the cost of this tool near-zero. We can get slightly better call-stack and support picking non-hovered - // items if we perform the test in ItemAdd(), but that would incur a small runtime cost. - // #define IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX in imconfig.h if you want this check to also be performed in ItemAdd(). - if (g.DebugItemPickerActive && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id) - GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); - if (g.DebugItemPickerBreakId == id) - IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); + // We exceptionally allow this function to be called with id==0 to allow using it for easy high-level + // hover test in widgets code. We could also decide to split this function is two. + if (id != 0) + SetHoveredID(id); + + // When disabled we'll return false but still set HoveredId + if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) + { + // Release active id if turning disabled + if (g.ActiveId == id) + ClearActiveID(); + g.HoveredIdDisabled = true; + return false; + } + + if (id != 0) + { + // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool! + // We perform the check here because SetHoveredID() is not frequently called (1~ time a frame), making + // the cost of this tool near-zero. We can get slightly better call-stack and support picking non-hovered + // items if we performed the test in ItemAdd(), but that would incur a small runtime cost. + if (g.DebugItemPickerActive && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (g.DebugItemPickerBreakId == id) + IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); + } + + if (g.NavDisableMouseHover) + return false; return true; } -bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool clip_even_when_logged) +// FIXME: This is inlined/duplicated in ItemAdd() +bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (!bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect)) if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.NavId)) - if (clip_even_when_logged || !g.LogEnabled) + if (!g.LogEnabled) return true; return false; } -// Process TAB/Shift+TAB. Be mindful that this function may _clear_ the ActiveID when tabbing out. -bool ImGui::FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) +// This is also inlined in ItemAdd() +// Note: if ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set, user needs to set window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect! +void ImGui::SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_flags, const ImRect& item_rect) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Increment counters - const bool is_tab_stop = (window->DC.ItemFlags & (ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) == 0; - window->DC.FocusCounterRegular++; - if (is_tab_stop) - window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop++; - - // Process TAB/Shift-TAB to tab *OUT* of the currently focused item. - // (Note that we can always TAB out of a widget that doesn't allow tabbing in) - if (g.ActiveId == id && g.FocusTabPressed && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Tab) && g.FocusRequestNextWindow == NULL) - { - g.FocusRequestNextWindow = window; - g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop + (g.IO.KeyShift ? (is_tab_stop ? -1 : 0) : +1); // Modulo on index will be applied at the end of frame once we've got the total counter of items. - } - - // Handle focus requests - if (g.FocusRequestCurrWindow == window) - { - if (window->DC.FocusCounterRegular == g.FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular) - return true; - if (is_tab_stop && window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop == g.FocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop) - { - g.NavJustTabbedId = id; - return true; - } - - // If another item is about to be focused, we clear our own active id - if (g.ActiveId == id) - ClearActiveID(); - } - - return false; -} - -void ImGui::FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - window->DC.FocusCounterRegular--; - window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop--; + g.LastItemData.ID = item_id; + g.LastItemData.InFlags = in_flags; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = item_flags; + g.LastItemData.Rect = item_rect; } float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x) @@ -3264,11 +4096,21 @@ float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x) if (wrap_pos_x < 0.0f) return 0.0f; - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (wrap_pos_x == 0.0f) + { + // We could decide to setup a default wrapping max point for auto-resizing windows, + // or have auto-wrap (with unspecified wrapping pos) behave as a ContentSize extending function? + //if (window->Hidden && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + // wrap_pos_x = ImMax(window->WorkRect.Min.x + g.FontSize * 10.0f, window->WorkRect.Max.x); + //else wrap_pos_x = window->WorkRect.Max.x; + } else if (wrap_pos_x > 0.0f) + { wrap_pos_x += window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x; // wrap_pos_x is provided is window local space + } return ImMax(wrap_pos_x - pos.x, 1.0f); } @@ -3278,7 +4120,7 @@ void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size) { if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations++; - return GImAllocatorAllocFunc(size, GImAllocatorUserData); + return (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size, GImAllocatorUserData); } // IM_FREE() == ImGui::MemFree() @@ -3287,7 +4129,7 @@ void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr) if (ptr) if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations--; - return GImAllocatorFreeFunc(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData); + return (*GImAllocatorFreeFunc)(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData); } const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText() @@ -3308,48 +4150,6 @@ const char* ImGui::GetVersion() return IMGUI_VERSION; } -// Internal state access - if you want to share Dear ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself -// Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module -ImGuiContext* ImGui::GetCurrentContext() -{ - return GImGui; -} - -void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) -{ -#ifdef IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC - IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC(ctx); // For custom thread-based hackery you may want to have control over this. -#else - GImGui = ctx; -#endif -} - -void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void (*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data) -{ - GImAllocatorAllocFunc = alloc_func; - GImAllocatorFreeFunc = free_func; - GImAllocatorUserData = user_data; -} - -ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) -{ - ImGuiContext* ctx = IM_NEW(ImGuiContext)(shared_font_atlas); - if (GImGui == NULL) - SetCurrentContext(ctx); - Initialize(ctx); - return ctx; -} - -void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) -{ - if (ctx == NULL) - ctx = GImGui; - Shutdown(ctx); - if (GImGui == ctx) - SetCurrentContext(NULL); - IM_DELETE(ctx); -} - ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO() { IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?"); @@ -3362,11 +4162,12 @@ ImGuiPlatformIO& ImGui::GetPlatformIO() return GImGui->PlatformIO; } -// Same value as passed to the old io.RenderDrawListsFn function. Valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame() +// Pass this to your backend rendering function! Valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame() ImDrawData* ImGui::GetDrawData() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.Viewports[0]->DrawDataP.Valid ? &g.Viewports[0]->DrawDataP : NULL; + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[0]; + return viewport->DrawDataP.Valid ? &viewport->DrawDataP : NULL; } double ImGui::GetTime() @@ -3393,12 +4194,12 @@ static ImDrawList* GetViewportDrawList(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, size_t drawlist } // Our ImDrawList system requires that there is always a command - if (viewport->LastFrameDrawLists[drawlist_no] != g.FrameCount) + if (viewport->DrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] != g.FrameCount) { - draw_list->Clear(); + draw_list->_ResetForNewFrame(); draw_list->PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID); draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size, false); - viewport->LastFrameDrawLists[drawlist_no] = g.FrameCount; + viewport->DrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] = g.FrameCount; } return draw_list; } @@ -3410,8 +4211,8 @@ ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport) ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return GetBackgroundDrawList(window->Viewport); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return GetBackgroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow->Viewport); } ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport) @@ -3421,8 +4222,8 @@ ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport) ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return GetForegroundDrawList(window->Viewport); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow->Viewport); } ImDrawListSharedData* ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() @@ -3439,10 +4240,12 @@ void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) FocusWindow(window); SetActiveID(window->MoveId, window); g.NavDisableHighlight = true; - g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - window->RootWindow->Pos; + g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - window->RootWindowDockTree->Pos; + g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true; + SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys(); bool can_move_window = true; - if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) || (window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) || (window->RootWindowDockTree->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) can_move_window = false; if (ImGuiDockNode* node = window->DockNodeAsHost) if (node->VisibleWindow && (node->VisibleWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) @@ -3472,15 +4275,9 @@ void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDockNode* nod const bool clicked = IsMouseClicked(0); const bool dragging = IsMouseDragging(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * 1.70f); if (can_undock_node && dragging) - { - DockContextQueueUndockNode(&g, node); - g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - node->Pos; - } + DockContextQueueUndockNode(&g, node); // Will lead to DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow() -> StartMouseMovingWindow() being called next frame else if (!can_undock_node && (clicked || dragging) && g.MovingWindow != window) - { StartMouseMovingWindow(window); - g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - window->RootWindow->Pos; - } } // Handle mouse moving window @@ -3496,36 +4293,44 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame() // We actually want to move the root window. g.MovingWindow == window we clicked on (could be a child window). // We track it to preserve Focus and so that generally ActiveIdWindow == MovingWindow and ActiveId == MovingWindow->MoveId for consistency. KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId); - IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindow); - ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.MovingWindow->RootWindow; - if (g.IO.MouseDown[0] && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos)) + IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree); + ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree; + + // When a window stop being submitted while being dragged, it may will its viewport until next Begin() + const bool window_disappared = ((!moving_window->WasActive && !moving_window->Active) || moving_window->Viewport == NULL); + if (g.IO.MouseDown[0] && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && !window_disappared) { ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset; if (moving_window->Pos.x != pos.x || moving_window->Pos.y != pos.y) { - MarkIniSettingsDirty(moving_window); SetWindowPos(moving_window, pos, ImGuiCond_Always); if (moving_window->ViewportOwned) // Synchronize viewport immediately because some overlays may relies on clipping rectangle before we Begin() into the window. + { moving_window->Viewport->Pos = pos; + moving_window->Viewport->UpdateWorkRect(); + } } FocusWindow(g.MovingWindow); } else { - // Try to merge the window back into the main viewport. - // This works because MouseViewport should be != MovingWindow->Viewport on release (as per code in UpdateViewports) - if (g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) - UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(moving_window, g.MouseViewport); + if (!window_disappared) + { + // Try to merge the window back into the main viewport. + // This works because MouseViewport should be != MovingWindow->Viewport on release (as per code in UpdateViewports) + if (g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) + UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(moving_window, g.MouseViewport); - // Restore the mouse viewport so that we don't hover the viewport _under_ the moved window during the frame we released the mouse button. - if (!IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted()) - g.MouseViewport = moving_window->Viewport; + // Restore the mouse viewport so that we don't hover the viewport _under_ the moved window during the frame we released the mouse button. + if (!IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted()) + g.MouseViewport = moving_window->Viewport; - // Clear the NoInput window flag set by the Viewport system - moving_window->Viewport->Flags &= ~ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs; + // Clear the NoInput window flag set by the Viewport system + moving_window->Viewport->Flags &= ~ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs; // FIXME-VIEWPORT: Test engine managed to crash here because Viewport was NULL. + } - ClearActiveID(); g.MovingWindow = NULL; + ClearActiveID(); } } else @@ -3552,20 +4357,30 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame() if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->Appearing) return; - // Click on void to focus window and start moving + // Click on empty space to focus window and start moving // (after we're done with all our widgets, so e.g. clicking on docking tab-bar which have set HoveredId already and not get us here!) if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) { - ImGuiWindow* root_window = g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindowDockStop : NULL; - if (root_window != NULL) + // Handle the edge case of a popup being closed while clicking in its empty space. + // If we try to focus it, FocusWindow() > ClosePopupsOverWindow() will accidentally close any parent popups because they are not linked together any more. + ImGuiWindow* root_window = g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow : NULL; + const bool is_closed_popup = root_window && (root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !IsPopupOpen(root_window->PopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel); + + if (root_window != NULL && !is_closed_popup) { - StartMouseMovingWindow(g.HoveredWindow); + StartMouseMovingWindow(g.HoveredWindow); //-V595 + + // Cancel moving if clicked outside of title bar if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly) if (!(root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) || root_window->DockIsActive) if (!root_window->TitleBarRect().Contains(g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0])) g.MovingWindow = NULL; + + // Cancel moving if clicked over an item which was disabled or inhibited by popups (note that we know HoveredId == 0 already) + if (g.HoveredIdDisabled) + g.MovingWindow = NULL; } - else if (g.NavWindow != NULL && GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL) + else if (root_window == NULL && g.NavWindow != NULL && GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL) { // Clicking on void disable focus FocusWindow(NULL); @@ -3580,21 +4395,13 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame() // Find the top-most window between HoveredWindow and the top-most Modal Window. // This is where we can trim the popup stack. ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal(); - bool hovered_window_above_modal = false; - if (modal == NULL) - hovered_window_above_modal = true; - for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0 && hovered_window_above_modal == false; i--) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; - if (window == modal) - break; - if (window == g.HoveredWindow) - hovered_window_above_modal = true; - } + bool hovered_window_above_modal = g.HoveredWindow && (modal == NULL || IsWindowAbove(g.HoveredWindow, modal)); ClosePopupsOverWindow(hovered_window_above_modal ? g.HoveredWindow : modal, true); } } +// This is called during NewFrame()->UpdateViewportsNewFrame() only. +// Need to keep in sync with SetWindowPos() static void TranslateWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& delta) { window->Pos += delta; @@ -3604,8 +4411,7 @@ static void TranslateWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& delta) window->DC.CursorPos += delta; window->DC.CursorStartPos += delta; window->DC.CursorMaxPos += delta; - window->DC.LastItemRect.Translate(delta); - window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect.Translate(delta); + window->DC.IdealMaxPos += delta; } static void ScaleWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, float scale) @@ -3622,254 +4428,82 @@ static bool IsWindowActiveAndVisible(ImGuiWindow* window) return (window->Active) && (!window->Hidden); } -static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Round mouse position to avoid spreading non-rounded position (e.g. UpdateManualResize doesn't support them well) - if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos)) - g.IO.MousePos = g.LastValidMousePos = ImFloor(g.IO.MousePos); - - // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX components) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta - if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePosPrev)) - g.IO.MouseDelta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MousePosPrev; - else - g.IO.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || g.IO.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f) - g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; - - g.IO.MousePosPrev = g.IO.MousePos; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++) - { - g.IO.MouseClicked[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f; - g.IO.MouseReleased[i] = !g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f; - g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i]; - g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] ? (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; - g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = false; - if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) - { - if ((float)(g.Time - g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i]) < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickTime) - { - ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - if (ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos) < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist) - g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = true; - g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = -DBL_MAX; // so the third click isn't turned into a double-click - } - else - { - g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time; - } - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i] = g.IO.MousePos; - g.IO.MouseDownWasDoubleClick[i] = g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i]; - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i] = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f; - } - else if (g.IO.MouseDown[i]) - { - // Maintain the maximum distance we reaching from the initial click position, which is used with dragging threshold - ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos)); - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x, delta_from_click_pos.x < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.x : delta_from_click_pos.x); - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y, delta_from_click_pos.y < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.y : delta_from_click_pos.y); - } - if (!g.IO.MouseDown[i] && !g.IO.MouseReleased[i]) - g.IO.MouseDownWasDoubleClick[i] = false; - if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) // Clicking any mouse button reactivate mouse hovering which may have been deactivated by gamepad/keyboard navigation - g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; - } -} - -static void StartLockWheelingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.WheelingWindow == window) - return; - g.WheelingWindow = window; - g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos = g.IO.MousePos; - g.WheelingWindowTimer = WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER; -} - -void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Reset the locked window if we move the mouse or after the timer elapses - if (g.WheelingWindow != NULL) - { - g.WheelingWindowTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime; - if (IsMousePosValid() && ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos) > g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * g.IO.MouseDragThreshold) - g.WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f; - if (g.WheelingWindowTimer <= 0.0f) - { - g.WheelingWindow = NULL; - g.WheelingWindowTimer = 0.0f; - } - } - - if (g.IO.MouseWheel == 0.0f && g.IO.MouseWheelH == 0.0f) - return; - - ImGuiWindow* window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow; - if (!window || window->Collapsed) - return; - - // Zoom / Scale window - // FIXME-OBSOLETE: This is an old feature, it still works but pretty much nobody is using it and may be best redesigned. - if (g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling) - { - StartLockWheelingWindow(window); - const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f); - const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale; - window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale; - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) - { - const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size; - SetWindowPos(window, window->Pos + offset, 0); - window->Size = ImFloor(window->Size * scale); - window->SizeFull = ImFloor(window->SizeFull * scale); - } - return; - } - - // Mouse wheel scrolling - // If a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag, we give a chance to scroll its parent - - // Vertical Mouse Wheel scrolling - const float wheel_y = (g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f && !g.IO.KeyShift) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0.0f; - if (wheel_y != 0.0f && !g.IO.KeyCtrl) - { - StartLockWheelingWindow(window); - while ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && ((window->ScrollMax.y == 0.0f) || ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)))) - window = window->ParentWindow; - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) - { - float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetHeight() * 0.67f; - float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(5 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); - SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - wheel_y * scroll_step); - } - } - - // Horizontal Mouse Wheel scrolling, or Vertical Mouse Wheel w/ Shift held - const float wheel_x = (g.IO.MouseWheelH != 0.0f && !g.IO.KeyShift) ? g.IO.MouseWheelH : (g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyShift) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0.0f; - if (wheel_x != 0.0f && !g.IO.KeyCtrl) - { - StartLockWheelingWindow(window); - while ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && ((window->ScrollMax.x == 0.0f) || ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)))) - window = window->ParentWindow; - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) - { - float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetWidth() * 0.67f; - float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(2 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); - SetScrollX(window, window->Scroll.x - wheel_x * scroll_step); - } - } -} - -void ImGui::UpdateTabFocus() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Pressing TAB activate widget focus - g.FocusTabPressed = (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->Active && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab)); - if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.FocusTabPressed) - { - // Note that SetKeyboardFocusHere() sets the Next fields mid-frame. To be consistent we also - // manipulate the Next fields even, even though they will be turned into Curr fields by the code below. - g.FocusRequestNextWindow = g.NavWindow; - g.FocusRequestNextCounterRegular = INT_MAX; - if (g.NavId != 0 && g.NavIdTabCounter != INT_MAX) - g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = g.NavIdTabCounter + 1 + (g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 1); - else - g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 0; - } - - // Turn queued focus request into current one - g.FocusRequestCurrWindow = NULL; - g.FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = g.FocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; - if (g.FocusRequestNextWindow != NULL) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.FocusRequestNextWindow; - g.FocusRequestCurrWindow = window; - if (g.FocusRequestNextCounterRegular != INT_MAX && window->DC.FocusCounterRegular != -1) - g.FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular = ImModPositive(g.FocusRequestNextCounterRegular, window->DC.FocusCounterRegular + 1); - if (g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop != INT_MAX && window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop != -1) - g.FocusRequestCurrCounterTabStop = ImModPositive(g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop, window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop + 1); - g.FocusRequestNextWindow = NULL; - g.FocusRequestNextCounterRegular = g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; - } - - g.NavIdTabCounter = INT_MAX; -} - // The reason this is exposed in imgui_internal.h is: on touch-based system that don't have hovering, we want to dispatch inputs to the right target (imgui vs imgui+app) void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + g.WindowsHoverPadding = ImMax(g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, ImVec2(WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING)); // Find the window hovered by mouse: // - Child windows can extend beyond the limit of their parent so we need to derive HoveredRootWindow from HoveredWindow. // - When moving a window we can skip the search, which also conveniently bypasses the fact that window->WindowRectClipped is lagging as this point of the frame. // - We also support the moved window toggling the NoInputs flag after moving has started in order to be able to detect windows below it, which is useful for e.g. docking mechanisms. + bool clear_hovered_windows = false; FindHoveredWindow(); IM_ASSERT(g.HoveredWindow == NULL || g.HoveredWindow == g.MovingWindow || g.HoveredWindow->Viewport == g.MouseViewport); - // Modal windows prevents cursor from hovering behind them. + // Modal windows prevents mouse from hovering behind them. ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal(); - if (modal_window) - if (g.HoveredRootWindow && !IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredRootWindow, modal_window)) - g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; + if (modal_window && g.HoveredWindow && !IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow, modal_window)) // FIXME-MERGE: RootWindowDockTree ? + clear_hovered_windows = true; // Disabled mouse? - if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) - g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) + clear_hovered_windows = true; - // We track click ownership. When clicked outside of a window the click is owned by the application and won't report hovering nor request capture even while dragging over our windows afterward. - int mouse_earliest_button_down = -1; + // We track click ownership. When clicked outside of a window the click is owned by the application and + // won't report hovering nor request capture even while dragging over our windows afterward. + const bool has_open_popup = (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0); + const bool has_open_modal = (modal_window != NULL); + int mouse_earliest_down = -1; bool mouse_any_down = false; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++) + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) { - if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) - g.IO.MouseDownOwned[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || (!g.OpenPopupStack.empty()); - mouse_any_down |= g.IO.MouseDown[i]; - if (g.IO.MouseDown[i]) - if (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1 || g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] < g.IO.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_button_down]) - mouse_earliest_button_down = i; + if (io.MouseClicked[i]) + { + io.MouseDownOwned[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || has_open_popup; + io.MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || has_open_modal; + } + mouse_any_down |= io.MouseDown[i]; + if (io.MouseDown[i]) + if (mouse_earliest_down == -1 || io.MouseClickedTime[i] < io.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_down]) + mouse_earliest_down = i; } - const bool mouse_avail_to_imgui = (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1) || g.IO.MouseDownOwned[mouse_earliest_button_down]; + const bool mouse_avail = (mouse_earliest_down == -1) || io.MouseDownOwned[mouse_earliest_down]; + const bool mouse_avail_unless_popup_close = (mouse_earliest_down == -1) || io.MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[mouse_earliest_down]; // If mouse was first clicked outside of ImGui bounds we also cancel out hovering. // FIXME: For patterns of drag and drop across OS windows, we may need to rework/remove this test (first committed 311c0ca9 on 2015/02) const bool mouse_dragging_extern_payload = g.DragDropActive && (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) != 0; - if (!mouse_avail_to_imgui && !mouse_dragging_extern_payload) - g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; + if (!mouse_avail && !mouse_dragging_extern_payload) + clear_hovered_windows = true; - // Update io.WantCaptureMouse for the user application (true = dispatch mouse info to imgui, false = dispatch mouse info to Dear ImGui + app) + if (clear_hovered_windows) + g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; + + // Update io.WantCaptureMouse for the user application (true = dispatch mouse info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch mouse to Dear ImGui + underlying app) + // Update io.WantCaptureMouseAllowPopupClose (experimental) to give a chance for app to react to popup closure with a drag if (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != -1) - g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != 0); + { + io.WantCaptureMouse = io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose = (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != 0); + } else - g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (mouse_avail_to_imgui && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || (!g.OpenPopupStack.empty()); + { + io.WantCaptureMouse = (mouse_avail && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || has_open_popup; + io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose = (mouse_avail_unless_popup_close && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || has_open_modal; + } - // Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to imgui, false = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui + app) + // Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui only, false = dispatch keyboard info to Dear ImGui + underlying app) if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1) - g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0); + io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0); else - g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL); - if (g.IO.NavActive && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard)) - g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = true; + io.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL); + if (io.NavActive && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && !(io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard)) + io.WantCaptureKeyboard = true; // Update io.WantTextInput flag, this is to allow systems without a keyboard (e.g. mobile, hand-held) to show a software keyboard if possible - g.IO.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false; -} - -ImGuiKeyModFlags ImGui::GetMergedKeyModFlags() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiKeyModFlags key_mod_flags = ImGuiKeyModFlags_None; - if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { key_mod_flags |= ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl; } - if (g.IO.KeyShift) { key_mod_flags |= ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift; } - if (g.IO.KeyAlt) { key_mod_flags |= ImGuiKeyModFlags_Alt; } - if (g.IO.KeySuper) { key_mod_flags |= ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super; } - return key_mod_flags; + io.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false; } void ImGui::NewFrame() @@ -3877,9 +4511,13 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() and ImGui::SetCurrentContext() ?"); ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; -#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - ImGuiTestEngineHook_PreNewFrame(&g); -#endif + // Remove pending delete hooks before frame start. + // This deferred removal avoid issues of removal while iterating the hook vector + for (int n = g.Hooks.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) + if (g.Hooks[n].Type == ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_) + g.Hooks.erase(&g.Hooks[n]); + + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePre); // Check and assert for various common IO and Configuration mistakes g.ConfigFlagsLastFrame = g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame; @@ -3900,8 +4538,14 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum += g.IO.DeltaTime - g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx]; g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx] = g.IO.DeltaTime; g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame); - g.IO.Framerate = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum > 0.0f) ? (1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame))) : FLT_MAX; + g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount = ImMin(g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount + 1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame)); + g.IO.Framerate = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum > 0.0f) ? (1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)g.FramerateSecPerFrameCount)) : FLT_MAX; + // Process input queue (trickle as many events as possible), turn events into writes to IO structure + g.InputEventsTrail.resize(0); + UpdateInputEvents(g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue); + + // Update viewports (after processing input queue, so io.MouseHoveredViewport is set) UpdateViewportsNewFrame(); // Setup current font and draw list shared data @@ -3912,12 +4556,14 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() ImRect virtual_space(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) virtual_space.Add(g.Viewports[n]->GetMainRect()); - g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = ImVec4(virtual_space.Min.x, virtual_space.Min.y, virtual_space.Max.x, virtual_space.Max.y); + g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = virtual_space.ToVec4(); g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol; - g.DrawListSharedData.SetCircleSegmentMaxError(g.Style.CircleSegmentMaxError); + g.DrawListSharedData.SetCircleTessellationMaxError(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError); g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None; if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines) g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; + if (g.Style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex && !(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines)) + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex; if (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill) g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill; if (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset) @@ -3947,10 +4593,18 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId; g.HoveredId = 0; g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; + g.HoveredIdDisabled = false; + + // Clear ActiveID if the item is not alive anymore. + // In 1.87, the common most call to KeepAliveID() was moved from GetID() to ItemAdd(). + // As a result, custom widget using ButtonBehavior() _without_ ItemAdd() need to call KeepAliveID() themselves. + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("NewFrame(): ClearActiveID() because it isn't marked alive anymore!\n"); + ClearActiveID(); + } // Update ActiveId data (clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore) - if (g.ActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId && g.ActiveId != 0) - ClearActiveID(); if (g.ActiveId) g.ActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; g.LastActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; @@ -3966,8 +4620,41 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() if (g.ActiveId == 0) { g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = 0x00; + g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = false; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0x00; - g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = 0x00; +#endif + } + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + if (g.ActiveId == 0) + g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = 0; + else if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask != 0) + { + // If your custom widget code used: { g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); } + // Since IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 18804 it should be: { SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId); SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, g.ActiveId); } + if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel)) + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Escape, g.ActiveId); + if (g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask & ~(1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel)) + IM_ASSERT(0); // Other values unsupported + } +#endif + + // Update hover delay for IsItemHovered() with delays and tooltips + g.HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame = g.HoverDelayId; + if (g.HoverDelayId != 0) + { + //if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x == 0.0f && g.IO.MouseDelta.y == 0.0f) // Need design/flags + g.HoverDelayTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.HoverDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; + g.HoverDelayId = 0; + } + else if (g.HoverDelayTimer > 0.0f) + { + // This gives a little bit of leeway before clearing the hover timer, allowing mouse to cross gaps + g.HoverDelayClearTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (g.HoverDelayClearTimer >= ImMax(0.20f, g.IO.DeltaTime * 2.0f)) // ~6 frames at 30 Hz + allow for low framerate + g.HoverDelayTimer = g.HoverDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; // May want a decaying timer, in which case need to clamp at max first, based on max of caller last requested timer. } // Drag and drop @@ -3976,13 +4663,19 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX; g.DragDropWithinSource = false; g.DragDropWithinTarget = false; + g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = 0; + + // Close popups on focus lost (currently wip/opt-in) + //if (g.IO.AppFocusLost) + // ClosePopupsExceptModals(); // Update keyboard input state - // Synchronize io.KeyMods with individual modifiers io.KeyXXX bools - g.IO.KeyMods = GetMergedKeyModFlags(); - memcpy(g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev, g.IO.KeysDownDuration, sizeof(g.IO.KeysDownDuration)); - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown); i++) - g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] = g.IO.KeysDown[i] ? (g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + UpdateKeyboardInputs(); + + //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyCtrl == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftCtrl) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightCtrl)); + //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyShift == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftShift) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightShift)); + //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyAlt == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftAlt) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightAlt)); + //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeySuper == IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_LeftSuper) || IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_RightSuper)); // Update gamepad/keyboard navigation NavUpdate(); @@ -3992,7 +4685,7 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() // Undocking // (needs to be before UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame so the window is already offset and following the mouse on the detaching frame) - DockContextUpdateUndocking(&g); + DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking(&g); // Find hovered window // (needs to be before UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame so we fill g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow on the mouse release frame) @@ -4009,31 +4702,42 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = g.WantTextInputNextFrame = -1; - g.PlatformImePos = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // OS Input Method Editor showing on top-left of our window by default - g.PlatformImePosViewport = NULL; + + // Platform IME data: reset for the frame + g.PlatformImeDataPrev = g.PlatformImeData; + g.PlatformImeData.WantVisible = false; // Mouse wheel scrolling, scale UpdateMouseWheel(); - // Update legacy TAB focus - UpdateTabFocus(); - // Mark all windows as not visible and compact unused memory. - IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size == g.Windows.Size); - const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer >= 0.0f) ? (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer : FLT_MAX; + IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size <= g.Windows.Size); + const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.GcCompactAll || g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer < 0.0f) ? FLT_MAX : (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer; for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) { ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; window->WasActive = window->Active; - window->BeginCount = 0; window->Active = false; window->WriteAccessed = false; + window->BeginCountPreviousFrame = window->BeginCount; + window->BeginCount = 0; // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused windows if (!window->WasActive && !window->MemoryCompacted && window->LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) GcCompactTransientWindowBuffers(window); } + // Garbage collect transient buffers of recently unused tables + for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size; i++) + if (g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] >= 0.0f && g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] < memory_compact_start_time) + TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(g.Tables.GetByIndex(i)); + for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesTempData.Size; i++) + if (g.TablesTempData[i].LastTimeActive >= 0.0f && g.TablesTempData[i].LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) + TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(&g.TablesTempData[i]); + if (g.GcCompactAll) + GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers(); + g.GcCompactAll = false; + // Closing the focused window restore focus to the first active root window in descending z-order if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->WasActive) FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL); @@ -4042,180 +4746,28 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear. g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0); g.BeginPopupStack.resize(0); - ClosePopupsOverWindow(g.NavWindow, false); + g.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0); + g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(ImGuiItemFlags_None); + g.GroupStack.resize(0); // Docking - DockContextUpdateDocking(&g); + DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking(&g); - // [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack. + // [DEBUG] Update debug features UpdateDebugToolItemPicker(); + UpdateDebugToolStackQueries(); + if (g.DebugLocateFrames > 0 && --g.DebugLocateFrames == 0) + g.DebugLocateId = 0; // Create implicit/fallback window - which we will only render it if the user has added something to it. // We don't use "Debug" to avoid colliding with user trying to create a "Debug" window with custom flags. - // This fallback is particularly important as it avoid ImGui:: calls from crashing. + // This fallback is particularly important as it prevents ImGui:: calls from crashing. g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = true; - SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(400,400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(400, 400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); Begin("Debug##Default"); IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->IsFallbackWindow == true); -#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - ImGuiTestEngineHook_PostNewFrame(&g); -#endif -} - -// [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack. -void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; - if (g.DebugItemPickerActive) - { - const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; - ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand); - if (ImGui::IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Escape)) - g.DebugItemPickerActive = false; - if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0) && hovered_id) - { - g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = hovered_id; - g.DebugItemPickerActive = false; - } - ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.60f); - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); - ImGui::Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X", hovered_id); - ImGui::Text("Press ESC to abort picking."); - ImGui::TextColored(GetStyleColorVec4(hovered_id ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), "Click to break in debugger!"); - ImGui::EndTooltip(); - } -} - -void ImGui::Initialize(ImGuiContext* context) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *context; - IM_ASSERT(!g.Initialized && !g.SettingsLoaded); - - // Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow type - { - ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler; - ini_handler.TypeName = "Window"; - ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Window"); - ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen; - ini_handler.ReadLineFn = WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine; - ini_handler.WriteAllFn = WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll; - g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(ini_handler); - } - -#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE - // Add .ini handle for ImGuiTable type - { - ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler; - ini_handler.TypeName = "Table"; - ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Table"); - ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen; - ini_handler.ReadLineFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine; - ini_handler.WriteAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll; - g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(ini_handler); - } -#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE - -#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK - // Create default viewport - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = IM_NEW(ImGuiViewportP)(); - viewport->ID = IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID; - viewport->Idx = 0; - viewport->PlatformWindowCreated = true; - g.Viewports.push_back(viewport); - g.PlatformIO.MainViewport = g.Viewports[0]; // Make it accessible in public-facing GetPlatformIO() immediately (before the first call to EndFrame) - g.PlatformIO.Viewports.push_back(g.Viewports[0]); - - // Extensions - IM_ASSERT(g.DockContext == NULL); - DockContextInitialize(&g); -#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK - - g.Initialized = true; -} - -// This function is merely here to free heap allocations. -void ImGui::Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context) -{ - // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame) - ImGuiContext& g = *context; - if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext) - { - g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; - IM_DELETE(g.IO.Fonts); - } - g.IO.Fonts = NULL; - - // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having initialized Dear ImGui. - if (!g.Initialized) - return; - - // Save settings (unless we haven't attempted to load them: CreateContext/DestroyContext without a call to NewFrame shouldn't save an empty file) - if (g.SettingsLoaded && g.IO.IniFilename != NULL) - { - ImGuiContext* backup_context = GImGui; - SetCurrentContext(context); - SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); - SetCurrentContext(backup_context); - } - - // Destroy platform windows - ImGuiContext* backup_context = ImGui::GetCurrentContext(); - SetCurrentContext(context); - DestroyPlatformWindows(); - SetCurrentContext(backup_context); - - // Shutdown extensions - IM_ASSERT(g.DockContext != NULL); - DockContextShutdown(&g); - - // Clear everything else - for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++) - IM_DELETE(g.Windows[i]); - g.Windows.clear(); - g.WindowsFocusOrder.clear(); - g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.clear(); - g.CurrentWindow = NULL; - g.CurrentWindowStack.clear(); - g.WindowsById.Clear(); - g.NavWindow = NULL; - g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; - g.ActiveIdWindow = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL; - g.MovingWindow = NULL; - g.ColorModifiers.clear(); - g.StyleModifiers.clear(); - g.FontStack.clear(); - g.OpenPopupStack.clear(); - g.BeginPopupStack.clear(); - - g.CurrentViewport = g.MouseViewport = g.MouseLastHoveredViewport = NULL; - for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++) - IM_DELETE(g.Viewports[i]); - g.Viewports.clear(); - - g.TabBars.Clear(); - g.CurrentTabBarStack.clear(); - g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.clear(); - - g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); - g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.clear(); - g.InputTextState.ClearFreeMemory(); - - g.SettingsWindows.clear(); - g.SettingsHandlers.clear(); - - if (g.LogFile) - { -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TTY_FUNCTIONS - if (g.LogFile != stdout) -#endif - ImFileClose(g.LogFile); - g.LogFile = NULL; - } - g.LogBuffer.clear(); - - g.Initialized = false; + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_NewFramePost); } // FIXME: Add a more explicit sort order in the window structure. @@ -4236,8 +4788,7 @@ static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, Im if (window->Active) { int count = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; - if (count > 1) - ImQsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.Data, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer); + ImQsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.Data, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) { ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i]; @@ -4249,17 +4800,10 @@ static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, Im static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list) { - if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.empty()) + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) + return; + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].UserCallback == NULL) return; - - // Remove trailing command if unused - ImDrawCmd& last_cmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.back(); - if (last_cmd.ElemCount == 0 && last_cmd.UserCallback == NULL) - { - draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back(); - if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.empty()) - return; - } // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc. // May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly. @@ -4271,13 +4815,13 @@ static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* d // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window) // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually: // - First, make sure you are coarse clipping yourself and not trying to draw many things outside visible bounds. - // Be mindful that the ImDrawList API doesn't filter vertices. Use the Metrics window to inspect draw list contents. + // Be mindful that the ImDrawList API doesn't filter vertices. Use the Metrics/Debugger window to inspect draw list contents. // - If you want large meshes with more than 64K vertices, you can either: - // (A) Handle the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset value in your renderer back-end, and set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'. - // Most example back-ends already support this from 1.71. Pre-1.71 back-ends won't. + // (A) Handle the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset value in your renderer backend, and set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'. + // Most example backends already support this from 1.71. Pre-1.71 backends won't. // Some graphics API such as GL ES 1/2 don't have a way to offset the starting vertex so it is not supported for them. - // (B) Or handle 32-bit indices in your renderer back-end, and uncomment '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h. - // Most example back-ends already support this. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time: + // (B) Or handle 32-bit indices in your renderer backend, and uncomment '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h. + // Most example backends already support this. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time: // glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset); // Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes. // 2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most graphics API. @@ -4292,8 +4836,11 @@ static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* d static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window, int layer) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = window->Viewport; g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows++; - AddDrawListToDrawData(&window->Viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], window->DrawList); + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost) + window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge(); + AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], window->DrawList); for (int i = 0; i < window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; i++) { ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i]; @@ -4302,11 +4849,15 @@ static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window, int layer) } } -// Layer is locked for the root window, however child windows may use a different viewport (e.g. extruding menu) -static void AddRootWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window) +static inline int GetWindowDisplayLayer(ImGuiWindow* window) { - int layer = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? 1 : 0; - AddWindowToDrawData(window, layer); + return (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? 1 : 0; +} + +// Layer is locked for the root window, however child windows may use a different viewport (e.g. extruding menu) +static inline void AddRootWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + AddWindowToDrawData(window, GetWindowDisplayLayer(window)); } void ImDrawDataBuilder::FlattenIntoSingleLayer() @@ -4329,6 +4880,14 @@ void ImDrawDataBuilder::FlattenIntoSingleLayer() static void SetupViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, ImVector* draw_lists) { + // When minimized, we report draw_data->DisplaySize as zero to be consistent with non-viewport mode, + // and to allow applications/backends to easily skip rendering. + // FIXME: Note that we however do NOT attempt to report "zero drawlist / vertices" into the ImDrawData structure. + // This is because the work has been done already, and its wasted! We should fix that and add optimizations for + // it earlier in the pipeline, rather than pretend to hide the data at the end of the pipeline. + const bool is_minimized = (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) != 0; + + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP; viewport->DrawData = draw_data; // Make publicly accessible draw_data->Valid = true; @@ -4336,17 +4895,24 @@ static void SetupViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, ImVectorCmdListsCount = draw_lists->Size; draw_data->TotalVtxCount = draw_data->TotalIdxCount = 0; draw_data->DisplayPos = viewport->Pos; - draw_data->DisplaySize = viewport->Size; - draw_data->FramebufferScale = ImGui::GetIO().DisplayFramebufferScale; // FIXME-VIEWPORT: This may vary on a per-monitor/viewport basis? + draw_data->DisplaySize = is_minimized ? ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f) : viewport->Size; + draw_data->FramebufferScale = io.DisplayFramebufferScale; // FIXME-VIEWPORT: This may vary on a per-monitor/viewport basis? draw_data->OwnerViewport = viewport; for (int n = 0; n < draw_lists->Size; n++) { - draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_lists->Data[n]->VtxBuffer.Size; - draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_lists->Data[n]->IdxBuffer.Size; + ImDrawList* draw_list = draw_lists->Data[n]; + draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); + draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; + draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size; } } -// When using this function it is sane to ensure that float are perfectly rounded to integer values, to that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render produce correct result. +// Push a clipping rectangle for both ImGui logic (hit-testing etc.) and low-level ImDrawList rendering. +// - When using this function it is sane to ensure that float are perfectly rounded to integer values, +// so that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render produce correct result. +// - If the code here changes, may need to update code of functions like NextColumn() and PushColumnClipRect(): +// some frequently called functions which to modify both channels and clipping simultaneously tend to use the +// more specialized SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() to avoid extraneous updates of underlying ImDrawCmds. void ImGui::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -4369,53 +4935,115 @@ static ImGuiWindow* FindFrontMostVisibleChildWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) return window; } -static void ImGui::EndFrameDrawDimmedBackgrounds() +static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = window->Viewport; + ImRect viewport_rect = viewport->GetMainRect(); + + // Draw behind window by moving the draw command at the FRONT of the draw list + { + // We've already called AddWindowToDrawData() which called DrawList->ChannelsMerge() on DockNodeHost windows, + // and draw list have been trimmed already, hence the explicit recreation of a draw command if missing. + // FIXME: This is creating complication, might be simpler if we could inject a drawlist in drawdata at a given position and not attempt to manipulate ImDrawCmd order. + ImDrawList* draw_list = window->RootWindowDockTree->DrawList; + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); + draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), viewport_rect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), false); // Ensure ImDrawCmd are not merged + draw_list->AddRectFilled(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, col); + ImDrawCmd cmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.back(); + IM_ASSERT(cmd.ElemCount == 6); + draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back(); + draw_list->CmdBuffer.push_front(cmd); + draw_list->PopClipRect(); + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); // We need to create a command as CmdBuffer.back().IdxOffset won't be correct if we append to same command. + } + + // Draw over sibling docking nodes in a same docking tree + if (window->RootWindow->DockIsActive) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = FindFrontMostVisibleChildWindow(window->RootWindowDockTree)->DrawList; + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); + draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, false); + RenderRectFilledWithHole(draw_list, window->RootWindowDockTree->Rect(), window->RootWindow->Rect(), col, 0.0f);// window->RootWindowDockTree->WindowRounding); + draw_list->PopClipRect(); + } +} + +ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* parent_window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Draw modal whitening background on _other_ viewports than the one the modal is one - ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal(); - const bool dim_bg_for_modal = (modal_window != NULL); - const bool dim_bg_for_window_list = (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim != NULL); - if (dim_bg_for_modal || dim_bg_for_window_list) - for (int viewport_n = 0; viewport_n < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_n++) - { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[viewport_n]; - if (modal_window && viewport == modal_window->Viewport) - continue; - if (g.NavWindowingList && viewport == g.NavWindowingList->Viewport) - continue; - if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && viewport == g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->Viewport) - continue; - ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(viewport); - const ImU32 dim_bg_col = GetColorU32(dim_bg_for_modal ? ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg : ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio); - draw_list->AddRectFilled(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size, dim_bg_col); - } - - // Draw modal whitening background between CTRL-TAB list - if (dim_bg_for_window_list) + ImGuiWindow* bottom_most_visible_window = parent_window; + for (int i = FindWindowDisplayIndex(parent_window); i >= 0; i--) { - // Choose a draw list that will be front-most across all our children + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + continue; + if (!IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, parent_window)) + break; + if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && GetWindowDisplayLayer(window) <= GetWindowDisplayLayer(parent_window)) + bottom_most_visible_window = window; + } + return bottom_most_visible_window; +} + +static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgrounds() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal(); + if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f) + return; + const bool dim_bg_for_modal = (modal_window != NULL); + const bool dim_bg_for_window_list = (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim != NULL && g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->Active); + if (!dim_bg_for_modal && !dim_bg_for_window_list) + return; + + ImGuiViewport* viewports_already_dimmed[2] = { NULL, NULL }; + if (dim_bg_for_modal) + { + // Draw dimming behind modal or a begin stack child, whichever comes first in draw order. + ImGuiWindow* dim_behind_window = FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(modal_window); + RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(dim_behind_window, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg, g.DimBgRatio)); + viewports_already_dimmed[0] = modal_window->Viewport; + } + else if (dim_bg_for_window_list) + { + // Draw dimming behind CTRL+Tab target window and behind CTRL+Tab UI window + RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(g.NavWindowingTargetAnim, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio)); + if (g.NavWindowingListWindow != NULL && g.NavWindowingListWindow->Viewport && g.NavWindowingListWindow->Viewport != g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->Viewport) + RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(g.NavWindowingListWindow, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio)); + viewports_already_dimmed[0] = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->Viewport; + viewports_already_dimmed[1] = g.NavWindowingListWindow ? g.NavWindowingListWindow->Viewport : NULL; + + // Draw border around CTRL+Tab target window ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim; - ImDrawList* draw_list = FindFrontMostVisibleChildWindow(window->RootWindow)->DrawList; - draw_list->PushClipRectFullScreen(); - - // Docking: draw modal whitening background on other nodes of a same dock tree - if (window->RootWindowDockStop->DockIsActive) - if (window->RootWindow != window->RootWindowDockStop) - RenderRectFilledWithHole(draw_list, window->RootWindow->Rect(), window->RootWindowDockStop->Rect(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio), g.Style.WindowRounding); - - // Draw navigation selection/windowing rectangle border - float rounding = ImMax(window->WindowRounding, g.Style.WindowRounding); + ImGuiViewport* viewport = window->Viewport; + float distance = g.FontSize; ImRect bb = window->Rect(); - bb.Expand(g.FontSize); - if (bb.Contains(window->Viewport->GetMainRect())) // If a window fits the entire viewport, adjust its highlight inward - { - bb.Expand(-g.FontSize - 1.0f); - rounding = window->WindowRounding; - } - draw_list->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha), rounding, ~0, 3.0f); - draw_list->PopClipRect(); + bb.Expand(distance); + if (bb.GetWidth() >= viewport->Size.x && bb.GetHeight() >= viewport->Size.y) + bb.Expand(-distance - 1.0f); // If a window fits the entire viewport, adjust its highlight inward + if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) + window->DrawList->AddDrawCmd(); + window->DrawList->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size); + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha), window->WindowRounding, 0, 3.0f); + window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); + } + + // Draw dimming background on _other_ viewports than the ones our windows are in + for (int viewport_n = 0; viewport_n < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_n++) + { + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[viewport_n]; + if (viewport == viewports_already_dimmed[0] || viewport == viewports_already_dimmed[1]) + continue; + if (modal_window && viewport->Window && IsWindowAbove(viewport->Window, modal_window)) + continue; + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(viewport); + const ImU32 dim_bg_col = GetColorU32(dim_bg_for_modal ? ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg : ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size, dim_bg_col); } } @@ -4430,16 +5058,16 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() return; IM_ASSERT(g.WithinFrameScope && "Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()?"); + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePre); + ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks(); - // Notify OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME) - if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetImeInputPos && (g.PlatformImeLastPos.x == FLT_MAX || ImLengthSqr(g.PlatformImePos - g.PlatformImeLastPos) > 0.0001f)) - if (g.PlatformImePosViewport && g.PlatformImePosViewport->PlatformWindowCreated) - { - g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetImeInputPos(g.PlatformImePosViewport, g.PlatformImePos); - g.PlatformImeLastPos = g.PlatformImePos; - g.PlatformImePosViewport = NULL; - } + // Notify Platform/OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME) + if (g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn && memcmp(&g.PlatformImeData, &g.PlatformImeDataPrev, sizeof(ImGuiPlatformImeData)) != 0) + { + ImGuiViewport* viewport = FindViewportByID(g.PlatformImeViewport); + g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn(viewport ? viewport : GetMainViewport(), &g.PlatformImeData); + } // Hide implicit/fallback "Debug" window if it hasn't been used g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow = false; @@ -4447,12 +5075,11 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() g.CurrentWindow->Active = false; End(); - // Draw modal whitening background on _other_ viewports than the one the modal is one - EndFrameDrawDimmedBackgrounds(); + // Update navigation: CTRL+Tab, wrap-around requests + NavEndFrame(); - // Show CTRL+TAB list window - if (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL) - NavUpdateWindowingOverlay(); + // Update docking + DockContextEndFrame(&g); SetCurrentViewport(NULL, NULL); @@ -4466,7 +5093,7 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() } // Drag and Drop: Fallback for source tooltip. This is not ideal but better than nothing. - if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropSourceFrameCount < g.FrameCount) + if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropSourceFrameCount < g.FrameCount && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip)) { g.DragDropWithinSource = true; SetTooltip("..."); @@ -4484,7 +5111,7 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() UpdateViewportsEndFrame(); // Sort the window list so that all child windows are after their parent - // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because childs may not exist yet + // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because children may not exist yet g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.resize(0); g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size); for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) @@ -4504,11 +5131,16 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; // Clear Input data for next frame + g.IO.AppFocusLost = false; g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f; g.IO.InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); - memset(g.IO.NavInputs, 0, sizeof(g.IO.NavInputs)); + + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_EndFramePost); } +// Prepare the data for rendering so you can call GetDrawData() +// (As with anything within the ImGui:: namspace this doesn't touch your GPU or graphics API at all: +// it is the role of the ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderDrawData() function provided by the renderer backend) void ImGui::Render() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -4516,9 +5148,12 @@ void ImGui::Render() if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount) EndFrame(); + const bool first_render_of_frame = (g.FrameCountRendered != g.FrameCount); g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount; g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0; + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre); + // Add background ImDrawList (for each active viewport) for (int n = 0; n != g.Viewports.Size; n++) { @@ -4530,11 +5165,12 @@ void ImGui::Render() // Add ImDrawList to render ImGuiWindow* windows_to_render_top_most[2]; - windows_to_render_top_most[0] = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow : NULL; - windows_to_render_top_most[1] = (g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingList : NULL); + windows_to_render_top_most[0] = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindowDockTree : NULL; + windows_to_render_top_most[1] = (g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingListWindow : NULL); for (int n = 0; n != g.Windows.Size; n++) { ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; + IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6011); // Static Analysis false positive "warning C6011: Dereferencing NULL pointer 'window'" if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 && window != windows_to_render_top_most[0] && window != windows_to_render_top_most[1]) AddRootWindowToDrawData(window); } @@ -4542,9 +5178,13 @@ void ImGui::Render() if (windows_to_render_top_most[n] && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(windows_to_render_top_most[n])) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the top-most window AddRootWindowToDrawData(windows_to_render_top_most[n]); - ImVec2 mouse_cursor_offset, mouse_cursor_size, mouse_cursor_uv[4]; - if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && g.MouseCursor != ImGuiMouseCursor_None) - g.IO.Fonts->GetMouseCursorTexData(g.MouseCursor, &mouse_cursor_offset, &mouse_cursor_size, &mouse_cursor_uv[0], &mouse_cursor_uv[2]); + // Draw modal/window whitening backgrounds + if (first_render_of_frame) + RenderDimmedBackgrounds(); + + // Draw software mouse cursor if requested by io.MouseDrawCursor flag + if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && first_render_of_frame && g.MouseCursor != ImGuiMouseCursor_None) + RenderMouseCursor(g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48)); // Setup ImDrawData structures for end-user g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = 0; @@ -4553,29 +5193,17 @@ void ImGui::Render() ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; viewport->DrawDataBuilder.FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); - // Draw software mouse cursor if requested by io.MouseDrawCursor flag - // (note we scale cursor by current viewport/monitor, however Windows 10 for its own hardware cursor seems to be using a different scale factor) - if (mouse_cursor_size.x > 0.0f && mouse_cursor_size.y > 0.0f) - { - float scale = g.Style.MouseCursorScale * viewport->DpiScale; - if (viewport->GetMainRect().Overlaps(ImRect(g.IO.MousePos, g.IO.MousePos + ImVec2(mouse_cursor_size.x + 2, mouse_cursor_size.y + 2) * scale))) - RenderMouseCursor(GetForegroundDrawList(viewport), g.IO.MousePos, scale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48)); - } - // Add foreground ImDrawList (for each active viewport) if (viewport->DrawLists[1] != NULL) AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetForegroundDrawList(viewport)); SetupViewportDrawData(viewport, &viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0]); - g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices += viewport->DrawData->TotalVtxCount; - g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices += viewport->DrawData->TotalIdxCount; + ImDrawData* draw_data = viewport->DrawData; + g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices += draw_data->TotalVtxCount; + g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices += draw_data->TotalIdxCount; } - // (Legacy) Call the Render callback function. The current prefer way is to let the user retrieve GetDrawData() and call the render function themselves. -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - if (g.Viewports[0]->DrawData->CmdListsCount > 0 && g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn != NULL) - g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn(g.Viewports[0]->DrawData); -#endif + CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPost); } // Calculate text size. Text can be multi-line. Optionally ignore text after a ## marker. @@ -4597,13 +5225,17 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_tex ImVec2 text_size = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width, text, text_display_end, NULL); // Round - text_size.x = IM_FLOOR(text_size.x + 0.95f); + // FIXME: This has been here since Dec 2015 (7b0bf230) but down the line we want this out. + // FIXME: Investigate using ceilf or e.g. + // - https://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/tree/src/math/ceilf.c + // - https://embarkstudios.github.io/rust-gpu/api/src/libm/math/ceilf.rs.html + text_size.x = IM_FLOOR(text_size.x + 0.99999f); return text_size; } // Find window given position, search front-to-back -// FIXME: Note that we have an inconsequential lag here: OuterRectClipped is updated in Begin(), so windows moved programatically +// FIXME: Note that we have an inconsequential lag here: OuterRectClipped is updated in Begin(), so windows moved programmatically // with SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is // called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window isn't affected. static void FindHoveredWindow() @@ -4621,10 +5253,11 @@ static void FindHoveredWindow() hovered_window = g.MovingWindow; ImVec2 padding_regular = g.Style.TouchExtraPadding; - ImVec2 padding_for_resize_from_edges = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? ImMax(g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, ImVec2(WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS, WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS)) : padding_regular; + ImVec2 padding_for_resize = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? g.WindowsHoverPadding : padding_regular; for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) { ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; + IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer. if (!window->Active || window->Hidden) continue; if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs) @@ -4638,269 +5271,41 @@ static void FindHoveredWindow() if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) bb.Expand(padding_regular); else - bb.Expand(padding_for_resize_from_edges); + bb.Expand(padding_for_resize); if (!bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) continue; + // Support for one rectangular hole in any given window + // FIXME: Consider generalizing hit-testing override (with more generic data, callback, etc.) (#1512) if (window->HitTestHoleSize.x != 0) { - // FIXME: Consider generalizing hit-testing override (with more generic data, callback, etc.) (#1512) - ImRect hole_bb((float)(window->HitTestHoleOffset.x), (float)(window->HitTestHoleOffset.y), - (float)(window->HitTestHoleOffset.x + window->HitTestHoleSize.x), (float)(window->HitTestHoleOffset.y + window->HitTestHoleSize.y)); - if (hole_bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos)) + ImVec2 hole_pos(window->Pos.x + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.x, window->Pos.y + (float)window->HitTestHoleOffset.y); + ImVec2 hole_size((float)window->HitTestHoleSize.x, (float)window->HitTestHoleSize.y); + if (ImRect(hole_pos, hole_pos + hole_size).Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) continue; } if (hovered_window == NULL) hovered_window = window; - if (hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window == NULL && (!g.MovingWindow || window->RootWindow != g.MovingWindow->RootWindow)) + IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(28182); // [Static Analyzer] Dereferencing NULL pointer. + if (hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window == NULL && (!g.MovingWindow || window->RootWindowDockTree != g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree)) hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window = window; if (hovered_window && hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window) break; } g.HoveredWindow = hovered_window; - g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow : NULL; g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = hovered_window_ignoring_moving_window; if (g.MovingWindow) g.MovingWindow->Viewport = moving_window_viewport; } -// Test if mouse cursor is hovering given rectangle -// NB- Rectangle is clipped by our current clip setting -// NB- Expand the rectangle to be generous on imprecise inputs systems (g.Style.TouchExtraPadding) -bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Clip - ImRect rect_clipped(r_min, r_max); - if (clip) - rect_clipped.ClipWith(g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect); - - // Expand for touch input - const ImRect rect_for_touch(rect_clipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, rect_clipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding); - if (!rect_for_touch.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) - return false; - if (!g.MouseViewport->GetMainRect().Overlaps(rect_clipped)) - return false; - return true; -} - -int ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey imgui_key) -{ - IM_ASSERT(imgui_key >= 0 && imgui_key < ImGuiKey_COUNT); - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.IO.KeyMap[imgui_key]; -} - -// Note that dear imgui doesn't know the semantic of each entry of io.KeysDown[]! -// Use your own indices/enums according to how your back-end/engine stored them into io.KeysDown[]! -bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(int user_key_index) -{ - if (user_key_index < 0) - return false; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); - return g.IO.KeysDown[user_key_index]; -} - -// t0 = previous time (e.g.: g.Time - g.IO.DeltaTime) -// t1 = current time (e.g.: g.Time) -// An event is triggered at: -// t = 0.0f t = repeat_delay, t = repeat_delay + repeat_rate*N -int ImGui::CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate) -{ - if (t1 == 0.0f) - return 1; - if (t0 >= t1) - return 0; - if (repeat_rate <= 0.0f) - return (t0 < repeat_delay) && (t1 >= repeat_delay); - const int count_t0 = (t0 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t0 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate); - const int count_t1 = (t1 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t1 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate); - const int count = count_t1 - count_t0; - return count; -} - -int ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount(int key_index, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (key_index < 0) - return 0; - IM_ASSERT(key_index >= 0 && key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); - const float t = g.IO.KeysDownDuration[key_index]; - return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, repeat_delay, repeat_rate); -} - -bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(int user_key_index, bool repeat) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (user_key_index < 0) - return false; - IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); - const float t = g.IO.KeysDownDuration[user_key_index]; - if (t == 0.0f) - return true; - if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay) - return GetKeyPressedAmount(user_key_index, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0; - return false; -} - -bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(int user_key_index) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (user_key_index < 0) return false; - IM_ASSERT(user_key_index >= 0 && user_key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown)); - return g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev[user_key_index] >= 0.0f && !g.IO.KeysDown[user_key_index]; -} - -bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - return g.IO.MouseDown[button]; -} - -bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button]; - if (t == 0.0f) - return true; - - if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay) - { - // FIXME: 2019/05/03: Our old repeat code was wrong here and led to doubling the repeat rate, which made it an ok rate for repeat on mouse hold. - int amount = CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.50f); - if (amount > 0) - return true; - } - return false; -} - -bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - return g.IO.MouseReleased[button]; -} - -bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - return g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[button]; -} - -// [Internal] This doesn't test if the button is pressed -bool ImGui::IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - if (lock_threshold < 0.0f) - lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold; - return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold; -} - -bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button]) - return false; - return IsMouseDragPastThreshold(button, lock_threshold); -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.IO.MousePos; -} - -// NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed! -ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0) - return g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size-1].OpenMousePos; - return g.IO.MousePos; -} - -// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position. -bool ImGui::IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos) -{ - // The assert is only to silence a false-positive in XCode Static Analysis. - // Because GImGui is not dereferenced in every code path, the static analyzer assume that it may be NULL (which it doesn't for other functions). - IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL); - const float MOUSE_INVALID = -256000.0f; - ImVec2 p = mouse_pos ? *mouse_pos : GImGui->IO.MousePos; - return p.x >= MOUSE_INVALID && p.y >= MOUSE_INVALID; -} - -bool ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); n++) - if (g.IO.MouseDown[n]) - return true; - return false; -} - -// Return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is clicked or was just released. -// This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once. -// NB: This is only valid if IsMousePosValid(). Back-ends in theory should always keep mouse position valid when dragging even outside the client window. -ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - if (lock_threshold < 0.0f) - lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold; - if (g.IO.MouseDown[button] || g.IO.MouseReleased[button]) - if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold) - if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button])) - return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button]; - return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); -} - -void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); - // NB: We don't need to reset g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button] = g.IO.MousePos; -} - -ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor() -{ - return GImGui->MouseCursor; -} - -void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type) -{ - GImGui->MouseCursor = cursor_type; -} - -void ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp(bool capture) -{ - GImGui->WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = capture ? 1 : 0; -} - -void ImGui::CaptureMouseFromApp(bool capture) -{ - GImGui->WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = capture ? 1 : 0; -} - bool ImGui::IsItemActive() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.ActiveId) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - return g.ActiveId == window->DC.LastItemId; - } + return g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID; return false; } @@ -4908,21 +5313,17 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemActivated() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.ActiveId) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.ActiveId == window->DC.LastItemId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != window->DC.LastItemId) + if (g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != g.LastItemData.ID) return true; - } return false; } bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivated() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated) - return (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated) != 0; - return (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == window->DC.LastItemId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.ActiveId != window->DC.LastItemId); + if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated) + return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated) != 0; + return (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.LastItemData.ID && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.LastItemData.ID); } bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() @@ -4931,22 +5332,24 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() return IsItemDeactivated() && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEditedBefore || (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore)); } +// == GetItemID() == GetFocusID() bool ImGui::IsItemFocused() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - if (g.NavId == 0 || g.NavDisableHighlight || g.NavId != window->DC.LastItemId) + if (g.NavId != g.LastItemData.ID || g.NavId == 0) return false; // Special handling for the dummy item after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab. // When the window is collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case. - if (window->DC.LastItemId == window->ID && window->WriteAccessed) + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.LastItemData.ID == window->ID && window->WriteAccessed) return false; return true; } +// Important: this can be useful but it is NOT equivalent to the behavior of e.g.Button()! +// Most widgets have specific reactions based on mouse-up/down state, mouse position etc. bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button) { return IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_None); @@ -4955,13 +5358,13 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemClicked(ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button) bool ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return (g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen) ? true : false; + return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen) ? true : false; } bool ImGui::IsItemToggledSelection() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return (g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection) ? true : false; + return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection) ? true : false; } bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered() @@ -4984,42 +5387,60 @@ bool ImGui::IsAnyItemFocused() bool ImGui::IsItemVisible() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(window->DC.LastItemRect); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible) != 0; } bool ImGui::IsItemEdited() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited) != 0; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited) != 0; } // Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority. +// FIXME: Although this is exposed, its interaction and ideal idiom with using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap flag are extremely confusing, need rework. void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.HoveredId == g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId) + ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; + if (g.HoveredId == id) g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true; - if (g.ActiveId == g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId) + if (g.ActiveId == id) g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true; } +// FIXME: It might be undesirable that this will likely disable KeyOwner-aware shortcuts systems. Consider a more fine-tuned version for the two users of this function. +void ImGui::SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId != 0); + g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = (1 << ImGuiDir_COUNT) - 1; + g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys = true; + NavMoveRequestCancel(); +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetItemID() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.LastItemData.ID; +} + ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMin() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.LastItemRect.Min; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.LastItemData.Rect.Min; } ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMax() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.LastItemRect.Max; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.LastItemData.Rect.Max; } ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.LastItemRect.GetSize(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.LastItemData.Rect.GetSize(); } bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) @@ -5027,7 +5448,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, b ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; - flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking; + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking; flags |= (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); // Inherit the NoMove flag // Size @@ -5035,22 +5456,22 @@ bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, b ImVec2 size = ImFloor(size_arg); const int auto_fit_axises = ((size.x == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_X) : 0x00) | ((size.y == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y) : 0x00); if (size.x <= 0.0f) - size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x + size.x, 4.0f); // Arbitrary minimum child size (0.0f causing too much issues) + size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x + size.x, 4.0f); // Arbitrary minimum child size (0.0f causing too many issues) if (size.y <= 0.0f) size.y = ImMax(content_avail.y + size.y, 4.0f); SetNextWindowSize(size); // Build up name. If you need to append to a same child from multiple location in the ID stack, use BeginChild(ImGuiID id) with a stable value. - char title[256]; + const char* temp_window_name; if (name) - ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id); + ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%s_%08X", parent_window->Name, name, id); else - ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id); + ImFormatStringToTempBuffer(&temp_window_name, NULL, "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id); const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize; if (!border) g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f; - bool ret = Begin(title, NULL, flags); + bool ret = Begin(temp_window_name, NULL, flags); g.Style.ChildBorderSize = backup_border_size; ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow; @@ -5063,11 +5484,11 @@ bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, b parent_window->DC.CursorPos = child_window->Pos; // Process navigation-in immediately so NavInit can run on first frame - if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavHasScroll)) + if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavHasScroll)) { FocusWindow(child_window); NavInitWindow(child_window, false); - SetActiveID(id+1, child_window); // Steal ActiveId with a dummy id so that key-press won't activate child item + SetActiveID(id + 1, child_window); // Steal ActiveId with another arbitrary id so that key-press won't activate child item g.ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_Nav; } return ret; @@ -5110,22 +5531,25 @@ void ImGui::EndChild() ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; ImRect bb(parent_window->DC.CursorPos, parent_window->DC.CursorPos + sz); ItemSize(sz); - if ((window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask != 0 || window->DC.NavHasScroll) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) + if ((window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || window->DC.NavHasScroll) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) { ItemAdd(bb, window->ChildId); RenderNavHighlight(bb, window->ChildId); - // When browsing a window that has no activable items (scroll only) we keep a highlight on the child - if (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == 0 && window == g.NavWindow) - RenderNavHighlight(ImRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(2,2), bb.Max + ImVec2(2,2)), g.NavId, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin); + // When browsing a window that has no activable items (scroll only) we keep a highlight on the child (pass g.NavId to trick into always displaying) + if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0 && window == g.NavWindow) + RenderNavHighlight(ImRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(2, 2), bb.Max + ImVec2(2, 2)), g.NavId, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin); } else { // Not navigable into ItemAdd(bb, 0); } + if (g.HoveredWindow == window) + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; } g.WithinEndChild = false; + g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return } // Helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame. @@ -5168,7 +5592,47 @@ ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindWindowByName(const char* name) return FindWindowByID(id); } -static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +static void ApplyWindowSettings(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowSettings* settings) +{ + const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + window->ViewportPos = main_viewport->Pos; + if (settings->ViewportId) + { + window->ViewportId = settings->ViewportId; + window->ViewportPos = ImVec2(settings->ViewportPos.x, settings->ViewportPos.y); + } + window->Pos = ImFloor(ImVec2(settings->Pos.x + window->ViewportPos.x, settings->Pos.y + window->ViewportPos.y)); + if (settings->Size.x > 0 && settings->Size.y > 0) + window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImFloor(ImVec2(settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y)); + window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed; + window->DockId = settings->DockId; + window->DockOrder = settings->DockOrder; +} + +static void UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(ImGuiWindow* window, bool just_created, ImGuiWindowFlags new_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + const bool new_is_explicit_child = (new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 && ((new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) == 0 || (new_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0); + const bool child_flag_changed = new_is_explicit_child != window->IsExplicitChild; + if ((just_created || child_flag_changed) && !new_is_explicit_child) + { + IM_ASSERT(!g.WindowsFocusOrder.contains(window)); + g.WindowsFocusOrder.push_back(window); + window->FocusOrder = (short)(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1); + } + else if (!just_created && child_flag_changed && new_is_explicit_child) + { + IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[window->FocusOrder] == window); + for (int n = window->FocusOrder + 1; n < g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size; n++) + g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder--; + g.WindowsFocusOrder.erase(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Data + window->FocusOrder); + window->FocusOrder = -1; + } + window->IsExplicitChild = new_is_explicit_child; +} + +static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("CreateNewWindow '%s', flags = 0x%08X\n", name, flags); @@ -5179,8 +5643,9 @@ static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFl g.WindowsById.SetVoidPtr(window->ID, window); // Default/arbitrary window position. Use SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window. - ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); window->Pos = main_viewport->Pos + ImVec2(60, 60); + window->ViewportPos = main_viewport->Pos; // User can disable loading and saving of settings. Tooltip and child windows also don't store settings. if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) @@ -5189,24 +5654,9 @@ static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFl // Retrieve settings from .ini file window->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsWindows.offset_from_ptr(settings); SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false); - if (settings->ViewportId) - { - window->ViewportId = settings->ViewportId; - window->ViewportPos = ImVec2(settings->ViewportPos.x, settings->ViewportPos.y); - } - else - { - window->ViewportPos = main_viewport->Pos; - } - window->Pos = ImVec2(settings->Pos.x + window->ViewportPos.x, settings->Pos.y + window->ViewportPos.y); - window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed; - if (settings->Size.x > 0 && settings->Size.y > 0) - size = ImVec2(settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y); - window->DockId = settings->DockId; - window->DockOrder = settings->DockOrder; + ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings); } - window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImFloor(size); - window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcContentSize() doesn't return crazy values + window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcWindowContentSizes() doesn't return crazy values if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0) { @@ -5222,11 +5672,11 @@ static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFl window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0); } - g.WindowsFocusOrder.push_back(window); if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) g.Windows.push_front(window); // Quite slow but rare and only once else g.Windows.push_back(window); + return window; } @@ -5240,9 +5690,10 @@ static ImGuiWindow* GetWindowForTitleAndMenuHeight(ImGuiWindow* window) return (window->DockNodeAsHost && window->DockNodeAsHost->VisibleWindow) ? window->DockNodeAsHost->VisibleWindow : window; } -static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2 new_size) +static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_desired) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImVec2 new_size = size_desired; if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint) { // Using -1,-1 on either X/Y axis to preserve the current size. @@ -5268,32 +5719,40 @@ static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2 new_size { ImGuiWindow* window_for_height = GetWindowForTitleAndMenuHeight(window); new_size = ImMax(new_size, g.Style.WindowMinSize); - new_size.y = ImMax(new_size.y, window_for_height->TitleBarHeight() + window_for_height->MenuBarHeight() + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f)); // Reduce artifacts with very small windows + const float minimum_height = window_for_height->TitleBarHeight() + window_for_height->MenuBarHeight() + ImMax(0.0f, g.Style.WindowRounding - 1.0f); + new_size.y = ImMax(new_size.y, minimum_height); // Reduce artifacts with very small windows } return new_size; } -static ImVec2 CalcWindowContentSize(ImGuiWindow* window) +static void CalcWindowContentSizes(ImGuiWindow* window, ImVec2* content_size_current, ImVec2* content_size_ideal) { - if (window->Collapsed) - if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) - return window->ContentSize; - if (window->Hidden && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0 && window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) - return window->ContentSize; + bool preserve_old_content_sizes = false; + if (window->Collapsed && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) + preserve_old_content_sizes = true; + else if (window->Hidden && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0 && window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) + preserve_old_content_sizes = true; + if (preserve_old_content_sizes) + { + *content_size_current = window->ContentSize; + *content_size_ideal = window->ContentSizeIdeal; + return; + } - ImVec2 sz; - sz.x = IM_FLOOR((window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); - sz.y = IM_FLOOR((window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); - return sz; + content_size_current->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); + content_size_current->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); + content_size_ideal->x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : IM_FLOOR(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x); + content_size_ideal->y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : IM_FLOOR(ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y) - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y); } static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - ImVec2 size_decorations = ImVec2(0.0f, window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight()); + const float decoration_w_without_scrollbars = window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2 - window->ScrollbarSizes.x; + const float decoration_h_without_scrollbars = window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2 - window->ScrollbarSizes.y; ImVec2 size_pad = window->WindowPadding * 2.0f; - ImVec2 size_desired = size_contents + size_pad + size_decorations; + ImVec2 size_desired = size_contents + size_pad + ImVec2(decoration_w_without_scrollbars, decoration_h_without_scrollbars); if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) { // Tooltip always resize @@ -5308,20 +5767,19 @@ static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_cont if (is_popup || is_menu) // Popups and menus bypass style.WindowMinSize by default, but we give then a non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups) size_min = ImMin(size_min, ImVec2(4.0f, 4.0f)); - // FIXME-VIEWPORT-WORKAREA: May want to use GetWorkSize() instead of Size depending on the type of windows? - ImVec2 avail_size = window->Viewport->Size; + ImVec2 avail_size = window->Viewport->WorkSize; if (window->ViewportOwned) avail_size = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); const int monitor_idx = window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend; if (monitor_idx >= 0 && monitor_idx < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size) avail_size = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[monitor_idx].WorkSize; - ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_desired, size_min, ImMax(size_min, avail_size - g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f)); + ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_desired, size_min, ImMax(size_min, avail_size - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f)); // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small), // we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than ViewportSize-WindowPadding. ImVec2 size_auto_fit_after_constraint = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); - bool will_have_scrollbar_x = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x - size_pad.x - size_decorations.x < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); - bool will_have_scrollbar_y = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y - size_pad.y - size_decorations.y < size_contents.y && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar); + bool will_have_scrollbar_x = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x - size_pad.x - decoration_w_without_scrollbars < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); + bool will_have_scrollbar_y = (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.y - size_pad.y - decoration_h_without_scrollbars < size_contents.y && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar); if (will_have_scrollbar_x) size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize; if (will_have_scrollbar_y) @@ -5330,19 +5788,21 @@ static ImVec2 CalcWindowAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_cont } } -ImVec2 ImGui::CalcWindowExpectedSize(ImGuiWindow* window) +ImVec2 ImGui::CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(ImGuiWindow* window) { - ImVec2 size_contents = CalcWindowContentSize(window); - ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, size_contents); + ImVec2 size_contents_current; + ImVec2 size_contents_ideal; + CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &size_contents_current, &size_contents_ideal); + ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, size_contents_ideal); ImVec2 size_final = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); return size_final; } -static ImGuiCol GetWindowBgColorIdxFromFlags(ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +static ImGuiCol GetWindowBgColorIdx(ImGuiWindow* window) { - if (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) + if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) return ImGuiCol_PopupBg; - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !window->DockIsActive) return ImGuiCol_ChildBg; return ImGuiCol_WindowBg; } @@ -5361,38 +5821,64 @@ static void CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& co *out_size = size_constrained; } +// Data for resizing from corner struct ImGuiResizeGripDef { ImVec2 CornerPosN; ImVec2 InnerDir; int AngleMin12, AngleMax12; }; - static const ImGuiResizeGripDef resize_grip_def[4] = { - { ImVec2(1,1), ImVec2(-1,-1), 0, 3 }, // Lower-right - { ImVec2(0,1), ImVec2(+1,-1), 3, 6 }, // Lower-left - { ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(+1,+1), 6, 9 }, // Upper-left (Unused) - { ImVec2(1,0), ImVec2(-1,+1), 9,12 }, // Upper-right (Unused) + { ImVec2(1, 1), ImVec2(-1, -1), 0, 3 }, // Lower-right + { ImVec2(0, 1), ImVec2(+1, -1), 3, 6 }, // Lower-left + { ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(+1, +1), 6, 9 }, // Upper-left (Unused) + { ImVec2(1, 0), ImVec2(-1, +1), 9, 12 } // Upper-right (Unused) +}; + +// Data for resizing from borders +struct ImGuiResizeBorderDef +{ + ImVec2 InnerDir; + ImVec2 SegmentN1, SegmentN2; + float OuterAngle; +}; +static const ImGuiResizeBorderDef resize_border_def[4] = +{ + { ImVec2(+1, 0), ImVec2(0, 1), ImVec2(0, 0), IM_PI * 1.00f }, // Left + { ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(1, 0), ImVec2(1, 1), IM_PI * 0.00f }, // Right + { ImVec2(0, +1), ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(1, 0), IM_PI * 1.50f }, // Up + { ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(1, 1), ImVec2(0, 1), IM_PI * 0.50f } // Down }; static ImRect GetResizeBorderRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, float perp_padding, float thickness) { ImRect rect = window->Rect(); - if (thickness == 0.0f) rect.Max -= ImVec2(1,1); - if (border_n == 0) return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Min.y - thickness, rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Min.y + thickness); // Top - if (border_n == 1) return ImRect(rect.Max.x - thickness, rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Max.x + thickness, rect.Max.y - perp_padding); // Right - if (border_n == 2) return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Max.y - thickness, rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Max.y + thickness); // Bottom - if (border_n == 3) return ImRect(rect.Min.x - thickness, rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Min.x + thickness, rect.Max.y - perp_padding); // Left + if (thickness == 0.0f) + rect.Max -= ImVec2(1, 1); + if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left) { return ImRect(rect.Min.x - thickness, rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Min.x + thickness, rect.Max.y - perp_padding); } + if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) { return ImRect(rect.Max.x - thickness, rect.Min.y + perp_padding, rect.Max.x + thickness, rect.Max.y - perp_padding); } + if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Up) { return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Min.y - thickness, rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Min.y + thickness); } + if (border_n == ImGuiDir_Down) { return ImRect(rect.Min.x + perp_padding, rect.Max.y - thickness, rect.Max.x - perp_padding, rect.Max.y + thickness); } IM_ASSERT(0); return ImRect(); } // 0..3: corners (Lower-right, Lower-left, Unused, Unused) -// 4..7: borders (Top, Right, Bottom, Left) -ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n) +ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeCornerID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n) { - IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n <= 7); + IM_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < 4); + ImGuiID id = window->DockIsActive ? window->DockNode->HostWindow->ID : window->ID; + id = ImHashStr("#RESIZE", 0, id); + id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(int), id); + return id; +} + +// Borders (Left, Right, Up, Down) +ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeBorderID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDir dir) +{ + IM_ASSERT(dir >= 0 && dir < 4); + int n = (int)dir + 4; ImGuiID id = window->DockIsActive ? window->DockNode->HostWindow->ID : window->ID; id = ImHashStr("#RESIZE", 0, id); id = ImHashData(&n, sizeof(int), id); @@ -5400,57 +5886,59 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowResizeID(ImGuiWindow* window, int n) } // Handle resize for: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad -// Return true when using auto-fit (double click on resize grip) -static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4]) +// Return true when using auto-fit (double-click on resize grip) +static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4], const ImRect& visibility_rect) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) || window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) return false; - if (window->WasActive == false) // Early out to avoid running this code for e.g. an hidden implicit/fallback Debug window. + if (window->WasActive == false) // Early out to avoid running this code for e.g. a hidden implicit/fallback Debug window. return false; bool ret_auto_fit = false; const int resize_border_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 4 : 0; const float grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); const float grip_hover_inner_size = IM_FLOOR(grip_draw_size * 0.75f); - const float grip_hover_outer_size = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS : 0.0f; + const float grip_hover_outer_size = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING : 0.0f; ImVec2 pos_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); ImVec2 size_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); // Clip mouse interaction rectangles within the viewport rectangle (in practice the narrowing is going to happen most of the time). // - Not narrowing would mostly benefit the situation where OS windows _without_ decoration have a threshold for hovering when outside their limits. - // This is however not the case with current back-ends under Win32, but a custom borderless window implementation would benefit from it. + // This is however not the case with current backends under Win32, but a custom borderless window implementation would benefit from it. // - When decoration are enabled we typically benefit from that distance, but then our resize elements would be conflicting with OS resize elements, so we also narrow. // - Note that we are unable to tell if the platform setup allows hovering with a distance threshold (on Win32, decorated window have such threshold). + // We only clip interaction so we overwrite window->ClipRect, cannot call PushClipRect() yet as DrawList is not yet setup. const bool clip_with_viewport_rect = !(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport) || (g.IO.MouseHoveredViewport != window->ViewportId) || !(window->Viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration); if (clip_with_viewport_rect) - PushClipRect(window->Viewport->Pos, window->Viewport->Pos + window->Viewport->Size, true); // Won't incur a draw command as we are not drawing here. + window->ClipRect = window->Viewport->GetMainRect(); // Resize grips and borders are on layer 1 window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu); // Manual resize grips PushID("#RESIZE"); for (int resize_grip_n = 0; resize_grip_n < resize_grip_count; resize_grip_n++) { - const ImGuiResizeGripDef& grip = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n]; - const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, grip.CornerPosN); + const ImGuiResizeGripDef& def = resize_grip_def[resize_grip_n]; + const ImVec2 corner = ImLerp(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, def.CornerPosN); // Using the FlattenChilds button flag we make the resize button accessible even if we are hovering over a child window - ImRect resize_rect(corner - grip.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, corner + grip.InnerDir * grip_hover_inner_size); + bool hovered, held; + ImRect resize_rect(corner - def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, corner + def.InnerDir * grip_hover_inner_size); if (resize_rect.Min.x > resize_rect.Max.x) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.x, resize_rect.Max.x); if (resize_rect.Min.y > resize_rect.Max.y) ImSwap(resize_rect.Min.y, resize_rect.Max.y); - bool hovered, held; - ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, window->GetID(resize_grip_n), &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); + ImGuiID resize_grip_id = window->GetID(resize_grip_n); // == GetWindowResizeCornerID() + ItemAdd(resize_rect, resize_grip_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); + ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, resize_grip_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(resize_rect.Min, resize_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); if (hovered || held) g.MouseCursor = (resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE; - if (held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0] && resize_grip_n == 0) + if (held && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && resize_grip_n == 0) { // Manual auto-fit when double-clicking size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); @@ -5461,60 +5949,75 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s { // Resize from any of the four corners // We don't use an incremental MouseDelta but rather compute an absolute target size based on mouse position - ImVec2 corner_target = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + ImLerp(grip.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, grip.InnerDir * -grip_hover_inner_size, grip.CornerPosN); // Corner of the window corresponding to our corner grip - CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target, grip.CornerPosN, &pos_target, &size_target); + ImVec2 clamp_min = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 1.0f ? visibility_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 1.0f ? visibility_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 clamp_max = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 0.0f ? visibility_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f ? visibility_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 corner_target = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + ImLerp(def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, def.InnerDir * -grip_hover_inner_size, def.CornerPosN); // Corner of the window corresponding to our corner grip + corner_target = ImClamp(corner_target, clamp_min, clamp_max); + CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target, def.CornerPosN, &pos_target, &size_target); } + + // Only lower-left grip is visible before hovering/activating if (resize_grip_n == 0 || held || hovered) resize_grip_col[resize_grip_n] = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered : ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip); } for (int border_n = 0; border_n < resize_border_count; border_n++) { + const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_n]; + const ImGuiAxis axis = (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left || border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y; + bool hovered, held; - ImRect border_rect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); - ButtonBehavior(border_rect, window->GetID(border_n + 4), &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren); + ImRect border_rect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING); + ImGuiID border_id = window->GetID(border_n + 4); // == GetWindowResizeBorderID() + ItemAdd(border_rect, border_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); + ButtonBehavior(border_rect, border_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); //GetForegroundDrawLists(window)->AddRect(border_rect.Min, border_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held) { - g.MouseCursor = (border_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS; + g.MouseCursor = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS; if (held) *border_held = border_n; } if (held) { + ImVec2 clamp_min(border_n == ImGuiDir_Right ? visibility_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Down ? visibility_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 clamp_max(border_n == ImGuiDir_Left ? visibility_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Up ? visibility_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX); ImVec2 border_target = window->Pos; - ImVec2 border_posn; - if (border_n == 0) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 0); border_target.y = (g.IO.MousePos.y - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.y + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); } // Top - if (border_n == 1) { border_posn = ImVec2(1, 0); border_target.x = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); } // Right - if (border_n == 2) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 1); border_target.y = (g.IO.MousePos.y - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.y + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); } // Bottom - if (border_n == 3) { border_posn = ImVec2(0, 0); border_target.x = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS); } // Left - CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, border_target, border_posn, &pos_target, &size_target); + border_target[axis] = g.IO.MousePos[axis] - g.ActiveIdClickOffset[axis] + WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; + border_target = ImClamp(border_target, clamp_min, clamp_max); + CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, border_target, ImMin(def.SegmentN1, def.SegmentN2), &pos_target, &size_target); } } PopID(); - if (clip_with_viewport_rect) - PopClipRect(); // Restore nav layer window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main); // Navigation resize (keyboard/gamepad) - if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow == window) + // FIXME: This cannot be moved to NavUpdateWindowing() because CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint() need to callback into user. + // Not even sure the callback works here. + if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindowDockTree == window) { - ImVec2 nav_resize_delta; - if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard && g.IO.KeyShift) - nav_resize_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); - if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad) - nav_resize_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); - if (nav_resize_delta.x != 0.0f || nav_resize_delta.y != 0.0f) + ImVec2 nav_resize_dir; + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && g.IO.KeyShift) + nav_resize_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow); + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) + nav_resize_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown); + if (nav_resize_dir.x != 0.0f || nav_resize_dir.y != 0.0f) { const float NAV_RESIZE_SPEED = 600.0f; - nav_resize_delta *= ImFloor(NAV_RESIZE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y)); + const float resize_step = NAV_RESIZE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y); + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize += nav_resize_dir * resize_step; + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImMax(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize, visibility_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size); // We need Pos+Size >= visibility_rect.Min, so Size >= visibility_rect.Min - Pos, so size_delta >= visibility_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; resize_grip_col[0] = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive); - // FIXME-NAV: Should store and accumulate into a separate size buffer to handle sizing constraints properly, right now a constraint will make us stuck. - size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull + nav_resize_delta); + ImVec2 accum_floored = ImFloor(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize); + if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f) + { + // FIXME-NAV: Should store and accumulate into a separate size buffer to handle sizing constraints properly, right now a constraint will make us stuck. + size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull + accum_floored); + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize -= accum_floored; + } } } @@ -5534,11 +6037,13 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s return ret_auto_fit; } -static inline void ClampWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& rect, const ImVec2& padding) +static inline void ClampWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& visibility_rect) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImVec2 size_for_clamping = (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) ? ImVec2(window->Size.x, window->TitleBarHeight()) : window->Size; - window->Pos = ImMin(rect.Max - padding, ImMax(window->Pos + size_for_clamping, rect.Min + padding) - size_for_clamping); + ImVec2 size_for_clamping = window->Size; + if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) || window->DockNodeAsHost)) + size_for_clamping.y = ImGui::GetFrameHeight(); // Not using window->TitleBarHeight() as DockNodeAsHost will report 0.0f here. + window->Pos = ImClamp(window->Pos, visibility_rect.Min - size_for_clamping, visibility_rect.Max); } static void ImGui::RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window) @@ -5547,29 +6052,16 @@ static void ImGui::RenderWindowOuterBorders(ImGuiWindow* window) float rounding = window->WindowRounding; float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; if (border_size > 0.0f && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground)) - window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, border_size); + window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding, 0, border_size); int border_held = window->ResizeBorderHeld; if (border_held != -1) { - struct ImGuiResizeBorderDef - { - ImVec2 InnerDir; - ImVec2 CornerPosN1, CornerPosN2; - float OuterAngle; - }; - static const ImGuiResizeBorderDef resize_border_def[4] = - { - { ImVec2(0,+1), ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(1,0), IM_PI*1.50f }, // Top - { ImVec2(-1,0), ImVec2(1,0), ImVec2(1,1), IM_PI*0.00f }, // Right - { ImVec2(0,-1), ImVec2(1,1), ImVec2(0,1), IM_PI*0.50f }, // Bottom - { ImVec2(+1,0), ImVec2(0,1), ImVec2(0,0), IM_PI*1.00f } // Left - }; const ImGuiResizeBorderDef& def = resize_border_def[border_held]; ImRect border_r = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_held, rounding, 0.0f); - window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.CornerPosN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle - IM_PI*0.25f, def.OuterAngle); - window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.CornerPosN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle, def.OuterAngle + IM_PI*0.25f); - window->DrawList->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive), false, ImMax(2.0f, border_size)); // Thicker than usual + window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN1) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle - IM_PI * 0.25f, def.OuterAngle); + window->DrawList->PathArcTo(ImLerp(border_r.Min, border_r.Max, def.SegmentN2) + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f) + def.InnerDir * rounding, rounding, def.OuterAngle, def.OuterAngle + IM_PI * 0.25f); + window->DrawList->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive), 0, ImMax(2.0f, border_size)); // Thicker than usual } if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !window->DockIsActive) { @@ -5587,18 +6079,21 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; // Ensure that ScrollBar doesn't read last frame's SkipItems + IM_ASSERT(window->BeginCount == 0); window->SkipItems = false; // Draw window + handle manual resize - // As we highlight the title bar when want_focus is set, multiple reappearing windows will have have their title bar highlighted on their reappearing frame. + // As we highlight the title bar when want_focus is set, multiple reappearing windows will have their title bar highlighted on their reappearing frame. const float window_rounding = window->WindowRounding; const float window_border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; if (window->Collapsed) { // Title bar only - float backup_border_size = style.FrameBorderSize; + const float backup_border_size = style.FrameBorderSize; g.Style.FrameBorderSize = window->WindowBorderSize; ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32((title_bar_is_highlight && !g.NavDisableHighlight) ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed); + if (window->ViewportOwned) + title_bar_col |= IM_COL32_A_MASK; // No alpha (we don't support is_docking_transparent_payload here because simpler and less meaningful, but could with a bit of code shuffle/reuse) RenderFrame(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, true, window_rounding); g.Style.FrameBorderSize = backup_border_size; } @@ -5612,11 +6107,10 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar if (g.DragDropPayload.IsDataType(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW) && *(ImGuiWindow**)g.DragDropPayload.Data == window) is_docking_transparent_payload = true; - ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(GetWindowBgColorIdxFromFlags(flags)); + ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(GetWindowBgColorIdx(window)); if (window->ViewportOwned) { - // No alpha - bg_col = (bg_col | IM_COL32_A_MASK); + bg_col |= IM_COL32_A_MASK; // No alpha if (is_docking_transparent_payload) window->Viewport->Alpha *= DOCKING_TRANSPARENT_PAYLOAD_ALPHA; } @@ -5638,8 +6132,19 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar if (override_alpha) bg_col = (bg_col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(alpha) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT); } - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot); + + // Render, for docked windows and host windows we ensure bg goes before decorations + if (window->DockIsActive) + window->DockNode->LastBgColor = bg_col; + ImDrawList* bg_draw_list = window->DockIsActive ? window->DockNode->HostWindow->DrawList : window->DrawList; + if (window->DockIsActive || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost)) + bg_draw_list->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG); + bg_draw_list->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom); + if (window->DockIsActive || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost)) + bg_draw_list->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_FG); } + if (window->DockIsActive) + window->DockNode->IsBgDrawnThisFrame = true; // Title bar // (when docked, DockNode are drawing their own title bar. Individual windows however do NOT set the _NoTitleBar flag, @@ -5647,7 +6152,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !window->DockIsActive) { ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(title_bar_is_highlight ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, window_rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_Top); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, window_rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop); } // Menu bar @@ -5655,7 +6160,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar { ImRect menu_bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect(); menu_bar_rect.ClipWith(window->Rect()); // Soft clipping, in particular child window don't have minimum size covering the menu bar so this is useful for them. - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(menu_bar_rect.Min + ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), menu_bar_rect.Max - ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_Top); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(menu_bar_rect.Min + ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), menu_bar_rect.Max - ImVec2(window_border_size, 0), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop); if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f && menu_bar_rect.Max.y < window->Pos.y + window->Size.y) window->DrawList->AddLine(menu_bar_rect.GetBL(), menu_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize); } @@ -5668,8 +6173,10 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar float unhide_sz_hit = ImFloor(g.FontSize * 0.55f); ImVec2 p = node->Pos; ImRect r(p, p + ImVec2(unhide_sz_hit, unhide_sz_hit)); + ImGuiID unhide_id = window->GetID("#UNHIDE"); + KeepAliveID(unhide_id); bool hovered, held; - if (ButtonBehavior(r, window->GetID("#UNHIDE"), &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren)) + if (ButtonBehavior(r, unhide_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren)) node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = true; else if (held && IsMouseDragging(0)) StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(window, node, true); @@ -5705,8 +6212,8 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar } } +// When inside a dock node, this is handled in DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout() instead. // Render title text, collapse button, close button -// When inside a dock node, this is handled in DockNodeUpdateTabBar() instead. void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -5717,10 +6224,10 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& titl const bool has_collapse_button = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) && (style.WindowMenuButtonPosition != ImGuiDir_None); // Close & Collapse button are on the Menu NavLayer and don't default focus (unless there's nothing else on that layer) - const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = window->DC.ItemFlags; - window->DC.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; + // FIXME-NAV: Might want (or not?) to set the equivalent of ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus so that mouse clicks on standard title bar items don't necessarily set nav/keyboard ref? + const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = g.CurrentItemFlags; + g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu); // Layout buttons // FIXME: Would be nice to generalize the subtleties expressed here into reusable code. @@ -5756,17 +6263,15 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& titl *p_open = false; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main); - window->DC.ItemFlags = item_flags_backup; + g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags_backup; // Title bar text (with: horizontal alignment, avoiding collapse/close button, optional "unsaved document" marker) // FIXME: Refactor text alignment facilities along with RenderText helpers, this is WAY too much messy code.. - const char* UNSAVED_DOCUMENT_MARKER = "*"; - const float marker_size_x = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? CalcTextSize(UNSAVED_DOCUMENT_MARKER, NULL, false).x : 0.0f; + const float marker_size_x = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? button_sz * 0.80f : 0.0f; const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(name, NULL, true) + ImVec2(marker_size_x, 0.0f); // As a nice touch we try to ensure that centered title text doesn't get affected by visibility of Close/Collapse button, - // while uncentered title text will still reach edges correct. + // while uncentered title text will still reach edges correctly. if (pad_l > style.FramePadding.x) pad_l += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; if (pad_r > style.FramePadding.x) @@ -5780,28 +6285,36 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& titl } ImRect layout_r(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r, title_bar_rect.Max.y); - ImRect clip_r(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.y, layout_r.Max.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, layout_r.Max.y); - //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) window->DrawList->AddRect(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] - RenderTextClipped(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, &clip_r); + ImRect clip_r(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.y, ImMin(layout_r.Max.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, title_bar_rect.Max.x), layout_r.Max.y); if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) { - ImVec2 marker_pos = ImVec2(ImMax(layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Min.x + (layout_r.GetWidth() - text_size.x) * style.WindowTitleAlign.x) + text_size.x, layout_r.Min.y) + ImVec2(2 - marker_size_x, 0.0f); - ImVec2 off = ImVec2(0.0f, IM_FLOOR(-g.FontSize * 0.25f)); - RenderTextClipped(marker_pos + off, layout_r.Max + off, UNSAVED_DOCUMENT_MARKER, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0, style.WindowTitleAlign.y), &clip_r); + ImVec2 marker_pos; + marker_pos.x = ImClamp(layout_r.Min.x + (layout_r.GetWidth() - text_size.x) * style.WindowTitleAlign.x + text_size.x, layout_r.Min.x, layout_r.Max.x); + marker_pos.y = (layout_r.Min.y + layout_r.Max.y) * 0.5f; + if (marker_pos.x > layout_r.Min.x) + { + RenderBullet(window->DrawList, marker_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); + clip_r.Max.x = ImMin(clip_r.Max.x, marker_pos.x - (int)(marker_size_x * 0.5f)); + } } + //if (g.IO.KeyShift) window->DrawList->AddRect(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] + //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) window->DrawList->AddRect(clip_r.Min, clip_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] + RenderTextClipped(layout_r.Min, layout_r.Max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, &clip_r); } void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window) { window->ParentWindow = parent_window; - window->RootWindow = window->RootWindowDockStop = window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = window->RootWindowForNav = window; + window->RootWindow = window->RootWindowPopupTree = window->RootWindowDockTree = window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = window->RootWindowForNav = window; if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) { - window->RootWindow = parent_window->RootWindow; + window->RootWindowDockTree = parent_window->RootWindowDockTree; if (!window->DockIsActive && !(parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost)) - window->RootWindowDockStop = parent_window->RootWindowDockStop; + window->RootWindow = parent_window->RootWindow; } - if (parent_window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))) + if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) + window->RootWindowPopupTree = parent_window->RootWindowPopupTree; + if (parent_window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))) // FIXME: simply use _NoTitleBar ? window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = parent_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight; while (window->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) { @@ -5810,6 +6323,38 @@ void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags } } +// When a modal popup is open, newly created windows that want focus (i.e. are not popups and do not specify ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing) +// should be positioned behind that modal window, unless the window was created inside the modal begin-stack. +// In case of multiple stacked modals newly created window honors begin stack order and does not go below its own modal parent. +// - Window // FindBlockingModal() returns Modal1 +// - Window // .. returns Modal1 +// - Modal1 // .. returns Modal2 +// - Window // .. returns Modal2 +// - Window // .. returns Modal2 +// - Modal2 // .. returns Modal2 +static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= 0) + return NULL; + + // Find a modal that has common parent with specified window. Specified window should be positioned behind that modal. + for (int i = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) + { + ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[i].Window; + if (popup_window == NULL || !(popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) + continue; + if (!popup_window->Active && !popup_window->WasActive) // Check WasActive, because this code may run before popup renders on current frame, also check Active to handle newly created windows. + continue; + if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, popup_window)) // Window is rendered over last modal, no render order change needed. + break; + for (ImGuiWindow* parent = popup_window->ParentWindowInBeginStack->RootWindow; parent != NULL; parent = parent->ParentWindowInBeginStack->RootWindow) + if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, parent)) + return popup_window; // Place window above its begin stack parent. + } + return NULL; +} + // Push a new Dear ImGui window to add widgets to. // - A default window called "Debug" is automatically stacked at the beginning of every frame so you can use widgets without explicitly calling a Begin/End pair. // - Begin/End can be called multiple times during the frame with the same window name to append content. @@ -5829,10 +6374,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name); const bool window_just_created = (window == NULL); if (window_just_created) - { - ImVec2 size_on_first_use = (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) ? g.NextWindowData.SizeVal : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // Any condition flag will do since we are creating a new window here. - window = CreateNewWindow(name, size_on_first_use, flags); - } + window = CreateNewWindow(name, flags); // Automatically disable manual moving/resizing when NoInputs is set if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) == ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) @@ -5845,22 +6387,23 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) const bool first_begin_of_the_frame = (window->LastFrameActive != current_frame); window->IsFallbackWindow = (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 && g.WithinFrameScopeWithImplicitWindow); - // Update the Appearing flag - bool window_just_activated_by_user = (window->LastFrameActive < current_frame - 1); // Not using !WasActive because the implicit "Debug" window would always toggle off->on - const bool window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize = (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0); + // Update the Appearing flag (note: the BeginDocked() path may also set this to true later) + bool window_just_activated_by_user = (window->LastFrameActive < current_frame - 1); // Not using !WasActive because the implicit "Debug" window would always toggle off->on if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) { ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; window_just_activated_by_user |= (window->PopupId != popup_ref.PopupId); // We recycle popups so treat window as activated if popup id changed window_just_activated_by_user |= (window != popup_ref.Window); } - window->Appearing = (window_just_activated_by_user || window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize); - if (window->Appearing) - SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true); // Update Flags, LastFrameActive, BeginOrderXXX fields + const bool window_was_appearing = window->Appearing; if (first_begin_of_the_frame) { + UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(window, window_just_created, flags); + window->Appearing = window_just_activated_by_user; + if (window->Appearing) + SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true); window->FlagsPreviousFrame = window->Flags; window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags; window->LastFrameActive = current_frame; @@ -5882,20 +6425,33 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) { bool has_dock_node = (window->DockId != 0 || window->DockNode != NULL); bool new_auto_dock_node = !has_dock_node && GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnTabBar(window); + bool dock_node_was_visible = window->DockNodeIsVisible; + bool dock_tab_was_visible = window->DockTabIsVisible; if (has_dock_node || new_auto_dock_node) { BeginDocked(window, p_open); flags = window->Flags; if (window->DockIsActive) + { IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode != NULL); + g.NextWindowData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint; // Docking currently override constraints + } - // Docking currently override constraints - g.NextWindowData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint; + // Amend the Appearing flag + if (window->DockTabIsVisible && !dock_tab_was_visible && dock_node_was_visible && !window->Appearing && !window_was_appearing) + { + window->Appearing = true; + SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true); + } + } + else + { + window->DockIsActive = window->DockNodeIsVisible = window->DockTabIsVisible = false; } } // Parent window is latched only on the first call to Begin() of the frame, so further append-calls can be done from a different window stack - ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = window->DockIsActive ? window->DockNode->HostWindow : g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back(); + ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = (window->DockIsActive && window->DockNode->HostWindow) ? window->DockNode->HostWindow : g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window; ImGuiWindow* parent_window = first_begin_of_the_frame ? ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL) : window->ParentWindow; IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)); @@ -5905,25 +6461,39 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Add to stack // We intentionally set g.CurrentWindow to NULL to prevent usage until when the viewport is set, then will call SetCurrentWindow() - g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window); + g.CurrentWindow = window; + ImGuiWindowStackData window_stack_data; + window_stack_data.Window = window; + window_stack_data.ParentLastItemDataBackup = g.LastItemData; + window_stack_data.StackSizesOnBegin.SetToCurrentState(); + g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window_stack_data); + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) + g.BeginMenuCount++; + + // Update ->RootWindow and others pointers (before any possible call to FocusWindow) + if (first_begin_of_the_frame) + { + UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window); + window->ParentWindowInBeginStack = parent_window_in_stack; + } + + // Add to focus scope stack + PushFocusScope(window->ID); + window->NavRootFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; g.CurrentWindow = NULL; - ErrorCheckBeginEndCompareStacksSize(window, true); + + // Add to popup stack if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) { ImGuiPopupData& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; popup_ref.Window = window; + popup_ref.ParentNavLayer = parent_window_in_stack->DC.NavLayerCurrent; g.BeginPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); window->PopupId = popup_ref.PopupId; } - if (window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) - window->NavLastIds[0] = 0; - - // Update ->RootWindow and others pointers (before any possible call to FocusWindow) - if (first_begin_of_the_frame) - UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window); - // Process SetNextWindow***() calls + // (FIXME: Consider splitting the HasXXX flags into X/Y components bool window_pos_set_by_api = false; bool window_size_x_set_by_api = false, window_size_y_set_by_api = false; if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) @@ -5948,6 +6518,19 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window_size_y_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y > 0.0f); SetWindowSize(window, g.NextWindowData.SizeVal, g.NextWindowData.SizeCond); } + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll) + { + if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x >= 0.0f) + { + window->ScrollTarget.x = g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x; + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f; + } + if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.y >= 0.0f) + { + window->ScrollTarget.y = g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.y; + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f; + } + } if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize) window->ContentSizeExplicit = g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal; else if (first_begin_of_the_frame) @@ -5966,10 +6549,18 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) { // Initialize const bool window_is_child_tooltip = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // FIXME-WIP: Undocumented behavior of Child+Tooltip for pinned tooltip (#1345) + const bool window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize = (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0); window->Active = true; window->HasCloseButton = (p_open != NULL); - window->ClipRect = ImVec4(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX,+FLT_MAX,+FLT_MAX); + window->ClipRect = ImVec4(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX); window->IDStack.resize(1); + window->DrawList->_ResetForNewFrame(); + window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = -1; + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost) + { + window->DrawList->ChannelsSplit(2); + window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_FG); // Render decorations on channel 1 as we will render the backgrounds manually later + } // Restore buffer capacity when woken from a compacted state, to avoid if (window->MemoryCompacted) @@ -5980,7 +6571,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) bool window_title_visible_elsewhere = false; if ((window->Viewport && window->Viewport->Window == window) || (window->DockIsActive)) window_title_visible_elsewhere = true; - else if (g.NavWindowingList != NULL && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus) == 0) // Window titles visible when using CTRL+TAB + else if (g.NavWindowingListWindow != NULL && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus) == 0) // Window titles visible when using CTRL+TAB window_title_visible_elsewhere = true; if (window_title_visible_elsewhere && !window_just_created && strcmp(name, window->Name) != 0) { @@ -5992,11 +6583,17 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // UPDATE CONTENTS SIZE, UPDATE HIDDEN STATUS // Update contents size from last frame for auto-fitting (or use explicit size) - window->ContentSize = CalcWindowContentSize(window); + CalcWindowContentSizes(window, &window->ContentSize, &window->ContentSizeIdeal); + + // FIXME: These flags are decremented before they are used. This means that in order to have these fields produce their intended behaviors + // for one frame we must set them to at least 2, which is counter-intuitive. HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems is a more complicated case because + // it has a single usage before this code block and may be set below before it is finally checked. if (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems--; if (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0) window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems--; + if (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0) + window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly--; // Hide new windows for one frame until they calculate their size if (window_just_created && (!window_size_x_set_by_api || !window_size_y_set_by_api)) @@ -6013,14 +6610,14 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->Size.x = window->SizeFull.x = 0.f; if (!window_size_y_set_by_api) window->Size.y = window->SizeFull.y = 0.f; - window->ContentSize = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f); + window->ContentSize = window->ContentSizeIdeal = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f); } } // SELECT VIEWPORT // We need to do this before using any style/font sizes, as viewport with a different DPI may affect font sizes. - UpdateSelectWindowViewport(window); + WindowSelectViewport(window); SetCurrentViewport(window, window->Viewport); window->FontDpiScale = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DpiEnableScaleFonts) ? window->Viewport->DpiScale : 1.0f; SetCurrentWindow(window); @@ -6042,19 +6639,23 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = ImMax(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, style.ItemSpacing.x), g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.x); window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y = g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y; + bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = window_just_created; + bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = window_just_created; + // Collapse window by double-clicking on title bar // At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) && !window->DockIsActive) { // We don't use a regular button+id to test for double-click on title bar (mostly due to legacy reason, could be fixed), so verify that we don't have items over the title bar. ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect(); - if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == 0 && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) + if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == 0 && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2) window->WantCollapseToggle = true; if (window->WantCollapseToggle) { window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed; + if (!window->Collapsed) + use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); - FocusWindow(window); } } else @@ -6065,10 +6666,17 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // SIZE + // Outer Decoration Sizes + // (we need to clear ScrollbarSize immediatly as CalcWindowAutoFitSize() needs it and can be called from other locations). + const ImVec2 scrollbar_sizes_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarSizes; + window->DecoOuterSizeX1 = 0.0f; + window->DecoOuterSizeX2 = 0.0f; + window->DecoOuterSizeY1 = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); + window->DecoOuterSizeY2 = 0.0f; + window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + // Calculate auto-fit size, handle automatic resize - const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, window->ContentSize); - bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = window_just_created; - bool use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = window_just_created; + const ImVec2 size_auto_fit = CalcWindowAutoFitSize(window, window->ContentSizeIdeal); if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && !window->Collapsed) { // Using SetNextWindowSize() overrides ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize, so it can be used on tooltips/popups, etc. @@ -6105,16 +6713,13 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->SizeFull = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, window->SizeFull); window->Size = window->Collapsed && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? window->TitleBarRect().GetSize() : window->SizeFull; - // Decoration size - const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); - // POSITION // Popup latch its initial position, will position itself when it appears next frame if (window_just_activated_by_user) { window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None; - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api) + if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && !window_pos_set_by_api) // FIXME: BeginPopup() could use SetNextWindowPos() window->Pos = g.BeginPopupStack.back().OpenPopupPos; } @@ -6130,7 +6735,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) const bool window_pos_with_pivot = (window->SetWindowPosVal.x != FLT_MAX && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems == 0); if (window_pos_with_pivot) - SetWindowPos(window, window->SetWindowPosVal - window->SizeFull * window->SetWindowPosPivot, 0); // Position given a pivot (e.g. for centering) + SetWindowPos(window, window->SetWindowPosVal - window->Size * window->SetWindowPosPivot, 0); // Position given a pivot (e.g. for centering) else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0) window->Pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopup(window); else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize) @@ -6153,106 +6758,47 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) SetCurrentWindow(window); } - bool viewport_rect_changed = false; if (window->ViewportOwned) - { - // Synchronize window --> viewport in most situations - // Synchronize viewport -> window in case the platform window has been moved or resized from the OS/WM - if (window->Viewport->PlatformRequestMove) - { - window->Pos = window->Viewport->Pos; - MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); - } - else if (memcmp(&window->Viewport->Pos, &window->Pos, sizeof(window->Pos)) != 0) - { - viewport_rect_changed = true; - window->Viewport->Pos = window->Pos; - } + WindowSyncOwnedViewport(window, parent_window_in_stack); - if (window->Viewport->PlatformRequestResize) - { - window->Size = window->SizeFull = window->Viewport->Size; - MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); - } - else if (memcmp(&window->Viewport->Size, &window->Size, sizeof(window->Size)) != 0) - { - viewport_rect_changed = true; - window->Viewport->Size = window->Size; - } - - // The viewport may have changed monitor since the global update in UpdateViewportsNewFrame() - // Either a SetNextWindowPos() call in the current frame or a SetWindowPos() call in the previous frame may have this effect. - if (viewport_rect_changed) - UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor(window->Viewport); - - // Update common viewport flags - ImGuiViewportFlags viewport_flags = (window->Viewport->Flags) & ~(ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration); - const bool is_short_lived_floating_window = (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) != 0; - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost; - if (g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoTaskBarIcon || is_short_lived_floating_window) - viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon; - if (g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoDecoration || is_short_lived_floating_window) - viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration; - - // For popups and menus that may be protruding out of their parent viewport, we enable _NoFocusOnClick so that clicking on them - // won't steal the OS focus away from their parent window (which may be reflected in OS the title bar decoration). - // Setting _NoFocusOnClick would technically prevent us from bringing back to front in case they are being covered by an OS window from a different app, - // but it shouldn't be much of a problem considering those are already popups that are closed when clicking elsewhere. - if (is_short_lived_floating_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) == 0) - viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnClick; - - // We can overwrite viewport flags using ImGuiWindowClass (advanced users) - // We don't default to the main viewport because. - if (window->WindowClass.ParentViewportId) - window->Viewport->ParentViewportId = window->WindowClass.ParentViewportId; - else if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && parent_window_in_stack) - window->Viewport->ParentViewportId = parent_window_in_stack->Viewport->ID; - else - window->Viewport->ParentViewportId = g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent ? 0 : IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID; - if (window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideSet) - viewport_flags |= window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideSet; - if (window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideClear) - viewport_flags &= ~window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideClear; - - // We also tell the back-end that clearing the platform window won't be necessary, as our window is filling the viewport and we have disabled BgAlpha - viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear; - window->Viewport->Flags = viewport_flags; - } + // Calculate the range of allowed position for that window (to be movable and visible past safe area padding) + // When clamping to stay visible, we will enforce that window->Pos stays inside of visibility_rect. + ImRect viewport_rect(window->Viewport->GetMainRect()); + ImRect viewport_work_rect(window->Viewport->GetWorkRect()); + ImVec2 visibility_padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding); + ImRect visibility_rect(viewport_work_rect.Min + visibility_padding, viewport_work_rect.Max - visibility_padding); // Clamp position/size so window stays visible within its viewport or monitor // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing. // FIXME: Similar to code in GetWindowAllowedExtentRect() - ImRect viewport_rect = window->Viewport->GetMainRect(); - if (!window_pos_set_by_api && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) + if (!window_pos_set_by_api && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) { - ImVec2 clamp_padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding); if (!window->ViewportOwned && viewport_rect.GetWidth() > 0 && viewport_rect.GetHeight() > 0.0f) { - ClampWindowRect(window, window->Viewport->GetWorkRect(), clamp_padding); + ClampWindowPos(window, visibility_rect); } else if (window->ViewportOwned && g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size > 0) { - if (window->Viewport->PlatformMonitor == -1) - { - // Fallback for "lost" window (e.g. a monitor disconnected): we move the window back over the main viewport - SetWindowPos(window, g.Viewports[0]->Pos + style.DisplayWindowPadding, ImGuiCond_Always); - } - else - { - ImGuiPlatformMonitor& monitor = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[window->Viewport->PlatformMonitor]; - ClampWindowRect(window, ImRect(monitor.WorkPos, monitor.WorkPos + monitor.WorkSize), clamp_padding); - } + // Lost windows (e.g. a monitor disconnected) will naturally moved to the fallback/dummy monitor aka the main viewport. + const ImGuiPlatformMonitor* monitor = GetViewportPlatformMonitor(window->Viewport); + visibility_rect.Min = monitor->WorkPos + visibility_padding; + visibility_rect.Max = monitor->WorkPos + monitor->WorkSize - visibility_padding; + ClampWindowPos(window, visibility_rect); } } window->Pos = ImFloor(window->Pos); // Lock window rounding for the frame (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies) + // Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. if (window->ViewportOwned || window->DockIsActive) window->WindowRounding = 0.0f; else window->WindowRounding = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildRounding : ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupRounding : style.WindowRounding; + // For windows with title bar or menu bar, we clamp to FrameHeight(FontSize + FramePadding.y * 2.0f) to completely hide artifacts. + //if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) || !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) + // window->WindowRounding = ImMin(window->WindowRounding, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); + // Apply window focus (new and reactivated windows are moved to front) bool want_focus = false; if (window_just_activated_by_user && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing)) @@ -6261,8 +6807,36 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) want_focus = true; else if ((window->DockIsActive || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) want_focus = true; + + ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal(); + if (modal != NULL && !IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, modal)) + { + // Avoid focusing a window that is created outside of active modal. This will prevent active modal from being closed. + // Since window is not focused it would reappear at the same display position like the last time it was visible. + // In case of completely new windows it would go to the top (over current modal), but input to such window would still be blocked by modal. + // Position window behind a modal that is not a begin-parent of this window. + want_focus = false; + if (window == window->RootWindow) + { + ImGuiWindow* blocking_modal = FindBlockingModal(window); + IM_ASSERT(blocking_modal != NULL); + BringWindowToDisplayBehind(window, blocking_modal); + } + } } + // [Test Engine] Register whole window in the item system +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + if (g.TestEngineHookItems) + { + IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size == 1); + window->IDStack.Size = 0; // As window->IDStack[0] == window->ID here, make sure TestEngine doesn't erroneously see window as parent of itself. + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->Rect(), window->ID); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->ID, window->Name, (g.HoveredWindow == window) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0); + window->IDStack.Size = 1; + } +#endif + // Decide if we are going to handle borders and resize grips const bool handle_borders_and_resize_grips = (window->DockNodeAsHost || !window->DockIsActive); @@ -6270,9 +6844,9 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) int border_held = -1; ImU32 resize_grip_col[4] = {}; const int resize_grip_count = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // Allow resize from lower-left if we have the mouse cursor feedback for it. - const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); + const float resize_grip_draw_size = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.10f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); if (handle_borders_and_resize_grips && !window->Collapsed) - if (UpdateWindowManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0])) + if (UpdateWindowManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0], visibility_rect)) use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y = true; window->ResizeBorderHeld = (signed char)border_held; @@ -6283,6 +6857,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->Viewport->Pos = window->Pos; if (!window->Viewport->PlatformRequestResize) window->Viewport->Size = window->Size; + window->Viewport->UpdateWorkRect(); viewport_rect = window->Viewport->GetMainRect(); } @@ -6295,9 +6870,10 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) if (!window->Collapsed) { // When reading the current size we need to read it after size constraints have been applied. - // When we use InnerRect here we are intentionally reading last frame size, same for ScrollbarSizes values before we set them again. - ImVec2 avail_size_from_current_frame = ImVec2(window->SizeFull.x, window->SizeFull.y - decoration_up_height); - ImVec2 avail_size_from_last_frame = window->InnerRect.GetSize() + window->ScrollbarSizes; + // Intentionally use previous frame values for InnerRect and ScrollbarSizes. + // And when we use window->DecorationUp here it doesn't have ScrollbarSizes.y applied yet. + ImVec2 avail_size_from_current_frame = ImVec2(window->SizeFull.x, window->SizeFull.y - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2)); + ImVec2 avail_size_from_last_frame = window->InnerRect.GetSize() + scrollbar_sizes_from_last_frame; ImVec2 needed_size_from_last_frame = window_just_created ? ImVec2(0, 0) : window->ContentSize + window->WindowPadding * 2.0f; float size_x_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x ? avail_size_from_current_frame.x : avail_size_from_last_frame.x; float size_y_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y ? avail_size_from_current_frame.y : avail_size_from_last_frame.y; @@ -6307,10 +6883,14 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) if (window->ScrollbarX && !window->ScrollbarY) window->ScrollbarY = (needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f); + + // Amend the partially filled window->DecorationXXX values. + window->DecoOuterSizeX2 += window->ScrollbarSizes.x; + window->DecoOuterSizeY2 += window->ScrollbarSizes.y; } // UPDATE RECTANGLES (1- THOSE NOT AFFECTED BY SCROLLING) - // Update various regions. Variables they depends on should be set above in this function. + // Update various regions. Variables they depend on should be set above in this function. // We set this up after processing the resize grip so that our rectangles doesn't lag by a frame. // Outer rectangle @@ -6329,13 +6909,13 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Inner rectangle // Not affected by window border size. Used by: // - InnerClipRect - // - ScrollToBringRectIntoView() + // - ScrollToRectEx() // - NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() // - Scrollbar() - window->InnerRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x; - window->InnerRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y + decoration_up_height; - window->InnerRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x; - window->InnerRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y; + window->InnerRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1; + window->InnerRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y + window->DecoOuterSizeY1; + window->InnerRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - window->DecoOuterSizeX2; + window->InnerRect.Max.y = window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - window->DecoOuterSizeY2; // Inner clipping rectangle. // Will extend a little bit outside the normal work region. @@ -6366,46 +6946,34 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->ScrollMax.y = ImMax(0.0f, window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); // Apply scrolling - window->Scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window, true); + window->Scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window); window->ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + window->DecoInnerSizeX1 = window->DecoInnerSizeY1 = 0.0f; // DRAWING // Setup draw list and outer clipping rectangle - window->DrawList->Clear(); + IM_ASSERT(window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && window->DrawList->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0); window->DrawList->PushTextureID(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->TexID); PushClipRect(host_rect.Min, host_rect.Max, false); - // Draw modal or window list full viewport dimming background (for other viewports we'll render them in EndFrame) - const bool dim_bg_for_modal = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && window == GetTopMostPopupModal() && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0; - const bool dim_bg_for_window_list = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && ((window == g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->RootWindow) || (g.NavWindowingList && (window == g.NavWindowingList) && g.NavWindowingList->Viewport != g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->Viewport)); - if (dim_bg_for_modal || dim_bg_for_window_list) - { - const ImU32 dim_bg_col = GetColorU32(dim_bg_for_modal ? ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg : ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, dim_bg_col); - } - - // Draw navigation selection/windowing rectangle background - if (dim_bg_for_window_list && window == g.NavWindowingTargetAnim) - { - ImRect bb = window->Rect(); - bb.Expand(g.FontSize); - if (!bb.Contains(viewport_rect)) // Avoid drawing if the window covers all the viewport anyway - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha * 0.25f), g.Style.WindowRounding); - } - - // Since 1.71, child window can render their decoration (bg color, border, scrollbars, etc.) within their parent to save a draw call. + // Child windows can render their decoration (bg color, border, scrollbars, etc.) within their parent to save a draw call (since 1.71) // When using overlapping child windows, this will break the assumption that child z-order is mapped to submission order. - // We disable this when the parent window has zero vertices, which is a common pattern leading to laying out multiple overlapping child. - // We also disabled this when we have dimming overlay behind this specific one child. - // FIXME: More code may rely on explicit sorting of overlapping child window and would need to disable this somehow. Please get in contact if you are affected. + // FIXME: User code may rely on explicit sorting of overlapping child window and would need to disable this somehow. Please get in contact if you are affected (github #4493) const bool is_undocked_or_docked_visible = !window->DockIsActive || window->DockTabIsVisible; if (is_undocked_or_docked_visible) { bool render_decorations_in_parent = false; if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !window_is_child_tooltip) - if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && parent_window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Size > 0) + { + // - We test overlap with the previous child window only (testing all would end up being O(log N) not a good investment here) + // - We disable this when the parent window has zero vertices, which is a common pattern leading to laying out multiple overlapping childs + ImGuiWindow* previous_child = parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size >= 2 ? parent_window->DC.ChildWindows[parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size - 2] : NULL; + bool previous_child_overlapping = previous_child ? previous_child->Rect().Overlaps(window->Rect()) : false; + bool parent_is_empty = parent_window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Size > 0; + if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && parent_is_empty && !previous_child_overlapping) render_decorations_in_parent = true; + } if (render_decorations_in_parent) window->DrawList = parent_window->DrawList; @@ -6418,20 +6986,6 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->DrawList = &window->DrawListInst; } - // Draw navigation selection/windowing rectangle border - if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim == window) - { - float rounding = ImMax(window->WindowRounding, g.Style.WindowRounding); - ImRect bb = window->Rect(); - bb.Expand(g.FontSize); - if (bb.Contains(viewport_rect)) // If a window fits the entire viewport, adjust its highlight inward - { - bb.Expand(-g.FontSize - 1.0f); - rounding = window->WindowRounding; - } - window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha), rounding, ~0, 3.0f); - } - // UPDATE RECTANGLES (2- THOSE AFFECTED BY SCROLLING) // Work rectangle. @@ -6441,44 +6995,51 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // - BeginTabBar() for right-most edge const bool allow_scrollbar_x = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); const bool allow_scrollbar_y = !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); - const float work_rect_size_x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_x ? window->ContentSize.x : 0.0f, window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->ScrollbarSizes.x)); - const float work_rect_size_y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_y ? window->ContentSize.y : 0.0f, window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - decoration_up_height - window->ScrollbarSizes.y)); + const float work_rect_size_x = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_x ? window->ContentSize.x : 0.0f, window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2))); + const float work_rect_size_y = (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : ImMax(allow_scrollbar_y ? window->ContentSize.y : 0.0f, window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2))); window->WorkRect.Min.x = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.x - window->Scroll.x + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, window->WindowBorderSize)); window->WorkRect.Min.y = ImFloor(window->InnerRect.Min.y - window->Scroll.y + ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, window->WindowBorderSize)); window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->WorkRect.Min.x + work_rect_size_x; window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->WorkRect.Min.y + work_rect_size_y; + window->ParentWorkRect = window->WorkRect; // [LEGACY] Content Region // FIXME-OBSOLETE: window->ContentRegionRect.Max is currently very misleading / partly faulty, but some BeginChild() patterns relies on it. // Used by: // - Mouse wheel scrolling + many other things - window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x; - window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + window->WindowPadding.y + decoration_up_height; - window->ContentRegionRect.Max.x = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : (window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - window->ScrollbarSizes.x)); - window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : (window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - decoration_up_height - window->ScrollbarSizes.y)); + window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1; + window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + window->WindowPadding.y + window->DecoOuterSizeY1; + window->ContentRegionRect.Max.x = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.x != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.x : (window->Size.x - window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2))); + window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Min.y + (window->ContentSizeExplicit.y != 0.0f ? window->ContentSizeExplicit.y : (window->Size.y - window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f - (window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2))); // Setup drawing context // (NB: That term "drawing context / DC" lost its meaning a long time ago. Initially was meant to hold transient data only. Nowadays difference between window-> and window->DC-> is dubious.) - window->DC.Indent.x = 0.0f + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x; + window->DC.Indent.x = window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x; window->DC.GroupOffset.x = 0.0f; window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; - window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->Pos + ImVec2(window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x, decoration_up_height + window->WindowPadding.y - window->Scroll.y); + + // Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos which can happen due to really large scrolling amount. + // This is used by clipper to compensate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. Easy and cheap, next best thing compared to switching everything to double or ImU64. + double start_pos_highp_x = (double)window->Pos.x + window->WindowPadding.x - (double)window->Scroll.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; + double start_pos_highp_y = (double)window->Pos.y + window->WindowPadding.y - (double)window->Scroll.y + window->DecoOuterSizeY1; + window->DC.CursorStartPos = ImVec2((float)start_pos_highp_x, (float)start_pos_highp_y); + window->DC.CursorStartPosLossyness = ImVec2((float)(start_pos_highp_x - window->DC.CursorStartPos.x), (float)(start_pos_highp_y - window->DC.CursorStartPos.y)); window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPos; window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; + window->DC.IdealMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main); - window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask = window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext; - window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext = 0x00; - window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? parent_window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent : 0; // -V595 + window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext; + window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext = 0x00; window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false; window->DC.NavHasScroll = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f); window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; - window->DC.MenuColumns.Update(3, style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user); + window->DC.MenuColumns.Update(style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user); window->DC.TreeDepth = 0; window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask = 0x00; window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(0); @@ -6486,17 +7047,11 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; window->DC.ParentLayoutType = parent_window ? parent_window->DC.LayoutType : ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; - window->DC.FocusCounterRegular = window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop = -1; window->DC.ItemWidth = window->ItemWidthDefault; window->DC.TextWrapPos = -1.0f; // disabled - window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.resize(0); window->DC.ItemWidthStack.resize(0); window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.resize(0); - window->DC.GroupStack.resize(0); - window->DC.ItemFlags = parent_window ? parent_window->DC.ItemFlags : ImGuiItemFlags_Default_; - if (parent_window) - window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemFlags); if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) window->AutoFitFramesX--; @@ -6507,7 +7062,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) if (want_focus) { FocusWindow(window); - NavInitWindow(window, false); + NavInitWindow(window, false); // <-- this is in the way for us to be able to defer and sort reappearing FocusWindow() calls } // Close requested by platform window @@ -6517,14 +7072,14 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) { window->Viewport->PlatformRequestClose = false; g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; // Assume user mapped PlatformRequestClose on ALT-F4 so we disable ALT for menu toggle. False positive not an issue. - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("Window '%s' PlatformRequestClose\n", window->Name); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Window '%s' PlatformRequestClose\n", window->Name); *p_open = false; } } // Title bar if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !window->DockIsActive) - RenderWindowTitleBarContents(window, title_bar_rect, name, p_open); + RenderWindowTitleBarContents(window, ImRect(title_bar_rect.Min.x + window->WindowBorderSize, title_bar_rect.Min.y, title_bar_rect.Max.x - window->WindowBorderSize, title_bar_rect.Max.y), name, p_open); // Clear hit test shape every frame window->HitTestHoleSize.x = window->HitTestHoleSize.y = 0; @@ -6533,8 +7088,9 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // This works but 1. doesn't handle multiple Begin/End pairs, 2. recursing into another Begin/End pair - so we need to work that out and add better logging scope. // Maybe we can support CTRL+C on every element? /* - if (g.ActiveId == move_id) - if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) + //if (g.NavWindow == window && g.ActiveId == 0) + if (g.ActiveId == window->MoveId) + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) LogToClipboard(); */ @@ -6543,34 +7099,33 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Docking: Dragging a dockable window (or any of its child) turns it into a drag and drop source. // We need to do this _before_ we overwrite window->DC.LastItemId below because BeginDockableDragDropSource() also overwrites it. if ((g.MovingWindow == window) && (g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift == g.IO.KeyShift)) - if ((window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking) == 0) + if ((window->RootWindowDockTree->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking) == 0) BeginDockableDragDropSource(window); // Docking: Any dockable window can act as a target. For dock node hosts we call BeginDockableDragDropTarget() in DockNodeUpdate() instead. if (g.DragDropActive && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking)) - if (g.MovingWindow == NULL || g.MovingWindow->RootWindow != window) - if ((window == window->RootWindow) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost)) + if (g.MovingWindow == NULL || g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree != window) + if ((window == window->RootWindowDockTree) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost)) BeginDockableDragDropTarget(window); } // We fill last item data based on Title Bar/Tab, in order for IsItemHovered() and IsItemActive() to be usable after Begin(). // This is useful to allow creating context menus on title bar only, etc. if (window->DockIsActive) - { - window->DC.LastItemId = window->ID; - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = window->DockTabItemStatusFlags; - window->DC.LastItemRect = window->DockTabItemRect; - } + SetLastItemData(window->MoveId, g.CurrentItemFlags, window->DockTabItemStatusFlags, window->DockTabItemRect); else - { - window->DC.LastItemId = window->MoveId; - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0; - window->DC.LastItemRect = title_bar_rect; - } + SetLastItemData(window->MoveId, g.CurrentItemFlags, IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, false) ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect : 0, title_bar_rect); + // [DEBUG] +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (g.DebugLocateId != 0 && (window->ID == g.DebugLocateId || window->MoveId == g.DebugLocateId)) + DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); +#endif + + // [Test Engine] Register title bar / tab #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(window->DC.LastItemRect, window->DC.LastItemId); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(g.LastItemData.Rect, g.LastItemData.ID); #endif } else @@ -6584,55 +7139,79 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) PushClipRect(window->InnerClipRect.Min, window->InnerClipRect.Max, true); // Clear 'accessed' flag last thing (After PushClipRect which will set the flag. We want the flag to stay false when the default "Debug" window is unused) - if (first_begin_of_the_frame) - window->WriteAccessed = false; - + window->WriteAccessed = false; window->BeginCount++; g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); - // When we are about to select this tab (which will only be visible on the _next frame_), flag it with a non-zero HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems. - // This will have the important effect of actually returning true in Begin() and not setting SkipItems, allowing an earlier submission of the window contents. - // This is analogous to regular windows being hidden from one frame. - // It is especially important as e.g. nested TabBars would otherwise generate flicker in the form of one empty frame, or focus requests won't be processed. - if (window->DockIsActive && !window->DockTabIsVisible) + // Update visibility + if (first_begin_of_the_frame) { - if (window->LastFrameJustFocused == g.FrameCount) - window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1; - else - window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; - } - - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) - { - // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows. - // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar). - IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0 || (window->DockIsActive)); - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) - if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y) + // When we are about to select this tab (which will only be visible on the _next frame_), flag it with a non-zero HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems. + // This will have the important effect of actually returning true in Begin() and not setting SkipItems, allowing an earlier submission of the window contents. + // This is analogous to regular windows being hidden from one frame. + // It is especially important as e.g. nested TabBars would otherwise generate flicker in the form of one empty frame, or focus requests won't be processed. + if (window->DockIsActive && !window->DockTabIsVisible) + { + if (window->LastFrameJustFocused == g.FrameCount) + window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1; + else window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; + } - // Hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed - if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)) + if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + { + // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows. + // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar). + IM_ASSERT((flags& ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0 || (window->DockIsActive)); + if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) // FIXME: Doesn't make sense for ChildWindow?? + { + const bool nav_request = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (g.NavAnyRequest && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav); + if (!g.LogEnabled && !nav_request) + if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y) + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; + } + + // Hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed + if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)) + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; + if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0)) + window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1; + } + + // Don't render if style alpha is 0.0 at the time of Begin(). This is arbitrary and inconsistent but has been there for a long while (may remove at some point) + if (style.Alpha <= 0.0f) window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; - if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0)) - window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1; + + // Update the Hidden flag + bool hidden_regular = (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0); + window->Hidden = hidden_regular || (window->HiddenFramesForRenderOnly > 0); + + // Disable inputs for requested number of frames + if (window->DisableInputsFrames > 0) + { + window->DisableInputsFrames--; + window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs; + } + + // Update the SkipItems flag, used to early out of all items functions (no layout required) + bool skip_items = false; + if (window->Collapsed || !window->Active || hidden_regular) + if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0) + skip_items = true; + window->SkipItems = skip_items; + + // Restore NavLayersActiveMaskNext to previous value when not visible, so a CTRL+Tab back can use a safe value. + if (window->SkipItems) + window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext = window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask; + + // Sanity check: there are two spots which can set Appearing = true + // - when 'window_just_activated_by_user' is set -> HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems is set -> SkipItems always false + // - in BeginDocked() path when DockNodeIsVisible == DockTabIsVisible == true -> hidden _should_ be all zero // FIXME: Not formally proven, hence the assert. + if (window->SkipItems && !window->Appearing) + IM_ASSERT(window->Appearing == false); // Please report on GitHub if this triggers: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4177 } - // Don't render if style alpha is 0.0 at the time of Begin(). This is arbitrary and inconsistent but has been there for a long while (may remove at some point) - if (style.Alpha <= 0.0f) - window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; - - // Update the Hidden flag - window->Hidden = (window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0); - - // Update the SkipItems flag, used to early out of all items functions (no layout required) - bool skip_items = false; - if (window->Collapsed || !window->Active || window->Hidden) - if (window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems <= 0) - skip_items = true; - window->SkipItems = skip_items; - - return !skip_items; + return !window->SkipItems; } void ImGui::End() @@ -6649,7 +7228,7 @@ void ImGui::End() IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0); // Error checking: verify that user doesn't directly call End() on a child window. - if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !window->DockIsActive) + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost) && !window->DockIsActive) IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.WithinEndChild, "Must call EndChild() and not End()!"); // Close anything that is open @@ -6657,22 +7236,29 @@ void ImGui::End() EndColumns(); if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost)) // Pop inner window clip rectangle PopClipRect(); + PopFocusScope(); // Stop logging if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // FIXME: add more options for scope of logging LogFinish(); + if (window->DC.IsSetPos) + ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); + // Docking: report contents sizes to parent to allow for auto-resize if (window->DockNode && window->DockTabIsVisible) if (ImGuiWindow* host_window = window->DockNode->HostWindow) // FIXME-DOCK host_window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos + window->WindowPadding - host_window->WindowPadding; // Pop from window stack - g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back(); + g.LastItemData = g.CurrentWindowStack.back().ParentLastItemDataBackup; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) + g.BeginMenuCount--; if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) g.BeginPopupStack.pop_back(); - ErrorCheckBeginEndCompareStacksSize(window, false); - SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back()); + g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin.CompareWithCurrentState(); + g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back(); + SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 0 ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back().Window); if (g.CurrentWindow) SetCurrentViewport(g.CurrentWindow, g.CurrentWindow->Viewport); } @@ -6680,22 +7266,29 @@ void ImGui::End() void ImGui::BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(window == window->RootWindow); + + const int cur_order = window->FocusOrder; + IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[cur_order] == window); if (g.WindowsFocusOrder.back() == window) return; - for (int i = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 2; i >= 0; i--) // We can ignore the top-most window - if (g.WindowsFocusOrder[i] == window) - { - memmove(&g.WindowsFocusOrder[i], &g.WindowsFocusOrder[i + 1], (size_t)(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - i - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*)); - g.WindowsFocusOrder[g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1] = window; - break; - } + + const int new_order = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; + for (int n = cur_order; n < new_order; n++) + { + g.WindowsFocusOrder[n] = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n + 1]; + g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder--; + IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]->FocusOrder == n); + } + g.WindowsFocusOrder[new_order] = window; + window->FocusOrder = (short)new_order; } void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* current_front_window = g.Windows.back(); - if (current_front_window == window || current_front_window->RootWindow == window) + if (current_front_window == window || current_front_window->RootWindowDockTree == window) // Cheap early out (could be better) return; for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 2; i >= 0; i--) // We can ignore the top-most window if (g.Windows[i] == window) @@ -6720,6 +7313,34 @@ void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window) } } +void ImGui::BringWindowToDisplayBehind(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* behind_window) +{ + IM_ASSERT(window != NULL && behind_window != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + window = window->RootWindow; + behind_window = behind_window->RootWindow; + int pos_wnd = FindWindowDisplayIndex(window); + int pos_beh = FindWindowDisplayIndex(behind_window); + if (pos_wnd < pos_beh) + { + size_t copy_bytes = (pos_beh - pos_wnd - 1) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*); + memmove(&g.Windows.Data[pos_wnd], &g.Windows.Data[pos_wnd + 1], copy_bytes); + g.Windows[pos_beh - 1] = window; + } + else + { + size_t copy_bytes = (pos_wnd - pos_beh) * sizeof(ImGuiWindow*); + memmove(&g.Windows.Data[pos_beh + 1], &g.Windows.Data[pos_beh], copy_bytes); + g.Windows[pos_beh] = window; + } +} + +int ImGui::FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.Windows.index_from_ptr(g.Windows.find(window)); +} + // Moving window to front of display and set focus (which happens to be back of our sorted list) void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) { @@ -6727,19 +7348,32 @@ void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) if (g.NavWindow != window) { - g.NavWindow = window; + SetNavWindow(window); if (window && g.NavDisableMouseHover) g.NavMousePosDirty = true; - g.NavInitRequest = false; g.NavId = window ? window->NavLastIds[0] : 0; // Restore NavId - g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; - g.NavIdIsAlive = false; g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("FocusWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : NULL); + g.NavFocusScopeId = window ? window->NavRootFocusScopeId : 0; + g.NavIdIsAlive = false; + + // Close popups if any + ClosePopupsOverWindow(window, false); } - // Close popups if any - ClosePopupsOverWindow(window, false); + // Move the root window to the top of the pile + IM_ASSERT(window == NULL || window->RootWindowDockTree != NULL); + ImGuiWindow* focus_front_window = window ? window->RootWindow : NULL; + ImGuiWindow* display_front_window = window ? window->RootWindowDockTree : NULL; + ImGuiDockNode* dock_node = window ? window->DockNode : NULL; + bool active_id_window_is_dock_node_host = (g.ActiveIdWindow && dock_node && dock_node->HostWindow == g.ActiveIdWindow); + + // Steal active widgets. Some of the cases it triggers includes: + // - Focus a window while an InputText in another window is active, if focus happens before the old InputText can run. + // - When using Nav to activate menu items (due to timing of activating on press->new window appears->losing ActiveId) + // - Using dock host items (tab, collapse button) can trigger this before we redirect the ActiveIdWindow toward the child window. + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow != focus_front_window) + if (!g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss && !active_id_window_is_dock_node_host) + ClearActiveID(); // Passing NULL allow to disable keyboard focus if (!window) @@ -6747,18 +7381,8 @@ void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) window->LastFrameJustFocused = g.FrameCount; // Select in dock node - if (window->DockNode && window->DockNode->TabBar) - window->DockNode->TabBar->SelectedTabId = window->DockNode->TabBar->NextSelectedTabId = window->ID; - - // Move the root window to the top of the pile - IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindow != NULL); - ImGuiWindow* focus_front_window = window->RootWindowDockStop; - ImGuiWindow* display_front_window = window->RootWindow; - - // Steal focus on active widgets - if (focus_front_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) // FIXME: This statement may be unnecessary? Need further testing before removing it.. - if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow != focus_front_window) - ClearActiveID(); + if (dock_node && dock_node->TabBar) + dock_node->TabBar->SelectedTabId = dock_node->TabBar->NextSelectedTabId = window->TabId; // Bring to front BringWindowToFocusFront(focus_front_window); @@ -6769,19 +7393,24 @@ void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - int start_idx = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; if (under_this_window != NULL) { - int under_this_window_idx = FindWindowFocusIndex(under_this_window); - if (under_this_window_idx != -1) - start_idx = under_this_window_idx - 1; + // Aim at root window behind us, if we are in a child window that's our own root (see #4640) + int offset = -1; + while (under_this_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + { + under_this_window = under_this_window->ParentWindow; + offset = 0; + } + start_idx = FindWindowFocusIndex(under_this_window) + offset; } for (int i = start_idx; i >= 0; i--) { // We may later decide to test for different NoXXXInputs based on the active navigation input (mouse vs nav) but that may feel more confusing to the user. ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[i]; - if (window != ignore_window && window->WasActive && window->RootWindowDockStop == window) + IM_ASSERT(window == window->RootWindow); + if (window != ignore_window && window->WasActive) if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) != (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) { // FIXME-DOCK: This is failing (lagging by one frame) for docked windows. @@ -6796,6 +7425,7 @@ void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWind FocusWindow(NULL); } +// Important: this alone doesn't alter current ImDrawList state. This is called by PushFont/PopFont only. void ImGui::SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -6807,6 +7437,7 @@ void ImGui::SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font) ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas; g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvWhitePixel = atlas->TexUvWhitePixel; + g.DrawListSharedData.TexUvLines = atlas->TexUvLines; g.DrawListSharedData.Font = g.Font; g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = g.FontSize; } @@ -6831,19 +7462,57 @@ void ImGui::PopFont() void ImGui::PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags; + IM_ASSERT(item_flags == g.ItemFlagsStack.back()); if (enabled) - window->DC.ItemFlags |= option; + item_flags |= option; else - window->DC.ItemFlags &= ~option; - window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemFlags); + item_flags &= ~option; + g.CurrentItemFlags = item_flags; + g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(item_flags); } void ImGui::PopItemFlag() { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back(); - window->DC.ItemFlags = window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.empty() ? ImGuiItemFlags_Default_ : window->DC.ItemFlagsStack.back(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > 1); // Too many calls to PopItemFlag() - we always leave a 0 at the bottom of the stack. + g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back(); + g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back(); +} + +// BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled() +// - Those can be nested but it cannot be used to enable an already disabled section (a single BeginDisabled(true) in the stack is enough to keep everything disabled) +// - Visually this is currently altering alpha, but it is expected that in a future styling system this would work differently. +// - Feedback welcome at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211 +// - BeginDisabled(false) essentially does nothing useful but is provided to facilitate use of boolean expressions. If you can avoid calling BeginDisabled(False)/EndDisabled() best to avoid it. +// - Optimized shortcuts instead of PushStyleVar() + PushItemFlag() +void ImGui::BeginDisabled(bool disabled) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0; + if (!was_disabled && disabled) + { + g.DisabledAlphaBackup = g.Style.Alpha; + g.Style.Alpha *= g.Style.DisabledAlpha; // PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * g.Style.DisabledAlpha); + } + if (was_disabled || disabled) + g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled; + g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(g.CurrentItemFlags); + g.DisabledStackSize++; +} + +void ImGui::EndDisabled() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.DisabledStackSize > 0); + g.DisabledStackSize--; + bool was_disabled = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0; + //PopItemFlag(); + g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back(); + g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back(); + if (was_disabled && (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0) + g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup; //PopStyleVar(); } // FIXME: Look into renaming this once we have settled the new Focus/Activation/TabStop system. @@ -6870,18 +7539,49 @@ void ImGui::PopButtonRepeat() void ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.push_back(window->DC.TextWrapPos); window->DC.TextWrapPos = wrap_pos_x; - window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.push_back(wrap_pos_x); } void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos() { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.TextWrapPos = window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.back(); window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.pop_back(); - window->DC.TextWrapPos = window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.empty() ? -1.0f : window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.back(); } -bool ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent) +static ImGuiWindow* GetCombinedRootWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool popup_hierarchy, bool dock_hierarchy) +{ + ImGuiWindow* last_window = NULL; + while (last_window != window) + { + last_window = window; + window = window->RootWindow; + if (popup_hierarchy) + window = window->RootWindowPopupTree; + if (dock_hierarchy) + window = window->RootWindowDockTree; + } + return window; +} + +bool ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent, bool popup_hierarchy, bool dock_hierarchy) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window_root = GetCombinedRootWindow(window, popup_hierarchy, dock_hierarchy); + if (window_root == potential_parent) + return true; + while (window != NULL) + { + if (window == potential_parent) + return true; + if (window == window_root) // end of chain + return false; + window = window->ParentWindow; + } + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent) { if (window->RootWindow == potential_parent) return true; @@ -6889,48 +7589,61 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent) { if (window == potential_parent) return true; - window = window->ParentWindow; + window = window->ParentWindowInBeginStack; + } + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_below) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // It would be saner to ensure that display layer is always reflected in the g.Windows[] order, which would likely requires altering all manipulations of that array + const int display_layer_delta = GetWindowDisplayLayer(potential_above) - GetWindowDisplayLayer(potential_below); + if (display_layer_delta != 0) + return display_layer_delta > 0; + + for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) + { + ImGuiWindow* candidate_window = g.Windows[i]; + if (candidate_window == potential_above) + return true; + if (candidate_window == potential_below) + return false; } return false; } bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) { - IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.HoveredWindow; + ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (ref_window == NULL) + return false; - if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow) == 0) { - if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL) + IM_ASSERT(cur_window); // Not inside a Begin()/End() + const bool popup_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy) == 0; + const bool dock_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy) != 0; + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow) + cur_window = GetCombinedRootWindow(cur_window, popup_hierarchy, dock_hierarchy); + + bool result; + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows) + result = IsWindowChildOf(ref_window, cur_window, popup_hierarchy, dock_hierarchy); + else + result = (ref_window == cur_window); + if (!result) return false; } - else - { - switch (flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)) - { - case ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows: - if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL || g.HoveredWindow->RootWindowDockStop != g.CurrentWindow->RootWindowDockStop) - return false; - break; - case ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow: - if (g.HoveredWindow != g.CurrentWindow->RootWindowDockStop) - return false; - break; - case ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows: - if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL || !IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredWindow, g.CurrentWindow)) - return false; - break; - default: - if (g.HoveredWindow != g.CurrentWindow) - return false; - break; - } - } - if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(g.HoveredWindow, flags)) + if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(ref_window, flags)) return false; if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem)) - if (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != g.HoveredWindow->MoveId) + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != ref_window->MoveId) return false; return true; } @@ -6938,22 +7651,24 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) bool ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.NavWindow; + ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (ref_window == NULL) + return false; if (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow) - return g.NavWindow != NULL; + return true; - IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow); // Not inside a Begin()/End() - switch (flags & (ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows)) - { - case ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows: - return g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowDockStop == g.CurrentWindow->RootWindowDockStop; - case ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow: - return g.NavWindow == g.CurrentWindow->RootWindowDockStop; - case ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows: - return g.NavWindow && IsWindowChildOf(g.NavWindow, g.CurrentWindow); - default: - return g.NavWindow == g.CurrentWindow; - } + IM_ASSERT(cur_window); // Not inside a Begin()/End() + const bool popup_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy) == 0; + const bool dock_hierarchy = (flags & ImGuiFocusedFlags_DockHierarchy) != 0; + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow) + cur_window = GetCombinedRootWindow(cur_window, popup_hierarchy, dock_hierarchy); + + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows) + return IsWindowChildOf(ref_window, cur_window, popup_hierarchy, dock_hierarchy); + else + return (ref_window == cur_window); } ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowDockID() @@ -6969,11 +7684,11 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowDocked() } // Can we focus this window with CTRL+TAB (or PadMenu + PadFocusPrev/PadFocusNext) -// Note that NoNavFocus makes the window not reachable with CTRL+TAB but it can still be focused with mouse or programmaticaly. +// Note that NoNavFocus makes the window not reachable with CTRL+TAB but it can still be focused with mouse or programmatically. // If you want a window to never be focused, you may use the e.g. NoInputs flag. bool ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window) { - return window->Active && window == window->RootWindowDockStop && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus); + return window->WasActive && window == window->RootWindow && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus); } float ImGui::GetWindowWidth() @@ -7009,8 +7724,13 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond) const ImVec2 old_pos = window->Pos; window->Pos = ImFloor(pos); ImVec2 offset = window->Pos - old_pos; + if (offset.x == 0.0f && offset.y == 0.0f) + return; + MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); + // FIXME: share code with TranslateWindow(), need to confirm whether the 3 rect modified by TranslateWindow() are desirable here. window->DC.CursorPos += offset; // As we happen to move the window while it is being appended to (which is a bad idea - will smear) let's at least offset the cursor window->DC.CursorMaxPos += offset; // And more importantly we need to offset CursorMaxPos/CursorStartPos this so ContentSize calculation doesn't get affected. + window->DC.IdealMaxPos += offset; window->DC.CursorStartPos += offset; } @@ -7042,26 +7762,19 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond con window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing); // Set - if (size.x > 0.0f) - { - window->AutoFitFramesX = 0; + ImVec2 old_size = window->SizeFull; + window->AutoFitFramesX = (size.x <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0; + window->AutoFitFramesY = (size.y <= 0.0f) ? 2 : 0; + if (size.x <= 0.0f) + window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; + else window->SizeFull.x = IM_FLOOR(size.x); - } - else - { - window->AutoFitFramesX = 2; + if (size.y <= 0.0f) window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; - } - if (size.y > 0.0f) - { - window->AutoFitFramesY = 0; + else window->SizeFull.y = IM_FLOOR(size.y); - } - else - { - window->AutoFitFramesY = 2; - window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; - } + if (old_size.x != window->SizeFull.x || old_size.y != window->SizeFull.y) + MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); } void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) @@ -7086,7 +7799,7 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond co window->Collapsed = collapsed; } -static void SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size) +void ImGui::SetWindowHitTestHole(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& size) { IM_ASSERT(window->HitTestHoleSize.x == 0); // We don't support multiple holes/hit test filters window->HitTestHoleSize = ImVec2ih(size); @@ -7169,7 +7882,14 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize; - g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = size; + g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = ImFloor(size); +} + +void ImGui::SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll; + g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal = scroll; } void ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond) @@ -7253,6 +7973,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetFontTexUvWhitePixel() void ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(float scale) { + IM_ASSERT(scale > 0.0f); ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); window->FontWindowScale = scale; @@ -7263,32 +7984,55 @@ void ImGui::ActivateItem(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.NavNextActivateId = id; + g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; } void ImGui::PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - window->IDStack.push_back(window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent); - window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = id; + g.FocusScopeStack.push_back(id); + g.CurrentFocusScopeId = id; } void ImGui::PopFocusScope() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent = window->IDStack.back(); - window->IDStack.pop_back(); + IM_ASSERT(g.FocusScopeStack.Size > 0); // Too many PopFocusScope() ? + g.FocusScopeStack.pop_back(); + g.CurrentFocusScopeId = g.FocusScopeStack.Size ? g.FocusScopeStack.back() : 0; } +// Note: this will likely be called ActivateItem() once we rework our Focus/Activation system! void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset) { - IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1); // -1 is allowed but not below ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - g.FocusRequestNextWindow = window; - g.FocusRequestNextCounterRegular = window->DC.FocusCounterRegular + 1 + offset; - g.FocusRequestNextCounterTabStop = INT_MAX; + IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1); // -1 is allowed but not below + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetKeyboardFocusHere(%d) in window \"%s\"\n", offset, window->Name); + + // It makes sense in the vast majority of cases to never interrupt a drag and drop. + // When we refactor this function into ActivateItem() we may want to make this an option. + // MovingWindow is protected from most user inputs using SetActiveIdUsingNavAndKeys(), but + // is also automatically dropped in the event g.ActiveId is stolen. + if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetKeyboardFocusHere() ignored while DragDropActive!\n"); + return; + } + + SetNavWindow(window); + + ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; + NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, offset < 0 ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. + if (offset == -1) + { + NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocal); + } + else + { + g.NavTabbingDir = 1; + g.NavTabbingCounter = offset + 1; + } } void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus() @@ -7297,15 +8041,17 @@ void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus() ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (!window->Appearing) return; - if (g.NavWindow == window->RootWindowForNav && (g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0) && g.NavLayer == g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayerCurrent) - { - g.NavInitRequest = false; - g.NavInitResultId = g.NavWindow->DC.LastItemId; - g.NavInitResultRectRel = ImRect(g.NavWindow->DC.LastItemRect.Min - g.NavWindow->Pos, g.NavWindow->DC.LastItemRect.Max - g.NavWindow->Pos); - NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); - if (!IsItemVisible()) - SetScrollHereY(); - } + if (g.NavWindow != window->RootWindowForNav || (!g.NavInitRequest && g.NavInitResultId == 0) || g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + return; + + g.NavInitRequest = false; + g.NavInitResultId = g.LastItemData.ID; + g.NavInitResultRectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.Rect); + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + + // Scroll could be done in NavInitRequestApplyResult() via an opt-in flag (we however don't want regular init requests to scroll) + if (!IsItemVisible()) + ScrollToRectEx(window, g.LastItemData.Rect, ImGuiScrollFlags_None); } void ImGui::SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree) @@ -7322,38 +8068,62 @@ ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage() void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(str_id)); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); + window->IDStack.push_back(id); } void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(str_id_begin, str_id_end)); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end); + window->IDStack.push_back(id); } void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(ptr_id)); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(ptr_id); + window->IDStack.push_back(id); } void ImGui::PushID(int int_id) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(int_id)); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(int_id); + window->IDStack.push_back(id); } // Push a given id value ignoring the ID stack as a seed. void ImGui::PushOverrideID(ImGuiID id) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_ID, NULL, NULL); window->IDStack.push_back(id); } +// Helper to avoid a common series of PushOverrideID -> GetID() -> PopID() call +// (note that when using this pattern, TestEngine's "Stack Tool" will tend to not display the intermediate stack level. +// for that to work we would need to do PushOverrideID() -> ItemAdd() -> PopID() which would alter widget code a little more) +ImGuiID ImGui::GetIDWithSeed(const char* str, const char* str_end, ImGuiID seed) +{ + ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(str, str_end ? (str_end - str) : 0, seed); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DebugHookIdInfo == id) + DebugHookIdInfo(id, ImGuiDataType_String, str, str_end); + return id; +} + void ImGui::PopID() { ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // Too many PopID(), or could be popping in a wrong/different window? window->IDStack.pop_back(); } @@ -7388,15 +8158,1277 @@ bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] INPUTS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - GetKeyData() [Internal] +// - GetKeyIndex() [Internal] +// - GetKeyName() +// - GetKeyChordName() [Internal] +// - CalcTypematicRepeatAmount() [Internal] +// - GetTypematicRepeatRate() [Internal] +// - GetKeyPressedAmount() [Internal] +// - GetKeyMagnitude2d() [Internal] +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - UpdateKeyRoutingTable() [Internal] +// - GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId() [Internal] +// - GetShortcutRoutingData() [Internal] +// - CalcRoutingScore() [Internal] +// - SetShortcutRouting() [Internal] +// - TestShortcutRouting() [Internal] +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - IsKeyDown() +// - IsKeyPressed() +// - IsKeyReleased() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - IsMouseDown() +// - IsMouseClicked() +// - IsMouseReleased() +// - IsMouseDoubleClicked() +// - GetMouseClickedCount() +// - IsMouseHoveringRect() [Internal] +// - IsMouseDragPastThreshold() [Internal] +// - IsMouseDragging() +// - GetMousePos() +// - GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup() +// - IsMousePosValid() +// - IsAnyMouseDown() +// - GetMouseDragDelta() +// - ResetMouseDragDelta() +// - GetMouseCursor() +// - SetMouseCursor() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - UpdateAliasKey() +// - GetMergedModsFromKeys() +// - UpdateKeyboardInputs() +// - UpdateMouseInputs() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - LockWheelingWindow [Internal] +// - FindBestWheelingWindow [Internal] +// - UpdateMouseWheel() [Internal] +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard() +// - SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - GetInputSourceName() [Internal] +// - DebugPrintInputEvent() [Internal] +// - UpdateInputEvents() [Internal] +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - GetKeyOwner() [Internal] +// - TestKeyOwner() [Internal] +// - SetKeyOwner() [Internal] +// - SetItemKeyOwner() [Internal] +// - Shortcut() [Internal] +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ImGuiKeyData* ImGui::GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Special storage location for mods + if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) + key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key); + + int index; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + IM_ASSERT(key >= ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END); + if (IsLegacyKey(key)) + index = (g.IO.KeyMap[key] != -1) ? g.IO.KeyMap[key] : key; // Remap native->imgui or imgui->native + else + index = key; +#else + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend & user code."); + index = key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; +#endif + return &g.IO.KeysData[index]; +} + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO +ImGuiKey ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + return (ImGuiKey)(key_data - g.IO.KeysData); +} +#endif + +// Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared. +static const char* const GKeyNames[] = +{ + "Tab", "LeftArrow", "RightArrow", "UpArrow", "DownArrow", "PageUp", "PageDown", + "Home", "End", "Insert", "Delete", "Backspace", "Space", "Enter", "Escape", + "LeftCtrl", "LeftShift", "LeftAlt", "LeftSuper", "RightCtrl", "RightShift", "RightAlt", "RightSuper", "Menu", + "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", "8", "9", "A", "B", "C", "D", "E", "F", "G", "H", + "I", "J", "K", "L", "M", "N", "O", "P", "Q", "R", "S", "T", "U", "V", "W", "X", "Y", "Z", + "F1", "F2", "F3", "F4", "F5", "F6", "F7", "F8", "F9", "F10", "F11", "F12", + "Apostrophe", "Comma", "Minus", "Period", "Slash", "Semicolon", "Equal", "LeftBracket", + "Backslash", "RightBracket", "GraveAccent", "CapsLock", "ScrollLock", "NumLock", "PrintScreen", + "Pause", "Keypad0", "Keypad1", "Keypad2", "Keypad3", "Keypad4", "Keypad5", "Keypad6", + "Keypad7", "Keypad8", "Keypad9", "KeypadDecimal", "KeypadDivide", "KeypadMultiply", + "KeypadSubtract", "KeypadAdd", "KeypadEnter", "KeypadEqual", + "GamepadStart", "GamepadBack", + "GamepadFaceLeft", "GamepadFaceRight", "GamepadFaceUp", "GamepadFaceDown", + "GamepadDpadLeft", "GamepadDpadRight", "GamepadDpadUp", "GamepadDpadDown", + "GamepadL1", "GamepadR1", "GamepadL2", "GamepadR2", "GamepadL3", "GamepadR3", + "GamepadLStickLeft", "GamepadLStickRight", "GamepadLStickUp", "GamepadLStickDown", + "GamepadRStickLeft", "GamepadRStickRight", "GamepadRStickUp", "GamepadRStickDown", + "MouseLeft", "MouseRight", "MouseMiddle", "MouseX1", "MouseX2", "MouseWheelX", "MouseWheelY", + "ModCtrl", "ModShift", "ModAlt", "ModSuper", // ReservedForModXXX are showing the ModXXX names. +}; +IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImGuiKey_NamedKey_COUNT == IM_ARRAYSIZE(GKeyNames)); + +const char* ImGui::GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key) +{ +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + IM_ASSERT((IsNamedKey(key) || key == ImGuiKey_None) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend and user code."); +#else + if (IsLegacyKey(key)) + { + ImGuiIO& io = GetIO(); + if (io.KeyMap[key] == -1) + return "N/A"; + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey((ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[key])); + key = (ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[key]; + } +#endif + if (key == ImGuiKey_None) + return "None"; + if (key & ImGuiMod_Mask_) + key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(key); + if (!IsNamedKey(key)) + return "Unknown"; + + return GKeyNames[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; +} + +// ImGuiMod_Shortcut is translated to either Ctrl or Super. +void ImGui::GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, char* out_buf, int out_buf_size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut) + key_chord = ConvertShortcutMod(key_chord); + ImFormatString(out_buf, (size_t)out_buf_size, "%s%s%s%s%s", + (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) ? "Ctrl+" : "", + (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shift) ? "Shift+" : "", + (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Alt) ? "Alt+" : "", + (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Super) ? (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? "Cmd+" : "Super+") : "", + GetKeyName((ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_))); +} + +// t0 = previous time (e.g.: g.Time - g.IO.DeltaTime) +// t1 = current time (e.g.: g.Time) +// An event is triggered at: +// t = 0.0f t = repeat_delay, t = repeat_delay + repeat_rate*N +int ImGui::CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(float t0, float t1, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate) +{ + if (t1 == 0.0f) + return 1; + if (t0 >= t1) + return 0; + if (repeat_rate <= 0.0f) + return (t0 < repeat_delay) && (t1 >= repeat_delay); + const int count_t0 = (t0 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t0 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate); + const int count_t1 = (t1 < repeat_delay) ? -1 : (int)((t1 - repeat_delay) / repeat_rate); + const int count = count_t1 - count_t0; + return count; +} + +void ImGui::GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags flags, float* repeat_delay, float* repeat_rate) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + switch (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_) + { + case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove: *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f; return; + case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak: *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f; return; + case ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateDefault: default: *repeat_delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.00f; *repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 1.00f; return; + } +} + +// Return value representing the number of presses in the last time period, for the given repeat rate +// (most often returns 0 or 1. The result is generally only >1 when RepeatRate is smaller than DeltaTime, aka large DeltaTime or fast RepeatRate) +int ImGui::GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + if (!key_data->Down) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership) + return 0; + const float t = key_data->DownDuration; + return CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, repeat_delay, repeat_rate); +} + +// Return 2D vector representing the combination of four cardinal direction, with analog value support (for e.g. ImGuiKey_GamepadLStick* values). +ImVec2 ImGui::GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey key_left, ImGuiKey key_right, ImGuiKey key_up, ImGuiKey key_down) +{ + return ImVec2( + GetKeyData(key_right)->AnalogValue - GetKeyData(key_left)->AnalogValue, + GetKeyData(key_down)->AnalogValue - GetKeyData(key_up)->AnalogValue); +} + +// Rewrite routing data buffers to strip old entries + sort by key to make queries not touch scattered data. +// Entries D,A,B,B,A,C,B --> A,A,B,B,B,C,D +// Index A:1 B:2 C:5 D:0 --> A:0 B:2 C:5 D:6 +// See 'Metrics->Key Owners & Shortcut Routing' to visualize the result of that operation. +static void ImGui::UpdateKeyRoutingTable(ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + rt->EntriesNext.resize(0); + for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) + { + const int new_routing_start_idx = rt->EntriesNext.Size; + ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_entry; + for (int old_routing_idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; old_routing_idx != -1; old_routing_idx = routing_entry->NextEntryIndex) + { + routing_entry = &rt->Entries[old_routing_idx]; + routing_entry->RoutingCurr = routing_entry->RoutingNext; // Update entry + routing_entry->RoutingNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; + routing_entry->RoutingNextScore = 255; + if (routing_entry->RoutingCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None) + continue; + rt->EntriesNext.push_back(*routing_entry); // Write alive ones into new buffer + + // Apply routing to owner if there's no owner already (RoutingCurr == None at this point) + if (routing_entry->Mods == g.IO.KeyMods) + { + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = ImGui::GetKeyOwnerData(key); + if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None) + owner_data->OwnerCurr = routing_entry->RoutingCurr; + } + } + + // Rewrite linked-list + rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN] = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)(new_routing_start_idx < rt->EntriesNext.Size ? new_routing_start_idx : -1); + for (int n = new_routing_start_idx; n < rt->EntriesNext.Size; n++) + rt->EntriesNext[n].NextEntryIndex = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)((n + 1 < rt->EntriesNext.Size) ? n + 1 : -1); + } + rt->Entries.swap(rt->EntriesNext); // Swap new and old indexes +} + +// owner_id may be None/Any, but routing_id needs to be always be set, so we default to GetCurrentFocusScope(). +static inline ImGuiID GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_None && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) ? owner_id : g.CurrentFocusScopeId; +} + +ImGuiKeyRoutingData* ImGui::GetShortcutRoutingData(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) +{ + // Majority of shortcuts will be Key + any number of Mods + // We accept _Single_ mod with ImGuiKey_None. + // - Shortcut(ImGuiKey_S | ImGuiMod_Ctrl); // Legal + // - Shortcut(ImGuiKey_S | ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift); // Legal + // - Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl); // Legal + // - Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift); // Not legal + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt = &g.KeysRoutingTable; + ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data; + if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut) + key_chord = ConvertShortcutMod(key_chord); + ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_); + ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_); + if (key == ImGuiKey_None) + key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(mods); + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKey(key)); + + // Get (in the majority of case, the linked list will have one element so this should be 2 reads. + // Subsequent elements will be contiguous in memory as list is sorted/rebuilt in NewFrame). + for (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; idx != -1; idx = routing_data->NextEntryIndex) + { + routing_data = &rt->Entries[idx]; + if (routing_data->Mods == mods) + return routing_data; + } + + // Add to linked-list + ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex routing_data_idx = (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex)rt->Entries.Size; + rt->Entries.push_back(ImGuiKeyRoutingData()); + routing_data = &rt->Entries[routing_data_idx]; + routing_data->Mods = (ImU16)mods; + routing_data->NextEntryIndex = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; // Setup linked list + rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN] = routing_data_idx; + return routing_data; +} + +// Current score encoding (lower is highest priority): +// - 0: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh +// - 1: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (if item active) +// - 2: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal +// - 3+: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (if window in focus-stack) +// - 254: ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow +// - 255: never route +// 'flags' should include an explicit routing policy +static int CalcRoutingScore(ImGuiWindow* location, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* focused = g.NavWindow; + + // ActiveID gets top priority + // (we don't check g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeys here. Routing is applied but if input ownership is tested later it may discard it) + if (owner_id != 0 && g.ActiveId == owner_id) + return 1; + + // Score based on distance to focused window (lower is better) + // Assuming both windows are submitting a routing request, + // - When Window....... is focused -> Window scores 3 (best), Window/ChildB scores 255 (no match) + // - When Window/ChildB is focused -> Window scores 4, Window/ChildB scores 3 (best) + // Assuming only WindowA is submitting a routing request, + // - When Window/ChildB is focused -> Window scores 4 (best), Window/ChildB doesn't have a score. + if (focused != NULL && focused->RootWindow == location->RootWindow) + for (int next_score = 3; focused != NULL; next_score++) + { + if (focused == location) + { + IM_ASSERT(next_score < 255); + return next_score; + } + focused = (focused->RootWindow != focused) ? focused->ParentWindow : NULL; // FIXME: This could be later abstracted as a focus path + } + return 255; + } + + // ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh is default, so calls without flags are not conditional + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal) + return 2; + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalLow) + return 254; + return 0; +} + +// Request a desired route for an input chord (key + mods). +// Return true if the route is available this frame. +// - Routes and key ownership are attributed at the beginning of next frame based on best score and mod state. +// (Conceptually this does a "Submit for next frame" + "Test for current frame". +// As such, it could be called TrySetXXX or SubmitXXX, or the Submit and Test operations should be separate.) +// - Using 'owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any/0': auto-assign an owner based on current focus scope (each window has its focus scope by default) +// - Using 'owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_None': allows disabling/locking a shortcut. +bool ImGui::SetShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobalHigh; // IMPORTANT: This is the default for SetShortcutRouting() but NOT Shortcut() + else + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_)); // Check that only 1 routing flag is used + + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteUnlessBgFocused) + if (g.NavWindow == NULL) + return false; + if (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways) + return true; + + const int score = CalcRoutingScore(g.CurrentWindow, owner_id, flags); + if (score == 255) + return false; + + // Submit routing for NEXT frame (assuming score is sufficient) + // FIXME: Could expose a way to use a "serve last" policy for same score resolution (using <= instead of <). + ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = GetShortcutRoutingData(key_chord); + const ImGuiID routing_id = GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(owner_id); + //const bool set_route = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_ServeLast) ? (score <= routing_data->RoutingNextScore) : (score < routing_data->RoutingNextScore); + if (score < routing_data->RoutingNextScore) + { + routing_data->RoutingNext = routing_id; + routing_data->RoutingNextScore = (ImU8)score; + } + + // Return routing state for CURRENT frame + return routing_data->RoutingCurr == routing_id; +} + +// Currently unused by core (but used by tests) +// Note: this cannot be turned into GetShortcutRouting() because we do the owner_id->routing_id translation, name would be more misleading. +bool ImGui::TestShortcutRouting(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + const ImGuiID routing_id = GetRoutingIdFromOwnerId(owner_id); + ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = GetShortcutRoutingData(key_chord); // FIXME: Could avoid creating entry. + return routing_data->RoutingCurr == routing_id; +} + +// Note that Dear ImGui doesn't know the meaning/semantic of ImGuiKey from 0..511: they are legacy native keycodes. +// Consider transitioning from 'IsKeyDown(MY_ENGINE_KEY_A)' (<1.87) to IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_A) (>= 1.87) +bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key) +{ + return IsKeyDown(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); +} + +bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + if (!key_data->Down) + return false; + if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id)) + return false; + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat) +{ + return IsKeyPressed(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None); +} + +// Important: unless legacy IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey, bool repeat=true) which DEFAULT to repeat, this requires EXPLICIT repeat. +bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + if (!key_data->Down) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership) + return false; + const float t = key_data->DownDuration; + if (t < 0.0f) + return false; + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + + bool pressed = (t == 0.0f); + if (!pressed && ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0)) + { + float repeat_delay, repeat_rate; + GetTypematicRepeatRate(flags, &repeat_delay, &repeat_rate); + pressed = (t > repeat_delay) && GetKeyPressedAmount(key, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) > 0; + } + if (!pressed) + return false; + if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id)) + return false; + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key) +{ + return IsKeyReleased(key, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); +} + +bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + const ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + if (key_data->DownDurationPrev < 0.0f || key_data->Down) + return false; + if (!TestKeyOwner(key, owner_id)) + return false; + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseDown[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); // should be same as IsKeyDown(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any), but this allows legacy code hijacking the io.Mousedown[] array. +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseDown[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id); // Should be same as IsKeyDown(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id), but this allows legacy code hijacking the io.Mousedown[] array. +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, bool repeat) +{ + return IsMouseClicked(button, ImGuiKeyOwner_Any, repeat ? ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat : ImGuiInputFlags_None); +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button]) // In theory this should already be encoded as (DownDuration < 0.0f), but testing this facilitates eating mechanism (until we finish work on key ownership) + return false; + const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button]; + if (t < 0.0f) + return false; + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByIsKeyPressed) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + + const bool repeat = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) != 0; + const bool pressed = (t == 0.0f) || (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay && CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0); + if (!pressed) + return false; + + if (!TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id)) + return false; + + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseReleased[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); // Should be same as IsKeyReleased(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton button, ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseReleased[button] && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id); // Should be same as IsKeyReleased(MouseButtonToKey(button), owner_id) +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(button), ImGuiKeyOwner_Any); +} + +int ImGui::GetMouseClickedCount(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + return g.IO.MouseClickedCount[button]; +} + +// Test if mouse cursor is hovering given rectangle +// NB- Rectangle is clipped by our current clip setting +// NB- Expand the rectangle to be generous on imprecise inputs systems (g.Style.TouchExtraPadding) +bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Clip + ImRect rect_clipped(r_min, r_max); + if (clip) + rect_clipped.ClipWith(g.CurrentWindow->ClipRect); + + // Expand for touch input + const ImRect rect_for_touch(rect_clipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, rect_clipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding); + if (!rect_for_touch.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + return false; + if (!g.MouseViewport->GetMainRect().Overlaps(rect_clipped)) + return false; + return true; +} + +// Return if a mouse click/drag went past the given threshold. Valid to call during the MouseReleased frame. +// [Internal] This doesn't test if the button is pressed +bool ImGui::IsMouseDragPastThreshold(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + if (lock_threshold < 0.0f) + lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold; + return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold; +} + +bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button]) + return false; + return IsMouseDragPastThreshold(button, lock_threshold); +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.IO.MousePos; +} + +// NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed! +ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0) + return g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1].OpenMousePos; + return g.IO.MousePos; +} + +// We typically use ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) to denote an invalid mouse position. +bool ImGui::IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos) +{ + // The assert is only to silence a false-positive in XCode Static Analysis. + // Because GImGui is not dereferenced in every code path, the static analyzer assume that it may be NULL (which it doesn't for other functions). + IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL); + const float MOUSE_INVALID = -256000.0f; + ImVec2 p = mouse_pos ? *mouse_pos : GImGui->IO.MousePos; + return p.x >= MOUSE_INVALID && p.y >= MOUSE_INVALID; +} + +// [WILL OBSOLETE] This was designed for backends, but prefer having backend maintain a mask of held mouse buttons, because upcoming input queue system will make this invalid. +bool ImGui::IsAnyMouseDown() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); n++) + if (g.IO.MouseDown[n]) + return true; + return false; +} + +// Return the delta from the initial clicking position while the mouse button is clicked or was just released. +// This is locked and return 0.0f until the mouse moves past a distance threshold at least once. +// NB: This is only valid if IsMousePosValid(). backends in theory should always keep mouse position valid when dragging even outside the client window. +ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button, float lock_threshold) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + if (lock_threshold < 0.0f) + lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold; + if (g.IO.MouseDown[button] || g.IO.MouseReleased[button]) + if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold) + if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button])) + return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button]; + return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); +} + +void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton button) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown)); + // NB: We don't need to reset g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr + g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button] = g.IO.MousePos; +} + +// Get desired mouse cursor shape. +// Important: this is meant to be used by a platform backend, it is reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), +// updated during the frame, and locked in EndFrame()/Render(). +// If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor then Dear ImGui will render those for you +ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.MouseCursor; +} + +void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.MouseCursor = cursor_type; +} + +static void UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey key, bool v, float analog_value) +{ + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::IsAliasKey(key)); + ImGuiKeyData* key_data = ImGui::GetKeyData(key); + key_data->Down = v; + key_data->AnalogValue = analog_value; +} + +// [Internal] Do not use directly +static ImGuiKeyChord GetMergedModsFromKeys() +{ + ImGuiKeyChord mods = 0; + if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Ctrl)) { mods |= ImGuiMod_Ctrl; } + if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Shift)) { mods |= ImGuiMod_Shift; } + if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Alt)) { mods |= ImGuiMod_Alt; } + if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Super)) { mods |= ImGuiMod_Super; } + return mods; +} + +static void ImGui::UpdateKeyboardInputs() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + + // Import legacy keys or verify they are not used +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 0) + { + // Backend used new io.AddKeyEvent() API: Good! Verify that old arrays are never written to externally. + for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++) + IM_ASSERT((io.KeysDown[n] == false || IsKeyDown((ImGuiKey)n)) && "Backend needs to either only use io.AddKeyEvent(), either only fill legacy io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[]. Not both!"); + } + else + { + if (g.FrameCount == 0) + for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++) + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] == -1 && "Backend is not allowed to write to io.KeyMap[0..511]!"); + + // Build reverse KeyMap (Named -> Legacy) + for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; n++) + if (io.KeyMap[n] != -1) + { + IM_ASSERT(IsLegacyKey((ImGuiKey)io.KeyMap[n])); + io.KeyMap[io.KeyMap[n]] = n; + } + + // Import legacy keys into new ones + for (int n = ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END; n++) + if (io.KeysDown[n] || io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1) + { + const ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(io.KeyMap[n] != -1 ? io.KeyMap[n] : n); + IM_ASSERT(io.KeyMap[n] == -1 || IsNamedKey(key)); + io.KeysData[key].Down = io.KeysDown[n]; + if (key != n) + io.KeysDown[key] = io.KeysDown[n]; // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with old backends + io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays = 1; + } + if (io.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1) + { + GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Ctrl)->Down = io.KeyCtrl; + GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Shift)->Down = io.KeyShift; + GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Alt)->Down = io.KeyAlt; + GetKeyData(ImGuiMod_Super)->Down = io.KeySuper; + } + } + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + if (io.BackendUsingLegacyNavInputArray && nav_gamepad_active) + { + #define MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(_KEY, _NAV1) do { io.KeysData[_KEY].Down = (io.NavInputs[_NAV1] > 0.0f); io.KeysData[_KEY].AnalogValue = io.NavInputs[_NAV1]; } while (0) + #define MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(_KEY, _NAV1, _NAV2) do { io.KeysData[_KEY].Down = (io.NavInputs[_NAV1] > 0.0f) || (io.NavInputs[_NAV2] > 0.0f); io.KeysData[_KEY].AnalogValue = ImMax(io.NavInputs[_NAV1], io.NavInputs[_NAV2]); } while (0) + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiNavInput_Activate); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiNavInput_Menu); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiNavInput_Input); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY2(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1, ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp); + MAP_LEGACY_NAV_INPUT_TO_KEY1(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown, ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown); + #undef NAV_MAP_KEY + } +#endif +#endif + + // Update aliases + for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT; n++) + UpdateAliasKey(MouseButtonToKey(n), io.MouseDown[n], io.MouseDown[n] ? 1.0f : 0.0f); + UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, io.MouseWheelH != 0.0f, io.MouseWheelH); + UpdateAliasKey(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, io.MouseWheel != 0.0f, io.MouseWheel); + + // Synchronize io.KeyMods and io.KeyXXX values. + // - New backends (1.87+): send io.AddKeyEvent(ImGuiMod_XXX) -> -> (here) deriving io.KeyMods + io.KeyXXX from key array. + // - Legacy backends: set io.KeyXXX bools -> (above) set key array from io.KeyXXX -> (here) deriving io.KeyMods + io.KeyXXX from key array. + // So with legacy backends the 4 values will do a unnecessary back-and-forth but it makes the code simpler and future facing. + io.KeyMods = GetMergedModsFromKeys(); + io.KeyCtrl = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Ctrl) != 0; + io.KeyShift = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Shift) != 0; + io.KeyAlt = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Alt) != 0; + io.KeySuper = (io.KeyMods & ImGuiMod_Super) != 0; + + // Clear gamepad data if disabled + if ((io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) == 0) + for (int i = ImGuiKey_Gamepad_BEGIN; i < ImGuiKey_Gamepad_END; i++) + { + io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].Down = false; + io.KeysData[i - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET].AnalogValue = 0.0f; + } + + // Update keys + for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_KeysData_SIZE; i++) + { + ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[i]; + key_data->DownDurationPrev = key_data->DownDuration; + key_data->DownDuration = key_data->Down ? (key_data->DownDuration < 0.0f ? 0.0f : key_data->DownDuration + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + } + + // Update keys/input owner (named keys only): one entry per key + for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) + { + ImGuiKeyData* key_data = &io.KeysData[key - ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET]; + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = &g.KeysOwnerData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; + owner_data->OwnerCurr = owner_data->OwnerNext; + if (!key_data->Down) // Important: ownership is released on the frame after a release. Ensure a 'MouseDown -> CloseWindow -> MouseUp' chain doesn't lead to someone else seeing the MouseUp. + owner_data->OwnerNext = ImGuiKeyOwner_None; + owner_data->LockThisFrame = owner_data->LockUntilRelease = owner_data->LockUntilRelease && key_data->Down; // Clear LockUntilRelease when key is not Down anymore + } + + UpdateKeyRoutingTable(&g.KeysRoutingTable); +} + +static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + + // Round mouse position to avoid spreading non-rounded position (e.g. UpdateManualResize doesn't support them well) + if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos)) + io.MousePos = g.MouseLastValidPos = ImFloorSigned(io.MousePos); + + // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX components) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta + if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev)) + io.MouseDelta = io.MousePos - io.MousePosPrev; + else + io.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + + // If mouse moved we re-enable mouse hovering in case it was disabled by gamepad/keyboard. In theory should use a >0.0f threshold but would need to reset in everywhere we set this to true. + if (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f) + g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; + + io.MousePosPrev = io.MousePos; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) + { + io.MouseClicked[i] = io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f; + io.MouseClickedCount[i] = 0; // Will be filled below + io.MouseReleased[i] = !io.MouseDown[i] && io.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f; + io.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = io.MouseDownDuration[i]; + io.MouseDownDuration[i] = io.MouseDown[i] ? (io.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : io.MouseDownDuration[i] + io.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + if (io.MouseClicked[i]) + { + bool is_repeated_click = false; + if ((float)(g.Time - io.MouseClickedTime[i]) < io.MouseDoubleClickTime) + { + ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) ? (io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos) < io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * io.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist) + is_repeated_click = true; + } + if (is_repeated_click) + io.MouseClickedLastCount[i]++; + else + io.MouseClickedLastCount[i] = 1; + io.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time; + io.MouseClickedPos[i] = io.MousePos; + io.MouseClickedCount[i] = io.MouseClickedLastCount[i]; + io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i] = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f; + } + else if (io.MouseDown[i]) + { + // Maintain the maximum distance we reaching from the initial click position, which is used with dragging threshold + ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) ? (io.MousePos - io.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(io.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos)); + io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x = ImMax(io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x, delta_from_click_pos.x < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.x : delta_from_click_pos.x); + io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y = ImMax(io.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y, delta_from_click_pos.y < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.y : delta_from_click_pos.y); + } + + // We provide io.MouseDoubleClicked[] as a legacy service + io.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = (io.MouseClickedCount[i] == 2); + + // Clicking any mouse button reactivate mouse hovering which may have been deactivated by gamepad/keyboard navigation + if (io.MouseClicked[i]) + g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; + } +} + +static void LockWheelingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, float wheel_amount) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (window) + g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = ImMin(g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer + ImAbs(wheel_amount) * WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER, WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER); + else + g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f; + if (g.WheelingWindow == window) + return; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("LockWheelingWindow() \"%s\"\n", window ? window->Name : "NULL"); + g.WheelingWindow = window; + g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos = g.IO.MousePos; + if (window == NULL) + { + g.WheelingWindowStartFrame = -1; + g.WheelingAxisAvg = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + } +} + +static ImGuiWindow* FindBestWheelingWindow(const ImVec2& wheel) +{ + // For each axis, find window in the hierarchy that may want to use scrolling + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* windows[2] = { NULL, NULL }; + for (int axis = 0; axis < 2; axis++) + if (wheel[axis] != 0.0f) + for (ImGuiWindow* window = windows[axis] = g.HoveredWindow; window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; window = windows[axis] = window->ParentWindow) + { + // Bubble up into parent window if: + // - a child window doesn't allow any scrolling. + // - a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag. + //// - a child window doesn't need scrolling because it is already at the edge for the direction we are going in (FIXME-WIP) + const bool has_scrolling = (window->ScrollMax[axis] != 0.0f); + const bool inputs_disabled = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs); + //const bool scrolling_past_limits = (wheel_v < 0.0f) ? (window->Scroll[axis] <= 0.0f) : (window->Scroll[axis] >= window->ScrollMax[axis]); + if (has_scrolling && !inputs_disabled) // && !scrolling_past_limits) + break; // select this window + } + if (windows[0] == NULL && windows[1] == NULL) + return NULL; + + // If there's only one window or only one axis then there's no ambiguity + if (windows[0] == windows[1] || windows[0] == NULL || windows[1] == NULL) + return windows[1] ? windows[1] : windows[0]; + + // If candidate are different windows we need to decide which one to prioritize + // - First frame: only find a winner if one axis is zero. + // - Subsequent frames: only find a winner when one is more than the other. + if (g.WheelingWindowStartFrame == -1) + g.WheelingWindowStartFrame = g.FrameCount; + if ((g.WheelingWindowStartFrame == g.FrameCount && wheel.x != 0.0f && wheel.y != 0.0f) || (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x == g.WheelingAxisAvg.y)) + { + g.WheelingWindowWheelRemainder = wheel; + return NULL; + } + return (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x > g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? windows[0] : windows[1]; +} + +// Called by NewFrame() +void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() +{ + // Reset the locked window if we move the mouse or after the timer elapses. + // FIXME: Ideally we could refactor to have one timer for "changing window w/ same axis" and a shorter timer for "changing window or axis w/ other axis" (#3795) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.WheelingWindow != NULL) + { + g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (IsMousePosValid() && ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos) > g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * g.IO.MouseDragThreshold) + g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f; + if (g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer <= 0.0f) + LockWheelingWindow(NULL, 0.0f); + } + + ImVec2 wheel; + wheel.x = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelX, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) ? g.IO.MouseWheelH : 0.0f; + wheel.y = TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseWheelY, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) ? g.IO.MouseWheel : 0.0f; + + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("MouseWheel X:%.3f Y:%.3f\n", wheel_x, wheel_y); + ImGuiWindow* mouse_window = g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : g.HoveredWindow; + if (!mouse_window || mouse_window->Collapsed) + return; + + // Zoom / Scale window + // FIXME-OBSOLETE: This is an old feature, it still works but pretty much nobody is using it and may be best redesigned. + if (wheel.y != 0.0f && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling) + { + LockWheelingWindow(mouse_window, wheel.y); + ImGuiWindow* window = mouse_window; + const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f); + const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale; + window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale; + if (window == window->RootWindow) + { + const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size; + SetWindowPos(window, window->Pos + offset, 0); + window->Size = ImFloor(window->Size * scale); + window->SizeFull = ImFloor(window->SizeFull * scale); + } + return; + } + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) + return; + + // Mouse wheel scrolling + // As a standard behavior holding SHIFT while using Vertical Mouse Wheel triggers Horizontal scroll instead + // (we avoid doing it on OSX as it the OS input layer handles this already) + const bool swap_axis = g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; + if (swap_axis) + { + wheel.x = wheel.y; + wheel.y = 0.0f; + } + + // Maintain a rough average of moving magnitude on both axises + // FIXME: should by based on wall clock time rather than frame-counter + g.WheelingAxisAvg.x = ImExponentialMovingAverage(g.WheelingAxisAvg.x, ImAbs(wheel.x), 30); + g.WheelingAxisAvg.y = ImExponentialMovingAverage(g.WheelingAxisAvg.y, ImAbs(wheel.y), 30); + + // In the rare situation where FindBestWheelingWindow() had to defer first frame of wheeling due to ambiguous main axis, reinject it now. + wheel += g.WheelingWindowWheelRemainder; + g.WheelingWindowWheelRemainder = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (wheel.x == 0.0f && wheel.y == 0.0f) + return; + + // Mouse wheel scrolling: find target and apply + // - don't renew lock if axis doesn't apply on the window. + // - select a main axis when both axises are being moved. + if (ImGuiWindow* window = (g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : FindBestWheelingWindow(wheel))) + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) + { + bool do_scroll[2] = { wheel.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollMax.x != 0.0f, wheel.y != 0.0f && window->ScrollMax.y != 0.0f }; + if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_X] && do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_Y]) + do_scroll[(g.WheelingAxisAvg.x > g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X] = false; + if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_X]) + { + LockWheelingWindow(window, wheel.x); + float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetWidth() * 0.67f; + float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(2 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); + SetScrollX(window, window->Scroll.x - wheel.x * scroll_step); + } + if (do_scroll[ImGuiAxis_Y]) + { + LockWheelingWindow(window, wheel.y); + float max_step = window->InnerRect.GetHeight() * 0.67f; + float scroll_step = ImFloor(ImMin(5 * window->CalcFontSize(), max_step)); + SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - wheel.y * scroll_step); + } + } +} + +void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = want_capture_keyboard ? 1 : 0; +} + +void ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(bool want_capture_mouse) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = want_capture_mouse ? 1 : 0; +} + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS +static const char* GetInputSourceName(ImGuiInputSource source) +{ + const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Keyboard", "Gamepad", "Nav", "Clipboard" }; + IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT && source >= 0 && source < ImGuiInputSource_COUNT); + return input_source_names[source]; +} +static void DebugPrintInputEvent(const char* prefix, const ImGuiInputEvent* e) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) { if (e->MousePos.PosX == -FLT_MAX && e->MousePos.PosY == -FLT_MAX) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MousePos (-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX)\n", prefix); else IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MousePos (%.1f, %.1f)\n", prefix, e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseButton %d %s\n", prefix, e->MouseButton.Button, e->MouseButton.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseWheel (%.3f, %.3f)\n", prefix, e->MouseWheel.WheelX, e->MouseWheel.WheelY); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport){IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseViewport (0x%08X)\n", prefix, e->MouseViewport.HoveredViewportID); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: Key \"%s\" %s\n", prefix, ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key.Key), e->Key.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: Text: %c (U+%08X)\n", prefix, e->Text.Char, e->Text.Char); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: AppFocused %d\n", prefix, e->AppFocused.Focused); return; } +} +#endif + +// Process input queue +// We always call this with the value of 'bool g.IO.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue'. +// - trickle_fast_inputs = false : process all events, turn into flattened input state (e.g. successive down/up/down/up will be lost) +// - trickle_fast_inputs = true : process as many events as possible (successive down/up/down/up will be trickled over several frames so nothing is lost) (new feature in 1.87) +void ImGui::UpdateInputEvents(bool trickle_fast_inputs) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + + // Only trickle chars<>key when working with InputText() + // FIXME: InputText() could parse event trail? + // FIXME: Could specialize chars<>keys trickling rules for control keys (those not typically associated to characters) + const bool trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text = (trickle_fast_inputs && g.WantTextInputNextFrame == 1); + + bool mouse_moved = false, mouse_wheeled = false, key_changed = false, text_inputted = false; + int mouse_button_changed = 0x00; + ImBitArray key_changed_mask; + + int event_n = 0; + for (; event_n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; event_n++) + { + ImGuiInputEvent* e = &g.InputEventsQueue[event_n]; + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) + { + // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we already handled a mouse button change + ImVec2 event_pos(e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY); + if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_wheeled || key_changed || text_inputted)) + break; + io.MousePos = event_pos; + mouse_moved = true; + } + else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) + { + // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button + const ImGuiMouseButton button = e->MouseButton.Button; + IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); + if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((mouse_button_changed & (1 << button)) || mouse_wheeled)) + break; + io.MouseDown[button] = e->MouseButton.Down; + mouse_button_changed |= (1 << button); + } + else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel) + { + // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the event + if (trickle_fast_inputs && (mouse_moved || mouse_button_changed != 0)) + break; + io.MouseWheelH += e->MouseWheel.WheelX; + io.MouseWheel += e->MouseWheel.WheelY; + mouse_wheeled = true; + } + else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport) + { + io.MouseHoveredViewport = e->MouseViewport.HoveredViewportID; + } + else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key) + { + // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if we got multiple action on the same button + ImGuiKey key = e->Key.Key; + IM_ASSERT(key != ImGuiKey_None); + ImGuiKeyData* key_data = GetKeyData(key); + const int key_data_index = (int)(key_data - g.IO.KeysData); + if (trickle_fast_inputs && key_data->Down != e->Key.Down && (key_changed_mask.TestBit(key_data_index) || text_inputted || mouse_button_changed != 0)) + break; + key_data->Down = e->Key.Down; + key_data->AnalogValue = e->Key.AnalogValue; + key_changed = true; + key_changed_mask.SetBit(key_data_index); + + // Allow legacy code using io.KeysDown[GetKeyIndex()] with new backends +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + io.KeysDown[key_data_index] = key_data->Down; + if (io.KeyMap[key_data_index] != -1) + io.KeysDown[io.KeyMap[key_data_index]] = key_data->Down; +#endif + } + else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text) + { + // Trickling Rule: Stop processing queued events if keys/mouse have been interacted with + if (trickle_fast_inputs && ((key_changed && trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text) || mouse_button_changed != 0 || mouse_moved || mouse_wheeled)) + break; + unsigned int c = e->Text.Char; + io.InputQueueCharacters.push_back(c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX ? (ImWchar)c : IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID); + if (trickle_interleaved_keys_and_text) + text_inputted = true; + } + else if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus) + { + // We intentionally overwrite this and process in NewFrame(), in order to give a chance + // to multi-viewports backends to queue AddFocusEvent(false) + AddFocusEvent(true) in same frame. + const bool focus_lost = !e->AppFocused.Focused; + io.AppFocusLost = focus_lost; + } + else + { + IM_ASSERT(0 && "Unknown event!"); + } + } + + // Record trail (for domain-specific applications wanting to access a precise trail) + //if (event_n != 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("Processed: %d / Remaining: %d\n", event_n, g.InputEventsQueue.Size - event_n); + for (int n = 0; n < event_n; n++) + g.InputEventsTrail.push_back(g.InputEventsQueue[n]); + + // [DEBUG] +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (event_n != 0 && (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO)) + for (int n = 0; n < g.InputEventsQueue.Size; n++) + DebugPrintInputEvent(n < event_n ? "Processed" : "Remaining", &g.InputEventsQueue[n]); +#endif + + // Remaining events will be processed on the next frame + if (event_n == g.InputEventsQueue.Size) + g.InputEventsQueue.resize(0); + else + g.InputEventsQueue.erase(g.InputEventsQueue.Data, g.InputEventsQueue.Data + event_n); + + // Clear buttons state when focus is lost + // - this is useful so e.g. releasing Alt after focus loss on Alt-Tab doesn't trigger the Alt menu toggle. + // - we clear in EndFrame() and not now in order allow application/user code polling this flag + // (e.g. custom backend may want to clear additional data, custom widgets may want to react with a "canceling" event). + if (g.IO.AppFocusLost) + g.IO.ClearInputKeys(); +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key) +{ + if (!IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key)) + return ImGuiKeyOwner_None; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(key); + ImGuiID owner_id = owner_data->OwnerCurr; + + if (g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys && owner_id != g.ActiveId && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) + if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END) + return ImGuiKeyOwner_None; + + return owner_id; +} + +// TestKeyOwner(..., ID) : (owner == None || owner == ID) +// TestKeyOwner(..., None) : (owner == None) +// TestKeyOwner(..., Any) : no owner test +// All paths are also testing for key not being locked, for the rare cases that key have been locked with using ImGuiInputFlags_LockXXX flags. +bool ImGui::TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id) +{ + if (!IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key)) + return true; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys && owner_id != g.ActiveId && owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) + if (key >= ImGuiKey_Keyboard_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_Keyboard_END) + return false; + + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(key); + if (owner_id == ImGuiKeyOwner_Any) + return (owner_data->LockThisFrame == false); + + // Note: SetKeyOwner() sets OwnerCurr. It is not strictly required for most mouse routing overlap (because of ActiveId/HoveredId + // are acting as filter before this has a chance to filter), but sane as soon as user tries to look into things. + // Setting OwnerCurr in SetKeyOwner() is more consistent than testing OwnerNext here: would be inconsistent with getter and other functions. + if (owner_data->OwnerCurr != owner_id) + { + if (owner_data->LockThisFrame) + return false; + if (owner_data->OwnerCurr != ImGuiKeyOwner_None) + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +// _LockXXX flags are useful to lock keys away from code which is not input-owner aware. +// When using _LockXXX flags, you can use ImGuiKeyOwner_Any to lock keys from everyone. +// - SetKeyOwner(..., None) : clears owner +// - SetKeyOwner(..., Any, !Lock) : illegal (assert) +// - SetKeyOwner(..., Any or None, Lock) : set lock +void ImGui::SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + IM_ASSERT(IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key) && (owner_id != ImGuiKeyOwner_Any || (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame | ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease)))); // Can only use _Any with _LockXXX flags (to eat a key away without an ID to retrieve it) + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetKeyOwner) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(key); + owner_data->OwnerCurr = owner_data->OwnerNext = owner_id; + + // We cannot lock by default as it would likely break lots of legacy code. + // In the case of using LockUntilRelease while key is not down we still lock during the frame (no key_data->Down test) + owner_data->LockUntilRelease = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_LockUntilRelease) != 0; + owner_data->LockThisFrame = (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_LockThisFrame) != 0 || (owner_data->LockUntilRelease); +} + +// This is more or less equivalent to: +// if (IsItemHovered() || IsItemActive()) +// SetKeyOwner(key, GetItemID()); +// Extensive uses of that (e.g. many calls for a single item) may want to manually perform the tests once and then call SetKeyOwner() multiple times. +// More advanced usage scenarios may want to call SetKeyOwner() manually based on different condition. +// Worth noting is that only one item can be hovered and only one item can be active, therefore this usage pattern doesn't need to bother with routing and priority. +void ImGui::SetItemKeyOwner(ImGuiKey key, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; + if (id == 0 || (g.HoveredId != id && g.ActiveId != id)) + return; + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_CondDefault_; + if ((g.HoveredId == id && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondHovered)) || (g.ActiveId == id && (flags & ImGuiInputFlags_CondActive))) + { + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedBySetItemKeyOwner) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + SetKeyOwner(key, id, flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_CondMask_); + } +} + +bool ImGui::Shortcut(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord, ImGuiID owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // When using (owner_id == 0/Any): SetShortcutRouting() will use CurrentFocusScopeId and filter with this, so IsKeyPressed() is fine with he 0/Any. + if ((flags & ImGuiInputFlags_RouteMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused; + if (!SetShortcutRouting(key_chord, owner_id, flags)) + return false; + + if (key_chord & ImGuiMod_Shortcut) + key_chord = ConvertShortcutMod(key_chord); + ImGuiKey mods = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ImGuiMod_Mask_); + if (g.IO.KeyMods != mods) + return false; + + // Special storage location for mods + ImGuiKey key = (ImGuiKey)(key_chord & ~ImGuiMod_Mask_); + if (key == ImGuiKey_None) + key = ConvertSingleModFlagToKey(mods); + + if (!IsKeyPressed(key, owner_id, (flags & (ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | (ImGuiInputFlags)ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateMask_)))) + return false; + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiInputFlags_SupportedByShortcut) == 0); // Passing flags not supported by this function! + + return true; +} + + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] ERROR CHECKING //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Helper function to verify ABI compatibility between caller code and compiled version of Dear ImGui. // Verify that the type sizes are matching between the calling file's compilation unit and imgui.cpp's compilation unit -// If the user has inconsistent compilation settings, imgui configuration #define, packing pragma, etc. your user code -// may see different structures than what imgui.cpp sees, which is problematic. -// We usually require settings to be in imconfig.h to make sure that they are accessible to all compilation units involved with Dear ImGui. +// If this triggers you have an issue: +// - Most commonly: mismatched headers and compiled code version. +// - Or: mismatched configuration #define, compilation settings, packing pragma etc. +// The configuration settings mentioned in imconfig.h must be set for all compilation units involved with Dear ImGui, +// which is way it is required you put them in your imconfig file (and not just before including imgui.h). +// Otherwise it is possible that different compilation units would see different structure layout bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_vert, size_t sz_idx) { bool error = false; @@ -7410,16 +9442,48 @@ bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, si return !error; } +// Until 1.89 (IMGUI_VERSION_NUM < 18814) it was legal to use SetCursorPos() to extend the boundary of a parent (e.g. window or table cell) +// This is causing issues and ambiguity and we need to retire that. +// See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5548 for more details. +// [Scenario 1] +// Previously this would make the window content size ~200x200: +// Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); // NOT OK +// Instead, please submit an item: +// Begin(...) + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos() + ImVec2(200,200)) + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) + End(); // OK +// Alternative: +// Begin(...) + Dummy(ImVec2(200,200)) + End(); // OK +// [Scenario 2] +// For reference this is one of the issue what we aim to fix with this change: +// BeginGroup() + SomeItem("foobar") + SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos()) + EndGroup() +// The previous logic made SetCursorScreenPos(GetCursorScreenPos()) have a side-effect! It would erroneously incorporate ItemSpacing.y after the item into content size, making the group taller! +// While this code is a little twisted, no-one would expect SetXXX(GetXXX()) to have a side-effect. Using vertical alignment patterns could trigger this issue. +void ImGui::ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(window->DC.IsSetPos); + window->DC.IsSetPos = false; +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + if (window->DC.CursorPos.x <= window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x && window->DC.CursorPos.y <= window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y) + return; + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + IM_ASSERT(0 && "Code uses SetCursorPos()/SetCursorScreenPos() to extend window/parent boundaries. Please submit an item e.g. Dummy() to validate extent."); +#else + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); +#endif +} + static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; // Check user IM_ASSERT macro - // (IF YOU GET A WARNING OR COMPILE ERROR HERE: it means you assert macro is incorrectly defined! + // (IF YOU GET A WARNING OR COMPILE ERROR HERE: it means your assert macro is incorrectly defined! // If your macro uses multiple statements, it NEEDS to be surrounded by a 'do { ... } while (0)' block. // This is a common C/C++ idiom to allow multiple statements macros to be used in control flow blocks.) - // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR) SomeCode(EXPR); SomeMoreCode(); // Wrong! - // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR) do { SomeCode(EXPR); SomeMoreCode(); } while (0) // Correct! + // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR) if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode(); // Wrong! + // #define IM_ASSERT(EXPR) do { if (SomeCode(EXPR)) SomeMoreCode(); } while (0) // Correct! if (true) IM_ASSERT(1); else IM_ASSERT(0); // Check user data @@ -7428,21 +9492,23 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() IM_ASSERT((g.IO.DeltaTime > 0.0f || g.FrameCount == 0) && "Need a positive DeltaTime!"); IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount) && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?"); IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f && "Invalid DisplaySize value!"); - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts.Size > 0 && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8() ?"); - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]->IsLoaded() && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8() ?"); + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->IsBuilt() && "Font Atlas not built! Make sure you called ImGui_ImplXXXX_NewFrame() function for renderer backend, which should call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8()"); IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); - IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CircleSegmentMaxError > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); - IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting. Alpha cannot be negative (allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations)!"); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); // Allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMinSize.x >= 1.0f && g.Style.WindowMinSize.y >= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting."); IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_None || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right); - for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++) - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown) && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..512, or -1 for unmapped key)"); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + for (int n = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++) + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < ImGuiKey_LegacyNativeKey_END && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..511, or -1 for unmapped key)"); - // Perform simple check: required key mapping (we intentionally do NOT check all keys to not pressure user into setting up everything, but Space is required and was only recently added in 1.60 WIP) - if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) + // Check: required key mapping (we intentionally do NOT check all keys to not pressure user into setting up everything, but Space is required and was only added in 1.60 WIP) + if ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && g.IO.BackendUsingLegacyKeyArrays == 1) IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] != -1 && "ImGuiKey_Space is not mapped, required for keyboard navigation."); +#endif - // Perform simple check: the beta io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges option requires back-end to honor mouse cursor changes and set the ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag accordingly. + // Check: the io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges option requires backend to honor mouse cursor changes and set the ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag accordingly. if (g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges && !(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors)) g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = false; @@ -7468,13 +9534,10 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() IM_ASSERT((g.Viewports[0]->PlatformUserData != NULL || g.Viewports[0]->PlatformHandle != NULL) && "Platform init didn't setup main viewport."); if (g.IO.ConfigDockingTransparentPayload && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable)) IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowAlpha != NULL && "Platform_SetWindowAlpha handler is required to use io.ConfigDockingTransparent!"); -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn == NULL); // Call ImGui::Render() then pass ImGui::GetDrawData() yourself to your render function! -#endif } else { - // Disable feature, our back-ends do not support it + // Disable feature, our backends do not support it g.IO.ConfigFlags &= ~ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable; } @@ -7483,8 +9546,8 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() { ImGuiPlatformMonitor& mon = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[monitor_n]; IM_UNUSED(mon); - IM_ASSERT(mon.MainSize.x > 0.0f && mon.MainSize.y > 0.0f && "Monitor bounds not setup properly."); - IM_ASSERT(mon.WorkSize.x > 0.0f && mon.WorkSize.y > 0.0f && "Monitor bounds not setup properly. If you don't have work area information, just copy Min/Max into them."); + IM_ASSERT(mon.MainSize.x > 0.0f && mon.MainSize.y > 0.0f && "Monitor main bounds not setup properly."); + IM_ASSERT(ImRect(mon.MainPos, mon.MainPos + mon.MainSize).Contains(ImRect(mon.WorkPos, mon.WorkPos + mon.WorkSize)) && "Monitor work bounds not setup properly. If you don't have work area information, just copy MainPos/MainSize into them."); IM_ASSERT(mon.DpiScale != 0.0f); } } @@ -7494,10 +9557,18 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - // Verify that io.KeyXXX fields haven't been tampered with. Key mods shoudl not be modified between NewFrame() and EndFrame() - const ImGuiKeyModFlags expected_key_mod_flags = GetMergedKeyModFlags(); - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMods == expected_key_mod_flags && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods"); - IM_UNUSED(expected_key_mod_flags); + // Verify that io.KeyXXX fields haven't been tampered with. Key mods should not be modified between NewFrame() and EndFrame() + // One possible reason leading to this assert is that your backends update inputs _AFTER_ NewFrame(). + // It is known that when some modal native windows called mid-frame takes focus away, some backends such as GLFW will + // send key release events mid-frame. This would normally trigger this assertion and lead to sheared inputs. + // We silently accommodate for this case by ignoring the case where all io.KeyXXX modifiers were released (aka key_mod_flags == 0), + // while still correctly asserting on mid-frame key press events. + const ImGuiKeyChord key_mods = GetMergedModsFromKeys(); + IM_ASSERT((key_mods == 0 || g.IO.KeyMods == key_mods) && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods"); + IM_UNUSED(key_mods); + + // [EXPERIMENTAL] Recover from errors: You may call this yourself before EndFrame(). + //ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(); // Report when there is a mismatch of Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls. Important: Remember that the Begin/BeginChild API requires you // to always call End/EndChild even if Begin/BeginChild returns false! (this is unfortunately inconsistent with most other Begin* API). @@ -7514,28 +9585,138 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameSanityChecks() IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1, "Mismatched Begin/BeginChild vs End/EndChild calls: did you call End/EndChild too much?"); } } + + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(g.GroupStack.Size == 0, "Missing EndGroup call!"); } -// Save and compare stack sizes on Begin()/End() to detect usage errors -// Begin() calls this with write=true -// End() calls this with write=false -static void ImGui::ErrorCheckBeginEndCompareStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write) +// Experimental recovery from incorrect usage of BeginXXX/EndXXX/PushXXX/PopXXX calls. +// Must be called during or before EndFrame(). +// This is generally flawed as we are not necessarily End/Popping things in the right order. +// FIXME: Can't recover from inside BeginTabItem/EndTabItem yet. +// FIXME: Can't recover from interleaved BeginTabBar/Begin +void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data) +{ + // PVS-Studio V1044 is "Loop break conditions do not depend on the number of iterations" + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + while (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size > 0) //-V1044 + { + ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(log_callback, user_data); + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1) + { + IM_ASSERT(window->IsFallbackWindow); + break; + } + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndChild() for '%s'", window->Name); + EndChild(); + } + else + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing End() for '%s'", window->Name); + End(); + } + } +} + +// Must be called before End()/EndChild() +void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - short* p = &window->DC.StackSizesBackup[0]; + while (g.CurrentTable && (g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow == g.CurrentWindow || g.CurrentTable->InnerWindow == g.CurrentWindow)) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTable() in '%s'", g.CurrentTable->OuterWindow->Name); + EndTable(); + } + + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiStackSizes* stack_sizes = &g.CurrentWindowStack.back().StackSizesOnBegin; + IM_ASSERT(window != NULL); + while (g.CurrentTabBar != NULL) //-V1044 + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndTabBar() in '%s'", window->Name); + EndTabBar(); + } + while (window->DC.TreeDepth > 0) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing TreePop() in '%s'", window->Name); + TreePop(); + } + while (g.GroupStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfGroupStack) //-V1044 + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndGroup() in '%s'", window->Name); + EndGroup(); + } + while (window->IDStack.Size > 1) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopID() in '%s'", window->Name); + PopID(); + } + while (g.DisabledStackSize > stack_sizes->SizeOfDisabledStack) //-V1044 + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing EndDisabled() in '%s'", window->Name); + EndDisabled(); + } + while (g.ColorStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfColorStack) + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleColor() in '%s' for ImGuiCol_%s", window->Name, GetStyleColorName(g.ColorStack.back().Col)); + PopStyleColor(); + } + while (g.ItemFlagsStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfItemFlagsStack) //-V1044 + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopItemFlag() in '%s'", window->Name); + PopItemFlag(); + } + while (g.StyleVarStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfStyleVarStack) //-V1044 + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleVar() in '%s'", window->Name); + PopStyleVar(); + } + while (g.FocusScopeStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfFocusScopeStack + 1) //-V1044 + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFocusScope() in '%s'", window->Name); + PopFocusScope(); + } +} + +// Save current stack sizes for later compare +void ImGuiStackSizes::SetToCurrentState() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + SizeOfIDStack = (short)window->IDStack.Size; + SizeOfColorStack = (short)g.ColorStack.Size; + SizeOfStyleVarStack = (short)g.StyleVarStack.Size; + SizeOfFontStack = (short)g.FontStack.Size; + SizeOfFocusScopeStack = (short)g.FocusScopeStack.Size; + SizeOfGroupStack = (short)g.GroupStack.Size; + SizeOfItemFlagsStack = (short)g.ItemFlagsStack.Size; + SizeOfBeginPopupStack = (short)g.BeginPopupStack.Size; + SizeOfDisabledStack = (short)g.DisabledStackSize; +} + +// Compare to detect usage errors +void ImGuiStackSizes::CompareWithCurrentState() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_UNUSED(window); // Window stacks - // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.AllowKeyboardFocus, DC.ButtonRepeat, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin) - { int n = window->IDStack.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p == n && "PushID/PopID or TreeNode/TreePop Mismatch!"); p++; } // Too few or too many PopID()/TreePop() - { int n = window->DC.GroupStack.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p == n && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!"); p++; } // Too few or too many EndGroup() + // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin) + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfIDStack == window->IDStack.Size && "PushID/PopID or TreeNode/TreePop Mismatch!"); // Global stacks // For color, style and font stacks there is an incentive to use Push/Begin/Pop/.../End patterns, so we relax our checks a little to allow them. - { int n = g.BeginPopupStack.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p == n && "BeginMenu/EndMenu or BeginPopup/EndPopup Mismatch!"); p++; }// Too few or too many EndMenu()/EndPopup() - { int n = g.ColorModifiers.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p >= n && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!"); p++; } // Too few or too many PopStyleColor() - { int n = g.StyleModifiers.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p >= n && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!"); p++; } // Too few or too many PopStyleVar() - { int n = g.FontStack.Size; if (write) *p = (short)n; else IM_ASSERT(*p >= n && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!"); p++; } // Too few or too many PopFont() - IM_ASSERT(p == window->DC.StackSizesBackup + IM_ARRAYSIZE(window->DC.StackSizesBackup)); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfGroupStack == g.GroupStack.Size && "BeginGroup/EndGroup Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfBeginPopupStack == g.BeginPopupStack.Size && "BeginPopup/EndPopup or BeginMenu/EndMenu Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfDisabledStack == g.DisabledStackSize && "BeginDisabled/EndDisabled Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfItemFlagsStack >= g.ItemFlagsStack.Size && "PushItemFlag/PopItemFlag Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfColorStack >= g.ColorStack.Size && "PushStyleColor/PopStyleColor Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfStyleVarStack >= g.StyleVarStack.Size && "PushStyleVar/PopStyleVar Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFontStack >= g.FontStack.Size && "PushFont/PopFont Mismatch!"); + IM_ASSERT(SizeOfFocusScopeStack == g.FocusScopeStack.Size && "PushFocusScope/PopFocusScope Mismatch!"); } @@ -7566,10 +9747,9 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckBeginEndCompareStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool // - GetContentRegionMaxAbs() [Internal] // - GetContentRegionAvail(), // - GetWindowContentRegionMin(), GetWindowContentRegionMax() -// - GetWindowContentRegionWidth() // - BeginGroup() // - EndGroup() -// Also see in imgui_widgets: tab bars, columns. +// Also see in imgui_widgets: tab bars, and in imgui_tables: tables, columns. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Advance cursor given item size for layout. @@ -7586,14 +9766,16 @@ void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y) // In theory we should be offsetting the starting position (window->DC.CursorPos), that will be the topic of a larger refactor, // but since ItemSize() is not yet an API that moves the cursor (to handle e.g. wrapping) enlarging the height has the same effect. const float offset_to_match_baseline_y = (text_baseline_y >= 0) ? ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset - text_baseline_y) : 0.0f; - const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, size.y + offset_to_match_baseline_y); + + const float line_y1 = window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y; + const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, /*ImMax(*/window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_y1/*, 0.0f)*/ + size.y + offset_to_match_baseline_y); // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG] window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x; - window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = line_y1; window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); // Next line - window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_FLOOR(window->DC.CursorPos.y + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // Next line + window->DC.CursorPos.y = IM_FLOOR(line_y1 + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); // Next line window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x); window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG] @@ -7602,28 +9784,35 @@ void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y) window->DC.CurrLineSize.y = 0.0f; window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset, text_baseline_y); window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false; // Horizontal layout mode if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) SameLine(); } -void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y) -{ - ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_baseline_y); -} - // Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction. // Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface // declare their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and provide a larger region to ItemAdd() which is used drawing/interaction. -bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg) +bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + // Set item data + // (DisplayRect is left untouched, made valid when ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect is set) + g.LastItemData.ID = id; + g.LastItemData.Rect = bb; + g.LastItemData.NavRect = nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb; + g.LastItemData.InFlags = g.CurrentItemFlags | extra_flags; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None; + + // Directional navigation processing if (id != 0) { - // Navigation processing runs prior to clipping early-out + KeepAliveID(id); + + // Runs prior to clipping early-out // (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget // (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests // unfortunately, but it is still limited to one window. It may not scale very well for windows with ten of @@ -7632,25 +9821,20 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg) // to reach unclipped widgets. This would work if user had explicit scrolling control (e.g. mapped on a stick). // We intentionally don't check if g.NavWindow != NULL because g.NavAnyRequest should only be set when it is non null. // If we crash on a NULL g.NavWindow we need to fix the bug elsewhere. - window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext |= window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask; - if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest) - if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav) - if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) - NavProcessItem(window, nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb, id); - - // [DEBUG] Item Picker tool, when enabling the "extended" version we perform the check in ItemAdd() -#ifdef IMGUI_DEBUG_TOOL_ITEM_PICKER_EX - if (id == g.DebugItemPickerBreakId) + if (!(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) { - IM_DEBUG_BREAK(); - g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; + window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << window->DC.NavLayerCurrent); + if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest) + if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav) + if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) + NavProcessItem(); } -#endif - } - window->DC.LastItemId = id; - window->DC.LastItemRect = bb; - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None; + // [DEBUG] People keep stumbling on this problem and using "" as identifier in the root of a window instead of "##something". + // Empty identifier are valid and useful in a small amount of cases, but 99.9% of the time you want to use "##something". + // READ THE FAQ: https://dearimgui.org/faq + IM_ASSERT(id != window->ID && "Cannot have an empty ID at the root of a window. If you need an empty label, use ## and read the FAQ about how the ID Stack works!"); + } g.NextItemData.Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE @@ -7659,14 +9843,28 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg) #endif // Clipping test - const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id, false); - if (is_clipped) - return false; + // (FIXME: This is a modified copy of IsClippedEx() so we can reuse the is_rect_visible value) + //const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id); + //if (is_clipped) + // return false; + const bool is_rect_visible = bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect); + if (!is_rect_visible) + if (id == 0 || (id != g.ActiveId && id != g.NavId)) + if (!g.LogEnabled) + return false; + + // [DEBUG] +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + if (id != 0 && id == g.DebugLocateId) + DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); +#endif //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG] // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them) + if (is_rect_visible) + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible; if (IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; return true; } @@ -7677,25 +9875,28 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg) // spacing_w >= 0 : enforce spacing amount void ImGui::SameLine(float offset_from_start_x, float spacing_w) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (window->SkipItems) return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (offset_from_start_x != 0.0f) { - if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = 0.0f; + if (spacing_w < 0.0f) + spacing_w = 0.0f; window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + offset_from_start_x + spacing_w + window->DC.GroupOffset.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y; } else { - if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; + if (spacing_w < 0.0f) + spacing_w = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + spacing_w; window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y; } window->DC.CurrLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize; window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset; + window->DC.IsSameLine = true; } ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos() @@ -7704,11 +9905,15 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos() return window->DC.CursorPos; } +// 2022/08/05: Setting cursor position also extend boundaries (via modifying CursorMaxPos) used to compute window size, group size etc. +// I believe this was is a judicious choice but it's probably being relied upon (it has been the case since 1.31 and 1.50) +// It would be sane if we requested user to use SetCursorPos() + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) to extend CursorMaxPos... void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); window->DC.CursorPos = pos; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); + //window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); + window->DC.IsSetPos = true; } // User generally sees positions in window coordinates. Internally we store CursorPos in absolute screen coordinates because it is more convenient. @@ -7735,21 +9940,24 @@ void ImGui::SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); window->DC.CursorPos = window->Pos - window->Scroll + local_pos; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); + //window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos); + window->DC.IsSetPos = true; } void ImGui::SetCursorPosX(float x) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + x; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.x); + //window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.x); + window->DC.IsSetPos = true; } void ImGui::SetCursorPosY(float y) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + y; - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y); + //window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y); + window->DC.IsSetPos = true; } ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorStartPos() @@ -7782,12 +9990,13 @@ void ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(float item_width) g.NextItemData.Width = item_width; } +// FIXME: Remove the == 0.0f behavior? void ImGui::PushItemWidth(float item_width) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width window->DC.ItemWidth = (item_width == 0.0f ? window->ItemWidthDefault : item_width); - window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth; } @@ -7796,20 +10005,21 @@ void ImGui::PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_full - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)) / (float)components)); - const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_full - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1))); + const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_full - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1)) / (float)components)); + const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_full - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1))); + window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth); // Backup current width window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_last); - for (int i = 0; i < components-1; i++) + for (int i = 0; i < components - 2; i++) window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_one); - window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back(); + window->DC.ItemWidth = (components == 1) ? w_item_last : w_item_one; g.NextItemData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth; } void ImGui::PopItemWidth() { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back(); window->DC.ItemWidthStack.pop_back(); - window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.empty() ? window->ItemWidthDefault : window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back(); } // Calculate default item width given value passed to PushItemWidth() or SetNextItemWidth(). @@ -7838,7 +10048,8 @@ float ImGui::CalcItemWidth() // The 4.0f here may be changed to match CalcItemWidth() and/or BeginChild() (right now we have a mismatch which is harmless but undesirable) ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_w, float default_h) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; ImVec2 region_max; if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f) @@ -7889,7 +10100,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos; - if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) + if (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x - window->Pos.x; return mx; } @@ -7900,7 +10111,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMaxAbs() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max; - if (window->DC.CurrentColumns) + if (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x; return mx; } @@ -7924,20 +10135,17 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax() return window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos; } -float ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionWidth() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - return window->ContentRegionRect.GetWidth(); -} - // Lock horizontal starting position + capture group bounding box into one "item" (so you can use IsItemHovered() or layout primitives such as SameLine() on whole group, etc.) +// Groups are currently a mishmash of functionalities which should perhaps be clarified and separated. +// FIXME-OPT: Could we safely early out on ->SkipItems? void ImGui::BeginGroup() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - window->DC.GroupStack.resize(window->DC.GroupStack.Size + 1); - ImGuiGroupData& group_data = window->DC.GroupStack.back(); + g.GroupStack.resize(g.GroupStack.Size + 1); + ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back(); + group_data.WindowID = window->ID; group_data.BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos; group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos; group_data.BackupIndent = window->DC.Indent; @@ -7945,6 +10153,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginGroup() group_data.BackupCurrLineSize = window->DC.CurrLineSize; group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset; group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive = g.ActiveIdIsAlive; + group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive = g.HoveredId != 0; group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; group_data.EmitItem = true; @@ -7953,16 +10162,20 @@ void ImGui::BeginGroup() window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos; window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); if (g.LogEnabled) - g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce Log carriage return + g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return } void ImGui::EndGroup() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.GroupStack.empty()); // Mismatched BeginGroup()/EndGroup() calls + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(g.GroupStack.Size > 0); // Mismatched BeginGroup()/EndGroup() calls - ImGuiGroupData& group_data = window->DC.GroupStack.back(); + ImGuiGroupData& group_data = g.GroupStack.back(); + IM_ASSERT(group_data.WindowID == window->ID); // EndGroup() in wrong window? + + if (window->DC.IsSetPos) + ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, group_data.BackupCursorPos)); @@ -7973,40 +10186,45 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup() window->DC.CurrLineSize = group_data.BackupCurrLineSize; window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset; if (g.LogEnabled) - g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce Log carriage return + g.LogLinePosY = -FLT_MAX; // To enforce a carriage return if (!group_data.EmitItem) { - window->DC.GroupStack.pop_back(); + g.GroupStack.pop_back(); return; } window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrLineTextBaseOffset); // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now. ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize()); - ItemAdd(group_bb, 0); + ItemAdd(group_bb, 0, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop); // If the current ActiveId was declared within the boundary of our group, we copy it to LastItemId so IsItemActive(), IsItemDeactivated() etc. will be functional on the entire group. - // It would be be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but would put a little more burden on individual widgets. + // It would be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but would put a little more burden on individual widgets. // Also if you grep for LastItemId you'll notice it is only used in that context. - // (The tests not symmetrical because ActiveIdIsAlive is an ID itself, in order to be able to handle ActiveId being overwritten during the frame.) + // (The two tests not the same because ActiveIdIsAlive is an ID itself, in order to be able to handle ActiveId being overwritten during the frame.) const bool group_contains_curr_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId) && (g.ActiveIdIsAlive == g.ActiveId) && g.ActiveId; - const bool group_contains_prev_active_id = !group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; + const bool group_contains_prev_active_id = (group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == false) && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive == true); if (group_contains_curr_active_id) - window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveId; + g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveId; else if (group_contains_prev_active_id) - window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame; - window->DC.LastItemRect = group_bb; + g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame; + g.LastItemData.Rect = group_bb; + + // Forward Hovered flag + const bool group_contains_curr_hovered_id = (group_data.BackupHoveredIdIsAlive == false) && g.HoveredId != 0; + if (group_contains_curr_hovered_id) + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; // Forward Edited flag if (group_contains_curr_active_id && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame) - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited; // Forward Deactivated flag - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDeactivated; if (group_contains_prev_active_id && g.ActiveId != g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame) - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Deactivated; - window->DC.GroupStack.pop_back(); + g.GroupStack.pop_back(); //window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); // [Debug] } @@ -8015,68 +10233,125 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup() // [SECTION] SCROLLING //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window, bool snap_on_edges) +// Helper to snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge, +// So the difference between WindowPadding and ItemSpacing will be in the visible area after scrolling. +// When we refactor the scrolling API this may be configurable with a flag? +// Note that the effect for this won't be visible on X axis with default Style settings as WindowPadding.x == ItemSpacing.x by default. +static float CalcScrollEdgeSnap(float target, float snap_min, float snap_max, float snap_threshold, float center_ratio) +{ + if (target <= snap_min + snap_threshold) + return ImLerp(snap_min, target, center_ratio); + if (target >= snap_max - snap_threshold) + return ImLerp(target, snap_max, center_ratio); + return target; +} + +static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImVec2 scroll = window->Scroll; - if (window->ScrollTarget.x < FLT_MAX) + ImVec2 decoration_size(window->DecoOuterSizeX1 + window->DecoInnerSizeX1 + window->DecoOuterSizeX2, window->DecoOuterSizeY1 + window->DecoInnerSizeY1 + window->DecoOuterSizeY2); + for (int axis = 0; axis < 2; axis++) { - float cr_x = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x; - float target_x = window->ScrollTarget.x; - if (snap_on_edges && cr_x <= 0.0f && target_x <= window->WindowPadding.x) - target_x = 0.0f; - else if (snap_on_edges && cr_x >= 1.0f && target_x >= window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x) - target_x = window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f; - scroll.x = target_x - cr_x * (window->SizeFull.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x); - } - if (window->ScrollTarget.y < FLT_MAX) - { - // 'snap_on_edges' allows for a discontinuity at the edge of scrolling limits to take account of WindowPadding so that scrolling to make the last item visible scroll far enough to see the padding. - float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); - float cr_y = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y; - float target_y = window->ScrollTarget.y; - if (snap_on_edges && cr_y <= 0.0f && target_y <= window->WindowPadding.y) - target_y = 0.0f; - if (snap_on_edges && cr_y >= 1.0f && target_y >= window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y) - target_y = window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f; - scroll.y = target_y - cr_y * (window->SizeFull.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y - decoration_up_height); - } - scroll.x = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(scroll.x, 0.0f)); - scroll.y = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(scroll.y, 0.0f)); - if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems) - { - scroll.x = ImMin(scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x); - scroll.y = ImMin(scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y); + if (window->ScrollTarget[axis] < FLT_MAX) + { + float center_ratio = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio[axis]; + float scroll_target = window->ScrollTarget[axis]; + if (window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist[axis] > 0.0f) + { + float snap_min = 0.0f; + float snap_max = window->ScrollMax[axis] + window->SizeFull[axis] - decoration_size[axis]; + scroll_target = CalcScrollEdgeSnap(scroll_target, snap_min, snap_max, window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist[axis], center_ratio); + } + scroll[axis] = scroll_target - center_ratio * (window->SizeFull[axis] - decoration_size[axis]); + } + scroll[axis] = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(scroll[axis], 0.0f)); + if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems) + scroll[axis] = ImMin(scroll[axis], window->ScrollMax[axis]); } return scroll; } -// Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view -ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToBringRectIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect) +void ImGui::ScrollToItem(ImGuiScrollFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImRect window_rect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1)); - //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window_rect.Min, window_rect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG] + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ScrollToRectEx(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect, flags); +} - ImVec2 delta_scroll; - if (!window_rect.Contains(item_rect)) +void ImGui::ScrollToRect(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags) +{ + ScrollToRectEx(window, item_rect, flags); +} + +// Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view +ImVec2 ImGui::ScrollToRectEx(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect, ImGuiScrollFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImRect scroll_rect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1)); + scroll_rect.Min.x = ImMin(scroll_rect.Min.x + window->DecoInnerSizeX1, scroll_rect.Max.x); + scroll_rect.Min.y = ImMin(scroll_rect.Min.y + window->DecoInnerSizeY1, scroll_rect.Max.y); + //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(item_rect.Min, item_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 0.0f, 0, 5.0f); // [DEBUG] + //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(scroll_rect.Min, scroll_rect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG] + + // Check that only one behavior is selected per axis + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_)); + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_)); + + // Defaults + ImGuiScrollFlags in_flags = flags; + if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) == 0 && window->ScrollbarX) + flags |= ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX; + if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) == 0) + flags |= window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; + + const bool fully_visible_x = item_rect.Min.x >= scroll_rect.Min.x && item_rect.Max.x <= scroll_rect.Max.x; + const bool fully_visible_y = item_rect.Min.y >= scroll_rect.Min.y && item_rect.Max.y <= scroll_rect.Max.y; + const bool can_be_fully_visible_x = (item_rect.GetWidth() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f) <= scroll_rect.GetWidth() || (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0; + const bool can_be_fully_visible_y = (item_rect.GetHeight() + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 2.0f) <= scroll_rect.GetHeight() || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0; + + if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX) && !fully_visible_x) { - if (window->ScrollbarX && item_rect.Min.x < window_rect.Min.x) - SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - window->Pos.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, 0.0f); - else if (window->ScrollbarX && item_rect.Max.x >= window_rect.Max.x) - SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Max.x - window->Pos.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x, 1.0f); - if (item_rect.Min.y < window_rect.Min.y) - SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - window->Pos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y, 0.0f); - else if (item_rect.Max.y >= window_rect.Max.y) - SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Max.y - window->Pos.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y, 1.0f); - - ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window, false); - delta_scroll = next_scroll - window->Scroll; + if (item_rect.Min.x < scroll_rect.Min.x || !can_be_fully_visible_x) + SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f); + else if (item_rect.Max.x >= scroll_rect.Max.x) + SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Max.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x - window->Pos.x, 1.0f); + } + else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX) && !fully_visible_x) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX)) + { + if (can_be_fully_visible_x) + SetScrollFromPosX(window, ImFloor((item_rect.Min.x + item_rect.Max.x) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.x, 0.5f); + else + SetScrollFromPosX(window, item_rect.Min.x - window->Pos.x, 0.0f); } + if ((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY) && !fully_visible_y) + { + if (item_rect.Min.y < scroll_rect.Min.y || !can_be_fully_visible_y) + SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f); + else if (item_rect.Max.y >= scroll_rect.Max.y) + SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Max.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y - window->Pos.y, 1.0f); + } + else if (((flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY) && !fully_visible_y) || (flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY)) + { + if (can_be_fully_visible_y) + SetScrollFromPosY(window, ImFloor((item_rect.Min.y + item_rect.Max.y) * 0.5f) - window->Pos.y, 0.5f); + else + SetScrollFromPosY(window, item_rect.Min.y - window->Pos.y, 0.0f); + } + + ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window); + ImVec2 delta_scroll = next_scroll - window->Scroll; + // Also scroll parent window to keep us into view if necessary - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) - delta_scroll += ScrollToBringRectIntoView(window->ParentWindow, ImRect(item_rect.Min - delta_scroll, item_rect.Max - delta_scroll)); + if (!(flags & ImGuiScrollFlags_NoScrollParent) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) + { + // FIXME-SCROLL: May be an option? + if ((in_flags & (ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterX)) != 0) + in_flags = (in_flags & ~ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskX_) | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX; + if ((in_flags & (ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleCenterY)) != 0) + in_flags = (in_flags & ~ImGuiScrollFlags_MaskY_) | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; + delta_scroll += ScrollToRectEx(window->ParentWindow, ImRect(item_rect.Min - delta_scroll, item_rect.Max - delta_scroll), in_flags); + } return delta_scroll; } @@ -8105,49 +10380,56 @@ float ImGui::GetScrollMaxY() return window->ScrollMax.y; } -void ImGui::SetScrollX(float scroll_x) +void ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_x) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); window->ScrollTarget.x = scroll_x; window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f; + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f; +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float scroll_y) +{ + window->ScrollTarget.y = scroll_y; + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f; + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f; +} + +void ImGui::SetScrollX(float scroll_x) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + SetScrollX(g.CurrentWindow, scroll_x); } void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->ScrollTarget.y = scroll_y; - window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + SetScrollY(g.CurrentWindow, scroll_y); } -void ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_x) -{ - window->ScrollTarget.x = new_scroll_x; - window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f; -} - -void ImGui::SetScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y) -{ - window->ScrollTarget.y = new_scroll_y; - window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f; -} - - +// Note that a local position will vary depending on initial scroll value, +// This is a little bit confusing so bear with us: +// - local_pos = (absolution_pos - window->Pos) +// - So local_x/local_y are 0.0f for a position at the upper-left corner of a window, +// and generally local_x/local_y are >(padding+decoration) && <(size-padding-decoration) when in the visible area. +// - They mostly exist because of legacy API. +// Following the rules above, when trying to work with scrolling code, consider that: +// - SetScrollFromPosY(0.0f) == SetScrollY(0.0f + scroll.y) == has no effect! +// - SetScrollFromPosY(-scroll.y) == SetScrollY(-scroll.y + scroll.y) == SetScrollY(0.0f) == reset scroll. Of course writing SetScrollY(0.0f) directly then makes more sense +// We store a target position so centering and clamping can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_x, float center_x_ratio) { - // We store a target position so centering can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size IM_ASSERT(center_x_ratio >= 0.0f && center_x_ratio <= 1.0f); - window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_FLOOR(local_x + window->Scroll.x); + window->ScrollTarget.x = IM_FLOOR(local_x - window->DecoOuterSizeX1 - window->DecoInnerSizeX1 + window->Scroll.x); // Convert local position to scroll offset window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = center_x_ratio; + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = 0.0f; } void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGuiWindow* window, float local_y, float center_y_ratio) { - // We store a target position so centering can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f); - const float decoration_up_height = window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight(); - local_y -= decoration_up_height; - window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_FLOOR(local_y + window->Scroll.y); + window->ScrollTarget.y = IM_FLOOR(local_y - window->DecoOuterSizeY1 - window->DecoInnerSizeY1 + window->Scroll.y); // Convert local position to scroll offset window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio; + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = 0.0f; } void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(float local_x, float center_x_ratio) @@ -8167,10 +10449,12 @@ void ImGui::SetScrollHereX(float center_x_ratio) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - float target_x = window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.x - window->Pos.x; // Left of last item, in window space - float last_item_width = window->DC.LastItemRect.GetWidth(); - target_x += (last_item_width * center_x_ratio) + (g.Style.ItemSpacing.x * (center_x_ratio - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // Precisely aim before, in the middle or after the last item. - SetScrollFromPosX(target_x, center_x_ratio); + float spacing_x = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, g.Style.ItemSpacing.x); + float target_pos_x = ImLerp(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x - spacing_x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x + spacing_x, center_x_ratio); + SetScrollFromPosX(window, target_pos_x - window->Pos.x, center_x_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos + + // Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.x = ImMax(0.0f, window->WindowPadding.x - spacing_x); } // center_y_ratio: 0.0f top of last item, 0.5f vertical center of last item, 1.0f bottom of last item. @@ -8178,9 +10462,12 @@ void ImGui::SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - float target_y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y - window->Pos.y; // Top of last item, in window space - target_y += (window->DC.PrevLineSize.y * center_y_ratio) + (g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * (center_y_ratio - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // Precisely aim above, in the middle or below the last line. - SetScrollFromPosY(target_y, center_y_ratio); + float spacing_y = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.y, g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); + float target_pos_y = ImLerp(window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y - spacing_y, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y + window->DC.PrevLineSize.y + spacing_y, center_y_ratio); + SetScrollFromPosY(window, target_pos_y - window->Pos.y, center_y_ratio); // Convert from absolute to local pos + + // Tweak: snap on edges when aiming at an item very close to the edge + window->ScrollTargetEdgeSnapDist.y = ImMax(0.0f, window->WindowPadding.y - spacing_y); } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -8189,10 +10476,10 @@ void ImGui::SetScrollHereY(float center_y_ratio) void ImGui::BeginTooltip() { - BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags_None, ImGuiTooltipFlags_None); + BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); } -void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags) +void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -8217,11 +10504,11 @@ void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, ImGuiTooltipFlags toolt { // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one. window->Hidden = true; - window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; // FIXME: This may not be necessary? ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount); } - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking; - Begin(window_name, NULL, flags | extra_flags); + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking; + Begin(window_name, NULL, flags | extra_window_flags); } void ImGui::EndTooltip() @@ -8232,7 +10519,7 @@ void ImGui::EndTooltip() void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) { - BeginTooltipEx(0, ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip); + BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); TextV(fmt, args); EndTooltip(); } @@ -8249,53 +10536,104 @@ void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) // [SECTION] POPUPS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id) +// Supported flags: ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel +bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].PopupId == id; + if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId) + { + // Return true if any popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack + // This may be used to e.g. test for another popups already opened to handle popups priorities at the same level. + IM_ASSERT(id == 0); + if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel) + return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0; + else + return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size; + } + else + { + if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel) + { + // Return true if the popup is open anywhere in the popup stack + for (int n = 0; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++) + if (g.OpenPopupStack[n].PopupId == id) + return true; + return false; + } + else + { + // Return true if the popup is open at the current BeginPopup() level of the popup stack (this is the most-common query) + return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].PopupId == id; + } + } } -bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id) +bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].PopupId == g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); + ImGuiID id = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId) ? 0 : g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); + if ((popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel) && id != 0) + IM_ASSERT(0 && "Cannot use IsPopupOpen() with a string id and ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel."); // But non-string version is legal and used internally + return IsPopupOpen(id, popup_flags); } ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostPopupModal() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size-1; n >= 0; n--) + for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window) if (popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) return popup; return NULL; } -void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id) +ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - OpenPopupEx(g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id)); + for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) + if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window) + if ((popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(popup)) + return popup; + return NULL; +} + +void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopup(\"%s\" -> 0x%08X\n", str_id, id); + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); +} + +void ImGui::OpenPopup(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) +{ + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); } // Mark popup as open (toggle toward open state). // Popups are closed when user click outside, or activate a pressable item, or CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block. // Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level). // One open popup per level of the popup hierarchy (NB: when assigning we reset the Window member of ImGuiPopupRef to NULL) -void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id) +void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; - int current_stack_size = g.BeginPopupStack.Size; + const int current_stack_size = g.BeginPopupStack.Size; + + if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup) + if (IsPopupOpen(0u, ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupId)) + return; + ImGuiPopupData popup_ref; // Tagged as new ref as Window will be set back to NULL if we write this into OpenPopupStack. popup_ref.PopupId = id; popup_ref.Window = NULL; - popup_ref.SourceWindow = g.NavWindow; + popup_ref.BackupNavWindow = g.NavWindow; // When popup closes focus may be restored to NavWindow (depend on window type). popup_ref.OpenFrameCount = g.FrameCount; popup_ref.OpenParentId = parent_window->IDStack.back(); popup_ref.OpenPopupPos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); popup_ref.OpenMousePos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : popup_ref.OpenPopupPos; - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("OpenPopupEx(0x%08X)\n", id); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] OpenPopupEx(0x%08X)\n", id); if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size < current_stack_size + 1) { g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); @@ -8312,8 +10650,8 @@ void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id) else { // Close child popups if any, then flag popup for open/reopen - g.OpenPopupStack.resize(current_stack_size + 1); - g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size] = popup_ref; + ClosePopupToLevel(current_stack_size, false); + g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); } // When reopening a popup we first refocus its parent, otherwise if its parent is itself a popup it would get closed by ClosePopupsOverWindow(). @@ -8323,13 +10661,14 @@ void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id) } } +// When popups are stacked, clicking on a lower level popups puts focus back to it and close popups above it. +// This function closes any popups that are over 'ref_window'. void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.OpenPopupStack.empty()) + if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size == 0) return; - // When popups are stacked, clicking on a lower level popups puts focus back to it and close popups above it. // Don't close our own child popup windows. int popup_count_to_keep = 0; if (ref_window) @@ -8344,34 +10683,60 @@ void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to if (popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) continue; - // Trim the stack when popups are not direct descendant of the reference window (the reference window is often the NavWindow) - bool popup_or_descendent_is_ref_window = false; - for (int m = popup_count_to_keep; m < g.OpenPopupStack.Size && !popup_or_descendent_is_ref_window; m++) - if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[m].Window) - if (popup_window->RootWindow == ref_window->RootWindow) - popup_or_descendent_is_ref_window = true; - if (!popup_or_descendent_is_ref_window) + // Trim the stack unless the popup is a direct parent of the reference window (the reference window is often the NavWindow) + // - With this stack of window, clicking/focusing Popup1 will close Popup2 and Popup3: + // Window -> Popup1 -> Popup2 -> Popup3 + // - Each popups may contain child windows, which is why we compare ->RootWindowDockTree! + // Window -> Popup1 -> Popup1_Child -> Popup2 -> Popup2_Child + bool ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = false; + for (int n = popup_count_to_keep; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++) + if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[n].Window) + //if (popup_window->RootWindowDockTree == ref_window->RootWindowDockTree) // FIXME-MERGE + if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(ref_window, popup_window)) + { + ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup = true; + break; + } + if (!ref_window_is_descendent_of_popup) break; } } if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below { - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("ClosePopupsOverWindow(\"%s\") -> ClosePopupToLevel(%d)\n", ref_window->Name, popup_count_to_keep); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupsOverWindow(\"%s\")\n", ref_window ? ref_window->Name : ""); ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); } } +void ImGui::ClosePopupsExceptModals() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + int popup_count_to_keep; + for (popup_count_to_keep = g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep > 0; popup_count_to_keep--) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep - 1].Window; + if (!window || window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) + break; + } + if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below + ClosePopupToLevel(popup_count_to_keep, true); +} + void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("ClosePopupToLevel(%d), restore_focus_to_window_under_popup=%d\n", remaining, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] ClosePopupToLevel(%d), restore_focus_to_window_under_popup=%d\n", remaining, restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); IM_ASSERT(remaining >= 0 && remaining < g.OpenPopupStack.Size); - ImGuiWindow* focus_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].SourceWindow; + + // Trim open popup stack ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].Window; + ImGuiWindow* popup_backup_nav_window = g.OpenPopupStack[remaining].BackupNavWindow; g.OpenPopupStack.resize(remaining); if (restore_focus_to_window_under_popup) { + ImGuiWindow* focus_window = (popup_window && popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? popup_window->ParentWindow : popup_backup_nav_window; if (focus_window && !focus_window->WasActive && popup_window) { // Fallback @@ -8401,13 +10766,13 @@ void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup() ImGuiWindow* parent_popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx - 1].Window; bool close_parent = false; if (popup_window && (popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) - if (parent_popup_window == NULL || !(parent_popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) + if (parent_popup_window && !(parent_popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) close_parent = true; if (!close_parent) break; popup_idx--; } - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("CloseCurrentPopup %d -> %d\n", g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, popup_idx); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_POPUP("[popup] CloseCurrentPopup %d -> %d\n", g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, popup_idx); ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx, true); // A common pattern is to close a popup when selecting a menu item/selectable that will open another window. @@ -8417,10 +10782,11 @@ void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup() window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = true; } +// Attention! BeginPopup() adds default flags which BeginPopupEx()! bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!IsPopupOpen(id)) + if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None)) { g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values return false; @@ -8428,7 +10794,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) char name[20]; if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) - ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.BeginPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth + ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.BeginMenuCount); // Recycle windows based on depth else ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame @@ -8449,7 +10815,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) return false; } flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; - return BeginPopupEx(g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id), flags); + ImGuiID id = g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); + return BeginPopupEx(id, flags); } // If 'p_open' is specified for a modal popup window, the popup will have a regular close button which will close the popup. @@ -8459,21 +10826,22 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags fla ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(name); - if (!IsPopupOpen(id)) + if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None)) { g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values return false; } - // Center modal windows by default + // Center modal windows by default for increased visibility + // (this won't really last as settings will kick in, and is mostly for backward compatibility. user may do the same themselves) // FIXME: Should test for (PosCond & window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags) with the upcoming window. if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) == 0) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = window->WasActive ? window->Viewport : (ImGuiViewportP*)GetMainViewport(); // FIXME-VIEWPORT: What may be our reference viewport? - SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetMainRect().GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_Appearing, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + const ImGuiViewport* viewport = window->WasActive ? window->Viewport : GetMainViewport(); // FIXME-VIEWPORT: What may be our reference viewport? + SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); } - flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking; + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking; const bool is_open = Begin(name, p_open, flags); if (!is_open || (p_open && !*p_open)) // NB: is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) { @@ -8492,10 +10860,11 @@ void ImGui::EndPopup() IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup); // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls IM_ASSERT(g.BeginPopupStack.Size > 0); - // Make all menus and popups wrap around for now, may need to expose that policy. - NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY); + // Make all menus and popups wrap around for now, may need to expose that policy (e.g. focus scope could include wrap/loop policy flags used by new move requests) + if (g.NavWindow == window) + NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY); - // Child-popups don't need to be layed out + // Child-popups don't need to be laid out IM_ASSERT(g.WithinEndChild == false); if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) g.WithinEndChild = true; @@ -8503,53 +10872,77 @@ void ImGui::EndPopup() g.WithinEndChild = false; } -bool ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button) +// Helper to open a popup if mouse button is released over the item +// - This is essentially the same as BeginPopupContextItem() but without the trailing BeginPopup() +void ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_); if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) { - ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! - IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) - OpenPopupEx(id); - return true; + ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : g.LastItemData.ID; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); } - return false; } // This is a helper to handle the simplest case of associating one named popup to one given widget. -// You may want to handle this on user side if you have specific needs (e.g. tweaking IsItemHovered() parameters). -// You can pass a NULL str_id to use the identifier of the last item. -bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button) +// - To create a popup associated to the last item, you generally want to pass a NULL value to str_id. +// - To create a popup with a specific identifier, pass it in str_id. +// - This is useful when using using BeginPopupContextItem() on an item which doesn't have an identifier, e.g. a Text() call. +// - This is useful when multiple code locations may want to manipulate/open the same popup, given an explicit id. +// - You may want to handle the whole on user side if you have specific needs (e.g. tweaking IsItemHovered() parameters). +// This is essentially the same as: +// id = str_id ? GetID(str_id) : GetItemID(); +// OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); +// return BeginPopup(id); +// Which is essentially the same as: +// id = str_id ? GetID(str_id) : GetItemID(); +// if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right)) +// OpenPopup(id); +// return BeginPopup(id); +// The main difference being that this is tweaked to avoid computing the ID twice. +bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (window->SkipItems) return false; - ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! - IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) + ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : g.LastItemData.ID; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) + int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_); if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) - OpenPopupEx(id); - return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); + return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); } -bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button, bool also_over_items) +bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (!str_id) str_id = "window_context"; - ImGuiID id = GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); + int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_); if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) - if (also_over_items || !IsAnyItemHovered()) - OpenPopupEx(id); - return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); + if (!(popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverItems) || !IsAnyItemHovered()) + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); + return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); } -bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button) +bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (!str_id) str_id = "void_context"; - ImGuiID id = GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); + int mouse_button = (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonMask_); if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && !IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)) - OpenPopupEx(id); - return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); + if (GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL) + OpenPopupEx(id, popup_flags); + return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); } // r_avoid = the rectangle to avoid (e.g. for tooltip it is a rectangle around the mouse cursor which we want to avoid. for popups it's a small point around the cursor.) @@ -8584,26 +10977,47 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& s } } - // Default popup policy - const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Up, ImGuiDir_Left }; - for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++) + // Tooltip and Default popup policy + // (Always first try the direction we used on the last frame, if any) + if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip || policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default) { - const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n]; - if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction? - continue; - float avail_w = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left ? r_avoid.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Right ? r_avoid.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x); - float avail_h = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up ? r_avoid.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Down ? r_avoid.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y); - if (avail_w < size.x || avail_h < size.y) - continue; - ImVec2 pos; - pos.x = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? r_avoid.Min.x - size.x : (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? r_avoid.Max.x : base_pos_clamped.x; - pos.y = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? r_avoid.Min.y - size.y : (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? r_avoid.Max.y : base_pos_clamped.y; - *last_dir = dir; - return pos; + const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Up, ImGuiDir_Left }; + for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++) + { + const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n]; + if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction? + continue; + + const float avail_w = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left ? r_avoid.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Right ? r_avoid.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x); + const float avail_h = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up ? r_avoid.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Down ? r_avoid.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y); + + // If there's not enough room on one axis, there's no point in positioning on a side on this axis (e.g. when not enough width, use a top/bottom position to maximize available width) + if (avail_w < size.x && (dir == ImGuiDir_Left || dir == ImGuiDir_Right)) + continue; + if (avail_h < size.y && (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Down)) + continue; + + ImVec2 pos; + pos.x = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? r_avoid.Min.x - size.x : (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? r_avoid.Max.x : base_pos_clamped.x; + pos.y = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? r_avoid.Min.y - size.y : (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? r_avoid.Max.y : base_pos_clamped.y; + + // Clamp top-left corner of popup + pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, r_outer.Min.x); + pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, r_outer.Min.y); + + *last_dir = dir; + return pos; + } } - // Fallback, try to keep within display + // Fallback when not enough room: *last_dir = ImGuiDir_None; + + // For tooltip we prefer avoiding the cursor at all cost even if it means that part of the tooltip won't be visible. + if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip) + return ref_pos + ImVec2(2, 2); + + // Otherwise try to keep within display ImVec2 pos = ref_pos; pos.x = ImMax(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, r_outer.Max.x) - size.x, r_outer.Min.x); pos.y = ImMax(ImMin(pos.y + size.y, r_outer.Max.y) - size.y, r_outer.Min.y); @@ -8611,7 +11025,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& s } // Note that this is used for popups, which can overlap the non work-area of individual viewports. -ImRect ImGui::GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window) +ImRect ImGui::GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImRect r_screen; @@ -8625,8 +11039,7 @@ ImRect ImGui::GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window) else { // Use the full viewport area (not work area) for popups - r_screen.Min = window->Viewport->Pos; - r_screen.Max = window->Viewport->Pos + window->Viewport->Size; + r_screen = window->Viewport->GetMainRect(); } ImVec2 padding = g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding; r_screen.Expand(ImVec2((r_screen.GetWidth() > padding.x * 2) ? -padding.x : 0.0f, (r_screen.GetHeight() > padding.y * 2) ? -padding.y : 0.0f)); @@ -8636,41 +11049,36 @@ ImRect ImGui::GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window) ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + ImRect r_outer = GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(window); if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) { // Child menus typically request _any_ position within the parent menu item, and then we move the new menu outside the parent bounds. // This is how we end up with child menus appearing (most-commonly) on the right of the parent menu. ImGuiWindow* parent_window = window->ParentWindow; float horizontal_overlap = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each menu (currently the amount of overlap is hard-coded to style.ItemSpacing.x). - ImRect r_outer = GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(window); ImRect r_avoid; if (parent_window->DC.MenuBarAppending) r_avoid = ImRect(-FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Min.y, FLT_MAX, parent_window->ClipRect.Max.y); // Avoid parent menu-bar. If we wanted multi-line menu-bar, we may instead want to have the calling window setup e.g. a NextWindowData.PosConstraintAvoidRect field else r_avoid = ImRect(parent_window->Pos.x + horizontal_overlap, -FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.x + parent_window->Size.x - horizontal_overlap - parent_window->ScrollbarSizes.x, FLT_MAX); - return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid); + return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default); } if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) { - ImRect r_outer = GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(window); - ImRect r_avoid = ImRect(window->Pos.x - 1, window->Pos.y - 1, window->Pos.x + 1, window->Pos.y + 1); - return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid); + return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, ImRect(window->Pos, window->Pos), ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default); // Ideally we'd disable r_avoid here } if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) { // Position tooltip (always follows mouse) float sc = g.Style.MouseCursorScale; ImVec2 ref_pos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); - ImRect r_outer = GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(window); ImRect r_avoid; if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos)) r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 16, ref_pos.y + 8); else r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24 * sc, ref_pos.y + 24 * sc); // FIXME: Hard-coded based on mouse cursor shape expectation. Exact dimension not very important. - ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(ref_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid); - if (window->AutoPosLastDirection == ImGuiDir_None) - pos = ref_pos + ImVec2(2, 2); // If there's not enough room, for tooltip we prefer avoiding the cursor at all cost even if it means that part of the tooltip won't be visible. - return pos; + return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(ref_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip); } IM_ASSERT(0); return window->Pos; @@ -8680,26 +11088,32 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window) // [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// FIXME-NAV: The existence of SetNavID vs SetNavIDWithRectRel vs SetFocusID is incredibly messy and confusing, -// and needs some explanation or serious refactoring. -void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id) +// FIXME-NAV: The existence of SetNavID vs SetFocusID vs FocusWindow() needs to be clarified/reworked. +// In our terminology those should be interchangeable, yet right now this is super confusing. +// Those two functions are merely a legacy artifact, so at minimum naming should be clarified. + +void ImGui::SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow); - IM_ASSERT(nav_layer == 0 || nav_layer == 1); - g.NavId = id; - g.NavFocusScopeId = focus_scope_id; - g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; + if (g.NavWindow != window) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", window ? window->Name : ""); + g.NavWindow = window; + } + g.NavInitRequest = g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); } -void ImGui::SetNavIDWithRectRel(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel) +void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - SetNavID(id, nav_layer, focus_scope_id); + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL); + IM_ASSERT(nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu); + g.NavId = id; + g.NavLayer = nav_layer; + g.NavFocusScopeId = focus_scope_id; + g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = rect_rel; - g.NavMousePosDirty = true; - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; } void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) @@ -8707,18 +11121,18 @@ void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(id != 0); - // Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its window->DC.NavLayerCurrent and window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent are valid. + if (g.NavWindow != window) + SetNavWindow(window); + + // Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its window->DC.NavLayerCurrent and g.CurrentFocusScopeId are valid. // Note that window may be != g.CurrentWindow (e.g. SetFocusID call in InputTextEx for multi-line text) const ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; - if (g.NavWindow != window) - g.NavInitRequest = false; - g.NavWindow = window; g.NavId = id; g.NavLayer = nav_layer; - g.NavFocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; + g.NavFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; window->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; - if (window->DC.LastItemId == id) - window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = ImRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min - window->Pos, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max - window->Pos); + if (g.LastItemData.ID == id) + window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect); if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; @@ -8749,7 +11163,7 @@ static void inline NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImRect r.Min.y = ImClamp(r.Min.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); r.Max.y = ImClamp(r.Max.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); } - else + else // FIXME: PageUp/PageDown are leaving move_dir == None { r.Min.x = ImClamp(r.Min.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); r.Max.x = ImClamp(r.Max.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); @@ -8757,15 +11171,17 @@ static void inline NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImRect } // Scoring function for gamepad/keyboard directional navigation. Based on https://gist.github.com/rygorous/6981057 -static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand) +static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) return false; - const ImRect& curr = g.NavScoringRect; // Current modified source rect (NB: we've applied Max.x = Min.x in NavUpdate() to inhibit the effect of having varied item width) - g.NavScoringCount++; + // FIXME: Those are not good variables names + ImRect cand = g.LastItemData.NavRect; // Current item nav rectangle + const ImRect curr = g.NavScoringRect; // Current modified source rect (NB: we've applied Max.x = Min.x in NavUpdate() to inhibit the effect of having varied item width) + g.NavScoringDebugCount++; // When entering through a NavFlattened border, we consider child window items as fully clipped for scoring if (window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow) @@ -8777,7 +11193,7 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand) } // We perform scoring on items bounding box clipped by the current clipping rectangle on the other axis (clipping on our movement axis would give us equal scores for all clipped items) - // For example, this ensure that items in one column are not reached when moving vertically from items in another column. + // For example, this ensures that items in one column are not reached when moving vertically from items in another column. NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(g.NavMoveClipDir, cand, window->ClipRect); // Compute distance between boxes @@ -8785,7 +11201,7 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand) float dbx = NavScoreItemDistInterval(cand.Min.x, cand.Max.x, curr.Min.x, curr.Max.x); float dby = NavScoreItemDistInterval(ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.8f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.8f)); // Scale down on Y to keep using box-distance for vertically touching items if (dby != 0.0f && dbx != 0.0f) - dbx = (dbx/1000.0f) + ((dbx > 0.0f) ? +1.0f : -1.0f); + dbx = (dbx / 1000.0f) + ((dbx > 0.0f) ? +1.0f : -1.0f); float dist_box = ImFabs(dbx) + ImFabs(dby); // Compute distance between centers (this is off by a factor of 2, but we only compare center distances with each other so it doesn't matter) @@ -8815,7 +11231,7 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand) else { // Degenerate case: two overlapping buttons with same center, break ties arbitrarily (note that LastItemId here is really the _previous_ item order, but it doesn't matter) - quadrant = (window->DC.LastItemId < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right; + quadrant = (g.LastItemData.ID < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right; } #if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING @@ -8826,25 +11242,25 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand) ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,100)); draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,200)); - draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4,4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4,4), IM_COL32(40,0,0,150)); - draw_list->AddText(g.IO.FontDefault, 13.0f, cand.Max, ~0U, buf); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4, 4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4, 4), IM_COL32(40,0,0,150)); + draw_list->AddText(cand.Max, ~0U, buf); } else if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold to preview score in matching quadrant. Press C to rotate. { - if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) { g.NavMoveDirLast = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirLast + 1) & 3); g.IO.KeysDownDuration[g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_C]] = 0.01f; } if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir) { ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%.0f/%.0f", dist_box, dist_center); ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200)); - draw_list->AddText(g.IO.FontDefault, 13.0f, cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); + draw_list->AddText(cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); } } - #endif +#endif - // Is it in the quadrant we're interesting in moving to? + // Is it in the quadrant we're interested in moving to? bool new_best = false; - if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir) + const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir; + if (quadrant == move_dir) { // Does it beat the current best candidate? if (dist_box < result->DistBox) @@ -8866,7 +11282,7 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand) // Still tied! we need to be extra-careful to make sure everything gets linked properly. We consistently break ties by symbolically moving "later" items // (with higher index) to the right/downwards by an infinitesimal amount since we the current "best" button already (so it must have a lower index), // this is fairly easy. This rule ensures that all buttons with dx==dy==0 will end up being linked in order of appearance along the x axis. - if (((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? dby : dbx) < 0.0f) // moving bj to the right/down decreases distance + if (((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? dby : dbx) < 0.0f) // moving bj to the right/down decreases distance new_best = true; } } @@ -8879,7 +11295,7 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand) // Disabling it may lead to disconnected graphs when nodes are very spaced out on different axis. Perhaps consider offering this as an option? if (result->DistBox == FLT_MAX && dist_axial < result->DistAxial) // Check axial match if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) - if ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && dax < 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && dax > 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && day < 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && day > 0.0f)) + if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left && dax < 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right && dax > 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up && day < 0.0f) || (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down && day > 0.0f)) { result->DistAxial = dist_axial; new_best = true; @@ -8888,26 +11304,38 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand) return new_best; } -// We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above) -static void ImGui::NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, const ImGuiID id) +static void ImGui::NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - //if (!g.IO.NavActive) // [2017/10/06] Removed this possibly redundant test but I am not sure of all the side-effects yet. Some of the feature here will need to work regardless of using a _NoNavInputs flag. - // return; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + result->Window = window; + result->ID = g.LastItemData.ID; + result->FocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; + result->InFlags = g.LastItemData.InFlags; + result->RectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect); +} - const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = window->DC.ItemFlags; - const ImRect nav_bb_rel(nav_bb.Min - window->Pos, nav_bb.Max - window->Pos); +// We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above) +// This is called after LastItemData is set. +static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; + const ImRect nav_bb = g.LastItemData.NavRect; + const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags; // Process Init Request - if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0) { // Even if 'ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus' is on (typically collapse/close button) we record the first ResultId so they can be used as a fallback - if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) || g.NavInitResultId == 0) + const bool candidate_for_nav_default_focus = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) == 0; + if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus || g.NavInitResultId == 0) { g.NavInitResultId = id; - g.NavInitResultRectRel = nav_bb_rel; + g.NavInitResultRectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb); } - if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus)) + if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus) { g.NavInitRequest = false; // Found a match, clear request NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); @@ -8915,110 +11343,161 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, con } // Process Move Request (scoring for navigation) - // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRectScreen + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy) - if ((g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)) && !(item_flags & (ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled|ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav))) + // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRect + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy) + if (g.NavMoveScoringItems) { - ImGuiNavMoveResult* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther; -#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING - // [DEBUG] Score all items in NavWindow at all times - if (!g.NavMoveRequest) - g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirLast; - bool new_best = NavScoreItem(result, nav_bb) && g.NavMoveRequest; -#else - bool new_best = g.NavMoveRequest && NavScoreItem(result, nav_bb); -#endif - if (new_best) + const bool is_tab_stop = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable) && (item_flags & (ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) == 0; + const bool is_tabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) != 0; + if (is_tabbing) { - result->Window = window; - result->ID = id; - result->FocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; - result->RectRel = nav_bb_rel; + if (is_tab_stop || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi)) + NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(id); } + else if ((g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)) && !(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) + { + ImGuiNavItemData* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther; + if (!is_tabbing) + { + if (NavScoreItem(result)) + NavApplyItemToResult(result); - // Features like PageUp/PageDown need to maintain a separate score for the visible set of items. - const float VISIBLE_RATIO = 0.70f; - if ((g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) && window->ClipRect.Overlaps(nav_bb)) - if (ImClamp(nav_bb.Max.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) - ImClamp(nav_bb.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) >= (nav_bb.Max.y - nav_bb.Min.y) * VISIBLE_RATIO) - if (NavScoreItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet, nav_bb)) - { - result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet; - result->Window = window; - result->ID = id; - result->FocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; - result->RectRel = nav_bb_rel; - } + // Features like PageUp/PageDown need to maintain a separate score for the visible set of items. + const float VISIBLE_RATIO = 0.70f; + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) && window->ClipRect.Overlaps(nav_bb)) + if (ImClamp(nav_bb.Max.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) - ImClamp(nav_bb.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) >= (nav_bb.Max.y - nav_bb.Min.y) * VISIBLE_RATIO) + if (NavScoreItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible)) + NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible); + } + } } // Update window-relative bounding box of navigated item if (g.NavId == id) { - g.NavWindow = window; // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() don't have a window. + if (g.NavWindow != window) + SetNavWindow(window); // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() may not have a window. g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; - g.NavFocusScopeId = window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent; + g.NavFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; g.NavIdIsAlive = true; - g.NavIdTabCounter = window->DC.FocusCounterTabStop; - window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = nav_bb_rel; // Store item bounding box (relative to window position) + window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb); // Store item bounding box (relative to window position) + } +} + +// Handle "scoring" of an item for a tabbing/focusing request initiated by NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest(). +// Note that SetKeyboardFocusHere() API calls are considered tabbing requests! +// - Case 1: no nav/active id: set result to first eligible item, stop storing. +// - Case 2: tab forward: on ref id set counter, on counter elapse store result +// - Case 3: tab forward wrap: set result to first eligible item (preemptively), on ref id set counter, on next frame if counter hasn't elapsed store result. // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as a next-frame forwarded request +// - Case 4: tab backward: store all results, on ref id pick prev, stop storing +// - Case 5: tab backward wrap: store all results, on ref id if no result keep storing until last // FIXME-TABBING: Could be done as next-frame forwarded requested +void ImGui::NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Always store in NavMoveResultLocal (unlike directional request which uses NavMoveResultOther on sibling/flattened windows) + ImGuiNavItemData* result = &g.NavMoveResultLocal; + if (g.NavTabbingDir == +1) + { + // Tab Forward or SetKeyboardFocusHere() with >= 0 + if (g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) + NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst); + if (--g.NavTabbingCounter == 0) + NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(result); + else if (g.NavId == id) + g.NavTabbingCounter = 1; + } + else if (g.NavTabbingDir == -1) + { + // Tab Backward + if (g.NavId == id) + { + if (result->ID) + { + g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + } + } + else + { + NavApplyItemToResult(result); + } + } + else if (g.NavTabbingDir == 0) + { + // Tab Init + if (g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID == 0) + NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavTabbingResultFirst); } } bool ImGui::NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0; + return g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0; +} + +// FIXME: ScoringRect is not set +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL); + + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) + move_flags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId; + + g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = true; + g.NavMoveDir = move_dir; + g.NavMoveDirForDebug = move_dir; + g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir; + g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags; + g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags; + g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false; + g.NavMoveKeyMods = g.IO.KeyMods; + g.NavMoveResultLocal.Clear(); + g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.Clear(); + g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear(); + g.NavTabbingCounter = 0; + g.NavTabbingResultFirst.Clear(); + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); +} + +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; // Ensure request doesn't need more processing + NavApplyItemToResult(result); + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); } void ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NavMoveRequest = false; + g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); } -void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, const ImRect& bb_rel, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags) +// Forward will reuse the move request again on the next frame (generally with modifications done to it) +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None); + IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame == false); NavMoveRequestCancel(); + g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = true; g.NavMoveDir = move_dir; g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir; - g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued; - g.NavMoveRequestFlags = move_flags; - g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = bb_rel; + g.NavMoveFlags = move_flags | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded; + g.NavMoveScrollFlags = scroll_flags; } -void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags) +// Navigation wrap-around logic is delayed to the end of the frame because this operation is only valid after entire +// popup is assembled and in case of appended popups it is not clear which EndPopup() call is final. +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags wrap_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.NavWindow != window || !NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() || g.NavMoveRequestForward != ImGuiNavForward_None || g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main) - return; - IM_ASSERT(move_flags != 0); // No points calling this with no wrapping - ImRect bb_rel = window->NavRectRel[0]; - - ImGuiDir clip_dir = g.NavMoveDir; - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) - { - bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x * 2.0f) - window->Scroll.x; - if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) { bb_rel.TranslateY(-bb_rel.GetHeight()); clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Up; } - NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); - } - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) - { - bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = -window->Scroll.x; - if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) { bb_rel.TranslateY(+bb_rel.GetHeight()); clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Down; } - NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); - } - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY))) - { - bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f) - window->Scroll.y; - if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) { bb_rel.TranslateX(-bb_rel.GetWidth()); clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Left; } - NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); - } - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY))) - { - bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = -window->Scroll.y; - if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) { bb_rel.TranslateX(+bb_rel.GetWidth()); clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Right; } - NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); - } + IM_ASSERT(wrap_flags != 0); // Call with _WrapX, _WrapY, _LoopX, _LoopY + // In theory we should test for NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() but there's no point doing it, NavEndFrame() will do the same test + if (g.NavWindow == window && g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + g.NavMoveFlags |= wrap_flags; } // FIXME: This could be replaced by updating a frame number in each window when (window == NavWindow) and (NavLayer == 0). @@ -9026,7 +11505,7 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags mov static void ImGui::NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(ImGuiWindow* nav_window) { ImGuiWindow* parent = nav_window; - while (parent && parent->RootWindowDockStop != parent && (parent->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 && (parent->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0) + while (parent && parent->RootWindow != parent && (parent->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0) parent = parent->ParentWindow; if (parent && parent != nav_window) parent->NavLastChildNavWindow = nav_window; @@ -9044,23 +11523,39 @@ static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) return window; } -static void NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer) +void ImGui::NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer layer) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NavLayer = layer; - if (layer == 0) - g.NavWindow = ImGui::NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow); + if (layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + { + ImGuiWindow* prev_nav_window = g.NavWindow; + g.NavWindow = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow); // FIXME-NAV: Should clear ongoing nav requests? + if (prev_nav_window) + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavRestoreLayer: from \"%s\" to SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", prev_nav_window->Name, g.NavWindow->Name); + } ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; if (window->NavLastIds[layer] != 0) - ImGui::SetNavIDWithRectRel(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer]); + { + SetNavID(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]); + } else - ImGui::NavInitWindow(window, true); + { + g.NavLayer = layer; + NavInitWindow(window, true); + } +} + +void ImGui::NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true; } static inline void ImGui::NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NavAnyRequest = g.NavMoveRequest || g.NavInitRequest || (IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING && g.NavWindow != NULL); + g.NavAnyRequest = g.NavMoveScoringItems || g.NavInitRequest || (IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING && g.NavWindow != NULL); if (g.NavAnyRequest) IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL); } @@ -9068,16 +11563,24 @@ static inline void ImGui::NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag() // This needs to be called before we submit any widget (aka in or before Begin) void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit) { + // FIXME: ChildWindow test here is wrong for docking ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(window == g.NavWindow); + + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) + { + g.NavId = 0; + g.NavFocusScopeId = window->NavRootFocusScopeId; + return; + } + bool init_for_nav = false; - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || (window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) || force_reinit) - init_for_nav = true; - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[Nav] NavInitWindow() init_for_nav=%d, window=\"%s\", layer=%d\n", init_for_nav, window->Name, g.NavLayer); + if (window == window->RootWindow || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || (window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) || force_reinit) + init_for_nav = true; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from NavInitWindow(), init_for_nav=%d, window=\"%s\", layer=%d\n", init_for_nav, window->Name, g.NavLayer); if (init_for_nav) { - SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer, 0); + SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer, window->NavRootFocusScopeId, ImRect()); g.NavInitRequest = true; g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; g.NavInitResultId = 0; @@ -9087,156 +11590,107 @@ void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit) else { g.NavId = window->NavLastIds[0]; - g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; + g.NavFocusScopeId = window->NavRootFocusScopeId; } } static ImVec2 ImGui::NavCalcPreferredRefPos() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !g.NavWindow) + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + if (g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !window) { // Mouse (we need a fallback in case the mouse becomes invalid after being used) - if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos)) - return g.IO.MousePos; - return g.LastValidMousePos; + // The +1.0f offset when stored by OpenPopupEx() allows reopening this or another popup (same or another mouse button) while not moving the mouse, it is pretty standard. + // In theory we could move that +1.0f offset in OpenPopupEx() + ImVec2 p = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? g.IO.MousePos : g.MouseLastValidPos; + return ImVec2(p.x + 1.0f, p.y); } else { - // When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, decide on an arbitrary position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item. - const ImRect& rect_rel = g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; - ImVec2 pos = g.NavWindow->Pos + ImVec2(rect_rel.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x * 4, rect_rel.GetWidth()), rect_rel.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, rect_rel.GetHeight())); - ImRect visible_rect = g.NavWindow->Viewport->GetMainRect(); - return ImFloor(ImClamp(pos, visible_rect.Min, visible_rect.Max)); // ImFloor() is important because non-integer mouse position application in back-end might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta. + // When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, pick a position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item + // Take account of upcoming scrolling (maybe set mouse pos should be done in EndFrame?) + ImRect rect_rel = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]); + if (window->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount && (window->ScrollTarget.x != FLT_MAX || window->ScrollTarget.y != FLT_MAX)) + { + ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window); + rect_rel.Translate(window->Scroll - next_scroll); + } + ImVec2 pos = ImVec2(rect_rel.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x * 4, rect_rel.GetWidth()), rect_rel.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, rect_rel.GetHeight())); + ImGuiViewport* viewport = window->Viewport; + return ImFloor(ImClamp(pos, viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size)); // ImFloor() is important because non-integer mouse position application in backend might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta. } } -float ImGui::GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode) +float ImGui::GetNavTweakPressedAmount(ImGuiAxis axis) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Down) - return g.IO.NavInputs[n]; // Instant, read analog input (0.0f..1.0f, as provided by user) + float repeat_delay, repeat_rate; + GetTypematicRepeatRate(ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavTweak, &repeat_delay, &repeat_rate); - const float t = g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[n]; - if (t < 0.0f && mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Released) // Return 1.0f when just released, no repeat, ignore analog input. - return (g.IO.NavInputsDownDurationPrev[n] >= 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f); - if (t < 0.0f) - return 0.0f; - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed) // Return 1.0f when just pressed, no repeat, ignore analog input. - return (t == 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat) - return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f); - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow) - return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.25f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 2.00f); - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast) - return (float)CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t - g.IO.DeltaTime, t, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.72f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f); - return 0.0f; -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiInputReadMode mode, float slow_factor, float fast_factor) -{ - ImVec2 delta(0.0f, 0.0f); - if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard) - delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, mode)); - if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad) - delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, mode)); - if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick) - delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, mode)); - if (slow_factor != 0.0f && IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) - delta *= slow_factor; - if (fast_factor != 0.0f && IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast)) - delta *= fast_factor; - return delta; + ImGuiKey key_less, key_more; + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) + { + key_less = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft : ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp; + key_more = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight : ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown; + } + else + { + key_less = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_LeftArrow : ImGuiKey_UpArrow; + key_more = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiKey_RightArrow : ImGuiKey_DownArrow; + } + float amount = (float)GetKeyPressedAmount(key_more, repeat_delay, repeat_rate) - (float)GetKeyPressedAmount(key_less, repeat_delay, repeat_rate); + if (amount != 0.0f && IsKeyDown(key_less) && IsKeyDown(key_more)) // Cancel when opposite directions are held, regardless of repeat phase + amount = 0.0f; + return amount; } static void ImGui::NavUpdate() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.IO.WantSetMousePos = false; -#if 0 - if (g.NavScoringCount > 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("NavScoringCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.FrameCount, g.NavScoringCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest); -#endif + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; - // Set input source as Gamepad when buttons are pressed (as some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard) - // (do it before we map Keyboard input!) - bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; - bool nav_gamepad_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + io.WantSetMousePos = false; + //if (g.NavScoringDebugCount > 0) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavScoringDebugCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.NavScoringDebugCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest); + + // Set input source based on which keys are last pressed (as some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard) + // FIXME-NAV: Now that keys are separated maybe we can get rid of NavInputSource? + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + const ImGuiKey nav_gamepad_keys_to_change_source[] = { ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadFaceDown, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown }; if (nav_gamepad_active) - if (g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Activate] > 0.0f || g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Input] > 0.0f || g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Cancel] > 0.0f || g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Menu] > 0.0f) - g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad; - - // Update Keyboard->Nav inputs mapping + for (ImGuiKey key : nav_gamepad_keys_to_change_source) + if (IsKeyDown(key)) + g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad; + const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; + const ImGuiKey nav_keyboard_keys_to_change_source[] = { ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow }; if (nav_keyboard_active) - { - #define NAV_MAP_KEY(_KEY, _NAV_INPUT) do { if (IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[_KEY])) { g.IO.NavInputs[_NAV_INPUT] = 1.0f; g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard; } } while (0) - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiNavInput_Activate ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiNavInput_Input ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_ ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_RightArrow,ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_ ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_DownArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_ ); - if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) - g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow] = 1.0f; - if (g.IO.KeyShift) - g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast] = 1.0f; - if (g.IO.KeyAlt && !g.IO.KeyCtrl) // AltGR is Alt+Ctrl, also even on keyboards without AltGR we don't want Alt+Ctrl to open menu. - g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_] = 1.0f; - #undef NAV_MAP_KEY - } - memcpy(g.IO.NavInputsDownDurationPrev, g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration, sizeof(g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration)); - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.NavInputs); i++) - g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] = (g.IO.NavInputs[i] > 0.0f) ? (g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + for (ImGuiKey key : nav_keyboard_keys_to_change_source) + if (IsKeyDown(key)) + g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; // Process navigation init request (select first/default focus) - // In very rare cases g.NavWindow may be null (e.g. clearing focus after requesting an init request, which does happen when releasing Alt while clicking on void) - if (g.NavInitResultId != 0 && (!g.NavDisableHighlight || g.NavInitRequestFromMove) && g.NavWindow) - { - // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called) - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[Nav] Apply NavInitRequest result: 0x%08X Layer %d in \"%s\"\n", g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); - if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove) - SetNavIDWithRectRel(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, 0, g.NavInitResultRectRel); - else - SetNavID(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, 0); - g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = g.NavInitResultRectRel; - } + if (g.NavInitResultId != 0) + NavInitRequestApplyResult(); g.NavInitRequest = false; g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; g.NavInitResultId = 0; g.NavJustMovedToId = 0; // Process navigation move request - if (g.NavMoveRequest) - NavUpdateMoveResult(); + if (g.NavMoveSubmitted) + NavMoveRequestApplyResult(); + g.NavTabbingCounter = 0; + g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; - // When a forwarded move request failed, we restore the highlight that we disabled during the forward frame - if (g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive) - { - IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequest); - if (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0) - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_None; - } - - // Apply application mouse position movement, after we had a chance to process move request result. + // Schedule mouse position update (will be done at the bottom of this function, after 1) processing all move requests and 2) updating scrolling) + bool set_mouse_pos = false; if (g.NavMousePosDirty && g.NavIdIsAlive) - { - // Set mouse position given our knowledge of the navigated item position from last frame - if ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos)) - { - if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow) - { - g.IO.MousePos = g.IO.MousePosPrev = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); - g.IO.WantSetMousePos = true; - } - } - g.NavMousePosDirty = false; - } - g.NavIdIsAlive = false; - g.NavJustTabbedId = 0; - IM_ASSERT(g.NavLayer == 0 || g.NavLayer == 1); + if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow) + set_mouse_pos = true; + g.NavMousePosDirty = false; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main || g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu); - // Store our return window (for returning from Layer 1 to Layer 0) and clear it as soon as we step back in our own Layer 0 + // Store our return window (for returning from Menu Layer to Main Layer) and clear it as soon as we step back in our own Layer 0 if (g.NavWindow) NavSaveLastChildNavWindowIntoParent(g.NavWindow); if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow != NULL && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) @@ -9246,213 +11700,296 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() NavUpdateWindowing(); // Set output flags for user application - g.IO.NavActive = (nav_keyboard_active || nav_gamepad_active) && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs); - g.IO.NavVisible = (g.IO.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL); + io.NavActive = (nav_keyboard_active || nav_gamepad_active) && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs); + io.NavVisible = (io.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL); // Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus) - if (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)) - { - if (g.ActiveId != 0) - { - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavInput(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel)) - ClearActiveID(); - } - else if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow && g.NavWindow != g.NavWindow->RootWindowDockStop) - { - // Exit child window - ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow; - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindow; - IM_ASSERT(child_window->ChildId != 0); - FocusWindow(parent_window); - SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, 0, 0); - // Reassigning with same value, we're being explicit here. - g.NavIdIsAlive = false; // -V1048 - if (g.NavDisableMouseHover) - g.NavMousePosDirty = true; - } - else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0) - { - // Close open popup/menu - if (!(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) - ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1, true); - } - else if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main) - { - // Leave the "menu" layer - NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main); - } - else - { - // Clear NavLastId for popups but keep it for regular child window so we can leave one and come back where we were - if (g.NavWindow && ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))) - g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] = 0; - g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; - } - } + NavUpdateCancelRequest(); // Process manual activation request - g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavInputId = 0; + g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavActivateInputId = 0; + g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; if (g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) { - bool activate_down = IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Activate); - bool activate_pressed = activate_down && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); + const bool activate_down = (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Space)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate)); + const bool activate_pressed = activate_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space, false)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, false))); + const bool input_down = (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_Enter)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput)); + const bool input_pressed = input_down && ((nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, false)) || (nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, false))); if (g.ActiveId == 0 && activate_pressed) + { g.NavActivateId = g.NavId; + g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferTweak; + } + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && input_pressed) + { + g.NavActivateInputId = g.NavId; + g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput; + } if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_down) g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavId; if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_pressed) g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavId; - if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)) - g.NavInputId = g.NavId; } if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) g.NavDisableHighlight = true; if (g.NavActivateId != 0) IM_ASSERT(g.NavActivateDownId == g.NavActivateId); - g.NavMoveRequest = false; // Process programmatic activation request + // FIXME-NAV: Those should eventually be queued (unlike focus they don't cancel each others) if (g.NavNextActivateId != 0) - g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavInputId = g.NavNextActivateId; + { + if (g.NavNextActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput) + g.NavActivateInputId = g.NavNextActivateId; + else + g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavNextActivateId; + g.NavActivateFlags = g.NavNextActivateFlags; + } g.NavNextActivateId = 0; - // Initiate directional inputs request - if (g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None) - { - g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_None; - g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; - if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) - { - const ImGuiInputReadMode read_mode = ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat; - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; } - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; } - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; } - if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Down) && (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, read_mode) || IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, read_mode))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; } - } - g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir; - } - else - { - // Forwarding previous request (which has been modified, e.g. wrap around menus rewrite the requests with a starting rectangle at the other side of the window) - // (Preserve g.NavMoveRequestFlags, g.NavMoveClipDir which were set by the NavMoveRequestForward() function) - IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None && g.NavMoveClipDir != ImGuiDir_None); - IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued); - g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive; - } - - // Update PageUp/PageDown/Home/End scroll - // FIXME-NAV: Consider enabling those keys even without the master ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag? - float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f; - if (nav_keyboard_active) - nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = NavUpdatePageUpPageDown(); - - // If we initiate a movement request and have no current NavId, we initiate a InitDefautRequest that will be used as a fallback if the direction fails to find a match - if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None) - { - g.NavMoveRequest = true; - g.NavMoveRequestKeyMods = g.IO.KeyMods; - g.NavMoveDirLast = g.NavMoveDir; - } - if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavId == 0) - { - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[Nav] NavInitRequest from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", g.NavWindow->Name, g.NavLayer); - g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true; - // Reassigning with same value, we're being explicit here. - g.NavInitResultId = 0; // -V1048 - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - } + // Process move requests + NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest(); + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None) + NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest(); NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + g.NavIdIsAlive = false; // Scrolling if (g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.NavWindowingTarget) { // *Fallback* manual-scroll with Nav directional keys when window has no navigable item ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; - const float scroll_speed = IM_ROUND(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * g.IO.DeltaTime); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported. - if (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll && g.NavMoveRequest) + const float scroll_speed = IM_ROUND(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * io.DeltaTime); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported. + const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir; + if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll && move_dir != ImGuiDir_None) { - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) - SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) - SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); + if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) + SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); + if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) + SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); } - // *Normal* Manual scroll with NavScrollXXX keys + // *Normal* Manual scroll with LStick // Next movement request will clamp the NavId reference rectangle to the visible area, so navigation will resume within those bounds. - ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down, 1.0f/10.0f, 10.0f); - if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX) + if (nav_gamepad_active) { - SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed)); - g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = true; - } - if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f) - { - SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed)); - g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = true; + const ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown); + const float tweak_factor = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow) ? 1.0f / 10.0f : IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast) ? 10.0f : 1.0f; + if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX) + SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed * tweak_factor)); + if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f) + SetScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed * tweak_factor)); } } - // Reset search results - g.NavMoveResultLocal.Clear(); - g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.Clear(); - g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear(); - - // When we have manually scrolled (without using navigation) and NavId becomes out of bounds, we project its bounding box to the visible area to restart navigation within visible items - if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + // Always prioritize mouse highlight if navigation is disabled + if (!nav_keyboard_active && !nav_gamepad_active) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; - ImRect window_rect_rel(window->InnerRect.Min - window->Pos - ImVec2(1,1), window->InnerRect.Max - window->Pos + ImVec2(1,1)); - if (!window_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer])) - { - float pad = window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f; - window_rect_rel.Expand(ImVec2(-ImMin(window_rect_rel.GetWidth(), pad), -ImMin(window_rect_rel.GetHeight(), pad))); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item - window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].ClipWith(window_rect_rel); - g.NavId = g.NavFocusScopeId = 0; - } - g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = false; + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = set_mouse_pos = false; } - // For scoring we use a single segment on the left side our current item bounding box (not touching the edge to avoid box overlap with zero-spaced items) - ImRect nav_rect_rel = (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted()) ? g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0,0,0,0); - g.NavScoringRect = g.NavWindow ? ImRect(g.NavWindow->Pos + nav_rect_rel.Min, g.NavWindow->Pos + nav_rect_rel.Max) : ImRect(0,0,0,0); - g.NavScoringRect.TranslateY(nav_scoring_rect_offset_y); - g.NavScoringRect.Min.x = ImMin(g.NavScoringRect.Min.x + 1.0f, g.NavScoringRect.Max.x); - g.NavScoringRect.Max.x = g.NavScoringRect.Min.x; - IM_ASSERT(!g.NavScoringRect.IsInverted()); // Ensure if we have a finite, non-inverted bounding box here will allows us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem(). - //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min, g.NavScoringRectScreen.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG] - g.NavScoringCount = 0; + // Update mouse position if requested + // (This will take into account the possibility that a Scroll was queued in the window to offset our absolute mouse position before scroll has been applied) + if (set_mouse_pos && (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos)) + { + io.MousePos = io.MousePosPrev = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); + io.WantSetMousePos = true; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("SetMousePos: (%.1f,%.1f)\n", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); + } + + // [DEBUG] + g.NavScoringDebugCount = 0; #if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS if (g.NavWindow) { ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(g.NavWindow); - if (1) { for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++) draw_list->AddRect(g.NavWindow->Pos + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer].Min, g.NavWindow->Pos + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer].Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); } // [DEBUG] + if (1) { for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++) { ImRect r = WindowRectRelToAbs(g.NavWindow, g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer]); draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); } } // [DEBUG] if (1) { ImU32 col = (!g.NavWindow->Hidden) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); draw_list->AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); draw_list->AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); } } #endif } -// Apply result from previous frame navigation directional move request -static void ImGui::NavUpdateMoveResult() +void ImGui::NavInitRequestApplyResult() +{ + // In very rare cases g.NavWindow may be null (e.g. clearing focus after requesting an init request, which does happen when releasing Alt while clicking on void) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.NavWindow) + return; + + // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called) + // FIXME-NAV: On _NavFlattened windows, g.NavWindow will only be updated during subsequent frame. Not a problem currently. + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: ApplyResult: NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); + SetNavID(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, 0, g.NavInitResultRectRel); + g.NavIdIsAlive = true; // Mark as alive from previous frame as we got a result + if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove) + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); +} + +void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0) + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; + + if (g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame && window != NULL) { - // In a situation when there is no results but NavId != 0, re-enable the Navigation highlight (because g.NavId is not considered as a possible result) - if (g.NavId != 0) + // Forwarding previous request (which has been modified, e.g. wrap around menus rewrite the requests with a starting rectangle at the other side of the window) + // (preserve most state, which were already set by the NavMoveRequestForward() function) + IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None && g.NavMoveClipDir != ImGuiDir_None); + IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequestForward %d\n", g.NavMoveDir); + } + else + { + // Initiate directional inputs request + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_None; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None; + g.NavMoveScrollFlags = ImGuiScrollFlags_None; + if (window && !g.NavWindowingTarget && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) { - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + const ImGuiInputFlags repeat_mode = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | (ImGuiInputFlags)ImGuiInputFlags_RepeatRateNavMove; + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Left) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadLeft, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Left; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Right) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadRight, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Right; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Up) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; } + if (!IsActiveIdUsingNavDir(ImGuiDir_Down) && ((nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadDpadDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)) || (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, repeat_mode)))) { g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; } } + g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir; + g.NavScoringNoClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + } + + // Update PageUp/PageDown/Home/End scroll + // FIXME-NAV: Consider enabling those keys even without the master ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag? + float scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f; + if (window && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None && nav_keyboard_active) + scoring_rect_offset_y = NavUpdatePageUpPageDown(); + if (scoring_rect_offset_y != 0.0f) + { + g.NavScoringNoClipRect = window->InnerRect; + g.NavScoringNoClipRect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y); + } + + // [DEBUG] Always send a request +#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING + if (io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) + g.NavMoveDirForDebug = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirForDebug + 1) & 3); + if (io.KeyCtrl && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None) + { + g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirForDebug; + g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult; + } +#endif + + // Submit + g.NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false; + if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None) + NavMoveRequestSubmit(g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveClipDir, g.NavMoveFlags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); + + // Moving with no reference triggers an init request (will be used as a fallback if the direction fails to find a match) + if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavId == 0) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", window ? window->Name : "", g.NavLayer); + g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true; + g.NavInitResultId = 0; + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + } + + // When using gamepad, we project the reference nav bounding box into window visible area. + // This is to allow resuming navigation inside the visible area after doing a large amount of scrolling, since with gamepad all movements are relative + // (can't focus a visible object like we can with the mouse). + if (g.NavMoveSubmitted && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && window != NULL)// && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded)) + { + bool clamp_x = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX)) == 0; + bool clamp_y = (g.NavMoveFlags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY)) == 0; + ImRect inner_rect_rel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, ImRect(window->InnerRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1))); + if ((clamp_x || clamp_y) && !inner_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer])) + { + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: clamp NavRectRel for gamepad move\n"); + float pad_x = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetWidth(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f); + float pad_y = ImMin(inner_rect_rel.GetHeight(), window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item + inner_rect_rel.Min.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.x + pad_x) : -FLT_MAX; + inner_rect_rel.Max.x = clamp_x ? (inner_rect_rel.Max.x - pad_x) : +FLT_MAX; + inner_rect_rel.Min.y = clamp_y ? (inner_rect_rel.Min.y + pad_y) : -FLT_MAX; + inner_rect_rel.Max.y = clamp_y ? (inner_rect_rel.Max.y - pad_y) : +FLT_MAX; + window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].ClipWithFull(inner_rect_rel); + g.NavId = 0; + } + } + + // For scoring we use a single segment on the left side our current item bounding box (not touching the edge to avoid box overlap with zero-spaced items) + ImRect scoring_rect; + if (window != NULL) + { + ImRect nav_rect_rel = !window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted() ? window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0, 0, 0, 0); + scoring_rect = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, nav_rect_rel); + scoring_rect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y); + scoring_rect.Min.x = ImMin(scoring_rect.Min.x + 1.0f, scoring_rect.Max.x); + scoring_rect.Max.x = scoring_rect.Min.x; + IM_ASSERT(!scoring_rect.IsInverted()); // Ensure if we have a finite, non-inverted bounding box here will allow us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem(). + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(scoring_rect.Min, scoring_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG] + //if (!g.NavScoringNoClipRect.IsInverted()) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); } // [DEBUG] + } + g.NavScoringRect = scoring_rect; + g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Add(scoring_rect); +} + +void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None); + if (window == NULL || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + return; + + const bool tab_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyAlt; + if (!tab_pressed) + return; + + // Initiate tabbing request + // (this is ALWAYS ENABLED, regardless of ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard flag!) + // Initially this was designed to use counters and modulo arithmetic, but that could not work with unsubmitted items (list clipper). Instead we use a strategy close to other move requests. + // See NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for a description of the various forward/backward tabbing cases with and without wrapping. + //// FIXME: We use (g.ActiveId == 0) but (g.NavDisableHighlight == false) might be righter once we can tab through anything + g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1; + ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; + ImGuiDir clip_dir = (g.NavTabbingDir < 0) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down; + NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. + g.NavTabbingCounter = -1; +} + +// Apply result from previous frame navigation directional move request. Always called from NavUpdate() +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; +#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult) // [DEBUG] Scoring all items in NavWindow at all times + return; +#endif + + // Select which result to use + ImGuiNavItemData* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : (g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultOther : NULL; + + // Tabbing forward wrap + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) + if ((g.NavTabbingCounter == 1 || g.NavTabbingDir == 0) && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID) + result = &g.NavTabbingResultFirst; + + // In a situation when there are no results but NavId != 0, re-enable the Navigation highlight (because g.NavId is not considered as a possible result) + if (result == NULL) + { + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) + g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight; + if (g.NavId != 0 && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight) == 0) + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); return; } - // Select which result to use - ImGuiNavMoveResult* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther; - // PageUp/PageDown behavior first jumps to the bottom/top mostly visible item, _otherwise_ use the result from the previous/next page. - if (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) - if (g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.ID != g.NavId) - result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet; + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) + if (g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible.ID != g.NavId) + result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisible; // Maybe entering a flattened child from the outside? In this case solve the tie using the regular scoring rules. if (result != &g.NavMoveResultOther && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.Window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow) @@ -9463,116 +12000,263 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateMoveResult() // Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view. if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) { - ImVec2 delta_scroll; - if (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge) + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY) { + // FIXME: Should remove this float scroll_target = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? result->Window->ScrollMax.y : 0.0f; - delta_scroll.y = result->Window->Scroll.y - scroll_target; SetScrollY(result->Window, scroll_target); } else { - ImRect rect_abs = ImRect(result->RectRel.Min + result->Window->Pos, result->RectRel.Max + result->Window->Pos); - delta_scroll = ScrollToBringRectIntoView(result->Window, rect_abs); + ImRect rect_abs = WindowRectRelToAbs(result->Window, result->RectRel); + ScrollToRectEx(result->Window, rect_abs, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); } - - // Offset our result position so mouse position can be applied immediately after in NavUpdate() - result->RectRel.TranslateX(-delta_scroll.x); - result->RectRel.TranslateY(-delta_scroll.y); } - ClearActiveID(); - g.NavWindow = result->Window; + if (g.NavWindow != result->Window) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] NavMoveRequest: SetNavWindow(\"%s\")\n", result->Window->Name); + g.NavWindow = result->Window; + } + if (g.ActiveId != result->ID) + ClearActiveID(); if (g.NavId != result->ID) { // Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId) g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID; g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId; - g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = g.NavMoveRequestKeyMods; + g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = g.NavMoveKeyMods; + } + + // Focus + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: result NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); + SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel); + + // Tabbing: Activates Inputable or Focus non-Inputable + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) && (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)) + { + g.NavNextActivateId = result->ID; + g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState; + g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight; + } + + // Activate + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate) + { + g.NavNextActivateId = result->ID; + g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; + } + + // Enable nav highlight + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight) == 0) + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); +} + +// Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus) +// FIXME: In order to support e.g. Escape to clear a selection we'll need: +// - either to store the equivalent of ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask for a FocusScope and test for it. +// - either to move most/all of those tests to the epilogue/end functions of the scope they are dealing with (e.g. exit child window in EndChild()) or in EndFrame(), to allow an earlier intercept +static void ImGui::NavUpdateCancelRequest() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + const bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; + if (!(nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)) && !(nav_gamepad_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, ImGuiKeyOwner_None))) + return; + + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavUpdateCancelRequest()\n"); + if (g.ActiveId != 0) + { + ClearActiveID(); + } + else if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + { + // Leave the "menu" layer + NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main); + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); + } + else if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow != g.NavWindow->RootWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow) + { + // Exit child window + ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow; + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(child_window->ChildId != 0); + ImRect child_rect = child_window->Rect(); + FocusWindow(parent_window); + SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, ImGuiNavLayer_Main, 0, WindowRectAbsToRel(parent_window, child_rect)); + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); + } + else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0 && g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window != NULL && !(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) + { + // Close open popup/menu + ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1, true); + } + else + { + // Clear NavLastId for popups but keep it for regular child window so we can leave one and come back where we were + if (g.NavWindow && ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))) + g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] = 0; + g.NavId = 0; } - SetNavIDWithRectRel(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel); - g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = false; } // Handle PageUp/PageDown/Home/End keys +// Called from NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() which will use our output to create a move request +// FIXME-NAV: This doesn't work properly with NavFlattened siblings as we use NavWindow rectangle for reference +// FIXME-NAV: how to get Home/End to aim at the beginning/end of a 2D grid? static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None || g.NavWindow == NULL) - return 0.0f; - if ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL || g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) || g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL) return 0.0f; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; - const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageUp); - const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_PageDown); - const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Home]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_Home); - const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_End]) && !IsActiveIdUsingKey(ImGuiKey_End); - if (page_up_held != page_down_held || home_pressed != end_pressed) // If either (not both) are pressed + const bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None); + const bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None); + const bool home_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat); + const bool end_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat); + if (page_up_held == page_down_held && home_pressed == end_pressed) // Proceed if either (not both) are pressed, otherwise early out + return 0.0f; + + if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main) + NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main); + + if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll) { - if (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll) + // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item + if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat)) + SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat)) + SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); + else if (home_pressed) + SetScrollY(window, 0.0f); + else if (end_pressed) + SetScrollY(window, window->ScrollMax.y); + } + else + { + ImRect& nav_rect_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; + const float page_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->InnerRect.GetHeight() - window->CalcFontSize() * 1.0f + nav_rect_rel.GetHeight()); + float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f; + if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, true)) { - // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item - if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true)) - SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); - else if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true)) - SetScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerRect.GetHeight()); - else if (home_pressed) - SetScrollY(window, 0.0f); - else if (end_pressed) - SetScrollY(window, window->ScrollMax.y); + nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y; + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset up, we request the down direction (so we can always land on the last item) + g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; } - else + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, true)) { - ImRect& nav_rect_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; - const float page_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->InnerRect.GetHeight() - window->CalcFontSize() * 1.0f + nav_rect_rel.GetHeight()); - float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f; - if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true)) - { - nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y; - g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset up, we request the down direction (so we can always land on the last item) - g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up; - g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; - } - else if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true)) - { - nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y; - g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset down, we request the up direction (so we can always land on the last item) - g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down; - g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; - } - else if (home_pressed) - { - // FIXME-NAV: handling of Home/End is assuming that the top/bottom most item will be visible with Scroll.y == 0/ScrollMax.y - // Scrolling will be handled via the ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge flag, we don't scroll immediately to avoid scrolling happening before nav result. - // Preserve current horizontal position if we have any. - nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = -window->Scroll.y; - if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted()) - nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f; - g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; - g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge; - } - else if (end_pressed) - { - nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = window->ScrollMax.y + window->SizeFull.y - window->Scroll.y; - if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted()) - nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f; - g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; - g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdge; - } - return nav_scoring_rect_offset_y; + nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y; + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset down, we request the up direction (so we can always land on the last item) + g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; } + else if (home_pressed) + { + // FIXME-NAV: handling of Home/End is assuming that the top/bottom most item will be visible with Scroll.y == 0/ScrollMax.y + // Scrolling will be handled via the ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY flag, we don't scroll immediately to avoid scrolling happening before nav result. + // Preserve current horizontal position if we have any. + nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = 0.0f; + if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted()) + nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f; + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY; + // FIXME-NAV: MoveClipDir left to _None, intentional? + } + else if (end_pressed) + { + nav_rect_rel.Min.y = nav_rect_rel.Max.y = window->ContentSize.y; + if (nav_rect_rel.IsInverted()) + nav_rect_rel.Min.x = nav_rect_rel.Max.x = 0.0f; + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY; + // FIXME-NAV: MoveClipDir left to _None, intentional? + } + return nav_scoring_rect_offset_y; } return 0.0f; } -static int ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window) // FIXME-OPT O(N) +static void ImGui::NavEndFrame() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int i = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size-1; i >= 0; i--) - if (g.WindowsFocusOrder[i] == window) - return i; - return -1; + + // Show CTRL+TAB list window + if (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL) + NavUpdateWindowingOverlay(); + + // Perform wrap-around in menus + // FIXME-NAV: Wrap may need to apply a weight bias on the other axis. e.g. 4x4 grid with 2 last items missing on last item won't handle LoopY/WrapY correctly. + // FIXME-NAV: Wrap (not Loop) support could be handled by the scoring function and then WrapX would function without an extra frame. + const ImGuiNavMoveFlags wanted_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY; + if (g.NavWindow && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveFlags & wanted_flags) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0) + NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest(); +} + +static void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + + bool do_forward = false; + ImRect bb_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; + ImGuiDir clip_dir = g.NavMoveDir; + const ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = g.NavMoveFlags; + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) + { + bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) + { + bb_rel.TranslateY(-bb_rel.GetHeight()); // Previous row + clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Up; + } + do_forward = true; + } + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) + { + bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = -window->WindowPadding.x; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) + { + bb_rel.TranslateY(+bb_rel.GetHeight()); // Next row + clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Down; + } + do_forward = true; + } + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY))) + { + bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = window->ContentSize.y + window->WindowPadding.y; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) + { + bb_rel.TranslateX(-bb_rel.GetWidth()); // Previous column + clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Left; + } + do_forward = true; + } + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY))) + { + bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = -window->WindowPadding.y; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) + { + bb_rel.TranslateX(+bb_rel.GetWidth()); // Next column + clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Right; + } + do_forward = true; + } + if (!do_forward) + return; + window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = bb_rel; + NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, move_flags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); +} + +static int ImGui::FindWindowFocusIndex(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_UNUSED(g); + int order = window->FocusOrder; + IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindow == window); // No child window (not testing _ChildWindow because of docking) + IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder[order] == window); + return order; } static ImGuiWindow* FindWindowNavFocusable(int i_start, int i_stop, int dir) // FIXME-OPT O(N) @@ -9596,7 +12280,10 @@ static void NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(int focus_change_dir) if (!window_target) window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable((focus_change_dir < 0) ? (g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1) : 0, i_current, focus_change_dir); if (window_target) // Don't reset windowing target if there's a single window in the list + { g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window_target; + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos = g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + } g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; } @@ -9606,45 +12293,50 @@ static void NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(int focus_change_dir) static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + ImGuiWindow* apply_focus_window = NULL; bool apply_toggle_layer = false; ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal(); - if (modal_window != NULL) - { + bool allow_windowing = (modal_window == NULL); + if (!allow_windowing) g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; - return; - } // Fade out if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && g.NavWindowingTarget == NULL) { - g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha - g.IO.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f); + g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha - io.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f); if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f) g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = NULL; } - // Start CTRL-TAB or Square+L/R window selection - bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); - bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard); + // Start CTRL+Tab or Square+L/R window selection + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + const bool nav_keyboard_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; + const bool keyboard_next_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext && Shortcut(g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways); + const bool keyboard_prev_window = allow_windowing && g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev && Shortcut(g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteAlways); + const bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = allow_windowing && nav_gamepad_active && !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu, 0, ImGuiInputFlags_None); + const bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = allow_windowing && !g.NavWindowingTarget && (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window); // Note: enabled even without NavEnableKeyboard! if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard) if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavFocusable(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1, -INT_MAX, -1)) { - g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window->RootWindowDockStop; + g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window->RootWindow; g.NavWindowingTimer = g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; - g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? false : true; - g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard : ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad; + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos = g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_gamepad ? true : false; // Gamepad starts toggling layer + g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard : ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad; } // Gamepad update - g.NavWindowingTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; - if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad) + g.NavWindowingTimer += io.DeltaTime; + if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) { // Highlight only appears after a brief time holding the button, so that a fast tap on PadMenu (to toggle NavLayer) doesn't add visual noise g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); // Select window to focus - const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow) - (int)IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow); + const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadL1) - (int)IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_GamepadR1); if (focus_change_dir != 0) { NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(focus_change_dir); @@ -9652,7 +12344,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() } // Single press toggles NavLayer, long press with L/R apply actual focus on release (until then the window was merely rendered top-most) - if (!IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Menu)) + if (!IsKeyDown(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadMenu)) { g.NavWindowingToggleLayer &= (g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha < 1.0f); // Once button was held long enough we don't consider it a tap-to-toggle-layer press anymore. if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavWindow) @@ -9664,57 +12356,88 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() } // Keyboard: Focus - if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard) + if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard) { // Visuals only appears after a brief time after pressing TAB the first time, so that a fast CTRL+TAB doesn't add visual noise + ImGuiKeyChord shared_mods = ((g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext ? g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyNext : ImGuiMod_Mask_) & (g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev ? g.ConfigNavWindowingKeyPrev : ImGuiMod_Mask_)) & ImGuiMod_Mask_; + IM_ASSERT(shared_mods != 0); // Next/Prev shortcut currently needs a shared modifier to "hold", otherwise Prev actions would keep cycling between two windows. g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); // 1.0f - if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab, true)) - NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(g.IO.KeyShift ? +1 : -1); - if (!g.IO.KeyCtrl) + if (keyboard_next_window || keyboard_prev_window) + NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(keyboard_next_window ? -1 : +1); + else if ((io.KeyMods & shared_mods) != shared_mods) apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget; } // Keyboard: Press and Release ALT to toggle menu layer - // FIXME: We lack an explicit IO variable for "is the imgui window focused", so compare mouse validity to detect the common case of back-end clearing releases all keys on ALT-TAB - if (IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)) + // - Testing that only Alt is tested prevents Alt+Shift or AltGR from toggling menu layer. + // - AltGR is normally Alt+Ctrl but we can't reliably detect it (not all backends/systems/layout emit it as Alt+Ctrl). But even on keyboards without AltGR we don't want Alt+Ctrl to open menu anyway. + if (nav_keyboard_active && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyOwner_None)) + { g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = true; - if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Released)) - if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePosPrev)) - apply_toggle_layer = true; + g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; + } + if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard) + { + // We cancel toggling nav layer when any text has been typed (generally while holding Alt). (See #370) + // We cancel toggling nav layer when other modifiers are pressed. (See #4439) + // We cancel toggling nav layer if an owner has claimed the key. + if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0 || io.KeyCtrl || io.KeyShift || io.KeySuper || TestKeyOwner(ImGuiMod_Alt, ImGuiKeyOwner_None) == false) + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; + + // Apply layer toggle on release + // Important: as before version <18314 we lacked an explicit IO event for focus gain/loss, we also compare mouse validity to detect old backends clearing mouse pos on focus loss. + if (IsKeyReleased(ImGuiMod_Alt) && g.NavWindowingToggleLayer) + if (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) + if (IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&io.MousePosPrev)) + apply_toggle_layer = true; + if (!IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Alt)) + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; + } // Move window if (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) { - ImVec2 move_delta; - if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard && !g.IO.KeyShift) - move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); - if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad) - move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); - if (move_delta.x != 0.0f || move_delta.y != 0.0f) + ImVec2 nav_move_dir; + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard && !io.KeyShift) + nav_move_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiKey_RightArrow, ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiKey_DownArrow); + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) + nav_move_dir = GetKeyMagnitude2d(ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickLeft, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickRight, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickUp, ImGuiKey_GamepadLStickDown); + if (nav_move_dir.x != 0.0f || nav_move_dir.y != 0.0f) { const float NAV_MOVE_SPEED = 800.0f; - const float move_speed = ImFloor(NAV_MOVE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y)); // FIXME: Doesn't code variable framerate very well - SetWindowPos(g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow, g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow->Pos + move_delta * move_speed, ImGuiCond_Always); + const float move_step = NAV_MOVE_SPEED * io.DeltaTime * ImMin(io.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, io.DisplayFramebufferScale.y); + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos += nav_move_dir * move_step; g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; - MarkIniSettingsDirty(g.NavWindowingTarget); + ImVec2 accum_floored = ImFloor(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos); + if (accum_floored.x != 0.0f || accum_floored.y != 0.0f) + { + ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindowDockTree; + SetWindowPos(moving_window, moving_window->Pos + accum_floored, ImGuiCond_Always); + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaPos -= accum_floored; + } } } // Apply final focus - if (apply_focus_window && (g.NavWindow == NULL || apply_focus_window != g.NavWindow->RootWindowDockStop)) + if (apply_focus_window && (g.NavWindow == NULL || apply_focus_window != g.NavWindow->RootWindow)) { ImGuiViewport* previous_viewport = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Viewport : NULL; ClearActiveID(); - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); apply_focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(apply_focus_window); ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window, false); FocusWindow(apply_focus_window); if (apply_focus_window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) NavInitWindow(apply_focus_window, false); - // If the window only has a menu layer, select it directly - if (apply_focus_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) + // If the window has ONLY a menu layer (no main layer), select it directly + // Use NavLayersActiveMaskNext since windows didn't have a chance to be Begin()-ed on this frame, + // so CTRL+Tab where the keys are only held for 1 frame will be able to use correct layers mask since + // the target window as already been previewed once. + // FIXME-NAV: This should be done in NavInit.. or in FocusWindow... However in both of those cases, + // we won't have a guarantee that windows has been visible before and therefore NavLayersActiveMask* + // won't be valid. + if (apply_focus_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext == (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; // Request OS level focus @@ -9727,10 +12450,12 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() // Apply menu/layer toggle if (apply_toggle_layer && g.NavWindow) { + ClearActiveID(); + // Move to parent menu if necessary ImGuiWindow* new_nav_window = g.NavWindow; while (new_nav_window->ParentWindow - && (new_nav_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) == 0 + && (new_nav_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) == 0 && (new_nav_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 && (new_nav_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0) new_nav_window = new_nav_window->ParentWindow; @@ -9740,15 +12465,18 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() FocusWindow(new_nav_window); new_nav_window->NavLastChildNavWindow = old_nav_window; } - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; - // When entering a regular menu bar with the Alt key, we always reinitialize the navigation ID. It however persist on docking tab tabs. - const ImGuiNavLayer new_nav_layer = (g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayerActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) ? (ImGuiNavLayer)((int)g.NavLayer ^ 1) : ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - const bool preserve_layer_1_nav_id = (new_nav_window->DockNodeAsHost != NULL); - if (new_nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu && !preserve_layer_1_nav_id) - g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[ImGuiNavLayer_Menu] = 0; - NavRestoreLayer(new_nav_layer); + // Toggle layer + const ImGuiNavLayer new_nav_layer = (g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) ? (ImGuiNavLayer)((int)g.NavLayer ^ 1) : ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + if (new_nav_layer != g.NavLayer) + { + // Reinitialize navigation when entering menu bar with the Alt key (FIXME: could be a properly of the layer?) + const bool preserve_layer_1_nav_id = (new_nav_window->DockNodeAsHost != NULL); + if (new_nav_layer == ImGuiNavLayer_Menu && !preserve_layer_1_nav_id) + g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[new_nav_layer] = 0; + NavRestoreLayer(new_nav_layer); + NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); + } } } @@ -9756,12 +12484,12 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() static const char* GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(ImGuiWindow* window) { if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - return "(Popup)"; + return ImGui::LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup); if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) && strcmp(window->Name, "##MainMenuBar") == 0) - return "(Main menu bar)"; + return ImGui::LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_WindowingMainMenuBar); if (window->DockNodeAsHost) - return "(Dock node)"; - return "(Untitled)"; + return "(Dock node)"; // Not normally shown to user. + return ImGui::LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled); } // Overlay displayed when using CTRL+TAB. Called by EndFrame(). @@ -9773,16 +12501,17 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingOverlay() if (g.NavWindowingTimer < NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY) return; - if (g.NavWindowingList == NULL) - g.NavWindowingList = FindWindowByName("###NavWindowingList"); - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = /*g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Viewport :*/ (ImGuiViewportP*)GetMainViewport(); + if (g.NavWindowingListWindow == NULL) + g.NavWindowingListWindow = FindWindowByName("###NavWindowingList"); + const ImGuiViewport* viewport = /*g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Viewport :*/ GetMainViewport(); SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(viewport->Size.x * 0.20f, viewport->Size.y * 0.20f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); - SetNextWindowPos(viewport->Pos + viewport->Size * 0.5f, ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.WindowPadding * 2.0f); Begin("###NavWindowingList", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); for (int n = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) { ImGuiWindow* window = g.WindowsFocusOrder[n]; + IM_ASSERT(window != NULL); // Fix static analyzers if (!IsWindowNavFocusable(window)) continue; const char* label = window->Name; @@ -9794,10 +12523,17 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingOverlay() PopStyleVar(); } + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +bool ImGui::IsDragDropActive() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.DragDropActive; +} + void ImGui::ClearDragDrop() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -9812,45 +12548,63 @@ void ImGui::ClearDragDrop() memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); } -// Call when current ID is active. // When this returns true you need to: a) call SetDragDropPayload() exactly once, b) you may render the payload visual/description, c) call EndDragDropSource() +// If the item has an identifier: +// - This assume/require the item to be activated (typically via ButtonBehavior). +// - Therefore if you want to use this with a mouse button other than left mouse button, it is up to the item itself to activate with another button. +// - We then pull and use the mouse button that was used to activate the item and use it to carry on the drag. +// If the item has no identifier: +// - Currently always assume left mouse button. bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + // FIXME-DRAGDROP: While in the common-most "drag from non-zero active id" case we can tell the mouse button, + // in both SourceExtern and id==0 cases we may requires something else (explicit flags or some heuristic). + ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = ImGuiMouseButton_Left; + bool source_drag_active = false; ImGuiID source_id = 0; ImGuiID source_parent_id = 0; - ImGuiMouseButton mouse_button = ImGuiMouseButton_Left; if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern)) { - source_id = window->DC.LastItemId; - if (source_id != 0 && g.ActiveId != source_id) // Early out for most common case - return false; - if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false) - return false; - - if (source_id == 0) + source_id = g.LastItemData.ID; + if (source_id != 0) { + // Common path: items with ID + if (g.ActiveId != source_id) + return false; + if (g.ActiveIdMouseButton != -1) + mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton; + if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false || window->SkipItems) + return false; + g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; + } + else + { + // Uncommon path: items without ID + if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button] == false || window->SkipItems) + return false; + if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) == 0 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdWindow != window)) + return false; + // If you want to use BeginDragDropSource() on an item with no unique identifier for interaction, such as Text() or Image(), you need to: - // A) Read the explanation below, B) Use the ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID flag, C) Swallow your programmer pride. + // A) Read the explanation below, B) Use the ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID flag. if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID)) { IM_ASSERT(0); return false; } - // Early out - if ((window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) == 0 && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdWindow != window)) - return false; - - // Magic fallback (=somehow reprehensible) to handle items with no assigned ID, e.g. Text(), Image() + // Magic fallback to handle items with no assigned ID, e.g. Text(), Image() // We build a throwaway ID based on current ID stack + relative AABB of items in window. - // THE IDENTIFIER WON'T SURVIVE ANY REPOSITIONING OF THE WIDGET, so if your widget moves your dragging operation will be canceled. + // THE IDENTIFIER WON'T SURVIVE ANY REPOSITIONING/RESIZINGG OF THE WIDGET, so if your widget moves your dragging operation will be canceled. // We don't need to maintain/call ClearActiveID() as releasing the button will early out this function and trigger !ActiveIdIsAlive. - source_id = window->DC.LastItemId = window->GetIDFromRectangle(window->DC.LastItemRect); - bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(window->DC.LastItemRect, source_id); + // Rely on keeping other window->LastItemXXX fields intact. + source_id = g.LastItemData.ID = window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect); + KeepAliveID(source_id); + bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(g.LastItemData.Rect, source_id); if (is_hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[mouse_button]) { SetActiveID(source_id, window); @@ -9859,19 +12613,13 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) if (g.ActiveId == source_id) // Allow the underlying widget to display/return hovered during the mouse release frame, else we would get a flicker. g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = is_hovered; } - else - { - g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; - } if (g.ActiveId != source_id) return false; source_parent_id = window->IDStack.back(); source_drag_active = IsMouseDragging(mouse_button); - // Disable navigation and key inputs while dragging - g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = ~(ImU32)0; - g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask = ~(ImU32)0; - g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask = ~(ImU64)0; + // Disable navigation and key inputs while dragging + cancel existing request if any + SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys(); } else { @@ -9892,6 +12640,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) g.DragDropActive = true; g.DragDropSourceFlags = flags; g.DragDropMouseButton = mouse_button; + if (payload.SourceId == g.ActiveId) + g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true; } g.DragDropSourceFrameCount = g.FrameCount; g.DragDropWithinSource = true; @@ -9904,13 +12654,13 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) if (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip)) { ImGuiWindow* tooltip_window = g.CurrentWindow; - tooltip_window->SkipItems = true; + tooltip_window->Hidden = tooltip_window->SkipItems = true; tooltip_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; } } if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover) && !(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern)) - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags &= ~ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags &= ~ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; return true; } @@ -9973,6 +12723,7 @@ bool ImGui::SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t data_s } payload.DataFrameCount = g.FrameCount; + // Return whether the payload has been accepted return (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount) || (g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1); } @@ -9983,7 +12734,8 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) return false; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow == NULL || window->RootWindow != g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow->RootWindow) + ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow; + if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindowDockTree != hovered_window->RootWindowDockTree) return false; IM_ASSERT(id != 0); if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max) || (id == g.DragDropPayload.SourceId)) @@ -9999,7 +12751,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) } // We don't use BeginDragDropTargetCustom() and duplicate its code because: -// 1) we use LastItemRectHoveredRect which handles items that pushes a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them. +// 1) we use LastItemRectHoveredRect which handles items that push a temporarily clip rectangle in their code. Calling BeginDragDropTargetCustom(LastItemRect) would not handle them. // 2) and it's faster. as this code may be very frequently called, we want to early out as fast as we can. // Also note how the HoveredWindow test is positioned differently in both functions (in both functions we optimize for the cheapest early out case) bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget() @@ -10009,15 +12761,19 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget() return false; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (!(window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) + if (!(g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) return false; - if (g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow == NULL || window->RootWindow != g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow->RootWindow) + ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow; + if (hovered_window == NULL || window->RootWindowDockTree != hovered_window->RootWindowDockTree || window->SkipItems) return false; - const ImRect& display_rect = (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) ? window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect : window->DC.LastItemRect; - ImGuiID id = window->DC.LastItemId; + const ImRect& display_rect = (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect) ? g.LastItemData.DisplayRect : g.LastItemData.Rect; + ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; if (id == 0) + { id = window->GetIDFromRectangle(display_rect); + KeepAliveID(id); + } if (g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id) return false; @@ -10049,7 +12805,7 @@ const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDrop const bool was_accepted_previously = (g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev == g.DragDropTargetId); ImRect r = g.DragDropTargetRect; float r_surface = r.GetWidth() * r.GetHeight(); - if (r_surface < g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface) + if (r_surface <= g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface) { g.DragDropAcceptFlags = flags; g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropTargetId; @@ -10058,16 +12814,9 @@ const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDrop // Render default drop visuals payload.Preview = was_accepted_previously; - flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that lives for 1 frame) + flags |= (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect); // Source can also inhibit the preview (useful for external sources that live for 1 frame) if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect) && payload.Preview) - { - // FIXME-DRAG: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target. - r.Expand(3.5f); - bool push_clip_rect = !window->ClipRect.Contains(r); - if (push_clip_rect) window->DrawList->PushClipRect(r.Min-ImVec2(1,1), r.Max+ImVec2(1,1)); - window->DrawList->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, ~0, 2.0f); - if (push_clip_rect) window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); - } + window->DrawList->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(3.5f,3.5f), r.Max + ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = g.FrameCount; payload.Delivery = was_accepted_previously && !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton); // For extern drag sources affecting os window focus, it's easier to just test !IsMouseDown() instead of IsMouseReleased() @@ -10077,10 +12826,16 @@ const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDrop return &payload; } +// FIXME-DRAGDROP: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target. +void ImGui::RenderDragDropTargetRect(const ImRect& bb) +{ + GetWindowDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min - ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), bb.Max + ImVec2(3.5f, 3.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); +} + const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::GetDragDropPayload() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.DragDropActive ? &g.DragDropPayload : NULL; + return (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount != -1) ? &g.DragDropPayload : NULL; } // We don't really use/need this now, but added it for the sake of consistency and because we might need it later. @@ -10100,14 +12855,8 @@ void ImGui::EndDragDropTarget() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Pass text data straight to log (without being displayed) -void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...) +static inline void LogTextV(ImGuiContext& g, const char* fmt, va_list args) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!g.LogEnabled) - return; - - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); if (g.LogFile) { g.LogBuffer.Buf.resize(0); @@ -10118,59 +12867,88 @@ void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...) { g.LogBuffer.appendfv(fmt, args); } +} + +void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.LogEnabled) + return; + + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + LogTextV(g, fmt, args); va_end(args); } +void ImGui::LogTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.LogEnabled) + return; + + LogTextV(g, fmt, args); +} + // Internal version that takes a position to decide on newline placement and pad items according to their depth. // We split text into individual lines to add current tree level padding +// FIXME: This code is a little complicated perhaps, considering simplifying the whole system. void ImGui::LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + const char* prefix = g.LogNextPrefix; + const char* suffix = g.LogNextSuffix; + g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL; + if (!text_end) text_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); - const bool log_new_line = ref_pos && (ref_pos->y > g.LogLinePosY + 1); + const bool log_new_line = ref_pos && (ref_pos->y > g.LogLinePosY + g.Style.FramePadding.y + 1); if (ref_pos) g.LogLinePosY = ref_pos->y; if (log_new_line) + { + LogText(IM_NEWLINE); g.LogLineFirstItem = true; + } - const char* text_remaining = text; - if (g.LogDepthRef > window->DC.TreeDepth) // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth + if (prefix) + LogRenderedText(ref_pos, prefix, prefix + strlen(prefix)); // Calculate end ourself to ensure "##" are included here. + + // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth + if (g.LogDepthRef > window->DC.TreeDepth) g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth; const int tree_depth = (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogDepthRef); + + const char* text_remaining = text; for (;;) { - // Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by spacing corresponding to the current depth of our log entry. - // We don't add a trailing \n to allow a subsequent item on the same line to be captured. + // Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by indentation corresponding to the current depth of our log entry. + // We don't add a trailing \n yet to allow a subsequent item on the same line to be captured. const char* line_start = text_remaining; const char* line_end = ImStreolRange(line_start, text_end); - const bool is_first_line = (line_start == text); const bool is_last_line = (line_end == text_end); - if (!is_last_line || (line_start != line_end)) + if (line_start != line_end || !is_last_line) { - const int char_count = (int)(line_end - line_start); - if (log_new_line || !is_first_line) - LogText(IM_NEWLINE "%*s%.*s", tree_depth * 4, "", char_count, line_start); - else if (g.LogLineFirstItem) - LogText("%*s%.*s", tree_depth * 4, "", char_count, line_start); - else - LogText(" %.*s", char_count, line_start); + const int line_length = (int)(line_end - line_start); + const int indentation = g.LogLineFirstItem ? tree_depth * 4 : 1; + LogText("%*s%.*s", indentation, "", line_length, line_start); g.LogLineFirstItem = false; + if (*line_end == '\n') + { + LogText(IM_NEWLINE); + g.LogLineFirstItem = true; + } } - else if (log_new_line) - { - // An empty "" string at a different Y position should output a carriage return. - LogText(IM_NEWLINE); - break; - } - if (is_last_line) break; text_remaining = line_end + 1; } + + if (suffix) + LogRenderedText(ref_pos, suffix, suffix + strlen(suffix)); } // Start logging/capturing text output @@ -10183,12 +12961,21 @@ void ImGui::LogBegin(ImGuiLogType type, int auto_open_depth) IM_ASSERT(g.LogBuffer.empty()); g.LogEnabled = true; g.LogType = type; + g.LogNextPrefix = g.LogNextSuffix = NULL; g.LogDepthRef = window->DC.TreeDepth; g.LogDepthToExpand = ((auto_open_depth >= 0) ? auto_open_depth : g.LogDepthToExpandDefault); g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX; g.LogLineFirstItem = true; } +// Important: doesn't copy underlying data, use carefully (prefix/suffix must be in scope at the time of the next LogRenderedText) +void ImGui::LogSetNextTextDecoration(const char* prefix, const char* suffix) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.LogNextPrefix = prefix; + g.LogNextSuffix = suffix; +} + void ImGui::LogToTTY(int auto_open_depth) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -10310,6 +13097,19 @@ void ImGui::LogButtons() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] SETTINGS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - UpdateSettings() [Internal] +// - MarkIniSettingsDirty() [Internal] +// - CreateNewWindowSettings() [Internal] +// - FindWindowSettings() [Internal] +// - FindOrCreateWindowSettings() [Internal] +// - FindSettingsHandler() [Internal] +// - ClearIniSettings() [Internal] +// - LoadIniSettingsFromDisk() +// - LoadIniSettingsFromMemory() +// - SaveIniSettingsToDisk() +// - SaveIniSettingsToMemory() +// - WindowSettingsHandler_***() [Internal] +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Called by NewFrame() void ImGui::UpdateSettings() @@ -10392,14 +13192,18 @@ ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(const char* name) return CreateNewWindowSettings(name); } -void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename) +void ImGui::AddSettingsHandler(const ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler) { - size_t file_data_size = 0; - char* file_data = (char*)ImFileLoadToMemory(ini_filename, "rb", &file_data_size); - if (!file_data) - return; - LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(file_data, (size_t)file_data_size); - IM_FREE(file_data); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(FindSettingsHandler(handler->TypeName) == NULL); + g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(*handler); +} + +void ImGui::RemoveSettingsHandler(const char* type_name) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_name)) + g.SettingsHandlers.erase(handler); } ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name) @@ -10412,21 +13216,49 @@ ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name) return NULL; } +void ImGui::ClearIniSettings() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.SettingsIniData.clear(); + for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) + if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ClearAllFn) + g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ClearAllFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); +} + +void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename) +{ + size_t file_data_size = 0; + char* file_data = (char*)ImFileLoadToMemory(ini_filename, "rb", &file_data_size); + if (!file_data) + return; + if (file_data_size > 0) + LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(file_data, (size_t)file_data_size); + IM_FREE(file_data); +} + // Zero-tolerance, no error reporting, cheap .ini parsing void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); - IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsLoaded == false && g.FrameCount == 0); + //IM_ASSERT(!g.WithinFrameScope && "Cannot be called between NewFrame() and EndFrame()"); + //IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsLoaded == false && g.FrameCount == 0); // For user convenience, we allow passing a non zero-terminated string (hence the ini_size parameter). // For our convenience and to make the code simpler, we'll also write zero-terminators within the buffer. So let's create a writable copy.. if (ini_size == 0) ini_size = strlen(ini_data); - char* buf = (char*)IM_ALLOC(ini_size + 1); - char* buf_end = buf + ini_size; + g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize((int)ini_size + 1); + char* const buf = g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Data; + char* const buf_end = buf + ini_size; memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size); - buf[ini_size] = 0; + buf_end[0] = 0; + + // Call pre-read handlers + // Some types will clear their data (e.g. dock information) some types will allow merge/override (window) + for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) + if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ReadInitFn) + g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ReadInitFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); void* entry_data = NULL; ImGuiSettingsHandler* entry_handler = NULL; @@ -10464,9 +13296,15 @@ void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size) entry_handler->ReadLineFn(&g, entry_handler, entry_data, line); } } - IM_FREE(buf); g.SettingsLoaded = true; - DockContextOnLoadSettings(&g); + + // [DEBUG] Restore untouched copy so it can be browsed in Metrics (not strictly necessary) + memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size); + + // Call post-read handlers + for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) + if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ApplyAllFn) + g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ApplyAllFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); } void ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename) @@ -10502,11 +13340,21 @@ const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size) return g.SettingsIniData.c_str(); } +static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + g.Windows[i]->SettingsOffset = -1; + g.SettingsWindows.clear(); +} + static void* WindowSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name) { - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImHashStr(name)); - if (!settings) - settings = ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(name); + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindOrCreateWindowSettings(name); + ImGuiID id = settings->ID; + *settings = ImGuiWindowSettings(); // Clear existing if recycling previous entry + settings->ID = id; + settings->WantApply = true; return (void*)settings; } @@ -10516,14 +13364,27 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, int x, y; int i; ImU32 u1; - if (sscanf(line, "Pos=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2) { settings->Pos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); } - else if (sscanf(line, "Size=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2) { settings->Size = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); } - else if (sscanf(line, "ViewportId=0x%08X", &u1) == 1) { settings->ViewportId = u1; } - else if (sscanf(line, "ViewportPos=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2) { settings->ViewportPos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); } - else if (sscanf(line, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1) { settings->Collapsed = (i != 0); } - else if (sscanf(line, "DockId=0x%X,%d", &u1, &i) == 2) { settings->DockId = u1; settings->DockOrder = (short)i; } - else if (sscanf(line, "DockId=0x%X", &u1) == 1) { settings->DockId = u1; settings->DockOrder = -1; } - else if (sscanf(line, "ClassId=0x%X", &u1) == 1) { settings->ClassId = u1; } + if (sscanf(line, "Pos=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2) { settings->Pos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); } + else if (sscanf(line, "Size=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2) { settings->Size = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); } + else if (sscanf(line, "ViewportId=0x%08X", &u1) == 1) { settings->ViewportId = u1; } + else if (sscanf(line, "ViewportPos=%i,%i", &x, &y) == 2){ settings->ViewportPos = ImVec2ih((short)x, (short)y); } + else if (sscanf(line, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1) { settings->Collapsed = (i != 0); } + else if (sscanf(line, "DockId=0x%X,%d", &u1, &i) == 2) { settings->DockId = u1; settings->DockOrder = (short)i; } + else if (sscanf(line, "DockId=0x%X", &u1) == 1) { settings->DockId = u1; settings->DockOrder = -1; } + else if (sscanf(line, "ClassId=0x%X", &u1) == 1) { settings->ClassId = u1; } +} + +// Apply to existing windows (if any) +static void WindowSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->WantApply) + { + if (ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::FindWindowByID(settings->ID)) + ApplyWindowSettings(window, settings); + settings->WantApply = false; + } } static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf) @@ -10573,7 +13434,7 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandl buf->appendf("Collapsed=%d\n", settings->Collapsed); if (settings->DockId != 0) { - // Write DockId as 4 digits if possible. Automatic DockId are small numbers, but full explicit DockSpace() are full ImGuiID range. + //buf->appendf("TabId=0x%08X\n", ImHashStr("#TAB", 4, settings->ID)); // window->TabId: this is not read back but writing it makes "debugging" the .ini data easier. if (settings->DockOrder == -1) buf->appendf("DockId=0x%08X\n", settings->DockId); else @@ -10586,6 +13447,18 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandl } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] LOCALIZATION +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::LocalizeRegisterEntries(const ImGuiLocEntry* entries, int count) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int n = 0; n < count; n++) + g.LocalizationTable[entries[n].Key] = entries[n].Text; +} + + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] VIEWPORTS, PLATFORM WINDOWS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -10603,7 +13476,8 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandl // - UpdateViewportsNewFrame() [Internal] // - UpdateViewportsEndFrame() [Internal] // - AddUpdateViewport() [Internal] -// - UpdateSelectWindowViewport() [Internal] +// - WindowSelectViewport() [Internal] +// - WindowSyncOwnedViewport() [Internal] // - UpdatePlatformWindows() // - RenderPlatformWindowsDefault() // - FindPlatformMonitorForPos() [Internal] @@ -10619,6 +13493,7 @@ ImGuiViewport* ImGui::GetMainViewport() return g.Viewports[0]; } +// FIXME: This leaks access to viewports not listed in PlatformIO.Viewports[]. Problematic? (#4236) ImGuiViewport* ImGui::FindViewportByID(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -10648,7 +13523,7 @@ void ImGui::SetCurrentViewport(ImGuiWindow* current_window, ImGuiViewportP* view return; g.CurrentDpiScale = viewport ? viewport->DpiScale : 1.0f; g.CurrentViewport = viewport; - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("SetCurrentViewport changed '%s' 0x%08X\n", current_window ? current_window->Name : NULL, viewport ? viewport->ID : 0); + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] SetCurrentViewport changed '%s' 0x%08X\n", current_window ? current_window->Name : NULL, viewport ? viewport->ID : 0); // Notify platform layer of viewport changes // FIXME-DPI: This is only currently used for experimenting with handling of multiple DPI @@ -10656,8 +13531,12 @@ void ImGui::SetCurrentViewport(ImGuiWindow* current_window, ImGuiViewportP* view g.PlatformIO.Platform_OnChangedViewport(g.CurrentViewport); } -static void SetWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport) +void ImGui::SetWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport) { + // Abandon viewport + if (window->ViewportOwned && window->Viewport->Window == window) + window->Viewport->Size = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + window->Viewport = viewport; window->ViewportId = viewport->ID; window->ViewportOwned = (viewport->Window == window); @@ -10690,6 +13569,7 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImG if (GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnViewport(window)) return false; + // FIXME: Can't use g.WindowsFocusOrder[] for root windows only as we care about Z order. If we maintained a DisplayOrder along with FocusOrder we could.. for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++) { ImGuiWindow* window_behind = g.Windows[n]; @@ -10712,13 +13592,14 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImG return true; } +// FIXME: handle 0 to N host viewports static bool ImGui::UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewports(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(window, g.Viewports[0]); } -// Translate imgui windows when a Host Viewport has been moved +// Translate Dear ImGui windows when a Host Viewport has been moved // (This additionally keeps windows at the same place when ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable is toggled!) void ImGui::TranslateWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImVec2& old_pos, const ImVec2& new_pos) { @@ -10754,10 +13635,10 @@ void ImGui::ScaleWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, float scale) } } -// If the back-end doesn't set MouseLastHoveredViewport or doesn't honor ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs, we do a search ourselves. +// If the backend doesn't set MouseLastHoveredViewport or doesn't honor ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs, we do a search ourselves. // A) It won't take account of the possibility that non-imgui windows may be in-between our dragged window and our target window. -// B) It requires Platform_GetWindowFocus to be implemented by back-end. -static ImGuiViewportP* FindHoveredViewportFromPlatformWindowStack(const ImVec2 mouse_platform_pos) +// B) It requires Platform_GetWindowFocus to be implemented by backend. +ImGuiViewportP* ImGui::FindHoveredViewportFromPlatformWindowStack(const ImVec2& mouse_platform_pos) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiViewportP* best_candidate = NULL; @@ -10798,7 +13679,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() } // Create/update main viewport with current platform position. - // FIXME-VIEWPORT: Size is driven by back-end/user code for backward-compatibility but we should aim to make this more consistent. + // FIXME-VIEWPORT: Size is driven by backend/user code for backward-compatibility but we should aim to make this more consistent. ImGuiViewportP* main_viewport = g.Viewports[0]; IM_ASSERT(main_viewport->ID == IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID); IM_ASSERT(main_viewport->Window == NULL); @@ -10809,7 +13690,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() main_viewport_pos = main_viewport->Pos; // Preserve last pos/size when minimized (FIXME: We don't do the same for Size outside of the viewport path) main_viewport_size = main_viewport->Size; } - AddUpdateViewport(NULL, IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID, main_viewport_pos, main_viewport_size, ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows); + AddUpdateViewport(NULL, IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID, main_viewport_pos, main_viewport_size, ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp | ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows); g.CurrentDpiScale = 0.0f; g.CurrentViewport = NULL; @@ -10822,22 +13703,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() // Erase unused viewports if (n > 0 && viewport->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 2) { - // Clear references to this viewport in windows (window->ViewportId becomes the master data) - for (int window_n = 0; window_n < g.Windows.Size; window_n++) - if (g.Windows[window_n]->Viewport == viewport) - { - g.Windows[window_n]->Viewport = NULL; - g.Windows[window_n]->ViewportOwned = false; - } - if (viewport == g.MouseLastHoveredViewport) - g.MouseLastHoveredViewport = NULL; - g.Viewports.erase(g.Viewports.Data + n); - - // Destroy - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("Delete Viewport %08X (%s)\n", viewport->ID, viewport->Window ? viewport->Window->Name : "n/a"); - DestroyPlatformWindow(viewport); // In most circumstances the platform window will already be destroyed here. - IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Viewports.contains(viewport) == false); - IM_DELETE(viewport); + DestroyViewport(viewport); n--; continue; } @@ -10849,6 +13715,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() // We do it early in the frame instead of waiting for UpdatePlatformWindows() to avoid a frame of lag when moving/resizing using OS facilities. if (!(viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) && platform_funcs_available) { + // Viewport->WorkPos and WorkSize will be updated below if (viewport->PlatformRequestMove) viewport->Pos = viewport->LastPlatformPos = g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowPos(viewport); if (viewport->PlatformRequestResize) @@ -10859,15 +13726,16 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() // Update/copy monitor info UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor(viewport); - // Lock down space taken by menu bars and status bars, reset the offset for fucntions like BeginMainMenuBar() to alter them again. - viewport->WorkOffsetMin = viewport->CurrWorkOffsetMin; - viewport->WorkOffsetMax = viewport->CurrWorkOffsetMax; - viewport->CurrWorkOffsetMin = viewport->CurrWorkOffsetMax = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + // Lock down space taken by menu bars and status bars, reset the offset for functions like BeginMainMenuBar() to alter them again. + viewport->WorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin; + viewport->WorkOffsetMax = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax; + viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin = viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + viewport->UpdateWorkRect(); // Reset alpha every frame. Users of transparency (docking) needs to request a lower alpha back. viewport->Alpha = 1.0f; - // Translate imgui windows when a Host Viewport has been moved + // Translate Dear ImGui windows when a Host Viewport has been moved // (This additionally keeps windows at the same place when ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable is toggled!) const ImVec2 viewport_delta_pos = viewport->Pos - viewport->LastPos; if ((viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows) && (viewport_delta_pos.x != 0.0f || viewport_delta_pos.y != 0.0f)) @@ -10898,6 +13766,17 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() viewport->DpiScale = new_dpi_scale; } + // Update fallback monitor + if (g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size == 0) + { + ImGuiPlatformMonitor* monitor = &g.FallbackMonitor; + monitor->MainPos = main_viewport->Pos; + monitor->MainSize = main_viewport->Size; + monitor->WorkPos = main_viewport->WorkPos; + monitor->WorkSize = main_viewport->WorkSize; + monitor->DpiScale = main_viewport->DpiScale; + } + if (!viewports_enabled) { g.MouseViewport = main_viewport; @@ -10911,17 +13790,14 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() { viewport_hovered = g.IO.MouseHoveredViewport ? (ImGuiViewportP*)FindViewportByID(g.IO.MouseHoveredViewport) : NULL; if (viewport_hovered && (viewport_hovered->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs)) - { - // Back-end failed at honoring its contract if it returned a viewport with the _NoInputs flag. - IM_ASSERT(0); - viewport_hovered = FindHoveredViewportFromPlatformWindowStack(g.IO.MousePos); - } + viewport_hovered = FindHoveredViewportFromPlatformWindowStack(g.IO.MousePos); // Backend failed to handle _NoInputs viewport: revert to our fallback. } else { - // If the back-end doesn't know how to honor ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs, we do a search ourselves. Note that this search: + // If the backend doesn't know how to honor ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs, we do a search ourselves. Note that this search: // A) won't take account of the possibility that non-imgui windows may be in-between our dragged window and our target window. - // B) uses LastFrameAsRefViewport as a flawed replacement for the last time a window was focused (we could/should fix that by introducing Focus functions in PlatformIO) + // B) won't take account of how the backend apply parent<>child relationship to secondary viewports, which affects their Z order. + // C) uses LastFrameAsRefViewport as a flawed replacement for the last time a window was focused (we could/should fix that by introducing Focus functions in PlatformIO) viewport_hovered = FindHoveredViewportFromPlatformWindowStack(g.IO.MousePos); } if (viewport_hovered != NULL) @@ -10931,7 +13807,8 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() // Update mouse reference viewport // (when moving a window we aim at its viewport, but this will be overwritten below if we go in drag and drop mode) - if (g.MovingWindow) + // (MovingViewport->Viewport will be NULL in the rare situation where the window disappared while moving, set UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame() for details) + if (g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->Viewport) g.MouseViewport = g.MovingWindow->Viewport; else g.MouseViewport = g.MouseLastHoveredViewport; @@ -10940,6 +13817,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() // - when releasing a moving window we will revert to aiming behind (at viewport_hovered) // - when we are between viewports, our dragged preview will tend to show in the last viewport _even_ if we don't have tooltips in their viewports (when lacking monitor info) // - consider the case of holding on a menu item to browse child menus: even thou a mouse button is held, there's no active id because menu items only react on mouse release. + // FIXME-VIEWPORT: This is essentially broken, when ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport is set we want to trust when viewport_hovered==NULL and use that. const bool is_mouse_dragging_with_an_expected_destination = g.DragDropActive; if (is_mouse_dragging_with_an_expected_destination && viewport_hovered == NULL) viewport_hovered = g.MouseLastHoveredViewport; @@ -10954,7 +13832,6 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsEndFrame() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.PlatformIO.MainViewport = g.Viewports[0]; g.PlatformIO.Viewports.resize(0); for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++) { @@ -10978,9 +13855,10 @@ ImGuiViewportP* ImGui::AddUpdateViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(id != 0); + flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow; if (window != NULL) { - if (g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindow == window) + if (g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree == window) flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing; if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs; @@ -10991,9 +13869,10 @@ ImGuiViewportP* ImGui::AddUpdateViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)FindViewportByID(id); if (viewport) { - if (!viewport->PlatformRequestMove) + // Always update for main viewport as we are already pulling correct platform pos/size (see #4900) + if (!viewport->PlatformRequestMove || viewport->ID == IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID) viewport->Pos = pos; - if (!viewport->PlatformRequestResize) + if (!viewport->PlatformRequestResize || viewport->ID == IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID) viewport->Size = size; viewport->Flags = flags | (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized); // Preserve existing flags } @@ -11008,7 +13887,7 @@ ImGuiViewportP* ImGui::AddUpdateViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const viewport->Flags = flags; UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor(viewport); g.Viewports.push_back(viewport); - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("Add Viewport %08X (%s)\n", id, window->Name); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Add Viewport %08X '%s'\n", id, window ? window->Name : ""); // We normally setup for all viewports in NewFrame() but here need to handle the mid-frame creation of a new viewport. // We need to extend the fullscreen clip rect so the OverlayDrawList clip is correct for that the first frame @@ -11025,6 +13904,7 @@ ImGuiViewportP* ImGui::AddUpdateViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const viewport->Window = window; viewport->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount; + viewport->UpdateWorkRect(); IM_ASSERT(window == NULL || viewport->ID == window->ID); if (window != NULL) @@ -11033,15 +13913,39 @@ ImGuiViewportP* ImGui::AddUpdateViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const return viewport; } +static void ImGui::DestroyViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) +{ + // Clear references to this viewport in windows (window->ViewportId becomes the master data) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int window_n = 0; window_n < g.Windows.Size; window_n++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[window_n]; + if (window->Viewport != viewport) + continue; + window->Viewport = NULL; + window->ViewportOwned = false; + } + if (viewport == g.MouseLastHoveredViewport) + g.MouseLastHoveredViewport = NULL; + + // Destroy + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Delete Viewport %08X '%s'\n", viewport->ID, viewport->Window ? viewport->Window->Name : "n/a"); + DestroyPlatformWindow(viewport); // In most circumstances the platform window will already be destroyed here. + IM_ASSERT(g.PlatformIO.Viewports.contains(viewport) == false); + IM_ASSERT(g.Viewports[viewport->Idx] == viewport); + g.Viewports.erase(g.Viewports.Data + viewport->Idx); + IM_DELETE(viewport); +} + // FIXME-VIEWPORT: This is all super messy and ought to be clarified or rewritten. -static void ImGui::UpdateSelectWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window) +static void ImGui::WindowSelectViewport(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend = -1; - // Restore main viewport if multi-viewport is not supported by the back-end - ImGuiViewportP* main_viewport = g.Viewports[0]; + // Restore main viewport if multi-viewport is not supported by the backend + ImGuiViewportP* main_viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport(); if (!(g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable)) { SetWindowViewport(window, main_viewport); @@ -11059,7 +13963,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateSelectWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window) if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport) == 0) { // By default inherit from parent window - if (window->Viewport == NULL && window->ParentWindow && !window->ParentWindow->IsFallbackWindow) + if (window->Viewport == NULL && window->ParentWindow && (!window->ParentWindow->IsFallbackWindow || window->ParentWindow->WasActive)) window->Viewport = window->ParentWindow->Viewport; // Attempt to restore saved viewport id (= window that hasn't been activated yet), try to restore the viewport based on saved 'window->ViewportPos' restored from .ini file @@ -11082,8 +13986,15 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateSelectWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window) else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) { // Always inherit viewport from parent window + if (window->DockNode && window->DockNode->HostWindow) + IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode->HostWindow->Viewport == window->ParentWindow->Viewport); window->Viewport = window->ParentWindow->Viewport; } + else if (window->DockNode && window->DockNode->HostWindow) + { + // This covers the "always inherit viewport from parent window" case for when a window reattach to a node that was just created mid-frame + window->Viewport = window->DockNode->HostWindow->Viewport; + } else if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) { window->Viewport = g.MouseViewport; @@ -11092,7 +14003,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateSelectWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window) { window->Viewport = AddUpdateViewport(window, window->ID, window->Pos, window->Size, ImGuiViewportFlags_None); } - else if (g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindow == window && IsMousePosValid()) + else if (g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree == window && IsMousePosValid()) { if (window->Viewport != NULL && window->Viewport->Window == window) window->Viewport = AddUpdateViewport(window, window->ID, window->Pos, window->Size, ImGuiViewportFlags_None); @@ -11101,14 +14012,16 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateSelectWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window) { // Merge into host viewport? // We cannot test window->ViewportOwned as it set lower in the function. - bool try_to_merge_into_host_viewport = (window->Viewport && window == window->Viewport->Window && g.ActiveId == 0); + // Testing (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) to avoid merging during a short-term widget interaction. Main intent was to avoid during resize (see #4212) + bool try_to_merge_into_host_viewport = (window->Viewport && window == window->Viewport->Window && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap)); if (try_to_merge_into_host_viewport) UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewports(window); } - // Fallback to default viewport + // Fallback: merge in default viewport if z-order matches, otherwise create a new viewport if (window->Viewport == NULL) - window->Viewport = main_viewport; + if (!UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(window, main_viewport)) + window->Viewport = AddUpdateViewport(window, window->ID, window->Pos, window->Size, ImGuiViewportFlags_None); // Mark window as allowed to protrude outside of its viewport and into the current monitor if (!lock_viewport) @@ -11125,14 +14038,14 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateSelectWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window) else window->ViewportAllowPlatformMonitorExtend = window->Viewport->PlatformMonitor; } - else if (window->Viewport && window != window->Viewport->Window && window->Viewport->Window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) + else if (window->Viewport && window != window->Viewport->Window && window->Viewport->Window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && window->DockNode == NULL) { // When called from Begin() we don't have access to a proper version of the Hidden flag yet, so we replicate this code. const bool will_be_visible = (window->DockIsActive && !window->DockTabIsVisible) ? false : true; if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost) && window->Viewport->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount && will_be_visible) { // Steal/transfer ownership - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("Window '%s' steal Viewport %08X from Window '%s'\n", window->Name, window->Viewport->ID, window->Viewport->Window->Name); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Window '%s' steal Viewport %08X from Window '%s'\n", window->Name, window->Viewport->ID, window->Viewport->Window->Name); window->Viewport->Window = window; window->Viewport->ID = window->ID; window->Viewport->LastNameHash = 0; @@ -11160,6 +14073,92 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateSelectWindowViewport(ImGuiWindow* window) // window->Flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar; } +void ImGui::WindowSyncOwnedViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + bool viewport_rect_changed = false; + + // Synchronize window --> viewport in most situations + // Synchronize viewport -> window in case the platform window has been moved or resized from the OS/WM + if (window->Viewport->PlatformRequestMove) + { + window->Pos = window->Viewport->Pos; + MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); + } + else if (memcmp(&window->Viewport->Pos, &window->Pos, sizeof(window->Pos)) != 0) + { + viewport_rect_changed = true; + window->Viewport->Pos = window->Pos; + } + + if (window->Viewport->PlatformRequestResize) + { + window->Size = window->SizeFull = window->Viewport->Size; + MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); + } + else if (memcmp(&window->Viewport->Size, &window->Size, sizeof(window->Size)) != 0) + { + viewport_rect_changed = true; + window->Viewport->Size = window->Size; + } + window->Viewport->UpdateWorkRect(); + + // The viewport may have changed monitor since the global update in UpdateViewportsNewFrame() + // Either a SetNextWindowPos() call in the current frame or a SetWindowPos() call in the previous frame may have this effect. + if (viewport_rect_changed) + UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor(window->Viewport); + + // Update common viewport flags + const ImGuiViewportFlags viewport_flags_to_clear = ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear; + ImGuiViewportFlags viewport_flags = window->Viewport->Flags & ~viewport_flags_to_clear; + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = window->Flags; + const bool is_modal = (window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) != 0; + const bool is_short_lived_floating_window = (window_flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) != 0; + if (window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) + viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost; + if ((g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoTaskBarIcon || is_short_lived_floating_window) && !is_modal) + viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon; + if (g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoDecoration || is_short_lived_floating_window) + viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration; + + // Not correct to set modal as topmost because: + // - Because other popups can be stacked above a modal (e.g. combo box in a modal) + // - ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost is currently handled different in backends: in Win32 it is "appear top most" whereas in GLFW and SDL it is "stay topmost" + //if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) + // viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost; + + // For popups and menus that may be protruding out of their parent viewport, we enable _NoFocusOnClick so that clicking on them + // won't steal the OS focus away from their parent window (which may be reflected in OS the title bar decoration). + // Setting _NoFocusOnClick would technically prevent us from bringing back to front in case they are being covered by an OS window from a different app, + // but it shouldn't be much of a problem considering those are already popups that are closed when clicking elsewhere. + if (is_short_lived_floating_window && !is_modal) + viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnClick; + + // We can overwrite viewport flags using ImGuiWindowClass (advanced users) + if (window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideSet) + viewport_flags |= window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideSet; + if (window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideClear) + viewport_flags &= ~window->WindowClass.ViewportFlagsOverrideClear; + + // We can also tell the backend that clearing the platform window won't be necessary, + // as our window background is filling the viewport and we have disabled BgAlpha. + // FIXME: Work on support for per-viewport transparency (#2766) + if (!(window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground)) + viewport_flags |= ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear; + + window->Viewport->Flags = viewport_flags; + + // Update parent viewport ID + // (the !IsFallbackWindow test mimic the one done in WindowSelectViewport()) + if (window->WindowClass.ParentViewportId != (ImGuiID)-1) + window->Viewport->ParentViewportId = window->WindowClass.ParentViewportId; + else if ((window_flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && parent_window_in_stack && (!parent_window_in_stack->IsFallbackWindow || parent_window_in_stack->WasActive)) + window->Viewport->ParentViewportId = parent_window_in_stack->Viewport->ID; + else + window->Viewport->ParentViewportId = g.IO.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent ? 0 : IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID; +} + // Called by user at the end of the main loop, after EndFrame() // This will handle the creation/update of all OS windows via function defined in the ImGuiPlatformIO api. void ImGui::UpdatePlatformWindows() @@ -11193,10 +14192,10 @@ void ImGui::UpdatePlatformWindows() continue; // Create window - bool is_new_platform_window = (viewport->PlatformWindowCreated == false); + const bool is_new_platform_window = (viewport->PlatformWindowCreated == false); if (is_new_platform_window) { - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("Create Platform Window %08X (%s)\n", viewport->ID, viewport->Window ? viewport->Window->Name : "n/a"); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Create Platform Window %08X '%s'\n", viewport->ID, viewport->Window ? viewport->Window->Name : "n/a"); g.PlatformIO.Platform_CreateWindow(viewport); if (g.PlatformIO.Renderer_CreateWindow != NULL) g.PlatformIO.Renderer_CreateWindow(viewport); @@ -11206,7 +14205,7 @@ void ImGui::UpdatePlatformWindows() viewport->PlatformWindowCreated = true; } - // Apply Position and Size (from ImGui to Platform/Renderer back-ends) + // Apply Position and Size (from ImGui to Platform/Renderer backends) if ((viewport->LastPlatformPos.x != viewport->Pos.x || viewport->LastPlatformPos.y != viewport->Pos.y) && !viewport->PlatformRequestMove) g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowPos(viewport, viewport->Pos); if ((viewport->LastPlatformSize.x != viewport->Size.x || viewport->LastPlatformSize.y != viewport->Size.y) && !viewport->PlatformRequestResize) @@ -11237,7 +14236,7 @@ void ImGui::UpdatePlatformWindows() g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowAlpha(viewport, viewport->Alpha); viewport->LastAlpha = viewport->Alpha; - // Optional, general purpose call to allow the back-end to perform general book-keeping even if things haven't changed. + // Optional, general purpose call to allow the backend to perform general book-keeping even if things haven't changed. if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_UpdateWindow) g.PlatformIO.Platform_UpdateWindow(viewport); @@ -11254,14 +14253,15 @@ void ImGui::UpdatePlatformWindows() // This is useful for our platform z-order heuristic when io.MouseHoveredViewport is not available. if (viewport->LastFrontMostStampCount != g.ViewportFrontMostStampCount) viewport->LastFrontMostStampCount = ++g.ViewportFrontMostStampCount; - } + } // Clear request flags viewport->ClearRequestFlags(); } - // Update our implicit z-order knowledge of platform windows, which is used when the back-end cannot provide io.MouseHoveredViewport. - // When setting Platform_GetWindowFocus, it is expected that the platform back-end can handle calls without crashing if it doesn't have data stored. + // Update our implicit z-order knowledge of platform windows, which is used when the backend cannot provide io.MouseHoveredViewport. + // When setting Platform_GetWindowFocus, it is expected that the platform backend can handle calls without crashing if it doesn't have data stored. + // FIXME-VIEWPORT: We should use this information to also set dear imgui-side focus, allowing us to handle os-level alt+tab. if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowFocus != NULL) { ImGuiViewportP* focused_viewport = NULL; @@ -11272,11 +14272,15 @@ void ImGui::UpdatePlatformWindows() if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowFocus(viewport)) focused_viewport = viewport; } - if (focused_viewport && g.PlatformLastFocusedViewport != focused_viewport->ID) + + // Store a tag so we can infer z-order easily from all our windows + // We compare PlatformLastFocusedViewportId so newly created viewports with _NoFocusOnAppearing flag + // will keep the front most stamp instead of losing it back to their parent viewport. + if (focused_viewport && g.PlatformLastFocusedViewportId != focused_viewport->ID) { if (focused_viewport->LastFrontMostStampCount != g.ViewportFrontMostStampCount) focused_viewport->LastFrontMostStampCount = ++g.ViewportFrontMostStampCount; - g.PlatformLastFocusedViewport = focused_viewport->ID; + g.PlatformLastFocusedViewportId = focused_viewport->ID; } } } @@ -11367,6 +14371,17 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) viewport->PlatformMonitor = (short)FindPlatformMonitorForRect(viewport->GetMainRect()); } +// Return value is always != NULL, but don't hold on it across frames. +const ImGuiPlatformMonitor* ImGui::GetViewportPlatformMonitor(ImGuiViewport* viewport_p) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)viewport_p; + int monitor_idx = viewport->PlatformMonitor; + if (monitor_idx >= 0 && monitor_idx < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size) + return &g.PlatformIO.Monitors[monitor_idx]; + return &g.FallbackMonitor; +} + void ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindow(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -11379,7 +14394,7 @@ void ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindow(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) IM_ASSERT(viewport->RendererUserData == NULL && viewport->PlatformUserData == NULL); // Don't clear PlatformWindowCreated for the main viewport, as we initially set that up to true in Initialize() - // The right-er way may be to leave it to the back-end to set this flag all-together, and made the flag public. + // The righter way may be to leave it to the backend to set this flag all-together, and made the flag public. if (viewport->ID != IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID) viewport->PlatformWindowCreated = false; } @@ -11393,11 +14408,11 @@ void ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindow(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) void ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows() { - // We call the destroy window on every viewport (including the main viewport, index 0) to give a chance to the back-end + // We call the destroy window on every viewport (including the main viewport, index 0) to give a chance to the backend // to clear any data they may have stored in e.g. PlatformUserData, RendererUserData. - // It is convenient for the platform back-end code to store something in the main viewport, in order for e.g. the mouse handling + // It is convenient for the platform backend code to store something in the main viewport, in order for e.g. the mouse handling // code to operator a consistent manner. - // It is expected that the back-end can handle calls to Renderer_DestroyWindow/Platform_DestroyWindow without + // It is expected that the backend can handle calls to Renderer_DestroyWindow/Platform_DestroyWindow without // crashing if it doesn't have data stored. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++) @@ -11420,6 +14435,53 @@ void ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows() // Docking: Settings //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Typical Docking call flow: (root level is generally public API): +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - NewFrame() new dear imgui frame +// | DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking() - process queued undocking requests +// | - DockContextProcessUndockWindow() - process one window undocking request +// | - DockContextProcessUndockNode() - process one whole node undocking request +// | DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking() - process queue docking requests, create floating dock nodes +// | - update g.HoveredDockNode - [debug] update node hovered by mouse +// | - DockContextProcessDock() - process one docking request +// | - DockNodeUpdate() +// | - DockNodeUpdateForRootNode() +// | - DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse() +// | - DockNodeFindInfo() +// | - destroy unused node or tab bar +// | - create dock node host window +// | - Begin() etc. +// | - DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow() +// | - DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize() +// | - DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter() +// | - draw node background +// | - DockNodeUpdateTabBar() - create/update tab bar for a docking node +// | - DockNodeAddTabBar() +// | - DockNodeUpdateWindowMenu() +// | - DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout() +// | - BeginTabBarEx() +// | - TabItemEx() calls +// | - EndTabBar() +// | - BeginDockableDragDropTarget() +// | - DockNodeUpdate() - recurse into child nodes... +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - DockSpace() user submit a dockspace into a window +// | Begin(Child) - create a child window +// | DockNodeUpdate() - call main dock node update function +// | End(Child) +// | ItemSize() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - Begin() +// | BeginDocked() +// | BeginDockableDragDropSource() +// | BeginDockableDragDropTarget() +// | - DockNodePreviewDockRender() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - EndFrame() +// | DockContextEndFrame() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Docking: Internal Types //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -11430,8 +14492,6 @@ void ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows() // - ImGuiDockContext //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -static float IMGUI_DOCK_SPLITTER_SIZE = 2.0f; - enum ImGuiDockRequestType { ImGuiDockRequestType_None = 0, @@ -11475,7 +14535,7 @@ struct ImGuiDockPreviewData float SplitRatio; ImRect DropRectsDraw[ImGuiDir_COUNT + 1]; // May be slightly different from hit-testing drop rects used in DockNodeCalcDropRects() - ImGuiDockPreviewData() : FutureNode(0) { IsDropAllowed = IsCenterAvailable = IsSidesAvailable = IsSplitDirExplicit = false; SplitNode = NULL; SplitDir = ImGuiDir_None; SplitRatio = 0.f; } + ImGuiDockPreviewData() : FutureNode(0) { IsDropAllowed = IsCenterAvailable = IsSidesAvailable = IsSplitDirExplicit = false; SplitNode = NULL; SplitDir = ImGuiDir_None; SplitRatio = 0.f; for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(DropRectsDraw); n++) DropRectsDraw[n] = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); } }; // Persistent Settings data, stored contiguously in SettingsNodes (sizeof() ~32 bytes) @@ -11484,23 +14544,14 @@ struct ImGuiDockNodeSettings ImGuiID ID; ImGuiID ParentNodeId; ImGuiID ParentWindowId; - ImGuiID SelectedWindowId; + ImGuiID SelectedTabId; signed char SplitAxis; char Depth; ImGuiDockNodeFlags Flags; // NB: We save individual flags one by one in ascii format (ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SavedFlagsMask_) ImVec2ih Pos; ImVec2ih Size; ImVec2ih SizeRef; - ImGuiDockNodeSettings() { ID = ParentNodeId = ParentWindowId = SelectedWindowId = 0; SplitAxis = ImGuiAxis_None; Depth = 0; Flags = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_None; } -}; - -struct ImGuiDockContext -{ - ImGuiStorage Nodes; // Map ID -> ImGuiDockNode*: Active nodes - ImVector Requests; - ImVector SettingsNodes; - bool WantFullRebuild; - ImGuiDockContext() { WantFullRebuild = false; } + ImGuiDockNodeSettings() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); SplitAxis = ImGuiAxis_None; } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -11517,9 +14568,7 @@ namespace ImGui static void DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window, bool clear_persistent_docking_ref = true); static void DockContextProcessUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node); static void DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx); - static ImGuiDockNode* DockContextFindNodeByID(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id); static ImGuiDockNode* DockContextBindNodeToWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window); - static void DockContextClearNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID root_id, bool clear_persistent_docking_refs); // Use root_id==0 to clear all static void DockContextBuildNodesFromSettings(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNodeSettings* node_settings_array, int node_settings_count); static void DockContextBuildAddWindowsToNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID root_id); // Use root_id==0 to add all @@ -11533,7 +14582,8 @@ namespace ImGui static void DockNodeHideHostWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node); static void DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node); static void DockNodeUpdateForRootNode(ImGuiDockNode* node); - static void DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlagAndInactiveChilds(ImGuiDockNode* node); + static void DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse(ImGuiDockNode* node); + static void DockNodeUpdateHasCentralNodeChild(ImGuiDockNode* node); static void DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_window); static void DockNodeAddTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node); static void DockNodeRemoveTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node); @@ -11541,27 +14591,28 @@ namespace ImGui static void DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlag(ImGuiDockNode* node); static void DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window); static bool DockNodeIsDropAllowed(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiWindow* payload_window); - static void DockNodePreviewDockSetup(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockNode* host_node, ImGuiWindow* payload_window, ImGuiDockPreviewData* preview_data, bool is_explicit_target, bool is_outer_docking); + static void DockNodePreviewDockSetup(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockNode* host_node, ImGuiWindow* payload_window, ImGuiDockNode* payload_node, ImGuiDockPreviewData* preview_data, bool is_explicit_target, bool is_outer_docking); static void DockNodePreviewDockRender(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockNode* host_node, ImGuiWindow* payload_window, const ImGuiDockPreviewData* preview_data); - static void DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout(const ImGuiDockNode* node, ImRect* out_title_rect, ImRect* out_tab_bar_rect, ImVec2* out_window_menu_button_pos); + static void DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout(const ImGuiDockNode* node, ImRect* out_title_rect, ImRect* out_tab_bar_rect, ImVec2* out_window_menu_button_pos, ImVec2* out_close_button_pos); static void DockNodeCalcSplitRects(ImVec2& pos_old, ImVec2& size_old, ImVec2& pos_new, ImVec2& size_new, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_new_desired); static bool DockNodeCalcDropRectsAndTestMousePos(const ImRect& parent, ImGuiDir dir, ImRect& out_draw, bool outer_docking, ImVec2* test_mouse_pos); static const char* DockNodeGetHostWindowTitle(ImGuiDockNode* node, char* buf, int buf_size) { ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "##DockNode_%02X", node->ID); return buf; } - static int DockNodeGetDepth(const ImGuiDockNode* node) { int depth = 0; while (node->ParentNode) { node = node->ParentNode; depth++; } return depth; } static int DockNodeGetTabOrder(ImGuiWindow* window); // ImGuiDockNode tree manipulations static void DockNodeTreeSplit(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* parent_node, ImGuiAxis split_axis, int split_first_child, float split_ratio, ImGuiDockNode* new_node); static void DockNodeTreeMerge(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* parent_node, ImGuiDockNode* merge_lead_child); - static void DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 size, bool only_write_to_marked_nodes = false); + static void DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 size, ImGuiDockNode* only_write_to_single_node = NULL); static void DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(ImGuiDockNode* node); - static ImGuiDockNode* DockNodeTreeFindNodeByPos(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos); + static ImGuiDockNode* DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos); static ImGuiDockNode* DockNodeTreeFindFallbackLeafNode(ImGuiDockNode* node); // Settings static void DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(ImGuiID old_node_id, ImGuiID new_node_id); static void DockSettingsRemoveNodeReferences(ImGuiID* node_ids, int node_ids_count); static ImGuiDockNodeSettings* DockSettingsFindNodeSettings(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID node_id); + static void DockSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*); + static void DockSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*); static void* DockSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name); static void DockSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line); static void DockSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* imgui_ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf); @@ -11579,11 +14630,11 @@ namespace ImGui //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - DockContextInitialize() // - DockContextShutdown() -// - DockContextOnLoadSettings() // - DockContextClearNodes() // - DockContextRebuildNodes() -// - DockContextUpdateUndocking() -// - DockContextUpdateDocking() +// - DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking() +// - DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking() +// - DockContextEndFrame() // - DockContextFindNodeByID() // - DockContextBindNodeToWindow() // - DockContextGenNodeID() @@ -11598,62 +14649,55 @@ namespace ImGui void ImGui::DockContextInitialize(ImGuiContext* ctx) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - IM_ASSERT(g.DockContext == NULL); - g.DockContext = IM_NEW(ImGuiDockContext)(); // Add .ini handle for persistent docking data ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler; ini_handler.TypeName = "Docking"; ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Docking"); + ini_handler.ClearAllFn = DockSettingsHandler_ClearAll; + ini_handler.ReadInitFn = DockSettingsHandler_ClearAll; // Also clear on read ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = DockSettingsHandler_ReadOpen; ini_handler.ReadLineFn = DockSettingsHandler_ReadLine; + ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = DockSettingsHandler_ApplyAll; ini_handler.WriteAllFn = DockSettingsHandler_WriteAll; g.SettingsHandlers.push_back(ini_handler); } void ImGui::DockContextShutdown(ImGuiContext* ctx) { - ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - ImGuiDockContext* dc = ctx->DockContext; + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; for (int n = 0; n < dc->Nodes.Data.Size; n++) if (ImGuiDockNode* node = (ImGuiDockNode*)dc->Nodes.Data[n].val_p) IM_DELETE(node); - IM_DELETE(g.DockContext); - g.DockContext = NULL; } -void ImGui::DockContextOnLoadSettings(ImGuiContext* ctx) -{ - ImGuiDockContext* dc = ctx->DockContext; - DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes(ctx); - DockContextBuildNodesFromSettings(ctx, dc->SettingsNodes.Data, dc->SettingsNodes.Size); -} - -void ImGui::DockContextClearNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID root_id, bool clear_persistent_docking_references) +void ImGui::DockContextClearNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID root_id, bool clear_settings_refs) { IM_UNUSED(ctx); IM_ASSERT(ctx == GImGui); - DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows(root_id, clear_persistent_docking_references); + DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows(root_id, clear_settings_refs); DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(root_id); } -// This function also acts as a defacto test to make sure we can rebuild from scratch without a glitch +// [DEBUG] This function also acts as a defacto test to make sure we can rebuild from scratch without a glitch +// (Different from DockSettingsHandler_ClearAll() + DockSettingsHandler_ApplyAll() because this reuses current settings!) void ImGui::DockContextRebuildNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx) { - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("DockContextRebuild()\n"); - ImGuiDockContext* dc = ctx->DockContext; + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextRebuildNodes\n"); SaveIniSettingsToMemory(); ImGuiID root_id = 0; // Rebuild all DockContextClearNodes(ctx, root_id, false); - DockContextBuildNodesFromSettings(ctx, dc->SettingsNodes.Data, dc->SettingsNodes.Size); + DockContextBuildNodesFromSettings(ctx, dc->NodesSettings.Data, dc->NodesSettings.Size); DockContextBuildAddWindowsToNodes(ctx, root_id); } // Docking context update function, called by NewFrame() -void ImGui::DockContextUpdateUndocking(ImGuiContext* ctx) +void ImGui::DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking(ImGuiContext* ctx) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - ImGuiDockContext* dc = ctx->DockContext; + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; if (!(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable)) { if (dc->Nodes.Data.Size > 0 || dc->Requests.Size > 0) @@ -11694,13 +14738,25 @@ void ImGui::DockContextUpdateUndocking(ImGuiContext* ctx) } // Docking context update function, called by NewFrame() -void ImGui::DockContextUpdateDocking(ImGuiContext* ctx) +void ImGui::DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking(ImGuiContext* ctx) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - ImGuiDockContext* dc = ctx->DockContext; + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; if (!(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable)) return; + // [DEBUG] Store hovered dock node. + // We could in theory use DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos() on the root host dock node, but using ->DockNode is a good shortcut. + // Note this is mostly a debug thing and isn't actually used for docking target, because docking involve more detailed filtering. + g.DebugHoveredDockNode = NULL; + if (ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow) + { + if (hovered_window->DockNodeAsHost) + g.DebugHoveredDockNode = DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(hovered_window->DockNodeAsHost, g.IO.MousePos); + else if (hovered_window->RootWindow->DockNode) + g.DebugHoveredDockNode = hovered_window->RootWindow->DockNode; + } + // Process Docking requests for (int n = 0; n < dc->Requests.Size; n++) if (dc->Requests[n].Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Dock) @@ -11715,15 +14771,32 @@ void ImGui::DockContextUpdateDocking(ImGuiContext* ctx) DockNodeUpdate(node); } -static ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockContextFindNodeByID(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id) +void ImGui::DockContextEndFrame(ImGuiContext* ctx) { - return (ImGuiDockNode*)ctx->DockContext->Nodes.GetVoidPtr(id); + // Draw backgrounds of node missing their window + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &g.DockContext; + for (int n = 0; n < dc->Nodes.Data.Size; n++) + if (ImGuiDockNode* node = (ImGuiDockNode*)dc->Nodes.Data[n].val_p) + if (node->LastFrameActive == g.FrameCount && node->IsVisible && node->HostWindow && node->IsLeafNode() && !node->IsBgDrawnThisFrame) + { + ImRect bg_rect(node->Pos + ImVec2(0.0f, GetFrameHeight()), node->Pos + node->Size); + ImDrawFlags bg_rounding_flags = CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(bg_rect, node->HostWindow->Rect(), DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE); + node->HostWindow->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG); + node->HostWindow->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bg_rect.Min, bg_rect.Max, node->LastBgColor, node->HostWindow->WindowRounding, bg_rounding_flags); + } +} + +ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockContextFindNodeByID(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id) +{ + return (ImGuiDockNode*)ctx->DockContext.Nodes.GetVoidPtr(id); } ImGuiID ImGui::DockContextGenNodeID(ImGuiContext* ctx) { // Generate an ID for new node (the exact ID value doesn't matter as long as it is not already used) - // FIXME-OPT FIXME-DOCK: This is suboptimal, even if the node count is small enough not to be a worry. We should poke in ctx->Nodes to find a suitable ID faster. + // FIXME-OPT FIXME-DOCK: This is suboptimal, even if the node count is small enough not to be a worry.0 + // We should poke in ctx->Nodes to find a suitable ID faster. Even more so trivial that ctx->Nodes lookup is already sorted. ImGuiID id = 0x0001; while (DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, id) != NULL) id++; @@ -11733,24 +14806,25 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::DockContextGenNodeID(ImGuiContext* ctx) static ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockContextAddNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id) { // Generate an ID for the new node (the exact ID value doesn't matter as long as it is not already used) and add the first window. + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; if (id == 0) id = DockContextGenNodeID(ctx); else IM_ASSERT(DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, id) == NULL); // We don't set node->LastFrameAlive on construction. Nodes are always created at all time to reflect .ini settings! - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("DockContextAddNode 0x%08X\n", id); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextAddNode 0x%08X\n", id); ImGuiDockNode* node = IM_NEW(ImGuiDockNode)(id); - ctx->DockContext->Nodes.SetVoidPtr(node->ID, node); + ctx->DockContext.Nodes.SetVoidPtr(node->ID, node); return node; } static void ImGui::DockContextRemoveNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node, bool merge_sibling_into_parent_node) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - ImGuiDockContext* dc = ctx->DockContext; + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("DockContextRemoveNode 0x%08X\n", node->ID); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextRemoveNode 0x%08X\n", node->ID); IM_ASSERT(DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node->ID) == node); IM_ASSERT(node->ChildNodes[0] == NULL && node->ChildNodes[1] == NULL); IM_ASSERT(node->Windows.Size == 0); @@ -11795,16 +14869,16 @@ struct ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData static void ImGui::DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - ImGuiDockContext* dc = ctx->DockContext; + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == 0); ImPool pool; - pool.Reserve(dc->SettingsNodes.Size); + pool.Reserve(dc->NodesSettings.Size); // Count child nodes and compute RootID - for (int settings_n = 0; settings_n < dc->SettingsNodes.Size; settings_n++) + for (int settings_n = 0; settings_n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; settings_n++) { - ImGuiDockNodeSettings* settings = &dc->SettingsNodes[settings_n]; + ImGuiDockNodeSettings* settings = &dc->NodesSettings[settings_n]; ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData* parent_data = settings->ParentNodeId ? pool.GetByKey(settings->ParentNodeId) : 0; pool.GetOrAddByKey(settings->ID)->RootId = parent_data ? parent_data->RootId : settings->ID; if (settings->ParentNodeId) @@ -11813,9 +14887,9 @@ static void ImGui::DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx) // Count reference to dock ids from dockspaces // We track the 'auto-DockNode <- manual-Window <- manual-DockSpace' in order to avoid 'auto-DockNode' being ditched by DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes() - for (int settings_n = 0; settings_n < dc->SettingsNodes.Size; settings_n++) + for (int settings_n = 0; settings_n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; settings_n++) { - ImGuiDockNodeSettings* settings = &dc->SettingsNodes[settings_n]; + ImGuiDockNodeSettings* settings = &dc->NodesSettings[settings_n]; if (settings->ParentWindowId != 0) if (ImGuiWindowSettings* window_settings = FindWindowSettings(settings->ParentWindowId)) if (window_settings->DockId) @@ -11835,9 +14909,9 @@ static void ImGui::DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx) } // Prune - for (int settings_n = 0; settings_n < dc->SettingsNodes.Size; settings_n++) + for (int settings_n = 0; settings_n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; settings_n++) { - ImGuiDockNodeSettings* settings = &dc->SettingsNodes[settings_n]; + ImGuiDockNodeSettings* settings = &dc->NodesSettings[settings_n]; ImGuiDockContextPruneNodeData* data = pool.GetByKey(settings->ID); if (data->CountWindows > 1) continue; @@ -11849,7 +14923,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx) remove |= (data_root->CountChildWindows == 0); if (remove) { - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes: Prune 0x%08X\n", settings->ID); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes: Prune 0x%08X\n", settings->ID); DockSettingsRemoveNodeReferences(&settings->ID, 1); settings->ID = 0; } @@ -11874,9 +14948,9 @@ static void ImGui::DockContextBuildNodesFromSettings(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDoc node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[0] = node; else if (node->ParentNode && node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[1] == NULL) node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[1] = node; - node->SelectedTabId = settings->SelectedWindowId; + node->SelectedTabId = settings->SelectedTabId; node->SplitAxis = (ImGuiAxis)settings->SplitAxis; - node->LocalFlags |= (settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SavedFlagsMask_); + node->SetLocalFlags(settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SavedFlagsMask_); // Bind host window immediately if it already exist (in case of a rebuild) // This is useful as the RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight links necessary to highlight the currently focused node requires node->HostWindow to be set. @@ -11929,7 +15003,7 @@ void ImGui::DockContextQueueDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDo req.DockSplitDir = split_dir; req.DockSplitRatio = split_ratio; req.DockSplitOuter = split_outer; - ctx->DockContext->Requests.push_back(req); + ctx->DockContext.Requests.push_back(req); } void ImGui::DockContextQueueUndockWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window) @@ -11937,7 +15011,7 @@ void ImGui::DockContextQueueUndockWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window) ImGuiDockRequest req; req.Type = ImGuiDockRequestType_Undock; req.UndockTargetWindow = window; - ctx->DockContext->Requests.push_back(req); + ctx->DockContext.Requests.push_back(req); } void ImGui::DockContextQueueUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node) @@ -11945,12 +15019,12 @@ void ImGui::DockContextQueueUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node) ImGuiDockRequest req; req.Type = ImGuiDockRequestType_Undock; req.UndockTargetNode = node; - ctx->DockContext->Requests.push_back(req); + ctx->DockContext.Requests.push_back(req); } void ImGui::DockContextQueueNotifyRemovedNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node) { - ImGuiDockContext* dc = ctx->DockContext; + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; for (int n = 0; n < dc->Requests.Size; n++) if (dc->Requests[n].DockTargetNode == node) dc->Requests[n].Type = ImGuiDockRequestType_None; @@ -11968,9 +15042,9 @@ void ImGui::DockContextProcessDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockRequest* req) ImGuiWindow* target_window = req->DockTargetWindow; ImGuiDockNode* node = req->DockTargetNode; if (payload_window) - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("DockContextProcessDock node 0x%08X target '%s' dock window '%s', split_dir %d\n", node ? node->ID : 0, target_window ? target_window->Name : "NULL", payload_window ? payload_window->Name : "NULL", req->DockSplitDir); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextProcessDock node 0x%08X target '%s' dock window '%s', split_dir %d\n", node ? node->ID : 0, target_window ? target_window->Name : "NULL", payload_window->Name, req->DockSplitDir); else - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("DockContextProcessDock node 0x%08X, split_dir %d\n", node ? node->ID : 0, req->DockSplitDir); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextProcessDock node 0x%08X, split_dir %d\n", node ? node->ID : 0, req->DockSplitDir); // Decide which Tab will be selected at the end of the operation ImGuiID next_selected_id = 0; @@ -11982,7 +15056,7 @@ void ImGui::DockContextProcessDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockRequest* req) if (payload_node && payload_node->IsLeafNode()) next_selected_id = payload_node->TabBar->NextSelectedTabId ? payload_node->TabBar->NextSelectedTabId : payload_node->TabBar->SelectedTabId; if (payload_node == NULL) - next_selected_id = payload_window->ID; + next_selected_id = payload_window->TabId; } // FIXME-DOCK: When we are trying to dock an existing single-window node into a loose window, transfer Node ID as well @@ -12009,7 +15083,7 @@ void ImGui::DockContextProcessDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockRequest* req) ImGuiDir split_dir = req->DockSplitDir; if (split_dir != ImGuiDir_None) { - // Split into one, one side will be our payload node unless we are dropping a loose window + // Split into two, one side will be our payload node unless we are dropping a loose window const ImGuiAxis split_axis = (split_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || split_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y; const int split_inheritor_child_idx = (split_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || split_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? 1 : 0; // Current contents will be moved to the opposite side const float split_ratio = req->DockSplitRatio; @@ -12018,7 +15092,7 @@ void ImGui::DockContextProcessDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockRequest* req) new_node->HostWindow = node->HostWindow; node = new_node; } - node->LocalFlags &= ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar; + node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar); if (node != payload_node) { @@ -12056,8 +15130,8 @@ void ImGui::DockContextProcessDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockRequest* req) IM_ASSERT(last_focused_node != NULL); ImGuiDockNode* last_focused_root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(last_focused_node); IM_ASSERT(last_focused_root_node == DockNodeGetRootNode(payload_node)); - last_focused_node->LocalFlags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode; - node->LocalFlags &= ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode; + last_focused_node->SetLocalFlags(last_focused_node->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode); + node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode); last_focused_root_node->CentralNode = last_focused_node; } @@ -12094,21 +15168,49 @@ void ImGui::DockContextProcessDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockRequest* req) MarkIniSettingsDirty(); } +// Problem: +// Undocking a large (~full screen) window would leave it so large that the bottom right sizing corner would more +// than likely be off the screen and the window would be hard to resize to fit on screen. This can be particularly problematic +// with 'ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly=true' and/or with 'ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges=false' as well (the later can be +// due to missing ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors backend flag). +// Solution: +// When undocking a window we currently force its maximum size to 90% of the host viewport or monitor. +// Reevaluate this when we implement preserving docked/undocked size ("docking_wip/undocked_size" branch). +static ImVec2 FixLargeWindowsWhenUndocking(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiViewport* ref_viewport) +{ + if (ref_viewport == NULL) + return size; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImVec2 max_size = ImFloor(ref_viewport->WorkSize * 0.90f); + if (g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) + { + const ImGuiPlatformMonitor* monitor = ImGui::GetViewportPlatformMonitor(ref_viewport); + max_size = ImFloor(monitor->WorkSize * 0.90f); + } + return ImMin(size, max_size); +} + void ImGui::DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiWindow* window, bool clear_persistent_docking_ref) { - (void)ctx; + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextProcessUndockWindow window '%s', clear_persistent_docking_ref = %d\n", window->Name, clear_persistent_docking_ref); if (window->DockNode) DockNodeRemoveWindow(window->DockNode, window, clear_persistent_docking_ref ? 0 : window->DockId); else window->DockId = 0; window->Collapsed = false; window->DockIsActive = false; - window->DockTabIsVisible = false; + window->DockNodeIsVisible = window->DockTabIsVisible = false; + window->Size = window->SizeFull = FixLargeWindowsWhenUndocking(window->SizeFull, window->Viewport); + MarkIniSettingsDirty(); } void ImGui::DockContextProcessUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node) { + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockContextProcessUndockNode node %08X\n", node->ID); IM_ASSERT(node->IsLeafNode()); IM_ASSERT(node->Windows.Size >= 1); @@ -12116,15 +15218,16 @@ void ImGui::DockContextProcessUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node) { // In the case of a root node or central node, the node will have to stay in place. Create a new node to receive the payload. ImGuiDockNode* new_node = DockContextAddNode(ctx, 0); + new_node->Pos = node->Pos; + new_node->Size = node->Size; + new_node->SizeRef = node->SizeRef; DockNodeMoveWindows(new_node, node); DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(node->ID, new_node->ID); - for (int n = 0; n < new_node->Windows.Size; n++) - UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(new_node->Windows[n], new_node->Windows[n]->Flags, NULL); node = new_node; } else { - // Otherwise extract our node and merging our sibling back into the parent node. + // Otherwise extract our node and merge our sibling back into the parent node. IM_ASSERT(node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[0] == node || node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[1] == node); int index_in_parent = (node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[0] == node) ? 0 : 1; node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[index_in_parent] = NULL; @@ -12132,28 +15235,33 @@ void ImGui::DockContextProcessUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node) node->ParentNode->AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Window; // The node that stays in place keeps the viewport, so our newly dragged out node will create a new viewport node->ParentNode = NULL; } - node->AuthorityForPos = node->AuthorityForSize = ImGuiDataAuthority_Window; + for (int n = 0; n < node->Windows.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[n]; + window->Flags &= ~ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; + if (window->ParentWindow) + window->ParentWindow->DC.ChildWindows.find_erase(window); + UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, window->Flags, NULL); + } + node->AuthorityForPos = node->AuthorityForSize = ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode; + node->Size = FixLargeWindowsWhenUndocking(node->Size, node->Windows[0]->Viewport); node->WantMouseMove = true; MarkIniSettingsDirty(); } // This is mostly used for automation. -bool ImGui::DockContextCalcDropPosForDocking(ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode* target_node, ImGuiWindow* payload, ImGuiDir split_dir, bool split_outer, ImVec2* out_pos) +bool ImGui::DockContextCalcDropPosForDocking(ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode* target_node, ImGuiWindow* payload_window, ImGuiDockNode* payload_node, ImGuiDir split_dir, bool split_outer, ImVec2* out_pos) { - if (split_outer) - { - IM_ASSERT(0); - } - else - { - ImGuiDockPreviewData split_data; - DockNodePreviewDockSetup(target, target_node, payload, &split_data, false, split_outer); - if (split_data.DropRectsDraw[split_dir+1].IsInverted()) - return false; - *out_pos = split_data.DropRectsDraw[split_dir+1].GetCenter(); - return true; - } - return false; + // In DockNodePreviewDockSetup() for a root central node instead of showing both "inner" and "outer" drop rects + // (which would be functionally identical) we only show the outer one. Reflect this here. + if (target_node && target_node->ParentNode == NULL && target_node->IsCentralNode() && split_dir != ImGuiDir_None) + split_outer = true; + ImGuiDockPreviewData split_data; + DockNodePreviewDockSetup(target, target_node, payload_window, payload_node, &split_data, false, split_outer); + if (split_data.DropRectsDraw[split_dir+1].IsInverted()) + return false; + *out_pos = split_data.DropRectsDraw[split_dir+1].GetCenter(); + return true; } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -12169,11 +15277,14 @@ bool ImGui::DockContextCalcDropPosForDocking(ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode* // - ImGuiDockNodeFindInfoResults // - DockNodeFindInfo() // - DockNodeFindWindowByID() -// - DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlagAndInactiveChilds() +// - DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse() +// - DockNodeUpdateHasCentralNodeFlag() // - DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlag() // - DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow() // - DockNodeUpdate() // - DockNodeUpdateWindowMenu() +// - DockNodeBeginAmendTabBar() +// - DockNodeEndAmendTabBar() // - DockNodeUpdateTabBar() // - DockNodeAddTabBar() // - DockNodeRemoveTabBar() @@ -12189,14 +15300,16 @@ bool ImGui::DockContextCalcDropPosForDocking(ImGuiWindow* target, ImGuiDockNode* ImGuiDockNode::ImGuiDockNode(ImGuiID id) { ID = id; - SharedFlags = LocalFlags = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_None; + SharedFlags = LocalFlags = LocalFlagsInWindows = MergedFlags = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_None; ParentNode = ChildNodes[0] = ChildNodes[1] = NULL; TabBar = NULL; SplitAxis = ImGuiAxis_None; State = ImGuiDockNodeState_Unknown; + LastBgColor = IM_COL32_WHITE; HostWindow = VisibleWindow = NULL; CentralNode = OnlyNodeWithWindows = NULL; + CountNodeWithWindows = 0; LastFrameAlive = LastFrameActive = LastFrameFocused = -1; LastFocusedNodeId = 0; SelectedTabId = 0; @@ -12204,9 +15317,9 @@ ImGuiDockNode::ImGuiDockNode(ImGuiID id) AuthorityForPos = AuthorityForSize = ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode; AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto; IsVisible = true; - IsFocused = HasCloseButton = HasWindowMenuButton = EnableCloseButton = false; + IsFocused = HasCloseButton = HasWindowMenuButton = HasCentralNodeChild = false; + IsBgDrawnThisFrame = false; WantCloseAll = WantLockSizeOnce = WantMouseMove = WantHiddenTabBarUpdate = WantHiddenTabBarToggle = false; - MarkedForPosSizeWrite = false; } ImGuiDockNode::~ImGuiDockNode() @@ -12221,10 +15334,16 @@ int ImGui::DockNodeGetTabOrder(ImGuiWindow* window) ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = window->DockNode->TabBar; if (tab_bar == NULL) return -1; - ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, window->ID); + ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, window->TabId); return tab ? tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab) : -1; } +static void DockNodeHideWindowDuringHostWindowCreation(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + window->Hidden = true; + window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = window->Active ? 1 : 2; +} + static void ImGui::DockNodeAddWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window, bool add_to_tab_bar) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; (void)g; @@ -12235,7 +15354,13 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeAddWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window, b DockNodeRemoveWindow(window->DockNode, window, 0); } IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode == NULL || window->DockNodeAsHost == NULL); - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("DockNodeAddWindow node 0x%08X window '%s'\n", node->ID, window->Name); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockNodeAddWindow node 0x%08X window '%s'\n", node->ID, window->Name); + + // If more than 2 windows appeared on the same frame leading to the creation of a new hosting window, + // we'll hide windows until the host window is ready. Hide the 1st window after its been output (so it is not visible for one frame). + // We will call DockNodeHideWindowDuringHostWindowCreation() on ourselves in Begin() + if (node->HostWindow == NULL && node->Windows.Size == 1 && node->Windows[0]->WasActive == false) + DockNodeHideWindowDuringHostWindowCreation(node->Windows[0]); node->Windows.push_back(window); node->WantHiddenTabBarUpdate = true; @@ -12244,14 +15369,6 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeAddWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window, b window->DockIsActive = (node->Windows.Size > 1); window->DockTabWantClose = false; - // If more than 2 windows appeared on the same frame, we'll create a new hosting DockNode from the point of the second window submission. - // Then we need to hide the first window (after its been output) otherwise it would be visible as a standalone window for one frame. - if (node->HostWindow == NULL && node->Windows.Size == 2 && node->Windows[0]->WasActive == false) - { - node->Windows[0]->Hidden = true; - node->Windows[0]->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; - } - // When reactivating a node with one or two loose window, the window pos/size/viewport are authoritative over the node storage. // In particular it is important we init the viewport from the first window so we don't create two viewports and drop one. if (node->HostWindow == NULL && node->IsFloatingNode()) @@ -12290,15 +15407,18 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeRemoveWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode == node); - //IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindow == node->HostWindow); + //IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindowDockTree == node->HostWindow); //IM_ASSERT(window->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount); // We may call this from Begin() IM_ASSERT(save_dock_id == 0 || save_dock_id == node->ID); - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("DockNodeRemoveWindow node 0x%08X window '%s'\n", node->ID, window->Name); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockNodeRemoveWindow node 0x%08X window '%s'\n", node->ID, window->Name); window->DockNode = NULL; window->DockIsActive = window->DockTabWantClose = false; window->DockId = save_dock_id; - UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, window->Flags & ~ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow, NULL); // Update immediately + window->Flags &= ~ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; + if (window->ParentWindow) + window->ParentWindow->DC.ChildWindows.find_erase(window); + UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, window->Flags, NULL); // Update immediately // Remove window bool erased = false; @@ -12309,7 +15429,8 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeRemoveWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window erased = true; break; } - IM_ASSERT(erased); + if (!erased) + IM_ASSERT(erased); if (node->VisibleWindow == window) node->VisibleWindow = NULL; @@ -12317,7 +15438,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeRemoveWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window node->WantHiddenTabBarUpdate = true; if (node->TabBar) { - TabBarRemoveTab(node->TabBar, window->ID); + TabBarRemoveTab(node->TabBar, window->TabId); const int tab_count_threshold_for_tab_bar = node->IsCentralNode() ? 1 : 2; if (node->Windows.Size < tab_count_threshold_for_tab_bar) DockNodeRemoveTabBar(node); @@ -12336,6 +15457,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeRemoveWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window if (node->HostWindow->ViewportOwned && node->IsRootNode()) { // Transfer viewport back to the remaining loose window + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Node %08X transfer Viewport %08X=>%08X for Window '%s'\n", node->ID, node->HostWindow->Viewport->ID, remaining_window->ID, remaining_window->Name); IM_ASSERT(node->HostWindow->Viewport->Window == node->HostWindow); node->HostWindow->Viewport->Window = remaining_window; node->HostWindow->Viewport->ID = remaining_window->ID; @@ -12367,7 +15489,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeMoveWindows(ImGuiDockNode* dst_node, ImGuiDockNode* s IM_ASSERT(src_node && dst_node && dst_node != src_node); ImGuiTabBar* src_tab_bar = src_node->TabBar; if (src_tab_bar != NULL) - IM_ASSERT(src_node->Windows.Size == src_node->TabBar->Tabs.Size); + IM_ASSERT(src_node->Windows.Size <= src_node->TabBar->Tabs.Size); // If the dst_node is empty we can just move the entire tab bar (to preserve selection, scrolling, etc.) bool move_tab_bar = (src_tab_bar != NULL) && (dst_node->TabBar == NULL); @@ -12377,12 +15499,12 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeMoveWindows(ImGuiDockNode* dst_node, ImGuiDockNode* s src_node->TabBar = NULL; } - for (int n = 0; n < src_node->Windows.Size; n++) + // Tab order is not important here, it is preserved by sorting in DockNodeUpdateTabBar(). + for (ImGuiWindow* window : src_node->Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = src_tab_bar ? src_tab_bar->Tabs[n].Window : src_node->Windows[n]; window->DockNode = NULL; window->DockIsActive = false; - DockNodeAddWindow(dst_node, window, move_tab_bar ? false : true); + DockNodeAddWindow(dst_node, window, !move_tab_bar); } src_node->Windows.clear(); @@ -12423,36 +15545,36 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeHideHostWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node) } // Search function called once by root node in DockNodeUpdate() -struct ImGuiDockNodeFindInfoResults +struct ImGuiDockNodeTreeInfo { ImGuiDockNode* CentralNode; ImGuiDockNode* FirstNodeWithWindows; int CountNodesWithWindows; //ImGuiWindowClass WindowClassForMerges; - ImGuiDockNodeFindInfoResults() { CentralNode = FirstNodeWithWindows = NULL; CountNodesWithWindows = 0; } + ImGuiDockNodeTreeInfo() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; -static void DockNodeFindInfo(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiDockNodeFindInfoResults* results) +static void DockNodeFindInfo(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiDockNodeTreeInfo* info) { if (node->Windows.Size > 0) { - if (results->FirstNodeWithWindows == NULL) - results->FirstNodeWithWindows = node; - results->CountNodesWithWindows++; + if (info->FirstNodeWithWindows == NULL) + info->FirstNodeWithWindows = node; + info->CountNodesWithWindows++; } if (node->IsCentralNode()) { - IM_ASSERT(results->CentralNode == NULL); // Should be only one + IM_ASSERT(info->CentralNode == NULL); // Should be only one IM_ASSERT(node->IsLeafNode() && "If you get this assert: please submit .ini file + repro of actions leading to this."); - results->CentralNode = node; + info->CentralNode = node; } - if (results->CountNodesWithWindows > 1 && results->CentralNode != NULL) + if (info->CountNodesWithWindows > 1 && info->CentralNode != NULL) return; if (node->ChildNodes[0]) - DockNodeFindInfo(node->ChildNodes[0], results); + DockNodeFindInfo(node->ChildNodes[0], info); if (node->ChildNodes[1]) - DockNodeFindInfo(node->ChildNodes[1], results); + DockNodeFindInfo(node->ChildNodes[1], info); } static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::DockNodeFindWindowByID(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiID id) @@ -12466,7 +15588,7 @@ static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::DockNodeFindWindowByID(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiID i // - Remove inactive windows/nodes. // - Update visibility flag. -static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlagAndInactiveChilds(ImGuiDockNode* node) +static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse(ImGuiDockNode* node) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(node->ParentNode == NULL || node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[0] == node || node->ParentNode->ChildNodes[1] == node); @@ -12479,13 +15601,15 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlagAndInactiveChilds(ImGuiDockNode* nod // There is the possibility that one of our child becoming empty will delete itself and moving its sibling contents into 'node'. // If 'node->ChildNode[0]' delete itself, then 'node->ChildNode[1]->Windows' will be moved into 'node' // If 'node->ChildNode[1]' delete itself, then 'node->ChildNode[0]->Windows' will be moved into 'node' and the "remove inactive windows" loop will have run twice on those windows (harmless) + node->HasCentralNodeChild = false; if (node->ChildNodes[0]) - DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlagAndInactiveChilds(node->ChildNodes[0]); + DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse(node->ChildNodes[0]); if (node->ChildNodes[1]) - DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlagAndInactiveChilds(node->ChildNodes[1]); + DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse(node->ChildNodes[1]); - // Remove inactive windows + // Remove inactive windows, collapse nodes // Merge node flags overrides stored in windows + node->LocalFlagsInWindows = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_None; for (int window_n = 0; window_n < node->Windows.Size; window_n++) { ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[window_n]; @@ -12494,7 +15618,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlagAndInactiveChilds(ImGuiDockNode* nod bool node_was_active = (node->LastFrameActive + 1 == g.FrameCount); bool remove = false; remove |= node_was_active && (window->LastFrameActive + 1 < g.FrameCount); - remove |= node_was_active && (node->WantCloseAll || node->WantCloseTabId == window->ID) && window->HasCloseButton && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument); // Submit all _expected_ closure from last frame + remove |= node_was_active && (node->WantCloseAll || node->WantCloseTabId == window->TabId) && window->HasCloseButton && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument); // Submit all _expected_ closure from last frame remove |= (window->DockTabWantClose); if (remove) { @@ -12508,16 +15632,17 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlagAndInactiveChilds(ImGuiDockNode* nod } DockNodeRemoveWindow(node, window, node->ID); window_n--; + continue; } - else - { - node->LocalFlags &= ~window->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideClear; - node->LocalFlags |= window->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet; - } + + // FIXME-DOCKING: Missing policies for conflict resolution, hence the "Experimental" tag on this. + //node->LocalFlagsInWindow &= ~window->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideClear; + node->LocalFlagsInWindows |= window->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet; } + node->UpdateMergedFlags(); // Auto-hide tab bar option - ImGuiDockNodeFlags node_flags = node->GetMergedFlags(); + ImGuiDockNodeFlags node_flags = node->MergedFlags; if (node->WantHiddenTabBarUpdate && node->Windows.Size == 1 && (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar) && !node->IsHiddenTabBar()) node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = true; node->WantHiddenTabBarUpdate = false; @@ -12528,14 +15653,33 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlagAndInactiveChilds(ImGuiDockNode* nod // Apply toggles at a single point of the frame (here!) if (node->Windows.Size > 1) - node->LocalFlags &= ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar; + node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar); else if (node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle) - node->LocalFlags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar; + node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags ^ ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar); node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = false; DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlag(node); } +// This is rarely called as DockNodeUpdateForRootNode() generally does it most frames. +static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateHasCentralNodeChild(ImGuiDockNode* node) +{ + node->HasCentralNodeChild = false; + if (node->ChildNodes[0]) + DockNodeUpdateHasCentralNodeChild(node->ChildNodes[0]); + if (node->ChildNodes[1]) + DockNodeUpdateHasCentralNodeChild(node->ChildNodes[1]); + if (node->IsRootNode()) + { + ImGuiDockNode* mark_node = node->CentralNode; + while (mark_node) + { + mark_node->HasCentralNodeChild = true; + mark_node = mark_node->ParentNode; + } + } +} + static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlag(ImGuiDockNode* node) { // Update visibility flag @@ -12550,32 +15694,32 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWind { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(node->WantMouseMove == true); - ImVec2 backup_active_click_offset = g.ActiveIdClickOffset; StartMouseMovingWindow(window); + g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - node->Pos; g.MovingWindow = window; // If we are docked into a non moveable root window, StartMouseMovingWindow() won't set g.MovingWindow. Override that decision. node->WantMouseMove = false; - g.ActiveIdClickOffset = backup_active_click_offset; } // Update CentralNode, OnlyNodeWithWindows, LastFocusedNodeID. Copy window class. static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateForRootNode(ImGuiDockNode* node) { - DockNodeUpdateVisibleFlagAndInactiveChilds(node); + DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse(node); - // FIXME-DOCK: Merge this scan into the one above. // - Setup central node pointers // - Find if there's only a single visible window in the hierarchy (in which case we need to display a regular title bar -> FIXME-DOCK: that last part is not done yet!) - ImGuiDockNodeFindInfoResults results; - DockNodeFindInfo(node, &results); - node->CentralNode = results.CentralNode; - node->OnlyNodeWithWindows = (results.CountNodesWithWindows == 1) ? results.FirstNodeWithWindows : NULL; - if (node->LastFocusedNodeId == 0 && results.FirstNodeWithWindows != NULL) - node->LastFocusedNodeId = results.FirstNodeWithWindows->ID; + // Cannot merge this with DockNodeUpdateFlagsAndCollapse() because FirstNodeWithWindows is found after window removal and child collapsing + ImGuiDockNodeTreeInfo info; + DockNodeFindInfo(node, &info); + node->CentralNode = info.CentralNode; + node->OnlyNodeWithWindows = (info.CountNodesWithWindows == 1) ? info.FirstNodeWithWindows : NULL; + node->CountNodeWithWindows = info.CountNodesWithWindows; + if (node->LastFocusedNodeId == 0 && info.FirstNodeWithWindows != NULL) + node->LastFocusedNodeId = info.FirstNodeWithWindows->ID; // Copy the window class from of our first window so it can be used for proper dock filtering. // When node has mixed windows, prioritize the class with the most constraint (DockingAllowUnclassed = false) as the reference to copy. // FIXME-DOCK: We don't recurse properly, this code could be reworked to work from DockNodeUpdateScanRec. - if (ImGuiDockNode* first_node_with_windows = results.FirstNodeWithWindows) + if (ImGuiDockNode* first_node_with_windows = info.FirstNodeWithWindows) { node->WindowClass = first_node_with_windows->Windows[0]->WindowClass; for (int n = 1; n < first_node_with_windows->Windows.Size; n++) @@ -12585,6 +15729,27 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateForRootNode(ImGuiDockNode* node) break; } } + + ImGuiDockNode* mark_node = node->CentralNode; + while (mark_node) + { + mark_node->HasCentralNodeChild = true; + mark_node = mark_node->ParentNode; + } +} + +static void DockNodeSetupHostWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_window) +{ + // Remove ourselves from any previous different host window + // This can happen if a user mistakenly does (see #4295 for details): + // - N+0: DockBuilderAddNode(id, 0) // missing ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace + // - N+1: NewFrame() // will create floating host window for that node + // - N+1: DockSpace(id) // requalify node as dockspace, moving host window + if (node->HostWindow && node->HostWindow != host_window && node->HostWindow->DockNodeAsHost == node) + node->HostWindow->DockNodeAsHost = NULL; + + host_window->DockNodeAsHost = node; + node->HostWindow = host_window; } static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) @@ -12592,7 +15757,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(node->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount); node->LastFrameAlive = g.FrameCount; - node->MarkedForPosSizeWrite = false; + node->IsBgDrawnThisFrame = false; node->CentralNode = node->OnlyNodeWithWindows = NULL; if (node->IsRootNode()) @@ -12604,9 +15769,14 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) // Early out for hidden root dock nodes (when all DockId references are in inactive windows, or there is only 1 floating window holding on the DockId) bool want_to_hide_host_window = false; - if (node->Windows.Size <= 1 && node->IsFloatingNode() && node->IsLeafNode()) - if (!g.IO.ConfigDockingAlwaysTabBar && (node->Windows.Size == 0 || !node->Windows[0]->WindowClass.DockingAlwaysTabBar)) + if (node->IsFloatingNode()) + { + if (node->Windows.Size <= 1 && node->IsLeafNode()) + if (!g.IO.ConfigDockingAlwaysTabBar && (node->Windows.Size == 0 || !node->Windows[0]->WindowClass.DockingAlwaysTabBar)) + want_to_hide_host_window = true; + if (node->CountNodeWithWindows == 0) want_to_hide_host_window = true; + } if (want_to_hide_host_window) { if (node->Windows.Size == 1) @@ -12636,7 +15806,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) node->State = ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseSingleWindow; node->WantCloseAll = false; node->WantCloseTabId = 0; - node->HasCloseButton = node->HasWindowMenuButton = node->EnableCloseButton = false; + node->HasCloseButton = node->HasWindowMenuButton = false; node->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount; if (node->WantMouseMove && node->Windows.Size == 1) @@ -12669,7 +15839,20 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) } } - const ImGuiDockNodeFlags node_flags = node->GetMergedFlags(); + const ImGuiDockNodeFlags node_flags = node->MergedFlags; + + // Decide if the node will have a close button and a window menu button + node->HasWindowMenuButton = (node->Windows.Size > 0) && (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton) == 0; + node->HasCloseButton = false; + for (int window_n = 0; window_n < node->Windows.Size; window_n++) + { + // FIXME-DOCK: Setting DockIsActive here means that for single active window in a leaf node, DockIsActive will be cleared until the next Begin() call. + ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[window_n]; + node->HasCloseButton |= window->HasCloseButton; + window->DockIsActive = (node->Windows.Size > 1); + } + if (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton) + node->HasCloseButton = false; // Bind or create host window ImGuiWindow* host_window = NULL; @@ -12678,25 +15861,11 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) { // [Explicit root dockspace node] IM_ASSERT(node->HostWindow); - node->EnableCloseButton = false; - node->HasCloseButton = (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton) == 0; - node->HasWindowMenuButton = (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton) == 0; host_window = node->HostWindow; } else { // [Automatic root or child nodes] - node->EnableCloseButton = false; - node->HasCloseButton = (node->Windows.Size > 0) && (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton) == 0; - node->HasWindowMenuButton = (node->Windows.Size > 0) && (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton) == 0; - for (int window_n = 0; window_n < node->Windows.Size; window_n++) - { - // FIXME-DOCK: Setting DockIsActive here means that for single active window in a leaf node, DockIsActive will be cleared until the next Begin() call. - ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[window_n]; - window->DockIsActive = (node->Windows.Size > 1); - node->EnableCloseButton |= window->HasCloseButton; - } - if (node->IsRootNode() && node->IsVisible) { ImGuiWindow* ref_window = (node->Windows.Size > 0) ? node->Windows[0] : NULL; @@ -12731,13 +15900,14 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse; window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar; + SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.0f); // Don't set ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground because it disables borders PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); Begin(window_label, NULL, window_flags); PopStyleVar(); beginned_into_host_window = true; - node->HostWindow = host_window = g.CurrentWindow; - host_window->DockNodeAsHost = node; + host_window = g.CurrentWindow; + DockNodeSetupHostWindow(node, host_window); host_window->DC.CursorPos = host_window->Pos; node->Pos = host_window->Pos; node->Size = host_window->Size; @@ -12766,20 +15936,20 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) if (node->IsSplitNode()) IM_ASSERT(node->TabBar == NULL); if (node->IsRootNode()) - if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowDockStop->DockNode && g.NavWindow->RootWindowDockStop->ParentWindow == host_window) - node->LastFocusedNodeId = g.NavWindow->RootWindowDockStop->DockNode->ID; - - // We need to draw a background at the root level if requested by ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode, but we will only know the correct pos/size after - // processing the resizing splitters. So we are using the DrawList channel splitting facility to submit drawing primitives out of order! - const bool render_dockspace_bg = node->IsRootNode() && host_window && (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode) != 0; - if (render_dockspace_bg) - { - host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSplit(2); - host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(1); - } + if (ImGuiWindow* p_window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->RootWindow : NULL) + while (p_window != NULL && p_window->DockNode != NULL) + { + ImGuiDockNode* p_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(p_window->DockNode); + if (p_node == node) + { + node->LastFocusedNodeId = p_window->DockNode->ID; // Note: not using root node ID! + break; + } + p_window = p_node->HostWindow ? p_node->HostWindow->RootWindow : NULL; + } // Register a hit-test hole in the window unless we are currently dragging a window that is compatible with our dockspace - const ImGuiDockNode* central_node = node->CentralNode; + ImGuiDockNode* central_node = node->CentralNode; const bool central_node_hole = node->IsRootNode() && host_window && (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode) != 0 && central_node != NULL && central_node->IsEmpty(); bool central_node_hole_register_hit_test_hole = central_node_hole; if (central_node_hole) @@ -12788,14 +15958,23 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) central_node_hole_register_hit_test_hole = false; if (central_node_hole_register_hit_test_hole) { - // Add a little padding to match the "resize from edges" behavior and allow grabbing the splitter easily. + // We add a little padding to match the "resize from edges" behavior and allow grabbing the splitter easily. + // (But we only add it if there's something else on the other side of the hole, otherwise for e.g. fullscreen + // covering passthru node we'd have a gap on the edge not covered by the hole) IM_ASSERT(node->IsDockSpace()); // We cannot pass this flag without the DockSpace() api. Testing this because we also setup the hole in host_window->ParentNode - ImRect central_hole(central_node->Pos, central_node->Pos + central_node->Size); - central_hole.Expand(ImVec2(-WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS, -WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS)); - if (central_node_hole && !central_hole.IsInverted()) + ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(central_node); + ImRect root_rect(root_node->Pos, root_node->Pos + root_node->Size); + ImRect hole_rect(central_node->Pos, central_node->Pos + central_node->Size); + if (hole_rect.Min.x > root_rect.Min.x) { hole_rect.Min.x += WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; } + if (hole_rect.Max.x < root_rect.Max.x) { hole_rect.Max.x -= WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; } + if (hole_rect.Min.y > root_rect.Min.y) { hole_rect.Min.y += WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; } + if (hole_rect.Max.y < root_rect.Max.y) { hole_rect.Max.y -= WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; } + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(hole_rect.Min, hole_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); + if (central_node_hole && !hole_rect.IsInverted()) { - SetWindowHitTestHole(host_window, central_hole.Min, central_hole.Max - central_hole.Min); - SetWindowHitTestHole(host_window->ParentWindow, central_hole.Min, central_hole.Max - central_hole.Min); + SetWindowHitTestHole(host_window, hole_rect.Min, hole_rect.Max - hole_rect.Min); + if (host_window->ParentWindow) + SetWindowHitTestHole(host_window->ParentWindow, hole_rect.Min, hole_rect.Max - hole_rect.Min); } } @@ -12807,21 +15986,31 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) } // Draw empty node background (currently can only be the Central Node) - if (host_window && node->IsEmpty() && node->IsVisible && !(node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode)) - host_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(node->Pos, node->Pos + node->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DockingEmptyBg)); + if (host_window && node->IsEmpty() && node->IsVisible) + { + host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG); + node->LastBgColor = (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode) ? 0 : GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DockingEmptyBg); + if (node->LastBgColor != 0) + host_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(node->Pos, node->Pos + node->Size, node->LastBgColor); + node->IsBgDrawnThisFrame = true; + } // Draw whole dockspace background if ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode if set. + // We need to draw a background at the root level if requested by ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode, but we will only know the correct pos/size + // _after_ processing the resizing splitters. So we are using the DrawList channel splitting facility to submit drawing primitives out of order! + const bool render_dockspace_bg = node->IsRootNode() && host_window && (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode) != 0; if (render_dockspace_bg && node->IsVisible) { - host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(0); + host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG); if (central_node_hole) RenderRectFilledWithHole(host_window->DrawList, node->Rect(), central_node->Rect(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg), 0.0f); else host_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(node->Pos, node->Pos + node->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg), 0.0f); - host_window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge(); } // Draw and populate Tab Bar + if (host_window) + host_window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_FG); if (host_window && node->Windows.Size > 0) { DockNodeUpdateTabBar(node, host_window); @@ -12835,11 +16024,11 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) if (node->TabBar && node->TabBar->SelectedTabId) node->SelectedTabId = node->TabBar->SelectedTabId; else if (node->Windows.Size > 0) - node->SelectedTabId = node->Windows[0]->ID; + node->SelectedTabId = node->Windows[0]->TabId; // Draw payload drop target if (host_window && node->IsVisible) - if (node->IsRootNode() && (g.MovingWindow == NULL || g.MovingWindow->RootWindow != host_window)) + if (node->IsRootNode() && (g.MovingWindow == NULL || g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree != host_window)) BeginDockableDragDropTarget(host_window); // We update this after DockNodeUpdateTabBar() @@ -12888,7 +16077,7 @@ static ImGuiID ImGui::DockNodeUpdateWindowMenu(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* node->IsFocused = true; if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size == 1) { - if (MenuItem("Hide tab bar", NULL, node->IsHiddenTabBar())) + if (MenuItem(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_DockingHideTabBar), NULL, node->IsHiddenTabBar())) node->WantHiddenTabBarToggle = true; } else @@ -12896,8 +16085,9 @@ static ImGuiID ImGui::DockNodeUpdateWindowMenu(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) { ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; - IM_ASSERT(tab->Window != NULL); - if (Selectable(tab->Window->Name, tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId)) + if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) + continue; + if (Selectable(tab_bar->GetTabName(tab), tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId)) ret_tab_id = tab->ID; SameLine(); Text(" "); @@ -12908,6 +16098,51 @@ static ImGuiID ImGui::DockNodeUpdateWindowMenu(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiTabBar* return ret_tab_id; } +// User helper to append/amend into a dock node tab bar. Most commonly used to add e.g. a "+" button. +bool ImGui::DockNodeBeginAmendTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node) +{ + if (node->TabBar == NULL || node->HostWindow == NULL) + return false; + if (node->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly) + return false; + Begin(node->HostWindow->Name); + PushOverrideID(node->ID); + bool ret = BeginTabBarEx(node->TabBar, node->TabBar->BarRect, node->TabBar->Flags, node); + IM_UNUSED(ret); + IM_ASSERT(ret); + return true; +} + +void ImGui::DockNodeEndAmendTabBar() +{ + EndTabBar(); + PopID(); + End(); +} + +static bool IsDockNodeTitleBarHighlighted(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiDockNode* root_node) +{ + // CTRL+Tab highlight (only highlighting leaf node, not whole hierarchy) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.NavWindowingTarget) + return (g.NavWindowingTarget->DockNode == node); + + // FIXME-DOCKING: May want alternative to treat central node void differently? e.g. if (g.NavWindow == host_window) + if (g.NavWindow && root_node->LastFocusedNodeId == node->ID) + { + // FIXME: This could all be backed in RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight? Probably need to reorganize for both dock nodes + other RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight users (not-node) + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindow; + while (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) + parent_window = parent_window->ParentWindow->RootWindow; + ImGuiDockNode* start_parent_node = parent_window->DockNodeAsHost ? parent_window->DockNodeAsHost : parent_window->DockNode; + for (ImGuiDockNode* parent_node = start_parent_node; parent_node != NULL; parent_node = parent_node->HostWindow ? parent_node->HostWindow->RootWindow->DockNode : NULL) + if ((parent_node = ImGui::DockNodeGetRootNode(parent_node)) == root_node) + return true; + } + return false; +} + +// Submit the tab bar corresponding to a dock node and various housekeeping details. static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -12922,9 +16157,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w // Decide if we should use a focused title bar color bool is_focused = false; ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node); - if (g.NavWindowingTarget) - is_focused = (g.NavWindowingTarget->DockNode == node); - else if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == host_window->RootWindow && root_node->LastFocusedNodeId == node->ID) + if (IsDockNodeTitleBarHighlighted(node, root_node)) is_focused = true; // Hidden tab bar will show a triangle on the upper-left (in Begin) @@ -12940,7 +16173,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w if (is_focused || root_node->VisibleWindow == NULL) root_node->VisibleWindow = node->VisibleWindow; if (node->TabBar) - node->TabBar->VisibleTabId = node->VisibleWindow->ID; + node->TabBar->VisibleTabId = node->VisibleWindow->TabId; } return; } @@ -12951,7 +16184,6 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w { host_window->SkipItems = false; host_window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; - host_window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu); } // Use PushOverrideID() instead of PushID() to use the node id _without_ the host window ID. @@ -12969,9 +16201,8 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w ImGuiID focus_tab_id = 0; node->IsFocused = is_focused; - const ImGuiDockNodeFlags node_flags = node->GetMergedFlags(); - const bool has_window_menu_button = (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton) == 0; - const bool has_close_button = (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton) == 0; + const ImGuiDockNodeFlags node_flags = node->MergedFlags; + const bool has_window_menu_button = (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton) == 0 && (style.WindowMenuButtonPosition != ImGuiDir_None); // In a dock node, the Collapse Button turns into the Window Menu button. // FIXME-DOCK FIXME-OPT: Could we recycle popups id across multiple dock nodes? @@ -12985,34 +16216,34 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w // Layout ImRect title_bar_rect, tab_bar_rect; ImVec2 window_menu_button_pos; - DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout(node, &title_bar_rect, &tab_bar_rect, &window_menu_button_pos); + ImVec2 close_button_pos; + DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout(node, &title_bar_rect, &tab_bar_rect, &window_menu_button_pos, &close_button_pos); + + // Submit new tabs, they will be added as Unsorted and sorted below based on relative DockOrder value. + const int tabs_count_old = tab_bar->Tabs.Size; + for (int window_n = 0; window_n < node->Windows.Size; window_n++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[window_n]; + if (TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, window->TabId) == NULL) + TabBarAddTab(tab_bar, ImGuiTabItemFlags_Unsorted, window); + } // Title bar if (is_focused) node->LastFrameFocused = g.FrameCount; ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(host_window->Collapsed ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed : is_focused ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg); - host_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, host_window->WindowRounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_Top); + ImDrawFlags rounding_flags = CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(title_bar_rect, host_window->Rect(), DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE); + host_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, host_window->WindowRounding, rounding_flags); // Docking/Collapse button if (has_window_menu_button) { - if (CollapseButton(host_window->GetID("#COLLAPSE"), window_menu_button_pos, node)) + if (CollapseButton(host_window->GetID("#COLLAPSE"), window_menu_button_pos, node)) // == DockNodeGetWindowMenuButtonId(node) OpenPopup("#WindowMenu"); if (IsItemActive()) focus_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId; } - // Submit new tabs and apply NavWindow focus back to the tab bar. They will be added as Unsorted and sorted below based on relative DockOrder value. - const int tabs_count_old = tab_bar->Tabs.Size; - for (int window_n = 0; window_n < node->Windows.Size; window_n++) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[window_n]; - if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowDockStop == window) - tab_bar->SelectedTabId = window->ID; - if (TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, window->ID) == NULL) - TabBarAddTab(tab_bar, ImGuiTabItemFlags_Unsorted, window); - } - // If multiple tabs are appearing on the same frame, sort them based on their persistent DockOrder value int tabs_unsorted_start = tab_bar->Tabs.Size; for (int tab_n = tab_bar->Tabs.Size - 1; tab_n >= 0 && (tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n].Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Unsorted); tab_n--) @@ -13023,18 +16254,22 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w } if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > tabs_unsorted_start) { - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("In node 0x%08X: %d new appearing tabs:%s\n", node->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size - tabs_unsorted_start, (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > tabs_unsorted_start + 1) ? " (will sort)" : ""); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] In node 0x%08X: %d new appearing tabs:%s\n", node->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size - tabs_unsorted_start, (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > tabs_unsorted_start + 1) ? " (will sort)" : ""); for (int tab_n = tabs_unsorted_start; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING(" - Tab '%s' Order %d\n", tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n].Window->Name, tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n].Window->DockOrder); - if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > tabs_unsorted_start + 1) - ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data + tabs_unsorted_start, tab_bar->Tabs.Size - tabs_unsorted_start, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerByDockOrder); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] - Tab '%s' Order %d\n", tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n].Window->Name, tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n].Window->DockOrder); + if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > tabs_unsorted_start + 1) + ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data + tabs_unsorted_start, tab_bar->Tabs.Size - tabs_unsorted_start, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerByDockOrder); } + // Apply NavWindow focus back to the tab bar + if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindow->DockNode == node) + tab_bar->SelectedTabId = g.NavWindow->RootWindow->TabId; + // Selected newly added tabs, or persistent tab ID if the tab bar was just recreated if (tab_bar_is_recreated && TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, node->SelectedTabId) != NULL) tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = node->SelectedTabId; else if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > tabs_count_old) - tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab_bar->Tabs.back().Window->ID; + tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab_bar->Tabs.back().Window->TabId; // Begin tab bar ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs; // | ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons); @@ -13044,62 +16279,79 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w BeginTabBarEx(tab_bar, tab_bar_rect, tab_bar_flags, node); //host_window->DrawList->AddRect(tab_bar_rect.Min, tab_bar_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); + // Backup style colors + ImVec4 backup_style_cols[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT]; + for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++) + backup_style_cols[color_n] = g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]]; + // Submit actual tabs node->VisibleWindow = NULL; for (int window_n = 0; window_n < node->Windows.Size; window_n++) { ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[window_n]; - if ((closed_all || closed_one == window->ID) && window->HasCloseButton && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument)) + if ((closed_all || closed_one == window->TabId) && window->HasCloseButton && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument)) continue; if (window->LastFrameActive + 1 >= g.FrameCount || !node_was_active) { ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_item_flags = 0; + tab_item_flags |= window->WindowClass.TabItemFlagsOverrideSet; if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) tab_item_flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument; if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton) tab_item_flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton; + // Apply stored style overrides for the window + for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++) + g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]] = ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(window->DockStyle.Colors[color_n]); + + // Note that TabItemEx() calls TabBarCalcTabID() so our tab item ID will ignore the current ID stack (rightly so) bool tab_open = true; TabItemEx(tab_bar, window->Name, window->HasCloseButton ? &tab_open : NULL, tab_item_flags, window); if (!tab_open) - node->WantCloseTabId = window->ID; - if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == window->ID) + node->WantCloseTabId = window->TabId; + if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == window->TabId) node->VisibleWindow = window; // Store last item data so it can be queried with IsItemXXX functions after the user Begin() call - window->DockTabItemStatusFlags = host_window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags; - window->DockTabItemRect = host_window->DC.LastItemRect; + window->DockTabItemStatusFlags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; + window->DockTabItemRect = g.LastItemData.Rect; // Update navigation ID on menu layer - if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowDockStop == window && (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask & (1 << 1)) == 0) - host_window->NavLastIds[1] = window->ID; + if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindow == window && (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask & (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) == 0) + host_window->NavLastIds[1] = window->TabId; } } + // Restore style colors + for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++) + g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]] = backup_style_cols[color_n]; + // Notify root of visible window (used to display title in OS task bar) if (node->VisibleWindow) if (is_focused || root_node->VisibleWindow == NULL) root_node->VisibleWindow = node->VisibleWindow; // Close button (after VisibleWindow was updated) - // Note that VisibleWindow may have been overrided by CTRL+Tabbing, so VisibleWindow->ID may be != from tab_bar->SelectedTabId - if (has_close_button && node->VisibleWindow) + // Note that VisibleWindow may have been overrided by CTRL+Tabbing, so VisibleWindow->TabId may be != from tab_bar->SelectedTabId + const bool close_button_is_enabled = node->HasCloseButton && node->VisibleWindow && node->VisibleWindow->HasCloseButton; + const bool close_button_is_visible = node->HasCloseButton; + //const bool close_button_is_visible = close_button_is_enabled; // Most people would expect this behavior of not even showing the button (leaving a hole since we can't claim that space as other windows in the tba bar have one) + if (close_button_is_visible) { - if (!node->VisibleWindow->HasCloseButton) + if (!close_button_is_enabled) { PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled, true); - PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text] * ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,1.0f,0.5f)); + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text] * ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,1.0f,0.4f)); + } + if (CloseButton(host_window->GetID("#CLOSE"), close_button_pos)) + { + node->WantCloseAll = true; + for (int n = 0; n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; n++) + TabBarCloseTab(tab_bar, &tab_bar->Tabs[n]); } - const float button_sz = g.FontSize; - if (CloseButton(host_window->GetID("#CLOSE"), title_bar_rect.GetTR() + ImVec2(-style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f - button_sz, 0.0f))) - if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->VisibleTabId)) - { - node->WantCloseTabId = tab->ID; - TabBarCloseTab(tab_bar, tab); - } //if (IsItemActive()) // focus_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId; - if (!node->VisibleWindow->HasCloseButton) + if (!close_button_is_enabled) { PopStyleColor(); PopItemFlag(); @@ -13112,7 +16364,14 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w if (g.HoveredId == 0 || g.HoveredId == title_bar_id || g.ActiveId == title_bar_id) { bool held; - ButtonBehavior(title_bar_rect, title_bar_id, NULL, &held); + ButtonBehavior(title_bar_rect, title_bar_id, NULL, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + if (g.HoveredId == title_bar_id) + { + // ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap + SetItemAllowOverlap() required for appending into dock node tab bar, + // otherwise dragging window will steal HoveredId and amended tabs cannot get them. + g.LastItemData.ID = title_bar_id; + SetItemAllowOverlap(); + } if (held) { if (IsMouseClicked(0)) @@ -13120,7 +16379,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w // Forward moving request to selected window if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->SelectedTabId)) - StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(tab->Window, node, false); + StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(tab->Window ? tab->Window : node->HostWindow, node, false); } } @@ -13136,10 +16395,11 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w // Apply navigation focus if (focus_tab_id != 0) if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, focus_tab_id)) - { - FocusWindow(tab->Window); - NavInitWindow(tab->Window, false); - } + if (tab->Window) + { + FocusWindow(tab->Window); + NavInitWindow(tab->Window, false); + } EndTabBar(); PopID(); @@ -13148,7 +16408,6 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w if (!node->IsDockSpace()) { host_window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - host_window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main); host_window->SkipItems = backup_skip_item; } } @@ -13183,12 +16442,23 @@ static bool DockNodeIsDropAllowedOne(ImGuiWindow* payload, ImGuiWindow* host_win return false; } + // Prevent docking any window created above a popup + // Technically we should support it (e.g. in the case of a long-lived modal window that had fancy docking features), + // by e.g. adding a 'if (!ImGui::IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(host_window, popup_window))' test. + // But it would requires more work on our end because the dock host windows is technically created in NewFrame() + // and our ->ParentXXX and ->RootXXX pointers inside windows are currently mislading or lacking. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int i = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) + if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack[i].Window) + if (ImGui::IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(payload, popup_window)) // Payload is created from within a popup begin stack. + return false; + return true; } static bool ImGui::DockNodeIsDropAllowed(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiWindow* root_payload) { - if (root_payload->DockNodeAsHost && root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->IsSplitNode()) + if (root_payload->DockNodeAsHost && root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->IsSplitNode()) // FIXME-DOCK: Missing filtering return true; const int payload_count = root_payload->DockNodeAsHost ? root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->Windows.Size : 1; @@ -13202,27 +16472,35 @@ static bool ImGui::DockNodeIsDropAllowed(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiWindow* } // window menu button == collapse button when not in a dock node. -// FIXME: This is similar to RenderWindowTitleBarContents, may want to share code. -static void ImGui::DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout(const ImGuiDockNode* node, ImRect* out_title_rect, ImRect* out_tab_bar_rect, ImVec2* out_window_menu_button_pos) +// FIXME: This is similar to RenderWindowTitleBarContents(), may want to share code. +static void ImGui::DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout(const ImGuiDockNode* node, ImRect* out_title_rect, ImRect* out_tab_bar_rect, ImVec2* out_window_menu_button_pos, ImVec2* out_close_button_pos) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + ImRect r = ImRect(node->Pos.x, node->Pos.y, node->Pos.x + node->Size.x, node->Pos.y + g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); if (out_title_rect) { *out_title_rect = r; } + r.Min.x += style.WindowBorderSize; + r.Max.x -= style.WindowBorderSize; + + float button_sz = g.FontSize; + ImVec2 window_menu_button_pos = r.Min; - r.Min.x += g.Style.FramePadding.x; - r.Max.x -= g.Style.FramePadding.x; + r.Min.x += style.FramePadding.x; + r.Max.x -= style.FramePadding.x; if (node->HasCloseButton) { - r.Max.x -= g.FontSize;// +1.0f; // In DockNodeUpdateTabBar() we currently display a disabled close button even if there is none. + r.Max.x -= button_sz; + if (out_close_button_pos) *out_close_button_pos = ImVec2(r.Max.x - style.FramePadding.x, r.Min.y); } - if (node->HasWindowMenuButton && g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left) + if (node->HasWindowMenuButton && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left) { - r.Min.x += g.FontSize; // + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // <-- Adding ItemInnerSpacing makes the title text moves slightly when in a docking tab bar. Instead we adjusted RenderArrowDockMenu() + r.Min.x += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; } - else if (node->HasWindowMenuButton && g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right) + else if (node->HasWindowMenuButton && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right) { - r.Max.x -= g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.x; + r.Max.x -= button_sz + style.FramePadding.x; window_menu_button_pos = ImVec2(r.Max.x, r.Min.y); } if (out_tab_bar_rect) { *out_tab_bar_rect = r; } @@ -13317,38 +16595,48 @@ bool ImGui::DockNodeCalcDropRectsAndTestMousePos(const ImRect& parent, ImGuiDir // host_node may be NULL if the window doesn't have a DockNode already. // FIXME-DOCK: This is misnamed since it's also doing the filtering. -static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockSetup(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockNode* host_node, ImGuiWindow* root_payload, ImGuiDockPreviewData* data, bool is_explicit_target, bool is_outer_docking) +static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockSetup(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockNode* host_node, ImGuiWindow* payload_window, ImGuiDockNode* payload_node, ImGuiDockPreviewData* data, bool is_explicit_target, bool is_outer_docking) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; // There is an edge case when docking into a dockspace which only has inactive nodes. // In this case DockNodeTreeFindNodeByPos() will have selected a leaf node which is inactive. // Because the inactive leaf node doesn't have proper pos/size yet, we'll use the root node as reference. - ImGuiDockNode* root_payload_as_host = root_payload->DockNodeAsHost; + if (payload_node == NULL) + payload_node = payload_window->DockNodeAsHost; ImGuiDockNode* ref_node_for_rect = (host_node && !host_node->IsVisible) ? DockNodeGetRootNode(host_node) : host_node; if (ref_node_for_rect) - IM_ASSERT(ref_node_for_rect->IsVisible); + IM_ASSERT(ref_node_for_rect->IsVisible == true); // Filter, figure out where we are allowed to dock - ImGuiDockNodeFlags host_node_flags = host_node ? host_node->GetMergedFlags() : 0; + ImGuiDockNodeFlags src_node_flags = payload_node ? payload_node->MergedFlags : payload_window->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet; + ImGuiDockNodeFlags dst_node_flags = host_node ? host_node->MergedFlags : host_window->WindowClass.DockNodeFlagsOverrideSet; data->IsCenterAvailable = true; if (is_outer_docking) data->IsCenterAvailable = false; - else if (host_node && (host_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking)) + else if (dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking) data->IsCenterAvailable = false; - else if (host_node && (host_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingInCentralNode) && host_node->IsCentralNode()) + else if (host_node && (dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingInCentralNode) && host_node->IsCentralNode()) data->IsCenterAvailable = false; - else if ((!host_node || !host_node->IsEmpty()) && root_payload_as_host && root_payload_as_host->IsSplitNode() && (root_payload_as_host->OnlyNodeWithWindows == NULL)) // Is _visibly_ split? + else if ((!host_node || !host_node->IsEmpty()) && payload_node && payload_node->IsSplitNode() && (payload_node->OnlyNodeWithWindows == NULL)) // Is _visibly_ split? + data->IsCenterAvailable = false; + else if (dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverMe) + data->IsCenterAvailable = false; + else if ((src_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverOther) && (!host_node || !host_node->IsEmpty())) + data->IsCenterAvailable = false; + else if ((src_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverEmpty) && host_node && host_node->IsEmpty()) data->IsCenterAvailable = false; data->IsSidesAvailable = true; - if ((host_node && (host_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit)) || g.IO.ConfigDockingNoSplit) + if ((dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit) || g.IO.ConfigDockingNoSplit) data->IsSidesAvailable = false; else if (!is_outer_docking && host_node && host_node->ParentNode == NULL && host_node->IsCentralNode()) data->IsSidesAvailable = false; + else if ((dst_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitMe) || (src_node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitOther)) + data->IsSidesAvailable = false; // Build a tentative future node (reuse same structure because it is practical. Shape will be readjusted when previewing a split) - data->FutureNode.HasCloseButton = (host_node ? host_node->HasCloseButton : host_window->HasCloseButton) || (root_payload->HasCloseButton); + data->FutureNode.HasCloseButton = (host_node ? host_node->HasCloseButton : host_window->HasCloseButton) || (payload_window->HasCloseButton); data->FutureNode.HasWindowMenuButton = host_node ? true : ((host_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) == 0); data->FutureNode.Pos = ref_node_for_rect ? ref_node_for_rect->Pos : host_window->Pos; data->FutureNode.Size = ref_node_for_rect ? ref_node_for_rect->Size : host_window->Size; @@ -13385,7 +16673,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockSetup(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDockN ImGuiAxis split_axis = (split_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || split_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y; ImVec2 pos_new, pos_old = data->FutureNode.Pos; ImVec2 size_new, size_old = data->FutureNode.Size; - DockNodeCalcSplitRects(pos_old, size_old, pos_new, size_new, split_dir, root_payload->Size); + DockNodeCalcSplitRects(pos_old, size_old, pos_new, size_new, split_dir, payload_window->Size); // Calculate split ratio so we can pass it down the docking request float split_ratio = ImSaturate(size_new[split_axis] / data->FutureNode.Size[split_axis]); @@ -13412,7 +16700,6 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockRender(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDock overlay_draw_lists[overlay_draw_lists_count++] = GetForegroundDrawList(root_payload->Viewport); // Draw main preview rectangle - const ImU32 overlay_col_tabs = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TabActive); const ImU32 overlay_col_main = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DockingPreview, is_transparent_payload ? 0.60f : 0.40f); const ImU32 overlay_col_drop = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DockingPreview, is_transparent_payload ? 0.90f : 0.70f); const ImU32 overlay_col_drop_hovered = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DockingPreview, is_transparent_payload ? 1.20f : 1.00f); @@ -13427,7 +16714,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockRender(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDock overlay_rect.Min.y += GetFrameHeight(); if (data->SplitDir != ImGuiDir_None || data->IsCenterAvailable) for (int overlay_n = 0; overlay_n < overlay_draw_lists_count; overlay_n++) - overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->AddRectFilled(overlay_rect.Min, overlay_rect.Max, overlay_col_main, host_window->WindowRounding); + overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->AddRectFilled(overlay_rect.Min, overlay_rect.Max, overlay_col_main, host_window->WindowRounding, CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(overlay_rect, host_window->Rect(), DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE)); } // Display tab shape/label preview unless we are splitting node (it generally makes the situation harder to read) @@ -13435,44 +16722,52 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockRender(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDock { // Compute target tab bar geometry so we can locate our preview tabs ImRect tab_bar_rect; - DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout(&data->FutureNode, NULL, &tab_bar_rect, NULL); + DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout(&data->FutureNode, NULL, &tab_bar_rect, NULL, NULL); ImVec2 tab_pos = tab_bar_rect.Min; if (host_node && host_node->TabBar) { if (!host_node->IsHiddenTabBar() && !host_node->IsNoTabBar()) - tab_pos.x += host_node->TabBar->OffsetMax + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // We don't use OffsetNewTab because when using non-persistent-order tab bar it is incremented with each Tab submission. + tab_pos.x += host_node->TabBar->WidthAllTabs + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // We don't use OffsetNewTab because when using non-persistent-order tab bar it is incremented with each Tab submission. else - tab_pos.x += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + TabItemCalcSize(host_node->Windows[0]->Name, host_node->Windows[0]->HasCloseButton).x; + tab_pos.x += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + TabItemCalcSize(host_node->Windows[0]).x; } else if (!(host_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost)) { - tab_pos.x += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + TabItemCalcSize(host_window->Name, host_window->HasCloseButton).x; // Account for slight offset which will be added when changing from title bar to tab bar + tab_pos.x += g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + TabItemCalcSize(host_window).x; // Account for slight offset which will be added when changing from title bar to tab bar } // Draw tab shape/label preview (payload may be a loose window or a host window carrying multiple tabbed windows) if (root_payload->DockNodeAsHost) - IM_ASSERT(root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->Windows.Size == root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->TabBar->Tabs.Size); - const int payload_count = root_payload->DockNodeAsHost ? root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->TabBar->Tabs.Size : 1; + IM_ASSERT(root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->Windows.Size <= root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->TabBar->Tabs.Size); + ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar_with_payload = root_payload->DockNodeAsHost ? root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->TabBar : NULL; + const int payload_count = tab_bar_with_payload ? tab_bar_with_payload->Tabs.Size : 1; for (int payload_n = 0; payload_n < payload_count; payload_n++) { - // Calculate the tab bounding box for each payload window - ImGuiWindow* payload = root_payload->DockNodeAsHost ? root_payload->DockNodeAsHost->TabBar->Tabs[payload_n].Window : root_payload; - if (!DockNodeIsDropAllowedOne(payload, host_window)) + // DockNode's TabBar may have non-window Tabs manually appended by user + ImGuiWindow* payload_window = tab_bar_with_payload ? tab_bar_with_payload->Tabs[payload_n].Window : root_payload; + if (tab_bar_with_payload && payload_window == NULL) + continue; + if (!DockNodeIsDropAllowedOne(payload_window, host_window)) continue; - ImVec2 tab_size = TabItemCalcSize(payload->Name, payload->HasCloseButton); + // Calculate the tab bounding box for each payload window + ImVec2 tab_size = TabItemCalcSize(payload_window); ImRect tab_bb(tab_pos.x, tab_pos.y, tab_pos.x + tab_size.x, tab_pos.y + tab_size.y); tab_pos.x += tab_size.x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + const ImU32 overlay_col_text = GetColorU32(payload_window->DockStyle.Colors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_Text]); + const ImU32 overlay_col_tabs = GetColorU32(payload_window->DockStyle.Colors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_TabActive]); + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, overlay_col_text); for (int overlay_n = 0; overlay_n < overlay_draw_lists_count; overlay_n++) { - ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = ImGuiTabItemFlags_Preview | ((payload->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0); + ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = ImGuiTabItemFlags_Preview | ((payload_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument) ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0); if (!tab_bar_rect.Contains(tab_bb)) overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->PushClipRect(tab_bar_rect.Min, tab_bar_rect.Max); TabItemBackground(overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n], tab_bb, tab_flags, overlay_col_tabs); - TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n], tab_bb, tab_flags, g.Style.FramePadding, payload->Name, 0, 0); + TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n], tab_bb, tab_flags, g.Style.FramePadding, payload_window->Name, 0, 0, false, NULL, NULL); if (!tab_bar_rect.Contains(tab_bb)) overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->PopClipRect(); } + PopStyleColor(); } } @@ -13499,7 +16794,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockRender(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDock } // Stop after ImGuiDir_None - if ((host_node && (host_node->GetMergedFlags() & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit)) || g.IO.ConfigDockingNoSplit) + if ((host_node && (host_node->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit)) || g.IO.ConfigDockingNoSplit) return; } } @@ -13536,7 +16831,7 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeSplit(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* parent_node, ImG parent_node->VisibleWindow = NULL; parent_node->AuthorityForPos = parent_node->AuthorityForSize = ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode; - float size_avail = (parent_node->Size[split_axis] - IMGUI_DOCK_SPLITTER_SIZE); + float size_avail = (parent_node->Size[split_axis] - DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE); size_avail = ImMax(size_avail, g.Style.WindowMinSize[split_axis] * 2.0f); IM_ASSERT(size_avail > 0.0f); // If you created a node manually with DockBuilderAddNode(), you need to also call DockBuilderSetNodeSize() before splitting. child_0->SizeRef = child_1->SizeRef = parent_node->Size; @@ -13544,6 +16839,8 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeSplit(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* parent_node, ImG child_1->SizeRef[split_axis] = ImFloor(size_avail - child_0->SizeRef[split_axis]); DockNodeMoveWindows(parent_node->ChildNodes[split_inheritor_child_idx], parent_node); + DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(parent_node->ID, parent_node->ChildNodes[split_inheritor_child_idx]->ID); + DockNodeUpdateHasCentralNodeChild(DockNodeGetRootNode(parent_node)); DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(parent_node, parent_node->Pos, parent_node->Size); // Flags transfer (e.g. this is where we transfer the ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode property) @@ -13551,6 +16848,9 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeSplit(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* parent_node, ImG child_1->SharedFlags = parent_node->SharedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SharedFlagsInheritMask_; child_inheritor->LocalFlags = parent_node->LocalFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_; parent_node->LocalFlags &= ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_; + child_0->UpdateMergedFlags(); + child_1->UpdateMergedFlags(); + parent_node->UpdateMergedFlags(); if (child_inheritor->IsCentralNode()) DockNodeGetRootNode(parent_node)->CentralNode = child_inheritor; } @@ -13558,6 +16858,7 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeSplit(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* parent_node, ImG void ImGui::DockNodeTreeMerge(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* parent_node, ImGuiDockNode* merge_lead_child) { // When called from DockContextProcessUndockNode() it is possible that one of the child is NULL. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiDockNode* child_0 = parent_node->ChildNodes[0]; ImGuiDockNode* child_1 = parent_node->ChildNodes[1]; IM_ASSERT(child_0 || child_1); @@ -13567,7 +16868,7 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeMerge(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* parent_node, ImG IM_ASSERT(parent_node->TabBar == NULL); IM_ASSERT(parent_node->Windows.Size == 0); } - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("DockNodeTreeMerge 0x%08X & 0x%08X back into parent 0x%08X\n", child_0 ? child_0->ID : 0, child_1 ? child_1->ID : 0, parent_node->ID); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockNodeTreeMerge: 0x%08X + 0x%08X back into parent 0x%08X\n", child_0 ? child_0->ID : 0, child_1 ? child_1->ID : 0, parent_node->ID); ImVec2 backup_last_explicit_size = parent_node->SizeRef; DockNodeMoveChildNodes(parent_node, merge_lead_child); @@ -13590,25 +16891,28 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeMerge(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* parent_node, ImG parent_node->LocalFlags &= ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_; // Preserve Dockspace flag parent_node->LocalFlags |= (child_0 ? child_0->LocalFlags : 0) & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_; parent_node->LocalFlags |= (child_1 ? child_1->LocalFlags : 0) & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_LocalFlagsTransferMask_; + parent_node->LocalFlagsInWindows = (child_0 ? child_0->LocalFlagsInWindows : 0) | (child_1 ? child_1->LocalFlagsInWindows : 0); // FIXME: Would be more consistent to update from actual windows + parent_node->UpdateMergedFlags(); if (child_0) { - ctx->DockContext->Nodes.SetVoidPtr(child_0->ID, NULL); + ctx->DockContext.Nodes.SetVoidPtr(child_0->ID, NULL); IM_DELETE(child_0); } if (child_1) { - ctx->DockContext->Nodes.SetVoidPtr(child_1->ID, NULL); + ctx->DockContext.Nodes.SetVoidPtr(child_1->ID, NULL); IM_DELETE(child_1); } } // Update Pos/Size for a node hierarchy (don't affect child Windows yet) -void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 size, bool only_write_to_marked_nodes) +// (Depth-first, Pre-Order) +void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 size, ImGuiDockNode* only_write_to_single_node) { // During the regular dock node update we write to all nodes. - // 'only_write_to_marked_nodes' is only set when turning a node visible mid-frame and we need its size right-away. - const bool write_to_node = (only_write_to_marked_nodes == false) || (node->MarkedForPosSizeWrite); + // 'only_write_to_single_node' is only set when turning a node visible mid-frame and we need its size right-away. + const bool write_to_node = only_write_to_single_node == NULL || only_write_to_single_node == node; if (write_to_node) { node->Pos = pos; @@ -13622,42 +16926,57 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 si ImGuiDockNode* child_1 = node->ChildNodes[1]; ImVec2 child_0_pos = pos, child_1_pos = pos; ImVec2 child_0_size = size, child_1_size = size; - if (child_0->IsVisible && child_1->IsVisible) + + const bool child_0_is_toward_single_node = (only_write_to_single_node != NULL && DockNodeIsInHierarchyOf(only_write_to_single_node, child_0)); + const bool child_1_is_toward_single_node = (only_write_to_single_node != NULL && DockNodeIsInHierarchyOf(only_write_to_single_node, child_1)); + const bool child_0_is_or_will_be_visible = child_0->IsVisible || child_0_is_toward_single_node; + const bool child_1_is_or_will_be_visible = child_1->IsVisible || child_1_is_toward_single_node; + + if (child_0_is_or_will_be_visible && child_1_is_or_will_be_visible) { - const float spacing = IMGUI_DOCK_SPLITTER_SIZE; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const float spacing = DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE; const ImGuiAxis axis = (ImGuiAxis)node->SplitAxis; const float size_avail = ImMax(size[axis] - spacing, 0.0f); // Size allocation policy // 1) The first 0..WindowMinSize[axis]*2 are allocated evenly to both windows. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const float size_min_each = ImFloor(ImMin(size_avail, g.Style.WindowMinSize[axis] * 2.0f) * 0.5f); + // FIXME: Blocks 2) and 3) are essentially doing nearly the same thing. + // Difference are: write-back to SizeRef; application of a minimum size; rounding before ImFloor() + // Clarify and rework differences between Size & SizeRef and purpose of WantLockSizeOnce + // 2) Process locked absolute size (during a splitter resize we preserve the child of nodes not touching the splitter edge) - IM_ASSERT(!(child_0->WantLockSizeOnce && child_1->WantLockSizeOnce)); - if (child_0->WantLockSizeOnce) + if (child_0->WantLockSizeOnce && !child_1->WantLockSizeOnce) { - child_0->WantLockSizeOnce = false; - child_0_size[axis] = child_0->SizeRef[axis] = child_0->Size[axis]; + child_0_size[axis] = child_0->SizeRef[axis] = ImMin(size_avail - 1.0f, child_0->Size[axis]); child_1_size[axis] = child_1->SizeRef[axis] = (size_avail - child_0_size[axis]); IM_ASSERT(child_0->SizeRef[axis] > 0.0f && child_1->SizeRef[axis] > 0.0f); - } - else if (child_1->WantLockSizeOnce) + else if (child_1->WantLockSizeOnce && !child_0->WantLockSizeOnce) { - child_1->WantLockSizeOnce = false; - child_1_size[axis] = child_1->SizeRef[axis] = child_1->Size[axis]; + child_1_size[axis] = child_1->SizeRef[axis] = ImMin(size_avail - 1.0f, child_1->Size[axis]); child_0_size[axis] = child_0->SizeRef[axis] = (size_avail - child_1_size[axis]); IM_ASSERT(child_0->SizeRef[axis] > 0.0f && child_1->SizeRef[axis] > 0.0f); } + else if (child_0->WantLockSizeOnce && child_1->WantLockSizeOnce) + { + // FIXME-DOCK: We cannot honor the requested size, so apply ratio. + // Currently this path will only be taken if code programmatically sets WantLockSizeOnce + float split_ratio = child_0_size[axis] / (child_0_size[axis] + child_1_size[axis]); + child_0_size[axis] = child_0->SizeRef[axis] = ImFloor(size_avail * split_ratio); + child_1_size[axis] = child_1->SizeRef[axis] = (size_avail - child_0_size[axis]); + IM_ASSERT(child_0->SizeRef[axis] > 0.0f && child_1->SizeRef[axis] > 0.0f); + } // 3) If one window is the central node (~ use remaining space, should be made explicit!), use explicit size from the other, and remainder for the central node - else if (child_1->IsCentralNode() && child_0->SizeRef[axis] != 0.0f) + else if (child_0->SizeRef[axis] != 0.0f && child_1->HasCentralNodeChild) { child_0_size[axis] = ImMin(size_avail - size_min_each, child_0->SizeRef[axis]); child_1_size[axis] = (size_avail - child_0_size[axis]); } - else if (child_0->IsCentralNode() && child_1->SizeRef[axis] != 0.0f) + else if (child_1->SizeRef[axis] != 0.0f && child_0->HasCentralNodeChild) { child_1_size[axis] = ImMin(size_avail - size_min_each, child_1->SizeRef[axis]); child_0_size[axis] = (size_avail - child_1_size[axis]); @@ -13666,14 +16985,21 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 si { // 4) Otherwise distribute according to the relative ratio of each SizeRef value float split_ratio = child_0->SizeRef[axis] / (child_0->SizeRef[axis] + child_1->SizeRef[axis]); - child_0_size[axis] = ImMax(size_min_each, ImFloor(size_avail * split_ratio + 0.5F)); + child_0_size[axis] = ImMax(size_min_each, ImFloor(size_avail * split_ratio + 0.5f)); child_1_size[axis] = (size_avail - child_0_size[axis]); } + child_1_pos[axis] += spacing + child_0_size[axis]; } - if (child_0->IsVisible) + + if (only_write_to_single_node == NULL) + child_0->WantLockSizeOnce = child_1->WantLockSizeOnce = false; + + const bool child_0_recurse = only_write_to_single_node ? child_0_is_toward_single_node : child_0->IsVisible; + const bool child_1_recurse = only_write_to_single_node ? child_1_is_toward_single_node : child_1->IsVisible; + if (child_0_recurse) DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(child_0, child_0_pos, child_0_size); - if (child_1->IsVisible) + if (child_1_recurse) DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(child_1, child_1_pos, child_1_size); } @@ -13692,6 +17018,7 @@ static void DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitterFindTouchingNode(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGu DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitterFindTouchingNode(node->ChildNodes[1], axis, side, touching_nodes); } +// (Depth-First, Pre-Order) void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(ImGuiDockNode* node) { if (node->IsLeafNode()) @@ -13713,7 +17040,9 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(ImGuiDockNode* node) bb.Max[axis ^ 1] += child_1->Size[axis ^ 1]; //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow->Viewport)->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); - if ((child_0->GetMergedFlags() | child_1->GetMergedFlags()) & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize) + const ImGuiDockNodeFlags merged_flags = child_0->MergedFlags | child_1->MergedFlags; // Merged flags for BOTH childs + const ImGuiDockNodeFlags no_resize_axis_flag = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX : ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY; + if ((merged_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize) || (merged_flags & no_resize_axis_flag)) { ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator), g.Style.FrameRounding); @@ -13724,7 +17053,7 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(ImGuiDockNode* node) //bb.Max[axis] -= 1; PushID(node->ID); - // Gather list of nodes that are touching the splitter line. Find resizing limits based on those nodes. + // Find resizing limits by gathering list of nodes that are touching the splitter line. ImVector touching_nodes[2]; float min_size = g.Style.WindowMinSize[axis]; float resize_limits[2]; @@ -13732,9 +17061,8 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(ImGuiDockNode* node) resize_limits[1] = node->ChildNodes[1]->Pos[axis] + node->ChildNodes[1]->Size[axis] - min_size; ImGuiID splitter_id = GetID("##Splitter"); - if (g.ActiveId == splitter_id) + if (g.ActiveId == splitter_id) // Only process when splitter is active { - // Only process when splitter is active DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitterFindTouchingNode(child_0, axis, 1, &touching_nodes[0]); DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitterFindTouchingNode(child_1, axis, 0, &touching_nodes[1]); for (int touching_node_n = 0; touching_node_n < touching_nodes[0].Size; touching_node_n++) @@ -13742,14 +17070,18 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(ImGuiDockNode* node) for (int touching_node_n = 0; touching_node_n < touching_nodes[1].Size; touching_node_n++) resize_limits[1] = ImMin(resize_limits[1], touching_nodes[1][touching_node_n]->Rect().Max[axis] - min_size); + // [DEBUG] Render touching nodes & limits /* - // [DEBUG] Render limits - ImDrawList* draw_list = node->HostWindow ? GetForegroundDrawList(node->HostWindow) : GetForegroundDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)GetMainViewport()); + ImDrawList* draw_list = node->HostWindow ? GetForegroundDrawList(node->HostWindow) : GetForegroundDrawList(GetMainViewport()); for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) + { + for (int touching_node_n = 0; touching_node_n < touching_nodes[n].Size; touching_node_n++) + draw_list->AddRect(touching_nodes[n][touching_node_n]->Pos, touching_nodes[n][touching_node_n]->Pos + touching_nodes[n][touching_node_n]->Size, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(resize_limits[n], node->ChildNodes[n]->Pos.y), ImVec2(resize_limits[n], node->ChildNodes[n]->Pos.y + node->ChildNodes[n]->Size.y), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255), 3.0f); else draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(node->ChildNodes[n]->Pos.x, resize_limits[n]), ImVec2(node->ChildNodes[n]->Pos.x + node->ChildNodes[n]->Size.x, resize_limits[n]), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255), 3.0f); + } */ } @@ -13758,7 +17090,8 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(ImGuiDockNode* node) float cur_size_1 = child_1->Size[axis]; float min_size_0 = resize_limits[0] - child_0->Pos[axis]; float min_size_1 = child_1->Pos[axis] + child_1->Size[axis] - resize_limits[1]; - if (SplitterBehavior(bb, GetID("##Splitter"), axis, &cur_size_0, &cur_size_1, min_size_0, min_size_1, WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_HALF_THICKNESS, WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER)) + ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg); + if (SplitterBehavior(bb, GetID("##Splitter"), axis, &cur_size_0, &cur_size_1, min_size_0, min_size_1, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING, WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER, bg_col)) { if (touching_nodes[0].Size > 0 && touching_nodes[1].Size > 0) { @@ -13772,7 +17105,7 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(ImGuiDockNode* node) for (int touching_node_n = 0; touching_node_n < touching_nodes[side_n].Size; touching_node_n++) { ImGuiDockNode* touching_node = touching_nodes[side_n][touching_node_n]; - //ImDrawList* draw_list = node->HostWindow ? GetForegroundDrawList(node->HostWindow) : GetForegroundDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)GetMainViewport()); + //ImDrawList* draw_list = node->HostWindow ? GetForegroundDrawList(node->HostWindow) : GetForegroundDrawList(GetMainViewport()); //draw_list->AddRect(touching_node->Pos, touching_node->Pos + touching_node->Size, IM_COL32(255, 128, 0, 255)); while (touching_node->ParentNode != node) { @@ -13814,13 +17147,12 @@ ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockNodeTreeFindFallbackLeafNode(ImGuiDockNode* node) return NULL; } -ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockNodeTreeFindNodeByPos(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos) +ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos) { if (!node->IsVisible) return NULL; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const float dock_spacing = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + const float dock_spacing = 0.0f;// g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; // FIXME: Relation to DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE? ImRect r(node->Pos, node->Pos + node->Size); r.Expand(dock_spacing * 0.5f); bool inside = r.Contains(pos); @@ -13829,21 +17161,13 @@ ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockNodeTreeFindNodeByPos(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos) if (node->IsLeafNode()) return node; - if (ImGuiDockNode* hovered_node = DockNodeTreeFindNodeByPos(node->ChildNodes[0], pos)) + if (ImGuiDockNode* hovered_node = DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(node->ChildNodes[0], pos)) return hovered_node; - if (ImGuiDockNode* hovered_node = DockNodeTreeFindNodeByPos(node->ChildNodes[1], pos)) + if (ImGuiDockNode* hovered_node = DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(node->ChildNodes[1], pos)) return hovered_node; - // There is an edge case when docking into a dockspace which only has inactive nodes (because none of the windows are active) - // In this case we need to fallback into any leaf mode, possibly the central node. - if (node->IsDockSpace() && node->IsRootNode()) - { - if (node->CentralNode && node->IsLeafNode()) // FIXME-20181220: We should not have to test for IsLeafNode() here but we have another bug to fix first. - return node->CentralNode; - return DockNodeTreeFindFallbackLeafNode(node); - } - - return NULL; + // This means we are hovering over the splitter/spacing of a parent node + return node; } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -13894,30 +17218,34 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowDock(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID dock_id, ImGuiCond cond) // Create an explicit dockspace node within an existing window. Also expose dock node flags and creates a CentralNode by default. // The Central Node is always displayed even when empty and shrink/extend according to the requested size of its neighbors. // DockSpace() needs to be submitted _before_ any window they can host. If you use a dockspace, submit it early in your app. -void ImGui::DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class) +// When ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly is set, nothing is submitted in the current window (function may be called from any location). +ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class) { ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); if (!(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable)) - return; + return 0; // Early out if parent window is hidden/collapsed // This is faster but also DockNodeUpdateTabBar() relies on TabBarLayout() running (which won't if SkipItems=true) to set NextSelectedTabId = 0). See #2960. // If for whichever reason this is causing problem we would need to ensure that DockNodeUpdateTabBar() ends up clearing NextSelectedTabId even if SkipItems=true. if (window->SkipItems) flags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly; + if ((flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly) == 0) + window = GetCurrentWindow(); // call to set window->WriteAccessed = true; IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) == 0); + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, id); if (!node) { - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("DockSpace: dockspace node 0x%08X created\n", id); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockSpace: dockspace node 0x%08X created\n", id); node = DockContextAddNode(ctx, id); - node->LocalFlags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode; + node->SetLocalFlags(ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode); } if (window_class && window_class->ClassId != node->WindowClass.ClassId) - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("DockSpace: dockspace node 0x%08X: setup WindowClass 0x%08X -> 0x%08X\n", id, node->WindowClass.ClassId, window_class->ClassId); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockSpace: dockspace node 0x%08X: setup WindowClass 0x%08X -> 0x%08X\n", id, node->WindowClass.ClassId, window_class->ClassId); node->SharedFlags = flags; node->WindowClass = window_class ? *window_class : ImGuiWindowClass(); @@ -13926,16 +17254,16 @@ void ImGui::DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiDockNodeFlags fla if (node->LastFrameActive == g.FrameCount && !(flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly)) { IM_ASSERT(node->IsDockSpace() == false && "Cannot call DockSpace() twice a frame with the same ID"); - node->LocalFlags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace; - return; + node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace); + return id; } - node->LocalFlags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace; + node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace); // Keep alive mode, this is allow windows docked into this node so stay docked even if they are not visible if (flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly) { node->LastFrameAlive = g.FrameCount; - return; + return id; } const ImVec2 content_avail = GetContentRegionAvail(); @@ -13952,47 +17280,55 @@ void ImGui::DockSpace(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiDockNodeFlags fla SetNextWindowSize(node->Size); g.NextWindowData.PosUndock = false; - // FIXME-DOCK Why do we need a child window to host a dockspace, could we host it in the existing window? + // FIXME-DOCK: Why do we need a child window to host a dockspace, could we host it in the existing window? + // FIXME-DOCK: What is the reason for not simply calling BeginChild()? (OK to have a reason but should be commented) ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost; window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar; window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse; + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground; char title[256]; ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s/DockSpace_%08X", window->Name, id); - if (node->Windows.Size > 0 || node->IsSplitNode()) - PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 0)); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, 0.0f); Begin(title, NULL, window_flags); PopStyleVar(); - if (node->Windows.Size > 0 || node->IsSplitNode()) - PopStyleColor(); ImGuiWindow* host_window = g.CurrentWindow; - host_window->DockNodeAsHost = node; + DockNodeSetupHostWindow(node, host_window); host_window->ChildId = window->GetID(title); - node->HostWindow = host_window; node->OnlyNodeWithWindows = NULL; IM_ASSERT(node->IsRootNode()); + + // We need to handle the rare case were a central node is missing. + // This can happen if the node was first created manually with DockBuilderAddNode() but _without_ the ImGuiDockNodeFlags_Dockspace. + // Doing it correctly would set the _CentralNode flags, which would then propagate according to subsequent split. + // It would also be ambiguous to attempt to assign a central node while there are split nodes, so we wait until there's a single node remaining. + // The specific sub-property of _CentralNode we are interested in recovering here is the "Don't delete when empty" property, + // as it doesn't make sense for an empty dockspace to not have this property. + if (node->IsLeafNode() && !node->IsCentralNode()) + node->SetLocalFlags(node->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode); + + // Update the node DockNodeUpdate(node); - g.WithinEndChild = true; End(); - g.WithinEndChild = false; + ItemSize(size); + return id; } // Tips: Use with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode! // The limitation with this call is that your window won't have a menu bar. // Even though we could pass window flags, it would also require the user to be able to call BeginMenuBar() somehow meaning we can't Begin/End in a single function. // But you can also use BeginMainMenuBar(). If you really want a menu bar inside the same window as the one hosting the dockspace, you will need to copy this code somewhere and tweak it. -ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpaceOverViewport(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiDockNodeFlags dockspace_flags, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class) +ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpaceOverViewport(const ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiDockNodeFlags dockspace_flags, const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class) { if (viewport == NULL) viewport = GetMainViewport(); - SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetWorkPos()); - SetNextWindowSize(viewport->GetWorkSize()); + SetNextWindowPos(viewport->WorkPos); + SetNextWindowSize(viewport->WorkSize); SetNextWindowViewport(viewport->ID); ImGuiWindowFlags host_window_flags = 0; @@ -14094,9 +17430,14 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderSetNodeSize(ImGuiID node_id, ImVec2 size) // - If you intend to split a node immediately after creation using DockBuilderSplitNode(), make sure to call DockBuilderSetNodeSize() beforehand! // For various reason, the splitting code currently needs a base size otherwise space may not be allocated as precisely as you would expect. // - Use (id == 0) to let the system allocate a node identifier. +// - Existing node with a same id will be removed. ImGuiID ImGui::DockBuilderAddNode(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags) { ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; + + if (id != 0) + DockBuilderRemoveNode(id); + ImGuiDockNode* node = NULL; if (flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) { @@ -14105,11 +17446,8 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::DockBuilderAddNode(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags) } else { - if (id != 0) - node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, id); - if (!node) - node = DockContextAddNode(ctx, id); - node->LocalFlags = flags; + node = DockContextAddNode(ctx, id); + node->SetLocalFlags(flags); } node->LastFrameAlive = ctx->FrameCount; // Set this otherwise BeginDocked will undock during the same frame. return node->ID; @@ -14123,15 +17461,20 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNode(ImGuiID node_id) return; DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows(node_id, true); DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(node_id); + // Node may have moved or deleted if e.g. any merge happened + node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node_id); + if (node == NULL) + return; if (node->IsCentralNode() && node->ParentNode) - node->ParentNode->LocalFlags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode; + node->ParentNode->SetLocalFlags(node->ParentNode->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode); DockContextRemoveNode(ctx, node, true); } +// root_id = 0 to remove all, root_id != 0 to remove child of given node. void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(ImGuiID root_id) { ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; - ImGuiDockContext* dc = ctx->DockContext; + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; ImGuiDockNode* root_node = root_id ? DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, root_id) : NULL; if (root_id && root_node == NULL) @@ -14154,7 +17497,10 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(ImGuiID root_id) if (root_id != 0) DockContextQueueNotifyRemovedNode(ctx, node); if (root_node) + { DockNodeMoveWindows(root_node, node); + DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(node->ID, root_node->ID); + } nodes_to_remove.push_back(node); } } @@ -14190,17 +17536,17 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNodeChildNodes(ImGuiID root_id) } else if (has_central_node) { - root_node->LocalFlags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode; root_node->CentralNode = root_node; + root_node->SetLocalFlags(root_node->LocalFlags | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_CentralNode); } } -void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows(ImGuiID root_id, bool clear_persistent_docking_references) +void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows(ImGuiID root_id, bool clear_settings_refs) { // Clear references in settings ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - if (clear_persistent_docking_references) + if (clear_settings_refs) { for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) { @@ -14223,8 +17569,8 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows(ImGuiID root_id, bool clear_persi { const ImGuiID backup_dock_id = window->DockId; IM_UNUSED(backup_dock_id); - DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, window, clear_persistent_docking_references); - if (!clear_persistent_docking_references) + DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, window, clear_settings_refs); + if (!clear_settings_refs) IM_ASSERT(window->DockId == backup_dock_id); } } @@ -14235,11 +17581,11 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNodeDockedWindows(ImGuiID root_id, bool clear_persi // FIXME-DOCK: We are not exposing nor using split_outer. ImGuiID ImGui::DockBuilderSplitNode(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDir split_dir, float size_ratio_for_node_at_dir, ImGuiID* out_id_at_dir, ImGuiID* out_id_at_opposite_dir) { - ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(split_dir != ImGuiDir_None); - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("DockBuilderSplitNode node 0x%08X, split_dir %d\n", id, split_dir); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockBuilderSplitNode: node 0x%08X, split_dir %d\n", id, split_dir); - ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, id); + ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(&g, id); if (node == NULL) { IM_ASSERT(node != NULL); @@ -14256,7 +17602,7 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::DockBuilderSplitNode(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDir split_dir, float size_r req.DockSplitDir = split_dir; req.DockSplitRatio = ImSaturate((split_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || split_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? size_ratio_for_node_at_dir : 1.0f - size_ratio_for_node_at_dir); req.DockSplitOuter = false; - DockContextProcessDock(ctx, &req); + DockContextProcessDock(&g, &req); ImGuiID id_at_dir = node->ChildNodes[(split_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || split_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? 0 : 1]->ID; ImGuiID id_at_opposite_dir = node->ChildNodes[(split_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || split_dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? 1 : 0]->ID; @@ -14269,14 +17615,16 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::DockBuilderSplitNode(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDir split_dir, float size_r static ImGuiDockNode* DockBuilderCopyNodeRec(ImGuiDockNode* src_node, ImGuiID dst_node_id_if_known, ImVector* out_node_remap_pairs) { - ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; - ImGuiDockNode* dst_node = ImGui::DockContextAddNode(ctx, dst_node_id_if_known); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiDockNode* dst_node = ImGui::DockContextAddNode(&g, dst_node_id_if_known); dst_node->SharedFlags = src_node->SharedFlags; dst_node->LocalFlags = src_node->LocalFlags; + dst_node->LocalFlagsInWindows = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_None; dst_node->Pos = src_node->Pos; dst_node->Size = src_node->Size; dst_node->SizeRef = src_node->SizeRef; dst_node->SplitAxis = src_node->SplitAxis; + dst_node->UpdateMergedFlags(); out_node_remap_pairs->push_back(src_node->ID); out_node_remap_pairs->push_back(dst_node->ID); @@ -14288,7 +17636,7 @@ static ImGuiDockNode* DockBuilderCopyNodeRec(ImGuiDockNode* src_node, ImGuiID ds dst_node->ChildNodes[child_n]->ParentNode = dst_node; } - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("Fork node %08X -> %08X (%d childs)\n", src_node->ID, dst_node->ID, dst_node->IsSplitNode() ? 2 : 0); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] Fork node %08X -> %08X (%d childs)\n", src_node->ID, dst_node->ID, dst_node->IsSplitNode() ? 2 : 0); return dst_node; } @@ -14299,11 +17647,12 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderCopyNode(ImGuiID src_node_id, ImGuiID dst_node_id, ImVect IM_ASSERT(dst_node_id != 0); IM_ASSERT(out_node_remap_pairs != NULL); + DockBuilderRemoveNode(dst_node_id); + ImGuiDockNode* src_node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, src_node_id); IM_ASSERT(src_node != NULL); out_node_remap_pairs->clear(); - DockBuilderRemoveNode(dst_node_id); DockBuilderCopyNodeRec(src_node, dst_node_id, out_node_remap_pairs); IM_ASSERT((out_node_remap_pairs->Size % 2) == 0); @@ -14342,6 +17691,7 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderCopyWindowSettings(const char* src_name, const char* dst_ // FIXME: Will probably want to change this signature, in particular how the window remapping pairs are passed. void ImGui::DockBuilderCopyDockSpace(ImGuiID src_dockspace_id, ImGuiID dst_dockspace_id, ImVector* in_window_remap_pairs) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(src_dockspace_id != 0); IM_ASSERT(dst_dockspace_id != 0); IM_ASSERT(in_window_remap_pairs != NULL); @@ -14381,20 +17731,23 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderCopyDockSpace(ImGuiID src_dockspace_id, ImGuiID dst_docks if (dst_dock_id != 0) { // Docked windows gets redocked into the new node hierarchy. - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("Remap live window '%s' 0x%08X -> '%s' 0x%08X\n", src_window_name, src_dock_id, dst_window_name, dst_dock_id); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] Remap live window '%s' 0x%08X -> '%s' 0x%08X\n", src_window_name, src_dock_id, dst_window_name, dst_dock_id); DockBuilderDockWindow(dst_window_name, dst_dock_id); } else { // Floating windows gets their settings transferred (regardless of whether the new window already exist or not) // When this is leading to a Copy and not a Move, we would get two overlapping floating windows. Could we possibly dock them together? - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("Remap window settings '%s' -> '%s'\n", src_window_name, dst_window_name); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] Remap window settings '%s' -> '%s'\n", src_window_name, dst_window_name); DockBuilderCopyWindowSettings(src_window_name, dst_window_name); } } - // Anything else in the source nodes of 'node_remap_pairs' are windows that were docked in src_dockspace_id but are not owned by it (unaffiliated windows, e.g. "ImGui Demo") + // Anything else in the source nodes of 'node_remap_pairs' are windows that are not included in the remapping list. // Find those windows and move to them to the cloned dock node. This may be optional? + // Dock those are a second step as undocking would invalidate source dock nodes. + struct DockRemainingWindowTask { ImGuiWindow* Window; ImGuiID DockId; DockRemainingWindowTask(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID dock_id) { Window = window; DockId = dock_id; } }; + ImVector dock_remaining_windows; for (int dock_remap_n = 0; dock_remap_n < node_remap_pairs.Size; dock_remap_n += 2) if (ImGuiID src_dock_id = node_remap_pairs[dock_remap_n]) { @@ -14407,12 +17760,15 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderCopyDockSpace(ImGuiID src_dockspace_id, ImGuiID dst_docks continue; // Docked windows gets redocked into the new node hierarchy. - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("Remap window '%s' %08X -> %08X\n", window->Name, src_dock_id, dst_dock_id); - DockBuilderDockWindow(window->Name, dst_dock_id); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] Remap window '%s' %08X -> %08X\n", window->Name, src_dock_id, dst_dock_id); + dock_remaining_windows.push_back(DockRemainingWindowTask(window, dst_dock_id)); } } + for (const DockRemainingWindowTask& task : dock_remaining_windows) + DockBuilderDockWindow(task.Window->Name, task.DockId); } +// FIXME-DOCK: This is awkward because in series of split user is likely to loose access to its root node. void ImGui::DockBuilderFinish(ImGuiID root_id) { ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; @@ -14468,19 +17824,17 @@ static ImGuiDockNode* ImGui::DockContextBindNodeToWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGu if (!node->IsVisible) { ImGuiDockNode* ancestor_node = node; - while (!ancestor_node->IsVisible) - { - ancestor_node->IsVisible = true; - ancestor_node->MarkedForPosSizeWrite = true; - if (ancestor_node->ParentNode) - ancestor_node = ancestor_node->ParentNode; - } + while (!ancestor_node->IsVisible && ancestor_node->ParentNode) + ancestor_node = ancestor_node->ParentNode; IM_ASSERT(ancestor_node->Size.x > 0.0f && ancestor_node->Size.y > 0.0f); - DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(ancestor_node, ancestor_node->Pos, ancestor_node->Size, true); + DockNodeUpdateHasCentralNodeChild(DockNodeGetRootNode(ancestor_node)); + DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(ancestor_node, ancestor_node->Pos, ancestor_node->Size, node); } // Add window to node + bool node_was_visible = node->IsVisible; DockNodeAddWindow(node, window, true); + node->IsVisible = node_was_visible; // Don't mark visible right away (so DockContextEndFrame() doesn't render it, maybe other side effects? will see) IM_ASSERT(node == window->DockNode); return node; } @@ -14490,6 +17844,9 @@ void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open) ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + // Clear fields ahead so most early-out paths don't have to do it + window->DockIsActive = window->DockNodeIsVisible = window->DockTabIsVisible = false; + const bool auto_dock_node = GetWindowAlwaysWantOwnTabBar(window); if (auto_dock_node) { @@ -14536,27 +17893,28 @@ void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open) // Note how we are testing for LastFrameAlive and NOT LastFrameActive. A DockSpace node can be maintained alive while being inactive with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly. if (node->LastFrameAlive < g.FrameCount) { - // If the window has been orphaned, transition the docknode to an implicit node processed in DockContextUpdateDocking() + // If the window has been orphaned, transition the docknode to an implicit node processed in DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking() ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node); if (root_node->LastFrameAlive < g.FrameCount) - { DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, window); - } else - { window->DockIsActive = true; - window->DockTabIsVisible = false; - } return; } + // Store style overrides + for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++) + window->DockStyle.Colors[color_n] = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]]); + // Fast path return. It is common for windows to hold on a persistent DockId but be the only visible window, // and never create neither a host window neither a tab bar. // FIXME-DOCK: replace ->HostWindow NULL compare with something more explicit (~was initially intended as a first frame test) if (node->HostWindow == NULL) { - window->DockIsActive = (node->State == ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseWindowsAreResizing); - window->DockTabIsVisible = false; + if (node->State == ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseWindowsAreResizing) + window->DockIsActive = true; + if (node->Windows.Size > 1) + DockNodeHideWindowDuringHostWindowCreation(window); return; } @@ -14567,7 +17925,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open) node->State = ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowVisible; // Undock if we are submitted earlier than the host window - if (window->BeginOrderWithinContext < node->HostWindow->BeginOrderWithinContext) + if (!(node->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly) && window->BeginOrderWithinContext < node->HostWindow->BeginOrderWithinContext) { DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, window); return; @@ -14578,8 +17936,9 @@ void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open) SetNextWindowSize(node->Size); g.NextWindowData.PosUndock = false; // Cancel implicit undocking of SetNextWindowPos() window->DockIsActive = true; + window->DockNodeIsVisible = true; window->DockTabIsVisible = false; - if (node->SharedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly) + if (node->MergedFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly) return; // When the window is selected we mark it as visible. @@ -14594,12 +17953,12 @@ void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open) else window->Flags &= ~ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar; // Clear the NoTitleBar flag in case the user set it: confusingly enough we need a title bar height so we are correctly offset, but it won't be displayed! - // Save new dock order only if the tab bar has been visible once. + // Save new dock order only if the window has been visible once already // This allows multiple windows to be created in the same frame and have their respective dock orders preserved. - if (node->TabBar && node->TabBar->CurrFrameVisible != -1) + if (node->TabBar && window->WasActive) window->DockOrder = (short)DockNodeGetTabOrder(window); - if ((node->WantCloseAll || node->WantCloseTabId == window->ID) && p_open != NULL) + if ((node->WantCloseAll || node->WantCloseTabId == window->TabId) && p_open != NULL) *p_open = false; // Update ChildId to allow returning from Child to Parent with Escape @@ -14612,15 +17971,20 @@ void ImGui::BeginDockableDragDropSource(ImGuiWindow* window) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == window->MoveId); IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow == window); + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window); - window->DC.LastItemId = window->MoveId; - window = window->RootWindow; + g.LastItemData.ID = window->MoveId; + window = window->RootWindowDockTree; IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking) == 0); - bool is_drag_docking = (g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift) || ImRect(0, 0, window->SizeFull.x, GetFrameHeight()).Contains(g.ActiveIdClickOffset); + bool is_drag_docking = (g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift) || ImRect(0, 0, window->SizeFull.x, GetFrameHeight()).Contains(g.ActiveIdClickOffset); // FIXME-DOCKING: Need to make this stateful and explicit if (is_drag_docking && BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip | ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers | ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload)) { SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW, &window, sizeof(window)); EndDragDropSource(); + + // Store style overrides + for (int color_n = 0; color_n < ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT; color_n++) + window->DockStyle.Colors[color_n] = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(g.Style.Colors[GWindowDockStyleColors[color_n]]); } } @@ -14629,10 +17993,11 @@ void ImGui::BeginDockableDragDropTarget(ImGuiWindow* window) ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - //IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindow == window); // May also be a DockSpace + //IM_ASSERT(window->RootWindowDockTree == window); // May also be a DockSpace IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking) == 0); if (!g.DragDropActive) return; + //GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); if (!BeginDragDropTargetCustom(window->Rect(), window->ID)) return; @@ -14649,14 +18014,27 @@ void ImGui::BeginDockableDragDropTarget(ImGuiWindow* window) if (AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW, ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery | ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect)) { // Select target node + // (Important: we cannot use g.HoveredDockNode here! Because each of our target node have filters based on payload, each candidate drop target will do its own evaluation) + bool dock_into_floating_window = false; ImGuiDockNode* node = NULL; - bool allow_null_target_node = false; if (window->DockNodeAsHost) - node = DockNodeTreeFindNodeByPos(window->DockNodeAsHost, g.IO.MousePos); - else if (window->DockNode) // && window->DockIsActive) - node = window->DockNode; + { + // Cannot assume that node will != NULL even though we passed the rectangle test: it depends on padding/spacing handled by DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(). + node = DockNodeTreeFindVisibleNodeByPos(window->DockNodeAsHost, g.IO.MousePos); + + // There is an edge case when docking into a dockspace which only has _inactive_ nodes (because none of the windows are active) + // In this case we need to fallback into any leaf mode, possibly the central node. + // FIXME-20181220: We should not have to test for IsLeafNode() here but we have another bug to fix first. + if (node && node->IsDockSpace() && node->IsRootNode()) + node = (node->CentralNode && node->IsLeafNode()) ? node->CentralNode : DockNodeTreeFindFallbackLeafNode(node); + } else - allow_null_target_node = true; // Dock into a regular window + { + if (window->DockNode) + node = window->DockNode; + else + dock_into_floating_window = true; // Dock into a regular window + } const ImRect explicit_target_rect = (node && node->TabBar && !node->IsHiddenTabBar() && !node->IsNoTabBar()) ? node->TabBar->BarRect : ImRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + ImVec2(window->Size.x, GetFrameHeight())); const bool is_explicit_target = g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift || IsMouseHoveringRect(explicit_target_rect.Min, explicit_target_rect.Max); @@ -14664,19 +18042,21 @@ void ImGui::BeginDockableDragDropTarget(ImGuiWindow* window) // Preview docking request and find out split direction/ratio //const bool do_preview = true; // Ignore testing for payload->IsPreview() which removes one frame of delay, but breaks overlapping drop targets within the same window. const bool do_preview = payload->IsPreview() || payload->IsDelivery(); - if (do_preview && (node != NULL || allow_null_target_node)) + if (do_preview && (node != NULL || dock_into_floating_window)) { + // If we have a non-leaf node it means we are hovering the border of a parent node, in which case only outer markers will appear. ImGuiDockPreviewData split_inner; ImGuiDockPreviewData split_outer; ImGuiDockPreviewData* split_data = &split_inner; - if (node && (node->ParentNode || node->IsCentralNode())) + if (node && (node->ParentNode || node->IsCentralNode() || !node->IsLeafNode())) if (ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node)) { - DockNodePreviewDockSetup(window, root_node, payload_window, &split_outer, is_explicit_target, true); + DockNodePreviewDockSetup(window, root_node, payload_window, NULL, &split_outer, is_explicit_target, true); if (split_outer.IsSplitDirExplicit) split_data = &split_outer; } - DockNodePreviewDockSetup(window, node, payload_window, &split_inner, is_explicit_target, false); + if (!node || node->IsLeafNode()) + DockNodePreviewDockSetup(window, node, payload_window, NULL, &split_inner, is_explicit_target, false); if (split_data == &split_outer) split_inner.IsDropAllowed = false; @@ -14698,6 +18078,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginDockableDragDropTarget(ImGuiWindow* window) // - DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences() // - DockSettingsRemoveNodeReferences() // - DockSettingsFindNodeSettings() +// - DockSettingsHandler_ApplyAll() // - DockSettingsHandler_ReadOpen() // - DockSettingsHandler_ReadLine() // - DockSettingsHandler_DockNodeToSettings() @@ -14707,7 +18088,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginDockableDragDropTarget(ImGuiWindow* window) static void ImGui::DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences(ImGuiID old_node_id, ImGuiID new_node_id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences: from 0x%08X -> to 0x%08X\n", old_node_id, new_node_id); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockSettingsRenameNodeReferences: from 0x%08X -> to 0x%08X\n", old_node_id, new_node_id); for (int window_n = 0; window_n < g.Windows.Size; window_n++) { ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[window_n]; @@ -14741,13 +18122,32 @@ static void ImGui::DockSettingsRemoveNodeReferences(ImGuiID* node_ids, int node_ static ImGuiDockNodeSettings* ImGui::DockSettingsFindNodeSettings(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID id) { // FIXME-OPT - ImGuiDockContext* dc = ctx->DockContext; - for (int n = 0; n < dc->SettingsNodes.Size; n++) - if (dc->SettingsNodes[n].ID == id) - return &dc->SettingsNodes[n]; + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; + for (int n = 0; n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; n++) + if (dc->NodesSettings[n].ID == id) + return &dc->NodesSettings[n]; return NULL; } +// Clear settings data +static void ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) +{ + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; + dc->NodesSettings.clear(); + DockContextClearNodes(ctx, 0, true); +} + +// Recreate nodes based on settings data +static void ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) +{ + // Prune settings at boot time only + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; + if (ctx->Windows.Size == 0) + DockContextPruneUnusedSettingsNodes(ctx); + DockContextBuildNodesFromSettings(ctx, dc->NodesSettings.Data, dc->NodesSettings.Size); + DockContextBuildAddWindowsToNodes(ctx, 0); +} + static void* ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name) { if (strcmp(name, "Data") != 0) @@ -14789,12 +18189,11 @@ static void ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettings if (sscanf(line, " HiddenTabBar=%d%n", &x, &r) == 1) { line += r; if (x != 0) node.Flags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar; } if (sscanf(line, " NoWindowMenuButton=%d%n", &x, &r) == 1) { line += r; if (x != 0) node.Flags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton; } if (sscanf(line, " NoCloseButton=%d%n", &x, &r) == 1) { line += r; if (x != 0) node.Flags |= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton; } - if (sscanf(line, " Selected=0x%08X%n", &node.SelectedWindowId,&r) == 1) { line += r; } - ImGuiDockContext* dc = ctx->DockContext; + if (sscanf(line, " Selected=0x%08X%n", &node.SelectedTabId,&r) == 1) { line += r; } if (node.ParentNodeId != 0) if (ImGuiDockNodeSettings* parent_settings = DockSettingsFindNodeSettings(ctx, node.ParentNodeId)) node.Depth = parent_settings->Depth + 1; - dc->SettingsNodes.push_back(node); + ctx->DockContext.NodesSettings.push_back(node); } static void DockSettingsHandler_DockNodeToSettings(ImGuiDockContext* dc, ImGuiDockNode* node, int depth) @@ -14804,14 +18203,14 @@ static void DockSettingsHandler_DockNodeToSettings(ImGuiDockContext* dc, ImGuiDo node_settings.ID = node->ID; node_settings.ParentNodeId = node->ParentNode ? node->ParentNode->ID : 0; node_settings.ParentWindowId = (node->IsDockSpace() && node->HostWindow && node->HostWindow->ParentWindow) ? node->HostWindow->ParentWindow->ID : 0; - node_settings.SelectedWindowId = node->SelectedTabId; + node_settings.SelectedTabId = node->SelectedTabId; node_settings.SplitAxis = (signed char)(node->IsSplitNode() ? node->SplitAxis : ImGuiAxis_None); node_settings.Depth = (char)depth; node_settings.Flags = (node->LocalFlags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_SavedFlagsMask_); node_settings.Pos = ImVec2ih(node->Pos); node_settings.Size = ImVec2ih(node->Size); node_settings.SizeRef = ImVec2ih(node->SizeRef); - dc->SettingsNodes.push_back(node_settings); + dc->NodesSettings.push_back(node_settings); if (node->ChildNodes[0]) DockSettingsHandler_DockNodeToSettings(dc, node->ChildNodes[0], depth + 1); if (node->ChildNodes[1]) @@ -14821,29 +18220,29 @@ static void DockSettingsHandler_DockNodeToSettings(ImGuiDockContext* dc, ImGuiDo static void ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - ImGuiDockContext* dc = g.DockContext; + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; if (!(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable)) return; // Gather settings data // (unlike our windows settings, because nodes are always built we can do a full rewrite of the SettingsNode buffer) - dc->SettingsNodes.resize(0); - dc->SettingsNodes.reserve(dc->Nodes.Data.Size); + dc->NodesSettings.resize(0); + dc->NodesSettings.reserve(dc->Nodes.Data.Size); for (int n = 0; n < dc->Nodes.Data.Size; n++) if (ImGuiDockNode* node = (ImGuiDockNode*)dc->Nodes.Data[n].val_p) if (node->IsRootNode()) DockSettingsHandler_DockNodeToSettings(dc, node, 0); int max_depth = 0; - for (int node_n = 0; node_n < dc->SettingsNodes.Size; node_n++) - max_depth = ImMax((int)dc->SettingsNodes[node_n].Depth, max_depth); + for (int node_n = 0; node_n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; node_n++) + max_depth = ImMax((int)dc->NodesSettings[node_n].Depth, max_depth); // Write to text buffer buf->appendf("[%s][Data]\n", handler->TypeName); - for (int node_n = 0; node_n < dc->SettingsNodes.Size; node_n++) + for (int node_n = 0; node_n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; node_n++) { const int line_start_pos = buf->size(); (void)line_start_pos; - const ImGuiDockNodeSettings* node_settings = &dc->SettingsNodes[node_n]; + const ImGuiDockNodeSettings* node_settings = &dc->NodesSettings[node_n]; buf->appendf("%*s%s%*s", node_settings->Depth * 2, "", (node_settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) ? "DockSpace" : "DockNode ", (max_depth - node_settings->Depth) * 2, ""); // Text align nodes to facilitate looking at .ini file buf->appendf(" ID=0x%08X", node_settings->ID); if (node_settings->ParentNodeId) @@ -14870,8 +18269,8 @@ static void ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettings buf->appendf(" NoWindowMenuButton=1"); if (node_settings->Flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton) buf->appendf(" NoCloseButton=1"); - if (node_settings->SelectedWindowId) - buf->appendf(" Selected=0x%08X", node_settings->SelectedWindowId); + if (node_settings->SelectedTabId) + buf->appendf(" Selected=0x%08X", node_settings->SelectedTabId); #if IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS // [DEBUG] Include comments in the .ini file to ease debugging @@ -15027,11 +18426,75 @@ static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void*, const char* text) #endif +// Win32 API IME support (for Asian languages, etc.) +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) + +#include +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma comment(lib, "imm32") +#endif + +static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiPlatformImeData* data) +{ + // Notify OS Input Method Editor of text input position + HWND hwnd = (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + if (hwnd == 0) + hwnd = (HWND)ImGui::GetIO().ImeWindowHandle; +#endif + if (hwnd == 0) + return; + + //::ImmAssociateContextEx(hwnd, NULL, data->WantVisible ? IACE_DEFAULT : 0); + if (HIMC himc = ::ImmGetContext(hwnd)) + { + COMPOSITIONFORM composition_form = {}; + composition_form.ptCurrentPos.x = (LONG)(data->InputPos.x - viewport->Pos.x); + composition_form.ptCurrentPos.y = (LONG)(data->InputPos.y - viewport->Pos.y); + composition_form.dwStyle = CFS_FORCE_POSITION; + ::ImmSetCompositionWindow(himc, &composition_form); + CANDIDATEFORM candidate_form = {}; + candidate_form.dwStyle = CFS_CANDIDATEPOS; + candidate_form.ptCurrentPos.x = (LONG)(data->InputPos.x - viewport->Pos.x); + candidate_form.ptCurrentPos.y = (LONG)(data->InputPos.y - viewport->Pos.y); + ::ImmSetCandidateWindow(himc, &candidate_form); + ::ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, himc); + } +} + +#else + +static void SetPlatformImeDataFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiViewport*, ImGuiPlatformImeData*) {} + +#endif + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUG WINDOW +// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUGGER WINDOW +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - RenderViewportThumbnail() [Internal] +// - RenderViewportsThumbnails() [Internal] +// - DebugTextEncoding() +// - MetricsHelpMarker() [Internal] +// - ShowFontAtlas() [Internal] +// - ShowMetricsWindow() +// - DebugNodeColumns() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeDockNode() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeDrawList() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeFont() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeFontGlyph() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeStorage() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeTabBar() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeViewport() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeWindow() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeWindowSettings() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeWindowsList() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent() [Internal] //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -static void RenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + +void ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImRect& bb) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; @@ -15043,61 +18506,144 @@ static void RenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* viewp for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) { ImGuiWindow* thumb_window = g.Windows[i]; - if (!thumb_window->WasActive || ((thumb_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))) - continue; - if (thumb_window->SkipItems && (thumb_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // FIXME-DOCK: Skip hidden docked windows. Identify those betters. + if (!thumb_window->WasActive || (thumb_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) continue; if (thumb_window->Viewport != viewport) continue; ImRect thumb_r = thumb_window->Rect(); ImRect title_r = thumb_window->TitleBarRect(); - ImRect thumb_r_scaled = ImRect(ImFloor(off + thumb_r.Min * scale), ImFloor(off + thumb_r.Max * scale)); - ImRect title_r_scaled = ImRect(ImFloor(off + title_r.Min * scale), ImFloor(off + ImVec2(title_r.Max.x, title_r.Min.y) * scale) + ImVec2(0,5)); // Exaggerate title bar height - thumb_r_scaled.ClipWithFull(bb); - title_r_scaled.ClipWithFull(bb); + thumb_r = ImRect(ImFloor(off + thumb_r.Min * scale), ImFloor(off + thumb_r.Max * scale)); + title_r = ImRect(ImFloor(off + title_r.Min * scale), ImFloor(off + ImVec2(title_r.Max.x, title_r.Min.y) * scale) + ImVec2(0,5)); // Exaggerate title bar height + thumb_r.ClipWithFull(bb); + title_r.ClipWithFull(bb); const bool window_is_focused = (g.NavWindow && thumb_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == g.NavWindow->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(thumb_r_scaled.Min, thumb_r_scaled.Max, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg, alpha_mul)); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_r_scaled.Min, title_r_scaled.Max, ImGui::GetColorU32(window_is_focused ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg, alpha_mul)); - window->DrawList->AddRect(thumb_r_scaled.Min, thumb_r_scaled.Max, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul)); - if (ImGuiWindow* window_for_title = GetWindowForTitleDisplay(thumb_window)) - window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize * 1.0f, title_r_scaled.Min, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text, alpha_mul), window_for_title->Name, ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(window_for_title->Name)); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(thumb_r.Min, thumb_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg, alpha_mul)); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_r.Min, title_r.Max, GetColorU32(window_is_focused ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg, alpha_mul)); + window->DrawList->AddRect(thumb_r.Min, thumb_r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul)); + window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize * 1.0f, title_r.Min, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text, alpha_mul), thumb_window->Name, FindRenderedTextEnd(thumb_window->Name)); } - draw_list->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul)); + draw_list->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul)); } -void ImGui::ShowViewportThumbnails() +static void RenderViewportsThumbnails() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; // We don't display full monitor bounds (we could, but it often looks awkward), instead we display just enough to cover all of our viewports. float SCALE = 1.0f / 8.0f; - ImRect bb_full; - //for (int n = 0; n < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size; n++) - // bb_full.Add(GetPlatformMonitorMainRect(g.PlatformIO.Monitors[n])); + ImRect bb_full(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) bb_full.Add(g.Viewports[n]->GetMainRect()); ImVec2 p = window->DC.CursorPos; ImVec2 off = p - bb_full.Min * SCALE; - //for (int n = 0; n < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size; n++) - // window->DrawList->AddRect(off + g.PlatformIO.Monitors[n].MainPos * SCALE, off + (g.PlatformIO.Monitors[n].MainPos + g.PlatformIO.Monitors[n].MainSize) * SCALE, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border)); for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) { ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; ImRect viewport_draw_bb(off + (viewport->Pos) * SCALE, off + (viewport->Pos + viewport->Size) * SCALE); - RenderViewportThumbnail(window->DrawList, viewport, viewport_draw_bb); + ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(window->DrawList, viewport, viewport_draw_bb); } ImGui::Dummy(bb_full.GetSize() * SCALE); } -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_METRICS_WINDOW +static int IMGUI_CDECL ViewportComparerByFrontMostStampCount(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) +{ + const ImGuiViewportP* a = *(const ImGuiViewportP* const*)lhs; + const ImGuiViewportP* b = *(const ImGuiViewportP* const*)rhs; + return b->LastFrontMostStampCount - a->LastFrontMostStampCount; +} + +// Draw an arbitrary US keyboard layout to visualize translated keys +void ImGui::DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list) +{ + const ImVec2 key_size = ImVec2(35.0f, 35.0f); + const float key_rounding = 3.0f; + const ImVec2 key_face_size = ImVec2(25.0f, 25.0f); + const ImVec2 key_face_pos = ImVec2(5.0f, 3.0f); + const float key_face_rounding = 2.0f; + const ImVec2 key_label_pos = ImVec2(7.0f, 4.0f); + const ImVec2 key_step = ImVec2(key_size.x - 1.0f, key_size.y - 1.0f); + const float key_row_offset = 9.0f; + + ImVec2 board_min = GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImVec2 board_max = ImVec2(board_min.x + 3 * key_step.x + 2 * key_row_offset + 10.0f, board_min.y + 3 * key_step.y + 10.0f); + ImVec2 start_pos = ImVec2(board_min.x + 5.0f - key_step.x, board_min.y); + + struct KeyLayoutData { int Row, Col; const char* Label; ImGuiKey Key; }; + const KeyLayoutData keys_to_display[] = + { + { 0, 0, "", ImGuiKey_Tab }, { 0, 1, "Q", ImGuiKey_Q }, { 0, 2, "W", ImGuiKey_W }, { 0, 3, "E", ImGuiKey_E }, { 0, 4, "R", ImGuiKey_R }, + { 1, 0, "", ImGuiKey_CapsLock }, { 1, 1, "A", ImGuiKey_A }, { 1, 2, "S", ImGuiKey_S }, { 1, 3, "D", ImGuiKey_D }, { 1, 4, "F", ImGuiKey_F }, + { 2, 0, "", ImGuiKey_LeftShift },{ 2, 1, "Z", ImGuiKey_Z }, { 2, 2, "X", ImGuiKey_X }, { 2, 3, "C", ImGuiKey_C }, { 2, 4, "V", ImGuiKey_V } + }; + + // Elements rendered manually via ImDrawList API are not clipped automatically. + // While not strictly necessary, here IsItemVisible() is used to avoid rendering these shapes when they are out of view. + Dummy(board_max - board_min); + if (!IsItemVisible()) + return; + draw_list->PushClipRect(board_min, board_max, true); + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(keys_to_display); n++) + { + const KeyLayoutData* key_data = &keys_to_display[n]; + ImVec2 key_min = ImVec2(start_pos.x + key_data->Col * key_step.x + key_data->Row * key_row_offset, start_pos.y + key_data->Row * key_step.y); + ImVec2 key_max = key_min + key_size; + draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), key_rounding); + draw_list->AddRect(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(24, 24, 24, 255), key_rounding); + ImVec2 face_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_face_pos.x, key_min.y + key_face_pos.y); + ImVec2 face_max = ImVec2(face_min.x + key_face_size.x, face_min.y + key_face_size.y); + draw_list->AddRect(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(193, 193, 193, 255), key_face_rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, 2.0f); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(252, 252, 252, 255), key_face_rounding); + ImVec2 label_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_label_pos.x, key_min.y + key_label_pos.y); + draw_list->AddText(label_min, IM_COL32(64, 64, 64, 255), key_data->Label); + if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(key_data->Key)) + draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 128), key_rounding); + } + draw_list->PopClipRect(); +} + +// Helper tool to diagnose between text encoding issues and font loading issues. Pass your UTF-8 string and verify that there are correct. +void ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(const char* str) +{ + Text("Text: \"%s\"", str); + if (!BeginTable("list", 4, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit)) + return; + TableSetupColumn("Offset"); + TableSetupColumn("UTF-8"); + TableSetupColumn("Glyph"); + TableSetupColumn("Codepoint"); + TableHeadersRow(); + for (const char* p = str; *p != 0; ) + { + unsigned int c; + const int c_utf8_len = ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, p, NULL); + TableNextColumn(); + Text("%d", (int)(p - str)); + TableNextColumn(); + for (int byte_index = 0; byte_index < c_utf8_len; byte_index++) + { + if (byte_index > 0) + SameLine(); + Text("0x%02X", (int)(unsigned char)p[byte_index]); + } + TableNextColumn(); + if (GetFont()->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)c)) + TextUnformatted(p, p + c_utf8_len); + else + TextUnformatted((c == IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID) ? "[invalid]" : "[missing]"); + TableNextColumn(); + Text("U+%04X", (int)c); + p += c_utf8_len; + } + EndTable(); +} // Avoid naming collision with imgui_demo.cpp's HelpMarker() for unity builds. static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc) { ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort)) { ImGui::BeginTooltip(); ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f); @@ -15107,51 +18653,82 @@ static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc) } } +// [DEBUG] List fonts in a font atlas and display its texture +void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++) + { + ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i]; + PushID(font); + DebugNodeFont(font); + PopID(); + } + if (TreeNode("Atlas texture", "Atlas texture (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight)) + { + ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); + ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); + Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f), tint_col, border_col); + TreePop(); + } +} + void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) { - if (!ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Metrics", p_open)) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig; + if (cfg->ShowDebugLog) + ShowDebugLogWindow(&cfg->ShowDebugLog); + if (cfg->ShowStackTool) + ShowStackToolWindow(&cfg->ShowStackTool); + + if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Metrics/Debugger", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) { - ImGui::End(); + End(); return; } - // Debugging enums - enum { WRT_OuterRect, WRT_OuterRectClipped, WRT_InnerRect, WRT_InnerClipRect, WRT_WorkRect, WRT_Content, WRT_ContentRegionRect, WRT_Count }; // Windows Rect Type - const char* wrt_rects_names[WRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "OuterRectClipped", "InnerRect", "InnerClipRect", "WorkRect", "Content", "ContentRegionRect" }; - enum { TRT_OuterRect, TRT_WorkRect, TRT_HostClipRect, TRT_InnerClipRect, TRT_BackgroundClipRect, TRT_ColumnsRect, TRT_ColumnsClipRect, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersDesired, TRT_ColumnsContentRowsFrozen, TRT_ColumnsContentRowsUnfrozen, TRT_Count }; // Tables Rect Type - const char* trt_rects_names[TRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "WorkRect", "HostClipRect", "InnerClipRect", "BackgroundClipRect", "ColumnsRect", "ColumnsClipRect", "ColumnsContentHeadersUsed", "ColumnsContentHeadersDesired", "ColumnsContentRowsFrozen", "ColumnsContentRowsUnfrozen" }; - - // State - static bool show_windows_rects = false; - static int show_windows_rect_type = WRT_WorkRect; - static bool show_windows_begin_order = false; - static bool show_tables_rects = false; - static int show_tables_rect_type = TRT_WorkRect; - static bool show_drawcmd_mesh = true; - static bool show_drawcmd_aabb = true; - static bool show_docking_nodes = false; - // Basic info - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s", ImGui::GetVersion()); - ImGui::Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / io.Framerate, io.Framerate); - ImGui::Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", io.MetricsRenderVertices, io.MetricsRenderIndices, io.MetricsRenderIndices / 3); - ImGui::Text("%d active windows (%d visible)", io.MetricsActiveWindows, io.MetricsRenderWindows); - ImGui::Text("%d active allocations", io.MetricsActiveAllocations); - ImGui::Separator(); + Text("Dear ImGui %s", GetVersion()); + Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / io.Framerate, io.Framerate); + Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", io.MetricsRenderVertices, io.MetricsRenderIndices, io.MetricsRenderIndices / 3); + Text("%d visible windows, %d active allocations", io.MetricsRenderWindows, io.MetricsActiveAllocations); + //SameLine(); if (SmallButton("GC")) { g.GcCompactAll = true; } + + Separator(); + + // Debugging enums + enum { WRT_OuterRect, WRT_OuterRectClipped, WRT_InnerRect, WRT_InnerClipRect, WRT_WorkRect, WRT_Content, WRT_ContentIdeal, WRT_ContentRegionRect, WRT_Count }; // Windows Rect Type + const char* wrt_rects_names[WRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "OuterRectClipped", "InnerRect", "InnerClipRect", "WorkRect", "Content", "ContentIdeal", "ContentRegionRect" }; + enum { TRT_OuterRect, TRT_InnerRect, TRT_WorkRect, TRT_HostClipRect, TRT_InnerClipRect, TRT_BackgroundClipRect, TRT_ColumnsRect, TRT_ColumnsWorkRect, TRT_ColumnsClipRect, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed, TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal, TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen, TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen, TRT_Count }; // Tables Rect Type + const char* trt_rects_names[TRT_Count] = { "OuterRect", "InnerRect", "WorkRect", "HostClipRect", "InnerClipRect", "BackgroundClipRect", "ColumnsRect", "ColumnsWorkRect", "ColumnsClipRect", "ColumnsContentHeadersUsed", "ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal", "ColumnsContentFrozen", "ColumnsContentUnfrozen" }; + if (cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType < 0) + cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType = WRT_WorkRect; + if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType < 0) + cfg->ShowTablesRectsType = TRT_WorkRect; - // Helper functions to display common structures: - // - NodeDrawList() - // - NodeColumns() - // - NodeWindow() - // - NodeWindows() - // - NodeViewport() - // - NodeDockNode() - // - NodeTabBar() - // - NodeStorage() struct Funcs { + static ImRect GetTableRect(ImGuiTable* table, int rect_type, int n) + { + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); // Always using last submitted instance + if (rect_type == TRT_OuterRect) { return table->OuterRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerRect) { return table->InnerRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_WorkRect) { return table->WorkRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_HostClipRect) { return table->HostClipRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_InnerClipRect) { return table->InnerClipRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_BackgroundClipRect) { return table->BgClipRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->MinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->MaxX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsWorkRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->WorkRect.Min.y, c->WorkMaxX, table->WorkRect.Max.y); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsClipRect) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return c->ClipRect; } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersUsed){ ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } // Note: y1/y2 not always accurate + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentHeadersIdeal){ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentFrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y, c->ContentMaxXFrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight); } + else if (rect_type == TRT_ColumnsContentUnfrozen) { ImGuiTableColumn* c = &table->Columns[n]; return ImRect(c->WorkMinX, table->InnerClipRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight, c->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return ImRect(); + } + static ImRect GetWindowRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int rect_type) { if (rect_type == WRT_OuterRect) { return window->Rect(); } @@ -15159,483 +18736,476 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerRect) { return window->InnerRect; } else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerClipRect) { return window->InnerClipRect; } else if (rect_type == WRT_WorkRect) { return window->WorkRect; } - else if (rect_type == WRT_Content) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); } + else if (rect_type == WRT_Content) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); } + else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentIdeal) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSizeIdeal); } else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentRegionRect) { return window->ContentRegionRect; } IM_ASSERT(0); return ImRect(); } - - static void NodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, int elem_offset, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb) - { - IM_ASSERT(show_mesh || show_aabb); - ImDrawList* fg_draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list - ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; - - // Draw wire-frame version of all triangles - ImRect clip_rect = draw_cmd->ClipRect; - ImRect vtxs_rect(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = fg_draw_list->Flags; - fg_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles. - for (unsigned int base_idx = elem_offset; base_idx < (elem_offset + draw_cmd->ElemCount); base_idx += 3) - { - ImVec2 triangle[3]; - for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) - { - ImVec2 p = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[base_idx + n] : (base_idx + n)].pos; - triangle[n] = p; - vtxs_rect.Add(p); - } - if (show_mesh) - fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), true, 1.0f); // In yellow: mesh triangles - } - // Draw bounding boxes - if (show_aabb) - { - fg_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(clip_rect.Min), ImFloor(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); // In pink: clipping rectangle submitted to GPU - fg_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Min), ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Max), IM_COL32(0, 255, 255, 255)); // In cyan: bounding box of triangles - } - fg_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags; - } - - static void NodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label) - { - bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode(draw_list, "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size); - if (draw_list == ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()) - { - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f,0.4f,0.4f,1.0f), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered) - if (node_open) ImGui::TreePop(); - return; - } - - ImDrawList* fg_draw_list = viewport ? GetForegroundDrawList(viewport) : NULL; // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list - if (window && fg_draw_list && ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - fg_draw_list->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); - if (!node_open) - return; - - if (window && !window->WasActive) - ImGui::TextDisabled("Warning: owning Window is inactive. This DrawList is not being rendered!"); - - unsigned int elem_offset = 0; - for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin(); pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.end(); elem_offset += pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd++) - { - if (pcmd->UserCallback == NULL && pcmd->ElemCount == 0) - continue; - if (pcmd->UserCallback) - { - ImGui::BulletText("Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData); - continue; - } - - ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; - char buf[300]; - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "DrawCmd: %4d triangles, Tex 0x%p, ClipRect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)", - pcmd->ElemCount/3, (void*)(intptr_t)pcmd->TextureId, - pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w); - bool pcmd_node_open = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "%s", buf); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && (show_drawcmd_mesh || show_drawcmd_aabb) && fg_draw_list) - NodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(window, draw_list, pcmd, elem_offset, show_drawcmd_mesh, show_drawcmd_aabb); - if (!pcmd_node_open) - continue; - - // Calculate approximate coverage area (touched pixel count) - // This will be in pixels squared as long there's no post-scaling happening to the renderer output. - float total_area = 0.0f; - for (unsigned int base_idx = elem_offset; base_idx < (elem_offset + pcmd->ElemCount); base_idx += 3) - { - ImVec2 triangle[3]; - for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) - triangle[n] = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[base_idx + n] : (base_idx + n)].pos; - total_area += ImTriangleArea(triangle[0], triangle[1], triangle[2]); - } - - // Display vertex information summary. Hover to get all triangles drawn in wire-frame - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "Mesh: ElemCount: %d, VtxOffset: +%d, IdxOffset: +%d, Area: ~%0.f px", pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd->VtxOffset, pcmd->IdxOffset, total_area); - ImGui::Selectable(buf); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list) - NodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(window, draw_list, pcmd, elem_offset, true, false); - - // Display individual triangles/vertices. Hover on to get the corresponding triangle highlighted. - ImGuiListClipper clipper(pcmd->ElemCount/3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible. - while (clipper.Step()) - for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, idx_i = elem_offset + clipper.DisplayStart*3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++) - { - char *buf_p = buf, *buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); - ImVec2 triangle[3]; - for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_i++) - { - ImDrawVert& v = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_i] : idx_i]; - triangle[n] = v.pos; - buf_p += ImFormatString(buf_p, buf_end - buf_p, "%s %04d: pos (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv (%.6f,%.6f), col %08X\n", - (n == 0) ? "Vert:" : " ", idx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col); - } - - ImGui::Selectable(buf, false); - if (fg_draw_list && ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - { - ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = fg_draw_list->Flags; - fg_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles. - fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255), true, 1.0f); - fg_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags; - } - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - static void NodeColumns(const ImGuiColumns* columns) - { - if (!ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags)) - return; - ImGui::BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX); - for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns->Columns.Size; column_n++) - ImGui::BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", column_n, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm)); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - static void NodeWindows(ImVector& windows, const char* label) - { - if (!ImGui::TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows.Size)) - return; - for (int i = 0; i < windows.Size; i++) - { - ImGui::PushID(windows[i]); - Funcs::NodeWindow(windows[i], "Window"); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - static void NodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) - { - if (window == NULL) - { - ImGui::BulletText("%s: NULL", label); - return; - } - bool open = ImGui::TreeNode(label, "%s '%s', %d @ 0x%p", label, window->Name, (window->Active || window->WasActive), window); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && window->WasActive) - ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); - if (!open) - return; - - if (!window->WasActive) - ImGui::TextDisabled("Note: window is not currently visible."); - if (window->MemoryCompacted) - ImGui::TextDisabled("Note: some memory buffers have been compacted/freed."); - - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; - NodeDrawList(window, window->Viewport, window->DrawList, "DrawList"); - ImGui::BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), ContentSize (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->ContentSize.x, window->ContentSize.y); - ImGui::BulletText("Flags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s..)", flags, - (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? "Tooltip " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "", - (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) ? "Modal " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "ChildMenu " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : "", - (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)? "NoMouseInputs":"", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) ? "NoNavInputs" : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) ? "AlwaysAutoResize" : ""); - ImGui::BulletText("WindowClassId: 0x%08X", window->WindowClass.ClassId); - ImGui::BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f) Scrollbar:%s%s", window->Scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x, window->Scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y, window->ScrollbarX ? "X" : "", window->ScrollbarY ? "Y" : ""); - ImGui::BulletText("Active: %d/%d, WriteAccessed: %d, BeginOrderWithinContext: %d", window->Active, window->WasActive, window->WriteAccessed, (window->Active || window->WasActive) ? window->BeginOrderWithinContext : -1); - ImGui::BulletText("Appearing: %d, Hidden: %d (CanSkip %d Cannot %d), SkipItems: %d", window->Appearing, window->Hidden, window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems, window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems, window->SkipItems); - ImGui::BulletText("NavLastIds: 0x%08X,0x%08X, NavLayerActiveMask: %X", window->NavLastIds[0], window->NavLastIds[1], window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask); - ImGui::BulletText("NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL"); - if (!window->NavRectRel[0].IsInverted()) - ImGui::BulletText("NavRectRel[0]: (%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", window->NavRectRel[0].Min.x, window->NavRectRel[0].Min.y, window->NavRectRel[0].Max.x, window->NavRectRel[0].Max.y); - else - ImGui::BulletText("NavRectRel[0]: "); - ImGui::BulletText("Viewport: %d%s, ViewportId: 0x%08X, ViewportPos: (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Viewport ? window->Viewport->Idx : -1, window->ViewportOwned ? " (Owned)" : "", window->ViewportId, window->ViewportPos.x, window->ViewportPos.y); - ImGui::BulletText("ViewportMonitor: %d", window->Viewport ? window->Viewport->PlatformMonitor : -1); - ImGui::BulletText("DockId: 0x%04X, DockOrder: %d, Act: %d, Vis: %d", window->DockId, window->DockOrder, window->DockIsActive, window->DockTabIsVisible); - if (window->DockNode || window->DockNodeAsHost) - NodeDockNode(window->DockNodeAsHost ? window->DockNodeAsHost : window->DockNode, window->DockNodeAsHost ? "DockNodeAsHost" : "DockNode"); - if (window->RootWindow != window) NodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow"); - if (window->RootWindowDockStop != window->RootWindow) NodeWindow(window->RootWindowDockStop, "RootWindowDockStop"); - if (window->ParentWindow != NULL) NodeWindow(window->ParentWindow, "ParentWindow"); - if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) NodeWindows(window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); - if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && ImGui::TreeNode("Columns", "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size)) - { - for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) - NodeColumns(&window->ColumnsStorage[n]); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - NodeStorage(&window->StateStorage, "Storage"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - static void NodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) - { - ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); - if (ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)viewport->ID, "Viewport #%d, ID: 0x%08X, Parent: 0x%08X, Window: \"%s\"", viewport->Idx, viewport->ID, viewport->ParentViewportId, viewport->Window ? viewport->Window->Name : "N/A")) - { - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = viewport->Flags; - ImGui::BulletText("Main Pos: (%.0f,%.0f), Size: (%.0f,%.0f)\nWorkArea Offset Left: %.0f Top: %.0f, Right: %.0f, Bottom: %.0f\nMonitor: %d, DpiScale: %.0f%%", - viewport->Pos.x, viewport->Pos.y, viewport->Size.x, viewport->Size.y, - viewport->WorkOffsetMin.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMin.y, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.y, - viewport->PlatformMonitor, viewport->DpiScale * 100.0f); - if (viewport->Idx > 0) { ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::SmallButton("Reset Pos")) { viewport->Pos = ImVec2(200,200); if (viewport->Window) viewport->Window->Pos = ImVec2(200,200); } } - ImGui::BulletText("Flags: 0x%04X =%s%s%s%s%s%s%s", viewport->Flags, - (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows) ? " CanHostOtherWindows" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration) ? " NoDecoration" : "", - (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing) ? " NoFocusOnAppearing" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs) ? " NoInputs" : "", - (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear) ? " NoRendererClear" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) ? " Minimized" : "", - (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoAutoMerge) ? " NoAutoMerge" : ""); - for (int layer_i = 0; layer_i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers); layer_i++) - for (int draw_list_i = 0; draw_list_i < viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i].Size; draw_list_i++) - Funcs::NodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i][draw_list_i], "DrawList"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - } - - static void NodeDockNode(ImGuiDockNode* node, const char* label) - { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - bool open; - if (node->Windows.Size > 0) - open = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)node->ID, "%s 0x%04X%s: %d windows (vis: '%s')", label, node->ID, node->IsVisible ? "" : " (hidden)", node->Windows.Size, node->VisibleWindow ? node->VisibleWindow->Name : "NULL"); - else - open = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)node->ID, "%s 0x%04X%s: %s split (vis: '%s')", label, node->ID, node->IsVisible ? "" : " (hidden)", (node->SplitAxis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? "horizontal" : (node->SplitAxis == ImGuiAxis_Y) ? "vertical" : "n/a", node->VisibleWindow ? node->VisibleWindow->Name : "NULL"); - if (open) - { - IM_ASSERT(node->ChildNodes[0] == NULL || node->ChildNodes[0]->ParentNode == node); - IM_ASSERT(node->ChildNodes[1] == NULL || node->ChildNodes[1]->ParentNode == node); - ImGui::BulletText("Pos (%.0f,%.0f), Size (%.0f, %.0f) Ref (%.0f, %.0f)", - node->Pos.x, node->Pos.y, node->Size.x, node->Size.y, node->SizeRef.x, node->SizeRef.y); - NodeWindow(node->HostWindow, "HostWindow"); - NodeWindow(node->VisibleWindow, "VisibleWindow"); - ImGui::BulletText("SelectedTabID: 0x%08X, LastFocusedNodeID: 0x%08X", node->SelectedTabId, node->LastFocusedNodeId); - ImGui::BulletText("Misc:%s%s%s%s", node->IsDockSpace() ? " IsDockSpace" : "", node->IsCentralNode() ? " IsCentralNode" : "", (g.FrameCount - node->LastFrameAlive < 2) ? " IsAlive" : "", (g.FrameCount - node->LastFrameActive < 2) ? " IsActive" : ""); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("flags", "LocalFlags: 0x%04X SharedFlags: 0x%04X", node->LocalFlags, node->SharedFlags)) - { - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("LocalFlags: NoDocking", (ImU32*)&node->LocalFlags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("LocalFlags: NoSplit", (ImU32*)&node->LocalFlags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("LocalFlags: NoResize", (ImU32*)&node->LocalFlags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("LocalFlags: NoTabBar", (ImU32*)&node->LocalFlags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("LocalFlags: HiddenTabBar", (ImU32*)&node->LocalFlags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("LocalFlags: NoWindowMenuButton", (ImU32*)&node->LocalFlags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("LocalFlags: NoCloseButton", (ImU32*)&node->LocalFlags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - if (node->ParentNode) - NodeDockNode(node->ParentNode, "ParentNode"); - if (node->ChildNodes[0]) - NodeDockNode(node->ChildNodes[0], "Child[0]"); - if (node->ChildNodes[1]) - NodeDockNode(node->ChildNodes[1], "Child[1]"); - if (node->TabBar) - NodeTabBar(node->TabBar); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - } - - static void NodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) - { - // Standalone tab bars (not associated to docking/windows functionality) currently hold no discernible strings. - char buf[256]; - char* p = buf; - const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); - p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "TabBar (%d tabs)%s", tab_bar->Tabs.Size, (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible < ImGui::GetFrameCount() - 2) ? " *Inactive*" : ""); - if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) - { - p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, " { "); - for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < ImMin(tab_bar->Tabs.Size, 3); tab_n++) - p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s'%s'", tab_n > 0 ? ", " : "", tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n].Window->Name); - p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 3) ? " ... }" : " } "); - } - if (ImGui::TreeNode(tab_bar, "%s", buf)) - { - for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) - { - const ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; - ImGui::PushID(tab); - if (ImGui::SmallButton("<")) { TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(tab_bar, tab, -1); } ImGui::SameLine(0, 2); - if (ImGui::SmallButton(">")) { TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(tab_bar, tab, +1); } ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("%02d%c Tab 0x%08X '%s'", tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, (tab->Window || tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : ""); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - } - - static void NodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label) - { - if (!ImGui::TreeNode(label, "%s: %d entries, %d bytes", label, storage->Data.Size, storage->Data.size_in_bytes())) - return; - for (int n = 0; n < storage->Data.Size; n++) - { - const ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair& p = storage->Data[n]; - ImGui::BulletText("Key 0x%08X Value { i: %d }", p.key, p.val_i); // Important: we currently don't store a type, real value may not be integer. - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } }; - // Tools - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tools")) + if (TreeNode("Tools")) { + bool show_encoding_viewer = TreeNode("UTF-8 Encoding viewer"); + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::DebugTextEncoding() from your code with a given string to test that your UTF-8 encoding settings are correct."); + if (show_encoding_viewer) + { + static char buf[100] = ""; + SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); + if (buf[0] != 0) + DebugTextEncoding(buf); + TreePop(); + } + // The Item Picker tool is super useful to visually select an item and break into the call-stack of where it was submitted. - if (ImGui::Button("Item Picker..")) - ImGui::DebugStartItemPicker(); - ImGui::SameLine(); + if (Checkbox("Show Item Picker", &g.DebugItemPickerActive) && g.DebugItemPickerActive) + DebugStartItemPicker(); + SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker("Will call the IM_DEBUG_BREAK() macro to break in debugger.\nWarning: If you don't have a debugger attached, this will probably crash."); - ImGui::Checkbox("Show windows begin order", &show_windows_begin_order); - ImGui::Checkbox("Show windows rectangles", &show_windows_rects); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 12); - show_windows_rects |= ImGui::Combo("##show_windows_rect_type", &show_windows_rect_type, wrt_rects_names, WRT_Count, WRT_Count); - if (show_windows_rects && g.NavWindow) + // Stack Tool is your best friend! + Checkbox("Show Debug Log", &cfg->ShowDebugLog); + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow() from your code."); + + // Stack Tool is your best friend! + Checkbox("Show Stack Tool", &cfg->ShowStackTool); + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow() from your code."); + + Checkbox("Show windows begin order", &cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder); + Checkbox("Show windows rectangles", &cfg->ShowWindowsRects); + SameLine(); + SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 12); + cfg->ShowWindowsRects |= Combo("##show_windows_rect_type", &cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType, wrt_rects_names, WRT_Count, WRT_Count); + if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects && g.NavWindow != NULL) { - ImGui::BulletText("'%s':", g.NavWindow->Name); - ImGui::Indent(); + BulletText("'%s':", g.NavWindow->Name); + Indent(); for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < WRT_Count; rect_n++) { ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(g.NavWindow, rect_n); - ImGui::Text("(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), wrt_rects_names[rect_n]); + Text("(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), wrt_rects_names[rect_n]); } - ImGui::Unindent(); + Unindent(); } - ImGui::Checkbox("Show mesh when hovering ImDrawCmd", &show_drawcmd_mesh); - ImGui::Checkbox("Show bounding boxes when hovering ImDrawCmd", &show_drawcmd_aabb); - ImGui::TreePop(); + + Checkbox("Show tables rectangles", &cfg->ShowTablesRects); + SameLine(); + SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 12); + cfg->ShowTablesRects |= Combo("##show_table_rects_type", &cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, trt_rects_names, TRT_Count, TRT_Count); + if (cfg->ShowTablesRects && g.NavWindow != NULL) + { + for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); table_n++) + { + ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(table_n); + if (table == NULL || table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1 || (table->OuterWindow != g.NavWindow && table->InnerWindow != g.NavWindow)) + continue; + + BulletText("Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name); + if (IsItemHovered()) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), table->OuterRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); + Indent(); + char buf[128]; + for (int rect_n = 0; rect_n < TRT_Count; rect_n++) + { + if (rect_n >= TRT_ColumnsRect) + { + if (rect_n != TRT_ColumnsRect && rect_n != TRT_ColumnsClipRect) + continue; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_n, column_n); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) Col %d %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), column_n, trt_rects_names[rect_n]); + Selectable(buf); + if (IsItemHovered()) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); + } + } + else + { + ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, rect_n, -1); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%6.1f,%6.1f) (%6.1f,%6.1f) Size (%6.1f,%6.1f) %s", r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y, r.GetWidth(), r.GetHeight(), trt_rects_names[rect_n]); + Selectable(buf); + if (IsItemHovered()) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), r.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 0.0f, 0, 2.0f); + } + } + Unindent(); + } + } + + TreePop(); } - // Contents - Funcs::NodeWindows(g.Windows, "Windows"); - //Funcs::NodeWindows(g.WindowsFocusOrder, "WindowsFocusOrder"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Viewport", "Viewports (%d)", g.Viewports.Size)) + // Windows + if (TreeNode("Windows", "Windows (%d)", g.Windows.Size)) { - ImGui::Indent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); - ImGui::ShowViewportThumbnails(); - ImGui::Unindent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); - bool open = ImGui::TreeNode("Monitors", "Monitors (%d)", g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size); - ImGui::SameLine(); + //SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.Windows, "By display order"); + DebugNodeWindowsList(&g.WindowsFocusOrder, "By focus order (root windows)"); + if (TreeNode("By submission order (begin stack)")) + { + // Here we display windows in their submitted order/hierarchy, however note that the Begin stack doesn't constitute a Parent<>Child relationship! + ImVector& temp_buffer = g.WindowsTempSortBuffer; + temp_buffer.resize(0); + for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++) + if (g.Windows[i]->LastFrameActive + 1 >= g.FrameCount) + temp_buffer.push_back(g.Windows[i]); + struct Func { static int IMGUI_CDECL WindowComparerByBeginOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { return ((int)(*(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext - (*(const ImGuiWindow* const*)rhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext); } }; + ImQsort(temp_buffer.Data, (size_t)temp_buffer.Size, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), Func::WindowComparerByBeginOrder); + DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(temp_buffer.Data, temp_buffer.Size, NULL); + TreePop(); + } + + TreePop(); + } + + // DrawLists + int drawlist_count = 0; + for (int viewport_i = 0; viewport_i < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_i++) + drawlist_count += g.Viewports[viewport_i]->DrawDataBuilder.GetDrawListCount(); + if (TreeNode("DrawLists", "DrawLists (%d)", drawlist_count)) + { + Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd mesh when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh); + Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd bounding boxes when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes); + for (int viewport_i = 0; viewport_i < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_i++) + { + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[viewport_i]; + bool viewport_has_drawlist = false; + for (int layer_i = 0; layer_i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers); layer_i++) + for (int draw_list_i = 0; draw_list_i < viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i].Size; draw_list_i++) + { + if (!viewport_has_drawlist) + Text("Active DrawLists in Viewport #%d, ID: 0x%08X", viewport->Idx, viewport->ID); + viewport_has_drawlist = true; + DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i][draw_list_i], "DrawList"); + } + } + TreePop(); + } + + // Viewports + if (TreeNode("Viewports", "Viewports (%d)", g.Viewports.Size)) + { + Indent(GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); + RenderViewportsThumbnails(); + Unindent(GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); + + bool open = TreeNode("Monitors", "Monitors (%d)", g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size); + SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker("Dear ImGui uses monitor data:\n- to query DPI settings on a per monitor basis\n- to position popup/tooltips so they don't straddle monitors."); if (open) { for (int i = 0; i < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size; i++) { const ImGuiPlatformMonitor& mon = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[i]; - ImGui::BulletText("Monitor #%d: DPI %.0f%%\n MainMin (%.0f,%.0f), MainMax (%.0f,%.0f), MainSize (%.0f,%.0f)\n WorkMin (%.0f,%.0f), WorkMax (%.0f,%.0f), WorkSize (%.0f,%.0f)", + BulletText("Monitor #%d: DPI %.0f%%\n MainMin (%.0f,%.0f), MainMax (%.0f,%.0f), MainSize (%.0f,%.0f)\n WorkMin (%.0f,%.0f), WorkMax (%.0f,%.0f), WorkSize (%.0f,%.0f)", i, mon.DpiScale * 100.0f, mon.MainPos.x, mon.MainPos.y, mon.MainPos.x + mon.MainSize.x, mon.MainPos.y + mon.MainSize.y, mon.MainSize.x, mon.MainSize.y, mon.WorkPos.x, mon.WorkPos.y, mon.WorkPos.x + mon.WorkSize.x, mon.WorkPos.y + mon.WorkSize.y, mon.WorkSize.x, mon.WorkSize.y); } - ImGui::TreePop(); + TreePop(); } + + BulletText("MouseViewport: 0x%08X (UserHovered 0x%08X, LastHovered 0x%08X)", g.MouseViewport ? g.MouseViewport->ID : 0, g.IO.MouseHoveredViewport, g.MouseLastHoveredViewport ? g.MouseLastHoveredViewport->ID : 0); + if (TreeNode("Inferred Z order (front-to-back)")) + { + static ImVector viewports; + viewports.resize(g.Viewports.Size); + memcpy(viewports.Data, g.Viewports.Data, g.Viewports.size_in_bytes()); + if (viewports.Size > 1) + ImQsort(viewports.Data, viewports.Size, sizeof(ImGuiViewport*), ViewportComparerByFrontMostStampCount); + for (int i = 0; i < viewports.Size; i++) + BulletText("Viewport #%d, ID: 0x%08X, FrontMostStampCount = %08d, Window: \"%s\"", viewports[i]->Idx, viewports[i]->ID, viewports[i]->LastFrontMostStampCount, viewports[i]->Window ? viewports[i]->Window->Name : "N/A"); + TreePop(); + } + for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++) - Funcs::NodeViewport(g.Viewports[i]); - ImGui::TreePop(); + DebugNodeViewport(g.Viewports[i]); + TreePop(); } // Details for Popups - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups", "Popups (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size)) + if (TreeNode("Popups", "Popups (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size)) { for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; i++) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[i].Window; - ImGui::BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s'%s%s", g.OpenPopupStack[i].PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? " ChildWindow" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? " ChildMenu" : ""); + // As it's difficult to interact with tree nodes while popups are open, we display everything inline. + const ImGuiPopupData* popup_data = &g.OpenPopupStack[i]; + ImGuiWindow* window = popup_data->Window; + BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s' (%s%s), BackupNavWindow '%s', ParentWindow '%s'", + popup_data->PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child;" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "Menu;" : "", + popup_data->BackupNavWindow ? popup_data->BackupNavWindow->Name : "NULL", window && window->ParentWindow ? window->ParentWindow->Name : "NULL"); } - ImGui::TreePop(); + TreePop(); } // Details for TabBars - if (ImGui::TreeNode("TabBars", "Tab Bars (%d)", g.TabBars.GetSize())) + if (TreeNode("TabBars", "Tab Bars (%d)", g.TabBars.GetAliveCount())) { - for (int n = 0; n < g.TabBars.GetSize(); n++) - Funcs::NodeTabBar(g.TabBars.GetByIndex(n)); - ImGui::TreePop(); + for (int n = 0; n < g.TabBars.GetMapSize(); n++) + if (ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.TabBars.TryGetMapData(n)) + { + PushID(tab_bar); + DebugNodeTabBar(tab_bar, "TabBar"); + PopID(); + } + TreePop(); } // Details for Tables - IM_UNUSED(trt_rects_names); - IM_UNUSED(show_tables_rects); - IM_UNUSED(show_tables_rect_type); -#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tables", "Tables (%d)", g.Tables.GetSize())) + if (TreeNode("Tables", "Tables (%d)", g.Tables.GetAliveCount())) { - for (int n = 0; n < g.Tables.GetSize(); n++) - Funcs::NodeTable(g.Tables.GetByIndex(n)); - ImGui::TreePop(); + for (int n = 0; n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); n++) + if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(n)) + DebugNodeTable(table); + TreePop(); + } + + // Details for Fonts + ImFontAtlas* atlas = g.IO.Fonts; + if (TreeNode("Fonts", "Fonts (%d)", atlas->Fonts.Size)) + { + ShowFontAtlas(atlas); + TreePop(); + } + + // Details for InputText + if (TreeNode("InputText")) + { + DebugNodeInputTextState(&g.InputTextState); + TreePop(); } -#endif // #define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE // Details for Docking #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Docking")) + if (TreeNode("Docking")) { - ImGuiDockContext* dc = g.DockContext; - ImGui::Checkbox("Ctrl shows window dock info", &show_docking_nodes); + static bool root_nodes_only = true; + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &g.DockContext; + Checkbox("List root nodes", &root_nodes_only); + Checkbox("Ctrl shows window dock info", &cfg->ShowDockingNodes); + if (SmallButton("Clear nodes")) { DockContextClearNodes(&g, 0, true); } + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Rebuild all")) { dc->WantFullRebuild = true; } + for (int n = 0; n < dc->Nodes.Data.Size; n++) + if (ImGuiDockNode* node = (ImGuiDockNode*)dc->Nodes.Data[n].val_p) + if (!root_nodes_only || node->IsRootNode()) + DebugNodeDockNode(node, "Node"); + TreePop(); + } +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Dock nodes")) + // Settings + if (TreeNode("Settings")) + { + if (SmallButton("Clear")) + ClearIniSettings(); + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Save to memory")) + SaveIniSettingsToMemory(); + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Save to disk")) + SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); + SameLine(); + if (g.IO.IniFilename) + Text("\"%s\"", g.IO.IniFilename); + else + TextUnformatted(""); + Text("SettingsDirtyTimer %.2f", g.SettingsDirtyTimer); + if (TreeNode("SettingsHandlers", "Settings handlers: (%d)", g.SettingsHandlers.Size)) { - if (ImGui::SmallButton("Clear settings")) { DockContextClearNodes(&g, 0, true); } - ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::SmallButton("Rebuild all")) { dc->WantFullRebuild = true; } - for (int n = 0; n < dc->Nodes.Data.Size; n++) - if (ImGuiDockNode* node = (ImGuiDockNode*)dc->Nodes.Data[n].val_p) - if (node->IsRootNode()) - Funcs::NodeDockNode(node, "Node"); - ImGui::TreePop(); + for (int n = 0; n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; n++) + BulletText("%s", g.SettingsHandlers[n].TypeName); + TreePop(); + } + if (TreeNode("SettingsWindows", "Settings packed data: Windows: %d bytes", g.SettingsWindows.size())) + { + for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) + DebugNodeWindowSettings(settings); + TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Settings")) + if (TreeNode("SettingsTables", "Settings packed data: Tables: %d bytes", g.SettingsTables.size())) { - if (ImGui::SmallButton("Refresh")) - SaveIniSettingsToMemory(); - ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::SmallButton("Save to disk")) - SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("Docked Windows:"); + for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) + DebugNodeTableSettings(settings); + TreePop(); + } + +#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK + if (TreeNode("SettingsDocking", "Settings packed data: Docking")) + { + ImGuiDockContext* dc = &g.DockContext; + Text("In SettingsWindows:"); for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) if (settings->DockId != 0) - ImGui::BulletText("Window '%s' -> DockId %08X", settings->GetName(), settings->DockId); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("Dock Nodes:"); - for (int n = 0; n < dc->SettingsNodes.Size; n++) + BulletText("Window '%s' -> DockId %08X", settings->GetName(), settings->DockId); + Text("In SettingsNodes:"); + for (int n = 0; n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; n++) { - ImGuiDockNodeSettings* settings = &dc->SettingsNodes[n]; + ImGuiDockNodeSettings* settings = &dc->NodesSettings[n]; const char* selected_tab_name = NULL; - if (settings->SelectedWindowId) + if (settings->SelectedTabId) { - if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByID(settings->SelectedWindowId)) + if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByID(settings->SelectedTabId)) selected_tab_name = window->Name; - else if (ImGuiWindowSettings* window_settings = FindWindowSettings(settings->SelectedWindowId)) + else if (ImGuiWindowSettings* window_settings = FindWindowSettings(settings->SelectedTabId)) selected_tab_name = window_settings->GetName(); } - ImGui::BulletText("Node %08X, Parent %08X, SelectedTab %08X ('%s')", settings->ID, settings->ParentNodeId, settings->SelectedWindowId, selected_tab_name ? selected_tab_name : settings->SelectedWindowId ? "N/A" : ""); + BulletText("Node %08X, Parent %08X, SelectedTab %08X ('%s')", settings->ID, settings->ParentNodeId, settings->SelectedTabId, selected_tab_name ? selected_tab_name : settings->SelectedTabId ? "N/A" : ""); } - ImGui::TreePop(); + TreePop(); } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } -#endif // #define IMGUI_HAS_DOCK +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK - // Misc Details - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Internal state")) + if (TreeNode("SettingsIniData", "Settings unpacked data (.ini): %d bytes", g.SettingsIniData.size())) + { + InputTextMultiline("##Ini", (char*)(void*)g.SettingsIniData.c_str(), g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Size, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeight() * 20), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + TreePop(); + } + TreePop(); + } + + if (TreeNode("Inputs")) { - const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Nav", "NavKeyboard", "NavGamepad" }; IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT); - ImGui::Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("HoveredRootWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredRootWindow ? g.HoveredRootWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow ? g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredId, g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Data is "in-flight" so depending on when the Metrics window is called we may see current frame information or not - ImGui::Text("ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d, Source: %s", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer, g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap, input_source_names[g.ActiveIdSource]); - ImGui::Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("MovingWindow: '%s'", g.MovingWindow ? g.MovingWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("NavWindow: '%s'", g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer); - ImGui::Text("NavInputSource: %s", input_source_names[g.NavInputSource]); - ImGui::Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible); - ImGui::Text("NavActivateId: 0x%08X, NavInputId: 0x%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavInputId); - ImGui::Text("NavDisableHighlight: %d, NavDisableMouseHover: %d", g.NavDisableHighlight, g.NavDisableMouseHover); - ImGui::Text("NavWindowingTarget: '%s'", g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize); - ImGui::Text("MouseViewport: 0x%08X (UserHovered 0x%08X, LastHovered 0x%08X)", g.MouseViewport->ID, g.IO.MouseHoveredViewport, g.MouseLastHoveredViewport ? g.MouseLastHoveredViewport->ID : 0); - ImGui::TreePop(); + Text("KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD/MOUSE KEYS"); + { + // We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges, which is a little odd but this allows displaying the data for old/new backends. + // User code should never have to go through such hoops: old code may use native keycodes, new code may use ImGuiKey codes. + Indent(); +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey) { return false; } }; +#else + struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key < 512 && GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array + //Text("Legacy raw:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key++) { if (io.KeysDown[key]) { SameLine(); Text("\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); } } +#endif + Text("Keys down:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyDown(key)) continue; SameLine(); Text(IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); SameLine(); Text("(%.02f)", GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration); } + Text("Keys pressed:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyPressed(key)) continue; SameLine(); Text(IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); } + Text("Keys released:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !IsKeyReleased(key)) continue; SameLine(); Text(IsNamedKey(key) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", GetKeyName(key), key); } + Text("Keys mods: %s%s%s%s", io.KeyCtrl ? "CTRL " : "", io.KeyShift ? "SHIFT " : "", io.KeyAlt ? "ALT " : "", io.KeySuper ? "SUPER " : ""); + Text("Chars queue:"); for (int i = 0; i < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; i++) { ImWchar c = io.InputQueueCharacters[i]; SameLine(); Text("\'%c\' (0x%04X)", (c > ' ' && c <= 255) ? (char)c : '?', c); } // FIXME: We should convert 'c' to UTF-8 here but the functions are not public. + DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(GetWindowDrawList()); + Unindent(); + } + + Text("MOUSE STATE"); + { + Indent(); + if (IsMousePosValid()) + Text("Mouse pos: (%g, %g)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); + else + Text("Mouse pos: "); + Text("Mouse delta: (%g, %g)", io.MouseDelta.x, io.MouseDelta.y); + int count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); + Text("Mouse down:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseDown(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); } + Text("Mouse clicked:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseClicked(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d (%d)", i, io.MouseClickedCount[i]); } + Text("Mouse released:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseReleased(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d", i); } + Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel); + Text("Pen Pressure: %.1f", io.PenPressure); // Note: currently unused + Unindent(); + } + + Text("MOUSE WHEELING"); + { + Indent(); + Text("WheelingWindow: '%s'", g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Text("WheelingWindowReleaseTimer: %.2f", g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer); + Text("WheelingAxisAvg[] = { %.3f, %.3f }, Main Axis: %s", g.WheelingAxisAvg.x, g.WheelingAxisAvg.y, (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x > g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? "X" : (g.WheelingAxisAvg.x < g.WheelingAxisAvg.y) ? "Y" : ""); + Unindent(); + } + + Text("KEY OWNERS"); + { + Indent(); + if (BeginListBox("##owners", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 6))) + { + for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) + { + ImGuiKeyOwnerData* owner_data = GetKeyOwnerData(key); + if (owner_data->OwnerCurr == ImGuiKeyOwner_None) + continue; + Text("%s: 0x%08X%s", GetKeyName(key), owner_data->OwnerCurr, + owner_data->LockUntilRelease ? " LockUntilRelease" : owner_data->LockThisFrame ? " LockThisFrame" : ""); + DebugLocateItemOnHover(owner_data->OwnerCurr); + } + EndListBox(); + } + Unindent(); + } + Text("SHORTCUT ROUTING"); + { + Indent(); + if (BeginListBox("##routes", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 6))) + { + for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN; key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) + { + ImGuiKeyRoutingTable* rt = &g.KeysRoutingTable; + for (ImGuiKeyRoutingIndex idx = rt->Index[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; idx != -1; ) + { + char key_chord_name[64]; + ImGuiKeyRoutingData* routing_data = &rt->Entries[idx]; + GetKeyChordName(key | routing_data->Mods, key_chord_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(key_chord_name)); + Text("%s: 0x%08X", key_chord_name, routing_data->RoutingCurr); + DebugLocateItemOnHover(routing_data->RoutingCurr); + idx = routing_data->NextEntryIndex; + } + } + EndListBox(); + } + Text("(ActiveIdUsing: AllKeyboardKeys: %d, NavDirMask: 0x%X)", g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask); + Unindent(); + } + TreePop(); + } + + if (TreeNode("Internal state")) + { + Text("WINDOWING"); + Indent(); + Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Text("HoveredWindow->Root: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindowDockTree->Name : "NULL"); + Text("HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow ? g.HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Text("HoveredDockNode: 0x%08X", g.DebugHoveredDockNode ? g.DebugHoveredDockNode->ID : 0); + Text("MovingWindow: '%s'", g.MovingWindow ? g.MovingWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Text("MouseViewport: 0x%08X (UserHovered 0x%08X, LastHovered 0x%08X)", g.MouseViewport->ID, g.IO.MouseHoveredViewport, g.MouseLastHoveredViewport ? g.MouseLastHoveredViewport->ID : 0); + Unindent(); + + Text("ITEMS"); + Indent(); + Text("ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d, Source: %s", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer, g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap, GetInputSourceName(g.ActiveIdSource)); + DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.ActiveId); + Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Text("ActiveIdUsing: AllKeyboardKeys: %d, NavDirMask: %X", g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask); + Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Not displaying g.HoveredId as it is update mid-frame + Text("HoverDelayId: 0x%08X, Timer: %.2f, ClearTimer: %.2f", g.HoverDelayId, g.HoverDelayTimer, g.HoverDelayClearTimer); + Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize); + DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId); + Unindent(); + + Text("NAV,FOCUS"); + Indent(); + Text("NavWindow: '%s'", g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL"); + Text("NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer); + DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.NavId); + Text("NavInputSource: %s", GetInputSourceName(g.NavInputSource)); + Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible); + Text("NavActivateId/DownId/PressedId/InputId: %08X/%08X/%08X/%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavActivateDownId, g.NavActivatePressedId, g.NavActivateInputId); + Text("NavActivateFlags: %04X", g.NavActivateFlags); + Text("NavDisableHighlight: %d, NavDisableMouseHover: %d", g.NavDisableHighlight, g.NavDisableMouseHover); + Text("NavFocusScopeId = 0x%08X", g.NavFocusScopeId); + Text("NavWindowingTarget: '%s'", g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget->Name : "NULL"); + Unindent(); + + TreePop(); } // Overlay: Display windows Rectangles and Begin Order - if (show_windows_rects || show_windows_begin_order) + if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects || cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder) { for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++) { @@ -15643,68 +19213,946 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) if (!window->WasActive) continue; ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); - if (show_windows_rects) + if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects) { - ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(window, show_windows_rect_type); + ImRect r = Funcs::GetWindowRect(window, cfg->ShowWindowsRectsType); draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255)); } - if (show_windows_begin_order && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) + if (cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) { char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%d", window->BeginOrderWithinContext); - float font_size = ImGui::GetFontSize(); + float font_size = GetFontSize(); draw_list->AddRectFilled(window->Pos, window->Pos + ImVec2(font_size, font_size), IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255)); draw_list->AddText(window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); } } } -#ifdef IMGUI_HAS_TABLE // Overlay: Display Tables Rectangles - if (show_tables_rects) + if (cfg->ShowTablesRects) { - for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetSize(); table_n++) + for (int table_n = 0; table_n < g.Tables.GetMapSize(); table_n++) { - ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetByIndex(table_n); + ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(table_n); + if (table == NULL || table->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1) + continue; + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(table->OuterWindow); + if (cfg->ShowTablesRectsType >= TRT_ColumnsRect) + { + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, column_n); + ImU32 col = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 128, 255) : IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255); + float thickness = (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? 3.0f : 1.0f; + draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, col, 0.0f, 0, thickness); + } + } + else + { + ImRect r = Funcs::GetTableRect(table, cfg->ShowTablesRectsType, -1); + draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 128, 255)); + } } } -#endif // #define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK // Overlay: Display Docking info - if (show_docking_nodes && g.IO.KeyCtrl) + if (cfg->ShowDockingNodes && g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.DebugHoveredDockNode) { - for (int n = 0; n < g.DockContext->Nodes.Data.Size; n++) - if (ImGuiDockNode* node = (ImGuiDockNode*)g.DockContext->Nodes.Data[n].val_p) - { - ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(node); - if (ImGuiDockNode* hovered_node = DockNodeTreeFindNodeByPos(root_node, g.IO.MousePos)) - if (hovered_node != node) - continue; - char buf[64] = ""; - char* p = buf; - ImDrawList* overlay_draw_list = node->HostWindow ? GetForegroundDrawList(node->HostWindow) : GetForegroundDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)GetMainViewport()); - p += ImFormatString(p, buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf) - p, "DockId: %X%s\n", node->ID, node->IsCentralNode() ? " *CentralNode*" : ""); - p += ImFormatString(p, buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf) - p, "WindowClass: %08X\n", node->WindowClass.ClassId); - p += ImFormatString(p, buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf) - p, "Size: (%.0f, %.0f)\n", node->Size.x, node->Size.y); - p += ImFormatString(p, buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf) - p, "SizeRef: (%.0f, %.0f)\n", node->SizeRef.x, node->SizeRef.y); - int depth = DockNodeGetDepth(node); - overlay_draw_list->AddRect(node->Pos + ImVec2(3, 3) * (float)depth, node->Pos + node->Size - ImVec2(3, 3) * (float)depth, IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255)); - ImVec2 pos = node->Pos + ImVec2(3, 3) * (float)depth; - overlay_draw_list->AddRectFilled(pos - ImVec2(1, 1), pos + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255)); - overlay_draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); - } + char buf[64] = ""; + char* p = buf; + ImGuiDockNode* node = g.DebugHoveredDockNode; + ImDrawList* overlay_draw_list = node->HostWindow ? GetForegroundDrawList(node->HostWindow) : GetForegroundDrawList(GetMainViewport()); + p += ImFormatString(p, buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf) - p, "DockId: %X%s\n", node->ID, node->IsCentralNode() ? " *CentralNode*" : ""); + p += ImFormatString(p, buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf) - p, "WindowClass: %08X\n", node->WindowClass.ClassId); + p += ImFormatString(p, buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf) - p, "Size: (%.0f, %.0f)\n", node->Size.x, node->Size.y); + p += ImFormatString(p, buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf) - p, "SizeRef: (%.0f, %.0f)\n", node->SizeRef.x, node->SizeRef.y); + int depth = DockNodeGetDepth(node); + overlay_draw_list->AddRect(node->Pos + ImVec2(3, 3) * (float)depth, node->Pos + node->Size - ImVec2(3, 3) * (float)depth, IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255)); + ImVec2 pos = node->Pos + ImVec2(3, 3) * (float)depth; + overlay_draw_list->AddRectFilled(pos - ImVec2(1, 1), pos + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(1, 1), IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255)); + overlay_draw_list->AddText(NULL, 0.0f, pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); } -#endif // #define IMGUI_HAS_DOCK +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK - ImGui::End(); + End(); +} + +// [DEBUG] Display contents of Columns +void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns) +{ + if (!TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags)) + return; + BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX); + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns->Columns.Size; column_n++) + BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", column_n, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm)); + TreePop(); +} + +static void DebugNodeDockNodeFlags(ImGuiDockNodeFlags* p_flags, const char* label, bool enabled) +{ + using namespace ImGui; + PushID(label); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + Text("%s:", label); + if (!enabled) + BeginDisabled(); + CheckboxFlags("NoSplit", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit); + CheckboxFlags("NoResize", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize); + CheckboxFlags("NoResizeX", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeX); + CheckboxFlags("NoResizeY",p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResizeY); + CheckboxFlags("NoTabBar", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoTabBar); + CheckboxFlags("HiddenTabBar", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_HiddenTabBar); + CheckboxFlags("NoWindowMenuButton", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton); + CheckboxFlags("NoCloseButton", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoCloseButton); + CheckboxFlags("NoDocking", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDocking); + CheckboxFlags("NoDockingSplitMe", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitMe); + CheckboxFlags("NoDockingSplitOther", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingSplitOther); + CheckboxFlags("NoDockingOverMe", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverMe); + CheckboxFlags("NoDockingOverOther", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverOther); + CheckboxFlags("NoDockingOverEmpty", p_flags, ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingOverEmpty); + if (!enabled) + EndDisabled(); + PopStyleVar(); + PopID(); +} + +// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImDockNode +void ImGui::DebugNodeDockNode(ImGuiDockNode* node, const char* label) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const bool is_alive = (g.FrameCount - node->LastFrameAlive < 2); // Submitted with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly + const bool is_active = (g.FrameCount - node->LastFrameActive < 2); // Submitted + if (!is_alive) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } + bool open; + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = node->IsFocused ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected : ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None; + if (node->Windows.Size > 0) + open = TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)node->ID, tree_node_flags, "%s 0x%04X%s: %d windows (vis: '%s')", label, node->ID, node->IsVisible ? "" : " (hidden)", node->Windows.Size, node->VisibleWindow ? node->VisibleWindow->Name : "NULL"); + else + open = TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)node->ID, tree_node_flags, "%s 0x%04X%s: %s (vis: '%s')", label, node->ID, node->IsVisible ? "" : " (hidden)", (node->SplitAxis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? "horizontal split" : (node->SplitAxis == ImGuiAxis_Y) ? "vertical split" : "empty", node->VisibleWindow ? node->VisibleWindow->Name : "NULL"); + if (!is_alive) { PopStyleColor(); } + if (is_active && IsItemHovered()) + if (ImGuiWindow* window = node->HostWindow ? node->HostWindow : node->VisibleWindow) + GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(node->Pos, node->Pos + node->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (open) + { + IM_ASSERT(node->ChildNodes[0] == NULL || node->ChildNodes[0]->ParentNode == node); + IM_ASSERT(node->ChildNodes[1] == NULL || node->ChildNodes[1]->ParentNode == node); + BulletText("Pos (%.0f,%.0f), Size (%.0f, %.0f) Ref (%.0f, %.0f)", + node->Pos.x, node->Pos.y, node->Size.x, node->Size.y, node->SizeRef.x, node->SizeRef.y); + DebugNodeWindow(node->HostWindow, "HostWindow"); + DebugNodeWindow(node->VisibleWindow, "VisibleWindow"); + BulletText("SelectedTabID: 0x%08X, LastFocusedNodeID: 0x%08X", node->SelectedTabId, node->LastFocusedNodeId); + BulletText("Misc:%s%s%s%s%s%s%s", + node->IsDockSpace() ? " IsDockSpace" : "", + node->IsCentralNode() ? " IsCentralNode" : "", + is_alive ? " IsAlive" : "", is_active ? " IsActive" : "", node->IsFocused ? " IsFocused" : "", + node->WantLockSizeOnce ? " WantLockSizeOnce" : "", + node->HasCentralNodeChild ? " HasCentralNodeChild" : ""); + if (TreeNode("flags", "Flags Merged: 0x%04X, Local: 0x%04X, InWindows: 0x%04X, Shared: 0x%04X", node->MergedFlags, node->LocalFlags, node->LocalFlagsInWindows, node->SharedFlags)) + { + if (BeginTable("flags", 4)) + { + TableNextColumn(); DebugNodeDockNodeFlags(&node->MergedFlags, "MergedFlags", false); + TableNextColumn(); DebugNodeDockNodeFlags(&node->LocalFlags, "LocalFlags", true); + TableNextColumn(); DebugNodeDockNodeFlags(&node->LocalFlagsInWindows, "LocalFlagsInWindows", false); + TableNextColumn(); DebugNodeDockNodeFlags(&node->SharedFlags, "SharedFlags", true); + EndTable(); + } + TreePop(); + } + if (node->ParentNode) + DebugNodeDockNode(node->ParentNode, "ParentNode"); + if (node->ChildNodes[0]) + DebugNodeDockNode(node->ChildNodes[0], "Child[0]"); + if (node->ChildNodes[1]) + DebugNodeDockNode(node->ChildNodes[1], "Child[1]"); + if (node->TabBar) + DebugNodeTabBar(node->TabBar, "TabBar"); + DebugNodeWindowsList(&node->Windows, "Windows"); + + TreePop(); + } +} + +// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImDrawList +// Note that both 'window' and 'viewport' may be NULL here. Viewport is generally null of destroyed popups which previously owned a viewport. +void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig; + int cmd_count = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size; + if (cmd_count > 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL) + cmd_count--; + bool node_open = TreeNode(draw_list, "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, cmd_count); + if (draw_list == GetWindowDrawList()) + { + SameLine(); + TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered) + if (node_open) + TreePop(); + return; + } + + ImDrawList* fg_draw_list = viewport ? GetForegroundDrawList(viewport) : NULL; // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list + if (window && IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list) + fg_draw_list->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (!node_open) + return; + + if (window && !window->WasActive) + TextDisabled("Warning: owning Window is inactive. This DrawList is not being rendered!"); + + for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data; pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data + cmd_count; pcmd++) + { + if (pcmd->UserCallback) + { + BulletText("Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData); + continue; + } + + char buf[300]; + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "DrawCmd:%5d tris, Tex 0x%p, ClipRect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)", + pcmd->ElemCount / 3, (void*)(intptr_t)pcmd->TextureId, + pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w); + bool pcmd_node_open = TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "%s", buf); + if (IsItemHovered() && (cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh || cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes) && fg_draw_list) + DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh, cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes); + if (!pcmd_node_open) + continue; + + // Calculate approximate coverage area (touched pixel count) + // This will be in pixels squared as long there's no post-scaling happening to the renderer output. + const ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; + const ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + pcmd->VtxOffset; + float total_area = 0.0f; + for (unsigned int idx_n = pcmd->IdxOffset; idx_n < pcmd->IdxOffset + pcmd->ElemCount; ) + { + ImVec2 triangle[3]; + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++) + triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos; + total_area += ImTriangleArea(triangle[0], triangle[1], triangle[2]); + } + + // Display vertex information summary. Hover to get all triangles drawn in wire-frame + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "Mesh: ElemCount: %d, VtxOffset: +%d, IdxOffset: +%d, Area: ~%0.f px", pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd->VtxOffset, pcmd->IdxOffset, total_area); + Selectable(buf); + if (IsItemHovered() && fg_draw_list) + DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(fg_draw_list, draw_list, pcmd, true, false); + + // Display individual triangles/vertices. Hover on to get the corresponding triangle highlighted. + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(pcmd->ElemCount / 3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible. + while (clipper.Step()) + for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, idx_i = pcmd->IdxOffset + clipper.DisplayStart * 3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++) + { + char* buf_p = buf, * buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); + ImVec2 triangle[3]; + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_i++) + { + const ImDrawVert& v = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_i] : idx_i]; + triangle[n] = v.pos; + buf_p += ImFormatString(buf_p, buf_end - buf_p, "%s %04d: pos (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv (%.6f,%.6f), col %08X\n", + (n == 0) ? "Vert:" : " ", idx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col); + } + + Selectable(buf, false); + if (fg_draw_list && IsItemHovered()) + { + ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = fg_draw_list->Flags; + fg_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles. + fg_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), ImDrawFlags_Closed, 1.0f); + fg_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags; + } + } + TreePop(); + } + TreePop(); +} + +// [DEBUG] Display mesh/aabb of a ImDrawCmd +void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd, bool show_mesh, bool show_aabb) +{ + IM_ASSERT(show_mesh || show_aabb); + + // Draw wire-frame version of all triangles + ImRect clip_rect = draw_cmd->ClipRect; + ImRect vtxs_rect(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = out_draw_list->Flags; + out_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines is more readable for very large and thin triangles. + for (unsigned int idx_n = draw_cmd->IdxOffset, idx_end = draw_cmd->IdxOffset + draw_cmd->ElemCount; idx_n < idx_end; ) + { + ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; // We don't hold on those pointers past iterations as ->AddPolyline() may invalidate them if out_draw_list==draw_list + ImDrawVert* vtx_buffer = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_cmd->VtxOffset; + + ImVec2 triangle[3]; + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, idx_n++) + vtxs_rect.Add((triangle[n] = vtx_buffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[idx_n] : idx_n].pos)); + if (show_mesh) + out_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangle, 3, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), ImDrawFlags_Closed, 1.0f); // In yellow: mesh triangles + } + // Draw bounding boxes + if (show_aabb) + { + out_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(clip_rect.Min), ImFloor(clip_rect.Max), IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); // In pink: clipping rectangle submitted to GPU + out_draw_list->AddRect(ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Min), ImFloor(vtxs_rect.Max), IM_COL32(0, 255, 255, 255)); // In cyan: bounding box of triangles + } + out_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags; +} + +// [DEBUG] Display details for a single font, called by ShowStyleEditor(). +void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font) +{ + bool opened = TreeNode(font, "Font: \"%s\"\n%.2f px, %d glyphs, %d file(s)", + font->ConfigData ? font->ConfigData[0].Name : "", font->FontSize, font->Glyphs.Size, font->ConfigDataCount); + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Set as default")) + GetIO().FontDefault = font; + if (!opened) + return; + + // Display preview text + PushFont(font); + Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog"); + PopFont(); + + // Display details + SetNextItemWidth(GetFontSize() * 8); + DragFloat("Font scale", &font->Scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f"); + SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker( + "Note than the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\n" + "Font are currently rendered into bitmaps at a given size at the time of building the atlas. " + "You may oversample them to get some flexibility with scaling. " + "You can also render at multiple sizes and select which one to use at runtime.\n\n" + "(Glimmer of hope: the atlas system will be rewritten in the future to make scaling more flexible.)"); + Text("Ascent: %f, Descent: %f, Height: %f", font->Ascent, font->Descent, font->Ascent - font->Descent); + char c_str[5]; + Text("Fallback character: '%s' (U+%04X)", ImTextCharToUtf8(c_str, font->FallbackChar), font->FallbackChar); + Text("Ellipsis character: '%s' (U+%04X)", ImTextCharToUtf8(c_str, font->EllipsisChar), font->EllipsisChar); + const int surface_sqrt = (int)ImSqrt((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface); + Text("Texture Area: about %d px ~%dx%d px", font->MetricsTotalSurface, surface_sqrt, surface_sqrt); + for (int config_i = 0; config_i < font->ConfigDataCount; config_i++) + if (font->ConfigData) + if (const ImFontConfig* cfg = &font->ConfigData[config_i]) + BulletText("Input %d: \'%s\', Oversample: (%d,%d), PixelSnapH: %d, Offset: (%.1f,%.1f)", + config_i, cfg->Name, cfg->OversampleH, cfg->OversampleV, cfg->PixelSnapH, cfg->GlyphOffset.x, cfg->GlyphOffset.y); + + // Display all glyphs of the fonts in separate pages of 256 characters + if (TreeNode("Glyphs", "Glyphs (%d)", font->Glyphs.Size)) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetWindowDrawList(); + const ImU32 glyph_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + const float cell_size = font->FontSize * 1; + const float cell_spacing = GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y; + for (unsigned int base = 0; base <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; base += 256) + { + // Skip ahead if a large bunch of glyphs are not present in the font (test in chunks of 4k) + // This is only a small optimization to reduce the number of iterations when IM_UNICODE_MAX_CODEPOINT + // is large // (if ImWchar==ImWchar32 we will do at least about 272 queries here) + if (!(base & 4095) && font->IsGlyphRangeUnused(base, base + 4095)) + { + base += 4096 - 256; + continue; + } + + int count = 0; + for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++) + if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n))) + count++; + if (count <= 0) + continue; + if (!TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)base, "U+%04X..U+%04X (%d %s)", base, base + 255, count, count > 1 ? "glyphs" : "glyph")) + continue; + + // Draw a 16x16 grid of glyphs + ImVec2 base_pos = GetCursorScreenPos(); + for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++) + { + // We use ImFont::RenderChar as a shortcut because we don't have UTF-8 conversion functions + // available here and thus cannot easily generate a zero-terminated UTF-8 encoded string. + ImVec2 cell_p1(base_pos.x + (n % 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing), base_pos.y + (n / 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing)); + ImVec2 cell_p2(cell_p1.x + cell_size, cell_p1.y + cell_size); + const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n)); + draw_list->AddRect(cell_p1, cell_p2, glyph ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 100) : IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 50)); + if (!glyph) + continue; + font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size, cell_p1, glyph_col, (ImWchar)(base + n)); + if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2)) + { + BeginTooltip(); + DebugNodeFontGlyph(font, glyph); + EndTooltip(); + } + } + Dummy(ImVec2((cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16, (cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16)); + TreePop(); + } + TreePop(); + } + TreePop(); +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeFontGlyph(ImFont*, const ImFontGlyph* glyph) +{ + Text("Codepoint: U+%04X", glyph->Codepoint); + Separator(); + Text("Visible: %d", glyph->Visible); + Text("AdvanceX: %.1f", glyph->AdvanceX); + Text("Pos: (%.2f,%.2f)->(%.2f,%.2f)", glyph->X0, glyph->Y0, glyph->X1, glyph->Y1); + Text("UV: (%.3f,%.3f)->(%.3f,%.3f)", glyph->U0, glyph->V0, glyph->U1, glyph->V1); +} + +// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiStorage +void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label) +{ + if (!TreeNode(label, "%s: %d entries, %d bytes", label, storage->Data.Size, storage->Data.size_in_bytes())) + return; + for (int n = 0; n < storage->Data.Size; n++) + { + const ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair& p = storage->Data[n]; + BulletText("Key 0x%08X Value { i: %d }", p.key, p.val_i); // Important: we currently don't store a type, real value may not be integer. + } + TreePop(); +} + +// [DEBUG] Display contents of ImGuiTabBar +void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label) +{ + // Standalone tab bars (not associated to docking/windows functionality) currently hold no discernible strings. + char buf[256]; + char* p = buf; + const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); + const bool is_active = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible >= GetFrameCount() - 2); + p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s 0x%08X (%d tabs)%s", label, tab_bar->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); + p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, " { "); + for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < ImMin(tab_bar->Tabs.Size, 3); tab_n++) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s'%s'", + tab_n > 0 ? ", " : "", (tab->Window || tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : "???"); + } + p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, (tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 3) ? " ... }" : " } "); + if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } + bool open = TreeNode(label, "%s", buf); + if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); } + if (is_active && IsItemHovered()) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(); + draw_list->AddRect(tab_bar->BarRect.Min, tab_bar->BarRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + } + if (open) + { + for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) + { + const ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + PushID(tab); + if (SmallButton("<")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, -1); } SameLine(0, 2); + if (SmallButton(">")) { TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, tab, +1); } SameLine(); + Text("%02d%c Tab 0x%08X '%s' Offset: %.2f, Width: %.2f/%.2f", + tab_n, (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) ? '*' : ' ', tab->ID, (tab->Window || tab->NameOffset != -1) ? tab_bar->GetTabName(tab) : "???", tab->Offset, tab->Width, tab->ContentWidth); + PopID(); + } + TreePop(); + } +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) +{ + SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + if (TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)viewport->ID, "Viewport #%d, ID: 0x%08X, Parent: 0x%08X, Window: \"%s\"", viewport->Idx, viewport->ID, viewport->ParentViewportId, viewport->Window ? viewport->Window->Name : "N/A")) + { + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = viewport->Flags; + BulletText("Main Pos: (%.0f,%.0f), Size: (%.0f,%.0f)\nWorkArea Offset Left: %.0f Top: %.0f, Right: %.0f, Bottom: %.0f\nMonitor: %d, DpiScale: %.0f%%", + viewport->Pos.x, viewport->Pos.y, viewport->Size.x, viewport->Size.y, + viewport->WorkOffsetMin.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMin.y, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.x, viewport->WorkOffsetMax.y, + viewport->PlatformMonitor, viewport->DpiScale * 100.0f); + if (viewport->Idx > 0) { SameLine(); if (SmallButton("Reset Pos")) { viewport->Pos = ImVec2(200, 200); viewport->UpdateWorkRect(); if (viewport->Window) viewport->Window->Pos = viewport->Pos; } } + BulletText("Flags: 0x%04X =%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s", viewport->Flags, + //(flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformWindow) ? " IsPlatformWindow" : "", // Omitting because it is the standard + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsPlatformMonitor) ? " IsPlatformMonitor" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp) ? " OwnedByApp" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoDecoration) ? " NoDecoration" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoTaskBarIcon) ? " NoTaskBarIcon" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing) ? " NoFocusOnAppearing" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoFocusOnClick) ? " NoFocusOnClick" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs) ? " NoInputs" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoRendererClear) ? " NoRendererClear" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost) ? " TopMost" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized) ? " Minimized" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoAutoMerge) ? " NoAutoMerge" : "", + (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows) ? " CanHostOtherWindows" : ""); + for (int layer_i = 0; layer_i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers); layer_i++) + for (int draw_list_i = 0; draw_list_i < viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i].Size; draw_list_i++) + DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i][draw_list_i], "DrawList"); + TreePop(); + } +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) +{ + if (window == NULL) + { + BulletText("%s: NULL", label); + return; + } + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const bool is_active = window->WasActive; + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = (window == g.NavWindow) ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected : ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None; + if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } + const bool open = TreeNodeEx(label, tree_node_flags, "%s '%s'%s", label, window->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); + if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); } + if (IsItemHovered() && is_active) + GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (!open) + return; + + if (window->MemoryCompacted) + TextDisabled("Note: some memory buffers have been compacted/freed."); + + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; + DebugNodeDrawList(window, window->Viewport, window->DrawList, "DrawList"); + BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), ContentSize (%.1f,%.1f) Ideal (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->ContentSize.x, window->ContentSize.y, window->ContentSizeIdeal.x, window->ContentSizeIdeal.y); + BulletText("Flags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s..)", flags, + (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? "Tooltip " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "", + (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) ? "Modal " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "ChildMenu " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : "", + (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)? "NoMouseInputs":"", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) ? "NoNavInputs" : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) ? "AlwaysAutoResize" : ""); + BulletText("WindowClassId: 0x%08X", window->WindowClass.ClassId); + BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f) Scrollbar:%s%s", window->Scroll.x, window->ScrollMax.x, window->Scroll.y, window->ScrollMax.y, window->ScrollbarX ? "X" : "", window->ScrollbarY ? "Y" : ""); + BulletText("Active: %d/%d, WriteAccessed: %d, BeginOrderWithinContext: %d", window->Active, window->WasActive, window->WriteAccessed, (window->Active || window->WasActive) ? window->BeginOrderWithinContext : -1); + BulletText("Appearing: %d, Hidden: %d (CanSkip %d Cannot %d), SkipItems: %d", window->Appearing, window->Hidden, window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems, window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems, window->SkipItems); + for (int layer = 0; layer < ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT; layer++) + { + ImRect r = window->NavRectRel[layer]; + if (r.Min.x >= r.Max.y && r.Min.y >= r.Max.y) + BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer]); + else + BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X at +(%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer], r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y); + DebugLocateItemOnHover(window->NavLastIds[layer]); + } + BulletText("NavLayersActiveMask: %X, NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask, window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL"); + + BulletText("Viewport: %d%s, ViewportId: 0x%08X, ViewportPos: (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Viewport ? window->Viewport->Idx : -1, window->ViewportOwned ? " (Owned)" : "", window->ViewportId, window->ViewportPos.x, window->ViewportPos.y); + BulletText("ViewportMonitor: %d", window->Viewport ? window->Viewport->PlatformMonitor : -1); + BulletText("DockId: 0x%04X, DockOrder: %d, Act: %d, Vis: %d", window->DockId, window->DockOrder, window->DockIsActive, window->DockTabIsVisible); + if (window->DockNode || window->DockNodeAsHost) + DebugNodeDockNode(window->DockNodeAsHost ? window->DockNodeAsHost : window->DockNode, window->DockNodeAsHost ? "DockNodeAsHost" : "DockNode"); + + if (window->RootWindow != window) { DebugNodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow"); } + if (window->RootWindowDockTree != window->RootWindow) { DebugNodeWindow(window->RootWindowDockTree, "RootWindowDockTree"); } + if (window->ParentWindow != NULL) { DebugNodeWindow(window->ParentWindow, "ParentWindow"); } + if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) { DebugNodeWindowsList(&window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); } + if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && TreeNode("Columns", "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) + DebugNodeColumns(&window->ColumnsStorage[n]); + TreePop(); + } + DebugNodeStorage(&window->StateStorage, "Storage"); + TreePop(); +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings* settings) +{ + Text("0x%08X \"%s\" Pos (%d,%d) Size (%d,%d) Collapsed=%d", + settings->ID, settings->GetName(), settings->Pos.x, settings->Pos.y, settings->Size.x, settings->Size.y, settings->Collapsed); +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector* windows, const char* label) +{ + if (!TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows->Size)) + return; + for (int i = windows->Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) // Iterate front to back + { + PushID((*windows)[i]); + DebugNodeWindow((*windows)[i], "Window"); + PopID(); + } + TreePop(); +} + +// FIXME-OPT: This is technically suboptimal, but it is simpler this way. +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(ImGuiWindow** windows, int windows_size, ImGuiWindow* parent_in_begin_stack) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < windows_size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = windows[i]; + if (window->ParentWindowInBeginStack != parent_in_begin_stack) + continue; + char buf[20]; + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "[%04d] Window", window->BeginOrderWithinContext); + //BulletText("[%04d] Window '%s'", window->BeginOrderWithinContext, window->Name); + DebugNodeWindow(window, buf); + Indent(); + DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(windows + i + 1, windows_size - i - 1, window); + Unindent(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DEBUG LOG WINDOW +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::DebugLog(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + DebugLogV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const int old_size = g.DebugLogBuf.size(); + g.DebugLogBuf.appendf("[%05d] ", g.FrameCount); + g.DebugLogBuf.appendfv(fmt, args); + if (g.DebugLogFlags & ImGuiDebugLogFlags_OutputToTTY) + IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINTF("%s", g.DebugLogBuf.begin() + old_size); + g.DebugLogIndex.append(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), old_size, g.DebugLogBuf.size()); +} + +void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize)) + SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 12.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Debug Log", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) + { + End(); + return; + } + + AlignTextToFramePadding(); + Text("Log events:"); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("All", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventMask_); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("ActiveId", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventActiveId); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Focus", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventFocus); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Popup", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventPopup); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Nav", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventNav); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Clipper", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventClipper); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("IO", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventIO); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Docking", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventDocking); + SameLine(); CheckboxFlags("Viewport", &g.DebugLogFlags, ImGuiDebugLogFlags_EventViewport); + + if (SmallButton("Clear")) + { + g.DebugLogBuf.clear(); + g.DebugLogIndex.clear(); + } + SameLine(); + if (SmallButton("Copy")) + SetClipboardText(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str()); + BeginChild("##log", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar); + + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(g.DebugLogIndex.size()); + while (clipper.Step()) + for (int line_no = clipper.DisplayStart; line_no < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_no++) + { + const char* line_begin = g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_begin(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no); + const char* line_end = g.DebugLogIndex.get_line_end(g.DebugLogBuf.c_str(), line_no); + TextUnformatted(line_begin, line_end); + ImRect text_rect = g.LastItemData.Rect; + if (IsItemHovered()) + for (const char* p = line_begin; p < line_end - 10; p++) + { + ImGuiID id = 0; + if (p[0] != '0' || (p[1] != 'x' && p[1] != 'X') || sscanf(p + 2, "%X", &id) != 1) + continue; + ImVec2 p0 = CalcTextSize(line_begin, p); + ImVec2 p1 = CalcTextSize(p, p + 10); + g.LastItemData.Rect = ImRect(text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x, 0.0f), text_rect.Min + ImVec2(p0.x + p1.x, p1.y)); + if (IsMouseHoveringRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, true)) + DebugLocateItemOnHover(id); + p += 10; + } + } + if (GetScrollY() >= GetScrollMaxY()) + SetScrollHereY(1.0f); + EndChild(); + + End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, STACK TOOL) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static const ImU32 DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR = IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255); // Green + +void ImGui::DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.DebugLocateId = target_id; + g.DebugLocateFrames = 2; +} + +void ImGui::DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id) +{ + if (target_id == 0 || !IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + DebugLocateItem(target_id); + GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min - ImVec2(3.0f, 3.0f), g.LastItemData.Rect.Max + ImVec2(3.0f, 3.0f), DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR); +} + +void ImGui::DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiLastItemData item_data = g.LastItemData; + g.DebugLocateId = 0; + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(g.CurrentWindow); + ImRect r = item_data.Rect; + r.Expand(3.0f); + ImVec2 p1 = g.IO.MousePos; + ImVec2 p2 = ImVec2((p1.x < r.Min.x) ? r.Min.x : (p1.x > r.Max.x) ? r.Max.x : p1.x, (p1.y < r.Min.y) ? r.Min.y : (p1.y > r.Max.y) ? r.Max.y : p1.y); + draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR); + draw_list->AddLine(p1, p2, DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR); +} + +// [DEBUG] Item picker tool - start with DebugStartItemPicker() - useful to visually select an item and break into its call-stack. +void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = 0; + if (!g.DebugItemPickerActive) + return; + + const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; + SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand); + if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Escape)) + g.DebugItemPickerActive = false; + const bool change_mapping = g.IO.KeyMods == (ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift); + if (!change_mapping && IsMouseClicked(g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton) && hovered_id) + { + g.DebugItemPickerBreakId = hovered_id; + g.DebugItemPickerActive = false; + } + for (int mouse_button = 0; mouse_button < 3; mouse_button++) + if (change_mapping && IsMouseClicked(mouse_button)) + g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton = (ImU8)mouse_button; + SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.70f); + BeginTooltip(); + Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X", hovered_id); + Text("Press ESC to abort picking."); + const char* mouse_button_names[] = { "Left", "Right", "Middle" }; + if (change_mapping) + Text("Remap w/ Ctrl+Shift: click anywhere to select new mouse button."); + else + TextColored(GetStyleColorVec4(hovered_id ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), "Click %s Button to break in debugger! (remap w/ Ctrl+Shift)", mouse_button_names[g.DebugItemPickerMouseButton]); + EndTooltip(); +} + +// [DEBUG] Stack Tool: update queries. Called by NewFrame() +void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool; + + // Clear hook when stack tool is not visible + g.DebugHookIdInfo = 0; + if (g.FrameCount != tool->LastActiveFrame + 1) + return; + + // Update queries. The steps are: -1: query Stack, >= 0: query each stack item + // We can only perform 1 ID Info query every frame. This is designed so the GetID() tests are cheap and constant-time + const ImGuiID query_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame ? g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame : g.ActiveId; + if (tool->QueryId != query_id) + { + tool->QueryId = query_id; + tool->StackLevel = -1; + tool->Results.resize(0); + } + if (query_id == 0) + return; + + // Advance to next stack level when we got our result, or after 2 frames (in case we never get a result) + int stack_level = tool->StackLevel; + if (stack_level >= 0 && stack_level < tool->Results.Size) + if (tool->Results[stack_level].QuerySuccess || tool->Results[stack_level].QueryFrameCount > 2) + tool->StackLevel++; + + // Update hook + stack_level = tool->StackLevel; + if (stack_level == -1) + g.DebugHookIdInfo = query_id; + if (stack_level >= 0 && stack_level < tool->Results.Size) + { + g.DebugHookIdInfo = tool->Results[stack_level].ID; + tool->Results[stack_level].QueryFrameCount++; + } +} + +// [DEBUG] Stack tool: hooks called by GetID() family functions +void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool; + + // Step 0: stack query + // This assumes that the ID was computed with the current ID stack, which tends to be the case for our widget. + if (tool->StackLevel == -1) + { + tool->StackLevel++; + tool->Results.resize(window->IDStack.Size + 1, ImGuiStackLevelInfo()); + for (int n = 0; n < window->IDStack.Size + 1; n++) + tool->Results[n].ID = (n < window->IDStack.Size) ? window->IDStack[n] : id; + return; + } + + // Step 1+: query for individual level + IM_ASSERT(tool->StackLevel >= 0); + if (tool->StackLevel != window->IDStack.Size) + return; + ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[tool->StackLevel]; + IM_ASSERT(info->ID == id && info->QueryFrameCount > 0); + + switch (data_type) + { + case ImGuiDataType_S32: + ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%d", (int)(intptr_t)data_id); + break; + case ImGuiDataType_String: + ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%.*s", data_id_end ? (int)((const char*)data_id_end - (const char*)data_id) : (int)strlen((const char*)data_id), (const char*)data_id); + break; + case ImGuiDataType_Pointer: + ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "(void*)0x%p", data_id); + break; + case ImGuiDataType_ID: + if (info->Desc[0] != 0) // PushOverrideID() is often used to avoid hashing twice, which would lead to 2 calls to DebugHookIdInfo(). We prioritize the first one. + return; + ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "0x%08X [override]", id); + break; + default: + IM_ASSERT(0); + } + info->QuerySuccess = true; + info->DataType = data_type; +} + +static int StackToolFormatLevelInfo(ImGuiStackTool* tool, int n, bool format_for_ui, char* buf, size_t buf_size) +{ + ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n]; + ImGuiWindow* window = (info->Desc[0] == 0 && n == 0) ? ImGui::FindWindowByID(info->ID) : NULL; + if (window) // Source: window name (because the root ID don't call GetID() and so doesn't get hooked) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format_for_ui ? "\"%s\" [window]" : "%s", window->Name); + if (info->QuerySuccess) // Source: GetID() hooks (prioritize over ItemInfo() because we frequently use patterns like: PushID(str), Button("") where they both have same id) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, (format_for_ui && info->DataType == ImGuiDataType_String) ? "\"%s\"" : "%s", info->Desc); + if (tool->StackLevel < tool->Results.Size) // Only start using fallback below when all queries are done, so during queries we don't flickering ??? markers. + return (*buf = 0); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + if (const char* label = ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(GImGui, info->ID)) // Source: ImGuiTestEngine's ItemInfo() + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format_for_ui ? "??? \"%s\"" : "%s", label); +#endif + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "???"); +} + +// Stack Tool: Display UI +void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool* p_open) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize)) + SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 8.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Stack Tool", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) + { + End(); + return; + } + + // Display hovered/active status + ImGuiStackTool* tool = &g.DebugStackTool; + const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; + const ImGuiID active_id = g.ActiveId; +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (\"%s\"), ActiveId: 0x%08X (\"%s\")", hovered_id, hovered_id ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, hovered_id) : "", active_id, active_id ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, active_id) : ""); +#else + Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X, ActiveId: 0x%08X", hovered_id, active_id); +#endif + SameLine(); + MetricsHelpMarker("Hover an item with the mouse to display elements of the ID Stack leading to the item's final ID.\nEach level of the stack correspond to a PushID() call.\nAll levels of the stack are hashed together to make the final ID of a widget (ID displayed at the bottom level of the stack).\nRead FAQ entry about the ID stack for details."); + + // CTRL+C to copy path + const float time_since_copy = (float)g.Time - tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime; + Checkbox("Ctrl+C: copy path to clipboard", &tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC); + SameLine(); + TextColored((time_since_copy >= 0.0f && time_since_copy < 0.75f && ImFmod(time_since_copy, 0.25f) < 0.25f * 0.5f) ? ImVec4(1.f, 1.f, 0.3f, 1.f) : ImVec4(), "*COPIED*"); + if (tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC && IsKeyDown(ImGuiMod_Ctrl) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) + { + tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime = (float)g.Time; + char* p = g.TempBuffer.Data; + char* p_end = p + g.TempBuffer.Size; + for (int stack_n = 0; stack_n < tool->Results.Size && p + 3 < p_end; stack_n++) + { + *p++ = '/'; + char level_desc[256]; + StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, stack_n, false, level_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(level_desc)); + for (int n = 0; level_desc[n] && p + 2 < p_end; n++) + { + if (level_desc[n] == '/') + *p++ = '\\'; + *p++ = level_desc[n]; + } + } + *p = '\0'; + SetClipboardText(g.TempBuffer.Data); + } + + // Display decorated stack + tool->LastActiveFrame = g.FrameCount; + if (tool->Results.Size > 0 && BeginTable("##table", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) + { + const float id_width = CalcTextSize("0xDDDDDDDD").x; + TableSetupColumn("Seed", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, id_width); + TableSetupColumn("PushID", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch); + TableSetupColumn("Result", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, id_width); + TableHeadersRow(); + for (int n = 0; n < tool->Results.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiStackLevelInfo* info = &tool->Results[n]; + TableNextColumn(); + Text("0x%08X", (n > 0) ? tool->Results[n - 1].ID : 0); + TableNextColumn(); + StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, n, true, g.TempBuffer.Data, g.TempBuffer.Size); + TextUnformatted(g.TempBuffer.Data); + TableNextColumn(); + Text("0x%08X", info->ID); + if (n == tool->Results.Size - 1) + TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Header)); + } + EndTable(); + } + End(); } #else -void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool*) { } +void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool*) {} +void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow*, ImGuiViewportP*, const ImDrawList*, const char*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList*, const ImDrawList*, const ImDrawCmd*, bool, bool) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage*, const char*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar*, const char*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow*, const char*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowSettings(ImGuiWindowSettings*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeWindowsList(ImVector*, const char*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP*) {} -#endif +void ImGui::DebugLog(const char*, ...) {} +void ImGui::DebugLogV(const char*, va_list) {} +void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool*) {} +void ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(bool*) {} +void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID, ImGuiDataType, const void*, const void*) {} +void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolItemPicker() {} +void ImGui::UpdateDebugToolStackQueries() {} + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp b/sources/3rdparty/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp index 9a9decff..9b787173 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp +++ b/sources/3rdparty/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp @@ -1,50 +1,67 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.76 +// dear imgui, v1.89.2 // (demo code) // Help: // - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.org/faq // - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. -// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code. All applications in examples/ are doing that. +// - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. // Read imgui.cpp for more details, documentation and comments. -// Get latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui +// Get the latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui -// Message to the person tempted to delete this file when integrating Dear ImGui into their code base: -// Do NOT remove this file from your project! Think again! It is the most useful reference code that you and other coders -// will want to refer to and call. Have the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function wired in an always-available debug menu of -// your game/app! Removing this file from your project is hindering access to documentation for everyone in your team, +// ------------------------------------------------- +// PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE THIS FILE FROM YOUR PROJECT! +// ------------------------------------------------- +// Message to the person tempted to delete this file when integrating Dear ImGui into their codebase: +// Think again! It is the most useful reference code that you and other coders will want to refer to and call. +// Have the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function wired in an always-available debug menu of your game/app! +// Also include Metrics! ItemPicker! DebugLog! and other debug features. +// Removing this file from your project is hindering access to documentation for everyone in your team, // likely leading you to poorer usage of the library. // Everything in this file will be stripped out by the linker if you don't call ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(). -// If you want to link core Dear ImGui in your shipped builds but want a thorough guarantee that the demo will not be linked, -// you can setup your imconfig.h with #define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS and those functions will be empty. -// In other situation, whenever you have Dear ImGui available you probably want this to be available for reference. +// If you want to link core Dear ImGui in your shipped builds but want a thorough guarantee that the demo will not be +// linked, you can setup your imconfig.h with #define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS and those functions will be empty. +// In another situation, whenever you have Dear ImGui available you probably want this to be available for reference. // Thank you, // -Your beloved friend, imgui_demo.cpp (which you won't delete) // Message to beginner C/C++ programmers about the meaning of the 'static' keyword: -// In this demo code, we frequently we use 'static' variables inside functions. A static variable persist across calls, so it is -// essentially like a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function. We do this as a way to gather code and data -// in the same place, to make the demo source code faster to read, faster to write, and smaller in size. -// It also happens to be a convenient way of storing simple UI related information as long as your function doesn't need to be -// reentrant or used in multiple threads. This might be a pattern you will want to use in your code, but most of the real data -// you would be editing is likely going to be stored outside your functions. +// In this demo code, we frequently use 'static' variables inside functions. A static variable persists across calls, +// so it is essentially like a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function. We do this as a way to +// gather code and data in the same place, to make the demo source code faster to read, faster to write, and smaller +// in size. It also happens to be a convenient way of storing simple UI related information as long as your function +// doesn't need to be reentrant or used in multiple threads. This might be a pattern you will want to use in your code, +// but most of the real data you would be editing is likely going to be stored outside your functions. -// The Demo code in this file is designed to be easy to copy-and-paste in into your application! +// The Demo code in this file is designed to be easy to copy-and-paste into your application! // Because of this: -// - We never omit the ImGui:: namespace when calling functions, even though most of our code is already in the same namespace. +// - We never omit the ImGui:: prefix when calling functions, even though most code here is in the same namespace. // - We try to declare static variables in the local scope, as close as possible to the code using them. -// - We never use any of the helpers/facilities used internally by Dear ImGui, unless it has been exposed in the public API (imgui.h). -// - We never use maths operators on ImVec2/ImVec4. For other of our sources files, they are provided by imgui_internal.h w/ IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS. -// For your own sources file they are optional and require you either enable those, either provide your own via IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h. -// Because we don't want to assume anything about your support of maths operators, we don't use them in imgui_demo.cpp. +// - We never use any of the helpers/facilities used internally by Dear ImGui, unless available in the public API. +// - We never use maths operators on ImVec2/ImVec4. For our other sources files we use them, and they are provided +// by imgui_internal.h using the IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS define. For your own sources file they are optional +// and require you either enable those, either provide your own via IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h. +// Because we can't assume anything about your support of maths operators, we cannot use them in imgui_demo.cpp. + +// Navigating this file: +// - In Visual Studio IDE: CTRL+comma ("Edit.GoToAll") can follow symbols in comments, whereas CTRL+F12 ("Edit.GoToImplementation") cannot. +// - With Visual Assist installed: ALT+G ("VAssistX.GoToImplementation") can also follow symbols in comments. /* Index of this file: -// [SECTION] Forward Declarations, Helpers +// [SECTION] Forward Declarations +// [SECTION] Helpers // [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() +// - ShowDemoWindow() +// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowWidgets() +// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowLayout() +// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowPopups() +// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowTables() +// - sub section: ShowDemoWindowInputs() // [SECTION] About Window / ShowAboutWindow() // [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor() +// [SECTION] User Guide / ShowUserGuide() // [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() // [SECTION] Example App: Debug Console / ShowExampleAppConsole() // [SECTION] Example App: Debug Log / ShowExampleAppLog() @@ -53,8 +70,9 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Example App: Long Text / ShowExampleAppLongText() // [SECTION] Example App: Auto Resize / ShowExampleAppAutoResize() // [SECTION] Example App: Constrained Resize / ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize() -// [SECTION] Example App: Simple Overlay / ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay() -// [SECTION] Example App: Manipulating Window Titles / ShowExampleAppWindowTitles() +// [SECTION] Example App: Simple overlay / ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay() +// [SECTION] Example App: Fullscreen window / ShowExampleAppFullscreen() +// [SECTION] Example App: Manipulating window titles / ShowExampleAppWindowTitles() // [SECTION] Example App: Custom Rendering using ImDrawList API / ShowExampleAppCustomRendering() // [SECTION] Example App: Docking, DockSpace / ShowExampleAppDockSpace() // [SECTION] Example App: Documents Handling / ShowExampleAppDocuments() @@ -68,6 +86,7 @@ Index of this file: #include "imgui.h" #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE +// System includes #include // toupper #include // INT_MIN, INT_MAX #include // sqrtf, powf, cosf, sinf, floorf, ceilf @@ -79,41 +98,46 @@ Index of this file: #include // intptr_t #endif +// Visual Studio warnings #ifdef _MSC_VER -#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen -#endif -#if defined(__clang__) -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning : use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations" // warning : 'xx' is deprecated: The POSIX name for this item.. // for strdup used in demo code (so user can copy & paste the code) -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning : cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int' -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security" // warning : warning: format string is not a string literal -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" // warning : declaration requires an exit-time destructor // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-macros" // warning : warning: macro is not used // we define snprintf/vsnprintf on Windows so they are available, but not always used. -#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning : zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 -#endif -#if __has_warning("-Wdouble-promotion") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. -#endif -#if __has_warning("-Wreserved-id-macro") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning : macro name is a reserved identifier // -#endif -#elif defined(__GNUC__) -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security" // warning : format string is not a string literal (potentially insecure) -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion" // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wmisleading-indentation" // [__GNUC__ >= 6] warning: this 'if' clause does not guard this statement // GCC 6.0+ only. See #883 on GitHub. +#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant +#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen +#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to an 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). #endif -// Play it nice with Windows users (Update: since 2018-05, Notepad finally appears to support Unix-style carriage returns!) +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! +#endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations" // warning: 'xx' is deprecated: The POSIX name for this.. // for strdup used in demo code (so user can copy & paste the code) +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security" // warning: format string is not a string literal +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" // warning: declaration requires an exit-time destructor // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-macros" // warning: macro is not used // we define snprintf/vsnprintf on Windows so they are available, but not always used. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning: macro name is a reserved identifier +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security" // warning: format string is not a string literal (potentially insecure) +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wconversion" // warning: conversion to 'xxxx' from 'xxxx' may alter its value +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wmisleading-indentation" // [__GNUC__ >= 6] warning: this 'if' clause does not guard this statement // GCC 6.0+ only. See #883 on GitHub. +#endif + +// Play it nice with Windows users (Update: May 2018, Notepad now supports Unix-style carriage returns!) #ifdef _WIN32 #define IM_NEWLINE "\r\n" #else #define IM_NEWLINE "\n" #endif +// Helpers #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(snprintf) #define snprintf _snprintf #endif @@ -121,6 +145,33 @@ Index of this file: #define vsnprintf _vsnprintf #endif +// Format specifiers, printing 64-bit hasn't been decently standardized... +// In a real application you should be using PRId64 and PRIu64 from (non-windows) and on Windows define them yourself. +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define IM_PRId64 "I64d" +#define IM_PRIu64 "I64u" +#else +#define IM_PRId64 "lld" +#define IM_PRIu64 "llu" +#endif + +// Helpers macros +// We normally try to not use many helpers in imgui_demo.cpp in order to make code easier to copy and paste, +// but making an exception here as those are largely simplifying code... +// In other imgui sources we can use nicer internal functions from imgui_internal.h (ImMin/ImMax) but not in the demo. +#define IM_MIN(A, B) (((A) < (B)) ? (A) : (B)) +#define IM_MAX(A, B) (((A) >= (B)) ? (A) : (B)) +#define IM_CLAMP(V, MN, MX) ((V) < (MN) ? (MN) : (V) > (MX) ? (MX) : (V)) + +// Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall +#ifndef IMGUI_CDECL +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define IMGUI_CDECL __cdecl +#else +#define IMGUI_CDECL +#endif +#endif + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Forward Declarations, Helpers //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -139,16 +190,30 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleMenuFile(); +// We split the contents of the big ShowDemoWindow() function into smaller functions +// (because the link time of very large functions grow non-linearly) +static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(); +static void ShowDemoWindowLayout(); +static void ShowDemoWindowPopups(); +static void ShowDemoWindowTables(); +static void ShowDemoWindowColumns(); +static void ShowDemoWindowInputs(); + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Helpers +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Helper to display a little (?) mark which shows a tooltip when hovered. -// In your own code you may want to display an actual icon if you are using a merged icon fonts (see docs/FONTS.txt) +// In your own code you may want to display an actual icon if you are using a merged icon fonts (see docs/FONTS.md) static void HelpMarker(const char* desc) { ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort)) { ImGui::BeginTooltip(); ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f); @@ -168,58 +233,34 @@ static void ShowDockingDisabledMessage() io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable; } -// Helper to display basic user controls. -void ImGui::ShowUserGuide() -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImGui::BulletText("Double-click on title bar to collapse window."); - ImGui::BulletText("Click and drag on lower corner to resize window\n(double-click to auto fit window to its contents)."); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text."); - ImGui::BulletText("TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields."); - if (io.FontAllowUserScaling) - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Mouse Wheel to zoom window contents."); - ImGui::BulletText("While inputing text:\n"); - ImGui::Indent(); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Left/Right to word jump."); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+A or double-click to select all."); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+X/C/V to use clipboard cut/copy/paste."); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo."); - ImGui::BulletText("ESCAPE to revert."); - ImGui::BulletText("You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values.\nUse +- to subtract."); - ImGui::Unindent(); - ImGui::BulletText("With keyboard navigation enabled:"); - ImGui::Indent(); - ImGui::BulletText("Arrow keys to navigate."); - ImGui::BulletText("Space to activate a widget."); - ImGui::BulletText("Return to input text into a widget."); - ImGui::BulletText("Escape to deactivate a widget, close popup, exit child window."); - ImGui::BulletText("Alt to jump to the menu layer of a window."); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Tab to select a window."); - ImGui::Unindent(); -} +// Helper to wire demo markers located in code to an interactive browser +typedef void (*ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback)(const char* file, int line, const char* section, void* user_data); +extern ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback; +extern void* GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData; +ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback = NULL; +void* GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData = NULL; +#define IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER(section) do { if (GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback != NULL) GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback(__FILE__, __LINE__, section, GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData); } while (0) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ShowDemoWindow() // - ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // - ShowDemoWindowLayout() // - ShowDemoWindowPopups() +// - ShowDemoWindowTables() // - ShowDemoWindowColumns() -// - ShowDemoWindowMisc() +// - ShowDemoWindowInputs() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// We split the contents of the big ShowDemoWindow() function into smaller functions (because the link time of very large functions grow non-linearly) -static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(); -static void ShowDemoWindowLayout(); -static void ShowDemoWindowPopups(); -static void ShowDemoWindowColumns(); -static void ShowDemoWindowMisc(); - // Demonstrate most Dear ImGui features (this is big function!) -// You may execute this function to experiment with the UI and understand what it does. You may then search for keywords in the code when you are interested by a specific feature. +// You may execute this function to experiment with the UI and understand what it does. +// You may then search for keywords in the code when you are interested by a specific feature. void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) { - IM_ASSERT(ImGui::GetCurrentContext() != NULL && "Missing dear imgui context. Refer to examples app!"); // Exceptionally add an extra assert here for people confused with initial dear imgui setup + // Exceptionally add an extra assert here for people confused about initial Dear ImGui setup + // Most functions would normally just crash if the context is missing. + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::GetCurrentContext() != NULL && "Missing dear imgui context. Refer to examples app!"); // Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu) static bool show_app_main_menu_bar = false; @@ -233,6 +274,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) static bool show_app_auto_resize = false; static bool show_app_constrained_resize = false; static bool show_app_simple_overlay = false; + static bool show_app_fullscreen = false; static bool show_app_window_titles = false; static bool show_app_custom_rendering = false; @@ -247,17 +289,31 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) if (show_app_auto_resize) ShowExampleAppAutoResize(&show_app_auto_resize); if (show_app_constrained_resize) ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(&show_app_constrained_resize); if (show_app_simple_overlay) ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(&show_app_simple_overlay); + if (show_app_fullscreen) ShowExampleAppFullscreen(&show_app_fullscreen); if (show_app_window_titles) ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(&show_app_window_titles); if (show_app_custom_rendering) ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&show_app_custom_rendering); - // Dear ImGui Apps (accessible from the "Tools" menu) + // Dear ImGui Tools/Apps (accessible from the "Tools" menu) static bool show_app_metrics = false; - static bool show_app_style_editor = false; + static bool show_app_debug_log = false; + static bool show_app_stack_tool = false; static bool show_app_about = false; + static bool show_app_style_editor = false; - if (show_app_metrics) { ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_app_metrics); } - if (show_app_style_editor) { ImGui::Begin("Style Editor", &show_app_style_editor); ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); ImGui::End(); } - if (show_app_about) { ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(&show_app_about); } + if (show_app_metrics) + ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_app_metrics); + if (show_app_debug_log) + ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(&show_app_debug_log); + if (show_app_stack_tool) + ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(&show_app_stack_tool); + if (show_app_about) + ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(&show_app_about); + if (show_app_style_editor) + { + ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Style Editor", &show_app_style_editor); + ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); + ImGui::End(); + } // Demonstrate the various window flags. Typically you would just use the default! static bool no_titlebar = false; @@ -271,6 +327,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) static bool no_background = false; static bool no_bring_to_front = false; static bool no_docking = false; + static bool unsaved_document = false; ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0; if (no_titlebar) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar; @@ -283,11 +340,13 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) if (no_background) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground; if (no_bring_to_front) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus; if (no_docking) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking; + if (unsaved_document) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument; if (no_close) p_open = NULL; // Don't pass our bool* to Begin - // We specify a default position/size in case there's no data in the .ini file. Typically this isn't required! We only do it to make the Demo applications a little more welcoming. - ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); - ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(main_viewport->GetWorkPos().x + 650, main_viewport->GetWorkPos().y + 20), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + // We specify a default position/size in case there's no data in the .ini file. + // We only do it to make the demo applications a little more welcoming, but typically this isn't required. + const ImGuiViewport* main_viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(main_viewport->WorkPos.x + 650, main_viewport->WorkPos.y + 20), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(550, 680), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); // Main body of the Demo window starts here. @@ -298,20 +357,24 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) return; } - // Most "big" widgets share a common width settings by default. - //ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.65f); // Use 2/3 of the space for widgets and 1/3 for labels (default) - ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * -12); // Use fixed width for labels (by passing a negative value), the rest goes to widgets. We choose a width proportional to our font size. + // Most "big" widgets share a common width settings by default. See 'Demo->Layout->Widgets Width' for details. + // e.g. Use 2/3 of the space for widgets and 1/3 for labels (right align) + //ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.35f); + // e.g. Leave a fixed amount of width for labels (by passing a negative value), the rest goes to widgets. + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * -12); // Menu Bar if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) { if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu")) { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/File"); ShowExampleMenuFile(); ImGui::EndMenu(); } if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Examples")) { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Examples"); ImGui::MenuItem("Main menu bar", NULL, &show_app_main_menu_bar); ImGui::MenuItem("Console", NULL, &show_app_console); ImGui::MenuItem("Log", NULL, &show_app_log); @@ -321,15 +384,25 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::MenuItem("Auto-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_auto_resize); ImGui::MenuItem("Constrained-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_constrained_resize); ImGui::MenuItem("Simple overlay", NULL, &show_app_simple_overlay); + ImGui::MenuItem("Fullscreen window", NULL, &show_app_fullscreen); ImGui::MenuItem("Manipulating window titles", NULL, &show_app_window_titles); ImGui::MenuItem("Custom rendering", NULL, &show_app_custom_rendering); ImGui::MenuItem("Dockspace", NULL, &show_app_dockspace); ImGui::MenuItem("Documents", NULL, &show_app_documents); ImGui::EndMenu(); } + //if (ImGui::MenuItem("MenuItem")) {} // You can also use MenuItem() inside a menu bar! if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Tools")) { - ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics", NULL, &show_app_metrics); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Tools"); +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + const bool has_debug_tools = true; +#else + const bool has_debug_tools = false; +#endif + ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics/Debugger", NULL, &show_app_metrics, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::MenuItem("Debug Log", NULL, &show_app_debug_log, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::MenuItem("Stack Tool", NULL, &show_app_stack_tool, has_debug_tools); ImGui::MenuItem("Style Editor", NULL, &show_app_style_editor); ImGui::MenuItem("About Dear ImGui", NULL, &show_app_about); ImGui::EndMenu(); @@ -337,16 +410,17 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::EndMenuBar(); } - ImGui::Text("dear imgui says hello. (%s)", IMGUI_VERSION); + ImGui::Text("dear imgui says hello! (%s) (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM); ImGui::Spacing(); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Help"); if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Help")) { ImGui::Text("ABOUT THIS DEMO:"); ImGui::BulletText("Sections below are demonstrating many aspects of the library."); ImGui::BulletText("The \"Examples\" menu above leads to more demo contents."); ImGui::BulletText("The \"Tools\" menu above gives access to: About Box, Style Editor,\n" - "and Metrics (general purpose Dear ImGui debugging tool)."); + "and Metrics/Debugger (general purpose Dear ImGui debugging tool)."); ImGui::Separator(); ImGui::Text("PROGRAMMER GUIDE:"); @@ -362,40 +436,47 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::ShowUserGuide(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration"); if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Configuration")) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Configuration##2")) { - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableKeyboard", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableGamepad", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Required back-end to feed in gamepad inputs in io.NavInputs[] and set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad.\n\nRead instructions in imgui.cpp for details."); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableSetMousePos", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableKeyboard", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable keyboard controls."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableGamepad", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable gamepad controls. Require backend to set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad.\n\nRead instructions in imgui.cpp for details."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableSetMousePos", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. See comment for ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos."); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouse", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse); - if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) // Create a way to restore this flag otherwise we could be stuck completely! + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouse", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse); + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) { + // The "NoMouse" option can get us stuck with a disabled mouse! Let's provide an alternative way to fix it: if (fmodf((float)ImGui::GetTime(), 0.40f) < 0.20f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("<>"); } - if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_Space))) + if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space)) io.ConfigFlags &= ~ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse; } - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouseCursorChange", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct back-end to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouseCursorChange", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct backend to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility."); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: DockingEnable", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker(io.ConfigDockingWithShift ? "[beta] Use SHIFT to dock window into each others." : "[beta] Drag from title bar to dock windows into each others."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: DockingEnable", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable); + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (io.ConfigDockingWithShift) + HelpMarker("Drag from window title bar or their tab to dock/undock. Hold SHIFT to enable docking.\n\nDrag from window menu button (upper-left button) to undock an entire node (all windows)."); + else + HelpMarker("Drag from window title bar or their tab to dock/undock. Hold SHIFT to disable docking.\n\nDrag from window menu button (upper-left button) to undock an entire node (all windows)."); if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable) { ImGui::Indent(); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDockingNoSplit", &io.ConfigDockingNoSplit); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Simplified docking mode: disable window splitting, so docking is limited to merging multiple windows together into tab-bars."); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDockingWithShift", &io.ConfigDockingWithShift); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable docking when holding Shift only (allows to drop in wider space, reduce visual noise)"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable docking when holding Shift only (allow to drop in wider space, reduce visual noise)"); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDockingAlwaysTabBar", &io.ConfigDockingAlwaysTabBar); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Create a docking node and tab-bar on single floating windows."); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDockingTransparentPayload", &io.ConfigDockingTransparentPayload); @@ -403,7 +484,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::Unindent(); } - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: ViewportsEnable", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: ViewportsEnable", &io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("[beta] Enable beta multi-viewports support. See ImGuiPlatformIO for details."); if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) { @@ -411,40 +492,54 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigViewportsNoAutoMerge", &io.ConfigViewportsNoAutoMerge); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Set to make all floating imgui windows always create their own viewport. Otherwise, they are merged into the main host viewports when overlapping it."); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigViewportsNoTaskBarIcon", &io.ConfigViewportsNoTaskBarIcon); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Toggling this at runtime is normally unsupported (most platform back-ends won't refresh the task bar icon state right away)."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Toggling this at runtime is normally unsupported (most platform backends won't refresh the task bar icon state right away)."); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigViewportsNoDecoration", &io.ConfigViewportsNoDecoration); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Toggling this at runtime is normally unsupported (most platform back-ends won't refresh the decoration right away)."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Toggling this at runtime is normally unsupported (most platform backends won't refresh the decoration right away)."); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent", &io.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Toggling this at runtime is normally unsupported (most platform back-ends won't refresh the parenting right away)."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Toggling this at runtime is normally unsupported (most platform backends won't refresh the parenting right away)."); ImGui::Unindent(); } + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue", &io.ConfigInputTrickleEventQueue); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable input queue trickling: some types of events submitted during the same frame (e.g. button down + up) will be spread over multiple frames, improving interactions with low framerates."); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink", &io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Set to false to disable blinking cursor, for users who consider it distracting"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable blinking cursor (optional as some users consider it to be distracting)."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive", &io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Pressing Enter will keep item active and select contents (single-line only)."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDragClickToInputText", &io.ConfigDragClickToInputText); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable turning DragXXX widgets into text input with a simple mouse click-release (without moving)."); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges", &io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner.\nThis requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback."); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly", &io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly); ImGui::Checkbox("io.MouseDrawCursor", &io.MouseDrawCursor); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct Dear ImGui to render a mouse cursor for you. Note that a mouse cursor rendered via your application GPU rendering path will feel more laggy than hardware cursor, but will be more in sync with your other visuals.\n\nSome desktop applications may use both kinds of cursors (e.g. enable software cursor only when resizing/dragging something)."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Instruct Dear ImGui to render a mouse cursor itself. Note that a mouse cursor rendered via your application GPU rendering path will feel more laggy than hardware cursor, but will be more in sync with your other visuals.\n\nSome desktop applications may use both kinds of cursors (e.g. enable software cursor only when resizing/dragging something)."); + ImGui::Text("Also see Style->Rendering for rendering options."); ImGui::TreePop(); ImGui::Separator(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Backend Flags"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Backend Flags")) { - HelpMarker("Those flags are set by the back-ends (imgui_impl_xxx files) to specify their capabilities.\nHere we expose then as read-only fields to avoid breaking interactions with your back-end."); - ImGuiBackendFlags backend_flags = io.BackendFlags; // Make a local copy to avoid modifying actual back-end flags. - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasGamepad", (unsigned int *)&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", (unsigned int *)&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasSetMousePos", (unsigned int *)&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: PlatformHasViewports", (unsigned int *)&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseHoveredViewport", (unsigned int *)&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: RendererHasVtxOffset", (unsigned int *)&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: RendererHasViewports", (unsigned int *)&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports); + HelpMarker( + "Those flags are set by the backends (imgui_impl_xxx files) to specify their capabilities.\n" + "Here we expose them as read-only fields to avoid breaking interactions with your backend."); + + // Make a local copy to avoid modifying actual backend flags. + // FIXME: We don't use BeginDisabled() to keep label bright, maybe we need a BeginReadonly() equivalent.. + ImGuiBackendFlags backend_flags = io.BackendFlags; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasGamepad", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasSetMousePos", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: PlatformHasViewports", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseHoveredViewport",&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: RendererHasVtxOffset", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: RendererHasViewports", &backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports); ImGui::TreePop(); ImGui::Separator(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Style"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Style")) { HelpMarker("The same contents can be accessed in 'Tools->Style Editor' or by calling the ShowStyleEditor() function."); @@ -453,12 +548,16 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::Separator(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Configuration/Capture, Logging"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Capture/Logging")) { - ImGui::TextWrapped("The logging API redirects all text output so you can easily capture the content of a window or a block. Tree nodes can be automatically expanded."); - HelpMarker("Try opening any of the contents below in this window and then click one of the \"Log To\" button."); + HelpMarker( + "The logging API redirects all text output so you can easily capture the content of " + "a window or a block. Tree nodes can be automatically expanded.\n" + "Try opening any of the contents below in this window and then click one of the \"Log To\" button."); ImGui::LogButtons(); - ImGui::TextWrapped("You can also call ImGui::LogText() to output directly to the log without a visual output."); + + HelpMarker("You can also call ImGui::LogText() to output directly to the log without a visual output."); if (ImGui::Button("Copy \"Hello, world!\" to clipboard")) { ImGui::LogToClipboard(); @@ -469,39 +568,53 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) } } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Window options"); if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Window options")) { - ImGui::Checkbox("No titlebar", &no_titlebar); ImGui::SameLine(150); - ImGui::Checkbox("No scrollbar", &no_scrollbar); ImGui::SameLine(300); - ImGui::Checkbox("No menu", &no_menu); - ImGui::Checkbox("No move", &no_move); ImGui::SameLine(150); - ImGui::Checkbox("No resize", &no_resize); ImGui::SameLine(300); - ImGui::Checkbox("No collapse", &no_collapse); - ImGui::Checkbox("No close", &no_close); ImGui::SameLine(150); - ImGui::Checkbox("No nav", &no_nav); ImGui::SameLine(300); - ImGui::Checkbox("No background", &no_background); - ImGui::Checkbox("No bring to front", &no_bring_to_front); - ImGui::Checkbox("No docking", &no_docking); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 3)) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No titlebar", &no_titlebar); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No scrollbar", &no_scrollbar); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No menu", &no_menu); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No move", &no_move); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No resize", &no_resize); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No collapse", &no_collapse); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No close", &no_close); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No nav", &no_nav); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No background", &no_background); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No bring to front", &no_bring_to_front); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("No docking", &no_docking); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Checkbox("Unsaved document", &unsaved_document); + ImGui::EndTable(); + } } // All demo contents ShowDemoWindowWidgets(); ShowDemoWindowLayout(); ShowDemoWindowPopups(); - ShowDemoWindowColumns(); - ShowDemoWindowMisc(); + ShowDemoWindowTables(); + ShowDemoWindowInputs(); // End of ShowDemoWindow() + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); ImGui::End(); } static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets"); if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Widgets")) return; + static bool disable_all = false; // The Checkbox for that is inside the "Disabled" section at the bottom + if (disable_all) + ImGui::BeginDisabled(); + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Button"); static int clicked = 0; if (ImGui::Button("Button")) clicked++; @@ -511,34 +624,40 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::Text("Thanks for clicking me!"); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Checkbox"); static bool check = true; ImGui::Checkbox("checkbox", &check); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/RadioButton"); static int e = 0; ImGui::RadioButton("radio a", &e, 0); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::RadioButton("radio b", &e, 1); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::RadioButton("radio c", &e, 2); // Color buttons, demonstrate using PushID() to add unique identifier in the ID stack, and changing style. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Buttons (Colored)"); for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++) { if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::PushID(i); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.6f, 0.6f)); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.7f, 0.7f)); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.8f, 0.8f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.6f, 0.6f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.7f, 0.7f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.8f, 0.8f)); ImGui::Button("Click"); ImGui::PopStyleColor(3); ImGui::PopID(); } - // Use AlignTextToFramePadding() to align text baseline to the baseline of framed elements (otherwise a Text+SameLine+Button sequence will have the text a little too high by default) + // Use AlignTextToFramePadding() to align text baseline to the baseline of framed widgets elements + // (otherwise a Text+SameLine+Button sequence will have the text a little too high by default!) + // See 'Demo->Layout->Text Baseline Alignment' for details. ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); ImGui::Text("Hold to repeat:"); ImGui::SameLine(); // Arrow buttons with Repeater + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Buttons (Repeating)"); static int counter = 0; float spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x; ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); @@ -549,47 +668,45 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d", counter); - ImGui::Text("Hover over me"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip"); - - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Text("- or me"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); - ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip"); - static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; - ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); - ImGui::EndTooltip(); - } - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::LabelText("label", "Value"); { // Using the _simplified_ one-liner Combo() api here - // See "Combo" section for examples of how to use the more complete BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api. - const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" }; + // See "Combo" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Combo"); + const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIIIIII", "JJJJ", "KKKKKKK" }; static int item_current = 0; ImGui::Combo("combo", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Refer to the \"Combo\" section below for an explanation of the full BeginCombo/EndCombo API, and demonstration of various flags.\n"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Using the simplified one-liner Combo API here.\nRefer to the \"Combo\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginCombo/EndCombo API."); } { // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type, // see the "Text Input > Resize Callback" section of this demo, and the misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h file. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/InputText"); static char str0[128] = "Hello, world!"; ImGui::InputText("input text", str0, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str0)); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("USER:\nHold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.\n" "CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.\n" "CTRL+A or double-click to select all.\n" "CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V clipboard.\n" "CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y undo/redo.\n" "ESCAPE to revert.\n\nPROGRAMMER:\nYou can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputText() to a dynamic string type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example (this is not demonstrated in imgui_demo.cpp)."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "USER:\n" + "Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.\n" + "CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.\n" + "CTRL+A or Double-Click to select all.\n" + "CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V clipboard.\n" + "CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y undo/redo.\n" + "ESCAPE to revert.\n\n" + "PROGRAMMER:\n" + "You can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputText() " + "to a dynamic string type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example (this is not demonstrated " + "in imgui_demo.cpp)."); static char str1[128] = ""; ImGui::InputTextWithHint("input text (w/ hint)", "enter text here", str1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str1)); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/InputInt, InputFloat"); static int i0 = 123; ImGui::InputInt("input int", &i0); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values.\n e.g. [ 100 ], input \'*2\', result becomes [ 200 ]\nUse +- to subtract.\n"); static float f0 = 0.001f; ImGui::InputFloat("input float", &f0, 0.01f, 1.0f, "%.3f"); @@ -599,65 +716,113 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static float f1 = 1.e10f; ImGui::InputFloat("input scientific", &f1, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%e"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("You can input value using the scientific notation,\n e.g. \"1e+8\" becomes \"100000000\".\n"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "You can input value using the scientific notation,\n" + " e.g. \"1e+8\" becomes \"100000000\"."); static float vec4a[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f }; ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4a); } { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/DragInt, DragFloat"); static int i1 = 50, i2 = 42; ImGui::DragInt("drag int", &i1, 1); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Click and drag to edit value.\nHold SHIFT/ALT for faster/slower edit.\nDouble-click or CTRL+click to input value."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Click and drag to edit value.\n" + "Hold SHIFT/ALT for faster/slower edit.\n" + "Double-click or CTRL+click to input value."); - ImGui::DragInt("drag int 0..100", &i2, 1, 0, 100, "%d%%"); + ImGui::DragInt("drag int 0..100", &i2, 1, 0, 100, "%d%%", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); - static float f1=1.00f, f2=0.0067f; + static float f1 = 1.00f, f2 = 0.0067f; ImGui::DragFloat("drag float", &f1, 0.005f); ImGui::DragFloat("drag small float", &f2, 0.0001f, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%.06f ns"); } { - static int i1=0; + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/SliderInt, SliderFloat"); + static int i1 = 0; ImGui::SliderInt("slider int", &i1, -1, 3); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("CTRL+click to input value."); - static float f1=0.123f, f2=0.0f; + static float f1 = 0.123f, f2 = 0.0f; ImGui::SliderFloat("slider float", &f1, 0.0f, 1.0f, "ratio = %.3f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("slider float (curve)", &f2, -10.0f, 10.0f, "%.4f", 2.0f); + ImGui::SliderFloat("slider float (log)", &f2, -10.0f, 10.0f, "%.4f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/SliderAngle"); static float angle = 0.0f; ImGui::SliderAngle("slider angle", &angle); // Using the format string to display a name instead of an integer. // Here we completely omit '%d' from the format string, so it'll only display a name. // This technique can also be used with DragInt(). + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Slider (enum)"); enum Element { Element_Fire, Element_Earth, Element_Air, Element_Water, Element_COUNT }; - const char* element_names[Element_COUNT] = { "Fire", "Earth", "Air", "Water" }; - static int current_element = Element_Fire; - const char* current_element_name = (current_element >= 0 && current_element < Element_COUNT) ? element_names[current_element] : "Unknown"; - ImGui::SliderInt("slider enum", ¤t_element, 0, Element_COUNT - 1, current_element_name); + static int elem = Element_Fire; + const char* elems_names[Element_COUNT] = { "Fire", "Earth", "Air", "Water" }; + const char* elem_name = (elem >= 0 && elem < Element_COUNT) ? elems_names[elem] : "Unknown"; + ImGui::SliderInt("slider enum", &elem, 0, Element_COUNT - 1, elem_name); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Using the format string parameter to display a name instead of the underlying integer."); } { - static float col1[3] = { 1.0f,0.0f,0.2f }; - static float col2[4] = { 0.4f,0.7f,0.0f,0.5f }; + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/ColorEdit3, ColorEdit4"); + static float col1[3] = { 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.2f }; + static float col2[4] = { 0.4f, 0.7f, 0.0f, 0.5f }; ImGui::ColorEdit3("color 1", col1); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Click on the colored square to open a color picker.\nClick and hold to use drag and drop.\nRight-click on the colored square to show options.\nCTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Click on the color square to open a color picker.\n" + "Click and hold to use drag and drop.\n" + "Right-click on the color square to show options.\n" + "CTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n"); ImGui::ColorEdit4("color 2", col2); } { - // List box - const char* listbox_items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi", "Mango", "Orange", "Pineapple", "Strawberry", "Watermelon" }; - static int listbox_item_current = 1; - ImGui::ListBox("listbox\n(single select)", &listbox_item_current, listbox_items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(listbox_items), 4); + // Using the _simplified_ one-liner ListBox() api here + // See "List boxes" section for examples of how to use the more flexible BeginListBox()/EndListBox() api. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/ListBox"); + const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi", "Mango", "Orange", "Pineapple", "Strawberry", "Watermelon" }; + static int item_current = 1; + ImGui::ListBox("listbox", &item_current, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), 4); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Using the simplified one-liner ListBox API here.\nRefer to the \"List boxes\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginListBox/EndListBox API."); + } + + { + // Tooltips + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Tooltips"); + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGui::Text("Tooltips:"); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Button"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip"); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Fancy"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + { + ImGui::BeginTooltip(); + ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip"); + static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; + ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); + ImGui::Text("Sin(time) = %f", sinf((float)ImGui::GetTime())); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } + + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("Delayed"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) // Delay best used on items that highlight on hover, so this not a great example! + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a delay."); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker( + "Tooltip are created by using the IsItemHovered() function over any kind of item."); - //static int listbox_item_current2 = 2; - //ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-1); - //ImGui::ListBox("##listbox2", &listbox_item_current2, listbox_items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(listbox_items), 4); } ImGui::TreePop(); @@ -669,14 +834,16 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // if (once) // ImGui::Text("This will be displayed only once."); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Trees"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Trees")) { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Trees/Basic trees"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic trees")) { for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) { - // Use SetNextItemOpen() so set the default state of a node to be open. - // We could also use TreeNodeEx() with the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen flag to achieve the same thing! + // Use SetNextItemOpen() so set the default state of a node to be open. We could + // also use TreeNodeEx() with the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen flag to achieve the same thing! if (i == 0) ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); @@ -691,25 +858,35 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Trees/Advanced, with Selectable nodes"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced, with Selectable nodes")) { - HelpMarker("This is a more typical looking tree with selectable nodes.\nClick to select, CTRL+Click to toggle, click on arrows or double-click to open."); + HelpMarker( + "This is a more typical looking tree with selectable nodes.\n" + "Click to select, CTRL+Click to toggle, click on arrows or double-click to open."); static ImGuiTreeNodeFlags base_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth; static bool align_label_with_current_x_position = false; - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow", (unsigned int*)&base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", (unsigned int*)&base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth", (unsigned int*)&base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Extend hit area to all available width instead of allowing more items to be layed out after the node."); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth", (unsigned int*)&base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); + static bool test_drag_and_drop = false; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Extend hit area to all available width instead of allowing more items to be laid out after the node."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); ImGui::Checkbox("Align label with current X position", &align_label_with_current_x_position); + ImGui::Checkbox("Test tree node as drag source", &test_drag_and_drop); ImGui::Text("Hello!"); if (align_label_with_current_x_position) ImGui::Unindent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); - static int selection_mask = (1 << 2); // Dumb representation of what may be user-side selection state. You may carry selection state inside or outside your objects in whatever format you see fit. - int node_clicked = -1; // Temporary storage of what node we have clicked to process selection at the end of the loop. May be a pointer to your own node type, etc. + // 'selection_mask' is dumb representation of what may be user-side selection state. + // You may retain selection state inside or outside your objects in whatever format you see fit. + // 'node_clicked' is temporary storage of what node we have clicked to process selection at the end + /// of the loop. May be a pointer to your own node type, etc. + static int selection_mask = (1 << 2); + int node_clicked = -1; for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) { - // Disable the default open on single-click behavior and pass in Selected flag according to our selection state. + // Disable the default "open on single-click behavior" + set Selected flag according to our selection. + // To alter selection we use IsItemClicked() && !IsItemToggledOpen(), so clicking on an arrow doesn't alter selection. ImGuiTreeNodeFlags node_flags = base_flags; const bool is_selected = (selection_mask & (1 << i)) != 0; if (is_selected) @@ -718,8 +895,14 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() { // Items 0..2 are Tree Node bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Node %d", i); - if (ImGui::IsItemClicked()) + if (ImGui::IsItemClicked() && !ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()) node_clicked = i; + if (test_drag_and_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource()) + { + ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("_TREENODE", NULL, 0); + ImGui::Text("This is a drag and drop source"); + ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); + } if (node_open) { ImGui::BulletText("Blah blah\nBlah Blah"); @@ -729,20 +912,27 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() else { // Items 3..5 are Tree Leaves - // The only reason we use TreeNode at all is to allow selection of the leaf. - // Otherwise we can use BulletText() or advance the cursor by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing() and call Text(). + // The only reason we use TreeNode at all is to allow selection of the leaf. Otherwise we can + // use BulletText() or advance the cursor by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing() and call Text(). node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen; // ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Leaf %d", i); - if (ImGui::IsItemClicked()) + if (ImGui::IsItemClicked() && !ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()) node_clicked = i; + if (test_drag_and_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource()) + { + ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("_TREENODE", NULL, 0); + ImGui::Text("This is a drag and drop source"); + ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); + } } } if (node_clicked != -1) { - // Update selection state. Process outside of tree loop to avoid visual inconsistencies during the clicking-frame. + // Update selection state + // (process outside of tree loop to avoid visual inconsistencies during the clicking frame) if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) selection_mask ^= (1 << node_clicked); // CTRL+click to toggle - else //if (!(selection_mask & (1 << node_clicked))) // Depending on selection behavior you want, this commented bit preserve selection when clicking on item that is part of the selection + else //if (!(selection_mask & (1 << node_clicked))) // Depending on selection behavior you want, may want to preserve selection when clicking on item that is part of the selection selection_mask = (1 << node_clicked); // Click to single-select } if (align_label_with_current_x_position) @@ -752,6 +942,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Collapsing Headers"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Collapsing Headers")) { static bool closable_group = true; @@ -775,6 +966,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Bullets"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Bullets")) { ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 1"); @@ -789,57 +981,71 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text")) { - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Colored Text")) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text/Colored Text"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Colorful Text")) { // Using shortcut. You can use PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() for more flexibility. - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f,0.0f,1.0f,1.0f), "Pink"); - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,0.0f,1.0f), "Yellow"); + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f), "Pink"); + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f), "Yellow"); ImGui::TextDisabled("Disabled"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The TextDisabled color is stored in ImGuiStyle."); ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text/Word Wrapping"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Word Wrapping")) { // Using shortcut. You can use PushTextWrapPos()/PopTextWrapPos() for more flexibility. - ImGui::TextWrapped("This text should automatically wrap on the edge of the window. The current implementation for text wrapping follows simple rules suitable for English and possibly other languages."); + ImGui::TextWrapped( + "This text should automatically wrap on the edge of the window. The current implementation " + "for text wrapping follows simple rules suitable for English and possibly other languages."); ImGui::Spacing(); static float wrap_width = 200.0f; ImGui::SliderFloat("Wrap width", &wrap_width, -20, 600, "%.0f"); - ImGui::Text("Test paragraph 1:"); - ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width, pos.y), ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width + 10, pos.y + ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()), IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); - ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetCursorPos().x + wrap_width); - ImGui::Text("The lazy dog is a good dog. This paragraph is made to fit within %.0f pixels. Testing a 1 character word. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.", wrap_width); - ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRect(ImGui::GetItemRectMin(), ImGui::GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255,255,0,255)); - ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) + { + ImGui::Text("Test paragraph %d:", n); + ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImVec2 marker_min = ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width, pos.y); + ImVec2 marker_max = ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width + 10, pos.y + ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()); + ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetCursorPos().x + wrap_width); + if (n == 0) + ImGui::Text("The lazy dog is a good dog. This paragraph should fit within %.0f pixels. Testing a 1 character word. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.", wrap_width); + else + ImGui::Text("aaaaaaaa bbbbbbbb, c cccccccc,dddddddd. d eeeeeeee ffffffff. gggggggg!hhhhhhhh"); - ImGui::Text("Test paragraph 2:"); - pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width, pos.y), ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width + 10, pos.y + ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()), IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); - ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetCursorPos().x + wrap_width); - ImGui::Text("aaaaaaaa bbbbbbbb, c cccccccc,dddddddd. d eeeeeeee ffffffff. gggggggg!hhhhhhhh"); - ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRect(ImGui::GetItemRectMin(), ImGui::GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255,255,0,255)); - ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); + // Draw actual text bounding box, following by marker of our expected limit (should not overlap!) + draw_list->AddRect(ImGui::GetItemRectMin(), ImGui::GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(marker_min, marker_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); + ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); + } ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text/UTF-8 Text"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("UTF-8 Text")) { // UTF-8 test with Japanese characters - // (Needs a suitable font, try Noto, or Arial Unicode, or M+ fonts. Read docs/FONTS.txt for details.) + // (Needs a suitable font? Try "Google Noto" or "Arial Unicode". See docs/FONTS.md for details.) // - From C++11 you can use the u8"my text" syntax to encode literal strings as UTF-8 - // - For earlier compiler, you may be able to encode your sources as UTF-8 (e.g. Visual Studio save your file as 'UTF-8 without signature') - // - FOR THIS DEMO FILE ONLY, BECAUSE WE WANT TO SUPPORT OLD COMPILERS, WE ARE *NOT* INCLUDING RAW UTF-8 CHARACTERS IN THIS SOURCE FILE. - // Instead we are encoding a few strings with hexadecimal constants. Don't do this in your application! - // Please use u8"text in any language" in your application! - // Note that characters values are preserved even by InputText() if the font cannot be displayed, so you can safely copy & paste garbled characters into another application. - ImGui::TextWrapped("CJK text will only appears if the font was loaded with the appropriate CJK character ranges. Call io.Font->AddFontFromFileTTF() manually to load extra character ranges. Read docs/FONTS.txt for details."); + // - For earlier compiler, you may be able to encode your sources as UTF-8 (e.g. in Visual Studio, you + // can save your source files as 'UTF-8 without signature'). + // - FOR THIS DEMO FILE ONLY, BECAUSE WE WANT TO SUPPORT OLD COMPILERS, WE ARE *NOT* INCLUDING RAW UTF-8 + // CHARACTERS IN THIS SOURCE FILE. Instead we are encoding a few strings with hexadecimal constants. + // Don't do this in your application! Please use u8"text in any language" in your application! + // Note that characters values are preserved even by InputText() if the font cannot be displayed, + // so you can safely copy & paste garbled characters into another application. + ImGui::TextWrapped( + "CJK text will only appear if the font was loaded with the appropriate CJK character ranges. " + "Call io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF() manually to load extra character ranges. " + "Read docs/FONTS.md for details."); ImGui::Text("Hiragana: \xe3\x81\x8b\xe3\x81\x8d\xe3\x81\x8f\xe3\x81\x91\xe3\x81\x93 (kakikukeko)"); // Normally we would use u8"blah blah" with the proper characters directly in the string. ImGui::Text("Kanjis: \xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e (nihongo)"); static char buf[32] = "\xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e"; @@ -850,47 +1056,81 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Images"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Images")) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImGui::TextWrapped("Below we are displaying the font texture (which is the only texture we have access to in this demo). Use the 'ImTextureID' type as storage to pass pointers or identifier to your own texture data. Hover the texture for a zoomed view!"); + ImGui::TextWrapped( + "Below we are displaying the font texture (which is the only texture we have access to in this demo). " + "Use the 'ImTextureID' type as storage to pass pointers or identifier to your own texture data. " + "Hover the texture for a zoomed view!"); - // Here we are grabbing the font texture because that's the only one we have access to inside the demo code. - // Remember that ImTextureID is just storage for whatever you want it to be, it is essentially a value that will be passed to the render function inside the ImDrawCmd structure. - // If you use one of the default imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp renderer, they all have comments at the top of their file to specify what they expect to be stored in ImTextureID. - // (for example, the imgui_impl_dx11.cpp renderer expect a 'ID3D11ShaderResourceView*' pointer. The imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp renderer expect a GLuint OpenGL texture identifier etc.) - // If you decided that ImTextureID = MyEngineTexture*, then you can pass your MyEngineTexture* pointers to ImGui::Image(), and gather width/height through your own functions, etc. - // Using ShowMetricsWindow() as a "debugger" to inspect the draw data that are being passed to your render will help you debug issues if you are confused about this. - // Consider using the lower-level ImDrawList::AddImage() API, via ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddImage(). + // Below we are displaying the font texture because it is the only texture we have access to inside the demo! + // Remember that ImTextureID is just storage for whatever you want it to be. It is essentially a value that + // will be passed to the rendering backend via the ImDrawCmd structure. + // If you use one of the default imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp rendering backend, they all have comments at the top + // of their respective source file to specify what they expect to be stored in ImTextureID, for example: + // - The imgui_impl_dx11.cpp renderer expect a 'ID3D11ShaderResourceView*' pointer + // - The imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp renderer expect a GLuint OpenGL texture identifier, etc. + // More: + // - If you decided that ImTextureID = MyEngineTexture*, then you can pass your MyEngineTexture* pointers + // to ImGui::Image(), and gather width/height through your own functions, etc. + // - You can use ShowMetricsWindow() to inspect the draw data that are being passed to your renderer, + // it will help you debug issues if you are confused about it. + // - Consider using the lower-level ImDrawList::AddImage() API, via ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddImage(). + // - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md + // - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples ImTextureID my_tex_id = io.Fonts->TexID; float my_tex_w = (float)io.Fonts->TexWidth; float my_tex_h = (float)io.Fonts->TexHeight; - - ImGui::Text("%.0fx%.0f", my_tex_w, my_tex_h); - ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(my_tex_w, my_tex_h), ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(1,1), ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,1.0f,1.0f), ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,1.0f,0.5f)); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); - float region_sz = 32.0f; - float region_x = io.MousePos.x - pos.x - region_sz * 0.5f; if (region_x < 0.0f) region_x = 0.0f; else if (region_x > my_tex_w - region_sz) region_x = my_tex_w - region_sz; - float region_y = io.MousePos.y - pos.y - region_sz * 0.5f; if (region_y < 0.0f) region_y = 0.0f; else if (region_y > my_tex_h - region_sz) region_y = my_tex_h - region_sz; - float zoom = 4.0f; - ImGui::Text("Min: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x, region_y); - ImGui::Text("Max: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x + region_sz, region_y + region_sz); - ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((region_x) / my_tex_w, (region_y) / my_tex_h); - ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2((region_x + region_sz) / my_tex_w, (region_y + region_sz) / my_tex_h); - ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(region_sz * zoom, region_sz * zoom), uv0, uv1, ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f), ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f)); - ImGui::EndTooltip(); + ImGui::Text("%.0fx%.0f", my_tex_w, my_tex_h); + ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImVec2 uv_min = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // Top-left + ImVec2 uv_max = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // Lower-right + ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint + ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); // 50% opaque white + ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(my_tex_w, my_tex_h), uv_min, uv_max, tint_col, border_col); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + { + ImGui::BeginTooltip(); + float region_sz = 32.0f; + float region_x = io.MousePos.x - pos.x - region_sz * 0.5f; + float region_y = io.MousePos.y - pos.y - region_sz * 0.5f; + float zoom = 4.0f; + if (region_x < 0.0f) { region_x = 0.0f; } + else if (region_x > my_tex_w - region_sz) { region_x = my_tex_w - region_sz; } + if (region_y < 0.0f) { region_y = 0.0f; } + else if (region_y > my_tex_h - region_sz) { region_y = my_tex_h - region_sz; } + ImGui::Text("Min: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x, region_y); + ImGui::Text("Max: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x + region_sz, region_y + region_sz); + ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((region_x) / my_tex_w, (region_y) / my_tex_h); + ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2((region_x + region_sz) / my_tex_w, (region_y + region_sz) / my_tex_h); + ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(region_sz * zoom, region_sz * zoom), uv0, uv1, tint_col, border_col); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Images/Textured buttons"); ImGui::TextWrapped("And now some textured buttons.."); static int pressed_count = 0; for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++) { + // UV coordinates are often (0.0f, 0.0f) and (1.0f, 1.0f) to display an entire textures. + // Here are trying to display only a 32x32 pixels area of the texture, hence the UV computation. + // Read about UV coordinates here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples ImGui::PushID(i); - int frame_padding = -1 + i; // -1 = uses default padding - if (ImGui::ImageButton(my_tex_id, ImVec2(32,32), ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(32.0f/my_tex_w,32/my_tex_h), frame_padding, ImVec4(0.0f,0.0f,0.0f,1.0f))) + if (i > 0) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(i - 1.0f, i - 1.0f)); + ImVec2 size = ImVec2(32.0f, 32.0f); // Size of the image we want to make visible + ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // UV coordinates for lower-left + ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(32.0f / my_tex_w, 32.0f / my_tex_h); // UV coordinates for (32,32) in our texture + ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f); // Black background + ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint + if (ImGui::ImageButton("", my_tex_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col)) pressed_count += 1; + if (i > 0) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); ImGui::PopID(); ImGui::SameLine(); } @@ -899,68 +1139,124 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Combo"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Combo")) { + // Combo Boxes are also called "Dropdown" in other systems // Expose flags as checkbox for the demo static ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0; - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft", (unsigned int*)&flags, ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Only makes a difference if the popup is larger than the combo"); - if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton", (unsigned int*)&flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton)) + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton)) flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview; // Clear the other flag, as we cannot combine both - if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview", (unsigned int*)&flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton; // Clear the other flag, as we cannot combine both - // General BeginCombo() API, you have full control over your selection data and display type. - // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag stored in the object itself, etc.) + // Using the generic BeginCombo() API, you have full control over how to display the combo contents. + // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively + // stored in the object itself, etc.) const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" }; - static const char* item_current = items[0]; // Here our selection is a single pointer stored outside the object. - if (ImGui::BeginCombo("combo 1", item_current, flags)) // The second parameter is the label previewed before opening the combo. + static int item_current_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index. + const char* combo_preview_value = items[item_current_idx]; // Pass in the preview value visible before opening the combo (it could be anything) + if (ImGui::BeginCombo("combo 1", combo_preview_value, flags)) { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) { - bool is_selected = (item_current == items[n]); + const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n); if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) - item_current = items[n]; + item_current_idx = n; + + // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) if (is_selected) - ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + for keyboard navigation support in the upcoming navigation branch) + ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); } ImGui::EndCombo(); } // Simplified one-liner Combo() API, using values packed in a single constant string + // This is a convenience for when the selection set is small and known at compile-time. static int item_current_2 = 0; ImGui::Combo("combo 2 (one-liner)", &item_current_2, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0"); // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an array of const char* + // This is not very useful (may obsolete): prefer using BeginCombo()/EndCombo() for full control. static int item_current_3 = -1; // If the selection isn't within 0..count, Combo won't display a preview ImGui::Combo("combo 3 (array)", &item_current_3, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an accessor function - struct FuncHolder { static bool ItemGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_str) { *out_str = ((const char**)data)[idx]; return true; } }; + struct Funcs { static bool ItemGetter(void* data, int n, const char** out_str) { *out_str = ((const char**)data)[n]; return true; } }; static int item_current_4 = 0; - ImGui::Combo("combo 4 (function)", &item_current_4, &FuncHolder::ItemGetter, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); + ImGui::Combo("combo 4 (function)", &item_current_4, &Funcs::ItemGetter, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/List Boxes"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("List boxes")) + { + // Using the generic BeginListBox() API, you have full control over how to display the combo contents. + // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively + // stored in the object itself, etc.) + const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" }; + static int item_current_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index. + if (ImGui::BeginListBox("listbox 1")) + { + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) + { + const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n); + if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) + item_current_idx = n; + + // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) + if (is_selected) + ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); + } + ImGui::EndListBox(); + } + + // Custom size: use all width, 5 items tall + ImGui::Text("Full-width:"); + if (ImGui::BeginListBox("##listbox 2", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 5 * ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()))) + { + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) + { + const bool is_selected = (item_current_idx == n); + if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) + item_current_idx = n; + + // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) + if (is_selected) + ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); + } + ImGui::EndListBox(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selectables")) { // Selectable() has 2 overloads: - // - The one taking "bool selected" as a read-only selection information. When Selectable() has been clicked is returns true and you can alter selection state accordingly. + // - The one taking "bool selected" as a read-only selection information. + // When Selectable() has been clicked it returns true and you can alter selection state accordingly. // - The one taking "bool* p_selected" as a read-write selection information (convenient in some cases) - // The earlier is more flexible, as in real application your selection may be stored in a different manner (in flags within objects, as an external list, etc). + // The earlier is more flexible, as in real application your selection may be stored in many different ways + // and not necessarily inside a bool value (e.g. in flags within objects, as an external list, etc). + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Basic"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) { static bool selection[5] = { false, true, false, false, false }; ImGui::Selectable("1. I am selectable", &selection[0]); ImGui::Selectable("2. I am selectable", &selection[1]); - ImGui::Text("3. I am not selectable"); + ImGui::Text("(I am not selectable)"); ImGui::Selectable("4. I am selectable", &selection[3]); if (ImGui::Selectable("5. I am double clickable", selection[4], ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick)) if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) selection[4] = !selection[4]; ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Single Selection"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Single Selection")) { static int selected = -1; @@ -973,6 +1269,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Multiple Selection"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Multiple Selection")) { HelpMarker("Hold CTRL and click to select multiple items."); @@ -990,53 +1287,93 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Rendering more text into the same line"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering more text into the same line")) { - // Using the Selectable() override that takes "bool* p_selected" parameter and toggle your booleans automatically. + // Using the Selectable() override that takes "bool* p_selected" parameter, + // this function toggle your bool value automatically. static bool selected[3] = { false, false, false }; ImGui::Selectable("main.c", &selected[0]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes"); ImGui::Selectable("Hello.cpp", &selected[1]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text("12,345 bytes"); ImGui::Selectable("Hello.h", &selected[2]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes"); ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/In columns"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("In columns")) { - ImGui::Columns(3, NULL, false); - static bool selected[16] = {}; - for (int i = 0; i < 16; i++) + static bool selected[10] = {}; + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split1", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) { - char label[32]; sprintf(label, "Item %d", i); - if (ImGui::Selectable(label, &selected[i])) {} - ImGui::NextColumn(); + for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) + { + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "Item %d", i); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Selectable(label, &selected[i]); // FIXME-TABLE: Selection overlap + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::Spacing(); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split2", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) + { + for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) + { + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "Item %d", i); + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Selectable(label, &selected[i], ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Some other contents"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("123456"); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); } - ImGui::Columns(1); ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Grid"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Grid")) { - static bool selected[4*4] = { true, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, false, false, true }; - for (int i = 0; i < 4*4; i++) - { - ImGui::PushID(i); - if (ImGui::Selectable("Sailor", &selected[i], 0, ImVec2(50,50))) + static char selected[4][4] = { { 1, 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 1, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 1, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0, 1 } }; + + // Add in a bit of silly fun... + const float time = (float)ImGui::GetTime(); + const bool winning_state = memchr(selected, 0, sizeof(selected)) == NULL; // If all cells are selected... + if (winning_state) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, ImVec2(0.5f + 0.5f * cosf(time * 2.0f), 0.5f + 0.5f * sinf(time * 3.0f))); + + for (int y = 0; y < 4; y++) + for (int x = 0; x < 4; x++) { - // Note: We _unnecessarily_ test for both x/y and i here only to silence some static analyzer. The second part of each test is unnecessary. - int x = i % 4; - int y = i / 4; - if (x > 0) { selected[i - 1] ^= 1; } - if (x < 3 && i < 15) { selected[i + 1] ^= 1; } - if (y > 0 && i > 3) { selected[i - 4] ^= 1; } - if (y < 3 && i < 12) { selected[i + 4] ^= 1; } + if (x > 0) + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID(y * 4 + x); + if (ImGui::Selectable("Sailor", selected[y][x] != 0, 0, ImVec2(50, 50))) + { + // Toggle clicked cell + toggle neighbors + selected[y][x] ^= 1; + if (x > 0) { selected[y][x - 1] ^= 1; } + if (x < 3) { selected[y][x + 1] ^= 1; } + if (y > 0) { selected[y - 1][x] ^= 1; } + if (y < 3) { selected[y + 1][x] ^= 1; } + } + ImGui::PopID(); } - if ((i % 4) < 3) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PopID(); - } + + if (winning_state) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Alignment"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Alignment")) { - HelpMarker("By default, Selectables uses style.SelectableTextAlign but it can be overriden on a per-item basis using PushStyleVar(). You'll probably want to always keep your default situation to left-align otherwise it becomes difficult to layout multiple items on a same line"); - static bool selected[3*3] = { true, false, true, false, true, false, true, false, true }; + HelpMarker( + "By default, Selectables uses style.SelectableTextAlign but it can be overridden on a per-item " + "basis using PushStyleVar(). You'll probably want to always keep your default situation to " + "left-align otherwise it becomes difficult to layout multiple items on a same line"); + static bool selected[3 * 3] = { true, false, true, false, true, false, true, false, true }; for (int y = 0; y < 3; y++) { for (int x = 0; x < 3; x++) @@ -1046,7 +1383,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() sprintf(name, "(%.1f,%.1f)", alignment.x, alignment.y); if (x > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, alignment); - ImGui::Selectable(name, &selected[3*y+x], ImGuiSelectableFlags_None, ImVec2(80,80)); + ImGui::Selectable(name, &selected[3 * y + x], ImGuiSelectableFlags_None, ImVec2(80, 80)); ImGui::PopStyleVar(); } } @@ -1057,8 +1394,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type, // see the "Text Input > Resize Callback" section of this demo, and the misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h file. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Input")) { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Multi-line Text Input"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-line Text Input")) { // Note: we are using a fixed-sized buffer for simplicity here. See ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize @@ -1077,24 +1416,39 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput; HelpMarker("You can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputTextMultiline() to a dynamic string type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example. (This is not demonstrated in imgui_demo.cpp because we don't want to include in here)"); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", (unsigned int*)&flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput", (unsigned int*)&flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine", (unsigned int*)&flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine); ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##source", text, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16), flags); ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Filtered Text Input"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Filtered Text Input")) { - static char buf1[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("default", buf1, 64); - static char buf2[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("decimal", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal); - static char buf3[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("hexadecimal", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); - static char buf4[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("uppercase", buf4, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); - static char buf5[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("no blank", buf5, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank); - struct TextFilters { static int FilterImGuiLetters(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) { if (data->EventChar < 256 && strchr("imgui", (char)data->EventChar)) return 0; return 1; } }; - static char buf6[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("\"imgui\" letters", buf6, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterImGuiLetters); + struct TextFilters + { + // Return 0 (pass) if the character is 'i' or 'm' or 'g' or 'u' or 'i' + static int FilterImGuiLetters(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) + { + if (data->EventChar < 256 && strchr("imgui", (char)data->EventChar)) + return 0; + return 1; + } + }; - ImGui::Text("Password input"); + static char buf1[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("default", buf1, 64); + static char buf2[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("decimal", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal); + static char buf3[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("hexadecimal", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); + static char buf4[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("uppercase", buf4, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); + static char buf5[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("no blank", buf5, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank); + static char buf6[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("\"imgui\" letters", buf6, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterImGuiLetters); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Password input"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Password Input")) + { static char password[64] = "password123"; ImGui::InputText("password", password, IM_ARRAYSIZE(password), ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Display all characters as '*'.\nDisable clipboard cut and copy.\nDisable logging.\n"); @@ -1103,12 +1457,71 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Completion, History, Edit Callbacks")) + { + struct Funcs + { + static int MyCallback(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) + { + if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) + { + data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, ".."); + } + else if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) + { + if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_UpArrow) + { + data->DeleteChars(0, data->BufTextLen); + data->InsertChars(0, "Pressed Up!"); + data->SelectAll(); + } + else if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_DownArrow) + { + data->DeleteChars(0, data->BufTextLen); + data->InsertChars(0, "Pressed Down!"); + data->SelectAll(); + } + } + else if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit) + { + // Toggle casing of first character + char c = data->Buf[0]; + if ((c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')) data->Buf[0] ^= 32; + data->BufDirty = true; + + // Increment a counter + int* p_int = (int*)data->UserData; + *p_int = *p_int + 1; + } + return 0; + } + }; + static char buf1[64]; + ImGui::InputText("Completion", buf1, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion, Funcs::MyCallback); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we append \"..\" each time Tab is pressed. See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback."); + + static char buf2[64]; + ImGui::InputText("History", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory, Funcs::MyCallback); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we replace and select text each time Up/Down are pressed. See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback."); + + static char buf3[64]; + static int edit_count = 0; + ImGui::InputText("Edit", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit, Funcs::MyCallback, (void*)&edit_count); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we toggle the casing of the first character on every edit + count edits."); + ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(%d)", edit_count); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Resize Callback"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resize Callback")) { // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type, - // you can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag + create a custom ImGui::InputText() wrapper using your prefered type. - // See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an implementation of this using std::string. - HelpMarker("Demonstrate using ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize to wire your resizable string type to InputText().\n\nSee misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an implementation of this for std::string."); + // you can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag + create a custom ImGui::InputText() wrapper + // using your preferred type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an implementation of this using std::string. + HelpMarker( + "Using ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize to wire your custom string type to InputText().\n\n" + "See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an implementation of this for std::string."); struct Funcs { static int MyResizeCallback(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) @@ -1117,14 +1530,14 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() { ImVector* my_str = (ImVector*)data->UserData; IM_ASSERT(my_str->begin() == data->Buf); - my_str->resize(data->BufSize); // NB: On resizing calls, generally data->BufSize == data->BufTextLen + 1 + my_str->resize(data->BufSize); // NB: On resizing calls, generally data->BufSize == data->BufTextLen + 1 data->Buf = my_str->begin(); } return 0; } - // Tip: Because ImGui:: is a namespace you would typicall add your own function into the namespace in your own source files. - // For example, you may add a function called ImGui::InputText(const char* label, MyString* my_str). + // Note: Because ImGui:: is a namespace you would typically add your own function into the namespace. + // For example, you code may declare a function 'ImGui::InputText(const char* label, MyString* my_str)' static bool MyInputTextMultiline(const char* label, ImVector* my_str, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0) { IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) == 0); @@ -1133,7 +1546,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() }; // For this demo we are using ImVector as a string container. - // Note that because we need to store a terminating zero character, our size/capacity are 1 more than usually reported by a typical string class. + // Note that because we need to store a terminating zero character, our size/capacity are 1 more + // than usually reported by a typical string class. static ImVector my_str; if (my_str.empty()) my_str.push_back(0); @@ -1145,30 +1559,179 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } - // Plot/Graph widgets are currently fairly limited. - // Consider writing your own plotting widget, or using a third-party one (see "Wiki->Useful Widgets", or github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/2747) - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Plots Widgets")) + // Tabs + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tabs")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs/Basic"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) + { + ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_None; + if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags)) + { + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Avocado")) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the Avocado tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah"); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Broccoli")) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the Broccoli tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah"); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Cucumber")) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the Cucumber tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah"); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + ImGui::EndTabBar(); + } + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs/Advanced & Close Button"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced & Close Button")) + { + // Expose a couple of the available flags. In most cases you may just call BeginTabBar() with no flags (0). + static ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton); + if ((tab_bar_flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_) == 0) + tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_; + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown)) + tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll)) + tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll); + + // Tab Bar + const char* names[4] = { "Artichoke", "Beetroot", "Celery", "Daikon" }; + static bool opened[4] = { true, true, true, true }; // Persistent user state + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(opened); n++) + { + if (n > 0) { ImGui::SameLine(); } + ImGui::Checkbox(names[n], &opened[n]); + } + + // Passing a bool* to BeginTabItem() is similar to passing one to Begin(): + // the underlying bool will be set to false when the tab is closed. + if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(opened); n++) + if (opened[n] && ImGui::BeginTabItem(names[n], &opened[n], ImGuiTabItemFlags_None)) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the %s tab!", names[n]); + if (n & 1) + ImGui::Text("I am an odd tab."); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + ImGui::EndTabBar(); + } + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs/TabItemButton & Leading-Trailing flags"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("TabItemButton & Leading/Trailing flags")) + { + static ImVector active_tabs; + static int next_tab_id = 0; + if (next_tab_id == 0) // Initialize with some default tabs + for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) + active_tabs.push_back(next_tab_id++); + + // TabItemButton() and Leading/Trailing flags are distinct features which we will demo together. + // (It is possible to submit regular tabs with Leading/Trailing flags, or TabItemButton tabs without Leading/Trailing flags... + // but they tend to make more sense together) + static bool show_leading_button = true; + static bool show_trailing_button = true; + ImGui::Checkbox("Show Leading TabItemButton()", &show_leading_button); + ImGui::Checkbox("Show Trailing TabItemButton()", &show_trailing_button); + + // Expose some other flags which are useful to showcase how they interact with Leading/Trailing tabs + static ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs | ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown)) + tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll)) + tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll); + + if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags)) + { + // Demo a Leading TabItemButton(): click the "?" button to open a menu + if (show_leading_button) + if (ImGui::TabItemButton("?", ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) + ImGui::OpenPopup("MyHelpMenu"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("MyHelpMenu")) + { + ImGui::Selectable("Hello!"); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + // Demo Trailing Tabs: click the "+" button to add a new tab (in your app you may want to use a font icon instead of the "+") + // Note that we submit it before the regular tabs, but because of the ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing flag it will always appear at the end. + if (show_trailing_button) + if (ImGui::TabItemButton("+", ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) + active_tabs.push_back(next_tab_id++); // Add new tab + + // Submit our regular tabs + for (int n = 0; n < active_tabs.Size; ) + { + bool open = true; + char name[16]; + snprintf(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "%04d", active_tabs[n]); + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem(name, &open, ImGuiTabItemFlags_None)) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the %s tab!", name); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + + if (!open) + active_tabs.erase(active_tabs.Data + n); + else + n++; + } + + ImGui::EndTabBar(); + } + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Plot/Graph widgets are not very good. + // Consider using a third-party library such as ImPlot: https://github.com/epezent/implot + // (see others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Plotting")) { static bool animate = true; ImGui::Checkbox("Animate", &animate); + // Plot as lines and plot as histogram + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting/PlotLines, PlotHistogram"); static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; ImGui::PlotLines("Frame Times", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); + ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80.0f)); - // Create a dummy array of contiguous float values to plot - // Tip: If your float aren't contiguous but part of a structure, you can pass a pointer to your first float and the sizeof() of your structure in the Stride parameter. + // Fill an array of contiguous float values to plot + // Tip: If your float aren't contiguous but part of a structure, you can pass a pointer to your first float + // and the sizeof() of your structure in the "stride" parameter. static float values[90] = {}; static int values_offset = 0; static double refresh_time = 0.0; if (!animate || refresh_time == 0.0) refresh_time = ImGui::GetTime(); - while (refresh_time < ImGui::GetTime()) // Create dummy data at fixed 60 hz rate for the demo + while (refresh_time < ImGui::GetTime()) // Create data at fixed 60 Hz rate for the demo { static float phase = 0.0f; values[values_offset] = cosf(phase); - values_offset = (values_offset+1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(values); - phase += 0.10f*values_offset; - refresh_time += 1.0f/60.0f; + values_offset = (values_offset + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(values); + phase += 0.10f * values_offset; + refresh_time += 1.0f / 60.0f; } // Plots can display overlay texts @@ -1180,12 +1743,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() average /= (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(values); char overlay[32]; sprintf(overlay, "avg %f", average); - ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), values_offset, overlay, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80)); + ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), values_offset, overlay, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80.0f)); } - ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80)); // Use functions to generate output - // FIXME: This is rather awkward because current plot API only pass in indices. We probably want an API passing floats and user provide sample rate/count. + // FIXME: This is rather awkward because current plot API only pass in indices. + // We probably want an API passing floats and user provide sample rate/count. struct Funcs { static float Sin(void*, int i) { return sinf(i * 0.1f); } @@ -1193,16 +1756,17 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() }; static int func_type = 0, display_count = 70; ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(100); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); ImGui::Combo("func", &func_type, "Sin\0Saw\0"); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SliderInt("Sample count", &display_count, 1, 400); float (*func)(void*, int) = (func_type == 0) ? Funcs::Sin : Funcs::Saw; - ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80)); - ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80)); + ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80)); + ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80)); ImGui::Separator(); // Animate a simple progress bar + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting/ProgressBar"); static float progress = 0.0f, progress_dir = 1.0f; if (animate) { @@ -1213,20 +1777,21 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() // Typically we would use ImVec2(-1.0f,0.0f) or ImVec2(-FLT_MIN,0.0f) to use all available width, // or ImVec2(width,0.0f) for a specified width. ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f) uses ItemWidth. - ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f)); + ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); ImGui::Text("Progress Bar"); - float progress_saturated = (progress < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (progress > 1.0f) ? 1.0f : progress; + float progress_saturated = IM_CLAMP(progress, 0.0f, 1.0f); char buf[32]; - sprintf(buf, "%d/%d", (int)(progress_saturated*1753), 1753); - ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.f,0.f), buf); + sprintf(buf, "%d/%d", (int)(progress_saturated * 1753), 1753); + ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.f, 0.f), buf); ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Color/Picker Widgets")) { - static ImVec4 color = ImVec4(114.0f/255.0f, 144.0f/255.0f, 154.0f/255.0f, 200.0f/255.0f); + static ImVec4 color = ImVec4(114.0f / 255.0f, 144.0f / 255.0f, 154.0f / 255.0f, 200.0f / 255.0f); static bool alpha_preview = true; static bool alpha_half_preview = false; @@ -1240,30 +1805,41 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::Checkbox("With HDR", &hdr); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Currently all this does is to lift the 0..1 limits on dragging widgets."); ImGuiColorEditFlags misc_flags = (hdr ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR : 0) | (drag_and_drop ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) | (alpha_half_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf : (alpha_preview ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview : 0)) | (options_menu ? 0 : ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorEdit"); ImGui::Text("Color widget:"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Click on the colored square to open a color picker.\nCTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Click on the color square to open a color picker.\n" + "CTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n"); ImGui::ColorEdit3("MyColor##1", (float*)&color, misc_flags); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorEdit (HSV, with Alpha)"); ImGui::Text("Color widget HSV with Alpha:"); ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##2", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | misc_flags); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorEdit (float display)"); ImGui::Text("Color widget with Float Display:"); ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##2f", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | misc_flags); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorButton (with Picker)"); ImGui::Text("Color button with Picker:"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("With the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs flag you can hide all the slider/text inputs.\nWith the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel flag you can pass a non-empty label which will only be used for the tooltip and picker popup."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "With the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs flag you can hide all the slider/text inputs.\n" + "With the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel flag you can pass a non-empty label which will only " + "be used for the tooltip and picker popup."); ImGui::ColorEdit4("MyColor##3", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | misc_flags); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorButton (with custom Picker popup)"); ImGui::Text("Color button with Custom Picker Popup:"); - // Generate a dummy default palette. The palette will persist and can be edited. + // Generate a default palette. The palette will persist and can be edited. static bool saved_palette_init = true; static ImVec4 saved_palette[32] = {}; if (saved_palette_init) { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(saved_palette); n++) { - ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(n / 31.0f, 0.8f, 0.8f, saved_palette[n].x, saved_palette[n].y, saved_palette[n].z); + ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(n / 31.0f, 0.8f, 0.8f, + saved_palette[n].x, saved_palette[n].y, saved_palette[n].z); saved_palette[n].w = 1.0f; // Alpha } saved_palette_init = false; @@ -1287,9 +1863,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::BeginGroup(); // Lock X position ImGui::Text("Current"); - ImGui::ColorButton("##current", color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf, ImVec2(60,40)); + ImGui::ColorButton("##current", color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf, ImVec2(60, 40)); ImGui::Text("Previous"); - if (ImGui::ColorButton("##previous", backup_color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf, ImVec2(60,40))) + if (ImGui::ColorButton("##previous", backup_color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf, ImVec2(60, 40))) color = backup_color; ImGui::Separator(); ImGui::Text("Palette"); @@ -1298,11 +1874,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::PushID(n); if ((n % 8) != 0) ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y); - if (ImGui::ColorButton("##palette", saved_palette[n], ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, ImVec2(20,20))) + + ImGuiColorEditFlags palette_button_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip; + if (ImGui::ColorButton("##palette", saved_palette[n], palette_button_flags, ImVec2(20, 20))) color = ImVec4(saved_palette[n].x, saved_palette[n].y, saved_palette[n].z, color.w); // Preserve alpha! - // Allow user to drop colors into each palette entry - // (Note that ColorButton is already a drag source by default, unless using ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) + // Allow user to drop colors into each palette entry. Note that ColorButton() is already a + // drag source by default, unless specifying the ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop flag. if (ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget()) { if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F)) @@ -1318,17 +1896,19 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::EndPopup(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorButton (simple)"); ImGui::Text("Color button only:"); static bool no_border = false; ImGui::Checkbox("ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder", &no_border); - ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3c", *(ImVec4*)&color, misc_flags | (no_border ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder : 0), ImVec2(80,80)); + ImGui::ColorButton("MyColor##3c", *(ImVec4*)&color, misc_flags | (no_border ? ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder : 0), ImVec2(80, 80)); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color/ColorPicker"); ImGui::Text("Color picker:"); static bool alpha = true; static bool alpha_bar = true; static bool side_preview = true; static bool ref_color = false; - static ImVec4 ref_color_v(1.0f,0.0f,1.0f,0.5f); + static ImVec4 ref_color_v(1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); static int display_mode = 0; static int picker_mode = 0; ImGui::Checkbox("With Alpha", &alpha); @@ -1345,9 +1925,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } } ImGui::Combo("Display Mode", &display_mode, "Auto/Current\0None\0RGB Only\0HSV Only\0Hex Only\0"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("ColorEdit defaults to displaying RGB inputs if you don't specify a display mode, but the user can change it with a right-click.\n\nColorPicker defaults to displaying RGB+HSV+Hex if you don't specify a display mode.\n\nYou can change the defaults using SetColorEditOptions()."); - ImGui::Combo("Picker Mode", &picker_mode, "Auto/Current\0Hue bar + SV rect\0Hue wheel + SV triangle\0"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("User can right-click the picker to change mode."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "ColorEdit defaults to displaying RGB inputs if you don't specify a display mode, " + "but the user can change it with a right-click on those inputs.\n\nColorPicker defaults to displaying RGB+HSV+Hex " + "if you don't specify a display mode.\n\nYou can change the defaults using SetColorEditOptions()."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When not specified explicitly (Auto/Current mode), user can right-click the picker to change mode."); ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = misc_flags; if (!alpha) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha; // This is by default if you call ColorPicker3() instead of ColorPicker4() if (alpha_bar) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar; @@ -1360,51 +1942,107 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() if (display_mode == 4) flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex; ImGui::ColorPicker4("MyColor##4", (float*)&color, flags, ref_color ? &ref_color_v.x : NULL); - ImGui::Text("Programmatically set defaults:"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("SetColorEditOptions() is designed to allow you to set boot-time default.\nWe don't have Push/Pop functions because you can force options on a per-widget basis if needed, and the user can change non-forced ones with the options menu.\nWe don't have a getter to avoid encouraging you to persistently save values that aren't forward-compatible."); + ImGui::Text("Set defaults in code:"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "SetColorEditOptions() is designed to allow you to set boot-time default.\n" + "We don't have Push/Pop functions because you can force options on a per-widget basis if needed," + "and the user can change non-forced ones with the options menu.\nWe don't have a getter to avoid" + "encouraging you to persistently save values that aren't forward-compatible."); if (ImGui::Button("Default: Uint8 + HSV + Hue Bar")) ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar); if (ImGui::Button("Default: Float + HDR + Hue Wheel")) ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel); + // Always both a small version of both types of pickers (to make it more visible in the demo to people who are skimming quickly through it) + ImGui::Text("Both types:"); + float w = (ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y) * 0.40f; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(w); + ImGui::ColorPicker3("##MyColor##5", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(w); + ImGui::ColorPicker3("##MyColor##6", (float*)&color, ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); + // HSV encoded support (to avoid RGB<>HSV round trips and singularities when S==0 or V==0) - static ImVec4 color_stored_as_hsv(0.23f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); + static ImVec4 color_hsv(0.23f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // Stored as HSV! ImGui::Spacing(); ImGui::Text("HSV encoded colors"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("By default, colors are given to ColorEdit and ColorPicker in RGB, but ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV allows you to store colors as HSV and pass them to ColorEdit and ColorPicker as HSV. This comes with the added benefit that you can manipulate hue values with the picker even when saturation or value are zero."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "By default, colors are given to ColorEdit and ColorPicker in RGB, but ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV" + "allows you to store colors as HSV and pass them to ColorEdit and ColorPicker as HSV. This comes with the" + "added benefit that you can manipulate hue values with the picker even when saturation or value are zero."); ImGui::Text("Color widget with InputHSV:"); - ImGui::ColorEdit4("HSV shown as RGB##1", (float*)&color_stored_as_hsv, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float); - ImGui::ColorEdit4("HSV shown as HSV##1", (float*)&color_stored_as_hsv, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float); - ImGui::DragFloat4("Raw HSV values", (float*)&color_stored_as_hsv, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("HSV shown as RGB##1", (float*)&color_hsv, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("HSV shown as HSV##1", (float*)&color_hsv, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float); + ImGui::DragFloat4("Raw HSV values", (float*)&color_hsv, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and Slider Flags"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag/Slider Flags")) + { + // Demonstrate using advanced flags for DragXXX and SliderXXX functions. Note that the flags are the same! + static ImGuiSliderFlags flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Always clamp value to min/max bounds (if any) when input manually with CTRL+Click."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable logarithmic editing (more precision for small values)."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits)."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget."); + + // Drags + static float drag_f = 0.5f; + static int drag_i = 50; + ImGui::Text("Underlying float value: %f", drag_f); + ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (0 -> 1)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags); + ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (0 -> +inf)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX, "%.3f", flags); + ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (-inf -> 1)", &drag_f, 0.005f, -FLT_MAX, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags); + ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (-inf -> +inf)", &drag_f, 0.005f, -FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, "%.3f", flags); + ImGui::DragInt("DragInt (0 -> 100)", &drag_i, 0.5f, 0, 100, "%d", flags); + + // Sliders + static float slider_f = 0.5f; + static int slider_i = 50; + ImGui::Text("Underlying float value: %f", slider_f); + ImGui::SliderFloat("SliderFloat (0 -> 1)", &slider_f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags); + ImGui::SliderInt("SliderInt (0 -> 100)", &slider_i, 0, 100, "%d", flags); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Range Widgets"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Range Widgets")) { static float begin = 10, end = 90; static int begin_i = 100, end_i = 1000; - ImGui::DragFloatRange2("range", &begin, &end, 0.25f, 0.0f, 100.0f, "Min: %.1f %%", "Max: %.1f %%"); + ImGui::DragFloatRange2("range float", &begin, &end, 0.25f, 0.0f, 100.0f, "Min: %.1f %%", "Max: %.1f %%", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + ImGui::DragIntRange2("range int", &begin_i, &end_i, 5, 0, 1000, "Min: %d units", "Max: %d units"); ImGui::DragIntRange2("range int (no bounds)", &begin_i, &end_i, 5, 0, 0, "Min: %d units", "Max: %d units"); ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Data Types")) { - // The DragScalar/InputScalar/SliderScalar functions allow various data types: signed/unsigned int/long long and float/double - // To avoid polluting the public API with all possible combinations, we use the ImGuiDataType enum to pass the type, - // and passing all arguments by address. - // This is the reason the test code below creates local variables to hold "zero" "one" etc. for each types. - // In practice, if you frequently use a given type that is not covered by the normal API entry points, you can wrap it - // yourself inside a 1 line function which can take typed argument as value instead of void*, and then pass their address - // to the generic function. For example: + // DragScalar/InputScalar/SliderScalar functions allow various data types + // - signed/unsigned + // - 8/16/32/64-bits + // - integer/float/double + // To avoid polluting the public API with all possible combinations, we use the ImGuiDataType enum + // to pass the type, and passing all arguments by pointer. + // This is the reason the test code below creates local variables to hold "zero" "one" etc. for each type. + // In practice, if you frequently use a given type that is not covered by the normal API entry points, + // you can wrap it yourself inside a 1 line function which can take typed argument as value instead of void*, + // and then pass their address to the generic function. For example: // bool MySliderU64(const char *label, u64* value, u64 min = 0, u64 max = 0, const char* format = "%lld") // { // return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_U64, value, &min, &max, format); // } - // Limits (as helper variables that we can take the address of) - // Note that the SliderScalar function has a maximum usable range of half the natural type maximum, hence the /2 below. + // Setup limits (as helper variables so we can take their address, as explained above) + // Note: SliderScalar() functions have a maximum usable range of half the natural type maximum, hence the /2. #ifndef LLONG_MIN ImS64 LLONG_MIN = -9223372036854775807LL - 1; ImS64 LLONG_MAX = 9223372036854775807LL; @@ -1435,45 +2073,61 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() const float drag_speed = 0.2f; static bool drag_clamp = false; + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Drags"); ImGui::Text("Drags:"); - ImGui::Checkbox("Clamp integers to 0..50", &drag_clamp); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("As with every widgets in dear imgui, we never modify values unless there is a user interaction.\nYou can override the clamping limits by using CTRL+Click to input a value."); + ImGui::Checkbox("Clamp integers to 0..50", &drag_clamp); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "As with every widget in dear imgui, we never modify values unless there is a user interaction.\n" + "You can override the clamping limits by using CTRL+Click to input a value."); ImGui::DragScalar("drag s8", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s8_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s8_fifty : NULL); ImGui::DragScalar("drag u8", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u8_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u8_fifty : NULL, "%u ms"); ImGui::DragScalar("drag s16", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s16_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s16_fifty : NULL); ImGui::DragScalar("drag u16", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u16_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u16_fifty : NULL, "%u ms"); ImGui::DragScalar("drag s32", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s32_fifty : NULL); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s32_fifty : NULL, "0x%08X"); ImGui::DragScalar("drag u32", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u32_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u32_fifty : NULL, "%u ms"); ImGui::DragScalar("drag s64", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &s64_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &s64_fifty : NULL); ImGui::DragScalar("drag u64", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, drag_speed, drag_clamp ? &u64_zero : NULL, drag_clamp ? &u64_fifty : NULL); - ImGui::DragScalar("drag float", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, 0.005f, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%f", 1.0f); - ImGui::DragScalar("drag float ^2", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, 0.005f, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%f", 2.0f); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("You can use the 'power' parameter to increase tweaking precision on one side of the range."); - ImGui::DragScalar("drag double", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, NULL, "%.10f grams", 1.0f); - ImGui::DragScalar("drag double ^2", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "0 < %.10f < 1", 2.0f); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag float", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, 0.005f, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%f"); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag float log", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, 0.005f, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag double", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, NULL, "%.10f grams"); + ImGui::DragScalar("drag double log",ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, 0.0005f, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "0 < %.10f < 1", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Sliders"); ImGui::Text("Sliders"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s8 full", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, &s8_min, &s8_max, "%d"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 full", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, &u8_min, &u8_max, "%u"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s16 full", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, &s16_min, &s16_max, "%d"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u16 full", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, &u16_min, &u16_max, "%u"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 low", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_zero, &s32_fifty,"%d"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 high", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_hi_a, &s32_hi_b, "%d"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 full", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_min, &s32_max, "%d"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 low", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_zero, &u32_fifty,"%u"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 high", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_hi_a, &u32_hi_b, "%u"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 full", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_min, &u32_max, "%u"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 low", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_zero, &s64_fifty,"%I64d"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 high", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_hi_a, &s64_hi_b, "%I64d"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 full", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_min, &s64_max, "%I64d"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 low", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_zero, &u64_fifty,"%I64u ms"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 high", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_hi_a, &u64_hi_b, "%I64u ms"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 full", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_min, &u64_max, "%I64u ms"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low^2", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%.10f", 2.0f); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float high", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_lo_a, &f32_hi_a, "%e"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double low", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "%.10f grams", 1.0f); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double low^2",ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "%.10f", 2.0f); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double high", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_lo_a, &f64_hi_a, "%e grams", 1.0f); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s8 full", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, &s8_min, &s8_max, "%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 full", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, &u8_min, &u8_max, "%u"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s16 full", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, &s16_min, &s16_max, "%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u16 full", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, &u16_min, &u16_max, "%u"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 low", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_zero, &s32_fifty,"%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 high", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_hi_a, &s32_hi_b, "%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 full", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_min, &s32_max, "%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_zero, &s32_fifty, "0x%04X"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 low", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_zero, &u32_fifty,"%u"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 high", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_hi_a, &u32_hi_b, "%u"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 full", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_min, &u32_max, "%u"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 low", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_zero, &s64_fifty,"%" IM_PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 high", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_hi_a, &s64_hi_b, "%" IM_PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 full", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_min, &s64_max, "%" IM_PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 low", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_zero, &u64_fifty,"%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 high", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_hi_a, &u64_hi_b, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 full", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_min, &u64_max, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low log", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%.10f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float high", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_lo_a, &f32_hi_a, "%e"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double low", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "%.10f grams"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double low log",ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_zero, &f64_one, "%.10f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider double high", ImGuiDataType_Double, &f64_v, &f64_lo_a, &f64_hi_a, "%e grams"); + ImGui::Text("Sliders (reverse)"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s8 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S8, &s8_v, &s8_max, &s8_min, "%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, &u8_max, &u8_min, "%u"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_fifty, &s32_zero, "%d"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_fifty, &u32_zero, "%u"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_fifty, &s64_zero, "%" IM_PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_fifty, &u64_zero, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Inputs"); static bool inputs_step = true; ImGui::Text("Inputs"); ImGui::Checkbox("Show step buttons", &inputs_step); @@ -1482,9 +2136,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::InputScalar("input s16", ImGuiDataType_S16, &s16_v, inputs_step ? &s16_one : NULL, NULL, "%d"); ImGui::InputScalar("input u16", ImGuiDataType_U16, &u16_v, inputs_step ? &u16_one : NULL, NULL, "%u"); ImGui::InputScalar("input s32", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%d"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X", ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal); + ImGui::InputScalar("input s32 hex", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, inputs_step ? &s32_one : NULL, NULL, "%04X"); ImGui::InputScalar("input u32", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%u"); - ImGui::InputScalar("input u32 hex", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X", ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal); + ImGui::InputScalar("input u32 hex", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, inputs_step ? &u32_one : NULL, NULL, "%08X"); ImGui::InputScalar("input s64", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, inputs_step ? &s64_one : NULL); ImGui::InputScalar("input u64", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, inputs_step ? &u64_one : NULL); ImGui::InputScalar("input float", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, inputs_step ? &f32_one : NULL); @@ -1493,6 +2147,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Multi-component Widgets"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-component Widgets")) { static float vec4f[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f }; @@ -1524,13 +2179,14 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Vertical Sliders"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical Sliders")) { const float spacing = 4; ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(spacing, spacing)); static int int_value = 0; - ImGui::VSliderInt("##int", ImVec2(18,160), &int_value, 0, 5); + ImGui::VSliderInt("##int", ImVec2(18, 160), &int_value, 0, 5); ImGui::SameLine(); static float values[7] = { 0.0f, 0.60f, 0.35f, 0.9f, 0.70f, 0.20f, 0.0f }; @@ -1539,11 +2195,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() { if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::PushID(i); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBg, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.5f, 0.5f)); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.6f, 0.5f)); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.7f, 0.5f)); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SliderGrab, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f)); - ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(18,160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, ""); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBg, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.5f, 0.5f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.6f, 0.5f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.7f, 0.5f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SliderGrab, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f)); + ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(18, 160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, ""); if (ImGui::IsItemActive() || ImGui::IsItemHovered()) ImGui::SetTooltip("%.3f", values[i]); ImGui::PopStyleColor(4); @@ -1562,7 +2218,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::BeginGroup(); for (int ny = 0; ny < rows; ny++) { - ImGui::PushID(nx*rows+ny); + ImGui::PushID(nx * rows + ny); ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", small_slider_size, &values2[nx], 0.0f, 1.0f, ""); if (ImGui::IsItemActive() || ImGui::IsItemHovered()) ImGui::SetTooltip("%.3f", values2[nx]); @@ -1579,7 +2235,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::PushID(i); ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, 40); - ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(40,160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f\nsec"); + ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(40, 160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f\nsec"); ImGui::PopStyleVar(); ImGui::PopID(); } @@ -1588,14 +2244,17 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and drop"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and Drop")) { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and drop/Standard widgets"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and drop in standard widgets")) { // ColorEdit widgets automatically act as drag source and drag target. - // They are using standardized payload strings IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F and IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F to allow your own widgets - // to use colors in their drag and drop interaction. Also see the demo in Color Picker -> Palette demo. - HelpMarker("You can drag from the colored squares."); + // They are using standardized payload strings IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F and IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F + // to allow your own widgets to use colors in their drag and drop interaction. + // Also see 'Demo->Widgets->Color/Picker Widgets->Palette' demo. + HelpMarker("You can drag from the color squares."); static float col1[3] = { 1.0f, 0.0f, 0.2f }; static float col2[4] = { 0.4f, 0.7f, 0.0f, 0.5f }; ImGui::ColorEdit3("color 1", col1); @@ -1603,6 +2262,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and drop/Copy-swap items"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and drop to copy/swap items")) { enum Mode @@ -1615,19 +2275,28 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() if (ImGui::RadioButton("Copy", mode == Mode_Copy)) { mode = Mode_Copy; } ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::RadioButton("Move", mode == Mode_Move)) { mode = Mode_Move; } ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::RadioButton("Swap", mode == Mode_Swap)) { mode = Mode_Swap; } - static const char* names[9] = { "Bobby", "Beatrice", "Betty", "Brianna", "Barry", "Bernard", "Bibi", "Blaine", "Bryn" }; + static const char* names[9] = + { + "Bobby", "Beatrice", "Betty", + "Brianna", "Barry", "Bernard", + "Bibi", "Blaine", "Bryn" + }; for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); n++) { ImGui::PushID(n); if ((n % 3) != 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button(names[n], ImVec2(60,60)); + ImGui::Button(names[n], ImVec2(60, 60)); // Our buttons are both drag sources and drag targets here! if (ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags_None)) { - ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("DND_DEMO_CELL", &n, sizeof(int)); // Set payload to carry the index of our item (could be anything) - if (mode == Mode_Copy) { ImGui::Text("Copy %s", names[n]); } // Display preview (could be anything, e.g. when dragging an image we could decide to display the filename and a small preview of the image, etc.) + // Set payload to carry the index of our item (could be anything) + ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("DND_DEMO_CELL", &n, sizeof(int)); + + // Display preview (could be anything, e.g. when dragging an image we could decide to display + // the filename and a small preview of the image, etc.) + if (mode == Mode_Copy) { ImGui::Text("Copy %s", names[n]); } if (mode == Mode_Move) { ImGui::Text("Move %s", names[n]); } if (mode == Mode_Swap) { ImGui::Text("Swap %s", names[n]); } ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); @@ -1661,10 +2330,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and Drop/Drag to reorder items (simple)"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag to reorder items (simple)")) { // Simple reordering - HelpMarker("We don't use the drag and drop api at all here! Instead we query when the item is held but not hovered, and order items accordingly."); + HelpMarker( + "We don't use the drag and drop api at all here! " + "Instead we query when the item is held but not hovered, and order items accordingly."); static const char* item_names[] = { "Item One", "Item Two", "Item Three", "Item Four", "Item Five" }; for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names); n++) { @@ -1688,35 +2360,54 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Querying Status (Active/Focused/Hovered etc.)")) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Querying Item Status (Edited,Active,Hovered etc.)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Querying Item Status (Edited/Active/Hovered etc.)")) { - // Submit an item (various types available) so we can query their status in the following block. - static int item_type = 1; - ImGui::Combo("Item Type", &item_type, "Text\0Button\0Button (w/ repeat)\0Checkbox\0SliderFloat\0InputText\0InputFloat\0InputFloat3\0ColorEdit4\0MenuItem\0TreeNode\0TreeNode (w/ double-click)\0ListBox\0", 20); + // Select an item type + const char* item_names[] = + { + "Text", "Button", "Button (w/ repeat)", "Checkbox", "SliderFloat", "InputText", "InputTextMultiline", "InputFloat", + "InputFloat3", "ColorEdit4", "Selectable", "MenuItem", "TreeNode", "TreeNode (w/ double-click)", "Combo", "ListBox" + }; + static int item_type = 4; + static bool item_disabled = false; + ImGui::Combo("Item Type", &item_type, item_names, IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names), IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names)); ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker("Testing how various types of items are interacting with the IsItemXXX functions."); + HelpMarker("Testing how various types of items are interacting with the IsItemXXX functions. Note that the bool return value of most ImGui function is generally equivalent to calling ImGui::IsItemHovered()."); + ImGui::Checkbox("Item Disabled", &item_disabled); + + // Submit selected items so we can query their status in the code following it. bool ret = false; static bool b = false; static float col4f[4] = { 1.0f, 0.5, 0.0f, 1.0f }; static char str[16] = {}; + if (item_disabled) + ImGui::BeginDisabled(true); if (item_type == 0) { ImGui::Text("ITEM: Text"); } // Testing text items with no identifier/interaction if (item_type == 1) { ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); } // Testing button if (item_type == 2) { ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); } // Testing button (with repeater) if (item_type == 3) { ret = ImGui::Checkbox("ITEM: Checkbox", &b); } // Testing checkbox if (item_type == 4) { ret = ImGui::SliderFloat("ITEM: SliderFloat", &col4f[0], 0.0f, 1.0f); } // Testing basic item if (item_type == 5) { ret = ImGui::InputText("ITEM: InputText", &str[0], IM_ARRAYSIZE(str)); } // Testing input text (which handles tabbing) - if (item_type == 6) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat("ITEM: InputFloat", col4f, 1.0f); } // Testing +/- buttons on scalar input - if (item_type == 7) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat3("ITEM: InputFloat3", col4f); } // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged) - if (item_type == 8) { ret = ImGui::ColorEdit4("ITEM: ColorEdit4", col4f); } // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged) - if (item_type == 9) { ret = ImGui::MenuItem("ITEM: MenuItem"); } // Testing menu item (they use ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease button policy) - if (item_type == 10){ ret = ImGui::TreeNode("ITEM: TreeNode"); if (ret) ImGui::TreePop(); } // Testing tree node - if (item_type == 11){ ret = ImGui::TreeNodeEx("ITEM: TreeNode w/ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen); } // Testing tree node with ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick button policy. - if (item_type == 12){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::ListBox("ITEM: ListBox", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); } + if (item_type == 6) { ret = ImGui::InputTextMultiline("ITEM: InputTextMultiline", &str[0], IM_ARRAYSIZE(str)); } // Testing input text (which uses a child window) + if (item_type == 7) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat("ITEM: InputFloat", col4f, 1.0f); } // Testing +/- buttons on scalar input + if (item_type == 8) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat3("ITEM: InputFloat3", col4f); } // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged) + if (item_type == 9) { ret = ImGui::ColorEdit4("ITEM: ColorEdit4", col4f); } // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged) + if (item_type == 10){ ret = ImGui::Selectable("ITEM: Selectable"); } // Testing selectable item + if (item_type == 11){ ret = ImGui::MenuItem("ITEM: MenuItem"); } // Testing menu item (they use ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease button policy) + if (item_type == 12){ ret = ImGui::TreeNode("ITEM: TreeNode"); if (ret) ImGui::TreePop(); } // Testing tree node + if (item_type == 13){ ret = ImGui::TreeNodeEx("ITEM: TreeNode w/ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen); } // Testing tree node with ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick button policy. + if (item_type == 14){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::Combo("ITEM: Combo", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); } + if (item_type == 15){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::ListBox("ITEM: ListBox", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); } - // Display the value of IsItemHovered() and other common item state functions. + bool hovered_delay_none = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); + bool hovered_delay_short = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort); + bool hovered_delay_normal = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal); + + // Display the values of IsItemHovered() and other common item state functions. // Note that the ImGuiHoveredFlags_XXX flags can be combined. // Because BulletText is an item itself and that would affect the output of IsItemXXX functions, - // we query every state in a single call to avoid storing them and to simplify the code + // we query every state in a single call to avoid storing them and to simplify the code. ImGui::BulletText( "Return value = %d\n" "IsItemFocused() = %d\n" @@ -1724,6 +2415,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n" "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenOverlapped) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenDisabled) = %d\n" "IsItemHovered(_RectOnly) = %d\n" "IsItemActive() = %d\n" "IsItemEdited() = %d\n" @@ -1742,6 +2434,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem), ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped), + ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled), ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly), ImGui::IsItemActive(), ImGui::IsItemEdited(), @@ -1755,44 +2448,82 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::GetItemRectMax().x, ImGui::GetItemRectMax().y, ImGui::GetItemRectSize().x, ImGui::GetItemRectSize().y ); + ImGui::BulletText( + "w/ Hovering Delay: None = %d, Fast %d, Normal = %d", hovered_delay_none, hovered_delay_short, hovered_delay_normal); + if (item_disabled) + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + + char buf[1] = ""; + ImGui::InputText("unused", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("This widget is only here to be able to tab-out of the widgets above and see e.g. Deactivated() status."); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Querying Window Status (Focused,Hovered etc.)"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Querying Window Status (Focused/Hovered etc.)")) + { static bool embed_all_inside_a_child_window = false; - ImGui::Checkbox("Embed everything inside a child window (for additional testing)", &embed_all_inside_a_child_window); + ImGui::Checkbox("Embed everything inside a child window for testing _RootWindow flag.", &embed_all_inside_a_child_window); if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window) - ImGui::BeginChild("outer_child", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), true); + ImGui::BeginChild("outer_child", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20.0f), true); // Testing IsWindowFocused() function with its various flags. - // Note that the ImGuiFocusedFlags_XXX flags can be combined. ImGui::BulletText( "IsWindowFocused() = %d\n" "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows) = %d\n" + "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n" + "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_DockHierarchy) = %d\n" "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow) = %d\n" + "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n" + "IsWindowFocused(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow|_DockHierarchy) = %d\n" "IsWindowFocused(_RootWindow) = %d\n" + "IsWindowFocused(_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n" + "IsWindowFocused(_RootWindow|_DockHierarchy) = %d\n" "IsWindowFocused(_AnyWindow) = %d\n", ImGui::IsWindowFocused(), ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows), + ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy), + ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiFocusedFlags_DockHierarchy), ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow), + ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy), + ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_DockHierarchy), ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow), + ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_NoPopupHierarchy), + ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiFocusedFlags_DockHierarchy), ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags_AnyWindow)); // Testing IsWindowHovered() function with its various flags. - // Note that the ImGuiHoveredFlags_XXX flags can be combined. ImGui::BulletText( "IsWindowHovered() = %d\n" "IsWindowHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" "IsWindowHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n" "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_DockHierarchy) = %d\n" "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow) = %d\n" - "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_RootWindow|_DockHierarchy) = %d\n" "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow|_DockHierarchy) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" "IsWindowHovered(_AnyWindow) = %d\n", ImGui::IsWindowHovered(), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow), - ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)); ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 50), true); @@ -1801,11 +2532,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window) ImGui::EndChild(); - static char dummy_str[] = "This is a dummy field to be able to tab-out of the widgets above."; - ImGui::InputText("dummy", dummy_str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(dummy_str), ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); - // Calling IsItemHovered() after begin returns the hovered status of the title bar. - // This is useful in particular if you want to create a context menu (with BeginPopupContextItem) associated to the title bar of a window. + // This is useful in particular if you want to create a context menu associated to the title bar of a window. // This will also work when docked into a Tab (the Tab replace the Title Bar and guarantee the same properties). static bool test_window = false; ImGui::Checkbox("Hovered/Active tests after Begin() for title bar testing", &test_window); @@ -1828,13 +2556,48 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + + // Demonstrate BeginDisabled/EndDisabled using a checkbox located at the bottom of the section (which is a bit odd: + // logically we'd have this checkbox at the top of the section, but we don't want this feature to steal that space) + if (disable_all) + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Disable Block"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Disable block")) + { + ImGui::Checkbox("Disable entire section above", &disable_all); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Demonstrate using BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled() across this section."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Filter"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Filter")) + { + // Helper class to easy setup a text filter. + // You may want to implement a more feature-full filtering scheme in your own application. + HelpMarker("Not a widget per-se, but ImGuiTextFilter is a helper to perform simple filtering on text strings."); + static ImGuiTextFilter filter; + ImGui::Text("Filter usage:\n" + " \"\" display all lines\n" + " \"xxx\" display lines containing \"xxx\"\n" + " \"xxx,yyy\" display lines containing \"xxx\" or \"yyy\"\n" + " \"-xxx\" hide lines containing \"xxx\""); + filter.Draw(); + const char* lines[] = { "aaa1.c", "bbb1.c", "ccc1.c", "aaa2.cpp", "bbb2.cpp", "ccc2.cpp", "abc.h", "hello, world" }; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(lines); i++) + if (filter.PassFilter(lines[i])) + ImGui::BulletText("%s", lines[i]); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } } static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() { - if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Layout")) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout"); + if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Layout & Scrolling")) return; + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Child windows"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Child windows")) { HelpMarker("Use child windows to begin into a self-contained independent scrolling/clipping regions within a host window."); @@ -1843,24 +2606,14 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::Checkbox("Disable Mouse Wheel", &disable_mouse_wheel); ImGui::Checkbox("Disable Menu", &disable_menu); - static int line = 50; - bool goto_line = ImGui::Button("Goto"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(100); - goto_line |= ImGui::InputInt("##Line", &line, 0, 0, ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue); - // Child 1: no border, enable horizontal scrollbar { - ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | (disable_mouse_wheel ? ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse : 0); - ImGui::BeginChild("ChildL", ImVec2(ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionWidth() * 0.5f, 260), false, window_flags); + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar; + if (disable_mouse_wheel) + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse; + ImGui::BeginChild("ChildL", ImVec2(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f, 260), false, window_flags); for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) - { ImGui::Text("%04d: scrollable region", i); - if (goto_line && line == i) - ImGui::SetScrollHereY(); - } - if (goto_line && line >= 100) - ImGui::SetScrollHereY(); ImGui::EndChild(); } @@ -1868,7 +2621,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() // Child 2: rounded border { - ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = (disable_mouse_wheel ? ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse : 0) | (disable_menu ? 0 : ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar); + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_None; + if (disable_mouse_wheel) + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse; + if (!disable_menu) + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar; ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, 5.0f); ImGui::BeginChild("ChildR", ImVec2(0, 260), true, window_flags); if (!disable_menu && ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) @@ -1880,13 +2637,16 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() } ImGui::EndMenuBar(); } - ImGui::Columns(2); - for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings)) { - char buf[32]; - sprintf(buf, "%03d", i); - ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); - ImGui::NextColumn(); + for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "%03d", i); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); } ImGui::EndChild(); ImGui::PopStyleVar(); @@ -1896,68 +2656,117 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() // Demonstrate a few extra things // - Changing ImGuiCol_ChildBg (which is transparent black in default styles) - // - Using SetCursorPos() to position the child window (because the child window is an item from the POV of the parent window) - // You can also call SetNextWindowPos() to position the child window. The parent window will effectively layout from this position. - // - Using ImGui::GetItemRectMin/Max() to query the "item" state (because the child window is an item from the POV of the parent window) - // See "Widgets" -> "Querying Status (Active/Focused/Hovered etc.)" section for more details about this. + // - Using SetCursorPos() to position child window (the child window is an item from the POV of parent window) + // You can also call SetNextWindowPos() to position the child window. The parent window will effectively + // layout from this position. + // - Using ImGui::GetItemRectMin/Max() to query the "item" state (because the child window is an item from + // the POV of the parent window). See 'Demo->Querying Status (Edited/Active/Hovered etc.)' for details. { - ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + 10); + static int offset_x = 0; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::DragInt("Offset X", &offset_x, 1.0f, -1000, 1000); + + ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + (float)offset_x); ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100)); ImGui::BeginChild("Red", ImVec2(200, 100), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); for (int n = 0; n < 50; n++) ImGui::Text("Some test %d", n); ImGui::EndChild(); + bool child_is_hovered = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); ImVec2 child_rect_min = ImGui::GetItemRectMin(); ImVec2 child_rect_max = ImGui::GetItemRectMax(); ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + ImGui::Text("Hovered: %d", child_is_hovered); ImGui::Text("Rect of child window is: (%.0f,%.0f) (%.0f,%.0f)", child_rect_min.x, child_rect_min.y, child_rect_max.x, child_rect_max.y); } ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Widgets Width"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Widgets Width")) { + static float f = 0.0f; + static bool show_indented_items = true; + ImGui::Checkbox("Show indented items", &show_indented_items); + // Use SetNextItemWidth() to set the width of a single upcoming item. // Use PushItemWidth()/PopItemWidth() to set the width of a group of items. - static float f = 0.0f; + // In real code use you'll probably want to choose width values that are proportional to your font size + // e.g. Using '20.0f * GetFontSize()' as width instead of '200.0f', etc. + ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(100)"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Fixed width."); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(100); - ImGui::DragFloat("float##1", &f); - - ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(GetWindowWidth() * 0.5f)"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Half of window width."); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.5f); - ImGui::DragFloat("float##2", &f); - - ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f)"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Half of available width.\n(~ right-cursor_pos)\n(works within a column set)"); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f); - ImGui::DragFloat("float##3", &f); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(100); + ImGui::DragFloat("float##1b", &f); + if (show_indented_items) + { + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##1b", &f); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-100)"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge minus 100"); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-100); - ImGui::DragFloat("float##4", &f); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-100); + ImGui::DragFloat("float##2a", &f); + if (show_indented_items) + { + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##2b", &f); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - // Demonstrate using PushItemWidth to surround three items. Calling SetNextItemWidth() before each of them would have the same effect. - ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-1)"); + ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f)"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Half of available width.\n(~ right-cursor_pos)\n(works within a column set)"); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f); + ImGui::DragFloat("float##3a", &f); + if (show_indented_items) + { + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##3b", &f); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f)"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge minus half"); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f); + ImGui::DragFloat("float##4a", &f); + if (show_indented_items) + { + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##4b", &f); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + + // Demonstrate using PushItemWidth to surround three items. + // Calling SetNextItemWidth() before each of them would have the same effect. + ImGui::Text("SetNextItemWidth/PushItemWidth(-FLT_MIN)"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Align to right edge"); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(-1); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); ImGui::DragFloat("##float5a", &f); - ImGui::DragFloat("##float5b", &f); - ImGui::DragFloat("##float5c", &f); + if (show_indented_items) + { + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::DragFloat("float (indented)##5b", &f); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } ImGui::PopItemWidth(); ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic Horizontal Layout")) { ImGui::TextWrapped("(Use ImGui::SameLine() to keep adding items to the right of the preceding item)"); // Text + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/SameLine"); ImGui::Text("Two items: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor"); @@ -1978,6 +2787,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::Text("can fit within a text block."); // Aligned to arbitrary position. Easy/cheap column. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/SameLine (with offset)"); ImGui::Text("Aligned"); ImGui::SameLine(150); ImGui::Text("x=150"); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text("x=300"); @@ -1986,6 +2796,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::SmallButton("x=300"); // Checkbox + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/SameLine (more)"); static bool c1 = false, c2 = false, c3 = false, c4 = false; ImGui::Checkbox("My", &c1); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Checkbox("Tailor", &c2); ImGui::SameLine(); @@ -2017,13 +2828,16 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::PopItemWidth(); // Dummy + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/Dummy"); ImVec2 button_sz(40, 40); ImGui::Button("A", button_sz); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Dummy(button_sz); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Button("B", button_sz); - // Manually wrapping (we should eventually provide this as an automatic layout feature, but for now you can do it manually) - ImGui::Text("Manually wrapping:"); + // Manually wrapping + // (we should eventually provide this as an automatic layout feature, but for now you can do it manually) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/Manual wrapping"); + ImGui::Text("Manual wrapping:"); ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); int buttons_count = 20; float window_visible_x2 = ImGui::GetWindowPos().x + ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax().x; @@ -2041,80 +2855,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tabs")) - { - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) - { - ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_None; - if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags)) - { - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Avocado")) - { - ImGui::Text("This is the Avocado tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah"); - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Broccoli")) - { - ImGui::Text("This is the Broccoli tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah"); - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Cucumber")) - { - ImGui::Text("This is the Cucumber tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah"); - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - ImGui::EndTabBar(); - } - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced & Close Button")) - { - // Expose a couple of the available flags. In most cases you may just call BeginTabBar() with no flags (0). - static ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable; - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable", (unsigned int*)&tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs", (unsigned int*)&tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton", (unsigned int*)&tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton", (unsigned int*)&tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton); - if ((tab_bar_flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_) == 0) - tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_; - if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown", (unsigned int*)&tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown)) - tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown); - if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll", (unsigned int*)&tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll)) - tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll); - - // Tab Bar - const char* names[4] = { "Artichoke", "Beetroot", "Celery", "Daikon" }; - static bool opened[4] = { true, true, true, true }; // Persistent user state - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(opened); n++) - { - if (n > 0) { ImGui::SameLine(); } - ImGui::Checkbox(names[n], &opened[n]); - } - - // Passing a bool* to BeginTabItem() is similar to passing one to Begin(): the underlying bool will be set to false when the tab is closed. - if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags)) - { - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(opened); n++) - if (opened[n] && ImGui::BeginTabItem(names[n], &opened[n], ImGuiTabItemFlags_None)) - { - ImGui::Text("This is the %s tab!", names[n]); - if (n & 1) - ImGui::Text("I am an odd tab."); - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - ImGui::EndTabBar(); - } - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Groups"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Groups")) { - HelpMarker("BeginGroup() basically locks the horizontal position for new line. EndGroup() bundles the whole group so that you can use \"item\" functions such as IsItemHovered()/IsItemActive() or SameLine() etc. on the whole group."); + HelpMarker( + "BeginGroup() basically locks the horizontal position for new line. " + "EndGroup() bundles the whole group so that you can use \"item\" functions such as " + "IsItemHovered()/IsItemActive() or SameLine() etc. on the whole group."); ImGui::BeginGroup(); { ImGui::BeginGroup(); @@ -2137,31 +2884,33 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() const float values[5] = { 0.5f, 0.20f, 0.80f, 0.60f, 0.25f }; ImGui::PlotHistogram("##values", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, size); - ImGui::Button("ACTION", ImVec2((size.x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x)*0.5f, size.y)); + ImGui::Button("ACTION", ImVec2((size.x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x) * 0.5f, size.y)); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("REACTION", ImVec2((size.x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x)*0.5f, size.y)); + ImGui::Button("REACTION", ImVec2((size.x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x) * 0.5f, size.y)); ImGui::EndGroup(); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Button("LEVERAGE\nBUZZWORD", size); ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::ListBoxHeader("List", size)) + if (ImGui::BeginListBox("List", size)) { ImGui::Selectable("Selected", true); ImGui::Selectable("Not Selected", false); - ImGui::ListBoxFooter(); + ImGui::EndListBox(); } ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Text Baseline Alignment"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Baseline Alignment")) { { ImGui::BulletText("Text baseline:"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker("This is testing the vertical alignment that gets applied on text to keep it aligned with widgets. Lines only composed of text or \"small\" widgets fit in less vertical spaces than lines with normal widgets."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "This is testing the vertical alignment that gets applied on text to keep it aligned with widgets. " + "Lines only composed of text or \"small\" widgets use less vertical space than lines with framed widgets."); ImGui::Indent(); ImGui::Text("KO Blahblah"); ImGui::SameLine(); @@ -2169,7 +2918,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() HelpMarker("Baseline of button will look misaligned with text.."); // If your line starts with text, call AlignTextToFramePadding() to align text to upcoming widgets. - // Because we don't know what's coming after the Text() statement, we need to move the text baseline down by FramePadding.y + // (because we don't know what's coming after the Text() statement, we need to move the text baseline + // down by FramePadding.y ahead of time) ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); ImGui::Text("OK Blahblah"); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Button("Some framed item"); ImGui::SameLine(); @@ -2221,7 +2971,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::BulletText("Misc items:"); ImGui::Indent(); - // SmallButton() sets FramePadding to zero. Text baseline is aligned to match baseline of previous Button + // SmallButton() sets FramePadding to zero. Text baseline is aligned to match baseline of previous Button. ImGui::Button("80x80", ImVec2(80, 80)); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Button("50x50", ImVec2(50, 50)); @@ -2234,12 +2984,29 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() const float spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x; ImGui::Button("Button##1"); ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Node##1")) { for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i); ImGui::TreePop(); } // Dummy tree data + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Node##1")) + { + // Placeholder tree data + for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) + ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); // Vertically align text node a bit lower so it'll be vertically centered with upcoming widget. Otherwise you can use SmallButton (smaller fit). - bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Node##2");// Common mistake to avoid: if we want to SameLine after TreeNode we need to do it before we add child content. + // Vertically align text node a bit lower so it'll be vertically centered with upcoming widget. + // Otherwise you can use SmallButton() (smaller fit). + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + + // Common mistake to avoid: if we want to SameLine after TreeNode we need to do it before we add + // other contents below the node. + bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Node##2"); ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); ImGui::Button("Button##2"); - if (node_open) { for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i); ImGui::TreePop(); } // Dummy tree data + if (node_open) + { + // Placeholder tree data + for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) + ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } // Bullet ImGui::Button("Button##3"); @@ -2255,9 +3022,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Scrolling")) { // Vertical scroll functions + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Vertical"); HelpMarker("Use SetScrollHereY() or SetScrollFromPosY() to scroll to a given vertical position."); static int track_item = 50; @@ -2267,8 +3036,6 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() static float scroll_to_pos_px = 200.0f; ImGui::Checkbox("Decoration", &enable_extra_decorations); - ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker("We expose this for testing because scrolling sometimes had issues with window decoration such as menu-bars."); ImGui::Checkbox("Track", &enable_track); ImGui::PushItemWidth(100); @@ -2296,8 +3063,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() const char* names[] = { "Top", "25%", "Center", "75%", "Bottom" }; ImGui::TextUnformatted(names[i]); - ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = enable_extra_decorations ? ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar : 0; - bool window_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i), ImVec2(child_w, 200.0f), true, child_flags); + const ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = enable_extra_decorations ? ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar : 0; + const ImGuiID child_id = ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i); + const bool child_is_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(child_id, ImVec2(child_w, 200.0f), true, child_flags); if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) { ImGui::TextUnformatted("abc"); @@ -2307,7 +3075,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::SetScrollY(scroll_to_off_px); if (scroll_to_pos) ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGui::GetCursorStartPos().y + scroll_to_pos_px, i * 0.25f); - if (window_visible) // Avoid calling SetScrollHereY when running with culled items + if (child_is_visible) // Avoid calling SetScrollHereY when running with culled items { for (int item = 0; item < 100; item++) { @@ -2331,22 +3099,30 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::PopID(); // Horizontal scroll functions + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Horizontal"); ImGui::Spacing(); - HelpMarker("Use SetScrollHereX() or SetScrollFromPosX() to scroll to a given horizontal position.\n\nUsing the \"Scroll To Pos\" button above will make the discontinuity at edges visible: scrolling to the top/bottom/left/right-most item will add an additional WindowPadding to reflect on reaching the edge of the list.\n\nBecause the clipping rectangle of most window hides half worth of WindowPadding on the left/right, using SetScrollFromPosX(+1) will usually result in clipped text whereas the equivalent SetScrollFromPosY(+1) wouldn't."); + HelpMarker( + "Use SetScrollHereX() or SetScrollFromPosX() to scroll to a given horizontal position.\n\n" + "Because the clipping rectangle of most window hides half worth of WindowPadding on the " + "left/right, using SetScrollFromPosX(+1) will usually result in clipped text whereas the " + "equivalent SetScrollFromPosY(+1) wouldn't."); ImGui::PushID("##HorizontalScrolling"); for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) { float child_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() + style.ScrollbarSize + style.WindowPadding.y * 2.0f; ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar | (enable_extra_decorations ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar : 0); - bool window_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i), ImVec2(-100, child_height), true, child_flags); + ImGuiID child_id = ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i); + bool child_is_visible = ImGui::BeginChild(child_id, ImVec2(-100, child_height), true, child_flags); if (scroll_to_off) ImGui::SetScrollX(scroll_to_off_px); if (scroll_to_pos) ImGui::SetScrollFromPosX(ImGui::GetCursorStartPos().x + scroll_to_pos_px, i * 0.25f); - if (window_visible) // Avoid calling SetScrollHereY when running with culled items + if (child_is_visible) // Avoid calling SetScrollHereY when running with culled items { for (int item = 0; item < 100; item++) { + if (item > 0) + ImGui::SameLine(); if (enable_track && item == track_item) { ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Item %d", item); @@ -2356,7 +3132,6 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() { ImGui::Text("Item %d", item); } - ImGui::SameLine(); } } float scroll_x = ImGui::GetScrollX(); @@ -2370,16 +3145,22 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::PopID(); // Miscellaneous Horizontal Scrolling Demo - HelpMarker("Horizontal scrolling for a window has to be enabled explicitly via the ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar flag.\n\nYou may want to explicitly specify content width by calling SetNextWindowContentWidth() before Begin()."); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Horizontal (more)"); + HelpMarker( + "Horizontal scrolling for a window is enabled via the ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar flag.\n\n" + "You may want to also explicitly specify content width by using SetNextWindowContentWidth() before Begin()."); static int lines = 7; ImGui::SliderInt("Lines", &lines, 1, 15); ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding, 3.0f); ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2.0f, 1.0f)); - ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() * 7 + 30), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); + ImVec2 scrolling_child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing() * 7 + 30); + ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", scrolling_child_size, true, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++) { - // Display random stuff (for the sake of this trivial demo we are using basic Button+SameLine. If you want to create your own time line for a real application you may be better off - // manipulating the cursor position yourself, aka using SetCursorPos/SetCursorScreenPos to position the widgets yourself. You may also want to use the lower-level ImDrawList API) + // Display random stuff. For the sake of this trivial demo we are using basic Button() + SameLine() + // If you want to create your own time line for a real application you may be better off manipulating + // the cursor position yourself, aka using SetCursorPos/SetCursorScreenPos to position the widgets + // yourself. You may also want to use the lower-level ImDrawList API. int num_buttons = 10 + ((line & 1) ? line * 9 : line * 3); for (int n = 0; n < num_buttons; n++) { @@ -2387,8 +3168,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::PushID(n + line * 1000); char num_buf[16]; sprintf(num_buf, "%d", n); - const char* label = (!(n%15)) ? "FizzBuzz" : (!(n%3)) ? "Fizz" : (!(n%5)) ? "Buzz" : num_buf; - float hue = n*0.05f; + const char* label = (!(n % 15)) ? "FizzBuzz" : (!(n % 3)) ? "Fizz" : (!(n % 5)) ? "Buzz" : num_buf; + float hue = n * 0.05f; ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.6f, 0.6f)); ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.7f, 0.7f)); ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.8f, 0.8f)); @@ -2402,13 +3183,21 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::EndChild(); ImGui::PopStyleVar(2); float scroll_x_delta = 0.0f; - ImGui::SmallButton("<<"); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) { scroll_x_delta = -ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f; } ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton("<<"); + if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) + scroll_x_delta = -ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f; + ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("Scroll from code"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SmallButton(">>"); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) { scroll_x_delta = +ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f; } ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton(">>"); + if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) + scroll_x_delta = +ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f; + ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%.0f/%.0f", scroll_x, scroll_max_x); if (scroll_x_delta != 0.0f) { - ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling"); // Demonstrate a trick: you can use Begin to set yourself in the context of another window (here we are already out of your child window) + // Demonstrate a trick: you can use Begin to set yourself in the context of another window + // (here we are already out of your child window) + ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling"); ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGui::GetScrollX() + scroll_x_delta); ImGui::EndChild(); } @@ -2431,6 +3220,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() if (explicit_content_size) ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(contents_size_x, 0.0f)); ImGui::Begin("Horizontal contents size demo window", &show_horizontal_contents_size_demo_window, show_h_scrollbar ? ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar : 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Scrolling/Horizontal contents size demo window"); ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(2, 0)); ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2, 0)); HelpMarker("Test of different widgets react and impact the work rectangle growing when horizontal scrolling is enabled.\n\nUse 'Metrics->Tools->Show windows rectangles' to visualize rectangles."); @@ -2479,6 +3269,17 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() } if (show_columns) { + ImGui::Text("Tables:"); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table", 4, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Width %.2f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::Text("Columns:"); ImGui::Columns(4); for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++) { @@ -2497,7 +3298,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() } if (show_child) { - ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0,0), true); + ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 0), true); ImGui::EndChild(); } ImGui::End(); @@ -2506,34 +3307,87 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Clipping"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Clipping")) { - static ImVec2 size(100, 100), offset(50, 20); - ImGui::TextWrapped("On a per-widget basis we are occasionally clipping text CPU-side if it won't fit in its frame. Otherwise we are doing coarser clipping + passing a scissor rectangle to the renderer. The system is designed to try minimizing both execution and CPU/GPU rendering cost."); + static ImVec2 size(100.0f, 100.0f); + static ImVec2 offset(30.0f, 30.0f); ImGui::DragFloat2("size", (float*)&size, 0.5f, 1.0f, 200.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::TextWrapped("(Click and drag)"); - ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImVec4 clip_rect(pos.x, pos.y, pos.x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); - ImGui::InvisibleButton("##dummy", size); - if (ImGui::IsItemActive() && ImGui::IsMouseDragging(0)) { offset.x += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.x; offset.y += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.y; } - ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(pos, ImVec2(pos.x + size.x, pos.y + size.y), IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255)); - ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddText(ImGui::GetFont(), ImGui::GetFontSize()*2.0f, ImVec2(pos.x + offset.x, pos.y + offset.y), IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), "Line 1 hello\nLine 2 clip me!", NULL, 0.0f, &clip_rect); + ImGui::TextWrapped("(Click and drag to scroll)"); + + HelpMarker( + "(Left) Using ImGui::PushClipRect():\n" + "Will alter ImGui hit-testing logic + ImDrawList rendering.\n" + "(use this if you want your clipping rectangle to affect interactions)\n\n" + "(Center) Using ImDrawList::PushClipRect():\n" + "Will alter ImDrawList rendering only.\n" + "(use this as a shortcut if you are only using ImDrawList calls)\n\n" + "(Right) Using ImDrawList::AddText() with a fine ClipRect:\n" + "Will alter only this specific ImDrawList::AddText() rendering.\n" + "This is often used internally to avoid altering the clipping rectangle and minimize draw calls."); + + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) + { + if (n > 0) + ImGui::SameLine(); + + ImGui::PushID(n); + ImGui::InvisibleButton("##canvas", size); + if (ImGui::IsItemActive() && ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton_Left)) + { + offset.x += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.x; + offset.y += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.y; + } + ImGui::PopID(); + if (!ImGui::IsItemVisible()) // Skip rendering as ImDrawList elements are not clipped. + continue; + + const ImVec2 p0 = ImGui::GetItemRectMin(); + const ImVec2 p1 = ImGui::GetItemRectMax(); + const char* text_str = "Line 1 hello\nLine 2 clip me!"; + const ImVec2 text_pos = ImVec2(p0.x + offset.x, p0.y + offset.y); + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + switch (n) + { + case 0: + ImGui::PushClipRect(p0, p1, true); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255)); + draw_list->AddText(text_pos, IM_COL32_WHITE, text_str); + ImGui::PopClipRect(); + break; + case 1: + draw_list->PushClipRect(p0, p1, true); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255)); + draw_list->AddText(text_pos, IM_COL32_WHITE, text_str); + draw_list->PopClipRect(); + break; + case 2: + ImVec4 clip_rect(p0.x, p0.y, p1.x, p1.y); // AddText() takes a ImVec4* here so let's convert. + draw_list->AddRectFilled(p0, p1, IM_COL32(90, 90, 120, 255)); + draw_list->AddText(ImGui::GetFont(), ImGui::GetFontSize(), text_pos, IM_COL32_WHITE, text_str, NULL, 0.0f, &clip_rect); + break; + } + } + ImGui::TreePop(); } } static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups"); if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Popups & Modal windows")) return; // The properties of popups windows are: // - They block normal mouse hovering detection outside them. (*) // - Unless modal, they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE. - // - Their visibility state (~bool) is held internally by Dear ImGui instead of being held by the programmer as we are used to with regular Begin() calls. - // User can manipulate the visibility state by calling OpenPopup(). - // (*) One can use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) to bypass it and detect hovering even when normally blocked by a popup. - // Those three properties are connected. The library needs to hold their visibility state because it can close popups at any time. + // - Their visibility state (~bool) is held internally by Dear ImGui instead of being held by the programmer as + // we are used to with regular Begin() calls. User can manipulate the visibility state by calling OpenPopup(). + // (*) One can use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) to bypass it and detect hovering even + // when normally blocked by a popup. + // Those three properties are connected. The library needs to hold their visibility state BECAUSE it can close + // popups at any time. // Typical use for regular windows: // bool my_tool_is_active = false; if (ImGui::Button("Open")) my_tool_is_active = true; [...] if (my_tool_is_active) Begin("My Tool", &my_tool_is_active) { [...] } End(); @@ -2543,16 +3397,19 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() // With popups we have to go through a library call (here OpenPopup) to manipulate the visibility state. // This may be a bit confusing at first but it should quickly make sense. Follow on the examples below. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups/Popups"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups")) { - ImGui::TextWrapped("When a popup is active, it inhibits interacting with windows that are behind the popup. Clicking outside the popup closes it."); + ImGui::TextWrapped( + "When a popup is active, it inhibits interacting with windows that are behind the popup. " + "Clicking outside the popup closes it."); static int selected_fish = -1; const char* names[] = { "Bream", "Haddock", "Mackerel", "Pollock", "Tilefish" }; static bool toggles[] = { true, false, false, false, false }; - // Simple selection popup - // (If you want to show the current selection inside the Button itself, you may want to build a string using the "###" operator to preserve a constant ID with a variable label) + // Simple selection popup (if you want to show the current selection inside the Button itself, + // you may want to build a string using the "###" operator to preserve a constant ID with a variable label) if (ImGui::Button("Select..")) ImGui::OpenPopup("my_select_popup"); ImGui::SameLine(); @@ -2609,73 +3466,139 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() } // Call the more complete ShowExampleMenuFile which we use in various places of this demo - if (ImGui::Button("File Menu..")) + if (ImGui::Button("With a menu..")) ImGui::OpenPopup("my_file_popup"); - if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_file_popup")) + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("my_file_popup", ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) { - ShowExampleMenuFile(); + if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) + { + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) + { + ShowExampleMenuFile(); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Edit")) + { + ImGui::MenuItem("Dummy"); + ImGui::EndMenu(); + } + ImGui::EndMenuBar(); + } + ImGui::Text("Hello from popup!"); + ImGui::Button("This is a dummy button.."); ImGui::EndPopup(); } ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups/Context menus"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Context menus")) { + HelpMarker("\"Context\" functions are simple helpers to associate a Popup to a given Item or Window identifier."); + // BeginPopupContextItem() is a helper to provide common/simple popup behavior of essentially doing: - // if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(0)) - // OpenPopup(id); - // return BeginPopup(id); - // For more advanced uses you may want to replicate and cuztomize this code. This the comments inside BeginPopupContextItem() implementation. - static float value = 0.5f; - ImGui::Text("Value = %.3f (<-- right-click here)", value); - if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem("item context menu")) + // if (id == 0) + // id = GetItemID(); // Use last item id + // if (IsItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right)) + // OpenPopup(id); + // return BeginPopup(id); + // For advanced uses you may want to replicate and customize this code. + // See more details in BeginPopupContextItem(). + + // Example 1 + // When used after an item that has an ID (e.g. Button), we can skip providing an ID to BeginPopupContextItem(), + // and BeginPopupContextItem() will use the last item ID as the popup ID. { - if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to zero")) value = 0.0f; - if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to PI")) value = 3.1415f; - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-1); - ImGui::DragFloat("##Value", &value, 0.1f, 0.0f, 0.0f); - ImGui::EndPopup(); + const char* names[5] = { "Label1", "Label2", "Label3", "Label4", "Label5" }; + static int selected = -1; + for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) + { + if (ImGui::Selectable(names[n], selected == n)) + selected = n; + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) // <-- use last item id as popup id + { + selected = n; + ImGui::Text("This a popup for \"%s\"!", names[n]); + if (ImGui::Button("Close")) + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip("Right-click to open popup"); + } } - // We can also use OpenPopupOnItemClick() which is the same as BeginPopupContextItem() but without the Begin call. - // So here we will make it that clicking on the text field with the right mouse button (1) will toggle the visibility of the popup above. - ImGui::Text("(You can also right-click me to open the same popup as above.)"); - ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick("item context menu", 1); - - // When used after an item that has an ID (here the Button), we can skip providing an ID to BeginPopupContextItem(). - // BeginPopupContextItem() will use the last item ID as the popup ID. - // In addition here, we want to include your editable label inside the button label. We use the ### operator to override the ID (read FAQ about ID for details) - static char name[32] = "Label1"; - char buf[64]; sprintf(buf, "Button: %s###Button", name); // ### operator override ID ignoring the preceding label - ImGui::Button(buf); - if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) + // Example 2 + // Popup on a Text() element which doesn't have an identifier: we need to provide an identifier to BeginPopupContextItem(). + // Using an explicit identifier is also convenient if you want to activate the popups from different locations. { - ImGui::Text("Edit name:"); - ImGui::InputText("##edit", name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name)); - if (ImGui::Button("Close")) - ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); - ImGui::EndPopup(); + HelpMarker("Text() elements don't have stable identifiers so we need to provide one."); + static float value = 0.5f; + ImGui::Text("Value = %.3f <-- (1) right-click this text", value); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem("my popup")) + { + if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to zero")) value = 0.0f; + if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to PI")) value = 3.1415f; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + ImGui::DragFloat("##Value", &value, 0.1f, 0.0f, 0.0f); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + // We can also use OpenPopupOnItemClick() to toggle the visibility of a given popup. + // Here we make it that right-clicking this other text element opens the same popup as above. + // The popup itself will be submitted by the code above. + ImGui::Text("(2) Or right-click this text"); + ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick("my popup", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); + + // Back to square one: manually open the same popup. + if (ImGui::Button("(3) Or click this button")) + ImGui::OpenPopup("my popup"); + } + + // Example 3 + // When using BeginPopupContextItem() with an implicit identifier (NULL == use last item ID), + // we need to make sure your item identifier is stable. + // In this example we showcase altering the item label while preserving its identifier, using the ### operator (see FAQ). + { + HelpMarker("Showcase using a popup ID linked to item ID, with the item having a changing label + stable ID using the ### operator."); + static char name[32] = "Label1"; + char buf[64]; + sprintf(buf, "Button: %s###Button", name); // ### operator override ID ignoring the preceding label + ImGui::Button(buf); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) + { + ImGui::Text("Edit name:"); + ImGui::InputText("##edit", name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name)); + if (ImGui::Button("Close")) + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(<-- right-click here)"); } - ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(<-- right-click here)"); ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups/Modals"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Modals")) { - ImGui::TextWrapped("Modal windows are like popups but the user cannot close them by clicking outside the window."); + ImGui::TextWrapped("Modal windows are like popups but the user cannot close them by clicking outside."); if (ImGui::Button("Delete..")) ImGui::OpenPopup("Delete?"); + // Always center this window when appearing + ImVec2 center = ImGui::GetMainViewport()->GetCenter(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(center, ImGuiCond_Appearing, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Delete?", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) { ImGui::Text("All those beautiful files will be deleted.\nThis operation cannot be undone!\n\n"); ImGui::Separator(); - //static int dummy_i = 0; - //ImGui::Combo("Combo", &dummy_i, "Delete\0Delete harder\0"); + //static int unused_i = 0; + //ImGui::Combo("Combo", &unused_i, "Delete\0Delete harder\0"); static bool dont_ask_me_next_time = false; ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); @@ -2697,7 +3620,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() { if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) { - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Dummy menu item")) {} + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Some menu item")) {} ImGui::EndMenu(); } ImGui::EndMenuBar(); @@ -2706,17 +3629,18 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() // Testing behavior of widgets stacking their own regular popups over the modal. static int item = 1; - static float color[4] = { 0.4f,0.7f,0.0f,0.5f }; + static float color[4] = { 0.4f, 0.7f, 0.0f, 0.5f }; ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0"); ImGui::ColorEdit4("color", color); if (ImGui::Button("Add another modal..")) ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 2"); - // Also demonstrate passing a bool* to BeginPopupModal(), this will create a regular close button which will close the popup. - // Note that the visibility state of popups is owned by imgui, so the input value of the bool actually doesn't matter here. - bool dummy_open = true; - if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 2", &dummy_open)) + // Also demonstrate passing a bool* to BeginPopupModal(), this will create a regular close button which + // will close the popup. Note that the visibility state of popups is owned by imgui, so the input value + // of the bool actually doesn't matter here. + bool unused_open = true; + if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 2", &unused_open)) { ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The Second!"); if (ImGui::Button("Close")) @@ -2732,41 +3656,1920 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups/Menus inside a regular window"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Menus inside a regular window")) { ImGui::TextWrapped("Below we are testing adding menu items to a regular window. It's rather unusual but should work!"); ImGui::Separator(); - // NB: As a quirk in this very specific example, we want to differentiate the parent of this menu from the parent of the various popup menus above. - // To do so we are encloding the items in a PushID()/PopID() block to make them two different menusets. If we don't, opening any popup above and hovering our menu here - // would open it. This is because once a menu is active, we allow to switch to a sibling menu by just hovering on it, which is the desired behavior for regular menus. - ImGui::PushID("foo"); + ImGui::MenuItem("Menu item", "CTRL+M"); if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu inside a regular window")) { ShowExampleMenuFile(); ImGui::EndMenu(); } - ImGui::PopID(); ImGui::Separator(); ImGui::TreePop(); } } -static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() +// Dummy data structure that we use for the Table demo. +// (pre-C++11 doesn't allow us to instantiate ImVector template if this structure is defined inside the demo function) +namespace { - if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Columns")) +// We are passing our own identifier to TableSetupColumn() to facilitate identifying columns in the sorting code. +// This identifier will be passed down into ImGuiTableSortSpec::ColumnUserID. +// But it is possible to omit the user id parameter of TableSetupColumn() and just use the column index instead! (ImGuiTableSortSpec::ColumnIndex) +// If you don't use sorting, you will generally never care about giving column an ID! +enum MyItemColumnID +{ + MyItemColumnID_ID, + MyItemColumnID_Name, + MyItemColumnID_Action, + MyItemColumnID_Quantity, + MyItemColumnID_Description +}; + +struct MyItem +{ + int ID; + const char* Name; + int Quantity; + + // We have a problem which is affecting _only this demo_ and should not affect your code: + // As we don't rely on std:: or other third-party library to compile dear imgui, we only have reliable access to qsort(), + // however qsort doesn't allow passing user data to comparing function. + // As a workaround, we are storing the sort specs in a static/global for the comparing function to access. + // In your own use case you would probably pass the sort specs to your sorting/comparing functions directly and not use a global. + // We could technically call ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs() in CompareWithSortSpecs(), but considering that this function is called + // very often by the sorting algorithm it would be a little wasteful. + static const ImGuiTableSortSpecs* s_current_sort_specs; + + // Compare function to be used by qsort() + static int IMGUI_CDECL CompareWithSortSpecs(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) + { + const MyItem* a = (const MyItem*)lhs; + const MyItem* b = (const MyItem*)rhs; + for (int n = 0; n < s_current_sort_specs->SpecsCount; n++) + { + // Here we identify columns using the ColumnUserID value that we ourselves passed to TableSetupColumn() + // We could also choose to identify columns based on their index (sort_spec->ColumnIndex), which is simpler! + const ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_spec = &s_current_sort_specs->Specs[n]; + int delta = 0; + switch (sort_spec->ColumnUserID) + { + case MyItemColumnID_ID: delta = (a->ID - b->ID); break; + case MyItemColumnID_Name: delta = (strcmp(a->Name, b->Name)); break; + case MyItemColumnID_Quantity: delta = (a->Quantity - b->Quantity); break; + case MyItemColumnID_Description: delta = (strcmp(a->Name, b->Name)); break; + default: IM_ASSERT(0); break; + } + if (delta > 0) + return (sort_spec->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? +1 : -1; + if (delta < 0) + return (sort_spec->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? -1 : +1; + } + + // qsort() is instable so always return a way to differenciate items. + // Your own compare function may want to avoid fallback on implicit sort specs e.g. a Name compare if it wasn't already part of the sort specs. + return (a->ID - b->ID); + } +}; +const ImGuiTableSortSpecs* MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL; +} + +// Make the UI compact because there are so many fields +static void PushStyleCompact() +{ + ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, (float)(int)(style.FramePadding.y * 0.60f))); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x, (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.60f))); +} + +static void PopStyleCompact() +{ + ImGui::PopStyleVar(2); +} + +// Show a combo box with a choice of sizing policies +static void EditTableSizingFlags(ImGuiTableFlags* p_flags) +{ + struct EnumDesc { ImGuiTableFlags Value; const char* Name; const char* Tooltip; }; + static const EnumDesc policies[] = + { + { ImGuiTableFlags_None, "Default", "Use default sizing policy:\n- ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit if ScrollX is on or if host window has ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize.\n- ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame otherwise." }, + { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, "ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit", "Columns default to _WidthFixed (if resizable) or _WidthAuto (if not resizable), matching contents width." }, + { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame, "ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame", "Columns are all the same width, matching the maximum contents width.\nImplicitly disable ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable and enable ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible." }, + { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp, "ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp", "Columns default to _WidthStretch with weights proportional to their widths." }, + { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame, "ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame", "Columns default to _WidthStretch with same weights." } + }; + int idx; + for (idx = 0; idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies); idx++) + if (policies[idx].Value == (*p_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_)) + break; + const char* preview_text = (idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies)) ? policies[idx].Name + (idx > 0 ? strlen("ImGuiTableFlags") : 0) : ""; + if (ImGui::BeginCombo("Sizing Policy", preview_text)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies); n++) + if (ImGui::Selectable(policies[n].Name, idx == n)) + *p_flags = (*p_flags & ~ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) | policies[n].Value; + ImGui::EndCombo(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + { + ImGui::BeginTooltip(); + ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 50.0f); + for (int m = 0; m < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies); m++) + { + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("%s:", policies[m].Name); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::SetCursorPosX(ImGui::GetCursorPosX() + ImGui::GetStyle().IndentSpacing * 0.5f); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(policies[m].Tooltip); + } + ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } +} + +static void EditTableColumnsFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags* p_flags) +{ + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_Disabled", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Master disable flag (also hide from context menu)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_DefaultHide", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_DefaultSort", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_WidthStretch", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) + *p_flags &= ~(ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ ^ ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_WidthFixed", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed)) + *p_flags &= ~(ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_ ^ ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoResize", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoReorder", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoHide", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoClip", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoSort", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoSortAscending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoSortDescending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoHeaderLabel", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_NoHeaderWidth", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_PreferSortAscending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_PreferSortDescending", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IndentEnable", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Default for column 0"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IndentDisable", p_flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Default for column >0"); +} + +static void ShowTableColumnsStatusFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags) +{ + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsEnabled", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsVisible", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsSorted", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("_IsHovered", &flags, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered); +} + +static void ShowDemoWindowTables() +{ + //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables"); + if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Tables & Columns")) return; - ImGui::PushID("Columns"); + // Using those as a base value to create width/height that are factor of the size of our font + const float TEXT_BASE_WIDTH = ImGui::CalcTextSize("A").x; + const float TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); + ImGui::PushID("Tables"); + + int open_action = -1; + if (ImGui::Button("Open all")) + open_action = 1; + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Close all")) + open_action = 0; + ImGui::SameLine(); + + // Options static bool disable_indent = false; ImGui::Checkbox("Disable tree indentation", &disable_indent); ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker("Disable the indenting of tree nodes so demo columns can use the full window width."); + HelpMarker("Disable the indenting of tree nodes so demo tables can use the full window width."); + ImGui::Separator(); if (disable_indent) ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, 0.0f); + // About Styling of tables + // Most settings are configured on a per-table basis via the flags passed to BeginTable() and TableSetupColumns APIs. + // There are however a few settings that a shared and part of the ImGuiStyle structure: + // style.CellPadding // Padding within each cell + // style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg] // Table header background + // style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong] // Table outer and header borders + // style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] // Table inner borders + // style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] // Table row background when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is enabled (even rows) + // style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] // Table row background when ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg is enabled (odds rows) + + // Demos + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Basic"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) + { + // Here we will showcase three different ways to output a table. + // They are very simple variations of a same thing! + + // [Method 1] Using TableNextRow() to create a new row, and TableSetColumnIndex() to select the column. + // In many situations, this is the most flexible and easy to use pattern. + HelpMarker("Using TableNextRow() + calling TableSetColumnIndex() _before_ each cell, in a loop."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Row %d Column %d", row, column); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + // [Method 2] Using TableNextColumn() called multiple times, instead of using a for loop + TableSetColumnIndex(). + // This is generally more convenient when you have code manually submitting the contents of each column. + HelpMarker("Using TableNextRow() + calling TableNextColumn() _before_ each cell, manually."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Row %d", row); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Some contents"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("123.456"); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + // [Method 3] We call TableNextColumn() _before_ each cell. We never call TableNextRow(), + // as TableNextColumn() will automatically wrap around and create new rows as needed. + // This is generally more convenient when your cells all contains the same type of data. + HelpMarker( + "Only using TableNextColumn(), which tends to be convenient for tables where every cell contains the same type of contents.\n" + "This is also more similar to the old NextColumn() function of the Columns API, and provided to facilitate the Columns->Tables API transition."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table3", 3)) + { + for (int item = 0; item < 14; item++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Item %d", item); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Borders, background"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Borders, background")) + { + // Expose a few Borders related flags interactively + enum ContentsType { CT_Text, CT_FillButton }; + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg; + static bool display_headers = false; + static int contents_type = CT_Text; + + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders\n = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV\n | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH"); + ImGui::Indent(); + + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH); + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH); + ImGui::Unindent(); + + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV); + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV); + ImGui::Unindent(); + + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner); + ImGui::Unindent(); + + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); ImGui::Text("Cell contents:"); + ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::RadioButton("Text", &contents_type, CT_Text); + ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::RadioButton("FillButton", &contents_type, CT_FillButton); + ImGui::Checkbox("Display headers", &display_headers); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers"); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) + { + // Display headers so we can inspect their interaction with borders. + // (Headers are not the main purpose of this section of the demo, so we are not elaborating on them too much. See other sections for details) + if (display_headers) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + } + + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "Hello %d,%d", column, row); + if (contents_type == CT_Text) + ImGui::TextUnformatted(buf); + else if (contents_type == CT_FillButton) + ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Resizable, stretch"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resizable, stretch")) + { + // By default, if we don't enable ScrollX the sizing policy for each column is "Stretch" + // All columns maintain a sizing weight, and they will occupy all available width. + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Using the _Resizable flag automatically enables the _BordersInnerV flag as well, this is why the resize borders are still showing when unchecking this."); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Resizable, fixed"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resizable, fixed")) + { + // Here we use ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit (even though _ScrollX is not set) + // So columns will adopt the "Fixed" policy and will maintain a fixed width regardless of the whole available width (unless table is small) + // If there is not enough available width to fit all columns, they will however be resized down. + // FIXME-TABLE: Providing a stretch-on-init would make sense especially for tables which don't have saved settings + HelpMarker( + "Using _Resizable + _SizingFixedFit flags.\n" + "Fixed-width columns generally makes more sense if you want to use horizontal scrolling.\n\n" + "Double-click a column border to auto-fit the column to its contents."); + PushStyleCompact(); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Resizable, mixed"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resizable, mixed")) + { + HelpMarker( + "Using TableSetupColumn() to alter resizing policy on a per-column basis.\n\n" + "When combining Fixed and Stretch columns, generally you only want one, maybe two trailing columns to use _WidthStretch."); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("AAA", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("BBB", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("CCC", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("%s %d,%d", (column == 2) ? "Stretch" : "Fixed", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 6, flags)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("AAA", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("BBB", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("CCC", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("DDD", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("EEE", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("FFF", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 6; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("%s %d,%d", (column >= 3) ? "Stretch" : "Fixed", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Reorderable, hideable, with headers"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Reorderable, hideable, with headers")) + { + HelpMarker( + "Click and drag column headers to reorder columns.\n\n" + "Right-click on a header to open a context menu."); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers)"); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags)) + { + // Submit columns name with TableSetupColumn() and call TableHeadersRow() to create a row with a header in each column. + // (Later we will show how TableSetupColumn() has other uses, optional flags, sizing weight etc.) + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int row = 0; row < 6; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + // Use outer_size.x == 0.0f instead of default to make the table as tight as possible (only valid when no scrolling and no stretch column) + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3, flags | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f))) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int row = 0; row < 6; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Fixed %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Padding"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Padding")) + { + // First example: showcase use of padding flags and effect of BorderOuterV/BorderInnerV on X padding. + // We don't expose BorderOuterH/BorderInnerH here because they have no effect on X padding. + HelpMarker( + "We often want outer padding activated when any using features which makes the edges of a column visible:\n" + "e.g.:\n" + "- BorderOuterV\n" + "- any form of row selection\n" + "Because of this, activating BorderOuterV sets the default to PadOuterX. Using PadOuterX or NoPadOuterX you can override the default.\n\n" + "Actual padding values are using style.CellPadding.\n\n" + "In this demo we don't show horizontal borders to emphasize how they don't affect default horizontal padding."); + + static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable outer-most padding (default if ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV is set)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable outer-most padding (default if ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV is not set)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable inner padding between columns (double inner padding if BordersOuterV is on, single inner padding if BordersOuterV is off)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV); + static bool show_headers = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("show_headers", &show_headers); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_padding", 3, flags1)) + { + if (show_headers) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + } + + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + if (row == 0) + { + ImGui::Text("Avail %.2f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); + } + else + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "Hello %d,%d", column, row); + ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); + } + //if (ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered) + // ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, IM_COL32(0, 100, 0, 255)); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + // Second example: set style.CellPadding to (0.0) or a custom value. + // FIXME-TABLE: Vertical border effectively not displayed the same way as horizontal one... + HelpMarker("Setting style.CellPadding to (0,0) or a custom value."); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg; + static ImVec2 cell_padding(0.0f, 0.0f); + static bool show_widget_frame_bg = true; + + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInner); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::Checkbox("show_widget_frame_bg", &show_widget_frame_bg); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("CellPadding", &cell_padding.x, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f"); + PopStyleCompact(); + + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding, cell_padding); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_padding_2", 3, flags2)) + { + static char text_bufs[3 * 5][16]; // Mini text storage for 3x5 cells + static bool init = true; + if (!show_widget_frame_bg) + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBg, 0); + for (int cell = 0; cell < 3 * 5; cell++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + if (init) + strcpy(text_bufs[cell], "edit me"); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + ImGui::PushID(cell); + ImGui::InputText("##cell", text_bufs[cell], IM_ARRAYSIZE(text_bufs[cell])); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + if (!show_widget_frame_bg) + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + init = false; + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Explicit widths"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Sizing policies")) + { + static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX); + PopStyleCompact(); + + static ImGuiTableFlags sizing_policy_flags[4] = { ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame }; + for (int table_n = 0; table_n < 4; table_n++) + { + ImGui::PushID(table_n); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30); + EditTableSizingFlags(&sizing_policy_flags[table_n]); + + // To make it easier to understand the different sizing policy, + // For each policy: we display one table where the columns have equal contents width, and one where the columns have different contents width. + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, sizing_policy_flags[table_n] | flags1)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("Oh dear"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("Oh dear"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("Oh dear"); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3, sizing_policy_flags[table_n] | flags1)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("AAAA"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("BBBBBBBB"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("CCCCCCCCCCCC"); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted("Advanced"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("This section allows you to interact and see the effect of various sizing policies depending on whether Scroll is enabled and the contents of your columns."); + + enum ContentsType { CT_ShowWidth, CT_ShortText, CT_LongText, CT_Button, CT_FillButton, CT_InputText }; + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; + static int contents_type = CT_ShowWidth; + static int column_count = 3; + + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::PushID("Advanced"); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30); + EditTableSizingFlags(&flags); + ImGui::Combo("Contents", &contents_type, "Show width\0Short Text\0Long Text\0Button\0Fill Button\0InputText\0"); + if (contents_type == CT_FillButton) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("Be mindful that using right-alignment (e.g. size.x = -FLT_MIN) creates a feedback loop where contents width can feed into auto-column width can feed into contents width."); + } + ImGui::DragInt("Columns", &column_count, 0.1f, 1, 64, "%d", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip); + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + ImGui::PopID(); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", column_count, flags, ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 7))) + { + for (int cell = 0; cell < 10 * column_count; cell++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + int column = ImGui::TableGetColumnIndex(); + int row = ImGui::TableGetRowIndex(); + + ImGui::PushID(cell); + char label[32]; + static char text_buf[32] = ""; + sprintf(label, "Hello %d,%d", column, row); + switch (contents_type) + { + case CT_ShortText: ImGui::TextUnformatted(label); break; + case CT_LongText: ImGui::Text("Some %s text %d,%d\nOver two lines..", column == 0 ? "long" : "longeeer", column, row); break; + case CT_ShowWidth: ImGui::Text("W: %.1f", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); break; + case CT_Button: ImGui::Button(label); break; + case CT_FillButton: ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); break; + case CT_InputText: ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); ImGui::InputText("##", text_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text_buf)); break; + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Vertical scrolling, with clipping"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical scrolling, with clipping")) + { + HelpMarker("Here we activate ScrollY, which will create a child window container to allow hosting scrollable contents.\n\nWe also demonstrate using ImGuiListClipper to virtualize the submission of many items."); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; + + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY); + PopStyleCompact(); + + // When using ScrollX or ScrollY we need to specify a size for our table container! + // Otherwise by default the table will fit all available space, like a BeginChild() call. + ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 8); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_scrolly", 3, flags, outer_size)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(0, 1); // Make top row always visible + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + // Demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(1000); + while (clipper.Step()) + { + for (int row = clipper.DisplayStart; row < clipper.DisplayEnd; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Horizontal scrolling"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Horizontal scrolling")) + { + HelpMarker( + "When ScrollX is enabled, the default sizing policy becomes ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit, " + "as automatically stretching columns doesn't make much sense with horizontal scrolling.\n\n" + "Also note that as of the current version, you will almost always want to enable ScrollY along with ScrollX," + "because the container window won't automatically extend vertically to fix contents (this may be improved in future versions)."); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; + static int freeze_cols = 1; + static int freeze_rows = 1; + + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFrameHeight()); + ImGui::DragInt("freeze_cols", &freeze_cols, 0.2f, 0, 9, NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFrameHeight()); + ImGui::DragInt("freeze_rows", &freeze_rows, 0.2f, 0, 9, NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput); + PopStyleCompact(); + + // When using ScrollX or ScrollY we need to specify a size for our table container! + // Otherwise by default the table will fit all available space, like a BeginChild() call. + ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 8); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_scrollx", 7, flags, outer_size)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(freeze_cols, freeze_rows); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Line #", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide); // Make the first column not hideable to match our use of TableSetupScrollFreeze() + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Four"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Five"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Six"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int row = 0; row < 20; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 7; column++) + { + // Both TableNextColumn() and TableSetColumnIndex() return true when a column is visible or performing width measurement. + // Because here we know that: + // - A) all our columns are contributing the same to row height + // - B) column 0 is always visible, + // We only always submit this one column and can skip others. + // More advanced per-column clipping behaviors may benefit from polling the status flags via TableGetColumnFlags(). + if (!ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column) && column > 0) + continue; + if (column == 0) + ImGui::Text("Line %d", row); + else + ImGui::Text("Hello world %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted("Stretch + ScrollX"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker( + "Showcase using Stretch columns + ScrollX together: " + "this is rather unusual and only makes sense when specifying an 'inner_width' for the table!\n" + "Without an explicit value, inner_width is == outer_size.x and therefore using Stretch columns + ScrollX together doesn't make sense."); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; + static float inner_width = 1000.0f; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::PushID("flags3"); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX); + ImGui::DragFloat("inner_width", &inner_width, 1.0f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX, "%.1f"); + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + ImGui::PopID(); + PopStyleCompact(); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 7, flags2, outer_size, inner_width)) + { + for (int cell = 0; cell < 20 * 7; cell++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Hello world %d,%d", ImGui::TableGetColumnIndex(), ImGui::TableGetRowIndex()); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Columns flags"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Columns flags")) + { + // Create a first table just to show all the options/flags we want to make visible in our example! + const int column_count = 3; + const char* column_names[column_count] = { "One", "Two", "Three" }; + static ImGuiTableColumnFlags column_flags[column_count] = { ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide }; + static ImGuiTableColumnFlags column_flags_out[column_count] = { 0, 0, 0 }; // Output from TableGetColumnFlags() + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_columns_flags_checkboxes", column_count, ImGuiTableFlags_None)) + { + PushStyleCompact(); + for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::PushID(column); + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); // FIXME-TABLE: Workaround for wrong text baseline propagation across columns + ImGui::Text("'%s'", column_names[column]); + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::Text("Input flags:"); + EditTableColumnsFlags(&column_flags[column]); + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::Text("Output flags:"); + ImGui::BeginDisabled(); + ShowTableColumnsStatusFlags(column_flags_out[column]); + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + PopStyleCompact(); + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + // Create the real table we care about for the example! + // We use a scrolling table to be able to showcase the difference between the _IsEnabled and _IsVisible flags above, otherwise in + // a non-scrolling table columns are always visible (unless using ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible + resizing the parent window down) + const ImGuiTableFlags flags + = ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY + | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV + | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable; + ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 9); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_columns_flags", column_count, flags, outer_size)) + { + for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++) + ImGui::TableSetupColumn(column_names[column], column_flags[column]); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++) + column_flags_out[column] = ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(column); + float indent_step = (float)((int)TEXT_BASE_WIDTH / 2); + for (int row = 0; row < 8; row++) + { + ImGui::Indent(indent_step); // Add some indentation to demonstrate usage of per-column IndentEnable/IndentDisable flags. + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < column_count; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("%s %s", (column == 0) ? "Indented" : "Hello", ImGui::TableGetColumnName(column)); + } + } + ImGui::Unindent(indent_step * 8.0f); + + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Columns widths"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Columns widths")) + { + HelpMarker("Using TableSetupColumn() to setup default width."); + + static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); + PopStyleCompact(); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags1)) + { + // We could also set ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit on the table and all columns will default to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed. + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("one", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 100.0f); // Default to 100.0f + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("two", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 200.0f); // Default to 200.0f + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("three", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed); // Default to auto + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + if (row == 0) + ImGui::Text("(w: %5.1f)", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); + else + ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + HelpMarker("Using TableSetupColumn() to setup explicit width.\n\nUnless _NoKeepColumnsVisible is set, fixed columns with set width may still be shrunk down if there's not enough space in the host."); + + static ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_None; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV", &flags2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV); + PopStyleCompact(); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 4, flags2)) + { + // We could also set ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit on the table and all columns will default to ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed. + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 100.0f); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 15.0f); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30.0f); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 15.0f); + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 4; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + if (row == 0) + ImGui::Text("(w: %5.1f)", ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x); + else + ImGui::Text("Hello %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Nested tables"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Nested tables")) + { + HelpMarker("This demonstrates embedding a table into another table cell."); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_nested1", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("A0"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("A1"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("A0 Row 0"); + { + float rows_height = TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 2; + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_nested2", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("B0"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("B1"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, rows_height); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("B0 Row 0"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("B1 Row 0"); + ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, rows_height); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("B0 Row 1"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("B1 Row 1"); + + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + } + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("A1 Row 0"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("A0 Row 1"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); ImGui::Text("A1 Row 1"); + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Row height"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Row height")) + { + HelpMarker("You can pass a 'min_row_height' to TableNextRow().\n\nRows are padded with 'style.CellPadding.y' on top and bottom, so effectively the minimum row height will always be >= 'style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f'.\n\nWe cannot honor a _maximum_ row height as that would require a unique clipping rectangle per row."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_row_height", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 10; row++) + { + float min_row_height = (float)(int)(TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 0.30f * row); + ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, min_row_height); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("min_row_height = %.2f", min_row_height); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Outer size"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Outer size")) + { + // Showcasing use of ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX and ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY + // Important to that note how the two flags have slightly different behaviors! + ImGui::Text("Using NoHostExtendX and NoHostExtendY:"); + PushStyleCompact(); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value.\n\nOnly available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit).\n\nOnly available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible."); + PopStyleCompact(); + + ImVec2 outer_size = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 5.5f); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 3, flags, outer_size)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 10; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("Hello!"); + + ImGui::Spacing(); + + ImGui::Text("Using explicit size:"); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table2", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg, ImVec2(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30, 0.0f))) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table3", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg, ImVec2(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 30, 0.0f))) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(0, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 1.5f); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Background color"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Background color")) + { + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg; + static int row_bg_type = 1; + static int row_bg_target = 1; + static int cell_bg_type = 1; + + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Borders", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg automatically sets RowBg0 to alternative colors pulled from the Style."); + ImGui::Combo("row bg type", (int*)&row_bg_type, "None\0Red\0Gradient\0"); + ImGui::Combo("row bg target", (int*)&row_bg_target, "RowBg0\0RowBg1\0"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Target RowBg0 to override the alternating odd/even colors,\nTarget RowBg1 to blend with them."); + ImGui::Combo("cell bg type", (int*)&cell_bg_type, "None\0Blue\0"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("We are colorizing cells to B1->C2 here."); + IM_ASSERT(row_bg_type >= 0 && row_bg_type <= 2); + IM_ASSERT(row_bg_target >= 0 && row_bg_target <= 1); + IM_ASSERT(cell_bg_type >= 0 && cell_bg_type <= 1); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table1", 5, flags)) + { + for (int row = 0; row < 6; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + + // Demonstrate setting a row background color with 'ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBgX, ...)' + // We use a transparent color so we can see the one behind in case our target is RowBg1 and RowBg0 was already targeted by the ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg flag. + if (row_bg_type != 0) + { + ImU32 row_bg_color = ImGui::GetColorU32(row_bg_type == 1 ? ImVec4(0.7f, 0.3f, 0.3f, 0.65f) : ImVec4(0.2f + row * 0.1f, 0.2f, 0.2f, 0.65f)); // Flat or Gradient? + ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0 + row_bg_target, row_bg_color); + } + + // Fill cells + for (int column = 0; column < 5; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("%c%c", 'A' + row, '0' + column); + + // Change background of Cells B1->C2 + // Demonstrate setting a cell background color with 'ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, ...)' + // (the CellBg color will be blended over the RowBg and ColumnBg colors) + // We can also pass a column number as a third parameter to TableSetBgColor() and do this outside the column loop. + if (row >= 1 && row <= 2 && column >= 1 && column <= 2 && cell_bg_type == 1) + { + ImU32 cell_bg_color = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImVec4(0.3f, 0.3f, 0.7f, 0.65f)); + ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, cell_bg_color); + } + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Tree view"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree view")) + { + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody; + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("3ways", 3, flags)) + { + // The first column will use the default _WidthStretch when ScrollX is Off and _WidthFixed when ScrollX is On + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Size", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 12.0f); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Type", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 18.0f); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + // Simple storage to output a dummy file-system. + struct MyTreeNode + { + const char* Name; + const char* Type; + int Size; + int ChildIdx; + int ChildCount; + static void DisplayNode(const MyTreeNode* node, const MyTreeNode* all_nodes) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + const bool is_folder = (node->ChildCount > 0); + if (is_folder) + { + bool open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::TextDisabled("--"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(node->Type); + if (open) + { + for (int child_n = 0; child_n < node->ChildCount; child_n++) + DisplayNode(&all_nodes[node->ChildIdx + child_n], all_nodes); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + } + else + { + ImGui::TreeNodeEx(node->Name, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("%d", node->Size); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(node->Type); + } + } + }; + static const MyTreeNode nodes[] = + { + { "Root", "Folder", -1, 1, 3 }, // 0 + { "Music", "Folder", -1, 4, 2 }, // 1 + { "Textures", "Folder", -1, 6, 3 }, // 2 + { "desktop.ini", "System file", 1024, -1,-1 }, // 3 + { "File1_a.wav", "Audio file", 123000, -1,-1 }, // 4 + { "File1_b.wav", "Audio file", 456000, -1,-1 }, // 5 + { "Image001.png", "Image file", 203128, -1,-1 }, // 6 + { "Copy of Image001.png", "Image file", 203256, -1,-1 }, // 7 + { "Copy of Image001 (Final2).png","Image file", 203512, -1,-1 }, // 8 + }; + + MyTreeNode::DisplayNode(&nodes[0], nodes); + + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Item width"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Item width")) + { + HelpMarker( + "Showcase using PushItemWidth() and how it is preserved on a per-column basis.\n\n" + "Note that on auto-resizing non-resizable fixed columns, querying the content width for e.g. right-alignment doesn't make sense."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_item_width", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("small"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("half"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("right-align"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + for (int row = 0; row < 3; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + if (row == 0) + { + // Setup ItemWidth once (instead of setting up every time, which is also possible but less efficient) + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 3.0f); // Small + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x * 0.5f); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(2); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); // Right-aligned + } + + // Draw our contents + static float dummy_f = 0.0f; + ImGui::PushID(row); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); + ImGui::SliderFloat("float0", &dummy_f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); + ImGui::SliderFloat("float1", &dummy_f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(2); + ImGui::SliderFloat("##float2", &dummy_f, 0.0f, 1.0f); // No visible label since right-aligned + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate using TableHeader() calls instead of TableHeadersRow() + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Custom headers"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Custom headers")) + { + const int COLUMNS_COUNT = 3; + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_custom_headers", COLUMNS_COUNT, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Apricot"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Banana"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Cherry"); + + // Dummy entire-column selection storage + // FIXME: It would be nice to actually demonstrate full-featured selection using those checkbox. + static bool column_selected[3] = {}; + + // Instead of calling TableHeadersRow() we'll submit custom headers ourselves + ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers); + for (int column = 0; column < COLUMNS_COUNT; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + const char* column_name = ImGui::TableGetColumnName(column); // Retrieve name passed to TableSetupColumn() + ImGui::PushID(column); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); + ImGui::Checkbox("##checkall", &column_selected[column]); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); + ImGui::TableHeader(column_name); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + + for (int row = 0; row < 5; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < 3; column++) + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "Cell %d,%d", column, row); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Selectable(buf, column_selected[column]); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate creating custom context menus inside columns, while playing it nice with context menus provided by TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader() + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Context menus"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Context menus")) + { + HelpMarker("By default, right-clicking over a TableHeadersRow()/TableHeader() line will open the default context-menu.\nUsing ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody we also allow right-clicking over columns body."); + static ImGuiTableFlags flags1 = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody; + + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody", &flags1, ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody); + PopStyleCompact(); + + // Context Menus: first example + // [1.1] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu. + // [1.2] Right-click in columns also open the default table context menu (if ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody is set) + const int COLUMNS_COUNT = 3; + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_context_menu", COLUMNS_COUNT, flags1)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + + // [1.1]] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu. + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + // Submit dummy contents + for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < COLUMNS_COUNT; column++) + { + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row); + } + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + // Context Menus: second example + // [2.1] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu. + // [2.2] Right-click on the ".." to open a custom popup + // [2.3] Right-click in columns to open another custom popup + HelpMarker("Demonstrate mixing table context menu (over header), item context button (over button) and custom per-colum context menu (over column body)."); + ImGuiTableFlags flags2 = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders; + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_context_menu_2", COLUMNS_COUNT, flags2)) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + + // [2.1] Right-click on the TableHeadersRow() line to open the default table context menu. + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + for (int row = 0; row < 4; row++) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + for (int column = 0; column < COLUMNS_COUNT; column++) + { + // Submit dummy contents + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(column); + ImGui::Text("Cell %d,%d", column, row); + ImGui::SameLine(); + + // [2.2] Right-click on the ".." to open a custom popup + ImGui::PushID(row * COLUMNS_COUNT + column); + ImGui::SmallButton(".."); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the popup for Button(\"..\") in Cell %d,%d", column, row); + if (ImGui::Button("Close")) + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + } + + // [2.3] Right-click anywhere in columns to open another custom popup + // (instead of testing for !IsAnyItemHovered() we could also call OpenPopup() with ImGuiPopupFlags_NoOpenOverExistingPopup + // to manage popup priority as the popups triggers, here "are we hovering a column" are overlapping) + int hovered_column = -1; + for (int column = 0; column < COLUMNS_COUNT + 1; column++) + { + ImGui::PushID(column); + if (ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(column) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered) + hovered_column = column; + if (hovered_column == column && !ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered() && ImGui::IsMouseReleased(1)) + ImGui::OpenPopup("MyPopup"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("MyPopup")) + { + if (column == COLUMNS_COUNT) + ImGui::Text("This is a custom popup for unused space after the last column."); + else + ImGui::Text("This is a custom popup for Column %d", column); + if (ImGui::Button("Close")) + ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + + ImGui::EndTable(); + ImGui::Text("Hovered column: %d", hovered_column); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate creating multiple tables with the same ID + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Synced instances"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Synced instances")) + { + HelpMarker("Multiple tables with the same identifier will share their settings, width, visibility, order etc."); + + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit); + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) + { + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "Synced Table %d", n); + bool open = ImGui::CollapsingHeader(buf, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen); + if (open && ImGui::BeginTable("Table", 3, flags, ImVec2(0.0f, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 5))) + { + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("One"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Two"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Three"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + const int cell_count = (n == 1) ? 27 : 9; // Make second table have a scrollbar to verify that additional decoration is not affecting column positions. + for (int cell = 0; cell < cell_count; cell++) + { + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("this cell %d", cell); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Demonstrate using Sorting facilities + // This is a simplified version of the "Advanced" example, where we mostly focus on the code necessary to handle sorting. + // Note that the "Advanced" example also showcase manually triggering a sort (e.g. if item quantities have been modified) + static const char* template_items_names[] = + { + "Banana", "Apple", "Cherry", "Watermelon", "Grapefruit", "Strawberry", "Mango", + "Kiwi", "Orange", "Pineapple", "Blueberry", "Plum", "Coconut", "Pear", "Apricot" + }; + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Sorting"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Sorting")) + { + // Create item list + static ImVector items; + if (items.Size == 0) + { + items.resize(50, MyItem()); + for (int n = 0; n < items.Size; n++) + { + const int template_n = n % IM_ARRAYSIZE(template_items_names); + MyItem& item = items[n]; + item.ID = n; + item.Name = template_items_names[template_n]; + item.Quantity = (n * n - n) % 20; // Assign default quantities + } + } + + // Options + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = + ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable | ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti + | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody + | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY; + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When sorting is enabled: hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1)."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When sorting is enabled: allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0)."); + PopStyleCompact(); + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_sorting", 4, flags, ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 15), 0.0f)) + { + // Declare columns + // We use the "user_id" parameter of TableSetupColumn() to specify a user id that will be stored in the sort specifications. + // This is so our sort function can identify a column given our own identifier. We could also identify them based on their index! + // Demonstrate using a mixture of flags among available sort-related flags: + // - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort + // - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort / ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending / ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending + // - ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending / ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("ID", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_ID); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Name); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Action", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Action); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Quantity", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Quantity); + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(0, 1); // Make row always visible + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + // Sort our data if sort specs have been changed! + if (ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sorts_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs()) + if (sorts_specs->SpecsDirty) + { + MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = sorts_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function. + if (items.Size > 1) + qsort(&items[0], (size_t)items.Size, sizeof(items[0]), MyItem::CompareWithSortSpecs); + MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL; + sorts_specs->SpecsDirty = false; + } + + // Demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(items.Size); + while (clipper.Step()) + for (int row_n = clipper.DisplayStart; row_n < clipper.DisplayEnd; row_n++) + { + // Display a data item + MyItem* item = &items[row_n]; + ImGui::PushID(item->ID); + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("%04d", item->ID); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(item->Name); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::SmallButton("None"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("%d", item->Quantity); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // In this example we'll expose most table flags and settings. + // For specific flags and settings refer to the corresponding section for more detailed explanation. + // This section is mostly useful to experiment with combining certain flags or settings with each others. + //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); // [DEBUG] + if (open_action != -1) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(open_action != 0); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables/Advanced"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced")) + { + static ImGuiTableFlags flags = + ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable + | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable | ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti + | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody + | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY + | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit; + + enum ContentsType { CT_Text, CT_Button, CT_SmallButton, CT_FillButton, CT_Selectable, CT_SelectableSpanRow }; + static int contents_type = CT_SelectableSpanRow; + const char* contents_type_names[] = { "Text", "Button", "SmallButton", "FillButton", "Selectable", "Selectable (span row)" }; + static int freeze_cols = 1; + static int freeze_rows = 1; + static int items_count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(template_items_names) * 2; + static ImVec2 outer_size_value = ImVec2(0.0f, TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 12); + static float row_min_height = 0.0f; // Auto + static float inner_width_with_scroll = 0.0f; // Auto-extend + static bool outer_size_enabled = true; + static bool show_headers = true; + static bool show_wrapped_text = false; + //static ImGuiTextFilter filter; + //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); // FIXME-TABLE: Enabling this results in initial clipped first pass on table which tend to affect column sizing + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Options")) + { + // Make the UI compact because there are so many fields + PushStyleCompact(); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(TEXT_BASE_WIDTH * 28.0f); + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Features:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Decorations:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersV); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersH); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body (borders will always appear in Headers"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable vertical borders in columns Body until hovered for resize (borders will always appear in Headers)"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Sizing:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { + EditTableSizingFlags(&flags); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("In the Advanced demo we override the policy of each column so those table-wide settings have less effect that typical."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Make outer width auto-fit to columns, overriding outer_size.x value.\n\nOnly available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit).\n\nOnly available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Only available if ScrollX is disabled."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable distributing remainder width to stretched columns (width allocation on a 100-wide table with 3 columns: Without this flag: 33,33,34. With this flag: 33,33,33). With larger number of columns, resizing will appear to be less smooth."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable clipping rectangle for every individual columns (reduce draw command count, items will be able to overflow into other columns). Generally incompatible with ScrollFreeze options."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Padding:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Scrolling:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFrameHeight()); + ImGui::DragInt("freeze_cols", &freeze_cols, 0.2f, 0, 9, NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFrameHeight()); + ImGui::DragInt("freeze_rows", &freeze_rows, 0.2f, 0, 9, NULL, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Sorting:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When sorting is enabled: hold shift when clicking headers to sort on multiple column. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount > 1)."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate", &flags, ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When sorting is enabled: allow no sorting, disable default sorting. TableGetSortSpecs() may return specs where (SpecsCount == 0)."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Other:", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen)) + { + ImGui::Checkbox("show_headers", &show_headers); + ImGui::Checkbox("show_wrapped_text", &show_wrapped_text); + + ImGui::DragFloat2("##OuterSize", &outer_size_value.x); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); + ImGui::Checkbox("outer_size", &outer_size_enabled); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("If scrolling is disabled (ScrollX and ScrollY not set):\n" + "- The table is output directly in the parent window.\n" + "- OuterSize.x < 0.0f will right-align the table.\n" + "- OuterSize.x = 0.0f will narrow fit the table unless there are any Stretch columns.\n" + "- OuterSize.y then becomes the minimum size for the table, which will extend vertically if there are more rows (unless NoHostExtendY is set)."); + + // From a user point of view we will tend to use 'inner_width' differently depending on whether our table is embedding scrolling. + // To facilitate toying with this demo we will actually pass 0.0f to the BeginTable() when ScrollX is disabled. + ImGui::DragFloat("inner_width (when ScrollX active)", &inner_width_with_scroll, 1.0f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX); + + ImGui::DragFloat("row_min_height", &row_min_height, 1.0f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Specify height of the Selectable item."); + + ImGui::DragInt("items_count", &items_count, 0.1f, 0, 9999); + ImGui::Combo("items_type (first column)", &contents_type, contents_type_names, IM_ARRAYSIZE(contents_type_names)); + //filter.Draw("filter"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + PopStyleCompact(); + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Update item list if we changed the number of items + static ImVector items; + static ImVector selection; + static bool items_need_sort = false; + if (items.Size != items_count) + { + items.resize(items_count, MyItem()); + for (int n = 0; n < items_count; n++) + { + const int template_n = n % IM_ARRAYSIZE(template_items_names); + MyItem& item = items[n]; + item.ID = n; + item.Name = template_items_names[template_n]; + item.Quantity = (template_n == 3) ? 10 : (template_n == 4) ? 20 : 0; // Assign default quantities + } + } + + const ImDrawList* parent_draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + const int parent_draw_list_draw_cmd_count = parent_draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size; + ImVec2 table_scroll_cur, table_scroll_max; // For debug display + const ImDrawList* table_draw_list = NULL; // " + + // Submit table + const float inner_width_to_use = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_width_with_scroll : 0.0f; + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_advanced", 6, flags, outer_size_enabled ? outer_size_value : ImVec2(0, 0), inner_width_to_use)) + { + // Declare columns + // We use the "user_id" parameter of TableSetupColumn() to specify a user id that will be stored in the sort specifications. + // This is so our sort function can identify a column given our own identifier. We could also identify them based on their index! + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("ID", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_ID); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Name", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Name); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Action", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Action); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Quantity", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Quantity); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Description", (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX) ? 0 : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, 0.0f, MyItemColumnID_Description); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Hidden", ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort); + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(freeze_cols, freeze_rows); + + // Sort our data if sort specs have been changed! + ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sorts_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs(); + if (sorts_specs && sorts_specs->SpecsDirty) + items_need_sort = true; + if (sorts_specs && items_need_sort && items.Size > 1) + { + MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = sorts_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function. + qsort(&items[0], (size_t)items.Size, sizeof(items[0]), MyItem::CompareWithSortSpecs); + MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL; + sorts_specs->SpecsDirty = false; + } + items_need_sort = false; + + // Take note of whether we are currently sorting based on the Quantity field, + // we will use this to trigger sorting when we know the data of this column has been modified. + const bool sorts_specs_using_quantity = (ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(3) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted) != 0; + + // Show headers + if (show_headers) + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + + // Show data + // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-NAV: How we can get decent up/down even though we have the buttons here? + ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); +#if 1 + // Demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(items.Size); + while (clipper.Step()) + { + for (int row_n = clipper.DisplayStart; row_n < clipper.DisplayEnd; row_n++) +#else + // Without clipper + { + for (int row_n = 0; row_n < items.Size; row_n++) +#endif + { + MyItem* item = &items[row_n]; + //if (!filter.PassFilter(item->Name)) + // continue; + + const bool item_is_selected = selection.contains(item->ID); + ImGui::PushID(item->ID); + ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, row_min_height); + + // For the demo purpose we can select among different type of items submitted in the first column + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "%04d", item->ID); + if (contents_type == CT_Text) + ImGui::TextUnformatted(label); + else if (contents_type == CT_Button) + ImGui::Button(label); + else if (contents_type == CT_SmallButton) + ImGui::SmallButton(label); + else if (contents_type == CT_FillButton) + ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); + else if (contents_type == CT_Selectable || contents_type == CT_SelectableSpanRow) + { + ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = (contents_type == CT_SelectableSpanRow) ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns | ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap : ImGuiSelectableFlags_None; + if (ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected, selectable_flags, ImVec2(0, row_min_height))) + { + if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) + { + if (item_is_selected) + selection.find_erase_unsorted(item->ID); + else + selection.push_back(item->ID); + } + else + { + selection.clear(); + selection.push_back(item->ID); + } + } + } + + if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1)) + ImGui::TextUnformatted(item->Name); + + // Here we demonstrate marking our data set as needing to be sorted again if we modified a quantity, + // and we are currently sorting on the column showing the Quantity. + // To avoid triggering a sort while holding the button, we only trigger it when the button has been released. + // You will probably need a more advanced system in your code if you want to automatically sort when a specific entry changes. + if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(2)) + { + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Chop")) { item->Quantity += 1; } + if (sorts_specs_using_quantity && ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()) { items_need_sort = true; } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Eat")) { item->Quantity -= 1; } + if (sorts_specs_using_quantity && ImGui::IsItemDeactivated()) { items_need_sort = true; } + } + + if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(3)) + ImGui::Text("%d", item->Quantity); + + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(4); + if (show_wrapped_text) + ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet"); + else + ImGui::Text("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet"); + + if (ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(5)) + ImGui::Text("1234"); + + ImGui::PopID(); + } + } + ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); + + // Store some info to display debug details below + table_scroll_cur = ImVec2(ImGui::GetScrollX(), ImGui::GetScrollY()); + table_scroll_max = ImVec2(ImGui::GetScrollMaxX(), ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()); + table_draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + static bool show_debug_details = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("Debug details", &show_debug_details); + if (show_debug_details && table_draw_list) + { + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, 0.0f); + const int table_draw_list_draw_cmd_count = table_draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size; + if (table_draw_list == parent_draw_list) + ImGui::Text(": DrawCmd: +%d (in same window)", + table_draw_list_draw_cmd_count - parent_draw_list_draw_cmd_count); + else + ImGui::Text(": DrawCmd: +%d (in child window), Scroll: (%.f/%.f) (%.f/%.f)", + table_draw_list_draw_cmd_count - 1, table_scroll_cur.x, table_scroll_max.x, table_scroll_cur.y, table_scroll_max.y); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + ImGui::PopID(); + + ShowDemoWindowColumns(); + + if (disable_indent) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); +} + +// Demonstrate old/legacy Columns API! +// [2020: Columns are under-featured and not maintained. Prefer using the more flexible and powerful BeginTable() API!] +static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)"); + bool open = ImGui::TreeNode("Legacy Columns API"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("Columns() is an old API! Prefer using the more flexible and powerful BeginTable() API!"); + if (!open) + return; + // Basic columns + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Basic"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) { ImGui::Text("Without border:"); @@ -2811,6 +5614,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Borders"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Borders")) { // NB: Future columns API should allow automatic horizontal borders. @@ -2846,6 +5650,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() } // Create multiple items in a same cell before switching to next column + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Mixed items"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mixed items")) { ImGui::Columns(3, "mixed"); @@ -2877,6 +5682,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() } // Word wrapping + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Word-wrapping"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Word-wrapping")) { ImGui::Columns(2, "word-wrapping"); @@ -2891,39 +5697,18 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() ImGui::TreePop(); } - // Scrolling columns - /* - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical Scrolling")) - { - ImGui::BeginChild("##header", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()+ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y)); - ImGui::Columns(3); - ImGui::Text("ID"); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("Name"); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("Path"); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::EndChild(); - ImGui::BeginChild("##scrollingregion", ImVec2(0, 60)); - ImGui::Columns(3); - for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) - { - ImGui::Text("%04d", i); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("Foobar"); ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("/path/foobar/%04d/", i); ImGui::NextColumn(); - } - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::EndChild(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - */ - + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Horizontal Scrolling"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Horizontal Scrolling")) { ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(1500.0f, 0.0f)); - ImGui::BeginChild("##ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); + ImVec2 child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20.0f); + ImGui::BeginChild("##ScrollingRegion", child_size, false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); ImGui::Columns(10); + + // Also demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists int ITEMS_COUNT = 2000; - ImGuiListClipper clipper(ITEMS_COUNT); // Also demonstrate using the clipper for large list + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(ITEMS_COUNT); while (clipper.Step()) { for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) @@ -2938,6 +5723,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)/Tree"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree")) { ImGui::Columns(2, "tree", true); @@ -2974,91 +5760,140 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() ImGui::TreePop(); } - if (disable_indent) - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - ImGui::PopID(); + ImGui::TreePop(); } -static void ShowDemoWindowMisc() -{ - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Filtering")) - { - // Helper class to easy setup a text filter. - // You may want to implement a more feature-full filtering scheme in your own application. - static ImGuiTextFilter filter; - ImGui::Text("Filter usage:\n" - " \"\" display all lines\n" - " \"xxx\" display lines containing \"xxx\"\n" - " \"xxx,yyy\" display lines containing \"xxx\" or \"yyy\"\n" - " \"-xxx\" hide lines containing \"xxx\""); - filter.Draw(); - const char* lines[] = { "aaa1.c", "bbb1.c", "ccc1.c", "aaa2.cpp", "bbb2.cpp", "ccc2.cpp", "abc.h", "hello, world" }; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(lines); i++) - if (filter.PassFilter(lines[i])) - ImGui::BulletText("%s", lines[i]); - } +namespace ImGui { extern ImGuiKeyData* GetKeyData(ImGuiKey key); } - if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Inputs, Navigation & Focus")) +static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus"); + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Inputs & Focus")) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - // Display ImGuiIO output flags - ImGui::Text("WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse); - ImGui::Text("WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard); - ImGui::Text("WantTextInput: %d", io.WantTextInput); - ImGui::Text("WantSetMousePos: %d", io.WantSetMousePos); - ImGui::Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", io.NavActive, io.NavVisible); - - // Display Keyboard/Mouse state - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Keyboard, Mouse & Navigation State")) + // Display inputs submitted to ImGuiIO + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Inputs"); + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Inputs")) { + HelpMarker( + "This is a simplified view. See more detailed input state:\n" + "- in 'Tools->Metrics/Debugger->Inputs'.\n" + "- in 'Tools->Debug Log->IO'."); if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid()) ImGui::Text("Mouse pos: (%g, %g)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); else ImGui::Text("Mouse pos: "); ImGui::Text("Mouse delta: (%g, %g)", io.MouseDelta.x, io.MouseDelta.y); - ImGui::Text("Mouse down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (io.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); } - ImGui::Text("Mouse clicked:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); } - ImGui::Text("Mouse dbl-clicked:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); } - ImGui::Text("Mouse released:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseReleased(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); } + ImGui::Text("Mouse down:"); + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseDown(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); } ImGui::Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel); - ImGui::Text("Keys down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (io.KeysDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d (0x%X) (%.02f secs)", i, i, io.KeysDownDuration[i]); } - ImGui::Text("Keys pressed:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d (0x%X)", i, i); } - ImGui::Text("Keys release:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsKeyReleased(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d (0x%X)", i, i); } + // We iterate both legacy native range and named ImGuiKey ranges, which is a little odd but this allows displaying the data for old/new backends. + // User code should never have to go through such hoops: old code may use native keycodes, new code may use ImGuiKey codes. +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey) { return false; } }; +#else + struct funcs { static bool IsLegacyNativeDupe(ImGuiKey key) { return key < 512 && ImGui::GetIO().KeyMap[key] != -1; } }; // Hide Native<>ImGuiKey duplicates when both exists in the array +#endif + ImGui::Text("Keys down:"); for (ImGuiKey key = ImGuiKey_KeysData_OFFSET; key < ImGuiKey_COUNT; key = (ImGuiKey)(key + 1)) { if (funcs::IsLegacyNativeDupe(key) || !ImGui::IsKeyDown(key)) continue; ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text((key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN) ? "\"%s\"" : "\"%s\" %d", ImGui::GetKeyName(key), key); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(%.02f)", ImGui::GetKeyData(key)->DownDuration); } ImGui::Text("Keys mods: %s%s%s%s", io.KeyCtrl ? "CTRL " : "", io.KeyShift ? "SHIFT " : "", io.KeyAlt ? "ALT " : "", io.KeySuper ? "SUPER " : ""); - ImGui::Text("Chars queue:"); for (int i = 0; i < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; i++) { ImWchar c = io.InputQueueCharacters[i]; ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\'%c\' (0x%04X)", (c > ' ' && c <= 255) ? (char)c : '?', c); } // FIXME: We should convert 'c' to UTF-8 here but the functions are not public. - - ImGui::Text("NavInputs down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++) if (io.NavInputs[i] > 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("[%d] %.2f", i, io.NavInputs[i]); } - ImGui::Text("NavInputs pressed:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++) if (io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] == 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("[%d]", i); } - ImGui::Text("NavInputs duration:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.NavInputs); i++) if (io.NavInputsDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("[%d] %.2f", i, io.NavInputsDownDuration[i]); } - - ImGui::Button("Hovering me sets the\nkeyboard capture flag"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp(true); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("Holding me clears the\nthe keyboard capture flag"); - if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) - ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp(false); + ImGui::Text("Chars queue:"); for (int i = 0; i < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; i++) { ImWchar c = io.InputQueueCharacters[i]; ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("\'%c\' (0x%04X)", (c > ' ' && c <= 255) ? (char)c : '?', c); } // FIXME: We should convert 'c' to UTF-8 here but the functions are not public. ImGui::TreePop(); } + // Display ImGuiIO output flags + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Outputs"); + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Outputs")) + { + HelpMarker( + "The value of io.WantCaptureMouse and io.WantCaptureKeyboard are normally set by Dear ImGui " + "to instruct your application of how to route inputs. Typically, when a value is true, it means " + "Dear ImGui wants the corresponding inputs and we expect the underlying application to ignore them.\n\n" + "The most typical case is: when hovering a window, Dear ImGui set io.WantCaptureMouse to true, " + "and underlying application should ignore mouse inputs (in practice there are many and more subtle " + "rules leading to how those flags are set)."); + ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouse: %d", io.WantCaptureMouse); + ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose: %d", io.WantCaptureMouseUnlessPopupClose); + ImGui::Text("io.WantCaptureKeyboard: %d", io.WantCaptureKeyboard); + ImGui::Text("io.WantTextInput: %d", io.WantTextInput); + ImGui::Text("io.WantSetMousePos: %d", io.WantSetMousePos); + ImGui::Text("io.NavActive: %d, io.NavVisible: %d", io.NavActive, io.NavVisible); + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Outputs/WantCapture override"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("WantCapture override")) + { + HelpMarker( + "Hovering the colored canvas will override io.WantCaptureXXX fields.\n" + "Notice how normally (when set to none), the value of io.WantCaptureKeyboard would be false when hovering and true when clicking."); + static int capture_override_mouse = -1; + static int capture_override_keyboard = -1; + const char* capture_override_desc[] = { "None", "Set to false", "Set to true" }; + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 15); + ImGui::SliderInt("SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse() on hover", &capture_override_mouse, -1, +1, capture_override_desc[capture_override_mouse + 1], ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 15); + ImGui::SliderInt("SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard() on hover", &capture_override_keyboard, -1, +1, capture_override_desc[capture_override_keyboard + 1], ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + + ImGui::ColorButton("##panel", ImVec4(0.7f, 0.1f, 0.7f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop, ImVec2(128.0f, 96.0f)); // Dummy item + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && capture_override_mouse != -1) + ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureMouse(capture_override_mouse == 1); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && capture_override_keyboard != -1) + ImGui::SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(capture_override_keyboard == 1); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + // Display mouse cursors + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Mouse Cursors"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse Cursors")) + { + const char* mouse_cursors_names[] = { "Arrow", "TextInput", "ResizeAll", "ResizeNS", "ResizeEW", "ResizeNESW", "ResizeNWSE", "Hand", "NotAllowed" }; + IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_cursors_names) == ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); + + ImGuiMouseCursor current = ImGui::GetMouseCursor(); + ImGui::Text("Current mouse cursor = %d: %s", current, mouse_cursors_names[current]); + ImGui::BeginDisabled(true); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", &io.BackendFlags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors); + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + + ImGui::Text("Hover to see mouse cursors:"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Your application can render a different mouse cursor based on what ImGui::GetMouseCursor() returns. " + "If software cursor rendering (io.MouseDrawCursor) is set ImGui will draw the right cursor for you, " + "otherwise your backend needs to handle it."); + for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; i++) + { + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "Mouse cursor %d: %s", i, mouse_cursors_names[i]); + ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::Selectable(label, false); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetMouseCursor(i); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Tabbing"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tabbing")) { ImGui::Text("Use TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields."); - static char buf[32] = "dummy"; + static char buf[32] = "hello"; ImGui::InputText("1", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::InputText("2", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::InputText("3", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false); ImGui::InputText("4 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); - //ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Use ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool)\nto disable tabbing through certain widgets."); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Item won't be cycled through when using TAB or Shift+Tab."); ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); ImGui::InputText("5", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Focus from code"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Focus from code")) { bool focus_1 = ImGui::Button("Focus on 1"); ImGui::SameLine(); @@ -3079,6 +5914,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc() if (focus_3) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(); ImGui::InputText("3 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 3; + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Item won't be cycled through when using TAB or Shift+Tab."); ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); if (has_focus) @@ -3099,42 +5935,32 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMisc() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Dragging"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Dragging")) { ImGui::TextWrapped("You can use ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0) to query for the dragged amount on any widget."); for (int button = 0; button < 3; button++) - ImGui::Text("IsMouseDragging(%d):\n w/ default threshold: %d,\n w/ zero threshold: %d\n w/ large threshold: %d", - button, ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button), ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button, 0.0f), ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button, 20.0f)); + { + ImGui::Text("IsMouseDragging(%d):", button); + ImGui::Text(" w/ default threshold: %d,", ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button)); + ImGui::Text(" w/ zero threshold: %d,", ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button, 0.0f)); + ImGui::Text(" w/ large threshold: %d,", ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button, 20.0f)); + } ImGui::Button("Drag Me"); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()->AddLine(io.MouseClickedPos[0], io.MousePos, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Button), 4.0f); // Draw a line between the button and the mouse cursor - // Drag operations gets "unlocked" when the mouse has moved past a certain threshold (the default threshold is stored in io.MouseDragThreshold) - // You can request a lower or higher threshold using the second parameter of IsMouseDragging() and GetMouseDragDelta() + // Drag operations gets "unlocked" when the mouse has moved past a certain threshold + // (the default threshold is stored in io.MouseDragThreshold). You can request a lower or higher + // threshold using the second parameter of IsMouseDragging() and GetMouseDragDelta(). ImVec2 value_raw = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0, 0.0f); ImVec2 value_with_lock_threshold = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0); ImVec2 mouse_delta = io.MouseDelta; - ImGui::Text("GetMouseDragDelta(0):\n w/ default threshold: (%.1f, %.1f),\n w/ zero threshold: (%.1f, %.1f)\nMouseDelta: (%.1f, %.1f)", value_with_lock_threshold.x, value_with_lock_threshold.y, value_raw.x, value_raw.y, mouse_delta.x, mouse_delta.y); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse cursors")) - { - const char* mouse_cursors_names[] = { "Arrow", "TextInput", "ResizeAll", "ResizeNS", "ResizeEW", "ResizeNESW", "ResizeNWSE", "Hand", "NotAllowed" }; - IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_cursors_names) == ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); - - ImGui::Text("Current mouse cursor = %d: %s", ImGui::GetMouseCursor(), mouse_cursors_names[ImGui::GetMouseCursor()]); - ImGui::Text("Hover to see mouse cursors:"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Your application can render a different mouse cursor based on what ImGui::GetMouseCursor() returns. If software cursor rendering (io.MouseDrawCursor) is set ImGui will draw the right cursor for you, otherwise your backend needs to handle it."); - for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT; i++) - { - char label[32]; - sprintf(label, "Mouse cursor %d: %s", i, mouse_cursors_names[i]); - ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::Selectable(label, false); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() || ImGui::IsItemFocused()) - ImGui::SetMouseCursor(i); - } + ImGui::Text("GetMouseDragDelta(0):"); + ImGui::Text(" w/ default threshold: (%.1f, %.1f)", value_with_lock_threshold.x, value_with_lock_threshold.y); + ImGui::Text(" w/ zero threshold: (%.1f, %.1f)", value_raw.x, value_raw.y); + ImGui::Text("io.MouseDelta: (%.1f, %.1f)", mouse_delta.x, mouse_delta.y); ImGui::TreePop(); } } @@ -3152,6 +5978,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); return; } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tools/About Dear ImGui"); ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s", ImGui::GetVersion()); ImGui::Separator(); ImGui::Text("By Omar Cornut and all Dear ImGui contributors."); @@ -3165,11 +5992,12 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); bool copy_to_clipboard = ImGui::Button("Copy to clipboard"); - ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGui::GetID("cfginfos"), ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 18), ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); + ImVec2 child_size = ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 18); + ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGui::GetID("cfg_infos"), child_size, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); if (copy_to_clipboard) { ImGui::LogToClipboard(); - ImGui::LogText("```\n"); // Back quotes will make the text appears without formatting when pasting to GitHub + ImGui::LogText("```\n"); // Back quotes will make text appears without formatting when pasting on GitHub } ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM); @@ -3179,6 +6007,9 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS"); #endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO"); +#endif #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS"); #endif @@ -3221,6 +6052,9 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) #ifdef _MSC_VER ImGui::Text("define: _MSC_VER=%d", _MSC_VER); #endif +#ifdef _MSVC_LANG + ImGui::Text("define: _MSVC_LANG=%d", (int)_MSVC_LANG); +#endif #ifdef __MINGW32__ ImGui::Text("define: __MINGW32__"); #endif @@ -3266,7 +6100,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) if (io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink"); if (io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges"); if (io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly"); - if (io.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer >= 0.0f) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer = %.1ff", io.ConfigWindowsMemoryCompactTimer); + if (io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer >= 0.0f) ImGui::Text("io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer = %.1f", io.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer); ImGui::Text("io.BackendFlags: 0x%08X", io.BackendFlags); if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) ImGui::Text(" HasGamepad"); if (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) ImGui::Text(" HasMouseCursors"); @@ -3301,31 +6135,16 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// - ShowStyleSelector() // - ShowFontSelector() +// - ShowStyleSelector() // - ShowStyleEditor() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Demo helper function to select among default colors. See ShowStyleEditor() for more advanced options. -// Here we use the simplified Combo() api that packs items into a single literal string. Useful for quick combo boxes where the choices are known locally. -bool ImGui::ShowStyleSelector(const char* label) -{ - static int style_idx = -1; - if (ImGui::Combo(label, &style_idx, "Classic\0Dark\0Light\0")) - { - switch (style_idx) - { - case 0: ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(); break; - case 1: ImGui::StyleColorsDark(); break; - case 2: ImGui::StyleColorsLight(); break; - } - return true; - } - return false; -} +// Forward declare ShowFontAtlas() which isn't worth putting in public API yet +namespace ImGui { IMGUI_API void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas); } // Demo helper function to select among loaded fonts. -// Here we use the regular BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api which is more the more flexible one. +// Here we use the regular BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api which is the more flexible one. void ImGui::ShowFontSelector(const char* label) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); @@ -3346,13 +6165,34 @@ void ImGui::ShowFontSelector(const char* label) HelpMarker( "- Load additional fonts with io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF().\n" "- The font atlas is built when calling io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsXXXX() or io.Fonts->Build().\n" - "- Read FAQ and docs/FONTS.txt for more details.\n" + "- Read FAQ and docs/FONTS.md for more details.\n" "- If you need to add/remove fonts at runtime (e.g. for DPI change), do it before calling NewFrame()."); } +// Demo helper function to select among default colors. See ShowStyleEditor() for more advanced options. +// Here we use the simplified Combo() api that packs items into a single literal string. +// Useful for quick combo boxes where the choices are known locally. +bool ImGui::ShowStyleSelector(const char* label) +{ + static int style_idx = -1; + if (ImGui::Combo(label, &style_idx, "Dark\0Light\0Classic\0")) + { + switch (style_idx) + { + case 0: ImGui::StyleColorsDark(); break; + case 1: ImGui::StyleColorsLight(); break; + case 2: ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(); break; + } + return true; + } + return false; +} + void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) { - // You can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to (else it compares to an internally stored reference) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tools/Style Editor"); + // You can pass in a reference ImGuiStyle structure to compare to, revert to and save to + // (without a reference style pointer, we will use one compared locally as a reference) ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); static ImGuiStyle ref_saved_style; @@ -3370,14 +6210,14 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ref_saved_style = style; ImGui::ShowFontSelector("Fonts##Selector"); - // Simplified Settings + // Simplified Settings (expose floating-pointer border sizes as boolean representing 0.0f or 1.0f) if (ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameRounding", &style.FrameRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f")) style.GrabRounding = style.FrameRounding; // Make GrabRounding always the same value as FrameRounding - { bool window_border = (style.WindowBorderSize > 0.0f); if (ImGui::Checkbox("WindowBorder", &window_border)) style.WindowBorderSize = window_border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } + { bool border = (style.WindowBorderSize > 0.0f); if (ImGui::Checkbox("WindowBorder", &border)) { style.WindowBorderSize = border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } } ImGui::SameLine(); - { bool frame_border = (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f); if (ImGui::Checkbox("FrameBorder", &frame_border)) style.FrameBorderSize = frame_border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } + { bool border = (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f); if (ImGui::Checkbox("FrameBorder", &border)) { style.FrameBorderSize = border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } } ImGui::SameLine(); - { bool popup_border = (style.PopupBorderSize > 0.0f); if (ImGui::Checkbox("PopupBorder", &popup_border)) style.PopupBorderSize = popup_border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } + { bool border = (style.PopupBorderSize > 0.0f); if (ImGui::Checkbox("PopupBorder", &border)) { style.PopupBorderSize = border ? 1.0f : 0.0f; } } // Save/Revert button if (ImGui::Button("Save Ref")) @@ -3386,7 +6226,9 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) if (ImGui::Button("Revert Ref")) style = *ref; ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker("Save/Revert in local non-persistent storage. Default Colors definition are not affected. Use \"Export\" below to save them somewhere."); + HelpMarker( + "Save/Revert in local non-persistent storage. Default Colors definition are not affected. " + "Use \"Export\" below to save them somewhere."); ImGui::Separator(); @@ -3397,6 +6239,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ImGui::Text("Main"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowPadding", (float*)&style.WindowPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("FramePadding", (float*)&style.FramePadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("CellPadding", (float*)&style.CellPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemInnerSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemInnerSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("TouchExtraPadding", (float*)&style.TouchExtraPadding, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f"); @@ -3416,6 +6259,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupRounding", &style.PopupRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarRounding", &style.ScrollbarRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabRounding", &style.GrabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("LogSliderDeadzone", &style.LogSliderDeadzone, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("TabRounding", &style.TabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::Text("Alignment"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowTitleAlign", (float*)&style.WindowTitleAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); @@ -3423,9 +6267,12 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) if (ImGui::Combo("WindowMenuButtonPosition", (int*)&window_menu_button_position, "None\0Left\0Right\0")) style.WindowMenuButtonPosition = window_menu_button_position - 1; ImGui::Combo("ColorButtonPosition", (int*)&style.ColorButtonPosition, "Left\0Right\0"); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("ButtonTextAlign", (float*)&style.ButtonTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a button is larger than its text content."); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("SelectableTextAlign", (float*)&style.SelectableTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a selectable is larger than its text content."); - ImGui::Text("Safe Area Padding"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured)."); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("ButtonTextAlign", (float*)&style.ButtonTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a button is larger than its text content."); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("SelectableTextAlign", (float*)&style.SelectableTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a selectable is larger than its text content."); + ImGui::Text("Safe Area Padding"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured)."); ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplaySafeAreaPadding", (float*)&style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::EndTabItem(); } @@ -3446,7 +6293,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) const ImVec4& col = style.Colors[i]; const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName(i); if (!output_only_modified || memcmp(&col, &ref->Colors[i], sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) - ImGui::LogText("colors[ImGuiCol_%s]%*s= ImVec4(%.2ff, %.2ff, %.2ff, %.2ff);" IM_NEWLINE, name, 23 - (int)strlen(name), "", col.x, col.y, col.z, col.w); + ImGui::LogText("colors[ImGuiCol_%s]%*s= ImVec4(%.2ff, %.2ff, %.2ff, %.2ff);" IM_NEWLINE, + name, 23 - (int)strlen(name), "", col.x, col.y, col.z, col.w); } ImGui::LogFinish(); } @@ -3457,10 +6305,13 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) filter.Draw("Filter colors", ImGui::GetFontSize() * 16); static ImGuiColorEditFlags alpha_flags = 0; - if (ImGui::RadioButton("Opaque", alpha_flags == 0)) { alpha_flags = 0; } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::RadioButton("Alpha", alpha_flags == ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview)) { alpha_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview; } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::RadioButton("Both", alpha_flags == ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) { alpha_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; } ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker("In the color list:\nLeft-click on colored square to open color picker,\nRight-click to open edit options menu."); + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Opaque", alpha_flags == ImGuiColorEditFlags_None)) { alpha_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_None; } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Alpha", alpha_flags == ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview)) { alpha_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview; } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Both", alpha_flags == ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) { alpha_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; } ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker( + "In the color list:\n" + "Left-click on color square to open color picker,\n" + "Right-click to open edit options menu."); ImGui::BeginChild("##colors", ImVec2(0, 0), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened); ImGui::PushItemWidth(-160); @@ -3473,10 +6324,11 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ImGui::ColorEdit4("##color", (float*)&style.Colors[i], ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar | alpha_flags); if (memcmp(&style.Colors[i], &ref->Colors[i], sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) { - // Tips: in a real user application, you may want to merge and use an icon font into the main font, so instead of "Save"/"Revert" you'd use icons. - // Read the FAQ and docs/FONTS.txt about using icon fonts. It's really easy and super convenient! - ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ImGui::Button("Save")) ref->Colors[i] = style.Colors[i]; - ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ImGui::Button("Revert")) style.Colors[i] = ref->Colors[i]; + // Tips: in a real user application, you may want to merge and use an icon font into the main font, + // so instead of "Save"/"Revert" you'd use icons! + // Read the FAQ and docs/FONTS.md about using icon fonts. It's really easy and super convenient! + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ImGui::Button("Save")) { ref->Colors[i] = style.Colors[i]; } + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ImGui::Button("Revert")) { style.Colors[i] = ref->Colors[i]; } } ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); ImGui::TextUnformatted(name); @@ -3492,97 +6344,23 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) { ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); ImFontAtlas* atlas = io.Fonts; - HelpMarker("Read FAQ and docs/FONTS.txt for details on font loading."); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(120); - for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++) - { - ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i]; - ImGui::PushID(font); - bool font_details_opened = ImGui::TreeNode(font, "Font %d: \"%s\"\n%.2f px, %d glyphs, %d file(s)", i, font->ConfigData ? font->ConfigData[0].Name : "", font->FontSize, font->Glyphs.Size, font->ConfigDataCount); - ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::SmallButton("Set as default")) { io.FontDefault = font; } - if (font_details_opened) - { - ImGui::PushFont(font); - ImGui::Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog"); - ImGui::PopFont(); - ImGui::DragFloat("Font scale", &font->Scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f"); // Scale only this font - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Note than the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\nFont are currently rendered into bitmaps at a given size at the time of building the atlas. You may oversample them to get some flexibility with scaling. You can also render at multiple sizes and select which one to use at runtime.\n\n(Glimmer of hope: the atlas system should hopefully be rewritten in the future to make scaling more natural and automatic.)"); - ImGui::InputFloat("Font offset", &font->DisplayOffset.y, 1, 1, "%.0f"); - ImGui::Text("Ascent: %f, Descent: %f, Height: %f", font->Ascent, font->Descent, font->Ascent - font->Descent); - ImGui::Text("Fallback character: '%c' (U+%04X)", font->FallbackChar, font->FallbackChar); - ImGui::Text("Ellipsis character: '%c' (U+%04X)", font->EllipsisChar, font->EllipsisChar); - const float surface_sqrt = sqrtf((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface); - ImGui::Text("Texture Area: about %d px ~%dx%d px", font->MetricsTotalSurface, (int)surface_sqrt, (int)surface_sqrt); - for (int config_i = 0; config_i < font->ConfigDataCount; config_i++) - if (font->ConfigData) - if (const ImFontConfig* cfg = &font->ConfigData[config_i]) - ImGui::BulletText("Input %d: \'%s\', Oversample: (%d,%d), PixelSnapH: %d", config_i, cfg->Name, cfg->OversampleH, cfg->OversampleV, cfg->PixelSnapH); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Glyphs", "Glyphs (%d)", font->Glyphs.Size)) - { - // Display all glyphs of the fonts in separate pages of 256 characters - for (unsigned int base = 0; base <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; base += 256) - { - // Skip ahead if a large bunch of glyphs are not present in the font (test in chunks of 4k) - // This is only a small optimization to reduce the number of iterations when IM_UNICODE_MAX_CODEPOINT is large. - // (if ImWchar==ImWchar32 we will do at least about 272 queries here) - if (!(base & 4095) && font->IsGlyphRangeUnused(base, base + 4095)) - { - base += 4096 - 256; - continue; - } + HelpMarker("Read FAQ and docs/FONTS.md for details on font loading."); + ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(atlas); - int count = 0; - for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++) - count += font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n)) ? 1 : 0; - if (count > 0 && ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)base, "U+%04X..U+%04X (%d %s)", base, base + 255, count, count > 1 ? "glyphs" : "glyph")) - { - float cell_size = font->FontSize * 1; - float cell_spacing = style.ItemSpacing.y; - ImVec2 base_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); - for (unsigned int n = 0; n < 256; n++) - { - ImVec2 cell_p1(base_pos.x + (n % 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing), base_pos.y + (n / 16) * (cell_size + cell_spacing)); - ImVec2 cell_p2(cell_p1.x + cell_size, cell_p1.y + cell_size); - const ImFontGlyph* glyph = font->FindGlyphNoFallback((ImWchar)(base + n)); - draw_list->AddRect(cell_p1, cell_p2, glyph ? IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 100) : IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 50)); - if (glyph) - font->RenderChar(draw_list, cell_size, cell_p1, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), (ImWchar)(base + n)); // We use ImFont::RenderChar as a shortcut because we don't have UTF-8 conversion functions available to generate a string. - if (glyph && ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(cell_p1, cell_p2)) - { - ImGui::BeginTooltip(); - ImGui::Text("Codepoint: U+%04X", base + n); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("Visible: %d", glyph->Visible); - ImGui::Text("AdvanceX: %.1f", glyph->AdvanceX); - ImGui::Text("Pos: (%.2f,%.2f)->(%.2f,%.2f)", glyph->X0, glyph->Y0, glyph->X1, glyph->Y1); - ImGui::Text("UV: (%.3f,%.3f)->(%.3f,%.3f)", glyph->U0, glyph->V0, glyph->U1, glyph->V1); - ImGui::EndTooltip(); - } - } - ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16, (cell_size + cell_spacing) * 16)); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); - } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Atlas texture", "Atlas texture (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight)) - { - ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); - ImVec4 border_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 0.5f); - ImGui::Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(1, 1), tint_col, border_col); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - HelpMarker("Those are old settings provided for convenience.\nHowever, the _correct_ way of scaling your UI is currently to reload your font at the designed size, rebuild the font atlas, and call style.ScaleAllSizes() on a reference ImGuiStyle structure."); + // Post-baking font scaling. Note that this is NOT the nice way of scaling fonts, read below. + // (we enforce hard clamping manually as by default DragFloat/SliderFloat allows CTRL+Click text to get out of bounds). + const float MIN_SCALE = 0.3f; + const float MAX_SCALE = 2.0f; + HelpMarker( + "Those are old settings provided for convenience.\n" + "However, the _correct_ way of scaling your UI is currently to reload your font at the designed size, " + "rebuild the font atlas, and call style.ScaleAllSizes() on a reference ImGuiStyle structure.\n" + "Using those settings here will give you poor quality results."); static float window_scale = 1.0f; - if (ImGui::DragFloat("window scale", &window_scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.2f")) // scale only this window + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + if (ImGui::DragFloat("window scale", &window_scale, 0.005f, MIN_SCALE, MAX_SCALE, "%.2f", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp)) // Scale only this window ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(window_scale); - ImGui::DragFloat("global scale", &io.FontGlobalScale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.2f"); // scale everything + ImGui::DragFloat("global scale", &io.FontGlobalScale, 0.005f, MIN_SCALE, MAX_SCALE, "%.2f", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); // Scale everything ImGui::PopItemWidth(); ImGui::EndTabItem(); @@ -3590,13 +6368,63 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Rendering")) { - ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased lines", &style.AntiAliasedLines); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When disabling anti-aliasing lines, you'll probably want to disable borders in your style as well."); + ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased lines", &style.AntiAliasedLines); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("When disabling anti-aliasing lines, you'll probably want to disable borders in your style as well."); + + ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased lines use texture", &style.AntiAliasedLinesUseTex); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("Faster lines using texture data. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (not point/nearest filtering)."); + ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased fill", &style.AntiAliasedFill); - ImGui::PushItemWidth(100); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); ImGui::DragFloat("Curve Tessellation Tolerance", &style.CurveTessellationTol, 0.02f, 0.10f, 10.0f, "%.2f"); if (style.CurveTessellationTol < 0.10f) style.CurveTessellationTol = 0.10f; - ImGui::DragFloat("Circle segment Max Error", &style.CircleSegmentMaxError, 0.01f, 0.10f, 10.0f, "%.2f"); + + // When editing the "Circle Segment Max Error" value, draw a preview of its effect on auto-tessellated circles. + ImGui::DragFloat("Circle Tessellation Max Error", &style.CircleTessellationMaxError , 0.005f, 0.10f, 5.0f, "%.2f", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) + { + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos()); + ImGui::BeginTooltip(); + ImGui::TextUnformatted("(R = radius, N = number of segments)"); + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + const float min_widget_width = ImGui::CalcTextSize("N: MMM\nR: MMM").x; + for (int n = 0; n < 8; n++) + { + const float RAD_MIN = 5.0f; + const float RAD_MAX = 70.0f; + const float rad = RAD_MIN + (RAD_MAX - RAD_MIN) * (float)n / (8.0f - 1.0f); + + ImGui::BeginGroup(); + + ImGui::Text("R: %.f\nN: %d", rad, draw_list->_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(rad)); + + const float canvas_width = IM_MAX(min_widget_width, rad * 2.0f); + const float offset_x = floorf(canvas_width * 0.5f); + const float offset_y = floorf(RAD_MAX); + + const ImVec2 p1 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(p1.x + offset_x, p1.y + offset_y), rad, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(canvas_width, RAD_MAX * 2)); + + /* + const ImVec2 p2 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(p2.x + offset_x, p2.y + offset_y), rad, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(canvas_width, RAD_MAX * 2)); + */ + + ImGui::EndGroup(); + ImGui::SameLine(); + } + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("When drawing circle primitives with \"num_segments == 0\" tesselation will be calculated automatically."); + ImGui::DragFloat("Global Alpha", &style.Alpha, 0.005f, 0.20f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); // Not exposing zero here so user doesn't "lose" the UI (zero alpha clips all widgets). But application code could have a toggle to switch between zero and non-zero. + ImGui::DragFloat("Disabled Alpha", &style.DisabledAlpha, 0.005f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Additional alpha multiplier for disabled items (multiply over current value of Alpha)."); ImGui::PopItemWidth(); ImGui::EndTabItem(); @@ -3608,6 +6436,40 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ImGui::PopItemWidth(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] User Guide / ShowUserGuide() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::ShowUserGuide() +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui::BulletText("Double-click on title bar to collapse window."); + ImGui::BulletText( + "Click and drag on lower corner to resize window\n" + "(double-click to auto fit window to its contents)."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text."); + ImGui::BulletText("TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Tab to select a window."); + if (io.FontAllowUserScaling) + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Mouse Wheel to zoom window contents."); + ImGui::BulletText("While inputing text:\n"); + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Left/Right to word jump."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+A or double-click to select all."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+X/C/V to use clipboard cut/copy/paste."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo."); + ImGui::BulletText("ESCAPE to revert."); + ImGui::Unindent(); + ImGui::BulletText("With keyboard navigation enabled:"); + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::BulletText("Arrow keys to navigate."); + ImGui::BulletText("Space to activate a widget."); + ImGui::BulletText("Return to input text into a widget."); + ImGui::BulletText("Escape to deactivate a widget, close popup, exit child window."); + ImGui::BulletText("Alt to jump to the menu layer of a window."); + ImGui::Unindent(); +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -3617,7 +6479,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) // Demonstrate creating a "main" fullscreen menu bar and populating it. // Note the difference between BeginMainMenuBar() and BeginMenuBar(): -// - BeginMenuBar() = menu-bar inside current window we Begin()-ed into (the window needs the ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag) +// - BeginMenuBar() = menu-bar inside current window (which needs the ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag!) // - BeginMainMenuBar() = helper to create menu-bar-sized window at the top of the main viewport + call BeginMenuBar() into it. static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() { @@ -3642,10 +6504,12 @@ static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() } } -// Note that shortcuts are currently provided for display only (future version will add flags to BeginMenu to process shortcuts) +// Note that shortcuts are currently provided for display only +// (future version will add explicit flags to BeginMenu() to request processing shortcuts) static void ShowExampleMenuFile() { - ImGui::MenuItem("(dummy menu)", NULL, false, false); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Menu"); + ImGui::MenuItem("(demo menu)", NULL, false, false); if (ImGui::MenuItem("New")) {} if (ImGui::MenuItem("Open", "Ctrl+O")) {} if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Open Recent")) @@ -3670,6 +6534,7 @@ static void ShowExampleMenuFile() if (ImGui::MenuItem("Save As..")) {} ImGui::Separator(); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Menu/Options"); if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Options")) { static bool enabled = true; @@ -3686,6 +6551,7 @@ static void ShowExampleMenuFile() ImGui::EndMenu(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Menu/Colors"); if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Colors")) { float sz = ImGui::GetTextLineHeight(); @@ -3693,7 +6559,7 @@ static void ShowExampleMenuFile() { const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColorName((ImGuiCol)i); ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(p, ImVec2(p.x+sz, p.y+sz), ImGui::GetColorU32((ImGuiCol)i)); + ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(p, ImVec2(p.x + sz, p.y + sz), ImGui::GetColorU32((ImGuiCol)i)); ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(sz, sz)); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::MenuItem(name); @@ -3706,6 +6572,7 @@ static void ShowExampleMenuFile() // In a real code-base using it would make senses to use this feature from very different code locations. if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Options")) // <-- Append! { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Menu/Append to an existing menu"); static bool b = true; ImGui::Checkbox("SomeOption", &b); ImGui::EndMenu(); @@ -3724,7 +6591,7 @@ static void ShowExampleMenuFile() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Demonstrate creating a simple console window, with scrolling, filtering, completion and history. -// For the console example, here we are using a more C++ like approach of declaring a class to hold the data and the functions. +// For the console example, we are using a more C++ like approach of declaring a class to hold both data and functions. struct ExampleAppConsole { char InputBuf[256]; @@ -3738,13 +6605,16 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole ExampleAppConsole() { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Console"); ClearLog(); memset(InputBuf, 0, sizeof(InputBuf)); HistoryPos = -1; + + // "CLASSIFY" is here to provide the test case where "C"+[tab] completes to "CL" and display multiple matches. Commands.push_back("HELP"); Commands.push_back("HISTORY"); Commands.push_back("CLEAR"); - Commands.push_back("CLASSIFY"); // "classify" is only here to provide an example of "C"+[tab] completing to "CL" and displaying matches. + Commands.push_back("CLASSIFY"); AutoScroll = true; ScrollToBottom = false; AddLog("Welcome to Dear ImGui!"); @@ -3757,10 +6627,10 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole } // Portable helpers - static int Stricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2) { int d; while ((d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; } return d; } - static int Strnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, int n) { int d = 0; while (n > 0 && (d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; n--; } return d; } - static char* Strdup(const char *str) { size_t len = strlen(str) + 1; void* buf = malloc(len); IM_ASSERT(buf); return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)str, len); } - static void Strtrim(char* str) { char* str_end = str + strlen(str); while (str_end > str && str_end[-1] == ' ') str_end--; *str_end = 0; } + static int Stricmp(const char* s1, const char* s2) { int d; while ((d = toupper(*s2) - toupper(*s1)) == 0 && *s1) { s1++; s2++; } return d; } + static int Strnicmp(const char* s1, const char* s2, int n) { int d = 0; while (n > 0 && (d = toupper(*s2) - toupper(*s1)) == 0 && *s1) { s1++; s2++; n--; } return d; } + static char* Strdup(const char* s) { IM_ASSERT(s); size_t len = strlen(s) + 1; void* buf = malloc(len); IM_ASSERT(buf); return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)s, len); } + static void Strtrim(char* s) { char* str_end = s + strlen(s); while (str_end > s && str_end[-1] == ' ') str_end--; *str_end = 0; } void ClearLog() { @@ -3783,14 +6653,15 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole void Draw(const char* title, bool* p_open) { - ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(520,600), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(520, 600), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); if (!ImGui::Begin(title, p_open)) { ImGui::End(); return; } - // As a specific feature guaranteed by the library, after calling Begin() the last Item represent the title bar. So e.g. IsItemHovered() will return true when hovering the title bar. + // As a specific feature guaranteed by the library, after calling Begin() the last Item represent the title bar. + // So e.g. IsItemHovered() will return true when hovering the title bar. // Here we create a context menu only available from the title bar. if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) { @@ -3799,14 +6670,19 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole ImGui::EndPopup(); } - ImGui::TextWrapped("This example implements a console with basic coloring, completion and history. A more elaborate implementation may want to store entries along with extra data such as timestamp, emitter, etc."); - ImGui::TextWrapped("Enter 'HELP' for help, press TAB to use text completion."); + ImGui::TextWrapped( + "This example implements a console with basic coloring, completion (TAB key) and history (Up/Down keys). A more elaborate " + "implementation may want to store entries along with extra data such as timestamp, emitter, etc."); + ImGui::TextWrapped("Enter 'HELP' for help."); // TODO: display items starting from the bottom - if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Dummy Text")) { AddLog("%d some text", Items.Size); AddLog("some more text"); AddLog("display very important message here!"); } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Dummy Error")) { AddLog("[error] something went wrong"); } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::SmallButton("Clear")) { ClearLog(); } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Debug Text")) { AddLog("%d some text", Items.Size); AddLog("some more text"); AddLog("display very important message here!"); } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Debug Error")) { AddLog("[error] something went wrong"); } + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("Clear")) { ClearLog(); } + ImGui::SameLine(); bool copy_to_clipboard = ImGui::SmallButton("Copy"); //static float t = 0.0f; if (ImGui::GetTime() - t > 0.02f) { t = ImGui::GetTime(); AddLog("Spam %f", t); } @@ -3826,56 +6702,79 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole Filter.Draw("Filter (\"incl,-excl\") (\"error\")", 180); ImGui::Separator(); - const float footer_height_to_reserve = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y + ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); // 1 separator, 1 input text - ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, -footer_height_to_reserve), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); // Leave room for 1 separator + 1 InputText - if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) + // Reserve enough left-over height for 1 separator + 1 input text + const float footer_height_to_reserve = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y + ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing(); + if (ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0, -footer_height_to_reserve), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) { - if (ImGui::Selectable("Clear")) ClearLog(); - ImGui::EndPopup(); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) + { + if (ImGui::Selectable("Clear")) ClearLog(); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + // Display every line as a separate entry so we can change their color or add custom widgets. + // If you only want raw text you can use ImGui::TextUnformatted(log.begin(), log.end()); + // NB- if you have thousands of entries this approach may be too inefficient and may require user-side clipping + // to only process visible items. The clipper will automatically measure the height of your first item and then + // "seek" to display only items in the visible area. + // To use the clipper we can replace your standard loop: + // for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) + // With: + // ImGuiListClipper clipper; + // clipper.Begin(Items.Size); + // while (clipper.Step()) + // for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) + // - That your items are evenly spaced (same height) + // - That you have cheap random access to your elements (you can access them given their index, + // without processing all the ones before) + // You cannot this code as-is if a filter is active because it breaks the 'cheap random-access' property. + // We would need random-access on the post-filtered list. + // A typical application wanting coarse clipping and filtering may want to pre-compute an array of indices + // or offsets of items that passed the filtering test, recomputing this array when user changes the filter, + // and appending newly elements as they are inserted. This is left as a task to the user until we can manage + // to improve this example code! + // If your items are of variable height: + // - Split them into same height items would be simpler and facilitate random-seeking into your list. + // - Consider using manual call to IsRectVisible() and skipping extraneous decoration from your items. + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(4, 1)); // Tighten spacing + if (copy_to_clipboard) + ImGui::LogToClipboard(); + for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) + { + const char* item = Items[i]; + if (!Filter.PassFilter(item)) + continue; + + // Normally you would store more information in your item than just a string. + // (e.g. make Items[] an array of structure, store color/type etc.) + ImVec4 color; + bool has_color = false; + if (strstr(item, "[error]")) { color = ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f); has_color = true; } + else if (strncmp(item, "# ", 2) == 0) { color = ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.6f, 1.0f); has_color = true; } + if (has_color) + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, color); + ImGui::TextUnformatted(item); + if (has_color) + ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + } + if (copy_to_clipboard) + ImGui::LogFinish(); + + // Keep up at the bottom of the scroll region if we were already at the bottom at the beginning of the frame. + // Using a scrollbar or mouse-wheel will take away from the bottom edge. + if (ScrollToBottom || (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY())) + ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f); + ScrollToBottom = false; + + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); } - - // Display every line as a separate entry so we can change their color or add custom widgets. If you only want raw text you can use ImGui::TextUnformatted(log.begin(), log.end()); - // NB- if you have thousands of entries this approach may be too inefficient and may require user-side clipping to only process visible items. - // You can seek and display only the lines that are visible using the ImGuiListClipper helper, if your elements are evenly spaced and you have cheap random access to the elements. - // To use the clipper we could replace the 'for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++)' loop with: - // ImGuiListClipper clipper(Items.Size); - // while (clipper.Step()) - // for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) - // However, note that you can not use this code as is if a filter is active because it breaks the 'cheap random-access' property. We would need random-access on the post-filtered list. - // A typical application wanting coarse clipping and filtering may want to pre-compute an array of indices that passed the filtering test, recomputing this array when user changes the filter, - // and appending newly elements as they are inserted. This is left as a task to the user until we can manage to improve this example code! - // If your items are of variable size you may want to implement code similar to what ImGuiListClipper does. Or split your data into fixed height items to allow random-seeking into your list. - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(4,1)); // Tighten spacing - if (copy_to_clipboard) - ImGui::LogToClipboard(); - for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) - { - const char* item = Items[i]; - if (!Filter.PassFilter(item)) - continue; - - // Normally you would store more information in your item (e.g. make Items[] an array of structure, store color/type etc.) - bool pop_color = false; - if (strstr(item, "[error]")) { ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.4f, 0.4f, 1.0f)); pop_color = true; } - else if (strncmp(item, "# ", 2) == 0) { ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, ImVec4(1.0f, 0.8f, 0.6f, 1.0f)); pop_color = true; } - ImGui::TextUnformatted(item); - if (pop_color) - ImGui::PopStyleColor(); - } - if (copy_to_clipboard) - ImGui::LogFinish(); - - if (ScrollToBottom || (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY())) - ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f); - ScrollToBottom = false; - - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); ImGui::EndChild(); ImGui::Separator(); // Command-line bool reclaim_focus = false; - if (ImGui::InputText("Input", InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue|ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion|ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory, &TextEditCallbackStub, (void*)this)) + ImGuiInputTextFlags input_text_flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue | ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; + if (ImGui::InputText("Input", InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf), input_text_flags, &TextEditCallbackStub, (void*)this)) { char* s = InputBuf; Strtrim(s); @@ -3897,9 +6796,10 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole { AddLog("# %s\n", command_line); - // Insert into history. First find match and delete it so it can be pushed to the back. This isn't trying to be smart or optimal. + // Insert into history. First find match and delete it so it can be pushed to the back. + // This isn't trying to be smart or optimal. HistoryPos = -1; - for (int i = History.Size-1; i >= 0; i--) + for (int i = History.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) if (Stricmp(History[i], command_line) == 0) { free(History[i]); @@ -3930,11 +6830,12 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole AddLog("Unknown command: '%s'\n", command_line); } - // On commad input, we scroll to bottom even if AutoScroll==false + // On command input, we scroll to bottom even if AutoScroll==false ScrollToBottom = true; } - static int TextEditCallbackStub(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) // In C++11 you are better off using lambdas for this sort of forwarding callbacks + // In C++11 you'd be better off using lambdas for this sort of forwarding callbacks + static int TextEditCallbackStub(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) { ExampleAppConsole* console = (ExampleAppConsole*)data->UserData; return console->TextEditCallback(data); @@ -3963,24 +6864,25 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole // Build a list of candidates ImVector candidates; for (int i = 0; i < Commands.Size; i++) - if (Strnicmp(Commands[i], word_start, (int)(word_end-word_start)) == 0) + if (Strnicmp(Commands[i], word_start, (int)(word_end - word_start)) == 0) candidates.push_back(Commands[i]); if (candidates.Size == 0) { // No match - AddLog("No match for \"%.*s\"!\n", (int)(word_end-word_start), word_start); + AddLog("No match for \"%.*s\"!\n", (int)(word_end - word_start), word_start); } else if (candidates.Size == 1) { - // Single match. Delete the beginning of the word and replace it entirely so we've got nice casing - data->DeleteChars((int)(word_start-data->Buf), (int)(word_end-word_start)); + // Single match. Delete the beginning of the word and replace it entirely so we've got nice casing. + data->DeleteChars((int)(word_start - data->Buf), (int)(word_end - word_start)); data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, candidates[0]); data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, " "); } else { - // Multiple matches. Complete as much as we can, so inputing "C" will complete to "CL" and display "CLEAR" and "CLASSIFY" + // Multiple matches. Complete as much as we can.. + // So inputing "C"+Tab will complete to "CL" then display "CLEAR" and "CLASSIFY" as matches. int match_len = (int)(word_end - word_start); for (;;) { @@ -3998,7 +6900,7 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole if (match_len > 0) { - data->DeleteChars((int)(word_start - data->Buf), (int)(word_end-word_start)); + data->DeleteChars((int)(word_start - data->Buf), (int)(word_end - word_start)); data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, candidates[0], candidates[0] + match_len); } @@ -4059,8 +6961,8 @@ struct ExampleAppLog { ImGuiTextBuffer Buf; ImGuiTextFilter Filter; - ImVector LineOffsets; // Index to lines offset. We maintain this with AddLog() calls, allowing us to have a random access on lines - bool AutoScroll; // Keep scrolling if already at the bottom + ImVector LineOffsets; // Index to lines offset. We maintain this with AddLog() calls. + bool AutoScroll; // Keep scrolling if already at the bottom. ExampleAppLog() { @@ -4113,59 +7015,66 @@ struct ExampleAppLog Filter.Draw("Filter", -100.0f); ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0,0), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar); - if (clear) - Clear(); - if (copy) - ImGui::LogToClipboard(); + if (ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0, 0), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) + { + if (clear) + Clear(); + if (copy) + ImGui::LogToClipboard(); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); - const char* buf = Buf.begin(); - const char* buf_end = Buf.end(); - if (Filter.IsActive()) - { - // In this example we don't use the clipper when Filter is enabled. - // This is because we don't have a random access on the result on our filter. - // A real application processing logs with ten of thousands of entries may want to store the result of search/filter. - // especially if the filtering function is not trivial (e.g. reg-exp). - for (int line_no = 0; line_no < LineOffsets.Size; line_no++) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); + const char* buf = Buf.begin(); + const char* buf_end = Buf.end(); + if (Filter.IsActive()) { - const char* line_start = buf + LineOffsets[line_no]; - const char* line_end = (line_no + 1 < LineOffsets.Size) ? (buf + LineOffsets[line_no + 1] - 1) : buf_end; - if (Filter.PassFilter(line_start, line_end)) - ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end); - } - } - else - { - // The simplest and easy way to display the entire buffer: - // ImGui::TextUnformatted(buf_begin, buf_end); - // And it'll just work. TextUnformatted() has specialization for large blob of text and will fast-forward to skip non-visible lines. - // Here we instead demonstrate using the clipper to only process lines that are within the visible area. - // If you have tens of thousands of items and their processing cost is non-negligible, coarse clipping them on your side is recommended. - // Using ImGuiListClipper requires A) random access into your data, and B) items all being the same height, - // both of which we can handle since we an array pointing to the beginning of each line of text. - // When using the filter (in the block of code above) we don't have random access into the data to display anymore, which is why we don't use the clipper. - // Storing or skimming through the search result would make it possible (and would be recommended if you want to search through tens of thousands of entries) - ImGuiListClipper clipper; - clipper.Begin(LineOffsets.Size); - while (clipper.Step()) - { - for (int line_no = clipper.DisplayStart; line_no < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_no++) + // In this example we don't use the clipper when Filter is enabled. + // This is because we don't have random access to the result of our filter. + // A real application processing logs with ten of thousands of entries may want to store the result of + // search/filter.. especially if the filtering function is not trivial (e.g. reg-exp). + for (int line_no = 0; line_no < LineOffsets.Size; line_no++) { const char* line_start = buf + LineOffsets[line_no]; const char* line_end = (line_no + 1 < LineOffsets.Size) ? (buf + LineOffsets[line_no + 1] - 1) : buf_end; - ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end); + if (Filter.PassFilter(line_start, line_end)) + ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end); } } - clipper.End(); + else + { + // The simplest and easy way to display the entire buffer: + // ImGui::TextUnformatted(buf_begin, buf_end); + // And it'll just work. TextUnformatted() has specialization for large blob of text and will fast-forward + // to skip non-visible lines. Here we instead demonstrate using the clipper to only process lines that are + // within the visible area. + // If you have tens of thousands of items and their processing cost is non-negligible, coarse clipping them + // on your side is recommended. Using ImGuiListClipper requires + // - A) random access into your data + // - B) items all being the same height, + // both of which we can handle since we have an array pointing to the beginning of each line of text. + // When using the filter (in the block of code above) we don't have random access into the data to display + // anymore, which is why we don't use the clipper. Storing or skimming through the search result would make + // it possible (and would be recommended if you want to search through tens of thousands of entries). + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(LineOffsets.Size); + while (clipper.Step()) + { + for (int line_no = clipper.DisplayStart; line_no < clipper.DisplayEnd; line_no++) + { + const char* line_start = buf + LineOffsets[line_no]; + const char* line_end = (line_no + 1 < LineOffsets.Size) ? (buf + LineOffsets[line_no + 1] - 1) : buf_end; + ImGui::TextUnformatted(line_start, line_end); + } + } + clipper.End(); + } + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + + // Keep up at the bottom of the scroll region if we were already at the bottom at the beginning of the frame. + // Using a scrollbar or mouse-wheel will take away from the bottom edge. + if (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()) + ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f); } - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - - if (AutoScroll && ImGui::GetScrollY() >= ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()) - ImGui::SetScrollHereY(1.0f); - ImGui::EndChild(); ImGui::End(); } @@ -4181,15 +7090,18 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open) // Most of the contents of the window will be added by the log.Draw() call. ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); ImGui::Begin("Example: Log", p_open); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Log"); if (ImGui::SmallButton("[Debug] Add 5 entries")) { static int counter = 0; + const char* categories[3] = { "info", "warn", "error" }; + const char* words[] = { "Bumfuzzled", "Cattywampus", "Snickersnee", "Abibliophobia", "Absquatulate", "Nincompoop", "Pauciloquent" }; for (int n = 0; n < 5; n++) { - const char* categories[3] = { "info", "warn", "error" }; - const char* words[] = { "Bumfuzzled", "Cattywampus", "Snickersnee", "Abibliophobia", "Absquatulate", "Nincompoop", "Pauciloquent" }; + const char* category = categories[counter % IM_ARRAYSIZE(categories)]; + const char* word = words[counter % IM_ARRAYSIZE(words)]; log.AddLog("[%05d] [%s] Hello, current time is %.1f, here's a word: '%s'\n", - ImGui::GetFrameCount(), categories[counter % IM_ARRAYSIZE(categories)], ImGui::GetTime(), words[counter % IM_ARRAYSIZE(words)]); + ImGui::GetFrameCount(), category, ImGui::GetTime(), word); counter++; } } @@ -4209,53 +7121,59 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open) ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 440), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple layout", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Simple layout"); if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) { if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) { - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) *p_open = false; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", "Ctrl+W")) { *p_open = false; } ImGui::EndMenu(); } ImGui::EndMenuBar(); } - // left + // Left static int selected = 0; - ImGui::BeginChild("left pane", ImVec2(150, 0), true); - for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) { - char label[128]; - sprintf(label, "MyObject %d", i); - if (ImGui::Selectable(label, selected == i)) - selected = i; + ImGui::BeginChild("left pane", ImVec2(150, 0), true); + for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++) + { + // FIXME: Good candidate to use ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav + char label[128]; + sprintf(label, "MyObject %d", i); + if (ImGui::Selectable(label, selected == i)) + selected = i; + } + ImGui::EndChild(); } - ImGui::EndChild(); ImGui::SameLine(); - // right - ImGui::BeginGroup(); + // Right + { + ImGui::BeginGroup(); ImGui::BeginChild("item view", ImVec2(0, -ImGui::GetFrameHeightWithSpacing())); // Leave room for 1 line below us - ImGui::Text("MyObject: %d", selected); - ImGui::Separator(); - if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##Tabs", ImGuiTabBarFlags_None)) + ImGui::Text("MyObject: %d", selected); + ImGui::Separator(); + if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##Tabs", ImGuiTabBarFlags_None)) + { + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Description")) { - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Description")) - { - ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. "); - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Details")) - { - ImGui::Text("ID: 0123456789"); - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - ImGui::EndTabBar(); + ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. "); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); } + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Details")) + { + ImGui::Text("ID: 0123456789"); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + ImGui::EndTabBar(); + } ImGui::EndChild(); if (ImGui::Button("Revert")) {} ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::Button("Save")) {} - ImGui::EndGroup(); + ImGui::EndGroup(); + } } ImGui::End(); } @@ -4264,70 +7182,81 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open) // [SECTION] Example App: Property Editor / ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +static void ShowPlaceholderObject(const char* prefix, int uid) +{ + // Use object uid as identifier. Most commonly you could also use the object pointer as a base ID. + ImGui::PushID(uid); + + // Text and Tree nodes are less high than framed widgets, using AlignTextToFramePadding() we add vertical spacing to make the tree lines equal high. + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Object", "%s_%u", prefix, uid); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); + ImGui::Text("my sailor is rich"); + + if (node_open) + { + static float placeholder_members[8] = { 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 3.1416f, 100.0f, 999.0f }; + for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++) + { + ImGui::PushID(i); // Use field index as identifier. + if (i < 2) + { + ShowPlaceholderObject("Child", 424242); + } + else + { + // Here we use a TreeNode to highlight on hover (we could use e.g. Selectable as well) + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(0); + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet; + ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Field", flags, "Field_%d", i); + + ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(1); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN); + if (i >= 5) + ImGui::InputFloat("##value", &placeholder_members[i], 1.0f); + else + ImGui::DragFloat("##value", &placeholder_members[i], 0.01f); + ImGui::NextColumn(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); +} + // Demonstrate create a simple property editor. static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open) { - ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(430,450), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(430, 450), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Property editor", p_open)) { ImGui::End(); return; } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Property Editor"); - HelpMarker("This example shows how you may implement a property editor using two columns.\nAll objects/fields data are dummies here.\nRemember that in many simple cases, you can use ImGui::SameLine(xxx) to position\nyour cursor horizontally instead of using the Columns() API."); + HelpMarker( + "This example shows how you may implement a property editor using two columns.\n" + "All objects/fields data are dummies here.\n" + "Remember that in many simple cases, you can use ImGui::SameLine(xxx) to position\n" + "your cursor horizontally instead of using the Columns() API."); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2,2)); - ImGui::Columns(2); - ImGui::Separator(); - - struct funcs + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2, 2)); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)) { - static void ShowDummyObject(const char* prefix, int uid) + // Iterate placeholder objects (all the same data) + for (int obj_i = 0; obj_i < 4; obj_i++) { - ImGui::PushID(uid); // Use object uid as identifier. Most commonly you could also use the object pointer as a base ID. - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); // Text and Tree nodes are less high than regular widgets, here we add vertical spacing to make the tree lines equal high. - bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode("Object", "%s_%u", prefix, uid); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); - ImGui::Text("my sailor is rich"); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - if (node_open) - { - static float dummy_members[8] = { 0.0f,0.0f,1.0f,3.1416f,100.0f,999.0f }; - for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++) - { - ImGui::PushID(i); // Use field index as identifier. - if (i < 2) - { - ShowDummyObject("Child", 424242); - } - else - { - // Here we use a TreeNode to highlight on hover (we could use e.g. Selectable as well) - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); - ImGui::TreeNodeEx("Field", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet, "Field_%d", i); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-1); - if (i >= 5) - ImGui::InputFloat("##value", &dummy_members[i], 1.0f); - else - ImGui::DragFloat("##value", &dummy_members[i], 0.01f); - ImGui::NextColumn(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); + ShowPlaceholderObject("Object", obj_i); + //ImGui::Separator(); } - }; - - // Iterate dummy objects with dummy members (all the same data) - for (int obj_i = 0; obj_i < 3; obj_i++) - funcs::ShowDummyObject("Object", obj_i); - - ImGui::Columns(1); - ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::EndTable(); + } ImGui::PopStyleVar(); ImGui::End(); } @@ -4339,25 +7268,29 @@ static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open) // Demonstrate/test rendering huge amount of text, and the incidence of clipping. static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open) { - ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(520,600), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(520, 600), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Long text display", p_open)) { ImGui::End(); return; } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Long text display"); static int test_type = 0; static ImGuiTextBuffer log; static int lines = 0; ImGui::Text("Printing unusually long amount of text."); - ImGui::Combo("Test type", &test_type, "Single call to TextUnformatted()\0Multiple calls to Text(), clipped\0Multiple calls to Text(), not clipped (slow)\0"); + ImGui::Combo("Test type", &test_type, + "Single call to TextUnformatted()\0" + "Multiple calls to Text(), clipped\0" + "Multiple calls to Text(), not clipped (slow)\0"); ImGui::Text("Buffer contents: %d lines, %d bytes", lines, log.size()); if (ImGui::Button("Clear")) { log.clear(); lines = 0; } ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::Button("Add 1000 lines")) { for (int i = 0; i < 1000; i++) - log.appendf("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog\n", lines+i); + log.appendf("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog\n", lines + i); lines += 1000; } ImGui::BeginChild("Log"); @@ -4370,8 +7303,9 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open) case 1: { // Multiple calls to Text(), manually coarsely clipped - demonstrate how to use the ImGuiListClipper helper. - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0,0)); - ImGuiListClipper clipper(lines); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(lines); while (clipper.Step()) for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) ImGui::Text("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog", i); @@ -4380,7 +7314,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open) } case 2: // Multiple calls to Text(), not clipped (slow) - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0,0)); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); for (int i = 0; i < lines; i++) ImGui::Text("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog", i); ImGui::PopStyleVar(); @@ -4402,9 +7336,13 @@ static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); return; } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Auto-resizing window"); static int lines = 10; - ImGui::Text("Window will resize every-frame to the size of its content.\nNote that you probably don't want to query the window size to\noutput your content because that would create a feedback loop."); + ImGui::TextUnformatted( + "Window will resize every-frame to the size of its content.\n" + "Note that you probably don't want to query the window size to\n" + "output your content because that would create a feedback loop."); ImGui::SliderInt("Number of lines", &lines, 1, 20); for (int i = 0; i < lines; i++) ImGui::Text("%*sThis is line %d", i * 4, "", i); // Pad with space to extend size horizontally @@ -4416,79 +7354,125 @@ static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Demonstrate creating a window with custom resize constraints. +// Note that size constraints currently don't work on a docked window (when in 'docking' branch) static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open) { - struct CustomConstraints // Helper functions to demonstrate programmatic constraints + struct CustomConstraints { - static void Square(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { data->DesiredSize.x = data->DesiredSize.y = (data->DesiredSize.x > data->DesiredSize.y ? data->DesiredSize.x : data->DesiredSize.y); } - static void Step(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { float step = (float)(int)(intptr_t)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize = ImVec2((int)(data->DesiredSize.x / step + 0.5f) * step, (int)(data->DesiredSize.y / step + 0.5f) * step); } + // Helper functions to demonstrate programmatic constraints + // FIXME: This doesn't take account of decoration size (e.g. title bar), library should make this easier. + static void AspectRatio(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { float aspect_ratio = *(float*)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize.x = IM_MAX(data->CurrentSize.x, data->CurrentSize.y); data->DesiredSize.y = (float)(int)(data->DesiredSize.x / aspect_ratio); } + static void Square(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { data->DesiredSize.x = data->DesiredSize.y = IM_MAX(data->CurrentSize.x, data->CurrentSize.y); } + static void Step(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { float step = *(float*)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize = ImVec2((int)(data->CurrentSize.x / step + 0.5f) * step, (int)(data->CurrentSize.y / step + 0.5f) * step); } }; - static bool auto_resize = false; - static int type = 0; - static int display_lines = 10; - if (type == 0) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Vertical only - if (type == 1) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, -1)); // Horizontal only - if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); // Width > 100, Height > 100 - if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(400, -1), ImVec2(500, -1)); // Width 400-500 - if (type == 4) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 400), ImVec2(-1, 500)); // Height 400-500 - if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square); // Always Square - if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)(intptr_t)100); // Fixed Step - - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = auto_resize ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize : 0; - if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Constrained Resize", p_open, flags)) + const char* test_desc[] = { - const char* desc[] = + "Between 100x100 and 500x500", + "At least 100x100", + "Resize vertical only", + "Resize horizontal only", + "Width Between 400 and 500", + "Custom: Aspect Ratio 16:9", + "Custom: Always Square", + "Custom: Fixed Steps (100)", + }; + + // Options + static bool auto_resize = false; + static bool window_padding = true; + static int type = 5; // Aspect Ratio + static int display_lines = 10; + + // Submit constraint + float aspect_ratio = 16.0f / 9.0f; + float fixed_step = 100.0f; + if (type == 0) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(500, 500)); // Between 100x100 and 500x500 + if (type == 1) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); // Width > 100, Height > 100 + if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Vertical only + if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, -1)); // Horizontal only + if (type == 4) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(400, -1), ImVec2(500, -1)); // Width Between and 400 and 500 + if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::AspectRatio, (void*)&aspect_ratio); // Aspect ratio + if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square); // Always Square + if (type == 7) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)&fixed_step); // Fixed Step + + // Submit window + if (!window_padding) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + const ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = auto_resize ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize : 0; + const bool window_open = ImGui::Begin("Example: Constrained Resize", p_open, window_flags); + if (!window_padding) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + if (window_open) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Constrained Resizing window"); + if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyShift) { - "Resize vertical only", - "Resize horizontal only", - "Width > 100, Height > 100", - "Width 400-500", - "Height 400-500", - "Custom: Always Square", - "Custom: Fixed Steps (100)", - }; - if (ImGui::IsWindowDocked()) - ImGui::Text("Warning: Sizing Constraints won't work if the window is docked!"); - if (ImGui::Button("200x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(200, 200)); } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("500x500")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 500)); } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("800x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(800, 200)); } - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(200); - ImGui::Combo("Constraint", &type, desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(desc)); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(200); - ImGui::DragInt("Lines", &display_lines, 0.2f, 1, 100); - ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-resize", &auto_resize); - for (int i = 0; i < display_lines; i++) - ImGui::Text("%*sHello, sailor! Making this line long enough for the example.", i * 4, ""); + // Display a dummy viewport (in your real app you would likely use ImageButton() to display a texture. + ImVec2 avail_size = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail(); + ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImGui::ColorButton("viewport", ImVec4(0.5f, 0.2f, 0.5f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop, avail_size); + ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(pos.x + 10, pos.y + 10)); + ImGui::Text("%.2f x %.2f", avail_size.x, avail_size.y); + } + else + { + ImGui::Text("(Hold SHIFT to display a dummy viewport)"); + if (ImGui::IsWindowDocked()) + ImGui::Text("Warning: Sizing Constraints won't work if the window is docked!"); + if (ImGui::Button("Set 200x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(200, 200)); } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Set 500x500")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 500)); } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("Set 800x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(800, 200)); } + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20); + ImGui::Combo("Constraint", &type, test_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(test_desc)); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 20); + ImGui::DragInt("Lines", &display_lines, 0.2f, 1, 100); + ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-resize", &auto_resize); + ImGui::Checkbox("Window padding", &window_padding); + for (int i = 0; i < display_lines; i++) + ImGui::Text("%*sHello, sailor! Making this line long enough for the example.", i * 4, ""); + } } ImGui::End(); } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Example App: Simple Overlay / ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay() +// [SECTION] Example App: Simple overlay / ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Demonstrate creating a simple static window with no decoration + a context-menu to choose which corner of the screen to use. +// Demonstrate creating a simple static window with no decoration +// + a context-menu to choose which corner of the screen to use. static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open) { - // FIXME-VIEWPORT: Select a default viewport - const float DISTANCE = 10.0f; - static int corner = 0; + static int location = 0; ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - if (corner != -1) + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav; + if (location >= 0) { - ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); - ImVec2 work_area_pos = viewport->GetWorkPos(); // Instead of using viewport->Pos we use GetWorkPos() to avoid menu bars, if any! - ImVec2 work_area_size = viewport->GetWorkSize(); - ImVec2 window_pos = ImVec2((corner & 1) ? (work_area_pos.x + work_area_size.x - DISTANCE) : (work_area_pos.x + DISTANCE), (corner & 2) ? (work_area_pos.y + work_area_size.y - DISTANCE) : (work_area_pos.y + DISTANCE)); - ImVec2 window_pos_pivot = ImVec2((corner & 1) ? 1.0f : 0.0f, (corner & 2) ? 1.0f : 0.0f); + const float PAD = 10.0f; + const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + ImVec2 work_pos = viewport->WorkPos; // Use work area to avoid menu-bar/task-bar, if any! + ImVec2 work_size = viewport->WorkSize; + ImVec2 window_pos, window_pos_pivot; + window_pos.x = (location & 1) ? (work_pos.x + work_size.x - PAD) : (work_pos.x + PAD); + window_pos.y = (location & 2) ? (work_pos.y + work_size.y - PAD) : (work_pos.y + PAD); + window_pos_pivot.x = (location & 1) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + window_pos_pivot.y = (location & 2) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(window_pos, ImGuiCond_Always, window_pos_pivot); ImGui::SetNextWindowViewport(viewport->ID); + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; + } + else if (location == -2) + { + // Center window + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImGui::GetMainViewport()->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; } ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.35f); // Transparent background - if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple overlay", p_open, (corner != -1 ? ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove : 0) | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav)) + if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple overlay", p_open, window_flags)) { - ImGui::Text("Simple overlay\n" "in the corner of the screen.\n" "(right-click to change position)"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Simple Overlay"); + ImGui::Text("Simple overlay\n" "(right-click to change position)"); ImGui::Separator(); if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid()) ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: (%.1f,%.1f)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y); @@ -4496,11 +7480,12 @@ static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open) ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: "); if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) { - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Custom", NULL, corner == -1)) corner = -1; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-left", NULL, corner == 0)) corner = 0; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-right", NULL, corner == 1)) corner = 1; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-left", NULL, corner == 2)) corner = 2; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-right", NULL, corner == 3)) corner = 3; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Custom", NULL, location == -1)) location = -1; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Center", NULL, location == -2)) location = -2; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-left", NULL, location == 0)) location = 0; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-right", NULL, location == 1)) location = 1; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-left", NULL, location == 2)) location = 2; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-right", NULL, location == 3)) location = 3; if (p_open && ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) *p_open = false; ImGui::EndPopup(); } @@ -4508,24 +7493,65 @@ static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Fullscreen window / ShowExampleAppFullscreen() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate creating a window covering the entire screen/viewport +static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open) +{ + static bool use_work_area = true; + static ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; + + // We demonstrate using the full viewport area or the work area (without menu-bars, task-bars etc.) + // Based on your use case you may want one of the other. + const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(use_work_area ? viewport->WorkPos : viewport->Pos); + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(use_work_area ? viewport->WorkSize : viewport->Size); + + if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Fullscreen window", p_open, flags)) + { + ImGui::Checkbox("Use work area instead of main area", &use_work_area); + ImGui::SameLine(); + HelpMarker("Main Area = entire viewport,\nWork Area = entire viewport minus sections used by the main menu bars, task bars etc.\n\nEnable the main-menu bar in Examples menu to see the difference."); + + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDecoration); + ImGui::Indent(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar", &flags, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); + ImGui::Unindent(); + + if (p_open && ImGui::Button("Close this window")) + *p_open = false; + } + ImGui::End(); +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Example App: Manipulating Window Titles / ShowExampleAppWindowTitles() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Demonstrate using "##" and "###" in identifiers to manipulate ID generation. -// This apply to all regular items as well. Read FAQ section "How can I have multiple widgets with the same label? Can I have widget without a label? (Yes). A primer on the purpose of labels/IDs." for details. +// Demonstrate the use of "##" and "###" in identifiers to manipulate ID generation. +// This applies to all regular items as well. +// Read FAQ section "How can I have multiple widgets with the same label?" for details. static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool*) { + const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + const ImVec2 base_pos = viewport->Pos; + // By default, Windows are uniquely identified by their title. // You can use the "##" and "###" markers to manipulate the display/ID. // Using "##" to display same title but have unique identifier. - ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(100, 100), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(base_pos.x + 100, base_pos.y + 100), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##1"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Manipulating window titles"); ImGui::Text("This is window 1.\nMy title is the same as window 2, but my identifier is unique."); ImGui::End(); - ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(100, 200), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(base_pos.x + 100, base_pos.y + 200), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##2"); ImGui::Text("This is window 2.\nMy title is the same as window 1, but my identifier is unique."); ImGui::End(); @@ -4533,7 +7559,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool*) // Using "###" to display a changing title but keep a static identifier "AnimatedTitle" char buf[128]; sprintf(buf, "Animated title %c %d###AnimatedTitle", "|/-\\"[(int)(ImGui::GetTime() / 0.25f) & 3], ImGui::GetFrameCount()); - ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(100, 300), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(base_pos.x + 100, base_pos.y + 300), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); ImGui::Begin(buf); ImGui::Text("This window has a changing title."); ImGui::End(); @@ -4551,35 +7577,39 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); return; } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Custom Rendering"); - // Tip: If you do a lot of custom rendering, you probably want to use your own geometrical types and benefit of overloaded operators, etc. - // Define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h to create implicit conversions between your types and ImVec2/ImVec4. - // ImGui defines overloaded operators but they are internal to imgui.cpp and not exposed outside (to avoid messing with your types) - // In this example we are not using the maths operators! - ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + // Tip: If you do a lot of custom rendering, you probably want to use your own geometrical types and benefit of + // overloaded operators, etc. Define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h to create implicit conversions between your + // types and ImVec2/ImVec4. Dear ImGui defines overloaded operators but they are internal to imgui.cpp and not + // exposed outside (to avoid messing with your types) In this example we are not using the maths operators! if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("##TabBar")) { if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Primitives")) { - ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetFontSize() * 10); + ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetFontSize() * 15); + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); // Draw gradients // (note that those are currently exacerbating our sRGB/Linear issues) + // Calling ImGui::GetColorU32() multiplies the given colors by the current Style Alpha, but you may pass the IM_COL32() directly as well.. ImGui::Text("Gradients"); ImVec2 gradient_size = ImVec2(ImGui::CalcItemWidth(), ImGui::GetFrameHeight()); { - ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImU32 col_a = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f)); - ImU32 col_b = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f)); - draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(p, ImVec2(p.x + gradient_size.x, p.y + gradient_size.y), col_a, col_b, col_b, col_a); + ImVec2 p0 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImVec2 p1 = ImVec2(p0.x + gradient_size.x, p0.y + gradient_size.y); + ImU32 col_a = ImGui::GetColorU32(IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255)); + ImU32 col_b = ImGui::GetColorU32(IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255)); + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(p0, p1, col_a, col_b, col_b, col_a); ImGui::InvisibleButton("##gradient1", gradient_size); } { - ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImU32 col_a = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImVec4(0.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f)); - ImU32 col_b = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImVec4(1.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f)); - draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(p, ImVec2(p.x + gradient_size.x, p.y + gradient_size.y), col_a, col_b, col_b, col_a); + ImVec2 p0 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImVec2 p1 = ImVec2(p0.x + gradient_size.x, p0.y + gradient_size.y); + ImU32 col_a = ImGui::GetColorU32(IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + ImU32 col_b = ImGui::GetColorU32(IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(p0, p1, col_a, col_b, col_b, col_a); ImGui::InvisibleButton("##gradient2", gradient_size); } @@ -4590,54 +7620,68 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) static int ngon_sides = 6; static bool circle_segments_override = false; static int circle_segments_override_v = 12; + static bool curve_segments_override = false; + static int curve_segments_override_v = 8; static ImVec4 colf = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.4f, 1.0f); - ImGui::DragFloat("Size", &sz, 0.2f, 2.0f, 72.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::DragFloat("Size", &sz, 0.2f, 2.0f, 100.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::DragFloat("Thickness", &thickness, 0.05f, 1.0f, 8.0f, "%.02f"); ImGui::SliderInt("N-gon sides", &ngon_sides, 3, 12); ImGui::Checkbox("##circlesegmentoverride", &circle_segments_override); ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); - if (ImGui::SliderInt("Circle segments", &circle_segments_override_v, 3, 40)) - circle_segments_override = true; + circle_segments_override |= ImGui::SliderInt("Circle segments override", &circle_segments_override_v, 3, 40); + ImGui::Checkbox("##curvessegmentoverride", &curve_segments_override); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); + curve_segments_override |= ImGui::SliderInt("Curves segments override", &curve_segments_override_v, 3, 40); ImGui::ColorEdit4("Color", &colf.x); + const ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); const ImU32 col = ImColor(colf); const float spacing = 10.0f; - const ImDrawCornerFlags corners_none = 0; - const ImDrawCornerFlags corners_all = ImDrawCornerFlags_All; - const ImDrawCornerFlags corners_tl_br = ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft | ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight; + const ImDrawFlags corners_tl_br = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; + const float rounding = sz / 5.0f; const int circle_segments = circle_segments_override ? circle_segments_override_v : 0; - float x = p.x + 4.0f, y = p.y + 4.0f; + const int curve_segments = curve_segments_override ? curve_segments_override_v : 0; + float x = p.x + 4.0f; + float y = p.y + 4.0f; for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) { // First line uses a thickness of 1.0f, second line uses the configurable thickness float th = (n == 0) ? 1.0f : thickness; - draw_list->AddNgon(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides, th); x += sz + spacing; // N-gon - draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments, th); x += sz + spacing; // Circle - draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 0.0f, corners_none, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square - draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f, corners_all, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with all rounded corners - draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f, corners_tl_br, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with two rounded corners - draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col, th); x += sz + spacing; // Triangle - draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col, th); x += sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle - draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y), col, th); x += sz + spacing; // Horizontal line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!) - draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x, y + sz), col, th); x += spacing; // Vertical line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!) - draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, th); x += sz + spacing; // Diagonal line - draw_list->AddBezierCurve(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz*1.3f, y + sz*0.3f), ImVec2(x + sz - sz*1.3f, y + sz - sz*0.3f), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, th); + draw_list->AddNgon(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides, th); x += sz + spacing; // N-gon + draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments, th); x += sz + spacing; // Circle + draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_None, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square + draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with all rounded corners + draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, corners_tl_br, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with two rounded corners + draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col, th);x += sz + spacing; // Triangle + //draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col, th);x+= sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y), col, th); x += sz + spacing; // Horizontal line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!) + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x, y + sz), col, th); x += spacing; // Vertical line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!) + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, th); x += sz + spacing; // Diagonal line + + // Quadratic Bezier Curve (3 control points) + ImVec2 cp3[3] = { ImVec2(x, y + sz * 0.6f), ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y - sz * 0.4f), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz) }; + draw_list->AddBezierQuadratic(cp3[0], cp3[1], cp3[2], col, th, curve_segments); x += sz + spacing; + + // Cubic Bezier Curve (4 control points) + ImVec2 cp4[4] = { ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz * 1.3f, y + sz * 0.3f), ImVec2(x + sz - sz * 1.3f, y + sz - sz * 0.3f), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz) }; + draw_list->AddBezierCubic(cp4[0], cp4[1], cp4[2], cp4[3], col, th, curve_segments); + x = p.x + 4; y += sz + spacing; } - draw_list->AddNgonFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides); x += sz + spacing; // N-gon - draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments);x += sz + spacing; // Circle - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col); x += sz + spacing; // Square - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f); x += sz + spacing; // Square with all rounded corners - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f, corners_tl_br); x += sz + spacing; // Square with two rounded corners - draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col); x += sz + spacing; // Triangle - draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col); x += sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + thickness), col); x += sz + spacing; // Horizontal line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness) - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + thickness, y + sz), col); x += spacing*2.0f; // Vertical line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness) - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + 1, y + 1), col); x += sz; // Pixel (faster than AddLine) + draw_list->AddNgonFilled(ImVec2(x + sz * 0.5f, y + sz * 0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides); x += sz + spacing; // N-gon + draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments); x += sz + spacing; // Circle + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col); x += sz + spacing; // Square + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f); x += sz + spacing; // Square with all rounded corners + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 10.0f, corners_tl_br); x += sz + spacing; // Square with two rounded corners + draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f,y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), col); x += sz + spacing; // Triangle + //draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.2f,y), ImVec2(x, y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x+sz*0.4f, y+sz-0.5f), col); x += sz*0.4f + spacing; // Thin triangle + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + thickness), col); x += sz + spacing; // Horizontal line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness) + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + thickness, y + sz), col); x += spacing * 2.0f;// Vertical line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness) + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + 1, y + 1), col); x += sz; // Pixel (faster than AddLine) draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); - ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((sz + spacing) * 9.8f, (sz + spacing) * 3)); + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((sz + spacing) * 10.2f, (sz + spacing) * 3.0f)); ImGui::PopItemWidth(); ImGui::EndTabItem(); } @@ -4645,51 +7689,97 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Canvas")) { static ImVector points; + static ImVec2 scrolling(0.0f, 0.0f); + static bool opt_enable_grid = true; + static bool opt_enable_context_menu = true; static bool adding_line = false; - if (ImGui::Button("Clear")) points.clear(); - if (points.Size >= 2) { ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::Button("Undo")) { points.pop_back(); points.pop_back(); } } - ImGui::Text("Left-click and drag to add lines,\nRight-click to undo"); - // Here we are using InvisibleButton() as a convenience to 1) advance the cursor and 2) allows us to use IsItemHovered() - // But you can also draw directly and poll mouse/keyboard by yourself. You can manipulate the cursor using GetCursorPos() and SetCursorPos(). - // If you only use the ImDrawList API, you can notify the owner window of its extends by using SetCursorPos(max). - ImVec2 canvas_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); // ImDrawList API uses screen coordinates! - ImVec2 canvas_size = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail(); // Resize canvas to what's available - if (canvas_size.x < 50.0f) canvas_size.x = 50.0f; - if (canvas_size.y < 50.0f) canvas_size.y = 50.0f; - draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y + canvas_size.y), IM_COL32(50, 50, 50, 255), IM_COL32(50, 50, 60, 255), IM_COL32(60, 60, 70, 255), IM_COL32(50, 50, 60, 255)); - draw_list->AddRect(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y + canvas_size.y), IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255)); + ImGui::Checkbox("Enable grid", &opt_enable_grid); + ImGui::Checkbox("Enable context menu", &opt_enable_context_menu); + ImGui::Text("Mouse Left: drag to add lines,\nMouse Right: drag to scroll, click for context menu."); - bool adding_preview = false; - ImGui::InvisibleButton("canvas", canvas_size); - ImVec2 mouse_pos_in_canvas = ImVec2(ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.x - canvas_pos.x, ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.y - canvas_pos.y); + // Typically you would use a BeginChild()/EndChild() pair to benefit from a clipping region + own scrolling. + // Here we demonstrate that this can be replaced by simple offsetting + custom drawing + PushClipRect/PopClipRect() calls. + // To use a child window instead we could use, e.g: + // ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Disable padding + // ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, IM_COL32(50, 50, 50, 255)); // Set a background color + // ImGui::BeginChild("canvas", ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); + // ImGui::PopStyleColor(); + // ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + // [...] + // ImGui::EndChild(); + + // Using InvisibleButton() as a convenience 1) it will advance the layout cursor and 2) allows us to use IsItemHovered()/IsItemActive() + ImVec2 canvas_p0 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); // ImDrawList API uses screen coordinates! + ImVec2 canvas_sz = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail(); // Resize canvas to what's available + if (canvas_sz.x < 50.0f) canvas_sz.x = 50.0f; + if (canvas_sz.y < 50.0f) canvas_sz.y = 50.0f; + ImVec2 canvas_p1 = ImVec2(canvas_p0.x + canvas_sz.x, canvas_p0.y + canvas_sz.y); + + // Draw border and background color + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(canvas_p0, canvas_p1, IM_COL32(50, 50, 50, 255)); + draw_list->AddRect(canvas_p0, canvas_p1, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255)); + + // This will catch our interactions + ImGui::InvisibleButton("canvas", canvas_sz, ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft | ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight); + const bool is_hovered = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); // Hovered + const bool is_active = ImGui::IsItemActive(); // Held + const ImVec2 origin(canvas_p0.x + scrolling.x, canvas_p0.y + scrolling.y); // Lock scrolled origin + const ImVec2 mouse_pos_in_canvas(io.MousePos.x - origin.x, io.MousePos.y - origin.y); + + // Add first and second point + if (is_hovered && !adding_line && ImGui::IsMouseClicked(ImGuiMouseButton_Left)) + { + points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas); + points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas); + adding_line = true; + } if (adding_line) { - adding_preview = true; - points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas); - if (!ImGui::IsMouseDown(0)) - adding_line = adding_preview = false; + points.back() = mouse_pos_in_canvas; + if (!ImGui::IsMouseDown(ImGuiMouseButton_Left)) + adding_line = false; } - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + + // Pan (we use a zero mouse threshold when there's no context menu) + // You may decide to make that threshold dynamic based on whether the mouse is hovering something etc. + const float mouse_threshold_for_pan = opt_enable_context_menu ? -1.0f : 0.0f; + if (is_active && ImGui::IsMouseDragging(ImGuiMouseButton_Right, mouse_threshold_for_pan)) { - if (!adding_line && ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0)) - { - points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas); - adding_line = true; - } - if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(1) && !points.empty()) - { - adding_line = adding_preview = false; - points.pop_back(); - points.pop_back(); - } + scrolling.x += io.MouseDelta.x; + scrolling.y += io.MouseDelta.y; } - draw_list->PushClipRect(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y + canvas_size.y), true); // clip lines within the canvas (if we resize it, etc.) - for (int i = 0; i < points.Size - 1; i += 2) - draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + points[i].x, canvas_pos.y + points[i].y), ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + points[i + 1].x, canvas_pos.y + points[i + 1].y), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 2.0f); + + // Context menu (under default mouse threshold) + ImVec2 drag_delta = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(ImGuiMouseButton_Right); + if (opt_enable_context_menu && drag_delta.x == 0.0f && drag_delta.y == 0.0f) + ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("context")) + { + if (adding_line) + points.resize(points.size() - 2); + adding_line = false; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Remove one", NULL, false, points.Size > 0)) { points.resize(points.size() - 2); } + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Remove all", NULL, false, points.Size > 0)) { points.clear(); } + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + // Draw grid + all lines in the canvas + draw_list->PushClipRect(canvas_p0, canvas_p1, true); + if (opt_enable_grid) + { + const float GRID_STEP = 64.0f; + for (float x = fmodf(scrolling.x, GRID_STEP); x < canvas_sz.x; x += GRID_STEP) + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(canvas_p0.x + x, canvas_p0.y), ImVec2(canvas_p0.x + x, canvas_p1.y), IM_COL32(200, 200, 200, 40)); + for (float y = fmodf(scrolling.y, GRID_STEP); y < canvas_sz.y; y += GRID_STEP) + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(canvas_p0.x, canvas_p0.y + y), ImVec2(canvas_p1.x, canvas_p0.y + y), IM_COL32(200, 200, 200, 40)); + } + for (int n = 0; n < points.Size; n += 2) + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(origin.x + points[n].x, origin.y + points[n].y), ImVec2(origin.x + points[n + 1].x, origin.y + points[n + 1].y), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 2.0f); draw_list->PopClipRect(); - if (adding_preview) - points.pop_back(); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); } @@ -4705,7 +7795,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) ImVec2 window_size = ImGui::GetWindowSize(); ImVec2 window_center = ImVec2(window_pos.x + window_size.x * 0.5f, window_pos.y + window_size.y * 0.5f); if (draw_bg) - ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList()->AddCircle(window_center, window_size.x * 0.6f, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0, 10+4); + ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList()->AddCircle(window_center, window_size.x * 0.6f, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0, 10 + 4); if (draw_fg) ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList()->AddCircle(window_center, window_size.y * 0.6f, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 200), 0, 10); ImGui::EndTabItem(); @@ -4722,13 +7812,37 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Demonstrate using DockSpace() to create an explicit docking node within an existing window. -// Note that you already dock windows into each others _without_ a DockSpace() by just moving windows -// from their title bar (or by holding SHIFT if io.ConfigDockingWithShift is set). -// DockSpace() is only useful to construct to a central location for your application. +// Note: You can use most Docking facilities without calling any API. You DO NOT need to call DockSpace() to use Docking! +// - Drag from window title bar or their tab to dock/undock. Hold SHIFT to disable docking. +// - Drag from window menu button (upper-left button) to undock an entire node (all windows). +// - When io.ConfigDockingWithShift == true, you instead need to hold SHIFT to _enable_ docking/undocking. +// About dockspaces: +// - Use DockSpace() to create an explicit dock node _within_ an existing window. +// - Use DockSpaceOverViewport() to create an explicit dock node covering the screen or a specific viewport. +// This is often used with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode. +// - Important: Dockspaces need to be submitted _before_ any window they can host. Submit it early in your frame! (*) +// - Important: Dockspaces need to be kept alive if hidden, otherwise windows docked into it will be undocked. +// e.g. if you have multiple tabs with a dockspace inside each tab: submit the non-visible dockspaces with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly. +// (*) because of this constraint, the implicit \"Debug\" window can not be docked into an explicit DockSpace() node, +// because that window is submitted as part of the part of the NewFrame() call. An easy workaround is that you can create +// your own implicit "Debug##2" window after calling DockSpace() and leave it in the window stack for anyone to use. void ShowExampleAppDockSpace(bool* p_open) { - static bool opt_fullscreen_persistant = true; - bool opt_fullscreen = opt_fullscreen_persistant; + // If you strip some features of, this demo is pretty much equivalent to calling DockSpaceOverViewport()! + // In most cases you should be able to just call DockSpaceOverViewport() and ignore all the code below! + // In this specific demo, we are not using DockSpaceOverViewport() because: + // - we allow the host window to be floating/moveable instead of filling the viewport (when opt_fullscreen == false) + // - we allow the host window to have padding (when opt_padding == true) + // - we have a local menu bar in the host window (vs. you could use BeginMainMenuBar() + DockSpaceOverViewport() in your code!) + // TL;DR; this demo is more complicated than what you would normally use. + // If we removed all the options we are showcasing, this demo would become: + // void ShowExampleAppDockSpace() + // { + // ImGui::DockSpaceOverViewport(ImGui::GetMainViewport()); + // } + + static bool opt_fullscreen = true; + static bool opt_padding = false; static ImGuiDockNodeFlags dockspace_flags = ImGuiDockNodeFlags_None; // We are using the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking flag to make the parent window not dockable into, @@ -4736,17 +7850,21 @@ void ShowExampleAppDockSpace(bool* p_open) ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking; if (opt_fullscreen) { - ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); - ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetWorkPos()); - ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(viewport->GetWorkSize()); + const ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui::GetMainViewport(); + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(viewport->WorkPos); + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(viewport->WorkSize); ImGui::SetNextWindowViewport(viewport->ID); ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f); ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize, 0.0f); window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus; } + else + { + dockspace_flags &= ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode; + } - // When using ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode, DockSpace() will render our background + // When using ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode, DockSpace() will render our background // and handle the pass-thru hole, so we ask Begin() to not render a background. if (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBackground; @@ -4756,14 +7874,16 @@ void ShowExampleAppDockSpace(bool* p_open) // all active windows docked into it will lose their parent and become undocked. // We cannot preserve the docking relationship between an active window and an inactive docking, otherwise // any change of dockspace/settings would lead to windows being stuck in limbo and never being visible. - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + if (!opt_padding) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); ImGui::Begin("DockSpace Demo", p_open, window_flags); - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + if (!opt_padding) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); if (opt_fullscreen) ImGui::PopStyleVar(2); - // DockSpace + // Submit the DockSpace ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_DockingEnable) { @@ -4777,33 +7897,34 @@ void ShowExampleAppDockSpace(bool* p_open) if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) { - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Docking")) + if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Options")) { // Disabling fullscreen would allow the window to be moved to the front of other windows, // which we can't undo at the moment without finer window depth/z control. - //ImGui::MenuItem("Fullscreen", NULL, &opt_fullscreen_persistant); - - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: NoSplit", "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit) != 0)) dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: NoResize", "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize) != 0)) dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: NoDockingInCentralNode", "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingInCentralNode) != 0)) dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingInCentralNode; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: PassthruCentralNode", "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode) != 0)) dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: AutoHideTabBar", "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar) != 0)) dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar; + ImGui::MenuItem("Fullscreen", NULL, &opt_fullscreen); + ImGui::MenuItem("Padding", NULL, &opt_padding); ImGui::Separator(); - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close DockSpace", NULL, false, p_open != NULL)) + + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: NoSplit", "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit) != 0)) { dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoSplit; } + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: NoResize", "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize) != 0)) { dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoResize; } + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: NoDockingInCentralNode", "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingInCentralNode) != 0)) { dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoDockingInCentralNode; } + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: AutoHideTabBar", "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar) != 0)) { dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_AutoHideTabBar; } + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Flag: PassthruCentralNode", "", (dockspace_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode) != 0, opt_fullscreen)) { dockspace_flags ^= ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode; } + ImGui::Separator(); + + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", NULL, false, p_open != NULL)) *p_open = false; ImGui::EndMenu(); } HelpMarker( - "When docking is enabled, you can ALWAYS dock MOST window into another! Try it now!" "\n\n" - " > if io.ConfigDockingWithShift==false (default):" "\n" - " drag windows from title bar to dock" "\n" - " > if io.ConfigDockingWithShift==true:" "\n" - " drag windows from anywhere and hold Shift to dock" "\n\n" - "This demo app has nothing to do with it!" "\n\n" - "This demo app only demonstrate the use of ImGui::DockSpace() which allows you to manually create a docking node _within_ another window. This is useful so you can decorate your main application window (e.g. with a menu bar)." "\n\n" - "ImGui::DockSpace() comes with one hard constraint: it needs to be submitted _before_ any window which may be docked into it. Therefore, if you use a dock spot as the central point of your application, you'll probably want it to be part of the very first window you are submitting to imgui every frame." "\n\n" - "(NB: because of this constraint, the implicit \"Debug\" window can not be docked into an explicit DockSpace() node, because that window is submitted as part of the NewFrame() call. An easy workaround is that you can create your own implicit \"Debug##2\" window after calling DockSpace() and leave it in the window stack for anyone to use.)" - ); + "When docking is enabled, you can ALWAYS dock MOST window into another! Try it now!" "\n" + "- Drag from window title bar or their tab to dock/undock." "\n" + "- Drag from window menu button (upper-left button) to undock an entire node (all windows)." "\n" + "- Hold SHIFT to disable docking (if io.ConfigDockingWithShift == false, default)" "\n" + "- Hold SHIFT to enable docking (if io.ConfigDockingWithShift == true)" "\n" + "This demo app has nothing to do with enabling docking!" "\n\n" + "This demo app only demonstrate the use of ImGui::DockSpace() which allows you to manually create a docking node _within_ another window." "\n\n" + "Read comments in ShowExampleAppDockSpace() for more details."); ImGui::EndMenuBar(); } @@ -4818,14 +7939,14 @@ void ShowExampleAppDockSpace(bool* p_open) // Simplified structure to mimic a Document model struct MyDocument { - const char* Name; // Document title - bool Open; // Set when the document is open (in this demo, we keep an array of all available documents to simplify the demo) - bool OpenPrev; // Copy of Open from last update. - bool Dirty; // Set when the document has been modified - bool WantClose; // Set when the document - ImVec4 Color; // An arbitrary variable associated to the document + const char* Name; // Document title + bool Open; // Set when open (we keep an array of all available documents to simplify demo code!) + bool OpenPrev; // Copy of Open from last update. + bool Dirty; // Set when the document has been modified + bool WantClose; // Set when the document + ImVec4 Color; // An arbitrary variable associated to the document - MyDocument(const char* name, bool open = true, const ImVec4& color = ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,1.0f,1.0f)) + MyDocument(const char* name, bool open = true, const ImVec4& color = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f)) { Name = name; Open = OpenPrev = open; @@ -4838,7 +7959,7 @@ struct MyDocument void DoForceClose() { Open = false; Dirty = false; } void DoSave() { Dirty = false; } - // Display dummy contents for the Document + // Display placeholder contents for the Document static void DisplayContents(MyDocument* doc) { ImGui::PushID(doc); @@ -4887,10 +8008,11 @@ struct ExampleAppDocuments }; // [Optional] Notify the system of Tabs/Windows closure that happened outside the regular tab interface. -// If a tab has been closed programmatically (aka closed from another source such as the Checkbox() in the demo, as opposed -// to clicking on the regular tab closing button) and stops being submitted, it will take a frame for the tab bar to notice its absence. -// During this frame there will be a gap in the tab bar, and if the tab that has disappeared was the selected one, the tab bar -// will report no selected tab during the frame. This will effectively give the impression of a flicker for one frame. +// If a tab has been closed programmatically (aka closed from another source such as the Checkbox() in the demo, +// as opposed to clicking on the regular tab closing button) and stops being submitted, it will take a frame for +// the tab bar to notice its absence. During this frame there will be a gap in the tab bar, and if the tab that has +// disappeared was the selected one, the tab bar will report no selected tab during the frame. This will effectively +// give the impression of a flicker for one frame. // We call SetTabItemClosed() to manually notify the Tab Bar or Docking system of removed tabs to avoid this glitch. // Note that this completely optional, and only affect tab bars with the ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag. static void NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(ExampleAppDocuments& app) @@ -4956,7 +8078,8 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close All Documents", NULL, false, open_count > 0)) for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) app.Documents[doc_n].DoQueueClose(); - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Exit", "Alt+F4")) {} + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Exit", "Ctrl+F4") && p_open) + *p_open = false; ImGui::EndMenu(); } ImGui::EndMenuBar(); @@ -4983,6 +8106,16 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) ImGui::Separator(); + // About the ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument / ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument flags. + // They have multiple effects: + // - Display a dot next to the title. + // - Tab is selected when clicking the X close button. + // - Closure is not assumed (will wait for user to stop submitting the tab). + // Otherwise closure is assumed when pressing the X, so if you keep submitting the tab may reappear at end of tab bar. + // We need to assume closure by default otherwise waiting for "lack of submission" on the next frame would leave an empty + // hole for one-frame, both in the tab-bar and in tab-contents when closing a tab/window. + // The rarely used SetTabItemClosed() function is a way to notify of programmatic closure to avoid the one-frame hole. + // Tabs if (opt_target == Target_Tab) { @@ -5107,19 +8240,20 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) { if (!ImGui::IsPopupOpen("Save?")) ImGui::OpenPopup("Save?"); - if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Save?")) + if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Save?", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) { ImGui::Text("Save change to the following items?"); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(-1.0f); - if (ImGui::ListBoxHeader("##", close_queue_unsaved_documents, 6)) + float item_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); + if (ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGui::GetID("frame"), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 6.25f * item_height))) { for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) if (close_queue[n]->Dirty) ImGui::Text("%s", close_queue[n]->Name); - ImGui::ListBoxFooter(); + ImGui::EndChildFrame(); } - if (ImGui::Button("Yes", ImVec2(80, 0))) + ImVec2 button_size(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 7.0f, 0.0f); + if (ImGui::Button("Yes", button_size)) { for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) { @@ -5131,7 +8265,7 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("No", ImVec2(80, 0))) + if (ImGui::Button("No", button_size)) { for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) close_queue[n]->DoForceClose(); @@ -5139,7 +8273,7 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", ImVec2(80, 0))) + if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", button_size)) { close_queue.clear(); ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp b/sources/3rdparty/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp index ff48ed65..e88fbb72 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp +++ b/sources/3rdparty/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.76 +// dear imgui, v1.89.2 // (drawing and font code) /* @@ -32,47 +32,38 @@ Index of this file: #ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #endif + #include "imgui_internal.h" +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE +#include "misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h" +#endif #include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf -#if !defined(alloca) -#if defined(__GLIBC__) || defined(__sun) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined(__SWITCH__) -#include // alloca (glibc uses . Note that Cygwin may have _WIN32 defined, so the order matters here) -#elif defined(_WIN32) -#include // alloca -#if !defined(alloca) -#define alloca _alloca // for clang with MS Codegen -#endif -#else -#include // alloca -#endif -#endif // Visual Studio warnings #ifdef _MSC_VER -#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant -#pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff) -#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen +#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant +#pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff) +#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen +#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). +#pragma warning (disable: 26812) // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). [MSVC Static Analyzer) #endif // Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything #if defined(__clang__) -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning : use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning : comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors" // warning : declaration requires a global destructor // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning : implicit conversion changes signedness // -#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning : zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 -#endif -#if __has_warning("-Wcomma") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcomma" // warning : possible misuse of comma operator here // -#endif -#if __has_warning("-Wreserved-id-macro") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning : macro name is a reserved identifier // -#endif -#if __has_warning("-Wdouble-promotion") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! #endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors" // warning: declaration requires a global destructor // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcomma" // warning: possible misuse of comma operator here +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning: macro name is a reserved identifier +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used @@ -83,7 +74,7 @@ Index of this file: #endif //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] STB libraries implementation +// [SECTION] STB libraries implementation (for stb_truetype and stb_rect_pack) //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Compile time options: @@ -101,6 +92,9 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma warning (push) #pragma warning (disable: 4456) // declaration of 'xx' hides previous local declaration +#pragma warning (disable: 6011) // (stb_rectpack) Dereferencing NULL pointer 'cur->next'. +#pragma warning (disable: 6385) // (stb_truetype) Reading invalid data from 'buffer': the readable size is '_Old_3`kernel_width' bytes, but '3' bytes may be read. +#pragma warning (disable: 28182) // (stb_rectpack) Dereferencing NULL pointer. 'cur' contains the same NULL value as 'cur->next' did. #endif #if defined(__clang__) @@ -108,7 +102,7 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes" #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-fallthrough" -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" // warning : cast from 'const xxxx *' to 'xxx *' drops const qualifier // +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" // warning: cast from 'const xxxx *' to 'xxx *' drops const qualifier #endif #if defined(__GNUC__) @@ -118,7 +112,7 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE #endif #ifndef STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in another compilation unit #define STBRP_STATIC #define STBRP_ASSERT(x) do { IM_ASSERT(x); } while (0) #define STBRP_SORT ImQsort @@ -131,8 +125,9 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE #endif #endif +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE #ifndef STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds) -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in another compilation unit #define STBTT_malloc(x,u) ((void)(u), IM_ALLOC(x)) #define STBTT_free(x,u) ((void)(u), IM_FREE(x)) #define STBTT_assert(x) do { IM_ASSERT(x); } while(0) @@ -140,7 +135,7 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE #define STBTT_sqrt(x) ImSqrt(x) #define STBTT_pow(x,y) ImPow(x,y) #define STBTT_fabs(x) ImFabs(x) -#define STBTT_ifloor(x) ((int)ImFloorStd(x)) +#define STBTT_ifloor(x) ((int)ImFloorSigned(x)) #define STBTT_iceil(x) ((int)ImCeil(x)) #define STBTT_STATIC #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION @@ -153,6 +148,7 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE #include "imstb_truetype.h" #endif #endif +#endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE #if defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic pop @@ -210,7 +206,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_Separator] = colors[ImGuiCol_Border]; colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered] = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 0.78f); colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive] = ImVec4(0.10f, 0.40f, 0.75f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.25f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.20f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f); @@ -224,6 +220,11 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg] = ImVec4(0.19f, 0.19f, 0.20f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong] = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.35f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.23f, 0.23f, 0.25f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.06f); colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f); colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); @@ -239,7 +240,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_Text] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.90f, 0.90f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled] = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.70f); + colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.85f); colors[ImGuiCol_ChildBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg] = ImVec4(0.11f, 0.11f, 0.14f, 0.92f); colors[ImGuiCol_Border] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f); @@ -267,7 +268,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_Separator] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.60f); colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered] = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.70f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive] = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.90f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.16f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.10f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.60f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.82f, 1.00f, 0.90f); colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.80f); @@ -281,6 +282,11 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg] = ImVec4(0.27f, 0.27f, 0.38f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong] = ImVec4(0.31f, 0.31f, 0.45f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.26f, 0.28f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.07f); colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f); colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; @@ -325,7 +331,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_Separator] = ImVec4(0.39f, 0.39f, 0.39f, 0.62f); colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered] = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 0.78f); colors[ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive] = ImVec4(0.14f, 0.44f, 0.80f, 1.00f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.56f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(0.35f, 0.35f, 0.35f, 0.17f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.67f); colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); colors[ImGuiCol_Tab] = ImLerp(colors[ImGuiCol_Header], colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive], 0.90f); @@ -339,6 +345,11 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.43f, 0.35f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.45f, 0.00f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg] = ImVec4(0.78f, 0.87f, 0.98f, 1.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong] = ImVec4(0.57f, 0.57f, 0.64f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight] = ImVec4(0.68f, 0.68f, 0.74f, 1.00f); // Prefer using Alpha=1.0 here + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f); + colors[ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt] = ImVec4(0.30f, 0.30f, 0.30f, 0.09f); colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; @@ -348,47 +359,50 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst) } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImDrawList +// [SECTION] ImDrawList //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- ImDrawListSharedData::ImDrawListSharedData() { - Font = NULL; - FontSize = 0.0f; - CurveTessellationTol = 0.0f; - CircleSegmentMaxError = 0.0f; - ClipRectFullscreen = ImVec4(-8192.0f, -8192.0f, +8192.0f, +8192.0f); - InitialFlags = ImDrawListFlags_None; - - // Lookup tables + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(ArcFastVtx); i++) { const float a = ((float)i * 2 * IM_PI) / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(ArcFastVtx); ArcFastVtx[i] = ImVec2(ImCos(a), ImSin(a)); } - memset(CircleSegmentCounts, 0, sizeof(CircleSegmentCounts)); // This will be set by SetCircleSegmentMaxError() + ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleSegmentMaxError); } -void ImDrawListSharedData::SetCircleSegmentMaxError(float max_error) +void ImDrawListSharedData::SetCircleTessellationMaxError(float max_error) { if (CircleSegmentMaxError == max_error) return; + + IM_ASSERT(max_error > 0.0f); CircleSegmentMaxError = max_error; for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CircleSegmentCounts); i++) { - const float radius = i + 1.0f; - const int segment_count = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, CircleSegmentMaxError); - CircleSegmentCounts[i] = (ImU8)ImMin(segment_count, 255); + const float radius = (float)i; + CircleSegmentCounts[i] = (ImU8)((i > 0) ? IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, CircleSegmentMaxError) : IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX); } + ArcFastRadiusCutoff = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC_R(IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, CircleSegmentMaxError); } -void ImDrawList::Clear() +// Initialize before use in a new frame. We always have a command ready in the buffer. +void ImDrawList::_ResetForNewFrame() { + // Verify that the ImDrawCmd fields we want to memcmp() are contiguous in memory. + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, ClipRect) == 0); + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, TextureId) == sizeof(ImVec4)); + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) == sizeof(ImVec4) + sizeof(ImTextureID)); + if (_Splitter._Count > 1) + _Splitter.Merge(this); + CmdBuffer.resize(0); IdxBuffer.resize(0); VtxBuffer.resize(0); - Flags = _Data ? _Data->InitialFlags : ImDrawListFlags_None; - _VtxCurrentOffset = 0; + Flags = _Data->InitialFlags; + memset(&_CmdHeader, 0, sizeof(_CmdHeader)); _VtxCurrentIdx = 0; _VtxWritePtr = NULL; _IdxWritePtr = NULL; @@ -396,13 +410,16 @@ void ImDrawList::Clear() _TextureIdStack.resize(0); _Path.resize(0); _Splitter.Clear(); + CmdBuffer.push_back(ImDrawCmd()); + _FringeScale = 1.0f; } -void ImDrawList::ClearFreeMemory() +void ImDrawList::_ClearFreeMemory() { CmdBuffer.clear(); IdxBuffer.clear(); VtxBuffer.clear(); + Flags = ImDrawListFlags_None; _VtxCurrentIdx = 0; _VtxWritePtr = NULL; _IdxWritePtr = NULL; @@ -422,86 +439,147 @@ ImDrawList* ImDrawList::CloneOutput() const return dst; } -// Using macros because C++ is a terrible language, we want guaranteed inline, no code in header, and no overhead in Debug builds -#define GetCurrentClipRect() (_ClipRectStack.Size ? _ClipRectStack.Data[_ClipRectStack.Size-1] : _Data->ClipRectFullscreen) -#define GetCurrentTextureId() (_TextureIdStack.Size ? _TextureIdStack.Data[_TextureIdStack.Size-1] : (ImTextureID)NULL) - void ImDrawList::AddDrawCmd() { ImDrawCmd draw_cmd; - draw_cmd.ClipRect = GetCurrentClipRect(); - draw_cmd.TextureId = GetCurrentTextureId(); - draw_cmd.VtxOffset = _VtxCurrentOffset; + draw_cmd.ClipRect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect; // Same as calling ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy() + draw_cmd.TextureId = _CmdHeader.TextureId; + draw_cmd.VtxOffset = _CmdHeader.VtxOffset; draw_cmd.IdxOffset = IdxBuffer.Size; IM_ASSERT(draw_cmd.ClipRect.x <= draw_cmd.ClipRect.z && draw_cmd.ClipRect.y <= draw_cmd.ClipRect.w); CmdBuffer.push_back(draw_cmd); } +// Pop trailing draw command (used before merging or presenting to user) +// Note that this leaves the ImDrawList in a state unfit for further commands, as most code assume that CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL +void ImDrawList::_PopUnusedDrawCmd() +{ + while (CmdBuffer.Size > 0) + { + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 || curr_cmd->UserCallback != NULL) + return;// break; + CmdBuffer.pop_back(); + } +} + void ImDrawList::AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data) { - ImDrawCmd* current_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size ? &CmdBuffer.back() : NULL; - if (!current_cmd || current_cmd->ElemCount != 0 || current_cmd->UserCallback != NULL) + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0); + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL); + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0) { AddDrawCmd(); - current_cmd = &CmdBuffer.back(); + curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; } - current_cmd->UserCallback = callback; - current_cmd->UserCallbackData = callback_data; + curr_cmd->UserCallback = callback; + curr_cmd->UserCallbackData = callback_data; AddDrawCmd(); // Force a new command after us (see comment below) } +// Compare ClipRect, TextureId and VtxOffset with a single memcmp() +#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize (IM_OFFSETOF(ImDrawCmd, VtxOffset) + sizeof(unsigned int)) +#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS) (memcmp(CMD_LHS, CMD_RHS, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize)) // Compare ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset +#define ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC) (memcpy(CMD_DST, CMD_SRC, ImDrawCmd_HeaderSize)) // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset +#define ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(CMD_0, CMD_1) (CMD_0->IdxOffset + CMD_0->ElemCount == CMD_1->IdxOffset) + +// Try to merge two last draw commands +void ImDrawList::_TryMergeDrawCmds() +{ + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0); + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1; + if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, prev_cmd) == 0 && ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(prev_cmd, curr_cmd) && curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + { + prev_cmd->ElemCount += curr_cmd->ElemCount; + CmdBuffer.pop_back(); + } +} + // Our scheme may appears a bit unusual, basically we want the most-common calls AddLine AddRect etc. to not have to perform any check so we always have a command ready in the stack. // The cost of figuring out if a new command has to be added or if we can merge is paid in those Update** functions only. -void ImDrawList::UpdateClipRect() +void ImDrawList::_OnChangedClipRect() { // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command - const ImVec4 curr_clip_rect = GetCurrentClipRect(); - ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size > 0 ? &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size-1] : NULL; - if (!curr_cmd || (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && memcmp(&curr_cmd->ClipRect, &curr_clip_rect, sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) || curr_cmd->UserCallback != NULL) + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0); + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && memcmp(&curr_cmd->ClipRect, &_CmdHeader.ClipRect, sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) { AddDrawCmd(); return; } + IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL); // Try to merge with previous command if it matches, else use current command - ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size > 1 ? curr_cmd - 1 : NULL; - if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && prev_cmd && memcmp(&prev_cmd->ClipRect, &curr_clip_rect, sizeof(ImVec4)) == 0 && prev_cmd->TextureId == GetCurrentTextureId() && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && CmdBuffer.Size > 1 && ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(&_CmdHeader, prev_cmd) == 0 && ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(prev_cmd, curr_cmd) && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + { CmdBuffer.pop_back(); - else - curr_cmd->ClipRect = curr_clip_rect; + return; + } + + curr_cmd->ClipRect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect; } -void ImDrawList::UpdateTextureID() +void ImDrawList::_OnChangedTextureID() { // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command - const ImTextureID curr_texture_id = GetCurrentTextureId(); - ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size ? &CmdBuffer.back() : NULL; - if (!curr_cmd || (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && curr_cmd->TextureId != curr_texture_id) || curr_cmd->UserCallback != NULL) + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0); + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && curr_cmd->TextureId != _CmdHeader.TextureId) { AddDrawCmd(); return; } + IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL); // Try to merge with previous command if it matches, else use current command - ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size > 1 ? curr_cmd - 1 : NULL; - if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && prev_cmd && prev_cmd->TextureId == curr_texture_id && memcmp(&prev_cmd->ClipRect, &GetCurrentClipRect(), sizeof(ImVec4)) == 0 && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = curr_cmd - 1; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0 && CmdBuffer.Size > 1 && ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(&_CmdHeader, prev_cmd) == 0 && ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset(prev_cmd, curr_cmd) && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + { CmdBuffer.pop_back(); - else - curr_cmd->TextureId = curr_texture_id; + return; + } + + curr_cmd->TextureId = _CmdHeader.TextureId; } -#undef GetCurrentClipRect -#undef GetCurrentTextureId +void ImDrawList::_OnChangedVtxOffset() +{ + // We don't need to compare curr_cmd->VtxOffset != _CmdHeader.VtxOffset because we know it'll be different at the time we call this. + _VtxCurrentIdx = 0; + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(CmdBuffer.Size > 0); + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + //IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->VtxOffset != _CmdHeader.VtxOffset); // See #3349 + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0) + { + AddDrawCmd(); + return; + } + IM_ASSERT(curr_cmd->UserCallback == NULL); + curr_cmd->VtxOffset = _CmdHeader.VtxOffset; +} + +int ImDrawList::_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const +{ + // Automatic segment count + const int radius_idx = (int)(radius + 0.999999f); // ceil to never reduce accuracy + if (radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts)) + return _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value + else + return IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError); +} // Render-level scissoring. This is passed down to your render function but not used for CPU-side coarse clipping. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling) -void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec2 cr_min, ImVec2 cr_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect) +void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& cr_min, const ImVec2& cr_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect) { ImVec4 cr(cr_min.x, cr_min.y, cr_max.x, cr_max.y); - if (intersect_with_current_clip_rect && _ClipRectStack.Size) + if (intersect_with_current_clip_rect) { - ImVec4 current = _ClipRectStack.Data[_ClipRectStack.Size-1]; + ImVec4 current = _CmdHeader.ClipRect; if (cr.x < current.x) cr.x = current.x; if (cr.y < current.y) cr.y = current.y; if (cr.z > current.z) cr.z = current.z; @@ -511,7 +589,8 @@ void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec2 cr_min, ImVec2 cr_max, bool intersect_with_ cr.w = ImMax(cr.y, cr.w); _ClipRectStack.push_back(cr); - UpdateClipRect(); + _CmdHeader.ClipRect = cr; + _OnChangedClipRect(); } void ImDrawList::PushClipRectFullScreen() @@ -521,22 +600,23 @@ void ImDrawList::PushClipRectFullScreen() void ImDrawList::PopClipRect() { - IM_ASSERT(_ClipRectStack.Size > 0); _ClipRectStack.pop_back(); - UpdateClipRect(); + _CmdHeader.ClipRect = (_ClipRectStack.Size == 0) ? _Data->ClipRectFullscreen : _ClipRectStack.Data[_ClipRectStack.Size - 1]; + _OnChangedClipRect(); } void ImDrawList::PushTextureID(ImTextureID texture_id) { _TextureIdStack.push_back(texture_id); - UpdateTextureID(); + _CmdHeader.TextureId = texture_id; + _OnChangedTextureID(); } void ImDrawList::PopTextureID() { - IM_ASSERT(_TextureIdStack.Size > 0); _TextureIdStack.pop_back(); - UpdateTextureID(); + _CmdHeader.TextureId = (_TextureIdStack.Size == 0) ? (ImTextureID)NULL : _TextureIdStack.Data[_TextureIdStack.Size - 1]; + _OnChangedTextureID(); } // Reserve space for a number of vertices and indices. @@ -548,13 +628,15 @@ void ImDrawList::PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count) IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(idx_count >= 0 && vtx_count >= 0); if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 && (_VtxCurrentIdx + vtx_count >= (1 << 16)) && (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset)) { - _VtxCurrentOffset = VtxBuffer.Size; - _VtxCurrentIdx = 0; - AddDrawCmd(); + // FIXME: In theory we should be testing that vtx_count <64k here. + // In practice, RenderText() relies on reserving ahead for a worst case scenario so it is currently useful for us + // to not make that check until we rework the text functions to handle clipping and large horizontal lines better. + _CmdHeader.VtxOffset = VtxBuffer.Size; + _OnChangedVtxOffset(); } - ImDrawCmd& draw_cmd = CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; - draw_cmd.ElemCount += idx_count; + ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + draw_cmd->ElemCount += idx_count; int vtx_buffer_old_size = VtxBuffer.Size; VtxBuffer.resize(vtx_buffer_old_size + vtx_count); @@ -570,8 +652,8 @@ void ImDrawList::PrimUnreserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count) { IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(idx_count >= 0 && vtx_count >= 0); - ImDrawCmd& draw_cmd = CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; - draw_cmd.ElemCount -= idx_count; + ImDrawCmd* draw_cmd = &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + draw_cmd->ElemCount -= idx_count; VtxBuffer.shrink(VtxBuffer.Size - vtx_count); IdxBuffer.shrink(IdxBuffer.Size - idx_count); } @@ -621,42 +703,58 @@ void ImDrawList::PrimQuadUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, c _IdxWritePtr += 6; } -// On AddPolyline() and AddConvexPolyFilled() we intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and superflous function calls to optimize debug/non-inlined builds. -// Those macros expects l-values. -#define IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(VX,VY) do { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.0f) { float inv_len = 1.0f / ImSqrt(d2); VX *= inv_len; VY *= inv_len; } } while (0) -#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F(VX,VY) do { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 < 0.5f) d2 = 0.5f; float inv_lensq = 1.0f / d2; VX *= inv_lensq; VY *= inv_lensq; } while (0) +// On AddPolyline() and AddConvexPolyFilled() we intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and superfluous function calls to optimize debug/non-inlined builds. +// - Those macros expects l-values and need to be used as their own statement. +// - Those macros are intentionally not surrounded by the 'do {} while (0)' idiom because even that translates to runtime with debug compilers. +#define IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(VX,VY) { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.0f) { float inv_len = ImRsqrt(d2); VX *= inv_len; VY *= inv_len; } } (void)0 +#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2 100.0f // 500.0f (see #4053, #3366) +#define IM_FIXNORMAL2F(VX,VY) { float d2 = VX*VX + VY*VY; if (d2 > 0.000001f) { float inv_len2 = 1.0f / d2; if (inv_len2 > IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2) inv_len2 = IM_FIXNORMAL2F_MAX_INVLEN2; VX *= inv_len2; VY *= inv_len2; } } (void)0 // TODO: Thickness anti-aliased lines cap are missing their AA fringe. // We avoid using the ImVec2 math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds. -void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness) +void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness) { if (points_count < 2) return; - const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel; + const bool closed = (flags & ImDrawFlags_Closed) != 0; + const ImVec2 opaque_uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel; + const int count = closed ? points_count : points_count - 1; // The number of line segments we need to draw + const bool thick_line = (thickness > _FringeScale); - int count = points_count; - if (!closed) - count = points_count-1; - - const bool thick_line = thickness > 1.0f; if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines) { // Anti-aliased stroke - const float AA_SIZE = 1.0f; + const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale; const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; - const int idx_count = thick_line ? count*18 : count*12; - const int vtx_count = thick_line ? points_count*4 : points_count*3; + // Thicknesses <1.0 should behave like thickness 1.0 + thickness = ImMax(thickness, 1.0f); + const int integer_thickness = (int)thickness; + const float fractional_thickness = thickness - integer_thickness; + + // Do we want to draw this line using a texture? + // - For now, only draw integer-width lines using textures to avoid issues with the way scaling occurs, could be improved. + // - If AA_SIZE is not 1.0f we cannot use the texture path. + const bool use_texture = (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex) && (integer_thickness < IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX) && (fractional_thickness <= 0.00001f) && (AA_SIZE == 1.0f); + + // We should never hit this, because NewFrame() doesn't set ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLinesUseTex unless ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines is off + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(!use_texture || !(_Data->Font->ContainerAtlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines)); + + const int idx_count = use_texture ? (count * 6) : (thick_line ? count * 18 : count * 12); + const int vtx_count = use_texture ? (points_count * 2) : (thick_line ? points_count * 4 : points_count * 3); PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count); // Temporary buffer - ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * (thick_line ? 5 : 3) * sizeof(ImVec2)); //-V630 + // The first items are normals at each line point, then after that there are either 2 or 4 temp points for each line point + _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard(points_count * ((use_texture || !thick_line) ? 3 : 5)); + ImVec2* temp_normals = _Data->TempBuffer.Data; ImVec2* temp_points = temp_normals + points_count; + // Calculate normals (tangents) for each line segment for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) { - const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1; + const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : i1 + 1; float dx = points[i2].x - points[i1].x; float dy = points[i2].y - points[i1].y; IM_NORMALIZE2F_OVER_ZERO(dx, dy); @@ -664,79 +762,134 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 temp_normals[i1].y = -dx; } if (!closed) - temp_normals[points_count-1] = temp_normals[points_count-2]; + temp_normals[points_count - 1] = temp_normals[points_count - 2]; - if (!thick_line) + // If we are drawing a one-pixel-wide line without a texture, or a textured line of any width, we only need 2 or 3 vertices per point + if (use_texture || !thick_line) { + // [PATH 1] Texture-based lines (thick or non-thick) + // [PATH 2] Non texture-based lines (non-thick) + + // The width of the geometry we need to draw - this is essentially pixels for the line itself, plus "one pixel" for AA. + // - In the texture-based path, we don't use AA_SIZE here because the +1 is tied to the generated texture + // (see ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData() function), and so alternate values won't work without changes to that code. + // - In the non texture-based paths, we would allow AA_SIZE to potentially be != 1.0f with a patch (e.g. fringe_scale patch to + // allow scaling geometry while preserving one-screen-pixel AA fringe). + const float half_draw_size = use_texture ? ((thickness * 0.5f) + 1) : AA_SIZE; + + // If line is not closed, the first and last points need to be generated differently as there are no normals to blend if (!closed) { - temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * AA_SIZE; - temp_points[1] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * AA_SIZE; - temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+0] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * AA_SIZE; - temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+1] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * AA_SIZE; + temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * half_draw_size; + temp_points[1] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * half_draw_size; + temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+0] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * half_draw_size; + temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+1] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * half_draw_size; } + // Generate the indices to form a number of triangles for each line segment, and the vertices for the line edges + // This takes points n and n+1 and writes into n+1, with the first point in a closed line being generated from the final one (as n+1 wraps) // FIXME-OPT: Merge the different loops, possibly remove the temporary buffer. - unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx; - for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) + unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx; // Vertex index for start of line segment + for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) // i1 is the first point of the line segment { - const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1; - unsigned int idx2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : idx1+3; + const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : i1 + 1; // i2 is the second point of the line segment + const unsigned int idx2 = ((i1 + 1) == points_count) ? _VtxCurrentIdx : (idx1 + (use_texture ? 2 : 3)); // Vertex index for end of segment // Average normals float dm_x = (temp_normals[i1].x + temp_normals[i2].x) * 0.5f; float dm_y = (temp_normals[i1].y + temp_normals[i2].y) * 0.5f; IM_FIXNORMAL2F(dm_x, dm_y); - dm_x *= AA_SIZE; - dm_y *= AA_SIZE; + dm_x *= half_draw_size; // dm_x, dm_y are offset to the outer edge of the AA area + dm_y *= half_draw_size; - // Add temporary vertexes - ImVec2* out_vtx = &temp_points[i2*2]; + // Add temporary vertexes for the outer edges + ImVec2* out_vtx = &temp_points[i2 * 2]; out_vtx[0].x = points[i2].x + dm_x; out_vtx[0].y = points[i2].y + dm_y; out_vtx[1].x = points[i2].x - dm_x; out_vtx[1].y = points[i2].y - dm_y; - // Add indexes - _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); - _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); - _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); - _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); _IdxWritePtr[10]= (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); _IdxWritePtr[11]= (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); - _IdxWritePtr += 12; + if (use_texture) + { + // Add indices for two triangles + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); // Right tri + _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); // Left tri + _IdxWritePtr += 6; + } + else + { + // Add indexes for four triangles + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); // Right tri 1 + _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); // Right tri 2 + _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); // Left tri 1 + _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[10] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[11] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); // Left tri 2 + _IdxWritePtr += 12; + } idx1 = idx2; } - // Add vertexes - for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++) + // Add vertexes for each point on the line + if (use_texture) { - _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; - _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i*2+0]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans; - _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i*2+1]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col_trans; - _VtxWritePtr += 3; + // If we're using textures we only need to emit the left/right edge vertices + ImVec4 tex_uvs = _Data->TexUvLines[integer_thickness]; + /*if (fractional_thickness != 0.0f) // Currently always zero when use_texture==false! + { + const ImVec4 tex_uvs_1 = _Data->TexUvLines[integer_thickness + 1]; + tex_uvs.x = tex_uvs.x + (tex_uvs_1.x - tex_uvs.x) * fractional_thickness; // inlined ImLerp() + tex_uvs.y = tex_uvs.y + (tex_uvs_1.y - tex_uvs.y) * fractional_thickness; + tex_uvs.z = tex_uvs.z + (tex_uvs_1.z - tex_uvs.z) * fractional_thickness; + tex_uvs.w = tex_uvs.w + (tex_uvs_1.w - tex_uvs.w) * fractional_thickness; + }*/ + ImVec2 tex_uv0(tex_uvs.x, tex_uvs.y); + ImVec2 tex_uv1(tex_uvs.z, tex_uvs.w); + for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++) + { + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 0]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = tex_uv0; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; // Left-side outer edge + _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 1]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = tex_uv1; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; // Right-side outer edge + _VtxWritePtr += 2; + } + } + else + { + // If we're not using a texture, we need the center vertex as well + for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++) + { + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; // Center of line + _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 0]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans; // Left-side outer edge + _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i * 2 + 1]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col_trans; // Right-side outer edge + _VtxWritePtr += 3; + } } } else { + // [PATH 2] Non texture-based lines (thick): we need to draw the solid line core and thus require four vertices per point const float half_inner_thickness = (thickness - AA_SIZE) * 0.5f; + + // If line is not closed, the first and last points need to be generated differently as there are no normals to blend if (!closed) { + const int points_last = points_count - 1; temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); temp_points[1] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness); temp_points[2] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness); temp_points[3] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); - temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+0] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); - temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+1] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness); - temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+2] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness); - temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+3] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); + temp_points[points_last * 4 + 0] = points[points_last] + temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); + temp_points[points_last * 4 + 1] = points[points_last] + temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness); + temp_points[points_last * 4 + 2] = points[points_last] - temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness); + temp_points[points_last * 4 + 3] = points[points_last] - temp_normals[points_last] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE); } + // Generate the indices to form a number of triangles for each line segment, and the vertices for the line edges + // This takes points n and n+1 and writes into n+1, with the first point in a closed line being generated from the final one (as n+1 wraps) // FIXME-OPT: Merge the different loops, possibly remove the temporary buffer. - unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx; - for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) + unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx; // Vertex index for start of line segment + for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) // i1 is the first point of the line segment { - const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1; - unsigned int idx2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : idx1+4; + const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : (i1 + 1); // i2 is the second point of the line segment + const unsigned int idx2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : (idx1 + 4); // Vertex index for end of segment // Average normals float dm_x = (temp_normals[i1].x + temp_normals[i2].x) * 0.5f; @@ -747,8 +900,8 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 float dm_in_x = dm_x * half_inner_thickness; float dm_in_y = dm_y * half_inner_thickness; - // Add temporary vertexes - ImVec2* out_vtx = &temp_points[i2*4]; + // Add temporary vertices + ImVec2* out_vtx = &temp_points[i2 * 4]; out_vtx[0].x = points[i2].x + dm_out_x; out_vtx[0].y = points[i2].y + dm_out_y; out_vtx[1].x = points[i2].x + dm_in_x; @@ -759,24 +912,24 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 out_vtx[3].y = points[i2].y - dm_out_y; // Add indexes - _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); - _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); - _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); - _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); _IdxWritePtr[10] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); _IdxWritePtr[11] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); - _IdxWritePtr[12] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2); _IdxWritePtr[13] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); _IdxWritePtr[14] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+3); - _IdxWritePtr[15] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+3); _IdxWritePtr[16] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+3); _IdxWritePtr[17] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2); + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); + _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); + _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); + _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[10] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 0); _IdxWritePtr[11] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 1); + _IdxWritePtr[12] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[13] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 2); _IdxWritePtr[14] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 3); + _IdxWritePtr[15] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1 + 3); _IdxWritePtr[16] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 3); _IdxWritePtr[17] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2 + 2); _IdxWritePtr += 18; idx1 = idx2; } - // Add vertexes + // Add vertices for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++) { - _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = temp_points[i*4+0]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col_trans; - _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i*4+1]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; - _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i*4+2]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col; - _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = temp_points[i*4+3]; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col_trans; + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 0]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col_trans; + _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 1]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 2]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = temp_points[i * 4 + 3]; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col_trans; _VtxWritePtr += 4; } } @@ -784,14 +937,14 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 } else { - // Non Anti-aliased Stroke - const int idx_count = count*6; - const int vtx_count = count*4; // FIXME-OPT: Not sharing edges + // [PATH 4] Non texture-based, Non anti-aliased lines + const int idx_count = count * 6; + const int vtx_count = count * 4; // FIXME-OPT: Not sharing edges PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count); for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++) { - const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1; + const int i2 = (i1 + 1) == points_count ? 0 : i1 + 1; const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1]; const ImVec2& p2 = points[i2]; @@ -801,21 +954,22 @@ void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 dx *= (thickness * 0.5f); dy *= (thickness * 0.5f); - _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = p1.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = p1.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; - _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = p2.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = p2.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; - _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.x = p2.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.y = p2.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col; - _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.x = p1.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.y = p1.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = p1.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = p1.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = p2.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = p2.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.x = p2.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.y = p2.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col; + _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.x = p1.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.y = p1.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = opaque_uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col; _VtxWritePtr += 4; - _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2); - _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+3); + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2); + _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 3); _IdxWritePtr += 6; _VtxCurrentIdx += 4; } } } -// We intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and its math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds. +// - We intentionally avoid using ImVec2 and its math operators here to reduce cost to a minimum for debug/non-inlined builds. +// - Filled shapes must always use clockwise winding order. The anti-aliasing fringe depends on it. Counter-clockwise shapes will have "inward" anti-aliasing. void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col) { if (points_count < 3) @@ -826,24 +980,25 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill) { // Anti-aliased Fill - const float AA_SIZE = 1.0f; + const float AA_SIZE = _FringeScale; const ImU32 col_trans = col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; - const int idx_count = (points_count-2)*3 + points_count*6; - const int vtx_count = (points_count*2); + const int idx_count = (points_count - 2)*3 + points_count * 6; + const int vtx_count = (points_count * 2); PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count); // Add indexes for fill unsigned int vtx_inner_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx; - unsigned int vtx_outer_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx+1; + unsigned int vtx_outer_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx + 1; for (int i = 2; i < points_count; i++) { - _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+((i-1)<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i<<1)); + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + ((i - 1) << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i << 1)); _IdxWritePtr += 3; } // Compute normals - ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * sizeof(ImVec2)); //-V630 - for (int i0 = points_count-1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++) + _Data->TempBuffer.reserve_discard(points_count); + ImVec2* temp_normals = _Data->TempBuffer.Data; + for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++) { const ImVec2& p0 = points[i0]; const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1]; @@ -854,7 +1009,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun temp_normals[i0].y = -dx; } - for (int i0 = points_count-1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++) + for (int i0 = points_count - 1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++) { // Average normals const ImVec2& n0 = temp_normals[i0]; @@ -871,8 +1026,8 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun _VtxWritePtr += 2; // Add indexes for fringes - _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i1<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i0<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx+(i0<<1)); - _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx+(i0<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx+(i1<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i1<<1)); + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1)); + _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i0 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx + (i1 << 1)); _IdxWritePtr += 6; } _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count; @@ -880,7 +1035,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun else { // Non Anti-aliased Fill - const int idx_count = (points_count-2)*3; + const int idx_count = (points_count - 2)*3; const int vtx_count = points_count; PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count); for (int i = 0; i < vtx_count; i++) @@ -890,39 +1045,108 @@ void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_coun } for (int i = 2; i < points_count; i++) { - _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+i-1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+i); + _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + i - 1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + i); _IdxWritePtr += 3; } _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count; } } -void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12) +void ImDrawList::_PathArcToFastEx(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_sample, int a_max_sample, int a_step) { - if (radius == 0.0f || a_min_of_12 > a_max_of_12) + if (radius < 0.5f) { _Path.push_back(center); return; } - // For legacy reason the PathArcToFast() always takes angles where 2*PI is represented by 12, - // but it is possible to set IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELATION_MULTIPLIER to a higher value. This should compile to a no-op otherwise. -#if IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER != 1 - a_min_of_12 *= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER; - a_max_of_12 *= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TESSELLATION_MULTIPLIER; -#endif + // Calculate arc auto segment step size + if (a_step <= 0) + a_step = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius); - _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (a_max_of_12 - a_min_of_12 + 1)); - for (int a = a_min_of_12; a <= a_max_of_12; a++) + // Make sure we never do steps larger than one quarter of the circle + a_step = ImClamp(a_step, 1, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_TABLE_SIZE / 4); + + const int sample_range = ImAbs(a_max_sample - a_min_sample); + const int a_next_step = a_step; + + int samples = sample_range + 1; + bool extra_max_sample = false; + if (a_step > 1) { - const ImVec2& c = _Data->ArcFastVtx[a % IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->ArcFastVtx)]; - _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + c.x * radius, center.y + c.y * radius)); + samples = sample_range / a_step + 1; + const int overstep = sample_range % a_step; + + if (overstep > 0) + { + extra_max_sample = true; + samples++; + + // When we have overstep to avoid awkwardly looking one long line and one tiny one at the end, + // distribute first step range evenly between them by reducing first step size. + if (sample_range > 0) + a_step -= (a_step - overstep) / 2; + } } + + _Path.resize(_Path.Size + samples); + ImVec2* out_ptr = _Path.Data + (_Path.Size - samples); + + int sample_index = a_min_sample; + if (sample_index < 0 || sample_index >= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX) + { + sample_index = sample_index % IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + if (sample_index < 0) + sample_index += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + } + + if (a_max_sample >= a_min_sample) + { + for (int a = a_min_sample; a <= a_max_sample; a += a_step, sample_index += a_step, a_step = a_next_step) + { + // a_step is clamped to IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, so we have guaranteed that it will not wrap over range twice or more + if (sample_index >= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX) + sample_index -= IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + + const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[sample_index]; + out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius; + out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius; + out_ptr++; + } + } + else + { + for (int a = a_min_sample; a >= a_max_sample; a -= a_step, sample_index -= a_step, a_step = a_next_step) + { + // a_step is clamped to IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, so we have guaranteed that it will not wrap over range twice or more + if (sample_index < 0) + sample_index += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + + const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[sample_index]; + out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius; + out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius; + out_ptr++; + } + } + + if (extra_max_sample) + { + int normalized_max_sample = a_max_sample % IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + if (normalized_max_sample < 0) + normalized_max_sample += IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + + const ImVec2 s = _Data->ArcFastVtx[normalized_max_sample]; + out_ptr->x = center.x + s.x * radius; + out_ptr->y = center.y + s.y * radius; + out_ptr++; + } + + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(_Path.Data + _Path.Size == out_ptr); } -void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments) +void ImDrawList::_PathArcToN(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments) { - if (radius == 0.0f) + if (radius < 0.5f) { _Path.push_back(center); return; @@ -938,63 +1162,204 @@ void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, floa } } -ImVec2 ImBezierCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t) +// 0: East, 3: South, 6: West, 9: North, 12: East +void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& center, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12) { - float u = 1.0f - t; - float w1 = u*u*u; - float w2 = 3*u*u*t; - float w3 = 3*u*t*t; - float w4 = t*t*t; - return ImVec2(w1*p1.x + w2*p2.x + w3*p3.x + w4*p4.x, w1*p1.y + w2*p2.y + w3*p3.y + w4*p4.y); + if (radius < 0.5f) + { + _Path.push_back(center); + return; + } + _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, a_min_of_12 * IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / 12, a_max_of_12 * IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX / 12, 0); } -// Closely mimics BezierClosestPointCasteljauStep() in imgui.cpp -static void PathBezierToCasteljau(ImVector* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level) +void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& center, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments) +{ + if (radius < 0.5f) + { + _Path.push_back(center); + return; + } + + if (num_segments > 0) + { + _PathArcToN(center, radius, a_min, a_max, num_segments); + return; + } + + // Automatic segment count + if (radius <= _Data->ArcFastRadiusCutoff) + { + const bool a_is_reverse = a_max < a_min; + + // We are going to use precomputed values for mid samples. + // Determine first and last sample in lookup table that belong to the arc. + const float a_min_sample_f = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_min / (IM_PI * 2.0f); + const float a_max_sample_f = IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX * a_max / (IM_PI * 2.0f); + + const int a_min_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImFloorSigned(a_min_sample_f) : (int)ImCeil(a_min_sample_f); + const int a_max_sample = a_is_reverse ? (int)ImCeil(a_max_sample_f) : (int)ImFloorSigned(a_max_sample_f); + const int a_mid_samples = a_is_reverse ? ImMax(a_min_sample - a_max_sample, 0) : ImMax(a_max_sample - a_min_sample, 0); + + const float a_min_segment_angle = a_min_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + const float a_max_segment_angle = a_max_sample * IM_PI * 2.0f / IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX; + const bool a_emit_start = ImAbs(a_min_segment_angle - a_min) >= 1e-5f; + const bool a_emit_end = ImAbs(a_max - a_max_segment_angle) >= 1e-5f; + + _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (a_mid_samples + 1 + (a_emit_start ? 1 : 0) + (a_emit_end ? 1 : 0))); + if (a_emit_start) + _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a_min) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a_min) * radius)); + if (a_mid_samples > 0) + _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, a_min_sample, a_max_sample, 0); + if (a_emit_end) + _Path.push_back(ImVec2(center.x + ImCos(a_max) * radius, center.y + ImSin(a_max) * radius)); + } + else + { + const float arc_length = ImAbs(a_max - a_min); + const int circle_segment_count = _CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(radius); + const int arc_segment_count = ImMax((int)ImCeil(circle_segment_count * arc_length / (IM_PI * 2.0f)), (int)(2.0f * IM_PI / arc_length)); + _PathArcToN(center, radius, a_min, a_max, arc_segment_count); + } +} + +ImVec2 ImBezierCubicCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, float t) +{ + float u = 1.0f - t; + float w1 = u * u * u; + float w2 = 3 * u * u * t; + float w3 = 3 * u * t * t; + float w4 = t * t * t; + return ImVec2(w1 * p1.x + w2 * p2.x + w3 * p3.x + w4 * p4.x, w1 * p1.y + w2 * p2.y + w3 * p3.y + w4 * p4.y); +} + +ImVec2 ImBezierQuadraticCalc(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, float t) +{ + float u = 1.0f - t; + float w1 = u * u; + float w2 = 2 * u * t; + float w3 = t * t; + return ImVec2(w1 * p1.x + w2 * p2.x + w3 * p3.x, w1 * p1.y + w2 * p2.y + w3 * p3.y); +} + +// Closely mimics ImBezierCubicClosestPointCasteljau() in imgui.cpp +static void PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(ImVector* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level) { float dx = x4 - x1; float dy = y4 - y1; - float d2 = ((x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx); - float d3 = ((x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx); + float d2 = (x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx; + float d3 = (x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx; d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2; d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3; - if ((d2+d3) * (d2+d3) < tess_tol * (dx*dx + dy*dy)) + if ((d2 + d3) * (d2 + d3) < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy)) { path->push_back(ImVec2(x4, y4)); } else if (level < 10) { - float x12 = (x1+x2)*0.5f, y12 = (y1+y2)*0.5f; - float x23 = (x2+x3)*0.5f, y23 = (y2+y3)*0.5f; - float x34 = (x3+x4)*0.5f, y34 = (y3+y4)*0.5f; - float x123 = (x12+x23)*0.5f, y123 = (y12+y23)*0.5f; - float x234 = (x23+x34)*0.5f, y234 = (y23+y34)*0.5f; - float x1234 = (x123+x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123+y234)*0.5f; - PathBezierToCasteljau(path, x1,y1, x12,y12, x123,y123, x1234,y1234, tess_tol, level+1); - PathBezierToCasteljau(path, x1234,y1234, x234,y234, x34,y34, x4,y4, tess_tol, level+1); + float x12 = (x1 + x2) * 0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2) * 0.5f; + float x23 = (x2 + x3) * 0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3) * 0.5f; + float x34 = (x3 + x4) * 0.5f, y34 = (y3 + y4) * 0.5f; + float x123 = (x12 + x23) * 0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23) * 0.5f; + float x234 = (x23 + x34) * 0.5f, y234 = (y23 + y34) * 0.5f; + float x1234 = (x123 + x234) * 0.5f, y1234 = (y123 + y234) * 0.5f; + PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(path, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, x1234, y1234, tess_tol, level + 1); + PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(path, x1234, y1234, x234, y234, x34, y34, x4, y4, tess_tol, level + 1); } } -void ImDrawList::PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments) +static void PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(ImVector* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float tess_tol, int level) +{ + float dx = x3 - x1, dy = y3 - y1; + float det = (x2 - x3) * dy - (y2 - y3) * dx; + if (det * det * 4.0f < tess_tol * (dx * dx + dy * dy)) + { + path->push_back(ImVec2(x3, y3)); + } + else if (level < 10) + { + float x12 = (x1 + x2) * 0.5f, y12 = (y1 + y2) * 0.5f; + float x23 = (x2 + x3) * 0.5f, y23 = (y2 + y3) * 0.5f; + float x123 = (x12 + x23) * 0.5f, y123 = (y12 + y23) * 0.5f; + PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(path, x1, y1, x12, y12, x123, y123, tess_tol, level + 1); + PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(path, x123, y123, x23, y23, x3, y3, tess_tol, level + 1); + } +} + +void ImDrawList::PathBezierCubicCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments) { ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back(); if (num_segments == 0) { - PathBezierToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0); // Auto-tessellated + IM_ASSERT(_Data->CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f); + PathBezierCubicCurveToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0); // Auto-tessellated } else { float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments; for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++) - _Path.push_back(ImBezierCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step)); + _Path.push_back(ImBezierCubicCalc(p1, p2, p3, p4, t_step * i_step)); } } -void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners) +void ImDrawList::PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments) { - rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * ( ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Top) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Top) || ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); - rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * ( ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Left) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Left) || ((rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_Right) == ImDrawCornerFlags_Right) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); + ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back(); + if (num_segments == 0) + { + IM_ASSERT(_Data->CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f); + PathBezierQuadraticCurveToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, _Data->CurveTessellationTol, 0);// Auto-tessellated + } + else + { + float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments; + for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++) + _Path.push_back(ImBezierQuadraticCalc(p1, p2, p3, t_step * i_step)); + } +} - if (rounding <= 0.0f || rounding_corners == 0) +IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft == (1 << 4)); +static inline ImDrawFlags FixRectCornerFlags(ImDrawFlags flags) +{ +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + // Obsoleted in 1.82 (from February 2021) + // Legacy Support for hard coded ~0 (used to be a suggested equivalent to ImDrawCornerFlags_All) + // ~0 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll or 0 + if (flags == ~0) + return ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll; + + // Legacy Support for hard coded 0x01 to 0x0F (matching 15 out of 16 old flags combinations) + // 0x01 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft (VALUE 0x01 OVERLAPS ImDrawFlags_Closed but ImDrawFlags_Closed is never valid in this path!) + // 0x02 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight + // 0x03 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight + // 0x04 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBotLeft + // 0x05 --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft | ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBotLeft + // ... + // 0x0F --> ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll or 0 + // (See all values in ImDrawCornerFlags_) + if (flags >= 0x01 && flags <= 0x0F) + return (flags << 4); + + // We cannot support hard coded 0x00 with 'float rounding > 0.0f' --> replace with ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone or use 'float rounding = 0.0f' +#endif + + // If this triggers, please update your code replacing hardcoded values with new ImDrawFlags_RoundCorners* values. + // Note that ImDrawFlags_Closed (== 0x01) is an invalid flag for AddRect(), AddRectFilled(), PathRect() etc... + IM_ASSERT((flags & 0x0F) == 0 && "Misuse of legacy hardcoded ImDrawCornerFlags values!"); + + if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll; + + return flags; +} + +void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags) +{ + flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags); + rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); + rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); + + if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) { PathLineTo(a); PathLineTo(ImVec2(b.x, a.y)); @@ -1003,10 +1368,10 @@ void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDr } else { - const float rounding_tl = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f; - const float rounding_tr = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight) ? rounding : 0.0f; - const float rounding_br = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight) ? rounding : 0.0f; - const float rounding_bl = (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f; + const float rounding_tl = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f; + const float rounding_tr = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight) ? rounding : 0.0f; + const float rounding_br = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight) ? rounding : 0.0f; + const float rounding_bl = (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft) ? rounding : 0.0f; PathArcToFast(ImVec2(a.x + rounding_tl, a.y + rounding_tl), rounding_tl, 6, 9); PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x - rounding_tr, a.y + rounding_tr), rounding_tr, 9, 12); PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x - rounding_br, b.y - rounding_br), rounding_br, 0, 3); @@ -1020,36 +1385,36 @@ void ImDrawList::AddLine(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, ImU32 col, float th return; PathLineTo(p1 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); PathLineTo(p2 + ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); - PathStroke(col, false, thickness); + PathStroke(col, 0, thickness); } // p_min = upper-left, p_max = lower-right // Note we don't render 1 pixels sized rectangles properly. -void ImDrawList::AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners, float thickness) +void ImDrawList::AddRect(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; if (Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines) - PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f,0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.50f,0.50f), rounding, rounding_corners); + PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), rounding, flags); else - PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f,0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.49f,0.49f), rounding, rounding_corners); // Better looking lower-right corner and rounded non-AA shapes. - PathStroke(col, true, thickness); + PathRect(p_min + ImVec2(0.50f, 0.50f), p_max - ImVec2(0.49f, 0.49f), rounding, flags); // Better looking lower-right corner and rounded non-AA shapes. + PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness); } -void ImDrawList::AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners) +void ImDrawList::AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - if (rounding > 0.0f) - { - PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, rounding_corners); - PathFillConvex(col); - } - else + if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) { PrimReserve(6, 4); PrimRect(p_min, p_max, col); } + else + { + PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, flags); + PathFillConvex(col); + } } // p_min = upper-left, p_max = lower-right @@ -1060,8 +1425,8 @@ void ImDrawList::AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_ma const ImVec2 uv = _Data->TexUvWhitePixel; PrimReserve(6, 4); - PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+1)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2)); - PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+3)); + PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 1)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2)); + PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 2)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx + 3)); PrimWriteVtx(p_min, uv, col_upr_left); PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(p_max.x, p_min.y), uv, col_upr_right); PrimWriteVtx(p_max, uv, col_bot_right); @@ -1077,7 +1442,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddQuad(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, c PathLineTo(p2); PathLineTo(p3); PathLineTo(p4); - PathStroke(col, true, thickness); + PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness); } void ImDrawList::AddQuadFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col) @@ -1100,7 +1465,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddTriangle(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p PathLineTo(p1); PathLineTo(p2); PathLineTo(p3); - PathStroke(col, true, thickness); + PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness); } void ImDrawList::AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col) @@ -1116,61 +1481,49 @@ void ImDrawList::AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImV void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments, float thickness) { - if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius <= 0.0f) + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius < 0.5f) return; - // Obtain segment count if (num_segments <= 0) { - // Automatic segment count - const int radius_idx = (int)radius - 1; - if (radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts)) - num_segments = _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value - else - num_segments = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError); + // Use arc with automatic segment count + _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius - 0.5f, 0, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, 0); + _Path.Size--; } else { // Explicit segment count (still clamp to avoid drawing insanely tessellated shapes) num_segments = ImClamp(num_segments, 3, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX); + + // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points + const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; + PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); } - // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points - const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; - if (num_segments == 12) - PathArcToFast(center, radius - 0.5f, 0, 12); - else - PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); - PathStroke(col, true, thickness); + PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness); } void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments) { - if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius <= 0.0f) + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0 || radius < 0.5f) return; - // Obtain segment count if (num_segments <= 0) { - // Automatic segment count - const int radius_idx = (int)radius - 1; - if (radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts)) - num_segments = _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value - else - num_segments = IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError); + // Use arc with automatic segment count + _PathArcToFastEx(center, radius, 0, IM_DRAWLIST_ARCFAST_SAMPLE_MAX, 0); + _Path.Size--; } else { // Explicit segment count (still clamp to avoid drawing insanely tessellated shapes) num_segments = ImClamp(num_segments, 3, IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_MAX); + + // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points + const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; + PathArcTo(center, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); } - // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points - const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; - if (num_segments == 12) - PathArcToFast(center, radius, 0, 12); - else - PathArcTo(center, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); PathFillConvex(col); } @@ -1183,7 +1536,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddNgon(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_ // Because we are filling a closed shape we remove 1 from the count of segments/points const float a_max = (IM_PI * 2.0f) * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments; PathArcTo(center, radius - 0.5f, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments - 1); - PathStroke(col, true, thickness); + PathStroke(col, ImDrawFlags_Closed, thickness); } // Guaranteed to honor 'num_segments' @@ -1199,14 +1552,25 @@ void ImDrawList::AddNgonFilled(const ImVec2& center, float radius, ImU32 col, in } // Cubic Bezier takes 4 controls points -void ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments) +void ImDrawList::AddBezierCubic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; PathLineTo(p1); - PathBezierCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); - PathStroke(col, false, thickness); + PathBezierCubicCurveTo(p2, p3, p4, num_segments); + PathStroke(col, 0, thickness); +} + +// Quadratic Bezier takes 3 controls points +void ImDrawList::AddBezierQuadratic(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments) +{ + if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) + return; + + PathLineTo(p1); + PathBezierQuadraticCurveTo(p2, p3, num_segments); + PathStroke(col, 0, thickness); } void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect) @@ -1225,9 +1589,9 @@ void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, if (font_size == 0.0f) font_size = _Data->FontSize; - IM_ASSERT(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID == _TextureIdStack.back()); // Use high-level ImGui::PushFont() or low-level ImDrawList::PushTextureId() to change font. + IM_ASSERT(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID == _CmdHeader.TextureId); // Use high-level ImGui::PushFont() or low-level ImDrawList::PushTextureId() to change font. - ImVec4 clip_rect = _ClipRectStack.back(); + ImVec4 clip_rect = _CmdHeader.ClipRect; if (cpu_fine_clip_rect) { clip_rect.x = ImMax(clip_rect.x, cpu_fine_clip_rect->x); @@ -1248,7 +1612,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, cons if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - const bool push_texture_id = _TextureIdStack.empty() || user_texture_id != _TextureIdStack.back(); + const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId; if (push_texture_id) PushTextureID(user_texture_id); @@ -1264,7 +1628,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, con if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - const bool push_texture_id = _TextureIdStack.empty() || user_texture_id != _TextureIdStack.back(); + const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId; if (push_texture_id) PushTextureID(user_texture_id); @@ -1275,23 +1639,24 @@ void ImDrawList::AddImageQuad(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p1, con PopTextureID(); } -void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners) +void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_min, const ImVec2& p_max, const ImVec2& uv_min, const ImVec2& uv_max, ImU32 col, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags) { if ((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) == 0) return; - if (rounding <= 0.0f || (rounding_corners & ImDrawCornerFlags_All) == 0) + flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags); + if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) { AddImage(user_texture_id, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, col); return; } - const bool push_texture_id = _TextureIdStack.empty() || user_texture_id != _TextureIdStack.back(); + const bool push_texture_id = user_texture_id != _CmdHeader.TextureId; if (push_texture_id) PushTextureID(user_texture_id); int vert_start_idx = VtxBuffer.Size; - PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, rounding_corners); + PathRect(p_min, p_max, rounding, flags); PathFillConvex(col); int vert_end_idx = VtxBuffer.Size; ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(this, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, p_min, p_max, uv_min, uv_max, true); @@ -1302,7 +1667,7 @@ void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& p_mi //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImDrawListSplitter +// [SECTION] ImDrawListSplitter //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // FIXME: This may be a little confusing, trying to be a little too low-level/optimal instead of just doing vector swap.. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1323,10 +1688,14 @@ void ImDrawListSplitter::ClearFreeMemory() void ImDrawListSplitter::Split(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channels_count) { + IM_UNUSED(draw_list); IM_ASSERT(_Current == 0 && _Count <= 1 && "Nested channel splitting is not supported. Please use separate instances of ImDrawListSplitter."); int old_channels_count = _Channels.Size; if (old_channels_count < channels_count) + { + _Channels.reserve(channels_count); // Avoid over reserving since this is likely to stay stable _Channels.resize(channels_count); + } _Count = channels_count; // Channels[] (24/32 bytes each) hold storage that we'll swap with draw_list->_CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer @@ -1344,30 +1713,17 @@ void ImDrawListSplitter::Split(ImDrawList* draw_list, int channels_count) _Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.resize(0); _Channels[i]._IdxBuffer.resize(0); } - if (_Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.Size == 0) - { - ImDrawCmd draw_cmd; - draw_cmd.ClipRect = draw_list->_ClipRectStack.back(); - draw_cmd.TextureId = draw_list->_TextureIdStack.back(); - _Channels[i]._CmdBuffer.push_back(draw_cmd); - } } } -static inline bool CanMergeDrawCommands(ImDrawCmd* a, ImDrawCmd* b) -{ - return memcmp(&a->ClipRect, &b->ClipRect, sizeof(a->ClipRect)) == 0 && a->TextureId == b->TextureId && a->VtxOffset == b->VtxOffset && !a->UserCallback && !b->UserCallback; -} - void ImDrawListSplitter::Merge(ImDrawList* draw_list) { - // Note that we never use or rely on channels.Size because it is merely a buffer that we never shrink back to 0 to keep all sub-buffers ready for use. + // Note that we never use or rely on _Channels.Size because it is merely a buffer that we never shrink back to 0 to keep all sub-buffers ready for use. if (_Count <= 1) return; SetCurrentChannel(draw_list, 0); - if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size != 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0) - draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back(); + draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); // Calculate our final buffer sizes. Also fix the incorrect IdxOffset values in each command. int new_cmd_buffer_count = 0; @@ -1377,14 +1733,21 @@ void ImDrawListSplitter::Merge(ImDrawList* draw_list) for (int i = 1; i < _Count; i++) { ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i]; - if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && ch._CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0) + if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && ch._CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && ch._CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL) // Equivalent of PopUnusedDrawCmd() ch._CmdBuffer.pop_back(); - if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && last_cmd != NULL && CanMergeDrawCommands(last_cmd, &ch._CmdBuffer[0])) + + if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && last_cmd != NULL) { - // Merge previous channel last draw command with current channel first draw command if matching. - last_cmd->ElemCount += ch._CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount; - idx_offset += ch._CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount; - ch._CmdBuffer.erase(ch._CmdBuffer.Data); // FIXME-OPT: Improve for multiple merges. + // Do not include ImDrawCmd_AreSequentialIdxOffset() in the compare as we rebuild IdxOffset values ourselves. + // Manipulating IdxOffset (e.g. by reordering draw commands like done by RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow()) is not supported within a splitter. + ImDrawCmd* next_cmd = &ch._CmdBuffer[0]; + if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(last_cmd, next_cmd) == 0 && last_cmd->UserCallback == NULL && next_cmd->UserCallback == NULL) + { + // Merge previous channel last draw command with current channel first draw command if matching. + last_cmd->ElemCount += next_cmd->ElemCount; + idx_offset += next_cmd->ElemCount; + ch._CmdBuffer.erase(ch._CmdBuffer.Data); // FIXME-OPT: Improve for multiple merges. + } } if (ch._CmdBuffer.Size > 0) last_cmd = &ch._CmdBuffer.back(); @@ -1409,8 +1772,18 @@ void ImDrawListSplitter::Merge(ImDrawList* draw_list) if (int sz = ch._IdxBuffer.Size) { memcpy(idx_write, ch._IdxBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)); idx_write += sz; } } draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write; - draw_list->UpdateClipRect(); // We call this instead of AddDrawCmd(), so that empty channels won't produce an extra draw call. - draw_list->UpdateTextureID(); + + // Ensure there's always a non-callback draw command trailing the command-buffer + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback != NULL) + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); + + // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = &draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0) + ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader); // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset + else if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader) != 0) + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); + _Count = 1; } @@ -1419,6 +1792,7 @@ void ImDrawListSplitter::SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int idx) IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < _Count); if (_Current == idx) return; + // Overwrite ImVector (12/16 bytes), four times. This is merely a silly optimization instead of doing .swap() memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_Current]._CmdBuffer, &draw_list->CmdBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->CmdBuffer)); memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_Current]._IdxBuffer, &draw_list->IdxBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->IdxBuffer)); @@ -1426,6 +1800,15 @@ void ImDrawListSplitter::SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int idx) memcpy(&draw_list->CmdBuffer, &_Channels.Data[idx]._CmdBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->CmdBuffer)); memcpy(&draw_list->IdxBuffer, &_Channels.Data[idx]._IdxBuffer, sizeof(draw_list->IdxBuffer)); draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size; + + // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command + ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) ? NULL : &draw_list->CmdBuffer.Data[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1]; + if (curr_cmd == NULL) + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); + else if (curr_cmd->ElemCount == 0) + ImDrawCmd_HeaderCopy(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader); // Copy ClipRect, TextureId, VtxOffset + else if (ImDrawCmd_HeaderCompare(curr_cmd, &draw_list->_CmdHeader) != 0) + draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1478,13 +1861,19 @@ void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int ve float gradient_inv_length2 = 1.0f / ImLengthSqr(gradient_extent); ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx; ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx; + const int col0_r = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF; + const int col0_g = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF; + const int col0_b = (int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF; + const int col_delta_r = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_r; + const int col_delta_g = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_g; + const int col_delta_b = ((int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) - col0_b; for (ImDrawVert* vert = vert_start; vert < vert_end; vert++) { float d = ImDot(vert->pos - gradient_p0, gradient_extent); float t = ImClamp(d * gradient_inv_length2, 0.0f, 1.0f); - int r = ImLerp((int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); - int g = ImLerp((int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); - int b = ImLerp((int)(col0 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col1 >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); + int r = (int)(col0_r + col_delta_r * t); + int g = (int)(col0_g + col_delta_g * t); + int b = (int)(col0_b + col_delta_b * t); vert->col = (r << IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) | (g << IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) | (b << IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) | (vert->col & IM_COL32_A_MASK); } } @@ -1520,25 +1909,13 @@ void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int ve ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig() { - FontData = NULL; - FontDataSize = 0; + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true; - FontNo = 0; - SizePixels = 0.0f; OversampleH = 3; // FIXME: 2 may be a better default? OversampleV = 1; - PixelSnapH = false; - GlyphExtraSpacing = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - GlyphOffset = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - GlyphRanges = NULL; - GlyphMinAdvanceX = 0.0f; GlyphMaxAdvanceX = FLT_MAX; - MergeMode = false; - RasterizerFlags = 0x00; RasterizerMultiply = 1.0f; EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1; - memset(Name, 0, sizeof(Name)); - DstFont = NULL; } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1546,39 +1923,39 @@ ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // A work of art lies ahead! (. = white layer, X = black layer, others are blank) -// The white texels on the top left are the ones we'll use everywhere in Dear ImGui to render filled shapes. -const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF = 108; -const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H = 27; -const unsigned int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_ID = 0x80000000; -static const char FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS[FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF * FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H + 1] = +// The 2x2 white texels on the top left are the ones we'll use everywhere in Dear ImGui to render filled shapes. +// (This is used when io.MouseDrawCursor = true) +const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W = 122; // Actual texture will be 2 times that + 1 spacing. +const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H = 27; +static const char FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS[FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H + 1] = { - "..- -XXXXXXX- X - X -XXXXXXX - XXXXXXX- XX " - "..- -X.....X- X.X - X.X -X.....X - X.....X- X..X " - "--- -XXX.XXX- X...X - X...X -X....X - X....X- X..X " - "X - X.X - X.....X - X.....X -X...X - X...X- X..X " - "XX - X.X -X.......X- X.......X -X..X.X - X.X..X- X..X " - "X.X - X.X -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX -X.X X.X - X.X X.X- X..XXX " - "X..X - X.X - X.X - X.X -XX X.X - X.X XX- X..X..XXX " - "X...X - X.X - X.X - XX X.X XX - X.X - X.X - X..X..X..XX " - "X....X - X.X - X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X.X - X.X - X..X..X..X.X " - "X.....X - X.X - X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X.X - X.X -XXX X..X..X..X..X" - "X......X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X XX-XX X.X -X..XX........X..X" - "X.......X - X.X - X.X -X.....................X- X.X X.X-X.X X.X -X...X...........X" - "X........X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X..X-X..X.X - X..............X" - "X.........X -XXX.XXX- X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X...X-X...X - X.............X" - "X..........X-X.....X- X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X....X-X....X - X.............X" - "X......XXXXX-XXXXXXX- X.X - XX X.X XX - X.....X-X.....X - X............X" - "X...X..X --------- X.X - X.X - XXXXXXX-XXXXXXX - X...........X " - "X..X X..X - -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX ------------------------------------- X..........X " - "X.X X..X - -X.......X- X.......X - XX XX - - X..........X " - "XX X..X - - X.....X - X.....X - X.X X.X - - X........X " - " X..X - X...X - X...X - X..X X..X - - X........X " - " XX - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - - XXXXXXXXXX " - "------------ - X - X -X.....................X- ------------------" - " ----------------------------------- X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - " - " - X..X X..X - " - " - X.X X.X - " - " - XX XX - " + "..- -XXXXXXX- X - X -XXXXXXX - XXXXXXX- XX - XX XX " + "..- -X.....X- X.X - X.X -X.....X - X.....X- X..X -X..X X..X" + "--- -XXX.XXX- X...X - X...X -X....X - X....X- X..X -X...X X...X" + "X - X.X - X.....X - X.....X -X...X - X...X- X..X - X...X X...X " + "XX - X.X -X.......X- X.......X -X..X.X - X.X..X- X..X - X...X...X " + "X.X - X.X -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX -X.X X.X - X.X X.X- X..XXX - X.....X " + "X..X - X.X - X.X - X.X -XX X.X - X.X XX- X..X..XXX - X...X " + "X...X - X.X - X.X - XX X.X XX - X.X - X.X - X..X..X..XX - X.X " + "X....X - X.X - X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X.X - X.X - X..X..X..X.X - X...X " + "X.....X - X.X - X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X.X - X.X -XXX X..X..X..X..X- X.....X " + "X......X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X XX-XX X.X -X..XX........X..X- X...X...X " + "X.......X - X.X - X.X -X.....................X- X.X X.X-X.X X.X -X...X...........X- X...X X...X " + "X........X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X..X-X..X.X - X..............X-X...X X...X" + "X.........X -XXX.XXX- X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X...X-X...X - X.............X-X..X X..X" + "X..........X-X.....X- X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X....X-X....X - X.............X- XX XX " + "X......XXXXX-XXXXXXX- X.X - XX X.X XX - X.....X-X.....X - X............X--------------" + "X...X..X --------- X.X - X.X - XXXXXXX-XXXXXXX - X...........X - " + "X..X X..X - -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX ------------------------------------- X..........X - " + "X.X X..X - -X.......X- X.......X - XX XX - - X..........X - " + "XX X..X - - X.....X - X.....X - X.X X.X - - X........X - " + " X..X - - X...X - X...X - X..X X..X - - X........X - " + " XX - - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - - XXXXXXXXXX - " + "------------- - X - X -X.....................X- ------------------- " + " ----------------------------------- X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - " + " - X..X X..X - " + " - X.X X.X - " + " - XX XX - " }; static const ImVec2 FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT][3] = @@ -1592,23 +1969,14 @@ static const ImVec2 FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT][3 { ImVec2(73,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 8, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW { ImVec2(55,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 8, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE { ImVec2(91,0), ImVec2(17,22), ImVec2( 5, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand + { ImVec2(109,0),ImVec2(13,15), ImVec2( 6, 7) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed }; ImFontAtlas::ImFontAtlas() { - Locked = false; - Flags = ImFontAtlasFlags_None; - TexID = (ImTextureID)NULL; - TexDesiredWidth = 0; + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); TexGlyphPadding = 1; - - TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL; - TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL; - TexWidth = TexHeight = 0; - TexUvScale = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CustomRectIds); n++) - CustomRectIds[n] = -1; + PackIdMouseCursors = PackIdLines = -1; } ImFontAtlas::~ImFontAtlas() @@ -1636,8 +2004,8 @@ void ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData() } ConfigData.clear(); CustomRects.clear(); - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(CustomRectIds); n++) - CustomRectIds[n] = -1; + PackIdMouseCursors = PackIdLines = -1; + // Important: we leave TexReady untouched } void ImFontAtlas::ClearTexData() @@ -1649,14 +2017,15 @@ void ImFontAtlas::ClearTexData() IM_FREE(TexPixelsRGBA32); TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL; TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL; + TexPixelsUseColors = false; + // Important: we leave TexReady untouched } void ImFontAtlas::ClearFonts() { IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); - for (int i = 0; i < Fonts.Size; i++) - IM_DELETE(Fonts[i]); - Fonts.clear(); + Fonts.clear_delete(); + TexReady = false; } void ImFontAtlas::Clear() @@ -1670,11 +2039,7 @@ void ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_wid { // Build atlas on demand if (TexPixelsAlpha8 == NULL) - { - if (ConfigData.empty()) - AddFontDefault(); Build(); - } *out_pixels = TexPixelsAlpha8; if (out_width) *out_width = TexWidth; @@ -1733,20 +2098,21 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg) new_font_cfg.DstFont->EllipsisChar = font_cfg->EllipsisChar; // Invalidate texture + TexReady = false; ClearTexData(); return new_font_cfg.DstFont; } // Default font TTF is compressed with stb_compress then base85 encoded (see misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp for encoder) -static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(const unsigned char *input); -static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, const unsigned char *input, unsigned int length); +static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(const unsigned char* input); +static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char* output, const unsigned char* input, unsigned int length); static const char* GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85(); static unsigned int Decode85Byte(char c) { return c >= '\\' ? c-36 : c-35; } static void Decode85(const unsigned char* src, unsigned char* dst) { while (*src) { - unsigned int tmp = Decode85Byte(src[0]) + 85*(Decode85Byte(src[1]) + 85*(Decode85Byte(src[2]) + 85*(Decode85Byte(src[3]) + 85*Decode85Byte(src[4])))); + unsigned int tmp = Decode85Byte(src[0]) + 85 * (Decode85Byte(src[1]) + 85 * (Decode85Byte(src[2]) + 85 * (Decode85Byte(src[3]) + 85 * Decode85Byte(src[4])))); dst[0] = ((tmp >> 0) & 0xFF); dst[1] = ((tmp >> 8) & 0xFF); dst[2] = ((tmp >> 16) & 0xFF); dst[3] = ((tmp >> 24) & 0xFF); // We can't assume little-endianness. src += 5; dst += 4; @@ -1767,11 +2133,11 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template) if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0') ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "ProggyClean.ttf, %dpx", (int)font_cfg.SizePixels); font_cfg.EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)0x0085; + font_cfg.GlyphOffset.y = 1.0f * IM_FLOOR(font_cfg.SizePixels / 13.0f); // Add +1 offset per 13 units const char* ttf_compressed_base85 = GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85(); const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = font_cfg.GlyphRanges != NULL ? font_cfg.GlyphRanges : GetGlyphRangesDefault(); ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(ttf_compressed_base85, font_cfg.SizePixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges); - font->DisplayOffset.y = 1.0f; return font; } @@ -1804,7 +2170,7 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float si IM_ASSERT(font_cfg.FontData == NULL); font_cfg.FontData = ttf_data; font_cfg.FontDataSize = ttf_size; - font_cfg.SizePixels = size_pixels; + font_cfg.SizePixels = size_pixels > 0.0f ? size_pixels : font_cfg.SizePixels; if (glyph_ranges) font_cfg.GlyphRanges = glyph_ranges; return AddFont(&font_cfg); @@ -1813,7 +2179,7 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float si ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_ttf_data, int compressed_ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges) { const unsigned int buf_decompressed_size = stb_decompress_length((const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data); - unsigned char* buf_decompressed_data = (unsigned char *)IM_ALLOC(buf_decompressed_size); + unsigned char* buf_decompressed_data = (unsigned char*)IM_ALLOC(buf_decompressed_size); stb_decompress(buf_decompressed_data, (const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data, (unsigned int)compressed_ttf_size); ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig(); @@ -1832,14 +2198,11 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed return font; } -int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular(unsigned int id, int width, int height) +int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular(int width, int height) { - // Breaking change on 2019/11/21 (1.74): ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular() now requires an ID >= 0x110000 (instead of >= 0x10000) - IM_ASSERT(id >= 0x110000); IM_ASSERT(width > 0 && width <= 0xFFFF); IM_ASSERT(height > 0 && height <= 0xFFFF); ImFontAtlasCustomRect r; - r.ID = id; r.Width = (unsigned short)width; r.Height = (unsigned short)height; CustomRects.push_back(r); @@ -1848,13 +2211,16 @@ int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular(unsigned int id, int width, int height) int ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectFontGlyph(ImFont* font, ImWchar id, int width, int height, float advance_x, const ImVec2& offset) { +#ifdef IMGUI_USE_WCHAR32 + IM_ASSERT(id <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX); +#endif IM_ASSERT(font != NULL); IM_ASSERT(width > 0 && width <= 0xFFFF); IM_ASSERT(height > 0 && height <= 0xFFFF); ImFontAtlasCustomRect r; - r.ID = id; r.Width = (unsigned short)width; r.Height = (unsigned short)height; + r.GlyphID = id; r.GlyphAdvanceX = advance_x; r.GlyphOffset = offset; r.Font = font; @@ -1877,16 +2243,15 @@ bool ImFontAtlas::GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type, ImVec2* ou if (Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors) return false; - IM_ASSERT(CustomRectIds[0] != -1); - ImFontAtlasCustomRect& r = CustomRects[CustomRectIds[0]]; - IM_ASSERT(r.ID == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_ID); - ImVec2 pos = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][0] + ImVec2((float)r.X, (float)r.Y); + IM_ASSERT(PackIdMouseCursors != -1); + ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = GetCustomRectByIndex(PackIdMouseCursors); + ImVec2 pos = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][0] + ImVec2((float)r->X, (float)r->Y); ImVec2 size = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][1]; *out_size = size; *out_offset = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][2]; out_uv_border[0] = (pos) * TexUvScale; out_uv_border[1] = (pos + size) * TexUvScale; - pos.x += FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF + 1; + pos.x += FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W + 1; out_uv_fill[0] = (pos) * TexUvScale; out_uv_fill[1] = (pos + size) * TexUvScale; return true; @@ -1895,7 +2260,30 @@ bool ImFontAtlas::GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type, ImVec2* ou bool ImFontAtlas::Build() { IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); - return ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(this); + + // Default font is none are specified + if (ConfigData.Size == 0) + AddFontDefault(); + + // Select builder + // - Note that we do not reassign to atlas->FontBuilderIO, since it is likely to point to static data which + // may mess with some hot-reloading schemes. If you need to assign to this (for dynamic selection) AND are + // using a hot-reloading scheme that messes up static data, store your own instance of ImFontBuilderIO somewhere + // and point to it instead of pointing directly to return value of the GetBuilderXXX functions. + const ImFontBuilderIO* builder_io = FontBuilderIO; + if (builder_io == NULL) + { +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE + builder_io = ImGuiFreeType::GetBuilderForFreeType(); +#elif defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE) + builder_io = ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype(); +#else + IM_ASSERT(0); // Invalid Build function +#endif + } + + // Build + return builder_io->FontBuilder_Build(this); } void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_brighten_factor) @@ -1909,12 +2297,14 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], fl void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride) { + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(w <= stride); unsigned char* data = pixels + x + y * stride; - for (int j = h; j > 0; j--, data += stride) - for (int i = 0; i < w; i++) - data[i] = table[data[i]]; + for (int j = h; j > 0; j--, data += stride - w) + for (int i = w; i > 0; i--, data++) + *data = table[*data]; } +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE // Temporary data for one source font (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont) // (C++03 doesn't allow instancing ImVector<> with function-local types so we declare the type here.) struct ImFontBuildSrcData @@ -1928,7 +2318,7 @@ struct ImFontBuildSrcData int GlyphsHighest; // Highest requested codepoint int GlyphsCount; // Glyph count (excluding missing glyphs and glyphs already set by an earlier source font) ImBitVector GlyphsSet; // Glyph bit map (random access, 1-bit per codepoint. This will be a maximum of 8KB) - ImVector GlyphsList; // Glyph codepoints list (flattened version of GlyphsMap) + ImVector GlyphsList; // Glyph codepoints list (flattened version of GlyphsSet) }; // Temporary data for one destination ImFont* (multiple source fonts can be merged into one destination ImFont) @@ -1952,7 +2342,7 @@ static void UnpackBitVectorToFlatIndexList(const ImBitVector* in, ImVector* out->push_back((int)(((it - it_begin) << 5) + bit_n)); } -bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { IM_ASSERT(atlas->ConfigData.Size > 0); @@ -1985,10 +2375,11 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) for (int output_i = 0; output_i < atlas->Fonts.Size && src_tmp.DstIndex == -1; output_i++) if (cfg.DstFont == atlas->Fonts[output_i]) src_tmp.DstIndex = output_i; - IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.DstIndex != -1); // cfg.DstFont not pointing within atlas->Fonts[] array? if (src_tmp.DstIndex == -1) + { + IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.DstIndex != -1); // cfg.DstFont not pointing within atlas->Fonts[] array? return false; - + } // Initialize helper structure for font loading and verify that the TTF/OTF data is correct const int font_offset = stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex((unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, cfg.FontNo); IM_ASSERT(font_offset >= 0 && "FontData is incorrect, or FontNo cannot be found."); @@ -2101,7 +2492,7 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) if (atlas->TexDesiredWidth > 0) atlas->TexWidth = atlas->TexDesiredWidth; else - atlas->TexWidth = (surface_sqrt >= 4096*0.7f) ? 4096 : (surface_sqrt >= 2048*0.7f) ? 2048 : (surface_sqrt >= 1024*0.7f) ? 1024 : 512; + atlas->TexWidth = (surface_sqrt >= 4096 * 0.7f) ? 4096 : (surface_sqrt >= 2048 * 0.7f) ? 2048 : (surface_sqrt >= 1024 * 0.7f) ? 1024 : 512; // 5. Start packing // Pack our extra data rectangles first, so it will be on the upper-left corner of our texture (UV will have small values). @@ -2168,8 +2559,11 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0) continue; + // When merging fonts with MergeMode=true: + // - We can have multiple input fonts writing into a same destination font. + // - dst_font->ConfigData is != from cfg which is our source configuration. ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; - ImFont* dst_font = cfg.DstFont; // We can have multiple input fonts writing into a same destination font (when using MergeMode=true) + ImFont* dst_font = cfg.DstFont; const float font_scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels); int unscaled_ascent, unscaled_descent, unscaled_line_gap; @@ -2183,42 +2577,32 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++) { + // Register glyph const int codepoint = src_tmp.GlyphsList[glyph_i]; const stbtt_packedchar& pc = src_tmp.PackedChars[glyph_i]; - - const float char_advance_x_org = pc.xadvance; - const float char_advance_x_mod = ImClamp(char_advance_x_org, cfg.GlyphMinAdvanceX, cfg.GlyphMaxAdvanceX); - float char_off_x = font_off_x; - if (char_advance_x_org != char_advance_x_mod) - char_off_x += cfg.PixelSnapH ? ImFloor((char_advance_x_mod - char_advance_x_org) * 0.5f) : (char_advance_x_mod - char_advance_x_org) * 0.5f; - - // Register glyph stbtt_aligned_quad q; - float dummy_x = 0.0f, dummy_y = 0.0f; - stbtt_GetPackedQuad(src_tmp.PackedChars, atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight, glyph_i, &dummy_x, &dummy_y, &q, 0); - dst_font->AddGlyph((ImWchar)codepoint, q.x0 + char_off_x, q.y0 + font_off_y, q.x1 + char_off_x, q.y1 + font_off_y, q.s0, q.t0, q.s1, q.t1, char_advance_x_mod); + float unused_x = 0.0f, unused_y = 0.0f; + stbtt_GetPackedQuad(src_tmp.PackedChars, atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight, glyph_i, &unused_x, &unused_y, &q, 0); + dst_font->AddGlyph(&cfg, (ImWchar)codepoint, q.x0 + font_off_x, q.y0 + font_off_y, q.x1 + font_off_x, q.y1 + font_off_y, q.s0, q.t0, q.s1, q.t1, pc.xadvance); } } - // Cleanup temporary (ImVector doesn't honor destructor) - for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) - src_tmp_array[src_i].~ImFontBuildSrcData(); + // Cleanup + src_tmp_array.clear_destruct(); ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(atlas); return true; } -// Register default custom rectangles (this is called/shared by both the stb_truetype and the FreeType builder) -void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype() { - if (atlas->CustomRectIds[0] >= 0) - return; - if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors)) - atlas->CustomRectIds[0] = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_ID, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF*2+1, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H); - else - atlas->CustomRectIds[0] = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_ID, 2, 2); + static ImFontBuilderIO io; + io.FontBuilder_Build = ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype; + return &io; } +#endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE + void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent) { if (!font_config->MergeMode) @@ -2226,6 +2610,7 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* f font->ClearOutputData(); font->FontSize = font_config->SizePixels; font->ConfigData = font_config; + font->ConfigDataCount = 0; font->ContainerAtlas = atlas; font->Ascent = ascent; font->Descent = descent; @@ -2253,60 +2638,165 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opa for (int i = 0; i < pack_rects.Size; i++) if (pack_rects[i].was_packed) { - user_rects[i].X = pack_rects[i].x; - user_rects[i].Y = pack_rects[i].y; + user_rects[i].X = (unsigned short)pack_rects[i].x; + user_rects[i].Y = (unsigned short)pack_rects[i].y; IM_ASSERT(pack_rects[i].w == user_rects[i].Width && pack_rects[i].h == user_rects[i].Height); atlas->TexHeight = ImMax(atlas->TexHeight, pack_rects[i].y + pack_rects[i].h); } } +void ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value) +{ + IM_ASSERT(x >= 0 && x + w <= atlas->TexWidth); + IM_ASSERT(y >= 0 && y + h <= atlas->TexHeight); + unsigned char* out_pixel = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 + x + (y * atlas->TexWidth); + for (int off_y = 0; off_y < h; off_y++, out_pixel += atlas->TexWidth, in_str += w) + for (int off_x = 0; off_x < w; off_x++) + out_pixel[off_x] = (in_str[off_x] == in_marker_char) ? in_marker_pixel_value : 0x00; +} + +void ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned int in_marker_pixel_value) +{ + IM_ASSERT(x >= 0 && x + w <= atlas->TexWidth); + IM_ASSERT(y >= 0 && y + h <= atlas->TexHeight); + unsigned int* out_pixel = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32 + x + (y * atlas->TexWidth); + for (int off_y = 0; off_y < h; off_y++, out_pixel += atlas->TexWidth, in_str += w) + for (int off_x = 0; off_x < w; off_x++) + out_pixel[off_x] = (in_str[off_x] == in_marker_char) ? in_marker_pixel_value : IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS; +} + static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { - IM_ASSERT(atlas->CustomRectIds[0] >= 0); - IM_ASSERT(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL); - ImFontAtlasCustomRect& r = atlas->CustomRects[atlas->CustomRectIds[0]]; - IM_ASSERT(r.ID == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_ID); - IM_ASSERT(r.IsPacked()); + ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = atlas->GetCustomRectByIndex(atlas->PackIdMouseCursors); + IM_ASSERT(r->IsPacked()); const int w = atlas->TexWidth; if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors)) { // Render/copy pixels - IM_ASSERT(r.Width == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF * 2 + 1 && r.Height == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H); - for (int y = 0, n = 0; y < FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H; y++) - for (int x = 0; x < FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF; x++, n++) - { - const int offset0 = (int)(r.X + x) + (int)(r.Y + y) * w; - const int offset1 = offset0 + FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF + 1; - atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset0] = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS[n] == '.' ? 0xFF : 0x00; - atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset1] = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS[n] == 'X' ? 0xFF : 0x00; - } + IM_ASSERT(r->Width == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * 2 + 1 && r->Height == FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H); + const int x_for_white = r->X; + const int x_for_black = r->X + FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W + 1; + if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL) + { + ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_white, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, '.', 0xFF); + ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_black, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, 'X', 0xFF); + } + else + { + ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_white, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, '.', IM_COL32_WHITE); + ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(atlas, x_for_black, r->Y, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS, 'X', IM_COL32_WHITE); + } } else { - IM_ASSERT(r.Width == 2 && r.Height == 2); - const int offset = (int)(r.X) + (int)(r.Y) * w; - atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + 1] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w + 1] = 0xFF; + // Render 4 white pixels + IM_ASSERT(r->Width == 2 && r->Height == 2); + const int offset = (int)r->X + (int)r->Y * w; + if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL) + { + atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + 1] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w] = atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[offset + w + 1] = 0xFF; + } + else + { + atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + 1] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + w] = atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[offset + w + 1] = IM_COL32_WHITE; + } } - atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2((r.X + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.x, (r.Y + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.y); + atlas->TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2((r->X + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.x, (r->Y + 0.5f) * atlas->TexUvScale.y); } +static void ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +{ + if (atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines) + return; + + // This generates a triangular shape in the texture, with the various line widths stacked on top of each other to allow interpolation between them + ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = atlas->GetCustomRectByIndex(atlas->PackIdLines); + IM_ASSERT(r->IsPacked()); + for (unsigned int n = 0; n < IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1; n++) // +1 because of the zero-width row + { + // Each line consists of at least two empty pixels at the ends, with a line of solid pixels in the middle + unsigned int y = n; + unsigned int line_width = n; + unsigned int pad_left = (r->Width - line_width) / 2; + unsigned int pad_right = r->Width - (pad_left + line_width); + + // Write each slice + IM_ASSERT(pad_left + line_width + pad_right == r->Width && y < r->Height); // Make sure we're inside the texture bounds before we start writing pixels + if (atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL) + { + unsigned char* write_ptr = &atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8[r->X + ((r->Y + y) * atlas->TexWidth)]; + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_left; i++) + *(write_ptr + i) = 0x00; + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < line_width; i++) + *(write_ptr + pad_left + i) = 0xFF; + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_right; i++) + *(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width + i) = 0x00; + } + else + { + unsigned int* write_ptr = &atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32[r->X + ((r->Y + y) * atlas->TexWidth)]; + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_left; i++) + *(write_ptr + i) = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 0); + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < line_width; i++) + *(write_ptr + pad_left + i) = IM_COL32_WHITE; + + for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pad_right; i++) + *(write_ptr + pad_left + line_width + i) = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 0); + } + + // Calculate UVs for this line + ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((float)(r->X + pad_left - 1), (float)(r->Y + y)) * atlas->TexUvScale; + ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2((float)(r->X + pad_left + line_width + 1), (float)(r->Y + y + 1)) * atlas->TexUvScale; + float half_v = (uv0.y + uv1.y) * 0.5f; // Calculate a constant V in the middle of the row to avoid sampling artifacts + atlas->TexUvLines[n] = ImVec4(uv0.x, half_v, uv1.x, half_v); + } +} + +// Note: this is called / shared by both the stb_truetype and the FreeType builder +void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +{ + // Register texture region for mouse cursors or standard white pixels + if (atlas->PackIdMouseCursors < 0) + { + if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors)) + atlas->PackIdMouseCursors = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W * 2 + 1, FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H); + else + atlas->PackIdMouseCursors = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(2, 2); + } + + // Register texture region for thick lines + // The +2 here is to give space for the end caps, whilst height +1 is to accommodate the fact we have a zero-width row + if (atlas->PackIdLines < 0) + { + if (!(atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoBakedLines)) + atlas->PackIdLines = atlas->AddCustomRectRegular(IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 2, IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1); + } +} + +// This is called/shared by both the stb_truetype and the FreeType builder. void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { - // Render into our custom data block + // Render into our custom data blocks + IM_ASSERT(atlas->TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL || atlas->TexPixelsRGBA32 != NULL); ImFontAtlasBuildRenderDefaultTexData(atlas); + ImFontAtlasBuildRenderLinesTexData(atlas); // Register custom rectangle glyphs for (int i = 0; i < atlas->CustomRects.Size; i++) { - const ImFontAtlasCustomRect& r = atlas->CustomRects[i]; - if (r.Font == NULL || r.ID >= 0x110000) + const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = &atlas->CustomRects[i]; + if (r->Font == NULL || r->GlyphID == 0) continue; - IM_ASSERT(r.Font->ContainerAtlas == atlas); + // Will ignore ImFontConfig settings: GlyphMinAdvanceX, GlyphMinAdvanceY, GlyphExtraSpacing, PixelSnapH + IM_ASSERT(r->Font->ContainerAtlas == atlas); ImVec2 uv0, uv1; - atlas->CalcCustomRectUV(&r, &uv0, &uv1); - r.Font->AddGlyph((ImWchar)r.ID, r.GlyphOffset.x, r.GlyphOffset.y, r.GlyphOffset.x + r.Width, r.GlyphOffset.y + r.Height, uv0.x, uv0.y, uv1.x, uv1.y, r.GlyphAdvanceX); + atlas->CalcCustomRectUV(r, &uv0, &uv1); + r->Font->AddGlyph(NULL, (ImWchar)r->GlyphID, r->GlyphOffset.x, r->GlyphOffset.y, r->GlyphOffset.x + r->Width, r->GlyphOffset.y + r->Height, uv0.x, uv0.y, uv1.x, uv1.y, r->GlyphAdvanceX); } // Build all fonts lookup tables @@ -2314,22 +2804,7 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas) if (atlas->Fonts[i]->DirtyLookupTables) atlas->Fonts[i]->BuildLookupTable(); - // Ellipsis character is required for rendering elided text. We prefer using U+2026 (horizontal ellipsis). - // However some old fonts may contain ellipsis at U+0085. Here we auto-detect most suitable ellipsis character. - // FIXME: Also note that 0x2026 is currently seldomly included in our font ranges. Because of this we are more likely to use three individual dots. - for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.size(); i++) - { - ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i]; - if (font->EllipsisChar != (ImWchar)-1) - continue; - const ImWchar ellipsis_variants[] = { (ImWchar)0x2026, (ImWchar)0x0085 }; - for (int j = 0; j < IM_ARRAYSIZE(ellipsis_variants); j++) - if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback(ellipsis_variants[j]) != NULL) // Verify glyph exists - { - font->EllipsisChar = ellipsis_variants[j]; - break; - } - } + atlas->TexReady = true; } // Retrieve list of range (2 int per range, values are inclusive) @@ -2343,13 +2818,25 @@ const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault() return &ranges[0]; } +const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesGreek() +{ + static const ImWchar ranges[] = + { + 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement + 0x0370, 0x03FF, // Greek and Coptic + 0, + }; + return &ranges[0]; +} + const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesKorean() { static const ImWchar ranges[] = { 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement 0x3131, 0x3163, // Korean alphabets - 0xAC00, 0xD79D, // Korean characters + 0xAC00, 0xD7A3, // Korean characters + 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, // Invalid 0, }; return &ranges[0]; @@ -2364,6 +2851,7 @@ const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseFull() 0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana 0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions 0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters + 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD, // Invalid 0x4e00, 0x9FAF, // CJK Ideograms 0, }; @@ -2440,7 +2928,8 @@ const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon() 0x2000, 0x206F, // General Punctuation 0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana 0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions - 0xFF00, 0xFFEF // Half-width characters + 0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters + 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD // Invalid }; static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00) * 2 + 1] = { 0 }; if (!full_ranges[0]) @@ -2453,52 +2942,84 @@ const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon() const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesJapanese() { - // 1946 common ideograms code points for Japanese - // Sourced from http://theinstructionlimit.com/common-kanji-character-ranges-for-xna-spritefont-rendering - // FIXME: Source a list of the revised 2136 Joyo Kanji list from 2010 and rebuild this. + // 2999 ideograms code points for Japanese + // - 2136 Joyo (meaning "for regular use" or "for common use") Kanji code points + // - 863 Jinmeiyo (meaning "for personal name") Kanji code points + // - Sourced from the character information database of the Information-technology Promotion Agency, Japan + // - https://mojikiban.ipa.go.jp/mji/ + // - Available under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 2.1 Japan (CC BY-SA 2.1 JP). + // - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.1/jp/deed.en + // - https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.1/jp/legalcode + // - You can generate this code by the script at: + // - https://github.com/vaiorabbit/everyday_use_kanji + // - References: + // - List of Joyo Kanji + // - (Official list by the Agency for Cultural Affairs) https://www.bunka.go.jp/kokugo_nihongo/sisaku/joho/joho/kakuki/14/tosin02/index.html + // - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_j%C5%8Dy%C5%8D_kanji + // - List of Jinmeiyo Kanji + // - (Official list by the Ministry of Justice) http://www.moj.go.jp/MINJI/minji86.html + // - (Wikipedia) https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jinmeiy%C5%8D_kanji + // - Missing 1 Joyo Kanji: U+20B9F (Kun'yomi: Shikaru, On'yomi: Shitsu,shichi), see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/3627 for details. // You can use ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to create your own ranges derived from this, by merging existing ranges or adding new characters. // (Stored as accumulative offsets from the initial unicode codepoint 0x4E00. This encoding is designed to helps us compact the source code size.) static const short accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00[] = { - 0,1,2,4,1,1,1,1,2,1,6,2,2,1,8,5,7,11,1,2,10,10,8,2,4,20,2,11,8,2,1,2,1,6,2,1,7,5,3,7,1,1,13,7,9,1,4,6,1,2,1,10,1,1,9,2,2,4,5,6,14,1,1,9,3,18, - 5,4,2,2,10,7,1,1,1,3,2,4,3,23,2,10,12,2,14,2,4,13,1,6,10,3,1,7,13,6,4,13,5,2,3,17,2,2,5,7,6,4,1,7,14,16,6,13,9,15,1,1,7,16,4,7,1,19,9,2,7,15, - 2,6,5,13,25,4,14,13,11,25,1,1,1,2,1,2,2,3,10,11,3,3,1,1,4,4,2,1,4,9,1,4,3,5,5,2,7,12,11,15,7,16,4,5,16,2,1,1,6,3,3,1,1,2,7,6,6,7,1,4,7,6,1,1, - 2,1,12,3,3,9,5,8,1,11,1,2,3,18,20,4,1,3,6,1,7,3,5,5,7,2,2,12,3,1,4,2,3,2,3,11,8,7,4,17,1,9,25,1,1,4,2,2,4,1,2,7,1,1,1,3,1,2,6,16,1,2,1,1,3,12, - 20,2,5,20,8,7,6,2,1,1,1,1,6,2,1,2,10,1,1,6,1,3,1,2,1,4,1,12,4,1,3,1,1,1,1,1,10,4,7,5,13,1,15,1,1,30,11,9,1,15,38,14,1,32,17,20,1,9,31,2,21,9, - 4,49,22,2,1,13,1,11,45,35,43,55,12,19,83,1,3,2,3,13,2,1,7,3,18,3,13,8,1,8,18,5,3,7,25,24,9,24,40,3,17,24,2,1,6,2,3,16,15,6,7,3,12,1,9,7,3,3, - 3,15,21,5,16,4,5,12,11,11,3,6,3,2,31,3,2,1,1,23,6,6,1,4,2,6,5,2,1,1,3,3,22,2,6,2,3,17,3,2,4,5,1,9,5,1,1,6,15,12,3,17,2,14,2,8,1,23,16,4,2,23, - 8,15,23,20,12,25,19,47,11,21,65,46,4,3,1,5,6,1,2,5,26,2,1,1,3,11,1,1,1,2,1,2,3,1,1,10,2,3,1,1,1,3,6,3,2,2,6,6,9,2,2,2,6,2,5,10,2,4,1,2,1,2,2, - 3,1,1,3,1,2,9,23,9,2,1,1,1,1,5,3,2,1,10,9,6,1,10,2,31,25,3,7,5,40,1,15,6,17,7,27,180,1,3,2,2,1,1,1,6,3,10,7,1,3,6,17,8,6,2,2,1,3,5,5,8,16,14, - 15,1,1,4,1,2,1,1,1,3,2,7,5,6,2,5,10,1,4,2,9,1,1,11,6,1,44,1,3,7,9,5,1,3,1,1,10,7,1,10,4,2,7,21,15,7,2,5,1,8,3,4,1,3,1,6,1,4,2,1,4,10,8,1,4,5, - 1,5,10,2,7,1,10,1,1,3,4,11,10,29,4,7,3,5,2,3,33,5,2,19,3,1,4,2,6,31,11,1,3,3,3,1,8,10,9,12,11,12,8,3,14,8,6,11,1,4,41,3,1,2,7,13,1,5,6,2,6,12, - 12,22,5,9,4,8,9,9,34,6,24,1,1,20,9,9,3,4,1,7,2,2,2,6,2,28,5,3,6,1,4,6,7,4,2,1,4,2,13,6,4,4,3,1,8,8,3,2,1,5,1,2,2,3,1,11,11,7,3,6,10,8,6,16,16, - 22,7,12,6,21,5,4,6,6,3,6,1,3,2,1,2,8,29,1,10,1,6,13,6,6,19,31,1,13,4,4,22,17,26,33,10,4,15,12,25,6,67,10,2,3,1,6,10,2,6,2,9,1,9,4,4,1,2,16,2, - 5,9,2,3,8,1,8,3,9,4,8,6,4,8,11,3,2,1,1,3,26,1,7,5,1,11,1,5,3,5,2,13,6,39,5,1,5,2,11,6,10,5,1,15,5,3,6,19,21,22,2,4,1,6,1,8,1,4,8,2,4,2,2,9,2, - 1,1,1,4,3,6,3,12,7,1,14,2,4,10,2,13,1,17,7,3,2,1,3,2,13,7,14,12,3,1,29,2,8,9,15,14,9,14,1,3,1,6,5,9,11,3,38,43,20,7,7,8,5,15,12,19,15,81,8,7, - 1,5,73,13,37,28,8,8,1,15,18,20,165,28,1,6,11,8,4,14,7,15,1,3,3,6,4,1,7,14,1,1,11,30,1,5,1,4,14,1,4,2,7,52,2,6,29,3,1,9,1,21,3,5,1,26,3,11,14, - 11,1,17,5,1,2,1,3,2,8,1,2,9,12,1,1,2,3,8,3,24,12,7,7,5,17,3,3,3,1,23,10,4,4,6,3,1,16,17,22,3,10,21,16,16,6,4,10,2,1,1,2,8,8,6,5,3,3,3,39,25, - 15,1,1,16,6,7,25,15,6,6,12,1,22,13,1,4,9,5,12,2,9,1,12,28,8,3,5,10,22,60,1,2,40,4,61,63,4,1,13,12,1,4,31,12,1,14,89,5,16,6,29,14,2,5,49,18,18, - 5,29,33,47,1,17,1,19,12,2,9,7,39,12,3,7,12,39,3,1,46,4,12,3,8,9,5,31,15,18,3,2,2,66,19,13,17,5,3,46,124,13,57,34,2,5,4,5,8,1,1,1,4,3,1,17,5, - 3,5,3,1,8,5,6,3,27,3,26,7,12,7,2,17,3,7,18,78,16,4,36,1,2,1,6,2,1,39,17,7,4,13,4,4,4,1,10,4,2,4,6,3,10,1,19,1,26,2,4,33,2,73,47,7,3,8,2,4,15, - 18,1,29,2,41,14,1,21,16,41,7,39,25,13,44,2,2,10,1,13,7,1,7,3,5,20,4,8,2,49,1,10,6,1,6,7,10,7,11,16,3,12,20,4,10,3,1,2,11,2,28,9,2,4,7,2,15,1, - 27,1,28,17,4,5,10,7,3,24,10,11,6,26,3,2,7,2,2,49,16,10,16,15,4,5,27,61,30,14,38,22,2,7,5,1,3,12,23,24,17,17,3,3,2,4,1,6,2,7,5,1,1,5,1,1,9,4, - 1,3,6,1,8,2,8,4,14,3,5,11,4,1,3,32,1,19,4,1,13,11,5,2,1,8,6,8,1,6,5,13,3,23,11,5,3,16,3,9,10,1,24,3,198,52,4,2,2,5,14,5,4,22,5,20,4,11,6,41, - 1,5,2,2,11,5,2,28,35,8,22,3,18,3,10,7,5,3,4,1,5,3,8,9,3,6,2,16,22,4,5,5,3,3,18,23,2,6,23,5,27,8,1,33,2,12,43,16,5,2,3,6,1,20,4,2,9,7,1,11,2, - 10,3,14,31,9,3,25,18,20,2,5,5,26,14,1,11,17,12,40,19,9,6,31,83,2,7,9,19,78,12,14,21,76,12,113,79,34,4,1,1,61,18,85,10,2,2,13,31,11,50,6,33,159, - 179,6,6,7,4,4,2,4,2,5,8,7,20,32,22,1,3,10,6,7,28,5,10,9,2,77,19,13,2,5,1,4,4,7,4,13,3,9,31,17,3,26,2,6,6,5,4,1,7,11,3,4,2,1,6,2,20,4,1,9,2,6, - 3,7,1,1,1,20,2,3,1,6,2,3,6,2,4,8,1,5,13,8,4,11,23,1,10,6,2,1,3,21,2,2,4,24,31,4,10,10,2,5,192,15,4,16,7,9,51,1,2,1,1,5,1,1,2,1,3,5,3,1,3,4,1, - 3,1,3,3,9,8,1,2,2,2,4,4,18,12,92,2,10,4,3,14,5,25,16,42,4,14,4,2,21,5,126,30,31,2,1,5,13,3,22,5,6,6,20,12,1,14,12,87,3,19,1,8,2,9,9,3,3,23,2, - 3,7,6,3,1,2,3,9,1,3,1,6,3,2,1,3,11,3,1,6,10,3,2,3,1,2,1,5,1,1,11,3,6,4,1,7,2,1,2,5,5,34,4,14,18,4,19,7,5,8,2,6,79,1,5,2,14,8,2,9,2,1,36,28,16, - 4,1,1,1,2,12,6,42,39,16,23,7,15,15,3,2,12,7,21,64,6,9,28,8,12,3,3,41,59,24,51,55,57,294,9,9,2,6,2,15,1,2,13,38,90,9,9,9,3,11,7,1,1,1,5,6,3,2, - 1,2,2,3,8,1,4,4,1,5,7,1,4,3,20,4,9,1,1,1,5,5,17,1,5,2,6,2,4,1,4,5,7,3,18,11,11,32,7,5,4,7,11,127,8,4,3,3,1,10,1,1,6,21,14,1,16,1,7,1,3,6,9,65, - 51,4,3,13,3,10,1,1,12,9,21,110,3,19,24,1,1,10,62,4,1,29,42,78,28,20,18,82,6,3,15,6,84,58,253,15,155,264,15,21,9,14,7,58,40,39, + 0,1,2,4,1,1,1,1,2,1,3,3,2,2,1,5,3,5,7,5,6,1,2,1,7,2,6,3,1,8,1,1,4,1,1,18,2,11,2,6,2,1,2,1,5,1,2,1,3,1,2,1,2,3,3,1,1,2,3,1,1,1,12,7,9,1,4,5,1, + 1,2,1,10,1,1,9,2,2,4,5,6,9,3,1,1,1,1,9,3,18,5,2,2,2,2,1,6,3,7,1,1,1,1,2,2,4,2,1,23,2,10,4,3,5,2,4,10,2,4,13,1,6,1,9,3,1,1,6,6,7,6,3,1,2,11,3, + 2,2,3,2,15,2,2,5,4,3,6,4,1,2,5,2,12,16,6,13,9,13,2,1,1,7,16,4,7,1,19,1,5,1,2,2,7,7,8,2,6,5,4,9,18,7,4,5,9,13,11,8,15,2,1,1,1,2,1,2,2,1,2,2,8, + 2,9,3,3,1,1,4,4,1,1,1,4,9,1,4,3,5,5,2,7,5,3,4,8,2,1,13,2,3,3,1,14,1,1,4,5,1,3,6,1,5,2,1,1,3,3,3,3,1,1,2,7,6,6,7,1,4,7,6,1,1,1,1,1,12,3,3,9,5, + 2,6,1,5,6,1,2,3,18,2,4,14,4,1,3,6,1,1,6,3,5,5,3,2,2,2,2,12,3,1,4,2,3,2,3,11,1,7,4,1,2,1,3,17,1,9,1,24,1,1,4,2,2,4,1,2,7,1,1,1,3,1,2,2,4,15,1, + 1,2,1,1,2,1,5,2,5,20,2,5,9,1,10,8,7,6,1,1,1,1,1,1,6,2,1,2,8,1,1,1,1,5,1,1,3,1,1,1,1,3,1,1,12,4,1,3,1,1,1,1,1,10,3,1,7,5,13,1,2,3,4,6,1,1,30, + 2,9,9,1,15,38,11,3,1,8,24,7,1,9,8,10,2,1,9,31,2,13,6,2,9,4,49,5,2,15,2,1,10,2,1,1,1,2,2,6,15,30,35,3,14,18,8,1,16,10,28,12,19,45,38,1,3,2,3, + 13,2,1,7,3,6,5,3,4,3,1,5,7,8,1,5,3,18,5,3,6,1,21,4,24,9,24,40,3,14,3,21,3,2,1,2,4,2,3,1,15,15,6,5,1,1,3,1,5,6,1,9,7,3,3,2,1,4,3,8,21,5,16,4, + 5,2,10,11,11,3,6,3,2,9,3,6,13,1,2,1,1,1,1,11,12,6,6,1,4,2,6,5,2,1,1,3,3,6,13,3,1,1,5,1,2,3,3,14,2,1,2,2,2,5,1,9,5,1,1,6,12,3,12,3,4,13,2,14, + 2,8,1,17,5,1,16,4,2,2,21,8,9,6,23,20,12,25,19,9,38,8,3,21,40,25,33,13,4,3,1,4,1,2,4,1,2,5,26,2,1,1,2,1,3,6,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,3,1,1,1,9,2,3,1,1, + 1,3,6,3,2,1,1,6,6,1,8,2,2,2,1,4,1,2,3,2,7,3,2,4,1,2,1,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,2,5,4,10,9,4,9,1,1,1,1,1,1,5,3,2,1,6,4,9,6,1,10,2,31,17,8,3,7,5,40,1, + 7,7,1,6,5,2,10,7,8,4,15,39,25,6,28,47,18,10,7,1,3,1,1,2,1,1,1,3,3,3,1,1,1,3,4,2,1,4,1,3,6,10,7,8,6,2,2,1,3,3,2,5,8,7,9,12,2,15,1,1,4,1,2,1,1, + 1,3,2,1,3,3,5,6,2,3,2,10,1,4,2,8,1,1,1,11,6,1,21,4,16,3,1,3,1,4,2,3,6,5,1,3,1,1,3,3,4,6,1,1,10,4,2,7,10,4,7,4,2,9,4,3,1,1,1,4,1,8,3,4,1,3,1, + 6,1,4,2,1,4,7,2,1,8,1,4,5,1,1,2,2,4,6,2,7,1,10,1,1,3,4,11,10,8,21,4,6,1,3,5,2,1,2,28,5,5,2,3,13,1,2,3,1,4,2,1,5,20,3,8,11,1,3,3,3,1,8,10,9,2, + 10,9,2,3,1,1,2,4,1,8,3,6,1,7,8,6,11,1,4,29,8,4,3,1,2,7,13,1,4,1,6,2,6,12,12,2,20,3,2,3,6,4,8,9,2,7,34,5,1,18,6,1,1,4,4,5,7,9,1,2,2,4,3,4,1,7, + 2,2,2,6,2,3,25,5,3,6,1,4,6,7,4,2,1,4,2,13,6,4,4,3,1,5,3,4,4,3,2,1,1,4,1,2,1,1,3,1,11,1,6,3,1,7,3,6,2,8,8,6,9,3,4,11,3,2,10,12,2,5,11,1,6,4,5, + 3,1,8,5,4,6,6,3,5,1,1,3,2,1,2,2,6,17,12,1,10,1,6,12,1,6,6,19,9,6,16,1,13,4,4,15,7,17,6,11,9,15,12,6,7,2,1,2,2,15,9,3,21,4,6,49,18,7,3,2,3,1, + 6,8,2,2,6,2,9,1,3,6,4,4,1,2,16,2,5,2,1,6,2,3,5,3,1,2,5,1,2,1,9,3,1,8,6,4,8,11,3,1,1,1,1,3,1,13,8,4,1,3,2,2,1,4,1,11,1,5,2,1,5,2,5,8,6,1,1,7, + 4,3,8,3,2,7,2,1,5,1,5,2,4,7,6,2,8,5,1,11,4,5,3,6,18,1,2,13,3,3,1,21,1,1,4,1,4,1,1,1,8,1,2,2,7,1,2,4,2,2,9,2,1,1,1,4,3,6,3,12,5,1,1,1,5,6,3,2, + 4,8,2,2,4,2,7,1,8,9,5,2,3,2,1,3,2,13,7,14,6,5,1,1,2,1,4,2,23,2,1,1,6,3,1,4,1,15,3,1,7,3,9,14,1,3,1,4,1,1,5,8,1,3,8,3,8,15,11,4,14,4,4,2,5,5, + 1,7,1,6,14,7,7,8,5,15,4,8,6,5,6,2,1,13,1,20,15,11,9,2,5,6,2,11,2,6,2,5,1,5,8,4,13,19,25,4,1,1,11,1,34,2,5,9,14,6,2,2,6,1,1,14,1,3,14,13,1,6, + 12,21,14,14,6,32,17,8,32,9,28,1,2,4,11,8,3,1,14,2,5,15,1,1,1,1,3,6,4,1,3,4,11,3,1,1,11,30,1,5,1,4,1,5,8,1,1,3,2,4,3,17,35,2,6,12,17,3,1,6,2, + 1,1,12,2,7,3,3,2,1,16,2,8,3,6,5,4,7,3,3,8,1,9,8,5,1,2,1,3,2,8,1,2,9,12,1,1,2,3,8,3,24,12,4,3,7,5,8,3,3,3,3,3,3,1,23,10,3,1,2,2,6,3,1,16,1,16, + 22,3,10,4,11,6,9,7,7,3,6,2,2,2,4,10,2,1,1,2,8,7,1,6,4,1,3,3,3,5,10,12,12,2,3,12,8,15,1,1,16,6,6,1,5,9,11,4,11,4,2,6,12,1,17,5,13,1,4,9,5,1,11, + 2,1,8,1,5,7,28,8,3,5,10,2,17,3,38,22,1,2,18,12,10,4,38,18,1,4,44,19,4,1,8,4,1,12,1,4,31,12,1,14,7,75,7,5,10,6,6,13,3,2,11,11,3,2,5,28,15,6,18, + 18,5,6,4,3,16,1,7,18,7,36,3,5,3,1,7,1,9,1,10,7,2,4,2,6,2,9,7,4,3,32,12,3,7,10,2,23,16,3,1,12,3,31,4,11,1,3,8,9,5,1,30,15,6,12,3,2,2,11,19,9, + 14,2,6,2,3,19,13,17,5,3,3,25,3,14,1,1,1,36,1,3,2,19,3,13,36,9,13,31,6,4,16,34,2,5,4,2,3,3,5,1,1,1,4,3,1,17,3,2,3,5,3,1,3,2,3,5,6,3,12,11,1,3, + 1,2,26,7,12,7,2,14,3,3,7,7,11,25,25,28,16,4,36,1,2,1,6,2,1,9,3,27,17,4,3,4,13,4,1,3,2,2,1,10,4,2,4,6,3,8,2,1,18,1,1,24,2,2,4,33,2,3,63,7,1,6, + 40,7,3,4,4,2,4,15,18,1,16,1,1,11,2,41,14,1,3,18,13,3,2,4,16,2,17,7,15,24,7,18,13,44,2,2,3,6,1,1,7,5,1,7,1,4,3,3,5,10,8,2,3,1,8,1,1,27,4,2,1, + 12,1,2,1,10,6,1,6,7,5,2,3,7,11,5,11,3,6,6,2,3,15,4,9,1,1,2,1,2,11,2,8,12,8,5,4,2,3,1,5,2,2,1,14,1,12,11,4,1,11,17,17,4,3,2,5,5,7,3,1,5,9,9,8, + 2,5,6,6,13,13,2,1,2,6,1,2,2,49,4,9,1,2,10,16,7,8,4,3,2,23,4,58,3,29,1,14,19,19,11,11,2,7,5,1,3,4,6,2,18,5,12,12,17,17,3,3,2,4,1,6,2,3,4,3,1, + 1,1,1,5,1,1,9,1,3,1,3,6,1,8,1,1,2,6,4,14,3,1,4,11,4,1,3,32,1,2,4,13,4,1,2,4,2,1,3,1,11,1,4,2,1,4,4,6,3,5,1,6,5,7,6,3,23,3,5,3,5,3,3,13,3,9,10, + 1,12,10,2,3,18,13,7,160,52,4,2,2,3,2,14,5,4,12,4,6,4,1,20,4,11,6,2,12,27,1,4,1,2,2,7,4,5,2,28,3,7,25,8,3,19,3,6,10,2,2,1,10,2,5,4,1,3,4,1,5, + 3,2,6,9,3,6,2,16,3,3,16,4,5,5,3,2,1,2,16,15,8,2,6,21,2,4,1,22,5,8,1,1,21,11,2,1,11,11,19,13,12,4,2,3,2,3,6,1,8,11,1,4,2,9,5,2,1,11,2,9,1,1,2, + 14,31,9,3,4,21,14,4,8,1,7,2,2,2,5,1,4,20,3,3,4,10,1,11,9,8,2,1,4,5,14,12,14,2,17,9,6,31,4,14,1,20,13,26,5,2,7,3,6,13,2,4,2,19,6,2,2,18,9,3,5, + 12,12,14,4,6,2,3,6,9,5,22,4,5,25,6,4,8,5,2,6,27,2,35,2,16,3,7,8,8,6,6,5,9,17,2,20,6,19,2,13,3,1,1,1,4,17,12,2,14,7,1,4,18,12,38,33,2,10,1,1, + 2,13,14,17,11,50,6,33,20,26,74,16,23,45,50,13,38,33,6,6,7,4,4,2,1,3,2,5,8,7,8,9,3,11,21,9,13,1,3,10,6,7,1,2,2,18,5,5,1,9,9,2,68,9,19,13,2,5, + 1,4,4,7,4,13,3,9,10,21,17,3,26,2,1,5,2,4,5,4,1,7,4,7,3,4,2,1,6,1,1,20,4,1,9,2,2,1,3,3,2,3,2,1,1,1,20,2,3,1,6,2,3,6,2,4,8,1,3,2,10,3,5,3,4,4, + 3,4,16,1,6,1,10,2,4,2,1,1,2,10,11,2,2,3,1,24,31,4,10,10,2,5,12,16,164,15,4,16,7,9,15,19,17,1,2,1,1,5,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,4,3,1,3,1,3,1,2,1,1,3,3,7, + 2,8,1,2,2,2,1,3,4,3,7,8,12,92,2,10,3,1,3,14,5,25,16,42,4,7,7,4,2,21,5,27,26,27,21,25,30,31,2,1,5,13,3,22,5,6,6,11,9,12,1,5,9,7,5,5,22,60,3,5, + 13,1,1,8,1,1,3,3,2,1,9,3,3,18,4,1,2,3,7,6,3,1,2,3,9,1,3,1,3,2,1,3,1,1,1,2,1,11,3,1,6,9,1,3,2,3,1,2,1,5,1,1,4,3,4,1,2,2,4,4,1,7,2,1,2,2,3,5,13, + 18,3,4,14,9,9,4,16,3,7,5,8,2,6,48,28,3,1,1,4,2,14,8,2,9,2,1,15,2,4,3,2,10,16,12,8,7,1,1,3,1,1,1,2,7,4,1,6,4,38,39,16,23,7,15,15,3,2,12,7,21, + 37,27,6,5,4,8,2,10,8,8,6,5,1,2,1,3,24,1,16,17,9,23,10,17,6,1,51,55,44,13,294,9,3,6,2,4,2,2,15,1,1,1,13,21,17,68,14,8,9,4,1,4,9,3,11,7,1,1,1, + 5,6,3,2,1,1,1,2,3,8,1,2,2,4,1,5,5,2,1,4,3,7,13,4,1,4,1,3,1,1,1,5,5,10,1,6,1,5,2,1,5,2,4,1,4,5,7,3,18,2,9,11,32,4,3,3,2,4,7,11,16,9,11,8,13,38, + 32,8,4,2,1,1,2,1,2,4,4,1,1,1,4,1,21,3,11,1,16,1,1,6,1,3,2,4,9,8,57,7,44,1,3,3,13,3,10,1,1,7,5,2,7,21,47,63,3,15,4,7,1,16,1,1,2,8,2,3,42,15,4, + 1,29,7,22,10,3,78,16,12,20,18,4,67,11,5,1,3,15,6,21,31,32,27,18,13,71,35,5,142,4,10,1,2,50,19,33,16,35,37,16,19,27,7,1,133,19,1,4,8,7,20,1,4, + 4,1,10,3,1,6,1,2,51,5,40,15,24,43,22928,11,1,13,154,70,3,1,1,7,4,10,1,2,1,1,2,1,2,1,2,2,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,1,1,1, + 3,2,1,1,1,1,2,1,1, }; static ImWchar base_ranges[] = // not zero-terminated { 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement 0x3000, 0x30FF, // CJK Symbols and Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana 0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions - 0xFF00, 0xFFEF // Half-width characters + 0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters + 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD // Invalid }; static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(accumulative_offsets_from_0x4E00)*2 + 1] = { 0 }; if (!full_ranges[0]) @@ -2571,8 +3092,8 @@ void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end) void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::AddRanges(const ImWchar* ranges) { for (; ranges[0]; ranges += 2) - for (ImWchar c = ranges[0]; c <= ranges[1]; c++) - AddChar(c); + for (unsigned int c = ranges[0]; c <= ranges[1] && c <= IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX; c++) //-V560 + AddChar((ImWchar)c); } void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::BuildRanges(ImVector* out_ranges) @@ -2597,9 +3118,9 @@ ImFont::ImFont() { FontSize = 0.0f; FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f; - FallbackChar = (ImWchar)'?'; + FallbackChar = (ImWchar)-1; EllipsisChar = (ImWchar)-1; - DisplayOffset = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + DotChar = (ImWchar)-1; FallbackGlyph = NULL; ContainerAtlas = NULL; ConfigData = NULL; @@ -2630,6 +3151,14 @@ void ImFont::ClearOutputData() MetricsTotalSurface = 0; } +static ImWchar FindFirstExistingGlyph(ImFont* font, const ImWchar* candidate_chars, int candidate_chars_count) +{ + for (int n = 0; n < candidate_chars_count; n++) + if (font->FindGlyphNoFallback(candidate_chars[n]) != NULL) + return candidate_chars[n]; + return (ImWchar)-1; +} + void ImFont::BuildLookupTable() { int max_codepoint = 0; @@ -2665,16 +3194,38 @@ void ImFont::BuildLookupTable() tab_glyph.Codepoint = '\t'; tab_glyph.AdvanceX *= IM_TABSIZE; IndexAdvanceX[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (float)tab_glyph.AdvanceX; - IndexLookup[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (ImWchar)(Glyphs.Size-1); + IndexLookup[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (ImWchar)(Glyphs.Size - 1); } // Mark special glyphs as not visible (note that AddGlyph already mark as non-visible glyphs with zero-size polygons) SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)' ', false); SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)'\t', false); - // Setup fall-backs + // Ellipsis character is required for rendering elided text. We prefer using U+2026 (horizontal ellipsis). + // However some old fonts may contain ellipsis at U+0085. Here we auto-detect most suitable ellipsis character. + // FIXME: Note that 0x2026 is rarely included in our font ranges. Because of this we are more likely to use three individual dots. + const ImWchar ellipsis_chars[] = { (ImWchar)0x2026, (ImWchar)0x0085 }; + const ImWchar dots_chars[] = { (ImWchar)'.', (ImWchar)0xFF0E }; + if (EllipsisChar == (ImWchar)-1) + EllipsisChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, ellipsis_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(ellipsis_chars)); + if (DotChar == (ImWchar)-1) + DotChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, dots_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(dots_chars)); + + // Setup fallback character + const ImWchar fallback_chars[] = { (ImWchar)IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID, (ImWchar)'?', (ImWchar)' ' }; FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar); - FallbackAdvanceX = FallbackGlyph ? FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX : 0.0f; + if (FallbackGlyph == NULL) + { + FallbackChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, fallback_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fallback_chars)); + FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar); + if (FallbackGlyph == NULL) + { + FallbackGlyph = &Glyphs.back(); + FallbackChar = (ImWchar)FallbackGlyph->Codepoint; + } + } + + FallbackAdvanceX = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX; for (int i = 0; i < max_codepoint + 1; i++) if (IndexAdvanceX[i] < 0.0f) IndexAdvanceX[i] = FallbackAdvanceX; @@ -2699,12 +3250,6 @@ void ImFont::SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible) glyph->Visible = visible ? 1 : 0; } -void ImFont::SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c) -{ - FallbackChar = c; - BuildLookupTable(); -} - void ImFont::GrowIndex(int new_size) { IM_ASSERT(IndexAdvanceX.Size == IndexLookup.Size); @@ -2716,12 +3261,34 @@ void ImFont::GrowIndex(int new_size) // x0/y0/x1/y1 are offset from the character upper-left layout position, in pixels. Therefore x0/y0 are often fairly close to zero. // Not to be mistaken with texture coordinates, which are held by u0/v0/u1/v1 in normalized format (0.0..1.0 on each texture axis). -void ImFont::AddGlyph(ImWchar codepoint, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x) +// 'cfg' is not necessarily == 'this->ConfigData' because multiple source fonts+configs can be used to build one target font. +void ImFont::AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* cfg, ImWchar codepoint, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x) { + if (cfg != NULL) + { + // Clamp & recenter if needed + const float advance_x_original = advance_x; + advance_x = ImClamp(advance_x, cfg->GlyphMinAdvanceX, cfg->GlyphMaxAdvanceX); + if (advance_x != advance_x_original) + { + float char_off_x = cfg->PixelSnapH ? ImFloor((advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f) : (advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f; + x0 += char_off_x; + x1 += char_off_x; + } + + // Snap to pixel + if (cfg->PixelSnapH) + advance_x = IM_ROUND(advance_x); + + // Bake spacing + advance_x += cfg->GlyphExtraSpacing.x; + } + Glyphs.resize(Glyphs.Size + 1); ImFontGlyph& glyph = Glyphs.back(); glyph.Codepoint = (unsigned int)codepoint; glyph.Visible = (x0 != x1) && (y0 != y1); + glyph.Colored = false; glyph.X0 = x0; glyph.Y0 = y0; glyph.X1 = x1; @@ -2730,14 +3297,13 @@ void ImFont::AddGlyph(ImWchar codepoint, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, glyph.V0 = v0; glyph.U1 = u1; glyph.V1 = v1; - glyph.AdvanceX = advance_x + ConfigData->GlyphExtraSpacing.x; // Bake spacing into AdvanceX - - if (ConfigData->PixelSnapH) - glyph.AdvanceX = IM_ROUND(glyph.AdvanceX); + glyph.AdvanceX = advance_x; // Compute rough surface usage metrics (+1 to account for average padding, +0.99 to round) + // We use (U1-U0)*TexWidth instead of X1-X0 to account for oversampling. + float pad = ContainerAtlas->TexGlyphPadding + 0.99f; DirtyLookupTables = true; - MetricsTotalSurface += (int)((glyph.U1 - glyph.U0) * ContainerAtlas->TexWidth + 1.99f) * (int)((glyph.V1 - glyph.V0) * ContainerAtlas->TexHeight + 1.99f); + MetricsTotalSurface += (int)((glyph.U1 - glyph.U0) * ContainerAtlas->TexWidth + pad) * (int)((glyph.V1 - glyph.V0) * ContainerAtlas->TexHeight + pad); } void ImFont::AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst) @@ -2775,11 +3341,21 @@ const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) const return &Glyphs.Data[i]; } +// Wrapping skips upcoming blanks +static inline const char* CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(const char* text, const char* text_end) +{ + while (text < text_end && ImCharIsBlankA(*text)) + text++; + if (*text == '\n') + text++; + return text; +} + +// Simple word-wrapping for English, not full-featured. Please submit failing cases! +// This will return the next location to wrap from. If no wrapping if necessary, this will fast-forward to e.g. text_end. +// FIXME: Much possible improvements (don't cut things like "word !", "word!!!" but cut within "word,,,,", more sensible support for punctuations, support for Unicode punctuations, etc.) const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const { - // Simple word-wrapping for English, not full-featured. Please submit failing cases! - // FIXME: Much possible improvements (don't cut things like "word !", "word!!!" but cut within "word,,,,", more sensible support for punctuations, support for Unicode punctuations, etc.) - // For references, possible wrap point marked with ^ // "aaa bbb, ccc,ddd. eee fff. ggg!" // ^ ^ ^ ^ ^__ ^ ^ @@ -2791,7 +3367,6 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c // Cut words that cannot possibly fit within one line. // e.g.: "The tropical fish" with ~5 characters worth of width --> "The tr" "opical" "fish" - float line_width = 0.0f; float word_width = 0.0f; float blank_width = 0.0f; @@ -2856,7 +3431,7 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c } // Allow wrapping after punctuation. - inside_word = !(c == '.' || c == ',' || c == ';' || c == '!' || c == '?' || c == '\"'); + inside_word = (c != '.' && c != ',' && c != ';' && c != '!' && c != '?' && c != '\"'); } // We ignore blank width at the end of the line (they can be skipped) @@ -2871,6 +3446,10 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c s = next_s; } + // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity. + // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because caller loops use (text >= word_wrap_eol). + if (s == text && text < text_end) + return s + 1; return s; } @@ -2882,7 +3461,7 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons const float line_height = size; const float scale = size / FontSize; - ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0,0); + ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0, 0); float line_width = 0.0f; const bool word_wrap_enabled = (wrap_width > 0.0f); @@ -2895,11 +3474,7 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons { // Calculate how far we can render. Requires two passes on the string data but keeps the code simple and not intrusive for what's essentially an uncommon feature. if (!word_wrap_eol) - { word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - line_width); - if (word_wrap_eol == s) // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity. - word_wrap_eol++; // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because we use s >= word_wrap_eol below - } if (s >= word_wrap_eol) { @@ -2908,13 +3483,7 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons text_size.y += line_height; line_width = 0.0f; word_wrap_eol = NULL; - - // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks - while (s < text_end) - { - const char c = *s; - if (ImCharIsBlankA(c)) { s++; } else if (c == '\n') { s++; break; } else { break; } - } + s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end); // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks continue; } } @@ -2968,43 +3537,57 @@ ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, cons return text_size; } -void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const +// Note: as with every ImDrawList drawing function, this expects that the font atlas texture is bound. +void ImFont::RenderChar(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, ImWchar c) const { const ImFontGlyph* glyph = FindGlyph(c); if (!glyph || !glyph->Visible) return; + if (glyph->Colored) + col |= ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; float scale = (size >= 0.0f) ? (size / FontSize) : 1.0f; - pos.x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x + DisplayOffset.x); - pos.y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y + DisplayOffset.y); + float x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x); + float y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y); draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 4); - draw_list->PrimRectUV(ImVec2(pos.x + glyph->X0 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y0 * scale), ImVec2(pos.x + glyph->X1 * scale, pos.y + glyph->Y1 * scale), ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col); + draw_list->PrimRectUV(ImVec2(x + glyph->X0 * scale, y + glyph->Y0 * scale), ImVec2(x + glyph->X1 * scale, y + glyph->Y1 * scale), ImVec2(glyph->U0, glyph->V0), ImVec2(glyph->U1, glyph->V1), col); } -void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, bool cpu_fine_clip) const +// Note: as with every ImDrawList drawing function, this expects that the font atlas texture is bound. +void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, bool cpu_fine_clip) const { if (!text_end) text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // ImGui:: functions generally already provides a valid text_end, so this is merely to handle direct calls. // Align to be pixel perfect - pos.x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x + DisplayOffset.x); - pos.y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y + DisplayOffset.y); - float x = pos.x; - float y = pos.y; + float x = IM_FLOOR(pos.x); + float y = IM_FLOOR(pos.y); if (y > clip_rect.w) return; + const float start_x = x; const float scale = size / FontSize; const float line_height = FontSize * scale; const bool word_wrap_enabled = (wrap_width > 0.0f); - const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL; // Fast-forward to first visible line const char* s = text_begin; - if (y + line_height < clip_rect.y && !word_wrap_enabled) + if (y + line_height < clip_rect.y) while (y + line_height < clip_rect.y && s < text_end) { - s = (const char*)memchr(s, '\n', text_end - s); - s = s ? s + 1 : text_end; + const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(s, '\n', text_end - s); + const char* line_next = line_end ? line_end + 1 : text_end; + if (word_wrap_enabled) + { + // FIXME-OPT: This is not optimal as do first do a search for \n before calling CalcWordWrapPositionA(). + // If the specs for CalcWordWrapPositionA() were reworked to optionally return on \n we could combine both. + // However it is still better than nothing performing the fast-forward! + s = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, line_next, wrap_width); + s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end); + } + else + { + s = line_next; + } y += line_height; } @@ -3035,30 +3618,23 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->_IdxWritePtr; unsigned int vtx_current_idx = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx; + const ImU32 col_untinted = col | ~IM_COL32_A_MASK; + const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL; + while (s < text_end) { if (word_wrap_enabled) { // Calculate how far we can render. Requires two passes on the string data but keeps the code simple and not intrusive for what's essentially an uncommon feature. if (!word_wrap_eol) - { - word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - (x - pos.x)); - if (word_wrap_eol == s) // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity. - word_wrap_eol++; // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because we use s >= word_wrap_eol below - } + word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - (x - start_x)); if (s >= word_wrap_eol) { - x = pos.x; + x = start_x; y += line_height; word_wrap_eol = NULL; - - // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks - while (s < text_end) - { - const char c = *s; - if (ImCharIsBlankA(c)) { s++; } else if (c == '\n') { s++; break; } else { break; } - } + s = CalcWordWrapNextLineStartA(s, text_end); // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks continue; } } @@ -3080,7 +3656,7 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col { if (c == '\n') { - x = pos.x; + x = start_x; y += line_height; if (y > clip_rect.w) break; // break out of main loop @@ -3140,14 +3716,17 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col } } + // Support for untinted glyphs + ImU32 glyph_col = glyph->Colored ? col_untinted : col; + // We are NOT calling PrimRectUV() here because non-inlined causes too much overhead in a debug builds. Inlined here: { idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+3); - vtx_write[0].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[0].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[0].col = col; vtx_write[0].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[0].uv.y = v1; - vtx_write[1].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[1].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[1].col = col; vtx_write[1].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[1].uv.y = v1; - vtx_write[2].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[2].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[2].col = col; vtx_write[2].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[2].uv.y = v2; - vtx_write[3].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[3].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[3].col = col; vtx_write[3].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[3].uv.y = v2; + vtx_write[0].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[0].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[0].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[0].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[0].uv.y = v1; + vtx_write[1].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[1].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[1].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[1].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[1].uv.y = v1; + vtx_write[2].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[2].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[2].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[2].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[2].uv.y = v2; + vtx_write[3].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[3].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[3].col = glyph_col; vtx_write[3].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[3].uv.y = v2; vtx_write += 4; vtx_current_idx += 4; idx_write += 6; @@ -3160,7 +3739,7 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col // Give back unused vertices (clipped ones, blanks) ~ this is essentially a PrimUnreserve() action. draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size = (int)(vtx_write - draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data); // Same as calling shrink() draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size = (int)(idx_write - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data); - draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size-1].ElemCount -= (idx_expected_size - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); + draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1].ElemCount -= (idx_expected_size - draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); draw_list->_VtxWritePtr = vtx_write; draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write; draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx = vtx_current_idx; @@ -3173,7 +3752,6 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col // - RenderArrow() // - RenderBullet() // - RenderCheckMark() -// - RenderMouseCursor() // - RenderArrowDockMenu() // - RenderArrowPointingAt() // - RenderRectFilledRangeH() @@ -3232,28 +3810,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderCheckMark(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx - third, by - third)); draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx, by)); draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bx + third * 2.0f, by - third * 2.0f)); - draw_list->PathStroke(col, false, thickness); -} - -void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor, ImU32 col_fill, ImU32 col_border, ImU32 col_shadow) -{ - if (mouse_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None) - return; - IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); - - ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = draw_list->_Data->Font->ContainerAtlas; - ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4]; - if (font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2])) - { - pos -= offset; - const ImTextureID tex_id = font_atlas->TexID; - draw_list->PushTextureID(tex_id); - draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(1,0)*scale, pos + ImVec2(1,0)*scale + size*scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); - draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2,0)*scale, pos + ImVec2(2,0)*scale + size*scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); - draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size*scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_border); - draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size*scale, uv[0], uv[1], col_fill); - draw_list->PopTextureID(); - } + draw_list->PathStroke(col, 0, thickness); } // Render an arrow. 'pos' is position of the arrow tip. half_sz.x is length from base to tip. half_sz.y is length on each side. @@ -3273,8 +3830,8 @@ void ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half // and because the saved space means that the left-most tab label can stay at exactly the same position as the label of a loose window. void ImGui::RenderArrowDockMenu(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, float sz, ImU32 col) { - draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min + ImVec2(sz * 0.10f, sz * 0.15f), p_min + ImVec2(sz * 0.70f, sz * 0.30f), col); - RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, p_min + ImVec2(sz * 0.40f, sz * 0.85f), ImVec2(sz * 0.30f, sz * 0.40f), ImGuiDir_Down, col); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min + ImVec2(sz * 0.20f, sz * 0.15f), p_min + ImVec2(sz * 0.80f, sz * 0.30f), col); + RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, p_min + ImVec2(sz * 0.50f, sz * 0.85f), ImVec2(sz * 0.30f, sz * 0.40f), ImGuiDir_Down, col); } static inline float ImAcos01(float x) @@ -3346,35 +3903,46 @@ void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, Im draw_list->PathFillConvex(col); } -// For CTRL+TAB within a docking node we need to render the dimming background in 8 steps -// (Because the root node renders the background in one shot, in order to avoid flickering when a child dock node is not submitted) -void ImGui::RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImRect outer, ImRect inner, ImU32 col, float rounding) +void ImGui::RenderRectFilledWithHole(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& outer, const ImRect& inner, ImU32 col, float rounding) { const bool fill_L = (inner.Min.x > outer.Min.x); const bool fill_R = (inner.Max.x < outer.Max.x); const bool fill_U = (inner.Min.y > outer.Min.y); const bool fill_D = (inner.Max.y < outer.Max.y); - if (fill_L) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft) | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft)); - if (fill_R) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight) | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight)); - if (fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight)); - if (fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight)); - if (fill_L && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft); - if (fill_R && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight); - if (fill_L && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft); - if (fill_R && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight); + if (fill_L) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft) | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft)); + if (fill_R) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_U ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight) | (fill_D ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight)); + if (fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight)); + if (fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone | (fill_L ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft) | (fill_R ? 0 : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight)); + if (fill_L && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft); + if (fill_R && fill_U) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, outer.Min.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, inner.Min.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight); + if (fill_L && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(outer.Min.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(inner.Min.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft); + if (fill_R && fill_D) draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(inner.Max.x, inner.Max.y), ImVec2(outer.Max.x, outer.Max.y), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight); +} + +ImDrawFlags ImGui::CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(const ImRect& r_in, const ImRect& r_outer, float threshold) +{ + bool round_l = r_in.Min.x <= r_outer.Min.x + threshold; + bool round_r = r_in.Max.x >= r_outer.Max.x - threshold; + bool round_t = r_in.Min.y <= r_outer.Min.y + threshold; + bool round_b = r_in.Max.y >= r_outer.Max.y - threshold; + return ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone + | ((round_t && round_l) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft : 0) | ((round_t && round_r) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight : 0) + | ((round_b && round_l) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft : 0) | ((round_b && round_r) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight : 0); } // Helper for ColorPicker4() // NB: This is rather brittle and will show artifact when rounding this enabled if rounded corners overlap multiple cells. Caller currently responsible for avoiding that. -// Spent a non reasonable amount of time trying to getting this right for ColorButton with rounding+anti-aliasing+ImGuiColorEditFlags_HalfAlphaPreview flag + various grid sizes and offsets, and eventually gave up... probably more reasonable to disable rounding alltogether. +// Spent a non reasonable amount of time trying to getting this right for ColorButton with rounding+anti-aliasing+ImGuiColorEditFlags_HalfAlphaPreview flag + various grid sizes and offsets, and eventually gave up... probably more reasonable to disable rounding altogether. // FIXME: uses ImGui::GetColorU32 -void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding, int rounding_corners_flags) +void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags) { + if ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == 0) + flags = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersDefault_; if (((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) < 0xFF) { - ImU32 col_bg1 = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), col)); - ImU32 col_bg2 = ImGui::GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(128, 128, 128, 255), col)); - draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col_bg1, rounding, rounding_corners_flags); + ImU32 col_bg1 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(204, 204, 204, 255), col)); + ImU32 col_bg2 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColors(IM_COL32(128, 128, 128, 255), col)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col_bg1, rounding, flags); int yi = 0; for (float y = p_min.y + grid_off.y; y < p_max.y; y += grid_step, yi++) @@ -3387,17 +3955,19 @@ void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 p float x1 = ImClamp(x, p_min.x, p_max.x), x2 = ImMin(x + grid_step, p_max.x); if (x2 <= x1) continue; - int rounding_corners_flags_cell = 0; - if (y1 <= p_min.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight; } - if (y2 >= p_max.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight; } - rounding_corners_flags_cell &= rounding_corners_flags; - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x1, y1), ImVec2(x2, y2), col_bg2, rounding_corners_flags_cell ? rounding : 0.0f, rounding_corners_flags_cell); + ImDrawFlags cell_flags = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone; + if (y1 <= p_min.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight; } + if (y2 >= p_max.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) cell_flags |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; } + + // Combine flags + cell_flags = (flags == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone || cell_flags == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone : (cell_flags & flags); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x1, y1), ImVec2(x2, y2), col_bg2, rounding, cell_flags); } } } else { - draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col, rounding, rounding_corners_flags); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col, rounding, flags); } } @@ -3532,7 +4102,7 @@ static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, const unsigned char *i // Exported using misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp (with compression + base85 string encoding). // The purpose of encoding as base85 instead of "0x00,0x01,..." style is only save on _source code_ size. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -static const char proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85[11980+1] = +static const char proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85[11980 + 1] = "7])#######hV0qs'/###[),##/l:$#Q6>##5[n42>c-TH`->>#/e>11NNV=Bv(*:.F?uu#(gRU.o0XGH`$vhLG1hxt9?W`#,5LsCp#-i>.r$<$6pD>Lb';9Crc6tgXmKVeU2cD4Eo3R/" "2*>]b(MC;$jPfY.;h^`IWM9Qo#t'X#(v#Y9w0#1D$CIf;W'#pWUPXOuxXuU(H9M(1=Ke$$'5F%)]0^#0X@U.a Right-align from window/work-rect right-most edge. With -FLT_MIN or 0.0f will align exactly on right-most edge. +// - outer_size.x > 0.0f -> Set Fixed width. +// Y with ScrollX/ScrollY disabled: we output table directly in current window +// - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set). Not meaningful is parent window can vertically scroll. +// - outer_size.y = 0.0f -> No minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set) +// - outer_size.y > 0.0f -> Set Minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtenY is set) +// Y with ScrollX/ScrollY enabled: using a child window for scrolling +// - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align. Not meaningful is parent window can vertically scroll. +// - outer_size.y = 0.0f -> Bottom-align, consistent with BeginChild(). Not recommended unless table is last item in parent window. +// - outer_size.y > 0.0f -> Set Exact height. Recommended when using Scrolling on any axis. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Outer size is also affected by the NoHostExtendX/NoHostExtendY flags. +// Important to that note how the two flags have slightly different behaviors! +// - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX -> Make outer width auto-fit to columns (overriding outer_size.x value). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used. +// - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY -> Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY is disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible. +// In theory ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY could be the default and any non-scrolling tables with outer_size.y != 0.0f would use exact height. +// This would be consistent but perhaps less useful and more confusing (as vertically clipped items are not easily noticeable) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About 'inner_width': +// With ScrollX disabled: +// - inner_width -> *ignored* +// With ScrollX enabled: +// - inner_width < 0.0f -> *illegal* fit in known width (right align from outer_size.x) <-- weird +// - inner_width = 0.0f -> fit in outer_width: Fixed size columns will take space they need (if avail, otherwise shrink down), Stretch columns becomes Fixed columns. +// - inner_width > 0.0f -> override scrolling width, generally to be larger than outer_size.x. Fixed column take space they need (if avail, otherwise shrink down), Stretch columns share remaining space! +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Details: +// - If you want to use Stretch columns with ScrollX, you generally need to specify 'inner_width' otherwise the concept +// of "available space" doesn't make sense. +// - Even if not really useful, we allow 'inner_width < outer_size.x' for consistency and to facilitate understanding +// of what the value does. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// COLUMNS SIZING POLICIES +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About overriding column sizing policy and width/weight with TableSetupColumn(): +// We use a default parameter of 'init_width_or_weight == -1'. +// - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, init_width <= 0 (default) --> width is automatic +// - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, init_width > 0 (explicit) --> width is custom +// - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, init_weight <= 0 (default) --> weight is 1.0f +// - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, init_weight > 0 (explicit) --> weight is custom +// Widths are specified _without_ CellPadding. If you specify a width of 100.0f, the column will be cover (100.0f + Padding * 2.0f) +// and you can fit a 100.0f wide item in it without clipping and with full padding. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About default sizing policy (if you don't specify a ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthXXXX flag) +// - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, default Width is equal to contents width +// - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, default Width is max of all contents width +// - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, default Weight is 1.0f +// - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchWeight --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, default Weight is proportional to contents +// Default Width and default Weight can be overridden when calling TableSetupColumn(). +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About mixing Fixed/Auto and Stretch columns together: +// - the typical use of mixing sizing policies is: any number of LEADING Fixed columns, followed by one or two TRAILING Stretch columns. +// - using mixed policies with ScrollX does not make much sense, as using Stretch columns with ScrollX does not make much sense in the first place! +// that is, unless 'inner_width' is passed to BeginTable() to explicitly provide a total width to layout columns in. +// - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame with mixed columns, only the Fixed/Auto columns will match their widths to the width of the maximum contents. +// - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame with mixed columns, only the Stretch columns will match their weight/widths. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About using column width: +// If a column is manual resizable or has a width specified with TableSetupColumn(): +// - you may use GetContentRegionAvail().x to query the width available in a given column. +// - right-side alignment features such as SetNextItemWidth(-x) or PushItemWidth(-x) will rely on this width. +// If the column is not resizable and has no width specified with TableSetupColumn(): +// - its width will be automatic and be set to the max of items submitted. +// - therefore you generally cannot have ALL items of the columns use e.g. SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN). +// - but if the column has one or more items of known/fixed size, this will become the reference width used by SetNextItemWidth(-FLT_MIN). +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// TABLES CLIPPING/CULLING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About clipping/culling of Rows in Tables: +// - For large numbers of rows, it is recommended you use ImGuiListClipper to only submit visible rows. +// ImGuiListClipper is reliant on the fact that rows are of equal height. +// See 'Demo->Tables->Vertical Scrolling' or 'Demo->Tables->Advanced' for a demo of using the clipper. +// - Note that auto-resizing columns don't play well with using the clipper. +// By default a table with _ScrollX but without _Resizable will have column auto-resize. +// So, if you want to use the clipper, make sure to either enable _Resizable, either setup columns width explicitly with _WidthFixed. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About clipping/culling of Columns in Tables: +// - Both TableSetColumnIndex() and TableNextColumn() return true when the column is visible or performing +// width measurements. Otherwise, you may skip submitting the contents of a cell/column, BUT ONLY if you know +// it is not going to contribute to row height. +// In many situations, you may skip submitting contents for every column but one (e.g. the first one). +// - Case A: column is not hidden by user, and at least partially in sight (most common case). +// - Case B: column is clipped / out of sight (because of scrolling or parent ClipRect): TableNextColumn() return false as a hint but we still allow layout output. +// - Case C: column is hidden explicitly by the user (e.g. via the context menu, or _DefaultHide column flag, etc.). +// +// [A] [B] [C] +// TableNextColumn(): true false false -> [userland] when TableNextColumn() / TableSetColumnIndex() return false, user can skip submitting items but only if the column doesn't contribute to row height. +// SkipItems: false false true -> [internal] when SkipItems is true, most widgets will early out if submitted, resulting is no layout output. +// ClipRect: normal zero-width zero-width -> [internal] when ClipRect is zero, ItemAdd() will return false and most widgets will early out mid-way. +// ImDrawList output: normal dummy dummy -> [internal] when using the dummy channel, ImDrawList submissions (if any) will be wasted (because cliprect is zero-width anyway). +// +// - We need to distinguish those cases because non-hidden columns that are clipped outside of scrolling bounds should still contribute their height to the row. +// However, in the majority of cases, the contribution to row height is the same for all columns, or the tallest cells are known by the programmer. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// About clipping/culling of whole Tables: +// - Scrolling tables with a known outer size can be clipped earlier as BeginTable() will return false. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Header mess +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) +#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS +#endif + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE + +#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#endif +#include "imgui_internal.h" + +// System includes +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier +#include // intptr_t +#else +#include // intptr_t +#endif + +// Visual Studio warnings +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant +#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later +#pragma warning (disable: 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types +#endif +#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). +#pragma warning (disable: 26812) // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). +#endif + +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything +#if defined(__clang__) +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! +#endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wenum-enum-conversion" // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#endif + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Main code +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableFixFlags() [Internal] +// - TableFindByID() [Internal] +// - BeginTable() +// - BeginTableEx() [Internal] +// - TableBeginInitMemory() [Internal] +// - TableBeginApplyRequests() [Internal] +// - TableSetupColumnFlags() [Internal] +// - TableUpdateLayout() [Internal] +// - TableUpdateBorders() [Internal] +// - EndTable() +// - TableSetupColumn() +// - TableSetupScrollFreeze() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Configuration +static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0 = 0; +static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN = 1; +static const int TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP = 2; // When using ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip (this becomes the last visible channel) +static const float TABLE_BORDER_SIZE = 1.0f; // FIXME-TABLE: Currently hard-coded because of clipping assumptions with outer borders rendering. +static const float TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS = 4.0f; // Extend outside inner borders. +static const float TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.06f; // Delay/timer before making the hover feedback (color+cursor) visible because tables/columns tends to be more cramped. + +// Helper +inline ImGuiTableFlags TableFixFlags(ImGuiTableFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* outer_window) +{ + // Adjust flags: set default sizing policy + if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == 0) + flags |= ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) || (outer_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) ? ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit : ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame; + + // Adjust flags: enable NoKeepColumnsVisible when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame + if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) + flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible; + + // Adjust flags: enforce borders when resizable + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) + flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV; + + // Adjust flags: disable NoHostExtendX/NoHostExtendY if we have any scrolling going on + if (flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) + flags &= ~(ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX | ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY); + + // Adjust flags: NoBordersInBodyUntilResize takes priority over NoBordersInBody + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize) + flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody; + + // Adjust flags: disable saved settings if there's nothing to save + if ((flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings; + + // Inherit _NoSavedSettings from top-level window (child windows always have _NoSavedSettings set) + if (outer_window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) + flags |= ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings; + + return flags; +} + +ImGuiTable* ImGui::TableFindByID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.Tables.GetByKey(id); +} + +// Read about "TABLE SIZING" at the top of this file. +bool ImGui::BeginTable(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags, const ImVec2& outer_size, float inner_width) +{ + ImGuiID id = GetID(str_id); + return BeginTableEx(str_id, id, columns_count, flags, outer_size, inner_width); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImGuiTableFlags flags, const ImVec2& outer_size, float inner_width) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* outer_window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (outer_window->SkipItems) // Consistent with other tables + beneficial side effect that assert on miscalling EndTable() will be more visible. + return false; + + // Sanity checks + IM_ASSERT(columns_count > 0 && columns_count <= IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS && "Only 1..64 columns allowed!"); + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) + IM_ASSERT(inner_width >= 0.0f); + + // If an outer size is specified ahead we will be able to early out when not visible. Exact clipping rules may evolve. + const bool use_child_window = (flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) != 0; + const ImVec2 avail_size = GetContentRegionAvail(); + ImVec2 actual_outer_size = CalcItemSize(outer_size, ImMax(avail_size.x, 1.0f), use_child_window ? ImMax(avail_size.y, 1.0f) : 0.0f); + ImRect outer_rect(outer_window->DC.CursorPos, outer_window->DC.CursorPos + actual_outer_size); + if (use_child_window && IsClippedEx(outer_rect, 0)) + { + ItemSize(outer_rect); + return false; + } + + // Acquire storage for the table + ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.GetOrAddByKey(id); + const int instance_no = (table->LastFrameActive != g.FrameCount) ? 0 : table->InstanceCurrent + 1; + const ImGuiID instance_id = id + instance_no; + const ImGuiTableFlags table_last_flags = table->Flags; + if (instance_no > 0) + IM_ASSERT(table->ColumnsCount == columns_count && "BeginTable(): Cannot change columns count mid-frame while preserving same ID"); + + // Acquire temporary buffers + const int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table); + if (++g.TablesTempDataStacked > g.TablesTempData.Size) + g.TablesTempData.resize(g.TablesTempDataStacked, ImGuiTableTempData()); + ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData = &g.TablesTempData[g.TablesTempDataStacked - 1]; + temp_data->TableIndex = table_idx; + table->DrawSplitter = &table->TempData->DrawSplitter; + table->DrawSplitter->Clear(); + + // Fix flags + table->IsDefaultSizingPolicy = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == 0; + flags = TableFixFlags(flags, outer_window); + + // Initialize + table->ID = id; + table->Flags = flags; + table->InstanceCurrent = (ImS16)instance_no; + table->LastFrameActive = g.FrameCount; + table->OuterWindow = table->InnerWindow = outer_window; + table->ColumnsCount = columns_count; + table->IsLayoutLocked = false; + table->InnerWidth = inner_width; + temp_data->UserOuterSize = outer_size; + if (instance_no > 0 && table->InstanceDataExtra.Size < instance_no) + table->InstanceDataExtra.push_back(ImGuiTableInstanceData()); + + // When not using a child window, WorkRect.Max will grow as we append contents. + if (use_child_window) + { + // Ensure no vertical scrollbar appears if we only want horizontal one, to make flag consistent + // (we have no other way to disable vertical scrollbar of a window while keeping the horizontal one showing) + ImVec2 override_content_size(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && !(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) + override_content_size.y = FLT_MIN; + + // Ensure specified width (when not specified, Stretched columns will act as if the width == OuterWidth and + // never lead to any scrolling). We don't handle inner_width < 0.0f, we could potentially use it to right-align + // based on the right side of the child window work rect, which would require knowing ahead if we are going to + // have decoration taking horizontal spaces (typically a vertical scrollbar). + if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && inner_width > 0.0f) + override_content_size.x = inner_width; + + if (override_content_size.x != FLT_MAX || override_content_size.y != FLT_MAX) + SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(override_content_size.x != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.x : 0.0f, override_content_size.y != FLT_MAX ? override_content_size.y : 0.0f)); + + // Reset scroll if we are reactivating it + if ((table_last_flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) == 0) + SetNextWindowScroll(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + + // Create scrolling region (without border and zero window padding) + ImGuiWindowFlags child_flags = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar : ImGuiWindowFlags_None; + BeginChildEx(name, instance_id, outer_rect.GetSize(), false, child_flags); + table->InnerWindow = g.CurrentWindow; + table->WorkRect = table->InnerWindow->WorkRect; + table->OuterRect = table->InnerWindow->Rect(); + table->InnerRect = table->InnerWindow->InnerRect; + IM_ASSERT(table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.x == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowPadding.y == 0.0f && table->InnerWindow->WindowBorderSize == 0.0f); + + // When using multiple instances, ensure they have the same amount of horizontal decorations (aka vertical scrollbar) so stretched columns can be aligned) + if (instance_no == 0) + { + table->HasScrollbarYPrev = table->HasScrollbarYCurr; + table->HasScrollbarYCurr = false; + } + table->HasScrollbarYCurr |= (table->InnerWindow->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f); + } + else + { + // For non-scrolling tables, WorkRect == OuterRect == InnerRect. + // But at this point we do NOT have a correct value for .Max.y (unless a height has been explicitly passed in). It will only be updated in EndTable(). + table->WorkRect = table->OuterRect = table->InnerRect = outer_rect; + } + + // Push a standardized ID for both child-using and not-child-using tables + PushOverrideID(instance_id); + + // Backup a copy of host window members we will modify + ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; + table->HostIndentX = inner_window->DC.Indent.x; + table->HostClipRect = inner_window->ClipRect; + table->HostSkipItems = inner_window->SkipItems; + temp_data->HostBackupWorkRect = inner_window->WorkRect; + temp_data->HostBackupParentWorkRect = inner_window->ParentWorkRect; + temp_data->HostBackupColumnsOffset = outer_window->DC.ColumnsOffset; + temp_data->HostBackupPrevLineSize = inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize; + temp_data->HostBackupCurrLineSize = inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize; + temp_data->HostBackupCursorMaxPos = inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos; + temp_data->HostBackupItemWidth = outer_window->DC.ItemWidth; + temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize = outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size; + inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + + // Padding and Spacing + // - None ........Content..... Pad .....Content........ + // - PadOuter | Pad ..Content..... Pad .....Content.. Pad | + // - PadInner ........Content.. Pad | Pad ..Content........ + // - PadOuter+PadInner | Pad ..Content.. Pad | Pad ..Content.. Pad | + const bool pad_outer_x = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadOuterX) ? false : (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX) ? true : (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) != 0; + const bool pad_inner_x = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoPadInnerX) ? false : true; + const float inner_spacing_for_border = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f; + const float inner_spacing_explicit = (pad_inner_x && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) == 0) ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f; + const float inner_padding_explicit = (pad_inner_x && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) != 0) ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f; + table->CellSpacingX1 = inner_spacing_explicit + inner_spacing_for_border; + table->CellSpacingX2 = inner_spacing_explicit; + table->CellPaddingX = inner_padding_explicit; + table->CellPaddingY = g.Style.CellPadding.y; + + const float outer_padding_for_border = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f; + const float outer_padding_explicit = pad_outer_x ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f; + table->OuterPaddingX = (outer_padding_for_border + outer_padding_explicit) - table->CellPaddingX; + + table->CurrentColumn = -1; + table->CurrentRow = -1; + table->RowBgColorCounter = 0; + table->LastRowFlags = ImGuiTableRowFlags_None; + table->InnerClipRect = (inner_window == outer_window) ? table->WorkRect : inner_window->ClipRect; + table->InnerClipRect.ClipWith(table->WorkRect); // We need this to honor inner_width + table->InnerClipRect.ClipWithFull(table->HostClipRect); + table->InnerClipRect.Max.y = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) ? ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.y, inner_window->WorkRect.Max.y) : inner_window->ClipRect.Max.y; + + table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = table->WorkRect.Min.y; // This is needed somehow + table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; // This will be cleared again by TableBeginRow() + table->FreezeRowsRequest = table->FreezeRowsCount = 0; // This will be setup by TableSetupScrollFreeze(), if any + table->FreezeColumnsRequest = table->FreezeColumnsCount = 0; + table->IsUnfrozenRows = true; + table->DeclColumnsCount = 0; + + // Using opaque colors facilitate overlapping elements of the grid + table->BorderColorStrong = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong); + table->BorderColorLight = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight); + + // Make table current + g.CurrentTable = table; + outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx; + if (inner_window != outer_window) // So EndChild() within the inner window can restore the table properly. + inner_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx; + + if ((table_last_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) == 0) + table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true; + + // Mark as used + if (table_idx >= g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size) + g.TablesLastTimeActive.resize(table_idx + 1, -1.0f); + g.TablesLastTimeActive[table_idx] = (float)g.Time; + temp_data->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time; + table->MemoryCompacted = false; + + // Setup memory buffer (clear data if columns count changed) + ImGuiTableColumn* old_columns_to_preserve = NULL; + void* old_columns_raw_data = NULL; + const int old_columns_count = table->Columns.size(); + if (old_columns_count != 0 && old_columns_count != columns_count) + { + // Attempt to preserve width on column count change (#4046) + old_columns_to_preserve = table->Columns.Data; + old_columns_raw_data = table->RawData; + table->RawData = NULL; + } + if (table->RawData == NULL) + { + TableBeginInitMemory(table, columns_count); + table->IsInitializing = table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = true; + } + if (table->IsResetAllRequest) + TableResetSettings(table); + if (table->IsInitializing) + { + // Initialize + table->SettingsOffset = -1; + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; + table->InstanceInteracted = -1; + table->ContextPopupColumn = -1; + table->ReorderColumn = table->ResizedColumn = table->LastResizedColumn = -1; + table->AutoFitSingleColumn = -1; + table->HoveredColumnBody = table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1; + for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[n]; + if (old_columns_to_preserve && n < old_columns_count) + { + // FIXME: We don't attempt to preserve column order in this path. + *column = old_columns_to_preserve[n]; + } + else + { + float width_auto = column->WidthAuto; + *column = ImGuiTableColumn(); + column->WidthAuto = width_auto; + column->IsPreserveWidthAuto = true; // Preserve WidthAuto when reinitializing a live table: not technically necessary but remove a visible flicker + column->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = true; + } + column->DisplayOrder = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[n] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; + } + } + if (old_columns_raw_data) + IM_FREE(old_columns_raw_data); + + // Load settings + if (table->IsSettingsRequestLoad) + TableLoadSettings(table); + + // Handle DPI/font resize + // This is designed to facilitate DPI changes with the assumption that e.g. style.CellPadding has been scaled as well. + // It will also react to changing fonts with mixed results. It doesn't need to be perfect but merely provide a decent transition. + // FIXME-DPI: Provide consistent standards for reference size. Perhaps using g.CurrentDpiScale would be more self explanatory. + // This is will lead us to non-rounded WidthRequest in columns, which should work but is a poorly tested path. + const float new_ref_scale_unit = g.FontSize; // g.Font->GetCharAdvance('A') ? + if (table->RefScale != 0.0f && table->RefScale != new_ref_scale_unit) + { + const float scale_factor = new_ref_scale_unit / table->RefScale; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("[table] %08X RefScaleUnit %.3f -> %.3f, scaling width by %.3f\n", table->ID, table->RefScaleUnit, new_ref_scale_unit, scale_factor); + for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++) + table->Columns[n].WidthRequest = table->Columns[n].WidthRequest * scale_factor; + } + table->RefScale = new_ref_scale_unit; + + // Disable output until user calls TableNextRow() or TableNextColumn() leading to the TableUpdateLayout() call.. + // This is not strictly necessary but will reduce cases were "out of table" output will be misleading to the user. + // Because we cannot safely assert in EndTable() when no rows have been created, this seems like our best option. + inner_window->SkipItems = true; + + // Clear names + // At this point the ->NameOffset field of each column will be invalid until TableUpdateLayout() or the first call to TableSetupColumn() + if (table->ColumnsNames.Buf.Size > 0) + table->ColumnsNames.Buf.resize(0); + + // Apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests + TableBeginApplyRequests(table); + + return true; +} + +// For reference, the average total _allocation count_ for a table is: +// + 0 (for ImGuiTable instance, we are pooling allocations in g.Tables) +// + 1 (for table->RawData allocated below) +// + 1 (for table->ColumnsNames, if names are used) +// Shared allocations per number of nested tables +// + 1 (for table->Splitter._Channels) +// + 2 * active_channels_count (for ImDrawCmd and ImDrawIdx buffers inside channels) +// Where active_channels_count is variable but often == columns_count or columns_count + 1, see TableSetupDrawChannels() for details. +// Unused channels don't perform their +2 allocations. +void ImGui::TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count) +{ + // Allocate single buffer for our arrays + ImSpanAllocator<3> span_allocator; + span_allocator.Reserve(0, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumn)); + span_allocator.Reserve(1, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnIdx)); + span_allocator.Reserve(2, columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableCellData), 4); + table->RawData = IM_ALLOC(span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes()); + memset(table->RawData, 0, span_allocator.GetArenaSizeInBytes()); + span_allocator.SetArenaBasePtr(table->RawData); + span_allocator.GetSpan(0, &table->Columns); + span_allocator.GetSpan(1, &table->DisplayOrderToIndex); + span_allocator.GetSpan(2, &table->RowCellData); +} + +// Apply queued resizing/reordering/hiding requests +void ImGui::TableBeginApplyRequests(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + // Handle resizing request + // (We process this at the first TableBegin of the frame) + // FIXME-TABLE: Contains columns if our work area doesn't allow for scrolling? + if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0) + { + if (table->ResizedColumn != -1 && table->ResizedColumnNextWidth != FLT_MAX) + TableSetColumnWidth(table->ResizedColumn, table->ResizedColumnNextWidth); + table->LastResizedColumn = table->ResizedColumn; + table->ResizedColumnNextWidth = FLT_MAX; + table->ResizedColumn = -1; + + // Process auto-fit for single column, which is a special case for stretch columns and fixed columns with FixedSame policy. + // FIXME-TABLE: Would be nice to redistribute available stretch space accordingly to other weights, instead of giving it all to siblings. + if (table->AutoFitSingleColumn != -1) + { + TableSetColumnWidth(table->AutoFitSingleColumn, table->Columns[table->AutoFitSingleColumn].WidthAuto); + table->AutoFitSingleColumn = -1; + } + } + + // Handle reordering request + // Note: we don't clear ReorderColumn after handling the request. + if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0) + { + if (table->HeldHeaderColumn == -1 && table->ReorderColumn != -1) + table->ReorderColumn = -1; + table->HeldHeaderColumn = -1; + if (table->ReorderColumn != -1 && table->ReorderColumnDir != 0) + { + // We need to handle reordering across hidden columns. + // In the configuration below, moving C to the right of E will lead to: + // ... C [D] E ---> ... [D] E C (Column name/index) + // ... 2 3 4 ... 2 3 4 (Display order) + const int reorder_dir = table->ReorderColumnDir; + IM_ASSERT(reorder_dir == -1 || reorder_dir == +1); + IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable); + ImGuiTableColumn* src_column = &table->Columns[table->ReorderColumn]; + ImGuiTableColumn* dst_column = &table->Columns[(reorder_dir == -1) ? src_column->PrevEnabledColumn : src_column->NextEnabledColumn]; + IM_UNUSED(dst_column); + const int src_order = src_column->DisplayOrder; + const int dst_order = dst_column->DisplayOrder; + src_column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)dst_order; + for (int order_n = src_order + reorder_dir; order_n != dst_order + reorder_dir; order_n += reorder_dir) + table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]].DisplayOrder -= (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)reorder_dir; + IM_ASSERT(dst_column->DisplayOrder == dst_order - reorder_dir); + + // Display order is stored in both columns->IndexDisplayOrder and table->DisplayOrder[], + // rebuild the later from the former. + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + table->ReorderColumnDir = 0; + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + } + } + + // Handle display order reset request + if (table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest) + { + for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) + table->DisplayOrderToIndex[n] = table->Columns[n].DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; + table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = false; + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + } +} + +// Adjust flags: default width mode + stretch columns are not allowed when auto extending +static void TableSetupColumnFlags(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags_in) +{ + ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = flags_in; + + // Sizing Policy + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0) + { + const ImGuiTableFlags table_sizing_policy = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_); + if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit || table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed; + else + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch; + } + else + { + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_)); // Check that only 1 of each set is used. + } + + // Resize + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize; + + // Sorting + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending)) + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort; + + // Indentation + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentMask_) == 0) + flags |= (table->Columns.index_from_ptr(column) == 0) ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentDisable; + + // Alignment + //if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignMask_) == 0) + // flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignCenter; + //IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignMask_)); // Check that only 1 of each set is used. + + // Preserve status flags + column->Flags = flags | (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_); + + // Build an ordered list of available sort directions + column->SortDirectionsAvailCount = column->SortDirectionsAvailMask = column->SortDirectionsAvailList = 0; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) + { + int count = 0, mask = 0, list = 0; + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending << (count << 1); count++; } + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Descending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Descending << (count << 1); count++; } + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortAscending) == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending << (count << 1); count++; } + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_Descending; list |= ImGuiSortDirection_Descending << (count << 1); count++; } + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate) || count == 0) { mask |= 1 << ImGuiSortDirection_None; count++; } + column->SortDirectionsAvailList = (ImU8)list; + column->SortDirectionsAvailMask = (ImU8)mask; + column->SortDirectionsAvailCount = (ImU8)count; + ImGui::TableFixColumnSortDirection(table, column); + } +} + +// Layout columns for the frame. This is in essence the followup to BeginTable(). +// Runs on the first call to TableNextRow(), to give a chance for TableSetupColumn() to be called first. +// FIXME-TABLE: Our width (and therefore our WorkRect) will be minimal in the first frame for _WidthAuto columns. +// Increase feedback side-effect with widgets relying on WorkRect.Max.x... Maybe provide a default distribution for _WidthAuto columns? +void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false); + + const ImGuiTableFlags table_sizing_policy = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_); + table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder = true; + table->ColumnsEnabledCount = 0; + table->EnabledMaskByIndex = 0x00; + table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder = 0x00; + table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = -1; + table->MinColumnWidth = ImMax(1.0f, g.Style.FramePadding.x * 1.0f); // g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing; // FIXME-TABLE + + // [Part 1] Apply/lock Enabled and Order states. Calculate auto/ideal width for columns. Count fixed/stretch columns. + // Process columns in their visible orders as we are building the Prev/Next indices. + int count_fixed = 0; // Number of columns that have fixed sizing policies + int count_stretch = 0; // Number of columns that have stretch sizing policies + int prev_visible_column_idx = -1; + bool has_auto_fit_request = false; + bool has_resizable = false; + float stretch_sum_width_auto = 0.0f; + float fixed_max_width_auto = 0.0f; + for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) + { + const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; + if (column_n != order_n) + table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder = false; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + // Clear column setup if not submitted by user. Currently we make it mandatory to call TableSetupColumn() every frame. + // It would easily work without but we're not ready to guarantee it since e.g. names need resubmission anyway. + // We take a slight shortcut but in theory we could be calling TableSetupColumn() here with dummy values, it should yield the same effect. + if (table->DeclColumnsCount <= column_n) + { + TableSetupColumnFlags(table, column, ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None); + column->NameOffset = -1; + column->UserID = 0; + column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth = -1.0f; + } + + // Update Enabled state, mark settings and sort specs dirty + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) || (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide)) + column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = true; + if (column->IsUserEnabled != column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame) + { + column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame; + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + } + column->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled) == 0; + + if (column->SortOrder != -1 && !column->IsEnabled) + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; + if (column->SortOrder > 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti)) + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; + + // Auto-fit unsized columns + const bool start_auto_fit = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) ? (column->WidthRequest < 0.0f) : (column->StretchWeight < 0.0f); + if (start_auto_fit) + column->AutoFitQueue = column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 3) - 1; // Fit for three frames + + if (!column->IsEnabled) + { + column->IndexWithinEnabledSet = -1; + continue; + } + + // Mark as enabled and link to previous/next enabled column + column->PrevEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)prev_visible_column_idx; + column->NextEnabledColumn = -1; + if (prev_visible_column_idx != -1) + table->Columns[prev_visible_column_idx].NextEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + else + table->LeftMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + column->IndexWithinEnabledSet = table->ColumnsEnabledCount++; + table->EnabledMaskByIndex |= (ImU64)1 << column_n; + table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder |= (ImU64)1 << column->DisplayOrder; + prev_visible_column_idx = column_n; + IM_ASSERT(column->IndexWithinEnabledSet <= column->DisplayOrder); + + // Calculate ideal/auto column width (that's the width required for all contents to be visible without clipping) + // Combine width from regular rows + width from headers unless requested not to. + if (!column->IsPreserveWidthAuto) + column->WidthAuto = TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column); + + // Non-resizable columns keep their requested width (apply user value regardless of IsPreserveWidthAuto) + const bool column_is_resizable = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) == 0; + if (column_is_resizable) + has_resizable = true; + if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f && !column_is_resizable) + column->WidthAuto = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth; + + if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00) + has_auto_fit_request = true; + if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) + { + stretch_sum_width_auto += column->WidthAuto; + count_stretch++; + } + else + { + fixed_max_width_auto = ImMax(fixed_max_width_auto, column->WidthAuto); + count_fixed++; + } + } + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && table->SortSpecsCount == 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate)) + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; + table->RightMostEnabledColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)prev_visible_column_idx; + IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostEnabledColumn >= 0 && table->RightMostEnabledColumn >= 0); + + // [Part 2] Disable child window clipping while fitting columns. This is not strictly necessary but makes it possible + // to avoid the column fitting having to wait until the first visible frame of the child container (may or not be a good thing). + // FIXME-TABLE: for always auto-resizing columns may not want to do that all the time. + if (has_auto_fit_request && table->OuterWindow != table->InnerWindow) + table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = false; + if (has_auto_fit_request) + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + + // [Part 3] Fix column flags and record a few extra information. + float sum_width_requests = 0.0f; // Sum of all width for fixed and auto-resize columns, excluding width contributed by Stretch columns but including spacing/padding. + float stretch_sum_weights = 0.0f; // Sum of all weights for stretch columns. + table->LeftMostStretchedColumn = table->RightMostStretchedColumn = -1; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + if (!(table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))) + continue; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + const bool column_is_resizable = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) == 0; + if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) + { + // Apply same widths policy + float width_auto = column->WidthAuto; + if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame && (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00 || !column_is_resizable)) + width_auto = fixed_max_width_auto; + + // Apply automatic width + // Latch initial size for fixed columns and update it constantly for auto-resizing column (unless clipped!) + if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00) + column->WidthRequest = width_auto; + else if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !column_is_resizable && (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))) + column->WidthRequest = width_auto; + + // FIXME-TABLE: Increase minimum size during init frame to avoid biasing auto-fitting widgets + // (e.g. TextWrapped) too much. Otherwise what tends to happen is that TextWrapped would output a very + // large height (= first frame scrollbar display very off + clipper would skip lots of items). + // This is merely making the side-effect less extreme, but doesn't properly fixes it. + // FIXME: Move this to ->WidthGiven to avoid temporary lossyless? + // FIXME: This break IsPreserveWidthAuto from not flickering if the stored WidthAuto was smaller. + if (column->AutoFitQueue > 0x01 && table->IsInitializing && !column->IsPreserveWidthAuto) + column->WidthRequest = ImMax(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth * 4.0f); // FIXME-TABLE: Another constant/scale? + sum_width_requests += column->WidthRequest; + } + else + { + // Initialize stretch weight + if (column->AutoFitQueue != 0x00 || column->StretchWeight < 0.0f || !column_is_resizable) + { + if (column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f) + column->StretchWeight = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth; + else if (table_sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp) + column->StretchWeight = (column->WidthAuto / stretch_sum_width_auto) * count_stretch; + else + column->StretchWeight = 1.0f; + } + + stretch_sum_weights += column->StretchWeight; + if (table->LeftMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->LeftMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder > column->DisplayOrder) + table->LeftMostStretchedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + if (table->RightMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->RightMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder < column->DisplayOrder) + table->RightMostStretchedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + } + column->IsPreserveWidthAuto = false; + sum_width_requests += table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; + } + table->ColumnsEnabledFixedCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)count_fixed; + table->ColumnsStretchSumWeights = stretch_sum_weights; + + // [Part 4] Apply final widths based on requested widths + const ImRect work_rect = table->WorkRect; + const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1); + const float width_removed = (table->HasScrollbarYPrev && !table->InnerWindow->ScrollbarY) ? g.Style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f; // To synchronize decoration width of synched tables with mismatching scrollbar state (#5920) + const float width_avail = ImMax(1.0f, (((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && table->InnerWidth == 0.0f) ? table->InnerClipRect.GetWidth() : work_rect.GetWidth()) - width_removed); + const float width_avail_for_stretched_columns = width_avail - width_spacings - sum_width_requests; + float width_remaining_for_stretched_columns = width_avail_for_stretched_columns; + table->ColumnsGivenWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + if (!(table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n))) + continue; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + // Allocate width for stretched/weighted columns (StretchWeight gets converted into WidthRequest) + if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) + { + float weight_ratio = column->StretchWeight / stretch_sum_weights; + column->WidthRequest = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(width_avail_for_stretched_columns * weight_ratio, table->MinColumnWidth) + 0.01f); + width_remaining_for_stretched_columns -= column->WidthRequest; + } + + // [Resize Rule 1] The right-most Visible column is not resizable if there is at least one Stretch column + // See additional comments in TableSetColumnWidth(). + if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1 && table->LeftMostStretchedColumn != -1) + column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_; + + // Assign final width, record width in case we will need to shrink + column->WidthGiven = ImFloor(ImMax(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth)); + table->ColumnsGivenWidth += column->WidthGiven; + } + + // [Part 5] Redistribute stretch remainder width due to rounding (remainder width is < 1.0f * number of Stretch column). + // Using right-to-left distribution (more likely to match resizing cursor). + if (width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_PreciseWidths)) + for (int order_n = table->ColumnsCount - 1; stretch_sum_weights > 0.0f && width_remaining_for_stretched_columns >= 1.0f && order_n >= 0; order_n--) + { + if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n))) + continue; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]]; + if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) + continue; + column->WidthRequest += 1.0f; + column->WidthGiven += 1.0f; + width_remaining_for_stretched_columns -= 1.0f; + } + + // Determine if table is hovered which will be used to flag columns as hovered. + // - In principle we'd like to use the equivalent of IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem), + // but because our item is partially submitted at this point we use ItemHoverable() and a workaround (temporarily + // clear ActiveId, which is equivalent to the change provided by _AllowWhenBLockedByActiveItem). + // - This allows columns to be marked as hovered when e.g. clicking a button inside the column, or using drag and drop. + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); + table->HoveredColumnBody = -1; + table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1; + const ImRect mouse_hit_rect(table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.Max.x, ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight)); + const ImGuiID backup_active_id = g.ActiveId; + g.ActiveId = 0; + const bool is_hovering_table = ItemHoverable(mouse_hit_rect, 0); + g.ActiveId = backup_active_id; + + // [Part 6] Setup final position, offset, skip/clip states and clipping rectangles, detect hovered column + // Process columns in their visible orders as we are comparing the visible order and adjusting host_clip_rect while looping. + int visible_n = 0; + bool offset_x_frozen = (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0); + float offset_x = ((table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0) ? table->OuterRect.Min.x : work_rect.Min.x) + table->OuterPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX1; + ImRect host_clip_rect = table->InnerClipRect; + //host_clip_rect.Max.x += table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX2; + table->VisibleMaskByIndex = 0x00; + table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex = 0x00; + for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) + { + const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + column->NavLayerCurrent = (ImS8)(table->FreezeRowsCount > 0 ? ImGuiNavLayer_Menu : ImGuiNavLayer_Main); // Use Count NOT request so Header line changes layer when frozen + + if (offset_x_frozen && table->FreezeColumnsCount == visible_n) + { + offset_x += work_rect.Min.x - table->OuterRect.Min.x; + offset_x_frozen = false; + } + + // Clear status flags + column->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_; + + if ((table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n)) == 0) + { + // Hidden column: clear a few fields and we are done with it for the remainder of the function. + // We set a zero-width clip rect but set Min.y/Max.y properly to not interfere with the clipper. + column->MinX = column->MaxX = column->WorkMinX = column->ClipRect.Min.x = column->ClipRect.Max.x = offset_x; + column->WidthGiven = 0.0f; + column->ClipRect.Min.y = work_rect.Min.y; + column->ClipRect.Max.y = FLT_MAX; + column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_clip_rect); + column->IsVisibleX = column->IsVisibleY = column->IsRequestOutput = false; + column->IsSkipItems = true; + column->ItemWidth = 1.0f; + continue; + } + + // Detect hovered column + if (is_hovering_table && g.IO.MousePos.x >= column->ClipRect.Min.x && g.IO.MousePos.x < column->ClipRect.Max.x) + table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + + // Lock start position + column->MinX = offset_x; + + // Lock width based on start position and minimum/maximum width for this position + float max_width = TableGetMaxColumnWidth(table, column_n); + column->WidthGiven = ImMin(column->WidthGiven, max_width); + column->WidthGiven = ImMax(column->WidthGiven, ImMin(column->WidthRequest, table->MinColumnWidth)); + column->MaxX = offset_x + column->WidthGiven + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2 + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; + + // Lock other positions + // - ClipRect.Min.x: Because merging draw commands doesn't compare min boundaries, we make ClipRect.Min.x match left bounds to be consistent regardless of merging. + // - ClipRect.Max.x: using WorkMaxX instead of MaxX (aka including padding) makes things more consistent when resizing down, tho slightly detrimental to visibility in very-small column. + // - ClipRect.Max.x: using MaxX makes it easier for header to receive hover highlight with no discontinuity and display sorting arrow. + // - FIXME-TABLE: We want equal width columns to have equal (ClipRect.Max.x - WorkMinX) width, which means ClipRect.max.x cannot stray off host_clip_rect.Max.x else right-most column may appear shorter. + column->WorkMinX = column->MinX + table->CellPaddingX + table->CellSpacingX1; + column->WorkMaxX = column->MaxX - table->CellPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX2; // Expected max + column->ItemWidth = ImFloor(column->WidthGiven * 0.65f); + column->ClipRect.Min.x = column->MinX; + column->ClipRect.Min.y = work_rect.Min.y; + column->ClipRect.Max.x = column->MaxX; //column->WorkMaxX; + column->ClipRect.Max.y = FLT_MAX; + column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(host_clip_rect); + + // Mark column as Clipped (not in sight) + // Note that scrolling tables (where inner_window != outer_window) handle Y clipped earlier in BeginTable() so IsVisibleY really only applies to non-scrolling tables. + // FIXME-TABLE: Because InnerClipRect.Max.y is conservatively ==outer_window->ClipRect.Max.y, we never can mark columns _Above_ the scroll line as not IsVisibleY. + // Taking advantage of LastOuterHeight would yield good results there... + // FIXME-TABLE: Y clipping is disabled because it effectively means not submitting will reduce contents width which is fed to outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, + // and this may be used (e.g. typically by outer_window using AlwaysAutoResize or outer_window's horizontal scrollbar, but could be something else). + // Possible solution to preserve last known content width for clipped column. Test 'table_reported_size' fails when enabling Y clipping and window is resized small. + column->IsVisibleX = (column->ClipRect.Max.x > column->ClipRect.Min.x); + column->IsVisibleY = true; // (column->ClipRect.Max.y > column->ClipRect.Min.y); + const bool is_visible = column->IsVisibleX; //&& column->IsVisibleY; + if (is_visible) + table->VisibleMaskByIndex |= ((ImU64)1 << column_n); + + // Mark column as requesting output from user. Note that fixed + non-resizable sets are auto-fitting at all times and therefore always request output. + column->IsRequestOutput = is_visible || column->AutoFitQueue != 0 || column->CannotSkipItemsQueue != 0; + if (column->IsRequestOutput) + table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex |= ((ImU64)1 << column_n); + + // Mark column as SkipItems (ignoring all items/layout) + column->IsSkipItems = !column->IsEnabled || table->HostSkipItems; + if (column->IsSkipItems) + IM_ASSERT(!is_visible); + + // Update status flags + column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled; + if (is_visible) + column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsVisible; + if (column->SortOrder != -1) + column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsSorted; + if (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) + column->Flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered; + + // Alignment + // FIXME-TABLE: This align based on the whole column width, not per-cell, and therefore isn't useful in + // many cases (to be able to honor this we might be able to store a log of cells width, per row, for + // visible rows, but nav/programmatic scroll would have visible artifacts.) + //if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignRight) + // column->WorkMinX = ImMax(column->WorkMinX, column->MaxX - column->ContentWidthRowsUnfrozen); + //else if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_AlignCenter) + // column->WorkMinX = ImLerp(column->WorkMinX, ImMax(column->StartX, column->MaxX - column->ContentWidthRowsUnfrozen), 0.5f); + + // Reset content width variables + column->ContentMaxXFrozen = column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen = column->WorkMinX; + column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = column->WorkMinX; + + // Don't decrement auto-fit counters until container window got a chance to submit its items + if (table->HostSkipItems == false) + { + column->AutoFitQueue >>= 1; + column->CannotSkipItemsQueue >>= 1; + } + + if (visible_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount) + host_clip_rect.Min.x = ImClamp(column->MaxX + TABLE_BORDER_SIZE, host_clip_rect.Min.x, host_clip_rect.Max.x); + + offset_x += column->WidthGiven + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2 + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; + visible_n++; + } + + // [Part 7] Detect/store when we are hovering the unused space after the right-most column (so e.g. context menus can react on it) + // Clear Resizable flag if none of our column are actually resizable (either via an explicit _NoResize flag, either + // because of using _WidthAuto/_WidthStretch). This will hide the resizing option from the context menu. + const float unused_x1 = ImMax(table->WorkRect.Min.x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].ClipRect.Max.x); + if (is_hovering_table && table->HoveredColumnBody == -1) + { + if (g.IO.MousePos.x >= unused_x1) + table->HoveredColumnBody = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)table->ColumnsCount; + } + if (has_resizable == false && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)) + table->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; + + // [Part 8] Lock actual OuterRect/WorkRect right-most position. + // This is done late to handle the case of fixed-columns tables not claiming more widths that they need. + // Because of this we are careful with uses of WorkRect and InnerClipRect before this point. + if (table->RightMostStretchedColumn != -1) + table->Flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX) + { + table->OuterRect.Max.x = table->WorkRect.Max.x = unused_x1; + table->InnerClipRect.Max.x = ImMin(table->InnerClipRect.Max.x, unused_x1); + } + table->InnerWindow->ParentWorkRect = table->WorkRect; + table->BorderX1 = table->InnerClipRect.Min.x;// +((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) ? 0.0f : -1.0f); + table->BorderX2 = table->InnerClipRect.Max.x;// +((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) ? 0.0f : +1.0f); + + // [Part 9] Allocate draw channels and setup background cliprect + TableSetupDrawChannels(table); + + // [Part 10] Hit testing on borders + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) + TableUpdateBorders(table); + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight = 0.0f; + table->IsLayoutLocked = true; + table->IsUsingHeaders = false; + + // [Part 11] Context menu + if (TableBeginContextMenuPopup(table)) + { + TableDrawContextMenu(table); + EndPopup(); + } + + // [Part 13] Sanitize and build sort specs before we have a change to use them for display. + // This path will only be exercised when sort specs are modified before header rows (e.g. init or visibility change) + if (table->IsSortSpecsDirty && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)) + TableSortSpecsBuild(table); + + // [Part 14] Setup inner window decoration size (for scrolling / nav tracking to properly take account of frozen rows/columns) + if (table->FreezeColumnsRequest > 0) + table->InnerWindow->DecoInnerSizeX1 = table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->FreezeColumnsRequest - 1]].MaxX - table->OuterRect.Min.x; + if (table->FreezeRowsRequest > 0) + table->InnerWindow->DecoInnerSizeY1 = table_instance->LastFrozenHeight; + table_instance->LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f; + + // Initial state + ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP); + else + inner_window->DrawList->PushClipRect(inner_window->ClipRect.Min, inner_window->ClipRect.Max, false); +} + +// Process hit-testing on resizing borders. Actual size change will be applied in EndTable() +// - Set table->HoveredColumnBorder with a short delay/timer to reduce feedback noise +// - Submit ahead of table contents and header, use ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap to prioritize widgets +// overlapping the same area. +void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable); + + // At this point OuterRect height may be zero or under actual final height, so we rely on temporal coherency and + // use the final height from last frame. Because this is only affecting _interaction_ with columns, it is not + // really problematic (whereas the actual visual will be displayed in EndTable() and using the current frame height). + // Actual columns highlight/render will be performed in EndTable() and not be affected. + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); + const float hit_half_width = TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS; + const float hit_y1 = table->OuterRect.Min.y; + const float hit_y2_body = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, hit_y1 + table_instance->LastOuterHeight); + const float hit_y2_head = hit_y1 + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight; + + for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) + { + if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n))) + continue; + + const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->Flags & (ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_)) + continue; + + // ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize will be honored in TableDrawBorders() + const float border_y2_hit = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody) ? hit_y2_head : hit_y2_body; + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody) && table->IsUsingHeaders == false) + continue; + + if (!column->IsVisibleX && table->LastResizedColumn != column_n) + continue; + + ImGuiID column_id = TableGetColumnResizeID(table, column_n, table->InstanceCurrent); + ImRect hit_rect(column->MaxX - hit_half_width, hit_y1, column->MaxX + hit_half_width, border_y2_hit); + ItemAdd(hit_rect, column_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(hit_rect.Min, hit_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100)); + + bool hovered = false, held = false; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); + if (pressed && IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) + { + TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(table, column_n); + ClearActiveID(); + held = hovered = false; + } + if (held) + { + if (table->LastResizedColumn == -1) + table->ResizeLockMinContentsX2 = table->RightMostEnabledColumn != -1 ? table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].MaxX : -FLT_MAX; + table->ResizedColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent; + } + if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_FEEDBACK_TIMER) || held) + { + table->HoveredColumnBorder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW); + } + } +} + +void ImGui::EndTable() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Only call EndTable() if BeginTable() returns true!"); + + // This assert would be very useful to catch a common error... unfortunately it would probably trigger in some + // cases, and for consistency user may sometimes output empty tables (and still benefit from e.g. outer border) + //IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked && "Table unused: never called TableNextRow(), is that the intent?"); + + // If the user never got to call TableNextRow() or TableNextColumn(), we call layout ourselves to ensure all our + // code paths are consistent (instead of just hoping that TableBegin/TableEnd will work), get borders drawn, etc. + if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) + TableUpdateLayout(table); + + const ImGuiTableFlags flags = table->Flags; + ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; + ImGuiWindow* outer_window = table->OuterWindow; + ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data = table->TempData; + IM_ASSERT(inner_window == g.CurrentWindow); + IM_ASSERT(outer_window == inner_window || outer_window == inner_window->ParentWindow); + + if (table->IsInsideRow) + TableEndRow(table); + + // Context menu in columns body + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody) + if (table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && !IsAnyItemHovered() && IsMouseReleased(ImGuiMouseButton_Right)) + TableOpenContextMenu((int)table->HoveredColumnBody); + + // Finalize table height + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); + inner_window->DC.PrevLineSize = temp_data->HostBackupPrevLineSize; + inner_window->DC.CurrLineSize = temp_data->HostBackupCurrLineSize; + inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos = temp_data->HostBackupCursorMaxPos; + const float inner_content_max_y = table->RowPosY2; + IM_ASSERT(table->RowPosY2 == inner_window->DC.CursorPos.y); + if (inner_window != outer_window) + inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = inner_content_max_y; + else if (!(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY)) + table->OuterRect.Max.y = table->InnerRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y); // Patch OuterRect/InnerRect height + table->WorkRect.Max.y = ImMax(table->WorkRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Max.y); + table_instance->LastOuterHeight = table->OuterRect.GetHeight(); + + // Setup inner scrolling range + // FIXME: This ideally should be done earlier, in BeginTable() SetNextWindowContentSize call, just like writing to inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, + // but since the later is likely to be impossible to do we'd rather update both axises together. + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) + { + const float outer_padding_for_border = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f; + float max_pos_x = table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x; + if (table->RightMostEnabledColumn != -1) + max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->Columns[table->RightMostEnabledColumn].WorkMaxX + table->CellPaddingX + table->OuterPaddingX - outer_padding_for_border); + if (table->ResizedColumn != -1) + max_pos_x = ImMax(max_pos_x, table->ResizeLockMinContentsX2); + table->InnerWindow->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = max_pos_x; + } + + // Pop clipping rect + if (!(flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip)) + inner_window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); + inner_window->ClipRect = inner_window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back(); + + // Draw borders + if ((flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Borders) != 0) + TableDrawBorders(table); + +#if 0 + // Strip out dummy channel draw calls + // We have no way to prevent user submitting direct ImDrawList calls into a hidden column (but ImGui:: calls will be clipped out) + // Pros: remove draw calls which will have no effect. since they'll have zero-size cliprect they may be early out anyway. + // Cons: making it harder for users watching metrics/debugger to spot the wasted vertices. + if (table->DummyDrawChannel != (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)-1) + { + ImDrawChannel* dummy_channel = &table->DrawSplitter._Channels[table->DummyDrawChannel]; + dummy_channel->_CmdBuffer.resize(0); + dummy_channel->_IdxBuffer.resize(0); + } +#endif + + // Flatten channels and merge draw calls + ImDrawListSplitter* splitter = table->DrawSplitter; + splitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_window->DrawList, 0); + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) == 0) + TableMergeDrawChannels(table); + splitter->Merge(inner_window->DrawList); + + // Update ColumnsAutoFitWidth to get us ahead for host using our size to auto-resize without waiting for next BeginTable() + float auto_fit_width_for_fixed = 0.0f; + float auto_fit_width_for_stretched = 0.0f; + float auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min = 0.0f; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + if (table->EnabledMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + float column_width_request = ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize)) ? column->WidthRequest : TableGetColumnWidthAuto(table, column); + if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) + auto_fit_width_for_fixed += column_width_request; + else + auto_fit_width_for_stretched += column_width_request; + if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) != 0) + auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min = ImMax(auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min, column_width_request / (column->StretchWeight / table->ColumnsStretchSumWeights)); + } + const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1); + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth = width_spacings + (table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f) * table->ColumnsEnabledCount + auto_fit_width_for_fixed + ImMax(auto_fit_width_for_stretched, auto_fit_width_for_stretched_min); + + // Update scroll + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0 && inner_window != outer_window) + { + inner_window->Scroll.x = 0.0f; + } + else if (table->LastResizedColumn != -1 && table->ResizedColumn == -1 && inner_window->ScrollbarX && table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent) + { + // When releasing a column being resized, scroll to keep the resulting column in sight + const float neighbor_width_to_keep_visible = table->MinColumnWidth + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->LastResizedColumn]; + if (column->MaxX < table->InnerClipRect.Min.x) + SetScrollFromPosX(inner_window, column->MaxX - inner_window->Pos.x - neighbor_width_to_keep_visible, 1.0f); + else if (column->MaxX > table->InnerClipRect.Max.x) + SetScrollFromPosX(inner_window, column->MaxX - inner_window->Pos.x + neighbor_width_to_keep_visible, 1.0f); + } + + // Apply resizing/dragging at the end of the frame + if (table->ResizedColumn != -1 && table->InstanceCurrent == table->InstanceInteracted) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->ResizedColumn]; + const float new_x2 = (g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + TABLE_RESIZE_SEPARATOR_HALF_THICKNESS); + const float new_width = ImFloor(new_x2 - column->MinX - table->CellSpacingX1 - table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f); + table->ResizedColumnNextWidth = new_width; + } + + // Pop from id stack + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(inner_window->IDStack.back() == table->ID + table->InstanceCurrent, "Mismatching PushID/PopID!"); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size >= temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize, "Too many PopItemWidth!"); + PopID(); + + // Restore window data that we modified + const ImVec2 backup_outer_max_pos = outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos; + inner_window->WorkRect = temp_data->HostBackupWorkRect; + inner_window->ParentWorkRect = temp_data->HostBackupParentWorkRect; + inner_window->SkipItems = table->HostSkipItems; + outer_window->DC.CursorPos = table->OuterRect.Min; + outer_window->DC.ItemWidth = temp_data->HostBackupItemWidth; + outer_window->DC.ItemWidthStack.Size = temp_data->HostBackupItemWidthStackSize; + outer_window->DC.ColumnsOffset = temp_data->HostBackupColumnsOffset; + + // Layout in outer window + // (FIXME: To allow auto-fit and allow desirable effect of SameLine() we dissociate 'used' vs 'ideal' size by overriding + // CursorPosPrevLine and CursorMaxPos manually. That should be a more general layout feature, see same problem e.g. #3414) + if (inner_window != outer_window) + { + EndChild(); + } + else + { + ItemSize(table->OuterRect.GetSize()); + ItemAdd(table->OuterRect, 0); + } + + // Override declared contents width/height to enable auto-resize while not needlessly adding a scrollbar + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX) + { + // FIXME-TABLE: Could we remove this section? + // ColumnsAutoFitWidth may be one frame ahead here since for Fixed+NoResize is calculated from latest contents + IM_ASSERT((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0); + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth); + } + else if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.x <= 0.0f) + { + const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.x : 0.0f; + outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.x); + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.x, table->OuterRect.Min.x + table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth)); + } + else + { + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.x, table->OuterRect.Max.x); + } + if (temp_data->UserOuterSize.y <= 0.0f) + { + const float decoration_size = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? inner_window->ScrollbarSizes.y : 0.0f; + outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y = ImMax(outer_window->DC.IdealMaxPos.y, inner_content_max_y + decoration_size - temp_data->UserOuterSize.y); + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, ImMin(table->OuterRect.Max.y, inner_content_max_y)); + } + else + { + // OuterRect.Max.y may already have been pushed downward from the initial value (unless ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY is set) + outer_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(backup_outer_max_pos.y, table->OuterRect.Max.y); + } + + // Save settings + if (table->IsSettingsDirty) + TableSaveSettings(table); + table->IsInitializing = false; + + // Clear or restore current table, if any + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == outer_window && g.CurrentTable == table); + IM_ASSERT(g.TablesTempDataStacked > 0); + temp_data = (--g.TablesTempDataStacked > 0) ? &g.TablesTempData[g.TablesTempDataStacked - 1] : NULL; + g.CurrentTable = temp_data ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(temp_data->TableIndex) : NULL; + if (g.CurrentTable) + { + g.CurrentTable->TempData = temp_data; + g.CurrentTable->DrawSplitter = &temp_data->DrawSplitter; + } + outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = g.CurrentTable ? g.Tables.GetIndex(g.CurrentTable) : -1; +} + +// See "COLUMN SIZING POLICIES" comments at the top of this file +// If (init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f) it is ignored +void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, float init_width_or_weight, ImGuiID user_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableSetupColumn() after BeginTable()!"); + IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false && "Need to call call TableSetupColumn() before first row!"); + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_StatusMask_) == 0 && "Illegal to pass StatusMask values to TableSetupColumn()"); + if (table->DeclColumnsCount >= table->ColumnsCount) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(table->DeclColumnsCount < table->ColumnsCount, "Called TableSetupColumn() too many times!"); + return; + } + + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->DeclColumnsCount]; + table->DeclColumnsCount++; + + // Assert when passing a width or weight if policy is entirely left to default, to avoid storing width into weight and vice-versa. + // Give a grace to users of ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX. + if (table->IsDefaultSizingPolicy && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0 && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) == 0) + IM_ASSERT(init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f && "Can only specify width/weight if sizing policy is set explicitly in either Table or Column."); + + // When passing a width automatically enforce WidthFixed policy + // (whereas TableSetupColumnFlags would default to WidthAuto if table is not Resizable) + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0 && init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit || (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) + flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed; + + TableSetupColumnFlags(table, column, flags); + column->UserID = user_id; + flags = column->Flags; + + // Initialize defaults + column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth = init_width_or_weight; + if (table->IsInitializing) + { + // Init width or weight + if (column->WidthRequest < 0.0f && column->StretchWeight < 0.0f) + { + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) + column->WidthRequest = init_width_or_weight; + if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) + column->StretchWeight = (init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) ? init_width_or_weight : -1.0f; + + // Disable auto-fit if an explicit width/weight has been specified + if (init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) + column->AutoFitQueue = 0x00; + } + + // Init default visibility/sort state + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) && (table->SettingsLoadedFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) == 0) + column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = false; + if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort && (table->SettingsLoadedFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) == 0) + { + column->SortOrder = 0; // Multiple columns using _DefaultSort will be reassigned unique SortOrder values when building the sort specs. + column->SortDirection = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) ? (ImS8)ImGuiSortDirection_Descending : (ImU8)(ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending); + } + } + + // Store name (append with zero-terminator in contiguous buffer) + column->NameOffset = -1; + if (label != NULL && label[0] != 0) + { + column->NameOffset = (ImS16)table->ColumnsNames.size(); + table->ColumnsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1); + } +} + +// [Public] +void ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(int columns, int rows) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableSetupColumn() after BeginTable()!"); + IM_ASSERT(table->IsLayoutLocked == false && "Need to call TableSetupColumn() before first row!"); + IM_ASSERT(columns >= 0 && columns < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_COLUMNS); + IM_ASSERT(rows >= 0 && rows < 128); // Arbitrary limit + + table->FreezeColumnsRequest = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)ImMin(columns, table->ColumnsCount) : 0; + table->FreezeColumnsCount = (table->InnerWindow->Scroll.x != 0.0f) ? table->FreezeColumnsRequest : 0; + table->FreezeRowsRequest = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)rows : 0; + table->FreezeRowsCount = (table->InnerWindow->Scroll.y != 0.0f) ? table->FreezeRowsRequest : 0; + table->IsUnfrozenRows = (table->FreezeRowsCount == 0); // Make sure this is set before TableUpdateLayout() so ImGuiListClipper can benefit from it.b + + // Ensure frozen columns are ordered in their section. We still allow multiple frozen columns to be reordered. + // FIXME-TABLE: This work for preserving 2143 into 21|43. How about 4321 turning into 21|43? (preserve relative order in each section) + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->FreezeColumnsRequest; column_n++) + { + int order_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[column_n]; + if (order_n != column_n && order_n >= table->FreezeColumnsRequest) + { + ImSwap(table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]].DisplayOrder, table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[column_n]].DisplayOrder); + ImSwap(table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n], table->DisplayOrderToIndex[column_n]); + } + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Simple accessors +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetColumnCount() +// - TableGetColumnName() +// - TableGetColumnName() [Internal] +// - TableSetColumnEnabled() +// - TableGetColumnFlags() +// - TableGetCellBgRect() [Internal] +// - TableGetColumnResizeID() [Internal] +// - TableGetHoveredColumn() [Internal] +// - TableSetBgColor() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int ImGui::TableGetColumnCount() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + return table ? table->ColumnsCount : 0; +} + +const char* ImGui::TableGetColumnName(int column_n) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return NULL; + if (column_n < 0) + column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + return TableGetColumnName(table, column_n); +} + +const char* ImGui::TableGetColumnName(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) +{ + if (table->IsLayoutLocked == false && column_n >= table->DeclColumnsCount) + return ""; // NameOffset is invalid at this point + const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->NameOffset == -1) + return ""; + return &table->ColumnsNames.Buf[column->NameOffset]; +} + +// Change user accessible enabled/disabled state of a column (often perceived as "showing/hiding" from users point of view) +// Note that end-user can use the context menu to change this themselves (right-click in headers, or right-click in columns body with ImGuiTableFlags_ContextMenuInBody) +// - Require table to have the ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable flag because we are manipulating user accessible state. +// - Request will be applied during next layout, which happens on the first call to TableNextRow() after BeginTable(). +// - For the getter you can test (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled) != 0. +// - Alternative: the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled is an overriding/master disable flag which will also hide the column from context menu. +void ImGui::TableSetColumnEnabled(int column_n, bool enabled) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL); + if (!table) + return; + IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable); // See comments above + if (column_n < 0) + column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = enabled; +} + +// We allow querying for an extra column in order to poll the IsHovered state of the right-most section +ImGuiTableColumnFlags ImGui::TableGetColumnFlags(int column_n) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None; + if (column_n < 0) + column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + if (column_n == table->ColumnsCount) + return (table->HoveredColumnBody == column_n) ? ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered : ImGuiTableColumnFlags_None; + return table->Columns[column_n].Flags; +} + +// Return the cell rectangle based on currently known height. +// - Important: we generally don't know our row height until the end of the row, so Max.y will be incorrect in many situations. +// The only case where this is correct is if we provided a min_row_height to TableNextRow() and don't go below it, or in TableEndRow() when we locked that height. +// - Important: if ImGuiTableFlags_PadOuterX is set but ImGuiTableFlags_PadInnerX is not set, the outer-most left and right +// columns report a small offset so their CellBgRect can extend up to the outer border. +// FIXME: But the rendering code in TableEndRow() nullifies that with clamping required for scrolling. +ImRect ImGui::TableGetCellBgRect(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) +{ + const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + float x1 = column->MinX; + float x2 = column->MaxX; + //if (column->PrevEnabledColumn == -1) + // x1 -= table->OuterPaddingX; + //if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1) + // x2 += table->OuterPaddingX; + x1 = ImMax(x1, table->WorkRect.Min.x); + x2 = ImMin(x2, table->WorkRect.Max.x); + return ImRect(x1, table->RowPosY1, x2, table->RowPosY2); +} + +// Return the resizing ID for the right-side of the given column. +ImGuiID ImGui::TableGetColumnResizeID(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int instance_no) +{ + IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); + ImGuiID id = table->ID + 1 + (instance_no * table->ColumnsCount) + column_n; + return id; +} + +// Return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered. +int ImGui::TableGetHoveredColumn() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return -1; + return (int)table->HoveredColumnBody; +} + +void ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(target != ImGuiTableBgTarget_None); + + if (color == IM_COL32_DISABLE) + color = 0; + + // We cannot draw neither the cell or row background immediately as we don't know the row height at this point in time. + switch (target) + { + case ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg: + { + if (table->RowPosY1 > table->InnerClipRect.Max.y) // Discard + return; + if (column_n == -1) + column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + if ((table->VisibleMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) == 0) + return; + if (table->RowCellDataCurrent < 0 || table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent].Column != column_n) + table->RowCellDataCurrent++; + ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data = &table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent]; + cell_data->BgColor = color; + cell_data->Column = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + break; + } + case ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0: + case ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1: + { + if (table->RowPosY1 > table->InnerClipRect.Max.y) // Discard + return; + IM_ASSERT(column_n == -1); + int bg_idx = (target == ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg1) ? 1 : 0; + table->RowBgColor[bg_idx] = color; + break; + } + default: + IM_ASSERT(0); + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Row changes +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetRowIndex() +// - TableNextRow() +// - TableBeginRow() [Internal] +// - TableEndRow() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// [Public] Note: for row coloring we use ->RowBgColorCounter which is the same value without counting header rows +int ImGui::TableGetRowIndex() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return 0; + return table->CurrentRow; +} + +// [Public] Starts into the first cell of a new row +void ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags, float row_min_height) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + + if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) + TableUpdateLayout(table); + if (table->IsInsideRow) + TableEndRow(table); + + table->LastRowFlags = table->RowFlags; + table->RowFlags = row_flags; + table->RowMinHeight = row_min_height; + TableBeginRow(table); + + // We honor min_row_height requested by user, but cannot guarantee per-row maximum height, + // because that would essentially require a unique clipping rectangle per-cell. + table->RowPosY2 += table->CellPaddingY * 2.0f; + table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, table->RowPosY1 + row_min_height); + + // Disable output until user calls TableNextColumn() + table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = true; +} + +// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow() +void ImGui::TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; + IM_ASSERT(!table->IsInsideRow); + + // New row + table->CurrentRow++; + table->CurrentColumn = -1; + table->RowBgColor[0] = table->RowBgColor[1] = IM_COL32_DISABLE; + table->RowCellDataCurrent = -1; + table->IsInsideRow = true; + + // Begin frozen rows + float next_y1 = table->RowPosY2; + if (table->CurrentRow == 0 && table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) + next_y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->OuterRect.Min.y; + + table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = next_y1; + table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; + table->RowIndentOffsetX = window->DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX; // Lock indent + window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = next_y1; + + // Making the header BG color non-transparent will allow us to overlay it multiple times when handling smooth dragging. + if (table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) + { + TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_RowBg0, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg)); + if (table->CurrentRow == 0) + table->IsUsingHeaders = true; + } +} + +// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow() +void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(window == table->InnerWindow); + IM_ASSERT(table->IsInsideRow); + + if (table->CurrentColumn != -1) + TableEndCell(table); + + // Logging + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(NULL, "|"); + + // Position cursor at the bottom of our row so it can be used for e.g. clipping calculation. However it is + // likely that the next call to TableBeginCell() will reposition the cursor to take account of vertical padding. + window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY2; + + // Row background fill + const float bg_y1 = table->RowPosY1; + const float bg_y2 = table->RowPosY2; + const bool unfreeze_rows_actual = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsCount); + const bool unfreeze_rows_request = (table->CurrentRow + 1 == table->FreezeRowsRequest); + if (table->CurrentRow == 0) + TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent)->LastFirstRowHeight = bg_y2 - bg_y1; + + const bool is_visible = (bg_y2 >= table->InnerClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 <= table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); + if (is_visible) + { + // Decide of background color for the row + ImU32 bg_col0 = 0; + ImU32 bg_col1 = 0; + if (table->RowBgColor[0] != IM_COL32_DISABLE) + bg_col0 = table->RowBgColor[0]; + else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg) + bg_col0 = GetColorU32((table->RowBgColorCounter & 1) ? ImGuiCol_TableRowBgAlt : ImGuiCol_TableRowBg); + if (table->RowBgColor[1] != IM_COL32_DISABLE) + bg_col1 = table->RowBgColor[1]; + + // Decide of top border color + ImU32 border_col = 0; + const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE; + if (table->CurrentRow > 0 || table->InnerWindow == table->OuterWindow) + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH) + border_col = (table->LastRowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) ? table->BorderColorStrong : table->BorderColorLight; + + const bool draw_cell_bg_color = table->RowCellDataCurrent >= 0; + const bool draw_strong_bottom_border = unfreeze_rows_actual; + if ((bg_col0 | bg_col1 | border_col) != 0 || draw_strong_bottom_border || draw_cell_bg_color) + { + // In theory we could call SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() but since we know TableEndRow() is + // always followed by a change of clipping rectangle we perform the smallest overwrite possible here. + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) == 0) + window->DrawList->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.ToVec4(); + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0); + } + + // Draw row background + // We soft/cpu clip this so all backgrounds and borders can share the same clipping rectangle + if (bg_col0 || bg_col1) + { + ImRect row_rect(table->WorkRect.Min.x, bg_y1, table->WorkRect.Max.x, bg_y2); + row_rect.ClipWith(table->BgClipRect); + if (bg_col0 != 0 && row_rect.Min.y < row_rect.Max.y) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(row_rect.Min, row_rect.Max, bg_col0); + if (bg_col1 != 0 && row_rect.Min.y < row_rect.Max.y) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(row_rect.Min, row_rect.Max, bg_col1); + } + + // Draw cell background color + if (draw_cell_bg_color) + { + ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data_end = &table->RowCellData[table->RowCellDataCurrent]; + for (ImGuiTableCellData* cell_data = &table->RowCellData[0]; cell_data <= cell_data_end; cell_data++) + { + // As we render the BG here we need to clip things (for layout we would not) + // FIXME: This cancels the OuterPadding addition done by TableGetCellBgRect(), need to keep it while rendering correctly while scrolling. + const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[cell_data->Column]; + ImRect cell_bg_rect = TableGetCellBgRect(table, cell_data->Column); + cell_bg_rect.ClipWith(table->BgClipRect); + cell_bg_rect.Min.x = ImMax(cell_bg_rect.Min.x, column->ClipRect.Min.x); // So that first column after frozen one gets clipped when scrolling + cell_bg_rect.Max.x = ImMin(cell_bg_rect.Max.x, column->MaxX); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(cell_bg_rect.Min, cell_bg_rect.Max, cell_data->BgColor); + } + } + + // Draw top border + if (border_col && bg_y1 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, bg_y1), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, bg_y1), border_col, border_size); + + // Draw bottom border at the row unfreezing mark (always strong) + if (draw_strong_bottom_border && bg_y2 >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && bg_y2 < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, bg_y2), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, bg_y2), table->BorderColorStrong, border_size); + } + + // End frozen rows (when we are past the last frozen row line, teleport cursor and alter clipping rectangle) + // We need to do that in TableEndRow() instead of TableBeginRow() so the list clipper can mark end of row and + // get the new cursor position. + if (unfreeze_rows_request) + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + table->Columns[column_n].NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; + if (unfreeze_rows_actual) + { + IM_ASSERT(table->IsUnfrozenRows == false); + const float y0 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2 + 1, window->InnerClipRect.Min.y); + table->IsUnfrozenRows = true; + TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent)->LastFrozenHeight = y0 - table->OuterRect.Min.y; + + // BgClipRect starts as table->InnerClipRect, reduce it now and make BgClipRectForDrawCmd == BgClipRect + table->BgClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y = ImMin(y0, window->InnerClipRect.Max.y); + table->BgClipRect.Max.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y = window->InnerClipRect.Max.y; + table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen; + IM_ASSERT(table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y <= table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max.y); + + float row_height = table->RowPosY2 - table->RowPosY1; + table->RowPosY2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->WorkRect.Min.y + table->RowPosY2 - table->OuterRect.Min.y; + table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 - row_height; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + column->DrawChannelCurrent = column->DrawChannelUnfrozen; + column->ClipRect.Min.y = table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min.y; + } + + // Update cliprect ahead of TableBeginCell() so clipper can access to new ClipRect->Min.y + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Columns[0].ClipRect); + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Columns[0].DrawChannelCurrent); + } + + if (!(table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers)) + table->RowBgColorCounter++; + table->IsInsideRow = false; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Columns changes +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetColumnIndex() +// - TableSetColumnIndex() +// - TableNextColumn() +// - TableBeginCell() [Internal] +// - TableEndCell() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +int ImGui::TableGetColumnIndex() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return 0; + return table->CurrentColumn; +} + +// [Public] Append into a specific column +bool ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return false; + + if (table->CurrentColumn != column_n) + { + if (table->CurrentColumn != -1) + TableEndCell(table); + IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && table->ColumnsCount); + TableBeginCell(table, column_n); + } + + // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value, + // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height. + return (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) != 0; +} + +// [Public] Append into the next column, wrap and create a new row when already on last column +bool ImGui::TableNextColumn() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return false; + + if (table->IsInsideRow && table->CurrentColumn + 1 < table->ColumnsCount) + { + if (table->CurrentColumn != -1) + TableEndCell(table); + TableBeginCell(table, table->CurrentColumn + 1); + } + else + { + TableNextRow(); + TableBeginCell(table, 0); + } + + // Return whether the column is visible. User may choose to skip submitting items based on this return value, + // however they shouldn't skip submitting for columns that may have the tallest contribution to row height. + int column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + return (table->RequestOutputMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) != 0; +} + + +// [Internal] Called by TableSetColumnIndex()/TableNextColumn() +// This is called very frequently, so we need to be mindful of unnecessary overhead. +// FIXME-TABLE FIXME-OPT: Could probably shortcut some things for non-active or clipped columns. +void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) +{ + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; + table->CurrentColumn = column_n; + + // Start position is roughly ~~ CellRect.Min + CellPadding + Indent + float start_x = column->WorkMinX; + if (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IndentEnable) + start_x += table->RowIndentOffsetX; // ~~ += window.DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX, except we locked it for the row. + + window->DC.CursorPos.x = start_x; + window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY1 + table->CellPaddingY; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x; + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = start_x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.Indent.x; // FIXME-WORKRECT + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = table->RowTextBaseline; + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = (ImGuiNavLayer)column->NavLayerCurrent; + + window->WorkRect.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + window->WorkRect.Min.x = column->WorkMinX; + window->WorkRect.Max.x = column->WorkMaxX; + window->DC.ItemWidth = column->ItemWidth; + + // To allow ImGuiListClipper to function we propagate our row height + if (!column->IsEnabled) + window->DC.CursorPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorPos.y, table->RowPosY2); + + window->SkipItems = column->IsSkipItems; + if (column->IsSkipItems) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.LastItemData.ID = 0; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = 0; + } + + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) + { + // FIXME: if we end up drawing all borders/bg in EndTable, could remove this and just assert that channel hasn't changed. + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP); + //IM_ASSERT(table->DrawSplitter._Current == TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_NOCLIP); + } + else + { + // FIXME-TABLE: Could avoid this if draw channel is dummy channel? + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, column->ClipRect); + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, column->DrawChannelCurrent); + } + + // Logging + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LogEnabled && !column->IsSkipItems) + { + LogRenderedText(&window->DC.CursorPos, "|"); + g.LogLinePosY = FLT_MAX; + } +} + +// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow()/TableSetColumnIndex()/TableNextColumn() +void ImGui::TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn]; + ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; + + if (window->DC.IsSetPos) + ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); + + // Report maximum position so we can infer content size per column. + float* p_max_pos_x; + if (table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) + p_max_pos_x = &column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed; // Useful in case user submit contents in header row that is not a TableHeader() call + else + p_max_pos_x = table->IsUnfrozenRows ? &column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen : &column->ContentMaxXFrozen; + *p_max_pos_x = ImMax(*p_max_pos_x, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x); + table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y + table->CellPaddingY); + column->ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidth; + + // Propagate text baseline for the entire row + // FIXME-TABLE: Here we propagate text baseline from the last line of the cell.. instead of the first one. + table->RowTextBaseline = ImMax(table->RowTextBaseline, window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Columns width management +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetMaxColumnWidth() [Internal] +// - TableGetColumnWidthAuto() [Internal] +// - TableSetColumnWidth() +// - TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle() [Internal] +// - TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll() [Internal] +// - TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Maximum column content width given current layout. Use column->MinX so this value on a per-column basis. +float ImGui::TableGetMaxColumnWidth(const ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) +{ + const ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + float max_width = FLT_MAX; + const float min_column_distance = table->MinColumnWidth + table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f + table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) + { + // Frozen columns can't reach beyond visible width else scrolling will naturally break. + // (we use DisplayOrder as within a set of multiple frozen column reordering is possible) + if (column->DisplayOrder < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) + { + max_width = (table->InnerClipRect.Max.x - (table->FreezeColumnsRequest - column->DisplayOrder) * min_column_distance) - column->MinX; + max_width = max_width - table->OuterPaddingX - table->CellPaddingX - table->CellSpacingX2; + } + } + else if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoKeepColumnsVisible) == 0) + { + // If horizontal scrolling if disabled, we apply a final lossless shrinking of columns in order to make + // sure they are all visible. Because of this we also know that all of the columns will always fit in + // table->WorkRect and therefore in table->InnerRect (because ScrollX is off) + // FIXME-TABLE: This is solved incorrectly but also quite a difficult problem to fix as we also want ClipRect width to match. + // See "table_width_distrib" and "table_width_keep_visible" tests + max_width = table->WorkRect.Max.x - (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - column->IndexWithinEnabledSet - 1) * min_column_distance - column->MinX; + //max_width -= table->CellSpacingX1; + max_width -= table->CellSpacingX2; + max_width -= table->CellPaddingX * 2.0f; + max_width -= table->OuterPaddingX; + } + return max_width; +} + +// Note this is meant to be stored in column->WidthAuto, please generally use the WidthAuto field +float ImGui::TableGetColumnWidthAuto(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column) +{ + const float content_width_body = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXFrozen, column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen) - column->WorkMinX; + const float content_width_headers = column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal - column->WorkMinX; + float width_auto = content_width_body; + if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderWidth)) + width_auto = ImMax(width_auto, content_width_headers); + + // Non-resizable fixed columns preserve their requested width + if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth > 0.0f) + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) || (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize)) + width_auto = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth; + + return ImMax(width_auto, table->MinColumnWidth); +} + +// 'width' = inner column width, without padding +void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && table->IsLayoutLocked == false); + IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); + ImGuiTableColumn* column_0 = &table->Columns[column_n]; + float column_0_width = width; + + // Apply constraints early + // Compare both requested and actual given width to avoid overwriting requested width when column is stuck (minimum size, bounded) + IM_ASSERT(table->MinColumnWidth > 0.0f); + const float min_width = table->MinColumnWidth; + const float max_width = ImMax(min_width, TableGetMaxColumnWidth(table, column_n)); + column_0_width = ImClamp(column_0_width, min_width, max_width); + if (column_0->WidthGiven == column_0_width || column_0->WidthRequest == column_0_width) + return; + + //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableSetColumnWidth(%d, %.1f->%.1f)\n", column_0_idx, column_0->WidthGiven, column_0_width); + ImGuiTableColumn* column_1 = (column_0->NextEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_0->NextEnabledColumn] : NULL; + + // In this surprisingly not simple because of how we support mixing Fixed and multiple Stretch columns. + // - All fixed: easy. + // - All stretch: easy. + // - One or more fixed + one stretch: easy. + // - One or more fixed + more than one stretch: tricky. + // Qt when manual resize is enabled only support a single _trailing_ stretch column. + + // When forwarding resize from Wn| to Fn+1| we need to be considerate of the _NoResize flag on Fn+1. + // FIXME-TABLE: Find a way to rewrite all of this so interactions feel more consistent for the user. + // Scenarios: + // - F1 F2 F3 resize from F1| or F2| --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. Subsequent columns will be offset. + // - F1 F2 F3 resize from F3| --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. If active, ScrollX extent can be altered. + // - F1 F2 W3 resize from F1| or F2| --> ok: alter ->WidthRequested of Fixed column. If active, ScrollX extent can be altered, but it doesn't make much sense as the Stretch column will always be minimal size. + // - F1 F2 W3 resize from W3| --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1) + // - W1 W2 W3 resize from W1| or W2| --> ok + // - W1 W2 W3 resize from W3| --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1) + // - W1 F2 F3 resize from F3| --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1) + // - W1 F2 resize from F2| --> ok: no-op (disabled by Resize Rule 1) + // - W1 W2 F3 resize from W1| or W2| --> ok + // - W1 F2 W3 resize from W1| or F2| --> ok + // - F1 W2 F3 resize from W2| --> ok + // - F1 W3 F2 resize from W3| --> ok + // - W1 F2 F3 resize from W1| --> ok: equivalent to resizing |F2. F3 will not move. + // - W1 F2 F3 resize from F2| --> ok + // All resizes from a Wx columns are locking other columns. + + // Possible improvements: + // - W1 W2 W3 resize W1| --> to not be stuck, both W2 and W3 would stretch down. Seems possible to fix. Would be most beneficial to simplify resize of all-weighted columns. + // - W3 F1 F2 resize W3| --> to not be stuck past F1|, both F1 and F2 would need to stretch down, which would be lossy or ambiguous. Seems hard to fix. + + // [Resize Rule 1] Can't resize from right of right-most visible column if there is any Stretch column. Implemented in TableUpdateLayout(). + + // If we have all Fixed columns OR resizing a Fixed column that doesn't come after a Stretch one, we can do an offsetting resize. + // This is the preferred resize path + if (column_0->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) + if (!column_1 || table->LeftMostStretchedColumn == -1 || table->Columns[table->LeftMostStretchedColumn].DisplayOrder >= column_0->DisplayOrder) + { + column_0->WidthRequest = column_0_width; + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + return; + } + + // We can also use previous column if there's no next one (this is used when doing an auto-fit on the right-most stretch column) + if (column_1 == NULL) + column_1 = (column_0->PrevEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_0->PrevEnabledColumn] : NULL; + if (column_1 == NULL) + return; + + // Resizing from right-side of a Stretch column before a Fixed column forward sizing to left-side of fixed column. + // (old_a + old_b == new_a + new_b) --> (new_a == old_a + old_b - new_b) + float column_1_width = ImMax(column_1->WidthRequest - (column_0_width - column_0->WidthRequest), min_width); + column_0_width = column_0->WidthRequest + column_1->WidthRequest - column_1_width; + IM_ASSERT(column_0_width > 0.0f && column_1_width > 0.0f); + column_0->WidthRequest = column_0_width; + column_1->WidthRequest = column_1_width; + if ((column_0->Flags | column_1->Flags) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) + TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(table); + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; +} + +// Disable clipping then auto-fit, will take 2 frames +// (we don't take a shortcut for unclipped columns to reduce inconsistencies when e.g. resizing multiple columns) +void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) +{ + // Single auto width uses auto-fit + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (!column->IsEnabled) + return; + column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 0); + table->AutoFitSingleColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; +} + +void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (!column->IsEnabled && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) // Cannot reset weight of hidden stretch column + continue; + column->CannotSkipItemsQueue = (1 << 0); + column->AutoFitQueue = (1 << 1); + } +} + +void ImGui::TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostStretchedColumn != -1 && table->RightMostStretchedColumn != -1); + + // Measure existing quantity + float visible_weight = 0.0f; + float visible_width = 0.0f; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (!column->IsEnabled || !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) + continue; + IM_ASSERT(column->StretchWeight > 0.0f); + visible_weight += column->StretchWeight; + visible_width += column->WidthRequest; + } + IM_ASSERT(visible_weight > 0.0f && visible_width > 0.0f); + + // Apply new weights + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (!column->IsEnabled || !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) + continue; + column->StretchWeight = (column->WidthRequest / visible_width) * visible_weight; + IM_ASSERT(column->StretchWeight > 0.0f); + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Drawing +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TablePushBackgroundChannel() [Internal] +// - TablePopBackgroundChannel() [Internal] +// - TableSetupDrawChannels() [Internal] +// - TableMergeDrawChannels() [Internal] +// - TableDrawBorders() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Bg2 is used by Selectable (and possibly other widgets) to render to the background. +// Unlike our Bg0/1 channel which we uses for RowBg/CellBg/Borders and where we guarantee all shapes to be CPU-clipped, the Bg2 channel being widgets-facing will rely on regular ClipRect. +void ImGui::TablePushBackgroundChannel() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + + // Optimization: avoid SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect() + table->HostBackupInnerClipRect = window->ClipRect; + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd); + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent); +} + +void ImGui::TablePopBackgroundChannel() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn]; + + // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, table->HostBackupInnerClipRect); + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, column->DrawChannelCurrent); +} + +// Allocate draw channels. Called by TableUpdateLayout() +// - We allocate them following storage order instead of display order so reordering columns won't needlessly +// increase overall dormant memory cost. +// - We isolate headers draw commands in their own channels instead of just altering clip rects. +// This is in order to facilitate merging of draw commands. +// - After crossing FreezeRowsCount, all columns see their current draw channel changed to a second set of channels. +// - We only use the dummy draw channel so we can push a null clipping rectangle into it without affecting other +// channels, while simplifying per-row/per-cell overhead. It will be empty and discarded when merged. +// - We allocate 1 or 2 background draw channels. This is because we know TablePushBackgroundChannel() is only used for +// horizontal spanning. If we allowed vertical spanning we'd need one background draw channel per merge group (1-4). +// Draw channel allocation (before merging): +// - NoClip --> 2+D+1 channels: bg0/1 + bg2 + foreground (same clip rect == always 1 draw call) +// - Clip --> 2+D+N channels +// - FreezeRows --> 2+D+N*2 (unless scrolling value is zero) +// - FreezeRows || FreezeColunns --> 3+D+N*2 (unless scrolling value is zero) +// Where D is 1 if any column is clipped or hidden (dummy channel) otherwise 0. +void ImGui::TableSetupDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + const int freeze_row_multiplier = (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) ? 2 : 1; + const int channels_for_row = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip) ? 1 : table->ColumnsEnabledCount; + const int channels_for_bg = 1 + 1 * freeze_row_multiplier; + const int channels_for_dummy = (table->ColumnsEnabledCount < table->ColumnsCount || table->VisibleMaskByIndex != table->EnabledMaskByIndex) ? +1 : 0; + const int channels_total = channels_for_bg + (channels_for_row * freeze_row_multiplier) + channels_for_dummy; + table->DrawSplitter->Split(table->InnerWindow->DrawList, channels_total); + table->DummyDrawChannel = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)((channels_for_dummy > 0) ? channels_total - 1 : -1); + table->Bg2DrawChannelCurrent = TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN; + table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)((table->FreezeRowsCount > 0) ? 2 + channels_for_row : TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN); + + int draw_channel_current = 2; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->IsVisibleX && column->IsVisibleY) + { + column->DrawChannelFrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)(draw_channel_current); + column->DrawChannelUnfrozen = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)(draw_channel_current + (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0 ? channels_for_row + 1 : 0)); + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoClip)) + draw_channel_current++; + } + else + { + column->DrawChannelFrozen = column->DrawChannelUnfrozen = table->DummyDrawChannel; + } + column->DrawChannelCurrent = column->DrawChannelFrozen; + } + + // Initial draw cmd starts with a BgClipRect that matches the one of its host, to facilitate merge draw commands by default. + // All our cell highlight are manually clipped with BgClipRect. When unfreezing it will be made smaller to fit scrolling rect. + // (This technically isn't part of setting up draw channels, but is reasonably related to be done here) + table->BgClipRect = table->InnerClipRect; + table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd = table->OuterWindow->ClipRect; + table->Bg2ClipRectForDrawCmd = table->HostClipRect; + IM_ASSERT(table->BgClipRect.Min.y <= table->BgClipRect.Max.y); +} + +// This function reorder draw channels based on matching clip rectangle, to facilitate merging them. Called by EndTable(). +// For simplicity we call it TableMergeDrawChannels() but in fact it only reorder channels + overwrite ClipRect, +// actual merging is done by table->DrawSplitter.Merge() which is called right after TableMergeDrawChannels(). +// +// Columns where the contents didn't stray off their local clip rectangle can be merged. To achieve +// this we merge their clip rect and make them contiguous in the channel list, so they can be merged +// by the call to DrawSplitter.Merge() following to the call to this function. +// We reorder draw commands by arranging them into a maximum of 4 distinct groups: +// +// 1 group: 2 groups: 2 groups: 4 groups: +// [ 0. ] no freeze [ 0. ] row freeze [ 01 ] col freeze [ 01 ] row+col freeze +// [ .. ] or no scroll [ 2. ] and v-scroll [ .. ] and h-scroll [ 23 ] and v+h-scroll +// +// Each column itself can use 1 channel (row freeze disabled) or 2 channels (row freeze enabled). +// When the contents of a column didn't stray off its limit, we move its channels into the corresponding group +// based on its position (within frozen rows/columns groups or not). +// At the end of the operation our 1-4 groups will each have a ImDrawCmd using the same ClipRect. +// This function assume that each column are pointing to a distinct draw channel, +// otherwise merge_group->ChannelsCount will not match set bit count of merge_group->ChannelsMask. +// +// Column channels will not be merged into one of the 1-4 groups in the following cases: +// - The contents stray off its clipping rectangle (we only compare the MaxX value, not the MinX value). +// Direct ImDrawList calls won't be taken into account by default, if you use them make sure the ImGui:: bounds +// matches, by e.g. calling SetCursorScreenPos(). +// - The channel uses more than one draw command itself. We drop all our attempt at merging stuff here.. +// we could do better but it's going to be rare and probably not worth the hassle. +// Columns for which the draw channel(s) haven't been merged with other will use their own ImDrawCmd. +// +// This function is particularly tricky to understand.. take a breath. +void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImDrawListSplitter* splitter = table->DrawSplitter; + const bool has_freeze_v = (table->FreezeRowsCount > 0); + const bool has_freeze_h = (table->FreezeColumnsCount > 0); + IM_ASSERT(splitter->_Current == 0); + + // Track which groups we are going to attempt to merge, and which channels goes into each group. + struct MergeGroup + { + ImRect ClipRect; + int ChannelsCount; + ImBitArray ChannelsMask; + + MergeGroup() { ChannelsCount = 0; } + }; + int merge_group_mask = 0x00; + MergeGroup merge_groups[4]; + + // 1. Scan channels and take note of those which can be merged + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + if ((table->VisibleMaskByIndex & ((ImU64)1 << column_n)) == 0) + continue; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + const int merge_group_sub_count = has_freeze_v ? 2 : 1; + for (int merge_group_sub_n = 0; merge_group_sub_n < merge_group_sub_count; merge_group_sub_n++) + { + const int channel_no = (merge_group_sub_n == 0) ? column->DrawChannelFrozen : column->DrawChannelUnfrozen; + + // Don't attempt to merge if there are multiple draw calls within the column + ImDrawChannel* src_channel = &splitter->_Channels[channel_no]; + if (src_channel->_CmdBuffer.Size > 0 && src_channel->_CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && src_channel->_CmdBuffer.back().UserCallback == NULL) // Equivalent of PopUnusedDrawCmd() + src_channel->_CmdBuffer.pop_back(); + if (src_channel->_CmdBuffer.Size != 1) + continue; + + // Find out the width of this merge group and check if it will fit in our column + // (note that we assume that rendering didn't stray on the left direction. we should need a CursorMinPos to detect it) + if (!(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoClip)) + { + float content_max_x; + if (!has_freeze_v) + content_max_x = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed); // No row freeze + else if (merge_group_sub_n == 0) + content_max_x = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXFrozen, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed); // Row freeze: use width before freeze + else + content_max_x = column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen; // Row freeze: use width after freeze + if (content_max_x > column->ClipRect.Max.x) + continue; + } + + const int merge_group_n = (has_freeze_h && column_n < table->FreezeColumnsCount ? 0 : 1) + (has_freeze_v && merge_group_sub_n == 0 ? 0 : 2); + IM_ASSERT(channel_no < IMGUI_TABLE_MAX_DRAW_CHANNELS); + MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n]; + if (merge_group->ChannelsCount == 0) + merge_group->ClipRect = ImRect(+FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); + merge_group->ChannelsMask.SetBit(channel_no); + merge_group->ChannelsCount++; + merge_group->ClipRect.Add(src_channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect); + merge_group_mask |= (1 << merge_group_n); + } + + // Invalidate current draw channel + // (we don't clear DrawChannelFrozen/DrawChannelUnfrozen solely to facilitate debugging/later inspection of data) + column->DrawChannelCurrent = (ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx)-1; + } + + // [DEBUG] Display merge groups +#if 0 + if (g.IO.KeyShift) + for (int merge_group_n = 0; merge_group_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(merge_groups); merge_group_n++) + { + MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n]; + if (merge_group->ChannelsCount == 0) + continue; + char buf[32]; + ImFormatString(buf, 32, "MG%d:%d", merge_group_n, merge_group->ChannelsCount); + ImVec2 text_pos = merge_group->ClipRect.Min + ImVec2(4, 4); + ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(buf, NULL); + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRectFilled(text_pos, text_pos + text_size, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255)); + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddText(text_pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), buf, NULL); + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + } +#endif + + // 2. Rewrite channel list in our preferred order + if (merge_group_mask != 0) + { + // We skip channel 0 (Bg0/Bg1) and 1 (Bg2 frozen) from the shuffling since they won't move - see channels allocation in TableSetupDrawChannels(). + const int LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS = 2; + g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.resize(splitter->_Count - LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS); // Use shared temporary storage so the allocation gets amortized + ImDrawChannel* dst_tmp = g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data; + ImBitArray remaining_mask; // We need 132-bit of storage + remaining_mask.SetBitRange(LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, splitter->_Count); + remaining_mask.ClearBit(table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen); + IM_ASSERT(has_freeze_v == false || table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen != TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG2_FROZEN); + int remaining_count = splitter->_Count - (has_freeze_v ? LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS + 1 : LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS); + //ImRect host_rect = (table->InnerWindow == table->OuterWindow) ? table->InnerClipRect : table->HostClipRect; + ImRect host_rect = table->HostClipRect; + for (int merge_group_n = 0; merge_group_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(merge_groups); merge_group_n++) + { + if (int merge_channels_count = merge_groups[merge_group_n].ChannelsCount) + { + MergeGroup* merge_group = &merge_groups[merge_group_n]; + ImRect merge_clip_rect = merge_group->ClipRect; + + // Extend outer-most clip limits to match those of host, so draw calls can be merged even if + // outer-most columns have some outer padding offsetting them from their parent ClipRect. + // The principal cases this is dealing with are: + // - On a same-window table (not scrolling = single group), all fitting columns ClipRect -> will extend and match host ClipRect -> will merge + // - Columns can use padding and have left-most ClipRect.Min.x and right-most ClipRect.Max.x != from host ClipRect -> will extend and match host ClipRect -> will merge + // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-WORKRECT: We are wasting a merge opportunity on tables without scrolling if column doesn't fit + // within host clip rect, solely because of the half-padding difference between window->WorkRect and window->InnerClipRect. + if ((merge_group_n & 1) == 0 || !has_freeze_h) + merge_clip_rect.Min.x = ImMin(merge_clip_rect.Min.x, host_rect.Min.x); + if ((merge_group_n & 2) == 0 || !has_freeze_v) + merge_clip_rect.Min.y = ImMin(merge_clip_rect.Min.y, host_rect.Min.y); + if ((merge_group_n & 1) != 0) + merge_clip_rect.Max.x = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.x, host_rect.Max.x); + if ((merge_group_n & 2) != 0 && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) == 0) + merge_clip_rect.Max.y = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.y, host_rect.Max.y); +#if 0 + GetOverlayDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f); + GetOverlayDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_clip_rect.Min, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); + GetOverlayDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Max, merge_clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); +#endif + remaining_count -= merge_group->ChannelsCount; + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(remaining_mask.Storage); n++) + remaining_mask.Storage[n] &= ~merge_group->ChannelsMask.Storage[n]; + for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && merge_channels_count != 0; n++) + { + // Copy + overwrite new clip rect + if (!merge_group->ChannelsMask.TestBit(n)) + continue; + merge_group->ChannelsMask.ClearBit(n); + merge_channels_count--; + + ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n]; + IM_ASSERT(channel->_CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && merge_clip_rect.Contains(ImRect(channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect))); + channel->_CmdBuffer[0].ClipRect = merge_clip_rect.ToVec4(); + memcpy(dst_tmp++, channel, sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); + } + } + + // Make sure Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen appears in the middle of our groups (whereas Bg0/Bg1 and Bg2 frozen are fixed to 0 and 1) + if (merge_group_n == 1 && has_freeze_v) + memcpy(dst_tmp++, &splitter->_Channels[table->Bg2DrawChannelUnfrozen], sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); + } + + // Append unmergeable channels that we didn't reorder at the end of the list + for (int n = 0; n < splitter->_Count && remaining_count != 0; n++) + { + if (!remaining_mask.TestBit(n)) + continue; + ImDrawChannel* channel = &splitter->_Channels[n]; + memcpy(dst_tmp++, channel, sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); + remaining_count--; + } + IM_ASSERT(dst_tmp == g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data + g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Size); + memcpy(splitter->_Channels.Data + LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS, g.DrawChannelsTempMergeBuffer.Data, (splitter->_Count - LEADING_DRAW_CHANNELS) * sizeof(ImDrawChannel)); + } +} + +// FIXME-TABLE: This is a mess, need to redesign how we render borders (as some are also done in TableEndRow) +void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiWindow* inner_window = table->InnerWindow; + if (!table->OuterWindow->ClipRect.Overlaps(table->OuterRect)) + return; + + ImDrawList* inner_drawlist = inner_window->DrawList; + table->DrawSplitter->SetCurrentChannel(inner_drawlist, TABLE_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG0); + inner_drawlist->PushClipRect(table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.Min, table->Bg0ClipRectForDrawCmd.Max, false); + + // Draw inner border and resizing feedback + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); + const float border_size = TABLE_BORDER_SIZE; + const float draw_y1 = table->InnerRect.Min.y; + const float draw_y2_body = table->InnerRect.Max.y; + const float draw_y2_head = table->IsUsingHeaders ? ImMin(table->InnerRect.Max.y, (table->FreezeRowsCount >= 1 ? table->InnerRect.Min.y : table->WorkRect.Min.y) + table_instance->LastFirstRowHeight) : draw_y1; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV) + { + for (int order_n = 0; order_n < table->ColumnsCount; order_n++) + { + if (!(table->EnabledMaskByDisplayOrder & ((ImU64)1 << order_n))) + continue; + + const int column_n = table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + const bool is_hovered = (table->HoveredColumnBorder == column_n); + const bool is_resized = (table->ResizedColumn == column_n) && (table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent); + const bool is_resizable = (column->Flags & (ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize | ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoDirectResize_)) == 0; + const bool is_frozen_separator = (table->FreezeColumnsCount == order_n + 1); + if (column->MaxX > table->InnerClipRect.Max.x && !is_resized) + continue; + + // Decide whether right-most column is visible + if (column->NextEnabledColumn == -1 && !is_resizable) + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) != ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame || (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX)) + continue; + if (column->MaxX <= column->ClipRect.Min.x) // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-STYLE: Assume BorderSize==1, this is problematic if we want to increase the border size.. + continue; + + // Draw in outer window so right-most column won't be clipped + // Always draw full height border when being resized/hovered, or on the delimitation of frozen column scrolling. + ImU32 col; + float draw_y2; + if (is_hovered || is_resized || is_frozen_separator) + { + draw_y2 = draw_y2_body; + col = is_resized ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive) : is_hovered ? GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered) : table->BorderColorStrong; + } + else + { + draw_y2 = (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)) ? draw_y2_head : draw_y2_body; + col = (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBody | ImGuiTableFlags_NoBordersInBodyUntilResize)) ? table->BorderColorStrong : table->BorderColorLight; + } + + if (draw_y2 > draw_y1) + inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y1), ImVec2(column->MaxX, draw_y2), col, border_size); + } + } + + // Draw outer border + // FIXME: could use AddRect or explicit VLine/HLine helper? + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) + { + // Display outer border offset by 1 which is a simple way to display it without adding an extra draw call + // (Without the offset, in outer_window it would be rendered behind cells, because child windows are above their + // parent. In inner_window, it won't reach out over scrollbars. Another weird solution would be to display part + // of it in inner window, and the part that's over scrollbars in the outer window..) + // Either solution currently won't allow us to use a larger border size: the border would clipped. + const ImRect outer_border = table->OuterRect; + const ImU32 outer_col = table->BorderColorStrong; + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) == ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) + { + inner_drawlist->AddRect(outer_border.Min, outer_border.Max, outer_col, 0.0f, 0, border_size); + } + else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) + { + inner_drawlist->AddLine(outer_border.Min, ImVec2(outer_border.Min.x, outer_border.Max.y), outer_col, border_size); + inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(outer_border.Max.x, outer_border.Min.y), outer_border.Max, outer_col, border_size); + } + else if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterH) + { + inner_drawlist->AddLine(outer_border.Min, ImVec2(outer_border.Max.x, outer_border.Min.y), outer_col, border_size); + inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(outer_border.Min.x, outer_border.Max.y), outer_border.Max, outer_col, border_size); + } + } + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerH) && table->RowPosY2 < table->OuterRect.Max.y) + { + // Draw bottom-most row border + const float border_y = table->RowPosY2; + if (border_y >= table->BgClipRect.Min.y && border_y < table->BgClipRect.Max.y) + inner_drawlist->AddLine(ImVec2(table->BorderX1, border_y), ImVec2(table->BorderX2, border_y), table->BorderColorLight, border_size); + } + + inner_drawlist->PopClipRect(); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Sorting +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetSortSpecs() +// - TableFixColumnSortDirection() [Internal] +// - TableGetColumnNextSortDirection() [Internal] +// - TableSetColumnSortDirection() [Internal] +// - TableSortSpecsSanitize() [Internal] +// - TableSortSpecsBuild() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Return NULL if no sort specs (most often when ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is not set) +// You can sort your data again when 'SpecsChanged == true'. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since +// last call, or the first time. +// Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable()! +ImGuiTableSortSpecs* ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL); + + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)) + return NULL; + + // Require layout (in case TableHeadersRow() hasn't been called) as it may alter IsSortSpecsDirty in some paths. + if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) + TableUpdateLayout(table); + + TableSortSpecsBuild(table); + + return &table->SortSpecs; +} + +static inline ImGuiSortDirection TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column, int n) +{ + IM_ASSERT(n < column->SortDirectionsAvailCount); + return (column->SortDirectionsAvailList >> (n << 1)) & 0x03; +} + +// Fix sort direction if currently set on a value which is unavailable (e.g. activating NoSortAscending/NoSortDescending) +void ImGui::TableFixColumnSortDirection(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column) +{ + if (column->SortOrder == -1 || (column->SortDirectionsAvailMask & (1 << column->SortDirection)) != 0) + return; + column->SortDirection = (ImU8)TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0); + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; +} + +// Calculate next sort direction that would be set after clicking the column +// - If the PreferSortDescending flag is set, we will default to a Descending direction on the first click. +// - Note that the PreferSortAscending flag is never checked, it is essentially the default and therefore a no-op. +IM_STATIC_ASSERT(ImGuiSortDirection_None == 0 && ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending == 1 && ImGuiSortDirection_Descending == 2); +ImGuiSortDirection ImGui::TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(ImGuiTableColumn* column) +{ + IM_ASSERT(column->SortDirectionsAvailCount > 0); + if (column->SortOrder == -1) + return TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0); + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++) + if (column->SortDirection == TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, n)) + return TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, (n + 1) % column->SortDirectionsAvailCount); + IM_ASSERT(0); + return ImGuiSortDirection_None; +} + +// Note that the NoSortAscending/NoSortDescending flags are processed in TableSortSpecsSanitize(), and they may change/revert +// the value of SortDirection. We could technically also do it here but it would be unnecessary and duplicate code. +void ImGui::TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti)) + append_to_sort_specs = false; + if (!(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate)) + IM_ASSERT(sort_direction != ImGuiSortDirection_None); + + ImGuiTableColumnIdx sort_order_max = 0; + if (append_to_sort_specs) + for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++) + sort_order_max = ImMax(sort_order_max, table->Columns[other_column_n].SortOrder); + + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + column->SortDirection = (ImU8)sort_direction; + if (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_None) + column->SortOrder = -1; + else if (column->SortOrder == -1 || !append_to_sort_specs) + column->SortOrder = append_to_sort_specs ? sort_order_max + 1 : 0; + + for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* other_column = &table->Columns[other_column_n]; + if (other_column != column && !append_to_sort_specs) + other_column->SortOrder = -1; + TableFixColumnSortDirection(table, other_column); + } + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; +} + +void ImGui::TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + IM_ASSERT(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable); + + // Clear SortOrder from hidden column and verify that there's no gap or duplicate. + int sort_order_count = 0; + ImU64 sort_order_mask = 0x00; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->SortOrder != -1 && !column->IsEnabled) + column->SortOrder = -1; + if (column->SortOrder == -1) + continue; + sort_order_count++; + sort_order_mask |= ((ImU64)1 << column->SortOrder); + IM_ASSERT(sort_order_count < (int)sizeof(sort_order_mask) * 8); + } + + const bool need_fix_linearize = ((ImU64)1 << sort_order_count) != (sort_order_mask + 1); + const bool need_fix_single_sort_order = (sort_order_count > 1) && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortMulti); + if (need_fix_linearize || need_fix_single_sort_order) + { + ImU64 fixed_mask = 0x00; + for (int sort_n = 0; sort_n < sort_order_count; sort_n++) + { + // Fix: Rewrite sort order fields if needed so they have no gap or duplicate. + // (e.g. SortOrder 0 disappeared, SortOrder 1..2 exists --> rewrite then as SortOrder 0..1) + int column_with_smallest_sort_order = -1; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + if ((fixed_mask & ((ImU64)1 << (ImU64)column_n)) == 0 && table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder != -1) + if (column_with_smallest_sort_order == -1 || table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder < table->Columns[column_with_smallest_sort_order].SortOrder) + column_with_smallest_sort_order = column_n; + IM_ASSERT(column_with_smallest_sort_order != -1); + fixed_mask |= ((ImU64)1 << column_with_smallest_sort_order); + table->Columns[column_with_smallest_sort_order].SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)sort_n; + + // Fix: Make sure only one column has a SortOrder if ImGuiTableFlags_MultiSortable is not set. + if (need_fix_single_sort_order) + { + sort_order_count = 1; + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + if (column_n != column_with_smallest_sort_order) + table->Columns[column_n].SortOrder = -1; + break; + } + } + } + + // Fallback default sort order (if no column had the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort flag) + if (sort_order_count == 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate)) + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->IsEnabled && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort)) + { + sort_order_count = 1; + column->SortOrder = 0; + column->SortDirection = (ImU8)TableGetColumnAvailSortDirection(column, 0); + break; + } + } + + table->SortSpecsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)sort_order_count; +} + +void ImGui::TableSortSpecsBuild(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + bool dirty = table->IsSortSpecsDirty; + if (dirty) + { + TableSortSpecsSanitize(table); + table->SortSpecsMulti.resize(table->SortSpecsCount <= 1 ? 0 : table->SortSpecsCount); + table->SortSpecs.SpecsDirty = true; // Mark as dirty for user + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = false; // Mark as not dirty for us + } + + // Write output + ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_specs = (table->SortSpecsCount == 0) ? NULL : (table->SortSpecsCount == 1) ? &table->SortSpecsSingle : table->SortSpecsMulti.Data; + if (dirty && sort_specs != NULL) + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (column->SortOrder == -1) + continue; + IM_ASSERT(column->SortOrder < table->SortSpecsCount); + ImGuiTableColumnSortSpecs* sort_spec = &sort_specs[column->SortOrder]; + sort_spec->ColumnUserID = column->UserID; + sort_spec->ColumnIndex = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + sort_spec->SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column->SortOrder; + sort_spec->SortDirection = column->SortDirection; + } + + table->SortSpecs.Specs = sort_specs; + table->SortSpecs.SpecsCount = table->SortSpecsCount; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Headers +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableGetHeaderRowHeight() [Internal] +// - TableHeadersRow() +// - TableHeader() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +float ImGui::TableGetHeaderRowHeight() +{ + // Caring for a minor edge case: + // Calculate row height, for the unlikely case that some labels may be taller than others. + // If we didn't do that, uneven header height would highlight but smaller one before the tallest wouldn't catch input for all height. + // In your custom header row you may omit this all together and just call TableNextRow() without a height... + float row_height = GetTextLineHeight(); + int columns_count = TableGetColumnCount(); + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns_count; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = TableGetColumnFlags(column_n); + if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsEnabled) && !(flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel)) + row_height = ImMax(row_height, CalcTextSize(TableGetColumnName(column_n)).y); + } + row_height += GetStyle().CellPadding.y * 2.0f; + return row_height; +} + +// [Public] This is a helper to output TableHeader() calls based on the column names declared in TableSetupColumn(). +// The intent is that advanced users willing to create customized headers would not need to use this helper +// and can create their own! For example: TableHeader() may be preceeded by Checkbox() or other custom widgets. +// See 'Demo->Tables->Custom headers' for a demonstration of implementing a custom version of this. +// This code is constructed to not make much use of internal functions, as it is intended to be a template to copy. +// FIXME-TABLE: TableOpenContextMenu() and TableGetHeaderRowHeight() are not public. +void ImGui::TableHeadersRow() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableHeadersRow() after BeginTable()!"); + + // Layout if not already done (this is automatically done by TableNextRow, we do it here solely to facilitate stepping in debugger as it is frequent to step in TableUpdateLayout) + if (!table->IsLayoutLocked) + TableUpdateLayout(table); + + // Open row + const float row_y1 = GetCursorScreenPos().y; + const float row_height = TableGetHeaderRowHeight(); + TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers, row_height); + if (table->HostSkipItems) // Merely an optimization, you may skip in your own code. + return; + + const int columns_count = TableGetColumnCount(); + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns_count; column_n++) + { + if (!TableSetColumnIndex(column_n)) + continue; + + // Push an id to allow unnamed labels (generally accidental, but let's behave nicely with them) + // - in your own code you may omit the PushID/PopID all-together, provided you know they won't collide + // - table->InstanceCurrent is only >0 when we use multiple BeginTable/EndTable calls with same identifier. + const char* name = (TableGetColumnFlags(column_n) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHeaderLabel) ? "" : TableGetColumnName(column_n); + PushID(table->InstanceCurrent * table->ColumnsCount + column_n); + TableHeader(name); + PopID(); + } + + // Allow opening popup from the right-most section after the last column. + ImVec2 mouse_pos = ImGui::GetMousePos(); + if (IsMouseReleased(1) && TableGetHoveredColumn() == columns_count) + if (mouse_pos.y >= row_y1 && mouse_pos.y < row_y1 + row_height) + TableOpenContextMenu(-1); // Will open a non-column-specific popup. +} + +// Emit a column header (text + optional sort order) +// We cpu-clip text here so that all columns headers can be merged into a same draw call. +// Note that because of how we cpu-clip and display sorting indicators, you _cannot_ use SameLine() after a TableHeader() +void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + IM_ASSERT(table != NULL && "Need to call TableHeader() after BeginTable()!"); + IM_ASSERT(table->CurrentColumn != -1); + const int column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + + // Label + if (label == NULL) + label = ""; + const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, true); + ImVec2 label_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + + // If we already got a row height, there's use that. + // FIXME-TABLE: Padding problem if the correct outer-padding CellBgRect strays off our ClipRect? + ImRect cell_r = TableGetCellBgRect(table, column_n); + float label_height = ImMax(label_size.y, table->RowMinHeight - table->CellPaddingY * 2.0f); + + // Calculate ideal size for sort order arrow + float w_arrow = 0.0f; + float w_sort_text = 0.0f; + char sort_order_suf[4] = ""; + const float ARROW_SCALE = 0.65f; + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort)) + { + w_arrow = ImFloor(g.FontSize * ARROW_SCALE + g.Style.FramePadding.x); + if (column->SortOrder > 0) + { + ImFormatString(sort_order_suf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(sort_order_suf), "%d", column->SortOrder + 1); + w_sort_text = g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + CalcTextSize(sort_order_suf).x; + } + } + + // We feed our unclipped width to the column without writing on CursorMaxPos, so that column is still considering for merging. + float max_pos_x = label_pos.x + label_size.x + w_sort_text + w_arrow; + column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed, column->WorkMaxX); + column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal = ImMax(column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal, max_pos_x); + + // Keep header highlighted when context menu is open. + const bool selected = (table->IsContextPopupOpen && table->ContextPopupColumn == column_n && table->InstanceInteracted == table->InstanceCurrent); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + ImRect bb(cell_r.Min.x, cell_r.Min.y, cell_r.Max.x, ImMax(cell_r.Max.y, cell_r.Min.y + label_height + g.Style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f)); + ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, label_height)); // Don't declare unclipped width, it'll be fed ContentMaxPosHeadersIdeal + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return; + + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(cell_r.Min, cell_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] + + // Using AllowItemOverlap mode because we cover the whole cell, and we want user to be able to submit subsequent items. + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + if (g.ActiveId != id) + SetItemAllowOverlap(); + if (held || hovered || selected) + { + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); + //RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); + TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, col, table->CurrentColumn); + } + else + { + // Submit single cell bg color in the case we didn't submit a full header row + if ((table->RowFlags & ImGuiTableRowFlags_Headers) == 0) + TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget_CellBg, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableHeaderBg), table->CurrentColumn); + } + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); + if (held) + table->HeldHeaderColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + window->DC.CursorPos.y -= g.Style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.5f; + + // Drag and drop to re-order columns. + // FIXME-TABLE: Scroll request while reordering a column and it lands out of the scrolling zone. + if (held && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && IsMouseDragging(0) && !g.DragDropActive) + { + // While moving a column it will jump on the other side of the mouse, so we also test for MouseDelta.x + table->ReorderColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent; + + // We don't reorder: through the frozen<>unfrozen line, or through a column that is marked with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder. + if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x < 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x < cell_r.Min.x) + if (ImGuiTableColumn* prev_column = (column->PrevEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column->PrevEnabledColumn] : NULL) + if (!((column->Flags | prev_column->Flags) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder)) + if ((column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) == (prev_column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest)) + table->ReorderColumnDir = -1; + if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x > 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x > cell_r.Max.x) + if (ImGuiTableColumn* next_column = (column->NextEnabledColumn != -1) ? &table->Columns[column->NextEnabledColumn] : NULL) + if (!((column->Flags | next_column->Flags) & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoReorder)) + if ((column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) == (next_column->IndexWithinEnabledSet < table->FreezeColumnsRequest)) + table->ReorderColumnDir = +1; + } + + // Sort order arrow + const float ellipsis_max = cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text; + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort)) + { + if (column->SortOrder != -1) + { + float x = ImMax(cell_r.Min.x, cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text); + float y = label_pos.y; + if (column->SortOrder > 0) + { + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text, 0.70f)); + RenderText(ImVec2(x + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, y), sort_order_suf); + PopStyleColor(); + x += w_sort_text; + } + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(x, y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, ARROW_SCALE); + } + + // Handle clicking on column header to adjust Sort Order + if (pressed && table->ReorderColumn != column_n) + { + ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction = TableGetColumnNextSortDirection(column); + TableSetColumnSortDirection(column_n, sort_direction, g.IO.KeyShift); + } + } + + // Render clipped label. Clipping here ensure that in the majority of situations, all our header cells will + // be merged into a single draw call. + //window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(ellipsis_max, label_pos.y), 40, IM_COL32_WHITE); + RenderTextEllipsis(window->DrawList, label_pos, ImVec2(ellipsis_max, label_pos.y + label_height + g.Style.FramePadding.y), ellipsis_max, ellipsis_max, label, label_end, &label_size); + + const bool text_clipped = label_size.x > (ellipsis_max - label_pos.x); + if (text_clipped && hovered && g.ActiveId == 0 && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) + SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(label_end - label), label); + + // We don't use BeginPopupContextItem() because we want the popup to stay up even after the column is hidden + if (IsMouseReleased(1) && IsItemHovered()) + TableOpenContextMenu(column_n); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Context Menu +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableOpenContextMenu() [Internal] +// - TableDrawContextMenu() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Use -1 to open menu not specific to a given column. +void ImGui::TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (column_n == -1 && table->CurrentColumn != -1) // When called within a column automatically use this one (for consistency) + column_n = table->CurrentColumn; + if (column_n == table->ColumnsCount) // To facilitate using with TableGetHoveredColumn() + column_n = -1; + IM_ASSERT(column_n >= -1 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount); + if (table->Flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable)) + { + table->IsContextPopupOpen = true; + table->ContextPopupColumn = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + table->InstanceInteracted = table->InstanceCurrent; + const ImGuiID context_menu_id = ImHashStr("##ContextMenu", 0, table->ID); + OpenPopupEx(context_menu_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None); + } +} + +bool ImGui::TableBeginContextMenuPopup(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + if (!table->IsContextPopupOpen || table->InstanceCurrent != table->InstanceInteracted) + return false; + const ImGuiID context_menu_id = ImHashStr("##ContextMenu", 0, table->ID); + if (BeginPopupEx(context_menu_id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + return true; + table->IsContextPopupOpen = false; + return false; +} + +// Output context menu into current window (generally a popup) +// FIXME-TABLE: Ideally this should be writable by the user. Full programmatic access to that data? +void ImGui::TableDrawContextMenu(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + bool want_separator = false; + const int column_n = (table->ContextPopupColumn >= 0 && table->ContextPopupColumn < table->ColumnsCount) ? table->ContextPopupColumn : -1; + ImGuiTableColumn* column = (column_n != -1) ? &table->Columns[column_n] : NULL; + + // Sizing + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) + { + if (column != NULL) + { + const bool can_resize = !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) && column->IsEnabled; + if (MenuItem(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne), NULL, false, can_resize)) // "###SizeOne" + TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(table, column_n); + } + + const char* size_all_desc; + if (table->ColumnsEnabledFixedCount == table->ColumnsEnabledCount && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) != ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) + size_all_desc = LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit); // "###SizeAll" All fixed + else + size_all_desc = LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault); // "###SizeAll" All stretch or mixed + if (MenuItem(size_all_desc, NULL)) + TableSetColumnWidthAutoAll(table); + want_separator = true; + } + + // Ordering + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) + { + if (MenuItem(LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_TableResetOrder), NULL, false, !table->IsDefaultDisplayOrder)) + table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true; + want_separator = true; + } + + // Reset all (should work but seems unnecessary/noisy to expose?) + //if (MenuItem("Reset all")) + // table->IsResetAllRequest = true; + + // Sorting + // (modify TableOpenContextMenu() to add _Sortable flag if enabling this) +#if 0 + if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && column != NULL && (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort) == 0) + { + if (want_separator) + Separator(); + want_separator = true; + + bool append_to_sort_specs = g.IO.KeyShift; + if (MenuItem("Sort in Ascending Order", NULL, column->SortOrder != -1 && column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending, (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortAscending) == 0)) + TableSetColumnSortDirection(table, column_n, ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending, append_to_sort_specs); + if (MenuItem("Sort in Descending Order", NULL, column->SortOrder != -1 && column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending, (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSortDescending) == 0)) + TableSetColumnSortDirection(table, column_n, ImGuiSortDirection_Descending, append_to_sort_specs); + } +#endif + + // Hiding / Visibility + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) + { + if (want_separator) + Separator(); + want_separator = true; + + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup, true); + for (int other_column_n = 0; other_column_n < table->ColumnsCount; other_column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* other_column = &table->Columns[other_column_n]; + if (other_column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_Disabled) + continue; + + const char* name = TableGetColumnName(table, other_column_n); + if (name == NULL || name[0] == 0) + name = ""; + + // Make sure we can't hide the last active column + bool menu_item_active = (other_column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoHide) ? false : true; + if (other_column->IsUserEnabled && table->ColumnsEnabledCount <= 1) + menu_item_active = false; + if (MenuItem(name, NULL, other_column->IsUserEnabled, menu_item_active)) + other_column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = !other_column->IsUserEnabled; + } + PopItemFlag(); + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Settings (.ini data) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// FIXME: The binding/finding/creating flow are too confusing. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableSettingsInit() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsCalcChunkSize() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsCreate() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsFindByID() [Internal] +// - TableGetBoundSettings() [Internal] +// - TableResetSettings() +// - TableSaveSettings() [Internal] +// - TableLoadSettings() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll() [Internal] +// - TableSettingsInstallHandler() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [Init] 1: TableSettingsHandler_ReadXXXX() Load and parse .ini file into TableSettings. +// [Main] 2: TableLoadSettings() When table is created, bind Table to TableSettings, serialize TableSettings data into Table. +// [Main] 3: TableSaveSettings() When table properties are modified, serialize Table data into bound or new TableSettings, mark .ini as dirty. +// [Main] 4: TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll() When .ini file is dirty (which can come from other source), save TableSettings into .ini file. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Clear and initialize empty settings instance +static void TableSettingsInit(ImGuiTableSettings* settings, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, int columns_count_max) +{ + IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings) ImGuiTableSettings(); + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* settings_column = settings->GetColumnSettings(); + for (int n = 0; n < columns_count_max; n++, settings_column++) + IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(settings_column) ImGuiTableColumnSettings(); + settings->ID = id; + settings->ColumnsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)columns_count; + settings->ColumnsCountMax = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)columns_count_max; + settings->WantApply = true; +} + +static size_t TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(int columns_count) +{ + return sizeof(ImGuiTableSettings) + (size_t)columns_count * sizeof(ImGuiTableColumnSettings); +} + +ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableSettingsCreate(ImGuiID id, int columns_count) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.alloc_chunk(TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(columns_count)); + TableSettingsInit(settings, id, columns_count, columns_count); + return settings; +} + +// Find existing settings +ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableSettingsFindByID(ImGuiID id) +{ + // FIXME-OPT: Might want to store a lookup map for this? + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->ID == id) + return settings; + return NULL; +} + +// Get settings for a given table, NULL if none +ImGuiTableSettings* ImGui::TableGetBoundSettings(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + if (table->SettingsOffset != -1) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.ptr_from_offset(table->SettingsOffset); + IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == table->ID); + if (settings->ColumnsCountMax >= table->ColumnsCount) + return settings; // OK + settings->ID = 0; // Invalidate storage, we won't fit because of a count change + } + return NULL; +} + +// Restore initial state of table (with or without saved settings) +void ImGui::TableResetSettings(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + table->IsInitializing = table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + table->IsResetAllRequest = false; + table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = false; // Don't reload from ini + table->SettingsLoadedFlags = ImGuiTableFlags_None; // Mark as nothing loaded so our initialized data becomes authoritative +} + +void ImGui::TableSaveSettings(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + table->IsSettingsDirty = false; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings) + return; + + // Bind or create settings data + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTableSettings* settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table); + if (settings == NULL) + { + settings = TableSettingsCreate(table->ID, table->ColumnsCount); + table->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsTables.offset_from_ptr(settings); + } + settings->ColumnsCount = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)table->ColumnsCount; + + // Serialize ImGuiTable/ImGuiTableColumn into ImGuiTableSettings/ImGuiTableColumnSettings + IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == table->ID); + IM_ASSERT(settings->ColumnsCount == table->ColumnsCount && settings->ColumnsCountMax >= settings->ColumnsCount); + ImGuiTableColumn* column = table->Columns.Data; + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = settings->GetColumnSettings(); + + bool save_ref_scale = false; + settings->SaveFlags = ImGuiTableFlags_None; + for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++, column++, column_settings++) + { + const float width_or_weight = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? column->StretchWeight : column->WidthRequest; + column_settings->WidthOrWeight = width_or_weight; + column_settings->Index = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; + column_settings->DisplayOrder = column->DisplayOrder; + column_settings->SortOrder = column->SortOrder; + column_settings->SortDirection = column->SortDirection; + column_settings->IsEnabled = column->IsUserEnabled; + column_settings->IsStretch = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? 1 : 0; + if ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) == 0) + save_ref_scale = true; + + // We skip saving some data in the .ini file when they are unnecessary to restore our state. + // Note that fixed width where initial width was derived from auto-fit will always be saved as InitStretchWeightOrWidth will be 0.0f. + // FIXME-TABLE: We don't have logic to easily compare SortOrder to DefaultSortOrder yet so it's always saved when present. + if (width_or_weight != column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth) + settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; + if (column->DisplayOrder != n) + settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable; + if (column->SortOrder != -1) + settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable; + if (column->IsUserEnabled != ((column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) == 0)) + settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; + } + settings->SaveFlags &= table->Flags; + settings->RefScale = save_ref_scale ? table->RefScale : 0.0f; + + MarkIniSettingsDirty(); +} + +void ImGui::TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = false; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings) + return; + + // Bind settings + ImGuiTableSettings* settings; + if (table->SettingsOffset == -1) + { + settings = TableSettingsFindByID(table->ID); + if (settings == NULL) + return; + if (settings->ColumnsCount != table->ColumnsCount) // Allow settings if columns count changed. We could otherwise decide to return... + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; + table->SettingsOffset = g.SettingsTables.offset_from_ptr(settings); + } + else + { + settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table); + } + + table->SettingsLoadedFlags = settings->SaveFlags; + table->RefScale = settings->RefScale; + + // Serialize ImGuiTableSettings/ImGuiTableColumnSettings into ImGuiTable/ImGuiTableColumn + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = settings->GetColumnSettings(); + ImU64 display_order_mask = 0; + for (int data_n = 0; data_n < settings->ColumnsCount; data_n++, column_settings++) + { + int column_n = column_settings->Index; + if (column_n < 0 || column_n >= table->ColumnsCount) + continue; + + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + if (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) + { + if (column_settings->IsStretch) + column->StretchWeight = column_settings->WidthOrWeight; + else + column->WidthRequest = column_settings->WidthOrWeight; + column->AutoFitQueue = 0x00; + } + if (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) + column->DisplayOrder = column_settings->DisplayOrder; + else + column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + display_order_mask |= (ImU64)1 << column->DisplayOrder; + column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = column_settings->IsEnabled; + column->SortOrder = column_settings->SortOrder; + column->SortDirection = column_settings->SortDirection; + } + + // Validate and fix invalid display order data + const ImU64 expected_display_order_mask = (settings->ColumnsCount == 64) ? ~0 : ((ImU64)1 << settings->ColumnsCount) - 1; + if (display_order_mask != expected_display_order_mask) + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + + // Rebuild index + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; +} + +static void TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (int i = 0; i != g.Tables.GetMapSize(); i++) + if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(i)) + table->SettingsOffset = -1; + g.SettingsTables.clear(); +} + +// Apply to existing windows (if any) +static void TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (int i = 0; i != g.Tables.GetMapSize(); i++) + if (ImGuiTable* table = g.Tables.TryGetMapData(i)) + { + table->IsSettingsRequestLoad = true; + table->SettingsOffset = -1; + } +} + +static void* TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name) +{ + ImGuiID id = 0; + int columns_count = 0; + if (sscanf(name, "0x%08X,%d", &id, &columns_count) < 2) + return NULL; + + if (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = ImGui::TableSettingsFindByID(id)) + { + if (settings->ColumnsCountMax >= columns_count) + { + TableSettingsInit(settings, id, columns_count, settings->ColumnsCountMax); // Recycle + return settings; + } + settings->ID = 0; // Invalidate storage, we won't fit because of a count change + } + return ImGui::TableSettingsCreate(id, columns_count); +} + +static void TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line) +{ + // "Column 0 UserID=0x42AD2D21 Width=100 Visible=1 Order=0 Sort=0v" + ImGuiTableSettings* settings = (ImGuiTableSettings*)entry; + float f = 0.0f; + int column_n = 0, r = 0, n = 0; + + if (sscanf(line, "RefScale=%f", &f) == 1) { settings->RefScale = f; return; } + + if (sscanf(line, "Column %d%n", &column_n, &r) == 1) + { + if (column_n < 0 || column_n >= settings->ColumnsCount) + return; + line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); + char c = 0; + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column = settings->GetColumnSettings() + column_n; + column->Index = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; + if (sscanf(line, "UserID=0x%08X%n", (ImU32*)&n, &r)==1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->UserID = (ImGuiID)n; } + if (sscanf(line, "Width=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->WidthOrWeight = (float)n; column->IsStretch = 0; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; } + if (sscanf(line, "Weight=%f%n", &f, &r) == 1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->WidthOrWeight = f; column->IsStretch = 1; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; } + if (sscanf(line, "Visible=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->IsEnabled = (ImU8)n; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable; } + if (sscanf(line, "Order=%d%n", &n, &r) == 1) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable; } + if (sscanf(line, "Sort=%d%c%n", &n, &c, &r) == 2) { line = ImStrSkipBlank(line + r); column->SortOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)n; column->SortDirection = (c == '^') ? ImGuiSortDirection_Descending : ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending; settings->SaveFlags |= ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable; } + } +} + +static void TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) + { + if (settings->ID == 0) // Skip ditched settings + continue; + + // TableSaveSettings() may clear some of those flags when we establish that the data can be stripped + // (e.g. Order was unchanged) + const bool save_size = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) != 0; + const bool save_visible = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) != 0; + const bool save_order = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) != 0; + const bool save_sort = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) != 0; + if (!save_size && !save_visible && !save_order && !save_sort) + continue; + + buf->reserve(buf->size() + 30 + settings->ColumnsCount * 50); // ballpark reserve + buf->appendf("[%s][0x%08X,%d]\n", handler->TypeName, settings->ID, settings->ColumnsCount); + if (settings->RefScale != 0.0f) + buf->appendf("RefScale=%g\n", settings->RefScale); + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column = settings->GetColumnSettings(); + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < settings->ColumnsCount; column_n++, column++) + { + // "Column 0 UserID=0x42AD2D21 Width=100 Visible=1 Order=0 Sort=0v" + bool save_column = column->UserID != 0 || save_size || save_visible || save_order || (save_sort && column->SortOrder != -1); + if (!save_column) + continue; + buf->appendf("Column %-2d", column_n); + if (column->UserID != 0) buf->appendf(" UserID=%08X", column->UserID); + if (save_size && column->IsStretch) buf->appendf(" Weight=%.4f", column->WidthOrWeight); + if (save_size && !column->IsStretch) buf->appendf(" Width=%d", (int)column->WidthOrWeight); + if (save_visible) buf->appendf(" Visible=%d", column->IsEnabled); + if (save_order) buf->appendf(" Order=%d", column->DisplayOrder); + if (save_sort && column->SortOrder != -1) buf->appendf(" Sort=%d%c", column->SortOrder, (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? 'v' : '^'); + buf->append("\n"); + } + buf->append("\n"); + } +} + +void ImGui::TableSettingsAddSettingsHandler() +{ + ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler; + ini_handler.TypeName = "Table"; + ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHashStr("Table"); + ini_handler.ClearAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_ClearAll; + ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadOpen; + ini_handler.ReadLineFn = TableSettingsHandler_ReadLine; + ini_handler.ApplyAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_ApplyAll; + ini_handler.WriteAllFn = TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll; + AddSettingsHandler(&ini_handler); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Garbage Collection +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TableRemove() [Internal] +// - TableGcCompactTransientBuffers() [Internal] +// - TableGcCompactSettings() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Remove Table (currently only used by TestEngine) +void ImGui::TableRemove(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableRemove() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + int table_idx = g.Tables.GetIndex(table); + //memset(table->RawData.Data, 0, table->RawData.size_in_bytes()); + //memset(table, 0, sizeof(ImGuiTable)); + g.Tables.Remove(table->ID, table); + g.TablesLastTimeActive[table_idx] = -1.0f; +} + +// Free up/compact internal Table buffers for when it gets unused +void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("TableGcCompactTransientBuffers() id=0x%08X\n", table->ID); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(table->MemoryCompacted == false); + table->SortSpecs.Specs = NULL; + table->SortSpecsMulti.clear(); + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; // FIXME: shouldn't have to leak into user performing a sort + table->ColumnsNames.clear(); + table->MemoryCompacted = true; + for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) + table->Columns[n].NameOffset = -1; + g.TablesLastTimeActive[g.Tables.GetIndex(table)] = -1.0f; +} + +void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTableTempData* temp_data) +{ + temp_data->DrawSplitter.ClearFreeMemory(); + temp_data->LastTimeActive = -1.0f; +} + +// Compact and remove unused settings data (currently only used by TestEngine) +void ImGui::TableGcCompactSettings() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + int required_memory = 0; + for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->ID != 0) + required_memory += (int)TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount); + if (required_memory == g.SettingsTables.Buf.Size) + return; + ImChunkStream new_chunk_stream; + new_chunk_stream.Buf.reserve(required_memory); + for (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = g.SettingsTables.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsTables.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->ID != 0) + memcpy(new_chunk_stream.alloc_chunk(TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount)), settings, TableSettingsCalcChunkSize(settings->ColumnsCount)); + g.SettingsTables.swap(new_chunk_stream); +} + + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Tables: Debugging +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - DebugNodeTable() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + +static const char* DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(ImGuiTableFlags sizing_policy) +{ + sizing_policy &= ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_; + if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit) { return "FixedFit"; } + if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) { return "FixedSame"; } + if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchProp) { return "StretchProp"; } + if (sizing_policy == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame) { return "StretchSame"; } + return "N/A"; +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table) +{ + char buf[512]; + char* p = buf; + const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); + const bool is_active = (table->LastFrameActive >= ImGui::GetFrameCount() - 2); // Note that fully clipped early out scrolling tables will appear as inactive here. + ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')%s", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); + if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } + bool open = TreeNode(table, "%s", buf); + if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); } + if (IsItemHovered()) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min, table->OuterRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (IsItemVisible() && table->HoveredColumnBody != -1) + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(GetItemRectMin(), GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (!open) + return; + if (table->InstanceCurrent > 0) + ImGui::Text("** %d instances of same table! Some data below will refer to last instance.", table->InstanceCurrent + 1); + bool clear_settings = SmallButton("Clear settings"); + BulletText("OuterRect: Pos: (%.1f,%.1f) Size: (%.1f,%.1f) Sizing: '%s'", table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.GetWidth(), table->OuterRect.GetHeight(), DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(table->Flags)); + BulletText("ColumnsGivenWidth: %.1f, ColumnsAutoFitWidth: %.1f, InnerWidth: %.1f%s", table->ColumnsGivenWidth, table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth, table->InnerWidth, table->InnerWidth == 0.0f ? " (auto)" : ""); + BulletText("CellPaddingX: %.1f, CellSpacingX: %.1f/%.1f, OuterPaddingX: %.1f", table->CellPaddingX, table->CellSpacingX1, table->CellSpacingX2, table->OuterPaddingX); + BulletText("HoveredColumnBody: %d, HoveredColumnBorder: %d", table->HoveredColumnBody, table->HoveredColumnBorder); + BulletText("ResizedColumn: %d, ReorderColumn: %d, HeldHeaderColumn: %d", table->ResizedColumn, table->ReorderColumn, table->HeldHeaderColumn); + //BulletText("BgDrawChannels: %d/%d", 0, table->BgDrawChannelUnfrozen); + float sum_weights = 0.0f; + for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) + if (table->Columns[n].Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) + sum_weights += table->Columns[n].StretchWeight; + for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[n]; + const char* name = TableGetColumnName(table, n); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), + "Column %d order %d '%s': offset %+.2f to %+.2f%s\n" + "Enabled: %d, VisibleX/Y: %d/%d, RequestOutput: %d, SkipItems: %d, DrawChannels: %d,%d\n" + "WidthGiven: %.1f, Request/Auto: %.1f/%.1f, StretchWeight: %.3f (%.1f%%)\n" + "MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f (%+.1f), ClipRect: %.1f to %.1f (+%.1f)\n" + "ContentWidth: %.1f,%.1f, HeadersUsed/Ideal %.1f/%.1f\n" + "Sort: %d%s, UserID: 0x%08X, Flags: 0x%04X: %s%s%s..", + n, column->DisplayOrder, name, column->MinX - table->WorkRect.Min.x, column->MaxX - table->WorkRect.Min.x, (n < table->FreezeColumnsRequest) ? " (Frozen)" : "", + column->IsEnabled, column->IsVisibleX, column->IsVisibleY, column->IsRequestOutput, column->IsSkipItems, column->DrawChannelFrozen, column->DrawChannelUnfrozen, + column->WidthGiven, column->WidthRequest, column->WidthAuto, column->StretchWeight, column->StretchWeight > 0.0f ? (column->StretchWeight / sum_weights) * 100.0f : 0.0f, + column->MinX, column->MaxX, column->MaxX - column->MinX, column->ClipRect.Min.x, column->ClipRect.Max.x, column->ClipRect.Max.x - column->ClipRect.Min.x, + column->ContentMaxXFrozen - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXHeadersUsed - column->WorkMinX, column->ContentMaxXHeadersIdeal - column->WorkMinX, + column->SortOrder, (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? " (Asc)" : (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending) ? " (Des)" : "", column->UserID, column->Flags, + (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) ? "WidthStretch " : "", + (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) ? "WidthFixed " : "", + (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoResize) ? "NoResize " : ""); + Bullet(); + Selectable(buf); + if (IsItemHovered()) + { + ImRect r(column->MinX, table->OuterRect.Min.y, column->MaxX, table->OuterRect.Max.y); + GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + } + } + if (ImGuiTableSettings* settings = TableGetBoundSettings(table)) + DebugNodeTableSettings(settings); + if (clear_settings) + table->IsResetAllRequest = true; + TreePop(); +} + +void ImGui::DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings* settings) +{ + if (!TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)settings->ID, "Settings 0x%08X (%d columns)", settings->ID, settings->ColumnsCount)) + return; + BulletText("SaveFlags: 0x%08X", settings->SaveFlags); + BulletText("ColumnsCount: %d (max %d)", settings->ColumnsCount, settings->ColumnsCountMax); + for (int n = 0; n < settings->ColumnsCount; n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = &settings->GetColumnSettings()[n]; + ImGuiSortDirection sort_dir = (column_settings->SortOrder != -1) ? (ImGuiSortDirection)column_settings->SortDirection : ImGuiSortDirection_None; + BulletText("Column %d Order %d SortOrder %d %s Vis %d %s %7.3f UserID 0x%08X", + n, column_settings->DisplayOrder, column_settings->SortOrder, + (sort_dir == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? "Asc" : (sort_dir == ImGuiSortDirection_Descending) ? "Des" : "---", + column_settings->IsEnabled, column_settings->IsStretch ? "Weight" : "Width ", column_settings->WidthOrWeight, column_settings->UserID); + } + TreePop(); +} + +#else // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + +void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable*) {} +void ImGui::DebugNodeTableSettings(ImGuiTableSettings*) {} + +#endif + + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc. +// (This is a legacy API, prefer using BeginTable/EndTable!) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// FIXME: sizing is lossy when columns width is very small (default width may turn negative etc.) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel() [Internal] +// - GetColumnIndex() +// - GetColumnsCount() +// - GetColumnOffset() +// - GetColumnWidth() +// - SetColumnOffset() +// - SetColumnWidth() +// - PushColumnClipRect() [Internal] +// - PushColumnsBackground() [Internal] +// - PopColumnsBackground() [Internal] +// - FindOrCreateColumns() [Internal] +// - GetColumnsID() [Internal] +// - BeginColumns() +// - NextColumn() +// - EndColumns() +// - Columns() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// [Internal] Small optimization to avoid calls to PopClipRect/SetCurrentChannel/PushClipRect in sequences, +// they would meddle many times with the underlying ImDrawCmd. +// Instead, we do a preemptive overwrite of clipping rectangle _without_ altering the command-buffer and let +// the subsequent single call to SetCurrentChannel() does it things once. +void ImGui::SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& clip_rect) +{ + ImVec4 clip_rect_vec4 = clip_rect.ToVec4(); + window->ClipRect = clip_rect; + window->DrawList->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = clip_rect_vec4; + window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.Data[window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.Size - 1] = clip_rect_vec4; +} + +int ImGui::GetColumnIndex() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Current : 0; +} + +int ImGui::GetColumnsCount() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Count : 1; +} + +float ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset_norm) +{ + return offset_norm * (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX); +} + +float ImGui::GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiOldColumns* columns, float offset) +{ + return offset / (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX); +} + +static const float COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH = 4.0f; + +static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index) +{ + // Active (dragged) column always follow mouse. The reason we need this is that dragging a column to the right edge of an auto-resizing + // window creates a feedback loop because we store normalized positions. So while dragging we enforce absolute positioning. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We are not supposed to drag column 0. + IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == columns->ID + ImGuiID(column_index)); + + float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH - window->Pos.x; + x = ImMax(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index - 1) + g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); + if ((columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths)) + x = ImMin(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index + 1) - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); + + return x; +} + +float ImGui::GetColumnOffset(int column_index) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns == NULL) + return 0.0f; + + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size); + + const float t = columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm; + const float x_offset = ImLerp(columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX, t); + return x_offset; +} + +static float GetColumnWidthEx(ImGuiOldColumns* columns, int column_index, bool before_resize = false) +{ + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + + float offset_norm; + if (before_resize) + offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNormBeforeResize - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNormBeforeResize; + else + offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm; + return ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, offset_norm); +} + +float ImGui::GetColumnWidth(int column_index) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns == NULL) + return GetContentRegionAvail().x; + + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + return GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm); +} + +void ImGui::SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); + + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size); + + const bool preserve_width = !(columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths) && (column_index < columns->Count - 1); + const float width = preserve_width ? GetColumnWidthEx(columns, column_index, columns->IsBeingResized) : 0.0f; + + if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoForceWithinWindow)) + offset = ImMin(offset, columns->OffMaxX - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing * (columns->Count - column_index)); + columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm = GetColumnNormFromOffset(columns, offset - columns->OffMinX); + + if (preserve_width) + SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, offset + ImMax(g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing, width)); +} + +void ImGui::SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); + + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, GetColumnOffset(column_index) + width); +} + +void ImGui::PushColumnClipRect(int column_index) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (column_index < 0) + column_index = columns->Current; + + ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[column_index]; + PushClipRect(column->ClipRect.Min, column->ClipRect.Max, false); +} + +// Get into the columns background draw command (which is generally the same draw command as before we called BeginColumns) +void ImGui::PushColumnsBackground() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns->Count == 1) + return; + + // Optimization: avoid SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect() + columns->HostBackupClipRect = window->ClipRect; + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, columns->HostInitialClipRect); + columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 0); +} + +void ImGui::PopColumnsBackground() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns->Count == 1) + return; + + // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, columns->HostBackupClipRect); + columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1); +} + +ImGuiOldColumns* ImGui::FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) +{ + // We have few columns per window so for now we don't need bother much with turning this into a faster lookup. + for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) + if (window->ColumnsStorage[n].ID == id) + return &window->ColumnsStorage[n]; + + window->ColumnsStorage.push_back(ImGuiOldColumns()); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = &window->ColumnsStorage.back(); + columns->ID = id; + return columns; +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int columns_count) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + + // Differentiate column ID with an arbitrary prefix for cases where users name their columns set the same as another widget. + // In addition, when an identifier isn't explicitly provided we include the number of columns in the hash to make it uniquer. + PushID(0x11223347 + (str_id ? 0 : columns_count)); + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id ? str_id : "columns"); + PopID(); + + return id; +} + +void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + + IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1); + IM_ASSERT(window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL); // Nested columns are currently not supported + + // Acquire storage for the columns set + ImGuiID id = GetColumnsID(str_id, columns_count); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = FindOrCreateColumns(window, id); + IM_ASSERT(columns->ID == id); + columns->Current = 0; + columns->Count = columns_count; + columns->Flags = flags; + window->DC.CurrentColumns = columns; + + columns->HostCursorPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + columns->HostCursorMaxPosX = window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x; + columns->HostInitialClipRect = window->ClipRect; + columns->HostBackupParentWorkRect = window->ParentWorkRect; + window->ParentWorkRect = window->WorkRect; + + // Set state for first column + // We aim so that the right-most column will have the same clipping width as other after being clipped by parent ClipRect + const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; + const float half_clip_extend_x = ImFloor(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f, window->WindowBorderSize)); + const float max_1 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + column_padding - ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); + const float max_2 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + half_clip_extend_x; + columns->OffMinX = window->DC.Indent.x - column_padding + ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); + columns->OffMaxX = ImMax(ImMin(max_1, max_2) - window->Pos.x, columns->OffMinX + 1.0f); + columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + + // Clear data if columns count changed + if (columns->Columns.Size != 0 && columns->Columns.Size != columns_count + 1) + columns->Columns.resize(0); + + // Initialize default widths + columns->IsFirstFrame = (columns->Columns.Size == 0); + if (columns->Columns.Size == 0) + { + columns->Columns.reserve(columns_count + 1); + for (int n = 0; n < columns_count + 1; n++) + { + ImGuiOldColumnData column; + column.OffsetNorm = n / (float)columns_count; + columns->Columns.push_back(column); + } + } + + for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++) + { + // Compute clipping rectangle + ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n]; + float clip_x1 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n)); + float clip_x2 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n + 1) - 1.0f); + column->ClipRect = ImRect(clip_x1, -FLT_MAX, clip_x2, +FLT_MAX); + column->ClipRect.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); + } + + if (columns->Count > 1) + { + columns->Splitter.Split(window->DrawList, 1 + columns->Count); + columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 1); + PushColumnClipRect(0); + } + + // We don't generally store Indent.x inside ColumnsOffset because it may be manipulated by the user. + float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current); + float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1); + float width = offset_1 - offset_0; + PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f); + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding; +} + +void ImGui::NextColumn() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems || window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + + if (columns->Count == 1) + { + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + IM_ASSERT(columns->Current == 0); + return; + } + + // Next column + if (++columns->Current == columns->Count) + columns->Current = 0; + + PopItemWidth(); + + // Optimization: avoid PopClipRect() + SetCurrentChannel() + PushClipRect() + // (which would needlessly attempt to update commands in the wrong channel, then pop or overwrite them), + ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[columns->Current]; + SetWindowClipRectBeforeSetChannel(window, column->ClipRect); + columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1); + + const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; + columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y); + if (columns->Current > 0) + { + // Columns 1+ ignore IndentX (by canceling it out) + // FIXME-COLUMNS: Unnecessary, could be locked? + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current) - window->DC.Indent.x + column_padding; + } + else + { + // New row/line: column 0 honor IndentX. + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; + columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY; + } + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMinY; + window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + + // FIXME-COLUMNS: Share code with BeginColumns() - move code on columns setup. + float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current); + float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1); + float width = offset_1 - offset_0; + PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f); + window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding; +} + +void ImGui::EndColumns() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); + + PopItemWidth(); + if (columns->Count > 1) + { + PopClipRect(); + columns->Splitter.Merge(window->DrawList); + } + + const ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = columns->Flags; + columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y); + window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMaxY; + if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_GrowParentContentsSize)) + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = columns->HostCursorMaxPosX; // Restore cursor max pos, as columns don't grow parent + + // Draw columns borders and handle resize + // The IsBeingResized flag ensure we preserve pre-resize columns width so back-and-forth are not lossy + bool is_being_resized = false; + if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder) && !window->SkipItems) + { + // We clip Y boundaries CPU side because very long triangles are mishandled by some GPU drivers. + const float y1 = ImMax(columns->HostCursorPosY, window->ClipRect.Min.y); + const float y2 = ImMin(window->DC.CursorPos.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y); + int dragging_column = -1; + for (int n = 1; n < columns->Count; n++) + { + ImGuiOldColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n]; + float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n); + const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ID + ImGuiID(n); + const float column_hit_hw = COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH; + const ImRect column_hit_rect(ImVec2(x - column_hit_hw, y1), ImVec2(x + column_hit_hw, y2)); + if (!ItemAdd(column_hit_rect, column_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) + continue; + + bool hovered = false, held = false; + if (!(flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize)) + { + ButtonBehavior(column_hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held); + if (hovered || held) + g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW; + if (held && !(column->Flags & ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoResize)) + dragging_column = n; + } + + // Draw column + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator); + const float xi = IM_FLOOR(x); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(xi, y1 + 1.0f), ImVec2(xi, y2), col); + } + + // Apply dragging after drawing the column lines, so our rendered lines are in sync with how items were displayed during the frame. + if (dragging_column != -1) + { + if (!columns->IsBeingResized) + for (int n = 0; n < columns->Count + 1; n++) + columns->Columns[n].OffsetNormBeforeResize = columns->Columns[n].OffsetNorm; + columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized = true; + float x = GetDraggedColumnOffset(columns, dragging_column); + SetColumnOffset(dragging_column, x); + } + } + columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized; + + window->WorkRect = window->ParentWorkRect; + window->ParentWorkRect = columns->HostBackupParentWorkRect; + window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); +} + +void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1); + + ImGuiOldColumnFlags flags = (border ? 0 : ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoBorder); + //flags |= ImGuiOldColumnFlags_NoPreserveWidths; // NB: Legacy behavior + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; + if (columns != NULL && columns->Count == columns_count && columns->Flags == flags) + return; + + if (columns != NULL) + EndColumns(); + + if (columns_count != 1) + BeginColumns(id, columns_count, flags); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp b/sources/3rdparty/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp index 5f9b5e6a..dd5a002a 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp +++ b/sources/3rdparty/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.76 +// dear imgui, v1.89.2 // (widgets code) /* @@ -40,13 +40,17 @@ Index of this file: #endif #include "imgui_internal.h" -#include // toupper +// System includes #if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier #include // intptr_t #else #include // intptr_t #endif +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Warnings +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Visual Studio warnings #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant @@ -54,33 +58,40 @@ Index of this file: #if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1922 // MSVC 2019 16.2 or later #pragma warning (disable: 5054) // operator '|': deprecated between enumerations of different types #endif +#pragma warning (disable: 26451) // [Static Analyzer] Arithmetic overflow : Using operator 'xxx' on a 4 byte value and then casting the result to a 8 byte value. Cast the value to the wider type before calling operator 'xxx' to avoid overflow(io.2). +#pragma warning (disable: 26812) // [Static Analyzer] The enum type 'xxx' is unscoped. Prefer 'enum class' over 'enum' (Enum.3). #endif // Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything #if defined(__clang__) -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning : use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning : comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning : format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning : implicit conversion changes signedness // -#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning : zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 -#endif -#if __has_warning("-Wdouble-promotion") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. -#endif -#if __has_warning("-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion" // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' // not all warnings are known by all Clang versions and they tend to be rename-happy.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. Great! #endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wenum-enum-conversion" // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion"// warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision #elif defined(__GNUC__) -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked -#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // [__GNUC__ >= 8] warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion" // warning: bitwise operation between different enumeration types ('XXXFlags_' and 'XXXFlagsPrivate_') is deprecated #endif //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Data //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Widgets +static const float DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER = 0.70f; // Time for drag-hold to activate items accepting the ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold button behavior. +static const float DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR = 0.50f; // Multiplier for the default value of io.MouseDragThreshold to make DragFloat/DragInt react faster to mouse drags. + // Those MIN/MAX values are not define because we need to point to them static const signed char IM_S8_MIN = -128; static const signed char IM_S8_MAX = 127; @@ -113,9 +124,9 @@ static const ImU64 IM_U64_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1); //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // For InputTextEx() -static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data); +static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source); static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end); -static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false); +static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false); //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: Text, etc. @@ -141,9 +152,13 @@ void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags) ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(text != NULL); + + // Accept null ranges + if (text == text_end) + text = text_end = ""; + + // Calculate length const char* text_begin = text; if (text_end == NULL) text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT @@ -151,7 +166,21 @@ void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags) const ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); const float wrap_pos_x = window->DC.TextWrapPos; const bool wrap_enabled = (wrap_pos_x >= 0.0f); - if (text_end - text > 2000 && !wrap_enabled) + if (text_end - text <= 2000 || wrap_enabled) + { + // Common case + const float wrap_width = wrap_enabled ? CalcWrapWidthForPos(window->DC.CursorPos, wrap_pos_x) : 0.0f; + const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false, wrap_width); + + ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size); + ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + return; + + // Render (we don't hide text after ## in this end-user function) + RenderTextWrapped(bb.Min, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width); + } + else { // Long text! // Perform manual coarse clipping to optimize for long multi-line text @@ -160,7 +189,7 @@ void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags) // - We use memchr(), pay attention that well optimized versions of those str/mem functions are much faster than a casually written loop. const char* line = text; const float line_height = GetTextLineHeight(); - ImVec2 text_size(0,0); + ImVec2 text_size(0, 0); // Lines to skip (can't skip when logging text) ImVec2 pos = text_pos; @@ -190,7 +219,7 @@ void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags) ImRect line_rect(pos, pos + ImVec2(FLT_MAX, line_height)); while (line < text_end) { - if (IsClippedEx(line_rect, 0, false)) + if (IsClippedEx(line_rect, 0)) break; const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line); @@ -224,19 +253,6 @@ void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags) ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f); ItemAdd(bb, 0); } - else - { - const float wrap_width = wrap_enabled ? CalcWrapWidthForPos(window->DC.CursorPos, wrap_pos_x) : 0.0f; - const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false, wrap_width); - - ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size); - ItemSize(text_size, 0.0f); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) - return; - - // Render (we don't hide text after ## in this end-user function) - RenderTextWrapped(bb.Min, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width); - } } void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end) @@ -258,9 +274,10 @@ void ImGui::TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) if (window->SkipItems) return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const char* text_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - TextEx(g.TempBuffer, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); + // FIXME-OPT: Handle the %s shortcut? + const char* text, *text_end; + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&text, &text_end, fmt, args); + TextEx(text, text_end, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); } void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) @@ -274,7 +291,10 @@ void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) void ImGui::TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); - TextV(fmt, args); + if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) + TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting + else + TextV(fmt, args); PopStyleColor(); } @@ -288,8 +308,12 @@ void ImGui::TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...) void ImGui::TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args) { - PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GImGui->Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); - TextV(fmt, args); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); + if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) + TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting + else + TextV(fmt, args); PopStyleColor(); } @@ -303,11 +327,14 @@ void ImGui::TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...) void ImGui::TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - bool need_backup = (window->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f); // Keep existing wrap position if one is already set + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool need_backup = (g.CurrentWindow->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f); // Keep existing wrap position if one is already set if (need_backup) PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); - TextV(fmt, args); + if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == 's' && fmt[2] == 0) + TextEx(va_arg(args, const char*), NULL, ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText); // Skip formatting + else + TextV(fmt, args); if (need_backup) PopTextWrapPos(); } @@ -331,17 +358,20 @@ void ImGui::LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args) const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const float w = CalcItemWidth(); + const char* value_text_begin, *value_text_end; + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&value_text_begin, &value_text_end, fmt, args); + const ImVec2 value_size = CalcTextSize(value_text_begin, value_text_end, false); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const ImRect value_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2)); - const ImRect total_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f), style.FramePadding.y*2) + label_size); + + const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + const ImRect value_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(w, value_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2)); + const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(w + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), ImMax(value_size.y, label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y * 2)); ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0)) return; // Render - const char* value_text_begin = &g.TempBuffer[0]; - const char* value_text_end = value_text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - RenderTextClipped(value_bb.Min, value_bb.Max, value_text_begin, value_text_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f)); + RenderTextClipped(value_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, value_bb.Max, value_text_begin, value_text_end, &value_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); if (label_size.x > 0.0f) RenderText(ImVec2(value_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, value_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); } @@ -364,8 +394,8 @@ void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const char* text_begin = g.TempBuffer; - const char* text_end = text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); + const char* text_begin, *text_end; + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&text_begin, &text_end, fmt, args); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false); const ImVec2 total_size = ImVec2(g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? (label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2) : 0.0f), label_size.y); // Empty text doesn't add padding ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; @@ -377,7 +407,7 @@ void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) // Render ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); - RenderBullet(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, g.FontSize*0.5f), text_col); + RenderBullet(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize * 0.5f, g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); RenderText(bb.Min + ImVec2(g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x * 2, 0.0f), text_begin, text_end, false); } @@ -398,6 +428,7 @@ void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) // - Image() // - ImageButton() // - Checkbox() +// - CheckboxFlagsT() [Internal] // - CheckboxFlags() // - RadioButton() // - ProgressBar() @@ -463,14 +494,6 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled) - { - if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = false; - if (out_held) *out_held = false; - if (g.ActiveId == id) ClearActiveID(); - return false; - } - // Default only reacts to left mouse button if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMask_) == 0) flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonDefault_; @@ -480,13 +503,13 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_; ImGuiWindow* backup_hovered_window = g.HoveredWindow; - const bool flatten_hovered_children = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredRootWindow == window->RootWindow; + const bool flatten_hovered_children = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredWindow && g.HoveredWindow->RootWindowDockTree == window->RootWindowDockTree; if (flatten_hovered_children) g.HoveredWindow = window; #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - if (id != 0 && window->DC.LastItemId != id) - ImGuiTestEngineHook_ItemAdd(&g, bb, id); + if (id != 0 && g.LastItemData.ID != id) + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_ADD(bb, id); #endif bool pressed = false; @@ -502,9 +525,10 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool { hovered = true; SetHoveredID(id); - if (CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f - g.IO.DeltaTime, g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f, 0.70f, 0.00f)) + if (g.HoveredIdTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime <= DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER && g.HoveredIdTimer >= DRAGDROP_HOLD_TO_OPEN_TIMER) { pressed = true; + g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId = id; FocusWindow(window); } } @@ -517,22 +541,28 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool hovered = false; // Mouse handling + const ImGuiID test_owner_id = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoTestKeyOwner) ? ImGuiKeyOwner_Any : id; if (hovered) { + // Poll mouse buttons + // - 'mouse_button_clicked' is generally carried into ActiveIdMouseButton when setting ActiveId. + // - Technically we only need some values in one code path, but since this is gated by hovered test this is fine. + int mouse_button_clicked = -1; + int mouse_button_released = -1; + for (int button = 0; button < 3; button++) + if (flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft << button)) // Handle ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight and ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle here. + { + if (IsMouseClicked(button, test_owner_id) && mouse_button_clicked == -1) { mouse_button_clicked = button; } + if (IsMouseReleased(button, test_owner_id) && mouse_button_released == -1) { mouse_button_released = button; } + } + + // Process initial action if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers) || (!g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.KeyAlt)) { - // Poll buttons - int mouse_button_clicked = -1; - int mouse_button_released = -1; - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) { mouse_button_clicked = 0; } - else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight) && g.IO.MouseClicked[1]) { mouse_button_clicked = 1; } - else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle) && g.IO.MouseClicked[2]) { mouse_button_clicked = 2; } - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonLeft) && g.IO.MouseReleased[0]) { mouse_button_released = 0; } - else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonRight) && g.IO.MouseReleased[1]) { mouse_button_released = 1; } - else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_MouseButtonMiddle) && g.IO.MouseReleased[2]) { mouse_button_released = 2; } - if (mouse_button_clicked != -1 && g.ActiveId != id) { + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoSetKeyOwner)) + SetKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(mouse_button_clicked), id); if (flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere)) { SetActiveID(id, window); @@ -541,29 +571,36 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool SetFocusID(id, window); FocusWindow(window); } - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) || ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[mouse_button_clicked])) + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) || ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[mouse_button_clicked] == 2)) { pressed = true; if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId) ClearActiveID(); else SetActiveID(id, window); // Hold on ID + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + SetFocusID(id, window); g.ActiveIdMouseButton = mouse_button_clicked; FocusWindow(window); } } - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease) && mouse_button_released != -1) + if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease) { - // Repeat mode trumps on release behavior - if (!((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button_released] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay)) - pressed = true; - ClearActiveID(); + if (mouse_button_released != -1) + { + const bool has_repeated_at_least_once = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button_released] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps on release behavior + if (!has_repeated_at_least_once) + pressed = true; + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + SetFocusID(id, window); + ClearActiveID(); + } } // 'Repeat' mode acts when held regardless of _PressedOn flags (see table above). // Relies on repeat logic of IsMouseClicked() but we may as well do it ourselves if we end up exposing finer RepeatDelay/RepeatRate settings. if (g.ActiveId == id && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) - if (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[g.ActiveIdMouseButton] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(g.ActiveIdMouseButton, true)) + if (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[g.ActiveIdMouseButton] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(g.ActiveIdMouseButton, test_owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat)) pressed = true; } @@ -579,19 +616,27 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool if (g.NavActivateDownId == id) { bool nav_activated_by_code = (g.NavActivateId == id); - bool nav_activated_by_inputs = IsNavInputTest(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) ? ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat : ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); + bool nav_activated_by_inputs = (g.NavActivatePressedId == id); + if (!nav_activated_by_inputs && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) + { + // Avoid pressing both keys from triggering double amount of repeat events + const ImGuiKeyData* key1 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_Space); + const ImGuiKeyData* key2 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate); + const float t1 = ImMax(key1->DownDuration, key2->DownDuration); + nav_activated_by_inputs = CalcTypematicRepeatAmount(t1 - g.IO.DeltaTime, t1, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate) > 0; + } if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs) - pressed = true; - if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs || g.ActiveId == id) { // Set active id so it can be queried by user via IsItemActive(), equivalent of holding the mouse button. - g.NavActivateId = id; // This is so SetActiveId assign a Nav source + pressed = true; SetActiveID(id, window); - if ((nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs) && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + g.ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_Nav; + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) SetFocusID(id, window); } } + // Process while held bool held = false; if (g.ActiveId == id) { @@ -601,8 +646,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - bb.Min; const int mouse_button = g.ActiveIdMouseButton; - IM_ASSERT(mouse_button >= 0 && mouse_button < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT); - if (g.IO.MouseDown[mouse_button]) + if (IsMouseDown(mouse_button, test_owner_id)) { held = true; } @@ -612,9 +656,11 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool bool release_anywhere = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickReleaseAnywhere) != 0; if ((release_in || release_anywhere) && !g.DragDropActive) { - bool is_double_click_release = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDownWasDoubleClick[mouse_button]; + // Report as pressed when releasing the mouse (this is the most common path) + bool is_double_click_release = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseReleased[mouse_button] && g.IO.MouseClickedLastCount[mouse_button] == 2; bool is_repeating_already = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps - if (!is_double_click_release && !is_repeating_already) + bool is_button_avail_or_owned = TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(mouse_button), test_owner_id); + if (!is_double_click_release && !is_repeating_already && is_button_avail_or_owned) pressed = true; } ClearActiveID(); @@ -624,6 +670,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool } else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) { + // When activated using Nav, we hold on the ActiveID until activation button is released if (g.NavActivateDownId != id) ClearActiveID(); } @@ -658,8 +705,9 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) return false; - if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) + if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat; + bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); @@ -667,19 +715,22 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding); + + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("[", "]"); RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, bb.Max - style.FramePadding, label, NULL, &label_size, style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb); // Automatically close popups //if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) // CloseCurrentPopup(); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); return pressed; } bool ImGui::Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) { - return ButtonEx(label, size_arg, 0); + return ButtonEx(label, size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags_None); } // Small buttons fits within text without additional vertical spacing. @@ -695,8 +746,9 @@ bool ImGui::SmallButton(const char* label) // Tip: use ImGui::PushID()/PopID() to push indices or pointers in the ID stack. // Then you can keep 'str_id' empty or the same for all your buttons (instead of creating a string based on a non-string id) -bool ImGui::InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg) +bool ImGui::InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; @@ -712,18 +764,19 @@ bool ImGui::InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg) return false; bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, str_id, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); return pressed; } bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); const float default_size = GetFrameHeight(); @@ -731,7 +784,7 @@ bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiBu if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) return false; - if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) + if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat; bool hovered, held; @@ -744,6 +797,7 @@ bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiBu RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, bg_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding); RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, (size.x - g.FontSize) * 0.5f), ImMax(0.0f, (size.y - g.FontSize) * 0.5f)), text_col, dir); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, str_id, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); return pressed; } @@ -754,22 +808,30 @@ bool ImGui::ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir) } // Button to close a window -bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos)//, float size) +bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - // We intentionally allow interaction when clipped so that a mechanical Alt,Right,Validate sequence close a window. - // (this isn't the regular behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user much because navigation tends to keep items visible). + // Tweak 1: Shrink hit-testing area if button covers an abnormally large proportion of the visible region. That's in order to facilitate moving the window away. (#3825) + // This may better be applied as a general hit-rect reduction mechanism for all widgets to ensure the area to move window is always accessible? const ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f); - bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb, id); + ImRect bb_interact = bb; + const float area_to_visible_ratio = window->OuterRectClipped.GetArea() / bb.GetArea(); + if (area_to_visible_ratio < 1.5f) + bb_interact.Expand(ImFloor(bb_interact.GetSize() * -0.25f)); + + // Tweak 2: We intentionally allow interaction when clipped so that a mechanical Alt,Right,Activate sequence can always close a window. + // (this isn't the regular behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user much because navigation tends to keep items visible). + bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb_interact, id); bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held); if (is_clipped) return pressed; // Render + // FIXME: Clarify this mess ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered); ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter(); if (hovered) @@ -778,8 +840,8 @@ bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos)//, float size) float cross_extent = g.FontSize * 0.5f * 0.7071f - 1.0f; ImU32 cross_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); center -= ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); - window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent,+cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent,-cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); - window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent,-cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent,+cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, +cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, -cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent, -cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent, +cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); return pressed; } @@ -797,12 +859,10 @@ bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiDockNode* dock_no // Render //bool is_dock_menu = (window->DockNodeAsHost && !window->Collapsed); - ImVec2 off = dock_node ? ImVec2(IM_FLOOR(-g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x * 0.5f) + 0.5f, 0.0f) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); - ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter(); if (hovered || held) - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center + off + ImVec2(0,-0.5f), g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col, 12); + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(bb.GetCenter() + ImVec2(0,-0.5f), g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col, 12); if (dock_node) RenderArrowDockMenu(window->DrawList, bb.Min + g.Style.FramePadding, g.FontSize, text_col); @@ -818,7 +878,7 @@ bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiDockNode* dock_no ImGuiID ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarID(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis) { - return window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(axis == ImGuiAxis_X ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY"); + return window->GetID(axis == ImGuiAxis_X ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY"); } // Return scrollbar rectangle, must only be called for corresponding axis if window->ScrollbarX/Y is set. @@ -839,29 +899,29 @@ void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - const ImGuiID id = GetWindowScrollbarID(window, axis); - KeepAliveID(id); // Calculate scrollbar bounding box ImRect bb = GetWindowScrollbarRect(window, axis); - ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners = 0; + ImDrawFlags rounding_corners = ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone; if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) { - rounding_corners |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft; + rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomLeft; if (!window->ScrollbarY) - rounding_corners |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight; + rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; } else { if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) - rounding_corners |= ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight; + rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTopRight; if (!window->ScrollbarX) - rounding_corners |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight; + rounding_corners |= ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottomRight; } float size_avail = window->InnerRect.Max[axis] - window->InnerRect.Min[axis]; float size_contents = window->ContentSize[axis] + window->WindowPadding[axis] * 2.0f; - ScrollbarEx(bb, id, axis, &window->Scroll[axis], size_avail, size_contents, rounding_corners); + ImS64 scroll = (ImS64)window->Scroll[axis]; + ScrollbarEx(bb, id, axis, &scroll, (ImS64)size_avail, (ImS64)size_contents, rounding_corners); + window->Scroll[axis] = (float)scroll; } // Vertical/Horizontal scrollbar @@ -870,7 +930,7 @@ void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis) // - We store values as normalized ratio and in a form that allows the window content to change while we are holding on a scrollbar // - We handle both horizontal and vertical scrollbars, which makes the terminology not ideal. // Still, the code should probably be made simpler.. -bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* p_scroll_v, float size_avail_v, float size_contents_v, ImDrawCornerFlags rounding_corners) +bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS64* p_scroll_v, ImS64 size_avail_v, ImS64 size_contents_v, ImDrawFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; @@ -901,22 +961,23 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, floa // Calculate the height of our grabbable box. It generally represent the amount visible (vs the total scrollable amount) // But we maintain a minimum size in pixel to allow for the user to still aim inside. IM_ASSERT(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers. - const float win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v), 1.0f); - const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * (size_avail_v / win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v); + const ImS64 win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_avail_v), (ImS64)1); + const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * ((float)size_avail_v / (float)win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v); const float grab_h_norm = grab_h_pixels / scrollbar_size_v; // Handle input right away. None of the code of Begin() is relying on scrolling position before calling Scrollbar(). bool held = false; bool hovered = false; + ItemAdd(bb_frame, id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); - float scroll_max = ImMax(1.0f, size_contents_v - size_avail_v); - float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(*p_scroll_v / scroll_max); + const ImS64 scroll_max = ImMax((ImS64)1, size_contents_v - size_avail_v); + float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate((float)*p_scroll_v / (float)scroll_max); float grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; // Grab position in normalized space if (held && allow_interaction && grab_h_norm < 1.0f) { - float scrollbar_pos_v = bb.Min[axis]; - float mouse_pos_v = g.IO.MousePos[axis]; + const float scrollbar_pos_v = bb.Min[axis]; + const float mouse_pos_v = g.IO.MousePos[axis]; // Click position in scrollbar normalized space (0.0f->1.0f) const float clicked_v_norm = ImSaturate((mouse_pos_v - scrollbar_pos_v) / scrollbar_size_v); @@ -936,10 +997,10 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, floa // Apply scroll (p_scroll_v will generally point on one member of window->Scroll) // It is ok to modify Scroll here because we are being called in Begin() after the calculation of ContentSize and before setting up our starting position const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter - grab_h_norm * 0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm)); - *p_scroll_v = IM_ROUND(scroll_v_norm * scroll_max);//(win_size_contents_v - win_size_v)); + *p_scroll_v = (ImS64)(scroll_v_norm * scroll_max); // Update values for rendering - scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(*p_scroll_v / scroll_max); + scroll_ratio = ImSaturate((float)*p_scroll_v / (float)scroll_max); grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; // Update distance to grab now that we have seeked and saturated @@ -950,7 +1011,7 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, floa // Render const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg); const ImU32 grab_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered : ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab, alpha); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_frame.Min, bb_frame.Max, bg_col, window->WindowRounding, rounding_corners); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_frame.Min, bb_frame.Max, bg_col, window->WindowRounding, flags); ImRect grab_rect; if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) grab_rect = ImRect(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm), bb.Min.y, ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, bb.Max.y); @@ -985,28 +1046,17 @@ void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& } } -// frame_padding < 0: uses FramePadding from style (default) -// frame_padding = 0: no framing -// frame_padding > 0: set framing size -// The color used are the button colors. -bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, int frame_padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) +// ImageButton() is flawed as 'id' is always derived from 'texture_id' (see #2464 #1390) +// We provide this internal helper to write your own variant while we figure out how to redesign the public ImageButton() API. +bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - - // Default to using texture ID as ID. User can still push string/integer prefixes. - // We could hash the size/uv to create a unique ID but that would prevent the user from animating UV. - PushID((void*)(intptr_t)user_texture_id); - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#image"); - PopID(); - - const ImVec2 padding = (frame_padding >= 0) ? ImVec2((float)frame_padding, (float)frame_padding) : style.FramePadding; - const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size + padding * 2); - const ImRect image_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + padding, window->DC.CursorPos + padding + size); + const ImVec2 padding = g.Style.FramePadding; + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size + padding * 2.0f); ItemSize(bb); if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) return false; @@ -1017,14 +1067,50 @@ bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const I // Render const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); - RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, ImClamp((float)ImMin(padding.x, padding.y), 0.0f, style.FrameRounding)); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, ImClamp((float)ImMin(padding.x, padding.y), 0.0f, g.Style.FrameRounding)); if (bg_col.w > 0.0f) - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(image_bb.Min, image_bb.Max, GetColorU32(bg_col)); - window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, image_bb.Min, image_bb.Max, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min + padding, bb.Max - padding, GetColorU32(bg_col)); + window->DrawList->AddImage(texture_id, bb.Min + padding, bb.Max - padding, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); return pressed; } +bool ImGui::ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + return ImageButtonEx(window->GetID(str_id), user_texture_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col); +} + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +// Legacy API obsoleted in 1.89. Two differences with new ImageButton() +// - new ImageButton() requires an explicit 'const char* str_id' Old ImageButton() used opaque imTextureId (created issue with: multiple buttons with same image, transient texture id values, opaque computation of ID) +// - new ImageButton() always use style.FramePadding Old ImageButton() had an override argument. +// If you need to change padding with new ImageButton() you can use PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, value), consistent with other Button functions. +bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, int frame_padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + // Default to using texture ID as ID. User can still push string/integer prefixes. + PushID((void*)(intptr_t)user_texture_id); + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#image"); + PopID(); + + if (frame_padding >= 0) + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2((float)frame_padding, (float)frame_padding)); + bool ret = ImageButtonEx(id, user_texture_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col); + if (frame_padding >= 0) + PopStyleVar(); + return ret; +} +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -1041,7 +1127,10 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) const ImRect total_bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(square_sz + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id)) + { + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); return false; + } bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held); @@ -1055,42 +1144,79 @@ bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id); RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); ImU32 check_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark); - if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue) + bool mixed_value = (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue) != 0; + if (mixed_value) { // Undocumented tristate/mixed/indeterminate checkbox (#2644) + // This may seem awkwardly designed because the aim is to make ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue supported by all widgets (not just checkbox) ImVec2 pad(ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 3.6f)), ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 3.6f))); window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(check_bb.Min + pad, check_bb.Max - pad, check_col, style.FrameRounding); } else if (*v) { const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(square_sz / 6.0f)); - RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad, pad), check_col, square_sz - pad*2.0f); + RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad, pad), check_col, square_sz - pad * 2.0f); } + ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&total_bb.Min, *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]"); + LogRenderedText(&label_pos, mixed_value ? "[~]" : *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]"); if (label_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderText(ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + RenderText(label_pos, label); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (*v ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); return pressed; } -bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value) +template +bool ImGui::CheckboxFlagsT(const char* label, T* flags, T flags_value) { - bool v = ((*flags & flags_value) == flags_value); - bool pressed = Checkbox(label, &v); + bool all_on = (*flags & flags_value) == flags_value; + bool any_on = (*flags & flags_value) != 0; + bool pressed; + if (!all_on && any_on) + { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags; + g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue; + pressed = Checkbox(label, &all_on); + g.CurrentItemFlags = backup_item_flags; + } + else + { + pressed = Checkbox(label, &all_on); + + } if (pressed) { - if (v) + if (all_on) *flags |= flags_value; else *flags &= ~flags_value; } - return pressed; } +bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, int* flags, int flags_value) +{ + return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value); +} + +bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value) +{ + return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value); +} + +bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value) +{ + return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value); +} + +bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value) +{ + return CheckboxFlagsT(label, flags, flags_value); +} + bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -1130,15 +1256,17 @@ bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active) if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f) { - window->DrawList->AddCircle(center + ImVec2(1,1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); + window->DrawList->AddCircle(center + ImVec2(1, 1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); } + ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&total_bb.Min, active ? "(x)" : "( )"); + LogRenderedText(&label_pos, active ? "(x)" : "( )"); if (label_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderText(ImVec2(check_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, check_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + RenderText(label_pos, label); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); return pressed; } @@ -1162,7 +1290,7 @@ void ImGui::ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg, const char* over const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; - ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f); + ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); ImRect bb(pos, pos + size); ItemSize(size, style.FramePadding.y); if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) @@ -1179,13 +1307,13 @@ void ImGui::ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg, const char* over char overlay_buf[32]; if (!overlay) { - ImFormatString(overlay_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(overlay_buf), "%.0f%%", fraction*100+0.01f); + ImFormatString(overlay_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(overlay_buf), "%.0f%%", fraction * 100 + 0.01f); overlay = overlay_buf; } ImVec2 overlay_size = CalcTextSize(overlay, NULL); if (overlay_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(ImClamp(fill_br.x + style.ItemSpacing.x, bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), bb.Min.y), bb.Max, overlay, NULL, &overlay_size, ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f), &bb); + RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(ImClamp(fill_br.x + style.ItemSpacing.x, bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), bb.Min.y), bb.Max, overlay, NULL, &overlay_size, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.5f), &bb); } void ImGui::Bullet() @@ -1196,18 +1324,18 @@ void ImGui::Bullet() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.FontSize); + const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2), g.FontSize); const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, line_height)); ItemSize(bb); if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) { - SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x*2); + SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x * 2); return; } // Render and stay on same line ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); - RenderBullet(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, line_height*0.5f), text_col); + RenderBullet(window->DrawList, bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize * 0.5f, line_height * 0.5f), text_col); SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f); } @@ -1229,7 +1357,7 @@ void ImGui::Spacing() ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return; - ItemSize(ImVec2(0,0)); + ItemSize(ImVec2(0, 0)); } void ImGui::Dummy(const ImVec2& size) @@ -1252,8 +1380,9 @@ void ImGui::NewLine() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiLayoutType backup_layout_type = window->DC.LayoutType; window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; if (window->DC.CurrLineSize.y > 0.0f) // In the event that we are on a line with items that is smaller that FontSize high, we will preserve its height. - ItemSize(ImVec2(0,0)); + ItemSize(ImVec2(0, 0)); else ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)); window->DC.LayoutType = backup_layout_type; @@ -1302,14 +1431,25 @@ void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags) // Horizontal Separator float x1 = window->Pos.x; float x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x; - if (!window->DC.GroupStack.empty()) + + // FIXME-WORKRECT: old hack (#205) until we decide of consistent behavior with WorkRect/Indent and Separator + if (g.GroupStack.Size > 0 && g.GroupStack.back().WindowID == window->ID) x1 += window->DC.Indent.x; - ImGuiColumns* columns = (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->DC.CurrentColumns : NULL; + // FIXME-WORKRECT: In theory we should simply be using WorkRect.Min.x/Max.x everywhere but it isn't aesthetically what we want, + // need to introduce a variant of WorkRect for that purpose. (#4787) + if (ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable) + { + x1 = table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].MinX; + x2 = table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].MaxX; + } + + ImGuiOldColumns* columns = (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->DC.CurrentColumns : NULL; if (columns) PushColumnsBackground(); // We don't provide our width to the layout so that it doesn't get feed back into AutoFit + // FIXME: This prevents ->CursorMaxPos based bounding box evaluation from working (e.g. TableEndCell) const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y + thickness_draw)); ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, thickness_layout)); const bool item_visible = ItemAdd(bb, 0); @@ -1318,7 +1458,8 @@ void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags) // Draw window->DrawList->AddLine(bb.Min, ImVec2(bb.Max.x, bb.Min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&bb.Min, "--------------------------------"); + LogRenderedText(&bb.Min, "--------------------------------\n"); + } if (columns) { @@ -1337,31 +1478,29 @@ void ImGui::Separator() // Those flags should eventually be overridable by the user ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags = (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) ? ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical : ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal; - flags |= ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns; + flags |= ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns; // NB: this only applies to legacy Columns() api as they relied on Separator() a lot. SeparatorEx(flags); } // Using 'hover_visibility_delay' allows us to hide the highlight and mouse cursor for a short time, which can be convenient to reduce visual noise. -bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend, float hover_visibility_delay) +bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend, float hover_visibility_delay, ImU32 bg_col) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = window->DC.ItemFlags; - window->DC.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; - bool item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id); - window->DC.ItemFlags = item_flags_backup; - if (!item_add) + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) return false; bool hovered, held; ImRect bb_interact = bb; bb_interact.Expand(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImVec2(0.0f, hover_extend) : ImVec2(hover_extend, 0.0f)); ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + if (hovered) + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; // for IsItemHovered(), because bb_interact is larger than bb if (g.ActiveId != id) SetItemAllowOverlap(); - if (held || (g.HoveredId == id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay)) + if (held || (hovered && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay)) SetMouseCursor(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW); ImRect bb_render = bb; @@ -1392,7 +1531,9 @@ bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float } } - // Render + // Render at new position + if (bg_col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_render.Min, bb_render.Max, bg_col, 0.0f); const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : (hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay) ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator); window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_render.Min, bb_render.Max, col, 0.0f); @@ -1409,11 +1550,13 @@ static int IMGUI_CDECL ShrinkWidthItemComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) } // Shrink excess width from a set of item, by removing width from the larger items first. +// Set items Width to -1.0f to disable shrinking this item. void ImGui::ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess) { if (count == 1) { - items[0].Width = ImMax(items[0].Width - width_excess, 1.0f); + if (items[0].Width >= 0.0f) + items[0].Width = ImMax(items[0].Width - width_excess, 1.0f); return; } ImQsort(items, (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem), ShrinkWidthItemComparer); @@ -1422,14 +1565,16 @@ void ImGui::ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_exc { while (count_same_width < count && items[0].Width <= items[count_same_width].Width) count_same_width++; - float max_width_to_remove_per_item = (count_same_width < count) ? (items[0].Width - items[count_same_width].Width) : (items[0].Width - 1.0f); + float max_width_to_remove_per_item = (count_same_width < count && items[count_same_width].Width >= 0.0f) ? (items[0].Width - items[count_same_width].Width) : (items[0].Width - 1.0f); + if (max_width_to_remove_per_item <= 0.0f) + break; float width_to_remove_per_item = ImMin(width_excess / count_same_width, max_width_to_remove_per_item); for (int item_n = 0; item_n < count_same_width; item_n++) items[item_n].Width -= width_to_remove_per_item; width_excess -= width_to_remove_per_item * count_same_width; } - // Round width and redistribute remainder left-to-right (could make it an option of the function?) + // Round width and redistribute remainder // Ensure that e.g. the right-most tab of a shrunk tab-bar always reaches exactly at the same distance from the right-most edge of the tab bar separator. width_excess = 0.0f; for (int n = 0; n < count; n++) @@ -1438,17 +1583,24 @@ void ImGui::ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_exc width_excess += items[n].Width - width_rounded; items[n].Width = width_rounded; } - if (width_excess > 0.0f) - for (int n = 0; n < count; n++) - if (items[n].Index < (int)(width_excess + 0.01f)) - items[n].Width += 1.0f; + while (width_excess > 0.0f) + for (int n = 0; n < count && width_excess > 0.0f; n++) + { + float width_to_add = ImMin(items[n].InitialWidth - items[n].Width, 1.0f); + items[n].Width += width_to_add; + width_excess -= width_to_add; + } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: ComboBox //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount() [Internal] // - BeginCombo() +// - BeginComboPopup() [Internal] // - EndCombo() +// - BeginComboPreview() [Internal] +// - EndComboPreview() [Internal] // - Combo() //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1462,74 +1614,99 @@ static float CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(int items_count) bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags) { - // Always consume the SetNextWindowSizeConstraint() call in our early return paths ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - bool has_window_size_constraint = (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint) != 0; - g.NextWindowData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags backup_next_window_data_flags = g.NextWindowData.Flags; + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values if (window->SkipItems) return false; - IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) != (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)); // Can't use both flags together - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) != (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)); // Can't use both flags together const float arrow_size = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? 0.0f : GetFrameHeight(); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const float expected_w = CalcItemWidth(); - const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : expected_w; - const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f)); - const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); + const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : CalcItemWidth(); + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + const ImRect total_bb(bb.Min, bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &bb)) return false; + // Open on click bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(frame_bb, id, &hovered, &held); - bool popup_open = IsPopupOpen(id); + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + const ImGuiID popup_id = ImHashStr("##ComboPopup", 0, id); + bool popup_open = IsPopupOpen(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None); + if (pressed && !popup_open) + { + OpenPopupEx(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None); + popup_open = true; + } + // Render shape const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); - const float value_x2 = ImMax(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size); - RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); + const float value_x2 = ImMax(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - arrow_size); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(frame_bb.Min, ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Max.y), frame_col, style.FrameRounding, (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Left); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, ImVec2(value_x2, bb.Max.y), frame_col, style.FrameRounding, (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft); if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton)) { ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((popup_open || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Min.y), frame_bb.Max, bg_col, style.FrameRounding, (w <= arrow_size) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Right); - if (value_x2 + arrow_size - style.FramePadding.x <= frame_bb.Max.x) - RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(value_x2 + style.FramePadding.y, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), text_col, ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(value_x2, bb.Min.y), bb.Max, bg_col, style.FrameRounding, (w <= arrow_size) ? ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersAll : ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight); + if (value_x2 + arrow_size - style.FramePadding.x <= bb.Max.x) + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(value_x2 + style.FramePadding.y, bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), text_col, ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); } - RenderFrameBorder(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, style.FrameRounding); - if (preview_value != NULL && !(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) - RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, ImVec2(value_x2, frame_bb.Max.y), preview_value, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f)); - if (label_size.x > 0) - RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + RenderFrameBorder(bb.Min, bb.Max, style.FrameRounding); - if ((pressed || g.NavActivateId == id) && !popup_open) + // Custom preview + if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview) { - if (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent == 0) - window->NavLastIds[0] = id; - OpenPopupEx(id); - popup_open = true; + g.ComboPreviewData.PreviewRect = ImRect(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y, value_x2, bb.Max.y); + IM_ASSERT(preview_value == NULL || preview_value[0] == 0); + preview_value = NULL; } + // Render preview and label + if (preview_value != NULL && !(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) + { + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}"); + RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, ImVec2(value_x2, bb.Max.y), preview_value, NULL, NULL); + } + if (label_size.x > 0) + RenderText(ImVec2(bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + if (!popup_open) return false; - if (has_window_size_constraint) + g.NextWindowData.Flags = backup_next_window_data_flags; + return BeginComboPopup(popup_id, bb, flags); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!IsPopupOpen(popup_id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None)) + { + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); + return false; + } + + // Set popup size + float w = bb.GetWidth(); + if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint) { - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint; g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x = ImMax(g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x, w); } else { if ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_) == 0) flags |= ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular; - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_)); // Only one + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_)); // Only one int popup_max_height_in_items = -1; if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular) popup_max_height_in_items = 8; else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall) popup_max_height_in_items = 4; @@ -1537,26 +1714,27 @@ bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboF SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(w, 0.0f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items))); } + // This is essentially a specialized version of BeginPopupEx() char name[16]; ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Combo_%02d", g.BeginPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth - // Peak into expected window size so we can position it + // Set position given a custom constraint (peak into expected window size so we can position it) + // FIXME: This might be easier to express with an hypothetical SetNextWindowPosConstraints() function? + // FIXME: This might be moved to Begin() or at least around the same spot where Tooltips and other Popups are calling FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx()? if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = FindWindowByName(name)) if (popup_window->WasActive) { - ImVec2 size_expected = CalcWindowExpectedSize(popup_window); - if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft) - popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_Left; - ImRect r_outer = GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(popup_window); - ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(frame_bb.GetBL(), size_expected, &popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, frame_bb, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox); + // Always override 'AutoPosLastDirection' to not leave a chance for a past value to affect us. + ImVec2 size_expected = CalcWindowNextAutoFitSize(popup_window); + popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Down; // Left = "Below, Toward Left", Down = "Below, Toward Right (default)" + ImRect r_outer = GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(popup_window); + ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(bb.GetBL(), size_expected, &popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, bb, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox); SetNextWindowPos(pos); } // We don't use BeginPopupEx() solely because we have a custom name string, which we could make an argument to BeginPopupEx() ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove; - - // Horizontally align ourselves with the framed text - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, style.WindowPadding.y)); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(g.Style.FramePadding.x, g.Style.WindowPadding.y)); // Horizontally align ourselves with the framed text bool ret = Begin(name, NULL, window_flags); PopStyleVar(); if (!ret) @@ -1573,6 +1751,59 @@ void ImGui::EndCombo() EndPopup(); } +// Call directly after the BeginCombo/EndCombo block. The preview is designed to only host non-interactive elements +// (Experimental, see GitHub issues: #1658, #4168) +bool ImGui::BeginComboPreview() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiComboPreviewData* preview_data = &g.ComboPreviewData; + + if (window->SkipItems || !(g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible)) + return false; + IM_ASSERT(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x == preview_data->PreviewRect.Min.x && g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y == preview_data->PreviewRect.Min.y); // Didn't call after BeginCombo/EndCombo block or forgot to pass ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview flag? + if (!window->ClipRect.Contains(preview_data->PreviewRect)) // Narrower test (optional) + return false; + + // FIXME: This could be contained in a PushWorkRect() api + preview_data->BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos; + preview_data->BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos; + preview_data->BackupCursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine; + preview_data->BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset; + preview_data->BackupLayout = window->DC.LayoutType; + window->DC.CursorPos = preview_data->PreviewRect.Min + g.Style.FramePadding; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos; + window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal; + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; + PushClipRect(preview_data->PreviewRect.Min, preview_data->PreviewRect.Max, true); + + return true; +} + +void ImGui::EndComboPreview() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiComboPreviewData* preview_data = &g.ComboPreviewData; + + // FIXME: Using CursorMaxPos approximation instead of correct AABB which we will store in ImDrawCmd in the future + ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList; + if (window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x < preview_data->PreviewRect.Max.x && window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y < preview_data->PreviewRect.Max.y) + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size > 1) // Unlikely case that the PushClipRect() didn't create a command + { + draw_list->_CmdHeader.ClipRect = draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 1].ClipRect = draw_list->CmdBuffer[draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size - 2].ClipRect; + draw_list->_TryMergeDrawCmds(); + } + PopClipRect(); + window->DC.CursorPos = preview_data->BackupCursorPos; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, preview_data->BackupCursorMaxPos); + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = preview_data->BackupCursorPosPrevLine; + window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = preview_data->BackupPrevLineTextBaseOffset; + window->DC.LayoutType = preview_data->BackupLayout; + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; + preview_data->PreviewRect = ImRect(); +} + // Getter for the old Combo() API: const char*[] static bool Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text) { @@ -1615,7 +1846,7 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(voi // The old Combo() API exposed "popup_max_height_in_items". The new more general BeginCombo() API doesn't have/need it, but we emulate it here. if (popup_max_height_in_items != -1 && !(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint)) - SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items))); + SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items))); if (!BeginCombo(label, preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags_None)) return false; @@ -1625,7 +1856,7 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(voi bool value_changed = false; for (int i = 0; i < items_count; i++) { - PushID((void*)(intptr_t)i); + PushID(i); const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); const char* item_text; if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) @@ -1641,6 +1872,10 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(voi } EndCombo(); + + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); + return value_changed; } @@ -1668,59 +1903,36 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separa //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Data Type and Data Formatting Helpers [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// - PatchFormatStringFloatToInt() // - DataTypeGetInfo() // - DataTypeFormatString() // - DataTypeApplyOp() // - DataTypeApplyOpFromText() +// - DataTypeCompare() +// - DataTypeClamp() // - GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision // - RoundScalarWithFormat<>() //------------------------------------------------------------------------- static const ImGuiDataTypeInfo GDataTypeInfo[] = { - { sizeof(char), "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S8 - { sizeof(unsigned char), "%u", "%u" }, - { sizeof(short), "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S16 - { sizeof(unsigned short), "%u", "%u" }, - { sizeof(int), "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S32 - { sizeof(unsigned int), "%u", "%u" }, + { sizeof(char), "S8", "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S8 + { sizeof(unsigned char), "U8", "%u", "%u" }, + { sizeof(short), "S16", "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S16 + { sizeof(unsigned short), "U16", "%u", "%u" }, + { sizeof(int), "S32", "%d", "%d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S32 + { sizeof(unsigned int), "U32", "%u", "%u" }, #ifdef _MSC_VER - { sizeof(ImS64), "%I64d","%I64d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S64 - { sizeof(ImU64), "%I64u","%I64u" }, + { sizeof(ImS64), "S64", "%I64d","%I64d" }, // ImGuiDataType_S64 + { sizeof(ImU64), "U64", "%I64u","%I64u" }, #else - { sizeof(ImS64), "%lld", "%lld" }, // ImGuiDataType_S64 - { sizeof(ImU64), "%llu", "%llu" }, + { sizeof(ImS64), "S64", "%lld", "%lld" }, // ImGuiDataType_S64 + { sizeof(ImU64), "U64", "%llu", "%llu" }, #endif - { sizeof(float), "%f", "%f" }, // ImGuiDataType_Float (float are promoted to double in va_arg) - { sizeof(double), "%f", "%lf" }, // ImGuiDataType_Double + { sizeof(float), "float", "%.3f","%f" }, // ImGuiDataType_Float (float are promoted to double in va_arg) + { sizeof(double), "double","%f", "%lf" }, // ImGuiDataType_Double }; IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GDataTypeInfo) == ImGuiDataType_COUNT); -// FIXME-LEGACY: Prior to 1.61 our DragInt() function internally used floats and because of this the compile-time default value for format was "%.0f". -// Even though we changed the compile-time default, we expect users to have carried %f around, which would break the display of DragInt() calls. -// To honor backward compatibility we are rewriting the format string, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS is enabled. What could possibly go wrong?! -static const char* PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(const char* fmt) -{ - if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == '.' && fmt[2] == '0' && fmt[3] == 'f' && fmt[4] == 0) // Fast legacy path for "%.0f" which is expected to be the most common case. - return "%d"; - const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt); // Find % (if any, and ignore %%) - const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_start); // Find end of format specifier, which itself is an exercise of confidence/recklessness (because snprintf is dependent on libc or user). - if (fmt_end > fmt_start && fmt_end[-1] == 'f') - { -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - if (fmt_start == fmt && fmt_end[0] == 0) - return "%d"; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImFormatString(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), "%.*s%%d%s", (int)(fmt_start - fmt), fmt, fmt_end); // Honor leading and trailing decorations, but lose alignment/precision. - return g.TempBuffer; -#else - IM_ASSERT(0 && "DragInt(): Invalid format string!"); // Old versions used a default parameter of "%.0f", please replace with e.g. "%d" -#endif - } - return fmt; -} - const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* ImGui::DataTypeGetInfo(ImGuiDataType data_type) { IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT); @@ -1750,7 +1962,7 @@ int ImGui::DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type return 0; } -void ImGui::DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, void* arg1, const void* arg2) +void ImGui::DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, const void* arg1, const void* arg2) { IM_ASSERT(op == '+' || op == '-'); switch (data_type) @@ -1802,92 +2014,32 @@ void ImGui::DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, void* // User can input math operators (e.g. +100) to edit a numerical values. // NB: This is _not_ a full expression evaluator. We should probably add one and replace this dumb mess.. -bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format) +bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format) { while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf)) buf++; - - // We don't support '-' op because it would conflict with inputing negative value. - // Instead you can use +-100 to subtract from an existing value - char op = buf[0]; - if (op == '+' || op == '*' || op == '/') - { - buf++; - while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf)) - buf++; - } - else - { - op = 0; - } if (!buf[0]) return false; // Copy the value in an opaque buffer so we can compare at the end of the function if it changed at all. - IM_ASSERT(data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT); - int data_backup[2]; - const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = ImGui::DataTypeGetInfo(data_type); - IM_ASSERT(type_info->Size <= sizeof(data_backup)); - memcpy(data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size); + const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type); + ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage data_backup; + memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size); - if (format == NULL) + // Sanitize format + // For float/double we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in, so force them into %f and %lf + char format_sanitized[32]; + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) format = type_info->ScanFmt; - - // FIXME-LEGACY: The aim is to remove those operators and write a proper expression evaluator at some point.. - int arg1i = 0; - if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32) - { - int* v = (int*)p_data; - int arg0i = *v; - float arg1f = 0.0f; - if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0i) < 1) - return false; - // Store operand in a float so we can use fractional value for multipliers (*1.1), but constant always parsed as integer so we can fit big integers (e.g. 2000000003) past float precision - if (op == '+') { if (sscanf(buf, "%d", &arg1i)) *v = (int)(arg0i + arg1i); } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) - else if (op == '*') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1f)) *v = (int)(arg0i * arg1f); } // Multiply - else if (op == '/') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1f) && arg1f != 0.0f) *v = (int)(arg0i / arg1f); } // Divide - else { if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1i) == 1) *v = arg1i; } // Assign constant - } - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) - { - // For floats we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in - format = "%f"; - float* v = (float*)p_data; - float arg0f = *v, arg1f = 0.0f; - if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0f) < 1) - return false; - if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1f) < 1) - return false; - if (op == '+') { *v = arg0f + arg1f; } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) - else if (op == '*') { *v = arg0f * arg1f; } // Multiply - else if (op == '/') { if (arg1f != 0.0f) *v = arg0f / arg1f; } // Divide - else { *v = arg1f; } // Assign constant - } - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) - { - format = "%lf"; // scanf differentiate float/double unlike printf which forces everything to double because of ellipsis - double* v = (double*)p_data; - double arg0f = *v, arg1f = 0.0; - if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0f) < 1) - return false; - if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1f) < 1) - return false; - if (op == '+') { *v = arg0f + arg1f; } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) - else if (op == '*') { *v = arg0f * arg1f; } // Multiply - else if (op == '/') { if (arg1f != 0.0f) *v = arg0f / arg1f; } // Divide - else { *v = arg1f; } // Assign constant - } - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U32 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_S64 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U64) - { - // All other types assign constant - // We don't bother handling support for legacy operators since they are a little too crappy. Instead we will later implement a proper expression evaluator in the future. - sscanf(buf, format, p_data); - } else + format = ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(format, format_sanitized, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format_sanitized)); + + // Small types need a 32-bit buffer to receive the result from scanf() + int v32 = 0; + if (sscanf(buf, format, type_info->Size >= 4 ? p_data : &v32) < 1) + return false; + if (type_info->Size < 4) { - // Small types need a 32-bit buffer to receive the result from scanf() - int v32; - sscanf(buf, format, &v32); if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S8) *(ImS8*)p_data = (ImS8)ImClamp(v32, (int)IM_S8_MIN, (int)IM_S8_MAX); else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U8) @@ -1900,7 +2052,64 @@ bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_b IM_ASSERT(0); } - return memcmp(data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size) != 0; + return memcmp(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size) != 0; +} + +template +static int DataTypeCompareT(const T* lhs, const T* rhs) +{ + if (*lhs < *rhs) return -1; + if (*lhs > *rhs) return +1; + return 0; +} + +int ImGui::DataTypeCompare(ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* arg_1, const void* arg_2) +{ + switch (data_type) + { + case ImGuiDataType_S8: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImS8* )arg_1, (const ImS8* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_U8: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImU8* )arg_1, (const ImU8* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_S16: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImS16* )arg_1, (const ImS16* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_U16: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImU16* )arg_1, (const ImU16* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_S32: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImS32* )arg_1, (const ImS32* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_U32: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImU32* )arg_1, (const ImU32* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_S64: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImS64* )arg_1, (const ImS64* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_U64: return DataTypeCompareT((const ImU64* )arg_1, (const ImU64* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_Float: return DataTypeCompareT((const float* )arg_1, (const float* )arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DataTypeCompareT((const double*)arg_1, (const double*)arg_2); + case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return 0; +} + +template +static bool DataTypeClampT(T* v, const T* v_min, const T* v_max) +{ + // Clamp, both sides are optional, return true if modified + if (v_min && *v < *v_min) { *v = *v_min; return true; } + if (v_max && *v > *v_max) { *v = *v_max; return true; } + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::DataTypeClamp(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max) +{ + switch (data_type) + { + case ImGuiDataType_S8: return DataTypeClampT((ImS8* )p_data, (const ImS8* )p_min, (const ImS8* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_U8: return DataTypeClampT((ImU8* )p_data, (const ImU8* )p_min, (const ImU8* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_S16: return DataTypeClampT((ImS16* )p_data, (const ImS16* )p_min, (const ImS16* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_U16: return DataTypeClampT((ImU16* )p_data, (const ImU16* )p_min, (const ImU16* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_S32: return DataTypeClampT((ImS32* )p_data, (const ImS32* )p_min, (const ImS32* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_U32: return DataTypeClampT((ImU32* )p_data, (const ImU32* )p_min, (const ImU32* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_S64: return DataTypeClampT((ImS64* )p_data, (const ImS64* )p_min, (const ImS64* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_U64: return DataTypeClampT((ImU64* )p_data, (const ImU64* )p_min, (const ImU64* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_Float: return DataTypeClampT((float* )p_data, (const float* )p_min, (const float* )p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DataTypeClampT((double*)p_data, (const double*)p_min, (const double*)p_max); + case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return false; } static float GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(int decimal_precision) @@ -1912,33 +2121,27 @@ static float GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(int decimal_precision) } template -static const char* ImAtoi(const char* src, TYPE* output) -{ - int negative = 0; - if (*src == '-') { negative = 1; src++; } - if (*src == '+') { src++; } - TYPE v = 0; - while (*src >= '0' && *src <= '9') - v = (v * 10) + (*src++ - '0'); - *output = negative ? -v : v; - return src; -} - -template TYPE ImGui::RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v) { + IM_UNUSED(data_type); + IM_ASSERT(data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(format); if (fmt_start[0] != '%' || fmt_start[1] == '%') // Don't apply if the value is not visible in the format string return v; + + // Sanitize format + char fmt_sanitized[32]; + ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(fmt_start, fmt_sanitized, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_sanitized)); + fmt_start = fmt_sanitized; + + // Format value with our rounding, and read back char v_str[64]; ImFormatString(v_str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(v_str), fmt_start, v); const char* p = v_str; while (*p == ' ') p++; - if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) - v = (TYPE)ImAtof(p); - else - ImAtoi(p, (SIGNEDTYPE*)&v); + v = (TYPE)ImAtof(p); + return v; } @@ -1963,16 +2166,13 @@ TYPE ImGui::RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, // This is called by DragBehavior() when the widget is active (held by mouse or being manipulated with Nav controls) template -bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiDragFlags flags) +bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiDragFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; - const bool is_decimal = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); + const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; const bool is_clamped = (v_min < v_max); - const bool is_power = (power != 1.0f && is_decimal && is_clamped && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX)); - const bool is_locked = (v_min > v_max); - if (is_locked) - return false; + const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) != 0; + const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); // Default tweak speed if (v_speed == 0.0f && is_clamped && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX)) @@ -1980,7 +2180,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const // Inputs accumulates into g.DragCurrentAccum, which is flushed into the current value as soon as it makes a difference with our precision settings float adjust_delta = 0.0f; - if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && IsMousePosValid() && g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[0] > 1.0f*1.0f) + if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && IsMousePosValid() && IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR)) { adjust_delta = g.IO.MouseDelta[axis]; if (g.IO.KeyAlt) @@ -1990,8 +2190,11 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const } else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) { - int decimal_precision = is_decimal ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; - adjust_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast, 1.0f / 10.0f, 10.0f)[axis]; + const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; + const bool tweak_slow = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow); + const bool tweak_fast = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast); + const float tweak_factor = tweak_slow ? 1.0f / 1.0f : tweak_fast ? 10.0f : 1.0f; + adjust_delta = GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis) * tweak_factor; v_speed = ImMax(v_speed, GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(decimal_precision)); } adjust_delta *= v_speed; @@ -2000,12 +2203,15 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) adjust_delta = -adjust_delta; + // For logarithmic use our range is effectively 0..1 so scale the delta into that range + if (is_logarithmic && (v_max - v_min < FLT_MAX) && ((v_max - v_min) > 0.000001f)) // Epsilon to avoid /0 + adjust_delta /= (float)(v_max - v_min); + // Clear current value on activation // Avoid altering values and clamping when we are _already_ past the limits and heading in the same direction, so e.g. if range is 0..255, current value is 300 and we are pushing to the right side, keep the 300. bool is_just_activated = g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated; bool is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward = is_clamped && ((*v >= v_max && adjust_delta > 0.0f) || (*v <= v_min && adjust_delta < 0.0f)); - bool is_drag_direction_change_with_power = is_power && ((adjust_delta < 0 && g.DragCurrentAccum > 0) || (adjust_delta > 0 && g.DragCurrentAccum < 0)); - if (is_just_activated || is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward || is_drag_direction_change_with_power) + if (is_just_activated || is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward) { g.DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f; g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; @@ -2022,13 +2228,19 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const TYPE v_cur = *v; FLOATTYPE v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = (FLOATTYPE)0.0f; - if (is_power) + float logarithmic_zero_epsilon = 0.0f; // Only valid when is_logarithmic is true + const float zero_deadzone_halfsize = 0.0f; // Drag widgets have no deadzone (as it doesn't make sense) + if (is_logarithmic) { - // Offset + round to user desired precision, with a curve on the v_min..v_max range to get more precision on one side of the range - FLOATTYPE v_old_norm_curved = ImPow((FLOATTYPE)(v_cur - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(v_max - v_min), (FLOATTYPE)1.0f / power); - FLOATTYPE v_new_norm_curved = v_old_norm_curved + (g.DragCurrentAccum / (v_max - v_min)); - v_cur = v_min + (SIGNEDTYPE)ImPow(ImSaturate((float)v_new_norm_curved), power) * (v_max - v_min); - v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = v_old_norm_curved; + // When using logarithmic sliders, we need to clamp to avoid hitting zero, but our choice of clamp value greatly affects slider precision. We attempt to use the specified precision to estimate a good lower bound. + const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 1; + logarithmic_zero_epsilon = ImPow(0.1f, (float)decimal_precision); + + // Convert to parametric space, apply delta, convert back + float v_old_parametric = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, v_cur, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + float v_new_parametric = v_old_parametric + g.DragCurrentAccum; + v_cur = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, v_new_parametric, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = v_old_parametric; } else { @@ -2036,14 +2248,16 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const } // Round to user desired precision based on format string - v_cur = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_cur); + if (is_floating_point && !(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) + v_cur = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_cur); // Preserve remainder after rounding has been applied. This also allow slow tweaking of values. g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; - if (is_power) + if (is_logarithmic) { - FLOATTYPE v_cur_norm_curved = ImPow((FLOATTYPE)(v_cur - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(v_max - v_min), (FLOATTYPE)1.0f / power); - g.DragCurrentAccum -= (float)(v_cur_norm_curved - v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder); + // Convert to parametric space, apply delta, convert back + float v_new_parametric = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, v_cur, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + g.DragCurrentAccum -= (float)(v_new_parametric - v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder); } else { @@ -2057,9 +2271,9 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const // Clamp values (+ handle overflow/wrap-around for integer types) if (*v != v_cur && is_clamped) { - if (v_cur < v_min || (v_cur > *v && adjust_delta < 0.0f && !is_decimal)) + if (v_cur < v_min || (v_cur > *v && adjust_delta < 0.0f && !is_floating_point)) v_cur = v_min; - if (v_cur > v_max || (v_cur < *v && adjust_delta > 0.0f && !is_decimal)) + if (v_cur > v_max || (v_cur < *v && adjust_delta > 0.0f && !is_floating_point)) v_cur = v_max; } @@ -2070,11 +2284,15 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const return true; } -bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiDragFlags flags) +bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { + // Read imgui.cpp "API BREAKING CHANGES" section for 1.78 if you hit this assert. + IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flags! Has the 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead."); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.ActiveId == id) { + // Those are the things we can do easily outside the DragBehaviorT<> template, saves code generation. if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && !g.IO.MouseDown[0]) ClearActiveID(); else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav && g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) @@ -2082,19 +2300,21 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v } if (g.ActiveId != id) return false; + if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly)) + return false; switch (data_type) { - case ImGuiDataType_S8: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS8*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS8*) p_min : IM_S8_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS8*)p_max : IM_S8_MAX, format, power, flags); if (r) *(ImS8*)p_v = (ImS8)v32; return r; } - case ImGuiDataType_U8: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU8*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU8*) p_min : IM_U8_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU8*)p_max : IM_U8_MAX, format, power, flags); if (r) *(ImU8*)p_v = (ImU8)v32; return r; } - case ImGuiDataType_S16: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS16*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS16*)p_min : IM_S16_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS16*)p_max : IM_S16_MAX, format, power, flags); if (r) *(ImS16*)p_v = (ImS16)v32; return r; } - case ImGuiDataType_U16: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU16*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU16*)p_min : IM_U16_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU16*)p_max : IM_U16_MAX, format, power, flags); if (r) *(ImU16*)p_v = (ImU16)v32; return r; } - case ImGuiDataType_S32: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImS32*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS32* )p_min : IM_S32_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS32* )p_max : IM_S32_MAX, format, power, flags); - case ImGuiDataType_U32: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImU32*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU32* )p_min : IM_U32_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU32* )p_max : IM_U32_MAX, format, power, flags); - case ImGuiDataType_S64: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImS64*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS64* )p_min : IM_S64_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS64* )p_max : IM_S64_MAX, format, power, flags); - case ImGuiDataType_U64: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImU64*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU64* )p_min : IM_U64_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU64* )p_max : IM_U64_MAX, format, power, flags); - case ImGuiDataType_Float: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (float*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const float* )p_min : -FLT_MAX, p_max ? *(const float* )p_max : FLT_MAX, format, power, flags); - case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (double*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const double*)p_min : -DBL_MAX, p_max ? *(const double*)p_max : DBL_MAX, format, power, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_S8: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS8*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS8*) p_min : IM_S8_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS8*)p_max : IM_S8_MAX, format, flags); if (r) *(ImS8*)p_v = (ImS8)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_U8: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU8*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU8*) p_min : IM_U8_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU8*)p_max : IM_U8_MAX, format, flags); if (r) *(ImU8*)p_v = (ImU8)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_S16: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS16*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS16*)p_min : IM_S16_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS16*)p_max : IM_S16_MAX, format, flags); if (r) *(ImS16*)p_v = (ImS16)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_U16: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU16*)p_v; bool r = DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU16*)p_min : IM_U16_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU16*)p_max : IM_U16_MAX, format, flags); if (r) *(ImU16*)p_v = (ImU16)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_S32: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImS32*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS32* )p_min : IM_S32_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS32* )p_max : IM_S32_MAX, format, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_U32: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImU32*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU32* )p_min : IM_U32_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU32* )p_max : IM_U32_MAX, format, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_S64: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImS64*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImS64* )p_min : IM_S64_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImS64* )p_max : IM_S64_MAX, format, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_U64: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImU64*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const ImU64* )p_min : IM_U64_MIN, p_max ? *(const ImU64* )p_max : IM_U64_MAX, format, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_Float: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (float*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const float* )p_min : -FLT_MAX, p_max ? *(const float* )p_max : FLT_MAX, format, flags); + case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (double*)p_v, v_speed, p_min ? *(const double*)p_min : -DBL_MAX, p_max ? *(const double*)p_max : DBL_MAX, format, flags); case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; } IM_ASSERT(0); @@ -2102,82 +2322,96 @@ bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, float v } // Note: p_data, p_min and p_max are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For a Drag widget, p_min and p_max are optional. -// Read code of e.g. SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly. -bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power) +// Read code of e.g. DragFloat(), DragInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly. +bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; - if (power != 1.0f) - IM_ASSERT(p_min != NULL && p_max != NULL); // When using a power curve the drag needs to have known bounds - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); const float w = CalcItemWidth(); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f)); + const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); + const bool temp_input_allowed = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput) == 0; ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable : 0)) return false; // Default format string when passing NULL if (format == NULL) format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.) - format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); - // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an input box const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); - bool temp_input_is_active = TempInputIsActive(id); - bool temp_input_start = false; + bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id); if (!temp_input_is_active) { - const bool focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id); - const bool clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]); - const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]); - if (focus_requested || clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id) + // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an InputText + const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = temp_input_allowed && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; + const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id); + const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id)); + const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id); + if (make_active && (clicked || double_clicked)) + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id); + if (make_active && temp_input_allowed) + if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || g.NavActivateInputId == id) + temp_input_is_active = true; + + // (Optional) simple click (without moving) turns Drag into an InputText + if (g.IO.ConfigDragClickToInputText && temp_input_allowed && !temp_input_is_active) + if (g.ActiveId == id && hovered && g.IO.MouseReleased[0] && !IsMouseDragPastThreshold(0, g.IO.MouseDragThreshold * DRAG_MOUSE_THRESHOLD_FACTOR)) + { + g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateInputId = id; + g.NavActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput; + temp_input_is_active = true; + } + + if (make_active && !temp_input_is_active) { SetActiveID(id, window); SetFocusID(id, window); FocusWindow(window); g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask = (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); - if (focus_requested || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || double_clicked || g.NavInputId == id) - { - temp_input_start = true; - FocusableItemUnregister(window); - } } } - if (temp_input_is_active || temp_input_start) - return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format); + + if (temp_input_is_active) + { + // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is set + const bool is_clamp_input = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp) != 0 && (p_min == NULL || p_max == NULL || DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_min, p_max) < 0); + return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format, is_clamp_input ? p_min : NULL, is_clamp_input ? p_max : NULL); + } // Draw frame - const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); + const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, style.FrameRounding); // Drag behavior - const bool value_changed = DragBehavior(id, data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, power, ImGuiDragFlags_None); + const bool value_changed = DragBehavior(id, data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, flags); if (value_changed) MarkItemEdited(id); // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value. char value_buf[64]; const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}"); RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); if (label_size.x > 0.0f) RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); return value_changed; } -bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, int components, float v_speed, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -2194,7 +2428,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data PushID(i); if (i > 0) SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - value_changed |= DragScalar("", data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, power); + value_changed |= DragScalar("", data_type, p_data, v_speed, p_min, p_max, format, flags); PopID(); PopItemWidth(); p_data = (void*)((char*)p_data + type_size); @@ -2212,27 +2446,28 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data return value_changed; } -bool ImGui::DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); + return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max, float power) +// NB: You likely want to specify the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp when using this. +bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -2243,41 +2478,50 @@ bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_cu BeginGroup(); PushMultiItemsWidths(2, CalcItemWidth()); - bool value_changed = DragFloat("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? -FLT_MAX : v_min, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max), format, power); + float min_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? -FLT_MAX : v_min; + float min_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max); + ImGuiSliderFlags min_flags = flags | ((min_min == min_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0); + bool value_changed = DragScalar("##min", ImGuiDataType_Float, v_current_min, v_speed, &min_min, &min_max, format, min_flags); PopItemWidth(); SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - value_changed |= DragFloat("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min), (v_min >= v_max) ? FLT_MAX : v_max, format_max ? format_max : format, power); + + float max_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min); + float max_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? FLT_MAX : v_max; + ImGuiSliderFlags max_flags = flags | ((max_min == max_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0); + value_changed |= DragScalar("##max", ImGuiDataType_Float, v_current_max, v_speed, &max_min, &max_max, format_max ? format_max : format, max_flags); PopItemWidth(); SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); TextEx(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); EndGroup(); PopID(); + return value_changed; } // NB: v_speed is float to allow adjusting the drag speed with more precision -bool ImGui::DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +bool ImGui::DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format); + return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +bool ImGui::DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format); + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +bool ImGui::DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format); + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +bool ImGui::DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format); + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max) +// NB: You likely want to specify the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp when using this. +bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -2288,10 +2532,17 @@ bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_ BeginGroup(); PushMultiItemsWidths(2, CalcItemWidth()); - bool value_changed = DragInt("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MIN : v_min, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max), format); + int min_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MIN : v_min; + int min_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max); + ImGuiSliderFlags min_flags = flags | ((min_min == min_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0); + bool value_changed = DragInt("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, min_min, min_max, format, min_flags); PopItemWidth(); SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - value_changed |= DragInt("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min), (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MAX : v_max, format_max ? format_max : format); + + int max_min = (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min); + int max_max = (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MAX : v_max; + ImGuiSliderFlags max_flags = flags | ((max_min == max_max) ? ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly : 0); + value_changed |= DragInt("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, max_min, max_max, format_max ? format_max : format, max_flags); PopItemWidth(); SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); @@ -2305,6 +2556,8 @@ bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_ //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: SliderScalar, SliderFloat, SliderInt, etc. //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ScaleRatioFromValueT<> [Internal] +// - ScaleValueFromRatioT<> [Internal] // - SliderBehaviorT<>() [Internal] // - SliderBehavior() [Internal] // - SliderScalar() @@ -2323,67 +2576,161 @@ bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_ // - VSliderInt() //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -template -float ImGui::SliderCalcRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v, TYPE v_min, TYPE v_max, float power, float linear_zero_pos) +// Convert a value v in the output space of a slider into a parametric position on the slider itself (the logical opposite of ScaleValueFromRatioT) +template +float ImGui::ScaleRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v, TYPE v_min, TYPE v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_halfsize) { if (v_min == v_max) return 0.0f; + IM_UNUSED(data_type); - const bool is_power = (power != 1.0f) && (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); const TYPE v_clamped = (v_min < v_max) ? ImClamp(v, v_min, v_max) : ImClamp(v, v_max, v_min); - if (is_power) + if (is_logarithmic) { - if (v_clamped < 0.0f) + bool flipped = v_max < v_min; + + if (flipped) // Handle the case where the range is backwards + ImSwap(v_min, v_max); + + // Fudge min/max to avoid getting close to log(0) + FLOATTYPE v_min_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_min) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_min < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_min; + FLOATTYPE v_max_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_max) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_max < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_max; + + // Awkward special cases - we need ranges of the form (-100 .. 0) to convert to (-100 .. -epsilon), not (-100 .. epsilon) + if ((v_min == 0.0f) && (v_max < 0.0f)) + v_min_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon; + else if ((v_max == 0.0f) && (v_min < 0.0f)) + v_max_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon; + + float result; + if (v_clamped <= v_min_fudged) + result = 0.0f; // Workaround for values that are in-range but below our fudge + else if (v_clamped >= v_max_fudged) + result = 1.0f; // Workaround for values that are in-range but above our fudge + else if ((v_min * v_max) < 0.0f) // Range crosses zero, so split into two portions { - const float f = 1.0f - (float)((v_clamped - v_min) / (ImMin((TYPE)0, v_max) - v_min)); - return (1.0f - ImPow(f, 1.0f/power)) * linear_zero_pos; + float zero_point_center = (-(float)v_min) / ((float)v_max - (float)v_min); // The zero point in parametric space. There's an argument we should take the logarithmic nature into account when calculating this, but for now this should do (and the most common case of a symmetrical range works fine) + float zero_point_snap_L = zero_point_center - zero_deadzone_halfsize; + float zero_point_snap_R = zero_point_center + zero_deadzone_halfsize; + if (v == 0.0f) + result = zero_point_center; // Special case for exactly zero + else if (v < 0.0f) + result = (1.0f - (float)(ImLog(-(FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / logarithmic_zero_epsilon) / ImLog(-v_min_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon))) * zero_point_snap_L; + else + result = zero_point_snap_R + ((float)(ImLog((FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / logarithmic_zero_epsilon) / ImLog(v_max_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon)) * (1.0f - zero_point_snap_R)); } + else if ((v_min < 0.0f) || (v_max < 0.0f)) // Entirely negative slider + result = 1.0f - (float)(ImLog(-(FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / -v_max_fudged) / ImLog(-v_min_fudged / -v_max_fudged)); else + result = (float)(ImLog((FLOATTYPE)v_clamped / v_min_fudged) / ImLog(v_max_fudged / v_min_fudged)); + + return flipped ? (1.0f - result) : result; + } + else + { + // Linear slider + return (float)((FLOATTYPE)(SIGNEDTYPE)(v_clamped - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(SIGNEDTYPE)(v_max - v_min)); + } +} + +// Convert a parametric position on a slider into a value v in the output space (the logical opposite of ScaleRatioFromValueT) +template +TYPE ImGui::ScaleValueFromRatioT(ImGuiDataType data_type, float t, TYPE v_min, TYPE v_max, bool is_logarithmic, float logarithmic_zero_epsilon, float zero_deadzone_halfsize) +{ + // We special-case the extents because otherwise our logarithmic fudging can lead to "mathematically correct" + // but non-intuitive behaviors like a fully-left slider not actually reaching the minimum value. Also generally simpler. + if (t <= 0.0f || v_min == v_max) + return v_min; + if (t >= 1.0f) + return v_max; + + TYPE result = (TYPE)0; + if (is_logarithmic) + { + // Fudge min/max to avoid getting silly results close to zero + FLOATTYPE v_min_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_min) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_min < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_min; + FLOATTYPE v_max_fudged = (ImAbs((FLOATTYPE)v_max) < logarithmic_zero_epsilon) ? ((v_max < 0.0f) ? -logarithmic_zero_epsilon : logarithmic_zero_epsilon) : (FLOATTYPE)v_max; + + const bool flipped = v_max < v_min; // Check if range is "backwards" + if (flipped) + ImSwap(v_min_fudged, v_max_fudged); + + // Awkward special case - we need ranges of the form (-100 .. 0) to convert to (-100 .. -epsilon), not (-100 .. epsilon) + if ((v_max == 0.0f) && (v_min < 0.0f)) + v_max_fudged = -logarithmic_zero_epsilon; + + float t_with_flip = flipped ? (1.0f - t) : t; // t, but flipped if necessary to account for us flipping the range + + if ((v_min * v_max) < 0.0f) // Range crosses zero, so we have to do this in two parts { - const float f = (float)((v_clamped - ImMax((TYPE)0, v_min)) / (v_max - ImMax((TYPE)0, v_min))); - return linear_zero_pos + ImPow(f, 1.0f/power) * (1.0f - linear_zero_pos); + float zero_point_center = (-(float)ImMin(v_min, v_max)) / ImAbs((float)v_max - (float)v_min); // The zero point in parametric space + float zero_point_snap_L = zero_point_center - zero_deadzone_halfsize; + float zero_point_snap_R = zero_point_center + zero_deadzone_halfsize; + if (t_with_flip >= zero_point_snap_L && t_with_flip <= zero_point_snap_R) + result = (TYPE)0.0f; // Special case to make getting exactly zero possible (the epsilon prevents it otherwise) + else if (t_with_flip < zero_point_center) + result = (TYPE)-(logarithmic_zero_epsilon * ImPow(-v_min_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon, (FLOATTYPE)(1.0f - (t_with_flip / zero_point_snap_L)))); + else + result = (TYPE)(logarithmic_zero_epsilon * ImPow(v_max_fudged / logarithmic_zero_epsilon, (FLOATTYPE)((t_with_flip - zero_point_snap_R) / (1.0f - zero_point_snap_R)))); + } + else if ((v_min < 0.0f) || (v_max < 0.0f)) // Entirely negative slider + result = (TYPE)-(-v_max_fudged * ImPow(-v_min_fudged / -v_max_fudged, (FLOATTYPE)(1.0f - t_with_flip))); + else + result = (TYPE)(v_min_fudged * ImPow(v_max_fudged / v_min_fudged, (FLOATTYPE)t_with_flip)); + } + else + { + // Linear slider + const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); + if (is_floating_point) + { + result = ImLerp(v_min, v_max, t); + } + else if (t < 1.0) + { + // - For integer values we want the clicking position to match the grab box so we round above + // This code is carefully tuned to work with large values (e.g. high ranges of U64) while preserving this property.. + // - Not doing a *1.0 multiply at the end of a range as it tends to be lossy. While absolute aiming at a large s64/u64 + // range is going to be imprecise anyway, with this check we at least make the edge values matches expected limits. + FLOATTYPE v_new_off_f = (SIGNEDTYPE)(v_max - v_min) * t; + result = (TYPE)((SIGNEDTYPE)v_min + (SIGNEDTYPE)(v_new_off_f + (FLOATTYPE)(v_min > v_max ? -0.5 : 0.5))); } } - // Linear slider - return (float)((FLOATTYPE)(v_clamped - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(v_max - v_min)); + return result; } -// FIXME: Move some of the code into SliderBehavior(). Current responsability is larger than what the equivalent DragBehaviorT<> does, we also do some rendering, etc. +// FIXME: Try to move more of the code into shared SliderBehavior() template -bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb) +bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; - const bool is_decimal = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); - const bool is_power = (power != 1.0f) && is_decimal; + const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) != 0; + const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); + const SIGNEDTYPE v_range = (v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); - const float grab_padding = 2.0f; + // Calculate bounds + const float grab_padding = 2.0f; // FIXME: Should be part of style. const float slider_sz = (bb.Max[axis] - bb.Min[axis]) - grab_padding * 2.0f; float grab_sz = style.GrabMinSize; - SIGNEDTYPE v_range = (v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); - if (!is_decimal && v_range >= 0) // v_range < 0 may happen on integer overflows - grab_sz = ImMax((float)(slider_sz / (v_range + 1)), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit + if (!is_floating_point && v_range >= 0) // v_range < 0 may happen on integer overflows + grab_sz = ImMax((float)(slider_sz / (v_range + 1)), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit grab_sz = ImMin(grab_sz, slider_sz); const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz; const float slider_usable_pos_min = bb.Min[axis] + grab_padding + grab_sz * 0.5f; const float slider_usable_pos_max = bb.Max[axis] - grab_padding - grab_sz * 0.5f; - // For power curve sliders that cross over sign boundary we want the curve to be symmetric around 0.0f - float linear_zero_pos; // 0.0->1.0f - if (is_power && v_min * v_max < 0.0f) + float logarithmic_zero_epsilon = 0.0f; // Only valid when is_logarithmic is true + float zero_deadzone_halfsize = 0.0f; // Only valid when is_logarithmic is true + if (is_logarithmic) { - // Different sign - const FLOATTYPE linear_dist_min_to_0 = ImPow(v_min >= 0 ? (FLOATTYPE)v_min : -(FLOATTYPE)v_min, (FLOATTYPE)1.0f / power); - const FLOATTYPE linear_dist_max_to_0 = ImPow(v_max >= 0 ? (FLOATTYPE)v_max : -(FLOATTYPE)v_max, (FLOATTYPE)1.0f / power); - linear_zero_pos = (float)(linear_dist_min_to_0 / (linear_dist_min_to_0 + linear_dist_max_to_0)); - } - else - { - // Same sign - linear_zero_pos = v_min < 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + // When using logarithmic sliders, we need to clamp to avoid hitting zero, but our choice of clamp value greatly affects slider precision. We attempt to use the specified precision to estimate a good lower bound. + const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 1; + logarithmic_zero_epsilon = ImPow(0.1f, (float)decimal_precision); + zero_deadzone_halfsize = (style.LogSliderDeadzone * 0.5f) / ImMax(slider_usable_sz, 1.0f); } // Process interacting with the slider @@ -2401,7 +2748,17 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ else { const float mouse_abs_pos = g.IO.MousePos[axis]; - clicked_t = (slider_usable_sz > 0.0f) ? ImClamp((mouse_abs_pos - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz, 0.0f, 1.0f) : 0.0f; + if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + { + float grab_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) + grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t; + const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t); + const bool clicked_around_grab = (mouse_abs_pos >= grab_pos - grab_sz * 0.5f - 1.0f) && (mouse_abs_pos <= grab_pos + grab_sz * 0.5f + 1.0f); // No harm being extra generous here. + g.SliderGrabClickOffset = (clicked_around_grab && is_floating_point) ? mouse_abs_pos - grab_pos : 0.0f; + } + if (slider_usable_sz > 0.0f) + clicked_t = ImSaturate((mouse_abs_pos - g.SliderGrabClickOffset - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz); if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) clicked_t = 1.0f - clicked_t; set_new_value = true; @@ -2409,87 +2766,81 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ } else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) { - const ImVec2 delta2 = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast, 0.0f, 0.0f); - float delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? delta2.x : -delta2.y; + if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + { + g.SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; // Reset any stored nav delta upon activation + g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false; + } + + float input_delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis) : -GetNavTweakPressedAmount(axis); + if (input_delta != 0.0f) + { + const bool tweak_slow = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakSlow : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakSlow); + const bool tweak_fast = IsKeyDown((g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Gamepad) ? ImGuiKey_NavGamepadTweakFast : ImGuiKey_NavKeyboardTweakFast); + const int decimal_precision = is_floating_point ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; + if (decimal_precision > 0) + { + input_delta /= 100.0f; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in % of slider bounds + if (tweak_slow) + input_delta /= 10.0f; + } + else + { + if ((v_range >= -100.0f && v_range <= 100.0f) || tweak_slow) + input_delta = ((input_delta < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) / (float)v_range; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in integer steps + else + input_delta /= 100.0f; + } + if (tweak_fast) + input_delta *= 10.0f; + + g.SliderCurrentAccum += input_delta; + g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty = true; + } + + float delta = g.SliderCurrentAccum; if (g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) { ClearActiveID(); } - else if (delta != 0.0f) + else if (g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty) { - clicked_t = SliderCalcRatioFromValueT(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, power, linear_zero_pos); - const int decimal_precision = is_decimal ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; - if ((decimal_precision > 0) || is_power) - { - delta /= 100.0f; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in % of slider bounds - if (IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) - delta /= 10.0f; - } - else - { - if ((v_range >= -100.0f && v_range <= 100.0f) || IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) - delta = ((delta < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) / (float)v_range; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in integer steps - else - delta /= 100.0f; - } - if (IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast)) - delta *= 10.0f; - set_new_value = true; + clicked_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + if ((clicked_t >= 1.0f && delta > 0.0f) || (clicked_t <= 0.0f && delta < 0.0f)) // This is to avoid applying the saturation when already past the limits + { set_new_value = false; + g.SliderCurrentAccum = 0.0f; // If pushing up against the limits, don't continue to accumulate + } else + { + set_new_value = true; + float old_clicked_t = clicked_t; clicked_t = ImSaturate(clicked_t + delta); + + // Calculate what our "new" clicked_t will be, and thus how far we actually moved the slider, and subtract this from the accumulator + TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + if (is_floating_point && !(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) + v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_new); + float new_clicked_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, v_new, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); + + if (delta > 0) + g.SliderCurrentAccum -= ImMin(new_clicked_t - old_clicked_t, delta); + else + g.SliderCurrentAccum -= ImMax(new_clicked_t - old_clicked_t, delta); + } + + g.SliderCurrentAccumDirty = false; } } if (set_new_value) { - TYPE v_new; - if (is_power) - { - // Account for power curve scale on both sides of the zero - if (clicked_t < linear_zero_pos) - { - // Negative: rescale to the negative range before powering - float a = 1.0f - (clicked_t / linear_zero_pos); - a = ImPow(a, power); - v_new = ImLerp(ImMin(v_max, (TYPE)0), v_min, a); - } - else - { - // Positive: rescale to the positive range before powering - float a; - if (ImFabs(linear_zero_pos - 1.0f) > 1.e-6f) - a = (clicked_t - linear_zero_pos) / (1.0f - linear_zero_pos); - else - a = clicked_t; - a = ImPow(a, power); - v_new = ImLerp(ImMax(v_min, (TYPE)0), v_max, a); - } - } - else - { - // Linear slider - if (is_decimal) - { - v_new = ImLerp(v_min, v_max, clicked_t); - } - else - { - // For integer values we want the clicking position to match the grab box so we round above - // This code is carefully tuned to work with large values (e.g. high ranges of U64) while preserving this property.. - FLOATTYPE v_new_off_f = (v_max - v_min) * clicked_t; - TYPE v_new_off_floor = (TYPE)(v_new_off_f); - TYPE v_new_off_round = (TYPE)(v_new_off_f + (FLOATTYPE)0.5); - if (v_new_off_floor < v_new_off_round) - v_new = v_min + v_new_off_round; - else - v_new = v_min + v_new_off_floor; - } - } + TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); // Round to user desired precision based on format string - v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_new); + if (is_floating_point && !(flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat)) + v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_new); // Apply result if (*v != v_new) @@ -2507,7 +2858,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ else { // Output grab position so it can be displayed by the caller - float grab_t = SliderCalcRatioFromValueT(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, power, linear_zero_pos); + float grab_t = ScaleRatioFromValueT(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); if (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t; const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t); @@ -2523,32 +2874,40 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ // For 32-bit and larger types, slider bounds are limited to half the natural type range. // So e.g. an integer Slider between INT_MAX-10 and INT_MAX will fail, but an integer Slider between INT_MAX/2-10 and INT_MAX/2 will be ok. // It would be possible to lift that limitation with some work but it doesn't seem to be worth it for sliders. -bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb) +bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_v, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb) { + // Read imgui.cpp "API BREAKING CHANGES" section for 1.78 if you hit this assert. + IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flag! Has the 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead."); + + // Those are the things we can do easily outside the SliderBehaviorT<> template, saves code generation. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly)) + return false; + switch (data_type) { - case ImGuiDataType_S8: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS8*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, *(const ImS8*)p_min, *(const ImS8*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImS8*)p_v = (ImS8)v32; return r; } - case ImGuiDataType_U8: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU8*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, *(const ImU8*)p_min, *(const ImU8*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImU8*)p_v = (ImU8)v32; return r; } - case ImGuiDataType_S16: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS16*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, *(const ImS16*)p_min, *(const ImS16*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImS16*)p_v = (ImS16)v32; return r; } - case ImGuiDataType_U16: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU16*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, *(const ImU16*)p_min, *(const ImU16*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImU16*)p_v = (ImU16)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_S8: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS8*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, *(const ImS8*)p_min, *(const ImS8*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImS8*)p_v = (ImS8)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_U8: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU8*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, *(const ImU8*)p_min, *(const ImU8*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImU8*)p_v = (ImU8)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_S16: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS16*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, *(const ImS16*)p_min, *(const ImS16*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImS16*)p_v = (ImS16)v32; return r; } + case ImGuiDataType_U16: { ImU32 v32 = (ImU32)*(ImU16*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_U32, &v32, *(const ImU16*)p_min, *(const ImU16*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImU16*)p_v = (ImU16)v32; return r; } case ImGuiDataType_S32: - IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS32*)p_min >= IM_S32_MIN/2 && *(const ImS32*)p_max <= IM_S32_MAX/2); - return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImS32*)p_v, *(const ImS32*)p_min, *(const ImS32*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS32*)p_min >= IM_S32_MIN / 2 && *(const ImS32*)p_max <= IM_S32_MAX / 2); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImS32*)p_v, *(const ImS32*)p_min, *(const ImS32*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); case ImGuiDataType_U32: - IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU32*)p_max <= IM_U32_MAX/2); - return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImU32*)p_v, *(const ImU32*)p_min, *(const ImU32*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU32*)p_max <= IM_U32_MAX / 2); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImU32*)p_v, *(const ImU32*)p_min, *(const ImU32*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); case ImGuiDataType_S64: - IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS64*)p_min >= IM_S64_MIN/2 && *(const ImS64*)p_max <= IM_S64_MAX/2); - return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImS64*)p_v, *(const ImS64*)p_min, *(const ImS64*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS64*)p_min >= IM_S64_MIN / 2 && *(const ImS64*)p_max <= IM_S64_MAX / 2); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImS64*)p_v, *(const ImS64*)p_min, *(const ImS64*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); case ImGuiDataType_U64: - IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU64*)p_max <= IM_U64_MAX/2); - return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImU64*)p_v, *(const ImU64*)p_min, *(const ImU64*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU64*)p_max <= IM_U64_MAX / 2); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImU64*)p_v, *(const ImU64*)p_min, *(const ImU64*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); case ImGuiDataType_Float: - IM_ASSERT(*(const float*)p_min >= -FLT_MAX/2.0f && *(const float*)p_max <= FLT_MAX/2.0f); - return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (float*)p_v, *(const float*)p_min, *(const float*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + IM_ASSERT(*(const float*)p_min >= -FLT_MAX / 2.0f && *(const float*)p_max <= FLT_MAX / 2.0f); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (float*)p_v, *(const float*)p_min, *(const float*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); case ImGuiDataType_Double: - IM_ASSERT(*(const double*)p_min >= -DBL_MAX/2.0f && *(const double*)p_max <= DBL_MAX/2.0f); - return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (double*)p_v, *(const double*)p_min, *(const double*)p_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + IM_ASSERT(*(const double*)p_min >= -DBL_MAX / 2.0f && *(const double*)p_max <= DBL_MAX / 2.0f); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (double*)p_v, *(const double*)p_min, *(const double*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; } IM_ASSERT(0); @@ -2557,7 +2916,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type // Note: p_data, p_min and p_max are _pointers_ to a memory address holding the data. For a slider, they are all required. // Read code of e.g. SliderFloat(), SliderInt() etc. or examples in 'Demo->Widgets->Data Types' to understand how to use this function directly. -bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -2569,51 +2928,56 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat const float w = CalcItemWidth(); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f)); + const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); + const bool temp_input_allowed = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput) == 0; ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, temp_input_allowed ? ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable : 0)) return false; // Default format string when passing NULL if (format == NULL) format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.) - format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); - // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); - bool temp_input_is_active = TempInputIsActive(id); - bool temp_input_start = false; + bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id); if (!temp_input_is_active) { - const bool focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id); - const bool clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]); - if (focus_requested || clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id) + // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box + const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = temp_input_allowed && (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; + const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id); + const bool make_active = (input_requested_by_tabbing || clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id); + if (make_active && clicked) + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id); + if (make_active && temp_input_allowed) + if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || g.NavActivateInputId == id) + temp_input_is_active = true; + + if (make_active && !temp_input_is_active) { SetActiveID(id, window); SetFocusID(id, window); FocusWindow(window); g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); - if (focus_requested || (clicked && g.IO.KeyCtrl) || g.NavInputId == id) - { - temp_input_start = true; - FocusableItemUnregister(window); - } } } - if (temp_input_is_active || temp_input_start) - return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format); + + if (temp_input_is_active) + { + // Only clamp CTRL+Click input when ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp is set + const bool is_clamp_input = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp) != 0; + return TempInputScalar(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, p_data, format, is_clamp_input ? p_min : NULL, is_clamp_input ? p_max : NULL); + } // Draw frame - const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); + const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding); // Slider behavior ImRect grab_bb; - const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, power, ImGuiSliderFlags_None, &grab_bb); + const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, flags, &grab_bb); if (value_changed) MarkItemEdited(id); @@ -2624,17 +2988,19 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value. char value_buf[64]; const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format); - RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f)); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}"); + RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); if (label_size.x > 0.0f) RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); return value_changed; } // Add multiple sliders on 1 line for compact edition of multiple components -bool ImGui::SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -2651,7 +3017,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, i PushID(i); if (i > 0) SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - value_changed |= SliderScalar("", data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, power); + value_changed |= SliderScalar("", data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, flags); PopID(); PopItemWidth(); v = (void*)((char*)v + type_size); @@ -2669,57 +3035,57 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, i return value_changed; } -bool ImGui::SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); + return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min, float v_degrees_max, const char* format) +bool ImGui::SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min, float v_degrees_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { if (format == NULL) format = "%.0f deg"; - float v_deg = (*v_rad) * 360.0f / (2*IM_PI); - bool value_changed = SliderFloat(label, &v_deg, v_degrees_min, v_degrees_max, format, 1.0f); - *v_rad = v_deg * (2*IM_PI) / 360.0f; + float v_deg = (*v_rad) * 360.0f / (2 * IM_PI); + bool value_changed = SliderFloat(label, &v_deg, v_degrees_min, v_degrees_max, format, flags); + *v_rad = v_deg * (2 * IM_PI) / 360.0f; return value_changed; } -bool ImGui::SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +bool ImGui::SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format); + return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +bool ImGui::SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format); + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +bool ImGui::SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format); + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +bool ImGui::SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format); + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const void* p_min, const void* p_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -2740,12 +3106,13 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType d // Default format string when passing NULL if (format == NULL) format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) // (FIXME-LEGACY: Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function more details.) - format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); - if ((hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id) + const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id); + if (clicked || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavActivateInputId == id) { + if (clicked) + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id); SetActiveID(id, window); SetFocusID(id, window); FocusWindow(window); @@ -2753,13 +3120,13 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType d } // Draw frame - const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); + const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding); // Slider behavior ImRect grab_bb; - const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, power, ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical, &grab_bb); + const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, p_data, p_min, p_max, format, flags | ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical, &grab_bb); if (value_changed) MarkItemEdited(id); @@ -2771,21 +3138,21 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType d // For the vertical slider we allow centered text to overlap the frame padding char value_buf[64]; const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, p_data, format); - RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.0f)); + RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.0f)); if (label_size.x > 0.0f) RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); return value_changed; } -bool ImGui::VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +bool ImGui::VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); + return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } -bool ImGui::VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +bool ImGui::VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) { - return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format); + return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, flags); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2794,6 +3161,8 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, // - ImParseFormatFindStart() [Internal] // - ImParseFormatFindEnd() [Internal] // - ImParseFormatTrimDecorations() [Internal] +// - ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting() [Internal] +// - ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning() [Internal] // - ImParseFormatPrecision() [Internal] // - TempInputTextScalar() [Internal] // - InputScalar() @@ -2857,6 +3226,57 @@ const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* fmt, char* buf, size_t buf_ return buf; } +// Sanitize format +// - Zero terminate so extra characters after format (e.g. "%f123") don't confuse atof/atoi +// - stb_sprintf.h supports several new modifiers which format numbers in a way that also makes them incompatible atof/atoi. +void ImParseFormatSanitizeForPrinting(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size) +{ + const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_in); + IM_UNUSED(fmt_out_size); + IM_ASSERT((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt_in + 1) < fmt_out_size); // Format is too long, let us know if this happens to you! + while (fmt_in < fmt_end) + { + char c = *fmt_in++; + if (c != '\'' && c != '$' && c != '_') // Custom flags provided by stb_sprintf.h. POSIX 2008 also supports '. + *(fmt_out++) = c; + } + *fmt_out = 0; // Zero-terminate +} + +// - For scanning we need to remove all width and precision fields "%3.7f" -> "%f". BUT don't strip types like "%I64d" which includes digits. ! "%07I64d" -> "%I64d" +const char* ImParseFormatSanitizeForScanning(const char* fmt_in, char* fmt_out, size_t fmt_out_size) +{ + const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_in); + const char* fmt_out_begin = fmt_out; + IM_UNUSED(fmt_out_size); + IM_ASSERT((size_t)(fmt_end - fmt_in + 1) < fmt_out_size); // Format is too long, let us know if this happens to you! + bool has_type = false; + while (fmt_in < fmt_end) + { + char c = *fmt_in++; + if (!has_type && ((c >= '0' && c <= '9') || c == '.')) + continue; + has_type |= ((c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')); // Stop skipping digits + if (c != '\'' && c != '$' && c != '_') // Custom flags provided by stb_sprintf.h. POSIX 2008 also supports '. + *(fmt_out++) = c; + } + *fmt_out = 0; // Zero-terminate + return fmt_out_begin; +} + +template +static const char* ImAtoi(const char* src, TYPE* output) +{ + int negative = 0; + if (*src == '-') { negative = 1; src++; } + if (*src == '+') { src++; } + TYPE v = 0; + while (*src >= '0' && *src <= '9') + v = (v * 10) + (*src++ - '0'); + *output = negative ? -v : v; + return src; +} + // Parse display precision back from the display format string // FIXME: This is still used by some navigation code path to infer a minimum tweak step, but we should aim to rework widgets so it isn't needed. int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision) @@ -2893,7 +3313,7 @@ bool ImGui::TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* ClearActiveID(); g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos = bb.Min; - bool value_changed = InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, buf_size, bb.GetSize(), flags); + bool value_changed = InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, buf_size, bb.GetSize(), flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem); if (init) { // First frame we started displaying the InputText widget, we expect it to take the active id. @@ -2903,10 +3323,19 @@ bool ImGui::TempInputText(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, char* return value_changed; } -bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format) +static inline ImGuiInputTextFlags InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(ImGuiDataType data_type, const char* format) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) + return ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; + const char format_last_char = format[0] ? format[strlen(format) - 1] : 0; + return (format_last_char == 'x' || format_last_char == 'X') ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal : ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal; +} +// Note that Drag/Slider functions are only forwarding the min/max values clamping values if the ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp flag is set! +// This is intended: this way we allow CTRL+Click manual input to set a value out of bounds, for maximum flexibility. +// However this may not be ideal for all uses, as some user code may break on out of bound values. +bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min, const void* p_clamp_max) +{ char fmt_buf[32]; char data_buf[32]; format = ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(format, fmt_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_buf)); @@ -2914,11 +3343,27 @@ bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImG ImStrTrimBlanks(data_buf); ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; - flags |= ((data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific : ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal); - bool value_changed = TempInputText(bb, id, label, data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), flags); - if (value_changed) + flags |= InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(data_type, format); + + bool value_changed = false; + if (TempInputText(bb, id, label, data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), flags)) { - value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(data_buf, g.InputTextState.InitialTextA.Data, data_type, p_data, NULL); + // Backup old value + size_t data_type_size = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->Size; + ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage data_backup; + memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, data_type_size); + + // Apply new value (or operations) then clamp + DataTypeApplyFromText(data_buf, data_type, p_data, format); + if (p_clamp_min || p_clamp_max) + { + if (p_clamp_min && p_clamp_max && DataTypeCompare(data_type, p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max) > 0) + ImSwap(p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max); + DataTypeClamp(data_type, p_data, p_clamp_min, p_clamp_max); + } + + // Only mark as edited if new value is different + value_changed = memcmp(&data_backup, p_data, data_type_size) != 0; if (value_changed) MarkItemEdited(id); } @@ -2942,12 +3387,12 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data char buf[64]; DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, p_data, format); - bool value_changed = false; - if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal; - flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll; - flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselve by comparing the actual data rather than the string. + // Testing ActiveId as a minor optimization as filtering is not needed until active + if (g.ActiveId == 0 && (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) == 0) + flags |= InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(data_type, format); + flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited; // We call MarkItemEdited() ourselves by comparing the actual data rather than the string. + bool value_changed = false; if (p_step != NULL) { const float button_size = GetFrameHeight(); @@ -2956,14 +3401,15 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data PushID(label); SetNextItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, CalcItemWidth() - (button_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * 2)); if (InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) // PushId(label) + "" gives us the expected ID from outside point of view - value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, g.InputTextState.InitialTextA.Data, data_type, p_data, format); + value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); // Step buttons const ImVec2 backup_frame_padding = style.FramePadding; style.FramePadding.x = style.FramePadding.y; ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups; if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) - button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled; + BeginDisabled(); SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); if (ButtonEx("-", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), button_flags)) { @@ -2976,6 +3422,8 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '+', p_data, p_data, g.IO.KeyCtrl && p_step_fast ? p_step_fast : p_step); value_changed = true; } + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) + EndDisabled(); const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); if (label != label_end) @@ -2991,10 +3439,10 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data else { if (InputText(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), flags)) - value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, g.InputTextState.InitialTextA.Data, data_type, p_data, format); + value_changed = DataTypeApplyFromText(buf, data_type, p_data, format); } if (value_changed) - MarkItemEdited(window->DC.LastItemId); + MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); return value_changed; } @@ -3037,7 +3485,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) { flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; - return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); + return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); } bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) @@ -3055,46 +3503,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format, ImGui return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, NULL, NULL, format, flags); } -// Prefer using "const char* format" directly, which is more flexible and consistent with other API. -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) -{ - char format[16] = "%f"; - if (decimal_precision >= 0) - ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); - return InputFloat(label, v, step, step_fast, format, flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) -{ - char format[16] = "%f"; - if (decimal_precision >= 0) - ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); - return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, NULL, NULL, format, flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) -{ - char format[16] = "%f"; - if (decimal_precision >= 0) - ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); - return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, NULL, NULL, format, flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) -{ - char format[16] = "%f"; - if (decimal_precision >= 0) - ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); - return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, NULL, NULL, format, flags); -} -#endif // IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - bool ImGui::InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step, int step_fast, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) { // Hexadecimal input provided as a convenience but the flag name is awkward. Typically you'd use InputText() to parse your own data, if you want to handle prefixes. const char* format = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) ? "%08X" : "%d"; - return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); + return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); } bool ImGui::InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) @@ -3115,7 +3528,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) bool ImGui::InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step, double step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags) { flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; - return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Double, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); + return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Double, (void*)v, (void*)(step > 0.0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast > 0.0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, flags); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -3124,13 +3537,17 @@ bool ImGui::InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step, double step_f // - InputText() // - InputTextWithHint() // - InputTextMultiline() +// - InputTextGetCharInfo() [Internal] +// - InputTextReindexLines() [Internal] +// - InputTextReindexLinesRange() [Internal] // - InputTextEx() [Internal] +// - DebugNodeInputTextState() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- bool ImGui::InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) { IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline() - return InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0,0), flags, callback, user_data); + return InputTextEx(label, NULL, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0, 0), flags, callback, user_data); } bool ImGui::InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) @@ -3140,7 +3557,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, co bool ImGui::InputTextWithHint(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) { - IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline() + IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline() or InputTextEx() manually if you need multi-line + hint. return InputTextEx(label, hint, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0, 0), flags, callback, user_data); } @@ -3158,14 +3575,14 @@ static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** return line_count; } -static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, bool stop_on_new_line) +static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, bool stop_on_new_line) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; ImFont* font = g.Font; const float line_height = g.FontSize; const float scale = line_height / font->FontSize; - ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0,0); + ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0, 0); float line_width = 0.0f; const ImWchar* s = text_begin; @@ -3207,16 +3624,16 @@ static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* t namespace ImStb { -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj) { return obj->CurLenW; } -static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { return obj->TextW[idx]; } -static float STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx) { ImWchar c = obj->TextW[line_start_idx + char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize); } +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj) { return obj->CurLenW; } +static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { return obj->TextW[idx]; } +static float STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx) { ImWchar c = obj->TextW[line_start_idx + char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; ImGuiContext& g = *obj->Ctx; return g.Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize); } static int STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(int key) { return key >= 0x200000 ? 0 : key; } static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE = '\n'; -static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx) +static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int line_start_idx) { const ImWchar* text = obj->TextW.Data; const ImWchar* text_remaining = NULL; - const ImVec2 size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(text + line_start_idx, text + obj->CurLenW, &text_remaining, NULL, true); + const ImVec2 size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(obj->Ctx, text + line_start_idx, text + obj->CurLenW, &text_remaining, NULL, true); r->x0 = 0.0f; r->x1 = size.x; r->baseline_y_delta = size.y; @@ -3225,23 +3642,23 @@ static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* ob r->num_chars = (int)(text_remaining - (text + line_start_idx)); } -static bool is_separator(unsigned int c) { return ImCharIsBlankW(c) || c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|'; } -static int is_word_boundary_from_right(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { return idx > 0 ? (is_separator( obj->TextW[idx-1] ) && !is_separator( obj->TextW[idx] ) ) : 1; } -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { idx--; while (idx >= 0 && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx--; return idx < 0 ? 0 : idx; } -#ifdef __APPLE__ // FIXME: Move setting to IO structure -static int is_word_boundary_from_left(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { return idx > 0 ? (!is_separator( obj->TextW[idx-1] ) && is_separator( obj->TextW[idx] ) ) : 1; } -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_left(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } -#else -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } -#endif -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h +// When ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password is set, we don't want actions such as CTRL+Arrow to leak the fact that underlying data are blanks or separators. +static bool is_separator(unsigned int c) { return ImCharIsBlankW(c) || c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|' || c=='\n' || c=='\r'; } +static int is_word_boundary_from_right(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { if (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) return 0; return idx > 0 ? (is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]) && !is_separator(obj->TextW[idx]) ) : 1; } +static int is_word_boundary_from_left(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { if (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) return 0; return idx > 0 ? (!is_separator(obj->TextW[idx - 1]) && is_separator(obj->TextW[idx])) : 1; } +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx--; while (idx >= 0 && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx--; return idx < 0 ? 0 : idx; } +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_left(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_WIN(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int idx) { ImGuiContext& g = *obj->Ctx; if (g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors) return STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(obj, idx); else return STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_WIN(obj, idx); } +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h #define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL -static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, int n) +static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, int n) { ImWchar* dst = obj->TextW.Data + pos; // We maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar formats + obj->Edited = true; obj->CurLenA -= ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(dst, dst + n); obj->CurLenW -= n; @@ -3252,9 +3669,9 @@ static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, int n) *dst = '\0'; } -static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, const ImWchar* new_text, int new_text_len) +static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, const ImWchar* new_text, int new_text_len) { - const bool is_resizable = (obj->UserFlags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; + const bool is_resizable = (obj->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; const int text_len = obj->CurLenW; IM_ASSERT(pos <= text_len); @@ -3276,6 +3693,7 @@ static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, const Im memmove(text + pos + new_text_len, text + pos, (size_t)(text_len - pos) * sizeof(ImWchar)); memcpy(text + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(ImWchar)); + obj->Edited = true; obj->CurLenW += new_text_len; obj->CurLenA += new_text_len_utf8; obj->TextW[obj->CurLenW] = '\0'; @@ -3298,6 +3716,8 @@ static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, const Im #define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO 0x20000B // keyboard input to perform redo #define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT 0x20000C // keyboard input to move cursor left one word #define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT 0x20000D // keyboard input to move cursor right one word +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP 0x20000E // keyboard input to move cursor up a page +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN 0x20000F // keyboard input to move cursor down a page #define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT 0x400000 #define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION @@ -3305,15 +3725,16 @@ static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, const Im // stb_textedit internally allows for a single undo record to do addition and deletion, but somehow, calling // the stb_textedit_paste() function creates two separate records, so we perform it manually. (FIXME: Report to nothings/stb?) -static void stb_textedit_replace(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* str, STB_TexteditState* state, const STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* text, int text_len) +static void stb_textedit_replace(ImGuiInputTextState* str, STB_TexteditState* state, const STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* text, int text_len) { stb_text_makeundo_replace(str, state, 0, str->CurLenW, text_len); ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, 0, str->CurLenW); + state->cursor = state->select_start = state->select_end = 0; if (text_len <= 0) return; if (ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, 0, text, text_len)) { - state->cursor = text_len; + state->cursor = state->select_start = state->select_end = text_len; state->has_preferred_x = 0; return; } @@ -3346,7 +3767,7 @@ void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count) *dst++ = c; *dst = '\0'; - if (CursorPos + bytes_count >= pos) + if (CursorPos >= pos + bytes_count) CursorPos -= bytes_count; else if (CursorPos >= pos) CursorPos = pos; @@ -3364,7 +3785,7 @@ void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, cons if (!is_resizable) return; - // Contrary to STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS() this is working in the UTF8 buffer, hence the midly similar code (until we remove the U16 buffer alltogether!) + // Contrary to STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS() this is working in the UTF8 buffer, hence the mildly similar code (until we remove the U16 buffer altogether!) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiInputTextState* edit_state = &g.InputTextState; IM_ASSERT(edit_state->ID != 0 && g.ActiveId == edit_state->ID); @@ -3388,54 +3809,82 @@ void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, cons } // Return false to discard a character. -static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) +static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source) { + IM_ASSERT(input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard); unsigned int c = *p_char; // Filter non-printable (NB: isprint is unreliable! see #2467) + bool apply_named_filters = true; if (c < 0x20) { bool pass = false; - pass |= (c == '\n' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); + pass |= (c == '\n' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // Note that an Enter KEY will emit \r and be ignored (we poll for KEY in InputText() code) pass |= (c == '\t' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)); if (!pass) return false; + apply_named_filters = false; // Override named filters below so newline and tabs can still be inserted. } - // We ignore Ascii representation of delete (emitted from Backspace on OSX, see #2578, #2817) - if (c == 127) - return false; + if (input_source != ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard) + { + // We ignore Ascii representation of delete (emitted from Backspace on OSX, see #2578, #2817) + if (c == 127) + return false; - // Filter private Unicode range. GLFW on OSX seems to send private characters for special keys like arrow keys (FIXME) - if (c >= 0xE000 && c <= 0xF8FF) - return false; + // Filter private Unicode range. GLFW on OSX seems to send private characters for special keys like arrow keys (FIXME) + if (c >= 0xE000 && c <= 0xF8FF) + return false; + } - // Filter Unicode ranges we are not handling in this build. + // Filter Unicode ranges we are not handling in this build if (c > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) return false; // Generic named filters - if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) + if (apply_named_filters && (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific))) { + // The libc allows overriding locale, with e.g. 'setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "de_DE.UTF-8");' which affect the output/input of printf/scanf to use e.g. ',' instead of '.'. + // The standard mandate that programs starts in the "C" locale where the decimal point is '.'. + // We don't really intend to provide widespread support for it, but out of empathy for people stuck with using odd API, we support the bare minimum aka overriding the decimal point. + // Change the default decimal_point with: + // ImGui::GetCurrentContext()->PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = *localeconv()->decimal_point; + // Users of non-default decimal point (in particular ',') may be affected by word-selection logic (is_word_boundary_from_right/is_word_boundary_from_left) functions. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const unsigned c_decimal_point = (unsigned int)g.PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; + + // Full-width -> half-width conversion for numeric fields (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halfwidth_and_Fullwidth_Forms_(Unicode_block) + // While this is mostly convenient, this has the side-effect for uninformed users accidentally inputting full-width characters that they may + // scratch their head as to why it works in numerical fields vs in generic text fields it would require support in the font. + if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal)) + if (c >= 0xFF01 && c <= 0xFF5E) + c = c - 0xFF01 + 0x21; + + // Allow 0-9 . - + * / if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal) - if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != '.') && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/')) + if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != c_decimal_point) && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/')) return false; + // Allow 0-9 . - + * / e E if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific) - if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != '.') && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/') && (c != 'e') && (c != 'E')) + if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != c_decimal_point) && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/') && (c != 'e') && (c != 'E')) return false; + // Allow 0-9 a-F A-F if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && !(c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') && !(c >= 'A' && c <= 'F')) return false; + // Turn a-z into A-Z if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase) if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') - *p_char = (c += (unsigned int)('A'-'a')); + c += (unsigned int)('A' - 'a'); if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank) if (ImCharIsBlankW(c)) return false; + + *p_char = c; } // Custom callback filter @@ -3457,6 +3906,41 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f return true; } +// Find the shortest single replacement we can make to get the new text from the old text. +// Important: needs to be run before TextW is rewritten with the new characters because calling STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR() at the end. +// FIXME: Ideally we should transition toward (1) making InsertChars()/DeleteChars() update undo-stack (2) discourage (and keep reconcile) or obsolete (and remove reconcile) accessing buffer directly. +static void InputTextReconcileUndoStateAfterUserCallback(ImGuiInputTextState* state, const char* new_buf_a, int new_length_a) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImWchar* old_buf = state->TextW.Data; + const int old_length = state->CurLenW; + const int new_length = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(new_buf_a, new_buf_a + new_length_a); + g.TempBuffer.reserve_discard((new_length + 1) * sizeof(ImWchar)); + ImWchar* new_buf = (ImWchar*)(void*)g.TempBuffer.Data; + ImTextStrFromUtf8(new_buf, new_length + 1, new_buf_a, new_buf_a + new_length_a); + + const int shorter_length = ImMin(old_length, new_length); + int first_diff; + for (first_diff = 0; first_diff < shorter_length; first_diff++) + if (old_buf[first_diff] != new_buf[first_diff]) + break; + if (first_diff == old_length && first_diff == new_length) + return; + + int old_last_diff = old_length - 1; + int new_last_diff = new_length - 1; + for (; old_last_diff >= first_diff && new_last_diff >= first_diff; old_last_diff--, new_last_diff--) + if (old_buf[old_last_diff] != new_buf[new_last_diff]) + break; + + const int insert_len = new_last_diff - first_diff + 1; + const int delete_len = old_last_diff - first_diff + 1; + if (insert_len > 0 || delete_len > 0) + if (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE* p = stb_text_createundo(&state->Stb.undostate, first_diff, delete_len, insert_len)) + for (int i = 0; i < delete_len; i++) + p[i] = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, first_diff + i); +} + // Edit a string of text // - buf_size account for the zero-terminator, so a buf_size of 6 can hold "Hello" but not "Hello!". // This is so we can easily call InputText() on static arrays using ARRAYSIZE() and to match @@ -3471,6 +3955,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (window->SkipItems) return false; + IM_ASSERT(buf != NULL && buf_size >= 0); IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline))); // Can't use both together (they both use up/down keys) IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput))); // Can't use both together (they both use tab key) @@ -3487,11 +3972,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (is_resizable) IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); // Must provide a callback if you set the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag! - if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created within their scope, + if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created within their scope (including the scrollbar) BeginGroup(); const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const ImVec2 frame_size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), (is_multiline ? g.FontSize * 8.0f : label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f); // Arbitrary default of 8 lines high for multi-line + const ImVec2 frame_size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), (is_multiline ? g.FontSize * 8.0f : label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); // Arbitrary default of 8 lines high for multi-line const ImVec2 total_size = ImVec2(frame_size.x + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f), frame_size.y); const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size); @@ -3499,21 +3984,28 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ ImGuiWindow* draw_window = window; ImVec2 inner_size = frame_size; + ImGuiItemStatusFlags item_status_flags = 0; + ImGuiLastItemData item_data_backup; if (is_multiline) { - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) + ImVec2 backup_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)) { - ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); EndGroup(); return false; } + item_status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; + item_data_backup = g.LastItemData; + window->DC.CursorPos = backup_pos; // We reproduce the contents of BeginChildFrame() in order to provide 'label' so our window internal data are easier to read/debug. + // FIXME-NAV: Pressing NavActivate will trigger general child activation right before triggering our own below. Harmless but bizarre. PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.FrameRounding); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize, style.FrameBorderSize); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding); - bool child_visible = BeginChildEx(label, id, frame_bb.GetSize(), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Ensure no clip rect so mouse hover can reach FramePadding edges + bool child_visible = BeginChildEx(label, id, frame_bb.GetSize(), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); PopStyleVar(3); PopStyleColor(); if (!child_visible) @@ -3523,14 +4015,18 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ return false; } draw_window = g.CurrentWindow; // Child window - draw_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext |= draw_window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask; // This is to ensure that EndChild() will display a navigation highlight so we can "enter" into it. + draw_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= (1 << draw_window->DC.NavLayerCurrent); // This is to ensure that EndChild() will display a navigation highlight so we can "enter" into it. + draw_window->DC.CursorPos += style.FramePadding; inner_size.x -= draw_window->ScrollbarSizes.x; } else { + // Support for internal ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem flag, which could be redesigned as an ItemFlags if needed (with test performed in ItemAdd) ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) - return false; + if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_MergedItem)) + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb, ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)) + return false; + item_status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; } const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); if (hovered) @@ -3539,21 +4035,21 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // We are only allowed to access the state if we are already the active widget. ImGuiInputTextState* state = GetInputTextState(id); - const bool focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id); - const bool focus_requested_by_code = focus_requested && (g.FocusRequestCurrWindow == window && g.FocusRequestCurrCounterRegular == window->DC.FocusCounterRegular); - const bool focus_requested_by_tab = focus_requested && !focus_requested_by_code; + const bool input_requested_by_tabbing = (item_status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_FocusedByTabbing) != 0; + const bool input_requested_by_nav = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavActivateInputId == id) || (g.NavActivateId == id && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)); const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0]; - const bool user_nav_input_start = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavInputId == id) || (g.NavActivateId == id && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard)); const bool user_scroll_finish = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y); const bool user_scroll_active = is_multiline && state != NULL && g.ActiveId == GetWindowScrollbarID(draw_window, ImGuiAxis_Y); - bool clear_active_id = false; - bool select_all = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll) != 0 || user_nav_input_start) && (!is_multiline); + bool select_all = false; - const bool init_make_active = (focus_requested || user_clicked || user_scroll_finish || user_nav_input_start); + float scroll_y = is_multiline ? draw_window->Scroll.y : FLT_MAX; + + const bool init_changed_specs = (state != NULL && state->Stb.single_line != !is_multiline); + const bool init_make_active = (user_clicked || user_scroll_finish || input_requested_by_nav || input_requested_by_tabbing); const bool init_state = (init_make_active || user_scroll_active); - if (init_state && g.ActiveId != id) + if ((init_state && g.ActiveId != id) || init_changed_specs) { // Access state even if we don't own it yet. state = &g.InputTextState; @@ -3565,17 +4061,21 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ state->InitialTextA.resize(buf_len + 1); // UTF-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string. memcpy(state->InitialTextA.Data, buf, buf_len + 1); + // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget + // FIXME: Since we reworked this on 2022/06, may want to differenciate recycle_cursor vs recycle_undostate? + bool recycle_state = (state->ID == id && !init_changed_specs); + if (recycle_state && (state->CurLenA != buf_len || (state->TextAIsValid && strncmp(state->TextA.Data, buf, buf_len) != 0))) + recycle_state = false; + // Start edition const char* buf_end = NULL; + state->ID = id; state->TextW.resize(buf_size + 1); // wchar count <= UTF-8 count. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string. state->TextA.resize(0); state->TextAIsValid = false; // TextA is not valid yet (we will display buf until then) state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, buf_size, buf, NULL, &buf_end); state->CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); // We can't get the result from ImStrncpy() above because it is not UTF-8 aware. Here we'll cut off malformed UTF-8. - // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget - // FIXME: For non-readonly widgets we might be able to require that TextAIsValid && TextA == buf ? (untested) and discard undo stack if user buffer has changed. - const bool recycle_state = (state->ID == id); if (recycle_state) { // Recycle existing cursor/selection/undo stack but clamp position @@ -3584,16 +4084,22 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } else { - state->ID = id; state->ScrollX = 0.0f; stb_textedit_initialize_state(&state->Stb, !is_multiline); - if (!is_multiline && focus_requested_by_code) + } + + if (!is_multiline) + { + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll) + select_all = true; + if (input_requested_by_nav && (!recycle_state || !(g.NavActivateFlags & ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState))) + select_all = true; + if (input_requested_by_tabbing || (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl)) select_all = true; } - if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode) - state->Stb.insert_mode = 1; - if (!is_multiline && (focus_requested_by_tab || (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl))) - select_all = true; + + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite) + state->Stb.insert_mode = 1; // stb field name is indeed incorrect (see #2863) } if (g.ActiveId != id && init_make_active) @@ -3602,18 +4108,24 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ SetActiveID(id, window); SetFocusID(id, window); FocusWindow(window); - - // Declare our inputs - IM_ASSERT(ImGuiNavInput_COUNT < 32); + } + if (g.ActiveId == id) + { + // Declare some inputs, the other are registered and polled via Shortcut() routing system. + if (user_clicked) + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id); g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); if (is_multiline || (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory)) g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask |= (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down); - g.ActiveIdUsingNavInputMask |= (1 << ImGuiNavInput_Cancel); - g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask |= ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_Home) | ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_End); + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Home, id); + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_End, id); if (is_multiline) - g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask |= ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_PageUp) | ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_PageDown); // FIXME-NAV: Page up/down actually not supported yet by widget, but claim them ahead. - if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) // Disable keyboard tabbing out as we will use the \t character. - g.ActiveIdUsingKeyInputMask |= ((ImU64)1 << ImGuiKey_Tab); + { + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_PageUp, id); + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_PageDown, id); + } + if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) // Disable keyboard tabbing out as we will use the \t character. + SetKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_Tab, id); } // We have an edge case if ActiveId was set through another widget (e.g. widget being swapped), clear id immediately (don't wait until the end of the function) @@ -3625,10 +4137,10 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ clear_active_id = true; // Lock the decision of whether we are going to take the path displaying the cursor or selection - const bool render_cursor = (g.ActiveId == id) || (state && user_scroll_active); - bool render_selection = state && state->HasSelection() && (RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE || render_cursor); + bool render_cursor = (g.ActiveId == id) || (state && user_scroll_active); + bool render_selection = state && (state->HasSelection() || select_all) && (RENDER_SELECTION_WHEN_INACTIVE || render_cursor); bool value_changed = false; - bool enter_pressed = false; + bool validated = false; // When read-only we always use the live data passed to the function // FIXME-OPT: Because our selection/cursor code currently needs the wide text we need to convert it when active, which is not ideal :( @@ -3653,7 +4165,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ ImFont* password_font = &g.InputTextPasswordFont; password_font->FontSize = g.Font->FontSize; password_font->Scale = g.Font->Scale; - password_font->DisplayOffset = g.Font->DisplayOffset; password_font->Ascent = g.Font->Ascent; password_font->Descent = g.Font->Descent; password_font->ContainerAtlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas; @@ -3669,10 +4180,9 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); backup_current_text_length = state->CurLenA; + state->Edited = false; state->BufCapacityA = buf_size; - state->UserFlags = flags; - state->UserCallback = callback; - state->UserCallbackData = callback_user_data; + state->Flags = flags; // Although we are active we don't prevent mouse from hovering other elements unless we are interacting right now with the widget. // Down the line we should have a cleaner library-wide concept of Selected vs Active. @@ -3681,25 +4191,57 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // Edit in progress const float mouse_x = (io.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + state->ScrollX; - const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (io.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y - style.FramePadding.y) : (g.FontSize*0.5f)); + const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (io.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y) : (g.FontSize * 0.5f)); const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; - if (select_all || (hovered && !is_osx && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0])) + if (select_all) { state->SelectAll(); state->SelectedAllMouseLock = true; } - else if (hovered && is_osx && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) + else if (hovered && io.MouseClickedCount[0] >= 2 && !io.KeyShift) { - // Double-click select a word only, OS X style (by simulating keystrokes) - state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT); - state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + const int multiclick_count = (io.MouseClickedCount[0] - 2); + if ((multiclick_count % 2) == 0) + { + // Double-click: Select word + // We always use the "Mac" word advance for double-click select vs CTRL+Right which use the platform dependent variant: + // FIXME: There are likely many ways to improve this behavior, but there's no "right" behavior (depends on use-case, software, OS) + const bool is_bol = (state->Stb.cursor == 0) || ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, state->Stb.cursor - 1) == '\n'; + if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(&state->Stb) || !is_bol) + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT); + //state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + if (!STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(&state->Stb)) + ImStb::stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(&state->Stb); + state->Stb.cursor = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_MAC(state, state->Stb.cursor); + state->Stb.select_end = state->Stb.cursor; + ImStb::stb_textedit_clamp(state, &state->Stb); + } + else + { + // Triple-click: Select line + const bool is_eol = ImStb::STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(state, state->Stb.cursor) == '\n'; + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART); + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + if (!is_eol && is_multiline) + { + ImSwap(state->Stb.select_start, state->Stb.select_end); + state->Stb.cursor = state->Stb.select_end; + } + state->CursorFollow = false; + } + state->CursorAnimReset(); } else if (io.MouseClicked[0] && !state->SelectedAllMouseLock) { if (hovered) { - stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + if (io.KeyShift) + stb_textedit_drag(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); + else + stb_textedit_click(state, &state->Stb, mouse_x, mouse_y); state->CursorAnimReset(); } } @@ -3712,29 +4254,28 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (state->SelectedAllMouseLock && !io.MouseDown[0]) state->SelectedAllMouseLock = false; - // It is ill-defined whether the back-end needs to send a \t character when pressing the TAB keys. - // Win32 and GLFW naturally do it but not SDL. + // We expect backends to emit a Tab key but some also emit a Tab character which we ignore (#2467, #1336) + // (For Tab and Enter: Win32/SFML/Allegro are sending both keys and chars, GLFW and SDL are only sending keys. For Space they all send all threes) const bool ignore_char_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeySuper); - if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !ignore_char_inputs && !io.KeyShift && !is_readonly) - if (!io.InputQueueCharacters.contains('\t')) - { - unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data)) - state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); - } + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !ignore_char_inputs && !io.KeyShift && !is_readonly) + { + unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) + state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); + } // Process regular text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?) // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow ALT+CTRL as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR (which _is_ Alt+Ctrl) to input certain characters. if (io.InputQueueCharacters.Size > 0) { - if (!ignore_char_inputs && !is_readonly && !user_nav_input_start) + if (!ignore_char_inputs && !is_readonly && !input_requested_by_nav) for (int n = 0; n < io.InputQueueCharacters.Size; n++) { // Insert character if they pass filtering unsigned int c = (unsigned int)io.InputQueueCharacters[n]; - if (c == '\t' && io.KeyShift) + if (c == '\t') // Skip Tab, see above. continue; - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data)) + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); } @@ -3744,69 +4285,101 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } // Process other shortcuts/key-presses - bool cancel_edit = false; + bool revert_edit = false; if (g.ActiveId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated && !clear_active_id) { IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); - IM_ASSERT(io.KeyMods == GetMergedKeyModFlags() && "Mismatching io.KeyCtrl/io.KeyShift/io.KeyAlt/io.KeySuper vs io.KeyMods"); // We rarely do this check, but if anything let's do it here. + + const int row_count_per_page = ImMax((int)((inner_size.y - style.FramePadding.y) / g.FontSize), 1); + state->Stb.row_count_per_page = row_count_per_page; const int k_mask = (io.KeyShift ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0); const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; - const bool is_osx_shift_shortcut = is_osx && (io.KeyMods == (ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super | ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift)); const bool is_wordmove_key_down = is_osx ? io.KeyAlt : io.KeyCtrl; // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt; // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End - const bool is_ctrl_key_only = (io.KeyMods == ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl); - const bool is_shift_key_only = (io.KeyMods == ImGuiKeyModFlags_Shift); - const bool is_shortcut_key = g.IO.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors ? (io.KeyMods == ImGuiKeyModFlags_Super) : (io.KeyMods == ImGuiKeyModFlags_Ctrl); - const bool is_cut = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_X)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete))) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); - const bool is_copy = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) || (is_ctrl_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); - const bool is_paste = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_V)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_readonly; - const bool is_undo = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable); - const bool is_redo = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Y)) || (is_osx_shift_shortcut && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; + // Using Shortcut() with ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (default policy) to allow routing operations for other code (e.g. calling window trying to use CTRL+A and CTRL+B: formet would be handled by InputText) + // Otherwise we could simply assume that we own the keys as we are active. + const ImGuiInputFlags f_repeat = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat; + const bool is_cut = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_X, id, f_repeat) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Delete, id, f_repeat)) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); + const bool is_copy = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_C, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Insert, id)) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); + const bool is_paste = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_V, id, f_repeat) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Insert, id, f_repeat)) && !is_readonly; + const bool is_undo = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_Z, id, f_repeat)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; + const bool is_redo = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_Y, id, f_repeat) || (is_osx && Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Z, id, f_repeat))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; + const bool is_select_all = Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shortcut | ImGuiKey_A, id); - if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_RightArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMin(draw_window->Scroll.y + g.FontSize, GetScrollMaxY())); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN) | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Home)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_End)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete) && !is_readonly) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && !is_readonly) + // We allow validate/cancel with Nav source (gamepad) to makes it easier to undo an accidental NavInput press with no keyboard wired, but otherwise it isn't very useful. + const bool nav_gamepad_active = (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + const bool is_enter_pressed = IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Enter, true) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter, true); + const bool is_gamepad_validate = nav_gamepad_active && (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadActivate, false) || IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadInput, false)); + const bool is_cancel = Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Escape, id, f_repeat) || (nav_gamepad_active && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_NavGamepadCancel, id, f_repeat)); + + // FIXME: Should use more Shortcut() and reduce IsKeyPressed()+SetKeyOwner(), but requires modifiers combination to be taken account of. + if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_RightArrow)) { state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetScrollY(draw_window, ImMin(draw_window->Scroll.y + g.FontSize, GetScrollMaxY())); else state->OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp) && is_multiline) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP | k_mask); scroll_y -= row_count_per_page * g.FontSize; } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown) && is_multiline) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN | k_mask); scroll_y += row_count_per_page * g.FontSize; } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Home)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_End)) { state->OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Delete) && !is_readonly && !is_cut) { state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && !is_readonly) { if (!state->HasSelection()) { if (is_wordmove_key_down) - state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); else if (is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyCtrl) - state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); } state->OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Enter) || IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_KeyPadEnter)) + else if (is_enter_pressed || is_gamepad_validate) { + // Determine if we turn Enter into a \n character bool ctrl_enter_for_new_line = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine) != 0; - if (!is_multiline || (ctrl_enter_for_new_line && !io.KeyCtrl) || (!ctrl_enter_for_new_line && io.KeyCtrl)) + if (!is_multiline || is_gamepad_validate || (ctrl_enter_for_new_line && !io.KeyCtrl) || (!ctrl_enter_for_new_line && io.KeyCtrl)) { - enter_pressed = clear_active_id = true; + validated = true; + if (io.ConfigInputTextEnterKeepActive && !is_multiline) + state->SelectAll(); // No need to scroll + else + clear_active_id = true; } else if (!is_readonly) { unsigned int c = '\n'; // Insert new line - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data)) + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); } } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Escape)) + else if (is_cancel) { - clear_active_id = cancel_edit = true; + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll) + { + if (state->CurLenA > 0) + { + revert_edit = true; + } + else + { + render_cursor = render_selection = false; + clear_active_id = true; + } + } + else + { + clear_active_id = revert_edit = true; + render_cursor = render_selection = false; + } } else if (is_undo || is_redo) { state->OnKeyPressed(is_undo ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO); state->ClearSelection(); } - else if (is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_A)) + else if (is_select_all) { state->SelectAll(); state->CursorFollow = true; @@ -3838,7 +4411,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { // Filter pasted buffer const int clipboard_len = (int)strlen(clipboard); - ImWchar* clipboard_filtered = (ImWchar*)IM_ALLOC((clipboard_len+1) * sizeof(ImWchar)); + ImWchar* clipboard_filtered = (ImWchar*)IM_ALLOC((clipboard_len + 1) * sizeof(ImWchar)); int clipboard_filtered_len = 0; for (const char* s = clipboard; *s; ) { @@ -3846,7 +4419,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL); if (c == 0) break; - if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data)) + if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard)) continue; clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len++] = (ImWchar)c; } @@ -3865,16 +4438,24 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } // Process callbacks and apply result back to user's buffer. + const char* apply_new_text = NULL; + int apply_new_text_length = 0; if (g.ActiveId == id) { IM_ASSERT(state != NULL); - const char* apply_new_text = NULL; - int apply_new_text_length = 0; - if (cancel_edit) + if (revert_edit && !is_readonly) { - // Restore initial value. Only return true if restoring to the initial value changes the current buffer contents. - if (!is_readonly && strcmp(buf, state->InitialTextA.Data) != 0) + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll) { + // Clear input + apply_new_text = ""; + apply_new_text_length = 0; + STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE empty_string; + stb_textedit_replace(state, &state->Stb, &empty_string, 0); + } + else if (strcmp(buf, state->InitialTextA.Data) != 0) + { + // Restore initial value. Only return true if restoring to the initial value changes the current buffer contents. // Push records into the undo stack so we can CTRL+Z the revert operation itself apply_new_text = state->InitialTextA.Data; apply_new_text_length = state->InitialTextA.Size - 1; @@ -3888,48 +4469,56 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } } + // Apply ASCII value + if (!is_readonly) + { + state->TextAIsValid = true; + state->TextA.resize(state->TextW.Size * 4 + 1); + ImTextStrToUtf8(state->TextA.Data, state->TextA.Size, state->TextW.Data, NULL); + } + // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame. // If we didn't do that, code like InputInt() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue would fail. // This also allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage (please note that if you use this property along ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize you can end up with your temporary string object unnecessarily allocating once a frame, either store your string data, either if you don't then don't use ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize). - bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !cancel_edit || (enter_pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0); + const bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !revert_edit || (validated && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0); if (apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer) { // Apply new value immediately - copy modified buffer back // Note that as soon as the input box is active, the in-widget value gets priority over any underlying modification of the input buffer // FIXME: We actually always render 'buf' when calling DrawList->AddText, making the comment above incorrect. // FIXME-OPT: CPU waste to do this every time the widget is active, should mark dirty state from the stb_textedit callbacks. - if (!is_readonly) - { - state->TextAIsValid = true; - state->TextA.resize(state->TextW.Size * 4 + 1); - ImTextStrToUtf8(state->TextA.Data, state->TextA.Size, state->TextW.Data, NULL); - } // User callback - if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)) != 0) + if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)) != 0) { IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); // The reason we specify the usage semantic (Completion/History) is that Completion needs to disable keyboard TABBING at the moment. ImGuiInputTextFlags event_flag = 0; - ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_COUNT; - if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab)) + ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_None; + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Tab)) { event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion; event_key = ImGuiKey_Tab; } - else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow)) + else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_UpArrow)) { event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; event_key = ImGuiKey_UpArrow; } - else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow)) + else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_DownArrow)) { event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; event_key = ImGuiKey_DownArrow; } + else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit) && state->Edited) + { + event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit; + } else if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways) + { event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways; + } if (event_flag) { @@ -3939,8 +4528,9 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ callback_data.Flags = flags; callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data; + char* callback_buf = is_readonly ? buf : state->TextA.Data; callback_data.EventKey = event_key; - callback_data.Buf = state->TextA.Data; + callback_data.Buf = callback_buf; callback_data.BufTextLen = state->CurLenA; callback_data.BufSize = state->BufCapacityA; callback_data.BufDirty = false; @@ -3955,17 +4545,21 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ callback(&callback_data); // Read back what user may have modified - IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Buf == state->TextA.Data); // Invalid to modify those fields + callback_buf = is_readonly ? buf : state->TextA.Data; // Pointer may have been invalidated by a resize callback + IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Buf == callback_buf); // Invalid to modify those fields IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufSize == state->BufCapacityA); IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Flags == flags); - if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos) { state->Stb.cursor = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.CursorPos); state->CursorFollow = true; } - if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start) { state->Stb.select_start = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionStart); } - if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end) { state->Stb.select_end = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd); } - if (callback_data.BufDirty) + const bool buf_dirty = callback_data.BufDirty; + if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos || buf_dirty) { state->Stb.cursor = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.CursorPos); state->CursorFollow = true; } + if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start || buf_dirty) { state->Stb.select_start = (callback_data.SelectionStart == callback_data.CursorPos) ? state->Stb.cursor : ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionStart); } + if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end || buf_dirty) { state->Stb.select_end = (callback_data.SelectionEnd == callback_data.SelectionStart) ? state->Stb.select_start : ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd); } + if (buf_dirty) { + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) == 0); IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)strlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text! + InputTextReconcileUndoStateAfterUserCallback(state, callback_data.Buf, callback_data.BufTextLen); // FIXME: Move the rest of this block inside function and rename to InputTextReconcileStateAfterUserCallback() ? if (callback_data.BufTextLen > backup_current_text_length && is_resizable) - state->TextW.resize(state->TextW.Size + (callback_data.BufTextLen - backup_current_text_length)); + state->TextW.resize(state->TextW.Size + (callback_data.BufTextLen - backup_current_text_length)); // Worse case scenario resize state->CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(state->TextW.Data, state->TextW.Size, callback_data.Buf, NULL); state->CurLenA = callback_data.BufTextLen; // Assume correct length and valid UTF-8 from user, saves us an extra strlen() state->CursorAnimReset(); @@ -3980,40 +4574,35 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ apply_new_text_length = state->CurLenA; } } + } - // Copy result to user buffer - if (apply_new_text) + // Copy result to user buffer. This can currently only happen when (g.ActiveId == id) + if (apply_new_text != NULL) + { + // We cannot test for 'backup_current_text_length != apply_new_text_length' here because we have no guarantee that the size + // of our owned buffer matches the size of the string object held by the user, and by design we allow InputText() to be used + // without any storage on user's side. + IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length >= 0); + if (is_resizable) { - // We cannot test for 'backup_current_text_length != apply_new_text_length' here because we have no guarantee that the size - // of our owned buffer matches the size of the string object held by the user, and by design we allow InputText() to be used - // without any storage on user's side. - IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length >= 0); - if (is_resizable) - { - ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; - callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize; - callback_data.Flags = flags; - callback_data.Buf = buf; - callback_data.BufTextLen = apply_new_text_length; - callback_data.BufSize = ImMax(buf_size, apply_new_text_length + 1); - callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data; - callback(&callback_data); - buf = callback_data.Buf; - buf_size = callback_data.BufSize; - apply_new_text_length = ImMin(callback_data.BufTextLen, buf_size - 1); - IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length <= buf_size); - } - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("InputText(\"%s\"): apply_new_text length %d\n", label, apply_new_text_length); - - // If the underlying buffer resize was denied or not carried to the next frame, apply_new_text_length+1 may be >= buf_size. - ImStrncpy(buf, apply_new_text, ImMin(apply_new_text_length + 1, buf_size)); - value_changed = true; + ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; + callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize; + callback_data.Flags = flags; + callback_data.Buf = buf; + callback_data.BufTextLen = apply_new_text_length; + callback_data.BufSize = ImMax(buf_size, apply_new_text_length + 1); + callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data; + callback(&callback_data); + buf = callback_data.Buf; + buf_size = callback_data.BufSize; + apply_new_text_length = ImMin(callback_data.BufTextLen, buf_size - 1); + IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length <= buf_size); } + //IMGUI_DEBUG_PRINT("InputText(\"%s\"): apply_new_text length %d\n", label, apply_new_text_length); - // Clear temporary user storage - state->UserFlags = 0; - state->UserCallback = NULL; - state->UserCallbackData = NULL; + // If the underlying buffer resize was denied or not carried to the next frame, apply_new_text_length+1 may be >= buf_size. + ImStrncpy(buf, apply_new_text, ImMin(apply_new_text_length + 1, buf_size)); + value_changed = true; } // Release active ID at the end of the function (so e.g. pressing Return still does a final application of the value) @@ -4098,11 +4687,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ searches_result_line_no[1] = line_count; // Calculate 2d position by finding the beginning of the line and measuring distance - cursor_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[0], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[0]).x; + cursor_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(&g, ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[0], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[0]).x; cursor_offset.y = searches_result_line_no[0] * g.FontSize; if (searches_result_line_no[1] >= 0) { - select_start_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[1], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[1]).x; + select_start_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(&g, ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[1], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[1]).x; select_start_offset.y = searches_result_line_no[1] * g.FontSize; } @@ -4118,10 +4707,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll)) { const float scroll_increment_x = inner_size.x * 0.25f; + const float visible_width = inner_size.x - style.FramePadding.x; if (cursor_offset.x < state->ScrollX) state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x)); - else if (cursor_offset.x - inner_size.x >= state->ScrollX) - state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(cursor_offset.x - inner_size.x + scroll_increment_x); + else if (cursor_offset.x - visible_width >= state->ScrollX) + state->ScrollX = IM_FLOOR(cursor_offset.x - visible_width + scroll_increment_x); } else { @@ -4131,11 +4721,13 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // Vertical scroll if (is_multiline) { - float scroll_y = draw_window->Scroll.y; + // Test if cursor is vertically visible if (cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize < scroll_y) scroll_y = ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize); - else if (cursor_offset.y - inner_size.y >= scroll_y) - scroll_y = cursor_offset.y - inner_size.y; + else if (cursor_offset.y - (inner_size.y - style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f) >= scroll_y) + scroll_y = cursor_offset.y - inner_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; + const float scroll_max_y = ImMax((text_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f) - inner_size.y, 0.0f); + scroll_y = ImClamp(scroll_y, 0.0f, scroll_max_y); draw_pos.y += (draw_window->Scroll.y - scroll_y); // Manipulate cursor pos immediately avoid a frame of lag draw_window->Scroll.y = scroll_y; } @@ -4168,9 +4760,9 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } else { - ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true); + ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(&g, p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true); if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = IM_FLOOR(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((ImWchar)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines - ImRect rect(rect_pos + ImVec2(0.0f, bg_offy_up - g.FontSize), rect_pos +ImVec2(rect_size.x, bg_offy_dn)); + ImRect rect(rect_pos + ImVec2(0.0f, bg_offy_up - g.FontSize), rect_pos + ImVec2(rect_size.x, bg_offy_dn)); rect.ClipWith(clip_rect); if (rect.Overlaps(clip_rect)) draw_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(rect.Min, rect.Max, bg_color); @@ -4192,7 +4784,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { state->CursorAnim += io.DeltaTime; bool cursor_is_visible = (!g.IO.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink) || (state->CursorAnim <= 0.0f) || ImFmod(state->CursorAnim, 1.20f) <= 0.80f; - ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = draw_pos + cursor_offset - draw_scroll; + ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = ImFloor(draw_pos + cursor_offset - draw_scroll); ImRect cursor_screen_rect(cursor_screen_pos.x, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize + 0.5f, cursor_screen_pos.x + 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - 1.5f); if (cursor_is_visible && cursor_screen_rect.Overlaps(clip_rect)) draw_window->DrawList->AddLine(cursor_screen_rect.Min, cursor_screen_rect.GetBL(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); @@ -4200,8 +4792,10 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // Notify OS of text input position for advanced IME (-1 x offset so that Windows IME can cover our cursor. Bit of an extra nicety.) if (!is_readonly) { - g.PlatformImePos = ImVec2(cursor_screen_pos.x - 1, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize); - g.PlatformImePosViewport = window->Viewport; + g.PlatformImeData.WantVisible = true; + g.PlatformImeData.InputPos = ImVec2(cursor_screen_pos.x - 1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize); + g.PlatformImeData.InputLineHeight = g.FontSize; + g.PlatformImeViewport = window->Viewport->ID; } } } @@ -4222,19 +4816,36 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } } - if (is_multiline) - { - Dummy(text_size + ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)); // Always add room to scroll an extra line - EndChild(); - EndGroup(); - } - if (is_password && !is_displaying_hint) PopFont(); + if (is_multiline) + { + // For focus requests to work on our multiline we need to ensure our child ItemAdd() call specifies the ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable (ref issue #4761)... + Dummy(ImVec2(text_size.x, text_size.y + style.FramePadding.y)); + ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags; + g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable | ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop; + EndChild(); + item_data_backup.StatusFlags |= (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow); + g.CurrentItemFlags = backup_item_flags; + + // ...and then we need to undo the group overriding last item data, which gets a bit messy as EndGroup() tries to forward scrollbar being active... + // FIXME: This quite messy/tricky, should attempt to get rid of the child window. + EndGroup(); + if (g.LastItemData.ID == 0) + { + g.LastItemData.ID = id; + g.LastItemData.InFlags = item_data_backup.InFlags; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = item_data_backup.StatusFlags; + } + } + // Log as text - if (g.LogEnabled && !(is_password && !is_displaying_hint)) + if (g.LogEnabled && (!is_password || is_displaying_hint)) + { + LogSetNextTextDecoration("{", "}"); LogRenderedText(&draw_pos, buf_display, buf_display_end); + } if (label_size.x > 0) RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); @@ -4242,13 +4853,49 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (value_changed && !(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoMarkEdited)) MarkItemEdited(id); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0) - return enter_pressed; + return validated; else return value_changed; } +void ImGui::DebugNodeInputTextState(ImGuiInputTextState* state) +{ +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEBUG_TOOLS + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImStb::STB_TexteditState* stb_state = &state->Stb; + ImStb::StbUndoState* undo_state = &stb_state->undostate; + Text("ID: 0x%08X, ActiveID: 0x%08X", state->ID, g.ActiveId); + DebugLocateItemOnHover(state->ID); + Text("CurLenW: %d, CurLenA: %d, Cursor: %d, Selection: %d..%d", state->CurLenA, state->CurLenW, stb_state->cursor, stb_state->select_start, stb_state->select_end); + Text("has_preferred_x: %d (%.2f)", stb_state->has_preferred_x, stb_state->preferred_x); + Text("undo_point: %d, redo_point: %d, undo_char_point: %d, redo_char_point: %d", undo_state->undo_point, undo_state->redo_point, undo_state->undo_char_point, undo_state->redo_char_point); + if (BeginChild("undopoints", ImVec2(0.0f, GetTextLineHeight() * 15), true)) // Visualize undo state + { + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0, 0)); + for (int n = 0; n < STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT; n++) + { + ImStb::StbUndoRecord* undo_rec = &undo_state->undo_rec[n]; + const char undo_rec_type = (n < undo_state->undo_point) ? 'u' : (n >= undo_state->redo_point) ? 'r' : ' '; + if (undo_rec_type == ' ') + BeginDisabled(); + char buf[64] = ""; + if (undo_rec_type != ' ' && undo_rec->char_storage != -1) + ImTextStrToUtf8(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), undo_state->undo_char + undo_rec->char_storage, undo_state->undo_char + undo_rec->char_storage + undo_rec->insert_length); + Text("%c [%02d] where %03d, insert %03d, delete %03d, char_storage %03d \"%s\"", + undo_rec_type, n, undo_rec->where, undo_rec->insert_length, undo_rec->delete_length, undo_rec->char_storage, buf); + if (undo_rec_type == ' ') + EndDisabled(); + } + PopStyleVar(); + } + EndChild(); +#else + IM_UNUSED(state); +#endif +} + //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton, etc. //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -4269,9 +4916,33 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag return ColorEdit4(label, col, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); } +// ColorEdit supports RGB and HSV inputs. In case of RGB input resulting color may have undefined hue and/or saturation. +// Since widget displays both RGB and HSV values we must preserve hue and saturation to prevent these values resetting. +static void ColorEditRestoreHS(const float* col, float* H, float* S, float* V) +{ + // This check is optional. Suppose we have two color widgets side by side, both widgets display different colors, but both colors have hue and/or saturation undefined. + // With color check: hue/saturation is preserved in one widget. Editing color in one widget would reset hue/saturation in another one. + // Without color check: common hue/saturation would be displayed in all widgets that have hue/saturation undefined. + // g.ColorEditLastColor is stored as ImU32 RGB value: this essentially gives us color equality check with reduced precision. + // Tiny external color changes would not be detected and this check would still pass. This is OK, since we only restore hue/saturation _only_ if they are undefined, + // therefore this change flipping hue/saturation from undefined to a very tiny value would still be represented in color picker. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ColorEditLastColor != ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0))) + return; + + // When S == 0, H is undefined. + // When H == 1 it wraps around to 0. + if (*S == 0.0f || (*H == 0.0f && g.ColorEditLastHue == 1)) + *H = g.ColorEditLastHue; + + // When V == 0, S is undefined. + if (*V == 0.0f) + *S = g.ColorEditLastSat; +} + // Edit colors components (each component in 0.0f..1.0f range). // See enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ for available options. e.g. Only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set. -// With typical options: Left-click on colored square to open color picker. Right-click to open option menu. CTRL-Click over input fields to edit them and TAB to go to next item. +// With typical options: Left-click on color square to open color picker. Right-click to open option menu. CTRL-Click over input fields to edit them and TAB to go to next item. bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -4293,24 +4964,24 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag // If we're not showing any slider there's no point in doing any HSV conversions const ImGuiColorEditFlags flags_untouched = flags; if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) - flags = (flags & (~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions; + flags = (flags & (~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions; // Context menu: display and modify options (before defaults are applied) if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) ColorEditOptionsPopup(col, flags); // Read stored options - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)) - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask); - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask)) - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask); - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)) - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)) - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask); - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)); - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_); + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_); + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_); + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_); + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_)); + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_)); // Check that only 1 is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_)); // Check that only 1 is selected const bool alpha = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) == 0; const bool hdr = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR) != 0; @@ -4324,13 +4995,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag { // Hue is lost when converting from greyscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it. ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); - if (memcmp(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3) == 0) - { - if (f[1] == 0) - f[0] = g.ColorEditLastHue; - if (f[2] == 0) - f[1] = g.ColorEditLastSat; - } + ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &f[0], &f[1], &f[2]); } int i[4] = { IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[0]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[1]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[2]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[3]) }; @@ -4344,8 +5009,8 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag if ((flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV)) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) { // RGB/HSV 0..255 Sliders - const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_inputs - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)) / (float)components)); - const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_inputs - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1))); + const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR((w_inputs - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1)) / (float)components)); + const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, IM_FLOOR(w_inputs - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components - 1))); const bool hide_prefix = (w_item_one <= CalcTextSize((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) ? "M:0.000" : "M:000").x); static const char* ids[4] = { "##X", "##Y", "##Z", "##W" }; @@ -4372,7 +5037,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag // FIXME: When ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR flag is passed HS values snap in weird ways when SV values go below 0. if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) { - value_changed |= DragFloat(ids[n], &f[n], 1.0f/255.0f, 0.0f, hdr ? 0.0f : 1.0f, fmt_table_float[fmt_idx][n]); + value_changed |= DragFloat(ids[n], &f[n], 1.0f / 255.0f, 0.0f, hdr ? 0.0f : 1.0f, fmt_table_float[fmt_idx][n]); value_changed_as_float |= value_changed; } else @@ -4380,7 +5045,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag value_changed |= DragInt(ids[n], &i[n], 1.0f, 0, hdr ? 0 : 255, fmt_table_int[fmt_idx][n]); } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); } } else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) @@ -4388,9 +5053,9 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag // RGB Hexadecimal Input char buf[64]; if (alpha) - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0],0,255), ImClamp(i[1],0,255), ImClamp(i[2],0,255), ImClamp(i[3],0,255)); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[1], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[2], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[3], 0, 255)); else - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0],0,255), ImClamp(i[1],0,255), ImClamp(i[2],0,255)); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[1], 0, 255), ImClamp(i[2], 0, 255)); SetNextItemWidth(w_inputs); if (InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase)) { @@ -4398,14 +5063,17 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag char* p = buf; while (*p == '#' || ImCharIsBlankA(*p)) p++; - i[0] = i[1] = i[2] = i[3] = 0; + i[0] = i[1] = i[2] = 0; + i[3] = 0xFF; // alpha default to 255 is not parsed by scanf (e.g. inputting #FFFFFF omitting alpha) + int r; if (alpha) - sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2], (unsigned int*)&i[3]); // Treat at unsigned (%X is unsigned) + r = sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2], (unsigned int*)&i[3]); // Treat at unsigned (%X is unsigned) else - sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2]); + r = sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2]); + IM_UNUSED(r); // Fixes C6031: Return value ignored: 'sscanf'. } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); } ImGuiWindow* picker_active_window = NULL; @@ -4422,32 +5090,37 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag // Store current color and open a picker g.ColorPickerRef = col_v4; OpenPopup("picker"); - SetNextWindowPos(window->DC.LastItemRect.GetBL() + ImVec2(-1,style.ItemSpacing.y)); + SetNextWindowPos(g.LastItemData.Rect.GetBL() + ImVec2(0.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y)); } } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); if (BeginPopup("picker")) { - picker_active_window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (label != label_display_end) + if (g.CurrentWindow->BeginCount == 1) { - TextEx(label, label_display_end); - Spacing(); + picker_active_window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (label != label_display_end) + { + TextEx(label, label_display_end); + Spacing(); + } + ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar; + ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = (flags_untouched & picker_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; + SetNextItemWidth(square_sz * 12.0f); // Use 256 + bar sizes? + value_changed |= ColorPicker4("##picker", col, picker_flags, &g.ColorPickerRef.x); } - ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar; - ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = (flags_untouched & picker_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; - SetNextItemWidth(square_sz * 12.0f); // Use 256 + bar sizes? - value_changed |= ColorPicker4("##picker", col, picker_flags, &g.ColorPickerRef.x); EndPopup(); } } if (label != label_display_end && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) { - const float text_offset_x = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) ? w_button : w_full + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; - window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(pos.x + text_offset_x, pos.y + style.FramePadding.y); + // Position not necessarily next to last submitted button (e.g. if style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left), + // but we need to use SameLine() to setup baseline correctly. Might want to refactor SameLine() to simplify this. + SameLine(0.0f, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = pos.x + ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) ? w_button : w_full + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); TextEx(label, label_display_end); } @@ -4462,7 +5135,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag g.ColorEditLastHue = f[0]; g.ColorEditLastSat = f[1]; ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); - memcpy(g.ColorEditLastColor, f, sizeof(float) * 3); + g.ColorEditLastColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(f[0], f[1], f[2], 0)); } if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV)) ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); @@ -4479,12 +5152,12 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag // Drag and Drop Target // NB: The flag test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropTarget() does the same test. - if ((window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget()) + if ((g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget()) { bool accepted_drag_drop = false; if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F)) { - memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3); // Preserve alpha if any //-V512 + memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3); // Preserve alpha if any //-V512 //-V1086 value_changed = accepted_drag_drop = true; } if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F)) @@ -4501,10 +5174,10 @@ bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flag // When picker is being actively used, use its active id so IsItemActive() will function on ColorEdit4(). if (picker_active_window && g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow == picker_active_window) - window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveId; + g.LastItemData.ID = g.ActiveId; - if (value_changed) - MarkItemEdited(window->DC.LastItemId); + if (value_changed && g.LastItemData.ID != 0) // In case of ID collision, the second EndGroup() won't catch g.ActiveId + MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); return value_changed; } @@ -4557,12 +5230,12 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl ColorPickerOptionsPopup(col, flags); // Read stored options - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)) - flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault) & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask; - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)) - flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault) & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask; - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)); // Check that only 1 is selected + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_)) + flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_) & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_; + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_)) + flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_) & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_; + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_)); // Check that only 1 is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_)); // Check that only 1 is selected if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); @@ -4583,7 +5256,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl float wheel_thickness = sv_picker_size * 0.08f; float wheel_r_outer = sv_picker_size * 0.50f; float wheel_r_inner = wheel_r_outer - wheel_thickness; - ImVec2 wheel_center(picker_pos.x + (sv_picker_size + bars_width)*0.5f, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size*0.5f); + ImVec2 wheel_center(picker_pos.x + (sv_picker_size + bars_width)*0.5f, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size * 0.5f); // Note: the triangle is displayed rotated with triangle_pa pointing to Hue, but most coordinates stays unrotated for logic. float triangle_r = wheel_r_inner - (int)(sv_picker_size * 0.027f); @@ -4597,13 +5270,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl { // Hue is lost when converting from greyscale rgb (saturation=0). Restore it. ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(R, G, B, H, S, V); - if (memcmp(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3) == 0) - { - if (S == 0) - H = g.ColorEditLastHue; - if (V == 0) - S = g.ColorEditLastSat; - } + ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &H, &S, &V); } else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) { @@ -4622,10 +5289,10 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl ImVec2 initial_off = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - wheel_center; ImVec2 current_off = g.IO.MousePos - wheel_center; float initial_dist2 = ImLengthSqr(initial_off); - if (initial_dist2 >= (wheel_r_inner-1)*(wheel_r_inner-1) && initial_dist2 <= (wheel_r_outer+1)*(wheel_r_outer+1)) + if (initial_dist2 >= (wheel_r_inner - 1) * (wheel_r_inner - 1) && initial_dist2 <= (wheel_r_outer + 1) * (wheel_r_outer + 1)) { // Interactive with Hue wheel - H = ImAtan2(current_off.y, current_off.x) / IM_PI*0.5f; + H = ImAtan2(current_off.y, current_off.x) / IM_PI * 0.5f; if (H < 0.0f) H += 1.0f; value_changed = value_changed_h = true; @@ -4646,7 +5313,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl } } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); } else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar) { @@ -4654,19 +5321,23 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl InvisibleButton("sv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size)); if (IsItemActive()) { - S = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.x - picker_pos.x) / (sv_picker_size-1)); - V = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size-1)); + S = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.x - picker_pos.x) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); + V = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); + + // Greatly reduces hue jitter and reset to 0 when hue == 255 and color is rapidly modified using SV square. + if (g.ColorEditLastColor == ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0))) + H = g.ColorEditLastHue; value_changed = value_changed_sv = true; } if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context", ImGuiPopupFlags_MouseButtonRight); // Hue bar logic SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y)); InvisibleButton("hue", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size)); if (IsItemActive()) { - H = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size-1)); + H = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); value_changed = value_changed_h = true; } } @@ -4678,7 +5349,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl InvisibleButton("alpha", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size)); if (IsItemActive()) { - col[3] = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size-1)); + col[3] = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size - 1)); value_changed = true; } } @@ -4708,7 +5379,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) Text("Current"); - ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip; + ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip; ColorButton("##current", col_v4, (flags & sub_flags_to_forward), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2)); if (ref_col != NULL) { @@ -4729,10 +5400,10 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl { if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) { - ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H >= 1.0f ? H - 10 * 1e-6f : H, S > 0.0f ? S : 10*1e-6f, V > 0.0f ? V : 1e-6f, col[0], col[1], col[2]); + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, V, col[0], col[1], col[2]); g.ColorEditLastHue = H; g.ColorEditLastSat = S; - memcpy(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3); + g.ColorEditLastColor = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 0)); } else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) { @@ -4747,19 +5418,19 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) { PushItemWidth((alpha_bar ? bar1_pos_x : bar0_pos_x) + bars_width - picker_pos.x); - ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; + ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags = (flags & sub_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker; - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0) + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0) if (ColorEdit4("##rgb", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB)) { - // FIXME: Hackily differenciating using the DragInt (ActiveId != 0 && !ActiveIdAllowOverlap) vs. using the InputText or DropTarget. + // FIXME: Hackily differentiating using the DragInt (ActiveId != 0 && !ActiveIdAllowOverlap) vs. using the InputText or DropTarget. // For the later we don't want to run the hue-wrap canceling code. If you are well versed in HSV picker please provide your input! (See #2050) value_changed_fix_hue_wrap = (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap); value_changed = true; } - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0) + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0) value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hsv", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV); - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0) + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0) value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hex", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex); PopItemWidth(); } @@ -4786,13 +5457,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl G = col[1]; B = col[2]; ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(R, G, B, H, S, V); - if (memcmp(g.ColorEditLastColor, col, sizeof(float) * 3) == 0) // Fix local Hue as display below will use it immediately. - { - if (S == 0) - H = g.ColorEditLastHue; - if (V == 0) - S = g.ColorEditLastSat; - } + ColorEditRestoreHS(col, &H, &S, &V); // Fix local Hue as display below will use it immediately. } else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV) { @@ -4826,23 +5491,23 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl const float a1 = (n+1.0f)/6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI + aeps; const int vert_start_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; draw_list->PathArcTo(wheel_center, (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer)*0.5f, a0, a1, segment_per_arc); - draw_list->PathStroke(col_white, false, wheel_thickness); + draw_list->PathStroke(col_white, 0, wheel_thickness); const int vert_end_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; // Paint colors over existing vertices ImVec2 gradient_p0(wheel_center.x + ImCos(a0) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + ImSin(a0) * wheel_r_inner); ImVec2 gradient_p1(wheel_center.x + ImCos(a1) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + ImSin(a1) * wheel_r_inner); - ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(draw_list, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, gradient_p0, gradient_p1, col_hues[n], col_hues[n+1]); + ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(draw_list, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, gradient_p0, gradient_p1, col_hues[n], col_hues[n + 1]); } // Render Cursor + preview on Hue Wheel float cos_hue_angle = ImCos(H * 2.0f * IM_PI); float sin_hue_angle = ImSin(H * 2.0f * IM_PI); - ImVec2 hue_cursor_pos(wheel_center.x + cos_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner+wheel_r_outer)*0.5f, wheel_center.y + sin_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner+wheel_r_outer)*0.5f); + ImVec2 hue_cursor_pos(wheel_center.x + cos_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer) * 0.5f, wheel_center.y + sin_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer) * 0.5f); float hue_cursor_rad = value_changed_h ? wheel_thickness * 0.65f : wheel_thickness * 0.55f; int hue_cursor_segments = ImClamp((int)(hue_cursor_rad / 1.4f), 9, 32); draw_list->AddCircleFilled(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, hue_color32, hue_cursor_segments); - draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad+1, col_midgrey, hue_cursor_segments); + draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad + 1, col_midgrey, hue_cursor_segments); draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, col_white, hue_cursor_segments); // Render SV triangle (rotated according to hue) @@ -4880,7 +5545,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl // Render cursor/preview circle (clamp S/V within 0..1 range because floating points colors may lead HSV values to be out of range) float sv_cursor_rad = value_changed_sv ? 10.0f : 6.0f; draw_list->AddCircleFilled(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, user_col32_striped_of_alpha, 12); - draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad+1, col_midgrey, 12); + draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad + 1, col_midgrey, 12); draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, col_white, 12); // Render alpha bar @@ -4899,19 +5564,19 @@ bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if (value_changed && memcmp(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float)) == 0) value_changed = false; - if (value_changed) - MarkItemEdited(window->DC.LastItemId); + if (value_changed && g.LastItemData.ID != 0) // In case of ID collision, the second EndGroup() won't catch g.ActiveId + MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); PopID(); return value_changed; } -// A little colored square. Return true when clicked. +// A little color square. Return true when clicked. // FIXME: May want to display/ignore the alpha component in the color display? Yet show it in the tooltip. // 'desc_id' is not called 'label' because we don't display it next to the button, but only in the tooltip. // Note that 'col' may be encoded in HSV if ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV is set. -bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, ImVec2 size) +bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -4919,11 +5584,8 @@ bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFl ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(desc_id); - float default_size = GetFrameHeight(); - if (size.x == 0.0f) - size.x = default_size; - if (size.y == 0.0f) - size.y = default_size; + const float default_size = GetFrameHeight(); + const ImVec2 size(size_arg.x == 0.0f ? default_size : size_arg.x, size_arg.y == 0.0f ? default_size : size_arg.y); const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); ItemSize(bb, (size.y >= default_size) ? g.Style.FramePadding.y : 0.0f); if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) @@ -4952,8 +5614,8 @@ bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFl if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf) && col_rgb.w < 1.0f) { float mid_x = IM_ROUND((bb_inner.Min.x + bb_inner.Max.x) * 0.5f); - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(window->DrawList, ImVec2(bb_inner.Min.x + grid_step, bb_inner.Min.y), bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_rgb), grid_step, ImVec2(-grid_step + off, off), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight| ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, ImVec2(mid_x, bb_inner.Max.y), GetColorU32(col_rgb_without_alpha), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft|ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft); + RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(window->DrawList, ImVec2(bb_inner.Min.x + grid_step, bb_inner.Min.y), bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_rgb), grid_step, ImVec2(-grid_step + off, off), rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, ImVec2(mid_x, bb_inner.Max.y), GetColorU32(col_rgb_without_alpha), rounding, ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft); } else { @@ -4962,7 +5624,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFl if (col_source.w < 1.0f) RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(window->DrawList, bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), grid_step, ImVec2(off, off), rounding); else - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), rounding); } RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoBorder) == 0) @@ -4989,7 +5651,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFl // Tooltip if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip) && hovered) - ColorTooltip(desc_id, &col.x, flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)); + ColorTooltip(desc_id, &col.x, flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)); return pressed; } @@ -4998,18 +5660,18 @@ bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFl void ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask; - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask; - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask; - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask; - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask)); // Check only 1 option is selected - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask)); // Check only 1 option is selected - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)); // Check only 1 option is selected - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)); // Check only 1 option is selected + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_ & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_; + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_)); // Check only 1 option is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_)); // Check only 1 option is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_)); // Check only 1 option is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_)); // Check only 1 option is selected g.ColorEditOptions = flags; } @@ -5018,7 +5680,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - BeginTooltipEx(0, ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip); + BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); const char* text_end = text ? FindRenderedTextEnd(text, NULL) : text; if (text_end > text) { @@ -5029,9 +5691,9 @@ void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags ImVec2 sz(g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2, g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2); ImVec4 cf(col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]); int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]); - ColorButton("##preview", cf, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, sz); + ColorButton("##preview", cf, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, sz); SameLine(); - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) || !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputMask)) + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputRGB) || !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_)) { if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) Text("#%02X%02X%02X\nR: %d, G: %d, B: %d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, cr, cg, cb, col[0], col[1], col[2]); @@ -5050,28 +5712,28 @@ void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) { - bool allow_opt_inputs = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask); - bool allow_opt_datatype = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask); + bool allow_opt_inputs = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_); + bool allow_opt_datatype = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_); if ((!allow_opt_inputs && !allow_opt_datatype) || !BeginPopup("context")) return; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiColorEditFlags opts = g.ColorEditOptions; if (allow_opt_inputs) { - if (RadioButton("RGB", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB; - if (RadioButton("HSV", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV; - if (RadioButton("Hex", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DisplayMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex; + if (RadioButton("RGB", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB; + if (RadioButton("HSV", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV; + if (RadioButton("Hex", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHex; } if (allow_opt_datatype) { if (allow_opt_inputs) Separator(); - if (RadioButton("0..255", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8; - if (RadioButton("0.00..1.00", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float; + if (RadioButton("0..255", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8; + if (RadioButton("0.00..1.00", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_DataTypeMask_) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float; } if (allow_opt_inputs || allow_opt_datatype) Separator(); - if (Button("Copy as..", ImVec2(-1,0))) + if (Button("Copy as..", ImVec2(-1, 0))) OpenPopup("Copy"); if (BeginPopup("Copy")) { @@ -5101,7 +5763,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) { - bool allow_opt_picker = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); + bool allow_opt_picker = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_); bool allow_opt_alpha_bar = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); if ((!allow_opt_picker && !allow_opt_alpha_bar) || !BeginPopup("context")) return; @@ -5115,16 +5777,16 @@ void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags fl // Draw small/thumbnail version of each picker type (over an invisible button for selection) if (picker_type > 0) Separator(); PushID(picker_type); - ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview|(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); + ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview | (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); if (picker_type == 0) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar; if (picker_type == 1) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel; ImVec2 backup_pos = GetCursorScreenPos(); if (Selectable("##selectable", false, 0, picker_size)) // By default, Selectable() is closing popup - g.ColorEditOptions = (g.ColorEditOptions & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) | (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); + g.ColorEditOptions = (g.ColorEditOptions & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_) | (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerMask_); SetCursorScreenPos(backup_pos); - ImVec4 dummy_ref_col; - memcpy(&dummy_ref_col, ref_col, sizeof(float) * ((picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 3 : 4)); - ColorPicker4("##dummypicker", &dummy_ref_col.x, picker_flags); + ImVec4 previewing_ref_col; + memcpy(&previewing_ref_col, ref_col, sizeof(float) * ((picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 3 : 4)); + ColorPicker4("##previewing_picker", &previewing_ref_col.x, picker_flags); PopID(); } PopItemWidth(); @@ -5132,7 +5794,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if (allow_opt_alpha_bar) { if (allow_opt_picker) Separator(); - CheckboxFlags("Alpha Bar", (unsigned int*)&g.ColorEditOptions, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); + CheckboxFlags("Alpha Bar", &g.ColorEditOptions, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); } EndPopup(); } @@ -5221,9 +5883,9 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char if (window->SkipItems) return false; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(str_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end); + const char* label, *label_end; + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&label, &label_end, fmt, args); + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(str_id), flags, label, label_end); } bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) @@ -5232,12 +5894,19 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char if (window->SkipItems) return false; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end); + const char* label, *label_end; + ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(&label, &label_end, fmt, args); + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, label, label_end); } -bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +void ImGui::TreeNodeSetOpen(ImGuiID id, bool open) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStorage* storage = g.CurrentWindow->DC.StateStorage; + storage->SetInt(id, open ? 1 : 0); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) { if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) return true; @@ -5253,7 +5922,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) if (g.NextItemData.OpenCond & ImGuiCond_Always) { is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal; - storage->SetInt(id, is_open); + TreeNodeSetOpen(id, is_open); } else { @@ -5262,7 +5931,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) if (stored_value == -1) { is_open = g.NextItemData.OpenVal; - storage->SetInt(id, is_open); + TreeNodeSetOpen(id, is_open); } else { @@ -5299,7 +5968,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false); // We vertically grow up to current line height up the typical widget height. - const float frame_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2), label_size.y + padding.y*2); + const float frame_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2), label_size.y + padding.y * 2); ImRect frame_bb; frame_bb.Min.x = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth) ? window->WorkRect.Min.x : window->DC.CursorPos.x; frame_bb.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y; @@ -5313,9 +5982,9 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l frame_bb.Max.x += IM_FLOOR(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f); } - const float text_offset_x = g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x*3 : padding.x*2); // Collapser arrow width + Spacing + const float text_offset_x = g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x * 3 : padding.x * 2); // Collapser arrow width + Spacing const float text_offset_y = ImMax(padding.y, window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); // Latch before ItemSize changes it - const float text_width = g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? label_size.x + padding.x*2 : 0.0f); // Include collapser + const float text_width = g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? label_size.x + padding.x * 2 : 0.0f); // Include collapser ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + text_offset_x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + text_offset_y); ItemSize(ImVec2(text_width, frame_height), padding.y); @@ -5328,19 +5997,19 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l // For this purpose we essentially compare if g.NavIdIsAlive went from 0 to 1 between TreeNode() and TreePop(). // This is currently only support 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero. const bool is_leaf = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) != 0; - bool is_open = TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(id, flags); + bool is_open = TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags); if (is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); bool item_add = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id); - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect; - window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect = frame_bb; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect; + g.LastItemData.DisplayRect = frame_bb; if (!item_add) { if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) TreePushOverrideID(id); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->DC.LastItemId, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); return is_open; } @@ -5361,19 +6030,17 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l // Open behaviors can be altered with the _OpenOnArrow and _OnOnDoubleClick flags. // Some alteration have subtle effects (e.g. toggle on MouseUp vs MouseDown events) due to requirements for multi-selection and drag and drop support. - // - Single-click on label = Toggle on MouseUp (default) - // - Single-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseUp (when _OpenOnArrow=0) + // - Single-click on label = Toggle on MouseUp (default, when _OpenOnArrow=0) + // - Single-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDown (when _OpenOnArrow=0) // - Single-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDown (when _OpenOnArrow=1) // - Double-click on label = Toggle on MouseDoubleClick (when _OpenOnDoubleClick=1) // - Double-click on arrow = Toggle on MouseDoubleClick (when _OpenOnDoubleClick=1 and _OpenOnArrow=0) - // This makes _OpenOnArrow have a subtle effect on _OpenOnDoubleClick: arrow click reacts on Down rather than Up. - // It is rather standard that arrow click react on Down rather than Up and we'd be tempted to make it the default - // (by removing the _OpenOnArrow test below), however this would have a perhaps surprising effect on CollapsingHeader()? - // So right now we are making this optional. May evolve later. - if (is_mouse_x_over_arrow && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow)) + // It is rather standard that arrow click react on Down rather than Up. + // We set ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease on OpenOnDoubleClick because we want the item to be active on the initial MouseDown in order for drag and drop to work. + if (is_mouse_x_over_arrow) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; else if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) - button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; else button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease; @@ -5385,24 +6052,28 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l bool toggled = false; if (!is_leaf) { - if (pressed) + if (pressed && g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId != id) { if ((flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)) == 0 || (g.NavActivateId == id)) toggled = true; if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow) toggled |= is_mouse_x_over_arrow && !g.NavDisableMouseHover; // Lightweight equivalent of IsMouseHoveringRect() since ButtonBehavior() already did the job - if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) + if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2) + toggled = true; + } + else if (pressed && g.DragDropHoldJustPressedId == id) + { + IM_ASSERT(button_flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold); + if (!is_open) // When using Drag and Drop "hold to open" we keep the node highlighted after opening, but never close it again. toggled = true; - if (g.DragDropActive && is_open) // When using Drag and Drop "hold to open" we keep the node highlighted after opening, but never close it again. - toggled = false; } - if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && is_open) + if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && is_open) { toggled = true; NavMoveRequestCancel(); } - if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && !is_open) // If there's something upcoming on the line we may want to give it the priority? + if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && !is_open) // If there's something upcoming on the line we may want to give it the priority? { toggled = true; NavMoveRequestCancel(); @@ -5412,7 +6083,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l { is_open = !is_open; window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(id, is_open); - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen; } } if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) @@ -5420,7 +6091,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l // In this branch, TreeNodeBehavior() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger. if (selected != was_selected) //-V547 - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; // Render const ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); @@ -5439,19 +6110,10 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l text_pos.x -= text_offset_x; if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton) frame_bb.Max.x -= g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x; + if (g.LogEnabled) - { - // NB: '##' is normally used to hide text (as a library-wide feature), so we need to specify the text range to make sure the ## aren't stripped out here. - const char log_prefix[] = "\n##"; - const char log_suffix[] = "##"; - LogRenderedText(&text_pos, log_prefix, log_prefix+3); - RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); - LogRenderedText(&text_pos, log_suffix, log_suffix+2); - } - else - { - RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); - } + LogSetNextTextDecoration("###", "###"); + RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); } else { @@ -5460,20 +6122,20 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l { const ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, bg_col, false); - RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); } + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, nav_highlight_flags); if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.5f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); else if (!is_leaf) RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.15f), text_col, is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f); if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&text_pos, ">"); + LogSetNextTextDecoration(">", NULL); RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false); } if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) TreePushOverrideID(id); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | (is_leaf ? 0 : ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable) | (is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); return is_open; } @@ -5482,7 +6144,7 @@ void ImGui::TreePush(const char* str_id) ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); Indent(); window->DC.TreeDepth++; - PushID(str_id ? str_id : "#TreePush"); + PushID(str_id); } void ImGui::TreePush(const void* ptr_id) @@ -5490,15 +6152,16 @@ void ImGui::TreePush(const void* ptr_id) ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); Indent(); window->DC.TreeDepth++; - PushID(ptr_id ? ptr_id : (const void*)"#TreePush"); + PushID(ptr_id); } void ImGui::TreePushOverrideID(ImGuiID id) { - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; Indent(); window->DC.TreeDepth++; - window->IDStack.push_back(id); + PushOverrideID(id); } void ImGui::TreePop() @@ -5514,7 +6177,7 @@ void ImGui::TreePop() if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) if (g.NavIdIsAlive && (window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask & tree_depth_mask)) { - SetNavID(window->IDStack.back(), g.NavLayer, 0); + SetNavID(window->IDStack.back(), g.NavLayer, 0, ImRect()); NavMoveRequestCancel(); } window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask &= tree_depth_mask - 1; @@ -5552,33 +6215,38 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader, label); } -bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +// p_visible == NULL : regular collapsing header +// p_visible != NULL && *p_visible == true : show a small close button on the corner of the header, clicking the button will set *p_visible = false +// p_visible != NULL && *p_visible == false : do not show the header at all +// Do not mistake this with the Open state of the header itself, which you can adjust with SetNextItemOpen() or ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen. +bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return false; - if (p_open && !*p_open) + if (p_visible && !*p_visible) return false; ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader; - if (p_open) + if (p_visible) flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton; bool is_open = TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags, label); - if (p_open) + if (p_visible != NULL) { // Create a small overlapping close button // FIXME: We can evolve this into user accessible helpers to add extra buttons on title bars, headers, etc. // FIXME: CloseButton can overlap into text, need find a way to clip the text somehow. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup last_item_backup; + ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData; float button_size = g.FontSize; - float button_x = ImMax(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.x, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f - button_size); - float button_y = window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.y; - if (CloseButton(window->GetID((void*)((intptr_t)id + 1)), ImVec2(button_x, button_y))) - *p_open = false; - last_item_backup.Restore(); + float button_x = ImMax(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f - button_size); + float button_y = g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y; + ImGuiID close_button_id = GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, id); + if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(button_x, button_y))) + *p_visible = false; + g.LastItemData = last_item_backup; } return is_open; @@ -5590,7 +6258,7 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags // - Selectable() //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Tip: pass a non-visible label (e.g. "##dummy") then you can use the space to draw other text or image. +// Tip: pass a non-visible label (e.g. "##hello") then you can use the space to draw other text or image. // But you need to make sure the ID is unique, e.g. enclose calls in PushID/PopID or use ##unique_id. // With this scheme, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns and ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap are also frequently used flags. // FIXME: Selectable() with (size.x == 0.0f) and (SelectableTextAlign.x > 0.0f) followed by SameLine() is currently not supported. @@ -5603,9 +6271,6 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.CurrentColumns) // FIXME-OPT: Avoid if vertically clipped. - PushColumnsBackground(); - // Submit label or explicit size to ItemSize(), whereas ItemAdd() will submit a larger/spanning rectangle. ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); @@ -5615,8 +6280,10 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl ItemSize(size, 0.0f); // Fill horizontal space - const float min_x = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x : pos.x; - const float max_x = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->ContentRegionRect.Max.x : GetContentRegionMaxAbs().x; + // We don't support (size < 0.0f) in Selectable() because the ItemSpacing extension would make explicitly right-aligned sizes not visibly match other widgets. + const bool span_all_columns = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) != 0; + const float min_x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x : pos.x; + const float max_x = span_all_columns ? window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x : window->WorkRect.Max.x; if (size_arg.x == 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth)) size.x = ImMax(label_size.x, max_x - min_x); @@ -5625,60 +6292,82 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl const ImVec2 text_max(min_x + size.x, pos.y + size.y); // Selectables are meant to be tightly packed together with no click-gap, so we extend their box to cover spacing between selectable. - ImRect bb_enlarged(min_x, pos.y, text_max.x, text_max.y); - const float spacing_x = style.ItemSpacing.x; - const float spacing_y = style.ItemSpacing.y; - const float spacing_L = IM_FLOOR(spacing_x * 0.50f); - const float spacing_U = IM_FLOOR(spacing_y * 0.50f); - bb_enlarged.Min.x -= spacing_L; - bb_enlarged.Min.y -= spacing_U; - bb_enlarged.Max.x += (spacing_x - spacing_L); - bb_enlarged.Max.y += (spacing_y - spacing_U); - //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb_align.Min, bb_align.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); } - //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb_enlarged.Min, bb_enlarged.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); } + ImRect bb(min_x, pos.y, text_max.x, text_max.y); + if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoPadWithHalfSpacing) == 0) + { + const float spacing_x = span_all_columns ? 0.0f : style.ItemSpacing.x; + const float spacing_y = style.ItemSpacing.y; + const float spacing_L = IM_FLOOR(spacing_x * 0.50f); + const float spacing_U = IM_FLOOR(spacing_y * 0.50f); + bb.Min.x -= spacing_L; + bb.Min.y -= spacing_U; + bb.Max.x += (spacing_x - spacing_L); + bb.Max.y += (spacing_y - spacing_U); + } + //if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); } - bool item_add; - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) + // Modify ClipRect for the ItemAdd(), faster than doing a PushColumnsBackground/PushTableBackground for every Selectable.. + const float backup_clip_rect_min_x = window->ClipRect.Min.x; + const float backup_clip_rect_max_x = window->ClipRect.Max.x; + if (span_all_columns) { - ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = window->DC.ItemFlags; - window->DC.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; - item_add = ItemAdd(bb_enlarged, id); - window->DC.ItemFlags = backup_item_flags; + window->ClipRect.Min.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Min.x; + window->ClipRect.Max.x = window->ParentWorkRect.Max.x; } - else + + const bool disabled_item = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) != 0; + const bool item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, disabled_item ? ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled : ImGuiItemFlags_None); + if (span_all_columns) { - item_add = ItemAdd(bb_enlarged, id); + window->ClipRect.Min.x = backup_clip_rect_min_x; + window->ClipRect.Max.x = backup_clip_rect_max_x; } + if (!item_add) - { - if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.CurrentColumns) - PopColumnsBackground(); return false; - } + + const bool disabled_global = (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) != 0; + if (disabled_item && !disabled_global) // Only testing this as an optimization + BeginDisabled(); + + // FIXME: We can standardize the behavior of those two, we could also keep the fast path of override ClipRect + full push on render only, + // which would be advantageous since most selectable are not selected. + if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns) + PushColumnsBackground(); + else if (span_all_columns && g.CurrentTable) + TablePushBackgroundChannel(); // We use NoHoldingActiveID on menus so user can click and _hold_ on a menu then drag to browse child entries ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0; if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveId; } + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoSetKeyOwner; } if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; } if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease; } - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled; } if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; } if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap; } - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) - selected = false; - const bool was_selected = selected; bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb_enlarged, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); + + // Auto-select when moved into + // - This will be more fully fleshed in the range-select branch + // - This is not exposed as it won't nicely work with some user side handling of shift/control + // - We cannot do 'if (g.NavJustMovedToId != id) { selected = false; pressed = was_selected; }' for two reasons + // - (1) it would require focus scope to be set, need exposing PushFocusScope() or equivalent (e.g. BeginSelection() calling PushFocusScope()) + // - (2) usage will fail with clipped items + // The multi-select API aim to fix those issues, e.g. may be replaced with a BeginSelection() API. + if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnNav) && g.NavJustMovedToId != 0 && g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId == g.CurrentFocusScopeId) + if (g.NavJustMovedToId == id) + selected = pressed = true; // Update NavId when clicking or when Hovering (this doesn't happen on most widgets), so navigation can be resumed with gamepad/keyboard if (pressed || (hovered && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover))) { if (!g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow == window && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) { + SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent, g.CurrentFocusScopeId, WindowRectAbsToRel(window, bb)); // (bb == NavRect) g.NavDisableHighlight = true; - SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent, window->DC.NavFocusScopeIdCurrent); } } if (pressed) @@ -5689,31 +6378,32 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl // In this branch, Selectable() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger. if (selected != was_selected) //-V547 - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; // Render - if (held && (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawHoveredWhenHeld)) - hovered = true; if (hovered || selected) { const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); - RenderFrame(bb_enlarged.Min, bb_enlarged.Max, col, false, 0.0f); - RenderNavHighlight(bb_enlarged, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); } + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); - if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.CurrentColumns) + if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns) PopColumnsBackground(); + else if (span_all_columns && g.CurrentTable) + TablePopBackgroundChannel(); - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); - RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb_enlarged); - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PopStyleColor(); + RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb); // Automatically close popups - if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && !(window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup)) + if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && !(g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup)) CloseCurrentPopup(); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags); - return pressed; + if (disabled_item && !disabled_global) + EndDisabled(); + + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); + return pressed; //-V1020 } bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg) @@ -5729,18 +6419,14 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - BeginListBox() +// - EndListBox() // - ListBox() -// - ListBoxHeader() -// - ListBoxFooter() -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// FIXME: This is an old API. We should redesign some of it, rename ListBoxHeader->BeginListBox, ListBoxFooter->EndListBox -// and promote using them over existing ListBox() functions, similarly to change with combo boxes. //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// FIXME: In principle this function should be called BeginListBox(). We should rename it after re-evaluating if we want to keep the same signature. -// Helper to calculate the size of a listbox and display a label on the right. -// Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, PushItemWidth(-1) and pass an non-visible label e.g. "##empty" -bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) +// Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, use size.x = -FLT_MIN and pass an non-visible label e.g. "##empty" +// Tip: If your vertical size is calculated from an item count (e.g. 10 * item_height) consider adding a fractional part to facilitate seeing scrolling boundaries (e.g. 10.25 * item_height). +bool ImGui::BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -5751,12 +6437,12 @@ bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) const ImGuiID id = GetID(label); const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - // Size default to hold ~7 items. Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar. - ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.4f + style.ItemSpacing.y); + // Size default to hold ~7.25 items. + // Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar. + ImVec2 size = ImFloor(CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.25f + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); ImVec2 frame_size = ImVec2(size.x, ImMax(size.y, label_size.y)); ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size); ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); - window->DC.LastItemRect = bb; // Forward storage for ListBoxFooter.. dodgy. g.NextItemData.ClearFlags(); if (!IsRectVisible(bb.Min, bb.Max)) @@ -5766,48 +6452,42 @@ bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) return false; } + // FIXME-OPT: We could omit the BeginGroup() if label_size.x but would need to omit the EndGroup() as well. BeginGroup(); - if (label_size.x > 0) - RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + { + ImVec2 label_pos = ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + RenderText(label_pos, label); + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, label_pos + label_size); + } BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize()); return true; } -// FIXME: In principle this function should be called EndListBox(). We should rename it after re-evaluating if we want to keep the same signature. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +// OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021) bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items) { - // Size default to hold ~7.25 items. - // We add +25% worth of item height to allow the user to see at a glance if there are more items up/down, without looking at the scrollbar. - // We don't add this extra bit if items_count <= height_in_items. It is slightly dodgy, because it means a dynamic list of items will make the widget resize occasionally when it crosses that size. - // I am expecting that someone will come and complain about this behavior in a remote future, then we can advise on a better solution. - if (height_in_items < 0) - height_in_items = ImMin(items_count, 7); - const ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle(); - float height_in_items_f = (height_in_items < items_count) ? (height_in_items + 0.25f) : (height_in_items + 0.00f); - - // We include ItemSpacing.y so that a list sized for the exact number of items doesn't make a scrollbar appears. We could also enforce that by passing a flag to BeginChild(). + // If height_in_items == -1, default height is maximum 7. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + float height_in_items_f = (height_in_items < 0 ? ImMin(items_count, 7) : height_in_items) + 0.25f; ImVec2 size; size.x = 0.0f; - size.y = ImFloor(GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); - return ListBoxHeader(label, size); + size.y = GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; + return BeginListBox(label, size); } +#endif -// FIXME: In principle this function should be called EndListBox(). We should rename it after re-evaluating if we want to keep the same signature. -void ImGui::ListBoxFooter() +void ImGui::EndListBox() { - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = GetCurrentWindow()->ParentWindow; - const ImRect bb = parent_window->DC.LastItemRect; - const ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle(); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && "Mismatched BeginListBox/EndListBox calls. Did you test the return value of BeginListBox?"); + IM_UNUSED(window); EndChildFrame(); - - // Redeclare item size so that it includes the label (we have stored the full size in LastItemRect) - // We call SameLine() to restore DC.CurrentLine* data - SameLine(); - parent_window->DC.CursorPos = bb.Min; - ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y); - EndGroup(); + EndGroup(); // This is only required to be able to do IsItemXXX query on the whole ListBox including label } bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_items) @@ -5816,24 +6496,35 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const item return value_changed; } +// This is merely a helper around BeginListBox(), EndListBox(). +// Considering using those directly to submit custom data or store selection differently. bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items) { - if (!ListBoxHeader(label, items_count, height_in_items)) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Calculate size from "height_in_items" + if (height_in_items < 0) + height_in_items = ImMin(items_count, 7); + float height_in_items_f = height_in_items + 0.25f; + ImVec2 size(0.0f, ImFloor(GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + + if (!BeginListBox(label, size)) return false; - // Assume all items have even height (= 1 line of text). If you need items of different or variable sizes you can create a custom version of ListBox() in your code without using the clipper. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + // Assume all items have even height (= 1 line of text). If you need items of different height, + // you can create a custom version of ListBox() in your code without using the clipper. bool value_changed = false; - ImGuiListClipper clipper(items_count, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()); // We know exactly our line height here so we pass it as a minor optimization, but generally you don't need to. + ImGuiListClipper clipper; + clipper.Begin(items_count, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()); // We know exactly our line height here so we pass it as a minor optimization, but generally you don't need to. while (clipper.Step()) for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) { - const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); const char* item_text; if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) item_text = "*Unknown item*"; PushID(i); + const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected)) { *current_item = i; @@ -5843,9 +6534,10 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(v SetItemDefaultFocus(); PopID(); } - ListBoxFooter(); + EndListBox(); + if (value_changed) - MarkItemEdited(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId); + MarkItemEdited(g.LastItemData.ID); return value_changed; } @@ -5857,6 +6549,11 @@ bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(v // - PlotLines() // - PlotHistogram() //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Plot/Graph widgets are not very good. +// Consider writing your own, or using a third-party one, see: +// - ImPlot https://github.com/epezent/implot +// - others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 frame_size) { @@ -5920,7 +6617,7 @@ int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_get const float v0 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + values_offset) % values_count); const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + 1 + values_offset) % values_count); if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) - SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g\n%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0, v_idx+1, v1); + SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g\n%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0, v_idx + 1, v1); else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram) SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0); idx_hovered = v_idx; @@ -5932,7 +6629,7 @@ int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_get float v0 = values_getter(data, (0 + values_offset) % values_count); float t0 = 0.0f; ImVec2 tp0 = ImVec2( t0, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v0 - scale_min) * inv_scale) ); // Point in the normalized space of our target rectangle - float histogram_zero_line_t = (scale_min * scale_max < 0.0f) ? (-scale_min * inv_scale) : (scale_min < 0.0f ? 0.0f : 1.0f); // Where does the zero line stands + float histogram_zero_line_t = (scale_min * scale_max < 0.0f) ? (1 + scale_min * inv_scale) : (scale_min < 0.0f ? 0.0f : 1.0f); // Where does the zero line stands const ImU32 col_base = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLines : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram); const ImU32 col_hovered = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered); @@ -5966,7 +6663,7 @@ int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_get // Text overlay if (overlay_text) - RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, overlay_text, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.0f)); + RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, overlay_text, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.0f)); if (label_size.x > 0.0f) RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label); @@ -6059,49 +6756,51 @@ void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format) // - EndMainMenuBar() // - BeginMenu() // - EndMenu() +// - MenuItemEx() [Internal] // - MenuItem() //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Helpers for internal use -ImGuiMenuColumns::ImGuiMenuColumns() +void ImGuiMenuColumns::Update(float spacing, bool window_reappearing) { - Spacing = Width = NextWidth = 0.0f; - memset(Pos, 0, sizeof(Pos)); - memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths)); + if (window_reappearing) + memset(Widths, 0, sizeof(Widths)); + Spacing = (ImU16)spacing; + CalcNextTotalWidth(true); + memset(Widths, 0, sizeof(Widths)); + TotalWidth = NextTotalWidth; + NextTotalWidth = 0; } -void ImGuiMenuColumns::Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear) +void ImGuiMenuColumns::CalcNextTotalWidth(bool update_offsets) { - IM_ASSERT(count == IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos)); - IM_UNUSED(count); - Width = NextWidth = 0.0f; - Spacing = spacing; - if (clear) - memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths)); - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos); i++) + ImU16 offset = 0; + bool want_spacing = false; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Widths); i++) { - if (i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f) - Width += Spacing; - Pos[i] = IM_FLOOR(Width); - Width += NextWidths[i]; - NextWidths[i] = 0.0f; + ImU16 width = Widths[i]; + if (want_spacing && width > 0) + offset += Spacing; + want_spacing |= (width > 0); + if (update_offsets) + { + if (i == 1) { OffsetLabel = offset; } + if (i == 2) { OffsetShortcut = offset; } + if (i == 3) { OffsetMark = offset; } + } + offset += width; } + NextTotalWidth = offset; } -float ImGuiMenuColumns::DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2) // not using va_arg because they promote float to double +float ImGuiMenuColumns::DeclColumns(float w_icon, float w_label, float w_shortcut, float w_mark) { - NextWidth = 0.0f; - NextWidths[0] = ImMax(NextWidths[0], w0); - NextWidths[1] = ImMax(NextWidths[1], w1); - NextWidths[2] = ImMax(NextWidths[2], w2); - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos); i++) - NextWidth += NextWidths[i] + ((i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f) ? Spacing : 0.0f); - return ImMax(Width, NextWidth); -} - -float ImGuiMenuColumns::CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w) const -{ - return ImMax(0.0f, avail_w - Width); + Widths[0] = ImMax(Widths[0], (ImU16)w_icon); + Widths[1] = ImMax(Widths[1], (ImU16)w_label); + Widths[2] = ImMax(Widths[2], (ImU16)w_shortcut); + Widths[3] = ImMax(Widths[3], (ImU16)w_mark); + CalcNextTotalWidth(false); + return (float)ImMax(TotalWidth, NextTotalWidth); } // FIXME: Provided a rectangle perhaps e.g. a BeginMenuBarEx() could be used anywhere.. @@ -6127,10 +6826,11 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuBar() clip_rect.ClipWith(window->OuterRectClipped); PushClipRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, false); - window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(bar_rect.Min.x + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x, bar_rect.Min.y + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y); + // We overwrite CursorMaxPos because BeginGroup sets it to CursorPos (essentially the .EmitItem hack in EndMenuBar() would need something analogous here, maybe a BeginGroupEx() with flags). + window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImVec2(bar_rect.Min.x + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x, bar_rect.Min.y + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y); window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal; + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu); window->DC.MenuBarAppending = true; AlignTextToFramePadding(); return true; @@ -6146,77 +6846,99 @@ void ImGui::EndMenuBar() // Nav: When a move request within one of our child menu failed, capture the request to navigate among our siblings. if (NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) { + // Try to find out if the request is for one of our child menu ImGuiWindow* nav_earliest_child = g.NavWindow; while (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow && (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) nav_earliest_child = nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow; - if (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow == window && nav_earliest_child->DC.ParentLayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal && g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None) + if (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow == window && nav_earliest_child->DC.ParentLayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0) { // To do so we claim focus back, restore NavId and then process the movement request for yet another frame. - // This involve a one-frame delay which isn't very problematic in this situation. We could remove it by scoring in advance for multiple window (probably not worth the hassle/cost) + // This involve a one-frame delay which isn't very problematic in this situation. We could remove it by scoring in advance for multiple window (probably not worth bothering) const ImGuiNavLayer layer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; - IM_ASSERT(window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext & (1 << layer)); // Sanity check + IM_ASSERT(window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext & (1 << layer)); // Sanity check (FIXME: Seems unnecessary) FocusWindow(window); - SetNavIDWithRectRel(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]); - g.NavLayer = layer; + SetNavID(window->NavLastIds[layer], layer, 0, window->NavRectRel[layer]); g.NavDisableHighlight = true; // Hide highlight for the current frame so we don't see the intermediary selection. - g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued; - NavMoveRequestCancel(); + g.NavDisableMouseHover = g.NavMousePosDirty = true; + NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveClipDir, g.NavMoveFlags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); // Repeat } } + IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6011); // Static Analysis false positive "warning C6011: Dereferencing NULL pointer 'window'" IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar); IM_ASSERT(window->DC.MenuBarAppending); PopClipRect(); PopID(); - window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->MenuBarRect().Min.x; // Save horizontal position so next append can reuse it. This is kinda equivalent to a per-layer CursorPos. - window->DC.GroupStack.back().EmitItem = false; + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x; // Save horizontal position so next append can reuse it. This is kinda equivalent to a per-layer CursorPos. + g.GroupStack.back().EmitItem = false; EndGroup(); // Restore position on layer 0 window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; + window->DC.IsSameLine = false; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask = (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Main); window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; } +// Important: calling order matters! +// FIXME: Somehow overlapping with docking tech. +// FIXME: The "rect-cut" aspect of this could be formalized into a lower-level helper (rect-cut: https://halt.software/dead-simple-layouts) +bool ImGui::BeginViewportSideBar(const char* name, ImGuiViewport* viewport_p, ImGuiDir dir, float axis_size, ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags) +{ + IM_ASSERT(dir != ImGuiDir_None); + + ImGuiWindow* bar_window = FindWindowByName(name); + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)(viewport_p ? viewport_p : GetMainViewport()); + if (bar_window == NULL || bar_window->BeginCount == 0) + { + // Calculate and set window size/position + ImRect avail_rect = viewport->GetBuildWorkRect(); + ImGuiAxis axis = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; + ImVec2 pos = avail_rect.Min; + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right || dir == ImGuiDir_Down) + pos[axis] = avail_rect.Max[axis] - axis_size; + ImVec2 size = avail_rect.GetSize(); + size[axis] = axis_size; + SetNextWindowPos(pos); + SetNextWindowSize(size); + + // Report our size into work area (for next frame) using actual window size + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up || dir == ImGuiDir_Left) + viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMin[axis] += axis_size; + else if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down || dir == ImGuiDir_Right) + viewport->BuildWorkOffsetMax[axis] -= axis_size; + } + + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking; + SetNextWindowViewport(viewport->ID); // Enforce viewport so we don't create our own viewport when ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsNoMerge is set. + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Lift normal size constraint + bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, window_flags); + PopStyleVar(2); + + return is_open; +} + bool ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[0]; - ImGuiWindow* menu_bar_window = FindWindowByName("##MainMenuBar"); + ImGuiViewportP* viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)(void*)GetMainViewport(); + + // Notify of viewport change so GetFrameHeight() can be accurate in case of DPI change + SetCurrentViewport(NULL, viewport); // For the main menu bar, which cannot be moved, we honor g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding to ensure text can be visible on a TV set. + // FIXME: This could be generalized as an opt-in way to clamp window->DC.CursorStartPos to avoid SafeArea? + // FIXME: Consider removing support for safe area down the line... it's messy. Nowadays consoles have support for TV calibration in OS settings. g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.x, ImMax(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y - g.Style.FramePadding.y, 0.0f)); - - // Get our rectangle at the top of the work area - if (menu_bar_window == NULL || menu_bar_window->BeginCount == 0) - { - // Set window position - // We don't attempt to calculate our height ahead, as it depends on the per-viewport font size. However menu-bar will affect the minimum window size so we'll get the right height. - ImVec2 menu_bar_pos = viewport->Pos + viewport->CurrWorkOffsetMin; - ImVec2 menu_bar_size = ImVec2(viewport->Size.x - viewport->CurrWorkOffsetMin.x + viewport->CurrWorkOffsetMax.x, 1.0f); - SetNextWindowPos(menu_bar_pos); - SetNextWindowSize(menu_bar_size); - } - - // Create window - SetNextWindowViewport(viewport->ID); // Enforce viewport so we don't create our own viewport when ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsNoMerge is set. - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, ImVec2(0, 0)); // Lift normal size constraint, however the presence of a menu-bar will give us the minimum height we want. - ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar; - bool is_open = Begin("##MainMenuBar", NULL, window_flags) && BeginMenuBar(); - PopStyleVar(2); - - // Report our size into work area (for next frame) using actual window size - menu_bar_window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (menu_bar_window->BeginCount == 1) - viewport->CurrWorkOffsetMin.y += menu_bar_window->Size.y; - + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar; + float height = GetFrameHeight(); + bool is_open = BeginViewportSideBar("##MainMenuBar", viewport, ImGuiDir_Up, height, window_flags); g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - if (!is_open) - { + + if (is_open) + BeginMenuBar(); + else End(); - return false; - } - return true; //-V1020 + return is_open; } void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar() @@ -6232,7 +6954,29 @@ void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar() End(); } -bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) +static bool IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if ((g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.BeginPopupStack.Size) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + return false; + + // Initially we used 'upper_popup->OpenParentId == window->IDStack.back()' to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others + // (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) based on parent ID. + // This would however prevent the use of e.g. PuhsID() user code submitting menus. + // Previously this worked between popup and a first child menu because the first child menu always had the _ChildWindow flag, + // making hovering on parent popup possible while first child menu was focused - but this was generally a bug with other side effects. + // Instead we don't treat Popup specifically (in order to consistently support menu features in them), maybe the first child menu of a Popup + // doesn't have the _ChildWindow flag, and we rely on this IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() check to allow hovering between root window/popup and first child menu. + // In the end, lack of ID check made it so we could no longer differentiate between separate menu sets. To compensate for that, we at least check parent window nav layer. + // This fixes the most common case of menu opening on hover when moving between window content and menu bar. Multiple different menu sets in same nav layer would still + // open on hover, but that should be a lesser problem, because if such menus are close in proximity in window content then it won't feel weird and if they are far apart + // it likely won't be a problem anyone runs into. + const ImGuiPopupData* upper_popup = &g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; + return (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent == upper_popup->ParentNavLayer && upper_popup->Window && (upper_popup->Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -6241,20 +6985,21 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - bool menu_is_open = IsPopupOpen(id); + bool menu_is_open = IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None); // Sub-menus are ChildWindow so that mouse can be hovering across them (otherwise top-most popup menu would steal focus and not allow hovering on parent menu) - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus; - if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) - flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; + // The first menu in a hierarchy isn't so hovering doesn't get across (otherwise e.g. resizing borders with ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren would react), but top-most BeginMenu() will bypass that limitation. + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) + window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; // If a menu with same the ID was already submitted, we will append to it, matching the behavior of Begin(). // We are relying on a O(N) search - so O(N log N) over the frame - which seems like the most efficient for the expected small amount of BeginMenu() calls per frame. - // If somehow this is ever becoming a problem we can switch to use e.g. a ImGuiStorager mapping key to last frame used. + // If somehow this is ever becoming a problem we can switch to use e.g. ImGuiStorage mapping key to last frame used. if (g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.contains(id)) { if (menu_is_open) - menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, window_flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) else g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // we behave like Begin() and need to consume those values return menu_is_open; @@ -6264,16 +7009,25 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.push_back(id); ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - bool pressed; - bool menuset_is_open = !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].OpenParentId == window->IDStack.back()); - ImGuiWindow* backed_nav_window = g.NavWindow; + + // Odd hack to allow hovering across menus of a same menu-set (otherwise we wouldn't be able to hover parent without always being a Child window) + // This is only done for items for the menu set and not the full parent window. + const bool menuset_is_open = IsRootOfOpenMenuSet(); if (menuset_is_open) - g.NavWindow = window; // Odd hack to allow hovering across menus of a same menu-set (otherwise we wouldn't be able to hover parent) + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck, true); // The reference position stored in popup_pos will be used by Begin() to find a suitable position for the child menu, - // However the final position is going to be different! It is choosen by FindBestWindowPosForPopup(). + // However the final position is going to be different! It is chosen by FindBestWindowPosForPopup(). // e.g. Menus tend to overlap each other horizontally to amplify relative Z-ordering. ImVec2 popup_pos, pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + PushID(label); + if (!enabled) + BeginDisabled(); + const ImGuiMenuColumns* offsets = &window->DC.MenuColumns; + bool pressed; + + // We use ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner to allow down on one menu item, move, up on another. + const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups; if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) { // Menu inside an horizontal menu bar @@ -6283,26 +7037,35 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y)); float w = label_size.x; - pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); + ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); + pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); + RenderText(text_pos, label); PopStyleVar(); window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). } else { - // Menu inside a menu + // Menu inside a regular/vertical menu // (In a typical menu window where all items are BeginMenu() or MenuItem() calls, extra_w will always be 0.0f. // Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system. popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - style.WindowPadding.y); - float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, 0.0f, IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback to next frame + float icon_w = (icon && icon[0]) ? CalcTextSize(icon, NULL).x : 0.0f; + float checkmark_w = IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f); + float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, 0.0f, checkmark_w); // Feedback to next frame float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w); - pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f)); - ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(enabled ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled); - RenderArrow(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(window->DC.MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.30f, 0.0f), text_col, ImGuiDir_Right); + ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); + pressed = Selectable("", menu_is_open, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f)); + RenderText(text_pos, label); + if (icon_w > 0.0f) + RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetIcon, 0.0f), icon); + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetMark + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.30f, 0.0f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), ImGuiDir_Right); } + if (!enabled) + EndDisabled(); - const bool hovered = enabled && ItemHoverable(window->DC.LastItemRect, id); + const bool hovered = (g.HoveredId == id) && enabled && !g.NavDisableMouseHover; if (menuset_is_open) - g.NavWindow = backed_nav_window; + PopItemFlag(); bool want_open = false; bool want_close = false; @@ -6310,37 +7073,39 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) { // Close menu when not hovering it anymore unless we are moving roughly in the direction of the menu // Implement http://bjk5.com/post/44698559168/breaking-down-amazons-mega-dropdown to avoid using timers, so menus feels more reactive. - bool moving_toward_other_child_menu = false; - - ImGuiWindow* child_menu_window = (g.BeginPopupStack.Size < g.OpenPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].SourceWindow == window) ? g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size].Window : NULL; - if (g.HoveredWindow == window && child_menu_window != NULL && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) + bool moving_toward_child_menu = false; + ImGuiPopupData* child_popup = (g.BeginPopupStack.Size < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) ? &g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size] : NULL; // Popup candidate (testing below) + ImGuiWindow* child_menu_window = (child_popup && child_popup->Window && child_popup->Window->ParentWindow == window) ? child_popup->Window : NULL; + if (g.HoveredWindow == window && child_menu_window != NULL) { - // FIXME-DPI: Values should be derived from a master "scale" factor. + float ref_unit = g.FontSize; // FIXME-DPI + float child_dir = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; ImRect next_window_rect = child_menu_window->Rect(); - ImVec2 ta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta; - ImVec2 tb = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR(); - ImVec2 tc = (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR(); - float extra = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, 5.0f, 30.0f); // add a bit of extra slack. - ta.x += (window->Pos.x < child_menu_window->Pos.x) ? -0.5f : +0.5f; // to avoid numerical issues - tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -100.0f); // triangle is maximum 200 high to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus // FIXME: Multiply by fb_scale? - tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +100.0f); - moving_toward_other_child_menu = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos); - //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_within_opened_triangle ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); // [DEBUG] + ImVec2 ta = (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta); + ImVec2 tb = (child_dir > 0.0f) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR(); + ImVec2 tc = (child_dir > 0.0f) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR(); + float extra = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, ref_unit * 0.5f, ref_unit * 2.5f); // add a bit of extra slack. + ta.x += child_dir * -0.5f; + tb.x += child_dir * ref_unit; + tc.x += child_dir * ref_unit; + tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -ref_unit * 8.0f); // triangle has maximum height to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus + tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +ref_unit * 8.0f); + moving_toward_child_menu = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_toward_child_menu ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); // [DEBUG] } - if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && !moving_toward_other_child_menu) + + // The 'HovereWindow == window' check creates an inconsistency (e.g. moving away from menu slowly tends to hit same window, whereas moving away fast does not) + // But we also need to not close the top-menu menu when moving over void. Perhaps we should extend the triangle check to a larger polygon. + // (Remember to test this on BeginPopup("A")->BeginMenu("B") sequence which behaves slightly differently as B isn't a Child of A and hovering isn't shared.) + if (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && !moving_toward_child_menu && !g.NavDisableMouseHover) want_close = true; - if (!menu_is_open && hovered && pressed) // Click to open + // Open + if (!menu_is_open && pressed) // Click/activate to open want_open = true; - else if (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_toward_other_child_menu) // Hover to open + else if (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_toward_child_menu) // Hover to open want_open = true; - - if (g.NavActivateId == id) - { - want_close = menu_is_open; - want_open = !menu_is_open; - } - if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) // Nav-Right to open + if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) // Nav-Right to open { want_open = true; NavMoveRequestCancel(); @@ -6358,7 +7123,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) { want_open = true; } - else if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) // Nav-Down to open + else if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) // Nav-Down to open { want_open = true; NavMoveRequestCancel(); @@ -6367,26 +7132,38 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) if (!enabled) // explicitly close if an open menu becomes disabled, facilitate users code a lot in pattern such as 'if (BeginMenu("options", has_object)) { ..use object.. }' want_close = true; - if (want_close && IsPopupOpen(id)) + if (want_close && IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None)) ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable | (menu_is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Openable | (menu_is_open ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Opened : 0)); + PopID(); - if (!menu_is_open && want_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size) + if (want_open && !menu_is_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.BeginPopupStack.Size) { - // Don't recycle same menu level in the same frame, first close the other menu and yield for a frame. + // Don't reopen/recycle same menu level in the same frame, first close the other menu and yield for a frame. OpenPopup(label); - return false; } - - menu_is_open |= want_open; - if (want_open) + else if (want_open) + { + menu_is_open = true; OpenPopup(label); + } if (menu_is_open) { - SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiCond_Always); - menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + ImGuiLastItemData last_item_in_parent = g.LastItemData; + SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiCond_Always); // Note: misleading: the value will serve as reference for FindBestWindowPosForPopup(), not actual pos. + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.PopupRounding); // First level will use _PopupRounding, subsequent will use _ChildRounding + menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, window_flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + PopStyleVar(); + if (menu_is_open) + { + // Restore LastItemData so IsItemXXXX functions can work after BeginMenu()/EndMenu() + // (This fixes using IsItemClicked() and IsItemHovered(), but IsItemHovered() also relies on its support for ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck) + g.LastItemData = last_item_in_parent; + if (g.HoveredWindow == window) + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; + } } else { @@ -6396,23 +7173,30 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) return menu_is_open; } +bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) +{ + return BeginMenuEx(label, NULL, enabled); +} + void ImGui::EndMenu() { - // Nav: When a left move request _within our child menu_ failed, close ourselves (the _parent_ menu). - // A menu doesn't close itself because EndMenuBar() wants the catch the last Left<>Right inputs. - // However, it means that with the current code, a BeginMenu() from outside another menu or a menu-bar won't be closable with the Left direction. + // Nav: When a left move request our menu failed, close ourselves. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow == window && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) - { - ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size, true); - NavMoveRequestCancel(); - } + IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup); // Mismatched BeginMenu()/EndMenu() calls + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = window->ParentWindow; // Should always be != NULL is we passed assert. + if (window->BeginCount == window->BeginCountPreviousFrame) + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) + if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window) && parent_window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) + { + ClosePopupToLevel(g.BeginPopupStack.Size - 1, true); + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } EndPopup(); } -bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled) +bool ImGui::MenuItemEx(const char* label, const char* icon, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -6423,19 +7207,33 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, boo ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + // See BeginMenuEx() for comments about this. + const bool menuset_is_open = IsRootOfOpenMenuSet(); + if (menuset_is_open) + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck, true); + // We've been using the equivalent of ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover on all Selectable() since early Nav system days (commit 43ee5d73), // but I am unsure whether this should be kept at all. For now moved it to be an opt-in feature used by menus only. - ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover | (enabled ? 0 : ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled); bool pressed; + PushID(label); + if (!enabled) + BeginDisabled(); + + // We use ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner to allow down on one menu item, move, up on another. + const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SetNavIdOnHover; + const ImGuiMenuColumns* offsets = &window->DC.MenuColumns; if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) { // Mimic the exact layout spacing of BeginMenu() to allow MenuItem() inside a menu bar, which is a little misleading but may be useful - // Note that in this situation we render neither the shortcut neither the selected tick mark + // Note that in this situation: we don't render the shortcut, we render a highlight instead of the selected tick mark. float w = label_size.x; window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); + ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x + offsets->OffsetLabel, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y)); - pressed = Selectable(label, false, flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); + pressed = Selectable("", selected, selectable_flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); PopStyleVar(); + if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible) + RenderText(text_pos, label); window->DC.CursorPos.x += IM_FLOOR(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). } else @@ -6443,27 +7241,45 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, boo // Menu item inside a vertical menu // (In a typical menu window where all items are BeginMenu() or MenuItem() calls, extra_w will always be 0.0f. // Only when they are other items sticking out we're going to add spacing, yet only register minimum width into the layout system. - float shortcut_w = shortcut ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL).x : 0.0f; - float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, shortcut_w, IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback for next frame - float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w); - pressed = Selectable(label, false, flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f)); - if (shortcut_w > 0.0f) + float icon_w = (icon && icon[0]) ? CalcTextSize(icon, NULL).x : 0.0f; + float shortcut_w = (shortcut && shortcut[0]) ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL).x : 0.0f; + float checkmark_w = IM_FLOOR(g.FontSize * 1.20f); + float min_w = window->DC.MenuColumns.DeclColumns(icon_w, label_size.x, shortcut_w, checkmark_w); // Feedback for next frame + float stretch_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - min_w); + pressed = Selectable("", false, selectable_flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAvailWidth, ImVec2(min_w, 0.0f)); + if (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible) { - PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); - RenderText(pos + ImVec2(window->DC.MenuColumns.Pos[1] + extra_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false); - PopStyleColor(); + RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetLabel, 0.0f), label); + if (icon_w > 0.0f) + RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetIcon, 0.0f), icon); + if (shortcut_w > 0.0f) + { + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); + RenderText(pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetShortcut + stretch_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false); + PopStyleColor(); + } + if (selected) + RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(offsets->OffsetMark + stretch_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), g.FontSize * 0.866f); } - if (selected) - RenderCheckMark(window->DrawList, pos + ImVec2(window->DC.MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(enabled ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), g.FontSize * 0.866f); } + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(g.LastItemData.ID, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (selected ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); + if (!enabled) + EndDisabled(); + PopID(); + if (menuset_is_open) + PopItemFlag(); - IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(window->DC.LastItemId, label, window->DC.ItemFlags | ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checkable | (selected ? ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Checked : 0)); return pressed; } +bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled) +{ + return MenuItemEx(label, NULL, shortcut, selected, enabled); +} + bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled) { - if (MenuItem(label, shortcut, p_selected ? *p_selected : false, enabled)) + if (MenuItemEx(label, NULL, shortcut, p_selected ? *p_selected : false, enabled)) { if (p_selected) *p_selected = !*p_selected; @@ -6485,44 +7301,61 @@ bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, // - TabBarAddTab() [Internal] // - TabBarRemoveTab() [Internal] // - TabBarCloseTab() [Internal] -// - TabBarScrollClamp()v +// - TabBarScrollClamp() [Internal] // - TabBarScrollToTab() [Internal] // - TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder() [Internal] // - TabBarScrollingButtons() [Internal] // - TabBarTabListPopupButton() [Internal] //------------------------------------------------------------------------- +struct ImGuiTabBarSection +{ + int TabCount; // Number of tabs in this section. + float Width; // Sum of width of tabs in this section (after shrinking down) + float Spacing; // Horizontal spacing at the end of the section. + + ImGuiTabBarSection() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } +}; + namespace ImGui { static void TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); - static ImU32 TabBarCalcTabID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label); + static ImU32 TabBarCalcTabID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, ImGuiWindow* docked_window); static float TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth(); static float TabBarScrollClamp(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, float scrolling); - static void TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab); + static void TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiTabBarSection* sections); static ImGuiTabItem* TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); static ImGuiTabItem* TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar); } ImGuiTabBar::ImGuiTabBar() { - ID = 0; - SelectedTabId = NextSelectedTabId = VisibleTabId = 0; + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); CurrFrameVisible = PrevFrameVisible = -1; - LastTabContentHeight = 0.0f; - OffsetMax = OffsetMaxIdeal = OffsetNextTab = 0.0f; - ScrollingAnim = ScrollingTarget = ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ScrollingSpeed = 0.0f; - Flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_None; - ReorderRequestTabId = 0; - ReorderRequestDir = 0; - WantLayout = VisibleTabWasSubmitted = false; LastTabItemIdx = -1; } -static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerByVisibleOffset(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) +static inline int TabItemGetSectionIdx(const ImGuiTabItem* tab) +{ + return (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading) ? 0 : (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing) ? 2 : 1; +} + +static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerBySection(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { const ImGuiTabItem* a = (const ImGuiTabItem*)lhs; const ImGuiTabItem* b = (const ImGuiTabItem*)rhs; - return (int)(a->Offset - b->Offset); + const int a_section = TabItemGetSectionIdx(a); + const int b_section = TabItemGetSectionIdx(b); + if (a_section != b_section) + return a_section - b_section; + return (int)(a->IndexDuringLayout - b->IndexDuringLayout); +} + +static int IMGUI_CDECL TabItemComparerByBeginOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) +{ + const ImGuiTabItem* a = (const ImGuiTabItem*)lhs; + const ImGuiTabItem* b = (const ImGuiTabItem*)rhs; + return (int)(a->BeginOrder - b->BeginOrder); } static ImGuiTabBar* GetTabBarFromTabBarRef(const ImGuiPtrOrIndex& ref) @@ -6567,17 +7400,20 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImG g.CurrentTabBarStack.push_back(GetTabBarRefFromTabBar(tab_bar)); g.CurrentTabBar = tab_bar; + // Append with multiple BeginTabBar()/EndTabBar() pairs. + tab_bar->BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos; if (tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible == g.FrameCount) { - //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("BeginTabBarEx already called this frame\n", g.FrameCount); - //IM_ASSERT(0); + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->ItemSpacingY); + tab_bar->BeginCount++; return true; } - // When toggling back from ordered to manually-reorderable, shuffle tabs to enforce the last visible order. - // Otherwise, the most recently inserted tabs would move at the end of visible list which can be a little too confusing or magic for the user. - if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) && tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 1 && tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible != -1) - ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerByVisibleOffset); + // Ensure correct ordering when toggling ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag, or when a new tab was added while being not reorderable + if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) != (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) || (tab_bar->TabsAddedNew && !(flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable))) + if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0) // FIXME: TabBar with DockNode can now be hybrid + ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerByBeginOrder); + tab_bar->TabsAddedNew = false; // Flags if ((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_) == 0) @@ -6588,11 +7424,15 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTabBarEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImRect& tab_bar_bb, ImG tab_bar->WantLayout = true; // Layout will be done on the first call to ItemTab() tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible = tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible; tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible = g.FrameCount; + tab_bar->PrevTabsContentsHeight = tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight; + tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight = 0.0f; + tab_bar->ItemSpacingY = g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; tab_bar->FramePadding = g.Style.FramePadding; + tab_bar->TabsActiveCount = 0; + tab_bar->BeginCount = 1; - // Layout - ItemSize(ImVec2(tab_bar->OffsetMaxIdeal, tab_bar->BarRect.GetHeight()), tab_bar->FramePadding.y); - window->DC.CursorPos.x = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x; + // Set cursor pos in a way which only be used in the off-chance the user erroneously submits item before BeginTabItem(): items will overlap + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->ItemSpacingY); // Draw separator const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) ? ImGuiCol_TabActive : ImGuiCol_TabUnfocusedActive); @@ -6625,15 +7465,24 @@ void ImGui::EndTabBar() IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Mismatched BeginTabBar()/EndTabBar()!"); return; } + + // Fallback in case no TabItem have been submitted if (tab_bar->WantLayout) TabBarLayout(tab_bar); // Restore the last visible height if no tab is visible, this reduce vertical flicker/movement when a tabs gets removed without calling SetTabItemClosed(). const bool tab_bar_appearing = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount); if (tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted || tab_bar->VisibleTabId == 0 || tab_bar_appearing) - tab_bar->LastTabContentHeight = ImMax(window->DC.CursorPos.y - tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y, 0.0f); + { + tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight = ImMax(window->DC.CursorPos.y - tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y, tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight); + window->DC.CursorPos.y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->CurrTabsContentsHeight; + } else - window->DC.CursorPos.y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->LastTabContentHeight; + { + window->DC.CursorPos.y = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y + tab_bar->PrevTabsContentsHeight; + } + if (tab_bar->BeginCount > 1) + window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BackupCursorPos; if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0) PopID(); @@ -6649,140 +7498,196 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; tab_bar->WantLayout = false; - // Garbage collect + // Garbage collect by compacting list + // Detect if we need to sort out tab list (e.g. in rare case where a tab changed section) int tab_dst_n = 0; + bool need_sort_by_section = false; + ImGuiTabBarSection sections[3]; // Layout sections: Leading, Central, Trailing for (int tab_src_n = 0; tab_src_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_src_n++) { ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_src_n]; - if (tab->LastFrameVisible < tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible) + if (tab->LastFrameVisible < tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible || tab->WantClose) { - if (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) - tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0; + // Remove tab + if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab->ID) { tab_bar->VisibleTabId = 0; } + if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID) { tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0; } + if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == tab->ID) { tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; } continue; } if (tab_dst_n != tab_src_n) tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n] = tab_bar->Tabs[tab_src_n]; + + tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n]; + tab->IndexDuringLayout = (ImS16)tab_dst_n; + + // We will need sorting if tabs have changed section (e.g. moved from one of Leading/Central/Trailing to another) + int curr_tab_section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab); + if (tab_dst_n > 0) + { + ImGuiTabItem* prev_tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_dst_n - 1]; + int prev_tab_section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(prev_tab); + if (curr_tab_section_n == 0 && prev_tab_section_n != 0) + need_sort_by_section = true; + if (prev_tab_section_n == 2 && curr_tab_section_n != 2) + need_sort_by_section = true; + } + + sections[curr_tab_section_n].TabCount++; tab_dst_n++; } if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size != tab_dst_n) tab_bar->Tabs.resize(tab_dst_n); + if (need_sort_by_section) + ImQsort(tab_bar->Tabs.Data, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, sizeof(ImGuiTabItem), TabItemComparerBySection); + + // Calculate spacing between sections + sections[0].Spacing = sections[0].TabCount > 0 && (sections[1].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount) > 0 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f; + sections[1].Spacing = sections[1].TabCount > 0 && sections[2].TabCount > 0 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f; + // Setup next selected tab - ImGuiID scroll_track_selected_tab_id = 0; + ImGuiID scroll_to_tab_id = 0; if (tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId) { tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId; tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; - scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId; + scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId; } // Process order change request (we could probably process it when requested but it's just saner to do it in a single spot). if (tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId != 0) { - if (ImGuiTabItem* tab1 = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId)) - { - //IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); // <- this may happen when using debug tools - int tab2_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab1) + tab_bar->ReorderRequestDir; - if (tab2_order >= 0 && tab2_order < tab_bar->Tabs.Size) - { - ImGuiTabItem* tab2 = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab2_order]; - ImGuiTabItem item_tmp = *tab1; - *tab1 = *tab2; - *tab2 = item_tmp; - if (tab2->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) - scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab2->ID; - tab1 = tab2 = NULL; - } - if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings) - MarkIniSettingsDirty(); - } + if (TabBarProcessReorder(tab_bar)) + if (tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) + scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId; tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId = 0; } // Tab List Popup (will alter tab_bar->BarRect and therefore the available width!) const bool tab_list_popup_button = (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton) != 0; if (tab_list_popup_button) - if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = TabBarTabListPopupButton(tab_bar)) // NB: Will alter BarRect.Max.x! - scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_to_select->ID; + if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = TabBarTabListPopupButton(tab_bar)) // NB: Will alter BarRect.Min.x! + scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_to_select->ID; - // Compute ideal widths + // Leading/Trailing tabs will be shrink only if central one aren't visible anymore, so layout the shrink data as: leading, trailing, central + // (whereas our tabs are stored as: leading, central, trailing) + int shrink_buffer_indexes[3] = { 0, sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount, sections[0].TabCount }; g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.resize(tab_bar->Tabs.Size); - float width_total_contents = 0.0f; + + // Compute ideal tabs widths + store them into shrink buffer ImGuiTabItem* most_recently_selected_tab = NULL; + int curr_section_n = -1; bool found_selected_tab_id = false; for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) { ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; IM_ASSERT(tab->LastFrameVisible >= tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible); - if (most_recently_selected_tab == NULL || most_recently_selected_tab->LastFrameSelected < tab->LastFrameSelected) + if ((most_recently_selected_tab == NULL || most_recently_selected_tab->LastFrameSelected < tab->LastFrameSelected) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)) most_recently_selected_tab = tab; if (tab->ID == tab_bar->SelectedTabId) found_selected_tab_id = true; + if (scroll_to_tab_id == 0 && g.NavJustMovedToId == tab->ID) + scroll_to_tab_id = tab->ID; // Refresh tab width immediately, otherwise changes of style e.g. style.FramePadding.x would noticeably lag in the tab bar. // Additionally, when using TabBarAddTab() to manipulate tab bar order we occasionally insert new tabs that don't have a width yet, // and we cannot wait for the next BeginTabItem() call. We cannot compute this width within TabBarAddTab() because font size depends on the active window. const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab); - const bool has_close_button = tab->Window ? tab->Window->HasCloseButton : ((tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) == 0); - tab->ContentWidth = TabItemCalcSize(tab_name, has_close_button).x; + const bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) == 0 || (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument); + tab->ContentWidth = (tab->RequestedWidth >= 0.0f) ? tab->RequestedWidth : TabItemCalcSize(tab_name, has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker).x; - width_total_contents += (tab_n > 0 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f) + tab->ContentWidth; + int section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab); + ImGuiTabBarSection* section = §ions[section_n]; + section->Width += tab->ContentWidth + (section_n == curr_section_n ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f); + curr_section_n = section_n; // Store data so we can build an array sorted by width if we need to shrink tabs down - g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Index = tab_n; - g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width = tab->ContentWidth; + IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6385); + ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* shrink_width_item = &g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[shrink_buffer_indexes[section_n]++]; + shrink_width_item->Index = tab_n; + shrink_width_item->Width = shrink_width_item->InitialWidth = tab->ContentWidth; + tab->Width = ImMax(tab->ContentWidth, 1.0f); } - // Compute width - const float initial_offset_x = 0.0f; // g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; - const float width_avail = ImMax(tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - initial_offset_x, 0.0f); - float width_excess = (width_avail < width_total_contents) ? (width_total_contents - width_avail) : 0.0f; - if (width_excess > 0.0f && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown)) - { - // If we don't have enough room, resize down the largest tabs first - ShrinkWidths(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.Data, g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.Size, width_excess); - for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) - tab_bar->Tabs[g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Index].Width = IM_FLOOR(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width); - } - else - { - const float tab_max_width = TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth(); - for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) + // Compute total ideal width (used for e.g. auto-resizing a window) + tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal = 0.0f; + for (int section_n = 0; section_n < 3; section_n++) + tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal += sections[section_n].Width + sections[section_n].Spacing; + + // Horizontal scrolling buttons + // (note that TabBarScrollButtons() will alter BarRect.Max.x) + if ((tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal > tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() && tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 1) && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons) && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll)) + if (ImGuiTabItem* scroll_and_select_tab = TabBarScrollingButtons(tab_bar)) { - ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; - tab->Width = ImMin(tab->ContentWidth, tab_max_width); - IM_ASSERT(tab->Width > 0.0f); + scroll_to_tab_id = scroll_and_select_tab->ID; + if ((scroll_and_select_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) == 0) + tab_bar->SelectedTabId = scroll_to_tab_id; + } + + // Shrink widths if full tabs don't fit in their allocated space + float section_0_w = sections[0].Width + sections[0].Spacing; + float section_1_w = sections[1].Width + sections[1].Spacing; + float section_2_w = sections[2].Width + sections[2].Spacing; + bool central_section_is_visible = (section_0_w + section_2_w) < tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth(); + float width_excess; + if (central_section_is_visible) + width_excess = ImMax(section_1_w - (tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - section_0_w - section_2_w), 0.0f); // Excess used to shrink central section + else + width_excess = (section_0_w + section_2_w) - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth(); // Excess used to shrink leading/trailing section + + // With ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll policy, we will only shrink leading/trailing if the central section is not visible anymore + if (width_excess >= 1.0f && ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown) || !central_section_is_visible)) + { + int shrink_data_count = (central_section_is_visible ? sections[1].TabCount : sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount); + int shrink_data_offset = (central_section_is_visible ? sections[0].TabCount + sections[2].TabCount : 0); + ShrinkWidths(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer.Data + shrink_data_offset, shrink_data_count, width_excess); + + // Apply shrunk values into tabs and sections + for (int tab_n = shrink_data_offset; tab_n < shrink_data_offset + shrink_data_count; tab_n++) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Index]; + float shrinked_width = IM_FLOOR(g.ShrinkWidthBuffer[tab_n].Width); + if (shrinked_width < 0.0f) + continue; + + shrinked_width = ImMax(1.0f, shrinked_width); + int section_n = TabItemGetSectionIdx(tab); + sections[section_n].Width -= (tab->Width - shrinked_width); + tab->Width = shrinked_width; } } // Layout all active tabs - float offset_x = initial_offset_x; - float offset_x_ideal = offset_x; - tab_bar->OffsetNextTab = offset_x; // This is used by non-reorderable tab bar where the submission order is always honored. - for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) + int section_tab_index = 0; + float tab_offset = 0.0f; + tab_bar->WidthAllTabs = 0.0f; + for (int section_n = 0; section_n < 3; section_n++) { - ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; - tab->Offset = offset_x; - if (scroll_track_selected_tab_id == 0 && g.NavJustMovedToId == tab->ID) - scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab->ID; - offset_x += tab->Width + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; - offset_x_ideal += tab->ContentWidth + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; - } - tab_bar->OffsetMax = ImMax(offset_x - g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, 0.0f); - tab_bar->OffsetMaxIdeal = ImMax(offset_x_ideal - g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, 0.0f); + ImGuiTabBarSection* section = §ions[section_n]; + if (section_n == 2) + tab_offset = ImMin(ImMax(0.0f, tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - section->Width), tab_offset); - // Horizontal scrolling buttons - const bool scrolling_buttons = (tab_bar->OffsetMax > tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() && tab_bar->Tabs.Size > 1) && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTabListScrollingButtons) && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll); - if (scrolling_buttons) - if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = TabBarScrollingButtons(tab_bar)) // NB: Will alter BarRect.Max.x! - scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_to_select->ID; + for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < section->TabCount; tab_n++) + { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[section_tab_index + tab_n]; + tab->Offset = tab_offset; + tab->NameOffset = -1; + tab_offset += tab->Width + (tab_n < section->TabCount - 1 ? g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f); + } + tab_bar->WidthAllTabs += ImMax(section->Width + section->Spacing, 0.0f); + tab_offset += section->Spacing; + section_tab_index += section->TabCount; + } + + // Clear name buffers + tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.resize(0); // If we have lost the selected tab, select the next most recently active one if (found_selected_tab_id == false) tab_bar->SelectedTabId = 0; if (tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0 && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0 && most_recently_selected_tab != NULL) - scroll_track_selected_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = most_recently_selected_tab->ID; + scroll_to_tab_id = tab_bar->SelectedTabId = most_recently_selected_tab->ID; // Lock in visible tab tab_bar->VisibleTabId = tab_bar->SelectedTabId; @@ -6790,12 +7695,11 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) // CTRL+TAB can override visible tab temporarily if (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL && g.NavWindowingTarget->DockNode && g.NavWindowingTarget->DockNode->TabBar == tab_bar) - tab_bar->VisibleTabId = scroll_track_selected_tab_id = g.NavWindowingTarget->ID; + tab_bar->VisibleTabId = scroll_to_tab_id = g.NavWindowingTarget->TabId; // Update scrolling - if (scroll_track_selected_tab_id) - if (ImGuiTabItem* scroll_track_selected_tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, scroll_track_selected_tab_id)) - TabBarScrollToTab(tab_bar, scroll_track_selected_tab); + if (scroll_to_tab_id != 0) + TabBarScrollToTab(tab_bar, scroll_to_tab_id, sections); tab_bar->ScrollingAnim = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingAnim); tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = TabBarScrollClamp(tab_bar, tab_bar->ScrollingTarget); if (tab_bar->ScrollingAnim != tab_bar->ScrollingTarget) @@ -6811,18 +7715,24 @@ static void ImGui::TabBarLayout(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) { tab_bar->ScrollingSpeed = 0.0f; } + tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x + sections[0].Width + sections[0].Spacing; + tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX = tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - sections[2].Width - sections[1].Spacing; - // Clear name buffers - if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) == 0) - tab_bar->TabsNames.Buf.resize(0); + // Actual layout in host window (we don't do it in BeginTabBar() so as not to waste an extra frame) + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min; + ItemSize(ImVec2(tab_bar->WidthAllTabs, tab_bar->BarRect.GetHeight()), tab_bar->FramePadding.y); + window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.IdealMaxPos.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x + tab_bar->WidthAllTabsIdeal); } -// Dockables uses Name/ID in the global namespace. Non-dockable items use the ID stack. -static ImU32 ImGui::TabBarCalcTabID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label) +// Dockable windows uses Name/ID in the global namespace. Non-dockable items use the ID stack. +static ImU32 ImGui::TabBarCalcTabID(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, ImGuiWindow* docked_window) { - if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) + if (docked_window != NULL) { - ImGuiID id = ImHashStr(label); + IM_UNUSED(tab_bar); + IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode); + ImGuiID id = docked_window->TabId; KeepAliveID(id); return id; } @@ -6867,11 +7777,14 @@ ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarFindMostRecentlySelectedTabForActiveWindow(ImGuiTabBa void ImGui::TabBarAddTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags, ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, window->ID) == NULL); + IM_ASSERT(TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, window->TabId) == NULL); IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentTabBar != tab_bar); // Can't work while the tab bar is active as our tab doesn't have an X offset yet, in theory we could/should test something like (tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible < g.FrameCount) but we'd need to solve why triggers the commented early-out assert in BeginTabBarEx() (probably dock node going from implicit to explicit in same frame) + if (!window->HasCloseButton) + tab_flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton; // Set _NoCloseButton immediately because it will be used for first-frame width calculation. + ImGuiTabItem new_tab; - new_tab.ID = window->ID; + new_tab.ID = window->TabId; new_tab.Flags = tab_flags; new_tab.LastFrameVisible = tab_bar->CurrFrameVisible; // Required so BeginTabBar() doesn't ditch the tab if (new_tab.LastFrameVisible == -1) @@ -6893,52 +7806,142 @@ void ImGui::TabBarRemoveTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id) // Called on manual closure attempt void ImGui::TabBarCloseTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) { - if ((tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab->ID) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)) + if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) + return; // A button appended with TabItemButton(). + + if (!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)) { // This will remove a frame of lag for selecting another tab on closure. // However we don't run it in the case where the 'Unsaved' flag is set, so user gets a chance to fully undo the closure - tab->LastFrameVisible = -1; - tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; + tab->WantClose = true; + if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == tab->ID) + { + tab->LastFrameVisible = -1; + tab_bar->SelectedTabId = tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = 0; + } } - else if ((tab_bar->VisibleTabId != tab->ID) && (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)) + else { - // Actually select before expecting closure - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab->ID; + // Actually select before expecting closure attempt (on an UnsavedDocument tab user is expect to e.g. show a popup) + if (tab_bar->VisibleTabId != tab->ID) + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = tab->ID; } } static float ImGui::TabBarScrollClamp(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, float scrolling) { - scrolling = ImMin(scrolling, tab_bar->OffsetMax - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth()); + scrolling = ImMin(scrolling, tab_bar->WidthAllTabs - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth()); return ImMax(scrolling, 0.0f); } -static void ImGui::TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiTabItem* tab) +// Note: we may scroll to tab that are not selected! e.g. using keyboard arrow keys +static void ImGui::TabBarScrollToTab(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiTabBarSection* sections) { + ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id); + if (tab == NULL) + return; + if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; float margin = g.FontSize * 1.0f; // When to scroll to make Tab N+1 visible always make a bit of N visible to suggest more scrolling area (since we don't have a scrollbar) int order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab); - float tab_x1 = tab->Offset + (order > 0 ? -margin : 0.0f); - float tab_x2 = tab->Offset + tab->Width + (order + 1 < tab_bar->Tabs.Size ? margin : 1.0f); + + // Scrolling happens only in the central section (leading/trailing sections are not scrolling) + // FIXME: This is all confusing. + float scrollable_width = tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth() - sections[0].Width - sections[2].Width - sections[1].Spacing; + + // We make all tabs positions all relative Sections[0].Width to make code simpler + float tab_x1 = tab->Offset - sections[0].Width + (order > sections[0].TabCount - 1 ? -margin : 0.0f); + float tab_x2 = tab->Offset - sections[0].Width + tab->Width + (order + 1 < tab_bar->Tabs.Size - sections[2].TabCount ? margin : 1.0f); tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = 0.0f; - if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget > tab_x1 || (tab_x2 - tab_x1 >= tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth())) + if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget > tab_x1 || (tab_x2 - tab_x1 >= scrollable_width)) { + // Scroll to the left tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ImMax(tab_bar->ScrollingAnim - tab_x2, 0.0f); tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = tab_x1; } - else if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget < tab_x2 - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth()) + else if (tab_bar->ScrollingTarget < tab_x2 - scrollable_width) { - tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ImMax((tab_x1 - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth()) - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim, 0.0f); - tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = tab_x2 - tab_bar->BarRect.GetWidth(); + // Scroll to the right + tab_bar->ScrollingTargetDistToVisibility = ImMax((tab_x1 - scrollable_width) - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim, 0.0f); + tab_bar->ScrollingTarget = tab_x2 - scrollable_width; } } -void ImGui::TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int dir) +void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* tab, int offset) { - IM_ASSERT(dir == -1 || dir == +1); + IM_ASSERT(offset != 0); IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0); tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId = tab->ID; - tab_bar->ReorderRequestDir = (ImS8)dir; + tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset = (ImS16)offset; +} + +void ImGui::TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const ImGuiTabItem* src_tab, ImVec2 mouse_pos) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId == 0); + if ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) == 0) + return; + + const bool is_central_section = (src_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) == 0; + const float bar_offset = tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x - (is_central_section ? tab_bar->ScrollingTarget : 0); + + // Count number of contiguous tabs we are crossing over + const int dir = (bar_offset + src_tab->Offset) > mouse_pos.x ? -1 : +1; + const int src_idx = tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(src_tab); + int dst_idx = src_idx; + for (int i = src_idx; i >= 0 && i < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; i += dir) + { + // Reordered tabs must share the same section + const ImGuiTabItem* dst_tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[i]; + if (dst_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder) + break; + if ((dst_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) != (src_tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_)) + break; + dst_idx = i; + + // Include spacing after tab, so when mouse cursor is between tabs we would not continue checking further tabs that are not hovered. + const float x1 = bar_offset + dst_tab->Offset - g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + const float x2 = bar_offset + dst_tab->Offset + dst_tab->Width + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(ImVec2(x1, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(x2, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); + if ((dir < 0 && mouse_pos.x > x1) || (dir > 0 && mouse_pos.x < x2)) + break; + } + + if (dst_idx != src_idx) + TabBarQueueReorder(tab_bar, src_tab, dst_idx - src_idx); +} + +bool ImGui::TabBarProcessReorder(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) +{ + ImGuiTabItem* tab1 = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->ReorderRequestTabId); + if (tab1 == NULL || (tab1->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder)) + return false; + + //IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); // <- this may happen when using debug tools + int tab2_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab1) + tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset; + if (tab2_order < 0 || tab2_order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size) + return false; + + // Reordered tabs must share the same section + // (Note: TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos() also has a similar test but since we allow direct calls to TabBarQueueReorder() we do it here too) + ImGuiTabItem* tab2 = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab2_order]; + if (tab2->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder) + return false; + if ((tab1->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) != (tab2->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_)) + return false; + + ImGuiTabItem item_tmp = *tab1; + ImGuiTabItem* src_tab = (tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset > 0) ? tab1 + 1 : tab2; + ImGuiTabItem* dst_tab = (tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset > 0) ? tab1 : tab2 + 1; + const int move_count = (tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset > 0) ? tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset : -tab_bar->ReorderRequestOffset; + memmove(dst_tab, src_tab, move_count * sizeof(ImGuiTabItem)); + *tab2 = item_tmp; + + if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_SaveSettings) + MarkIniSettingsDirty(); + return true; } static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) @@ -6952,13 +7955,6 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) const ImVec2 backup_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; //window->DrawList->AddRect(ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y), ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.y), IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)); - const ImRect avail_bar_rect = tab_bar->BarRect; - bool want_clip_rect = !avail_bar_rect.Contains(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(scrolling_buttons_width, 0.0f))); - if (want_clip_rect) - PushClipRect(tab_bar->BarRect.Min, tab_bar->BarRect.Max + ImVec2(g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, 0.0f), true); - - ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = NULL; - int select_dir = 0; ImVec4 arrow_col = g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Text]; arrow_col.w *= 0.5f; @@ -6969,30 +7965,44 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarScrollingButtons(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) const float backup_repeat_rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate; g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay = 0.250f; g.IO.KeyRepeatRate = 0.200f; - window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y); + float x = ImMax(tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width); + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y); if (ArrowButtonEx("##<", ImGuiDir_Left, arrow_button_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) select_dir = -1; - window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x - scrolling_buttons_width + arrow_button_size.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y); + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(x + arrow_button_size.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.y); if (ArrowButtonEx("##>", ImGuiDir_Right, arrow_button_size, ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) select_dir = +1; PopStyleColor(2); g.IO.KeyRepeatRate = backup_repeat_rate; g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay = backup_repeat_delay; - if (want_clip_rect) - PopClipRect(); - + ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_scroll_to = NULL; if (select_dir != 0) if (ImGuiTabItem* tab_item = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_bar->SelectedTabId)) { int selected_order = tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab_item); int target_order = selected_order + select_dir; - tab_to_select = &tab_bar->Tabs[(target_order >= 0 && target_order < tab_bar->Tabs.Size) ? target_order : selected_order]; // If we are at the end of the list, still scroll to make our tab visible + + // Skip tab item buttons until another tab item is found or end is reached + while (tab_to_scroll_to == NULL) + { + // If we are at the end of the list, still scroll to make our tab visible + tab_to_scroll_to = &tab_bar->Tabs[(target_order >= 0 && target_order < tab_bar->Tabs.Size) ? target_order : selected_order]; + + // Cross through buttons + // (even if first/last item is a button, return it so we can update the scroll) + if (tab_to_scroll_to->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) + { + target_order += select_dir; + selected_order += select_dir; + tab_to_scroll_to = (target_order < 0 || target_order >= tab_bar->Tabs.Size) ? tab_to_scroll_to : NULL; + } + } } window->DC.CursorPos = backup_cursor_pos; tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x -= scrolling_buttons_width + 1.0f; - return tab_to_select; + return tab_to_scroll_to; } static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) @@ -7010,7 +8020,7 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) arrow_col.w *= 0.5f; PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, arrow_col); PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0)); - bool open = BeginCombo("##v", NULL, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview); + bool open = BeginCombo("##v", NULL, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview | ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest); PopStyleColor(2); ImGuiTabItem* tab_to_select = NULL; @@ -7019,6 +8029,9 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < tab_bar->Tabs.Size; tab_n++) { ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; + if (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) + continue; + const char* tab_name = tab_bar->GetTabName(tab); if (Selectable(tab_name, tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID)) tab_to_select = tab; @@ -7035,6 +8048,7 @@ static ImGuiTabItem* ImGui::TabBarTabListPopupButton(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar) //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // - BeginTabItem() // - EndTabItem() +// - TabItemButton() // - TabItemEx() [Internal] // - SetTabItemClosed() // - TabItemCalcSize() [Internal] @@ -7052,9 +8066,11 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTabItem(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags f ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar; if (tab_bar == NULL) { - IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar, "BeginTabItem() Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!"); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar, "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!"); return false; } + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) == 0); // BeginTabItem() Can't be used with button flags, use TabItemButton() instead! + bool ret = TabItemEx(tab_bar, label, p_open, flags, NULL); if (ret && !(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId)) { @@ -7074,37 +8090,59 @@ void ImGui::EndTabItem() ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar; if (tab_bar == NULL) { - IM_ASSERT(tab_bar != NULL && "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!"); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!"); return; } IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx >= 0); ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx]; if (!(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoPushId)) - window->IDStack.pop_back(); + PopID(); } -bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* docked_window) +bool ImGui::TabItemButton(const char* label, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags) { - // Layout whole tab bar if not already done - if (tab_bar->WantLayout) - TabBarLayout(tab_bar); - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (window->SkipItems) return false; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const ImGuiID id = TabBarCalcTabID(tab_bar, label); - - // If the user called us with *p_open == false, we early out and don't render. We make a dummy call to ItemAdd() so that attempts to use a contextual popup menu with an implicit ID won't use an older ID. - if (p_open && !*p_open) + ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar; + if (tab_bar == NULL) { - PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true); - ItemAdd(ImRect(), id); - PopItemFlag(); + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(tab_bar != NULL, "Needs to be called between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar()!"); return false; } + return TabItemEx(tab_bar, label, NULL, flags | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoReorder, NULL); +} + +bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* docked_window) +{ + // Layout whole tab bar if not already done + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (tab_bar->WantLayout) + { + ImGuiNextItemData backup_next_item_data = g.NextItemData; + TabBarLayout(tab_bar); + g.NextItemData = backup_next_item_data; + } + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = TabBarCalcTabID(tab_bar, label, docked_window); + + // If the user called us with *p_open == false, we early out and don't render. + // We make a call to ItemAdd() so that attempts to use a contextual popup menu with an implicit ID won't use an older ID. + IMGUI_TEST_ENGINE_ITEM_INFO(id, label, g.LastItemData.StatusFlags); + if (p_open && !*p_open) + { + ItemAdd(ImRect(), id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); + return false; + } + + IM_ASSERT(!p_open || !(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button)); + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing)) != (ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing)); // Can't use both Leading and Trailing // Store into ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton, also honor ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton passed by user (although not documented) if (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton) @@ -7112,9 +8150,6 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, else if (p_open == NULL) flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseButton; - // Calculate tab contents size - ImVec2 size = TabItemCalcSize(label, p_open != NULL); - // Acquire tab data ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, id); bool tab_is_new = false; @@ -7123,48 +8158,54 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, tab_bar->Tabs.push_back(ImGuiTabItem()); tab = &tab_bar->Tabs.back(); tab->ID = id; - tab->Width = size.x; - tab_is_new = true; + tab_bar->TabsAddedNew = tab_is_new = true; } - tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = (short)tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); + tab_bar->LastTabItemIdx = (ImS16)tab_bar->Tabs.index_from_ptr(tab); + + // Calculate tab contents size + ImVec2 size = TabItemCalcSize(label, (p_open != NULL) || (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument)); + tab->RequestedWidth = -1.0f; + if (g.NextItemData.Flags & ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_HasWidth) + size.x = tab->RequestedWidth = g.NextItemData.Width; + if (tab_is_new) + tab->Width = ImMax(1.0f, size.x); tab->ContentWidth = size.x; + tab->BeginOrder = tab_bar->TabsActiveCount++; const bool tab_bar_appearing = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount); const bool tab_bar_focused = (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_IsFocused) != 0; const bool tab_appearing = (tab->LastFrameVisible + 1 < g.FrameCount); + const bool tab_just_unsaved = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument); + const bool is_tab_button = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) != 0; tab->LastFrameVisible = g.FrameCount; tab->Flags = flags; tab->Window = docked_window; - // Append name with zero-terminator - if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode) + // Append name _WITH_ the zero-terminator + // (regular tabs are permitted in a DockNode tab bar, but window tabs not permitted in a non-DockNode tab bar) + if (docked_window != NULL) { - IM_ASSERT(tab->Window != NULL); + IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_DockNode); tab->NameOffset = -1; } else { - IM_ASSERT(tab->Window == NULL); - tab->NameOffset = tab_bar->TabsNames.size(); - tab_bar->TabsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1); // Append name _with_ the zero-terminator. - } - - // If we are not reorderable, always reset offset based on submission order. - // (We already handled layout and sizing using the previous known order, but sizing is not affected by order!) - if (!tab_appearing && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable)) - { - tab->Offset = tab_bar->OffsetNextTab; - tab_bar->OffsetNextTab += tab->Width + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + tab->NameOffset = (ImS32)tab_bar->TabsNames.size(); + tab_bar->TabsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1); } // Update selected tab - if (tab_appearing && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs) && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0) - if (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0) - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; // New tabs gets activated - if ((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected) && (tab_bar->SelectedTabId != id)) // SetSelected can only be passed on explicit tab bar - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; + if (!is_tab_button) + { + if (tab_appearing && (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs) && tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId == 0) + if (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_bar->SelectedTabId == 0) + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; // New tabs gets activated + if ((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SetSelected) && (tab_bar->SelectedTabId != id)) // _SetSelected can only be passed on explicit tab bar + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; + } // Lock visibility + // (Note: tab_contents_visible != tab_selected... because CTRL+TAB operations may preview some tabs without selecting them!) bool tab_contents_visible = (tab_bar->VisibleTabId == id); if (tab_contents_visible) tab_bar->VisibleTabWasSubmitted = true; @@ -7174,11 +8215,13 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, if (tab_bar->Tabs.Size == 1 && !(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs)) tab_contents_visible = true; - if (tab_appearing && !(tab_bar_appearing && !tab_is_new)) + // Note that tab_is_new is not necessarily the same as tab_appearing! When a tab bar stops being submitted + // and then gets submitted again, the tabs will have 'tab_appearing=true' but 'tab_is_new=false'. + if (tab_appearing && (!tab_bar_appearing || tab_is_new)) { - PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true); - ItemAdd(ImRect(), id); - PopItemFlag(); + ItemAdd(ImRect(), id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); + if (is_tab_button) + return false; return tab_contents_visible; } @@ -7189,15 +8232,19 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, const ImVec2 backup_main_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; // Layout + const bool is_central_section = (tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_SectionMask_) == 0; size.x = tab->Width; - window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(IM_FLOOR(tab->Offset - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim), 0.0f); + if (is_central_section) + window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(IM_FLOOR(tab->Offset - tab_bar->ScrollingAnim), 0.0f); + else + window->DC.CursorPos = tab_bar->BarRect.Min + ImVec2(tab->Offset, 0.0f); ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; ImRect bb(pos, pos + size); // We don't have CPU clipping primitives to clip the CloseButton (until it becomes a texture), so need to add an extra draw call (temporary in the case of vertical animation) - bool want_clip_rect = (bb.Min.x < tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x) || (bb.Max.x > tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x); + const bool want_clip_rect = is_central_section && (bb.Min.x < tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX || bb.Max.x > tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX); if (want_clip_rect) - PushClipRect(ImVec2(ImMax(bb.Min.x, tab_bar->BarRect.Min.x), bb.Min.y - 1), ImVec2(tab_bar->BarRect.Max.x, bb.Max.y), true); + PushClipRect(ImVec2(ImMax(bb.Min.x, tab_bar->ScrollingRectMinX), bb.Min.y - 1), ImVec2(tab_bar->ScrollingRectMaxX, bb.Max.y), true); ImVec2 backup_cursor_max_pos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos; ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), style.FramePadding.y); @@ -7212,17 +8259,21 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, } // Click to Select a tab - ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); - if (g.DragDropActive && !g.DragDropPayload.IsDataType(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW)) + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ((is_tab_button ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + if (g.DragDropActive && !g.DragDropPayload.IsDataType(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW)) // FIXME: May be an opt-in property of the payload to disable this button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold; bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); - if (pressed) + if (pressed && !is_tab_button) tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; - hovered |= (g.HoveredId == id); + + // Transfer active id window so the active id is not owned by the dock host (as StartMouseMovingWindow() + // will only do it on the drag). This allows FocusWindow() to be more conservative in how it clears active id. + if (held && docked_window && g.ActiveId == id && g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + g.ActiveIdWindow = docked_window; // Allow the close button to overlap unless we are dragging (in which case we don't want any overlapping tabs to be hovered) - if (!held) + if (g.ActiveId != id) SetItemAllowOverlap(); // Drag and drop a single floating window node moves it @@ -7236,21 +8287,22 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, else if (held && !tab_appearing && IsMouseDragging(0)) { // Drag and drop: re-order tabs + int drag_dir = 0; float drag_distance_from_edge_x = 0.0f; if (!g.DragDropActive && ((tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) || (docked_window != NULL))) { // While moving a tab it will jump on the other side of the mouse, so we also test for MouseDelta.x if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x < 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x < bb.Min.x) { + drag_dir = -1; drag_distance_from_edge_x = bb.Min.x - g.IO.MousePos.x; - if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) - TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(tab_bar, tab, -1); + TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(tab_bar, tab, g.IO.MousePos); } else if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x > 0.0f && g.IO.MousePos.x > bb.Max.x) { + drag_dir = +1; drag_distance_from_edge_x = g.IO.MousePos.x - bb.Max.x; - if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable) - TabBarQueueChangeTabOrder(tab_bar, tab, +1); + TabBarQueueReorderFromMousePos(tab_bar, tab, g.IO.MousePos); } } @@ -7259,11 +8311,9 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, { // We use a variable threshold to distinguish dragging tabs within a tab bar and extracting them out of the tab bar bool undocking_tab = (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id); - if (!undocking_tab) //&& (!g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift || g.IO.KeyShift) { float threshold_base = g.FontSize; - //float threshold_base = g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift ? g.FontSize * 0.5f : g.FontSize; float threshold_x = (threshold_base * 2.2f); float threshold_y = (threshold_base * 1.5f) + ImClamp((ImFabs(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[0].x) - threshold_base * 2.0f) * 0.20f, 0.0f, threshold_base * 4.0f); //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(ImVec2(bb.Min.x - threshold_x, bb.Min.y - threshold_y), ImVec2(bb.Max.x + threshold_x, bb.Max.y + threshold_y), IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG] @@ -7271,24 +8321,27 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, float distance_from_edge_y = ImMax(bb.Min.y - g.IO.MousePos.y, g.IO.MousePos.y - bb.Max.y); if (distance_from_edge_y >= threshold_y) undocking_tab = true; - else if (drag_distance_from_edge_x > threshold_x) - if ((tab_bar->ReorderRequestDir < 0 && tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab) == 0) || (tab_bar->ReorderRequestDir > 0 && tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab) == tab_bar->Tabs.Size - 1)) + if (drag_distance_from_edge_x > threshold_x) + if ((drag_dir < 0 && tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab) == 0) || (drag_dir > 0 && tab_bar->GetTabOrder(tab) == tab_bar->Tabs.Size - 1)) undocking_tab = true; } if (undocking_tab) { // Undock + // FIXME: refactor to share more code with e.g. StartMouseMovingWindow DockContextQueueUndockWindow(&g, docked_window); g.MovingWindow = docked_window; - g.ActiveId = g.MovingWindow->MoveId; + SetActiveID(g.MovingWindow->MoveId, g.MovingWindow); g.ActiveIdClickOffset -= g.MovingWindow->Pos - bb.Min; + g.ActiveIdNoClearOnFocusLoss = true; + SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys(); } } } #if 0 - if (hovered && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > 0.50f && bb.GetWidth() < tab->ContentWidth) + if (hovered && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > TOOLTIP_DELAY && bb.GetWidth() < tab->ContentWidth) { // Enlarge tab display when hovering bb.Max.x = bb.Min.x + IM_FLOOR(ImLerp(bb.GetWidth(), tab->ContentWidth, ImSaturate((g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer - 0.40f) * 6.0f))); @@ -7306,36 +8359,52 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, // Select with right mouse button. This is so the common idiom for context menu automatically highlight the current widget. const bool hovered_unblocked = IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup); if (hovered_unblocked && (IsMouseClicked(1) || IsMouseReleased(1))) - tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; + if (!is_tab_button) + tab_bar->NextSelectedTabId = id; if (tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton) flags |= ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton; // Render tab label, process close button - const ImGuiID close_button_id = p_open ? window->GetID((void*)((intptr_t)id + 1)) : 0; - bool just_closed = TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(display_draw_list, bb, flags, tab_bar->FramePadding, label, id, close_button_id); + const ImGuiID close_button_id = p_open ? GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, docked_window ? docked_window->ID : id) : 0; + bool just_closed; + bool text_clipped; + TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(display_draw_list, bb, tab_just_unsaved ? (flags & ~ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) : flags, tab_bar->FramePadding, label, id, close_button_id, tab_contents_visible, &just_closed, &text_clipped); if (just_closed && p_open != NULL) { *p_open = false; TabBarCloseTab(tab_bar, tab); } + // Forward Hovered state so IsItemHovered() after Begin() can work (even though we are technically hovering our parent) + // That state is copied to window->DockTabItemStatusFlags by our caller. + if (docked_window && (hovered || g.HoveredId == close_button_id)) + g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; + // Restore main window position so user can draw there if (want_clip_rect) PopClipRect(); window->DC.CursorPos = backup_main_cursor_pos; - // Tooltip (FIXME: Won't work over the close button because ItemOverlap systems messes up with HoveredIdTimer) - // We test IsItemHovered() to discard e.g. when another item is active or drag and drop over the tab bar (which g.HoveredId ignores) - if (g.HoveredId == id && !held && g.HoveredIdNotActiveTimer > 0.50f && IsItemHovered()) - if (!(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip)) - SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(FindRenderedTextEnd(label) - label), label); + // Tooltip + // (Won't work over the close button because ItemOverlap systems messes up with HoveredIdTimer-> seems ok) + // (We test IsItemHovered() to discard e.g. when another item is active or drag and drop over the tab bar, which g.HoveredId ignores) + // FIXME: This is a mess. + // FIXME: We may want disabled tab to still display the tooltip? + if (text_clipped && g.HoveredId == id && !held) + if (!(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) + if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) + SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(FindRenderedTextEnd(label) - label), label); + IM_ASSERT(!is_tab_button || !(tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID && is_tab_button)); // TabItemButton should not be selected + if (is_tab_button) + return pressed; return tab_contents_visible; } // [Public] This is call is 100% optional but it allows to remove some one-frame glitches when a tab has been unexpectedly removed. -// To use it to need to call the function SetTabItemClosed() after BeginTabBar() and before any call to BeginTabItem() +// To use it to need to call the function SetTabItemClosed() between BeginTabBar() and EndTabBar(). +// Tabs closed by the close button will automatically be flagged to avoid this issue. void ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(const char* label) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -7343,34 +8412,39 @@ void ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(const char* label) if (is_within_manual_tab_bar) { ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar = g.CurrentTabBar; - IM_ASSERT(tab_bar->WantLayout); // Needs to be called AFTER BeginTabBar() and BEFORE the first call to BeginTabItem() - ImGuiID tab_id = TabBarCalcTabID(tab_bar, label); - TabBarRemoveTab(tab_bar, tab_id); + ImGuiID tab_id = TabBarCalcTabID(tab_bar, label, NULL); + if (ImGuiTabItem* tab = TabBarFindTabByID(tab_bar, tab_id)) + tab->WantClose = true; // Will be processed by next call to TabBarLayout() } else if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(label)) { if (window->DockIsActive) if (ImGuiDockNode* node = window->DockNode) { - ImGuiID tab_id = TabBarCalcTabID(node->TabBar, label); + ImGuiID tab_id = TabBarCalcTabID(node->TabBar, label, window); TabBarRemoveTab(node->TabBar, tab_id); window->DockTabWantClose = true; } } } -ImVec2 ImGui::TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button) +ImVec2 ImGui::TabItemCalcSize(const char* label, bool has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); ImVec2 size = ImVec2(label_size.x + g.Style.FramePadding.x, label_size.y + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); - if (has_close_button) + if (has_close_button_or_unsaved_marker) size.x += g.Style.FramePadding.x + (g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + g.FontSize); // We use Y intentionally to fit the close button circle. else size.x += g.Style.FramePadding.x + 1.0f; return ImVec2(ImMin(size.x, TabBarCalcMaxTabWidth()), size.y); } +ImVec2 ImGui::TabItemCalcSize(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + return TabItemCalcSize(window->Name, window->HasCloseButton || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_UnsavedDocument)); +} + void ImGui::TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImU32 col) { // While rendering tabs, we trim 1 pixel off the top of our bounding box so they can fit within a regular frame height while looking "detached" from it. @@ -7378,7 +8452,7 @@ void ImGui::TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabI const float width = bb.GetWidth(); IM_UNUSED(flags); IM_ASSERT(width > 0.0f); - const float rounding = ImMax(0.0f, ImMin(g.Style.TabRounding, width * 0.5f - 1.0f)); + const float rounding = ImMax(0.0f, ImMin((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Button) ? g.Style.FrameRounding : g.Style.TabRounding, width * 0.5f - 1.0f)); const float y1 = bb.Min.y + 1.0f; const float y2 = bb.Max.y + ((flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_Preview) ? 0.0f : -1.0f); draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, y2)); @@ -7392,31 +8466,48 @@ void ImGui::TabItemBackground(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabI draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Min.x + rounding + 0.5f, y1 + rounding + 0.5f), rounding, 6, 9); draw_list->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - rounding - 0.5f, y1 + rounding + 0.5f), rounding, 9, 12); draw_list->PathLineTo(ImVec2(bb.Max.x - 0.5f, y2)); - draw_list->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), false, g.Style.TabBorderSize); + draw_list->PathStroke(GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 0, g.Style.TabBorderSize); } } // Render text label (with custom clipping) + Unsaved Document marker + Close Button logic // We tend to lock style.FramePadding for a given tab-bar, hence the 'frame_padding' parameter. -bool ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id) +void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiTabItemFlags flags, ImVec2 frame_padding, const char* label, ImGuiID tab_id, ImGuiID close_button_id, bool is_contents_visible, bool* out_just_closed, bool* out_text_clipped) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + + if (out_just_closed) + *out_just_closed = false; + if (out_text_clipped) + *out_text_clipped = false; + if (bb.GetWidth() <= 1.0f) - return false; + return; + + // In Style V2 we'll have full override of all colors per state (e.g. focused, selected) + // But right now if you want to alter text color of tabs this is what you need to do. +#if 0 + const float backup_alpha = g.Style.Alpha; + if (!is_contents_visible) + g.Style.Alpha *= 0.7f; +#endif // Render text label (with clipping + alpha gradient) + unsaved marker - const char* TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER = "*"; ImRect text_pixel_clip_bb(bb.Min.x + frame_padding.x, bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x, bb.Max.y); - if (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) - { - text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= CalcTextSize(TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER, NULL, false).x; - ImVec2 unsaved_marker_pos(ImMin(bb.Min.x + frame_padding.x + label_size.x + 2, text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x), bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y + IM_FLOOR(-g.FontSize * 0.25f)); - RenderTextClippedEx(draw_list, unsaved_marker_pos, bb.Max - frame_padding, TAB_UNSAVED_MARKER, NULL, NULL); - } ImRect text_ellipsis_clip_bb = text_pixel_clip_bb; - // Close Button + // Return clipped state ignoring the close button + if (out_text_clipped) + { + *out_text_clipped = (text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min.x + label_size.x) > text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x; + //draw_list->AddCircle(text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, 3.0f, *out_text_clipped ? IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255) : IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255)); + } + + const float button_sz = g.FontSize; + const ImVec2 button_pos(ImMax(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x * 2.0f - button_sz), bb.Min.y); + + // Close Button & Unsaved Marker // We are relying on a subtle and confusing distinction between 'hovered' and 'g.HoveredId' which happens because we are using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode + SetItemAllowOverlap() // 'hovered' will be true when hovering the Tab but NOT when hovering the close button // 'g.HoveredId==id' will be true when hovering the Tab including when hovering the close button @@ -7424,451 +8515,50 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, bool close_button_pressed = false; bool close_button_visible = false; if (close_button_id != 0) - if (g.HoveredId == tab_id || g.HoveredId == close_button_id || g.ActiveId == close_button_id) - close_button_visible = true; + if (is_contents_visible || bb.GetWidth() >= ImMax(button_sz, g.Style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton)) + if (g.HoveredId == tab_id || g.HoveredId == close_button_id || g.ActiveId == tab_id || g.ActiveId == close_button_id) + close_button_visible = true; + bool unsaved_marker_visible = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) != 0 && (button_pos.x + button_sz <= bb.Max.x); + if (close_button_visible) { - ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup last_item_backup; - const float close_button_sz = g.FontSize; + ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData; PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, frame_padding); - if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x * 2.0f - close_button_sz, bb.Min.y))) + if (CloseButton(close_button_id, button_pos)) close_button_pressed = true; PopStyleVar(); - last_item_backup.Restore(); + g.LastItemData = last_item_backup; // Close with middle mouse button if (!(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton) && IsMouseClicked(2)) close_button_pressed = true; - - text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= close_button_sz; + } + else if (unsaved_marker_visible) + { + const ImRect bullet_bb(button_pos, button_pos + ImVec2(button_sz, button_sz) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f); + RenderBullet(draw_list, bullet_bb.GetCenter(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); } + // This is all rather complicated + // (the main idea is that because the close button only appears on hover, we don't want it to alter the ellipsis position) + // FIXME: if FramePadding is noticeably large, ellipsis_max_x will be wrong here (e.g. #3497), maybe for consistency that parameter of RenderTextEllipsis() shouldn't exist.. float ellipsis_max_x = close_button_visible ? text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x : bb.Max.x - 1.0f; + if (close_button_visible || unsaved_marker_visible) + { + text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x -= close_button_visible ? (button_sz) : (button_sz * 0.80f); + text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Max.x -= unsaved_marker_visible ? (button_sz * 0.80f) : 0.0f; + ellipsis_max_x = text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x; + } RenderTextEllipsis(draw_list, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Min, text_ellipsis_clip_bb.Max, text_pixel_clip_bb.Max.x, ellipsis_max_x, label, NULL, &label_size); - return close_button_pressed; +#if 0 + if (!is_contents_visible) + g.Style.Alpha = backup_alpha; +#endif + + if (out_just_closed) + *out_just_closed = close_button_pressed; } -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Widgets: Columns, BeginColumns, EndColumns, etc. -// In the current version, Columns are very weak. Needs to be replaced with a more full-featured system. -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// - GetColumnIndex() -// - GetColumnCount() -// - GetColumnOffset() -// - GetColumnWidth() -// - SetColumnOffset() -// - SetColumnWidth() -// - PushColumnClipRect() [Internal] -// - PushColumnsBackground() [Internal] -// - PopColumnsBackground() [Internal] -// - FindOrCreateColumns() [Internal] -// - GetColumnsID() [Internal] -// - BeginColumns() -// - NextColumn() -// - EndColumns() -// - Columns() -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -int ImGui::GetColumnIndex() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Current : 0; -} - -int ImGui::GetColumnsCount() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - return window->DC.CurrentColumns ? window->DC.CurrentColumns->Count : 1; -} - -float ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(const ImGuiColumns* columns, float offset_norm) -{ - return offset_norm * (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX); -} - -float ImGui::GetColumnNormFromOffset(const ImGuiColumns* columns, float offset) -{ - return offset / (columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX); -} - -static const float COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH = 4.0f; - -static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(ImGuiColumns* columns, int column_index) -{ - // Active (dragged) column always follow mouse. The reason we need this is that dragging a column to the right edge of an auto-resizing - // window creates a feedback loop because we store normalized positions. So while dragging we enforce absolute positioning. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We are not supposed to drag column 0. - IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == columns->ID + ImGuiID(column_index)); - - float x = g.IO.MousePos.x - g.ActiveIdClickOffset.x + COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH - window->Pos.x; - x = ImMax(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index - 1) + g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); - if ((columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths)) - x = ImMin(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index + 1) - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing); - - return x; -} - -float ImGui::GetColumnOffset(int column_index) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - if (columns == NULL) - return 0.0f; - - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size); - - const float t = columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm; - const float x_offset = ImLerp(columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX, t); - return x_offset; -} - -static float GetColumnWidthEx(ImGuiColumns* columns, int column_index, bool before_resize = false) -{ - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - - float offset_norm; - if (before_resize) - offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNormBeforeResize - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNormBeforeResize; - else - offset_norm = columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm; - return ImGui::GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, offset_norm); -} - -float ImGui::GetColumnWidth(int column_index) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - if (columns == NULL) - return GetContentRegionAvail().x; - - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - return GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_index + 1].OffsetNorm - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm); -} - -void ImGui::SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); - - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - IM_ASSERT(column_index < columns->Columns.Size); - - const bool preserve_width = !(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths) && (column_index < columns->Count-1); - const float width = preserve_width ? GetColumnWidthEx(columns, column_index, columns->IsBeingResized) : 0.0f; - - if (!(columns->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoForceWithinWindow)) - offset = ImMin(offset, columns->OffMaxX - g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing * (columns->Count - column_index)); - columns->Columns[column_index].OffsetNorm = GetColumnNormFromOffset(columns, offset - columns->OffMinX); - - if (preserve_width) - SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, offset + ImMax(g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing, width)); -} - -void ImGui::SetColumnWidth(int column_index, float width) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); - - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - SetColumnOffset(column_index + 1, GetColumnOffset(column_index) + width); -} - -void ImGui::PushColumnClipRect(int column_index) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - if (column_index < 0) - column_index = columns->Current; - - ImGuiColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[column_index]; - PushClipRect(column->ClipRect.Min, column->ClipRect.Max, false); -} - -// Get into the columns background draw command (which is generally the same draw command as before we called BeginColumns) -void ImGui::PushColumnsBackground() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - if (columns->Count == 1) - return; - columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 0); - int cmd_size = window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size; - PushClipRect(columns->HostClipRect.Min, columns->HostClipRect.Max, false); - IM_UNUSED(cmd_size); - IM_ASSERT(cmd_size == window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size); // Being in channel 0 this should not have created an ImDrawCmd -} - -void ImGui::PopColumnsBackground() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - if (columns->Count == 1) - return; - columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1); - PopClipRect(); -} - -ImGuiColumns* ImGui::FindOrCreateColumns(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id) -{ - // We have few columns per window so for now we don't need bother much with turning this into a faster lookup. - for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) - if (window->ColumnsStorage[n].ID == id) - return &window->ColumnsStorage[n]; - - window->ColumnsStorage.push_back(ImGuiColumns()); - ImGuiColumns* columns = &window->ColumnsStorage.back(); - columns->ID = id; - return columns; -} - -ImGuiID ImGui::GetColumnsID(const char* str_id, int columns_count) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - - // Differentiate column ID with an arbitrary prefix for cases where users name their columns set the same as another widget. - // In addition, when an identifier isn't explicitly provided we include the number of columns in the hash to make it uniquer. - PushID(0x11223347 + (str_id ? 0 : columns_count)); - ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id ? str_id : "columns"); - PopID(); - - return id; -} - -void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiColumnsFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - - IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1); - IM_ASSERT(window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL); // Nested columns are currently not supported - - // Acquire storage for the columns set - ImGuiID id = GetColumnsID(str_id, columns_count); - ImGuiColumns* columns = FindOrCreateColumns(window, id); - IM_ASSERT(columns->ID == id); - columns->Current = 0; - columns->Count = columns_count; - columns->Flags = flags; - window->DC.CurrentColumns = columns; - - columns->HostCursorPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - columns->HostCursorMaxPosX = window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x; - columns->HostClipRect = window->ClipRect; - columns->HostWorkRect = window->WorkRect; - - // Set state for first column - // We aim so that the right-most column will have the same clipping width as other after being clipped by parent ClipRect - const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; - const float half_clip_extend_x = ImFloor(ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x * 0.5f, window->WindowBorderSize)); - const float max_1 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + column_padding - ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); - const float max_2 = window->WorkRect.Max.x + half_clip_extend_x; - columns->OffMinX = window->DC.Indent.x - column_padding + ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); - columns->OffMaxX = ImMax(ImMin(max_1, max_2) - window->Pos.x, columns->OffMinX + 1.0f); - columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - - // Clear data if columns count changed - if (columns->Columns.Size != 0 && columns->Columns.Size != columns_count + 1) - columns->Columns.resize(0); - - // Initialize default widths - columns->IsFirstFrame = (columns->Columns.Size == 0); - if (columns->Columns.Size == 0) - { - columns->Columns.reserve(columns_count + 1); - for (int n = 0; n < columns_count + 1; n++) - { - ImGuiColumnData column; - column.OffsetNorm = n / (float)columns_count; - columns->Columns.push_back(column); - } - } - - for (int n = 0; n < columns_count; n++) - { - // Compute clipping rectangle - ImGuiColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n]; - float clip_x1 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n)); - float clip_x2 = IM_ROUND(window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n + 1) - 1.0f); - column->ClipRect = ImRect(clip_x1, -FLT_MAX, clip_x2, +FLT_MAX); - column->ClipRect.ClipWith(window->ClipRect); - } - - if (columns->Count > 1) - { - columns->Splitter.Split(window->DrawList, 1 + columns->Count); - columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 1); - PushColumnClipRect(0); - } - - // We don't generally store Indent.x inside ColumnsOffset because it may be manipulated by the user. - float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current); - float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1); - float width = offset_1 - offset_0; - PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f); - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); - window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding; -} - -void ImGui::NextColumn() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems || window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - - if (columns->Count == 1) - { - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); - IM_ASSERT(columns->Current == 0); - return; - } - PopItemWidth(); - PopClipRect(); - - const float column_padding = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; - columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y); - if (++columns->Current < columns->Count) - { - // Columns 1+ ignore IndentX (by canceling it out) - // FIXME-COLUMNS: Unnecessary, could be locked? - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current) - window->DC.Indent.x + column_padding; - columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, columns->Current + 1); - } - else - { - // New row/line - // Column 0 honor IndentX - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); - columns->Splitter.SetCurrentChannel(window->DrawList, 1); - columns->Current = 0; - columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY; - } - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); - window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMinY; - window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; - - PushColumnClipRect(columns->Current); // FIXME-COLUMNS: Could it be an overwrite? - - // FIXME-COLUMNS: Share code with BeginColumns() - move code on columns setup. - float offset_0 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current); - float offset_1 = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current + 1); - float width = offset_1 - offset_0; - PushItemWidth(width * 0.65f); - window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding; -} - -void ImGui::EndColumns() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - IM_ASSERT(columns != NULL); - - PopItemWidth(); - if (columns->Count > 1) - { - PopClipRect(); - columns->Splitter.Merge(window->DrawList); - } - - const ImGuiColumnsFlags flags = columns->Flags; - columns->LineMaxY = ImMax(columns->LineMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y); - window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMaxY; - if (!(flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_GrowParentContentsSize)) - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = columns->HostCursorMaxPosX; // Restore cursor max pos, as columns don't grow parent - - // Draw columns borders and handle resize - // The IsBeingResized flag ensure we preserve pre-resize columns width so back-and-forth are not lossy - bool is_being_resized = false; - if (!(flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder) && !window->SkipItems) - { - // We clip Y boundaries CPU side because very long triangles are mishandled by some GPU drivers. - const float y1 = ImMax(columns->HostCursorPosY, window->ClipRect.Min.y); - const float y2 = ImMin(window->DC.CursorPos.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y); - int dragging_column = -1; - for (int n = 1; n < columns->Count; n++) - { - ImGuiColumnData* column = &columns->Columns[n]; - float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(n); - const ImGuiID column_id = columns->ID + ImGuiID(n); - const float column_hit_hw = COLUMNS_HIT_RECT_HALF_WIDTH; - const ImRect column_hit_rect(ImVec2(x - column_hit_hw, y1), ImVec2(x + column_hit_hw, y2)); - KeepAliveID(column_id); - if (IsClippedEx(column_hit_rect, column_id, false)) - continue; - - bool hovered = false, held = false; - if (!(flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize)) - { - ButtonBehavior(column_hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held); - if (hovered || held) - g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW; - if (held && !(column->Flags & ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize)) - dragging_column = n; - } - - // Draw column - const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator); - const float xi = IM_FLOOR(x); - window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(xi, y1 + 1.0f), ImVec2(xi, y2), col); - } - - // Apply dragging after drawing the column lines, so our rendered lines are in sync with how items were displayed during the frame. - if (dragging_column != -1) - { - if (!columns->IsBeingResized) - for (int n = 0; n < columns->Count + 1; n++) - columns->Columns[n].OffsetNormBeforeResize = columns->Columns[n].OffsetNorm; - columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized = true; - float x = GetDraggedColumnOffset(columns, dragging_column); - SetColumnOffset(dragging_column, x); - } - } - columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized; - - window->WorkRect = columns->HostWorkRect; - window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); -} - -// [2018-03: This is currently the only public API, while we are working on making BeginColumns/EndColumns user-facing] -void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1); - - ImGuiColumnsFlags flags = (border ? 0 : ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder); - //flags |= ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths; // NB: Legacy behavior - ImGuiColumns* columns = window->DC.CurrentColumns; - if (columns != NULL && columns->Count == columns_count && columns->Flags == flags) - return; - - if (columns != NULL) - EndColumns(); - - if (columns_count != 1) - BeginColumns(id, columns_count, flags); -} - -//------------------------------------------------------------------------- - #endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz.c b/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz.c index bfc234af..1968d62b 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz.c +++ b/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz.c @@ -186,6 +186,8 @@ const char *mz_version(void) #ifndef MINIZ_NO_ZLIB_APIS +#ifndef MINIZ_NO_DEFLATE_APIS + int mz_deflateInit(mz_streamp pStream, int level) { return mz_deflateInit2(pStream, level, MZ_DEFLATED, MZ_DEFAULT_WINDOW_BITS, 9, MZ_DEFAULT_STRATEGY); @@ -320,7 +322,7 @@ int mz_compress2(unsigned char *pDest, mz_ulong *pDest_len, const unsigned char memset(&stream, 0, sizeof(stream)); /* In case mz_ulong is 64-bits (argh I hate longs). */ - if ((source_len | *pDest_len) > 0xFFFFFFFFU) + if ((mz_uint64)(source_len | *pDest_len) > 0xFFFFFFFFU) return MZ_PARAM_ERROR; stream.next_in = pSource; @@ -353,6 +355,10 @@ mz_ulong mz_compressBound(mz_ulong source_len) return mz_deflateBound(NULL, source_len); } +#endif /*#ifndef MINIZ_NO_DEFLATE_APIS*/ + +#ifndef MINIZ_NO_INFLATE_APIS + typedef struct { tinfl_decompressor m_decomp; @@ -559,7 +565,7 @@ int mz_uncompress2(unsigned char *pDest, mz_ulong *pDest_len, const unsigned cha memset(&stream, 0, sizeof(stream)); /* In case mz_ulong is 64-bits (argh I hate longs). */ - if ((*pSource_len | *pDest_len) > 0xFFFFFFFFU) + if ((mz_uint64)(*pSource_len | *pDest_len) > 0xFFFFFFFFU) return MZ_PARAM_ERROR; stream.next_in = pSource; @@ -588,6 +594,8 @@ int mz_uncompress(unsigned char *pDest, mz_ulong *pDest_len, const unsigned char return mz_uncompress2(pDest, pDest_len, pSource, &source_len); } +#endif /*#ifndef MINIZ_NO_INFLATE_APIS*/ + const char *mz_error(int err) { static struct diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz.h b/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz.h index 7789be9a..c87fc113 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* miniz.c 2.1.0 - public domain deflate/inflate, zlib-subset, ZIP reading/writing/appending, PNG writing +/* miniz.c 3.0.0 - public domain deflate/inflate, zlib-subset, ZIP reading/writing/appending, PNG writing See "unlicense" statement at the end of this file. Rich Geldreich , last updated Oct. 13, 2013 Implements RFC 1950: http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1950.txt and RFC 1951: http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1951.txt @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ possibility that the archive's central directory could be lost with this method if anything goes wrong, though. - ZIP archive support limitations: - No zip64 or spanning support. Extraction functions can only handle unencrypted, stored or deflated files. + No spanning support. Extraction functions can only handle unencrypted, stored or deflated files. Requires streams capable of seeking. * This is a header file library, like stb_image.c. To get only a header file, either cut and paste the @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ #include "miniz_export.h" /* Defines to completely disable specific portions of miniz.c: - If all macros here are defined the only functionality remaining will be CRC-32, adler-32, tinfl, and tdefl. */ + If all macros here are defined the only functionality remaining will be CRC-32 and adler-32. */ /* Define MINIZ_NO_STDIO to disable all usage and any functions which rely on stdio for file I/O. */ /*#define MINIZ_NO_STDIO */ @@ -125,6 +125,12 @@ /* The current downside is the times written to your archives will be from 1979. */ /*#define MINIZ_NO_TIME */ +/* Define MINIZ_NO_DEFLATE_APIS to disable all compression API's. */ +/*#define MINIZ_NO_DEFLATE_APIS */ + +/* Define MINIZ_NO_INFLATE_APIS to disable all decompression API's. */ +/*#define MINIZ_NO_INFLATE_APIS */ + /* Define MINIZ_NO_ARCHIVE_APIS to disable all ZIP archive API's. */ /*#define MINIZ_NO_ARCHIVE_APIS */ @@ -143,6 +149,14 @@ functions (such as tdefl_compress_mem_to_heap() and tinfl_decompress_mem_to_heap()) won't work. */ /*#define MINIZ_NO_MALLOC */ +#ifdef MINIZ_NO_INFLATE_APIS +#define MINIZ_NO_ARCHIVE_APIS +#endif + +#ifdef MINIZ_NO_DEFLATE_APIS +#define MINIZ_NO_ARCHIVE_WRITING_APIS +#endif + #if defined(__TINYC__) && (defined(__linux) || defined(__linux__)) /* TODO: Work around "error: include file 'sys\utime.h' when compiling with tcc on Linux */ #define MINIZ_NO_TIME @@ -161,18 +175,40 @@ #define MINIZ_X86_OR_X64_CPU 0 #endif -#if (__BYTE_ORDER__ == __ORDER_LITTLE_ENDIAN__) || MINIZ_X86_OR_X64_CPU +/* Set MINIZ_LITTLE_ENDIAN only if not set */ +#if !defined(MINIZ_LITTLE_ENDIAN) +#if defined(__BYTE_ORDER__) && defined(__ORDER_LITTLE_ENDIAN__) + +#if (__BYTE_ORDER__ == __ORDER_LITTLE_ENDIAN__) /* Set MINIZ_LITTLE_ENDIAN to 1 if the processor is little endian. */ #define MINIZ_LITTLE_ENDIAN 1 #else #define MINIZ_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0 #endif +#else + +#if MINIZ_X86_OR_X64_CPU +#define MINIZ_LITTLE_ENDIAN 1 +#else +#define MINIZ_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0 +#endif + +#endif +#endif + +/* Using unaligned loads and stores causes errors when using UBSan */ +#if defined(__has_feature) +#if __has_feature(undefined_behavior_sanitizer) +#define MINIZ_USE_UNALIGNED_LOADS_AND_STORES 0 +#endif +#endif + /* Set MINIZ_USE_UNALIGNED_LOADS_AND_STORES only if not set */ #if !defined(MINIZ_USE_UNALIGNED_LOADS_AND_STORES) #if MINIZ_X86_OR_X64_CPU /* Set MINIZ_USE_UNALIGNED_LOADS_AND_STORES to 1 on CPU's that permit efficient integer loads and stores from unaligned addresses. */ -#define MINIZ_USE_UNALIGNED_LOADS_AND_STORES 1 +#define MINIZ_USE_UNALIGNED_LOADS_AND_STORES 0 #define MINIZ_UNALIGNED_USE_MEMCPY #else #define MINIZ_USE_UNALIGNED_LOADS_AND_STORES 0 @@ -220,7 +256,7 @@ enum #define MZ_DEFLATED 8 /* Heap allocation callbacks. -Note that mz_alloc_func parameter types purpsosely differ from zlib's: items/size is size_t, not unsigned long. */ +Note that mz_alloc_func parameter types purposely differ from zlib's: items/size is size_t, not unsigned long. */ typedef void *(*mz_alloc_func)(void *opaque, size_t items, size_t size); typedef void (*mz_free_func)(void *opaque, void *address); typedef void *(*mz_realloc_func)(void *opaque, void *address, size_t items, size_t size); @@ -236,9 +272,9 @@ enum MZ_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION = -1 }; -#define MZ_VERSION "10.1.0" -#define MZ_VERNUM 0xA100 -#define MZ_VER_MAJOR 10 +#define MZ_VERSION "11.0.1" +#define MZ_VERNUM 0xB001 +#define MZ_VER_MAJOR 11 #define MZ_VER_MINOR 1 #define MZ_VER_REVISION 0 #define MZ_VER_SUBREVISION 0 @@ -304,6 +340,8 @@ typedef mz_stream *mz_streamp; /* Returns the version string of miniz.c. */ MINIZ_EXPORT const char *mz_version(void); +#ifndef MINIZ_NO_DEFLATE_APIS + /* mz_deflateInit() initializes a compressor with default options: */ /* Parameters: */ /* pStream must point to an initialized mz_stream struct. */ @@ -356,6 +394,10 @@ MINIZ_EXPORT int mz_compress2(unsigned char *pDest, mz_ulong *pDest_len, const u /* mz_compressBound() returns a (very) conservative upper bound on the amount of data that could be generated by calling mz_compress(). */ MINIZ_EXPORT mz_ulong mz_compressBound(mz_ulong source_len); +#endif /*#ifndef MINIZ_NO_DEFLATE_APIS*/ + +#ifndef MINIZ_NO_INFLATE_APIS + /* Initializes a decompressor. */ MINIZ_EXPORT int mz_inflateInit(mz_streamp pStream); @@ -389,6 +431,7 @@ MINIZ_EXPORT int mz_inflateEnd(mz_streamp pStream); /* Returns MZ_OK on success, or one of the error codes from mz_inflate() on failure. */ MINIZ_EXPORT int mz_uncompress(unsigned char *pDest, mz_ulong *pDest_len, const unsigned char *pSource, mz_ulong source_len); MINIZ_EXPORT int mz_uncompress2(unsigned char *pDest, mz_ulong *pDest_len, const unsigned char *pSource, mz_ulong *pSource_len); +#endif /*#ifndef MINIZ_NO_INFLATE_APIS*/ /* Returns a string description of the specified error code, or NULL if the error code is invalid. */ MINIZ_EXPORT const char *mz_error(int err); @@ -439,6 +482,8 @@ typedef void *const voidpc; #define free_func mz_free_func #define internal_state mz_internal_state #define z_stream mz_stream + +#ifndef MINIZ_NO_DEFLATE_APIS #define deflateInit mz_deflateInit #define deflateInit2 mz_deflateInit2 #define deflateReset mz_deflateReset @@ -448,6 +493,9 @@ typedef void *const voidpc; #define compress mz_compress #define compress2 mz_compress2 #define compressBound mz_compressBound +#endif /*#ifndef MINIZ_NO_DEFLATE_APIS*/ + +#ifndef MINIZ_NO_INFLATE_APIS #define inflateInit mz_inflateInit #define inflateInit2 mz_inflateInit2 #define inflateReset mz_inflateReset @@ -455,6 +503,8 @@ typedef void *const voidpc; #define inflateEnd mz_inflateEnd #define uncompress mz_uncompress #define uncompress2 mz_uncompress2 +#endif /*#ifndef MINIZ_NO_INFLATE_APIS*/ + #define crc32 mz_crc32 #define adler32 mz_adler32 #define MAX_WBITS 15 diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_common.h b/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_common.h index 231f5bc5..b2825ef0 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_common.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_common.h @@ -36,7 +36,8 @@ typedef int mz_bool; #ifdef MINIZ_NO_TIME typedef struct mz_dummy_time_t_tag { - int m_dummy; + mz_uint32 m_dummy1; + mz_uint32 m_dummy2; } mz_dummy_time_t; #define MZ_TIME_T mz_dummy_time_t #else @@ -58,6 +59,8 @@ typedef struct mz_dummy_time_t_tag #define MZ_MAX(a, b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b)) #define MZ_MIN(a, b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b)) #define MZ_CLEAR_OBJ(obj) memset(&(obj), 0, sizeof(obj)) +#define MZ_CLEAR_ARR(obj) memset((obj), 0, sizeof(obj)) +#define MZ_CLEAR_PTR(obj) memset((obj), 0, sizeof(*obj)) #if MINIZ_USE_UNALIGNED_LOADS_AND_STORES && MINIZ_LITTLE_ENDIAN #define MZ_READ_LE16(p) *((const mz_uint16 *)(p)) diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_tdef.c b/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_tdef.c index 64113f89..b7ea63a2 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_tdef.c +++ b/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_tdef.c @@ -26,6 +26,8 @@ #include "miniz.h" +#ifndef MINIZ_NO_DEFLATE_APIS + #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif @@ -104,7 +106,7 @@ static tdefl_sym_freq *tdefl_radix_sort_syms(mz_uint num_syms, tdefl_sym_freq *p { mz_uint32 total_passes = 2, pass_shift, pass, i, hist[256 * 2]; tdefl_sym_freq *pCur_syms = pSyms0, *pNew_syms = pSyms1; - MZ_CLEAR_OBJ(hist); + MZ_CLEAR_ARR(hist); for (i = 0; i < num_syms; i++) { mz_uint freq = pSyms0[i].m_key; @@ -222,7 +224,7 @@ static void tdefl_optimize_huffman_table(tdefl_compressor *d, int table_num, int { int i, j, l, num_codes[1 + TDEFL_MAX_SUPPORTED_HUFF_CODESIZE]; mz_uint next_code[TDEFL_MAX_SUPPORTED_HUFF_CODESIZE + 1]; - MZ_CLEAR_OBJ(num_codes); + MZ_CLEAR_ARR(num_codes); if (static_table) { for (i = 0; i < table_len; i++) @@ -248,8 +250,8 @@ static void tdefl_optimize_huffman_table(tdefl_compressor *d, int table_num, int tdefl_huffman_enforce_max_code_size(num_codes, num_used_syms, code_size_limit); - MZ_CLEAR_OBJ(d->m_huff_code_sizes[table_num]); - MZ_CLEAR_OBJ(d->m_huff_codes[table_num]); + MZ_CLEAR_ARR(d->m_huff_code_sizes[table_num]); + MZ_CLEAR_ARR(d->m_huff_codes[table_num]); for (i = 1, j = num_used_syms; i <= code_size_limit; i++) for (l = num_codes[i]; l > 0; l--) d->m_huff_code_sizes[table_num][pSyms[--j].m_sym_index] = (mz_uint8)(i); @@ -335,7 +337,7 @@ static void tdefl_optimize_huffman_table(tdefl_compressor *d, int table_num, int } \ } -static mz_uint8 s_tdefl_packed_code_size_syms_swizzle[] = { 16, 17, 18, 0, 8, 7, 9, 6, 10, 5, 11, 4, 12, 3, 13, 2, 14, 1, 15 }; +static const mz_uint8 s_tdefl_packed_code_size_syms_swizzle[] = { 16, 17, 18, 0, 8, 7, 9, 6, 10, 5, 11, 4, 12, 3, 13, 2, 14, 1, 15 }; static void tdefl_start_dynamic_block(tdefl_compressor *d) { @@ -473,7 +475,8 @@ static mz_bool tdefl_compress_lz_codes(tdefl_compressor *d) if (flags & 1) { mz_uint s0, s1, n0, n1, sym, num_extra_bits; - mz_uint match_len = pLZ_codes[0], match_dist = *(const mz_uint16 *)(pLZ_codes + 1); + mz_uint match_len = pLZ_codes[0]; + mz_uint match_dist = (pLZ_codes[1] | (pLZ_codes[2] << 8)); pLZ_codes += 3; MZ_ASSERT(d->m_huff_code_sizes[0][s_tdefl_len_sym[match_len]]); @@ -518,7 +521,7 @@ static mz_bool tdefl_compress_lz_codes(tdefl_compressor *d) if (pOutput_buf >= d->m_pOutput_buf_end) return MZ_FALSE; - *(mz_uint64 *)pOutput_buf = bit_buffer; + memcpy(pOutput_buf, &bit_buffer, sizeof(mz_uint64)); pOutput_buf += (bits_in >> 3); bit_buffer >>= (bits_in & ~7); bits_in &= 7; @@ -600,6 +603,8 @@ static mz_bool tdefl_compress_block(tdefl_compressor *d, mz_bool static_block) return tdefl_compress_lz_codes(d); } +static const mz_uint s_tdefl_num_probes[11]; + static int tdefl_flush_block(tdefl_compressor *d, int flush) { mz_uint saved_bit_buf, saved_bits_in; @@ -620,8 +625,27 @@ static int tdefl_flush_block(tdefl_compressor *d, int flush) if ((d->m_flags & TDEFL_WRITE_ZLIB_HEADER) && (!d->m_block_index)) { - TDEFL_PUT_BITS(0x78, 8); - TDEFL_PUT_BITS(0x01, 8); + const mz_uint8 cmf = 0x78; + mz_uint8 flg, flevel = 3; + mz_uint header, i, mz_un = sizeof(s_tdefl_num_probes) / sizeof(mz_uint); + + /* Determine compression level by reversing the process in tdefl_create_comp_flags_from_zip_params() */ + for (i = 0; i < mz_un; i++) + if (s_tdefl_num_probes[i] == (d->m_flags & 0xFFF)) break; + + if (i < 2) + flevel = 0; + else if (i < 6) + flevel = 1; + else if (i == 6) + flevel = 2; + + header = cmf << 8 | (flevel << 6); + header += 31 - (header % 31); + flg = header & 0xFF; + + TDEFL_PUT_BITS(cmf, 8); + TDEFL_PUT_BITS(flg, 8); } TDEFL_PUT_BITS(flush == TDEFL_FINISH, 1); @@ -1074,9 +1098,7 @@ static MZ_FORCEINLINE void tdefl_record_match(tdefl_compressor *d, mz_uint match s0 = s_tdefl_small_dist_sym[match_dist & 511]; s1 = s_tdefl_large_dist_sym[(match_dist >> 8) & 127]; d->m_huff_count[1][(match_dist < 512) ? s0 : s1]++; - - if (match_len >= TDEFL_MIN_MATCH_LEN) - d->m_huff_count[0][s_tdefl_len_sym[match_len - TDEFL_MIN_MATCH_LEN]]++; + d->m_huff_count[0][s_tdefl_len_sym[match_len - TDEFL_MIN_MATCH_LEN]]++; } static mz_bool tdefl_compress_normal(tdefl_compressor *d) @@ -1094,7 +1116,7 @@ static mz_bool tdefl_compress_normal(tdefl_compressor *d) mz_uint dst_pos = (d->m_lookahead_pos + d->m_lookahead_size) & TDEFL_LZ_DICT_SIZE_MASK, ins_pos = d->m_lookahead_pos + d->m_lookahead_size - 2; mz_uint hash = (d->m_dict[ins_pos & TDEFL_LZ_DICT_SIZE_MASK] << TDEFL_LZ_HASH_SHIFT) ^ d->m_dict[(ins_pos + 1) & TDEFL_LZ_DICT_SIZE_MASK]; mz_uint num_bytes_to_process = (mz_uint)MZ_MIN(src_buf_left, TDEFL_MAX_MATCH_LEN - d->m_lookahead_size); - const mz_uint8 *pSrc_end = pSrc + num_bytes_to_process; + const mz_uint8 *pSrc_end = pSrc ? pSrc + num_bytes_to_process : NULL; src_buf_left -= num_bytes_to_process; d->m_lookahead_size += num_bytes_to_process; while (pSrc != pSrc_end) @@ -1304,8 +1326,8 @@ tdefl_status tdefl_compress(tdefl_compressor *d, const void *pIn_buf, size_t *pI d->m_finished = (flush == TDEFL_FINISH); if (flush == TDEFL_FULL_FLUSH) { - MZ_CLEAR_OBJ(d->m_hash); - MZ_CLEAR_OBJ(d->m_next); + MZ_CLEAR_ARR(d->m_hash); + MZ_CLEAR_ARR(d->m_next); d->m_dict_size = 0; } } @@ -1328,11 +1350,12 @@ tdefl_status tdefl_init(tdefl_compressor *d, tdefl_put_buf_func_ptr pPut_buf_fun d->m_greedy_parsing = (flags & TDEFL_GREEDY_PARSING_FLAG) != 0; d->m_max_probes[1] = 1 + (((flags & 0xFFF) >> 2) + 2) / 3; if (!(flags & TDEFL_NONDETERMINISTIC_PARSING_FLAG)) - MZ_CLEAR_OBJ(d->m_hash); + MZ_CLEAR_ARR(d->m_hash); d->m_lookahead_pos = d->m_lookahead_size = d->m_dict_size = d->m_total_lz_bytes = d->m_lz_code_buf_dict_pos = d->m_bits_in = 0; d->m_output_flush_ofs = d->m_output_flush_remaining = d->m_finished = d->m_block_index = d->m_bit_buffer = d->m_wants_to_finish = 0; d->m_pLZ_code_buf = d->m_lz_code_buf + 1; d->m_pLZ_flags = d->m_lz_code_buf; + *d->m_pLZ_flags = 0; d->m_num_flags_left = 8; d->m_pOutput_buf = d->m_output_buf; d->m_pOutput_buf_end = d->m_output_buf; @@ -1348,7 +1371,7 @@ tdefl_status tdefl_init(tdefl_compressor *d, tdefl_put_buf_func_ptr pPut_buf_fun d->m_src_buf_left = 0; d->m_out_buf_ofs = 0; if (!(flags & TDEFL_NONDETERMINISTIC_PARSING_FLAG)) - MZ_CLEAR_OBJ(d->m_dict); + MZ_CLEAR_ARR(d->m_dict); memset(&d->m_huff_count[0][0], 0, sizeof(d->m_huff_count[0][0]) * TDEFL_MAX_HUFF_SYMBOLS_0); memset(&d->m_huff_count[1][0], 0, sizeof(d->m_huff_count[1][0]) * TDEFL_MAX_HUFF_SYMBOLS_1); return TDEFL_STATUS_OKAY; @@ -1558,7 +1581,7 @@ void *tdefl_write_image_to_png_file_in_memory(const void *pImage, int w, int h, /* Allocate the tdefl_compressor and tinfl_decompressor structures in C so that */ /* non-C language bindings to tdefL_ and tinfl_ API don't need to worry about */ /* structure size and allocation mechanism. */ -tdefl_compressor *tdefl_compressor_alloc() +tdefl_compressor *tdefl_compressor_alloc(void) { return (tdefl_compressor *)MZ_MALLOC(sizeof(tdefl_compressor)); } @@ -1576,3 +1599,5 @@ void tdefl_compressor_free(tdefl_compressor *pComp) #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif + +#endif /*#ifndef MINIZ_NO_DEFLATE_APIS*/ diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_tdef.h b/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_tdef.h index 9b3e9d25..6ce69382 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_tdef.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_tdef.h @@ -1,6 +1,8 @@ #pragma once #include "miniz_common.h" +#ifndef MINIZ_NO_DEFLATE_APIS + #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif @@ -188,3 +190,5 @@ MINIZ_EXPORT void tdefl_compressor_free(tdefl_compressor *pComp); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif + +#endif /*#ifndef MINIZ_NO_DEFLATE_APIS*/ diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_tinfl.c b/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_tinfl.c index 992de7a7..f7c8815e 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_tinfl.c +++ b/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_tinfl.c @@ -26,6 +26,8 @@ #include "miniz.h" +#ifndef MINIZ_NO_INFLATE_APIS + #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif @@ -106,10 +108,10 @@ extern "C" { /* It reads just enough bytes from the input stream that are needed to decode the next Huffman code (and absolutely no more). It works by trying to fully decode a */ /* Huffman code by using whatever bits are currently present in the bit buffer. If this fails, it reads another byte, and tries again until it succeeds or until the */ /* bit buffer contains >=15 bits (deflate's max. Huffman code size). */ -#define TINFL_HUFF_BITBUF_FILL(state_index, pHuff) \ +#define TINFL_HUFF_BITBUF_FILL(state_index, pLookUp, pTree) \ do \ { \ - temp = (pHuff)->m_look_up[bit_buf & (TINFL_FAST_LOOKUP_SIZE - 1)]; \ + temp = pLookUp[bit_buf & (TINFL_FAST_LOOKUP_SIZE - 1)]; \ if (temp >= 0) \ { \ code_len = temp >> 9; \ @@ -121,7 +123,7 @@ extern "C" { code_len = TINFL_FAST_LOOKUP_BITS; \ do \ { \ - temp = (pHuff)->m_tree[~temp + ((bit_buf >> code_len++) & 1)]; \ + temp = pTree[~temp + ((bit_buf >> code_len++) & 1)]; \ } while ((temp < 0) && (num_bits >= (code_len + 1))); \ if (temp >= 0) \ break; \ @@ -137,7 +139,7 @@ extern "C" { /* The slow path is only executed at the very end of the input buffer. */ /* v1.16: The original macro handled the case at the very end of the passed-in input buffer, but we also need to handle the case where the user passes in 1+zillion bytes */ /* following the deflate data and our non-conservative read-ahead path won't kick in here on this code. This is much trickier. */ -#define TINFL_HUFF_DECODE(state_index, sym, pHuff) \ +#define TINFL_HUFF_DECODE(state_index, sym, pLookUp, pTree) \ do \ { \ int temp; \ @@ -146,7 +148,7 @@ extern "C" { { \ if ((pIn_buf_end - pIn_buf_cur) < 2) \ { \ - TINFL_HUFF_BITBUF_FILL(state_index, pHuff); \ + TINFL_HUFF_BITBUF_FILL(state_index, pLookUp, pTree); \ } \ else \ { \ @@ -155,14 +157,14 @@ extern "C" { num_bits += 16; \ } \ } \ - if ((temp = (pHuff)->m_look_up[bit_buf & (TINFL_FAST_LOOKUP_SIZE - 1)]) >= 0) \ + if ((temp = pLookUp[bit_buf & (TINFL_FAST_LOOKUP_SIZE - 1)]) >= 0) \ code_len = temp >> 9, temp &= 511; \ else \ { \ code_len = TINFL_FAST_LOOKUP_BITS; \ do \ { \ - temp = (pHuff)->m_tree[~temp + ((bit_buf >> code_len++) & 1)]; \ + temp = pTree[~temp + ((bit_buf >> code_len++) & 1)]; \ } while (temp < 0); \ } \ sym = temp; \ @@ -171,20 +173,33 @@ extern "C" { } \ MZ_MACRO_END +static void tinfl_clear_tree(tinfl_decompressor *r) +{ + if (r->m_type == 0) + MZ_CLEAR_ARR(r->m_tree_0); + else if (r->m_type == 1) + MZ_CLEAR_ARR(r->m_tree_1); + else + MZ_CLEAR_ARR(r->m_tree_2); +} + tinfl_status tinfl_decompress(tinfl_decompressor *r, const mz_uint8 *pIn_buf_next, size_t *pIn_buf_size, mz_uint8 *pOut_buf_start, mz_uint8 *pOut_buf_next, size_t *pOut_buf_size, const mz_uint32 decomp_flags) { - static const int s_length_base[31] = { 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 23, 27, 31, 35, 43, 51, 59, 67, 83, 99, 115, 131, 163, 195, 227, 258, 0, 0 }; - static const int s_length_extra[31] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4, 4, 5, 5, 5, 5, 0, 0, 0 }; - static const int s_dist_base[32] = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9, 13, 17, 25, 33, 49, 65, 97, 129, 193, 257, 385, 513, 769, 1025, 1537, 2049, 3073, 4097, 6145, 8193, 12289, 16385, 24577, 0, 0 }; - static const int s_dist_extra[32] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 4, 5, 5, 6, 6, 7, 7, 8, 8, 9, 9, 10, 10, 11, 11, 12, 12, 13, 13 }; + static const mz_uint16 s_length_base[31] = { 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 23, 27, 31, 35, 43, 51, 59, 67, 83, 99, 115, 131, 163, 195, 227, 258, 0, 0 }; + static const mz_uint8 s_length_extra[31] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4, 4, 5, 5, 5, 5, 0, 0, 0 }; + static const mz_uint16 s_dist_base[32] = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9, 13, 17, 25, 33, 49, 65, 97, 129, 193, 257, 385, 513, 769, 1025, 1537, 2049, 3073, 4097, 6145, 8193, 12289, 16385, 24577, 0, 0 }; + static const mz_uint8 s_dist_extra[32] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 4, 5, 5, 6, 6, 7, 7, 8, 8, 9, 9, 10, 10, 11, 11, 12, 12, 13, 13 }; static const mz_uint8 s_length_dezigzag[19] = { 16, 17, 18, 0, 8, 7, 9, 6, 10, 5, 11, 4, 12, 3, 13, 2, 14, 1, 15 }; - static const int s_min_table_sizes[3] = { 257, 1, 4 }; + static const mz_uint16 s_min_table_sizes[3] = { 257, 1, 4 }; + + mz_int16 *pTrees[3]; + mz_uint8 *pCode_sizes[3]; tinfl_status status = TINFL_STATUS_FAILED; mz_uint32 num_bits, dist, counter, num_extra; tinfl_bit_buf_t bit_buf; const mz_uint8 *pIn_buf_cur = pIn_buf_next, *const pIn_buf_end = pIn_buf_next + *pIn_buf_size; - mz_uint8 *pOut_buf_cur = pOut_buf_next, *const pOut_buf_end = pOut_buf_next + *pOut_buf_size; + mz_uint8 *pOut_buf_cur = pOut_buf_next, *const pOut_buf_end = pOut_buf_next ? pOut_buf_next + *pOut_buf_size : NULL; size_t out_buf_size_mask = (decomp_flags & TINFL_FLAG_USING_NON_WRAPPING_OUTPUT_BUF) ? (size_t)-1 : ((pOut_buf_next - pOut_buf_start) + *pOut_buf_size) - 1, dist_from_out_buf_start; /* Ensure the output buffer's size is a power of 2, unless the output buffer is large enough to hold the entire output file (in which case it doesn't matter). */ @@ -194,6 +209,13 @@ tinfl_status tinfl_decompress(tinfl_decompressor *r, const mz_uint8 *pIn_buf_nex return TINFL_STATUS_BAD_PARAM; } + pTrees[0] = r->m_tree_0; + pTrees[1] = r->m_tree_1; + pTrees[2] = r->m_tree_2; + pCode_sizes[0] = r->m_code_size_0; + pCode_sizes[1] = r->m_code_size_1; + pCode_sizes[2] = r->m_code_size_2; + num_bits = r->m_num_bits; bit_buf = r->m_bit_buf; dist = r->m_dist; @@ -210,7 +232,7 @@ tinfl_status tinfl_decompress(tinfl_decompressor *r, const mz_uint8 *pIn_buf_nex TINFL_GET_BYTE(2, r->m_zhdr1); counter = (((r->m_zhdr0 * 256 + r->m_zhdr1) % 31 != 0) || (r->m_zhdr1 & 32) || ((r->m_zhdr0 & 15) != 8)); if (!(decomp_flags & TINFL_FLAG_USING_NON_WRAPPING_OUTPUT_BUF)) - counter |= (((1U << (8U + (r->m_zhdr0 >> 4))) > 32768U) || ((out_buf_size_mask + 1) < (size_t)(1U << (8U + (r->m_zhdr0 >> 4))))); + counter |= (((1U << (8U + (r->m_zhdr0 >> 4))) > 32768U) || ((out_buf_size_mask + 1) < (size_t)((size_t)1 << (8U + (r->m_zhdr0 >> 4))))); if (counter) { TINFL_CR_RETURN_FOREVER(36, TINFL_STATUS_FAILED); @@ -271,11 +293,11 @@ tinfl_status tinfl_decompress(tinfl_decompressor *r, const mz_uint8 *pIn_buf_nex { if (r->m_type == 1) { - mz_uint8 *p = r->m_tables[0].m_code_size; + mz_uint8 *p = r->m_code_size_0; mz_uint i; r->m_table_sizes[0] = 288; r->m_table_sizes[1] = 32; - TINFL_MEMSET(r->m_tables[1].m_code_size, 5, 32); + TINFL_MEMSET(r->m_code_size_1, 5, 32); for (i = 0; i <= 143; ++i) *p++ = 8; for (; i <= 255; ++i) @@ -292,26 +314,30 @@ tinfl_status tinfl_decompress(tinfl_decompressor *r, const mz_uint8 *pIn_buf_nex TINFL_GET_BITS(11, r->m_table_sizes[counter], "\05\05\04"[counter]); r->m_table_sizes[counter] += s_min_table_sizes[counter]; } - MZ_CLEAR_OBJ(r->m_tables[2].m_code_size); + MZ_CLEAR_ARR(r->m_code_size_2); for (counter = 0; counter < r->m_table_sizes[2]; counter++) { mz_uint s; TINFL_GET_BITS(14, s, 3); - r->m_tables[2].m_code_size[s_length_dezigzag[counter]] = (mz_uint8)s; + r->m_code_size_2[s_length_dezigzag[counter]] = (mz_uint8)s; } r->m_table_sizes[2] = 19; } for (; (int)r->m_type >= 0; r->m_type--) { int tree_next, tree_cur; - tinfl_huff_table *pTable; + mz_int16 *pLookUp; + mz_int16 *pTree; + mz_uint8 *pCode_size; mz_uint i, j, used_syms, total, sym_index, next_code[17], total_syms[16]; - pTable = &r->m_tables[r->m_type]; - MZ_CLEAR_OBJ(total_syms); - MZ_CLEAR_OBJ(pTable->m_look_up); - MZ_CLEAR_OBJ(pTable->m_tree); + pLookUp = r->m_look_up[r->m_type]; + pTree = pTrees[r->m_type]; + pCode_size = pCode_sizes[r->m_type]; + MZ_CLEAR_ARR(total_syms); + TINFL_MEMSET(pLookUp, 0, sizeof(r->m_look_up[0])); + tinfl_clear_tree(r); for (i = 0; i < r->m_table_sizes[r->m_type]; ++i) - total_syms[pTable->m_code_size[i]]++; + total_syms[pCode_size[i]]++; used_syms = 0, total = 0; next_code[0] = next_code[1] = 0; for (i = 1; i <= 15; ++i) @@ -325,7 +351,7 @@ tinfl_status tinfl_decompress(tinfl_decompressor *r, const mz_uint8 *pIn_buf_nex } for (tree_next = -1, sym_index = 0; sym_index < r->m_table_sizes[r->m_type]; ++sym_index) { - mz_uint rev_code = 0, l, cur_code, code_size = pTable->m_code_size[sym_index]; + mz_uint rev_code = 0, l, cur_code, code_size = pCode_size[sym_index]; if (!code_size) continue; cur_code = next_code[code_size]++; @@ -336,14 +362,14 @@ tinfl_status tinfl_decompress(tinfl_decompressor *r, const mz_uint8 *pIn_buf_nex mz_int16 k = (mz_int16)((code_size << 9) | sym_index); while (rev_code < TINFL_FAST_LOOKUP_SIZE) { - pTable->m_look_up[rev_code] = k; + pLookUp[rev_code] = k; rev_code += (1 << code_size); } continue; } - if (0 == (tree_cur = pTable->m_look_up[rev_code & (TINFL_FAST_LOOKUP_SIZE - 1)])) + if (0 == (tree_cur = pLookUp[rev_code & (TINFL_FAST_LOOKUP_SIZE - 1)])) { - pTable->m_look_up[rev_code & (TINFL_FAST_LOOKUP_SIZE - 1)] = (mz_int16)tree_next; + pLookUp[rev_code & (TINFL_FAST_LOOKUP_SIZE - 1)] = (mz_int16)tree_next; tree_cur = tree_next; tree_next -= 2; } @@ -351,24 +377,24 @@ tinfl_status tinfl_decompress(tinfl_decompressor *r, const mz_uint8 *pIn_buf_nex for (j = code_size; j > (TINFL_FAST_LOOKUP_BITS + 1); j--) { tree_cur -= ((rev_code >>= 1) & 1); - if (!pTable->m_tree[-tree_cur - 1]) + if (!pTree[-tree_cur - 1]) { - pTable->m_tree[-tree_cur - 1] = (mz_int16)tree_next; + pTree[-tree_cur - 1] = (mz_int16)tree_next; tree_cur = tree_next; tree_next -= 2; } else - tree_cur = pTable->m_tree[-tree_cur - 1]; + tree_cur = pTree[-tree_cur - 1]; } tree_cur -= ((rev_code >>= 1) & 1); - pTable->m_tree[-tree_cur - 1] = (mz_int16)sym_index; + pTree[-tree_cur - 1] = (mz_int16)sym_index; } if (r->m_type == 2) { for (counter = 0; counter < (r->m_table_sizes[0] + r->m_table_sizes[1]);) { mz_uint s; - TINFL_HUFF_DECODE(16, dist, &r->m_tables[2]); + TINFL_HUFF_DECODE(16, dist, r->m_look_up[2], r->m_tree_2); if (dist < 16) { r->m_len_codes[counter++] = (mz_uint8)dist; @@ -388,8 +414,8 @@ tinfl_status tinfl_decompress(tinfl_decompressor *r, const mz_uint8 *pIn_buf_nex { TINFL_CR_RETURN_FOREVER(21, TINFL_STATUS_FAILED); } - TINFL_MEMCPY(r->m_tables[0].m_code_size, r->m_len_codes, r->m_table_sizes[0]); - TINFL_MEMCPY(r->m_tables[1].m_code_size, r->m_len_codes + r->m_table_sizes[0], r->m_table_sizes[1]); + TINFL_MEMCPY(r->m_code_size_0, r->m_len_codes, r->m_table_sizes[0]); + TINFL_MEMCPY(r->m_code_size_1, r->m_len_codes + r->m_table_sizes[0], r->m_table_sizes[1]); } } for (;;) @@ -399,7 +425,7 @@ tinfl_status tinfl_decompress(tinfl_decompressor *r, const mz_uint8 *pIn_buf_nex { if (((pIn_buf_end - pIn_buf_cur) < 4) || ((pOut_buf_end - pOut_buf_cur) < 2)) { - TINFL_HUFF_DECODE(23, counter, &r->m_tables[0]); + TINFL_HUFF_DECODE(23, counter, r->m_look_up[0], r->m_tree_0); if (counter >= 256) break; while (pOut_buf_cur >= pOut_buf_end) @@ -427,14 +453,14 @@ tinfl_status tinfl_decompress(tinfl_decompressor *r, const mz_uint8 *pIn_buf_nex num_bits += 16; } #endif - if ((sym2 = r->m_tables[0].m_look_up[bit_buf & (TINFL_FAST_LOOKUP_SIZE - 1)]) >= 0) + if ((sym2 = r->m_look_up[0][bit_buf & (TINFL_FAST_LOOKUP_SIZE - 1)]) >= 0) code_len = sym2 >> 9; else { code_len = TINFL_FAST_LOOKUP_BITS; do { - sym2 = r->m_tables[0].m_tree[~sym2 + ((bit_buf >> code_len++) & 1)]; + sym2 = r->m_tree_0[~sym2 + ((bit_buf >> code_len++) & 1)]; } while (sym2 < 0); } counter = sym2; @@ -451,14 +477,14 @@ tinfl_status tinfl_decompress(tinfl_decompressor *r, const mz_uint8 *pIn_buf_nex num_bits += 16; } #endif - if ((sym2 = r->m_tables[0].m_look_up[bit_buf & (TINFL_FAST_LOOKUP_SIZE - 1)]) >= 0) + if ((sym2 = r->m_look_up[0][bit_buf & (TINFL_FAST_LOOKUP_SIZE - 1)]) >= 0) code_len = sym2 >> 9; else { code_len = TINFL_FAST_LOOKUP_BITS; do { - sym2 = r->m_tables[0].m_tree[~sym2 + ((bit_buf >> code_len++) & 1)]; + sym2 = r->m_tree_0[~sym2 + ((bit_buf >> code_len++) & 1)]; } while (sym2 < 0); } bit_buf >>= code_len; @@ -487,7 +513,7 @@ tinfl_status tinfl_decompress(tinfl_decompressor *r, const mz_uint8 *pIn_buf_nex counter += extra_bits; } - TINFL_HUFF_DECODE(26, dist, &r->m_tables[1]); + TINFL_HUFF_DECODE(26, dist, r->m_look_up[1], r->m_tree_1); num_extra = s_dist_extra[dist]; dist = s_dist_base[dist]; if (num_extra) @@ -498,7 +524,7 @@ tinfl_status tinfl_decompress(tinfl_decompressor *r, const mz_uint8 *pIn_buf_nex } dist_from_out_buf_start = pOut_buf_cur - pOut_buf_start; - if ((dist > dist_from_out_buf_start) && (decomp_flags & TINFL_FLAG_USING_NON_WRAPPING_OUTPUT_BUF)) + if ((dist == 0 || dist > dist_from_out_buf_start || dist_from_out_buf_start == 0) && (decomp_flags & TINFL_FLAG_USING_NON_WRAPPING_OUTPUT_BUF)) { TINFL_CR_RETURN_FOREVER(37, TINFL_STATUS_FAILED); } @@ -572,7 +598,7 @@ tinfl_status tinfl_decompress(tinfl_decompressor *r, const mz_uint8 *pIn_buf_nex --pIn_buf_cur; num_bits -= 8; } - bit_buf &= (tinfl_bit_buf_t)((((mz_uint64)1) << num_bits) - (mz_uint64)1); + bit_buf &= ~(~(tinfl_bit_buf_t)0 << num_bits); MZ_ASSERT(!num_bits); /* if this assert fires then we've read beyond the end of non-deflate/zlib streams with following data (such as gzip streams). */ if (decomp_flags & TINFL_FLAG_PARSE_ZLIB_HEADER) @@ -604,7 +630,7 @@ common_exit: } } r->m_num_bits = num_bits; - r->m_bit_buf = bit_buf & (tinfl_bit_buf_t)((((mz_uint64)1) << num_bits) - (mz_uint64)1); + r->m_bit_buf = bit_buf & ~(~(tinfl_bit_buf_t)0 << num_bits); r->m_dist = dist; r->m_counter = counter; r->m_num_extra = num_extra; @@ -699,6 +725,7 @@ int tinfl_decompress_mem_to_callback(const void *pIn_buf, size_t *pIn_buf_size, size_t in_buf_ofs = 0, dict_ofs = 0; if (!pDict) return TINFL_STATUS_FAILED; + memset(pDict,0,TINFL_LZ_DICT_SIZE); tinfl_init(&decomp); for (;;) { @@ -721,7 +748,7 @@ int tinfl_decompress_mem_to_callback(const void *pIn_buf, size_t *pIn_buf_size, } #ifndef MINIZ_NO_MALLOC -tinfl_decompressor *tinfl_decompressor_alloc() +tinfl_decompressor *tinfl_decompressor_alloc(void) { tinfl_decompressor *pDecomp = (tinfl_decompressor *)MZ_MALLOC(sizeof(tinfl_decompressor)); if (pDecomp) @@ -738,3 +765,5 @@ void tinfl_decompressor_free(tinfl_decompressor *pDecomp) #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif + +#endif /*#ifndef MINIZ_NO_INFLATE_APIS*/ diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_tinfl.h b/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_tinfl.h index 1b4a8207..10215573 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_tinfl.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_tinfl.h @@ -2,6 +2,8 @@ #include "miniz_common.h" /* ------------------- Low-level Decompression API Definitions */ +#ifndef MINIZ_NO_INFLATE_APIS + #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif @@ -110,12 +112,6 @@ enum TINFL_FAST_LOOKUP_SIZE = 1 << TINFL_FAST_LOOKUP_BITS }; -typedef struct -{ - mz_uint8 m_code_size[TINFL_MAX_HUFF_SYMBOLS_0]; - mz_int16 m_look_up[TINFL_FAST_LOOKUP_SIZE], m_tree[TINFL_MAX_HUFF_SYMBOLS_0 * 2]; -} tinfl_huff_table; - #if MINIZ_HAS_64BIT_REGISTERS #define TINFL_USE_64BIT_BITBUF 1 #else @@ -135,10 +131,18 @@ struct tinfl_decompressor_tag mz_uint32 m_state, m_num_bits, m_zhdr0, m_zhdr1, m_z_adler32, m_final, m_type, m_check_adler32, m_dist, m_counter, m_num_extra, m_table_sizes[TINFL_MAX_HUFF_TABLES]; tinfl_bit_buf_t m_bit_buf; size_t m_dist_from_out_buf_start; - tinfl_huff_table m_tables[TINFL_MAX_HUFF_TABLES]; + mz_int16 m_look_up[TINFL_MAX_HUFF_TABLES][TINFL_FAST_LOOKUP_SIZE]; + mz_int16 m_tree_0[TINFL_MAX_HUFF_SYMBOLS_0 * 2]; + mz_int16 m_tree_1[TINFL_MAX_HUFF_SYMBOLS_1 * 2]; + mz_int16 m_tree_2[TINFL_MAX_HUFF_SYMBOLS_2 * 2]; + mz_uint8 m_code_size_0[TINFL_MAX_HUFF_SYMBOLS_0]; + mz_uint8 m_code_size_1[TINFL_MAX_HUFF_SYMBOLS_1]; + mz_uint8 m_code_size_2[TINFL_MAX_HUFF_SYMBOLS_2]; mz_uint8 m_raw_header[4], m_len_codes[TINFL_MAX_HUFF_SYMBOLS_0 + TINFL_MAX_HUFF_SYMBOLS_1 + 137]; }; #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif + +#endif /*#ifndef MINIZ_NO_INFLATE_APIS*/ diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_zip.c b/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_zip.c index 5ae31932..75849af3 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_zip.c +++ b/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_zip.c @@ -40,19 +40,48 @@ extern "C" { #include #if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__MINGW64__) + +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#include + +static WCHAR* mz_utf8z_to_widechar(const char* str) +{ + int reqChars = MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, str, -1, NULL, 0); + WCHAR* wStr = (WCHAR*)malloc(reqChars * sizeof(WCHAR)); + MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, str, -1, wStr, sizeof(WCHAR) * reqChars); + return wStr; +} + static FILE *mz_fopen(const char *pFilename, const char *pMode) { - FILE *pFile = NULL; - fopen_s(&pFile, pFilename, pMode); - return pFile; + WCHAR* wFilename = mz_utf8z_to_widechar(pFilename); + WCHAR* wMode = mz_utf8z_to_widechar(pMode); + FILE* pFile = NULL; + errno_t err = _wfopen_s(&pFile, wFilename, wMode); + free(wFilename); + free(wMode); + return err ? NULL : pFile; } + static FILE *mz_freopen(const char *pPath, const char *pMode, FILE *pStream) { - FILE *pFile = NULL; - if (freopen_s(&pFile, pPath, pMode, pStream)) - return NULL; - return pFile; + WCHAR* wPath = mz_utf8z_to_widechar(pPath); + WCHAR* wMode = mz_utf8z_to_widechar(pMode); + FILE* pFile = NULL; + errno_t err = _wfreopen_s(&pFile, wPath, wMode, pStream); + free(wPath); + free(wMode); + return err ? NULL : pFile; } + +static int mz_stat64(const char *path, struct __stat64 *buffer) +{ + WCHAR* wPath = mz_utf8z_to_widechar(path); + int res = _wstat64(wPath, buffer); + free(wPath); + return res; +} + #ifndef MINIZ_NO_TIME #include #endif @@ -63,11 +92,12 @@ static FILE *mz_freopen(const char *pPath, const char *pMode, FILE *pStream) #define MZ_FTELL64 _ftelli64 #define MZ_FSEEK64 _fseeki64 #define MZ_FILE_STAT_STRUCT _stat64 -#define MZ_FILE_STAT _stat64 +#define MZ_FILE_STAT mz_stat64 #define MZ_FFLUSH fflush #define MZ_FREOPEN mz_freopen #define MZ_DELETE_FILE remove -#elif defined(__MINGW32__) + +#elif defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) #ifndef MINIZ_NO_TIME #include #endif @@ -75,13 +105,14 @@ static FILE *mz_freopen(const char *pPath, const char *pMode, FILE *pStream) #define MZ_FCLOSE fclose #define MZ_FREAD fread #define MZ_FWRITE fwrite -#define MZ_FTELL64 ftello64 -#define MZ_FSEEK64 fseeko64 -#define MZ_FILE_STAT_STRUCT _stat -#define MZ_FILE_STAT _stat +#define MZ_FTELL64 _ftelli64 +#define MZ_FSEEK64 _fseeki64 +#define MZ_FILE_STAT_STRUCT stat +#define MZ_FILE_STAT stat #define MZ_FFLUSH fflush #define MZ_FREOPEN(f, m, s) freopen(f, m, s) #define MZ_DELETE_FILE remove + #elif defined(__TINYC__) #ifndef MINIZ_NO_TIME #include @@ -97,6 +128,7 @@ static FILE *mz_freopen(const char *pPath, const char *pMode, FILE *pStream) #define MZ_FFLUSH fflush #define MZ_FREOPEN(f, m, s) freopen(f, m, s) #define MZ_DELETE_FILE remove + #elif defined(__USE_LARGEFILE64) /* gcc, clang */ #ifndef MINIZ_NO_TIME #include @@ -112,7 +144,8 @@ static FILE *mz_freopen(const char *pPath, const char *pMode, FILE *pStream) #define MZ_FFLUSH fflush #define MZ_FREOPEN(p, m, s) freopen64(p, m, s) #define MZ_DELETE_FILE remove -#elif defined(__APPLE__) + +#elif defined(__APPLE__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) #ifndef MINIZ_NO_TIME #include #endif @@ -258,7 +291,7 @@ struct mz_zip_internal_state_tag mz_zip_array m_sorted_central_dir_offsets; /* The flags passed in when the archive is initially opened. */ - uint32_t m_init_flags; + mz_uint32 m_init_flags; /* MZ_TRUE if the archive has a zip64 end of central directory headers, etc. */ mz_bool m_zip64; @@ -277,7 +310,7 @@ struct mz_zip_internal_state_tag #define MZ_ZIP_ARRAY_SET_ELEMENT_SIZE(array_ptr, element_size) (array_ptr)->m_element_size = element_size -#if defined(DEBUG) || defined(_DEBUG) || defined(NDEBUG) +#if defined(DEBUG) || defined(_DEBUG) static MZ_FORCEINLINE mz_uint mz_zip_array_range_check(const mz_zip_array *pArray, mz_uint index) { MZ_ASSERT(index < pArray->m_size); @@ -694,7 +727,7 @@ static mz_bool mz_zip_reader_read_central_dir(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_uint flag if (((num_this_disk | cdir_disk_index) != 0) && ((num_this_disk != 1) || (cdir_disk_index != 1))) return mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_UNSUPPORTED_MULTIDISK); - if (cdir_size < pZip->m_total_files * MZ_ZIP_CENTRAL_DIR_HEADER_SIZE) + if (cdir_size < (mz_uint64)pZip->m_total_files * MZ_ZIP_CENTRAL_DIR_HEADER_SIZE) return mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_INVALID_HEADER_OR_CORRUPTED); if ((cdir_ofs + (mz_uint64)cdir_size) > pZip->m_archive_size) @@ -845,7 +878,7 @@ static mz_bool mz_zip_reader_read_central_dir(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_uint flag void mz_zip_zero_struct(mz_zip_archive *pZip) { if (pZip) - MZ_CLEAR_OBJ(*pZip); + MZ_CLEAR_PTR(pZip); } static mz_bool mz_zip_reader_end_internal(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_bool set_last_error) @@ -1319,7 +1352,7 @@ static mz_bool mz_zip_locate_file_binary_search(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char const mz_zip_array *pCentral_dir_offsets = &pState->m_central_dir_offsets; const mz_zip_array *pCentral_dir = &pState->m_central_dir; mz_uint32 *pIndices = &MZ_ZIP_ARRAY_ELEMENT(&pState->m_sorted_central_dir_offsets, mz_uint32, 0); - const uint32_t size = pZip->m_total_files; + const mz_uint32 size = pZip->m_total_files; const mz_uint filename_len = (mz_uint)strlen(pFilename); if (pIndex) @@ -1334,7 +1367,7 @@ static mz_bool mz_zip_locate_file_binary_search(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char while (l <= h) { mz_int64 m = l + ((h - l) >> 1); - uint32_t file_index = pIndices[(uint32_t)m]; + mz_uint32 file_index = pIndices[(mz_uint32)m]; int comp = mz_zip_filename_compare(pCentral_dir, pCentral_dir_offsets, file_index, pFilename, filename_len); if (!comp) @@ -1427,7 +1460,8 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_reader_locate_file_v2(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pName, co return mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_FILE_NOT_FOUND); } -mz_bool mz_zip_reader_extract_to_mem_no_alloc(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_uint file_index, void *pBuf, size_t buf_size, mz_uint flags, void *pUser_read_buf, size_t user_read_buf_size) +static +mz_bool mz_zip_reader_extract_to_mem_no_alloc1(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_uint file_index, void *pBuf, size_t buf_size, mz_uint flags, void *pUser_read_buf, size_t user_read_buf_size, const mz_zip_archive_file_stat *st) { int status = TINFL_STATUS_DONE; mz_uint64 needed_size, cur_file_ofs, comp_remaining, out_buf_ofs = 0, read_buf_size, read_buf_ofs = 0, read_buf_avail; @@ -1440,6 +1474,9 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_reader_extract_to_mem_no_alloc(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_uint file if ((!pZip) || (!pZip->m_pState) || ((buf_size) && (!pBuf)) || ((user_read_buf_size) && (!pUser_read_buf)) || (!pZip->m_pRead)) return mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_INVALID_PARAMETER); + if (st) { + file_stat = *st; + } else if (!mz_zip_reader_file_stat(pZip, file_index, &file_stat)) return MZ_FALSE; @@ -1570,17 +1607,22 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_reader_extract_to_mem_no_alloc(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_uint file return status == TINFL_STATUS_DONE; } +mz_bool mz_zip_reader_extract_to_mem_no_alloc(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_uint file_index, void *pBuf, size_t buf_size, mz_uint flags, void *pUser_read_buf, size_t user_read_buf_size) +{ + return mz_zip_reader_extract_to_mem_no_alloc1(pZip, file_index, pBuf, buf_size, flags, pUser_read_buf, user_read_buf_size, NULL); +} + mz_bool mz_zip_reader_extract_file_to_mem_no_alloc(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pFilename, void *pBuf, size_t buf_size, mz_uint flags, void *pUser_read_buf, size_t user_read_buf_size) { mz_uint32 file_index; if (!mz_zip_reader_locate_file_v2(pZip, pFilename, NULL, flags, &file_index)) return MZ_FALSE; - return mz_zip_reader_extract_to_mem_no_alloc(pZip, file_index, pBuf, buf_size, flags, pUser_read_buf, user_read_buf_size); + return mz_zip_reader_extract_to_mem_no_alloc1(pZip, file_index, pBuf, buf_size, flags, pUser_read_buf, user_read_buf_size, NULL); } mz_bool mz_zip_reader_extract_to_mem(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_uint file_index, void *pBuf, size_t buf_size, mz_uint flags) { - return mz_zip_reader_extract_to_mem_no_alloc(pZip, file_index, pBuf, buf_size, flags, NULL, 0); + return mz_zip_reader_extract_to_mem_no_alloc1(pZip, file_index, pBuf, buf_size, flags, NULL, 0, NULL); } mz_bool mz_zip_reader_extract_file_to_mem(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pFilename, void *pBuf, size_t buf_size, mz_uint flags) @@ -1590,23 +1632,17 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_reader_extract_file_to_mem(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pFil void *mz_zip_reader_extract_to_heap(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_uint file_index, size_t *pSize, mz_uint flags) { - mz_uint64 comp_size, uncomp_size, alloc_size; - const mz_uint8 *p = mz_zip_get_cdh(pZip, file_index); + mz_zip_archive_file_stat file_stat; + mz_uint64 alloc_size; void *pBuf; if (pSize) *pSize = 0; - if (!p) - { - mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_INVALID_PARAMETER); + if (!mz_zip_reader_file_stat(pZip, file_index, &file_stat)) return NULL; - } - comp_size = MZ_READ_LE32(p + MZ_ZIP_CDH_COMPRESSED_SIZE_OFS); - uncomp_size = MZ_READ_LE32(p + MZ_ZIP_CDH_DECOMPRESSED_SIZE_OFS); - - alloc_size = (flags & MZ_ZIP_FLAG_COMPRESSED_DATA) ? comp_size : uncomp_size; + alloc_size = (flags & MZ_ZIP_FLAG_COMPRESSED_DATA) ? file_stat.m_comp_size : file_stat.m_uncomp_size; if (((sizeof(size_t) == sizeof(mz_uint32))) && (alloc_size > 0x7FFFFFFF)) { mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_INTERNAL_ERROR); @@ -1619,7 +1655,7 @@ void *mz_zip_reader_extract_to_heap(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_uint file_index, si return NULL; } - if (!mz_zip_reader_extract_to_mem(pZip, file_index, pBuf, (size_t)alloc_size, flags)) + if (!mz_zip_reader_extract_to_mem_no_alloc1(pZip, file_index, pBuf, (size_t)alloc_size, flags, NULL, 0, &file_stat)) { pZip->m_pFree(pZip->m_pAlloc_opaque, pBuf); return NULL; @@ -2080,7 +2116,7 @@ size_t mz_zip_reader_extract_iter_read(mz_zip_reader_extract_iter_state* pState, size_t to_copy = MZ_MIN( (buf_size - copied_to_caller), pState->out_blk_remain ); /* Copy data to caller's buffer */ - memcpy( (uint8_t*)pvBuf + copied_to_caller, pWrite_buf_cur, to_copy ); + memcpy( (mz_uint8*)pvBuf + copied_to_caller, pWrite_buf_cur, to_copy ); #ifndef MINIZ_DISABLE_ZIP_READER_CRC32_CHECKS /* Perform CRC */ @@ -2301,7 +2337,10 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_validate_file(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_uint file_index, mz_uint f return mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_INVALID_HEADER_OR_CORRUPTED); if (!mz_zip_array_resize(pZip, &file_data_array, MZ_MAX(local_header_filename_len, local_header_extra_len), MZ_FALSE)) - return mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_ALLOC_FAILED); + { + mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_ALLOC_FAILED); + goto handle_failure; + } if (local_header_filename_len) { @@ -2335,14 +2374,20 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_validate_file(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_uint file_index, mz_uint f mz_uint32 field_id, field_data_size, field_total_size; if (extra_size_remaining < (sizeof(mz_uint16) * 2)) - return mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_INVALID_HEADER_OR_CORRUPTED); + { + mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_INVALID_HEADER_OR_CORRUPTED); + goto handle_failure; + } field_id = MZ_READ_LE16(pExtra_data); field_data_size = MZ_READ_LE16(pExtra_data + sizeof(mz_uint16)); field_total_size = field_data_size + sizeof(mz_uint16) * 2; if (field_total_size > extra_size_remaining) - return mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_INVALID_HEADER_OR_CORRUPTED); + { + mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_INVALID_HEADER_OR_CORRUPTED); + goto handle_failure; + } if (field_id == MZ_ZIP64_EXTENDED_INFORMATION_FIELD_HEADER_ID) { @@ -2440,7 +2485,7 @@ handle_failure: mz_bool mz_zip_validate_archive(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_uint flags) { mz_zip_internal_state *pState; - uint32_t i; + mz_uint32 i; if ((!pZip) || (!pZip->m_pState) || (!pZip->m_pAlloc) || (!pZip->m_pFree) || (!pZip->m_pRead)) return mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_INVALID_PARAMETER); @@ -2458,9 +2503,6 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_validate_archive(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_uint flags) } else { - if (pZip->m_total_files >= MZ_UINT32_MAX) - return mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_ARCHIVE_TOO_LARGE); - if (pState->m_central_dir.m_size >= MZ_UINT32_MAX) return mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_ARCHIVE_TOO_LARGE); } @@ -2822,7 +2864,7 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_writer_init_file_v2(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pFilename, mz_uint64 cur_ofs = 0; char buf[4096]; - MZ_CLEAR_OBJ(buf); + MZ_CLEAR_ARR(buf); do { @@ -3185,7 +3227,7 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_mem_ex_v2(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pArchive_n pState->m_zip64 = MZ_TRUE; /*return mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_TOO_MANY_FILES); */ } - if ((buf_size > 0xFFFFFFFF) || (uncomp_size > 0xFFFFFFFF)) + if (((mz_uint64)buf_size > 0xFFFFFFFF) || (uncomp_size > 0xFFFFFFFF)) { pState->m_zip64 = MZ_TRUE; /*return mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_ARCHIVE_TOO_LARGE); */ @@ -3278,7 +3320,7 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_mem_ex_v2(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pArchive_n } cur_archive_file_ofs += num_alignment_padding_bytes; - MZ_CLEAR_OBJ(local_dir_header); + MZ_CLEAR_ARR(local_dir_header); if (!store_data_uncompressed || (level_and_flags & MZ_ZIP_FLAG_COMPRESSED_DATA)) { @@ -3425,35 +3467,37 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_mem_ex_v2(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pArchive_n return MZ_TRUE; } -mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_read_buf_callback(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pArchive_name, mz_file_read_func read_callback, void* callback_opaque, mz_uint64 size_to_add, const MZ_TIME_T *pFile_time, const void *pComment, mz_uint16 comment_size, mz_uint level_and_flags, +mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_read_buf_callback(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pArchive_name, mz_file_read_func read_callback, void* callback_opaque, mz_uint64 max_size, const MZ_TIME_T *pFile_time, const void *pComment, mz_uint16 comment_size, mz_uint level_and_flags, const char *user_extra_data, mz_uint user_extra_data_len, const char *user_extra_data_central, mz_uint user_extra_data_central_len) { - mz_uint16 gen_flags = MZ_ZIP_LDH_BIT_FLAG_HAS_LOCATOR; + mz_uint16 gen_flags; mz_uint uncomp_crc32 = MZ_CRC32_INIT, level, num_alignment_padding_bytes; mz_uint16 method = 0, dos_time = 0, dos_date = 0, ext_attributes = 0; - mz_uint64 local_dir_header_ofs, cur_archive_file_ofs = pZip->m_archive_size, uncomp_size = size_to_add, comp_size = 0; + mz_uint64 local_dir_header_ofs, cur_archive_file_ofs = pZip->m_archive_size, uncomp_size = 0, comp_size = 0; size_t archive_name_size; mz_uint8 local_dir_header[MZ_ZIP_LOCAL_DIR_HEADER_SIZE]; mz_uint8 *pExtra_data = NULL; mz_uint32 extra_size = 0; mz_uint8 extra_data[MZ_ZIP64_MAX_CENTRAL_EXTRA_FIELD_SIZE]; mz_zip_internal_state *pState; - mz_uint64 file_ofs = 0; - - if (!(level_and_flags & MZ_ZIP_FLAG_ASCII_FILENAME)) - gen_flags |= MZ_ZIP_GENERAL_PURPOSE_BIT_FLAG_UTF8; + mz_uint64 file_ofs = 0, cur_archive_header_file_ofs; if ((int)level_and_flags < 0) level_and_flags = MZ_DEFAULT_LEVEL; level = level_and_flags & 0xF; + gen_flags = (level_and_flags & MZ_ZIP_FLAG_WRITE_HEADER_SET_SIZE) ? 0 : MZ_ZIP_LDH_BIT_FLAG_HAS_LOCATOR; + + if (!(level_and_flags & MZ_ZIP_FLAG_ASCII_FILENAME)) + gen_flags |= MZ_ZIP_GENERAL_PURPOSE_BIT_FLAG_UTF8; + /* Sanity checks */ if ((!pZip) || (!pZip->m_pState) || (pZip->m_zip_mode != MZ_ZIP_MODE_WRITING) || (!pArchive_name) || ((comment_size) && (!pComment)) || (level > MZ_UBER_COMPRESSION)) return mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_INVALID_PARAMETER); pState = pZip->m_pState; - if ((!pState->m_zip64) && (uncomp_size > MZ_UINT32_MAX)) + if ((!pState->m_zip64) && (max_size > MZ_UINT32_MAX)) { /* Source file is too large for non-zip64 */ /*return mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_ARCHIVE_TOO_LARGE); */ @@ -3510,7 +3554,7 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_read_buf_callback(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pA } #endif - if (uncomp_size <= 3) + if (max_size <= 3) level = 0; if (!mz_zip_writer_write_zeros(pZip, cur_archive_file_ofs, num_alignment_padding_bytes)) @@ -3526,19 +3570,25 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_read_buf_callback(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pA MZ_ASSERT((cur_archive_file_ofs & (pZip->m_file_offset_alignment - 1)) == 0); } - if (uncomp_size && level) + if (max_size && level) { method = MZ_DEFLATED; } - MZ_CLEAR_OBJ(local_dir_header); + MZ_CLEAR_ARR(local_dir_header); if (pState->m_zip64) { - if (uncomp_size >= MZ_UINT32_MAX || local_dir_header_ofs >= MZ_UINT32_MAX) + if (max_size >= MZ_UINT32_MAX || local_dir_header_ofs >= MZ_UINT32_MAX) { pExtra_data = extra_data; - extra_size = mz_zip_writer_create_zip64_extra_data(extra_data, (uncomp_size >= MZ_UINT32_MAX) ? &uncomp_size : NULL, - (uncomp_size >= MZ_UINT32_MAX) ? &comp_size : NULL, (local_dir_header_ofs >= MZ_UINT32_MAX) ? &local_dir_header_ofs : NULL); + if (level_and_flags & MZ_ZIP_FLAG_WRITE_HEADER_SET_SIZE) + extra_size = mz_zip_writer_create_zip64_extra_data(extra_data, (max_size >= MZ_UINT32_MAX) ? &uncomp_size : NULL, + (max_size >= MZ_UINT32_MAX) ? &comp_size : NULL, + (local_dir_header_ofs >= MZ_UINT32_MAX) ? &local_dir_header_ofs : NULL); + else + extra_size = mz_zip_writer_create_zip64_extra_data(extra_data, NULL, + NULL, + (local_dir_header_ofs >= MZ_UINT32_MAX) ? &local_dir_header_ofs : NULL); } if (!mz_zip_writer_create_local_dir_header(pZip, local_dir_header, (mz_uint16)archive_name_size, (mz_uint16)(extra_size + user_extra_data_len), 0, 0, 0, method, gen_flags, dos_time, dos_date)) @@ -3589,9 +3639,8 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_read_buf_callback(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pA cur_archive_file_ofs += user_extra_data_len; } - if (uncomp_size) + if (max_size) { - mz_uint64 uncomp_remaining = uncomp_size; void *pRead_buf = pZip->m_pAlloc(pZip->m_pAlloc_opaque, 1, MZ_ZIP_MAX_IO_BUF_SIZE); if (!pRead_buf) { @@ -3600,19 +3649,27 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_read_buf_callback(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pA if (!level) { - while (uncomp_remaining) + while (1) { - mz_uint n = (mz_uint)MZ_MIN((mz_uint64)MZ_ZIP_MAX_IO_BUF_SIZE, uncomp_remaining); - if ((read_callback(callback_opaque, file_ofs, pRead_buf, n) != n) || (pZip->m_pWrite(pZip->m_pIO_opaque, cur_archive_file_ofs, pRead_buf, n) != n)) + size_t n = read_callback(callback_opaque, file_ofs, pRead_buf, MZ_ZIP_MAX_IO_BUF_SIZE); + if (n == 0) + break; + + if ((n > MZ_ZIP_MAX_IO_BUF_SIZE) || (file_ofs + n > max_size)) { pZip->m_pFree(pZip->m_pAlloc_opaque, pRead_buf); return mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_FILE_READ_FAILED); } - file_ofs += n; + if (pZip->m_pWrite(pZip->m_pIO_opaque, cur_archive_file_ofs, pRead_buf, n) != n) + { + pZip->m_pFree(pZip->m_pAlloc_opaque, pRead_buf); + return mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_FILE_WRITE_FAILED); + } + file_ofs += n; uncomp_crc32 = (mz_uint32)mz_crc32(uncomp_crc32, (const mz_uint8 *)pRead_buf, n); - uncomp_remaining -= n; cur_archive_file_ofs += n; } + uncomp_size = file_ofs; comp_size = uncomp_size; } else @@ -3639,24 +3696,26 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_read_buf_callback(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pA for (;;) { - size_t in_buf_size = (mz_uint32)MZ_MIN(uncomp_remaining, (mz_uint64)MZ_ZIP_MAX_IO_BUF_SIZE); tdefl_status status; tdefl_flush flush = TDEFL_NO_FLUSH; - if (read_callback(callback_opaque, file_ofs, pRead_buf, in_buf_size)!= in_buf_size) + size_t n = read_callback(callback_opaque, file_ofs, pRead_buf, MZ_ZIP_MAX_IO_BUF_SIZE); + if ((n > MZ_ZIP_MAX_IO_BUF_SIZE) || (file_ofs + n > max_size)) { mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_FILE_READ_FAILED); break; } - file_ofs += in_buf_size; - uncomp_crc32 = (mz_uint32)mz_crc32(uncomp_crc32, (const mz_uint8 *)pRead_buf, in_buf_size); - uncomp_remaining -= in_buf_size; + file_ofs += n; + uncomp_crc32 = (mz_uint32)mz_crc32(uncomp_crc32, (const mz_uint8 *)pRead_buf, n); if (pZip->m_pNeeds_keepalive != NULL && pZip->m_pNeeds_keepalive(pZip->m_pIO_opaque)) flush = TDEFL_FULL_FLUSH; - status = tdefl_compress_buffer(pComp, pRead_buf, in_buf_size, uncomp_remaining ? flush : TDEFL_FINISH); + if (n == 0) + flush = TDEFL_FINISH; + + status = tdefl_compress_buffer(pComp, pRead_buf, n, flush); if (status == TDEFL_STATUS_DONE) { result = MZ_TRUE; @@ -3677,6 +3736,7 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_read_buf_callback(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pA return MZ_FALSE; } + uncomp_size = file_ofs; comp_size = state.m_comp_size; cur_archive_file_ofs = state.m_cur_archive_file_ofs; } @@ -3684,6 +3744,7 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_read_buf_callback(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pA pZip->m_pFree(pZip->m_pAlloc_opaque, pRead_buf); } + if (!(level_and_flags & MZ_ZIP_FLAG_WRITE_HEADER_SET_SIZE)) { mz_uint8 local_dir_footer[MZ_ZIP_DATA_DESCRIPTER_SIZE64]; mz_uint32 local_dir_footer_size = MZ_ZIP_DATA_DESCRIPTER_SIZE32; @@ -3711,6 +3772,44 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_read_buf_callback(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pA cur_archive_file_ofs += local_dir_footer_size; } + if (level_and_flags & MZ_ZIP_FLAG_WRITE_HEADER_SET_SIZE) + { + if (pExtra_data != NULL) + { + extra_size = mz_zip_writer_create_zip64_extra_data(extra_data, (max_size >= MZ_UINT32_MAX) ? &uncomp_size : NULL, + (max_size >= MZ_UINT32_MAX) ? &comp_size : NULL, (local_dir_header_ofs >= MZ_UINT32_MAX) ? &local_dir_header_ofs : NULL); + } + + if (!mz_zip_writer_create_local_dir_header(pZip, local_dir_header, + (mz_uint16)archive_name_size, (mz_uint16)(extra_size + user_extra_data_len), + (max_size >= MZ_UINT32_MAX) ? MZ_UINT32_MAX : uncomp_size, + (max_size >= MZ_UINT32_MAX) ? MZ_UINT32_MAX : comp_size, + uncomp_crc32, method, gen_flags, dos_time, dos_date)) + return mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_INTERNAL_ERROR); + + cur_archive_header_file_ofs = local_dir_header_ofs; + + if (pZip->m_pWrite(pZip->m_pIO_opaque, cur_archive_header_file_ofs, local_dir_header, sizeof(local_dir_header)) != sizeof(local_dir_header)) + return mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_FILE_WRITE_FAILED); + + if (pExtra_data != NULL) + { + cur_archive_header_file_ofs += sizeof(local_dir_header); + + if (pZip->m_pWrite(pZip->m_pIO_opaque, cur_archive_header_file_ofs, pArchive_name, archive_name_size) != archive_name_size) + { + return mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_FILE_WRITE_FAILED); + } + + cur_archive_header_file_ofs += archive_name_size; + + if (pZip->m_pWrite(pZip->m_pIO_opaque, cur_archive_header_file_ofs, extra_data, extra_size) != extra_size) + return mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_FILE_WRITE_FAILED); + + cur_archive_header_file_ofs += extra_size; + } + } + if (pExtra_data != NULL) { extra_size = mz_zip_writer_create_zip64_extra_data(extra_data, (uncomp_size >= MZ_UINT32_MAX) ? &uncomp_size : NULL, @@ -3741,10 +3840,10 @@ static size_t mz_file_read_func_stdio(void *pOpaque, mz_uint64 file_ofs, void *p return MZ_FREAD(pBuf, 1, n, pSrc_file); } -mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_cfile(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pArchive_name, MZ_FILE *pSrc_file, mz_uint64 size_to_add, const MZ_TIME_T *pFile_time, const void *pComment, mz_uint16 comment_size, mz_uint level_and_flags, +mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_cfile(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pArchive_name, MZ_FILE *pSrc_file, mz_uint64 max_size, const MZ_TIME_T *pFile_time, const void *pComment, mz_uint16 comment_size, mz_uint level_and_flags, const char *user_extra_data, mz_uint user_extra_data_len, const char *user_extra_data_central, mz_uint user_extra_data_central_len) { - return mz_zip_writer_add_read_buf_callback(pZip, pArchive_name, mz_file_read_func_stdio, pSrc_file, size_to_add, pFile_time, pComment, comment_size, level_and_flags, + return mz_zip_writer_add_read_buf_callback(pZip, pArchive_name, mz_file_read_func_stdio, pSrc_file, max_size, pFile_time, pComment, comment_size, level_and_flags, user_extra_data, user_extra_data_len, user_extra_data_central, user_extra_data_central_len); } @@ -3780,7 +3879,7 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_file(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pArchive_name, } #endif /* #ifndef MINIZ_NO_STDIO */ -static mz_bool mz_zip_writer_update_zip64_extension_block(mz_zip_array *pNew_ext, mz_zip_archive *pZip, const mz_uint8 *pExt, uint32_t ext_len, mz_uint64 *pComp_size, mz_uint64 *pUncomp_size, mz_uint64 *pLocal_header_ofs, mz_uint32 *pDisk_start) +static mz_bool mz_zip_writer_update_zip64_extension_block(mz_zip_array *pNew_ext, mz_zip_archive *pZip, const mz_uint8 *pExt, mz_uint32 ext_len, mz_uint64 *pComp_size, mz_uint64 *pUncomp_size, mz_uint64 *pLocal_header_ofs, mz_uint32 *pDisk_start) { /* + 64 should be enough for any new zip64 data */ if (!mz_zip_array_reserve(pZip, pNew_ext, ext_len + 64, MZ_FALSE)) @@ -4096,10 +4195,10 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_from_zip_reader(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_zip_archive * if (pZip->m_pState->m_zip64) { /* dest is zip64, so upgrade the data descriptor */ - const mz_uint32 *pSrc_descriptor = (const mz_uint32 *)((const mz_uint8 *)pBuf + (has_id ? sizeof(mz_uint32) : 0)); - const mz_uint32 src_crc32 = pSrc_descriptor[0]; - const mz_uint64 src_comp_size = pSrc_descriptor[1]; - const mz_uint64 src_uncomp_size = pSrc_descriptor[2]; + const mz_uint8 *pSrc_descriptor = (const mz_uint8 *)pBuf + (has_id ? sizeof(mz_uint32) : 0); + const mz_uint32 src_crc32 = MZ_READ_LE32(pSrc_descriptor); + const mz_uint64 src_comp_size = MZ_READ_LE32(pSrc_descriptor + sizeof(mz_uint32)); + const mz_uint64 src_uncomp_size = MZ_READ_LE32(pSrc_descriptor + 2*sizeof(mz_uint32)); mz_write_le32((mz_uint8 *)pBuf, MZ_ZIP_DATA_DESCRIPTOR_ID); mz_write_le32((mz_uint8 *)pBuf + sizeof(mz_uint32) * 1, src_crc32); @@ -4235,7 +4334,7 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_writer_finalize_archive(mz_zip_archive *pZip) if (pState->m_zip64) { - if ((pZip->m_total_files > MZ_UINT32_MAX) || (pState->m_central_dir.m_size >= MZ_UINT32_MAX)) + if ((mz_uint64)pState->m_central_dir.m_size >= MZ_UINT32_MAX) return mz_zip_set_error(pZip, MZ_ZIP_TOO_MANY_FILES); } else @@ -4263,7 +4362,7 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_writer_finalize_archive(mz_zip_archive *pZip) /* Write zip64 end of central directory header */ mz_uint64 rel_ofs_to_zip64_ecdr = pZip->m_archive_size; - MZ_CLEAR_OBJ(hdr); + MZ_CLEAR_ARR(hdr); MZ_WRITE_LE32(hdr + MZ_ZIP64_ECDH_SIG_OFS, MZ_ZIP64_END_OF_CENTRAL_DIR_HEADER_SIG); MZ_WRITE_LE64(hdr + MZ_ZIP64_ECDH_SIZE_OF_RECORD_OFS, MZ_ZIP64_END_OF_CENTRAL_DIR_HEADER_SIZE - sizeof(mz_uint32) - sizeof(mz_uint64)); MZ_WRITE_LE16(hdr + MZ_ZIP64_ECDH_VERSION_MADE_BY_OFS, 0x031E); /* TODO: always Unix */ @@ -4278,7 +4377,7 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_writer_finalize_archive(mz_zip_archive *pZip) pZip->m_archive_size += MZ_ZIP64_END_OF_CENTRAL_DIR_HEADER_SIZE; /* Write zip64 end of central directory locator */ - MZ_CLEAR_OBJ(hdr); + MZ_CLEAR_ARR(hdr); MZ_WRITE_LE32(hdr + MZ_ZIP64_ECDL_SIG_OFS, MZ_ZIP64_END_OF_CENTRAL_DIR_LOCATOR_SIG); MZ_WRITE_LE64(hdr + MZ_ZIP64_ECDL_REL_OFS_TO_ZIP64_ECDR_OFS, rel_ofs_to_zip64_ecdr); MZ_WRITE_LE32(hdr + MZ_ZIP64_ECDL_TOTAL_NUMBER_OF_DISKS_OFS, 1); @@ -4289,7 +4388,7 @@ mz_bool mz_zip_writer_finalize_archive(mz_zip_archive *pZip) } /* Write end of central directory record */ - MZ_CLEAR_OBJ(hdr); + MZ_CLEAR_ARR(hdr); MZ_WRITE_LE32(hdr + MZ_ZIP_ECDH_SIG_OFS, MZ_ZIP_END_OF_CENTRAL_DIR_HEADER_SIG); MZ_WRITE_LE16(hdr + MZ_ZIP_ECDH_CDIR_NUM_ENTRIES_ON_DISK_OFS, MZ_MIN(MZ_UINT16_MAX, pZip->m_total_files)); MZ_WRITE_LE16(hdr + MZ_ZIP_ECDH_CDIR_TOTAL_ENTRIES_OFS, MZ_MIN(MZ_UINT16_MAX, pZip->m_total_files)); @@ -4605,7 +4704,9 @@ const char *mz_zip_get_error_string(mz_zip_error mz_err) case MZ_ZIP_VALIDATION_FAILED: return "validation failed"; case MZ_ZIP_WRITE_CALLBACK_FAILED: - return "write calledback failed"; + return "write callback failed"; + case MZ_ZIP_TOTAL_ERRORS: + return "total errors"; default: break; } diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_zip.h b/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_zip.h index 9bd707f8..876d8444 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_zip.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/miniz/miniz_zip.h @@ -32,10 +32,6 @@ typedef struct mz_uint16 m_bit_flag; mz_uint16 m_method; -#ifndef MINIZ_NO_TIME - MZ_TIME_T m_time; -#endif - /* CRC-32 of uncompressed data. */ mz_uint32 m_crc32; @@ -72,6 +68,11 @@ typedef struct /* Guaranteed to be zero terminated, may be truncated to fit. */ char m_comment[MZ_ZIP_MAX_ARCHIVE_FILE_COMMENT_SIZE]; +#ifdef MINIZ_NO_TIME + MZ_TIME_T m_padding; +#else + MZ_TIME_T m_time; +#endif } mz_zip_archive_file_stat; typedef size_t (*mz_file_read_func)(void *pOpaque, mz_uint64 file_ofs, void *pBuf, size_t n); @@ -97,7 +98,10 @@ typedef enum { MZ_ZIP_FLAG_VALIDATE_HEADERS_ONLY = 0x2000, /* validate the local headers, but don't decompress the entire file and check the crc32 */ MZ_ZIP_FLAG_WRITE_ZIP64 = 0x4000, /* always use the zip64 file format, instead of the original zip file format with automatic switch to zip64. Use as flags parameter with mz_zip_writer_init*_v2 */ MZ_ZIP_FLAG_WRITE_ALLOW_READING = 0x8000, - MZ_ZIP_FLAG_ASCII_FILENAME = 0x10000 + MZ_ZIP_FLAG_ASCII_FILENAME = 0x10000, + /*After adding a compressed file, seek back + to local file header and set the correct sizes*/ + MZ_ZIP_FLAG_WRITE_HEADER_SET_SIZE = 0x20000 } mz_zip_flags; typedef enum { @@ -180,9 +184,7 @@ typedef struct mz_uint flags; int status; -#ifndef MINIZ_DISABLE_ZIP_READER_CRC32_CHECKS - mz_uint file_crc32; -#endif + mz_uint64 read_buf_size, read_buf_ofs, read_buf_avail, comp_remaining, out_buf_ofs, cur_file_ofs; mz_zip_archive_file_stat file_stat; void *pRead_buf; @@ -192,6 +194,12 @@ typedef struct tinfl_decompressor inflator; +#ifdef MINIZ_DISABLE_ZIP_READER_CRC32_CHECKS + mz_uint padding; +#else + mz_uint file_crc32; +#endif + } mz_zip_reader_extract_iter_state; /* -------- ZIP reading */ @@ -315,9 +323,9 @@ MINIZ_EXPORT mz_bool mz_zip_reader_extract_file_to_cfile(mz_zip_archive *pZip, c /* TODO */ typedef void *mz_zip_streaming_extract_state_ptr; mz_zip_streaming_extract_state_ptr mz_zip_streaming_extract_begin(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_uint file_index, mz_uint flags); - uint64_t mz_zip_streaming_extract_get_size(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_zip_streaming_extract_state_ptr pState); - uint64_t mz_zip_streaming_extract_get_cur_ofs(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_zip_streaming_extract_state_ptr pState); - mz_bool mz_zip_streaming_extract_seek(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_zip_streaming_extract_state_ptr pState, uint64_t new_ofs); + mz_uint64 mz_zip_streaming_extract_get_size(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_zip_streaming_extract_state_ptr pState); + mz_uint64 mz_zip_streaming_extract_get_cur_ofs(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_zip_streaming_extract_state_ptr pState); + mz_bool mz_zip_streaming_extract_seek(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_zip_streaming_extract_state_ptr pState, mz_uint64 new_ofs); size_t mz_zip_streaming_extract_read(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_zip_streaming_extract_state_ptr pState, void *pBuf, size_t buf_size); mz_bool mz_zip_streaming_extract_end(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_zip_streaming_extract_state_ptr pState); #endif @@ -331,7 +339,9 @@ MINIZ_EXPORT mz_bool mz_zip_validate_archive(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_uint flags /* Misc utils/helpers, valid for ZIP reading or writing */ MINIZ_EXPORT mz_bool mz_zip_validate_mem_archive(const void *pMem, size_t size, mz_uint flags, mz_zip_error *pErr); +#ifndef MINIZ_NO_STDIO MINIZ_EXPORT mz_bool mz_zip_validate_file_archive(const char *pFilename, mz_uint flags, mz_zip_error *pErr); +#endif /* Universal end function - calls either mz_zip_reader_end() or mz_zip_writer_end(). */ MINIZ_EXPORT mz_bool mz_zip_end(mz_zip_archive *pZip); @@ -380,17 +390,18 @@ MINIZ_EXPORT mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_mem_ex_v2(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const cha /* Adds the contents of a file to an archive. This function also records the disk file's modified time into the archive. */ /* File data is supplied via a read callback function. User mz_zip_writer_add_(c)file to add a file directly.*/ -MINIZ_EXPORT mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_read_buf_callback(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pArchive_name, mz_file_read_func read_callback, void* callback_opaque, mz_uint64 size_to_add, +MINIZ_EXPORT mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_read_buf_callback(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pArchive_name, mz_file_read_func read_callback, void* callback_opaque, mz_uint64 max_size, const MZ_TIME_T *pFile_time, const void *pComment, mz_uint16 comment_size, mz_uint level_and_flags, const char *user_extra_data_local, mz_uint user_extra_data_local_len, const char *user_extra_data_central, mz_uint user_extra_data_central_len); + #ifndef MINIZ_NO_STDIO /* Adds the contents of a disk file to an archive. This function also records the disk file's modified time into the archive. */ /* level_and_flags - compression level (0-10, see MZ_BEST_SPEED, MZ_BEST_COMPRESSION, etc.) logically OR'd with zero or more mz_zip_flags, or just set to MZ_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION. */ MINIZ_EXPORT mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_file(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pArchive_name, const char *pSrc_filename, const void *pComment, mz_uint16 comment_size, mz_uint level_and_flags); /* Like mz_zip_writer_add_file(), except the file data is read from the specified FILE stream. */ -MINIZ_EXPORT mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_cfile(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pArchive_name, MZ_FILE *pSrc_file, mz_uint64 size_to_add, +MINIZ_EXPORT mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_cfile(mz_zip_archive *pZip, const char *pArchive_name, MZ_FILE *pSrc_file, mz_uint64 max_size, const MZ_TIME_T *pFile_time, const void *pComment, mz_uint16 comment_size, mz_uint level_and_flags, const char *user_extra_data_local, mz_uint user_extra_data_local_len, const char *user_extra_data_central, mz_uint user_extra_data_central_len); #endif @@ -404,7 +415,7 @@ MINIZ_EXPORT mz_bool mz_zip_writer_add_from_zip_reader(mz_zip_archive *pZip, mz_ /* An archive must be manually finalized by calling this function for it to be valid. */ MINIZ_EXPORT mz_bool mz_zip_writer_finalize_archive(mz_zip_archive *pZip); -/* Finalizes a heap archive, returning a poiner to the heap block and its size. */ +/* Finalizes a heap archive, returning a pointer to the heap block and its size. */ /* The heap block will be allocated using the mz_zip_archive's alloc/realloc callbacks. */ MINIZ_EXPORT mz_bool mz_zip_writer_finalize_heap_archive(mz_zip_archive *pZip, void **ppBuf, size_t *pSize); @@ -421,11 +432,13 @@ MINIZ_EXPORT mz_bool mz_zip_writer_end(mz_zip_archive *pZip); MINIZ_EXPORT mz_bool mz_zip_add_mem_to_archive_file_in_place(const char *pZip_filename, const char *pArchive_name, const void *pBuf, size_t buf_size, const void *pComment, mz_uint16 comment_size, mz_uint level_and_flags); MINIZ_EXPORT mz_bool mz_zip_add_mem_to_archive_file_in_place_v2(const char *pZip_filename, const char *pArchive_name, const void *pBuf, size_t buf_size, const void *pComment, mz_uint16 comment_size, mz_uint level_and_flags, mz_zip_error *pErr); +#ifndef MINIZ_NO_STDIO /* Reads a single file from an archive into a heap block. */ /* If pComment is not NULL, only the file with the specified comment will be extracted. */ /* Returns NULL on failure. */ MINIZ_EXPORT void *mz_zip_extract_archive_file_to_heap(const char *pZip_filename, const char *pArchive_name, size_t *pSize, mz_uint flags); MINIZ_EXPORT void *mz_zip_extract_archive_file_to_heap_v2(const char *pZip_filename, const char *pArchive_name, const char *pComment, size_t *pSize, mz_uint flags, mz_zip_error *pErr); +#endif #endif /* #ifndef MINIZ_NO_ARCHIVE_WRITING_APIS */ diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/pnpoly.h/pnpoly.h b/sources/3rdparty/pnpoly.h/pnpoly.h index 82d5406d..1f93f0c4 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/pnpoly.h/pnpoly.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/pnpoly.h/pnpoly.h @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ PNPOLY_DEF int pnpoly_soa(int nvert, const float *vertx, const float *verty, flo /* Copyright (c) 1970-2003, Wm. Randolph Franklin -Copyright (c) 2020, by Matvey Cherevko (blackmatov@gmail.com) +Copyright (c) 2020-2021, by Matvey Cherevko (blackmatov@gmail.com) Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/pugixml/pugixml.cpp b/sources/3rdparty/pugixml/pugixml.cpp index 90c48b21..c63645b6 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/pugixml/pugixml.cpp +++ b/sources/3rdparty/pugixml/pugixml.cpp @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /** - * pugixml parser - version 1.10 + * pugixml parser - version 1.13 * -------------------------------------------------------- - * Copyright (C) 2006-2019, by Arseny Kapoulkine (arseny.kapoulkine@gmail.com) + * Copyright (C) 2006-2022, by Arseny Kapoulkine (arseny.kapoulkine@gmail.com) * Report bugs and download new versions at https://pugixml.org/ * * This library is distributed under the MIT License. See notice at the end @@ -132,8 +132,10 @@ using std::memset; #endif // In some environments MSVC is a compiler but the CRT lacks certain MSVC-specific features -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__S3E__) +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__S3E__) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) # define PUGI__MSVC_CRT_VERSION _MSC_VER +#elif defined(_WIN32_WCE) +# define PUGI__MSVC_CRT_VERSION 1310 // MSVC7.1 #endif // Not all platforms have snprintf; we define a wrapper that uses snprintf if possible. This only works with buffers with a known size. @@ -378,7 +380,7 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN static PUGI__UNSIGNED_OVERFLOW unsigned int hash(const void* key) { - unsigned int h = static_cast(reinterpret_cast(key)); + unsigned int h = static_cast(reinterpret_cast(key) & 0xffffffff); // MurmurHash3 32-bit finalizer h ^= h >> 16; @@ -526,7 +528,8 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN xml_memory_page* page = xml_memory_page::construct(memory); assert(page); - page->allocator = _root->allocator; + assert(this == _root->allocator); + page->allocator = this; return page; } @@ -1273,12 +1276,14 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN child->parent = parent; - if (node->next_sibling) - node->next_sibling->prev_sibling_c = child; + xml_node_struct* next = node->next_sibling; + + if (next) + next->prev_sibling_c = child; else parent->first_child->prev_sibling_c = child; - child->next_sibling = node->next_sibling; + child->next_sibling = next; child->prev_sibling_c = node; node->next_sibling = child; @@ -1290,12 +1295,14 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN child->parent = parent; - if (node->prev_sibling_c->next_sibling) - node->prev_sibling_c->next_sibling = child; + xml_node_struct* prev = node->prev_sibling_c; + + if (prev->next_sibling) + prev->next_sibling = child; else parent->first_child = child; - child->prev_sibling_c = node->prev_sibling_c; + child->prev_sibling_c = prev; child->next_sibling = node; node->prev_sibling_c = child; @@ -1305,15 +1312,18 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN { xml_node_struct* parent = node->parent; - if (node->next_sibling) - node->next_sibling->prev_sibling_c = node->prev_sibling_c; - else - parent->first_child->prev_sibling_c = node->prev_sibling_c; + xml_node_struct* next = node->next_sibling; + xml_node_struct* prev = node->prev_sibling_c; - if (node->prev_sibling_c->next_sibling) - node->prev_sibling_c->next_sibling = node->next_sibling; + if (next) + next->prev_sibling_c = prev; else - parent->first_child = node->next_sibling; + parent->first_child->prev_sibling_c = prev; + + if (prev->next_sibling) + prev->next_sibling = next; + else + parent->first_child = next; node->parent = 0; node->prev_sibling_c = 0; @@ -1357,39 +1367,46 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN inline void insert_attribute_after(xml_attribute_struct* attr, xml_attribute_struct* place, xml_node_struct* node) { - if (place->next_attribute) - place->next_attribute->prev_attribute_c = attr; + xml_attribute_struct* next = place->next_attribute; + + if (next) + next->prev_attribute_c = attr; else node->first_attribute->prev_attribute_c = attr; - attr->next_attribute = place->next_attribute; + attr->next_attribute = next; attr->prev_attribute_c = place; place->next_attribute = attr; } inline void insert_attribute_before(xml_attribute_struct* attr, xml_attribute_struct* place, xml_node_struct* node) { - if (place->prev_attribute_c->next_attribute) - place->prev_attribute_c->next_attribute = attr; + xml_attribute_struct* prev = place->prev_attribute_c; + + if (prev->next_attribute) + prev->next_attribute = attr; else node->first_attribute = attr; - attr->prev_attribute_c = place->prev_attribute_c; + attr->prev_attribute_c = prev; attr->next_attribute = place; place->prev_attribute_c = attr; } inline void remove_attribute(xml_attribute_struct* attr, xml_node_struct* node) { - if (attr->next_attribute) - attr->next_attribute->prev_attribute_c = attr->prev_attribute_c; - else - node->first_attribute->prev_attribute_c = attr->prev_attribute_c; + xml_attribute_struct* next = attr->next_attribute; + xml_attribute_struct* prev = attr->prev_attribute_c; - if (attr->prev_attribute_c->next_attribute) - attr->prev_attribute_c->next_attribute = attr->next_attribute; + if (next) + next->prev_attribute_c = prev; else - node->first_attribute = attr->next_attribute; + node->first_attribute->prev_attribute_c = prev; + + if (prev->next_attribute) + prev->next_attribute = next; + else + node->first_attribute = next; attr->prev_attribute_c = 0; attr->next_attribute = 0; @@ -4435,6 +4452,9 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN while (sit && sit != sn) { + // loop invariant: dit is inside the subtree rooted at dn + assert(dit); + // when a tree is copied into one of the descendants, we need to skip that subtree to avoid an infinite loop if (sit != dn) { @@ -4464,9 +4484,14 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN sit = sit->parent; dit = dit->parent; + + // loop invariant: dit is inside the subtree rooted at dn while sit is inside sn + assert(sit == sn || dit); } while (sit != sn); } + + assert(!sit || dit == dn->parent); } PUGI__FN void node_copy_attribute(xml_attribute_struct* da, xml_attribute_struct* sa) @@ -4665,19 +4690,19 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN } template - PUGI__FN bool set_value_convert(String& dest, Header& header, uintptr_t header_mask, float value) + PUGI__FN bool set_value_convert(String& dest, Header& header, uintptr_t header_mask, float value, int precision) { char buf[128]; - PUGI__SNPRINTF(buf, "%.9g", double(value)); + PUGI__SNPRINTF(buf, "%.*g", precision, double(value)); return set_value_ascii(dest, header, header_mask, buf); } template - PUGI__FN bool set_value_convert(String& dest, Header& header, uintptr_t header_mask, double value) + PUGI__FN bool set_value_convert(String& dest, Header& header, uintptr_t header_mask, double value, int precision) { char buf[128]; - PUGI__SNPRINTF(buf, "%.17g", value); + PUGI__SNPRINTF(buf, "%.*g", precision, value); return set_value_ascii(dest, header, header_mask, buf); } @@ -4696,6 +4721,9 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN // get actual encoding xml_encoding buffer_encoding = impl::get_buffer_encoding(encoding, contents, size); + // if convert_buffer below throws bad_alloc, we still need to deallocate contents if we own it + auto_deleter contents_guard(own ? contents : 0, xml_memory::deallocate); + // get private buffer char_t* buffer = 0; size_t length = 0; @@ -4703,6 +4731,9 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN // coverity[var_deref_model] if (!impl::convert_buffer(buffer, length, buffer_encoding, contents, size, is_mutable)) return impl::make_parse_result(status_out_of_memory); + // after this we either deallocate contents (below) or hold on to it via doc->buffer, so we don't need to guard it + contents_guard.release(); + // delete original buffer if we performed a conversion if (own && buffer != contents && contents) impl::xml_memory::deallocate(contents); @@ -4724,7 +4755,7 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN // we need to get length of entire file to load it in memory; the only (relatively) sane way to do it is via seek/tell trick PUGI__FN xml_parse_status get_file_size(FILE* file, size_t& out_result) { - #if defined(PUGI__MSVC_CRT_VERSION) && PUGI__MSVC_CRT_VERSION >= 1400 && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) + #if defined(PUGI__MSVC_CRT_VERSION) && PUGI__MSVC_CRT_VERSION >= 1400 // there are 64-bit versions of fseek/ftell, let's use them typedef __int64 length_type; @@ -4973,7 +5004,12 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN #if defined(PUGI__MSVC_CRT_VERSION) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || (defined(__MINGW32__) && (!defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) || defined(__MINGW64_VERSION_MAJOR))) PUGI__FN FILE* open_file_wide(const wchar_t* path, const wchar_t* mode) { +#if defined(PUGI__MSVC_CRT_VERSION) && PUGI__MSVC_CRT_VERSION >= 1400 + FILE* file = 0; + return _wfopen_s(&file, path, mode) == 0 ? file : 0; +#else return _wfopen(path, mode); +#endif } #else PUGI__FN char* convert_path_heap(const wchar_t* str) @@ -5017,6 +5053,16 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN } #endif + PUGI__FN FILE* open_file(const char* path, const char* mode) + { +#if defined(PUGI__MSVC_CRT_VERSION) && PUGI__MSVC_CRT_VERSION >= 1400 + FILE* file = 0; + return fopen_s(&file, path, mode) == 0 ? file : 0; +#else + return fopen(path, mode); +#endif + } + PUGI__FN bool save_file_impl(const xml_document& doc, FILE* file, const char_t* indent, unsigned int flags, xml_encoding encoding) { if (!file) return false; @@ -5024,7 +5070,7 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN xml_writer_file writer(file); doc.save(writer, indent, flags, encoding); - return ferror(file) == 0; + return fflush(file) == 0 && ferror(file) == 0; } struct name_null_sentry @@ -5159,53 +5205,72 @@ namespace pugi PUGI__FN xml_attribute xml_attribute::next_attribute() const { - return _attr ? xml_attribute(_attr->next_attribute) : xml_attribute(); + if (!_attr) return xml_attribute(); + return xml_attribute(_attr->next_attribute); } PUGI__FN xml_attribute xml_attribute::previous_attribute() const { - return _attr && _attr->prev_attribute_c->next_attribute ? xml_attribute(_attr->prev_attribute_c) : xml_attribute(); + if (!_attr) return xml_attribute(); + xml_attribute_struct* prev = _attr->prev_attribute_c; + return prev->next_attribute ? xml_attribute(prev) : xml_attribute(); } PUGI__FN const char_t* xml_attribute::as_string(const char_t* def) const { - return (_attr && _attr->value) ? _attr->value + 0 : def; + if (!_attr) return def; + const char_t* value = _attr->value; + return value ? value : def; } PUGI__FN int xml_attribute::as_int(int def) const { - return (_attr && _attr->value) ? impl::get_value_int(_attr->value) : def; + if (!_attr) return def; + const char_t* value = _attr->value; + return value ? impl::get_value_int(value) : def; } PUGI__FN unsigned int xml_attribute::as_uint(unsigned int def) const { - return (_attr && _attr->value) ? impl::get_value_uint(_attr->value) : def; + if (!_attr) return def; + const char_t* value = _attr->value; + return value ? impl::get_value_uint(value) : def; } PUGI__FN double xml_attribute::as_double(double def) const { - return (_attr && _attr->value) ? impl::get_value_double(_attr->value) : def; + if (!_attr) return def; + const char_t* value = _attr->value; + return value ? impl::get_value_double(value) : def; } PUGI__FN float xml_attribute::as_float(float def) const { - return (_attr && _attr->value) ? impl::get_value_float(_attr->value) : def; + if (!_attr) return def; + const char_t* value = _attr->value; + return value ? impl::get_value_float(value) : def; } PUGI__FN bool xml_attribute::as_bool(bool def) const { - return (_attr && _attr->value) ? impl::get_value_bool(_attr->value) : def; + if (!_attr) return def; + const char_t* value = _attr->value; + return value ? impl::get_value_bool(value) : def; } #ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_LONG_LONG PUGI__FN long long xml_attribute::as_llong(long long def) const { - return (_attr && _attr->value) ? impl::get_value_llong(_attr->value) : def; + if (!_attr) return def; + const char_t* value = _attr->value; + return value ? impl::get_value_llong(value) : def; } PUGI__FN unsigned long long xml_attribute::as_ullong(unsigned long long def) const { - return (_attr && _attr->value) ? impl::get_value_ullong(_attr->value) : def; + if (!_attr) return def; + const char_t* value = _attr->value; + return value ? impl::get_value_ullong(value) : def; } #endif @@ -5216,12 +5281,16 @@ namespace pugi PUGI__FN const char_t* xml_attribute::name() const { - return (_attr && _attr->name) ? _attr->name + 0 : PUGIXML_TEXT(""); + if (!_attr) return PUGIXML_TEXT(""); + const char_t* name = _attr->name; + return name ? name : PUGIXML_TEXT(""); } PUGI__FN const char_t* xml_attribute::value() const { - return (_attr && _attr->value) ? _attr->value + 0 : PUGIXML_TEXT(""); + if (!_attr) return PUGIXML_TEXT(""); + const char_t* value = _attr->value; + return value ? value : PUGIXML_TEXT(""); } PUGI__FN size_t xml_attribute::hash_value() const @@ -5303,6 +5372,13 @@ namespace pugi return impl::strcpy_insitu(_attr->name, _attr->header, impl::xml_memory_page_name_allocated_mask, rhs, impl::strlength(rhs)); } + PUGI__FN bool xml_attribute::set_value(const char_t* rhs, size_t sz) + { + if (!_attr) return false; + + return impl::strcpy_insitu(_attr->value, _attr->header, impl::xml_memory_page_value_allocated_mask, rhs, sz); + } + PUGI__FN bool xml_attribute::set_value(const char_t* rhs) { if (!_attr) return false; @@ -5342,14 +5418,28 @@ namespace pugi { if (!_attr) return false; - return impl::set_value_convert(_attr->value, _attr->header, impl::xml_memory_page_value_allocated_mask, rhs); + return impl::set_value_convert(_attr->value, _attr->header, impl::xml_memory_page_value_allocated_mask, rhs, default_double_precision); + } + + PUGI__FN bool xml_attribute::set_value(double rhs, int precision) + { + if (!_attr) return false; + + return impl::set_value_convert(_attr->value, _attr->header, impl::xml_memory_page_value_allocated_mask, rhs, precision); } PUGI__FN bool xml_attribute::set_value(float rhs) { if (!_attr) return false; - return impl::set_value_convert(_attr->value, _attr->header, impl::xml_memory_page_value_allocated_mask, rhs); + return impl::set_value_convert(_attr->value, _attr->header, impl::xml_memory_page_value_allocated_mask, rhs, default_float_precision); + } + + PUGI__FN bool xml_attribute::set_value(float rhs, int precision) + { + if (!_attr) return false; + + return impl::set_value_convert(_attr->value, _attr->header, impl::xml_memory_page_value_allocated_mask, rhs, precision); } PUGI__FN bool xml_attribute::set_value(bool rhs) @@ -5481,7 +5571,9 @@ namespace pugi PUGI__FN const char_t* xml_node::name() const { - return (_root && _root->name) ? _root->name + 0 : PUGIXML_TEXT(""); + if (!_root) return PUGIXML_TEXT(""); + const char_t* name = _root->name; + return name ? name : PUGIXML_TEXT(""); } PUGI__FN xml_node_type xml_node::type() const @@ -5491,7 +5583,9 @@ namespace pugi PUGI__FN const char_t* xml_node::value() const { - return (_root && _root->value) ? _root->value + 0 : PUGIXML_TEXT(""); + if (!_root) return PUGIXML_TEXT(""); + const char_t* value = _root->value; + return value ? value : PUGIXML_TEXT(""); } PUGI__FN xml_node xml_node::child(const char_t* name_) const @@ -5499,7 +5593,11 @@ namespace pugi if (!_root) return xml_node(); for (xml_node_struct* i = _root->first_child; i; i = i->next_sibling) - if (i->name && impl::strequal(name_, i->name)) return xml_node(i); + { + const char_t* iname = i->name; + if (iname && impl::strequal(name_, iname)) + return xml_node(i); + } return xml_node(); } @@ -5509,8 +5607,11 @@ namespace pugi if (!_root) return xml_attribute(); for (xml_attribute_struct* i = _root->first_attribute; i; i = i->next_attribute) - if (i->name && impl::strequal(name_, i->name)) + { + const char_t* iname = i->name; + if (iname && impl::strequal(name_, iname)) return xml_attribute(i); + } return xml_attribute(); } @@ -5520,7 +5621,11 @@ namespace pugi if (!_root) return xml_node(); for (xml_node_struct* i = _root->next_sibling; i; i = i->next_sibling) - if (i->name && impl::strequal(name_, i->name)) return xml_node(i); + { + const char_t* iname = i->name; + if (iname && impl::strequal(name_, iname)) + return xml_node(i); + } return xml_node(); } @@ -5535,7 +5640,11 @@ namespace pugi if (!_root) return xml_node(); for (xml_node_struct* i = _root->prev_sibling_c; i->next_sibling; i = i->prev_sibling_c) - if (i->name && impl::strequal(name_, i->name)) return xml_node(i); + { + const char_t* iname = i->name; + if (iname && impl::strequal(name_, iname)) + return xml_node(i); + } return xml_node(); } @@ -5551,24 +5660,30 @@ namespace pugi // optimistically search from hint up until the end for (xml_attribute_struct* i = hint; i; i = i->next_attribute) - if (i->name && impl::strequal(name_, i->name)) + { + const char_t* iname = i->name; + if (iname && impl::strequal(name_, iname)) { // update hint to maximize efficiency of searching for consecutive attributes hint_._attr = i->next_attribute; return xml_attribute(i); } + } // wrap around and search from the first attribute until the hint // 'j' null pointer check is technically redundant, but it prevents a crash in case the assertion above fails for (xml_attribute_struct* j = _root->first_attribute; j && j != hint; j = j->next_attribute) - if (j->name && impl::strequal(name_, j->name)) + { + const char_t* jname = j->name; + if (jname && impl::strequal(name_, jname)) { // update hint to maximize efficiency of searching for consecutive attributes hint_._attr = j->next_attribute; return xml_attribute(j); } + } return xml_attribute(); } @@ -5576,9 +5691,8 @@ namespace pugi PUGI__FN xml_node xml_node::previous_sibling() const { if (!_root) return xml_node(); - - if (_root->prev_sibling_c->next_sibling) return xml_node(_root->prev_sibling_c); - else return xml_node(); + xml_node_struct* prev = _root->prev_sibling_c; + return prev->next_sibling ? xml_node(prev) : xml_node(); } PUGI__FN xml_node xml_node::parent() const @@ -5605,8 +5719,11 @@ namespace pugi return _root->value; for (xml_node_struct* i = _root->first_child; i; i = i->next_sibling) - if (impl::is_text_node(i) && i->value) - return i->value; + { + const char_t* ivalue = i->value; + if (impl::is_text_node(i) && ivalue) + return ivalue; + } return PUGIXML_TEXT(""); } @@ -5618,22 +5735,28 @@ namespace pugi PUGI__FN xml_attribute xml_node::first_attribute() const { - return _root ? xml_attribute(_root->first_attribute) : xml_attribute(); + if (!_root) return xml_attribute(); + return xml_attribute(_root->first_attribute); } PUGI__FN xml_attribute xml_node::last_attribute() const { - return _root && _root->first_attribute ? xml_attribute(_root->first_attribute->prev_attribute_c) : xml_attribute(); + if (!_root) return xml_attribute(); + xml_attribute_struct* first = _root->first_attribute; + return first ? xml_attribute(first->prev_attribute_c) : xml_attribute(); } PUGI__FN xml_node xml_node::first_child() const { - return _root ? xml_node(_root->first_child) : xml_node(); + if (!_root) return xml_node(); + return xml_node(_root->first_child); } PUGI__FN xml_node xml_node::last_child() const { - return _root && _root->first_child ? xml_node(_root->first_child->prev_sibling_c) : xml_node(); + if (!_root) return xml_node(); + xml_node_struct* first = _root->first_child; + return first ? xml_node(first->prev_sibling_c) : xml_node(); } PUGI__FN bool xml_node::set_name(const char_t* rhs) @@ -5646,6 +5769,16 @@ namespace pugi return impl::strcpy_insitu(_root->name, _root->header, impl::xml_memory_page_name_allocated_mask, rhs, impl::strlength(rhs)); } + PUGI__FN bool xml_node::set_value(const char_t* rhs, size_t sz) + { + xml_node_type type_ = _root ? PUGI__NODETYPE(_root) : node_null; + + if (type_ != node_pcdata && type_ != node_cdata && type_ != node_comment && type_ != node_pi && type_ != node_doctype) + return false; + + return impl::strcpy_insitu(_root->value, _root->header, impl::xml_memory_page_value_allocated_mask, rhs, sz); + } + PUGI__FN bool xml_node::set_value(const char_t* rhs) { xml_node_type type_ = _root ? PUGI__NODETYPE(_root) : node_null; @@ -6059,6 +6192,27 @@ namespace pugi return true; } + PUGI__FN bool xml_node::remove_attributes() + { + if (!_root) return false; + + impl::xml_allocator& alloc = impl::get_allocator(_root); + if (!alloc.reserve()) return false; + + for (xml_attribute_struct* attr = _root->first_attribute; attr; ) + { + xml_attribute_struct* next = attr->next_attribute; + + impl::destroy_attribute(attr, alloc); + + attr = next; + } + + _root->first_attribute = 0; + + return true; + } + PUGI__FN bool xml_node::remove_child(const char_t* name_) { return remove_child(child(name_)); @@ -6077,6 +6231,27 @@ namespace pugi return true; } + PUGI__FN bool xml_node::remove_children() + { + if (!_root) return false; + + impl::xml_allocator& alloc = impl::get_allocator(_root); + if (!alloc.reserve()) return false; + + for (xml_node_struct* cur = _root->first_child; cur; ) + { + xml_node_struct* next = cur->next_sibling; + + impl::destroy_node(cur, alloc); + + cur = next; + } + + _root->first_child = 0; + + return true; + } + PUGI__FN xml_parse_result xml_node::append_buffer(const void* contents, size_t size, unsigned int options, xml_encoding encoding) { // append_buffer is only valid for elements/documents @@ -6117,12 +6292,22 @@ namespace pugi if (!_root) return xml_node(); for (xml_node_struct* i = _root->first_child; i; i = i->next_sibling) - if (i->name && impl::strequal(name_, i->name)) + { + const char_t* iname = i->name; + if (iname && impl::strequal(name_, iname)) { for (xml_attribute_struct* a = i->first_attribute; a; a = a->next_attribute) - if (a->name && impl::strequal(attr_name, a->name) && impl::strequal(attr_value, a->value ? a->value + 0 : PUGIXML_TEXT(""))) - return xml_node(i); + { + const char_t* aname = a->name; + if (aname && impl::strequal(attr_name, aname)) + { + const char_t* avalue = a->value; + if (impl::strequal(attr_value, avalue ? avalue : PUGIXML_TEXT(""))) + return xml_node(i); + } + } } + } return xml_node(); } @@ -6133,8 +6318,15 @@ namespace pugi for (xml_node_struct* i = _root->first_child; i; i = i->next_sibling) for (xml_attribute_struct* a = i->first_attribute; a; a = a->next_attribute) - if (a->name && impl::strequal(attr_name, a->name) && impl::strequal(attr_value, a->value ? a->value + 0 : PUGIXML_TEXT(""))) - return xml_node(i); + { + const char_t* aname = a->name; + if (aname && impl::strequal(attr_name, aname)) + { + const char_t* avalue = a->value; + if (impl::strequal(attr_value, avalue ? avalue : PUGIXML_TEXT(""))) + return xml_node(i); + } + } return xml_node(); } @@ -6148,8 +6340,9 @@ namespace pugi for (xml_node_struct* i = _root; i; i = i->parent) { + const char_t* iname = i->name; offset += (i != _root); - offset += i->name ? impl::strlength(i->name) : 0; + offset += iname ? impl::strlength(iname) : 0; } string_t result; @@ -6160,12 +6353,13 @@ namespace pugi if (j != _root) result[--offset] = delimiter; - if (j->name) + const char_t* jname = j->name; + if (jname) { - size_t length = impl::strlength(j->name); + size_t length = impl::strlength(jname); offset -= length; - memcpy(&result[offset], j->name, length * sizeof(char_t)); + memcpy(&result[offset], jname, length * sizeof(char_t)); } } @@ -6177,16 +6371,9 @@ namespace pugi PUGI__FN xml_node xml_node::first_element_by_path(const char_t* path_, char_t delimiter) const { - xml_node found = *this; // Current search context. + xml_node context = path_[0] == delimiter ? root() : *this; - if (!_root || !path_[0]) return found; - - if (path_[0] == delimiter) - { - // Absolute path; e.g. '/foo/bar' - found = found.root(); - ++path_; - } + if (!context._root) return xml_node(); const char_t* path_segment = path_; @@ -6196,21 +6383,22 @@ namespace pugi while (*path_segment_end && *path_segment_end != delimiter) ++path_segment_end; - if (path_segment == path_segment_end) return found; + if (path_segment == path_segment_end) return context; const char_t* next_segment = path_segment_end; while (*next_segment == delimiter) ++next_segment; if (*path_segment == '.' && path_segment + 1 == path_segment_end) - return found.first_element_by_path(next_segment, delimiter); + return context.first_element_by_path(next_segment, delimiter); else if (*path_segment == '.' && *(path_segment+1) == '.' && path_segment + 2 == path_segment_end) - return found.parent().first_element_by_path(next_segment, delimiter); + return context.parent().first_element_by_path(next_segment, delimiter); else { - for (xml_node_struct* j = found._root->first_child; j; j = j->next_sibling) + for (xml_node_struct* j = context._root->first_child; j; j = j->next_sibling) { - if (j->name && impl::strequalrange(j->name, path_segment, static_cast(path_segment_end - path_segment))) + const char_t* jname = j->name; + if (jname && impl::strequalrange(jname, path_segment, static_cast(path_segment_end - path_segment))) { xml_node subsearch = xml_node(j).first_element_by_path(next_segment, delimiter); @@ -6402,68 +6590,84 @@ namespace pugi PUGI__FN const char_t* xml_text::get() const { xml_node_struct* d = _data(); - - return (d && d->value) ? d->value + 0 : PUGIXML_TEXT(""); + if (!d) return PUGIXML_TEXT(""); + const char_t* value = d->value; + return value ? value : PUGIXML_TEXT(""); } PUGI__FN const char_t* xml_text::as_string(const char_t* def) const { xml_node_struct* d = _data(); - - return (d && d->value) ? d->value + 0 : def; + if (!d) return def; + const char_t* value = d->value; + return value ? value : def; } PUGI__FN int xml_text::as_int(int def) const { xml_node_struct* d = _data(); - - return (d && d->value) ? impl::get_value_int(d->value) : def; + if (!d) return def; + const char_t* value = d->value; + return value ? impl::get_value_int(value) : def; } PUGI__FN unsigned int xml_text::as_uint(unsigned int def) const { xml_node_struct* d = _data(); - - return (d && d->value) ? impl::get_value_uint(d->value) : def; + if (!d) return def; + const char_t* value = d->value; + return value ? impl::get_value_uint(value) : def; } PUGI__FN double xml_text::as_double(double def) const { xml_node_struct* d = _data(); - - return (d && d->value) ? impl::get_value_double(d->value) : def; + if (!d) return def; + const char_t* value = d->value; + return value ? impl::get_value_double(value) : def; } PUGI__FN float xml_text::as_float(float def) const { xml_node_struct* d = _data(); - - return (d && d->value) ? impl::get_value_float(d->value) : def; + if (!d) return def; + const char_t* value = d->value; + return value ? impl::get_value_float(value) : def; } PUGI__FN bool xml_text::as_bool(bool def) const { xml_node_struct* d = _data(); - - return (d && d->value) ? impl::get_value_bool(d->value) : def; + if (!d) return def; + const char_t* value = d->value; + return value ? impl::get_value_bool(value) : def; } #ifdef PUGIXML_HAS_LONG_LONG PUGI__FN long long xml_text::as_llong(long long def) const { xml_node_struct* d = _data(); - - return (d && d->value) ? impl::get_value_llong(d->value) : def; + if (!d) return def; + const char_t* value = d->value; + return value ? impl::get_value_llong(value) : def; } PUGI__FN unsigned long long xml_text::as_ullong(unsigned long long def) const { xml_node_struct* d = _data(); - - return (d && d->value) ? impl::get_value_ullong(d->value) : def; + if (!d) return def; + const char_t* value = d->value; + return value ? impl::get_value_ullong(value) : def; } #endif + PUGI__FN bool xml_text::set(const char_t* rhs, size_t sz) + { + xml_node_struct* dn = _data_new(); + + return dn ? impl::strcpy_insitu(dn->value, dn->header, impl::xml_memory_page_value_allocated_mask, rhs, sz) : false; + } + PUGI__FN bool xml_text::set(const char_t* rhs) { xml_node_struct* dn = _data_new(); @@ -6503,14 +6707,28 @@ namespace pugi { xml_node_struct* dn = _data_new(); - return dn ? impl::set_value_convert(dn->value, dn->header, impl::xml_memory_page_value_allocated_mask, rhs) : false; + return dn ? impl::set_value_convert(dn->value, dn->header, impl::xml_memory_page_value_allocated_mask, rhs, default_float_precision) : false; + } + + PUGI__FN bool xml_text::set(float rhs, int precision) + { + xml_node_struct* dn = _data_new(); + + return dn ? impl::set_value_convert(dn->value, dn->header, impl::xml_memory_page_value_allocated_mask, rhs, precision) : false; } PUGI__FN bool xml_text::set(double rhs) { xml_node_struct* dn = _data_new(); - return dn ? impl::set_value_convert(dn->value, dn->header, impl::xml_memory_page_value_allocated_mask, rhs) : false; + return dn ? impl::set_value_convert(dn->value, dn->header, impl::xml_memory_page_value_allocated_mask, rhs, default_double_precision) : false; + } + + PUGI__FN bool xml_text::set(double rhs, int precision) + { + xml_node_struct* dn = _data_new(); + + return dn ? impl::set_value_convert(dn->value, dn->header, impl::xml_memory_page_value_allocated_mask, rhs, precision) : false; } PUGI__FN bool xml_text::set(bool rhs) @@ -6649,7 +6867,7 @@ namespace pugi return const_cast(&_wrap); // BCC5 workaround } - PUGI__FN const xml_node_iterator& xml_node_iterator::operator++() + PUGI__FN xml_node_iterator& xml_node_iterator::operator++() { assert(_wrap._root); _wrap._root = _wrap._root->next_sibling; @@ -6663,7 +6881,7 @@ namespace pugi return temp; } - PUGI__FN const xml_node_iterator& xml_node_iterator::operator--() + PUGI__FN xml_node_iterator& xml_node_iterator::operator--() { _wrap = _wrap._root ? _wrap.previous_sibling() : _parent.last_child(); return *this; @@ -6710,7 +6928,7 @@ namespace pugi return const_cast(&_wrap); // BCC5 workaround } - PUGI__FN const xml_attribute_iterator& xml_attribute_iterator::operator++() + PUGI__FN xml_attribute_iterator& xml_attribute_iterator::operator++() { assert(_wrap._attr); _wrap._attr = _wrap._attr->next_attribute; @@ -6724,7 +6942,7 @@ namespace pugi return temp; } - PUGI__FN const xml_attribute_iterator& xml_attribute_iterator::operator--() + PUGI__FN xml_attribute_iterator& xml_attribute_iterator::operator--() { _wrap = _wrap._attr ? _wrap.previous_attribute() : _parent.last_attribute(); return *this; @@ -6771,7 +6989,7 @@ namespace pugi return const_cast(&_wrap); // BCC5 workaround } - PUGI__FN const xml_named_node_iterator& xml_named_node_iterator::operator++() + PUGI__FN xml_named_node_iterator& xml_named_node_iterator::operator++() { assert(_wrap._root); _wrap = _wrap.next_sibling(_name); @@ -6785,7 +7003,7 @@ namespace pugi return temp; } - PUGI__FN const xml_named_node_iterator& xml_named_node_iterator::operator--() + PUGI__FN xml_named_node_iterator& xml_named_node_iterator::operator--() { if (_wrap._root) _wrap = _wrap.previous_sibling(_name); @@ -6886,8 +7104,7 @@ namespace pugi { reset(); - for (xml_node cur = proto.first_child(); cur; cur = cur.next_sibling()) - append_copy(cur); + impl::node_copy_tree(_root, proto._root); } PUGI__FN void xml_document::_create() @@ -7006,8 +7223,12 @@ namespace pugi #endif // move allocation state - doc->_root = other->_root; - doc->_busy_size = other->_busy_size; + // note that other->_root may point to the embedded document page, in which case we should keep original (empty) state + if (other->_root != PUGI__GETPAGE(other)) + { + doc->_root = other->_root; + doc->_busy_size = other->_busy_size; + } // move buffer state doc->buffer = other->buffer; @@ -7117,7 +7338,7 @@ namespace pugi reset(); using impl::auto_deleter; // MSVC7 workaround - auto_deleter file(fopen(path_, "rb"), impl::close_file); + auto_deleter file(impl::open_file(path_, "rb"), impl::close_file); return impl::load_file_impl(static_cast(_root), file.data, options, encoding, &_buffer); } @@ -7200,9 +7421,9 @@ namespace pugi PUGI__FN bool xml_document::save_file(const char* path_, const char_t* indent, unsigned int flags, xml_encoding encoding) const { using impl::auto_deleter; // MSVC7 workaround - auto_deleter file(fopen(path_, (flags & format_save_file_text) ? "w" : "wb"), impl::close_file); + auto_deleter file(impl::open_file(path_, (flags & format_save_file_text) ? "w" : "wb"), impl::close_file); - return impl::save_file_impl(*this, file.data, indent, flags, encoding); + return impl::save_file_impl(*this, file.data, indent, flags, encoding) && fclose(file.release()) == 0; } PUGI__FN bool xml_document::save_file(const wchar_t* path_, const char_t* indent, unsigned int flags, xml_encoding encoding) const @@ -7210,7 +7431,7 @@ namespace pugi using impl::auto_deleter; // MSVC7 workaround auto_deleter file(impl::open_file_wide(path_, (flags & format_save_file_text) ? L"w" : L"wb"), impl::close_file); - return impl::save_file_impl(*this, file.data, indent, flags, encoding); + return impl::save_file_impl(*this, file.data, indent, flags, encoding) && fclose(file.release()) == 0; } PUGI__FN xml_node xml_document::document_element() const @@ -8180,7 +8401,7 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN } // gets mantissa digits in the form of 0.xxxxx with 0. implied and the exponent -#if defined(PUGI__MSVC_CRT_VERSION) && PUGI__MSVC_CRT_VERSION >= 1400 && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) +#if defined(PUGI__MSVC_CRT_VERSION) && PUGI__MSVC_CRT_VERSION >= 1400 PUGI__FN void convert_number_to_mantissa_exponent(double value, char (&buffer)[32], char** out_mantissa, int* out_exponent) { // get base values @@ -9686,7 +9907,7 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN { xpath_context c(*it, i, size); - if (expr->eval_number(c, stack) == i) + if (expr->eval_number(c, stack) == static_cast(i)) { *last++ = *it; @@ -9710,11 +9931,11 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN double er = expr->eval_number(c, stack); - if (er >= 1.0 && er <= size) + if (er >= 1.0 && er <= static_cast(size)) { size_t eri = static_cast(er); - if (er == eri) + if (er == static_cast(eri)) { xpath_node r = last[eri - 1]; @@ -10351,35 +10572,38 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN if (_rettype == xpath_type_boolean) return _data.variable->get_boolean(); + + // variable needs to be converted to the correct type, this is handled by the fallthrough block below + break; } - // fallthrough default: - { - switch (_rettype) - { - case xpath_type_number: - return convert_number_to_boolean(eval_number(c, stack)); - - case xpath_type_string: - { - xpath_allocator_capture cr(stack.result); - - return !eval_string(c, stack).empty(); - } - - case xpath_type_node_set: - { - xpath_allocator_capture cr(stack.result); - - return !eval_node_set(c, stack, nodeset_eval_any).empty(); - } - - default: - assert(false && "Wrong expression for return type boolean"); // unreachable - return false; - } + ; } + + // none of the ast types that return the value directly matched, we need to perform type conversion + switch (_rettype) + { + case xpath_type_number: + return convert_number_to_boolean(eval_number(c, stack)); + + case xpath_type_string: + { + xpath_allocator_capture cr(stack.result); + + return !eval_string(c, stack).empty(); + } + + case xpath_type_node_set: + { + xpath_allocator_capture cr(stack.result); + + return !eval_node_set(c, stack, nodeset_eval_any).empty(); + } + + default: + assert(false && "Wrong expression for return type boolean"); // unreachable + return false; } } @@ -10486,36 +10710,38 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN if (_rettype == xpath_type_number) return _data.variable->get_number(); + + // variable needs to be converted to the correct type, this is handled by the fallthrough block below + break; } - // fallthrough default: - { - switch (_rettype) - { - case xpath_type_boolean: - return eval_boolean(c, stack) ? 1 : 0; - - case xpath_type_string: - { - xpath_allocator_capture cr(stack.result); - - return convert_string_to_number(eval_string(c, stack).c_str()); - } - - case xpath_type_node_set: - { - xpath_allocator_capture cr(stack.result); - - return convert_string_to_number(eval_string(c, stack).c_str()); - } - - default: - assert(false && "Wrong expression for return type number"); // unreachable - return 0; - } - + ; } + + // none of the ast types that return the value directly matched, we need to perform type conversion + switch (_rettype) + { + case xpath_type_boolean: + return eval_boolean(c, stack) ? 1 : 0; + + case xpath_type_string: + { + xpath_allocator_capture cr(stack.result); + + return convert_string_to_number(eval_string(c, stack).c_str()); + } + + case xpath_type_node_set: + { + xpath_allocator_capture cr(stack.result); + + return convert_string_to_number(eval_string(c, stack).c_str()); + } + + default: + assert(false && "Wrong expression for return type number"); // unreachable + return 0; } } @@ -10672,7 +10898,7 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN double first = round_nearest(_right->eval_number(c, stack)); if (is_nan(first)) return xpath_string(); // NaN - else if (first >= s_length + 1) return xpath_string(); + else if (first >= static_cast(s_length + 1)) return xpath_string(); size_t pos = first < 1 ? 1 : static_cast(first); assert(1 <= pos && pos <= s_length + 1); @@ -10696,12 +10922,12 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN double last = first + round_nearest(_right->_next->eval_number(c, stack)); if (is_nan(first) || is_nan(last)) return xpath_string(); - else if (first >= s_length + 1) return xpath_string(); + else if (first >= static_cast(s_length + 1)) return xpath_string(); else if (first >= last) return xpath_string(); else if (last < 1) return xpath_string(); size_t pos = first < 1 ? 1 : static_cast(first); - size_t end = last >= s_length + 1 ? s_length + 1 : static_cast(last); + size_t end = last >= static_cast(s_length + 1) ? s_length + 1 : static_cast(last); assert(1 <= pos && pos <= end && end <= s_length + 1); const char_t* rbegin = s.c_str() + (pos - 1); @@ -10770,34 +10996,37 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN if (_rettype == xpath_type_string) return xpath_string::from_const(_data.variable->get_string()); + + // variable needs to be converted to the correct type, this is handled by the fallthrough block below + break; } - // fallthrough default: - { - switch (_rettype) - { - case xpath_type_boolean: - return xpath_string::from_const(eval_boolean(c, stack) ? PUGIXML_TEXT("true") : PUGIXML_TEXT("false")); - - case xpath_type_number: - return convert_number_to_string(eval_number(c, stack), stack.result); - - case xpath_type_node_set: - { - xpath_allocator_capture cr(stack.temp); - - xpath_stack swapped_stack = {stack.temp, stack.result}; - - xpath_node_set_raw ns = eval_node_set(c, swapped_stack, nodeset_eval_first); - return ns.empty() ? xpath_string() : string_value(ns.first(), stack.result); - } - - default: - assert(false && "Wrong expression for return type string"); // unreachable - return xpath_string(); - } + ; } + + // none of the ast types that return the value directly matched, we need to perform type conversion + switch (_rettype) + { + case xpath_type_boolean: + return xpath_string::from_const(eval_boolean(c, stack) ? PUGIXML_TEXT("true") : PUGIXML_TEXT("false")); + + case xpath_type_number: + return convert_number_to_string(eval_number(c, stack), stack.result); + + case xpath_type_node_set: + { + xpath_allocator_capture cr(stack.temp); + + xpath_stack swapped_stack = {stack.temp, stack.result}; + + xpath_node_set_raw ns = eval_node_set(c, swapped_stack, nodeset_eval_first); + return ns.empty() ? xpath_string() : string_value(ns.first(), stack.result); + } + + default: + assert(false && "Wrong expression for return type string"); // unreachable + return xpath_string(); } } @@ -10919,13 +11148,18 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN return ns; } + + // variable needs to be converted to the correct type, this is handled by the fallthrough block below + break; } - // fallthrough default: - assert(false && "Wrong expression for return type node set"); // unreachable - return xpath_node_set_raw(); + ; } + + // none of the ast types that return the value directly matched, but conversions to node set are invalid + assert(false && "Wrong expression for return type node set"); // unreachable + return xpath_node_set_raw(); } void optimize(xpath_allocator* alloc) @@ -11060,6 +11294,14 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN } }; + static const size_t xpath_ast_depth_limit = + #ifdef PUGIXML_XPATH_DEPTH_LIMIT + PUGIXML_XPATH_DEPTH_LIMIT + #else + 1024 + #endif + ; + struct xpath_parser { xpath_allocator* _alloc; @@ -11072,6 +11314,8 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN char_t _scratch[32]; + size_t _depth; + xpath_ast_node* error(const char* message) { _result->error = message; @@ -11088,6 +11332,11 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN return 0; } + xpath_ast_node* error_rec() + { + return error("Exceeded maximum allowed query depth"); + } + void* alloc_node() { return _alloc->allocate(sizeof(xpath_ast_node)); @@ -11443,6 +11692,8 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN return error("Unrecognized function call"); _lexer.next(); + size_t old_depth = _depth; + while (_lexer.current() != lex_close_brace) { if (argc > 0) @@ -11452,6 +11703,9 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN _lexer.next(); } + if (++_depth > xpath_ast_depth_limit) + return error_rec(); + xpath_ast_node* n = parse_expression(); if (!n) return 0; @@ -11464,6 +11718,8 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN _lexer.next(); + _depth = old_depth; + return parse_function(function, argc, args); } @@ -11480,10 +11736,15 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN xpath_ast_node* n = parse_primary_expression(); if (!n) return 0; + size_t old_depth = _depth; + while (_lexer.current() == lex_open_square_brace) { _lexer.next(); + if (++_depth > xpath_ast_depth_limit) + return error_rec(); + if (n->rettype() != xpath_type_node_set) return error("Predicate has to be applied to node set"); @@ -11499,6 +11760,8 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN _lexer.next(); } + _depth = old_depth; + return n; } @@ -11650,12 +11913,17 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN xpath_ast_node* n = alloc_node(ast_step, set, axis, nt_type, nt_name_copy); if (!n) return 0; + size_t old_depth = _depth; + xpath_ast_node* last = 0; while (_lexer.current() == lex_open_square_brace) { _lexer.next(); + if (++_depth > xpath_ast_depth_limit) + return error_rec(); + xpath_ast_node* expr = parse_expression(); if (!expr) return 0; @@ -11672,6 +11940,8 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN last = pred; } + _depth = old_depth; + return n; } @@ -11681,6 +11951,8 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN xpath_ast_node* n = parse_step(set); if (!n) return 0; + size_t old_depth = _depth; + while (_lexer.current() == lex_slash || _lexer.current() == lex_double_slash) { lexeme_t l = _lexer.current(); @@ -11690,12 +11962,19 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN { n = alloc_node(ast_step, n, axis_descendant_or_self, nodetest_type_node, 0); if (!n) return 0; + + ++_depth; } + if (++_depth > xpath_ast_depth_limit) + return error_rec(); + n = parse_step(n); if (!n) return 0; } + _depth = old_depth; + return n; } @@ -11881,6 +12160,9 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN { _lexer.next(); + if (++_depth > xpath_ast_depth_limit) + return error_rec(); + xpath_ast_node* rhs = parse_path_or_unary_expression(); if (!rhs) return 0; @@ -11926,13 +12208,22 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN // | MultiplicativeExpr 'mod' UnaryExpr xpath_ast_node* parse_expression(int limit = 0) { + size_t old_depth = _depth; + + if (++_depth > xpath_ast_depth_limit) + return error_rec(); + xpath_ast_node* n = parse_path_or_unary_expression(); if (!n) return 0; - return parse_expression_rec(n, limit); + n = parse_expression_rec(n, limit); + + _depth = old_depth; + + return n; } - xpath_parser(const char_t* query, xpath_variable_set* variables, xpath_allocator* alloc, xpath_parse_result* result): _alloc(alloc), _lexer(query), _query(query), _variables(variables), _result(result) + xpath_parser(const char_t* query, xpath_variable_set* variables, xpath_allocator* alloc, xpath_parse_result* result): _alloc(alloc), _lexer(query), _query(query), _variables(variables), _result(result), _depth(0) { } @@ -11941,6 +12232,8 @@ PUGI__NS_BEGIN xpath_ast_node* n = parse_expression(); if (!n) return 0; + assert(_depth == 0); + // check if there are unparsed tokens left if (_lexer.current() != lex_eof) return error("Incorrect query"); @@ -12840,7 +13133,7 @@ namespace pugi #endif /** - * Copyright (c) 2006-2019 Arseny Kapoulkine + * Copyright (c) 2006-2022 Arseny Kapoulkine * * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_image.h b/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_image.h index 2857f05d..d60371b9 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_image.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_image.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* stb_image - v2.25 - public domain image loader - http://nothings.org/stb +/* stb_image - v2.27 - public domain image loader - http://nothings.org/stb no warranty implied; use at your own risk Do this: @@ -48,6 +48,8 @@ LICENSE RECENT REVISION HISTORY: + 2.27 (2021-07-11) document stbi_info better, 16-bit PNM support, bug fixes + 2.26 (2020-07-13) many minor fixes 2.25 (2020-02-02) fix warnings 2.24 (2020-02-02) fix warnings; thread-local failure_reason and flip_vertically 2.23 (2019-08-11) fix clang static analysis warning @@ -88,27 +90,37 @@ RECENT REVISION HISTORY: Jeremy Sawicki (handle all ImageNet JPGs) Optimizations & bugfixes Mikhail Morozov (1-bit BMP) Fabian "ryg" Giesen Anael Seghezzi (is-16-bit query) - Arseny Kapoulkine + Arseny Kapoulkine Simon Breuss (16-bit PNM) John-Mark Allen Carmelo J Fdez-Aguera Bug & warning fixes - Marc LeBlanc David Woo Guillaume George Martins Mozeiko - Christpher Lloyd Jerry Jansson Joseph Thomson Phil Jordan - Dave Moore Roy Eltham Hayaki Saito Nathan Reed - Won Chun Luke Graham Johan Duparc Nick Verigakis - the Horde3D community Thomas Ruf Ronny Chevalier github:rlyeh - Janez Zemva John Bartholomew Michal Cichon github:romigrou - Jonathan Blow Ken Hamada Tero Hanninen github:svdijk - Laurent Gomila Cort Stratton Sergio Gonzalez github:snagar - Aruelien Pocheville Thibault Reuille Cass Everitt github:Zelex - Ryamond Barbiero Paul Du Bois Engin Manap github:grim210 - Aldo Culquicondor Philipp Wiesemann Dale Weiler github:sammyhw - Oriol Ferrer Mesia Josh Tobin Matthew Gregan github:phprus - Julian Raschke Gregory Mullen Baldur Karlsson github:poppolopoppo - Christian Floisand Kevin Schmidt JR Smith github:darealshinji - Brad Weinberger Matvey Cherevko github:Michaelangel007 - Blazej Dariusz Roszkowski Alexander Veselov + Marc LeBlanc David Woo Guillaume George Martins Mozeiko + Christpher Lloyd Jerry Jansson Joseph Thomson Blazej Dariusz Roszkowski + Phil Jordan Dave Moore Roy Eltham + Hayaki Saito Nathan Reed Won Chun + Luke Graham Johan Duparc Nick Verigakis the Horde3D community + Thomas Ruf Ronny Chevalier github:rlyeh + Janez Zemva John Bartholomew Michal Cichon github:romigrou + Jonathan Blow Ken Hamada Tero Hanninen github:svdijk + Eugene Golushkov Laurent Gomila Cort Stratton github:snagar + Aruelien Pocheville Sergio Gonzalez Thibault Reuille github:Zelex + Cass Everitt Ryamond Barbiero github:grim210 + Paul Du Bois Engin Manap Aldo Culquicondor github:sammyhw + Philipp Wiesemann Dale Weiler Oriol Ferrer Mesia github:phprus + Josh Tobin Matthew Gregan github:poppolopoppo + Julian Raschke Gregory Mullen Christian Floisand github:darealshinji + Baldur Karlsson Kevin Schmidt JR Smith github:Michaelangel007 + Brad Weinberger Matvey Cherevko github:mosra + Luca Sas Alexander Veselov Zack Middleton [reserved] + Ryan C. Gordon [reserved] [reserved] + DO NOT ADD YOUR NAME HERE + + Jacko Dirks + + To add your name to the credits, pick a random blank space in the middle and fill it. + 80% of merge conflicts on stb PRs are due to people adding their name at the end + of the credits. */ #ifndef STBI_INCLUDE_STB_IMAGE_H @@ -167,6 +179,32 @@ RECENT REVISION HISTORY: // // Paletted PNG, BMP, GIF, and PIC images are automatically depalettized. // +// To query the width, height and component count of an image without having to +// decode the full file, you can use the stbi_info family of functions: +// +// int x,y,n,ok; +// ok = stbi_info(filename, &x, &y, &n); +// // returns ok=1 and sets x, y, n if image is a supported format, +// // 0 otherwise. +// +// Note that stb_image pervasively uses ints in its public API for sizes, +// including sizes of memory buffers. This is now part of the API and thus +// hard to change without causing breakage. As a result, the various image +// loaders all have certain limits on image size; these differ somewhat +// by format but generally boil down to either just under 2GB or just under +// 1GB. When the decoded image would be larger than this, stb_image decoding +// will fail. +// +// Additionally, stb_image will reject image files that have any of their +// dimensions set to a larger value than the configurable STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS, +// which defaults to 2**24 = 16777216 pixels. Due to the above memory limit, +// the only way to have an image with such dimensions load correctly +// is for it to have a rather extreme aspect ratio. Either way, the +// assumption here is that such larger images are likely to be malformed +// or malicious. If you do need to load an image with individual dimensions +// larger than that, and it still fits in the overall size limit, you can +// #define STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS on your own to be something larger. +// // =========================================================================== // // UNICODE: @@ -272,11 +310,10 @@ RECENT REVISION HISTORY: // // iPhone PNG support: // -// By default we convert iphone-formatted PNGs back to RGB, even though -// they are internally encoded differently. You can disable this conversion -// by calling stbi_convert_iphone_png_to_rgb(0), in which case -// you will always just get the native iphone "format" through (which -// is BGR stored in RGB). +// We optionally support converting iPhone-formatted PNGs (which store +// premultiplied BGRA) back to RGB, even though they're internally encoded +// differently. To enable this conversion, call +// stbi_convert_iphone_png_to_rgb(1). // // Call stbi_set_unpremultiply_on_load(1) as well to force a divide per // pixel to remove any premultiplied alpha *only* if the image file explicitly @@ -318,7 +355,14 @@ RECENT REVISION HISTORY: // - If you use STBI_NO_PNG (or _ONLY_ without PNG), and you still // want the zlib decoder to be available, #define STBI_SUPPORT_ZLIB // - +// - If you define STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS, stb_image will reject images greater +// than that size (in either width or height) without further processing. +// This is to let programs in the wild set an upper bound to prevent +// denial-of-service attacks on untrusted data, as one could generate a +// valid image of gigantic dimensions and force stb_image to allocate a +// huge block of memory and spend disproportionate time decoding it. By +// default this is set to (1 << 24), which is 16777216, but that's still +// very big. #ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO #include @@ -473,6 +517,8 @@ STBIDEF void stbi_set_flip_vertically_on_load(int flag_true_if_should_flip); // as above, but only applies to images loaded on the thread that calls the function // this function is only available if your compiler supports thread-local variables; // calling it will fail to link if your compiler doesn't +STBIDEF void stbi_set_unpremultiply_on_load_thread(int flag_true_if_should_unpremultiply); +STBIDEF void stbi_convert_iphone_png_to_rgb_thread(int flag_true_if_should_convert); STBIDEF void stbi_set_flip_vertically_on_load_thread(int flag_true_if_should_flip); // ZLIB client - used by PNG, available for other purposes @@ -574,13 +620,19 @@ STBIDEF int stbi_zlib_decode_noheader_buffer(char *obuffer, int olen, const ch #ifndef STBI_NO_THREAD_LOCALS #if defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L #define STBI_THREAD_LOCAL thread_local - #elif defined (__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L - #define STBI_THREAD_LOCAL _Thread_local - #elif defined(__GNUC__) + #elif defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ < 5 #define STBI_THREAD_LOCAL __thread #elif defined(_MSC_VER) #define STBI_THREAD_LOCAL __declspec(thread) -#endif + #elif defined (__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L && !defined(__STDC_NO_THREADS__) + #define STBI_THREAD_LOCAL _Thread_local + #endif + + #ifndef STBI_THREAD_LOCAL + #if defined(__GNUC__) + #define STBI_THREAD_LOCAL __thread + #endif + #endif #endif #ifdef _MSC_VER @@ -612,7 +664,7 @@ typedef unsigned char validate_uint32[sizeof(stbi__uint32)==4 ? 1 : -1]; #ifdef STBI_HAS_LROTL #define stbi_lrot(x,y) _lrotl(x,y) #else - #define stbi_lrot(x,y) (((x) << (y)) | ((x) >> (32 - (y)))) + #define stbi_lrot(x,y) (((x) << (y)) | ((x) >> (-(y) & 31))) #endif #if defined(STBI_MALLOC) && defined(STBI_FREE) && (defined(STBI_REALLOC) || defined(STBI_REALLOC_SIZED)) @@ -726,14 +778,21 @@ static int stbi__sse2_available(void) #ifdef STBI_NEON #include -// assume GCC or Clang on ARM targets +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define STBI_SIMD_ALIGN(type, name) __declspec(align(16)) type name +#else #define STBI_SIMD_ALIGN(type, name) type name __attribute__((aligned(16))) #endif +#endif #ifndef STBI_SIMD_ALIGN #define STBI_SIMD_ALIGN(type, name) type name #endif +#ifndef STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS +#define STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS (1 << 24) +#endif + /////////////////////////////////////////////// // // stbi__context struct and start_xxx functions @@ -751,6 +810,7 @@ typedef struct int read_from_callbacks; int buflen; stbi_uc buffer_start[128]; + int callback_already_read; stbi_uc *img_buffer, *img_buffer_end; stbi_uc *img_buffer_original, *img_buffer_original_end; @@ -764,6 +824,7 @@ static void stbi__start_mem(stbi__context *s, stbi_uc const *buffer, int len) { s->io.read = NULL; s->read_from_callbacks = 0; + s->callback_already_read = 0; s->img_buffer = s->img_buffer_original = (stbi_uc *) buffer; s->img_buffer_end = s->img_buffer_original_end = (stbi_uc *) buffer+len; } @@ -775,7 +836,8 @@ static void stbi__start_callbacks(stbi__context *s, stbi_io_callbacks *c, void * s->io_user_data = user; s->buflen = sizeof(s->buffer_start); s->read_from_callbacks = 1; - s->img_buffer_original = s->buffer_start; + s->callback_already_read = 0; + s->img_buffer = s->img_buffer_original = s->buffer_start; stbi__refill_buffer(s); s->img_buffer_original_end = s->img_buffer_end; } @@ -789,12 +851,17 @@ static int stbi__stdio_read(void *user, char *data, int size) static void stbi__stdio_skip(void *user, int n) { + int ch; fseek((FILE*) user, n, SEEK_CUR); + ch = fgetc((FILE*) user); /* have to read a byte to reset feof()'s flag */ + if (ch != EOF) { + ungetc(ch, (FILE *) user); /* push byte back onto stream if valid. */ + } } static int stbi__stdio_eof(void *user) { - return feof((FILE*) user); + return feof((FILE*) user) || ferror((FILE *) user); } static stbi_io_callbacks stbi__stdio_callbacks = @@ -890,6 +957,7 @@ static int stbi__gif_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); static int stbi__pnm_test(stbi__context *s); static void *stbi__pnm_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req_comp, stbi__result_info *ri); static int stbi__pnm_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp); +static int stbi__pnm_is16(stbi__context *s); #endif static @@ -964,7 +1032,7 @@ static int stbi__mad3sizes_valid(int a, int b, int c, int add) } // returns 1 if "a*b*c*d + add" has no negative terms/factors and doesn't overflow -#if !defined(STBI_NO_LINEAR) || !defined(STBI_NO_HDR) +#if !defined(STBI_NO_LINEAR) || !defined(STBI_NO_HDR) || !defined(STBI_NO_PNM) static int stbi__mad4sizes_valid(int a, int b, int c, int d, int add) { return stbi__mul2sizes_valid(a, b) && stbi__mul2sizes_valid(a*b, c) && @@ -987,7 +1055,7 @@ static void *stbi__malloc_mad3(int a, int b, int c, int add) return stbi__malloc(a*b*c + add); } -#if !defined(STBI_NO_LINEAR) || !defined(STBI_NO_HDR) +#if !defined(STBI_NO_LINEAR) || !defined(STBI_NO_HDR) || !defined(STBI_NO_PNM) static void *stbi__malloc_mad4(int a, int b, int c, int d, int add) { if (!stbi__mad4sizes_valid(a, b, c, d, add)) return NULL; @@ -1053,9 +1121,8 @@ static void *stbi__load_main(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int re ri->channel_order = STBI_ORDER_RGB; // all current input & output are this, but this is here so we can add BGR order ri->num_channels = 0; - #ifndef STBI_NO_JPEG - if (stbi__jpeg_test(s)) return stbi__jpeg_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); - #endif + // test the formats with a very explicit header first (at least a FOURCC + // or distinctive magic number first) #ifndef STBI_NO_PNG if (stbi__png_test(s)) return stbi__png_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); #endif @@ -1073,6 +1140,13 @@ static void *stbi__load_main(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int re #ifndef STBI_NO_PIC if (stbi__pic_test(s)) return stbi__pic_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); #endif + + // then the formats that can end up attempting to load with just 1 or 2 + // bytes matching expectations; these are prone to false positives, so + // try them later + #ifndef STBI_NO_JPEG + if (stbi__jpeg_test(s)) return stbi__jpeg_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); + #endif #ifndef STBI_NO_PNM if (stbi__pnm_test(s)) return stbi__pnm_load(s,x,y,comp,req_comp, ri); #endif @@ -1171,8 +1245,10 @@ static unsigned char *stbi__load_and_postprocess_8bit(stbi__context *s, int *x, if (result == NULL) return NULL; + // it is the responsibility of the loaders to make sure we get either 8 or 16 bit. + STBI_ASSERT(ri.bits_per_channel == 8 || ri.bits_per_channel == 16); + if (ri.bits_per_channel != 8) { - STBI_ASSERT(ri.bits_per_channel == 16); result = stbi__convert_16_to_8((stbi__uint16 *) result, *x, *y, req_comp == 0 ? *comp : req_comp); ri.bits_per_channel = 8; } @@ -1195,8 +1271,10 @@ static stbi__uint16 *stbi__load_and_postprocess_16bit(stbi__context *s, int *x, if (result == NULL) return NULL; + // it is the responsibility of the loaders to make sure we get either 8 or 16 bit. + STBI_ASSERT(ri.bits_per_channel == 8 || ri.bits_per_channel == 16); + if (ri.bits_per_channel != 16) { - STBI_ASSERT(ri.bits_per_channel == 8); result = stbi__convert_8_to_16((stbi_uc *) result, *x, *y, req_comp == 0 ? *comp : req_comp); ri.bits_per_channel = 16; } @@ -1224,12 +1302,12 @@ static void stbi__float_postprocess(float *result, int *x, int *y, int *comp, in #ifndef STBI_NO_STDIO -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8) +#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8) STBI_EXTERN __declspec(dllimport) int __stdcall MultiByteToWideChar(unsigned int cp, unsigned long flags, const char *str, int cbmb, wchar_t *widestr, int cchwide); STBI_EXTERN __declspec(dllimport) int __stdcall WideCharToMultiByte(unsigned int cp, unsigned long flags, const wchar_t *widestr, int cchwide, char *str, int cbmb, const char *defchar, int *used_default); #endif -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8) +#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8) STBIDEF int stbi_convert_wchar_to_utf8(char *buffer, size_t bufferlen, const wchar_t* input) { return WideCharToMultiByte(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, input, -1, buffer, (int) bufferlen, NULL, NULL); @@ -1239,16 +1317,16 @@ STBIDEF int stbi_convert_wchar_to_utf8(char *buffer, size_t bufferlen, const wch static FILE *stbi__fopen(char const *filename, char const *mode) { FILE *f; -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8) +#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8) wchar_t wMode[64]; wchar_t wFilename[1024]; - if (0 == MultiByteToWideChar(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, filename, -1, wFilename, sizeof(wFilename))) + if (0 == MultiByteToWideChar(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, filename, -1, wFilename, sizeof(wFilename)/sizeof(*wFilename))) return 0; - if (0 == MultiByteToWideChar(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, mode, -1, wMode, sizeof(wMode))) + if (0 == MultiByteToWideChar(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, mode, -1, wMode, sizeof(wMode)/sizeof(*wMode))) return 0; -#if _MSC_VER >= 1400 +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400 if (0 != _wfopen_s(&f, wFilename, wMode)) f = 0; #else @@ -1499,6 +1577,7 @@ enum static void stbi__refill_buffer(stbi__context *s) { int n = (s->io.read)(s->io_user_data,(char*)s->buffer_start,s->buflen); + s->callback_already_read += (int) (s->img_buffer - s->img_buffer_original); if (n == 0) { // at end of file, treat same as if from memory, but need to handle case // where s->img_buffer isn't pointing to safe memory, e.g. 0-byte file @@ -1544,6 +1623,7 @@ stbi_inline static int stbi__at_eof(stbi__context *s) #else static void stbi__skip(stbi__context *s, int n) { + if (n == 0) return; // already there! if (n < 0) { s->img_buffer = s->img_buffer_end; return; @@ -1622,7 +1702,8 @@ static int stbi__get16le(stbi__context *s) static stbi__uint32 stbi__get32le(stbi__context *s) { stbi__uint32 z = stbi__get16le(s); - return z + (stbi__get16le(s) << 16); + z += (stbi__uint32)stbi__get16le(s) << 16; + return z; } #endif @@ -1686,7 +1767,7 @@ static unsigned char *stbi__convert_format(unsigned char *data, int img_n, int r STBI__CASE(4,1) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y(src[0],src[1],src[2]); } break; STBI__CASE(4,2) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y(src[0],src[1],src[2]); dest[1] = src[3]; } break; STBI__CASE(4,3) { dest[0]=src[0];dest[1]=src[1];dest[2]=src[2]; } break; - default: STBI_ASSERT(0); + default: STBI_ASSERT(0); STBI_FREE(data); STBI_FREE(good); return stbi__errpuc("unsupported", "Unsupported format conversion"); } #undef STBI__CASE } @@ -1743,7 +1824,7 @@ static stbi__uint16 *stbi__convert_format16(stbi__uint16 *data, int img_n, int r STBI__CASE(4,1) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y_16(src[0],src[1],src[2]); } break; STBI__CASE(4,2) { dest[0]=stbi__compute_y_16(src[0],src[1],src[2]); dest[1] = src[3]; } break; STBI__CASE(4,3) { dest[0]=src[0];dest[1]=src[1];dest[2]=src[2]; } break; - default: STBI_ASSERT(0); + default: STBI_ASSERT(0); STBI_FREE(data); STBI_FREE(good); return (stbi__uint16*) stbi__errpuc("unsupported", "Unsupported format conversion"); } #undef STBI__CASE } @@ -2050,13 +2131,12 @@ stbi_inline static int stbi__extend_receive(stbi__jpeg *j, int n) int sgn; if (j->code_bits < n) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(j); - sgn = (stbi__int32)j->code_buffer >> 31; // sign bit is always in MSB + sgn = j->code_buffer >> 31; // sign bit always in MSB; 0 if MSB clear (positive), 1 if MSB set (negative) k = stbi_lrot(j->code_buffer, n); - STBI_ASSERT(n >= 0 && n < (int) (sizeof(stbi__bmask)/sizeof(*stbi__bmask))); j->code_buffer = k & ~stbi__bmask[n]; k &= stbi__bmask[n]; j->code_bits -= n; - return k + (stbi__jbias[n] & ~sgn); + return k + (stbi__jbias[n] & (sgn - 1)); } // get some unsigned bits @@ -2106,7 +2186,7 @@ static int stbi__jpeg_decode_block(stbi__jpeg *j, short data[64], stbi__huffman if (j->code_bits < 16) stbi__grow_buffer_unsafe(j); t = stbi__jpeg_huff_decode(j, hdc); - if (t < 0) return stbi__err("bad huffman code","Corrupt JPEG"); + if (t < 0 || t > 15) return stbi__err("bad huffman code","Corrupt JPEG"); // 0 all the ac values now so we can do it 32-bits at a time memset(data,0,64*sizeof(data[0])); @@ -2163,11 +2243,12 @@ static int stbi__jpeg_decode_block_prog_dc(stbi__jpeg *j, short data[64], stbi__ // first scan for DC coefficient, must be first memset(data,0,64*sizeof(data[0])); // 0 all the ac values now t = stbi__jpeg_huff_decode(j, hdc); + if (t < 0 || t > 15) return stbi__err("can't merge dc and ac", "Corrupt JPEG"); diff = t ? stbi__extend_receive(j, t) : 0; dc = j->img_comp[b].dc_pred + diff; j->img_comp[b].dc_pred = dc; - data[0] = (short) (dc << j->succ_low); + data[0] = (short) (dc * (1 << j->succ_low)); } else { // refinement scan for DC coefficient if (stbi__jpeg_get_bit(j)) @@ -2204,7 +2285,7 @@ static int stbi__jpeg_decode_block_prog_ac(stbi__jpeg *j, short data[64], stbi__ j->code_buffer <<= s; j->code_bits -= s; zig = stbi__jpeg_dezigzag[k++]; - data[zig] = (short) ((r >> 8) << shift); + data[zig] = (short) ((r >> 8) * (1 << shift)); } else { int rs = stbi__jpeg_huff_decode(j, hac); if (rs < 0) return stbi__err("bad huffman code","Corrupt JPEG"); @@ -2222,7 +2303,7 @@ static int stbi__jpeg_decode_block_prog_ac(stbi__jpeg *j, short data[64], stbi__ } else { k += r; zig = stbi__jpeg_dezigzag[k++]; - data[zig] = (short) (stbi__extend_receive(j,s) << shift); + data[zig] = (short) (stbi__extend_receive(j,s) * (1 << shift)); } } } while (k <= j->spec_end); @@ -3153,6 +3234,8 @@ static int stbi__process_frame_header(stbi__jpeg *z, int scan) p = stbi__get8(s); if (p != 8) return stbi__err("only 8-bit","JPEG format not supported: 8-bit only"); // JPEG baseline s->img_y = stbi__get16be(s); if (s->img_y == 0) return stbi__err("no header height", "JPEG format not supported: delayed height"); // Legal, but we don't handle it--but neither does IJG s->img_x = stbi__get16be(s); if (s->img_x == 0) return stbi__err("0 width","Corrupt JPEG"); // JPEG requires + if (s->img_y > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__err("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + if (s->img_x > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__err("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); c = stbi__get8(s); if (c != 3 && c != 1 && c != 4) return stbi__err("bad component count","Corrupt JPEG"); s->img_n = c; @@ -3184,6 +3267,13 @@ static int stbi__process_frame_header(stbi__jpeg *z, int scan) if (z->img_comp[i].v > v_max) v_max = z->img_comp[i].v; } + // check that plane subsampling factors are integer ratios; our resamplers can't deal with fractional ratios + // and I've never seen a non-corrupted JPEG file actually use them + for (i=0; i < s->img_n; ++i) { + if (h_max % z->img_comp[i].h != 0) return stbi__err("bad H","Corrupt JPEG"); + if (v_max % z->img_comp[i].v != 0) return stbi__err("bad V","Corrupt JPEG"); + } + // compute interleaved mcu info z->img_h_max = h_max; z->img_v_max = v_max; @@ -3739,6 +3829,10 @@ static stbi_uc *load_jpeg_image(stbi__jpeg *z, int *out_x, int *out_y, int *comp else decode_n = z->s->img_n; + // nothing to do if no components requested; check this now to avoid + // accessing uninitialized coutput[0] later + if (decode_n <= 0) { stbi__cleanup_jpeg(z); return NULL; } + // resample and color-convert { int k; @@ -3881,6 +3975,7 @@ static void *stbi__jpeg_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int re { unsigned char* result; stbi__jpeg* j = (stbi__jpeg*) stbi__malloc(sizeof(stbi__jpeg)); + if (!j) return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); STBI_NOTUSED(ri); j->s = s; stbi__setup_jpeg(j); @@ -3893,6 +3988,7 @@ static int stbi__jpeg_test(stbi__context *s) { int r; stbi__jpeg* j = (stbi__jpeg*)stbi__malloc(sizeof(stbi__jpeg)); + if (!j) return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); j->s = s; stbi__setup_jpeg(j); r = stbi__decode_jpeg_header(j, STBI__SCAN_type); @@ -3917,6 +4013,7 @@ static int stbi__jpeg_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) { int result; stbi__jpeg* j = (stbi__jpeg*) (stbi__malloc(sizeof(stbi__jpeg))); + if (!j) return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); j->s = s; result = stbi__jpeg_info_raw(j, x, y, comp); STBI_FREE(j); @@ -3936,6 +4033,7 @@ static int stbi__jpeg_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) // fast-way is faster to check than jpeg huffman, but slow way is slower #define STBI__ZFAST_BITS 9 // accelerate all cases in default tables #define STBI__ZFAST_MASK ((1 << STBI__ZFAST_BITS) - 1) +#define STBI__ZNSYMS 288 // number of symbols in literal/length alphabet // zlib-style huffman encoding // (jpegs packs from left, zlib from right, so can't share code) @@ -3945,8 +4043,8 @@ typedef struct stbi__uint16 firstcode[16]; int maxcode[17]; stbi__uint16 firstsymbol[16]; - stbi_uc size[288]; - stbi__uint16 value[288]; + stbi_uc size[STBI__ZNSYMS]; + stbi__uint16 value[STBI__ZNSYMS]; } stbi__zhuffman; stbi_inline static int stbi__bitreverse16(int n) @@ -4033,16 +4131,23 @@ typedef struct stbi__zhuffman z_length, z_distance; } stbi__zbuf; +stbi_inline static int stbi__zeof(stbi__zbuf *z) +{ + return (z->zbuffer >= z->zbuffer_end); +} + stbi_inline static stbi_uc stbi__zget8(stbi__zbuf *z) { - if (z->zbuffer >= z->zbuffer_end) return 0; - return *z->zbuffer++; + return stbi__zeof(z) ? 0 : *z->zbuffer++; } static void stbi__fill_bits(stbi__zbuf *z) { do { - STBI_ASSERT(z->code_buffer < (1U << z->num_bits)); + if (z->code_buffer >= (1U << z->num_bits)) { + z->zbuffer = z->zbuffer_end; /* treat this as EOF so we fail. */ + return; + } z->code_buffer |= (unsigned int) stbi__zget8(z) << z->num_bits; z->num_bits += 8; } while (z->num_bits <= 24); @@ -4067,10 +4172,11 @@ static int stbi__zhuffman_decode_slowpath(stbi__zbuf *a, stbi__zhuffman *z) for (s=STBI__ZFAST_BITS+1; ; ++s) if (k < z->maxcode[s]) break; - if (s == 16) return -1; // invalid code! + if (s >= 16) return -1; // invalid code! // code size is s, so: b = (k >> (16-s)) - z->firstcode[s] + z->firstsymbol[s]; - STBI_ASSERT(z->size[b] == s); + if (b >= STBI__ZNSYMS) return -1; // some data was corrupt somewhere! + if (z->size[b] != s) return -1; // was originally an assert, but report failure instead. a->code_buffer >>= s; a->num_bits -= s; return z->value[b]; @@ -4079,7 +4185,12 @@ static int stbi__zhuffman_decode_slowpath(stbi__zbuf *a, stbi__zhuffman *z) stbi_inline static int stbi__zhuffman_decode(stbi__zbuf *a, stbi__zhuffman *z) { int b,s; - if (a->num_bits < 16) stbi__fill_bits(a); + if (a->num_bits < 16) { + if (stbi__zeof(a)) { + return -1; /* report error for unexpected end of data. */ + } + stbi__fill_bits(a); + } b = z->fast[a->code_buffer & STBI__ZFAST_MASK]; if (b) { s = b >> 9; @@ -4093,13 +4204,16 @@ stbi_inline static int stbi__zhuffman_decode(stbi__zbuf *a, stbi__zhuffman *z) static int stbi__zexpand(stbi__zbuf *z, char *zout, int n) // need to make room for n bytes { char *q; - int cur, limit, old_limit; + unsigned int cur, limit, old_limit; z->zout = zout; if (!z->z_expandable) return stbi__err("output buffer limit","Corrupt PNG"); - cur = (int) (z->zout - z->zout_start); - limit = old_limit = (int) (z->zout_end - z->zout_start); - while (cur + n > limit) + cur = (unsigned int) (z->zout - z->zout_start); + limit = old_limit = (unsigned) (z->zout_end - z->zout_start); + if (UINT_MAX - cur < (unsigned) n) return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + while (cur + n > limit) { + if(limit > UINT_MAX / 2) return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); limit *= 2; + } q = (char *) STBI_REALLOC_SIZED(z->zout_start, old_limit, limit); STBI_NOTUSED(old_limit); if (q == NULL) return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); @@ -4197,11 +4311,12 @@ static int stbi__compute_huffman_codes(stbi__zbuf *a) c = stbi__zreceive(a,2)+3; if (n == 0) return stbi__err("bad codelengths", "Corrupt PNG"); fill = lencodes[n-1]; - } else if (c == 17) + } else if (c == 17) { c = stbi__zreceive(a,3)+3; - else { - STBI_ASSERT(c == 18); + } else if (c == 18) { c = stbi__zreceive(a,7)+11; + } else { + return stbi__err("bad codelengths", "Corrupt PNG"); } if (ntot - n < c) return stbi__err("bad codelengths", "Corrupt PNG"); memset(lencodes+n, fill, c); @@ -4227,7 +4342,7 @@ static int stbi__parse_uncompressed_block(stbi__zbuf *a) a->code_buffer >>= 8; a->num_bits -= 8; } - STBI_ASSERT(a->num_bits == 0); + if (a->num_bits < 0) return stbi__err("zlib corrupt","Corrupt PNG"); // now fill header the normal way while (k < 4) header[k++] = stbi__zget8(a); @@ -4249,6 +4364,7 @@ static int stbi__parse_zlib_header(stbi__zbuf *a) int cm = cmf & 15; /* int cinfo = cmf >> 4; */ int flg = stbi__zget8(a); + if (stbi__zeof(a)) return stbi__err("bad zlib header","Corrupt PNG"); // zlib spec if ((cmf*256+flg) % 31 != 0) return stbi__err("bad zlib header","Corrupt PNG"); // zlib spec if (flg & 32) return stbi__err("no preset dict","Corrupt PNG"); // preset dictionary not allowed in png if (cm != 8) return stbi__err("bad compression","Corrupt PNG"); // DEFLATE required for png @@ -4256,7 +4372,7 @@ static int stbi__parse_zlib_header(stbi__zbuf *a) return 1; } -static const stbi_uc stbi__zdefault_length[288] = +static const stbi_uc stbi__zdefault_length[STBI__ZNSYMS] = { 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, @@ -4302,7 +4418,7 @@ static int stbi__parse_zlib(stbi__zbuf *a, int parse_header) } else { if (type == 1) { // use fixed code lengths - if (!stbi__zbuild_huffman(&a->z_length , stbi__zdefault_length , 288)) return 0; + if (!stbi__zbuild_huffman(&a->z_length , stbi__zdefault_length , STBI__ZNSYMS)) return 0; if (!stbi__zbuild_huffman(&a->z_distance, stbi__zdefault_distance, 32)) return 0; } else { if (!stbi__compute_huffman_codes(a)) return 0; @@ -4510,7 +4626,7 @@ static int stbi__create_png_image_raw(stbi__png *a, stbi_uc *raw, stbi__uint32 r return stbi__err("invalid filter","Corrupt PNG"); if (depth < 8) { - STBI_ASSERT(img_width_bytes <= x); + if (img_width_bytes > x) return stbi__err("invalid width","Corrupt PNG"); cur += x*out_n - img_width_bytes; // store output to the rightmost img_len bytes, so we can decode in place filter_bytes = 1; width = img_width_bytes; @@ -4698,6 +4814,7 @@ static int stbi__create_png_image(stbi__png *a, stbi_uc *image_data, stbi__uint3 // de-interlacing final = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(a->s->img_x, a->s->img_y, out_bytes, 0); + if (!final) return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); for (p=0; p < 7; ++p) { int xorig[] = { 0,4,0,2,0,1,0 }; int yorig[] = { 0,0,4,0,2,0,1 }; @@ -4818,19 +4935,46 @@ static int stbi__expand_png_palette(stbi__png *a, stbi_uc *palette, int len, int return 1; } -static int stbi__unpremultiply_on_load = 0; -static int stbi__de_iphone_flag = 0; +static int stbi__unpremultiply_on_load_global = 0; +static int stbi__de_iphone_flag_global = 0; STBIDEF void stbi_set_unpremultiply_on_load(int flag_true_if_should_unpremultiply) { - stbi__unpremultiply_on_load = flag_true_if_should_unpremultiply; + stbi__unpremultiply_on_load_global = flag_true_if_should_unpremultiply; } STBIDEF void stbi_convert_iphone_png_to_rgb(int flag_true_if_should_convert) { - stbi__de_iphone_flag = flag_true_if_should_convert; + stbi__de_iphone_flag_global = flag_true_if_should_convert; } +#ifndef STBI_THREAD_LOCAL +#define stbi__unpremultiply_on_load stbi__unpremultiply_on_load_global +#define stbi__de_iphone_flag stbi__de_iphone_flag_global +#else +static STBI_THREAD_LOCAL int stbi__unpremultiply_on_load_local, stbi__unpremultiply_on_load_set; +static STBI_THREAD_LOCAL int stbi__de_iphone_flag_local, stbi__de_iphone_flag_set; + +STBIDEF void stbi__unpremultiply_on_load_thread(int flag_true_if_should_unpremultiply) +{ + stbi__unpremultiply_on_load_local = flag_true_if_should_unpremultiply; + stbi__unpremultiply_on_load_set = 1; +} + +STBIDEF void stbi_convert_iphone_png_to_rgb_thread(int flag_true_if_should_convert) +{ + stbi__de_iphone_flag_local = flag_true_if_should_convert; + stbi__de_iphone_flag_set = 1; +} + +#define stbi__unpremultiply_on_load (stbi__unpremultiply_on_load_set \ + ? stbi__unpremultiply_on_load_local \ + : stbi__unpremultiply_on_load_global) +#define stbi__de_iphone_flag (stbi__de_iphone_flag_set \ + ? stbi__de_iphone_flag_local \ + : stbi__de_iphone_flag_global) +#endif // STBI_THREAD_LOCAL + static void stbi__de_iphone(stbi__png *z) { stbi__context *s = z->s; @@ -4905,8 +5049,10 @@ static int stbi__parse_png_file(stbi__png *z, int scan, int req_comp) if (!first) return stbi__err("multiple IHDR","Corrupt PNG"); first = 0; if (c.length != 13) return stbi__err("bad IHDR len","Corrupt PNG"); - s->img_x = stbi__get32be(s); if (s->img_x > (1 << 24)) return stbi__err("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); - s->img_y = stbi__get32be(s); if (s->img_y > (1 << 24)) return stbi__err("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + s->img_x = stbi__get32be(s); + s->img_y = stbi__get32be(s); + if (s->img_y > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__err("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + if (s->img_x > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__err("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); z->depth = stbi__get8(s); if (z->depth != 1 && z->depth != 2 && z->depth != 4 && z->depth != 8 && z->depth != 16) return stbi__err("1/2/4/8/16-bit only","PNG not supported: 1/2/4/8/16-bit only"); color = stbi__get8(s); if (color > 6) return stbi__err("bad ctype","Corrupt PNG"); if (color == 3 && z->depth == 16) return stbi__err("bad ctype","Corrupt PNG"); @@ -5055,10 +5201,12 @@ static void *stbi__do_png(stbi__png *p, int *x, int *y, int *n, int req_comp, st void *result=NULL; if (req_comp < 0 || req_comp > 4) return stbi__errpuc("bad req_comp", "Internal error"); if (stbi__parse_png_file(p, STBI__SCAN_load, req_comp)) { - if (p->depth < 8) + if (p->depth <= 8) ri->bits_per_channel = 8; + else if (p->depth == 16) + ri->bits_per_channel = 16; else - ri->bits_per_channel = p->depth; + return stbi__errpuc("bad bits_per_channel", "PNG not supported: unsupported color depth"); result = p->out; p->out = NULL; if (req_comp && req_comp != p->s->img_out_n) { @@ -5207,6 +5355,32 @@ typedef struct int extra_read; } stbi__bmp_data; +static int stbi__bmp_set_mask_defaults(stbi__bmp_data *info, int compress) +{ + // BI_BITFIELDS specifies masks explicitly, don't override + if (compress == 3) + return 1; + + if (compress == 0) { + if (info->bpp == 16) { + info->mr = 31u << 10; + info->mg = 31u << 5; + info->mb = 31u << 0; + } else if (info->bpp == 32) { + info->mr = 0xffu << 16; + info->mg = 0xffu << 8; + info->mb = 0xffu << 0; + info->ma = 0xffu << 24; + info->all_a = 0; // if all_a is 0 at end, then we loaded alpha channel but it was all 0 + } else { + // otherwise, use defaults, which is all-0 + info->mr = info->mg = info->mb = info->ma = 0; + } + return 1; + } + return 0; // error +} + static void *stbi__bmp_parse_header(stbi__context *s, stbi__bmp_data *info) { int hsz; @@ -5219,6 +5393,8 @@ static void *stbi__bmp_parse_header(stbi__context *s, stbi__bmp_data *info) info->mr = info->mg = info->mb = info->ma = 0; info->extra_read = 14; + if (info->offset < 0) return stbi__errpuc("bad BMP", "bad BMP"); + if (hsz != 12 && hsz != 40 && hsz != 56 && hsz != 108 && hsz != 124) return stbi__errpuc("unknown BMP", "BMP type not supported: unknown"); if (hsz == 12) { s->img_x = stbi__get16le(s); @@ -5232,6 +5408,8 @@ static void *stbi__bmp_parse_header(stbi__context *s, stbi__bmp_data *info) if (hsz != 12) { int compress = stbi__get32le(s); if (compress == 1 || compress == 2) return stbi__errpuc("BMP RLE", "BMP type not supported: RLE"); + if (compress >= 4) return stbi__errpuc("BMP JPEG/PNG", "BMP type not supported: unsupported compression"); // this includes PNG/JPEG modes + if (compress == 3 && info->bpp != 16 && info->bpp != 32) return stbi__errpuc("bad BMP", "bad BMP"); // bitfields requires 16 or 32 bits/pixel stbi__get32le(s); // discard sizeof stbi__get32le(s); // discard hres stbi__get32le(s); // discard vres @@ -5246,17 +5424,7 @@ static void *stbi__bmp_parse_header(stbi__context *s, stbi__bmp_data *info) } if (info->bpp == 16 || info->bpp == 32) { if (compress == 0) { - if (info->bpp == 32) { - info->mr = 0xffu << 16; - info->mg = 0xffu << 8; - info->mb = 0xffu << 0; - info->ma = 0xffu << 24; - info->all_a = 0; // if all_a is 0 at end, then we loaded alpha channel but it was all 0 - } else { - info->mr = 31u << 10; - info->mg = 31u << 5; - info->mb = 31u << 0; - } + stbi__bmp_set_mask_defaults(info, compress); } else if (compress == 3) { info->mr = stbi__get32le(s); info->mg = stbi__get32le(s); @@ -5271,6 +5439,7 @@ static void *stbi__bmp_parse_header(stbi__context *s, stbi__bmp_data *info) return stbi__errpuc("bad BMP", "bad BMP"); } } else { + // V4/V5 header int i; if (hsz != 108 && hsz != 124) return stbi__errpuc("bad BMP", "bad BMP"); @@ -5278,6 +5447,8 @@ static void *stbi__bmp_parse_header(stbi__context *s, stbi__bmp_data *info) info->mg = stbi__get32le(s); info->mb = stbi__get32le(s); info->ma = stbi__get32le(s); + if (compress != 3) // override mr/mg/mb unless in BI_BITFIELDS mode, as per docs + stbi__bmp_set_mask_defaults(info, compress); stbi__get32le(s); // discard color space for (i=0; i < 12; ++i) stbi__get32le(s); // discard color space parameters @@ -5310,6 +5481,9 @@ static void *stbi__bmp_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req flip_vertically = ((int) s->img_y) > 0; s->img_y = abs((int) s->img_y); + if (s->img_y > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpuc("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + if (s->img_x > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpuc("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + mr = info.mr; mg = info.mg; mb = info.mb; @@ -5324,7 +5498,9 @@ static void *stbi__bmp_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req psize = (info.offset - info.extra_read - info.hsz) >> 2; } if (psize == 0) { - STBI_ASSERT(info.offset == (s->img_buffer - s->buffer_start)); + if (info.offset != s->callback_already_read + (s->img_buffer - s->img_buffer_original)) { + return stbi__errpuc("bad offset", "Corrupt BMP"); + } } if (info.bpp == 24 && ma == 0xff000000) @@ -5419,6 +5595,7 @@ static void *stbi__bmp_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req gshift = stbi__high_bit(mg)-7; gcount = stbi__bitcount(mg); bshift = stbi__high_bit(mb)-7; bcount = stbi__bitcount(mb); ashift = stbi__high_bit(ma)-7; acount = stbi__bitcount(ma); + if (rcount > 8 || gcount > 8 || bcount > 8 || acount > 8) { STBI_FREE(out); return stbi__errpuc("bad masks", "Corrupt BMP"); } } for (j=0; j < (int) s->img_y; ++j) { if (easy) { @@ -5643,6 +5820,9 @@ static void *stbi__tga_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req STBI_NOTUSED(tga_x_origin); // @TODO STBI_NOTUSED(tga_y_origin); // @TODO + if (tga_height > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpuc("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + if (tga_width > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpuc("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + // do a tiny bit of precessing if ( tga_image_type >= 8 ) { @@ -5682,6 +5862,11 @@ static void *stbi__tga_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req // do I need to load a palette? if ( tga_indexed) { + if (tga_palette_len == 0) { /* you have to have at least one entry! */ + STBI_FREE(tga_data); + return stbi__errpuc("bad palette", "Corrupt TGA"); + } + // any data to skip? (offset usually = 0) stbi__skip(s, tga_palette_start ); // load the palette @@ -5890,6 +6075,9 @@ static void *stbi__psd_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req h = stbi__get32be(s); w = stbi__get32be(s); + if (h > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpuc("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + if (w > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpuc("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + // Make sure the depth is 8 bits. bitdepth = stbi__get16be(s); if (bitdepth != 8 && bitdepth != 16) @@ -6244,6 +6432,10 @@ static void *stbi__pic_load(stbi__context *s,int *px,int *py,int *comp,int req_c x = stbi__get16be(s); y = stbi__get16be(s); + + if (y > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpuc("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + if (x > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpuc("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + if (stbi__at_eof(s)) return stbi__errpuc("bad file","file too short (pic header)"); if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(x, y, 4, 0)) return stbi__errpuc("too large", "PIC image too large to decode"); @@ -6253,6 +6445,7 @@ static void *stbi__pic_load(stbi__context *s,int *px,int *py,int *comp,int req_c // intermediate buffer is RGBA result = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(x, y, 4, 0); + if (!result) return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); memset(result, 0xff, x*y*4); if (!stbi__pic_load_core(s,x,y,comp, result)) { @@ -6352,6 +6545,9 @@ static int stbi__gif_header(stbi__context *s, stbi__gif *g, int *comp, int is_in g->ratio = stbi__get8(s); g->transparent = -1; + if (g->w > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__err("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + if (g->h > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__err("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + if (comp != 0) *comp = 4; // can't actually tell whether it's 3 or 4 until we parse the comments if (is_info) return 1; @@ -6365,6 +6561,7 @@ static int stbi__gif_header(stbi__context *s, stbi__gif *g, int *comp, int is_in static int stbi__gif_info_raw(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) { stbi__gif* g = (stbi__gif*) stbi__malloc(sizeof(stbi__gif)); + if (!g) return stbi__err("outofmem", "Out of memory"); if (!stbi__gif_header(s, g, comp, 1)) { STBI_FREE(g); stbi__rewind( s ); @@ -6529,7 +6726,7 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__gif_load_next(stbi__context *s, stbi__gif *g, int *comp, i memset(g->history, 0x00, pcount); // pixels that were affected previous frame first_frame = 1; } else { - // second frame - how do we dispoase of the previous one? + // second frame - how do we dispose of the previous one? dispose = (g->eflags & 0x1C) >> 2; pcount = g->w * g->h; @@ -6674,6 +6871,17 @@ static stbi_uc *stbi__gif_load_next(stbi__context *s, stbi__gif *g, int *comp, i } } +static void *stbi__load_gif_main_outofmem(stbi__gif *g, stbi_uc *out, int **delays) +{ + STBI_FREE(g->out); + STBI_FREE(g->history); + STBI_FREE(g->background); + + if (out) STBI_FREE(out); + if (delays && *delays) STBI_FREE(*delays); + return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); +} + static void *stbi__load_gif_main(stbi__context *s, int **delays, int *x, int *y, int *z, int *comp, int req_comp) { if (stbi__gif_test(s)) { @@ -6683,6 +6891,12 @@ static void *stbi__load_gif_main(stbi__context *s, int **delays, int *x, int *y, stbi_uc *two_back = 0; stbi__gif g; int stride; + int out_size = 0; + int delays_size = 0; + + STBI_NOTUSED(out_size); + STBI_NOTUSED(delays_size); + memset(&g, 0, sizeof(g)); if (delays) { *delays = 0; @@ -6699,22 +6913,31 @@ static void *stbi__load_gif_main(stbi__context *s, int **delays, int *x, int *y, stride = g.w * g.h * 4; if (out) { - void *tmp = (stbi_uc*) STBI_REALLOC( out, layers * stride ); - if (NULL == tmp) { - STBI_FREE(g.out); - STBI_FREE(g.history); - STBI_FREE(g.background); - return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); + void *tmp = (stbi_uc*) STBI_REALLOC_SIZED( out, out_size, layers * stride ); + if (!tmp) + return stbi__load_gif_main_outofmem(&g, out, delays); + else { + out = (stbi_uc*) tmp; + out_size = layers * stride; } - else - out = (stbi_uc*) tmp; + if (delays) { - *delays = (int*) STBI_REALLOC( *delays, sizeof(int) * layers ); + int *new_delays = (int*) STBI_REALLOC_SIZED( *delays, delays_size, sizeof(int) * layers ); + if (!new_delays) + return stbi__load_gif_main_outofmem(&g, out, delays); + *delays = new_delays; + delays_size = layers * sizeof(int); } } else { out = (stbi_uc*)stbi__malloc( layers * stride ); + if (!out) + return stbi__load_gif_main_outofmem(&g, out, delays); + out_size = layers * stride; if (delays) { *delays = (int*) stbi__malloc( layers * sizeof(int) ); + if (!*delays) + return stbi__load_gif_main_outofmem(&g, out, delays); + delays_size = layers * sizeof(int); } } memcpy( out + ((layers - 1) * stride), u, stride ); @@ -6893,6 +7116,9 @@ static float *stbi__hdr_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int re token += 3; width = (int) strtol(token, NULL, 10); + if (height > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpf("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + if (width > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpf("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + *x = width; *y = height; @@ -7035,9 +7261,10 @@ static int stbi__bmp_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) info.all_a = 255; p = stbi__bmp_parse_header(s, &info); - stbi__rewind( s ); - if (p == NULL) + if (p == NULL) { + stbi__rewind( s ); return 0; + } if (x) *x = s->img_x; if (y) *y = s->img_y; if (comp) { @@ -7103,8 +7330,8 @@ static int stbi__psd_is16(stbi__context *s) stbi__rewind( s ); return 0; } - (void) stbi__get32be(s); - (void) stbi__get32be(s); + STBI_NOTUSED(stbi__get32be(s)); + STBI_NOTUSED(stbi__get32be(s)); depth = stbi__get16be(s); if (depth != 16) { stbi__rewind( s ); @@ -7183,7 +7410,6 @@ static int stbi__pic_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) // Known limitations: // Does not support comments in the header section // Does not support ASCII image data (formats P2 and P3) -// Does not support 16-bit-per-channel #ifndef STBI_NO_PNM @@ -7204,19 +7430,23 @@ static void *stbi__pnm_load(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp, int req stbi_uc *out; STBI_NOTUSED(ri); - if (!stbi__pnm_info(s, (int *)&s->img_x, (int *)&s->img_y, (int *)&s->img_n)) + ri->bits_per_channel = stbi__pnm_info(s, (int *)&s->img_x, (int *)&s->img_y, (int *)&s->img_n); + if (ri->bits_per_channel == 0) return 0; + if (s->img_y > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpuc("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + if (s->img_x > STBI_MAX_DIMENSIONS) return stbi__errpuc("too large","Very large image (corrupt?)"); + *x = s->img_x; *y = s->img_y; if (comp) *comp = s->img_n; - if (!stbi__mad3sizes_valid(s->img_n, s->img_x, s->img_y, 0)) + if (!stbi__mad4sizes_valid(s->img_n, s->img_x, s->img_y, ri->bits_per_channel / 8, 0)) return stbi__errpuc("too large", "PNM too large"); - out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad3(s->img_n, s->img_x, s->img_y, 0); + out = (stbi_uc *) stbi__malloc_mad4(s->img_n, s->img_x, s->img_y, ri->bits_per_channel / 8, 0); if (!out) return stbi__errpuc("outofmem", "Out of memory"); - stbi__getn(s, out, s->img_n * s->img_x * s->img_y); + stbi__getn(s, out, s->img_n * s->img_x * s->img_y * (ri->bits_per_channel / 8)); if (req_comp && req_comp != s->img_n) { out = stbi__convert_format(out, s->img_n, req_comp, s->img_x, s->img_y); @@ -7292,11 +7522,19 @@ static int stbi__pnm_info(stbi__context *s, int *x, int *y, int *comp) stbi__pnm_skip_whitespace(s, &c); maxv = stbi__pnm_getinteger(s, &c); // read max value - - if (maxv > 255) - return stbi__err("max value > 255", "PPM image not 8-bit"); + if (maxv > 65535) + return stbi__err("max value > 65535", "PPM image supports only 8-bit and 16-bit images"); + else if (maxv > 255) + return 16; else - return 1; + return 8; +} + +static int stbi__pnm_is16(stbi__context *s) +{ + if (stbi__pnm_info(s, NULL, NULL, NULL) == 16) + return 1; + return 0; } #endif @@ -7352,6 +7590,9 @@ static int stbi__is_16_main(stbi__context *s) if (stbi__psd_is16(s)) return 1; #endif + #ifndef STBI_NO_PNM + if (stbi__pnm_is16(s)) return 1; + #endif return 0; } diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_image_resize.h b/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_image_resize.h index 42a8efb1..ef9e6fe8 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_image_resize.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_image_resize.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* stb_image_resize - v0.96 - public domain image resizing +/* stb_image_resize - v0.97 - public domain image resizing by Jorge L Rodriguez (@VinoBS) - 2014 http://github.com/nothings/stb @@ -1064,7 +1064,11 @@ static void stbir__calculate_coefficients_upsample(stbir_filter filter, float sc total_filter += coefficient_group[i]; } - STBIR_ASSERT(stbir__filter_info_table[filter].kernel((float)(in_last_pixel + 1) + 0.5f - in_center_of_out, 1/scale) == 0); + // NOTE(fg): Not actually true in general, nor is there any reason to expect it should be. + // It would be true in exact math but is at best approximately true in floating-point math, + // and it would not make sense to try and put actual bounds on this here because it depends + // on the image aspect ratio which can get pretty extreme. + //STBIR_ASSERT(stbir__filter_info_table[filter].kernel((float)(in_last_pixel + 1) + 0.5f - in_center_of_out, 1/scale) == 0); STBIR_ASSERT(total_filter > 0.9); STBIR_ASSERT(total_filter < 1.1f); // Make sure it's not way off. @@ -1089,7 +1093,7 @@ static void stbir__calculate_coefficients_downsample(stbir_filter filter, float { int i; - STBIR_ASSERT(out_last_pixel - out_first_pixel <= (int)ceil(stbir__filter_info_table[filter].support(scale_ratio) * 2)); // Taken directly from stbir__get_coefficient_width() which we can't call because we don't know if we're horizontal or vertical. + STBIR_ASSERT(out_last_pixel - out_first_pixel <= (int)ceil(stbir__filter_info_table[filter].support(scale_ratio) * 2)); // Taken directly from stbir__get_coefficient_width() which we can't call because we don't know if we're horizontal or vertical. contributor->n0 = out_first_pixel; contributor->n1 = out_last_pixel; @@ -1103,7 +1107,11 @@ static void stbir__calculate_coefficients_downsample(stbir_filter filter, float coefficient_group[i] = stbir__filter_info_table[filter].kernel(x, scale_ratio) * scale_ratio; } - STBIR_ASSERT(stbir__filter_info_table[filter].kernel((float)(out_last_pixel + 1) + 0.5f - out_center_of_in, scale_ratio) == 0); + // NOTE(fg): Not actually true in general, nor is there any reason to expect it should be. + // It would be true in exact math but is at best approximately true in floating-point math, + // and it would not make sense to try and put actual bounds on this here because it depends + // on the image aspect ratio which can get pretty extreme. + //STBIR_ASSERT(stbir__filter_info_table[filter].kernel((float)(out_last_pixel + 1) + 0.5f - out_center_of_in, scale_ratio) == 0); for (i = out_last_pixel - out_first_pixel; i >= 0; i--) { @@ -1552,7 +1560,6 @@ static void stbir__resample_horizontal_downsample(stbir__info* stbir_info, float { int out_pixel_index = k * 1; float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + k - n0]; - STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 0] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; } } @@ -1573,7 +1580,6 @@ static void stbir__resample_horizontal_downsample(stbir__info* stbir_info, float { int out_pixel_index = k * 2; float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + k - n0]; - STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 0] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 1] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; } @@ -1595,7 +1601,6 @@ static void stbir__resample_horizontal_downsample(stbir__info* stbir_info, float { int out_pixel_index = k * 3; float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + k - n0]; - STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 0] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 1] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 2] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 2] * coefficient; @@ -1618,7 +1623,6 @@ static void stbir__resample_horizontal_downsample(stbir__info* stbir_info, float { int out_pixel_index = k * 4; float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + k - n0]; - STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 0] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 0] * coefficient; output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 1] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 1] * coefficient; output_buffer[out_pixel_index + 2] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + 2] * coefficient; @@ -1643,7 +1647,6 @@ static void stbir__resample_horizontal_downsample(stbir__info* stbir_info, float int c; int out_pixel_index = k * channels; float coefficient = horizontal_coefficients[coefficient_group + k - n0]; - STBIR_ASSERT(coefficient != 0); for (c = 0; c < channels; c++) output_buffer[out_pixel_index + c] += decode_buffer[in_pixel_index + c] * coefficient; } diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_image_write.h b/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_image_write.h index cffd473c..f1e4cdcd 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_image_write.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_image_write.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* stb_image_write - v1.14 - public domain - http://nothings.org/stb +/* stb_image_write - v1.16 - public domain - http://nothings.org/stb writes out PNG/BMP/TGA/JPEG/HDR images to C stdio - Sean Barrett 2010-2015 no warranty implied; use at your own risk @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ CREDITS: Ivan Tikhonov github:ignotion Adam Schackart + Andrew Kensler LICENSE @@ -166,9 +167,9 @@ LICENSE #endif #ifndef STB_IMAGE_WRITE_STATIC // C++ forbids static forward declarations -extern int stbi_write_tga_with_rle; -extern int stbi_write_png_compression_level; -extern int stbi_write_force_png_filter; +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_tga_with_rle; +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_png_compression_level; +STBIWDEF int stbi_write_force_png_filter; #endif #ifndef STBI_WRITE_NO_STDIO @@ -178,7 +179,7 @@ STBIWDEF int stbi_write_tga(char const *filename, int w, int h, int comp, const STBIWDEF int stbi_write_hdr(char const *filename, int w, int h, int comp, const float *data); STBIWDEF int stbi_write_jpg(char const *filename, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data, int quality); -#ifdef STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8 +#ifdef STBIW_WINDOWS_UTF8 STBIWDEF int stbiw_convert_wchar_to_utf8(char *buffer, size_t bufferlen, const wchar_t* input); #endif #endif @@ -267,6 +268,8 @@ typedef struct { stbi_write_func *func; void *context; + unsigned char buffer[64]; + int buf_used; } stbi__write_context; // initialize a callback-based context @@ -283,7 +286,7 @@ static void stbi__stdio_write(void *context, void *data, int size) fwrite(data,1,size,(FILE*) context); } -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8) +#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(STBIW_WINDOWS_UTF8) #ifdef __cplusplus #define STBIW_EXTERN extern "C" #else @@ -294,25 +297,25 @@ STBIW_EXTERN __declspec(dllimport) int __stdcall WideCharToMultiByte(unsigned in STBIWDEF int stbiw_convert_wchar_to_utf8(char *buffer, size_t bufferlen, const wchar_t* input) { - return WideCharToMultiByte(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, input, -1, buffer, (int) bufferlen, NULL, NULL); + return WideCharToMultiByte(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, input, -1, buffer, (int) bufferlen, NULL, NULL); } #endif static FILE *stbiw__fopen(char const *filename, char const *mode) { FILE *f; -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(STBI_WINDOWS_UTF8) +#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(STBIW_WINDOWS_UTF8) wchar_t wMode[64]; wchar_t wFilename[1024]; - if (0 == MultiByteToWideChar(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, filename, -1, wFilename, sizeof(wFilename))) + if (0 == MultiByteToWideChar(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, filename, -1, wFilename, sizeof(wFilename)/sizeof(*wFilename))) return 0; - if (0 == MultiByteToWideChar(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, mode, -1, wMode, sizeof(wMode))) + if (0 == MultiByteToWideChar(65001 /* UTF8 */, 0, mode, -1, wMode, sizeof(wMode)/sizeof(*wMode))) return 0; -#if _MSC_VER >= 1400 - if (0 != _wfopen_s(&f, wFilename, wMode)) - f = 0; +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400 + if (0 != _wfopen_s(&f, wFilename, wMode)) + f = 0; #else f = _wfopen(wFilename, wMode); #endif @@ -380,16 +383,36 @@ static void stbiw__writef(stbi__write_context *s, const char *fmt, ...) va_end(v); } +static void stbiw__write_flush(stbi__write_context *s) +{ + if (s->buf_used) { + s->func(s->context, &s->buffer, s->buf_used); + s->buf_used = 0; + } +} + static void stbiw__putc(stbi__write_context *s, unsigned char c) { s->func(s->context, &c, 1); } +static void stbiw__write1(stbi__write_context *s, unsigned char a) +{ + if ((size_t)s->buf_used + 1 > sizeof(s->buffer)) + stbiw__write_flush(s); + s->buffer[s->buf_used++] = a; +} + static void stbiw__write3(stbi__write_context *s, unsigned char a, unsigned char b, unsigned char c) { - unsigned char arr[3]; - arr[0] = a; arr[1] = b; arr[2] = c; - s->func(s->context, arr, 3); + int n; + if ((size_t)s->buf_used + 3 > sizeof(s->buffer)) + stbiw__write_flush(s); + n = s->buf_used; + s->buf_used = n+3; + s->buffer[n+0] = a; + s->buffer[n+1] = b; + s->buffer[n+2] = c; } static void stbiw__write_pixel(stbi__write_context *s, int rgb_dir, int comp, int write_alpha, int expand_mono, unsigned char *d) @@ -398,7 +421,7 @@ static void stbiw__write_pixel(stbi__write_context *s, int rgb_dir, int comp, in int k; if (write_alpha < 0) - s->func(s->context, &d[comp - 1], 1); + stbiw__write1(s, d[comp - 1]); switch (comp) { case 2: // 2 pixels = mono + alpha, alpha is written separately, so same as 1-channel case @@ -406,7 +429,7 @@ static void stbiw__write_pixel(stbi__write_context *s, int rgb_dir, int comp, in if (expand_mono) stbiw__write3(s, d[0], d[0], d[0]); // monochrome bmp else - s->func(s->context, d, 1); // monochrome TGA + stbiw__write1(s, d[0]); // monochrome TGA break; case 4: if (!write_alpha) { @@ -422,7 +445,7 @@ static void stbiw__write_pixel(stbi__write_context *s, int rgb_dir, int comp, in break; } if (write_alpha > 0) - s->func(s->context, &d[comp - 1], 1); + stbiw__write1(s, d[comp - 1]); } static void stbiw__write_pixels(stbi__write_context *s, int rgb_dir, int vdir, int x, int y, int comp, void *data, int write_alpha, int scanline_pad, int expand_mono) @@ -447,6 +470,7 @@ static void stbiw__write_pixels(stbi__write_context *s, int rgb_dir, int vdir, i unsigned char *d = (unsigned char *) data + (j*x+i)*comp; stbiw__write_pixel(s, rgb_dir, comp, write_alpha, expand_mono, d); } + stbiw__write_flush(s); s->func(s->context, &zero, scanline_pad); } } @@ -467,16 +491,28 @@ static int stbiw__outfile(stbi__write_context *s, int rgb_dir, int vdir, int x, static int stbi_write_bmp_core(stbi__write_context *s, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data) { - int pad = (-x*3) & 3; - return stbiw__outfile(s,-1,-1,x,y,comp,1,(void *) data,0,pad, - "11 4 22 4" "4 44 22 444444", - 'B', 'M', 14+40+(x*3+pad)*y, 0,0, 14+40, // file header - 40, x,y, 1,24, 0,0,0,0,0,0); // bitmap header + if (comp != 4) { + // write RGB bitmap + int pad = (-x*3) & 3; + return stbiw__outfile(s,-1,-1,x,y,comp,1,(void *) data,0,pad, + "11 4 22 4" "4 44 22 444444", + 'B', 'M', 14+40+(x*3+pad)*y, 0,0, 14+40, // file header + 40, x,y, 1,24, 0,0,0,0,0,0); // bitmap header + } else { + // RGBA bitmaps need a v4 header + // use BI_BITFIELDS mode with 32bpp and alpha mask + // (straight BI_RGB with alpha mask doesn't work in most readers) + return stbiw__outfile(s,-1,-1,x,y,comp,1,(void *)data,1,0, + "11 4 22 4" "4 44 22 444444 4444 4 444 444 444 444", + 'B', 'M', 14+108+x*y*4, 0, 0, 14+108, // file header + 108, x,y, 1,32, 3,0,0,0,0,0, 0xff0000,0xff00,0xff,0xff000000u, 0, 0,0,0, 0,0,0, 0,0,0, 0,0,0); // bitmap V4 header + } } STBIWDEF int stbi_write_bmp_to_func(stbi_write_func *func, void *context, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data) { stbi__write_context s; + memset(&s, 0, sizeof(stbi__write_context)); stbi__start_write_callbacks(&s, func, context); return stbi_write_bmp_core(&s, x, y, comp, data); } @@ -485,6 +521,7 @@ STBIWDEF int stbi_write_bmp_to_func(stbi_write_func *func, void *context, int x, STBIWDEF int stbi_write_bmp(char const *filename, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data) { stbi__write_context s; + memset(&s, 0, sizeof(stbi__write_context)); if (stbi__start_write_file(&s,filename)) { int r = stbi_write_bmp_core(&s, x, y, comp, data); stbi__end_write_file(&s); @@ -557,17 +594,18 @@ static int stbi_write_tga_core(stbi__write_context *s, int x, int y, int comp, v if (diff) { unsigned char header = STBIW_UCHAR(len - 1); - s->func(s->context, &header, 1); + stbiw__write1(s, header); for (k = 0; k < len; ++k) { stbiw__write_pixel(s, -1, comp, has_alpha, 0, begin + k * comp); } } else { unsigned char header = STBIW_UCHAR(len - 129); - s->func(s->context, &header, 1); + stbiw__write1(s, header); stbiw__write_pixel(s, -1, comp, has_alpha, 0, begin); } } } + stbiw__write_flush(s); } return 1; } @@ -575,6 +613,7 @@ static int stbi_write_tga_core(stbi__write_context *s, int x, int y, int comp, v STBIWDEF int stbi_write_tga_to_func(stbi_write_func *func, void *context, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data) { stbi__write_context s; + memset(&s, 0, sizeof(stbi__write_context)); stbi__start_write_callbacks(&s, func, context); return stbi_write_tga_core(&s, x, y, comp, (void *) data); } @@ -583,6 +622,7 @@ STBIWDEF int stbi_write_tga_to_func(stbi_write_func *func, void *context, int x, STBIWDEF int stbi_write_tga(char const *filename, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data) { stbi__write_context s; + memset(&s, 0, sizeof(stbi__write_context)); if (stbi__start_write_file(&s,filename)) { int r = stbi_write_tga_core(&s, x, y, comp, (void *) data); stbi__end_write_file(&s); @@ -598,6 +638,8 @@ STBIWDEF int stbi_write_tga(char const *filename, int x, int y, int comp, const #define stbiw__max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#ifndef STBI_WRITE_NO_STDIO + static void stbiw__linear_to_rgbe(unsigned char *rgbe, float *linear) { int exponent; @@ -732,7 +774,7 @@ static int stbi_write_hdr_core(stbi__write_context *s, int x, int y, int comp, f char header[] = "#?RADIANCE\n# Written by stb_image_write.h\nFORMAT=32-bit_rle_rgbe\n"; s->func(s->context, header, sizeof(header)-1); -#ifdef __STDC_WANT_SECURE_LIB__ +#ifdef __STDC_LIB_EXT1__ len = sprintf_s(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "EXPOSURE= 1.0000000000000\n\n-Y %d +X %d\n", y, x); #else len = sprintf(buffer, "EXPOSURE= 1.0000000000000\n\n-Y %d +X %d\n", y, x); @@ -749,14 +791,15 @@ static int stbi_write_hdr_core(stbi__write_context *s, int x, int y, int comp, f STBIWDEF int stbi_write_hdr_to_func(stbi_write_func *func, void *context, int x, int y, int comp, const float *data) { stbi__write_context s; + memset(&s, 0, sizeof(stbi__write_context)); stbi__start_write_callbacks(&s, func, context); return stbi_write_hdr_core(&s, x, y, comp, (float *) data); } -#ifndef STBI_WRITE_NO_STDIO STBIWDEF int stbi_write_hdr(char const *filename, int x, int y, int comp, const float *data) { stbi__write_context s; + memset(&s, 0, sizeof(stbi__write_context)); if (stbi__start_write_file(&s,filename)) { int r = stbi_write_hdr_core(&s, x, y, comp, (float *) data); stbi__end_write_file(&s); @@ -944,6 +987,23 @@ STBIWDEF unsigned char * stbi_zlib_compress(unsigned char *data, int data_len, i (void) stbiw__sbfree(hash_table[i]); STBIW_FREE(hash_table); + // store uncompressed instead if compression was worse + if (stbiw__sbn(out) > data_len + 2 + ((data_len+32766)/32767)*5) { + stbiw__sbn(out) = 2; // truncate to DEFLATE 32K window and FLEVEL = 1 + for (j = 0; j < data_len;) { + int blocklen = data_len - j; + if (blocklen > 32767) blocklen = 32767; + stbiw__sbpush(out, data_len - j == blocklen); // BFINAL = ?, BTYPE = 0 -- no compression + stbiw__sbpush(out, STBIW_UCHAR(blocklen)); // LEN + stbiw__sbpush(out, STBIW_UCHAR(blocklen >> 8)); + stbiw__sbpush(out, STBIW_UCHAR(~blocklen)); // NLEN + stbiw__sbpush(out, STBIW_UCHAR(~blocklen >> 8)); + memcpy(out+stbiw__sbn(out), data+j, blocklen); + stbiw__sbn(out) += blocklen; + j += blocklen; + } + } + { // compute adler32 on input unsigned int s1=1, s2=0; @@ -1553,6 +1613,7 @@ static int stbi_write_jpg_core(stbi__write_context *s, int width, int height, in STBIWDEF int stbi_write_jpg_to_func(stbi_write_func *func, void *context, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data, int quality) { stbi__write_context s; + memset(&s, 0, sizeof(stbi__write_context)); stbi__start_write_callbacks(&s, func, context); return stbi_write_jpg_core(&s, x, y, comp, (void *) data, quality); } @@ -1562,6 +1623,7 @@ STBIWDEF int stbi_write_jpg_to_func(stbi_write_func *func, void *context, int x, STBIWDEF int stbi_write_jpg(char const *filename, int x, int y, int comp, const void *data, int quality) { stbi__write_context s; + memset(&s, 0, sizeof(stbi__write_context)); if (stbi__start_write_file(&s,filename)) { int r = stbi_write_jpg_core(&s, x, y, comp, data, quality); stbi__end_write_file(&s); @@ -1574,6 +1636,10 @@ STBIWDEF int stbi_write_jpg(char const *filename, int x, int y, int comp, const #endif // STB_IMAGE_WRITE_IMPLEMENTATION /* Revision history + 1.16 (2021-07-11) + make Deflate code emit uncompressed blocks when it would otherwise expand + support writing BMPs with alpha channel + 1.15 (2020-07-13) unknown 1.14 (2020-02-02) updated JPEG writer to downsample chroma channels 1.13 1.12 @@ -1611,7 +1677,7 @@ STBIWDEF int stbi_write_jpg(char const *filename, int x, int y, int comp, const add HDR output fix monochrome BMP 0.95 (2014-08-17) - add monochrome TGA output + add monochrome TGA output 0.94 (2014-05-31) rename private functions to avoid conflicts with stb_image.h 0.93 (2014-05-27) diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_rect_pack.h b/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_rect_pack.h index 5c848de0..6a633ce6 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_rect_pack.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_rect_pack.h @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ -// stb_rect_pack.h - v1.00 - public domain - rectangle packing +// stb_rect_pack.h - v1.01 - public domain - rectangle packing // Sean Barrett 2014 // // Useful for e.g. packing rectangular textures into an atlas. // Does not do rotation. // +// Before #including, +// +// #define STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION +// +// in the file that you want to have the implementation. +// // Not necessarily the awesomest packing method, but better than // the totally naive one in stb_truetype (which is primarily what // this is meant to replace). @@ -35,6 +41,7 @@ // // Version history: // +// 1.01 (2021-07-11) always use large rect mode, expose STBRP__MAXVAL in public section // 1.00 (2019-02-25) avoid small space waste; gracefully fail too-wide rectangles // 0.99 (2019-02-07) warning fixes // 0.11 (2017-03-03) return packing success/fail result @@ -75,11 +82,10 @@ typedef struct stbrp_context stbrp_context; typedef struct stbrp_node stbrp_node; typedef struct stbrp_rect stbrp_rect; -#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS typedef int stbrp_coord; -#else -typedef unsigned short stbrp_coord; -#endif + +#define STBRP__MAXVAL 0x7fffffff +// Mostly for internal use, but this is the maximum supported coordinate value. STBRP_DEF int stbrp_pack_rects (stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects); // Assign packed locations to rectangles. The rectangles are of type @@ -209,8 +215,10 @@ struct stbrp_context #ifdef _MSC_VER #define STBRP__NOTUSED(v) (void)(v) +#define STBRP__CDECL __cdecl #else #define STBRP__NOTUSED(v) (void)sizeof(v) +#define STBRP__CDECL #endif enum @@ -253,9 +261,6 @@ STBRP_DEF void stbrp_setup_allow_out_of_mem(stbrp_context *context, int allow_ou STBRP_DEF void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *context, int width, int height, stbrp_node *nodes, int num_nodes) { int i; -#ifndef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS - STBRP_ASSERT(width <= 0xffff && height <= 0xffff); -#endif for (i=0; i < num_nodes-1; ++i) nodes[i].next = &nodes[i+1]; @@ -274,11 +279,7 @@ STBRP_DEF void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *context, int width, int height, context->extra[0].y = 0; context->extra[0].next = &context->extra[1]; context->extra[1].x = (stbrp_coord) width; -#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS context->extra[1].y = (1<<30); -#else - context->extra[1].y = 65535; -#endif context->extra[1].next = NULL; } @@ -520,7 +521,7 @@ static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_pack_rectangle(stbrp_context *context, i return res; } -static int rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b) +static int STBRP__CDECL rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b) { const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a; const stbrp_rect *q = (const stbrp_rect *) b; @@ -531,19 +532,13 @@ static int rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b) return (p->w > q->w) ? -1 : (p->w < q->w); } -static int rect_original_order(const void *a, const void *b) +static int STBRP__CDECL rect_original_order(const void *a, const void *b) { const stbrp_rect *p = (const stbrp_rect *) a; const stbrp_rect *q = (const stbrp_rect *) b; return (p->was_packed < q->was_packed) ? -1 : (p->was_packed > q->was_packed); } -#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS -#define STBRP__MAXVAL 0xffffffff -#else -#define STBRP__MAXVAL 0xffff -#endif - STBRP_DEF int stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects) { int i, all_rects_packed = 1; diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_sprintf.h b/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_sprintf.h index ae61bdcd..ca432a6b 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_sprintf.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_sprintf.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// stb_sprintf - v1.08 - public domain snprintf() implementation +// stb_sprintf - v1.10 - public domain snprintf() implementation // originally by Jeff Roberts / RAD Game Tools, 2015/10/20 // http://github.com/nothings/stb // @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ // // Contributors: // Fabian "ryg" Giesen (reformatting) +// github:aganm (attribute format) // // Contributors (bugfixes): // github:d26435 @@ -153,8 +154,8 @@ PERFORMANCE vs MSVC 2008 32-/64-bit (GCC is even slower than MSVC): #endif #endif #endif -#elif __GNUC__ >= 5 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 8) - #if __SANITIZE_ADDRESS__ +#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ >= 5 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 8)) + #if defined(__SANITIZE_ADDRESS__) && __SANITIZE_ADDRESS__ #define STBSP__ASAN __attribute__((__no_sanitize_address__)) #endif #endif @@ -176,7 +177,23 @@ PERFORMANCE vs MSVC 2008 32-/64-bit (GCC is even slower than MSVC): #endif #endif -#include // for va_list() +#if defined(__has_attribute) + #if __has_attribute(format) + #define STBSP__ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(fmt,va) __attribute__((format(printf,fmt,va))) + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef STBSP__ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT +#define STBSP__ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(fmt,va) +#endif + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define STBSP__NOTUSED(v) (void)(v) +#else +#define STBSP__NOTUSED(v) (void)sizeof(v) +#endif + +#include // for va_arg(), va_list() #include // size_t, ptrdiff_t #ifndef STB_SPRINTF_MIN @@ -188,20 +205,18 @@ typedef char *STBSP_SPRINTFCB(const char *buf, void *user, int len); #define STB_SPRINTF_DECORATE(name) stbsp_##name // define this before including if you want to change the names #endif -STBSP__PUBLICDEF int STB_SPRINTF_DECORATE(vsprintf)(char *buf, char const *fmt, va_list va); -STBSP__PUBLICDEF int STB_SPRINTF_DECORATE(vsnprintf)(char *buf, int count, char const *fmt, va_list va); -STBSP__PUBLICDEF int STB_SPRINTF_DECORATE(sprintf)(char *buf, char const *fmt, ...); -STBSP__PUBLICDEF int STB_SPRINTF_DECORATE(snprintf)(char *buf, int count, char const *fmt, ...); +STBSP__PUBLICDEC int STB_SPRINTF_DECORATE(vsprintf)(char *buf, char const *fmt, va_list va); +STBSP__PUBLICDEC int STB_SPRINTF_DECORATE(vsnprintf)(char *buf, int count, char const *fmt, va_list va); +STBSP__PUBLICDEC int STB_SPRINTF_DECORATE(sprintf)(char *buf, char const *fmt, ...) STBSP__ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(2,3); +STBSP__PUBLICDEC int STB_SPRINTF_DECORATE(snprintf)(char *buf, int count, char const *fmt, ...) STBSP__ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(3,4); -STBSP__PUBLICDEF int STB_SPRINTF_DECORATE(vsprintfcb)(STBSP_SPRINTFCB *callback, void *user, char *buf, char const *fmt, va_list va); -STBSP__PUBLICDEF void STB_SPRINTF_DECORATE(set_separators)(char comma, char period); +STBSP__PUBLICDEC int STB_SPRINTF_DECORATE(vsprintfcb)(STBSP_SPRINTFCB *callback, void *user, char *buf, char const *fmt, va_list va); +STBSP__PUBLICDEC void STB_SPRINTF_DECORATE(set_separators)(char comma, char period); #endif // STB_SPRINTF_H_INCLUDE #ifdef STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION -#include // for va_arg() - #define stbsp__uint32 unsigned int #define stbsp__int32 signed int @@ -215,7 +230,7 @@ STBSP__PUBLICDEF void STB_SPRINTF_DECORATE(set_separators)(char comma, char peri #define stbsp__uint16 unsigned short #ifndef stbsp__uintptr -#if defined(__ppc64__) || defined(__powerpc64__) || defined(__aarch64__) || defined(_M_X64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__x86_64) +#if defined(__ppc64__) || defined(__powerpc64__) || defined(__aarch64__) || defined(_M_X64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__x86_64) || defined(__s390x__) #define stbsp__uintptr stbsp__uint64 #else #define stbsp__uintptr stbsp__uint32 @@ -291,6 +306,46 @@ static void stbsp__lead_sign(stbsp__uint32 fl, char *sign) } } +static STBSP__ASAN stbsp__uint32 stbsp__strlen_limited(char const *s, stbsp__uint32 limit) +{ + char const * sn = s; + + // get up to 4-byte alignment + for (;;) { + if (((stbsp__uintptr)sn & 3) == 0) + break; + + if (!limit || *sn == 0) + return (stbsp__uint32)(sn - s); + + ++sn; + --limit; + } + + // scan over 4 bytes at a time to find terminating 0 + // this will intentionally scan up to 3 bytes past the end of buffers, + // but becase it works 4B aligned, it will never cross page boundaries + // (hence the STBSP__ASAN markup; the over-read here is intentional + // and harmless) + while (limit >= 4) { + stbsp__uint32 v = *(stbsp__uint32 *)sn; + // bit hack to find if there's a 0 byte in there + if ((v - 0x01010101) & (~v) & 0x80808080UL) + break; + + sn += 4; + limit -= 4; + } + + // handle the last few characters to find actual size + while (limit && *sn) { + ++sn; + --limit; + } + + return (stbsp__uint32)(sn - s); +} + STBSP__PUBLICDEF int STB_SPRINTF_DECORATE(vsprintfcb)(STBSP_SPRINTFCB *callback, void *user, char *buf, char const *fmt, va_list va) { static char hex[] = "0123456789abcdefxp"; @@ -534,37 +589,9 @@ STBSP__PUBLICDEF int STB_SPRINTF_DECORATE(vsprintfcb)(STBSP_SPRINTFCB *callback, s = va_arg(va, char *); if (s == 0) s = (char *)"null"; - // get the length - sn = s; - for (;;) { - if ((((stbsp__uintptr)sn) & 3) == 0) - break; - lchk: - if (sn[0] == 0) - goto ld; - ++sn; - } - n = 0xffffffff; - if (pr >= 0) { - n = (stbsp__uint32)(sn - s); - if (n >= (stbsp__uint32)pr) - goto ld; - n = ((stbsp__uint32)(pr - n)) >> 2; - } - while (n) { - stbsp__uint32 v = *(stbsp__uint32 *)sn; - if ((v - 0x01010101) & (~v) & 0x80808080UL) - goto lchk; - sn += 4; - --n; - } - goto lchk; - ld: - - l = (stbsp__uint32)(sn - s); - // clamp to precision - if (l > (stbsp__uint32)pr) - l = pr; + // get the length, limited to desired precision + // always limit to ~0u chars since our counts are 32b + l = stbsp__strlen_limited(s, (pr >= 0) ? pr : ~0u); lead[0] = 0; tail[0] = 0; pr = 0; @@ -605,8 +632,8 @@ STBSP__PUBLICDEF int STB_SPRINTF_DECORATE(vsprintfcb)(STBSP_SPRINTFCB *callback, lead[0] = 0; tail[0] = 0; pr = 0; - dp = 0; cs = 0; + STBSP__NOTUSED(dp); goto scopy; #else case 'A': // hex float @@ -1001,7 +1028,7 @@ STBSP__PUBLICDEF int STB_SPRINTF_DECORATE(vsprintfcb)(STBSP_SPRINTFCB *callback, lead[0] = 0; if (pr == 0) { l = 0; - cs = (((l >> 4) & 15)) << 24; + cs = 0; goto scopy; } } @@ -1229,7 +1256,7 @@ STBSP__PUBLICDEF int STB_SPRINTF_DECORATE(vsprintfcb)(STBSP_SPRINTFCB *callback, stbsp__cb_buf_clamp(i, n); n -= i; STBSP__UNALIGNED(while (i >= 4) { - *(stbsp__uint32 *)bf = *(stbsp__uint32 *)s; + *(stbsp__uint32 volatile *)bf = *(stbsp__uint32 volatile *)s; bf += 4; s += 4; i -= 4; @@ -1588,7 +1615,7 @@ static stbsp__uint64 const stbsp__powten[20] = { #define stbsp__ddtoS64(ob, xh, xl) \ { \ double ahi = 0, alo, vh, t; \ - ob = (stbsp__int64)ph; \ + ob = (stbsp__int64)xh; \ vh = (double)ob; \ ahi = (xh - vh); \ t = (ahi - xh); \ diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_truetype.h b/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_truetype.h index 935a6de2..bbf2284b 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_truetype.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/stb/stb_truetype.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -// stb_truetype.h - v1.24 - public domain -// authored from 2009-2020 by Sean Barrett / RAD Game Tools +// stb_truetype.h - v1.26 - public domain +// authored from 2009-2021 by Sean Barrett / RAD Game Tools // // ======================================================================= // @@ -53,11 +53,13 @@ // Johan Duparc Thomas Fields // Hou Qiming Derek Vinyard // Rob Loach Cort Stratton -// Kenney Phillis Jr. Brian Costabile -// Ken Voskuil (kaesve) +// Kenney Phillis Jr. Brian Costabile +// Ken Voskuil (kaesve) // // VERSION HISTORY // +// 1.26 (2021-08-28) fix broken rasterizer +// 1.25 (2021-07-11) many fixes // 1.24 (2020-02-05) fix warning // 1.23 (2020-02-02) query SVG data for glyphs; query whole kerning table (but only kern not GPOS) // 1.22 (2019-08-11) minimize missing-glyph duplication; fix kerning if both 'GPOS' and 'kern' are defined @@ -270,8 +272,8 @@ //// SAMPLE PROGRAMS //// // -// Incomplete text-in-3d-api example, which draws quads properly aligned to be lossless -// +// Incomplete text-in-3d-api example, which draws quads properly aligned to be lossless. +// See "tests/truetype_demo_win32.c" for a complete version. #if 0 #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION // force following include to generate implementation #include "stb_truetype.h" @@ -297,6 +299,8 @@ void my_stbtt_initfont(void) void my_stbtt_print(float x, float y, char *text) { // assume orthographic projection with units = screen pixels, origin at top left + glEnable(GL_BLEND); + glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA); glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D); glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, ftex); glBegin(GL_QUADS); @@ -304,10 +308,10 @@ void my_stbtt_print(float x, float y, char *text) if (*text >= 32 && *text < 128) { stbtt_aligned_quad q; stbtt_GetBakedQuad(cdata, 512,512, *text-32, &x,&y,&q,1);//1=opengl & d3d10+,0=d3d9 - glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y0); - glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y0); - glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y1); - glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y1); + glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y0); + glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t0); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y0); + glTexCoord2f(q.s1,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x1,q.y1); + glTexCoord2f(q.s0,q.t1); glVertex2f(q.x0,q.y1); } ++text; } @@ -853,6 +857,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s STBTT_DEF void stbtt_FreeShape(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_vertex *vertices); // frees the data allocated above +STBTT_DEF unsigned char *stbtt_FindSVGDoc(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl); STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetCodepointSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codepoint, const char **svg); STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphSVG(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int gl, const char **svg); // fills svg with the character's SVG data. @@ -1539,12 +1544,12 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int unicode_codep search += 2; { - stbtt_uint16 offset, start; + stbtt_uint16 offset, start, last; stbtt_uint16 item = (stbtt_uint16) ((search - endCount) >> 1); - STBTT_assert(unicode_codepoint <= ttUSHORT(data + endCount + 2*item)); start = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*2 + 2 + 2*item); - if (unicode_codepoint < start) + last = ttUSHORT(data + endCount + 2*item); + if (unicode_codepoint < start || unicode_codepoint > last) return 0; offset = ttUSHORT(data + index_map + 14 + segcount*6 + 2 + 2*item); @@ -1871,7 +1876,7 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphShapeTT(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, s if (comp_verts) STBTT_free(comp_verts, info->userdata); return 0; } - if (num_vertices > 0) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); + if (num_vertices > 0 && vertices) STBTT_memcpy(tmp, vertices, num_vertices*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); STBTT_memcpy(tmp+num_vertices, comp_verts, comp_num_verts*sizeof(stbtt_vertex)); if (vertices) STBTT_free(vertices, info->userdata); vertices = tmp; @@ -2134,7 +2139,7 @@ static int stbtt__run_charstring(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, st subrs = stbtt__cid_get_glyph_subrs(info, glyph_index); has_subrs = 1; } - // fallthrough + // FALLTHROUGH case 0x1D: // callgsubr if (sp < 1) return STBTT__CSERR("call(g|)subr stack"); v = (int) s[--sp]; @@ -2239,7 +2244,7 @@ static int stbtt__run_charstring(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph_index, st } break; default: - if (b0 != 255 && b0 != 28 && (b0 < 32 || b0 > 254)) + if (b0 != 255 && b0 != 28 && b0 < 32) return STBTT__CSERR("reserved operator"); // push immediate @@ -2351,7 +2356,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetKerningTable(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_kerningent return length; } -static int stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) +static int stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) { stbtt_uint8 *data = info->data + info->kern; stbtt_uint32 needle, straw; @@ -2381,243 +2386,225 @@ static int stbtt__GetGlyphKernInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph return 0; } -static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetCoverageIndex(stbtt_uint8 *coverageTable, int glyph) +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetCoverageIndex(stbtt_uint8 *coverageTable, int glyph) { - stbtt_uint16 coverageFormat = ttUSHORT(coverageTable); - switch(coverageFormat) { - case 1: { - stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); + stbtt_uint16 coverageFormat = ttUSHORT(coverageTable); + switch (coverageFormat) { + case 1: { + stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); - // Binary search. - stbtt_int32 l=0, r=glyphCount-1, m; - int straw, needle=glyph; - while (l <= r) { - stbtt_uint8 *glyphArray = coverageTable + 4; - stbtt_uint16 glyphID; - m = (l + r) >> 1; - glyphID = ttUSHORT(glyphArray + 2 * m); - straw = glyphID; - if (needle < straw) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > straw) - l = m + 1; - else { - return m; - } + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=glyphCount-1, m; + int straw, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *glyphArray = coverageTable + 4; + stbtt_uint16 glyphID; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + glyphID = ttUSHORT(glyphArray + 2 * m); + straw = glyphID; + if (needle < straw) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > straw) + l = m + 1; + else { + return m; } - } break; + } + break; + } - case 2: { - stbtt_uint16 rangeCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); - stbtt_uint8 *rangeArray = coverageTable + 4; + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 rangeCount = ttUSHORT(coverageTable + 2); + stbtt_uint8 *rangeArray = coverageTable + 4; - // Binary search. - stbtt_int32 l=0, r=rangeCount-1, m; - int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; - while (l <= r) { - stbtt_uint8 *rangeRecord; - m = (l + r) >> 1; - rangeRecord = rangeArray + 6 * m; - strawStart = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord); - strawEnd = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 2); - if (needle < strawStart) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > strawEnd) - l = m + 1; - else { - stbtt_uint16 startCoverageIndex = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 4); - return startCoverageIndex + glyph - strawStart; - } + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=rangeCount-1, m; + int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *rangeRecord; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + rangeRecord = rangeArray + 6 * m; + strawStart = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord); + strawEnd = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 2); + if (needle < strawStart) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > strawEnd) + l = m + 1; + else { + stbtt_uint16 startCoverageIndex = ttUSHORT(rangeRecord + 4); + return startCoverageIndex + glyph - strawStart; } - } break; + } + break; + } - default: { - // There are no other cases. - STBTT_assert(0); - } break; - } + default: return -1; // unsupported + } - return -1; + return -1; } static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphClass(stbtt_uint8 *classDefTable, int glyph) { - stbtt_uint16 classDefFormat = ttUSHORT(classDefTable); - switch(classDefFormat) - { - case 1: { - stbtt_uint16 startGlyphID = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); - stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 4); - stbtt_uint8 *classDef1ValueArray = classDefTable + 6; + stbtt_uint16 classDefFormat = ttUSHORT(classDefTable); + switch (classDefFormat) + { + case 1: { + stbtt_uint16 startGlyphID = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); + stbtt_uint16 glyphCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 4); + stbtt_uint8 *classDef1ValueArray = classDefTable + 6; - if (glyph >= startGlyphID && glyph < startGlyphID + glyphCount) - return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classDef1ValueArray + 2 * (glyph - startGlyphID)); + if (glyph >= startGlyphID && glyph < startGlyphID + glyphCount) + return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classDef1ValueArray + 2 * (glyph - startGlyphID)); + break; + } - classDefTable = classDef1ValueArray + 2 * glyphCount; - } break; + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 classRangeCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); + stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecords = classDefTable + 4; - case 2: { - stbtt_uint16 classRangeCount = ttUSHORT(classDefTable + 2); - stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecords = classDefTable + 4; + // Binary search. + stbtt_int32 l=0, r=classRangeCount-1, m; + int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecord; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + classRangeRecord = classRangeRecords + 6 * m; + strawStart = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord); + strawEnd = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 2); + if (needle < strawStart) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > strawEnd) + l = m + 1; + else + return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 4); + } + break; + } - // Binary search. - stbtt_int32 l=0, r=classRangeCount-1, m; - int strawStart, strawEnd, needle=glyph; - while (l <= r) { - stbtt_uint8 *classRangeRecord; - m = (l + r) >> 1; - classRangeRecord = classRangeRecords + 6 * m; - strawStart = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord); - strawEnd = ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 2); - if (needle < strawStart) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > strawEnd) - l = m + 1; - else - return (stbtt_int32)ttUSHORT(classRangeRecord + 4); - } + default: + return -1; // Unsupported definition type, return an error. + } - classDefTable = classRangeRecords + 6 * classRangeCount; - } break; - - default: { - // There are no other cases. - STBTT_assert(0); - } break; - } - - return -1; + // "All glyphs not assigned to a class fall into class 0". (OpenType spec) + return 0; } // Define to STBTT_assert(x) if you want to break on unimplemented formats. #define STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(x) -static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) +static stbtt_int32 stbtt__GetGlyphGPOSInfoAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int glyph1, int glyph2) { - stbtt_uint16 lookupListOffset; - stbtt_uint8 *lookupList; - stbtt_uint16 lookupCount; - stbtt_uint8 *data; - stbtt_int32 i; + stbtt_uint16 lookupListOffset; + stbtt_uint8 *lookupList; + stbtt_uint16 lookupCount; + stbtt_uint8 *data; + stbtt_int32 i, sti; - if (!info->gpos) return 0; + if (!info->gpos) return 0; - data = info->data + info->gpos; + data = info->data + info->gpos; - if (ttUSHORT(data+0) != 1) return 0; // Major version 1 - if (ttUSHORT(data+2) != 0) return 0; // Minor version 0 + if (ttUSHORT(data+0) != 1) return 0; // Major version 1 + if (ttUSHORT(data+2) != 0) return 0; // Minor version 0 - lookupListOffset = ttUSHORT(data+8); - lookupList = data + lookupListOffset; - lookupCount = ttUSHORT(lookupList); + lookupListOffset = ttUSHORT(data+8); + lookupList = data + lookupListOffset; + lookupCount = ttUSHORT(lookupList); - for (i=0; i= pairSetCount) return 0; - // Binary search. - while (l <= r) { - stbtt_uint16 secondGlyph; - stbtt_uint8 *pairValue; - m = (l + r) >> 1; - pairValue = pairValueArray + (2 + valueRecordPairSizeInBytes) * m; - secondGlyph = ttUSHORT(pairValue); - straw = secondGlyph; - if (needle < straw) - r = m - 1; - else if (needle > straw) - l = m + 1; - else { - stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(pairValue + 2); - return xAdvance; - } - } - } break; + needle=glyph2; + r=pairValueCount-1; + l=0; - case 2: { - stbtt_uint16 valueFormat1 = ttUSHORT(table + 4); - stbtt_uint16 valueFormat2 = ttUSHORT(table + 6); + // Binary search. + while (l <= r) { + stbtt_uint16 secondGlyph; + stbtt_uint8 *pairValue; + m = (l + r) >> 1; + pairValue = pairValueArray + (2 + valueRecordPairSizeInBytes) * m; + secondGlyph = ttUSHORT(pairValue); + straw = secondGlyph; + if (needle < straw) + r = m - 1; + else if (needle > straw) + l = m + 1; + else { + stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(pairValue + 2); + return xAdvance; + } + } + } else + return 0; + break; + } - stbtt_uint16 classDef1Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 8); - stbtt_uint16 classDef2Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 10); - int glyph1class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef1Offset, glyph1); - int glyph2class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef2Offset, glyph2); + case 2: { + stbtt_uint16 valueFormat1 = ttUSHORT(table + 4); + stbtt_uint16 valueFormat2 = ttUSHORT(table + 6); + if (valueFormat1 == 4 && valueFormat2 == 0) { // Support more formats? + stbtt_uint16 classDef1Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 8); + stbtt_uint16 classDef2Offset = ttUSHORT(table + 10); + int glyph1class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef1Offset, glyph1); + int glyph2class = stbtt__GetGlyphClass(table + classDef2Offset, glyph2); - stbtt_uint16 class1Count = ttUSHORT(table + 12); - stbtt_uint16 class2Count = ttUSHORT(table + 14); - STBTT_assert(glyph1class < class1Count); - STBTT_assert(glyph2class < class2Count); + stbtt_uint16 class1Count = ttUSHORT(table + 12); + stbtt_uint16 class2Count = ttUSHORT(table + 14); + stbtt_uint8 *class1Records, *class2Records; + stbtt_int16 xAdvance; - // TODO: Support more formats. - STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(valueFormat1 == 4); - if (valueFormat1 != 4) return 0; - STBTT_GPOS_TODO_assert(valueFormat2 == 0); - if (valueFormat2 != 0) return 0; + if (glyph1class < 0 || glyph1class >= class1Count) return 0; // malformed + if (glyph2class < 0 || glyph2class >= class2Count) return 0; // malformed - if (glyph1class >= 0 && glyph1class < class1Count && glyph2class >= 0 && glyph2class < class2Count) { - stbtt_uint8 *class1Records = table + 16; - stbtt_uint8 *class2Records = class1Records + 2 * (glyph1class * class2Count); - stbtt_int16 xAdvance = ttSHORT(class2Records + 2 * glyph2class); - return xAdvance; - } - } break; - - default: { - // There are no other cases. - STBTT_assert(0); - break; - }; - } - } - break; - }; + class1Records = table + 16; + class2Records = class1Records + 2 * (glyph1class * class2Count); + xAdvance = ttSHORT(class2Records + 2 * glyph2class); + return xAdvance; + } else + return 0; + break; + } default: - // TODO: Implement other stuff. - break; - } - } + return 0; // Unsupported position format + } + } + } - return 0; + return 0; } STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetGlyphKernAdvance(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, int g1, int g2) @@ -3075,6 +3062,23 @@ static void stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(float *scanline, int x, stbtt__active_edg } } +static float stbtt__sized_trapezoid_area(float height, float top_width, float bottom_width) +{ + STBTT_assert(top_width >= 0); + STBTT_assert(bottom_width >= 0); + return (top_width + bottom_width) / 2.0f * height; +} + +static float stbtt__position_trapezoid_area(float height, float tx0, float tx1, float bx0, float bx1) +{ + return stbtt__sized_trapezoid_area(height, tx1 - tx0, bx1 - bx0); +} + +static float stbtt__sized_triangle_area(float height, float width) +{ + return height * width / 2; +} + static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, int len, stbtt__active_edge *e, float y_top) { float y_bottom = y_top+1; @@ -3129,13 +3133,13 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, float height; // simple case, only spans one pixel int x = (int) x_top; - height = sy1 - sy0; + height = (sy1 - sy0) * e->direction; STBTT_assert(x >= 0 && x < len); - scanline[x] += e->direction * (1-((x_top - x) + (x_bottom-x))/2) * height; - scanline_fill[x] += e->direction * height; // everything right of this pixel is filled + scanline[x] += stbtt__position_trapezoid_area(height, x_top, x+1.0f, x_bottom, x+1.0f); + scanline_fill[x] += height; // everything right of this pixel is filled } else { int x,x1,x2; - float y_crossing, step, sign, area; + float y_crossing, y_final, step, sign, area; // covers 2+ pixels if (x_top > x_bottom) { // flip scanline vertically; signed area is the same @@ -3148,29 +3152,79 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, dy = -dy; t = x0, x0 = xb, xb = t; } + STBTT_assert(dy >= 0); + STBTT_assert(dx >= 0); x1 = (int) x_top; x2 = (int) x_bottom; // compute intersection with y axis at x1+1 - y_crossing = (x1+1 - x0) * dy + y_top; + y_crossing = y_top + dy * (x1+1 - x0); + + // compute intersection with y axis at x2 + y_final = y_top + dy * (x2 - x0); + + // x1 x_top x2 x_bottom + // y_top +------|-----+------------+------------+--------|---+------------+ + // | | | | | | + // | | | | | | + // sy0 | Txxxxx|............|............|............|............| + // y_crossing | *xxxxx.......|............|............|............| + // | | xxxxx..|............|............|............| + // | | /- xx*xxxx........|............|............| + // | | dy < | xxxxxx..|............|............| + // y_final | | \- | xx*xxx.........|............| + // sy1 | | | | xxxxxB...|............| + // | | | | | | + // | | | | | | + // y_bottom +------------+------------+------------+------------+------------+ + // + // goal is to measure the area covered by '.' in each pixel + + // if x2 is right at the right edge of x1, y_crossing can blow up, github #1057 + // @TODO: maybe test against sy1 rather than y_bottom? + if (y_crossing > y_bottom) + y_crossing = y_bottom; sign = e->direction; - // area of the rectangle covered from y0..y_crossing - area = sign * (y_crossing-sy0); - // area of the triangle (x_top,y0), (x+1,y0), (x+1,y_crossing) - scanline[x1] += area * (1-((x_top - x1)+(x1+1-x1))/2); - step = sign * dy; + // area of the rectangle covered from sy0..y_crossing + area = sign * (y_crossing-sy0); + + // area of the triangle (x_top,sy0), (x1+1,sy0), (x1+1,y_crossing) + scanline[x1] += stbtt__sized_triangle_area(area, x1+1 - x_top); + + // check if final y_crossing is blown up; no test case for this + if (y_final > y_bottom) { + y_final = y_bottom; + dy = (y_final - y_crossing ) / (x2 - (x1+1)); // if denom=0, y_final = y_crossing, so y_final <= y_bottom + } + + // in second pixel, area covered by line segment found in first pixel + // is always a rectangle 1 wide * the height of that line segment; this + // is exactly what the variable 'area' stores. it also gets a contribution + // from the line segment within it. the THIRD pixel will get the first + // pixel's rectangle contribution, the second pixel's rectangle contribution, + // and its own contribution. the 'own contribution' is the same in every pixel except + // the leftmost and rightmost, a trapezoid that slides down in each pixel. + // the second pixel's contribution to the third pixel will be the + // rectangle 1 wide times the height change in the second pixel, which is dy. + + step = sign * dy * 1; // dy is dy/dx, change in y for every 1 change in x, + // which multiplied by 1-pixel-width is how much pixel area changes for each step in x + // so the area advances by 'step' every time + for (x = x1+1; x < x2; ++x) { - scanline[x] += area + step/2; + scanline[x] += area + step/2; // area of trapezoid is 1*step/2 area += step; } - y_crossing += dy * (x2 - (x1+1)); + STBTT_assert(STBTT_fabs(area) <= 1.01f); // accumulated error from area += step unless we round step down + STBTT_assert(sy1 > y_final-0.01f); - STBTT_assert(STBTT_fabs(area) <= 1.01f); - - scanline[x2] += area + sign * (1-((x2-x2)+(x_bottom-x2))/2) * (sy1-y_crossing); + // area covered in the last pixel is the rectangle from all the pixels to the left, + // plus the trapezoid filled by the line segment in this pixel all the way to the right edge + scanline[x2] += area + sign * stbtt__position_trapezoid_area(sy1-y_final, (float) x2, x2+1.0f, x_bottom, x2+1.0f); + // the rest of the line is filled based on the total height of the line segment in this pixel scanline_fill[x2] += sign * (sy1-sy0); } } else { @@ -3178,6 +3232,9 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, // clipping logic. since this does not match the intended use // of this library, we use a different, very slow brute // force implementation + // note though that this does happen some of the time because + // x_top and x_bottom can be extrapolated at the top & bottom of + // the shape and actually lie outside the bounding box int x; for (x=0; x < len; ++x) { // cases: @@ -4414,15 +4471,14 @@ static int stbtt__compute_crossings_x(float x, float y, int nverts, stbtt_vertex float y_frac; int winding = 0; - orig[0] = x; - orig[1] = y; - // make sure y never passes through a vertex of the shape y_frac = (float) STBTT_fmod(y, 1.0f); if (y_frac < 0.01f) y += 0.01f; else if (y_frac > 0.99f) y -= 0.01f; + + orig[0] = x; orig[1] = y; // test a ray from (-infinity,y) to (x,y) @@ -4484,35 +4540,35 @@ static float stbtt__cuberoot( float x ) return (float) STBTT_pow( x,1.0f/3.0f); } -// x^3 + c*x^2 + b*x + a = 0 +// x^3 + a*x^2 + b*x + c = 0 static int stbtt__solve_cubic(float a, float b, float c, float* r) { - float s = -a / 3; - float p = b - a*a / 3; - float q = a * (2*a*a - 9*b) / 27 + c; + float s = -a / 3; + float p = b - a*a / 3; + float q = a * (2*a*a - 9*b) / 27 + c; float p3 = p*p*p; - float d = q*q + 4*p3 / 27; - if (d >= 0) { - float z = (float) STBTT_sqrt(d); - float u = (-q + z) / 2; - float v = (-q - z) / 2; - u = stbtt__cuberoot(u); - v = stbtt__cuberoot(v); - r[0] = s + u + v; - return 1; - } else { - float u = (float) STBTT_sqrt(-p/3); - float v = (float) STBTT_acos(-STBTT_sqrt(-27/p3) * q / 2) / 3; // p3 must be negative, since d is negative - float m = (float) STBTT_cos(v); + float d = q*q + 4*p3 / 27; + if (d >= 0) { + float z = (float) STBTT_sqrt(d); + float u = (-q + z) / 2; + float v = (-q - z) / 2; + u = stbtt__cuberoot(u); + v = stbtt__cuberoot(v); + r[0] = s + u + v; + return 1; + } else { + float u = (float) STBTT_sqrt(-p/3); + float v = (float) STBTT_acos(-STBTT_sqrt(-27/p3) * q / 2) / 3; // p3 must be negative, since d is negative + float m = (float) STBTT_cos(v); float n = (float) STBTT_cos(v-3.141592/2)*1.732050808f; - r[0] = s + u * 2 * m; - r[1] = s - u * (m + n); - r[2] = s - u * (m - n); + r[0] = s + u * 2 * m; + r[1] = s - u * (m + n); + r[2] = s - u * (m - n); //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[0]+a)*r[0]+b)*r[0]+c) < 0.05f); // these asserts may not be safe at all scales, though they're in bezier t parameter units so maybe? //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[1]+a)*r[1]+b)*r[1]+c) < 0.05f); //STBTT_assert( STBTT_fabs(((r[2]+a)*r[2]+b)*r[2]+c) < 0.05f); - return 3; + return 3; } } @@ -4589,18 +4645,17 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc for (i=0; i < num_verts; ++i) { float x0 = verts[i].x*scale_x, y0 = verts[i].y*scale_y; - // check against every point here rather than inside line/curve primitives -- @TODO: wrong if multiple 'moves' in a row produce a garbage point, and given culling, probably more efficient to do within line/curve - float dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy); - if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist) - min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); - - if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline) { + if (verts[i].type == STBTT_vline && precompute[i] != 0.0f) { float x1 = verts[i-1].x*scale_x, y1 = verts[i-1].y*scale_y; + float dist,dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy); + if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist) + min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); + // coarse culling against bbox //if (sx > STBTT_min(x0,x1)-min_dist && sx < STBTT_max(x0,x1)+min_dist && // sy > STBTT_min(y0,y1)-min_dist && sy < STBTT_max(y0,y1)+min_dist) - float dist = (float) STBTT_fabs((x1-x0)*(y0-sy) - (y1-y0)*(x0-sx)) * precompute[i]; + dist = (float) STBTT_fabs((x1-x0)*(y0-sy) - (y1-y0)*(x0-sx)) * precompute[i]; STBTT_assert(i != 0); if (dist < min_dist) { // check position along line @@ -4627,7 +4682,8 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc float ax = x1-x0, ay = y1-y0; float bx = x0 - 2*x1 + x2, by = y0 - 2*y1 + y2; float mx = x0 - sx, my = y0 - sy; - float res[3],px,py,t,it; + float res[3] = {0.f,0.f,0.f}; + float px,py,t,it,dist2; float a_inv = precompute[i]; if (a_inv == 0.0) { // if a_inv is 0, it's 2nd degree so use quadratic formula float a = 3*(ax*bx + ay*by); @@ -4654,6 +4710,10 @@ STBTT_DEF unsigned char * stbtt_GetGlyphSDF(const stbtt_fontinfo *info, float sc float d = (mx*ax+my*ay) * a_inv; num = stbtt__solve_cubic(b, c, d, res); } + dist2 = (x0-sx)*(x0-sx) + (y0-sy)*(y0-sy); + if (dist2 < min_dist*min_dist) + min_dist = (float) STBTT_sqrt(dist2); + if (num >= 1 && res[0] >= 0.0f && res[0] <= 1.0f) { t = res[0], it = 1.0f - t; px = it*it*x0 + 2*t*it*x1 + t*t*x2; @@ -4913,6 +4973,12 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_CompareUTF8toUTF16_bigendian(const char *s1, int len1, const // FULL VERSION HISTORY // +// 1.25 (2021-07-11) many fixes +// 1.24 (2020-02-05) fix warning +// 1.23 (2020-02-02) query SVG data for glyphs; query whole kerning table (but only kern not GPOS) +// 1.22 (2019-08-11) minimize missing-glyph duplication; fix kerning if both 'GPOS' and 'kern' are defined +// 1.21 (2019-02-25) fix warning +// 1.20 (2019-02-07) PackFontRange skips missing codepoints; GetScaleFontVMetrics() // 1.19 (2018-02-11) OpenType GPOS kerning (horizontal only), STBTT_fmod // 1.18 (2018-01-29) add missing function // 1.17 (2017-07-23) make more arguments const; doc fix diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/utfcpp/utf8/checked.h b/sources/3rdparty/utfcpp/utf8/checked.h index 648636e4..512dcc2f 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/utfcpp/utf8/checked.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/utfcpp/utf8/checked.h @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ namespace utf8 uint32_t cp; public: invalid_code_point(uint32_t codepoint) : cp(codepoint) {} - virtual const char* what() const NOEXCEPT OVERRIDE { return "Invalid code point"; } + virtual const char* what() const UTF_CPP_NOEXCEPT UTF_CPP_OVERRIDE { return "Invalid code point"; } uint32_t code_point() const {return cp;} }; @@ -50,7 +50,8 @@ namespace utf8 uint8_t u8; public: invalid_utf8 (uint8_t u) : u8(u) {} - virtual const char* what() const NOEXCEPT OVERRIDE { return "Invalid UTF-8"; } + invalid_utf8 (char c) : u8(static_cast(c)) {} + virtual const char* what() const UTF_CPP_NOEXCEPT UTF_CPP_OVERRIDE { return "Invalid UTF-8"; } uint8_t utf8_octet() const {return u8;} }; @@ -58,13 +59,13 @@ namespace utf8 uint16_t u16; public: invalid_utf16 (uint16_t u) : u16(u) {} - virtual const char* what() const NOEXCEPT OVERRIDE { return "Invalid UTF-16"; } + virtual const char* what() const UTF_CPP_NOEXCEPT UTF_CPP_OVERRIDE { return "Invalid UTF-16"; } uint16_t utf16_word() const {return u16;} }; class not_enough_room : public exception { public: - virtual const char* what() const NOEXCEPT OVERRIDE { return "Not enough space"; } + virtual const char* what() const UTF_CPP_NOEXCEPT UTF_CPP_OVERRIDE { return "Not enough space"; } }; /// The library API - functions intended to be called by the users @@ -75,24 +76,7 @@ namespace utf8 if (!utf8::internal::is_code_point_valid(cp)) throw invalid_code_point(cp); - if (cp < 0x80) // one octet - *(result++) = static_cast(cp); - else if (cp < 0x800) { // two octets - *(result++) = static_cast((cp >> 6) | 0xc0); - *(result++) = static_cast((cp & 0x3f) | 0x80); - } - else if (cp < 0x10000) { // three octets - *(result++) = static_cast((cp >> 12) | 0xe0); - *(result++) = static_cast(((cp >> 6) & 0x3f) | 0x80); - *(result++) = static_cast((cp & 0x3f) | 0x80); - } - else { // four octets - *(result++) = static_cast((cp >> 18) | 0xf0); - *(result++) = static_cast(((cp >> 12) & 0x3f) | 0x80); - *(result++) = static_cast(((cp >> 6) & 0x3f) | 0x80); - *(result++) = static_cast((cp & 0x3f) | 0x80); - } - return result; + return internal::append(cp, result); } template @@ -148,7 +132,7 @@ namespace utf8 case internal::INVALID_LEAD : case internal::INCOMPLETE_SEQUENCE : case internal::OVERLONG_SEQUENCE : - throw invalid_utf8(*it); + throw invalid_utf8(static_cast(*it)); case internal::INVALID_CODE_POINT : throw invalid_code_point(cp); } @@ -325,7 +309,9 @@ namespace utf8 } // namespace utf8 -#if UTF_CPP_CPLUSPLUS >= 201103L // C++ 11 or later +#if UTF_CPP_CPLUSPLUS >= 201703L // C++ 17 or later +#include "cpp17.h" +#elif UTF_CPP_CPLUSPLUS >= 201103L // C++ 11 or later #include "cpp11.h" #endif // C++ 11 or later diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/utfcpp/utf8/core.h b/sources/3rdparty/utfcpp/utf8/core.h index 244e8923..34371ee3 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/utfcpp/utf8/core.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/utfcpp/utf8/core.h @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. #endif #if UTF_CPP_CPLUSPLUS >= 201103L // C++ 11 or later - #define OVERRIDE override - #define NOEXCEPT noexcept + #define UTF_CPP_OVERRIDE override + #define UTF_CPP_NOEXCEPT noexcept #else // C++ 98/03 - #define OVERRIDE - #define NOEXCEPT throw() + #define UTF_CPP_OVERRIDE + #define UTF_CPP_NOEXCEPT throw() #endif // C++ 11 or later @@ -297,6 +297,55 @@ namespace internal return utf8::internal::validate_next(it, end, ignored); } + // Internal implementation of both checked and unchecked append() function + // This function will be invoked by the overloads below, as they will know + // the octet_type. + template + octet_iterator append(uint32_t cp, octet_iterator result) { + if (cp < 0x80) // one octet + *(result++) = static_cast(cp); + else if (cp < 0x800) { // two octets + *(result++) = static_cast((cp >> 6) | 0xc0); + *(result++) = static_cast((cp & 0x3f) | 0x80); + } + else if (cp < 0x10000) { // three octets + *(result++) = static_cast((cp >> 12) | 0xe0); + *(result++) = static_cast(((cp >> 6) & 0x3f) | 0x80); + *(result++) = static_cast((cp & 0x3f) | 0x80); + } + else { // four octets + *(result++) = static_cast((cp >> 18) | 0xf0); + *(result++) = static_cast(((cp >> 12) & 0x3f)| 0x80); + *(result++) = static_cast(((cp >> 6) & 0x3f) | 0x80); + *(result++) = static_cast((cp & 0x3f) | 0x80); + } + return result; + } + + // One of the following overloads will be invoked from the API calls + + // A simple (but dangerous) case: the caller appends byte(s) to a char array + inline char* append(uint32_t cp, char* result) { + return append(cp, result); + } + + // Hopefully, most common case: the caller uses back_inserter + // i.e. append(cp, std::back_inserter(str)); + template + std::back_insert_iterator append + (uint32_t cp, std::back_insert_iterator result) { + return append, + typename container_type::value_type>(cp, result); + } + + // The caller uses some other kind of output operator - not covered above + // Note that in this case we are not able to determine octet_type + // so we assume it's uint_8; that can cause a conversion warning if we are wrong. + template + octet_iterator append(uint32_t cp, octet_iterator result) { + return append(cp, result); + } + } // namespace internal /// The library API - functions intended to be called by the users diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/utfcpp/utf8/cpp11.h b/sources/3rdparty/utfcpp/utf8/cpp11.h index d93961b0..2366f129 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/utfcpp/utf8/cpp11.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/utfcpp/utf8/cpp11.h @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ namespace utf8 inline std::size_t find_invalid(const std::string& s) { std::string::const_iterator invalid = find_invalid(s.begin(), s.end()); - return (invalid == s.end()) ? std::string::npos : (invalid - s.begin()); + return (invalid == s.end()) ? std::string::npos : static_cast(invalid - s.begin()); } inline bool is_valid(const std::string& s) diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/utfcpp/utf8/cpp17.h b/sources/3rdparty/utfcpp/utf8/cpp17.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..32a77ce3 --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/3rdparty/utfcpp/utf8/cpp17.h @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +// Copyright 2018 Nemanja Trifunovic + +/* +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person or organization +obtaining a copy of the software and accompanying documentation covered by +this license (the "Software") to use, reproduce, display, distribute, +execute, and transmit the Software, and to prepare derivative works of the +Software, and to permit third-parties to whom the Software is furnished to +do so, all subject to the following: + +The copyright notices in the Software and this entire statement, including +the above license grant, this restriction and the following disclaimer, +must be included in all copies of the Software, in whole or in part, and +all derivative works of the Software, unless such copies or derivative +works are solely in the form of machine-executable object code generated by +a source language processor. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT +SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR ANYONE DISTRIBUTING THE SOFTWARE BE LIABLE +FOR ANY DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, +ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER +DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. +*/ + + +#ifndef UTF8_FOR_CPP_7e906c01_03a3_4daf_b420_ea7ea952b3c9 +#define UTF8_FOR_CPP_7e906c01_03a3_4daf_b420_ea7ea952b3c9 + +#include "checked.h" +#include + +namespace utf8 +{ + + inline void append(char32_t cp, std::string& s) + { + append(uint32_t(cp), std::back_inserter(s)); + } + + inline std::string utf16to8(std::u16string_view s) + { + std::string result; + utf16to8(s.begin(), s.end(), std::back_inserter(result)); + return result; + } + + inline std::u16string utf8to16(std::string_view s) + { + std::u16string result; + utf8to16(s.begin(), s.end(), std::back_inserter(result)); + return result; + } + + inline std::string utf32to8(std::u32string_view s) + { + std::string result; + utf32to8(s.begin(), s.end(), std::back_inserter(result)); + return result; + } + + inline std::u32string utf8to32(std::string_view s) + { + std::u32string result; + utf8to32(s.begin(), s.end(), std::back_inserter(result)); + return result; + } + + inline std::size_t find_invalid(std::string_view s) + { + std::string_view::const_iterator invalid = find_invalid(s.begin(), s.end()); + return (invalid == s.end()) ? std::string_view::npos : static_cast(invalid - s.begin()); + } + + inline bool is_valid(std::string_view s) + { + return is_valid(s.begin(), s.end()); + } + + inline std::string replace_invalid(std::string_view s, char32_t replacement) + { + std::string result; + replace_invalid(s.begin(), s.end(), std::back_inserter(result), replacement); + return result; + } + + inline std::string replace_invalid(std::string_view s) + { + std::string result; + replace_invalid(s.begin(), s.end(), std::back_inserter(result)); + return result; + } + + inline bool starts_with_bom(std::string_view s) + { + return starts_with_bom(s.begin(), s.end()); + } + +} // namespace utf8 + +#endif // header guard + diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/utfcpp/utf8/unchecked.h b/sources/3rdparty/utfcpp/utf8/unchecked.h index 0e1b51cc..8fe83c9e 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/utfcpp/utf8/unchecked.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/utfcpp/utf8/unchecked.h @@ -37,24 +37,7 @@ namespace utf8 template octet_iterator append(uint32_t cp, octet_iterator result) { - if (cp < 0x80) // one octet - *(result++) = static_cast(cp); - else if (cp < 0x800) { // two octets - *(result++) = static_cast((cp >> 6) | 0xc0); - *(result++) = static_cast((cp & 0x3f) | 0x80); - } - else if (cp < 0x10000) { // three octets - *(result++) = static_cast((cp >> 12) | 0xe0); - *(result++) = static_cast(((cp >> 6) & 0x3f) | 0x80); - *(result++) = static_cast((cp & 0x3f) | 0x80); - } - else { // four octets - *(result++) = static_cast((cp >> 18) | 0xf0); - *(result++) = static_cast(((cp >> 12) & 0x3f)| 0x80); - *(result++) = static_cast(((cp >> 6) & 0x3f) | 0x80); - *(result++) = static_cast((cp & 0x3f) | 0x80); - } - return result; + return internal::append(cp, result); } template diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/BitUtils.h b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/BitUtils.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2161effc --- /dev/null +++ b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/BitUtils.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) Facebook, Inc. and its affiliates. + * + * This source code is licensed under the MIT license found in the + * LICENSE file in the root directory of this source tree. + */ + +#pragma once + +#include +#include +#include "YGEnums.h" + +namespace facebook { +namespace yoga { + +namespace detail { + +constexpr size_t log2ceilFn(size_t n) { + return n < 1 ? 0 : (1 + log2ceilFn(n / 2)); +} + +constexpr int mask(size_t bitWidth, size_t index) { + return ((1 << bitWidth) - 1) << index; +} + +// The number of bits necessary to represent enums defined with YG_ENUM_SEQ_DECL +template +constexpr size_t bitWidthFn() { + static_assert( + enums::count() > 0, "Enums must have at least one entries"); + return log2ceilFn(enums::count() - 1); +} + +template +constexpr Enum getEnumData(int flags, size_t index) { + return static_cast((flags & mask(bitWidthFn(), index)) >> index); +} + +template +void setEnumData(uint32_t& flags, size_t index, int newValue) { + flags = (flags & ~mask(bitWidthFn(), index)) | + ((newValue << index) & (mask(bitWidthFn(), index))); +} + +template +void setEnumData(uint8_t& flags, size_t index, int newValue) { + flags = (flags & ~static_cast(mask(bitWidthFn(), index))) | + ((newValue << index) & + (static_cast(mask(bitWidthFn(), index)))); +} + +constexpr bool getBooleanData(int flags, size_t index) { + return (flags >> index) & 1; +} + +inline void setBooleanData(uint8_t& flags, size_t index, bool value) { + if (value) { + flags |= 1 << index; + } else { + flags &= ~(1 << index); + } +} + +} // namespace detail +} // namespace yoga +} // namespace facebook diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/CompactValue.h b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/CompactValue.h index be933a16..f398668e 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/CompactValue.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/CompactValue.h @@ -125,8 +125,8 @@ public: data.repr &= ~PERCENT_BIT; data.repr += BIAS; - return YGValue{data.value, - payload_.repr & 0x40000000 ? YGUnitPercent : YGUnitPoint}; + return YGValue{ + data.value, payload_.repr & 0x40000000 ? YGUnitPercent : YGUnitPoint}; } bool isUndefined() const noexcept { diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/Utils.cpp b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/Utils.cpp index 761f3515..eaa74b06 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/Utils.cpp +++ b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/Utils.cpp @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ */ #include "Utils.h" +#include using namespace facebook; @@ -52,6 +53,13 @@ bool YGFloatsEqual(const float a, const float b) { return yoga::isUndefined(a) && yoga::isUndefined(b); } +bool YGDoubleEqual(const double a, const double b) { + if (!yoga::isUndefined(a) && !yoga::isUndefined(b)) { + return fabs(a - b) < 0.0001; + } + return yoga::isUndefined(a) && yoga::isUndefined(b); +} + float YGFloatSanitize(const float val) { return yoga::isUndefined(val) ? 0 : val; } @@ -65,3 +73,7 @@ YGFloatOptional YGFloatOptionalMax(YGFloatOptional op1, YGFloatOptional op2) { } return op1.isUndefined() ? op2 : op1; } + +void throwLogicalErrorWithMessage(const char* message) { + throw std::logic_error(message); +} diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/Utils.h b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/Utils.h index bce8dfca..57e1d45d 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/Utils.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/Utils.h @@ -64,6 +64,8 @@ inline bool YGValueEqual( // difference between two floats is less than 0.0001f or both are undefined. bool YGFloatsEqual(const float a, const float b); +bool YGDoubleEqual(const double a, const double b); + float YGFloatMax(const float a, const float b); YGFloatOptional YGFloatOptionalMax( @@ -141,3 +143,5 @@ inline YGFloatOptional YGResolveValueMargin( const float ownerSize) { return value.isAuto() ? YGFloatOptional{0} : YGResolveValue(value, ownerSize); } + +void throwLogicalErrorWithMessage(const char* message); diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGEnums.cpp b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGEnums.cpp index 3c130129..c01d3d94 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGEnums.cpp +++ b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGEnums.cpp @@ -179,6 +179,8 @@ const char* YGOverflowToString(const YGOverflow value) { const char* YGPositionTypeToString(const YGPositionType value) { switch (value) { + case YGPositionTypeStatic: + return "static"; case YGPositionTypeRelative: return "relative"; case YGPositionTypeAbsolute: diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGEnums.h b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGEnums.h index 4241281d..3dc458dc 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGEnums.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGEnums.h @@ -128,7 +128,11 @@ YG_ENUM_SEQ_DECL( YGOverflowHidden, YGOverflowScroll) -YG_ENUM_SEQ_DECL(YGPositionType, YGPositionTypeRelative, YGPositionTypeAbsolute) +YG_ENUM_SEQ_DECL( + YGPositionType, + YGPositionTypeStatic, + YGPositionTypeRelative, + YGPositionTypeAbsolute) YG_ENUM_DECL( YGPrintOptions, diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGLayout.h b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGLayout.h index 658a31f2..b7604d8e 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGLayout.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGLayout.h @@ -6,10 +6,12 @@ */ #pragma once -#include "Bitfield.h" +#include "BitUtils.h" #include "YGFloatOptional.h" #include "Yoga-internal.h" +using namespace facebook::yoga; + struct YGLayout { std::array position = {}; std::array dimensions = {{YGUndefined, YGUndefined}}; @@ -18,12 +20,14 @@ struct YGLayout { std::array padding = {}; private: - static constexpr size_t directionIdx = 0; - static constexpr size_t didUseLegacyFlagIdx = 1; - static constexpr size_t doesLegacyStretchFlagAffectsLayoutIdx = 2; - static constexpr size_t hadOverflowIdx = 3; - facebook::yoga::Bitfield flags_ = - {YGDirectionInherit, false, false, false}; + static constexpr size_t directionOffset = 0; + static constexpr size_t didUseLegacyFlagOffset = + directionOffset + facebook::yoga::detail::bitWidthFn(); + static constexpr size_t doesLegacyStretchFlagAffectsLayoutOffset = + didUseLegacyFlagOffset + 1; + static constexpr size_t hadOverflowOffset = + doesLegacyStretchFlagAffectsLayoutOffset + 1; + uint8_t flags = 0; public: uint32_t computedFlexBasisGeneration = 0; @@ -32,7 +36,7 @@ public: // Instead of recomputing the entire layout every single time, we cache some // information to break early when nothing changed uint32_t generationCount = 0; - YGDirection lastOwnerDirection = (YGDirection) -1; + YGDirection lastOwnerDirection = YGDirectionInherit; uint32_t nextCachedMeasurementsIndex = 0; std::array @@ -41,27 +45,41 @@ public: YGCachedMeasurement cachedLayout = YGCachedMeasurement(); - YGDirection direction() const { return flags_.at(); } - decltype(flags_)::Ref direction() { - return flags_.at(); + YGDirection direction() const { + return facebook::yoga::detail::getEnumData( + flags, directionOffset); } - bool didUseLegacyFlag() const { return flags_.at(); } - decltype(flags_)::Ref didUseLegacyFlag() { - return flags_.at(); + void setDirection(YGDirection direction) { + facebook::yoga::detail::setEnumData( + flags, directionOffset, direction); + } + + bool didUseLegacyFlag() const { + return facebook::yoga::detail::getBooleanData( + flags, didUseLegacyFlagOffset); + } + + void setDidUseLegacyFlag(bool val) { + facebook::yoga::detail::setBooleanData(flags, didUseLegacyFlagOffset, val); } bool doesLegacyStretchFlagAffectsLayout() const { - return flags_.at(); - } - decltype(flags_)::Ref - doesLegacyStretchFlagAffectsLayout() { - return flags_.at(); + return facebook::yoga::detail::getBooleanData( + flags, doesLegacyStretchFlagAffectsLayoutOffset); } - bool hadOverflow() const { return flags_.at(); } - decltype(flags_)::Ref hadOverflow() { - return flags_.at(); + void setDoesLegacyStretchFlagAffectsLayout(bool val) { + facebook::yoga::detail::setBooleanData( + flags, doesLegacyStretchFlagAffectsLayoutOffset, val); + } + + bool hadOverflow() const { + return facebook::yoga::detail::getBooleanData(flags, hadOverflowOffset); + } + void setHadOverflow(bool hadOverflow) { + facebook::yoga::detail::setBooleanData( + flags, hadOverflowOffset, hadOverflow); } bool operator==(YGLayout layout) const; diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGNode.cpp b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGNode.cpp index 1d49b007..f4c14bf3 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGNode.cpp +++ b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGNode.cpp @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ using facebook::yoga::detail::CompactValue; YGNode::YGNode(YGNode&& node) { context_ = node.context_; - flags_ = node.flags_; + flags = node.flags; measure_ = node.measure_; baseline_ = node.baseline_; print_ = node.print_; @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ YGNode::YGNode(YGNode&& node) { config_ = node.config_; resolvedDimensions_ = node.resolvedDimensions_; for (auto c : children_) { - c->setOwner(c); + c->setOwner(this); } } @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ YGNode::YGNode(const YGNode& node, YGConfigRef config) : YGNode{node} { void YGNode::print(void* printContext) { if (print_.noContext != nullptr) { - if (flags_.at()) { + if (facebook::yoga::detail::getBooleanData(flags, printUsesContext_)) { print_.withContext(this, printContext); } else { print_.noContext(this); @@ -50,89 +50,111 @@ void YGNode::print(void* printContext) { } } +CompactValue YGNode::computeEdgeValueForRow( + const YGStyle::Edges& edges, + YGEdge rowEdge, + YGEdge edge, + CompactValue defaultValue) { + if (!edges[rowEdge].isUndefined()) { + return edges[rowEdge]; + } else if (!edges[edge].isUndefined()) { + return edges[edge]; + } else if (!edges[YGEdgeHorizontal].isUndefined()) { + return edges[YGEdgeHorizontal]; + } else if (!edges[YGEdgeAll].isUndefined()) { + return edges[YGEdgeAll]; + } else { + return defaultValue; + } +} + +CompactValue YGNode::computeEdgeValueForColumn( + const YGStyle::Edges& edges, + YGEdge edge, + CompactValue defaultValue) { + if (!edges[edge].isUndefined()) { + return edges[edge]; + } else if (!edges[YGEdgeVertical].isUndefined()) { + return edges[YGEdgeVertical]; + } else if (!edges[YGEdgeAll].isUndefined()) { + return edges[YGEdgeAll]; + } else { + return defaultValue; + } +} + YGFloatOptional YGNode::getLeadingPosition( const YGFlexDirection axis, const float axisSize) const { - if (YGFlexDirectionIsRow(axis)) { - auto leadingPosition = YGComputedEdgeValue( - style_.position(), YGEdgeStart, CompactValue::ofUndefined()); - if (!leadingPosition.isUndefined()) { - return YGResolveValue(leadingPosition, axisSize); - } - } - - auto leadingPosition = YGComputedEdgeValue( - style_.position(), leading[axis], CompactValue::ofUndefined()); - - return leadingPosition.isUndefined() - ? YGFloatOptional{0} - : YGResolveValue(leadingPosition, axisSize); + auto leadingPosition = YGFlexDirectionIsRow(axis) + ? computeEdgeValueForRow( + style_.position(), + YGEdgeStart, + leading[axis], + CompactValue::ofZero()) + : computeEdgeValueForColumn( + style_.position(), leading[axis], CompactValue::ofZero()); + return YGResolveValue(leadingPosition, axisSize); } YGFloatOptional YGNode::getTrailingPosition( const YGFlexDirection axis, const float axisSize) const { - if (YGFlexDirectionIsRow(axis)) { - auto trailingPosition = YGComputedEdgeValue( - style_.position(), YGEdgeEnd, CompactValue::ofUndefined()); - if (!trailingPosition.isUndefined()) { - return YGResolveValue(trailingPosition, axisSize); - } - } - - auto trailingPosition = YGComputedEdgeValue( - style_.position(), trailing[axis], CompactValue::ofUndefined()); - - return trailingPosition.isUndefined() - ? YGFloatOptional{0} - : YGResolveValue(trailingPosition, axisSize); + auto trailingPosition = YGFlexDirectionIsRow(axis) + ? computeEdgeValueForRow( + style_.position(), + YGEdgeEnd, + trailing[axis], + CompactValue::ofZero()) + : computeEdgeValueForColumn( + style_.position(), trailing[axis], CompactValue::ofZero()); + return YGResolveValue(trailingPosition, axisSize); } bool YGNode::isLeadingPositionDefined(const YGFlexDirection axis) const { - return (YGFlexDirectionIsRow(axis) && - !YGComputedEdgeValue( - style_.position(), YGEdgeStart, CompactValue::ofUndefined()) - .isUndefined()) || - !YGComputedEdgeValue( - style_.position(), leading[axis], CompactValue::ofUndefined()) - .isUndefined(); + auto leadingPosition = YGFlexDirectionIsRow(axis) + ? computeEdgeValueForRow( + style_.position(), + YGEdgeStart, + leading[axis], + CompactValue::ofUndefined()) + : computeEdgeValueForColumn( + style_.position(), leading[axis], CompactValue::ofUndefined()); + return !leadingPosition.isUndefined(); } bool YGNode::isTrailingPosDefined(const YGFlexDirection axis) const { - return (YGFlexDirectionIsRow(axis) && - !YGComputedEdgeValue( - style_.position(), YGEdgeEnd, CompactValue::ofUndefined()) - .isUndefined()) || - !YGComputedEdgeValue( - style_.position(), trailing[axis], CompactValue::ofUndefined()) - .isUndefined(); + auto trailingPosition = YGFlexDirectionIsRow(axis) + ? computeEdgeValueForRow( + style_.position(), + YGEdgeEnd, + trailing[axis], + CompactValue::ofUndefined()) + : computeEdgeValueForColumn( + style_.position(), trailing[axis], CompactValue::ofUndefined()); + return !trailingPosition.isUndefined(); } YGFloatOptional YGNode::getLeadingMargin( const YGFlexDirection axis, const float widthSize) const { - if (YGFlexDirectionIsRow(axis) && - !style_.margin()[YGEdgeStart].isUndefined()) { - return YGResolveValueMargin(style_.margin()[YGEdgeStart], widthSize); - } - - return YGResolveValueMargin( - YGComputedEdgeValue( - style_.margin(), leading[axis], CompactValue::ofZero()), - widthSize); + auto leadingMargin = YGFlexDirectionIsRow(axis) + ? computeEdgeValueForRow( + style_.margin(), YGEdgeStart, leading[axis], CompactValue::ofZero()) + : computeEdgeValueForColumn( + style_.margin(), leading[axis], CompactValue::ofZero()); + return YGResolveValueMargin(leadingMargin, widthSize); } YGFloatOptional YGNode::getTrailingMargin( const YGFlexDirection axis, const float widthSize) const { - if (YGFlexDirectionIsRow(axis) && !style_.margin()[YGEdgeEnd].isUndefined()) { - return YGResolveValueMargin(style_.margin()[YGEdgeEnd], widthSize); - } - - return YGResolveValueMargin( - YGComputedEdgeValue( - style_.margin(), trailing[axis], CompactValue::ofZero()), - widthSize); + auto trailingMargin = YGFlexDirectionIsRow(axis) + ? computeEdgeValueForRow( + style_.margin(), YGEdgeEnd, trailing[axis], CompactValue::ofZero()) + : computeEdgeValueForColumn( + style_.margin(), trailing[axis], CompactValue::ofZero()); + return YGResolveValueMargin(trailingMargin, widthSize); } YGFloatOptional YGNode::getMarginForAxis( @@ -147,15 +169,14 @@ YGSize YGNode::measure( float height, YGMeasureMode heightMode, void* layoutContext) { - - return flags_.at() + return facebook::yoga::detail::getBooleanData(flags, measureUsesContext_) ? measure_.withContext( this, width, widthMode, height, heightMode, layoutContext) : measure_.noContext(this, width, widthMode, height, heightMode); } float YGNode::baseline(float width, float height, void* layoutContext) { - return flags_.at() + return facebook::yoga::detail::getBooleanData(flags, baselineUsesContext_) ? baseline_.withContext(this, width, height, layoutContext) : baseline_.noContext(this, width, height); } @@ -166,7 +187,7 @@ void YGNode::setMeasureFunc(decltype(YGNode::measure_) measureFunc) { if (measureFunc.noContext == nullptr) { // TODO: t18095186 Move nodeType to opt-in function and mark appropriate // places in Litho - flags_.at() = YGNodeTypeDefault; + setNodeType(YGNodeTypeDefault); } else { YGAssertWithNode( this, @@ -182,14 +203,14 @@ void YGNode::setMeasureFunc(decltype(YGNode::measure_) measureFunc) { } void YGNode::setMeasureFunc(YGMeasureFunc measureFunc) { - flags_.at() = false; + facebook::yoga::detail::setBooleanData(flags, measureUsesContext_, false); decltype(YGNode::measure_) m; m.noContext = measureFunc; setMeasureFunc(m); } YOGA_EXPORT void YGNode::setMeasureFunc(MeasureWithContextFn measureFunc) { - flags_.at() = true; + facebook::yoga::detail::setBooleanData(flags, measureUsesContext_, true); decltype(YGNode::measure_) m; m.withContext = measureFunc; setMeasureFunc(m); @@ -208,10 +229,10 @@ void YGNode::insertChild(YGNodeRef child, uint32_t index) { } void YGNode::setDirty(bool isDirty) { - if (isDirty == flags_.at()) { + if (isDirty == facebook::yoga::detail::getBooleanData(flags, isDirty_)) { return; } - flags_.at() = isDirty; + facebook::yoga::detail::setBooleanData(flags, isDirty_, isDirty); if (isDirty && dirtied_) { dirtied_(this); } @@ -232,7 +253,7 @@ void YGNode::removeChild(uint32_t index) { } void YGNode::setLayoutDirection(YGDirection direction) { - layout_.direction() = direction; + layout_.setDirection(direction); } void YGNode::setLayoutMargin(float margin, int index) { @@ -270,7 +291,7 @@ void YGNode::setLayoutMeasuredDimension(float measuredDimension, int index) { } void YGNode::setLayoutHadOverflow(bool hadOverflow) { - layout_.hadOverflow() = hadOverflow; + layout_.setHadOverflow(hadOverflow); } void YGNode::setLayoutDimension(float dimension, int index) { @@ -307,6 +328,9 @@ void YGNode::setPosition( const YGFlexDirection crossAxis = YGFlexDirectionCross(mainAxis, directionRespectingRoot); + // Here we should check for `YGPositionTypeStatic` and in this case zero inset + // properties (left, right, top, bottom, begin, end). + // https://www.w3.org/TR/css-position-3/#valdef-position-static const YGFloatOptional relativePositionMain = relativePosition(mainAxis, mainSize); const YGFloatOptional relativePositionCross = @@ -351,7 +375,9 @@ YGValue YGNode::resolveFlexBasisPtr() const { return flexBasis; } if (!style_.flex().isUndefined() && style_.flex().unwrap() > 0.0f) { - return flags_.at() ? YGValueAuto : YGValueZero; + return facebook::yoga::detail::getBooleanData(flags, useWebDefaults_) + ? YGValueAuto + : YGValueZero; } return YGValueAuto; } @@ -390,7 +416,7 @@ void YGNode::cloneChildrenIfNeeded(void* cloneContext) { } void YGNode::markDirtyAndPropogate() { - if (!flags_.at()) { + if (!facebook::yoga::detail::getBooleanData(flags, isDirty_)) { setDirty(true); setLayoutComputedFlexBasis(YGFloatOptional()); if (owner_) { @@ -400,7 +426,7 @@ void YGNode::markDirtyAndPropogate() { } void YGNode::markDirtyAndPropogateDownwards() { - flags_.at() = true; + facebook::yoga::detail::setBooleanData(flags, isDirty_, true); for_each(children_.begin(), children_.end(), [](YGNodeRef childNode) { childNode->markDirtyAndPropogateDownwards(); }); @@ -427,83 +453,64 @@ float YGNode::resolveFlexShrink() const { if (!style_.flexShrink().isUndefined()) { return style_.flexShrink().unwrap(); } - if (!flags_.at() && !style_.flex().isUndefined() && - style_.flex().unwrap() < 0.0f) { + if (!facebook::yoga::detail::getBooleanData(flags, useWebDefaults_) && + !style_.flex().isUndefined() && style_.flex().unwrap() < 0.0f) { return -style_.flex().unwrap(); } - return flags_.at() ? kWebDefaultFlexShrink - : kDefaultFlexShrink; + return facebook::yoga::detail::getBooleanData(flags, useWebDefaults_) + ? kWebDefaultFlexShrink + : kDefaultFlexShrink; } bool YGNode::isNodeFlexible() { return ( - (style_.positionType() == YGPositionTypeRelative) && + (style_.positionType() != YGPositionTypeAbsolute) && (resolveFlexGrow() != 0 || resolveFlexShrink() != 0)); } float YGNode::getLeadingBorder(const YGFlexDirection axis) const { - YGValue leadingBorder; - if (YGFlexDirectionIsRow(axis) && - !style_.border()[YGEdgeStart].isUndefined()) { - leadingBorder = style_.border()[YGEdgeStart]; - if (leadingBorder.value >= 0) { - return leadingBorder.value; - } - } - - leadingBorder = YGComputedEdgeValue( - style_.border(), leading[axis], CompactValue::ofZero()); - return YGFloatMax(leadingBorder.value, 0.0f); + YGValue leadingBorder = YGFlexDirectionIsRow(axis) + ? computeEdgeValueForRow( + style_.border(), YGEdgeStart, leading[axis], CompactValue::ofZero()) + : computeEdgeValueForColumn( + style_.border(), leading[axis], CompactValue::ofZero()); + return fmaxf(leadingBorder.value, 0.0f); } -float YGNode::getTrailingBorder(const YGFlexDirection flexDirection) const { - YGValue trailingBorder; - if (YGFlexDirectionIsRow(flexDirection) && - !style_.border()[YGEdgeEnd].isUndefined()) { - trailingBorder = style_.border()[YGEdgeEnd]; - if (trailingBorder.value >= 0.0f) { - return trailingBorder.value; - } - } - - trailingBorder = YGComputedEdgeValue( - style_.border(), trailing[flexDirection], CompactValue::ofZero()); - return YGFloatMax(trailingBorder.value, 0.0f); +float YGNode::getTrailingBorder(const YGFlexDirection axis) const { + YGValue trailingBorder = YGFlexDirectionIsRow(axis) + ? computeEdgeValueForRow( + style_.border(), YGEdgeEnd, trailing[axis], CompactValue::ofZero()) + : computeEdgeValueForColumn( + style_.border(), trailing[axis], CompactValue::ofZero()); + return fmaxf(trailingBorder.value, 0.0f); } YGFloatOptional YGNode::getLeadingPadding( const YGFlexDirection axis, const float widthSize) const { - const YGFloatOptional paddingEdgeStart = - YGResolveValue(style_.padding()[YGEdgeStart], widthSize); - if (YGFlexDirectionIsRow(axis) && - !style_.padding()[YGEdgeStart].isUndefined() && - !paddingEdgeStart.isUndefined() && paddingEdgeStart.unwrap() >= 0.0f) { - return paddingEdgeStart; - } - - YGFloatOptional resolvedValue = YGResolveValue( - YGComputedEdgeValue( - style_.padding(), leading[axis], CompactValue::ofZero()), - widthSize); - return YGFloatOptionalMax(resolvedValue, YGFloatOptional(0.0f)); + auto leadingPadding = YGFlexDirectionIsRow(axis) + ? computeEdgeValueForRow( + style_.padding(), + YGEdgeStart, + leading[axis], + CompactValue::ofZero()) + : computeEdgeValueForColumn( + style_.padding(), leading[axis], CompactValue::ofZero()); + return YGFloatOptionalMax( + YGResolveValue(leadingPadding, widthSize), YGFloatOptional(0.0f)); } YGFloatOptional YGNode::getTrailingPadding( const YGFlexDirection axis, const float widthSize) const { - const YGFloatOptional paddingEdgeEnd = - YGResolveValue(style_.padding()[YGEdgeEnd], widthSize); - if (YGFlexDirectionIsRow(axis) && paddingEdgeEnd >= YGFloatOptional{0.0f}) { - return paddingEdgeEnd; - } - - YGFloatOptional resolvedValue = YGResolveValue( - YGComputedEdgeValue( - style_.padding(), trailing[axis], CompactValue::ofZero()), - widthSize); - - return YGFloatOptionalMax(resolvedValue, YGFloatOptional(0.0f)); + auto trailingPadding = YGFlexDirectionIsRow(axis) + ? computeEdgeValueForRow( + style_.padding(), YGEdgeEnd, trailing[axis], CompactValue::ofZero()) + : computeEdgeValueForColumn( + style_.padding(), trailing[axis], CompactValue::ofZero()); + return YGFloatOptionalMax( + YGResolveValue(trailingPadding, widthSize), YGFloatOptional(0.0f)); } YGFloatOptional YGNode::getLeadingPaddingAndBorder( @@ -536,11 +543,11 @@ bool YGNode::didUseLegacyFlag() { void YGNode::setLayoutDoesLegacyFlagAffectsLayout( bool doesLegacyFlagAffectsLayout) { - layout_.doesLegacyStretchFlagAffectsLayout() = doesLegacyFlagAffectsLayout; + layout_.setDoesLegacyStretchFlagAffectsLayout(doesLegacyFlagAffectsLayout); } void YGNode::setLayoutDidUseLegacyFlag(bool didUseLegacyFlag) { - layout_.didUseLegacyFlag() = didUseLegacyFlag; + layout_.setDidUseLegacyFlag(didUseLegacyFlag); } bool YGNode::isLayoutTreeEqualToNode(const YGNode& node) const { @@ -577,7 +584,8 @@ void YGNode::reset() { clearChildren(); - auto webDefaults = flags_.at(); + auto webDefaults = + facebook::yoga::detail::getBooleanData(flags, useWebDefaults_); *this = YGNode{getConfig()}; if (webDefaults) { useWebDefaults(); diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGNode.h b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGNode.h index 2967a1e2..4b6e6277 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGNode.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGNode.h @@ -6,9 +6,12 @@ */ #pragma once + +#ifdef __cplusplus + #include #include -#include "Bitfield.h" +#include "BitUtils.h" #include "CompactValue.h" #include "YGConfig.h" #include "YGLayout.h" @@ -35,10 +38,7 @@ private: static constexpr size_t useWebDefaults_ = 7; void* context_ = nullptr; - using Flags = facebook::yoga:: - Bitfield; - Flags flags_ = - {true, false, false, YGNodeTypeDefault, false, false, false, false}; + uint8_t flags = 1; uint8_t reserved_ = 0; union { YGMeasureFunc noContext; @@ -70,13 +70,13 @@ private: void setBaselineFunc(decltype(baseline_)); void useWebDefaults() { - flags_.at() = true; + facebook::yoga::detail::setBooleanData(flags, useWebDefaults_, true); style_.flexDirection() = YGFlexDirectionRow; style_.alignContent() = YGAlignStretch; } // DANGER DANGER DANGER! - // If the the node assigned to has children, we'd either have to deallocate + // If the node assigned to has children, we'd either have to deallocate // them (potentially incorrect) or ignore them (danger of leaks). Only ever // use this after checking that there are no children. // DO NOT CHANGE THE VISIBILITY OF THIS METHOD! @@ -114,9 +114,13 @@ public: void print(void*); - bool getHasNewLayout() const { return flags_.at(); } + bool getHasNewLayout() const { + return facebook::yoga::detail::getBooleanData(flags, hasNewLayout_); + } - YGNodeType getNodeType() const { return flags_.at(); } + YGNodeType getNodeType() const { + return facebook::yoga::detail::getEnumData(flags, nodeType_); + } bool hasMeasureFunc() const noexcept { return measure_.noContext != nullptr; } @@ -142,7 +146,9 @@ public: uint32_t getLineIndex() const { return lineIndex_; } - bool isReferenceBaseline() { return flags_.at(); } + bool isReferenceBaseline() { + return facebook::yoga::detail::getBooleanData(flags, isReferenceBaseline_); + } // returns the YGNodeRef that owns this YGNode. An owner is used to identify // the YogaTree that a YGNode belongs to. This method will return the parent @@ -175,7 +181,9 @@ public: YGConfigRef getConfig() const { return config_; } - bool isDirty() const { return flags_.at(); } + bool isDirty() const { + return facebook::yoga::detail::getBooleanData(flags, isDirty_); + } std::array getResolvedDimensions() const { return resolvedDimensions_; @@ -185,6 +193,17 @@ public: return resolvedDimensions_[index]; } + static CompactValue computeEdgeValueForColumn( + const YGStyle::Edges& edges, + YGEdge edge, + CompactValue defaultValue); + + static CompactValue computeEdgeValueForRow( + const YGStyle::Edges& edges, + YGEdge rowEdge, + YGEdge edge, + CompactValue defaultValue); + // Methods related to positions, margin, padding and border YGFloatOptional getLeadingPosition( const YGFlexDirection axis, @@ -223,19 +242,22 @@ public: void setPrintFunc(YGPrintFunc printFunc) { print_.noContext = printFunc; - flags_.at() = false; + facebook::yoga::detail::setBooleanData(flags, printUsesContext_, false); } void setPrintFunc(PrintWithContextFn printFunc) { print_.withContext = printFunc; - flags_.at() = true; + facebook::yoga::detail::setBooleanData(flags, printUsesContext_, true); } void setPrintFunc(std::nullptr_t) { setPrintFunc(YGPrintFunc{nullptr}); } void setHasNewLayout(bool hasNewLayout) { - flags_.at() = hasNewLayout; + facebook::yoga::detail::setBooleanData(flags, hasNewLayout_, hasNewLayout); } - void setNodeType(YGNodeType nodeType) { flags_.at() = nodeType; } + void setNodeType(YGNodeType nodeType) { + return facebook::yoga::detail::setEnumData( + flags, nodeType_, nodeType); + } void setMeasureFunc(YGMeasureFunc measureFunc); void setMeasureFunc(MeasureWithContextFn); @@ -244,11 +266,11 @@ public: } void setBaselineFunc(YGBaselineFunc baseLineFunc) { - flags_.at() = false; + facebook::yoga::detail::setBooleanData(flags, baselineUsesContext_, false); baseline_.noContext = baseLineFunc; } void setBaselineFunc(BaselineWithContextFn baseLineFunc) { - flags_.at() = true; + facebook::yoga::detail::setBooleanData(flags, baselineUsesContext_, true); baseline_.withContext = baseLineFunc; } void setBaselineFunc(std::nullptr_t) { @@ -264,7 +286,8 @@ public: void setLineIndex(uint32_t lineIndex) { lineIndex_ = lineIndex; } void setIsReferenceBaseline(bool isReferenceBaseline) { - flags_.at() = isReferenceBaseline; + facebook::yoga::detail::setBooleanData( + flags, isReferenceBaseline_, isReferenceBaseline); } void setOwner(YGNodeRef owner) { owner_ = owner; } @@ -321,3 +344,5 @@ public: bool isLayoutTreeEqualToNode(const YGNode& node) const; void reset(); }; + +#endif diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGNodePrint.cpp b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGNodePrint.cpp index 26efa485..72d147db 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGNodePrint.cpp +++ b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGNodePrint.cpp @@ -104,10 +104,13 @@ static void appendEdgeIfNotUndefined( const string& str, const YGStyle::Edges& edges, const YGEdge edge) { - appendNumberIfNotUndefined( - base, - str, - YGComputedEdgeValue(edges, edge, detail::CompactValue::ofUndefined())); + // TODO: this doesn't take RTL / YGEdgeStart / YGEdgeEnd into account + auto value = (edge == YGEdgeLeft || edge == YGEdgeRight) + ? YGNode::computeEdgeValueForRow( + edges, edge, edge, detail::CompactValue::ofUndefined()) + : YGNode::computeEdgeValueForColumn( + edges, edge, detail::CompactValue::ofUndefined()); + appendNumberIfNotUndefined(base, str, value); } void YGNodeToString( diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGStyle.h b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGStyle.h index b066b346..aab7599c 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGStyle.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGStyle.h @@ -6,16 +6,19 @@ */ #pragma once + +#ifdef __cplusplus + #include #include #include #include -#include "Bitfield.h" #include "CompactValue.h" #include "YGEnums.h" #include "YGFloatOptional.h" #include "Yoga-internal.h" #include "Yoga.h" +#include "BitUtils.h" class YOGA_EXPORT YGStyle { template @@ -27,6 +30,19 @@ public: using Dimensions = Values; using Edges = Values; + template + struct BitfieldRef { + YGStyle& style; + size_t offset; + operator T() const { + return facebook::yoga::detail::getEnumData(style.flags, offset); + } + BitfieldRef& operator=(T x) { + facebook::yoga::detail::setEnumData(style.flags, offset, x); + return *this; + } + }; + template struct Ref { YGStyle& style; @@ -60,43 +76,35 @@ public: CompactValue operator[](Idx idx) const { return (style.*Prop)[idx]; } }; - YGStyle() = default; + YGStyle() { + alignContent() = YGAlignFlexStart; + alignItems() = YGAlignStretch; + } ~YGStyle() = default; private: - static constexpr size_t directionIdx = 0; - static constexpr size_t flexDirectionIdx = 1; - static constexpr size_t justifyContentIdx = 2; - static constexpr size_t alignContentIdx = 3; - static constexpr size_t alignItemsIdx = 4; - static constexpr size_t alignSelfIdx = 5; - static constexpr size_t positionTypeIdx = 6; - static constexpr size_t flexWrapIdx = 7; - static constexpr size_t overflowIdx = 8; - static constexpr size_t displayIdx = 9; - using Flags = facebook::yoga::Bitfield< - uint32_t, - YGDirection, - YGFlexDirection, - YGJustify, - YGAlign, - YGAlign, - YGAlign, - YGPositionType, - YGWrap, - YGOverflow, - YGDisplay>; + static constexpr size_t directionOffset = 0; + static constexpr size_t flexdirectionOffset = + directionOffset + facebook::yoga::detail::bitWidthFn(); + static constexpr size_t justifyContentOffset = flexdirectionOffset + + facebook::yoga::detail::bitWidthFn(); + static constexpr size_t alignContentOffset = + justifyContentOffset + facebook::yoga::detail::bitWidthFn(); + static constexpr size_t alignItemsOffset = + alignContentOffset + facebook::yoga::detail::bitWidthFn(); + static constexpr size_t alignSelfOffset = + alignItemsOffset + facebook::yoga::detail::bitWidthFn(); + static constexpr size_t positionTypeOffset = + alignSelfOffset + facebook::yoga::detail::bitWidthFn(); + static constexpr size_t flexWrapOffset = + positionTypeOffset + facebook::yoga::detail::bitWidthFn(); + static constexpr size_t overflowOffset = + flexWrapOffset + facebook::yoga::detail::bitWidthFn(); + static constexpr size_t displayOffset = + overflowOffset + facebook::yoga::detail::bitWidthFn(); + + uint32_t flags = 0; - Flags flags_ = {YGDirectionInherit, - YGFlexDirectionColumn, - YGJustifyFlexStart, - YGAlignFlexStart, - YGAlignStretch, - YGAlignAuto, - YGPositionTypeRelative, - YGWrapNoWrap, - YGOverflowVisible, - YGDisplayFlex}; YGFloatOptional flex_ = {}; YGFloatOptional flexGrow_ = {}; YGFloatOptional flexShrink_ = {}; @@ -115,45 +123,68 @@ public: // for library users needing a type using ValueRepr = std::remove_reference::type; - YGDirection direction() const { return flags_.at(); } - Flags::Ref direction() { return flags_.at(); } + YGDirection direction() const { + return facebook::yoga::detail::getEnumData( + flags, directionOffset); + } + BitfieldRef direction() { return {*this, directionOffset}; } YGFlexDirection flexDirection() const { - return flags_.at(); + return facebook::yoga::detail::getEnumData( + flags, flexdirectionOffset); } - Flags::Ref flexDirection() { - return flags_.at(); + BitfieldRef flexDirection() { + return {*this, flexdirectionOffset}; } - YGJustify justifyContent() const { return flags_.at(); } - Flags::Ref justifyContent() { - return flags_.at(); + YGJustify justifyContent() const { + return facebook::yoga::detail::getEnumData( + flags, justifyContentOffset); + } + BitfieldRef justifyContent() { + return {*this, justifyContentOffset}; } - YGAlign alignContent() const { return flags_.at(); } - Flags::Ref alignContent() { - return flags_.at(); + YGAlign alignContent() const { + return facebook::yoga::detail::getEnumData( + flags, alignContentOffset); + } + BitfieldRef alignContent() { return {*this, alignContentOffset}; } + + YGAlign alignItems() const { + return facebook::yoga::detail::getEnumData( + flags, alignItemsOffset); + } + BitfieldRef alignItems() { return {*this, alignItemsOffset}; } + + YGAlign alignSelf() const { + return facebook::yoga::detail::getEnumData(flags, alignSelfOffset); + } + BitfieldRef alignSelf() { return {*this, alignSelfOffset}; } + + YGPositionType positionType() const { + return facebook::yoga::detail::getEnumData( + flags, positionTypeOffset); + } + BitfieldRef positionType() { + return {*this, positionTypeOffset}; } - YGAlign alignItems() const { return flags_.at(); } - Flags::Ref alignItems() { return flags_.at(); } - - YGAlign alignSelf() const { return flags_.at(); } - Flags::Ref alignSelf() { return flags_.at(); } - - YGPositionType positionType() const { return flags_.at(); } - Flags::Ref positionType() { - return flags_.at(); + YGWrap flexWrap() const { + return facebook::yoga::detail::getEnumData(flags, flexWrapOffset); } + BitfieldRef flexWrap() { return {*this, flexWrapOffset}; } - YGWrap flexWrap() const { return flags_.at(); } - Flags::Ref flexWrap() { return flags_.at(); } + YGOverflow overflow() const { + return facebook::yoga::detail::getEnumData( + flags, overflowOffset); + } + BitfieldRef overflow() { return {*this, overflowOffset}; } - YGOverflow overflow() const { return flags_.at(); } - Flags::Ref overflow() { return flags_.at(); } - - YGDisplay display() const { return flags_.at(); } - Flags::Ref display() { return flags_.at(); } + YGDisplay display() const { + return facebook::yoga::detail::getEnumData(flags, displayOffset); + } + BitfieldRef display() { return {*this, displayOffset}; } YGFloatOptional flex() const { return flex_; } Ref flex() { return {*this}; } @@ -201,3 +232,5 @@ YOGA_EXPORT bool operator==(const YGStyle& lhs, const YGStyle& rhs); YOGA_EXPORT inline bool operator!=(const YGStyle& lhs, const YGStyle& rhs) { return !(lhs == rhs); } + +#endif diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGValue.h b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGValue.h index aaa10c3f..a2000978 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGValue.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/YGValue.h @@ -11,6 +11,13 @@ #include "YGEnums.h" #include "YGMacros.h" +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(__clang__) +#define COMPILING_WITH_CLANG_ON_WINDOWS +#endif +#if defined(COMPILING_WITH_CLANG_ON_WINDOWS) +#include +constexpr float YGUndefined = std::numeric_limits::quiet_NaN(); +#else YG_EXTERN_C_BEGIN // Not defined in MSVC++ @@ -20,6 +27,7 @@ static const uint32_t __nan = 0x7fc00000; #endif #define YGUndefined NAN +#endif typedef struct YGValue { float value; @@ -30,7 +38,10 @@ YOGA_EXPORT extern const YGValue YGValueAuto; YOGA_EXPORT extern const YGValue YGValueUndefined; YOGA_EXPORT extern const YGValue YGValueZero; +#if !defined(COMPILING_WITH_CLANG_ON_WINDOWS) YG_EXTERN_C_END +#endif +#undef COMPILING_WITH_CLANG_ON_WINDOWS #ifdef __cplusplus diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/Yoga-internal.h b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/Yoga-internal.h index 0b3368a0..ce4e1004 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/Yoga-internal.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/Yoga-internal.h @@ -33,6 +33,10 @@ inline bool isUndefined(float value) { return std::isnan(value); } +inline bool isUndefined(double value) { + return std::isnan(value); +} + } // namespace yoga } // namespace facebook @@ -54,10 +58,10 @@ struct YGCachedMeasurement { float computedHeight; YGCachedMeasurement() - : availableWidth(0), - availableHeight(0), - widthMeasureMode((YGMeasureMode) -1), - heightMeasureMode((YGMeasureMode) -1), + : availableWidth(-1), + availableHeight(-1), + widthMeasureMode(YGMeasureModeUndefined), + heightMeasureMode(YGMeasureModeUndefined), computedWidth(-1), computedHeight(-1) {} @@ -132,6 +136,7 @@ public: return true; } + Values(const Values& other) = default; Values& operator=(const Values& other) = default; }; @@ -144,8 +149,3 @@ static const float kDefaultFlexShrink = 0.0f; static const float kWebDefaultFlexShrink = 1.0f; extern bool YGFloatsEqual(const float a, const float b); -extern facebook::yoga::detail::CompactValue YGComputedEdgeValue( - const facebook::yoga::detail::Values< - facebook::yoga::enums::count()>& edges, - YGEdge edge, - facebook::yoga::detail::CompactValue defaultValue); diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/Yoga.cpp b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/Yoga.cpp index 8483dd88..2c68674a 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/Yoga.cpp +++ b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/Yoga.cpp @@ -106,38 +106,12 @@ static int YGDefaultLog( #undef YG_UNUSED #endif -YOGA_EXPORT bool YGFloatIsUndefined(const float value) { +static inline bool YGDoubleIsUndefined(const double value) { return facebook::yoga::isUndefined(value); } -detail::CompactValue YGComputedEdgeValue( - const YGStyle::Edges& edges, - YGEdge edge, - detail::CompactValue defaultValue) { - if (!edges[edge].isUndefined()) { - return edges[edge]; - } - - if ((edge == YGEdgeTop || edge == YGEdgeBottom) && - !edges[YGEdgeVertical].isUndefined()) { - return edges[YGEdgeVertical]; - } - - if ((edge == YGEdgeLeft || edge == YGEdgeRight || edge == YGEdgeStart || - edge == YGEdgeEnd) && - !edges[YGEdgeHorizontal].isUndefined()) { - return edges[YGEdgeHorizontal]; - } - - if (!edges[YGEdgeAll].isUndefined()) { - return edges[YGEdgeAll]; - } - - if (edge == YGEdgeStart || edge == YGEdgeEnd) { - return detail::CompactValue::ofUndefined(); - } - - return defaultValue; +YOGA_EXPORT bool YGFloatIsUndefined(const float value) { + return facebook::yoga::isUndefined(value); } YOGA_EXPORT void* YGNodeGetContext(YGNodeRef node) { @@ -249,9 +223,6 @@ YOGA_EXPORT YGNodeRef YGNodeClone(YGNodeRef oldNode) { static YGConfigRef YGConfigClone(const YGConfig& oldConfig) { const YGConfigRef config = new YGConfig(oldConfig); YGAssert(config != nullptr, "Could not allocate memory for config"); - if (config == nullptr) { - abort(); - } gConfigInstanceCount++; return config; } @@ -386,6 +357,14 @@ YOGA_EXPORT void YGNodeInsertChild( owner->markDirtyAndPropogate(); } +YOGA_EXPORT void YGNodeSwapChild( + const YGNodeRef owner, + const YGNodeRef child, + const uint32_t index) { + owner->replaceChild(child, index); + child->setOwner(owner); +} + YOGA_EXPORT void YGNodeRemoveChild( const YGNodeRef owner, const YGNodeRef excludedChild) { @@ -1126,7 +1105,7 @@ static bool YGIsBaselineLayout(const YGNodeRef node) { const uint32_t childCount = YGNodeGetChildCount(node); for (uint32_t i = 0; i < childCount; i++) { const YGNodeRef child = YGNodeGetChild(node, i); - if (child->getStyle().positionType() == YGPositionTypeRelative && + if (child->getStyle().positionType() != YGPositionTypeAbsolute && child->getStyle().alignSelf() == YGAlignBaseline) { return true; } @@ -1655,8 +1634,8 @@ static void YGNodeAbsoluteLayoutChild( static void YGNodeWithMeasureFuncSetMeasuredDimensions( const YGNodeRef node, - const float availableWidth, - const float availableHeight, + float availableWidth, + float availableHeight, const YGMeasureMode widthMeasureMode, const YGMeasureMode heightMeasureMode, const float ownerWidth, @@ -1669,40 +1648,40 @@ static void YGNodeWithMeasureFuncSetMeasuredDimensions( node->hasMeasureFunc(), "Expected node to have custom measure function"); - const float paddingAndBorderAxisRow = - YGNodePaddingAndBorderForAxis(node, YGFlexDirectionRow, availableWidth); - const float paddingAndBorderAxisColumn = YGNodePaddingAndBorderForAxis( - node, YGFlexDirectionColumn, availableWidth); - const float marginAxisRow = - node->getMarginForAxis(YGFlexDirectionRow, availableWidth).unwrap(); - const float marginAxisColumn = - node->getMarginForAxis(YGFlexDirectionColumn, availableWidth).unwrap(); + if (widthMeasureMode == YGMeasureModeUndefined) { + availableWidth = YGUndefined; + } + if (heightMeasureMode == YGMeasureModeUndefined) { + availableHeight = YGUndefined; + } + + const auto& padding = node->getLayout().padding; + const auto& border = node->getLayout().border; + const float paddingAndBorderAxisRow = padding[YGEdgeLeft] + + padding[YGEdgeRight] + border[YGEdgeLeft] + border[YGEdgeRight]; + const float paddingAndBorderAxisColumn = padding[YGEdgeTop] + + padding[YGEdgeBottom] + border[YGEdgeTop] + border[YGEdgeBottom]; // We want to make sure we don't call measure with negative size const float innerWidth = YGFloatIsUndefined(availableWidth) ? availableWidth - : YGFloatMax(0, availableWidth - marginAxisRow - paddingAndBorderAxisRow); + : YGFloatMax(0, availableWidth - paddingAndBorderAxisRow); const float innerHeight = YGFloatIsUndefined(availableHeight) ? availableHeight - : YGFloatMax( - 0, availableHeight - marginAxisColumn - paddingAndBorderAxisColumn); + : YGFloatMax(0, availableHeight - paddingAndBorderAxisColumn); if (widthMeasureMode == YGMeasureModeExactly && heightMeasureMode == YGMeasureModeExactly) { // Don't bother sizing the text if both dimensions are already defined. node->setLayoutMeasuredDimension( YGNodeBoundAxis( - node, - YGFlexDirectionRow, - availableWidth - marginAxisRow, - ownerWidth, - ownerWidth), + node, YGFlexDirectionRow, availableWidth, ownerWidth, ownerWidth), YGDimensionWidth); node->setLayoutMeasuredDimension( YGNodeBoundAxis( node, YGFlexDirectionColumn, - availableHeight - marginAxisColumn, + availableHeight, ownerHeight, ownerWidth), YGDimensionHeight); @@ -1739,7 +1718,7 @@ static void YGNodeWithMeasureFuncSetMeasuredDimensions( (widthMeasureMode == YGMeasureModeUndefined || widthMeasureMode == YGMeasureModeAtMost) ? measuredSize.width + paddingAndBorderAxisRow - : availableWidth - marginAxisRow, + : availableWidth, ownerWidth, ownerWidth), YGDimensionWidth); @@ -1751,7 +1730,7 @@ static void YGNodeWithMeasureFuncSetMeasuredDimensions( (heightMeasureMode == YGMeasureModeUndefined || heightMeasureMode == YGMeasureModeAtMost) ? measuredSize.height + paddingAndBorderAxisColumn - : availableHeight - marginAxisColumn, + : availableHeight, ownerHeight, ownerWidth), YGDimensionHeight); @@ -1768,37 +1747,28 @@ static void YGNodeEmptyContainerSetMeasuredDimensions( const YGMeasureMode heightMeasureMode, const float ownerWidth, const float ownerHeight) { - const float paddingAndBorderAxisRow = - YGNodePaddingAndBorderForAxis(node, YGFlexDirectionRow, ownerWidth); - const float paddingAndBorderAxisColumn = - YGNodePaddingAndBorderForAxis(node, YGFlexDirectionColumn, ownerWidth); - const float marginAxisRow = - node->getMarginForAxis(YGFlexDirectionRow, ownerWidth).unwrap(); - const float marginAxisColumn = - node->getMarginForAxis(YGFlexDirectionColumn, ownerWidth).unwrap(); + const auto& padding = node->getLayout().padding; + const auto& border = node->getLayout().border; + float width = availableWidth; + if (widthMeasureMode == YGMeasureModeUndefined || + widthMeasureMode == YGMeasureModeAtMost) { + width = padding[YGEdgeLeft] + padding[YGEdgeRight] + border[YGEdgeLeft] + + border[YGEdgeRight]; + } node->setLayoutMeasuredDimension( - YGNodeBoundAxis( - node, - YGFlexDirectionRow, - (widthMeasureMode == YGMeasureModeUndefined || - widthMeasureMode == YGMeasureModeAtMost) - ? paddingAndBorderAxisRow - : availableWidth - marginAxisRow, - ownerWidth, - ownerWidth), + YGNodeBoundAxis(node, YGFlexDirectionRow, width, ownerWidth, ownerWidth), YGDimensionWidth); + float height = availableHeight; + if (heightMeasureMode == YGMeasureModeUndefined || + heightMeasureMode == YGMeasureModeAtMost) { + height = padding[YGEdgeTop] + padding[YGEdgeBottom] + border[YGEdgeTop] + + border[YGEdgeBottom]; + } node->setLayoutMeasuredDimension( YGNodeBoundAxis( - node, - YGFlexDirectionColumn, - (heightMeasureMode == YGMeasureModeUndefined || - heightMeasureMode == YGMeasureModeAtMost) - ? paddingAndBorderAxisColumn - : availableHeight - marginAxisColumn, - ownerHeight, - ownerWidth), + node, YGFlexDirectionColumn, height, ownerHeight, ownerWidth), YGDimensionHeight); } @@ -1816,11 +1786,6 @@ static bool YGNodeFixedSizeSetMeasuredDimensions( heightMeasureMode == YGMeasureModeAtMost && availableHeight <= 0.0f) || (widthMeasureMode == YGMeasureModeExactly && heightMeasureMode == YGMeasureModeExactly)) { - auto marginAxisColumn = - node->getMarginForAxis(YGFlexDirectionColumn, ownerWidth).unwrap(); - auto marginAxisRow = - node->getMarginForAxis(YGFlexDirectionRow, ownerWidth).unwrap(); - node->setLayoutMeasuredDimension( YGNodeBoundAxis( node, @@ -1829,7 +1794,7 @@ static bool YGNodeFixedSizeSetMeasuredDimensions( (widthMeasureMode == YGMeasureModeAtMost && availableWidth < 0.0f) ? 0.0f - : availableWidth - marginAxisRow, + : availableWidth, ownerWidth, ownerWidth), YGDimensionWidth); @@ -1842,7 +1807,7 @@ static bool YGNodeFixedSizeSetMeasuredDimensions( (heightMeasureMode == YGMeasureModeAtMost && availableHeight < 0.0f) ? 0.0f - : availableHeight - marginAxisColumn, + : availableHeight, ownerHeight, ownerWidth), YGDimensionHeight); @@ -1866,19 +1831,11 @@ static void YGZeroOutLayoutRecursivly( static float YGNodeCalculateAvailableInnerDim( const YGNodeConstRef node, - YGFlexDirection axis, - float availableDim, - float ownerDim) { - YGFlexDirection direction = - YGFlexDirectionIsRow(axis) ? YGFlexDirectionRow : YGFlexDirectionColumn; - YGDimension dimension = - YGFlexDirectionIsRow(axis) ? YGDimensionWidth : YGDimensionHeight; - - const float margin = node->getMarginForAxis(direction, ownerDim).unwrap(); - const float paddingAndBorder = - YGNodePaddingAndBorderForAxis(node, direction, ownerDim); - - float availableInnerDim = availableDim - margin - paddingAndBorder; + const YGDimension dimension, + const float availableDim, + const float paddingAndBorder, + const float ownerDim) { + float availableInnerDim = availableDim - paddingAndBorder; // Max dimension overrides predefined dimension value; Min dimension in turn // overrides both of the above if (!YGFloatIsUndefined(availableInnerDim)) { @@ -2328,7 +2285,8 @@ static void YGDistributeFreeSpaceFirstPass( // first and second passes. deltaFreeSpace += boundMainSize - childFlexBasis; collectedFlexItemsValues.totalFlexShrinkScaledFactors -= - flexShrinkScaledFactor; + (-currentRelativeChild->resolveFlexShrink() * + currentRelativeChild->getLayout().computedFlexBasis.unwrap()); } } } else if ( @@ -2490,7 +2448,7 @@ static void YGJustifyMainAxis( i < collectedFlexItemsValues.endOfLineIndex; i++) { const YGNodeRef child = node->getChild(i); - if (child->getStyle().positionType() == YGPositionTypeRelative) { + if (child->getStyle().positionType() != YGPositionTypeAbsolute) { if (child->marginLeadingValue(mainAxis).unit == YGUnitAuto) { numberOfAutoMarginsOnCurrentLine++; } @@ -2574,7 +2532,7 @@ static void YGJustifyMainAxis( // Now that we placed the element, we need to update the variables. // We need to do that only for relative elements. Absolute elements do not // take part in that phase. - if (childStyle.positionType() == YGPositionTypeRelative) { + if (childStyle.positionType() != YGPositionTypeAbsolute) { if (child->marginLeadingValue(mainAxis).unit == YGUnitAuto) { collectedFlexItemsValues.mainDim += collectedFlexItemsValues.remainingFreeSpace / @@ -2764,16 +2722,22 @@ static void YGNodelayoutImpl( const YGEdge startEdge = direction == YGDirectionLTR ? YGEdgeLeft : YGEdgeRight; const YGEdge endEdge = direction == YGDirectionLTR ? YGEdgeRight : YGEdgeLeft; - node->setLayoutMargin( - node->getLeadingMargin(flexRowDirection, ownerWidth).unwrap(), startEdge); - node->setLayoutMargin( - node->getTrailingMargin(flexRowDirection, ownerWidth).unwrap(), endEdge); - node->setLayoutMargin( - node->getLeadingMargin(flexColumnDirection, ownerWidth).unwrap(), - YGEdgeTop); - node->setLayoutMargin( - node->getTrailingMargin(flexColumnDirection, ownerWidth).unwrap(), - YGEdgeBottom); + + const float marginRowLeading = + node->getLeadingMargin(flexRowDirection, ownerWidth).unwrap(); + node->setLayoutMargin(marginRowLeading, startEdge); + const float marginRowTrailing = + node->getTrailingMargin(flexRowDirection, ownerWidth).unwrap(); + node->setLayoutMargin(marginRowTrailing, endEdge); + const float marginColumnLeading = + node->getLeadingMargin(flexColumnDirection, ownerWidth).unwrap(); + node->setLayoutMargin(marginColumnLeading, YGEdgeTop); + const float marginColumnTrailing = + node->getTrailingMargin(flexColumnDirection, ownerWidth).unwrap(); + node->setLayoutMargin(marginColumnTrailing, YGEdgeBottom); + + const float marginAxisRow = marginRowLeading + marginRowTrailing; + const float marginAxisColumn = marginColumnLeading + marginColumnTrailing; node->setLayoutBorder(node->getLeadingBorder(flexRowDirection), startEdge); node->setLayoutBorder(node->getTrailingBorder(flexRowDirection), endEdge); @@ -2796,8 +2760,8 @@ static void YGNodelayoutImpl( if (node->hasMeasureFunc()) { YGNodeWithMeasureFuncSetMeasuredDimensions( node, - availableWidth, - availableHeight, + availableWidth - marginAxisRow, + availableHeight - marginAxisColumn, widthMeasureMode, heightMeasureMode, ownerWidth, @@ -2812,8 +2776,8 @@ static void YGNodelayoutImpl( if (childCount == 0) { YGNodeEmptyContainerSetMeasuredDimensions( node, - availableWidth, - availableHeight, + availableWidth - marginAxisRow, + availableHeight - marginAxisColumn, widthMeasureMode, heightMeasureMode, ownerWidth, @@ -2826,8 +2790,8 @@ static void YGNodelayoutImpl( if (!performLayout && YGNodeFixedSizeSetMeasuredDimensions( node, - availableWidth, - availableHeight, + availableWidth - marginAxisRow, + availableHeight - marginAxisColumn, widthMeasureMode, heightMeasureMode, ownerWidth, @@ -2851,12 +2815,14 @@ static void YGNodelayoutImpl( const float mainAxisownerSize = isMainAxisRow ? ownerWidth : ownerHeight; const float crossAxisownerSize = isMainAxisRow ? ownerHeight : ownerWidth; - const float leadingPaddingAndBorderCross = - node->getLeadingPaddingAndBorder(crossAxis, ownerWidth).unwrap(); const float paddingAndBorderAxisMain = YGNodePaddingAndBorderForAxis(node, mainAxis, ownerWidth); + const float leadingPaddingAndBorderCross = + node->getLeadingPaddingAndBorder(crossAxis, ownerWidth).unwrap(); + const float trailingPaddingAndBorderCross = + node->getTrailingPaddingAndBorder(crossAxis, ownerWidth).unwrap(); const float paddingAndBorderAxisCross = - YGNodePaddingAndBorderForAxis(node, crossAxis, ownerWidth); + leadingPaddingAndBorderCross + trailingPaddingAndBorderCross; YGMeasureMode measureModeMainDim = isMainAxisRow ? widthMeasureMode : heightMeasureMode; @@ -2868,35 +2834,20 @@ static void YGNodelayoutImpl( const float paddingAndBorderAxisColumn = isMainAxisRow ? paddingAndBorderAxisCross : paddingAndBorderAxisMain; - const float marginAxisRow = - node->getMarginForAxis(YGFlexDirectionRow, ownerWidth).unwrap(); - const float marginAxisColumn = - node->getMarginForAxis(YGFlexDirectionColumn, ownerWidth).unwrap(); - - const auto& minDimensions = node->getStyle().minDimensions(); - const auto& maxDimensions = node->getStyle().maxDimensions(); - const float minInnerWidth = - YGResolveValue(minDimensions[YGDimensionWidth], ownerWidth).unwrap() - - paddingAndBorderAxisRow; - const float maxInnerWidth = - YGResolveValue(maxDimensions[YGDimensionWidth], ownerWidth).unwrap() - - paddingAndBorderAxisRow; - const float minInnerHeight = - YGResolveValue(minDimensions[YGDimensionHeight], ownerHeight).unwrap() - - paddingAndBorderAxisColumn; - const float maxInnerHeight = - YGResolveValue(maxDimensions[YGDimensionHeight], ownerHeight).unwrap() - - paddingAndBorderAxisColumn; - - const float minInnerMainDim = isMainAxisRow ? minInnerWidth : minInnerHeight; - const float maxInnerMainDim = isMainAxisRow ? maxInnerWidth : maxInnerHeight; - // STEP 2: DETERMINE AVAILABLE SIZE IN MAIN AND CROSS DIRECTIONS float availableInnerWidth = YGNodeCalculateAvailableInnerDim( - node, YGFlexDirectionRow, availableWidth, ownerWidth); + node, + YGDimensionWidth, + availableWidth - marginAxisRow, + paddingAndBorderAxisRow, + ownerWidth); float availableInnerHeight = YGNodeCalculateAvailableInnerDim( - node, YGFlexDirectionColumn, availableHeight, ownerHeight); + node, + YGDimensionHeight, + availableHeight - marginAxisColumn, + paddingAndBorderAxisColumn, + ownerHeight); float availableInnerMainDim = isMainAxisRow ? availableInnerWidth : availableInnerHeight; @@ -2968,6 +2919,28 @@ static void YGNodelayoutImpl( // If we don't measure with exact main dimension we want to ensure we don't // violate min and max if (measureModeMainDim != YGMeasureModeExactly) { + const auto& minDimensions = node->getStyle().minDimensions(); + const auto& maxDimensions = node->getStyle().maxDimensions(); + const float minInnerWidth = + YGResolveValue(minDimensions[YGDimensionWidth], ownerWidth).unwrap() - + paddingAndBorderAxisRow; + const float maxInnerWidth = + YGResolveValue(maxDimensions[YGDimensionWidth], ownerWidth).unwrap() - + paddingAndBorderAxisRow; + const float minInnerHeight = + YGResolveValue(minDimensions[YGDimensionHeight], ownerHeight) + .unwrap() - + paddingAndBorderAxisColumn; + const float maxInnerHeight = + YGResolveValue(maxDimensions[YGDimensionHeight], ownerHeight) + .unwrap() - + paddingAndBorderAxisColumn; + + const float minInnerMainDim = + isMainAxisRow ? minInnerWidth : minInnerHeight; + const float maxInnerMainDim = + isMainAxisRow ? maxInnerWidth : maxInnerHeight; + if (!YGFloatIsUndefined(minInnerMainDim) && collectedFlexItemsValues.sizeConsumedOnCurrentLine < minInnerMainDim) { @@ -3296,7 +3269,7 @@ static void YGNodelayoutImpl( if (child->getStyle().display() == YGDisplayNone) { continue; } - if (child->getStyle().positionType() == YGPositionTypeRelative) { + if (child->getStyle().positionType() != YGPositionTypeAbsolute) { if (child->getLineIndex() != i) { break; } @@ -3338,7 +3311,7 @@ static void YGNodelayoutImpl( if (child->getStyle().display() == YGDisplayNone) { continue; } - if (child->getStyle().positionType() == YGPositionTypeRelative) { + if (child->getStyle().positionType() != YGPositionTypeAbsolute) { switch (YGNodeAlignItem(node, child)) { case YGAlignFlexStart: { child->setLayoutPosition( @@ -3516,8 +3489,8 @@ static void YGNodelayoutImpl( YGNodeBoundAxisWithinMinAndMax( node, crossAxis, - YGFloatOptional{totalLineCrossDim + - paddingAndBorderAxisCross}, + YGFloatOptional{ + totalLineCrossDim + paddingAndBorderAxisCross}, crossAxisownerSize) .unwrap()), paddingAndBorderAxisCross), @@ -3529,7 +3502,7 @@ static void YGNodelayoutImpl( if (performLayout && node->getStyle().flexWrap() == YGWrapWrapReverse) { for (uint32_t i = 0; i < childCount; i++) { const YGNodeRef child = YGNodeGetChild(node, i); - if (child->getStyle().positionType() == YGPositionTypeRelative) { + if (child->getStyle().positionType() != YGPositionTypeAbsolute) { child->setLayoutPosition( node->getLayout().measuredDimensions[dim[crossAxis]] - child->getLayout().position[pos[crossAxis]] - @@ -3542,7 +3515,8 @@ static void YGNodelayoutImpl( if (performLayout) { // STEP 10: SIZING AND POSITIONING ABSOLUTE CHILDREN for (auto child : node->getChildren()) { - if (child->getStyle().positionType() != YGPositionTypeAbsolute) { + if (child->getStyle().display() == YGDisplayNone || + child->getStyle().positionType() != YGPositionTypeAbsolute) { continue; } YGNodeAbsoluteLayoutChild( @@ -3646,14 +3620,14 @@ static inline bool YGMeasureModeNewMeasureSizeIsStricterAndStillValid( } YOGA_EXPORT float YGRoundValueToPixelGrid( - const float value, - const float pointScaleFactor, + const double value, + const double pointScaleFactor, const bool forceCeil, const bool forceFloor) { - float scaledValue = value * pointScaleFactor; + double scaledValue = value * pointScaleFactor; // We want to calculate `fractial` such that `floor(scaledValue) = scaledValue // - fractial`. - float fractial = fmodf(scaledValue, 1.0f); + double fractial = fmod(scaledValue, 1.0); if (fractial < 0) { // This branch is for handling negative numbers for `value`. // @@ -3672,28 +3646,28 @@ YOGA_EXPORT float YGRoundValueToPixelGrid( // - Finding the `floor`: -2.2 - fractial2 = -2.2 - 0.8 = -3 ++fractial; } - if (YGFloatsEqual(fractial, 0)) { + if (YGDoubleEqual(fractial, 0)) { // First we check if the value is already rounded scaledValue = scaledValue - fractial; - } else if (YGFloatsEqual(fractial, 1.0f)) { - scaledValue = scaledValue - fractial + 1.0f; + } else if (YGDoubleEqual(fractial, 1.0)) { + scaledValue = scaledValue - fractial + 1.0; } else if (forceCeil) { // Next we check if we need to use forced rounding - scaledValue = scaledValue - fractial + 1.0f; + scaledValue = scaledValue - fractial + 1.0; } else if (forceFloor) { scaledValue = scaledValue - fractial; } else { // Finally we just round the value scaledValue = scaledValue - fractial + - (!YGFloatIsUndefined(fractial) && - (fractial > 0.5f || YGFloatsEqual(fractial, 0.5f)) - ? 1.0f - : 0.0f); + (!YGDoubleIsUndefined(fractial) && + (fractial > 0.5 || YGDoubleEqual(fractial, 0.5)) + ? 1.0 + : 0.0); } - return (YGFloatIsUndefined(scaledValue) || - YGFloatIsUndefined(pointScaleFactor)) + return (YGDoubleIsUndefined(scaledValue) || + YGDoubleIsUndefined(pointScaleFactor)) ? YGUndefined - : scaledValue / pointScaleFactor; + : (float) (scaledValue / pointScaleFactor); } YOGA_EXPORT bool YGNodeCanUseCachedMeasurement( @@ -3803,8 +3777,10 @@ bool YGLayoutNodeInternal( if (needToVisitNode) { // Invalidate the cached results. layout->nextCachedMeasurementsIndex = 0; - layout->cachedLayout.widthMeasureMode = (YGMeasureMode) -1; - layout->cachedLayout.heightMeasureMode = (YGMeasureMode) -1; + layout->cachedLayout.availableWidth = -1; + layout->cachedLayout.availableHeight = -1; + layout->cachedLayout.widthMeasureMode = YGMeasureModeUndefined; + layout->cachedLayout.heightMeasureMode = YGMeasureModeUndefined; layout->cachedLayout.computedWidth = -1; layout->cachedLayout.computedHeight = -1; } @@ -4061,24 +4037,24 @@ YOGA_EXPORT void YGConfigSetPointScaleFactor( static void YGRoundToPixelGrid( const YGNodeRef node, - const float pointScaleFactor, - const float absoluteLeft, - const float absoluteTop) { + const double pointScaleFactor, + const double absoluteLeft, + const double absoluteTop) { if (pointScaleFactor == 0.0f) { return; } - const float nodeLeft = node->getLayout().position[YGEdgeLeft]; - const float nodeTop = node->getLayout().position[YGEdgeTop]; + const double nodeLeft = node->getLayout().position[YGEdgeLeft]; + const double nodeTop = node->getLayout().position[YGEdgeTop]; - const float nodeWidth = node->getLayout().dimensions[YGDimensionWidth]; - const float nodeHeight = node->getLayout().dimensions[YGDimensionHeight]; + const double nodeWidth = node->getLayout().dimensions[YGDimensionWidth]; + const double nodeHeight = node->getLayout().dimensions[YGDimensionHeight]; - const float absoluteNodeLeft = absoluteLeft + nodeLeft; - const float absoluteNodeTop = absoluteTop + nodeTop; + const double absoluteNodeLeft = absoluteLeft + nodeLeft; + const double absoluteNodeTop = absoluteTop + nodeTop; - const float absoluteNodeRight = absoluteNodeLeft + nodeWidth; - const float absoluteNodeBottom = absoluteNodeTop + nodeHeight; + const double absoluteNodeRight = absoluteNodeLeft + nodeWidth; + const double absoluteNodeBottom = absoluteNodeTop + nodeHeight; // If a node has a custom measure function we never want to round down its // size as this could lead to unwanted text truncation. @@ -4096,11 +4072,11 @@ static void YGRoundToPixelGrid( // whole number, we don't have any fraction To verify if the result is close // to whole number we want to check both floor and ceil numbers const bool hasFractionalWidth = - !YGFloatsEqual(fmodf(nodeWidth * pointScaleFactor, 1.0), 0) && - !YGFloatsEqual(fmodf(nodeWidth * pointScaleFactor, 1.0), 1.0); + !YGDoubleEqual(fmod(nodeWidth * pointScaleFactor, 1.0), 0) && + !YGDoubleEqual(fmod(nodeWidth * pointScaleFactor, 1.0), 1.0); const bool hasFractionalHeight = - !YGFloatsEqual(fmodf(nodeHeight * pointScaleFactor, 1.0), 0) && - !YGFloatsEqual(fmodf(nodeHeight * pointScaleFactor, 1.0), 1.0); + !YGDoubleEqual(fmod(nodeHeight * pointScaleFactor, 1.0), 0) && + !YGDoubleEqual(fmod(nodeHeight * pointScaleFactor, 1.0), 1.0); node->setLayoutDimension( YGRoundValueToPixelGrid( @@ -4218,9 +4194,7 @@ YOGA_EXPORT void YGNodeCalculateLayoutWithContext( if (node->getConfig()->printTree) { YGNodePrint( node, - (YGPrintOptions)( - YGPrintOptionsLayout | YGPrintOptionsChildren | - YGPrintOptionsStyle)); + (YGPrintOptions) (YGPrintOptionsLayout | YGPrintOptionsChildren | YGPrintOptionsStyle)); } #endif } @@ -4280,9 +4254,7 @@ YOGA_EXPORT void YGNodeCalculateLayoutWithContext( if (nodeWithoutLegacyFlag->getConfig()->printTree) { YGNodePrint( nodeWithoutLegacyFlag, - (YGPrintOptions)( - YGPrintOptionsLayout | YGPrintOptionsChildren | - YGPrintOptionsStyle)); + (YGPrintOptions) (YGPrintOptionsLayout | YGPrintOptionsChildren | YGPrintOptionsStyle)); } #endif } @@ -4321,6 +4293,7 @@ YOGA_EXPORT void YGConfigSetShouldDiffLayoutWithoutLegacyStretchBehaviour( void YGAssert(const bool condition, const char* message) { if (!condition) { Log::log(YGNodeRef{nullptr}, YGLogLevelFatal, nullptr, "%s\n", message); + throwLogicalErrorWithMessage(message); } } @@ -4330,6 +4303,7 @@ void YGAssertWithNode( const char* message) { if (!condition) { Log::log(node, YGLogLevelFatal, nullptr, "%s\n", message); + throwLogicalErrorWithMessage(message); } } @@ -4339,6 +4313,7 @@ void YGAssertWithConfig( const char* message) { if (!condition) { Log::log(config, YGLogLevelFatal, nullptr, "%s\n", message); + throwLogicalErrorWithMessage(message); } } diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/Yoga.h b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/Yoga.h index 68ed0a62..86cd65e2 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/Yoga.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/Yoga.h @@ -69,6 +69,11 @@ WIN_EXPORT void YGNodeInsertChild( YGNodeRef child, uint32_t index); +WIN_EXPORT void YGNodeSwapChild( + YGNodeRef node, + YGNodeRef child, + uint32_t index); + WIN_EXPORT void YGNodeRemoveChild(YGNodeRef node, YGNodeRef child); WIN_EXPORT void YGNodeRemoveAllChildren(YGNodeRef node); WIN_EXPORT YGNodeRef YGNodeGetChild(YGNodeRef node, uint32_t index); @@ -102,7 +107,7 @@ WIN_EXPORT void YGNodeMarkDirty(YGNodeRef node); // Marks the current node and all its descendants as dirty. // -// Intended to be used for Uoga benchmarks. Don't use in production, as calling +// Intended to be used for Yoga benchmarks. Don't use in production, as calling // `YGCalculateLayout` will cause the recalculation of each and every node. WIN_EXPORT void YGNodeMarkDirtyAndPropogateToDescendants(YGNodeRef node); @@ -347,8 +352,8 @@ WIN_EXPORT void YGConfigSetContext(YGConfigRef config, void* context); WIN_EXPORT void* YGConfigGetContext(YGConfigRef config); WIN_EXPORT float YGRoundValueToPixelGrid( - float value, - float pointScaleFactor, + double value, + double pointScaleFactor, bool forceCeil, bool forceFloor); diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/event/event.cpp b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/event/event.cpp index 2b07e381..3af3e83a 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/event/event.cpp +++ b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/event/event.cpp @@ -8,7 +8,6 @@ #include "event.h" #include #include -#include namespace facebook { namespace yoga { diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/event/event.h b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/event/event.h index 8ee1e3be..b823f632 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/event/event.h +++ b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/event/event.h @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include struct YGConfig; struct YGNode; diff --git a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/log.cpp b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/log.cpp index fe6fbbc6..eb3da039 100644 --- a/sources/3rdparty/yoga/log.cpp +++ b/sources/3rdparty/yoga/log.cpp @@ -26,10 +26,6 @@ void vlog( va_list args) { YGConfig* logConfig = config != nullptr ? config : YGConfigGetDefault(); logConfig->log(logConfig, node, level, context, format, args); - - if (level == YGLogLevelFatal) { - abort(); - } } } // namespace diff --git a/sources/enduro2d/core/dbgui.cpp b/sources/enduro2d/core/dbgui.cpp index e8448364..d322d396 100644 --- a/sources/enduro2d/core/dbgui.cpp +++ b/sources/enduro2d/core/dbgui.cpp @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ namespace e2d } void setup_key_map_(ImGuiIO& io) noexcept { - const auto map_key = [&io](ImGuiKey_ imgui_key, keyboard_key key) noexcept { + const auto map_key = [&io](ImGuiKey imgui_key, keyboard_key key) noexcept { E2D_ASSERT(imgui_key < ImGuiKey_COUNT); io.KeyMap[imgui_key] = utils::enum_to_underlying(key); }; diff --git a/sources/enduro2d/core/dbgui_impl/dbgui.hpp b/sources/enduro2d/core/dbgui_impl/dbgui.hpp index f3c987e4..81dc0673 100644 --- a/sources/enduro2d/core/dbgui_impl/dbgui.hpp +++ b/sources/enduro2d/core/dbgui_impl/dbgui.hpp @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ namespace e2d::imgex char* id_cstr = static_cast(E2D_CLEAR_ALLOCA(id.size() + 1)); std::memcpy(id_cstr, id.data(), id.size()); - if ( DEFER([](){ ImGui::EndChild(); }); + if ( DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::EndChild(); }); ImGui::BeginChild(id_cstr, ImVec2(0.f, 0.f), border, flags) ) { f(); @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ namespace e2d::imgex std::memcpy(label_cstr, label.data(), label.size()); if ( ImGui::BeginMenu(label_cstr) ) { - DEFER([](){ ImGui::EndMenu(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::EndMenu(); }); f(); } } @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ namespace e2d::imgex template < typename F > void with_menu_bar(F&& f) { if ( ImGui::BeginMenuBar() ) { - DEFER([](){ ImGui::EndMenuBar(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::EndMenuBar(); }); f(); } } @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ namespace e2d::imgex std::memcpy(id_cstr, id.data(), id.size()); if ( ImGui::BeginPopup(id_cstr) ) { - DEFER([](){ ImGui::EndPopup(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::EndPopup(); }); f(); } } @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ namespace e2d::imgex char* name_cstr = static_cast(E2D_CLEAR_ALLOCA(name.size() + 1)); std::memcpy(name_cstr, name.data(), name.size()); - if ( DEFER([](){ ImGui::End(); }); + if ( DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::End(); }); ImGui::Begin(name_cstr, opened, flags) ) { f(); @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ namespace e2d::imgex ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0.f, 0.f)); ImGui::Begin("e2d_dock_space_window", nullptr, window_flags); - DEFER([](){ ImGui::End(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::End(); }); ImGui::PopStyleVar(3); diff --git a/sources/enduro2d/core/dbgui_impl/widgets/input_widget.cpp b/sources/enduro2d/core/dbgui_impl/widgets/input_widget.cpp index 91aa81d6..6554ad41 100644 --- a/sources/enduro2d/core/dbgui_impl/widgets/input_widget.cpp +++ b/sources/enduro2d/core/dbgui_impl/widgets/input_widget.cpp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ namespace e2d::dbgui_widgets ImGui::Text("pressed keys:"); ImGui::Indent(); - DEFER([](){ ImGui::Unindent(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::Unindent(); }); const vector pressed_keys = i.keyboard().pressed_keys(); for ( keyboard_key pk : pressed_keys ) { @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ namespace e2d::dbgui_widgets ImGui::Text("pressed buttons:"); ImGui::Indent(); - DEFER([](){ ImGui::Unindent(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::Unindent(); }); const vector pressed_buttons = i.mouse().pressed_buttons(); for ( mouse_button mb : pressed_buttons ) { diff --git a/sources/enduro2d/core/render_impl/render_opengl_base.cpp b/sources/enduro2d/core/render_impl/render_opengl_base.cpp index 8a31a3db..53677e6a 100644 --- a/sources/enduro2d/core/render_impl/render_opengl_base.cpp +++ b/sources/enduro2d/core/render_impl/render_opengl_base.cpp @@ -1319,25 +1319,6 @@ namespace e2d::opengl GL_CHECK_CODE(debug, glGetIntegerv(GL_MAX_VERTEX_ATTRIBS, &max_vertex_attributes)); GL_CHECK_CODE(debug, glGetIntegerv(GL_MAX_VERTEX_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS, &max_vertex_texture_image_units)); - GLint max_varying_vectors = 0; - GLint max_vertex_uniform_vectors = 0; - GLint max_fragment_uniform_vectors = 0; - - #if E2D_RENDER_MODE == E2D_RENDER_MODE_OPENGLES - GL_CHECK_CODE(debug, glGetIntegerv(GL_MAX_VARYING_VECTORS, &max_varying_vectors)); - GL_CHECK_CODE(debug, glGetIntegerv(GL_MAX_VERTEX_UNIFORM_VECTORS, &max_vertex_uniform_vectors)); - GL_CHECK_CODE(debug, glGetIntegerv(GL_MAX_FRAGMENT_UNIFORM_VECTORS, &max_fragment_uniform_vectors)); - #elif E2D_RENDER_MODE == E2D_RENDER_MODE_OPENGL - GL_CHECK_CODE(debug, glGetIntegerv(GL_MAX_VARYING_COMPONENTS, &max_varying_vectors)); - GL_CHECK_CODE(debug, glGetIntegerv(GL_MAX_VERTEX_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS, &max_vertex_uniform_vectors)); - GL_CHECK_CODE(debug, glGetIntegerv(GL_MAX_FRAGMENT_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS, &max_fragment_uniform_vectors)); - max_varying_vectors *= 4; - max_vertex_uniform_vectors *= 4; - max_fragment_uniform_vectors *= 4; - #else - # error unknown render mode - #endif - caps.max_texture_size = math::numeric_cast(max_texture_size); caps.max_renderbuffer_size = math::numeric_cast(max_renderbuffer_size); caps.max_cube_map_texture_size = math::numeric_cast(max_cube_map_texture_size); @@ -1348,10 +1329,6 @@ namespace e2d::opengl caps.max_vertex_attributes = math::numeric_cast(max_vertex_attributes); caps.max_vertex_texture_image_units = math::numeric_cast(max_vertex_texture_image_units); - caps.max_varying_vectors = math::numeric_cast(max_varying_vectors); - caps.max_vertex_uniform_vectors = math::numeric_cast(max_vertex_uniform_vectors); - caps.max_fragment_uniform_vectors = math::numeric_cast(max_fragment_uniform_vectors); - const gl_version version = gl_get_version(debug); caps.profile = @@ -1379,7 +1356,6 @@ namespace e2d::opengl version >= gl_version::gles_2_0 || gl_has_any_extension(debug, "GL_OES_framebuffer_object", - "GL_EXT_framebuffer_object", "GL_ARB_framebuffer_object"); caps.element_index_uint = @@ -1425,9 +1401,7 @@ namespace e2d::opengl caps.astc_compression_supported = gl_has_any_extension(debug, - "GL_OES_texture_compression_astc", - "GL_KHR_texture_compression_astc_ldr", - "GL_KHR_texture_compression_astc_hdr"); + "GL_OES_texture_compression_astc"); caps.pvrtc_compression_supported = gl_has_any_extension(debug, diff --git a/sources/enduro2d/core/render_impl/render_opengl_base.hpp b/sources/enduro2d/core/render_impl/render_opengl_base.hpp index 46aed210..66168c76 100644 --- a/sources/enduro2d/core/render_impl/render_opengl_base.hpp +++ b/sources/enduro2d/core/render_impl/render_opengl_base.hpp @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ #if E2D_RENDER_MODE == E2D_RENDER_MODE_OPENGL || E2D_RENDER_MODE == E2D_RENDER_MODE_OPENGLES #if E2D_RENDER_MODE == E2D_RENDER_MODE_OPENGL -# include +# include #elif E2D_RENDER_MODE == E2D_RENDER_MODE_OPENGLES # include # include diff --git a/sources/enduro2d/core/render_impl/render_opengl_impl.cpp b/sources/enduro2d/core/render_impl/render_opengl_impl.cpp index 784cf2eb..de1f4275 100644 --- a/sources/enduro2d/core/render_impl/render_opengl_impl.cpp +++ b/sources/enduro2d/core/render_impl/render_opengl_impl.cpp @@ -286,12 +286,6 @@ namespace e2d , default_sp_(gl_program_id::current(debug)) , default_fb_(gl_framebuffer_id::current(debug, GL_FRAMEBUFFER)) { - #if E2D_RENDER_MODE == E2D_RENDER_MODE_OPENGL - if ( glewInit() != GLEW_OK ) { - throw bad_render_operation(); - } - #endif - gl_trace_info(debug_); gl_trace_limits(debug_); gl_fill_device_caps(debug_, device_caps_); diff --git a/sources/enduro2d/core/window_impl/window_glfw.cpp b/sources/enduro2d/core/window_impl/window_glfw.cpp index c97069ad..68dd3d41 100644 --- a/sources/enduro2d/core/window_impl/window_glfw.cpp +++ b/sources/enduro2d/core/window_impl/window_glfw.cpp @@ -8,7 +8,9 @@ #if defined(E2D_WINDOW_MODE) && E2D_WINDOW_MODE == E2D_WINDOW_MODE_GLFW +#define GLFW_INCLUDE_NONE #include +#include namespace { @@ -424,6 +426,7 @@ namespace e2d if ( w ) { glfwMakeContextCurrent(w); glfwSwapInterval(vsync ? 1 : 0); + gladLoadGLLoader((GLADloadproc)glfwGetProcAddress); } return {w, glfwDestroyWindow}; } diff --git a/sources/enduro2d/high/components/camera.cpp b/sources/enduro2d/high/components/camera.cpp index f115cfb3..bfb29fbb 100644 --- a/sources/enduro2d/high/components/camera.cpp +++ b/sources/enduro2d/high/components/camera.cpp @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ namespace e2d } if ( ImGui::TreeNode("clipping") ) { - DEFER([](){ ImGui::TreePop(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::TreePop(); }); if ( f32 znear = c->znear(); ImGui::DragFloat("znear", &znear, 1.f) ) @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ namespace e2d ///TODO(BlackMat): add 'view' inspector if ( ImGui::TreeNode("viewport") ) { - DEFER([](){ ImGui::TreePop(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::TreePop(); }); if ( b2f viewport = c->viewport(); ImGui::DragFloat2("position", viewport.position.data(), 0.01f) ) diff --git a/sources/enduro2d/high/components/colliders.cpp b/sources/enduro2d/high/components/colliders.cpp index e538a7cd..5c458fbd 100644 --- a/sources/enduro2d/high/components/colliders.cpp +++ b/sources/enduro2d/high/components/colliders.cpp @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ namespace e2d c->points().size()); if ( ImGui::TreeNode(points_label.c_str()) ) { - DEFER([](){ ImGui::TreePop(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::TreePop(); }); int count = math::numeric_cast(c->points().size()); if ( ImGui::DragInt("count", &count, 1.f, 0, std::numeric_limits::max()) ) { @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ namespace e2d for ( std::size_t i = 0; i < c->points().size(); ++i ) { ImGui::PushID(math::numeric_cast(i)); - DEFER([](){ ImGui::PopID(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::PopID(); }); if ( v2f point = c->points()[i]; ImGui::DragFloat2("###point", point.data(), 1.f) ) diff --git a/sources/enduro2d/high/inspector.cpp b/sources/enduro2d/high/inspector.cpp index 93dc4378..4302b10f 100644 --- a/sources/enduro2d/high/inspector.cpp +++ b/sources/enduro2d/high/inspector.cpp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ namespace e2d } if ( ImGui::BeginPopup(add_component_popup_str_id) ) { - DEFER([](){ ImGui::EndPopup(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::EndPopup(); }); for ( const auto& p : inspector_impls_ ) { imgui_utils::with_disabled_flag_ex( diff --git a/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/gizmos_system.cpp b/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/gizmos_system.cpp index da537d98..549fec53 100644 --- a/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/gizmos_system.cpp +++ b/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/gizmos_system.cpp @@ -217,12 +217,12 @@ namespace ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(0.f, 0.f)); ImGui::Begin("e2d_gizmos_window", nullptr, window_flags); - DEFER([](){ ImGui::End(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::End(); }); ImGui::PopStyleVar(3); ImGui::PushClipRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, true); - DEFER([](){ ImGui::PopClipRect(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::PopClipRect(); }); std::invoke(std::forward(f), std::forward(args)...); } diff --git a/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/layout_system.cpp b/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/layout_system.cpp index 523336c9..a02a8de9 100644 --- a/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/layout_system.cpp +++ b/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/layout_system.cpp @@ -181,13 +181,13 @@ namespace const actor& root_a) { static thread_local vector> item_ws; - DEFER([](){ item_ws.clear(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ item_ws.clear(); }); nodes::extract_components_from_children( root_a.node(), std::back_inserter(item_ws)); - DEFER([&root_yn](){ + DEFER_HPP([&root_yn](){ YGNodeRemoveAllChildren(root_yn.as_root.get()); }); diff --git a/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/render_system_impl/render_system_batcher.hpp b/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/render_system_impl/render_system_batcher.hpp index e7074e90..9ec1870b 100644 --- a/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/render_system_impl/render_system_batcher.hpp +++ b/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/render_system_impl/render_system_batcher.hpp @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ namespace e2d::render_system_impl flush(); } - ERROR_DEFER([this](){ + ERROR_DEFER_HPP([this](){ clear(false); }); @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ namespace e2d::render_system_impl template < typename Index, typename Vertex > render::property_block& batcher::flush() { - DEFER([this](){ + DEFER_HPP([this](){ clear(false); }); @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ namespace e2d::render_system_impl .indices(index_buffer_) .add_vertices(vertex_buffer_); - DEFER([this](){ + DEFER_HPP([this](){ property_cache_.clear(); }); diff --git a/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/render_system_impl/render_system_drawer.cpp b/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/render_system_impl/render_system_drawer.cpp index d70e3064..64ed0738 100644 --- a/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/render_system_impl/render_system_drawer.cpp +++ b/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/render_system_impl/render_system_drawer.cpp @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ namespace e2d::render_system_impl const model& mdl = mdl_r.model()->content(); const mesh& msh = mdl.mesh()->content(); - DEFER([this](){ + DEFER_HPP([this](){ property_cache_.clear(); }); @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ namespace e2d::render_system_impl return; } - DEFER([this](){ + DEFER_HPP([this](){ property_cache_.clear(); }); diff --git a/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/touch_system_impl/touch_system_colliders.cpp b/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/touch_system_impl/touch_system_colliders.cpp index c25c238e..6ace61b1 100644 --- a/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/touch_system_impl/touch_system_colliders.cpp +++ b/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/touch_system_impl/touch_system_colliders.cpp @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ namespace e2d::touch_system_impl::impl const b2f& camera_viewport) { static thread_local std::vector points; - DEFER([](){ points.clear(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ points.clear(); }); if ( points.capacity() < c.points.size() ) { points.reserve(math::max(points.capacity() * 2u, c.points.size())); diff --git a/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/touch_system_impl/touch_system_dispatcher.cpp b/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/touch_system_impl/touch_system_dispatcher.cpp index 0ab97623..54f47992 100644 --- a/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/touch_system_impl/touch_system_dispatcher.cpp +++ b/sources/enduro2d/high/systems/touch_system_impl/touch_system_dispatcher.cpp @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ namespace scene, actor>> scenes; - DEFER([](){ scenes.clear(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ scenes.clear(); }); ecsex::extract_components( owner, std::back_inserter(scenes), @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ namespace // static thread_local std::vector> parents; - DEFER([](){ parents.clear(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ parents.clear(); }); nodes::extract_components_from_parents( target_actor->node(), @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ namespace namespace e2d::touch_system_impl { void dispatcher::dispatch_all_events(ecs::registry& owner) { - DEFER([this](){ events_.clear(); }); + DEFER_HPP([this](){ events_.clear(); }); owner.for_each_component>([ ](const ecs::const_entity&, events& es) { diff --git a/sources/enduro2d/high/widgets/hierarchy_widget.cpp b/sources/enduro2d/high/widgets/hierarchy_widget.cpp index 4275f958..e48af05a 100644 --- a/sources/enduro2d/high/widgets/hierarchy_widget.cpp +++ b/sources/enduro2d/high/widgets/hierarchy_widget.cpp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ namespace : strings::rformat("%0 %1", icon_name, component_name); ImGui::PushID(root.get()); - DEFER([](){ ImGui::PopID(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::PopID(); }); ImGuiTreeNodeFlags tree_node_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ namespace tree_node_flags, "%s", tree_node_name.c_str()); - DEFER([tree_node_opened](){ + DEFER_HPP([tree_node_opened](){ if ( tree_node_opened ) { ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ namespace } if ( ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem() ) { - DEFER([](){ ImGui::EndPopup(); }); + DEFER_HPP([](){ ImGui::EndPopup(); }); if ( ImGui::MenuItem("Add child") ) { gobject inst = w.instantiate(); diff --git a/sources/enduro2d/high/world.cpp b/sources/enduro2d/high/world.cpp index e2343351..acb0a4aa 100644 --- a/sources/enduro2d/high/world.cpp +++ b/sources/enduro2d/high/world.cpp @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ namespace }); gobject root_i(make_intrusive(world, ent)); - ERROR_DEFER([&root_i](){ + ERROR_DEFER_HPP([&root_i](){ delete_instance(root_i); }); @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ namespace for ( const prefab& child_prefab : root_prefab.children() ) { gobject child_i = new_instance(world, child_prefab); - ERROR_DEFER([&child_i](){ + ERROR_DEFER_HPP([&child_i](){ delete_instance(child_i); }); gcomponent root_a{root_i}; @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ namespace e2d gobject world::instantiate(const prefab& prefab, const node_iptr& parent) { gobject inst = new_instance(*this, prefab); - ERROR_DEFER([inst](){ + ERROR_DEFER_HPP([inst](){ delete_instance(inst); }); @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ namespace e2d gobject world::instantiate(const prefab& prefab, const node_iptr& parent, const t2f& transform) { gobject inst = new_instance(*this, prefab); - ERROR_DEFER([inst](){ + ERROR_DEFER_HPP([inst](){ delete_instance(inst); }); diff --git a/sources/enduro2d/utils/image_impl/image_writer_stb.cpp b/sources/enduro2d/utils/image_impl/image_writer_stb.cpp index ab328c41..d4f3eda7 100644 --- a/sources/enduro2d/utils/image_impl/image_writer_stb.cpp +++ b/sources/enduro2d/utils/image_impl/image_writer_stb.cpp @@ -92,11 +92,12 @@ namespace e2d::images::impl int img_w = math::numeric_cast(src.size().x); int img_h = math::numeric_cast(src.size().y); int img_c = stb_channels_from_image_format(src.format()); - const auto write_ctx = std::make_unique(); + + stb_write_context write_ctx; if ( !stbi_write_jpg_to_func( stb_write_callback, - write_ctx.get(), + &write_ctx, img_w, img_h, img_c, @@ -106,11 +107,11 @@ namespace e2d::images::impl return false; } - if ( write_ctx->exception ) { - std::rethrow_exception(write_ctx->exception); + if ( write_ctx.exception ) { + std::rethrow_exception(write_ctx.exception); } - dst.assign(write_ctx->data.data(), write_ctx->data.size()); + dst.assign(write_ctx.data.data(), write_ctx.data.size()); return true; } @@ -122,11 +123,12 @@ namespace e2d::images::impl int img_w = math::numeric_cast(src.size().x); int img_h = math::numeric_cast(src.size().y); int img_c = stb_channels_from_image_format(src.format()); - const auto write_ctx = std::make_unique(); + + stb_write_context write_ctx; if ( !stbi_write_png_to_func( stb_write_callback, - write_ctx.get(), + &write_ctx, img_w, img_h, img_c, @@ -136,11 +138,11 @@ namespace e2d::images::impl return false; } - if ( write_ctx->exception ) { - std::rethrow_exception(write_ctx->exception); + if ( write_ctx.exception ) { + std::rethrow_exception(write_ctx.exception); } - dst.assign(write_ctx->data.data(), write_ctx->data.size()); + dst.assign(write_ctx.data.data(), write_ctx.data.size()); return true; } @@ -152,12 +154,12 @@ namespace e2d::images::impl int img_w = math::numeric_cast(src.size().x); int img_h = math::numeric_cast(src.size().y); int img_c = stb_channels_from_image_format(src.format()); - const auto write_ctx = std::make_unique(); - vector data; + stb_write_context write_ctx; + if ( !stbi_write_tga_to_func( stb_write_callback, - write_ctx.get(), + &write_ctx, img_w, img_h, img_c, @@ -166,11 +168,11 @@ namespace e2d::images::impl return false; } - if ( write_ctx->exception ) { - std::rethrow_exception(write_ctx->exception); + if ( write_ctx.exception ) { + std::rethrow_exception(write_ctx.exception); } - dst.assign(write_ctx->data.data(), write_ctx->data.size()); + dst.assign(write_ctx.data.data(), write_ctx.data.size()); return true; } } diff --git a/untests/CMakeLists.txt b/untests/CMakeLists.txt index 518c4d71..44d8a032 100644 --- a/untests/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/untests/CMakeLists.txt @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ function(add_e2d_tests NAME) # file(GLOB ${TESTS_NAME}_sources + catch/*.* sources/*.* sources/${TESTS_NAME}/*.*) set(TESTS_SOURCES ${${TESTS_NAME}_sources}) diff --git a/untests/catch/catch.hpp b/untests/catch/catch.hpp deleted file mode 100644 index 51618b38..00000000 --- a/untests/catch/catch.hpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17618 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Catch v2.11.3 - * Generated: 2020-03-19 13:44:21.042491 - * ---------------------------------------------------------- - * This file has been merged from multiple headers. Please don't edit it directly - * Copyright (c) 2020 Two Blue Cubes Ltd. All rights reserved. - * - * Distributed under the Boost Software License, Version 1.0. (See accompanying - * file LICENSE_1_0.txt or copy at http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt) - */ -#ifndef TWOBLUECUBES_SINGLE_INCLUDE_CATCH_HPP_INCLUDED -#define TWOBLUECUBES_SINGLE_INCLUDE_CATCH_HPP_INCLUDED -// start catch.hpp - - -#define CATCH_VERSION_MAJOR 2 -#define CATCH_VERSION_MINOR 11 -#define CATCH_VERSION_PATCH 3 - -#ifdef __clang__ -# pragma clang system_header -#elif defined __GNUC__ -# pragma GCC system_header -#endif - -// start catch_suppress_warnings.h - -#ifdef __clang__ -# ifdef __ICC // icpc defines the __clang__ macro -# pragma warning(push) -# pragma warning(disable: 161 1682) -# else // __ICC -# pragma clang diagnostic push -# pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wpadded" -# pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wswitch-enum" -# pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcovered-switch-default" -# endif -#elif defined __GNUC__ - // Because REQUIREs trigger GCC's -Wparentheses, and because still - // supported version of g++ have only buggy support for _Pragmas, - // Wparentheses have to be suppressed globally. -# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wparentheses" // See #674 for details - -# pragma GCC diagnostic push -# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-variable" -# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpadded" -#endif -// end catch_suppress_warnings.h -#if defined(CATCH_CONFIG_MAIN) || defined(CATCH_CONFIG_RUNNER) -# define CATCH_IMPL -# define CATCH_CONFIG_ALL_PARTS -#endif - -// In the impl file, we want to have access to all parts of the headers -// Can also be used to sanely support PCHs -#if defined(CATCH_CONFIG_ALL_PARTS) -# define CATCH_CONFIG_EXTERNAL_INTERFACES -# if defined(CATCH_CONFIG_DISABLE_MATCHERS) -# undef CATCH_CONFIG_DISABLE_MATCHERS -# endif -# if !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_ENABLE_CHRONO_STRINGMAKER) -# define CATCH_CONFIG_ENABLE_CHRONO_STRINGMAKER -# endif -#endif - -#if !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_IMPL_ONLY) -// start catch_platform.h - -#ifdef __APPLE__ -# include -# if TARGET_OS_OSX == 1 -# define CATCH_PLATFORM_MAC -# elif TARGET_OS_IPHONE == 1 -# define CATCH_PLATFORM_IPHONE -# endif - -#elif defined(linux) || defined(__linux) || defined(__linux__) -# define CATCH_PLATFORM_LINUX - -#elif defined(WIN32) || defined(__WIN32__) || defined(_WIN32) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__MINGW32__) -# define CATCH_PLATFORM_WINDOWS -#endif - -// end catch_platform.h - -#ifdef CATCH_IMPL -# ifndef CLARA_CONFIG_MAIN -# define CLARA_CONFIG_MAIN_NOT_DEFINED -# define CLARA_CONFIG_MAIN -# endif -#endif - -// start catch_user_interfaces.h - -namespace Catch { - unsigned int rngSeed(); -} - -// end catch_user_interfaces.h -// start catch_tag_alias_autoregistrar.h - -// start catch_common.h - -// start catch_compiler_capabilities.h - -// Detect a number of compiler features - by compiler -// The following features are defined: -// -// CATCH_CONFIG_COUNTER : is the __COUNTER__ macro supported? -// CATCH_CONFIG_WINDOWS_SEH : is Windows SEH supported? -// CATCH_CONFIG_POSIX_SIGNALS : are POSIX signals supported? -// CATCH_CONFIG_DISABLE_EXCEPTIONS : Are exceptions enabled? -// **************** -// Note to maintainers: if new toggles are added please document them -// in configuration.md, too -// **************** - -// In general each macro has a _NO_ form -// (e.g. CATCH_CONFIG_NO_POSIX_SIGNALS) which disables the feature. -// Many features, at point of detection, define an _INTERNAL_ macro, so they -// can be combined, en-mass, with the _NO_ forms later. - -#ifdef __cplusplus - -# if (__cplusplus >= 201402L) || (defined(_MSVC_LANG) && _MSVC_LANG >= 201402L) -# define CATCH_CPP14_OR_GREATER -# endif - -# if (__cplusplus >= 201703L) || (defined(_MSVC_LANG) && _MSVC_LANG >= 201703L) -# define CATCH_CPP17_OR_GREATER -# endif - -#endif - -#if defined(CATCH_CPP17_OR_GREATER) -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_CPP17_UNCAUGHT_EXCEPTIONS -#endif - -// We have to avoid both ICC and Clang, because they try to mask themselves -// as gcc, and we want only GCC in this block -#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__clang__) && !defined(__ICC) -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_START_WARNINGS_SUPPRESSION _Pragma( "GCC diagnostic push" ) -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_STOP_WARNINGS_SUPPRESSION _Pragma( "GCC diagnostic pop" ) - -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_IGNORE_BUT_WARN(...) (void)__builtin_constant_p(__VA_ARGS__) - -#endif - -#if defined(__clang__) - -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_START_WARNINGS_SUPPRESSION _Pragma( "clang diagnostic push" ) -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_STOP_WARNINGS_SUPPRESSION _Pragma( "clang diagnostic pop" ) - -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_IGNORE_BUT_WARN(...) (void)__builtin_constant_p(__VA_ARGS__) - -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_SUPPRESS_GLOBALS_WARNINGS \ - _Pragma( "clang diagnostic ignored \"-Wexit-time-destructors\"" ) \ - _Pragma( "clang diagnostic ignored \"-Wglobal-constructors\"") - -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_SUPPRESS_PARENTHESES_WARNINGS \ - _Pragma( "clang diagnostic ignored \"-Wparentheses\"" ) - -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_SUPPRESS_UNUSED_WARNINGS \ - _Pragma( "clang diagnostic ignored \"-Wunused-variable\"" ) - -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_SUPPRESS_ZERO_VARIADIC_WARNINGS \ - _Pragma( "clang diagnostic ignored \"-Wgnu-zero-variadic-macro-arguments\"" ) - -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_SUPPRESS_UNUSED_TEMPLATE_WARNINGS \ - _Pragma( "clang diagnostic ignored \"-Wunused-template\"" ) - -#endif // __clang__ - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Assume that non-Windows platforms support posix signals by default -#if !defined(CATCH_PLATFORM_WINDOWS) - #define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_POSIX_SIGNALS -#endif - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// We know some environments not to support full POSIX signals -#if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__QNX__) || defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) || defined(__DJGPP__) - #define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_NO_POSIX_SIGNALS -#endif - -#ifdef __OS400__ -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_NO_POSIX_SIGNALS -# define CATCH_CONFIG_COLOUR_NONE -#endif - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Android somehow still does not support std::to_string -#if defined(__ANDROID__) -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_NO_CPP11_TO_STRING -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_ANDROID_LOGWRITE -#endif - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Not all Windows environments support SEH properly -#if defined(__MINGW32__) -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_NO_WINDOWS_SEH -#endif - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// PS4 -#if defined(__ORBIS__) -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_NO_NEW_CAPTURE -#endif - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Cygwin -#ifdef __CYGWIN__ - -// Required for some versions of Cygwin to declare gettimeofday -// see: http://stackoverflow.com/questions/36901803/gettimeofday-not-declared-in-this-scope-cygwin -# define _BSD_SOURCE -// some versions of cygwin (most) do not support std::to_string. Use the libstd check. -// https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc-4.8.2/libstdc++/api/a01053_source.html line 2812-2813 -# if !((__cplusplus >= 201103L) && defined(_GLIBCXX_USE_C99) \ - && !defined(_GLIBCXX_HAVE_BROKEN_VSWPRINTF)) - -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_NO_CPP11_TO_STRING - -# endif -#endif // __CYGWIN__ - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Visual C++ -#if defined(_MSC_VER) - -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_START_WARNINGS_SUPPRESSION __pragma( warning(push) ) -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_STOP_WARNINGS_SUPPRESSION __pragma( warning(pop) ) - -# if _MSC_VER >= 1900 // Visual Studio 2015 or newer -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_CPP17_UNCAUGHT_EXCEPTIONS -# endif - -// Universal Windows platform does not support SEH -// Or console colours (or console at all...) -# if defined(WINAPI_FAMILY) && (WINAPI_FAMILY == WINAPI_FAMILY_APP) -# define CATCH_CONFIG_COLOUR_NONE -# else -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_WINDOWS_SEH -# endif - -// MSVC traditional preprocessor needs some workaround for __VA_ARGS__ -// _MSVC_TRADITIONAL == 0 means new conformant preprocessor -// _MSVC_TRADITIONAL == 1 means old traditional non-conformant preprocessor -# if !defined(__clang__) // Handle Clang masquerading for msvc -# if !defined(_MSVC_TRADITIONAL) || (defined(_MSVC_TRADITIONAL) && _MSVC_TRADITIONAL) -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_TRADITIONAL_MSVC_PREPROCESSOR -# endif // MSVC_TRADITIONAL -# endif // __clang__ - -#endif // _MSC_VER - -#if defined(_REENTRANT) || defined(_MSC_VER) -// Enable async processing, as -pthread is specified or no additional linking is required -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_USE_ASYNC -#endif // _MSC_VER - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Check if we are compiled with -fno-exceptions or equivalent -#if defined(__EXCEPTIONS) || defined(__cpp_exceptions) || defined(_CPPUNWIND) -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_EXCEPTIONS_ENABLED -#endif - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// DJGPP -#ifdef __DJGPP__ -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_NO_WCHAR -#endif // __DJGPP__ - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Embarcadero C++Build -#if defined(__BORLANDC__) - #define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_POLYFILL_ISNAN -#endif - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -// Use of __COUNTER__ is suppressed during code analysis in -// CLion/AppCode 2017.2.x and former, because __COUNTER__ is not properly -// handled by it. -// Otherwise all supported compilers support COUNTER macro, -// but user still might want to turn it off -#if ( !defined(__JETBRAINS_IDE__) || __JETBRAINS_IDE__ >= 20170300L ) - #define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_COUNTER -#endif - -//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -// RTX is a special version of Windows that is real time. -// This means that it is detected as Windows, but does not provide -// the same set of capabilities as real Windows does. -#if defined(UNDER_RTSS) || defined(RTX64_BUILD) - #define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_NO_WINDOWS_SEH - #define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_NO_ASYNC - #define CATCH_CONFIG_COLOUR_NONE -#endif - -#if !defined(_GLIBCXX_USE_C99_MATH_TR1) -#define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_GLOBAL_NEXTAFTER -#endif - -// Various stdlib support checks that require __has_include -#if defined(__has_include) - // Check if string_view is available and usable - #if __has_include() && defined(CATCH_CPP17_OR_GREATER) - # define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_CPP17_STRING_VIEW - #endif - - // Check if optional is available and usable - # if __has_include() && defined(CATCH_CPP17_OR_GREATER) - # define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_CPP17_OPTIONAL - # endif // __has_include() && defined(CATCH_CPP17_OR_GREATER) - - // Check if byte is available and usable - # if __has_include() && defined(CATCH_CPP17_OR_GREATER) - # define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_CPP17_BYTE - # endif // __has_include() && defined(CATCH_CPP17_OR_GREATER) - - // Check if variant is available and usable - # if __has_include() && defined(CATCH_CPP17_OR_GREATER) - # if defined(__clang__) && (__clang_major__ < 8) - // work around clang bug with libstdc++ https://bugs.llvm.org/show_bug.cgi?id=31852 - // fix should be in clang 8, workaround in libstdc++ 8.2 - # include - # if defined(__GLIBCXX__) && defined(_GLIBCXX_RELEASE) && (_GLIBCXX_RELEASE < 9) - # define CATCH_CONFIG_NO_CPP17_VARIANT - # else - # define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_CPP17_VARIANT - # endif // defined(__GLIBCXX__) && defined(_GLIBCXX_RELEASE) && (_GLIBCXX_RELEASE < 9) - # else - # define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_CPP17_VARIANT - # endif // defined(__clang__) && (__clang_major__ < 8) - # endif // __has_include() && defined(CATCH_CPP17_OR_GREATER) -#endif // defined(__has_include) - -#if defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_COUNTER) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_NO_COUNTER) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_COUNTER) -# define CATCH_CONFIG_COUNTER -#endif -#if defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_WINDOWS_SEH) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_NO_WINDOWS_SEH) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_WINDOWS_SEH) && !defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_NO_WINDOWS_SEH) -# define CATCH_CONFIG_WINDOWS_SEH -#endif -// This is set by default, because we assume that unix compilers are posix-signal-compatible by default. -#if defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_POSIX_SIGNALS) && !defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_NO_POSIX_SIGNALS) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_NO_POSIX_SIGNALS) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_POSIX_SIGNALS) -# define CATCH_CONFIG_POSIX_SIGNALS -#endif -// This is set by default, because we assume that compilers with no wchar_t support are just rare exceptions. -#if !defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_NO_WCHAR) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_NO_WCHAR) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_WCHAR) -# define CATCH_CONFIG_WCHAR -#endif - -#if !defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_NO_CPP11_TO_STRING) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_NO_CPP11_TO_STRING) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_CPP11_TO_STRING) -# define CATCH_CONFIG_CPP11_TO_STRING -#endif - -#if defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_CPP17_OPTIONAL) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_NO_CPP17_OPTIONAL) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_CPP17_OPTIONAL) -# define CATCH_CONFIG_CPP17_OPTIONAL -#endif - -#if defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_CPP17_UNCAUGHT_EXCEPTIONS) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_NO_CPP17_UNCAUGHT_EXCEPTIONS) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_CPP17_UNCAUGHT_EXCEPTIONS) -# define CATCH_CONFIG_CPP17_UNCAUGHT_EXCEPTIONS -#endif - -#if defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_CPP17_STRING_VIEW) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_NO_CPP17_STRING_VIEW) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_CPP17_STRING_VIEW) -# define CATCH_CONFIG_CPP17_STRING_VIEW -#endif - -#if defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_CPP17_VARIANT) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_NO_CPP17_VARIANT) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_CPP17_VARIANT) -# define CATCH_CONFIG_CPP17_VARIANT -#endif - -#if defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_CPP17_BYTE) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_NO_CPP17_BYTE) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_CPP17_BYTE) -# define CATCH_CONFIG_CPP17_BYTE -#endif - -#if defined(CATCH_CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL_REDIRECT) -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_NEW_CAPTURE -#endif - -#if defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_NEW_CAPTURE) && !defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_NO_NEW_CAPTURE) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_NO_NEW_CAPTURE) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_NEW_CAPTURE) -# define CATCH_CONFIG_NEW_CAPTURE -#endif - -#if !defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_EXCEPTIONS_ENABLED) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_DISABLE_EXCEPTIONS) -# define CATCH_CONFIG_DISABLE_EXCEPTIONS -#endif - -#if defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_POLYFILL_ISNAN) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_NO_POLYFILL_ISNAN) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_POLYFILL_ISNAN) -# define CATCH_CONFIG_POLYFILL_ISNAN -#endif - -#if defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_USE_ASYNC) && !defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_NO_ASYNC) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_NO_USE_ASYNC) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_USE_ASYNC) -# define CATCH_CONFIG_USE_ASYNC -#endif - -#if defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_ANDROID_LOGWRITE) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_NO_ANDROID_LOGWRITE) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_ANDROID_LOGWRITE) -# define CATCH_CONFIG_ANDROID_LOGWRITE -#endif - -#if defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_GLOBAL_NEXTAFTER) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_NO_GLOBAL_NEXTAFTER) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_GLOBAL_NEXTAFTER) -# define CATCH_CONFIG_GLOBAL_NEXTAFTER -#endif - -// Even if we do not think the compiler has that warning, we still have -// to provide a macro that can be used by the code. -#if !defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_START_WARNINGS_SUPPRESSION) -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_START_WARNINGS_SUPPRESSION -#endif -#if !defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_STOP_WARNINGS_SUPPRESSION) -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_STOP_WARNINGS_SUPPRESSION -#endif -#if !defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_SUPPRESS_PARENTHESES_WARNINGS) -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_SUPPRESS_PARENTHESES_WARNINGS -#endif -#if !defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_SUPPRESS_GLOBALS_WARNINGS) -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_SUPPRESS_GLOBALS_WARNINGS -#endif -#if !defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_SUPPRESS_UNUSED_WARNINGS) -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_SUPPRESS_UNUSED_WARNINGS -#endif -#if !defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_SUPPRESS_ZERO_VARIADIC_WARNINGS) -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_SUPPRESS_ZERO_VARIADIC_WARNINGS -#endif - -// The goal of this macro is to avoid evaluation of the arguments, but -// still have the compiler warn on problems inside... -#if !defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_IGNORE_BUT_WARN) -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_IGNORE_BUT_WARN(...) -#endif - -#if defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__apple_build_version__) && (__clang_major__ < 10) -# undef CATCH_INTERNAL_SUPPRESS_UNUSED_TEMPLATE_WARNINGS -#elif defined(__clang__) && (__clang_major__ < 5) -# undef CATCH_INTERNAL_SUPPRESS_UNUSED_TEMPLATE_WARNINGS -#endif - -#if !defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_SUPPRESS_UNUSED_TEMPLATE_WARNINGS) -# define CATCH_INTERNAL_SUPPRESS_UNUSED_TEMPLATE_WARNINGS -#endif - -#if defined(CATCH_CONFIG_DISABLE_EXCEPTIONS) -#define CATCH_TRY if ((true)) -#define CATCH_CATCH_ALL if ((false)) -#define CATCH_CATCH_ANON(type) if ((false)) -#else -#define CATCH_TRY try -#define CATCH_CATCH_ALL catch (...) -#define CATCH_CATCH_ANON(type) catch (type) -#endif - -#if defined(CATCH_INTERNAL_CONFIG_TRADITIONAL_MSVC_PREPROCESSOR) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_NO_TRADITIONAL_MSVC_PREPROCESSOR) && !defined(CATCH_CONFIG_TRADITIONAL_MSVC_PREPROCESSOR) -#define CATCH_CONFIG_TRADITIONAL_MSVC_PREPROCESSOR -#endif - -// end catch_compiler_capabilities.h -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_UNIQUE_NAME_LINE2( name, line ) name##line -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_UNIQUE_NAME_LINE( name, line ) INTERNAL_CATCH_UNIQUE_NAME_LINE2( name, line ) -#ifdef CATCH_CONFIG_COUNTER -# define INTERNAL_CATCH_UNIQUE_NAME( name ) INTERNAL_CATCH_UNIQUE_NAME_LINE( name, __COUNTER__ ) -#else -# define INTERNAL_CATCH_UNIQUE_NAME( name ) INTERNAL_CATCH_UNIQUE_NAME_LINE( name, __LINE__ ) -#endif - -#include -#include -#include - -// We need a dummy global operator<< so we can bring it into Catch namespace later -struct Catch_global_namespace_dummy {}; -std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream&, Catch_global_namespace_dummy); - -namespace Catch { - - struct CaseSensitive { enum Choice { - Yes, - No - }; }; - - class NonCopyable { - NonCopyable( NonCopyable const& ) = delete; - NonCopyable( NonCopyable && ) = delete; - NonCopyable& operator = ( NonCopyable const& ) = delete; - NonCopyable& operator = ( NonCopyable && ) = delete; - - protected: - NonCopyable(); - virtual ~NonCopyable(); - }; - - struct SourceLineInfo { - - SourceLineInfo() = delete; - SourceLineInfo( char const* _file, std::size_t _line ) noexcept - : file( _file ), - line( _line ) - {} - - SourceLineInfo( SourceLineInfo const& other ) = default; - SourceLineInfo& operator = ( SourceLineInfo const& ) = default; - SourceLineInfo( SourceLineInfo&& ) noexcept = default; - SourceLineInfo& operator = ( SourceLineInfo&& ) noexcept = default; - - bool empty() const noexcept { return file[0] == '\0'; } - bool operator == ( SourceLineInfo const& other ) const noexcept; - bool operator < ( SourceLineInfo const& other ) const noexcept; - - char const* file; - std::size_t line; - }; - - std::ostream& operator << ( std::ostream& os, SourceLineInfo const& info ); - - // Bring in operator<< from global namespace into Catch namespace - // This is necessary because the overload of operator<< above makes - // lookup stop at namespace Catch - using ::operator<<; - - // Use this in variadic streaming macros to allow - // >> +StreamEndStop - // as well as - // >> stuff +StreamEndStop - struct StreamEndStop { - std::string operator+() const; - }; - template - T const& operator + ( T const& value, StreamEndStop ) { - return value; - } -} - -#define CATCH_INTERNAL_LINEINFO \ - ::Catch::SourceLineInfo( __FILE__, static_cast( __LINE__ ) ) - -// end catch_common.h -namespace Catch { - - struct RegistrarForTagAliases { - RegistrarForTagAliases( char const* alias, char const* tag, SourceLineInfo const& lineInfo ); - }; - -} // end namespace Catch - -#define CATCH_REGISTER_TAG_ALIAS( alias, spec ) \ - CATCH_INTERNAL_START_WARNINGS_SUPPRESSION \ - CATCH_INTERNAL_SUPPRESS_GLOBALS_WARNINGS \ - namespace{ Catch::RegistrarForTagAliases INTERNAL_CATCH_UNIQUE_NAME( AutoRegisterTagAlias )( alias, spec, CATCH_INTERNAL_LINEINFO ); } \ - CATCH_INTERNAL_STOP_WARNINGS_SUPPRESSION - -// end catch_tag_alias_autoregistrar.h -// start catch_test_registry.h - -// start catch_interfaces_testcase.h - -#include - -namespace Catch { - - class TestSpec; - - struct ITestInvoker { - virtual void invoke () const = 0; - virtual ~ITestInvoker(); - }; - - class TestCase; - struct IConfig; - - struct ITestCaseRegistry { - virtual ~ITestCaseRegistry(); - virtual std::vector const& getAllTests() const = 0; - virtual std::vector const& getAllTestsSorted( IConfig const& config ) const = 0; - }; - - bool isThrowSafe( TestCase const& testCase, IConfig const& config ); - bool matchTest( TestCase const& testCase, TestSpec const& testSpec, IConfig const& config ); - std::vector filterTests( std::vector const& testCases, TestSpec const& testSpec, IConfig const& config ); - std::vector const& getAllTestCasesSorted( IConfig const& config ); - -} - -// end catch_interfaces_testcase.h -// start catch_stringref.h - -#include -#include -#include -#include - -namespace Catch { - - /// A non-owning string class (similar to the forthcoming std::string_view) - /// Note that, because a StringRef may be a substring of another string, - /// it may not be null terminated. - class StringRef { - public: - using size_type = std::size_t; - using const_iterator = const char*; - - private: - static constexpr char const* const s_empty = ""; - - char const* m_start = s_empty; - size_type m_size = 0; - - public: // construction - constexpr StringRef() noexcept = default; - - StringRef( char const* rawChars ) noexcept; - - constexpr StringRef( char const* rawChars, size_type size ) noexcept - : m_start( rawChars ), - m_size( size ) - {} - - StringRef( std::string const& stdString ) noexcept - : m_start( stdString.c_str() ), - m_size( stdString.size() ) - {} - - explicit operator std::string() const { - return std::string(m_start, m_size); - } - - public: // operators - auto operator == ( StringRef const& other ) const noexcept -> bool; - auto operator != (StringRef const& other) const noexcept -> bool { - return !(*this == other); - } - - auto operator[] ( size_type index ) const noexcept -> char { - assert(index < m_size); - return m_start[index]; - } - - public: // named queries - constexpr auto empty() const noexcept -> bool { - return m_size == 0; - } - constexpr auto size() const noexcept -> size_type { - return m_size; - } - - // Returns the current start pointer. If the StringRef is not - // null-terminated, throws std::domain_exception - auto c_str() const -> char const*; - - public: // substrings and searches - // Returns a substring of [start, start + length). - // If start + length > size(), then the substring is [start, size()). - // If start > size(), then the substring is empty. - auto substr( size_type start, size_type length ) const noexcept -> StringRef; - - // Returns the current start pointer. May not be null-terminated. - auto data() const noexcept -> char const*; - - constexpr auto isNullTerminated() const noexcept -> bool { - return m_start[m_size] == '\0'; - } - - public: // iterators - constexpr const_iterator begin() const { return m_start; } - constexpr const_iterator end() const { return m_start + m_size; } - }; - - auto operator += ( std::string& lhs, StringRef const& sr ) -> std::string&; - auto operator << ( std::ostream& os, StringRef const& sr ) -> std::ostream&; - - constexpr auto operator "" _sr( char const* rawChars, std::size_t size ) noexcept -> StringRef { - return StringRef( rawChars, size ); - } -} // namespace Catch - -constexpr auto operator "" _catch_sr( char const* rawChars, std::size_t size ) noexcept -> Catch::StringRef { - return Catch::StringRef( rawChars, size ); -} - -// end catch_stringref.h -// start catch_preprocessor.hpp - - -#define CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL0(...) __VA_ARGS__ -#define CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL1(...) CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL0(CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL0(CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL0(__VA_ARGS__))) -#define CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL2(...) CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL1(CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL1(CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL1(__VA_ARGS__))) -#define CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL3(...) CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL2(CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL2(CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL2(__VA_ARGS__))) -#define CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL4(...) CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL3(CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL3(CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL3(__VA_ARGS__))) -#define CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL5(...) CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL4(CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL4(CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL4(__VA_ARGS__))) - -#ifdef CATCH_CONFIG_TRADITIONAL_MSVC_PREPROCESSOR -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_EXPAND_VARGS(...) __VA_ARGS__ -// MSVC needs more evaluations -#define CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL6(...) CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL5(CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL5(CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL5(__VA_ARGS__))) -#define CATCH_RECURSE(...) CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL6(CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL6(__VA_ARGS__)) -#else -#define CATCH_RECURSE(...) CATCH_RECURSION_LEVEL5(__VA_ARGS__) -#endif - -#define CATCH_REC_END(...) -#define CATCH_REC_OUT - -#define CATCH_EMPTY() -#define CATCH_DEFER(id) id CATCH_EMPTY() - -#define CATCH_REC_GET_END2() 0, CATCH_REC_END -#define CATCH_REC_GET_END1(...) CATCH_REC_GET_END2 -#define CATCH_REC_GET_END(...) CATCH_REC_GET_END1 -#define CATCH_REC_NEXT0(test, next, ...) next CATCH_REC_OUT -#define CATCH_REC_NEXT1(test, next) CATCH_DEFER ( CATCH_REC_NEXT0 ) ( test, next, 0) -#define CATCH_REC_NEXT(test, next) CATCH_REC_NEXT1(CATCH_REC_GET_END test, next) - -#define CATCH_REC_LIST0(f, x, peek, ...) , f(x) CATCH_DEFER ( CATCH_REC_NEXT(peek, CATCH_REC_LIST1) ) ( f, peek, __VA_ARGS__ ) -#define CATCH_REC_LIST1(f, x, peek, ...) , f(x) CATCH_DEFER ( CATCH_REC_NEXT(peek, CATCH_REC_LIST0) ) ( f, peek, __VA_ARGS__ ) -#define CATCH_REC_LIST2(f, x, peek, ...) f(x) CATCH_DEFER ( CATCH_REC_NEXT(peek, CATCH_REC_LIST1) ) ( f, peek, __VA_ARGS__ ) - -#define CATCH_REC_LIST0_UD(f, userdata, x, peek, ...) , f(userdata, x) CATCH_DEFER ( CATCH_REC_NEXT(peek, CATCH_REC_LIST1_UD) ) ( f, userdata, peek, __VA_ARGS__ ) -#define CATCH_REC_LIST1_UD(f, userdata, x, peek, ...) , f(userdata, x) CATCH_DEFER ( CATCH_REC_NEXT(peek, CATCH_REC_LIST0_UD) ) ( f, userdata, peek, __VA_ARGS__ ) -#define CATCH_REC_LIST2_UD(f, userdata, x, peek, ...) f(userdata, x) CATCH_DEFER ( CATCH_REC_NEXT(peek, CATCH_REC_LIST1_UD) ) ( f, userdata, peek, __VA_ARGS__ ) - -// Applies the function macro `f` to each of the remaining parameters, inserts commas between the results, -// and passes userdata as the first parameter to each invocation, -// e.g. CATCH_REC_LIST_UD(f, x, a, b, c) evaluates to f(x, a), f(x, b), f(x, c) -#define CATCH_REC_LIST_UD(f, userdata, ...) CATCH_RECURSE(CATCH_REC_LIST2_UD(f, userdata, __VA_ARGS__, ()()(), ()()(), ()()(), 0)) - -#define CATCH_REC_LIST(f, ...) CATCH_RECURSE(CATCH_REC_LIST2(f, __VA_ARGS__, ()()(), ()()(), ()()(), 0)) - -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_EXPAND1(param) INTERNAL_CATCH_EXPAND2(param) -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_EXPAND2(...) INTERNAL_CATCH_NO## __VA_ARGS__ -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_DEF(...) INTERNAL_CATCH_DEF __VA_ARGS__ -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_NOINTERNAL_CATCH_DEF -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_STRINGIZE(...) INTERNAL_CATCH_STRINGIZE2(__VA_ARGS__) -#ifndef CATCH_CONFIG_TRADITIONAL_MSVC_PREPROCESSOR -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_STRINGIZE2(...) #__VA_ARGS__ -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_STRINGIZE_WITHOUT_PARENS(param) INTERNAL_CATCH_STRINGIZE(INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS(param)) -#else -// MSVC is adding extra space and needs another indirection to expand INTERNAL_CATCH_NOINTERNAL_CATCH_DEF -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_STRINGIZE2(...) INTERNAL_CATCH_STRINGIZE3(__VA_ARGS__) -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_STRINGIZE3(...) #__VA_ARGS__ -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_STRINGIZE_WITHOUT_PARENS(param) (INTERNAL_CATCH_STRINGIZE(INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS(param)) + 1) -#endif - -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_MAKE_NAMESPACE2(...) ns_##__VA_ARGS__ -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_MAKE_NAMESPACE(name) INTERNAL_CATCH_MAKE_NAMESPACE2(name) - -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS(...) INTERNAL_CATCH_EXPAND1(INTERNAL_CATCH_DEF __VA_ARGS__) - -#ifndef CATCH_CONFIG_TRADITIONAL_MSVC_PREPROCESSOR -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_MAKE_TYPE_LIST2(...) decltype(get_wrapper()) -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_MAKE_TYPE_LIST(...) INTERNAL_CATCH_MAKE_TYPE_LIST2(INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS(__VA_ARGS__)) -#else -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_MAKE_TYPE_LIST2(...) INTERNAL_CATCH_EXPAND_VARGS(decltype(get_wrapper())) -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_MAKE_TYPE_LIST(...) INTERNAL_CATCH_EXPAND_VARGS(INTERNAL_CATCH_MAKE_TYPE_LIST2(INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS(__VA_ARGS__))) -#endif - -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_MAKE_TYPE_LISTS_FROM_TYPES(...)\ - CATCH_REC_LIST(INTERNAL_CATCH_MAKE_TYPE_LIST,__VA_ARGS__) - -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS_1_ARG(_0) INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS(_0) -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS_2_ARG(_0, _1) INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS(_0), INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS_1_ARG(_1) -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS_3_ARG(_0, _1, _2) INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS(_0), INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS_2_ARG(_1, _2) -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS_4_ARG(_0, _1, _2, _3) INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS(_0), INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS_3_ARG(_1, _2, _3) -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS_5_ARG(_0, _1, _2, _3, _4) INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS(_0), INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS_4_ARG(_1, _2, _3, _4) -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS_6_ARG(_0, _1, _2, _3, _4, _5) INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS(_0), INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS_5_ARG(_1, _2, _3, _4, _5) -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS_7_ARG(_0, _1, _2, _3, _4, _5, _6) INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS(_0), INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS_6_ARG(_1, _2, _4, _5, _6) -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS_8_ARG(_0, _1, _2, _3, _4, _5, _6, _7) INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS(_0), INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS_7_ARG(_1, _2, _3, _4, _5, _6, _7) -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS_9_ARG(_0, _1, _2, _3, _4, _5, _6, _7, _8) INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS(_0), INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS_8_ARG(_1, _2, _3, _4, _5, _6, _7, _8) -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS_10_ARG(_0, _1, _2, _3, _4, _5, _6, _7, _8, _9) INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS(_0), INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS_9_ARG(_1, _2, _3, _4, _5, _6, _7, _8, _9) -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS_11_ARG(_0, _1, _2, _3, _4, _5, _6, _7, _8, _9, _10) INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS(_0), INTERNAL_CATCH_REMOVE_PARENS_10_ARG(_1, _2, _3, _4, _5, _6, _7, _8, _9, _10) - -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_VA_NARGS_IMPL(_0, _1, _2, _3, _4, _5, _6, _7, _8, _9, _10, N, ...) N - -#define INTERNAL_CATCH_TYPE_GEN\ - template struct TypeList {};\ - template\ - constexpr auto get_wrapper() noexcept -> TypeList { return {}; }\ - template class...> struct TemplateTypeList{};\ - template class...Cs>\ - constexpr auto get_wrapper() noexcept -> TemplateTypeList { return {}; }\ - template\ - struct append;\ - template\ - struct rewrap;\ - template class, typename...>\ - struct create;\ - template class, typename>\ - struct convert;\ - \ - template \ - struct append { using type = T; };\ - template< template class L1, typename...E1, template class L2, typename...E2, typename...Rest>\ - struct append, L2, Rest...> { using type = typename append, Rest...>::type; };\ - template< template class L1, typename...E1, typename...Rest>\ - struct append, TypeList, Rest...> { using type = L1; };\ - \ - template< template class Container, template class List, typename...elems>\ - struct rewrap, List> { using type = TypeList>; };\ - template< template class Container, template class List, class...Elems, typename...Elements>\ - struct rewrap, List, Elements...> { using type = typename append>, typename rewrap, Elements...>::type>::type; };\ - \ - template